P — Claris Biblidtum, theKeyofthe Bible, unlocking the Richest Treasury of the Sacred Scriptures, second edition, i vol in 2, fine port., 8vo, calf, 2s 1649 Clavis Bibliorum : the Key of the Bible, unlocking the Richest Treasury of the Holy Scriptures, with the Scripture Songs, and the Metrical Version of the Book of Psalms, third edition, folio, calf, 3s 6d 1665 fourth edition, calf, 6s 1675 The only edition containing the full Version of his metrical Psalter. FROM THE LIBRARY OF REV. LOUIS FITZGERALD BENSON. D. D. BEQUEATHED BY HIM TO THE LIBRARY OF PRINCETON THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2013 http://archive.org/details/clavisbibliorumkOOrobe C L\V IS BIB L 10% V £M. THE KW of the BIBLE, Unlocking the R ICIEST TRE A SURY OF THE HOLY SCRIPTURES WHEREBY The i 0)r> 2 J^ames, 3 Times, 4. Tenmeny 5 Occafion, 6 ScoplJnd 7 Trincipal Tarts, Containing the Sub- jecitter of the Books of Old and New Tefiament, are familiarly 1 briefly Opened : For the Help of the weakeft Capacity in the Underftandingof the whole BIBLE. WHEREIN The S there i IPTURE-SONGS difperfed here and LD and NEW TESTAMENT, are Metrically Tranfla- ted out of the Hebrew, and Analytically Explained: Whereunto are added The Metrica jfion of the whole Book of H Y M N S or PRAISES, viz. The B O O K OF PSMES, Immediately out of the Hebrew: And the Analytical Expofition of every Pfalm : Tjier with aGENERALPREFAC£, Prefixed thereunto. The Fourth Edition, diligently Revifedj Col. 3. 16. Hugo de Quicqttid tia; Fcelic Ani3 By F R A ]l S v R O B E R T S D. D. Redor of the Church a| Wrington in the County of Somer fet. pctfe-tU q™>'6; /Yh*fi rf ' W< 6*v +f fclffs f he Word of Cbrift dwell in yon richly in vcifdom. In Sacra Script ura quicqmddocetur, Veritas; Qnicquid pr&cipitur, Bonitas ; ittitur,Fce!icitasefi. Nam, Dem Veritas eft^fwe fallacia ; B onit as, fine Malt ne Miferia. LONDON, Printedfcf. R. for Teter Parker, and are to be fold at his Shop, at the Leg ancr, overagainft the Royal Exchangein Comhill, 1675, rur 4n£. 3-4- 3.17. 1 p. 12. &c The Epiltle Dedicatory. To the Right Honourable Arthur Earle of Ejjex, Vifcount <^A^aldony Baron of Hadbamy My moft Noble Lord and Patron 5 All HappinerTe for the Life that now is, and for that which is to come. Right Honourable, and my (ingular Good LORD, A S God fometimes conducted his tfrael, from Egypt., through the VVildernefs, totheLand ^Exod ,, ofPromife,by his Heavenly Pillar of Cloud in the Day-time, and of Fire in the Night- 21,2a. fe.ifon a-. So inall After -times He leads along his Elect, From their Myftical Egypt frPfal.119.J05. of fin and mifery, Through the Wildernefs of this wretched World, Vmo their ever- 2|'tr-1'9- lading Reft in Heaven, by hisCceleltial Pillar of fupernatural Light, THE HOLT SCRIP. \ '''/Sdns! TV R E S b. throughout. T H E HO LT SCR I PTV RES are of fuch unparallel'd worth, that they incompara- dCompare blv tranfcendall other Books and Writings in the World, in all manner of Perfections and Excellen- ' T,tn-11'7-. ' ' Kom.9.5. Vfitn ciesc. For, # 2Tim.3-16.8j The Author, orPrincipal Efficient, \sThe only wife God : who is infinitely over a 11 blc fed fur 2 Per. 1.20,21] ever, Amen. Al Scripture being infpired-of God; and ineffably, as it were, breathed by the Ho- eA/#- ly Ghoft Rom. 1.2. / Aufcrantur de medio cliarrse noftras .• procjdat in medium codex Dei, &c. Aug Enar. in Pf. 57. tom.8. mNon afferamus ftareras dolofas ubiappen- & quomodo volumus pro arbitrio noftro,dicenres. Hoc grave, hocleveeft; Sed aflferamus Divinam fiare- liis, tanquam de Thcfauris Dominicis, & in ilia quid ficgravius appendamus, &c. Aug. de B.;ptifm. contra Del' nSanctuariumScriprurarum, Aug.deClvit.Dellib. 10. c.32. fub fin. Tom. 5. 0 Qu'rd eft S'criprura Sacra, niti qusdamEpifiola-Omlipotentis Dei ad Crearuram fuam, in qua verba Dei' fonanr, &CorDeidilcirur? &c. Greg in tib.4. EpijhSq. ad T>eod. Medic. ^S-Jripcurs Divinaquali Lircrx dePatria nollra nobis cranfmiils func, Pacria ehira noftra Paradii'us eft, &c. Aug. ad Prat, in E>emoSen . 56. />. 1410.-4. Tom. 10. Bafil.i 569. T/wV P*«»^ff,ounft.rurnental Efficients, were Perfons extraordinary,and extraordinarily acted, q^Vct.:. z.. Kings, Propht; ( pepWco/ carried.) if, .21. viz.. Kings, Proph ts,Apoftles,and other Apoftolical perfons; All Holy men of ' CW,and as moved f£m'*}'%£ b the Holy Ghoft q. As, Mofes, Kinginjefiiurun r ; David, King of Jfrael, Aft.jg.22. the man after Gods\ own heart i; Solomon, King ofjerufalem, the wifeft of all the Kings before r Ecclef.i.i orafterhim; And a| of them Royal Prophets. Daniel, A Great Prince, a man of an excellent Spi- 1King3.12.13. nt, andeminentin xpoundingof Secrets u; John, Chrifts bofom-Difciple, whom he peculiarly "^'^"and loved above all the rft x ; Paul, t\\$X felecl Keffel unto Chrift, who had been caught up into the third g, ,, 2%'. Heavens, which is \aradife, and there heard unfpeakable words, which it is not pojjlble for man to a: John 1 5 ->• utter y. lhefe,an\fuch like holy men, were God's Amamienfes, to draw up and pen his f acred Re- and 2t>, 2.and cords; and they havwe, formed this fervice, Truly, Faithfully, Fully, Impartially, Worthily, and 2a|°q,- in all refpeils ex.*.lil\ 2 qot, 1 2, 3,4, The Sub]etl-Mat\rs revealed in Holy Scriptures, are, Doctrines, moft Divine z,; Prophecies, ^ Joh.7. id.17. moft certain a ; Law, moft holy, jus! and good b ; Covenants betwixt God man, moil Gracious c; rt^Per.i.i?. Promifes, moft greatand prrciomd; Priviledges, moftfweete; Providences, moft wonderful/: t- ^pi^iT Antiquities, moft inomparable^ : Hiftories, moft obfervable h : Ordinances, moft comfortable 1 ( Gen.^.W and Comforts,moft uutterable k\ And hcte\n(faid Onejwhatfocver is taught, is truth : what fever and 17.2. &c« is commanded,, is got profound and hidden 11. 12. di Per. 1.4. ?'Rom.i$. 4.. b P1.94 feel iciras eft. tfugode lefs ; whatfoever is promifed, is Happinefsl : Here, are revealed The moft D-l,r- ?•-• yfterics, The Myjlery of 'God; one indivifible EfTence, fubfifting in three vu™]'™** S-c. Heb. 8.10. fba!.4.4, 5,^. Rom. 81.6,17. /Pf. 77.10,10 tncend.Nch.9.7 ro 32. g Gen. \. &2 & 3. &c. /; Pf. 105. & io5. b P1.94.155 Per. 1. 8. /Quic<}tfid Jheis docetur, veriiaseft : qnicquid praecrpitur, bom itfwoi de ia :f!ur.<& Scriftor.l. i.e. '• Q,uicquid proiruccicur, diQintt The Epiftle Dedicatory. i ( di.tindt Pcrfons, Father, Son and Holy Ghoftw; The My fiery of Chrifl : Two Natures of Cod and • Jol,"S 7- Man, innately differing, hypoftatically united in one Perfon, God-man n. The Myflery of the Gof. \Tmiz\6 f(l°: How Chrift alone faves p : //w Faith alone iuitifies^ : Hove Grace alone glorifies r, ^ji? joiin 1,14' Gods Truth, threatning Death in cafeofmans difobedience, is fulfilled : Hew Gods Juitice incenfed E lief. 5. ic. ly mans fin, is fully executed ; and yet how the finner is eternally favea, viz.. by the fatisfactory r Aft-4-ii-12- fufferings of Jefus Chrilt as the Sinners Surety/. How the Innocent layes down his life for the No- GaU^2* cent ; The guiltlefs, for the guilty : The Shepherd for the Flock: The Captain, for his Souldiers : ) John 5 3,5. The Phyfitian, for his Patients : The King, for his Subjects : The Creator, for his Creatures : and Heb. 12.14. God, for man : /*nd how he expects but their Faith andlove for all. //wChriil-waspromi'ed and fGcn.2 17. veilcdunder the Old Tcftament: Exhibited and unveiled under the New t. So that the whole Scrip- 1 PcTifuU? turcs arc ^ut as tnc neaven'y Star leading to Chrift : and the Spiritual [waiting clothes enwrapping 24,25. Rom.3. the blcfled child. JESUS. The Myftery of the Churches marriage -union with Chrift; whence, we arc 23,24,25.26. mcii'.bcrs of hisbody, of his fief), andof his bones. This is a or cat My (I cry u. Here are graphically Pijl.85.10. defcribed, Man's Creation, in uprightnefs.v : Man's Corruption, by undutifulnefsv: Man's Reftaura- « Epli.cW 29 t'on> by Chrilt x.: And Man's Glorification with Chrift-*, Here are flam Truths, to feed us : and 30,31.32. ' obfeure Truths to exercife usb. The Scriptures areas it were another Canaan, flowing with nulk x : Gen.i 26,27. andhoney : with milk, for nourifhment : with honey, for refrefhment : with milk, for meat, with ho- Eccl.7.29. «fj'7 for medicine. They are faid Athanafiw, the food of the foul c. Here are Laws and LeiTons, 'Rom^i/7' For Kings and Subjects : for Noble and Ignoble : for rich and poor : for wife and unwife: for bond and z Gcn.3.15. free : foritrongand weak : for young and old : for husband, wife, Parent, child, Mafter, Servant, and Rom. 5.8.9,10- for all of whatsoever degree, condition, capacity. Here's the meafnre of Faith, the Cenfnre of man- 17,18,19. ners atl(i (yrour^ and the C 'ompafs foowing the way to Heaven d. What is there not in thefe rich Di- and°i7.24- &cfls r'anc^ comprchenfive Pandects f of the. Holy Scriptures ? 1 Thef.4. 17- n?e tw^j and ufefulnefs of the Divine Records are moft Noble and Excellent: For they are pro- Mn omni co- fitable, i For Doilrine,to learn us all Divine Truths, neceflary to be known and believed unto Salva- piaSanftarum tjon 2> For Convittton, to refute all Errours and Herefies repugnant to Div.ne Truth. 3. For Pafcimur a- ' Correction, of all finful Manners and corrupt Practifes. 4. For/nftruclioninri^hteoufnefs^thatbe- renis excer- ing made wife unto Salvation, we may walk on in the right way to true happinef*^. 5 . For arming cr mnr obferu- us wjjn Patience, againft all the hard things which we muft undergo in our Pilgrinage. 6. For fup- iHK nr hfcfa- Port'n8 us xvl^ Comfort, that nothing may make us faint in our way to Heaven, 7. For breeding, fiidium'.i4«^. increasing and confirming our hope of eternal blifs by all h. deverb.Dom. Upon all the Confiderations, it muft needs be the indifpenfible Duty of all thatpretendtotrue Pie- Ser. 11. p. 41. ty and Chriftianity : 1 To know and understand the Holy Scriptures * fufficiently 2. To prize and fijnm' eitcem them^highly. 3. To love them and delight in them /exceedingly. 4.roftudyand fearch c'T^»4u- them (which is a noble imployment) accurately m. 5. To believe them itedfaftl/ n. 6. To apply yZi » y&pn. them to their own particular Cafes and Conditions impartially 0. 7. To obey anl praclife them fin- Aihav.uial. 2. CCrcly, entirely, and continually/;. / Hdf i men-' To the furtherance of Perfons well-affected herein, I have (according to the po\e rty of my Talent) nil ,?,inorum drawn up A Compendious Analytical Expofition of every Book of the Holy Scrijtures, (which from .verrorum, my youth up hitherto have been my moil: endeared delights:) And have entituiedir, THE KEY Cenfnr3,&ad 0F THE BIBLE, becaufe it tends to unlock and open the RichefiTreafury of he Holy Scriptures, inonft ran™ t0 ^uc'1 as defire t0 ^c we^ acclua»nt:ed with the whole Counfel of God q. Cynofura. Jo. • Gerh.Loc. Com.%. deS'cript. S.r.i.Seft.io. e Digefta . Tert. adverj.Marcl.^.c 3. f?andcc\x.Cafiodor.Infiitut..i.c. l$.fyBeda lib.de 6.£t,itihuu g 1 Tim. 3,15, r5, 17. /jRom.154. i Matth. 22. 29.^Pf.i9.io.& 119. 9,72. / Pf.i 19.97.20,24. wiPf. 1.2. John. 5. 30. Aft 17 11. nAft.24>4« 0 2Sam.12.13.Aft. 2.3d,37.Matth. 26.22. p John 14,15, Jam.L22.Pf.119. 1,2,3,8:. fAft.20.27. r Dar.i 2.Die This fmall Mite of mine cart in the Temple Treafury, I now humbly Prefent aid Dedicate to your Febr.Ann. Honour, n.y Ri"ht Noble LORD, as a publique Teftimony of mine abundant tiankfulnefs for your } Dac^Die a^P^c an^ un merited Favours devolved upon me, in vouchfafing me the firir. 0 all your Prefentati- Man ij Anno ons i ; And after your Honours Accefs unto your Earldome, your Firft Chafain-Nontinationt .- Regni Dom. And both moft nobly and Gratmtoufly. Now He that hath the KEY of David opening and no man noftri Carol, fhuttcth, (hutting and no man openeth t ; Open his hand wide, and upon your F.onour,and your No- t icv. zyj- ble Family-> AU the Bl4in&s °ftbe 2°°k. of God, the HOLT SCRJPTVRES.n this and the World * to come. So Prayeth, itjtfXtik) Your HONOURS -~v Zjrk J Wrinpron, M>v. r. r*i-£fu:*fiW*, 16^4. Dji'y Orator, m&ici^ and mo(\ humb!)Devoted Servant, *£*£% FRAN. ROBERTS. CO AN INTRODUCTORY ADVERTISEMENT TO THE R E A D E R Containing i. The Worth of Scripture-knowledge. 2. Some General Directions or Rules for the Right Underftanding the Holy Scriptures : And how this prefent Treatife is to be Improved moft advantageoufly to that end. a Aft » 7. 38. bcbryfoft. in Gal. Horn. 1 . cC.hryf.in Ep.adcol- Nom.9. djob 23. 12. cRom.'j. 22. fPfal.i9. 9.&U9. 103. gPf.lip. 1 62. h F/.119 72. i Pf. 1 19. 14. kF/.up. in. lPf.119. m Pfal. 119- 50. n Pf. 1 10. 20. O P/l. 2. p Aug. de CHAP. I. The Scope of this Key of the BIBLE. T He Holy Scriptures are a the lively Oracles of the living God, unfolding the fecrets of his Will toman ; the Epiflteof Jefui Chritf, Revealing from heaven the faving myfreries of his fweeteft love unto his Church : and the Blejfed Charter of the Saints, which no Traftof time fliall reverfe ; whereby they hold of God all their prefent enjoyments, in the life that now is, and all their future hopes of that life which is to come. b Chryfoftome prefers Scripture before Angels ; and faith, c Get ye Bibles, the medicines of the foul, d Job efieemedtbcm more than his necejfar'y food. Paul de- lighted therein touching the inward man. David pre- ferred them before f the honey and the honey-combe ; before g great fpoil, h thoufands of gold and filver, i allricbes, and therefore accounted them his k he- ritage, I his Counfellors, his m comfort, &V. Yea, profeiTeth n his heart did breakjor longing to Gods judgements at all times. And every godly and truly blelTed man fhould make the Scripture,his o delight, and meditate therein night and day. Notwichftanding how many gracious fouls are there, whofe delight it is, to repair often to this Saniluary of the Scriptures, ("as p Auguftine ftilcs themj but cannot tell what they fee, there of the Lord, and of his glory; who frequently read in this blefed Book , but like the q Ethiopian Eunuch, underftand not, or not to purpofe, what they read ? And this comes to pafs , i Partly, through the fublimicy of thofe fupernatural and heavenly myiteries therein revealed whereby r fome things are hard to be underwood. 2. Partly, through the obfeure and myftericus manner of Scriptures revealing many things, whereby the Lord would excrcife the fharpeft and deepefr apprehenfions of men. 3. Partly through the defect of fonac fami- liar Manu-duftion into the whole Bible, and the Civ.Dei l,zc.c.-$2 prope fin.ii ^,7.8.30, 31. r ? Pet. 3. \6. feveral Books of Old and New-Teftament therein contained, which might like a Clew of thread, con. duft into thefe Sacred Treafuries , and like a Key unlock thh Cabinet of Chrifts richeft Jewels. Where- upon after much deliberation how this might be belt effected, apprehending that fome brief and fo- Iid Vifcovery of the 1 Order, 2 Karnes, 3 Times,4 Pen- men, 5 Occafion, 6 Scope, And 7 Principal Parti of the Bookj in the Bible would much conduce to ri- pen Chriftians in Bible-knowledge, fpreading before their eyes in A general view, the Current of the whole Scriptures: I entred upon this Task, and drew up this Treatife at firfl more compendioufly in order to all thefe feven feveral e^ds. But in the Second Edi- tion more fully and largely, in all theforcmentioned * particulars, efpecially in the Erincipalparts of the Books; Adding fby way of Appendix to feveral Books) the Sacred Songs, difperfed here and there up and down the Old and New Teftament : And now at laft in this third Edition, I- have added the whole Book of Pfalms, Analytically Explained, and Metrically transited, and that immediately out of the Hebrew Original. And I doubt not but the ju- dicious Reader will reap much fatisfallion in,and ad- vantage by this Edition. Ey way of Preface, be pleafed to paufe a little with me upon the ferious confideration of 1. Toe great worth of Scripture-knowledge. 2. The ready way how to attain to it. That will quicken Chriftians to Script ure-ftudy. This will help chera to Scripture- underftanding. * See thefe ends or ufesof this Trea- tife ex- plained after- wards in Rule 6. And how to improve this Trea- tife moft froftabtj. CHAP. II. The Great Worth of Scripture knowledge. SCripture-knowled^e is of great worth and cov.fe- quence to every Cbriftian. Or, The Holy Scriptures B art The great worth of Scripture- Knowledge. 1 6. tRom.3.2 2c.4ff.28. 25- y 2 Pet. 1. 21. ZF/.19.7 9- zPf.i9-l & 2 Tiw. 3.16,17. bPf.19-8 cF/.lly. 140. d Numb. 12. 9. cExod.7,1 11. fDeKr.34. 10. Jer.i5. I with 1 Sam."]. 9,1 • ; & 12. 16, i-,18. hyiff.13. 22. i 1 King.3 12. Neb.i-3,. 26. k 2 S<*m. 7.13. 1 Dan. 9k 12. mVan.2. 25,28, 30,47- \\Job.\7,. 23. ojob.21. 7,20. p 2 for. J2.2.3;4- q Cbyyf.de facer d I 4. r 2F«. 1. 21. fGen.17.1 tjam.i. 17- u P/.90.2 & 1G2. 2(5,27. X I K/n*. 8.27. Jcr.23. 24. yF/,13?. 1,12. zP(>/. 147,5. a ZA.vf . 6.4. I r \,-.2.6. b 1 /v/;. 5-7. .■ Run. 2. Eph.14, 5,6. *! ! I I . 5k^.iO. are moft worthy of all Chriftians constant ftudy, andut- w ft endeavours io underft and them. For, I. The Author inventing and inditing the Holy Scrip- tures.Js Godblefiedfoi ever. Father, Son, and Ho- ly Ghoft ; f All Scripture is divinely infpired. Hence called the t Oracles of God; u Vie Word of draft. And the x Saying of the Holy Ghoft ; y For the Pro- phecy came not at any lime by the Will of man, but holy men of (xoajpa^e Heres our Protection. Are we dcjeitedj propnis Here's our Recovery. Are we tempted? Here's paffionib m our fword and victory. Are we young? Here's affum, our beauty. Are we old? Here's our wifdom. While rnus, we live, here's the Rule of our Converfation; when in Ffa, we dye, here's the hope of our Glorification. So prolegpmZ that I may fay with Tertullian ; n I adore the full- 1$ Efhef. nefs of the Scripture.Oh bleiled Scriptures / Who can 6,17. know them.and not love them. 'Who can love them, n Adorn and not delight to meditate in them night and day ? Scriptu- Who can meditate in them, and notdefireto love rsplem- themJoveto dcfiretheni, and both defire and love tudinem. to underftand them ? This is the Book of books; (as Tertul David faid of G oil ah ^ Sword) there's none like that Said one, "» Exalispalexvilcs, bine gr ana leguntur Aurea : tupaleas linquito,grana lege. I may Englifli it, Mens books with wortblefs chaff areftord, Gods Scriptures golden grains afford. Re)ell the chaff ; andfpend thy pains In gleaning up thefe Golden grains. Take away our Papers (Taid P Auguftine') and bring amo»gj} its the Biok_of God; hear Chrift faying, bear Truth frea king, &c I may clofc up this Paragraph with his words, who thus emphatically exprefieth himfelf, * The (acred Scripture is the Book, of life, whofe Original it eternal, whofe effenec u incorporeal, whofe knowledge is Hfe, whofe writing is indelible, infl eil it defire Me, whofe /> .7, me ;< eafic,wh \fe knowledge kfweet, whofe depth is unfearchaUe, whofe words are innumerable ; and onely one word All. adverf. Hermog* lib.c.ip. 22. Fra- neker. ' p Aufe- rantur di medio charts nj/rr^, proccdat in medi- um codex Dei: audi Chiiftum dicemtem, audi ^e- ritatem In jticntem Auguft. Enarrat. in Pfal. 57. * Sacra Scriptura csl liter vhs cum wig* atcrna, cuf the Stripture,hoth Inward and Out- 17. ward, if well confident, commands all poflible xPf 147 5 endeavours and induftry for the understanding (Row. 11. thereof. g2. 1. The tnward form, h,That accurate conformity t iJob.\.$ of the things laid down in Scripture, to that infallible it Humana And eternal truth of Gods own understanding, that omnia di- indited and revealed th:m. Writings compiled by lia argu- men carry In them a conformity to the idea in their mentis & unclerftanding, which being lu.bje.ft to ignorance, er- tcllibits e- ror and corruption ; through the impc rfeftion that is gent : Dei in them, mult needs produce writings lemblably im- autem j'er- perfeft, ignorant, erroneous and corrupt: but no mo ipfe fibi fuch thing can be incident unto the Scriptures, which teftis eft. arc conform to the Divine underftanding of q the Quia ne- only wife God, which is r infinite, f unfe arch able, and ceffe fir wholly admirable, which is all r Light without any quiequid darkjiefs at all ; all u Truth, without the lelft er- incorrupta rour; All perfett, without any fhaddow of imper- veritas lo- fection; all pure, without any colour of Corruption. quitur in- So that the Scriptures of themfelves cannot lead us corrupt urn unto errour, but the more we truly underftand them fit teSimo- the more cur minds fhall be enriched with truth,and nium fieri- elevated to a conformity to the fupream truth of ten's. Sal- God. vian de 2. The Outward form of the Scriptures, or manner Gub. Dei how things are therein revealed, is not otiely plain 1. 3. and eafie, nor onely darl^ot difficult, but rather xDeusin x tnixt of both ; fome things being facile, y fome Scripturis things being hard to be under flood ; feme places quaji ami- are fuch fliallows , wherein Lambs need not be a- cus famili- fraid to wade, fome again fuch deeps as Elephants arts loqui- may be enforced to fwim. z By plainnefs God nour- tur ad cor iiles the weakeit, by obfeurenefs he exercifes the Doihrum acuteft, fjAs Auguftine hath intimated} Thar fadlity & indo- cccafion not our contempt of Scriptures, there are ilorum Interwoven fome difficulties ; that difficulties dcterre Augufl. not from the fludy ofScripturcrher are intermingled Epiff.g. fome facilities. For as a Auguftine notes, If all were y 2 Pet'l-fljut up , how fl)ould obfure things be revealed? If all 16. things were hid, whence ftiould the [out have ability to \Magni- hnoct^f or the opening of things fhut up ? Is therefore fice <&fa- our Capacity weaker ? Here's relief for our infirmi- lubriter ty: Is our apprehenfion deeper: Here's work enough Sphhm for thefharpeft perfpicacity. So that the moll ig- Santlm nor ant need not be afraid, the moll intelligent need ita Stri- not be afhamed of endeavours after Scripture-mder- pturas Sanding. fancies mo- V. The end is manifold and excellent for which God dificavit committed his word to writing, and that writing to ut locis a- us. w\. b For Doflrine, that Faith and truth may be pertioribitf averted ; For reproof or conviflion, that error may be famioc- confuted : As At h ana ft m faid, Bereticks are to be curerct, ftoned with Scripture' c Arguments ; For correction of obfeuriori* manners enormous oj, offenfive ; For inftruflion in bjtsfafti- the paths of right eoufnef; ; and for d Consolation that dia deter- -drooping deiccied diitrefied fpirits may not be over- geret. Nihil whelmed. enim fere de tilts obfcuritat'Bus eruhitr, quodwnplaniffime diZlum alibi repe- riatur, Aug. rieDoft.'Chrift. 1.2 06. In omni Copt a Scriptma- rum S anil a) urn, pafcimur apertis, exercemur obfcui is : iilie fames pellitur, hie fajVuium. Aug. deverb. Dom. Serm. u. a Verbi Dei altitudo exercctftudium,non denegat intellellum. Si enim omnia claufi efient, nihil effet unde revelarentur obfeura. Kurfusfi omnia tetta effect, von effet unde alimentum anima perciperet, & habe- ret vires qui but po'ffet ad citif.i pulfare. Aug. deverb. Apoftoli. Serm. 13. cap. i.ad in.it. Tom. 10. b zTim. 3. 16,17. c Lapidan- difunt Hztetij Sacx arum liter arum Argumentis. Athan. Conr. Ari. Or. 2. ILnetid funt lUtifuga Scripturarum. Tertul. de refur. (amis, d Ao/72.15.4. This fw?ct Condolatory venue, and Sou!-fupporting property of the Scriptures is very evident, and de- monftrated by the happy experience and fenfe of comfort which divers precious fervantsof the Lord have found in the Holy Scriptures in their dolours, anxieties and troubles of conferences, deepefr af- fli&ions and ftrirgfttsj death it ft If. David was wont to comfort himfelf with the Word of God efpecially in all his fuddeft afflictions, c This e Pf-U9* is my comfort in my ajftillion ; for thy Word hath quick- 50,51,52, ned me. The proud have had me in derifin ; yet have 1 not declined from thy Laws. I remembred thy judge- ments of old, 0 LORD, and have comforted my ftlf; yea he clfcwhcrc profefieth, unlefs thy Law had been my delights, f / had then periled in mine affiZlions. iPf.wg, Paul comforting the Theffalonians in the death of $>3« their Chrirtian friends, writes to them of the future RcfurrecHionJudgemenr,and glory of the Saints,and concludes, g Wherefore comfort one another with thefe -* r words. And the love-fick Church of Chrift her fclf, 8 l Tne':*r being ready to fall into a fpiritual fwoon, through lht0 fenfe of her own infirmities, and Chrift's eftrange- ments from her, cries to the Minifters and her other friends, h Oftay me with flagons, and comfort me with hCant.2.$ Apples, for lamfic\ of love ! Wine and Apples are plcafantrefrefl.ing Cordials to feeble fainting fpirits: (o the precious Promifes and Gofpel-doetrines of Chrift are to his love-wounded fouls. Auguftine, and his dear companion Alip'ms, how were they in their great foul-afflicb'ons, comforted and raifed up with two fentences of Scripture. Au* guWme deeply laying to heart all his mifery, fuch a mighty ftorni arofeinhis foul, as brought a fhower of tears ; he rofe from Alipiut, where they fate to- gether, and withdrew from him a good difhince, that he might more freely and fully pour out himfelf into tears. I laid me down ("faith i Auguftine) under : n au, 1* a cert am fig-tree, I know not how, and I opened fluce to rnnSSla tears, and the floods of mine eyes burftout, thy accept- ,,,1 .* able Sacrifice. And not in thefe words, but to this fenfe, VprT I jpake many things tothee, k But thou, O Lord, how ypr'\ r ., long / 1 How long, wilt thou be angry for ever / m O ' {'/'a remember not former iniquities / For I felt my felf r)''°* held by them, and I c aft forth miferable expreffions. How long, how long / To morrow, end to morrow/ Why not now . gainft for row. u p. 8. X/>.12,l3 yp- 34- zp. 24. ap.25,2']. the comfort whereof doth fweeten my foul -When he came to wer. 24, Father, 1 will that thev whom thou halt given me, be with me, &c. Stay (Taid fhc3 and let me meditate on the goodnefs of the Lord; for now 1 perceive and feel the countenance of Chrik my Redeemer is turned towards me, and the bright fiining beams of his mercy are fpread over me : oh happy am I that ever I was born to fee this bleffed iay.'Praije pratje, oh praife the Lord for bis mercies, for he hath brought me out of darkneffe and tbefiadow of death &C.—0 my fweet Saviour Jhal I be one with thee, as thou art one wuh thy Father? And wilt thou glorifie me with that ghry which thou hadil with the Father before the World was * And doft thou fo love me (which am but duil and aflies) to make me Partaker of glory with CbnftJ What am I poor wretch, that thou artfo mind- full of me * Ob how wonderful, how wonderful, how wonderfullkthy hve, frc b To a Chri-bft.«i itian friend that came in to fee her, wondering at her joyes, fhe faid; 0 the joyes ! the )oyes ! the joyes that I feel in my foul! they be wonderful .' they be wonderful! they be wonderful! and thus fhe conti- nued ravifht in fpririt , and triumphing in Gods praifes till her laft. c At laft with a fweet counte- ct> Z7 nance and ftill voice fhe faid, My warfare is accom- ' plified, and mine iniquities are pardoned. Lord whom have I in Heaven but thee, and I have none on earth but thee. My fleflj faileth , and my heart alfo, but God it the ttrengtb of mine heart, and my portion for ever. He that prefer vetb Jacob, and defendeth his Ifrael, he if my God, and will guide me unto death. Guide me 0 Lord my God, and fuffer me not to faint, but k_'epmy foul infafety. And with that fhe prefently fell affeep in the Lord. Mr. John Holland B. D. a memorable Saint, and rarely qualified Preacher, how did he comforr him felf with the holy Scriptures, in the valley of the fhadovv of death ? The day before he died, it plea- fed him, as formerly often, fo then more eagerly, to call for the holy Bible, with thefe very words' A Come, 0 come; Death approacheth , let us gather j*.. w-„ fome flowers to comfort this hour. And turning with r I ■ his own hands to the eight chap, of Pauls Epiftle to t?i / the Romans, he gave me the book (faith Mr.Willia m o t Leigh, Paftor of StandiflP) and bad me read : At the Viae' end of every verfe he made a Selab, or paufe ; and g-'T}or~ gave the fence in fuch fort and feeling, as was much [T'/'17' (we faw) to his own comfort, but more to our joyr*'1/* and wonder Having thus continued his medi- , ;" ration and Expofition for the fpace of two hours or more, on the hidden he faid ; 0 Slay your reading what brightnefs is this I fee * Have you light up any Candles? To which I anfwered, no: itisthe'Sun- fhine ; for it was about five a clock in a clear Sum- mers Evening. Sun-fiiine (faith he) nay my Saviours fliine : Now farewell World, welcom Heaven; Toe day-tfarfrom on high hath vifited mine heart. Ofpeal^ it when I am go, e, and preach at my Funeral: God dealeth familiarly with man, 1 feel bis mercy, I fee hit majefty ; whether in the body, or out of the body, lean- not tell, God he kjioweth ; but I fee things that are un- utterable. So ravifhed in fpi.it, he roamed towards Heaven, with a cheerful look, and fofc fweer voice ; what he faid, we could not conceive. At laftfhrink- ingdown again, he gave a figh with thefe words. Ah, yet it will not be! my fins k[eep me from my God. Thus that evening, twice rifing, and twice falling, with the Sun in the morning following, he rofc ne- ver to fall; when again railing himfelf, as Jacobd'ui upon hisftaff, he Chut up his life with thefe bleffed words. Owh.it an happy change (hall I makj! from right, today; fromdarlejtefs, to light \ from death, to life , from for row to folace ; from a fafltous World, to an heavenly being. 0 my dear brethren, ji'iets and friends ! it pitierb me to leave you behind, yet remem- ber my death when I am gone ; and what I now feel . I hope you fiall find ere you die, that G 3d doth and will deal familiarly with it.cn. And now thou fiery cbaret th.it came down to fetch up Elijah, carry me to my happy bild; and all ye bluffed Angels who attended the foul of Lazarus, Rules jar Gaining Scnptitrc-Ki7owlcdn\ 1_ Lazarus, to bring it up to Heaven \ bear me, O bear me into the bofom of tny bell beloved. Amen, Amen. Come Lor djefm, Come quick!/. And fo he fell afletp. Take all the rarcft Writings now in the World ; none of them all can thusraileupa drooping and d/'fconfolate foul from the depth of woe and hur- rour •, none of them can fill the heart thus brim-ful of fweeteft peace; none of them all can thus en- large and entranfe the fiirit to extafics of heavenly joy,and ravifhments through apprehenfjoi.. of Gods loveand mercy., above grief, above temptation, a- bove fin, above all fear of death, that King of Ter- rors, ift. III. Rule. Perufe the Scripture ftill with an humble (elf-denying heart. Be not puffed up, or conceited with thine own knowledge, or other perfections.- m He that thinks he knows any thing, knows nothing yet as he ought to know. Empty vellcls are moft receptive; fo are fclf-cmprying minds. Ic is a great help to know- ledge, n not to be ignorant of our ignorance : for fenfe of n Deo men want fpurs on endeavours after enjoyment. The gratias a- fruftifyingfhowers quickly glide away from the lofty go, quod hills, but they ftay and foak into the low Valleys, ignoranti- God that o refills the proud, yet gives grace to the am meant humble and lowly; And among other graces, the nonignoro; grace of Knowledge and Underftand ing : For p With faid one. the lowly is wifdom. q The meek, (or humble) will oProv.%. he guide in judgement ; and the meek. W'H he teach his 34- Jam. way. Thus faith Chrift, r I thank, thee 0 Father, 4-6.Sc Lord of Heaven and Earth, becaufe thou hail hid thefe 1 Pet.$.$. things from the wife and prudent. .but baft revealed them \> Prov. unto Babes. Whence Becanus f notes, that fuck as u. 2. are proud, and attribute to their ownwifdom, attain <{Pf.2$o. not to the truejenfe of Scripture. Be therefore cloth- r Mat. u. ed with humility inufeof Scripture, that true Scrip- 25. ture-Knowledgemay increafe. (Homines elatosju- perbos, quifuo utdicio prsfentes funt, Qi9u)tturip- 7*k fibyav,] i. e. That j Delineation, Draught, Plat- form, Pattern, or,"J forme of found words, which thou haft heard of me in faith and love, which it in Chrift Jefut. Where feems to be intimated, a Syfteme, a 2 Tim. r. or form of Doilrine , communicated from Paul to Timothy, according to which Timothy was to fteere as by aCompafs. This form of Doctrine ts defcri- bed here, I. By the general nature of it, A forme oj found words, A draught or model of wholfome Doftrine. 2. By the principal parts of it, into which it is branched, v'ik.- i. Faith, 2. Love. Faiih Com- »3- Rules for gaining Scripture- Knowledge. comprifeth crcdenda, All things tobe believed, as in the Creed taken out of Scripture. Love contains facienda, All things to be done, as in the Decalogue, Lords Prayer, and Sacramental Inib'tutions, which aie Scripture ; into thefe two , the whole Body of Di- vinityh ufually distributed. 3. By the primary foun- dation upon which this forme of found words is built, viz. Chrrli ] efus, Compare here with 1 Cor. 3. 1 i.Eph. 2.20. So that if in any place of Scripture the word, or Letter of the Text be repugnant to the Analogy of Faith and Love,h is not to be underflood properly and hM.tt.26 l'teraUy> but improperly and figuratively. Asforin- 2<5 Ja' ' ftance> b Z7;k «* ™y body,— This is my bloid, &c. This Mark'iA' cannotbe underflood properly, that the bread and wine are Chrifts body and blood, for that is contrary to the Analogy or rule of faith, which tells us that Chrifts humane nature is afcended into heaven, c whom the Heavens muft contain till the reftitution of all things; therefore it is to be underftood^£Hrfear ; in Pauldfilial, childlike, Keligiom fear. In this fenfe it is faid of the d Samaritans, they feared the Lord : and again, they fearednot the Lord, i. e. they feared the Lord Ser- vilely and hypocritically for his Lyons, but they feared him not religioufly, filially, fincerely. Not to fear God aright,is not to fear him at all. Again, Chrifl faith, e if a man keep my faying, he fhall never fee death. But Paul faith, f It it appointed to all men once to dye ; yet here s no oppofition; for Chrift fpeaks 0/ death Spritual and Eternal : Paul,o( death temporal or corporal. Further Jeremiah faith, g Cur fed be the man that truftethinman. Chrift faith, hex.e/f yeeatthcflefiiof the Son of man ye have no life in you : by eating underftand believing, v. 47. yet here's no oppofi- tibn. \_Man'\ Signifies cither meer man, who is vain, deceitful, Sec. Of him Jeremiah fpeaks : Or manjub- fifting in the fecond Perfon of God; of him Chrift fpeaks. Mofes faith, God\ rcfled on the f'venth day from all hiiwork\: Eut k Chrift faith, My Father worked hi* therto, and 1 work.'-, yet here's nooppofition : For the works of God are either workj "} Creation, where- by new kinds of Creatures are made ; i'o Afofes in- tended that God refted from his work ; or works of Conservation and /'m'/itencf jfuftaining and governing his works created, fo Chrift meant,the Father and he wrought ftill. Adde hereunto: Chrift faith, 1 If any man come to we, and hate not his Father, and Mother, and Wife and Children, and Brethren and Sifters, yea and his own life alfo,he cannot be my Difciple. But Paul faith, m Bits- bands loveyour Wives, n No man ever yet hated his own flefh: Yet nooppofition : For Hatred is taken either properly and abfolutely, fo underftand Paul: or compa- ratively,* lefs love being counted hatred ; of that un- derftand Chrift. Moreover Paul faith, oTherefore we conclude that a man is justified by Faith without the deeds of the Law. But p James faith, Te fee then how that by works a man tsjuflified, and not by Faith only : yet no real op- position .• For Juflification in Pauls fence; fignifies an tnflrumental Application of Gods rightcoufnefs, w^. Tefus Chrift to our fclves, and (b faith alone juf tifies before God : bur Juflification in James his fenfe fig- nifies a Declarative Manifeftation of the truth of that Faith whereby we are juftified, by the fruits and works of it. Paul fpeaks of our juftification before God; James of our Juftification before men : Paul, of the juftification of our peifonsby Faith ; James, of the juftification of our Faith it fclf, by Works. II. Holy Scriptures feem oppofite, but are not; when they treat not of the fame but of feveral fuljells otfeve- ralmatrers. As, Chrift promifed the Apoftles, q When the S fit it of Tiutb flmddcome, he fbouli guide them into all truth. Eut Paul certified that Peter u - /Gen. 2.3 ijoh.517 /Luk. 14. 26. mCoI.3.19. nEph.5.29. oRom.3.28 jjam.2.24. 9 Joh. 16. red, andrwas tobe blamed. Here are feveral fub- jecrs, viz. Doilrine and Pratlice : As to Doihine, the Apoftles erred not therein, becaufe they had i: im- mediately from God : Eut as to matter of Prailice, Peter there erred, difiembling fellowship with the Gentiles for fear of the Jews. Nor were any of the Apoftles exempted from fin and errour in Practice. Again, It is faid in one place, That f Elijah went up by a Whirlewind into Heaven. And in another , t Behold I will fend you Elijah the Prophet, before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the Lord. Yet thefe places oppofe not one another, becaufe here are feveral fubjefts fpoken of : the former being Eli- jah the Tifl)bite; the latter John the Bapti(t, the Nevv- Ttftament-Elijah, fo called becaufe he came u in the fpii it and power of Elijah. Furthermore, John the Baptifl being asked, if he were Eliot, x ani'wered, I am not. And yet y Chrift faith, JohnBaptiS wm that El'us which waifor to come, viz. Not perfnaily, but virtually : fo here's no oppofition. III. Scriptures feem oppofite, but are not, when though theyfpeak.oj the fame matter or fub)eil,yet they intendnot the fame, but feveral parts thereof. As Paul fairh, zlnme dwels no good thing. And yet he faith, a I delight in the Law of G od;\\h'\ch doubtltffc is good. Yet thefe oppofe not, becaufe in the former Paul fpeaks of his carnal unregenerare part;/;; me, that is in myflefl), dwels no good thing ; in the latter of his fpi- ritual regenerate part , I delight in the Law ofGod,af- ter the inner man. Again, Chrift faith, b My Father is greater than 1. But Paul faith, c Chrifl Jefnt being in the forme of God, thought it no robbery to be equal with God. Yet no op- pofition, for in Chrifts perfon are two natures, vi^. of d God and man-Now as Chrift is Goo^fo he is equal to the Father, as Paul meant : as. Chrift is man, fo the Father issuer than he,as himfelf faid. - I V. Scriptures feem oppofite and contrary, but are not, when they ffeal^of things, not in the fame, but in fever aire fpells, notions or confiderations. For the feveral refpetf, removes all contradiction or oppo- fition. As Chrift faith, e If I beare witneffe ofmyfelf, my witr.effe is not true. Eut clfewhere he faith, {Though I bear record of my f If, yet my record is true. Yet here's no oppofition indeed, becaufe Chrift fpeaks of bear- ing witneffe of himfelf in fcvei al refpeUs; In thefor- mer place, oi bearing witneffe to himfelf dujunllly and folely without theFather,[o his witneffe were not true: In the latter, o{bearing witneffe of himfelf, conjunctly or jointly with the Father ; fo his witneffe of himfelf is true. Again, John faith, g He that it born of God, commit- tcthnotfm, nor canfm. And yet elfcwhere, hlfwe fay that we have no fin, we deceive ourfelves , and the truth is not in us. If we fay that we have not finned, we make him a lyar, <&c. Yet here's no real oppofiti- on; for in fome rejpeiJs they that are born of God; may be faid to fin, in fome refpefts they fin not- They have fin original in them, and atlualfm, through infirmity, &c.is done by them, while they are in this world:But they fin not at unregenerate men fin, vi%.\ 1 Not againft the Golpel-Rcmedyjefus Chrift. 2 Nor as under the Reign of Sin; 3 Not with a full will ; 4Notprcfump- tiioufly; 5 Not habitually; 6 Not whh allowance of thcmfelvcs inanybofom-corruption ; 7 Not totally and Finally. Furthermore, God faith, k Iamthc Lord, I change not ; And clfewhere he faith, 1 I will repent of the evil th.it I thought to do unto them. — And I will repent of the good wherewith I faid, I would benefit them. Yet no real contradiction , for in fome fenfe God cannot repent,*/^. AffeHively, In refpect of his effence, no nor in refpeft of his etern.il Decree : In fome fenfe,af- rer the manner of men he is (aid to repent, ujfj. Ef- fectively, in relied of his works which he effeileth, hwenhedoth tomething crofie to what l:c had for- merly r Gal. 2. 11. &c. fi King. 2. II. t Mai. 4. 5. «Luk.i. 17 *Joh.i.2i. J Mat. ii. J4-fc17.11 12. Mark 9.1 1 12,13. < Rom. 7. 18. a Rom. 7. 22. £Joh 14.28. rPhil. 2.5.6 dSee Joh. 114. iTim.3.i6 Gal 4.4. e Joh. 5. 3 1. /Joh, 8. 14. g xJo" 3-9. h 1 John 1. 8,10. iSee off thefe parti- cularslarg- ly opened in my Believ- ers Eviden' ces for e- tcrnal life. ChaK 2. p. 2.8 V"V. {; Mai. 3.6. /Jer. 18.8, 10. Rules for gaining Scripture-Knowledge. m lfai.9.7. Luke 1-33. n 1 Con 1 5. 14. 0 2Krn.i«;. 30. q Mat. 17. 1. fSeeKeyof the Bible> pag.44. 1 Aft. 13.19 20. merly done, as when he drowned the world, which lie had made; dethroned SW,whom he had annota- ted King,&c. AddetotheSe; it is faid of Chrifte Kingdome m ItfhaUhavenaend, but be ejl.tblijhed f,r ever. But Paul(mh,n Cbrifl at the endflt.dl deliver up the King- dom to Godeventbe Father. Yet no real opposition, For,Chrifts Kingdomimy be considered in divers re- spects, Wf. 1 As it is Eff:ntial, belonging to Chrift as God: So he fhall never deliver up his Kingdom. 2 As Oeconomical, Dijp.'rfittory, or Mediatory •, The Mediatory Kingdom of Chrift is considerable in re- fpeftof, The[ubj}ance of it •, fo Chrift our Media- tour fhall be head of his Church, and myStical body for ever •■> The Circumftance of it, or manner of admi- nistration of it, by Word, Sacraments, Effufion of the Spirit, &c. And thus atlaftChriSr. fhall deliverup the Kingdom to the Father, for then God in Chrift, face to face,fhall be an endleiTe Sabbath, Sermon, Sa- crament. All in all. V, Finally, Scriptures may feem but are not really oppoftte,wben they intend not the fame,but fever al times. Or at lead when theyfpake of the fame times in fever al rejpefls.Diftingviifti wifely the times,andrefpefts,and the oppofition ceafeth. As o Jotham the fon of Vz,zjah is Said to Reign fix- teenyearsinjeruflem ; And yet mention is made of the p twentieth year o/Jotham fon n/Uzziah. Not- withstanding here's no real oppofition in this com- putation; For Jotham reigned alone only Sixteen years: but he reigned w/^ h'vs father V^iah, (J who could not manage the affairs of the Kingdom, being Smitten with leproSie) four years before ; in all 20. years, Again Matthew faith q After fix dayes, Jefm ta^eth Peter, James, and John his brother, and bringeth them up into an high mountain apart. But Luke faith, r About an eight dayes after thefe jayings, he foo^Peter, rtno'John,« Ifraels coming out of Egypt till the beginning of the building of the Temple in the fourthyear of Solomon, was precifcly but 480 years, but if we allow for the time of the Judges 453 years in this accounr,we fhal find the wholetime from going out of Egypt till the Temples founding, wilarifeto 591 years in all,x^.From theirdtparture out of Egypt, till their entrance into Canaan-40 years Thence to Jofhuahs death about 17 y. Thence to Elies death, (for Samuels time it inclu, dedin Sauls Reign, Afts 13.21. ) according to this fuppofttion —450 y. Thence to the death of David 80 y. Thence to the founding of the Temple in Solomons fourth year 4 y. In all- opinions are offered in Writers to this end, yet mofi of them, if not all, labour under fome incon-j.-nience or 0- t her. To om'uihc variety of opinions. Let it fuflfee to mention oncly two,uhich learned men feem mofi toinclineunto, u Some thinie, that here Paul in- tended not to reckon up the time while the Judges mledfjbecaufe fo irwere impoffiblc to reconcile thefe four hundred and fifty years with thofc fourhundred and eighty years, in 1 King,6.i. as hath been inti- mated ) : but to point one at what time God gave tf1 ael Judges, vi^. after thefethings which were de- clared, v. 17, 18,19 wt" fr°m the birth oUfatc, Cwhich feems to be noted in that phrafe, God chofe our Fathers, v. 17. among all people God chooSing Abraham, among all Abrahams children chooSing Ifaac, and making a Covenant with him,) till the beginning of Judges, which is compured to be four hundred fourty Seven years, that's about four hundred and fifty years want but three years, and itsufual in Scripture to put the round number, for the punitu- al number. This Computation they make thus. From Ifaacs birth, to Jacob's birth years — 60. From Jacob's birth,to thegoing down into Egypt — 30. Thence to the Coning forth o/Egvpt 210. Thence to the Entringinto the Land oj Canaan — -40. Thence to the Dividing of the Land by Lit —7. Which makes up in all — 447. But this Opinion is attended with thefe two in- conveniences. 1. The prefent Tex; in the Ails feems plainly to confine us for thefe' four hundred and fifty years, between the dividing of the Land of Canaan by Lot, and the beginning of Samuels Rule ; which limits this computation tranfgreffeth. 2.The number compured doth not exactly amount to four hundred and fifty, wants three, x Others therefore to avoid rhefe inconveniences, confine and abound their computation according to this Text, to fhe fpace of time betwixt the dividing Canaan by Lot, and Samuels Rule. And they think Paul reckoned up alitheyears mentbnedin the Judges,and fo they com- pute both the years of the Judges, and theyearsofU- raels opprejfours, distinctly and Severally, (though (he years of the Oppreflours are indeed comprized under the ye^rs of the Judges) and both together do puniiu ally make up the four hundred and fifty years here mentioned in the Ails. As follow- eth : The Judges mentioned in the Book of Judges, go- verned in all —299 years. To thefe add the fourty years of Ely, who folong)ud- gedlfrze\,\ Sam.4.18 ■ 40. So the whole time of the Judges rule, till Samuel, was 339 Ifraels opfyeffjurs were, i.Cuffjan whoopp.effed them,/wa^.3.8 8 years. 2. Moab, Judg.3.14 . 18. 3> 3*pin-> Judg.4.3. —20. 4. Midian, Judg. 6. 1. — 5. Amman, Judg. id. 8. u Bez. An- not. in Ad. 13.20. Lu- dovic. De Dieu. Ani- madverf. in Ail. A- pofi.c. 13/u. 20. 18. -40. X Eeroal dm with others. —591 years. So that in thefe regards, it is no eaSie matter clearly and undoubtedly to reconcile thefe times. Many 6. Philislims, Judg. 1 3. 1. So the whole time of their Oppreffours,wzs -1 1 r. Now adde thefe together, viz^. the years of their Judges, and the years of their Opprefours, three- hundred thirty and nine, and one hundred and ele- ven, and the total refulting is four hundred and fif- ty years exactly : ( only this inconvenience re- mains, the fame years a)e reckoned twice over, yet it is not in the fame, but feveral refpects). Now if out of the number of years, from departure out ofE- gypt, till the Founding of the Temple, as firSl compu- ted,!//?. 591, You Subduct ihe years oj the Oppreffours of IfraeJ under their Judges, which feems to be twfce reckoned up, viz^. one hundred and eleven years. The remain is juSt Sour hundred and eighty years, according to that of 1 Kin. 6.1. And fo tlu° Scriptures on all fides are reconciled accurately; And there fo} e tbit opinion feems mofi to be embraced. VIII. IO Ruksfor Gaining Scripure-Knovoledge. y Vki a- pertiusfen- tentis. po- nuntur, ibi difcendum eft quomo- do in locis inteliigan- ■ tur obfcu- ris. Aug. de Doft. Chrift.l.3. c.25. zPfal. 16. 10. a ^#.2. 25 tO ?2. b Aug. de doff. Chrift. /.3.C.28. c ben. I. 4. c.62. dChryf. in Gen. Horn. I?- eOrig. m Mat. Horn. f Hilar, de Trin.l.i. Retulerh, magU q uam At- tulerit. — g.7o*-S-39 ^tf.3.18. &c. ^#.7.52. &10. 43. Aozw.10.4- 2 Cor.7,. 14. I(5.G ift if revealed in Scripture, gradually in Piomifrs and Covenants, till the noon-day of the Gofpei fhined moil clearly. Espe- cially in thefemore remarkabli of time: 1. To Adam immediately upon his fall, moft ob- fbu rely and imperfectly. 2. To ifoah, more clear- ly than to Ad.i m. 2,. To Abraham, /;'. tac, and Ja- cob, more clearly than to Noah. 4. To Mofes and Ifraeln Mount Sinai,more clearly than to Abraham. s.To J) t/r'and his Seedmore darly rhati to Mofes. 6. To Hr.icl after the Babyloniih Captivity, more irlythan to David. 7. To the Church under the New Tcftamcnt, the New Covenant is laid open more clearly than to all others. For, 1. God is a God of Order, and he makes known his gracious con- trivances orderly. 2. Chrift, and Salvation by him areTreafures toe high and precious to be dildofed all at once to the Church. 3. the ftate of the Church is various ; Hie hath her infancy, her youth, and all . the degrees of her minority, as alfo her riper age ; and therefore God revealed Chrift not according to his own ability of revealing, but according to the Chur- ches capacity of receiving. 4. This gradual reveal- ing of Chrift fuits well with our condition in this world, which is notperfett, hut growing onto perfecti- on, fully attainable in Heaven onely. Now this gra- dual unveiling of the Covenant and Promifes in Chrift 3 is to be much confidered throughout the whole Scripture, that we may lee the wifdom of Godsdifpenfations,the imperfecta of the Churches condition here, efpecrally in her minority 5 and the ufefulnefs of comparing the more dark and imper- fect, with the more clear andcompleat manifeftati- ons of the Myfteries of Gods grace in Chrift. ntfequicor 3. Well 1 ompare the Texts you would under(iand,with habet,quod the Context ; and note the n coherence. For (though prxcifum fome Scriptures are laid down in certain inriepend- eftjungat ing Apborifms, like an heap of Gold-rings or diftinct Scripturx, Jewels, or like a rich Cabinet of Pearls, as moft part & leg at of the Proverbs , yet the generality of the Scriptures fuperiora is concatenated or linked together part with part vel inferio- rs e a golden Chain, intwifted or woven together ra,& inve- like acuriousJI%7!K'e£,one thingfo depending upon niet fenfumx another, as o that they mutually help to the inter- quern pra- preting of one another. Confidcr therefore ftill the vus vole- coherenceand dependance, otherwife you will run bat male into a thoufand mifunderftandings. As where it is interpreta- faid, p If the righteous fcarcely be faved, where, fac. W,Aug. de A weak Chriftian perhaps is difcouraged hereby, verb.dom. thinks he fhall fcarce ever ccr.-e to heaven : Mow the Ser. 49. Context clears if, for the Apofilt 1 peaks q that oDiclorum )udgment [or affiiction'J muft begin atthehoufecfGod, intelligenti- Gods people, andthcnccargu.es to the certainty a,aut ex of wicked mens greater puni.hments: 10 that here, prspofitie [fcarcely be faved] is to be tmderftood,nit of fpiri- aut ex tual and eternal falvation from he!', but bitemporal confequen- falvation from temporal afflictionsand perfections, tibus ex- from which the righteous fhall not be free. pettetur. 4. Compare darkjlaces with clearer : what is in Hi I. de one place veyled, is in another oft-times unveyled. Trinit. 1.6 As, with Parables r confer the Expofition ; withKJ- p 1 Pet. 4. fions f the interpretation j'with Laws, the t Explicati- 18. on thereof, &c. For as Au-ujline hath obferved. u q 1 Pet. 3. In tbofe things that are plainly laid down in Scripture, 17. are found all things containing faith and manners : and r.Wlrf.13.3, jl.uesobfcure, are to be illuftrated by tbofe that are &.c. withy, manifeft. 18.&V. 5. Explain thofe places wherein any matter or f>ib'iefi f Rev.1.12 of Divinity if touched onel/ occafionally or accidentally, 13,16,20. with fundi y other places vrhere'm it it handled and infft- t Mat. $.7 1 ed upon purpofely anthrofeffedlj, which are the very feat to the end and chief fountain of the Argument. As ifycu would oftheCbapl underftand James, c. 2. touching Juftijication by ulniisquz works as well as faith, where Jufhfication is fpoker. aperteta of more accidentally ; compare it with theEpiftlc Scriptura tothe Romans, c. 2,3,4. kc\ wherein Juftitication pfuafune is purpofely and fully handled. So if you would inveniuntur truly underftand any Text about the matter of Cre- ill.i omnia ation, confult with places where the Creation is qutconti- profcffedly handled, as in Gen; c.i. and c. 2, and nentfidem, Pfal. \ 4. morefque vivendi. Auguft.de doc. Chrift. 1.2. c.9. Ad obfeuriorcs locutionet illuftrandat dc manifeftioribwfumantur exempla, ibid, ubi apertim fententid po- nuntur, ibi difcendum eft quomodo in lo.tf intelligantur obfeuris. Au- guft de doc.Chrift. I.3 c.25. 6. Parallel Types with Anti-types, or things typified. The Types more familiarly lead us to the underftand- ingand apprehending o( iliings typified, and confe- qncntly more firmly fix them in our memories, The Ami types more evidently unfold and unvevl the 'Types Hales for Gaming Scripture- Knowledge. II Types unto us. As rlic Type of the brazen Serpent, X Num.2i. x paralleled with Cbrift the truth. The Type of o. with Alannah, y and water out of the Rock^, with the An- Jobni,.\<\, ti-type Chrift, whofe body and blood are meat and 15,16. drink\ indeed, & c. y Exod.16. y. Carefully ponder what Prophecies and Promifes s$. of chis Divi- ^# KinJLs ^ &that . lion, in J * or- "S 2. Progress OH lg this Divifion Ml. the (_in J accor- ding to Kings. II. V 'nit ed and Divi- CI. Chronicles^ \jded) as in a Chronicles. < 2. After their Captivity; | Here their Return from Captivicy is de-< dared, According to the I. Truth and 7 I manner of it, in jEzjra. 2: Fruit and e vent of it in > Nehemiahl 3. Vnder their Captivicy in Babylon, and" in II. Vott- rinal, or poetical contain- ing Do- ftrines. elfewhere ; in * jEjihcr. l.Ofmore (fecial Reference to A particular perfon,™>. — Job Davids Book principally! „r »_ '■> penned by hi©, w*. $F[alms. 1. Proverbial — Proverbs. 2. Of more General Re- ference to all forts of perfons, in 'l 2. Solomons Books vvhich< [_are, either rl. Greater Prophets who wrote either III. Pro- phetical written either -i.bythe < 2. Lejfer Prophets, who Prophefied and wrote, either 2.Penitential — Ecclefiafies. _3.Nuptial3t/i<.. --£<>«£ of Songs rIfaiah. Pi. Before the Captivity of BA-^Jeremiah. . bykn, viz. \Lamentati9ns J 2. Keer upon,and under the Cap-< Ez.ektel. \ tivity, vi^. <- Daniel. Hofea. Joel. Amos. Obadiah. Jonah. Micah. Nahuwl Habakkfk. Zeyhaniah. Haggai. Zechariah. Malachi. 1. Before Ifraels tranfportation into Babylon, vi^. 2. After Ifraels return from B/ify- /om Captivity, vi^. II. The Books of the NewTeftament, See in the following Table, at the beginning of the New Tjiameut. I. MOSES. The KEY of the Bible. 15 n Pf-90. 1. o 1 Cbron. 6.1,2,3. &2.1.&1. p Jude 14 q View of holy Scrip. P-33- r Atf.7. 20 21,22. f£x.2.lo. t A flufti- busde- nique my- ftica lin- gua Moy- les nomen accepit, & Pharaonis necem quam pra?para- verat in nomine, in flumine maris in- venit.,4#£. de temp. Serm. 89. torn. 10. uExod. 2. 9, 10. ,4#. z ^5. 7. 38. cDeut. I. ^ 0 5 £ 5. MOSES [//;e n man of God, The firft Pen- man of Scripture] was anEbrew born in £- £y/>r, after the worlds creation about 2432 years, be- fore Chrift about 1496 years: Tne o feventh from Abraham the father of the faithful ; as Enoch was the p feventh from Adam the father of the world. Mofes ("faith q one) is the feventh from Abraham, a New Henoch, who was the feventh from Adam. So was ££er the feventh from Eboc/j, and 7/"/i Patriarch?. The Hebrews name their Eooks ofthe and elfe- old Teftament, either 1 From the Prophets, the where. Penmen of them-, Or 2 from the principal fub)eZf or Argument handled in them ; Or 3 From the firft Hebrew word wherewith they begin,as the five Books of Mofes, and the Lamentations of Jeremiah. Hence Genefis is called in Hebrew nilDla Berefchith, i.e. In the beginning. Sed. II. Penmen. It is not probable this Book was written by Mofes, whilft a Private m«n and a fhepheard in Madian in the defert ; but rather after he was a Public^ perfon, and furnifhed with a Prophetick fpirit. For, 1. How could Mofesby a private, without a Prophetick fpirit, fo "accurately relate the worlds creation, and things paft ? 2. How could he foretell things to come as touching c Chrift and others/ 3. Otherwife the credit and authority of this Hifiory wou/d be too much enfeebled. 4. Nor is it abfurd, which fome Hebrew writers think, who referre this writing to that of Exod. 24. 13. Come up to me into the Mount, and be thou there, and I will give thee the Tables of Stone, and the Law, and the Precepts, which lhave written to teach them. Underftanding by the Tables, the Decalogue ; By the Precepts all the Ceremonial/, and Judicial Ordinances : and bv the Law, all other writings of Mofes, whether Hiftoricalor Dogmatical, as d Parens hath obferved. Sect. III. Time and chronologic. This Book as it is abfolutely the ancienteft writing extannin the world, fo it is mod compendious; be- ing an Hifiory of 2369 years, as e fome think .• or ra- therof2368, as f others compute. This may ap- pear in three eminent Intervals crPeriods of time re- corded in Genefis, viz. I. From the Creation to the beginning of the flood, in Noahs 6ooth. year, through ten Generations, 1656 g years, vi^. From Adams creation toSetlfs nativity c Gen. 3.1$ 8c 49. 10, &c. d D.P are- us in Pro- legom. in Gcn;p. 9, io.Fran- cof.1647. eH. Ainf. after his Preface in the fum of Genefis. f Jun. An* not: unto Genefis, & D. Parens in Genefis, p. 11,12. Franco- furr. 1 547 g Gen. 5. through- out and Gen 9.6. \6 genesis: Chap-I. hGeiMi. to. to 27. H.Brough- in in his Tables of the fathers agesD. Pa- vein inpro- (og.inGen. p.I2. ■■rancof. 1*547. kGen.17.1. 17- &21. 5. iGen.zi- 26. mGen. 47. p. n Gen. 47- 28. o Gen.50. 26. p Gen.41. 45. qGen.47.p- rGen.47.28 fGfn. 50.26 tCm n.tr- rantipr&\e- rita mel'iH* credimw, quam'{uie- tiamfutura $r&dixerit, qu£pr*f-"- tia jam vl- demtu. Aug.de civ Dci/.i8-c- 4 ■ uGen.3-'?- x Kufcb. Pra'par.e- vang./.7-c. 3' 130 years. From S?th ro En->s, 105. From Enos toCainan, 90. From Cainan to .If ihaleel, 70. From Mahaleeltojared, 6$. From _?Wer^. From the birth of Abraham to the birth of Ijaac, k loo years. From Ij'aacs birth to Jacobs birth, 1 60 years. From Jacobs birth to his going down in- to Egypt, m 130 years. From Jacobs defcent into £|>pfto his death, n 17 years. From the death of Jacob to the death of Jofeph, 53 years, which may be thus gathered. Jojeph dyed when he was o 1 10 years old. He flood before Pharaoh when he was p 30 years eld. After the feven years of plenty, in the third year of famine, Jacob came into Egypt, in the q one hundred and thirtieth year of Jacob, and fourtieth year ot Jofeph. Jofeph lived with his fa- ther in Egypt r feventeen years. Therefore when his father dyed, Jofeph was 57 years old : confequently he lived after his fathers death f 53 years. So that the toralofthis third Interval amounts to 360 years. And therefore, 1656. and 352. and 360. the par- ticulars ofall thefe three Intervals being added to- gether, This Hiftory oiGenefis is evidently an Hiftory of 2368 years continuance. Sett. IV. The Scope. The Scope oiGencfis, is to fet forth. The Gene- ration of the world ; The corruption thereof by fin •, The reftauration thereof by Chrift. the feed of the woman; Together with the government of the old world before the flood, and the following world af- ter the flood, especially of the Church of God in particular families in both , under the Patri- archs. Thereafonswhy jWi/e/bcpan his writings with the Hiflory of the Creation, the Fall of Man, &c. are conceived to be theleyt//s». 1. To procure the grea- ter authority to his writings, by his fetting forth thofe things which could not certainly be known but by Divine reve!ation,as t Au^ufiine intimates. 2. To allure the Church (contrary ro the opinions of the Heathen) of the nature of the true God, and the works ot God, as alfo that the world was not eternal 3. To convince the world of the finful ftate of all mankind, Adam the Root of mankind being corruprcd. 4. To difplay the riches of Divine grace to man, in u promifing prefently a fecond Adam to repair what the firlt Adam had deftroy- cd. 5. By the Maiefty of the Creator defcribed, to provoke the people of Ijrael to more awful and du- tiful ohedienc. 6. To dcrerre fyaelfrcm impiety, and incite them to godlyncffe, by propounding the examples ofdifferent rewards of the pious and impi- ous, as x Eufeb'tm hath noted. 7. Finally, to teach us that He is tleonly true God to be worshipped and ferved, w'ho created the world out of nothing, reftoredthe world corrupted, and in the beginning hath made known himfelf to mankind by his infalii- lible Woid. y D. Pare- us in Gen.' prologom. p. 14. 1647. Seer. V. Vrincipal Farts. This Book of GENESIS (which isoffo admirable worth and ufe , that y fome ilile it the Compendium of alt Divinity, as Mofes the Father of all Divines ) might, for memory fake, be distributed after the manner of the Hebrews into 6 Settions, accord- ing to the Hiftory of the fix Fathers therein defcri- bed, w'^. Of I. ADAM; whofe Creation, Marriage, Do- minion, Fall, Punifhmenr, Promife of Recovery, and Generations, are laid down Chap. I. to V. ver.6. It. NOAH ; who was a Preacher of righte- oufneffe, Parent of the new world. Chap. V. to III. ABRAHAM; whofe Calling, excellent Faith, Conference and Covenant with God, Pofte- r/ty,Peregrinations.and other fingular a.X.toXXV. IV. ISAAC; whofe Hiftory is defcribed, chap. XXV.to XXVIII. * V. JACOB ; 'whofe various conditions and diitreiies are defcribed , Chip. XXVIII. to XXXVII. ; VI. J OS EP H; who by the envy and emula- tion of his Brethren was fold into Egypt, and there by fingular providence advanced to the fecondplace of Government in the Kingdome, whereby his Fa- thers family was afterwards preserved from perifh- ing in an extream Famine,and the knowledge of the God was brought into Egypt. Chap.XXXML to the end. But here I fliall rather follow the enfuing Diftri- bution, which is conceived tube more exall and metho- dical. GENESIS defcribes unto us,the^ff Originals of things. And the jollowing Progreffe and Administra- tions of things. Thcfirft originals of things ; as of the World, the I. Church,and Sin. l.Tbe original of the whole World in common., by Di- vine Creation out of nothing, is Defcribed, and that defcription Amplified. I.The worlds Z creation is Defcribed here, Chap. I. chap. I. and this either. r. More gener ally, vcr. 1,2. z The crea- 2. More particularly, according to Gods orderly tionofthe Proceedings in fix diftinct daies-works, vi\. 1. The World hrftday, Light, ver.3,4,5. 2. The fecond day, the Firmament, called Heaven, dividing betwixt waters above and below, i/er.5,7,8. 3. The third day,The waters gathered into 2 Sea, the appearing of Dry- land, And the Earth bringing forth grafle, herbs and fruit-trees, wr.9,io,i 1,12,13. 4. The fourth day, , Lights in the Heavens,zr\c\ two great Lights, Sun and Moon, fer.14. to 20. 5. The fifth day, Of the Wa- ters, Allfijh and Fowles, ver.20.to 24. 6. Finally, thefixrhday, Of the earth were created all Cattle, creeping things, and Beafts, ver.24,25. And laft of all was created a Man, male and female, (as his choi- a jiDAM. ceft work, and an Epitome of the world, and ab- fttact of heaven and earth). Touching mans crea- tion, confider 1. The Divine confutation about it. 2. The Divine platform according to which he was framed, Gods own image. 3.Godsbcnediftionupon man created, in point of fructfication dominion o- vcrthe Creatures, and fuftentationby them, ver.26. to the end of the Chap. II. The Defcription of the worlds creation is Am- plified. 1. By a narration of Gods reft from his works the feventhday, andb fanctification thereof. Chap. II. b Seventh ver. 1,2,3. dayfanlli- 2. By further explanation of the manner of the fied. Creation, trr.4,5,6.c!pecially of mans creation, vi^. Chap. JI 1. How Adam was made, ver.j. 2. How placed in the * " Chap. III. to. XIX. E X 0 D V S. 17 the garden of Eden to drcfle and keep it, ver. 8- to \ 18. 3. How Adamnamcc\ thccreatures,w. 18,(9, 20. 4. How the woman was made cf one of the ribs of Adam fleeping, ver. 21,22. 5. How God joyned the man and woman together i;i marriage,i/fr.22,23, 24,25. U.fhe original of the Churjj, for which the world was made, is intermingled, intimated varioufly, 1. In the man and woman's creation afrer Gods Image. 2. In thefanctification of the Sabbath for them. 3. In the Tree of life, and Tree of knowledge of good and evil. And 4. Afterwards in the promifed feed of the woman. 5. And the facriflces which God taught A- dam to offer of thofebeafts with whofe lkins Adam was clothed. cthe Fall III. The original ofc Sin and Corruption, how ir en- Chap. 3. rred into the world. Chap. III..de(cribed by 1. The caufe of it, vi^. The Devil in the Serpent ieducing the woman to eat of the forbidden fruit, ver. i.to6. 2. The acting of it, ver. 6. 2,. The effefts or conse- quents thereof, vi^. 1. Their immediate guilt and Ihame and flying from God at his voice, verfe 7,8. 2.Godsconventing and convicting of them^.p./o 14. g.Godspunifhments, parrly Denounced, partly in- flicted. On the Set pern ("where the firft fundamental dS££Do/Gofpel-promifeofthe d SEED OF THE WOMAN the woman TO B RVISETHE SERPENTS HEAD, promifed. '$ molt fweetly inferted) ver. 14, 1 5. On the woman ver. 16. On Adam, ver. 17,18,19. (Here alfo is in- e Chavah ferted the womans comfortable name e CHAVAH, ox Eve becaufe file is the mother of all Living ; naturally by the firft Adam, fitper naturally by Chrift the feed of the woman t he fecond Adam, ver.20. And Gods cloath- ing the man and woman with beads Ikins, whofe bodies they were taught to facrifice, ver. 21. ) On both man and woman, driving them out of the garden of Eden, ver. 22. to the end of the Chap. II. The Proyeffe and following Adminifirathn of things afrer the Creation;ekher 1. In the old world before the flood, wherein are de- ferred Adams pofterity (unto whom fin was propagated, on whom it was purified, and yer among whom the Church of God was continued) -w'^.befides fons and Chap. 4. daughters ; Cain, Abel, Seth,Chap. IV. to Chap. V.6. More particularly. i. The hiftory of Cain and Abel, contains 1. Their Nativity, ver. 1,2. 2. Their trade, ver. 2. 3.Their Religion, and what entertainment it had with God, ver.^.to 8. 4. Cains murder of his brother Abel,ver. 8. 5. The LORD's avenging upon C.i in the blood of Abel, ver. 9. to 26. 6. Cains pofterity, ver. 16. to 25. 2. Thehirtoryor Seth, comprifeth 1. His birth, ver. 25 compared alfo with Chap. V. 1 ,2 3. 2. His fon Enos, in whofe time men began to call upon the Name of the Lord, viz^. more publiqucly, &c. ver. 26. 3. His father Adams death in his dayes. (Adams hifto- Chap. 5. rv being compendioufly mentioned) Chap.V.i. to6. 4. His pofterity from Enos ro Noah through divers Generations, predecellors of Jcfus Chrift. ver. 6. to 22. tNOAH. e NOAH'S hiftory is of affairs 1 Before theflood,2 or After the flood. 1. Be f .re the flood; declaring 1. His birth, ver. 28. ro 32. 2. His pofteiity, vi\. three fons, ver. 32. 3. His making an ^4>^in 112 years fpace according to Gods direction, for favinghirafelfand family, and fome ofall kinds of creatures therein againft the ge- ' neral deluge rhreatned to the whole world for its ge- Chap. 6. neral and great corruption.Ct.VI.r^o«^/;o«f. 4. His , entrance into the Ark with the creatures at Gods fr/^V'v cWMMnd. dfc.Vfl.i. to 17. 5. Theconfcquentup- 1 1 tie flood, on his entrance- into the Ark, the dreadful f FLOOD, defcribed.i/er.i7.ro the end of the Chap. 2. After thefloodjke. II. In the new wo, Id after theflioi, according to the times of divers renowned Patriarchs, NOAH, A- BRAHAM-JSAACjACOB. NOAH. (Tl)efavedoftheOld, and the Parent of the New World.') His Hiftory is continued •, wherein are recorded, I. His departure out of the Ark, and all that were with him. chap. VIII. Amplified 1. By Chap. 1. the Antecedents, making way for his coming forth, viz,. 1 The abatement of the waters of the flood, ver. 1. to 6. 2 The difcovery of this abatement, By the Raven and Dove Cent forth, ver. 6. to 13. By his own obfervation uncovering the Ark, ver. 13, 14. 3 Gods Command to him to come forth, ver. 15. to 20. 2. By the Consequents of his coming forth, viz^. i Noah's facrifice, ver.20. 2 Gods Acceptance of ir, and promife never more fo to curfe the earth, ver. 22, 23. 3 Gods benediction of Noah and thecrea- turcs,Ch.'lX.ver.i.to8. 4 Gods Covenant with No- Chap. t ah never more to drown the world with a flood, The g Rainbow being the Token of this Covenant, ver. 8. gRainb to 18. II. Noah's fonnes who overfpread the whole earth, ver.\8, 19. III. Noahs hufbandry, amplified by his being dtunk with the fruit of the Vine; with the confequents thereupon, ver. 20. to 28. IV. Noahs death, ver. 28,29. V. The Pofterity of Noah's three fonnes, 1 As united in one language, Ch.X. 2 As Chap. ic. divided and fcattered by feveral h languages, con- founded at Babel; ch. XI. i.to 10. Here Shem's Chap. ir. Pofterity through many Generations is brought hConfufion down to Abram, ver.io. to 27. of Lan- i ABRAM S Hiftory declareth guages. 1 . His defcent and kindred , Ch.Xl.21, 28. at Babel. 2. His marriage to Sarah, ver. 29, 7,0. i Abram. 3. His departure from Vr of the Chaldees , kD.Parem and dwelling in Haran, fj a city ofk Arabia J ver. Comment 3i>32-. ad Gen. 4. His divine call from his country and kindred in- 11. 31. tothe Land of Canaan. Amplified 1. By Gods en- couraging Promifes, efpecially of Chrift the bleffed feed. 2. By Abram s obeying this call. 3. By Gods promifing the Land of Canaan to his feed at his com- ing thither, whereupon Abram buildedan Altar to the Lord, Ch. Xll.ver. i.toio. 4. By Abram' s de« chap, ili parture out of Canaan by reafon of a great famine to fojourne in Egypt, where he faid his wife was his fi- fler, ver. 10. to the end of the Chapt. 5. By his re- turne with Lot into Canaan, to the very place where he had buiJt his Altar, G&.XHI. 1. to 5. Events of Chap. IJ which returne are 1. Abram and Lots ftparation from one another, by reafon of their fervants difcord, Lor pitching towards Sodom, ver.$. to 14. 2. Gods re- newing of his promife to Abram, Q upon Lots depar- ture.) ofgivingC^de rah, ver. 1. to 16. 2 By the J/.mnz, Abra- hams Imerceffion for the five Cities, and GodsCon- ceflions, ver. 23. to the end of the chapt. 2. Gods Benefits towards Abraham, in 1. Saving his Neph- ew Lot from the Cities overthrow, Ch. XIX. through- ri 4n out. 2. Yrdctnr.g Sarah his wife from defilement P' *9' F in 18 GENESIS. Chap.XX.toXLV. Cl.£i>.2i. Chap. 22. Chap. Chap. Chap. I If a ac. 25. 24. Chap. 26. Chap. 20. in Ahmekths Court, Chap. XX. throughcut. 3. Per- forming his promise, in giving Abraham &(on} vi%_. Ifaac by Sarah, Ch.XXl. On Abrahams Part, divers fweet fruits, vi^. I. The obedience of his faith, (when God tryed him,_) as offering up Ifaac, SiC.Cn. XXII. 2. His moderati- on in mourning for Sarah's death,with his humanity and equity in purchafing a burying place for her, Ch. XXIII. throughout. 3. His pious care about the marriage of his (on Ifaac, Chap. XXIV. throughout. 4. His prudent difpofal of his temporals to his Po- sterity, Chap. XXV. 1. to 7. 5. His mature death in a good old age, i/er.7.8, 9, io. I ISAAC'S Hiftory, contains 1. His nativity and circumcifion, c.21.1. to 6. 2. His mocking by I(hmael,c. 21.9. 3. His being offered up as a Sacrifice in a fort,c.22. 4. His marriage with Rebeckjih, c.24 ABtbefefour are interwoven in Abrahzm'sftory fore- mentioned. 5. Hisbletfing from God, C&.XXV. 2. 6. His Pofterity, flflomaels generations being pre- mifed, ver.12.to 15J viz. Efau and Jacob twins, defcribed by their fbriving in the wombe ; And at the Birth. Their Trade. Their different affection they had from their Parents,and their Eargain about the Birth-right, ver.19. to the end of the cSafter. 7. His Peregrination in Gerar of the Philiftines, Ch.XXVI. defcribed. 1. By the occafion hereof, a famine in the land, ver. 1. 2. By Gods direction fotodo, Renewing hisCovenan: with him.-iA2. to 6. 3. By the events enfuing, Difembling his wife. Pro- fpericy in the land, and Covenant with King Abime- lech, ver. 6. to 34. 8. His and his wifes grief, about Efau's Matching, rer.34.35. 9. His bleffing of Jacob and Efau , Jacob by fub- tilry getting away the beft bleffing, and was hated of Efau for it. ch. XXVII. m JACOB'S Hiftory defcribes (befides the for- mer particulars, inferred in Ifaac's Hiftory, his three Peregrinations ■> vi^. into Mefopot ami a, Canaan and I. Into Mefopot amia to take a wife in Laban's houfe. Here confider, 1. His Parents charge and bleffing Chap. 28. when he went, Ch. XXVIIf. i.to6. 2. His brother Efau's endeavours hereupon to pleafe his Parents, in matching in Ifiomaels family,!^. 6.f 9 10. 3. His jour- ney ; wherein, his vifion of the Ladder, and his Vow, ver. 10. to the end of the Chapter. 4. His arrival, and Chap. 29. marriage with Leah and Rachel, Ch.XXIX. ver. 1. to 31. 5. His children by both his wives, ver. 31. to the end of the chap, and Ch.XXX. ver. i.to 25. 6. His wonderful increafe in Goods, ver. 2$. to the end of the chapter. II. Into Canaan. Whether he returned at Gods Command. Here obferve, 1. His Paffage thither. 1. Occafioned by difcon- Chap. 31. tents with Laban, Ch. XXXI. 1,2,3. 2- Prepared for, by declaring his purpofe to his wives, ver. 4. to 17. 3. Al\ed,ver.\-]. to 2$. 4. Interrupted by La- ban overtaking him, yet kept by God from harming him, ver. 25. to the end of the chapter. 5. Encoura- gedby a vifion of protecting Angels at Mahanaim, Ch. XXXII. 1,2. And 6 Compleatedunon the meet- ing of Jacob and Ef.-iu. Amplified 1. Ey his Pre- paration for it, Sending Meffengers before him to ap- peafe£/ii«, becaufeof the old grudge, ver. 3. to 6. Fr.yin.] ri G /for deliverance, his meffengers report putting him in fear, ver. 6. to 1 3. Sending before him a pref:nt to Efau. verfe 13. to 24. And wrefiling -with an An*el, who allured him of prevailing with man, and changed Ivs name from n JACOB to ISRAEL, ver. 24. to the end oj the chapter. 2. By the manner of this meeting, ch.XXXUL 1. to i3- 2. His abode or fojourning there 1 where the thinps that befell him are recited, vi^. I. His Purchafing of a l'.trre! of a field at Shalem of Hamor, verfe 18. to the end of the chapter. 2. His daughter Dinab'i Chat). 27. m Jacob. Chap. 30. Chap. 32- n Jacob named Chap. 33. defilement by Shechem, Hamors fon, with the events thereof, C.h. XXXIV. throughout. 3. His journey to Bethel, and building an Altar there at Gods appoint- ment, Ch. XXXV. 1. to 9. 4. Gcds appearing again to him at Bethel, and renewing his Covenant with him, ver. 9. to 16. 5. His puffing frcm BcihchoBeth- lehem, where Rachel dyed, verje 16. to 22. 6. Reu- ben's defiling Bilhah his fathers Concubine, verfe 22. 7. The enumeration of Jacobs fans, verfe 22. to 27. 8. His coming at lafl to Ifaac his father in Hebron, verfe 27. 9. Ifaac s death and burial by EJau and Jacob, verfe 28,29. Where Efau's Pofterity is re- corded, Ch. XX XVI. throughout. 10. Thefellingof o Jcfeph by his brethren to the Ifl.maclhes, whocar- ry him Into Eg)pt and fell him to Pctiphar, Amplifi- ed by the caufes, manner and effects, ch. XXXVII. throughout. 2. Judahsincefl with Thamar his daughter in law at large defcribed, Ch. XXXVIII. throughout. III. Into Egypt. Of this Peregrination of Jacob are mentioned the Antecedents, Manner and Confequents. 1. Antecedents, relating efpecially to Jofeph in £- gypt, in Potipkars houfe, in Prifn, cr in his Enlarge- ment and Advancement. I. In Potiphars kcvfc,ZTe declared 1. Jofephs Profperity, ch. XXXIX. 1. to 7. 2. His Pietv and Chaftity, refilling the tempta- tions of his mirtrifs; whereupon 1 She falflyaccu- feth him to his Mafter ; and 2 He un/uflly claps h;m in Prifon, ver. 7. to 21. II. In Prifon, where 1. God gave him lingular favour with the Keeper, verfe 21 22,23. 2. He expounds the Dreams of Pharaoh's chief Butler and chief Baker, prifoners with him which came to pafie according to his inrerpretarJons,> Ch. XL. throughout. 3. He interprets Pharaoh's two Dreams, of the p feven years plenty, and feven years famine, when all the wife men in Egypt could not ; and advifed Pharaoh what ufe to make of his dreams for the publickgood, chap. XLI. I. ro 27 Whereupon Pharaoh advanced Jofeph, verfe 37. to 45. III. In hk advancement to the fecond place in the Kingdom; where are mentioned, 1. His wife given him by Pharaoh, verfe 45. 2. His gathering and ftoring up of corn in the feven years of plenty verfe 46. to 50. 3. His two (ons Manajfeb and Ephra- tm,ver. 53,51,52. 4. His felling of corn in the feven years of dearth following t0 the Egyptians, and the People of all countries, verfe 53. to the end of the chapter. 5. His felling of corn to his own brethren, coming out of the land 0f Canaan,wo feveral times for that end. Their firft journey is defcribed, 1. By the occafion of it, Jacob heard there was corn in Egypt, Chap. XLI 1. 1. to 6. 2. By Jofephs concealing his knowledge of his brethren, challenging them as fpies of the country; where note divers confequents thereup- on ver. 6. to 25. 3. By Jofephs command to fill their facks with corn, and every mans money in his fack, vetfe 25.ro 29. 4. By their return to Jacob, report- ing all occurrences that befell them, ver. 29.107,$. 5. By the trouble of Jacobs fons, finding their mo- ney in their facks •, and of Jacob about fending of Benjamin with them into Egypt, to prove they were not fpies, ver.^. to the end of the chapter. Then fecond journey is fet forth, 1. By the Antece- dents thereof, vi^. 1. Their perfwadingcf Jacob with much difficulty to fend Benjamin with them. And 2 Their Prefcnt prepared for Jfph,ck.XU\I. 1. to 15. 2. By the Confequents enfuing thereupon, vtK- I. Jofephs entertaining and fealting his bre- thren, ver.\<,. to the end of the chapter. 2. Jcfeph s Policy to flay his brother Benjamin, by putting his cu$ in Benjamins &cV,C.b.XU\\ \.to 18. ^.Judabs Apology and Supplication to Jofeph touching Benja- min,ver.i2.tothc end of the chapter. 4. Hereupon Jofephs making himfdf known to his brethren with muchpj(fionarc affeclion, and commanding them to bring his father down into Egypt, QPharaoh alfo confirming itj fending them away with gifts,wagons, provif-on for the way, and a Prefent to his father. Chap. XLV. 1.1325. 5. Thu'r return into Canaan to Chap. 34. Chap. 3$. Chap. 35. 0 Jofeph. Chap. 37; Chap. 38. Chap. 30. Chap. 40^ p The fevenyears of plenty and fa- mine in Egypt,8te. Chap. 41. Chap. 4*. Chap. 43. Chap. 44. Chap. 45- Chap.XLVI.toL. E X 0 D V S. !9 to their father wich tlut joyful newes, that Jofeph was yet alive and Governor of Egypt; and how Ja- cob entertained ir, verfe. 25. to the end of the Chap- ter. 2. The manner ofq Jacobs coming into Egypt , is de- Chap. 4S. Iineated, C/>. XLVI. where 1. His facrifices by the q Jacob way at Beer-fheba, with Gods encouragements to andbif him there, verfe 1. to 5* 2. His journey thence to- Family wards Egypt, with the*ames and number of all the come into fouls that went with him into Egypt, feventy fouls Egypt. in all, verfe 5. ro28. 3. His fending Judah before, to direct them into Gofloen,ver. 28. 4. Jofeph' s meet- ing of his father Jacob in Gofljen, where he inflrufts his brethren what to fay to Pharaoh, verfe 29. to the end of the chapter- 3. Confequents of Jacobs coming into Egypt, vi^. 1. Jofephs prefenting five of his brethren and his father before Pharaoh, and their conference, Chap. Chap. 47. XLVII. 1. ran. 2. jojepbs placing his father and his family in the befl of the land, and there nouriih- ing them, verfe 11, 12. ("and this while all Canaan and "Egypt were reduced to Poverty by buying bread, verfe 13.ro 27.) 3- Ifraels Profperjty in Egypt, ver. 27. 4. Jofephs Oath unto his father Jacob, no: to bu- ry him in Egypt , b'Jt with his fathers in Canaan, ver. 28. to the end of the cfiaptcr. 5. Jacobs blelfing of Epbraim and Manaffch, Jofephs two fans, on his fick bed, Chap. XLVIII. \.to 21. 6. Jacobs bequeath* ing unto Jofeph a portion above his brethren, which he rook from the Amorite with his fword and bowc, verfe 21, 22. 7. Jacobs Prophetical blcding of his fons,Chap. XLIX. i. to 28. 8. His charge to them to bury him in Canaan, verfe 28. to 33. 9. Jacobs death, verfe 33. Amplified by divers Confeque,.ts. thereupon, vi^. 1 The mourning for him, Chap. L.r. 2,3. 2 Jofephs Honourable Burial of him in Canaan. with a mighty train out of Egypt, verfe 4. to 14. 3. Jofephs return from the funeral, ver. 14. 4. Jo- fephs kindnefs and comforts to his brethren after Ja- cobs death, notwithftanding all their unbrotherly dealing with him of old, verfe 14. to 22 , 5, Finally Jofephs death in Egypt, being no. years old, after he had feen his childrens children, and had taken an Oath of his brethren to bury his bones in the Land of Promife,ver.22.to the end. Chap. 42. Chap. 49* Chap foi EXODUS. .Se&. I. The Name. EXODUS, i.e. Going-out, or Departure % fo , called by the Greek, becaufe it declares Ifraels miraculous departure out of Egypt, after they had been long opprefled there under tyrannical fervitude. In Hebrew it's called l~ >C10 rV7fcO veelle fchemoth, i.e.* And thefe are the names. Becaufe thefearethe a Eyd.1.1 firft wor<}s 0f the Book. Se&.II. The Time and Chronologic Exodus is an Hifiory, from the death of Jofeph till the erecting of the Tabernacle, for about 142 years, vl^. From the death of Jofeph to the birth of Mofes 60 years, b as fome compute. From Mofes birth to the departure out of Egypt, c 80 years. From the de- parture out of Egypt, to the erecting of the TSffier- nacle, d 2 years, the Tabernacle was erefted in the fecondyear, viz. e the fecond year after their com- ing out of Egypt : yet this Hifiory is not finifhed in this Eook, till Num.?. 29. ' b Jun. An- not. ante Exod. c Exod.1.1 d Exod.40 17. e Jun. An- tiotan he. (And.Riv. com. in Exo- Prolog, p 2. col. a Sett.. III. Penmen. That Mnfesvizs Penman of this Eook is generally acknowledged : but when it was written, cannot fo precifely be determined yet, ir being an Hifiory of matters of faft, doubtleffe it was written after the Giving of the Law in Mount Sinai, and the ere&ing of the Tabernacle. For things cannot hiftorically be related, till they be afted ; asthat learned t Rivet hath noted. Se&.IV. Occafion and SubjeU-matter. Mofeshzv'mg defcribed the Creation of the world, the Propagation of the Nations, and fome Primordial beginnings of the Church in fever al families in the book of Genefis, now comes in this book of Exodui to defcribe the flate and condition, efpecially of the Church as collected out of fever al families, and uni- ted in one politique body or fociety, feparated from all otherpeople, partaker of the g precious promifes of gGen.i^. God, and in due feafon expe&ing their accomplifh- i3.&*i7-5 ment. This is the h Church in the wilderneffe. 8. In this Eook efpecially are declared :i Gods won- h.4^.7.38. derful deliverance of Iyrael out of Egyp t , and from the Egyptians at the Red-fea ; 2 His miraculous fuf- taining of them in the wilderneffe; 3 His giving them the Law, therein renewing Covenant with them on Mount Sinai ; And 4 How he caufed his Tabernacle robe erected among them. So that fjasioneob- iApd.Rivi ferves} If there be any Bookjvhereinthefngular Pro- Prolog, in vidence of God appears inpreferving, propagating* and Exod. p. I« delivering his Church ; If there be any Boo\wherein the truth and fidelity of Gods promifes floines forth in their accomplifloment ? If any Book_ wherein the infinite wif- dome andjufliceof God appears in making ofLawes, and eretlingof Divine worpoip : (And I may add, If thei be any Book wherein we have a lively embleme of the afflicted Church of God in the wildernefie of this world ~) certainly this « the Book.. Sedl:. V. Scope. The Scope or drift of this Hifiory, is, In general to fet forth Gods tender, faithful, wife, iuft, and hap- py government of his Church now collected out of all the feveral families of Ifrael, and united in one k Gen. 15. politique body. 1;, 14, j-, In particular, 1. To demonflrate clearly G->Js ancie.it 1 5. ivith faith fttlneffe in keeping covenant and promife with his Exod. 12. people. As in k bringing them out of Egypt after their 41. long affliction ; In multiplying Abrahams feed, from \Gen. 15.5. 1 70 fouls that went into Egypt, to fix hundred thou- o^i". 4,5, fand, and three thoufand and five hundred and f.fty 6.^45.27 w.mkHrsj that came out pf Egypt, befides women with kum. and i. i. 2,3,45 20 E X 0 D V S. Chap. I. to X. m i Cor. i o. i , &c. Si diligen- ter ft.aio- nes eas mar.fionef. que caftro- conditiones locorurn, qus. Exodi continents retraile- mus, mag- na in ipfis cxlefiis itincif mirabilia cernemus. Aug. ad Honor, de util. cre- dendi.c-3. and children. 2. To magnifie Gods power in their mi- raculous deliverances andprefervations ; not only be- fore his own people, but in fighc alfo of the very Heathen. 3. To encourage htf people to depend upon him in deepejlfiraits of affliZlkns, feeing he fo tenders them in affliction, and fsves them from afflicti- on. 4. To adumbrate in Ifrael, pafftng from E'ypt through the Red-jea, Vtilderneffe, and J or dan, to the promifed Land, as in a lively m type, the Churches flute in thewildernefsof this world till (lie come to the heavenly Canaan an eternal reft. As faid Auguftine, Obferve we their fiations and Manfiors, we may in them behold great wonders of our heavenly journey. Ccnfider this Parallel. 1. Ifrael delivered from Pharaoh, the laskjma- flers, and Egypts mife- ries 2. Ifrael paffeth the Red-feu, wherein all E- gyptians are drowned. 3. Ifrael combats with, andconquers Amalel^. 4. Jfrael had the Law from Mount Sinai. 5. Ijrael had Gods moving Tabernacle among them, with all its Veffels andVtenfils. 6. Ifrael after alldi ft'effes, at Lft quietly pof- fe fled of Canaan. 1. The Elect, delivered from Satan, fin , world, death and hell, wonder- fully. 2. Elect by baptifm and blood of Chrift are faved, wherein all their fins are drowned &: fwallow'd up. 3. Chrift and his Mem- bers fight with fin andSa- an, and overcome them. 4. Eleft inftrufted of Chrift, whereby they are advanced above low earthly to high heavenly contem- plations. 5. The Elect are here Gods moving Tabernacle, VefieJs for holy ufe, Sec. 6. The Elect after all tri- Ibulations fhall at Iaft in endlcfs peace and joy pof- fefs Heaven it iclf. Se&.VI. Principal Farts. EXODVS contains an hiftorical narration, 1. Of Gods Anions in reference to Ijraels deliverance out of Egypt; And 2 Of Gods Ii&ruZtions of Ifrael. I. Gods Aelions in relation to Ifraels deliverance out of Egypt, were either 1 Before, 2. In, or 3. After Ifraels deliverance. I. Before Ifraels deliverance are confiderable. r Ifrael op- I. Gods permiftonof the Egyptians r tyranny over pfeffedinE- them, which gave occafion for their deliverance, &ytt. Chap. 1. This tyranny is defcribed, I. Eythe^nre- Chap. I. cedents occafion'ing it, which arc three, vi^. 1. The death of Jofeph, andkit brethren, and all that Gene- ration, whereby their opprcflions might have been prevented, verfe 1. to 7. 2. The abundant increafe of the Ifraelitcs afterwards •, fo that the Egyptians began to fear their multitudes, verfe 7.- 3. Their new King (which knew not JofepV) with his politick Confutations againft //mc/,^^. 2. to II. II. By the Particular jof it, vi^. 1 Exacting rigorous fervice in brick, &c. by cruel tafk-mafteis, ver.11. to 15. 2. Charging the Hebrew Midwives to kill all the Males of the Hebrews when they were born -, (but the Midwives obeyed not his bloody command) ver. 15.ro 22. 3. Ey commanding all the Egyptians to drown the Hebrew male-children in the river, ver. 22. Upon this is related the ftory of Mofes his birth and being brought by his fifter in anArk of bulruftcs to the River fde ameng the flags, his Parents be- ing unable to conceal him any longer, Ch. II. 1, &c. 2.0 :ds Preparation both of Tnflruments andAZlions, for their deliverance out of Egypt. (Mfesa:id I. Injliuments prepared, were (MOSES and Aaron AARON. ...... , , . „• 1. MOSES. Touching him are declared I. His Chap. 2. Nativity and defcenr, Chap. II. ver. 1.105. 2. H\s jugular Prefcrvation Irom being drown- ed, even by means of Pharaohs own daughter ver. %.to 11. 3. His ails whil'ft a private pcr- fon, vi^. Relieving feme of his brethren the Ifraelitcs wronged by the Egyptians, ver. 11. to 15. Flying into the Land ofMidian, and keeping the flock oijethro, Prieft of Midian, &c. ver. I5.r0 23. 4. His divine call to be a publick deliverer cf the opprefed Ifraelitcs from Egypts tyranny;* defcribed, By the im- pulftve caufe of their deliverance, GodsCom- milerations to their Corrows, and remem- bring of his Covenant, ver. 23,24,25. By Gods appearing to Mofes in a burning bu'fh on M. Ho- reb, Chap. III. 1. fo 7. By Gods declaring his Chap. 3. pleafure prefently to deliver Ifrael, and that by Mofes, ver^j.ton. By Gods encourage- ments and directions to Mofes for the manage- ing of this great work againft all Mofes difcou- ragemencs, ver. 11. to the end of the ch apt. and Chap.lV.i.to 14. Chap. 4." 2. AARON,whom God joynes in Commiffion with Mofes as his alfiflant, ver. 14. to 18. This Preparation of Mofes and Aaron is amplified, 1. By Mofes returne from Midian into Egypt, at Gods command to vifit his brethren ; and how by the way the LqRD fought to kill him, for not having ci, cumcifedhls (onr\e, ver. 18. 1027. 2. By Aarons coming to meet Mofes at Gods appointment, ■ver. 27, 28. 2. Allions prepared for Ifraels deliverance ; were 1. The publication of Gods pleafure by Mofes and Aa- ron, touching Ifraels deliverance out of Egypt; and this, Firft, To the people of Ifrael thcmfelves, ver. 29. to the end of the chapter. 2. Afterwards to Pharaoh, Chap.Wi.Scc. Am- Chap. 5. plified by the Confequents or events thereof, vi%_. i. Pharaohs impious refufal to let Ifrael go, vir. 2. 2. His checking of Mofes and Aaron for their meflage, ver. 3,4. 3. The aggravating of the Ifraelites talks at Pharaohs command, verfe $.to 15. 4. Thelfra- elitifh Officers complaints to Pharaoh hereupon, ver. 1 5. to 20. 5. Their murmuring againft, and expoftulation with Mofes and Aaron, whereupon Mofes complains to God, verfe 20. to the end of the chapter. 6. Gods encouragement of Mofes, renew- ing his promife by his name t JEHOVAH, and com- t The name manding him to make them known to Ijrael. Ch. VI. Jehovah. 1. to 10. 7. Gods fecond fending of Mofes and Aaron Chap. 6. to Pharaoh, ("the Genealogy of this Mofes and Aaron being annexed J ver. 10. to 28. Secondly, Toe Operation of Signs and Miracles, partly Confirmative, partly Punitive. 1. Confirmative Sign, wroughc by Mofes and Aaron at Gods command, for confirming of their meffage from God, vi\. Turning his Rod into a Serpent, andMJhe event, verfe 28, 29, 30. and Chap. VII. 1. chap. 7. to ^7 2. Punitivc,vi\.the uTen Plagues wherewith God ufheten puniihed £>v/>r by Mofes and Aaron for opprdfing plagues 0f Ifrael, and not letting them depart out of Egypt. EGTPT. 1. Turning the waters of the River into blood, ver. 14. to the end of the chapter. 2. Frogs brought up out of the River, Chap. Will. Chap. 8. 1. to \6. 3. Lice of the duft of the Land, verfe 16. to 20. 4. A mixed fwarmof flies, ver. 20. to the end of the chapter. 5. TheMurrianof Eeaft,Chap. IX. i.ro8. Chap. 9. 6. Eoyls breaking forthwith Blains on Man and Beaft, verfe 3. to 13. 7. Terrible hail, and thunder, and fire running upon the ground, verfe 13. to the end of the chapter. 8. Devouring Locufts brought in by an Eaft-wind, Chap.X. to 21. Chap. io. 9. The horrid 1 hick darknefs for three days fpace, ver. 2 1. to the end of the chapter. 10. The death of the firft-born at large defcribed, By Chap. XI. to XX. E X 0 D V S. 21 Chap. Hi u7*e Puff over injli- tuted. Chap. 12. x Ifrael comesoutof Egypt. Chap. 13. Chap. 14. Chap. 15. yTfrael/.t- jfed though the Redfea wherin Pharaoh and all the Egyptians were drow- ned. uMofesfong Chap. 15. By the Antecedents, Execution k fclf, and the Consequents thereupon, I. The Antecedents. 1 Gods direction of Ifrael m borrow Jewels of gold and filvcr of the Egyptians, btcaufe up- on this plague they fhould even rhruft Ifrael our, that lb the Egyptians might be fpoiled, and the Ifraelites enriched, chap. XI. 1,2,3. 2 The threatning of this plague, ver. 4. to the end if the chuff. 3 The Lord's Provifion for- his own Peoples fafcty when the Egyptians fhould bedeftroyed, by initituting the Sacra- ment of the u PASSEOVER, and fprinkling of blood upon their doors, left the deftroying Angel fhould touch them, Chap. XII. 1. to 29. II. The execution of this wonderful Plague upon all the firft'bomof Egypt, of man and beaft.ver. 29. lU.Theconfequents hereupon, 1. The la- mentable cry in Egypt, ver. 30. 2. Ifraels x departure,, &c. ver. 31 &c. II. In Ifraels Deliverance out of Egypt ; Confider. 1. Their Egreffe. And 2 Their Progrcffc. 1. Their Egreffe or going out cf Egypt, 1 Ailed, aDd 2 Attejled. 1. Ailed. And here are declared, I. How upon the death of the full-born, Ifrael and all they had were haltily thruft out o(Egypt,Chap XIII. ver. 31. to 35. 2. How the Ifraelites borrow- ed the Egyptians Jewels, and fpoiled the E- pyptiani ver. 35,36. 3. The vaft number of the Ifraelites that came forrh, viz,, hx hundred tlioufand men, befides children, ver. 37.1040. 4. The punctual time cf their deliverance, at the end o{ the four hundred and thirty years to a day, according to the promife, ver. 40,41,42. 5. An Appendix touching fome folemnities of the Pajfeover, (Grangers being debarred it, ~) which was fo notable aCommemcrative of that uonderful deliverance, ver. 43. to the end of the chapt. This is Ifraels Exodus out of Egypt, whence this Eook is peculiarly denominat- ed 2. Atlefted, EySignes and Obfervations for bene- fit to Pofterity. Their going forth is attefted or witnefled to, 1. By the fanftification of all the firft-borne of man and beaft to God Chap. XIV. 1, 2. further explained, ver. n.to i". 2. By Gods appointing the Anniverfary Feaft of the Pajfeover in memorial of this Delive- rance,ver.3fo n. 3. By the Lords leading them by a Pillar of cloud by day, and Pillar of tire by night through the wildernefe. And when they went, they carried Jofephf bones with them, ver. 17. to the end of the chapt, 2. Their Progreffe. or going on, 1. From Eihatn the edge of the WilderneiTc, to before Pihahbatli, ( i. e. the mouth of the Mountains,) by the Sea^rtt. XV. 1,2. 2. Through the Red-fea upon Ifraels Pur- ftiit by Pharaoh and the Egyptian Hoft, hardening their hearts to their own utter deftruction-, where rote 1. The caufe of Pharaohs Furfning, report of Ifraels flight, and the hardneffe of his own heart, ver. 3. to 10. 2. The fear Ifrael was in upon Phara- ohs approach, ver.io.ro 13 3. Mofes his encour- agtngthem, ver. 13. 14. 4. Gods encouraging Mo- fs and Ifrael both by his own words, and by the Ancels coming between the two Camps, v. 15. to 21. <,. The manner ofy Ifraels marching thorough the fea, ver. 2122. 6. Pharaohs purfuit and total over- throw, cf him and all his hoft in the fca, ver. 23. to the end of the chapter. 7. The triumphant 11 Song nj Mo- fejand the children of Ifrael, upon their own won- derful deliverance, and their enemies utter de- ftruction, Chap. XV. 1. to 32. Expounded hereaf- ter. III. After Ifraels deliver ance, when God, I. Pro- vided them waters, 1. Healing the waters oiMarah of their !;.'rternef~e that Ifraelm'wht drink, by caft- iri£ a tree inro the waters, verfe 22, &c. II. Pro- Chap. 17 x Amalck Chap. i\Si II. viding them bread and rlefli, vi^. tMannab rained from Wcaven,& Quailes in the wilderdcrncfsof Ztn, Chap. XVI. Where note, 1. Ifraels murmurings Chap. l5 for bread and liefh, ver. 1,2,3. 2- ^'ie Lords pro- mife to Mofes to fiipply tliem v\ ith bread and Hefh,cx- preifing his difplcafure at their murmurings : and Moles report hereof to the people, ver. 4. to 13. 3. The Lords actual fending of Quailes and Mannah, ver. 13 14,15. 4. The Lords direftion about gather- ing Mannah, that none be refer ved till the morrow, and that on the fixth day they gather for the Sab- bath alfo, ver.16.to 32. 5, The referving ofanfl- mer of Mannah in the Tabernacle, for a memorial of the bread which ifrael was fed withal till they came toCanaan, vcrfe 32. to the end of the chapter. III. Giving them v\ater out of the rock at Horeb, Chap. XVII. verfe 1. to 8. IV. Subduing x Amalel^, by Jo- f fW', Motes holding up his hands, Scc.verje 8.toJ^uey^ the end of the chapt. V, The appointment of Judica- *"■> tories for all matters of controverfie among the peo- ple; according to lithro* advice Mofes's father in law ~who met Mofes in the wiiderneMe with his wife and two fons, and rejoyced with Ifrael for all that God had done for them , Chap. XVIII. through- out. Hitherto of Gods atlionsfor Ifrael. Gods Injlitutions, or Injtiuclions of Ifrael, follow. Where confider, l.Gods Prefriptions. 2. Ifraels Per- formances. I Gods Prefriptions.Werc note, 1. Gods Preparation of the people by Mrfes for the renewing of the Covenant with God at Mount Sinai, Chap.XlX. Here are declared, 1. Ifraels encamp- Chap. 17. ing in the wildcrnefs of 5/nui by the Mount, ver. 1,2. 2. The Covenant betwixt God and Ifrael in general, verfe 3. to 10. 3. The fanetirication of Ifrae! againft the third day, with directions how to behave tbemfelves, verfe 10. to 16. 4. Gods terrible ap- peal ing on Mount Sinai, verfe 16. to the end of the chap. 2.Gods Promulgation of his Lawes,i.Wbr.i/,2 Judici- al,^ Ceremonial. l.Moral.'rlere yon have, I. The y ten Commandments, regulating all inward and outward ads of obedience, 1. To God, and 2. To ^Ttie ten man. Command- I. Towards GOD, in the jirft Table; in an holy tnents Ana- worfhipofhim, which is ftiled RELIGION and PIE- locally TY. Explained. This Piety is exercifed 1. In the having and worjloipping of the true God, and him alone as our God in Chrift, which is the fcope of the L Commandment, Chap. XX. Chip. 2D. 12.3. 2. In the true worfhip of this one only true God. And herein are contained, Firft, The true and pure worfhipit felf, which is to be performed to God meerly according to his own v\ ill. II. Commandment, vh:^ 5,6. Secondly. The Adjuncts of this Worfhip, vitf. 1. The frae manner how this true God will al- wayes be worfhipped , vi^. So revet ently, holjiy,fincerely, &c. asmay bemofthemoura- ble to his great and holy Name. III. Command, ver.j. 2. The fpecial time when God will be more foUmn- and puhliquely worfhipped, vi^. On his Day of Sabbath. both under thcOld and New Tefta- ment; which Sabbath h fanllified by him au- thoritatively, and is to be fanftirled by usoie- diemiaUy. IV. Command, verfe 8.9.1 0, 1 1. U-Tnvards Man, in the fecor.d Table; in Rt^bteouf- ncjs. brotherly love, and fobriety ; which are cube performed, Firft In De)d, Word, and Thought, towards cur neighbour, confidcred either i- Rclative'y, in reference to that relation, o;-,Ki or degree of his condition wherein God hath G lee . 22 E X 0 D V S. Chap. XXI. to XL. Chap.2i. 22. 23. Chap. 24. Chap. 25 26. 27. Chap. 28 Chap. 29. Chap. 30 Chap. 31 fet him amongft men 3 by giving refpeftive Honour to him,V. Com.v. 12. 2. Abfolutely,m regard of 1. His perfon Preferring 1 His//fe and health, by offices of humanity, VI. Com.verfe 13. 2 His F^rry, by offices of. Chaftity.VU. Command. ver.14. II. //tf GW.r and poffeffions, by acts of Juftice commutative.\ll\.Com.verfe 15. III. Hii Good Name,by atfs of Truth and veracity, \X. Com.verfe 16. Secondly. /« rAe very fit ft motions of the heart., Qe- ven thofe motions that go before a compleat and de- liberate affent) towards our Neighbour, in refe- rence to all and every one of the fore going Com- mandments of the fecond Table, X. Command, verfe II. The Event of this Publication, viz. The peoples fear of God,and defire that he would fpeak to them by Mofes,verfe 18 to 22. III. Gods Appendix to his fecond Commandment, 1 Forbidding Idols ,2 Directing about Altars and Sa- crifices,i;p//c 22. to the end of the chapter. 2. JVDICIAL,dbom things Civil and Sacred.Thefe are 1 Exprefjed in very many particulars, Ch. XXI. XXll.andXXm.tover.fe.12. 2. Amplified; Partly by fome Morals repeated, verfe 12, 13. Partly by fome Ceremonials appointed, verfe 14 to 20. Partly by divers fweet Promifes annexed upon condition of their fincere obedience, verfe 20. to the end of the chapter. l.CEREMONlAL.Touch\ng the Ceremonial Lawes here are laid down, I. The preparation to them, Chap. XXIV.Here are 1 Gods calling Mofes to him again into the Mount; Aaron, his fons and the Elders oflfrael worfhipping afar off, verfe 1,2. 2 Mofes his confirmation of the Covenant betwixt God and the people, by a three- fold figne,t^. 12 Pillars under the hill; Sacrifice; and Sprinkling of blood, verfe 3^9. 3 Mofes hU Afcent into the Mount to God to receive the Tables, &c.wherehewas 40 dayes, verfe 9. to the end of the chapt. . , II. The parts of them. The parts or particulars of LawesCeremoniaI,are 1. Touching the Tabernacle, with the utenfils and ap- purtenances thereof,at large defcribed,Cfi<«j>.XXV. XXVI. and XXVII. 2. Touching the Pi iefl s, Together with their Orna- ments and Veftments for publique Mimftration in the Sanctuary, C&.XXVIIf. as alfo touching the Confecration ofAiron and his fons, Ch. XXIX. 1. ro 38, 1 1 r 1 1 3. Touching Sacrifices, verfe 38.10 the end of the chap. 4. Touching divers other facred things, Ch. XXX. throughout. . III. Dta c/o/e 0/ ceremonial direUmns ; declaring i. Gods calling and qualifying B^. V S. the SO NG of MO SES and the Ifraelites at the Red-Sea, contained in Exod. 15. I. to 2 Metrically Tranjlated out of the Hebrew, and Analytically Explained. sjofeph Antiquit. Jud.lib.2 cap.'] Sect. IT. Sed. T. THis famous Song both for Antiquity and other Excellencies, far furpaiTeth all Songs whatfoe- ver left upon record by Heathenifh Antiquity -, Yea is the molt ancient of all Scripture- Pfalms or Songs. Mofes Penned it £ as a Jofcphw and b Hierom think,in Hexameter verfe). Mnj'eszncMhc Ifraelites fung it at the Red Sea, in the two thoufand four hundred fifty third year from the Worlds Creation, or there- fa Hieronan abouts, ( as Scripture-Chronology intimateth).Moft Prtf.chro- probably this is that Song of Mofes, alluded to iiuhe tioI.Eujebtt c Revelation, ad Vincent Gallien. cilev.15.3. &c. dExod.14.. 0,-cafion. Gods wonderful d drowning of perfe- 11. to the curing Pharaoh, and all his Egyptian Hoft in the fame end,andi$. Redfea, by which he delivered his people Ifrael, ?• . and this immediately after their departure out of eSicutau- Egypt. To this purpofe, faith e Augufiine ; As eve- tern ikqms ry creature it angry with them whom God will puniflj : Vempumre fo every creature K ferviceable to them whom God will volutt, om. help. For the Red-fea divideth both thefe People ; be- rat creatu- coming to the one an end of alltheir-Tyranny, to the other ratrafitur the beginning of all their Felicity ; to the one a Refuge, [ictfy illis [0 tjie ot}}er a Snaye? quibm aii- xtliumprjtbuit, omnis creatura fuffragatur. Etcnim hos ambospo- pulos Mare Rubrum divifit : ubi eorum alteri tofius prejfur* finis, in- "lumaltencun^Uf^lidtatiffttit Nam <& Pharaonis exerci- tits marepojt Ijraelintravit : fed unirefttgium, alteri laqueui fuit. Augutt. deMirabilib. Script. 1. i.e. 19.& 20. p. 722,723/10111.2.. Se£h III. Scope. 1 Thankfully to praife the LORD both for the Egyptians utrer overthrow, and the Ifraelites Prefervation at the Red-fea; and 2 Prophetically to aiTurc the Ifraelites of their like victory over the Canaanites, and Poffeffion of the p/omiied Land. So the Song is partly Hiftorical, partly Propheti- cal. Seft.IV. Principalparts Herein therefore are, 1. Moil elegant praifes of God, for his admirable de- ftru&ion of the Egyptians, but falvation of the ifrael-- ites,ver.i to 13-thefe Praifes and the matter of them are, 1. Summarily propounded, both r. In general, The Lord excelkth glorioufly. And 2. In fpecial, The Horfe and his Rider, &c ver.i. 2, More fully expounded and amplified 1. Ey a grateful Attribution, or Afcribing fuch names and titles unto God, as conduce moft peculi- arly to praife God for his exploits at the Red Sea, ver. 2,3. 2. By a triumphing narration of Gods judgements upon his own and his peoples enemies. Herein are mofl emphatically declared to us, 1. Gods Impar- tiality in his judgements. Pharaoh his chariots, his hoft, his chiefCaptains were all drowned, ver. 4. II. Gods irrefiftible Severity againft the Egyptians, il- Iuftrated by many fimilicudes : He made themfinkjo the bottom as aflone, ver. 5. He dafljed them inpieces with his right hand, ver. 6. He pulleth them down like a falling building. He devoured them as ftubble with his flaming wrath, ver.7. III. Gods notable me- thod in bringing them into the fnare. 1. Partly by dividing the Redfea miraculoully, that it flood like walls of congealed Ice for Ifrael to paffe through, ver. 8. 2. Partly by hardening Pharaoh to follow them into the tea, vvhofe pride and infolencie is lively perfonatcd, IwittpUrfue, I will overtake, tfyc. Climax, ver. 9. 3. Partly Godsutteroverwhelmim> both thtrn, their pride, and their cruelty in the fea at the very blaft of his wind, ver. io. IV. Gods marchlefsexiW/enr)', beyond all mighty ones what- soever, difplayed at the Red 'fea, even to admiration, ver. 11,12. II. Moftfiveet Prophecies, ("laid down not only in the future, but often in the Preter-tenfe for the more certainty ) oi future bleifings afmred to If a - !., upon thefcrare experiences, vi%. 1. That God would in might and mercy guide them to the hoIyLand,where they fhould dwell, ver.ia,. 2. That G( of the overthrow of Pharaoh, would fo amaze and aftonifh the inhabitants of Paleiiina, Edmti, Moab and Canaan, that they fhould be as ftiilasa ftone, ver.\A.\<„i6. 3. That Ifrael fhould pais over Jor- dan into Canaan without opposition, ver. 16. 4.': hac Ifrael 24 E X 0 D V S. Ifrael fhould be brought into, and planted in the place prepared for them, wer-17. III. A Conclufion of the Song, afcribing everhfting dominion to God, ver. 18. After this Song, the Principal Subjeft-matter of it is briefly recited again, ver.19. And how Mary and the women with timbrels and dances anlwered the men in this Song, finging the firft claufe, altering on- ly one word, ver.20,21. Perhaps fhe repeated this at every Period ; as [for his mercy endureth for ever,} {Pf.126. is felfewhere repeated. throughout. With this Song of Mofes, for victory over the typi- See2Chrc cal Pharaoh, the Holy Ghoft compares the gSong of 5.13. them that got the viftory over the Ipiritual Pharaoh, gRev.i$ 1 the Beaft and Amichrift. 2;3;4- h Song of h1o(es,and the Song of them that got the vi- ilory over the Beaft Paralleled Thus take the h Parallel. 1. In the typical Egypt,. i.In the fphitual Egypt Ifrael'sopprefled unriera theSaints,/le^.ii 8.under cruel perfecuting Pharaoh, a moft cruel perfecuting jAnti-chrift. 2. Ifrael's deliverance] 2.The Saints deliverance from £gv/r,and victory o-from,and viftoryover the ver Pharaoh and Egypt, ' beaft and Anti-chrift, Rev. Exod. 14. ji 5-2- 3. For Ifrael the Lord! 3. The Lord Chrift for conquer'd, Excd.1^.4. hi > Saints, Rev. 19.1 1. 4.Kings, captains, migh- 4. King Pharaoh his Cap- ty-men, Horfes and their tains, Hoft and Horfes riders (lain by Chtltt.Rev. were all drowned, Exod [19.18,20. 154- 5.B.ji>/on fliall be flung 5. Pharaoh and the £-, down like ami lflone into gyptians funk like a ftone,'the fea,itru. 1821. like lead in the midft of| 6. Anti-chrift confumed the waters, Exod. I5.5,hy the breath or fpiritof 10. the Lords mouth, 2TlKf.2. 6. Pharaoh was confum cd by the blaft of Gods windjExorf.15.io. 7. Afrer Anti-chrifts o- verthrow, voices in Hea- ven fay, The Kingdoms of 7. After Pharaoh and this world are become our the Egyptians overthrow Lords and his Chrifts, and the everlafting Kingdom is beffiall reign for ever and afcribed to the Lord. Exod. ever, Rev. 11.15,16,17. 15.18. 8.Saints at their vifto- 8. Ifrael for victory over ry over Anti-chrift, fing Pharaoh, fung the Song of, the Song of the Lamb, the Mofes the Servant of the Son of God ltandingby Lord,hy the Red Sea3£wrf. the Sea of glafs mixed 15. 1. (with fire, Rev. 15.23. 9. The Ifraelitifh wo- 9-The conquering Saints men fang with timbrels, fang, having the Harps of Exod.15.20. JGod, /tew. 15.2,3. 19. The long of the lo.Thh Song o( Mofes (or Lamb for victory over victory over the typical Anti-chrift, is the very laft Pharaoh, is the very firft Song mentioned in the Song recorded in the Old who\e New Teftamcnt,R<.v. Teftamevt. lis- 3> &c Rev. 16. 5, 6,7. all dread and terrour fall; Ti)) u^h greatneffe of thine arm ftheyffiall Remain-as-flill ai znyftone : Vmi U thy people, LORD, paf)e-over, Vntillthis people (Iiall pajfe-over, Which thou haft purchased alone. 1 7. Them thou It bring in, and them implant In thine inheritance's Mount, The place, 0 LORD, which thou haft made For thy fcl] to inhabit there : 0 LORD,thc Sanlfaaryhir, Tlie which //.';/)(• hands have gfirmly-laid. iti.Tlx LORD ^ Ring (hall reign and fway 1 , ever and per pet Hall- aj, 19. For nHeb./wr// highlyexalt him o Heb. The choice, or The elettion of his, ed, The word fig- nifies ,to be overplung- ed in the waters a. Heb. Strong ones Or Poten- tates, &c: not Gods. For in no ozhetplace in O. Tefh is theword Elim ufed for Gods. bHeb. A wonder. c Heb. Con- dutleli, or lea deft. d Heb. Tbe habitation ofthineholi- neffe. cUeb.Sbal lay hold of iheinhabi- tantsofPa- hftina. (Heb. They jh.tllbeftill or dumb. vWeb.efta- bl'tibel Chap. I. toVIII. E X 0 D V S. 25 i9.Forthe horfe of Pharaoh went in, with his chariots and with his horfemen, into the fea, and the LORDbrought again the waters ofthefea upon them: Butthefonsof Ifrael wencondry land in the midil ofthefea. 20. And Mary the Propheteffe,the filter of Aaron, took a Timbrel in her hand, and all the women went out after her with timbrels and with dances. 21. And Mary anfwered them t Ofmgye to the Lords renown, For h he excelleth glorioufly ; Horfe and hit Aider, lifted high, He down into the Sea hath thrown. h Heb. In excelling he excelleth. LEVITICUS. a See Jun. Annctat. Compare alfo Exod. 40.i7.wif/) Num. 1. 1. b&Ainfw. Annot. be- fore Levir. c See Lev. II. $). and 2.0.26. A In hoc li- brojingula fenefyllaba cxlcftiafpi- rantfacra menta,qui- a adChrifl- um tmiciim novi Tefia- rr.enti fum- mum Sa- cerdot em fi- gure \Uius tios dedu- cunt.\-]\er. in epift. ad Paulin. «Heb. 9. <& 10. (Hcb.-j. 25. Se&. I. Name. LEVITICUS. So denominated by the Greek,from .the chief fubieft or matter of the Book, which principally defcribes the lawes, facrifices, and fer- vices of the LEVITICAL Priefthood. It is filled a- mongthe Hebrews fcOpI Va'ficra, i.e. Andhecal- /ei/.This being the firft Hebrew word in the Hebrew text, beginning this Book. Sed. II. Penmen, and Occasion, PENMAN of this Book was (by general confenQ Mofes, who after he had defcribed Gods reducing of the people of Ifrael into one vifible Eoclefiaftical body, and the erecting of the Tabernacle, in Exodus: comes now in this Book to treat of the whole Plat- form of the Levitical worff/ip. Sedl.III.7fte time or Chronologic. So that this Book relates the memorable words, acts, and Levitical Ceremonial Laws made known from God to Ifrael, for a one Monechs fpace, vix_. from about the beginning of the fecond year after If- raels departure out of Egypt, the Tabernacle being already reared, till the beginning of the fecond mon- erhofthe fame year, which was in the b 2514. year from the worlds Creation. Sed. IV. Scope. More generally, the SCOPE of this Book, to make known Levitical Lawes, Sacrifices and Ordinances, and by thofe fhadows to lead Ifrael by the hand to c Jefus Chrift the true Prfefl and Sacrifice of the Church, Infomuch that Hierome faid, dThat almoft every fyllable in this Bool^breathes out a celeftial Sacra- ment; the Figures thereof, leading us to Jefui Chrift the only High-Prieft of the New Teftament. More particularly, 1. To keep Ifrael from Idolatry, (_ to which they were very prone) by inftituring fuch a coftly, laborious, vifible and glorious worfhip. 2. To lead them by Sacrifices expiatory, to Chrift the only etiue Propitiation for our fins able perfectly to purge the confdence. By Sacrifices Euchariftical or Gratula- tory, tofpirirua! thankfulneFe to God for all his be- nefits. And by the Holy Prielfhood, to Chrift the on- ly eternal all-fufficiem Prieft f able to five to the ut- tcrmojl all that come unto God by him. 3. To inftruct them, by meats forbidden as unclean, to avoid what God prohibits. By many forts of uncleanneffes, and their expiations-, That the hoik It Saints on earth earth are not without their finnes and . infir- mities, and therefore need conftant expiation by Chrift,&c. Sed. V. Principal Parts. LEVITICUS defcribes the facred ceremo- nial Lawes, 1 Of Things, 2 Of Perfons, $Ot~A- tlions. The ceremonial Law of things, c. 1. to c. 8. and this either according to their Subftance or circum- fiance. I. According to their fubftance, as g fix feveral kinds ofSacrifices, viz^. The 1. Hokfauft or Burnt-offering, which in Hebrew is called nTy hholah, that is, Afcenfion, becaufe it all afcendedvrj in flames.And this was of three forts : 1 Of rhe Herd ; 2 Of the Flock ; 3 Of Fowles, Ch. I. throughout. 2. Meat-offerings, in Hebrew nfl^C mirchah, that is, The Offering, Gift or Oblation. And this was of four forts : 1 Baked in the Oven, 2 On a Plate, 3 In a Frying-pan, 4 Or the firft fruits in the ear, Ch. II. throughout. 3. Peace-offerings, Euchariftical, in thankfulneffe, in Hebrew Crp^tu rOT xebachfibelamim, that is, The Sacrifice of things pacifying. And this was of three forts: 1 Of theHerd}2 0fSheep,3 0fGoars,Ctaj>.III. throughout. 4. Sin-offering,\n cafe of Ignorance, Chap. W. through- out, of infirmity, Chap. \'.tbroughour,ca\Vd in Hebrew HNlflPl chat a ah, that is, Sin, or h for Jin. of this were four forts, viz. Fori The High- Prieft, 2 The Congregations, 3 The Ruler, 4 Private Perfons. <,^Confecration-offering for the Priefts: in Hebrew □ItO Milluim, that is, FulfiUings ; becaufe hereby Aarons Confecration was fulfilled and compleated, Ch.M. 19. &c. 6. Trefpajfe -offering ; in Hebrew EDlDlS Afljam,rh&z is, finne or guiltincjfe : in Greek, the Ram for trefpajfe. Cb.Vil.i. &d. II. According to the Circumftance, Ceremony.or Rice of thefe Sacrifices, Ch. VI. and VII. through- out. The Ceremonial Laws of Perfons, laid down Chap. 8. toe. 16. concern either the Priefts,or The People. I. The laws touching the Priefts, concern 1 Their Confecration to their Office, 2 Their Difcharge of their Office being confecrated. 1. Their Jolemn Confecration to their office by Mofes, in the fight ofall the peoplefJaccordingtoGods i pre- fcriprion) that it might be a publick Ttfiimonyof their lawful call to reach and govern the Church, is defcribed Chap.VUl. 1. &c. In this inauguration of Aaron and his fons, note thefe k Ceremonies : 1. H Their I, g Six kinds ofLeviticai Sacrifices. Chap. 1. Chap. 2. Chap. $v Chap. 4. Chap. 5. h Compare herewith thofe pbra- fes,Rom.8. 3- & Heb. 10.6.7. Chap 6. Chap. 7. II. 1 Exod. 29. and$o. Chap. 8. krfa cere- monies at the Prieft* confecration i6 E X 0 D V S. Chap.IX.toXXVir. Chap. 9. * Fire of God de- fiends on the Sacri- fices Chap. 10. I Strange fire. m Clean creatures. Chap. 11. Chap. 12. n Child- bearings o Leprofie. Chap. 15. Chap. 14. ■pljfues. Chap. 15. III. Chap. 1 5. Their waging with water, verfe 6. 2. Their Cloath- ing wirh ftately garments, verfe 7. to 10, 13. 3-Their Anointing, verfe 10,11, 12. 33. 4. The three-fold Sa- crifice, vi^. The Bullock for the Sin-offering , verfe 14.ro 18. The Ram for the Burnt-offering, verfe 18. to 22. And the Ram of Confecration, whole blood was put upon the tip of their right ear, upon the thumb of the right hand, and upon the great toe of the right foot, verfe 22. to 33. 5. Their abiding feven daies in the Tabernacle till the da yes of their Confecration were ended, verfe 33. to the end of the chapt. 2. Their discharge of their office being confecrated. This was done, 1 Purely, 2 Corruptly. 1. Purely, according to Divine direction and affiftance. 1 By offering thofe Sacrifices for him- felf and the people which God had commanded , CbAX. verfe 1 to 22. 2 By bleffing the people , verfe 22,23. Amplyfied, by the * defcending of fire from God to burn the Sacrifice, which was a Divine approbation of this whole Levitical worfliip verfe 23,24. 2. Corruply, according to Humane infirmity, Ch.X. Here are defcribed, 1 The fin of Aarons fons in offering withl Strange fire, and the fad event thereof, verfe 1. to 6. 2 The Lords direction and charge to Aaron and his fons-, Not to mourn for Nadab and Abihu, verfe 6,7. Not to drink wine or ftrong drink when they go in to minifter before theLord, leftthey mifcarry, verfe 2. to 12. How to eat the holy things, verfe 12. to 16. %.Mofes his reproof of Aaron that the Goat of the Sin-offer- ingwas not eaten.but burnt \ contrary to theLavv, verfe 16. to the end of the chapt. ll.T he Lawes touching the people, are about their Legal Sanftification or Purification from uncleanneffe 1 Without them,2 In them. 1. Without them. Here is declared what creatures were to be counted m Clean, what Vnclean to them; and how they muft not defile themfelves with eat- ing or touching any unclean thing-, but walk as an holy people of the holy God , Ch. XI. through- out. 2.Inthem.Uere are laid down Lawes for purifying of uncleanneffe, 1. By reafon of n Child-be aring,Ch. XII. 2. By reafonof o Leprofie : concerning which are directions, i.For difcovering the Leprofie, whether in Perfons, Ch. XIII. I. to 47. Or in Garments, verfe 47.ro the end. 2. For the cure of the Leprofie, in a Perfon, Ch. XIV. 1. to 33. In an houfe, verfe 33. to the end of the chapt. 3-By reafon of p 7jJ«ej,whether in Men or Wo- men, Ch. XV. The Ceremonial Lawes about Atlions, referre to Aftions 1 Neceffary, or 2 Voluntary. 1. Lawes about AZlions Neceffary are fet forth, 1 By the Particulars of them, 2 By the Confirmation of them. I. The Particulars of thefe Lawes about Neceffary Altions (neceffarily to be done, or forborne,) are ma- ny : As about 1. The entring of the Prieft into the holy place. How ic is to be made, Ch. XVI. 1. to 29. 2.The Anniverfa: y day of Atonement,when and how to be kept, verfe 29. to the end of the Chap. 3. The Blood, and Sacrifices.whereand how to be offered, Ch.XWll. 1. to 10. Chap. 17: 4. Eating of bIood,why to be forborne, ver. 10. to 15. 5. Eating that which dyeth of it felf, oris torne,forbidden, verfe 15,15. 6. Chaftity required, contrary to unlawful (\Marriage q Marriages within Degrees prohibited, and to forbidden unlawful lulls, with the grounds hereof, Cb. within cer- XVIU.througbout. taindegrees 7. Divers Afts or Duties of Religion towards Chap. 18. God, and RighteoufnefTe towards mau, are re- peated and re-inforced, Ch. XIX. throughout. Chap. 19. Many contrary finful afts being forbidden, with directions how they ihall be puniflied, Ch.XX.throughout. Chap. 20; 8.The Purity wherein the Priefts are to pre- ferve themfelves, Ch.XXl. And in cafe of un- Chap. 2u cleanneffe, How they are to forbear miniftring till they be cleanfed, C/j. XXII. i.toio. Who Chap.22. may eat with them of the Sacrifices, verfe 4. to 17. And of what purity and age the Sacrifices muft be, verfe 17 .ro the end of the Chapt. 9.The celebration of the r VU.SelemnefeRi- r Seven fo- valsof the Lord, which were of fingular ufe, lemnFefli- 1 For upholding the whole frame of Gods wor- vals, with fhip among them. 2 For diftinguiining the fixufesof Church of the Jewes from all other people, them. 3 For folemn commemoration of Gods many and great benefits. 4 For confervation and upholding of the publique Miniftry. 5 For prefer ving Purity and Unity in Doftrine and Worfhip. 6 For Prefiguring the manifold and great fpiritual benefits of the promifed Mefli- ah. Now thefe Feftivals were either 1 Wee%,ot 2 Anniverfary. 1. Wee%, as the Seventh-day-Sabbath, Ch. XXIII. 1, 2,3. Chap. 23: 2. Anniverfary, or yearly; as I. The Feaft of the Paffe-over, the 14 day of the firft moneth Abib, verfe 4. to 9. II. The Feaft of Firfi-Jfuit s, ver. 9. to 15. III. The Feaft of Pentecott, verfe 15. to 23. IV. The Feaft of Trumpets, verfe 23, 24,25. V. The Feaft of Expiation, verfe 26. to 33. VI. The Feaft of Tabernacles, verfe 33. to the end of the chapt. 10. The obfervation of certain legal Rites Ceremonial and Judicial, Chap. XXI N. through- chap. 24J out. * 1 1. Certain Political Duties or Obfervations €T\)oyned,Ch.XXW. throughout . Chap. 25J Thus of the particular Lawes about aliions. ll.The Confirmation or Obfignation of the Lawes a- bout thefe Particular s,mth manyPromifes andThreat- nlngi Ch.XXVl.tbrougbout. Chap. 26. 2. Lawes about aftions Voluntary or Arbitrary,™'^. Vows, touching which are Directions, Ch. XXVII. Chap. 27. throughout. NUMBERS, Chap. I. II. N V M B E R S. NUMBERS. 27 Se&. I. Name. NUMBERS, Gr. Ae.<9,«c/, f0 called , becaufe a great part of the Book, efpecially at the begin- ning,, is fpent in Numbring of the Tribes and Families eflfrael, and of their Journeyes {romEgypt to Cana- an. This is now theji >ft Mufter or Numbring of the People, Cthe fame with that Exod.38.26.kem Numb. 1 .45.) defcribed here in the four firft Chapters. At this Mufter they were 6035 50. Tfa's Account is taken of the Peoples Number, 1 Partly that they might orderly be ranked in their Tents about the Taber- nacle. 2 Partly to evidence the ^fidelity of Gods Promifes in bringing fuch multitudes into the promifed Land ( which fhortly they were to enter ) notwithftanding fo many wicked ones were deftroyed from among them in the wilder- nefs. The fecond Mufter or Numbring of them, a Num. 26. was in the a fortieth and laft year of their Tra- 51. vels, when fj all this Generation being dead five Mofes , Caleb , and Jofhuah ) their fons were numbred for to receive the inheritance of ths Land of Promife, A Type of Heaven, And they were in all 60172,0. almoft as many as at thefirfi Mufter. In Heb. its called 121D^. Bemidbar, i. e. In the Defert. Sometimes lyT^M/ajedabber, that is, Then [pake. That Being the fifth, this the firft word of this Book in the Hebrew text. Sefr. II. Penman. jtfo/'ejfjqueftionlefrejwas PENMAN alfo of this Hiftory, which is fo contin ued in one Series with the b former. Sed. III. Time or Chronologic Numbers contains an Hiftory from the beginning of the fecond moneth of the fecond year after Ifraels coming out of Egypt, to the beginning of the eleventh moneth of the fortieth year,w'^. c 38 years and upwards, about 9 or 10 moneths, as fome d obferve. And this may remarkably be evinced, by comparing Num.i. 1. and 7,6. 13, diligently with Deut. 1.3. which, asabove, demonftrate both the beginning and bSee Num. I. i,fyc. cjun. annot anteNumer lfyH,A\nfw annot. be- fore Num. d Diodates Arg. before JXum.oyD. Pareus in Proem, in Num. eiCor.io.i 2,3,4. ending of this Hiftory of Numbers. For, the thing* mentioned from the beginning of the Boo^ toe. 10. 29. belong to the firft moneth of the fecond year of their departure out of Egypt; fo doth alfo the whole Book of Leviticus Thence to Deut. 1. 3. are recorded things done for the fpace of 38 years, and 9 or 10 moneths. Seft. IV. Scope. Lively to fet forth, 1 The richbleffing of God upon Ijrael, in their wonderful increafe. 2 His vigi- lant providence over them in all their wilderneffe- journies and difficulties. 3 His impartial feverity a- gainft their corruptions for which many of them e periftied in the wilderneffe after they had been delivered out of Egypt; fo that they could nor enter into his reft becaufe of their unbelief. 4 And yet, Gods Jude\. exaft faithfulnefle in bringing fuch wonderful multi- fieb,?'i tudes to Inherit Cannan according to his promife. \ Se&. V. Principal Parts. This Book of Numbers contains an Hiftoricall Nar- ration of IfraeVs 1. Preparation for their March through the wilderneffe, and Journey to Canaan, the Land of Promife. 2. Their Journey it felfe. 3. Of their Station. IfraeVs PREPARATION for their Journey. Here if.' are defcribed. I. The f numbering ollfrael, which was either I ilfrael Civil, or 2. Sacred. mmbredi 1. The Civil numbring oflfrael, viz. all the males, ("except the Lcvites, ) from twenty yeares old to fixty by their tribes. 1. Commanded by God to be done by Mofes and Aaron and the Heads of the Tribes Ch. i.ver.x.toij. 2. Executed, here are the parti- Chap, xi cular numbers of the feveral tribes, and the totall of all, ver. 17. to 47. 3 Limited; the Levites muft not be numbred, being deftined, not for Warrebutfor g Order of the Miniftry of the Tabernacle, ver. 47. to the end of the Tribes theChapt. 4. This numbring of them is Amplifiedby camping a- the comely Order of the twelve Tribes in their Tents bout theTa- according to their Standards, g the Tabernacle being bernacle. in the midft of all ; Ch. II. throughout. As in the Chap, 2, Scheme following. Eajl-ward. 28 N V M B E R S. Chap. III. to. XIV E aft -ward. ' -< Da n. \ 627OO. 0 ^. j4jher. 1 4I5°0. ft: M ^ Nafhtali 0 53400. I. Jitdah. Jjjacbar. Zabttlon. IV. 74600. 54400. 57400. Warrioars in all I 86400. Mofes, Aaron, and II. the PRIESTS. The Levites TABER of (nacle. Aderari Levites of Kobah. Levites of Gerjkom. Reuben. 46500. Simeon. & ""J ** . ft CO •a 593OO. Gad. 4^ 45650 p. 1 III. Efhraim. Manajfes.B en]amin. 44500. 32200. 35400. Warrionrs in all 108 100. V -y- . ' Weft-ward. Chap. 3. Chap. 4. Chap. 5. h Jealoufie \Na\arites Chap. 6. k Form of blefmg the People. Chap. 7. 2. Thefacred Numbering of the Levhes and Officers about the Tabernacle ; 1 As Standing, Or 2 As Mov- ing. . 1. About the Tabernacle asftandtng, their number, orderly encamping about it in the midft of the tribes, and their feveral charge, is de(crhed,Cb.ULthrough- out. In particular here note. 1 . Aarons family, ver, 1. to 5. 2. The advancing of Aarons family to the Priefthood, the Levites being appointed to mintfter under them, ver. 5. to 12. 3. Why Levi's tribe is fe- paratcd from the reft, and appointed to the Miniftry of the Tabernacle, ver. 12.13. 4- The reckoning up of the male-Levites by families from one monetn old, with their diftribution into three ranks, their Chief, and Offices, ™?r. 1 4^0 40. 5- The fubftttuting of the Levites in Head of the fi>fl-borns ; and the re- demption of twoliundred feventy three firft-borns, fo many Levites being wanting, ver. 40. totheendoj the chapt. . . 2. About the Tabernacle as Moving, wherein is an Enumeration of the Levites Miniftry about it in their journeying, vi^. I. The Kohathites charge, Ch. IV. I. to 81. 2. The Gerfloonites charge, ver. 21. ro 29. 3. The Merarites charge, ver. 29 to the end of the cbapt. II. Certain Lawes, of 1 More General, or 2 More Particular Concernment. 1. Of more General and Common Concernment, about Sanftimony -, whether in matters necejlny or volutin tary. I. In matters neceffary, as Touching 1 . Remov- ing the defiled by Lepmjie, an Iffut, or touch of a dead body, out of the Camp, Ch. v.-i , 2, 3, 4- 2- Re"'" tution in trefpaflcs and Expiation of them, ver. 5. to 11. 3, h jealoufic, and the tryal of a wife fufpeft- ed of adultery, ver. 11.ro the end oj the Chapr. If. In matters Voluntary or Arbitrary, as the law of the i Jia?arites,Ch. VI. i.ro22. 2. Of more Particular and fpecial concernment. 1. To the l'riefts, in what k forme they fhall bleflethe People, ver. 22. to the end of the chapt. 2. To the Princes of every Tribe. Directions to take and how to ufe their offerings, at the Dedication of thcTabcrnacle,C/;.VII.i.fc 1 . The Dedication of the Altar, ver. 10. to the end of the chapt. 3. To the Levites, the LORD from the Oracle direfted Mofes 1. How the lamps are to be lighted, ver. 8.9.andCh. VIII. i.ro 5. 2.H0W Chap. 8. the Levites are to be Confecrated for their miniftry in ftead of the firft-borne, ver. 5. to 23. 3. How long, to what age they fhall minifler. ver. 23. to the end of the chapt. III. The manner 1. Of their keeping of the Paffeover the fecond year after they came out of Egypt, &c. chap c> Ch. IX. i.ro 15. 2. Of their Station or Motion, *' direfted both by the Cloud upon the Tabernacle, and by the found of the fil ver Trumpets, ver. 15.ro chap. 10? the end of the chapt and Ch. X. i. to 29. 3. Of \\f0fesbleh Mofes requeft to Hobab fonne of Jethro his father in An, &(V * law, not to leave them, ver. 29.ro 33. 4-Ofl Mifes bleffing at the removing and refting of the Ark, ver 33-?4>3<.3*' IL II. Ifraels JOURNEYS which may be defcribed m fi^t and diftinguifhed by their m Eight notable Murmur- MUrmur„ ings in their wav, ( every one of them being remark- jn.s 0f jt ably punifhed. ") viz. I. Far the irkfomneffe of tbeir journey, which the Lord punifhed with fire at Taberath, which confumed them that were in the utmoft parts of the Camp, Ch. XI. 1. 104. II. For Fl efb, loathing Mannab,ver.$. to 10, Am- plyfied, 1. By Mofes complaint of theburden of the People, ver. 10.ro 16. 2. P.y the Lords adding n tlf^entJj fiventy Elders of the people to his affiftance, ver. 16. j'frs*r ' to 31. 3. By the Lords fending quailes in difplea- WMijes furc, killing many of them with the plague at Ki- broth-Hattaavah, ver. 31. to the end 0} the chapter. ULAarons andMhiams murmuring at Mo(es,becaufe of the Ethiopian woman which he bad married, for which Miriam isfinitten with Leprofie, and thruft out of the Camp, chap- XII. throughout. IV. Vie Peoples >nnr muring through unbelief at Kadcfh defcribed 1. By the occafionof their murmuring, vi^. the difcouraging report which the Spies brought from the land of Canaan, defcribed at laigc, Chapt. Chap. 13, XIII. throughout. 2. The manner of their murmur- inp, and revolving to go back again into Egypt. Chapt. Chap. 14. XIV. \.to4. 3 Endeavours of Caleb and Jofliua to appeafe the people, ver. 6. to iU 4. The Lords threatning for this, ver. 11,12. 5. Mofes Intcrcef- fiOD for the Pcople.^i. 12. to 20.5The punifhnicnt, l.Of rael. Chap. 11.] Chap. 12. Chap. XV. XXXI. N V M E E K 6\ 19 Chap. 15. o Rebellion o/KORAH ere. Chap. 16. p Aarons ROD bud- ding. Chap. 17. Chap. 18. Chap. 19. I Ofthe murmurers, deprived of feeing the promiled land; (this was the occafion of Israels fo long wan- dringinthewildernefie, till that generation was dc- iixoyed,)ver. 20. to 36. 2 Of the S/w that brought up an evil report of the land, they dyed of the plague, vex. 36. to 40. 3 Of the People that would go fight with the C.anaanites without GodsCommif- fion, vet. 40. to the end of the chap. Here by wayofdigreffton is laid down a Repetition of divers lawes morejully bundled in Levit. Chap. XV. V. The rebellion and envy of the Levites oKorah, Da- than and Abiram, againft Mofcs and Aaron for taking too much upon them, and that all the Congregation were holy, Chap. XVI. 1, 2, 3. Amplified 1. By Mofes's direction to thefe Murmurersto take their Cenfers,wih fire and incenfe as well as Aaron, t hat the Lord might fhew which was holy to him, ver. 4. to 19. 2. By Mcfeis feparating the Congregation from thefe murmurers Tents, ver. ip. fo 31. 3. By the Judgments that fell upon them, the earth fwallow- ing up all that appertained loKorah, and fire from the Lord confuming them that offered incenfe, ver. 31. to 36. 4. By the refervation of their Cenfers for facred ufe for a memorial,that none but the feed of^ronprefume to offer Incenfe, ver. 36. to 41. VI. the Peoples murmuring at Mofes and Aaron for the former judgment ,ver. 41. Amplified 1. By the Lords threatning, ver. 42. to 46. 2. By Aarons interceed- ing with incenfe, which flayed the Plague after the death of fourteen thoufand feven hundred, ver. 46. to the end of the chapter. 3. By the Lords Sanction or Confirmation of Aaron andhisfonsin thePriefthood, by the p Budding of hit Rod among the Rods of the Tribes; which was referved in the Tabernacle for a Teftimony againft the murmurers, Ch. XVII. throughout. 4. By fome Directions which the Lord after gave, touching the Priefts office and dignity above the Levites, Chap. XVIII. 1. to 8. Touching the feveral Portions of the Priefts and Levites for their maintenance, ver. 8. 10 the end of the chapter. Touching the water of Se- paration made with the afl:es of a Red Cow, Chapter, XIX. throughout. VII. Jlieir murmuringin the defcrt of I'm for water, defcribed by 1. The Antecedent of it, Miriams death Ch.XX. 1. 2. Manner of their murmuring, ver. 2. to 6. 3. The Event s or Confequents, viz. Gods giving them water out of the q Rock : where, Mofes and Aaron for their unbelief are threatned, that they fhall not bring Ifrael into Canaan,ver.6.to 14- The King of£ed with a new Governou', y JOSHVAH y Joflmah to fucceed in Mofes\ ftead,and at his requeft,i>er. 12. Governour. to th e end of the chapt . 6. Asinftrutted by the Lord in facred things 1 Ne- cejfary, 2 Voluntary. 1. Neceffary, z What facrifices and offerings were zOfferings to be oblerved, 1 Every day continually, Chap, for feveral XXVIIf. 1. fo 9. 2 On the Sabbath day, verfe 9, 10. Feafts. 3 In the New Moons, ver 11. to 16. 4 At the Pafe- Chap. 28. over, verfe 16. to2p. 5 In the day of Firft-frt'irs, verfe 26. to the end of the chapt. 6 At the Fea ft of Trumpets, chap XXIX. 1. fo 7. 7 On the day for af- Chap. 29. flifting their fouls, ver. 7. ro 13. 8 On the eight daies of the Feaft of Tabernacles, ver. 13. to the end of the chapt. 2. Voluntary. Here free perfons are taught, How to perform and keep their a Vowes ; with fome ex- a Vowes. ceptions in fome cafes of perfons not itze,Ch. XXX. Chap. 30^ throughout. Thm of the Defcription of the People. II. The Inheritance it felf is defcribed, 1 In Part, 2 In Whole. i. In Part, and fo it is confidered, 1 As Pojfffed, 2 As Afjigned. 1 . Aspnffeffedinpart', iipon the warlike expedi- tion of'/Jr.ie/ againft Mid'tan Ch.XXXI. This expedition is defcribed, 1. By God's command fori: ver. 1,2. 2. By their ex- ecution of Gods command, with the over- throw of the b Midianites, and Balaam a- mong the reft, ver. ^. ro 13. 3. By Mfes cemmand to kill all the males and all tlie women taken cap-ive (except the vir- g;ns} becaufe they caufed Ifrael to t rarrf- grefe in the matter of Peor according to Balaams counfel, verfe it,, to 19. 4. By Gods directions both how the Souldiers with their Captives and Spoils wcretobe purified, ver. 19. to 25. As a!fo ho a the I Spoiie CI a?. 31. b Midian fubdued i 30 N V M B E R S. Chap. XXIII. to. XXXVI Chap. 32. clfraels 42 journiei. Chap. 33. Chap. 34. Spoile was to be Divided betwixt them that fought, and the reft of the Ifraelites, verfe 25. to 48. 5. By the free-will oblation out of the fpoils to the LORD, by the Officers of the Army that had taken them^o- .48.ro the endof the chapt. 2. As Affigned in part on that fide Jordan to Gad,Reuben,and half the Tribe of Manafjeh, Ch.XXX\l.throughout. 2. In whole. And thus the promifed land is fet forth by 1 Preparations to it, 2 Circumfcriptions of it. 1. Preparations to it, are 1 Ifraels c 42 Jour- nies and ftations, by the conduct of God from Egypt to Jordan, (the borders ofCa- naanj through the wilderneffe, particu- larly enumerated, Ch. XXXIII. 1 to 50. 2 Gods commands to drive out all the inha- bitants beyond Jordan, to deftroy all their monuments of Idolatry, and ro divide the land by lot, verfe 50. to the end of the chapt. 2. Circumfcriptions of it, And this either with Bounds, or Lawes. J. As it is circumfcribed with Borders and Bounds by the Loxd,Chap. XXXIV. i.to 16. 2. As it is circumfcribed with Lawes and Di- regions. 1. Touching the Diftribution of the Land; who fhould divide the Land by Iot,r/^. with Elea^er and Jcfiuah, one Prince of every Tribe, ver. 16. to the end of the chapt. 2. Touching the portion of the Levites, vi%. 48 Cities with their Suburbs, Chap. XXXW.ver.i.to6. 3- Touching fix Cities of Refuge, ( part of thofe 483 for the Man-flayer that fhould flay any unawares, till he fhould ftand before the Congregation in judgment. With cautions againft murder ,ver,6. to the end of the chapt. 4. Touching Succelfions in their inheri- tances.That daughters who had inheri- tances fhould marry within their own Tribe, becaufe the inheritance fhould not go from one Tribe to another. And to this end the daughters of Zelophehad married to their fathers brothers fons , Chap. XXXVI .throughout. Chap. 35; Chap. 3$; DEUTERONOMIE. Sed. T. Name. DEUTERONOMIE, i. e. The fecond Law ; or Law repeated. Thus denominated by the Greek, becaufe this book containeth a Repetition ojGodsLaw given by Mofes to Ifrael. This Repetition oi the Law the Lord was pleafed to make, 1 Partly becaufe all that Generation then living, when the Law was firft promulged on M. Sinai, except ?Mofes, Caleb, and Jo- Jliuah, were now dead in the wildernclTe. 2 Partly becaufe their children either heard not that firft Pro- mulgation, or being very young, had in great parr forgot it. 3 Partly that God might help their dul- neffe and incapacity, in not only affording them the Repetition of the Law, but the Explanation alfo. So that this Book feemes to be as it were an Abridgment or Epitome of the three former Books, containing the fumme of all Gods Laws ; and a Compendium of the principal Hiftories, all being clofed up with the memorable death of Mofes. Mofes brought them from Egypt, through the wilderneffe ,to the borders of Canaan, and then dyed, could bring them no fur- ther r but Jofliuah brought them into it ; and poffef- zGal.^.2^ fed them of it. Thus, the a Law k our Schoolmafier tobringm toChrift : but only Jefus the true Jofliuah brings us into Gods promifed Reft. In Hebrew it is fomctimes from the fame ground called nJIDC Mif- chnehj. e- Repetition of the Law. But moft ufually, from the firft words of the Book it is called H7N 0^~Q"in Ellehhaddebarim, i. c.Thefe are the words; or only DHT1 Debarim, i. e. The words. Seft. II. Tenman. bH.Alfted. Penman of this Book, as of all the four former Precog.l. 2. Eooks, was Mofes; who alfo (as is thought by b fomcj c. 118. wrote theHiftory of his own death a forehand in the laft chapter by a Prophetick fpiritj or Jofliuah wrote it for him, Sefr. III. time or Chronologie, This Book contains the Hiftory of but a few days, w'^.From the beginning of the eleventh moneth, to about the feventh day of the twelfth moneth of the fourtieth year after Ifraels departure out of Egypt : for Mofes began to fpeak thefe words in thee firft day of the eleventh moneth of the faid fortieth year,which was a little before his death: He rfdied when he was one hundred and twenty years old ; after which Ifrael mourned for Mofes in the land of Moab e thirty dayes. This determines the time of the Hiftory, as Junius well obferves. The Chronologie of this Hiftory is thus computed by fome : w», 1. The firft part of this Book containes the Hiftory ofthef firft day of the eleventh moneth of the for- tieth year, after their coming out of Ey pt. 2. The fecond part, contains the Hiftory of the g fecond day. 3. The Third part contains theHiftory (J as is probable ) of h four days at moft. 4. The fourth part contains the Hiftory of i one day. 5. The fifth containes the Hiftory alfo of k one day. 6. The fixth containes the Hiftory of I one day. 7. The fe- venth part containes theHiftory of their mourning for Mofes m thirty dayes. Proof hereof may be drawn from the Hiftory of Jo- fliuah, by computing backwards from the day oft he PalTeovcr. For in the Land of Canaan the firft Paffe- over was celebrated n in the one and fortieth year after Ifraels coming out of Egypt, on the fourteenth day of the moneth Nifan. Before which they were ocircumcifed, which probably took up four dayes. One day they were paffing through Jordan ; p two dayes. cDeut. 1.3 dDeut.z^.j See alfo Jof.Jud. Antiq.l.q. in fine. eDeHt.34.9 f D eut. i.2i 3.4- g Deut. 5. foe. 1 1. h Deut. 1 r; to. c. 26. i Deut. 21. and 28. k Deut. 29. and 30. 1 Deut. 31- &c. m Deut. 3 4. n Jofb.$. 10 oJcflj.$.2i &c. yjojh.i.u Cbap.I.toXXVIIL DEVTERONOMIE. 31 r. dayes in preparation f^r ir : Theft; thre^ dayes feem qCompare to be the time q of fearching out the Land .• and la ft- Jof\).\.\\. ly the thirty r daycs mourning. And thus ijoing wkhch. 2. backwards, weffo'il find thac Deuteronomie contains 22. an Hiftory of but a very few dayes. Se&. IV. Scope. SCOPE. 1. That the Law formerly given of God, may by this new Repetition of it be more decla- red, confirmed, and applyed to the prefent condi- • tion of Ifrael : moft of them having not heard ir for- merly, or having forgot ir , and they thereby fitted and better prepared for the promifed Canaan, upon which they were entring. 2. Thac by commemora- tion of Gods wonderful benefits to them and their fathers,they might be incited to all true thankfulneffe Jove and obedience. 3. And alfo that by recalling to memory their and their fathers finnes and punifh- ments, they might be broughc to an awfnll fear of the Divine Majefty. Seel:. V. Principal Parts. The Chief Parts of this Book of DEVTERO- NOMIE, are 1 The Preface. 2 The Narrati- on. 3 The Conclufion of the Book. The Preface, or Prologue to the main body of the Book, containing A Repetition, An Exhort a tion, And a Narration. 1. A Repetition, declaring by way of Rehearfal (to fit Ifrael for their promifed inheritance} fome chief remarkable occurrences and paflages of Providence that befell Ifrael in their 40 years marching through the wildernefs. Particularly, 1 Of Gods calling If- rael from Horeb towards Canaan. Ch.L1.t09. 2 Of Officers given them, verfe 9. to 19. 3 Of the Spies fentto fearch out the Land, verfe 1$. 7034. 4 of Gods difpleafure for the peoples unbelief and difo- bedience thereupon, verfe 34. to the end ofth; chapt. 5 Of cheir palling by Edom, Ch. II. 1.709. Moab, verfe cj. to 17. and Ammon, verfe 17.7024. 6 Of their iubduing K. Sihon and the Amorites, v. 24. to the end of the chapt. 7 Of their conquering K.Og the gyanr, Ch. III. i. to 12. 8 Of the diftribution of thofe countreys to Gad, Reuben, and the Half-tribe of Manaffeh, verfe 12. 7023. 9 Of Mifes prayer to go over into the promifed Land, whom God only permitted to fee it, verfe 22. to the end of the chapt. 2. An Exhortation ; wherein, upon all the former experiences of Gods goodnefs, Ifrael is exhorted toobeyGodsLaw and fhun Idolatry, Chap. IV. 1. to 41. 3. A Narration, How Mofes appointed three Cities of Refuge on that fide Jordan, vsrfe^i. tothe end. The NARRATIVE part of the Book is laid down from ch. 5. to c. 32. and contains, 1 The Law. 2 The Expofitionof it. 3 The Confirmation of it. I. The LAW, or X. Commandments , how they were given at Horeb.t Ch. V. 1. to 22. and how the people were affected therewith, defiling Mifes to mediate betwixt God and them, ver. 22. to the end of the chapt. II. The f EXPOSITION of the Law in mod of the Commandements, by many Directions, Ex- hortations, Reprehenfions,&c. I. The firft Comtmndement Expounded, chap.6. to i2.by fundry particulars, vi^_. 1. By Direflions how to know love and obey God, Ch. VI. throughout. 2. By Commands to extirpate utterly the enemies of Godthc Canaanites, and their idolatry i and to have no Communion with them, Cn.VIF. 1,2,3. This is urged by divers arguments, 1 F;om th; peril of Chap. 1. Chap. 2. Chap. 3. Chap. 4. II. Chap. 5. {The ten Command- ments ex- founded. Chap. 6. Chap. 7. being feduced by them to other gods, t. 4.5. 2 From the liolinels of Ifrael to God, verfe 6. 3 From the free love, mercy, and jufticc of God, verfe 7. to 17. 4 From the affurance of promifed victory over them, verfe 17. to the end of the chapt. 3. By Cautioning and warning them that they forget not God, or be turned from him, cither by oblivion of former mercies, or abundance of Canaant ble(fings,Ch. Will. throughout. Chap. 8. 4. By InfiruUing them to walk humbly with their God, laying afide all conceits of their own worth and rightoufnefs. And to this end fpreading before their eyes, 1. Their great unkindneffes to God in their many former Rebellions, recited Chap. IX. Chap. o. throughout. 2. The Lords great kindnefles to them continued and renewed notwithftanding ; efpe- cially, 1 In renewing the Tables of the Covenant, Ch. X.i.to6. 2 In leading on the people towards Chap. 10, Canaan, and continuing rhe Prieftnood, ver. 6,7. 3 In feparating the tribe of Levi, ver. 8,9. 4 In hearkening to Mofes not to deftroy Ifrael, ver. 10, 11. 5 By Exhortations to all fincere and cheerful love and obedience unto God, preffed by many cogent and pathetical Arguments, ver. 12, tothe end of the chapt. and Ch. Xljhroughout. Chap. ir. II. The fecond Comtiiandement, is Expounded, by Directions, 1 To abolifh utterly all falfe worlhip and monuments of idolatry, Ch. XII. 1. to 5. 2 Chap. 12, To worfhip God according to his own will, efpecially In facrificing, &c. only in thepublick place which God fhall chufe, In nocforfaking the Levice. In not enquiring after the Nations idolatry, ver. 5. to the end of the chapt. III. The third Commandement is expounded, 1. By prohibiting the dishonour and abufe of Gods Name by falfe prophets, inticers and revolters to idolatry, Ch. XIII, throughout. 2. By preferring chap. 13. an Holy fellowship to his People in the lawes about clean meats, tithes, &c. Ch. XIV. throughout. chap. 14, IV. The fourth Commandement is expounded, I. Partly by the Rites and Obfervances required in the feventhytar, being th.: Sabbatical year, ch. XV. chap. 1$. throughout. 2 Partly by feveral Ordinances about the folemn feafts, and the many Offerings therein, Ch. XVI. ver. i.to 18. 3. Partly by Prohibition of chap. 16. Groves and Images, ver. 21, 22. 4. Partly bycaution againft deformed facrifices, Ch. XVII. 1. 5. Partly Chap. 17, by command to deftroy idolaters, ver, 2. to 8. V. the fifth Commandement is explain'd by rules for erecting Judges, and for their juff. Judgment, ch. 16. ver' 18., 19,20. 2. For putting Idolaters to death, r/j. 17. 2, to 8. 3. For bringing hard contro- verfies to the Prieft and Judge to be determined, to whofe determination the People muff, ftand, ver. 8. 7014. 4. For Election and duty of a King, when in Canaan they fhall defire a King, ver. 14. to the end of the chapt. 5. For the honourable maintenance of EccI efiaftical Governours the Priefts and Levites. Ch. XVIII. 1.709, 6- For not hearkening to any Chap. 18V heatheniih NTinifters, ver. 9- to 15, 7. For hearken- ing to the t Great Prophet, which the Lord fhould tCbriiltke raife up to Ifrael out of the midft of them like unco Prophet.' Mofes-, vi%, Jefus Chrifl himfelf, ver, 15. to 20. 8. For punifhing the falfe prophet with death, ver, 20, 21,22. VI. The fixth Commandement is explained by Directions, 1. Touching man-flaughter, and the ufe of the Cities of Refuge in fuch cafes, Ch. XIX. i.ro Chap. 19, II. 2. Touching murder thac ic be certainly punifhed with death, though the murderer die to the City of Refuge, ver. 11,12,13. fj Hae byway of digreffion are inferred Rules, for not removing the Land-marl^, in order to the eighth Commande- menr. Againft a fingle witneiTe, or falfe witneffe in order to the ninth Commandement, ver. 1 4. to the end of the chapt ~) 3. Touching war how ic is to be managed, Ch. XX. throughout, 4. Touching uncer- Chap. 20. tain murder, how it is to be expiated, Cb. XXI. r. Chap! 21. 5. Touching a woman taken caprive in the warres, to 10. D V T E R 0 N 0 M I E. Chap. XXil. to XXXIV. vvarres, io.fo 15- f Here in order to the fifth Com- mandement are inferred Rules, about the lonnes of feveral wives, which fhall have the right of thefirft- borne. About the putting of a ftubbom fonne to death, ver. 15. to the end of the chapter. J 6. Touching pity to be fhewed to a brothers Oxe,Sheep Chap.22. or Afe, ftraying or fallen into a Pit, Chap.XXll. 1. to$. 7. Touching not deftroying the dam with the young, ver. 6,7,8. Touching Battlements on the houfe top, to prevent murder by falling thence, ver. B. (_ Hereunto are annexed divers laws againft mixtures, ver. 9. to 13.J VII. The feventh Commandement is expounded. by certain Directions I. Touching garments peculiar to the fex, ver. 5. 2. Touching a wife accufed by her husband for not being a Virgin when he married her, ver. 13.1022. 3. Touching Adultery, ■ver. 22 4. Touching Rape, ver. 23. to 28. 5. Touching Fornication, ver. 28,29. 6. Touching Inceft, ver. 30. 7. Touching feveral forts of UnclcanneiTes, Chap. 23. Ch. XXIII. i.roi9- VIII. The eighth Commandement is explained by certaine laws touching 1. Ufury, ver. 19, 20. 2. Payment ofvowes, ver. 21, 22,23. 3. Liberty in another mans Field or vineyard, ver. 24, 25. ( Here fome particulars are inferred touching Divorce. And a man new married. Eelonging to the feventh Com- mandement, chap. 24. I. to 6. J 4. Pledges, Chapt . Chap. 24. XXIV. 6. and 10. to 14. 5. Man-ftealers, ver. 7. (Here is a Caution againft Leprofie, -wr. 8,9,3 6- Servants wages, ver. 14. to 16. 7. Juftice, ver. id. 8. Oppreffion of the ftrang er,fatherle(Ie or widows, ver. 17,18. 9. Almesand afts ofcharin tothePoor, ver. 19,20, 21,22. 10. Afts of Juftice, in fenten- Chap. 2$. cing and punifhing,^. XXV. 1.104. In not muz- ling the oxe that treadeth out the Corne, ver. 4. '( Here are inferred lawes of railing feed to a decea- fed brother, an^ touching the immodeft woman, ver 5-fo 13,3 ii- Juft weights and mcafures, ver. 13.ro 17. (J Here is added a fpecial command for the utter extirpation of Amale\, ver. ij. to the end of the chapt.') Hitherto of the expofition of the Law and ten Commandement s. III. The CONFIRMATION of the Law, and Ifraels obligation thereunto by divers forts of Arguments, vi^. 1. By Ifraels folemne Profeffion of u Homage unto God required, ( when they fhould be poffeft of Canaan, _) by the basket of firft-frutis ; Triennial Tithes. Ch. XXVI. i.toi6. 2. By the Covenant betwixt God and his people, obliging them to all obedience, ver. 16. to the end of the chapt. 3. By certain Signes, vi^. 1. Writing the Law, upon ftones in Canaan., Ch. XXVII. 1. to 9. 2. Pronouncing on M. Gedzjim, Blelfings upon the keepers of the Law, and upon M- Ebal, Curfesupon the breakers thereof, to be confirmed with the Peoples Amen, ver. 9. ro the end of the chapt. 4. By many precious promifesto obedience, Ch. XXVIII. 1. to 15. And fevere threatnings to dif- obedience, ver. 1 $. fo the end of the chapt. 5. By Mofes his folemne renewing the Covenant benvixt the Lord and Ifrael in the land of Moab, both by word and w> iting. I. By word, wherein confider, 1. A Commemoration and complaint of their unthankfulncflc, blindnefle Chap. 29. andabufe of Gods benefits, Chap. XXIX. 1. fo 9. 2. Anexlmtation of the People, all prcfented toge- ther to enter into Covenant, to oberlicnce, with warnings againft Idolatry, ver. 9. to the end of the chapt. 3- Promifcs of mercy in Chrift to repenting Chap 30. finners, Ch. XXX. i.fo 1 1. 4. The manifeft plain- neffeofthc Low, which they are to oblcrve, ver. II. to 15.$. The Picpcfil of life and death, before them u Ifraels Homage in Canaan. Chap. 26. Chap. 27. Chap. 28. in cafe of obedience or difobedience, ver. 15. to the end of the chapt. 6. Mofes his incouragement of, both the People and of Jofiuah his fuccefiour, to go in to potfefle the Land, Ch. XXXI. 1. i.to 9. Chap. 31. II. Bywriting, both of the Law, and of a Song. 1. Of the Law, by Mofes as a Rule to Ifrael for obedi- ence, and as a Witneffe againft Ifraelin cafe they fhould tranfgreffe, which Law thus written, 1. Was delivered to the Priefts and Elders of Ifrael, ver. 9. 2. Was appointed to be folemnly read every feventh year at the Feaft of Tabernacles, in the place that he fhould choofe, &c. before all Ifrael, ver. 10. to 14. 3. Was to be kept in the fide of the Ark for a witneffe againft Ifrael, ver. 24.ro 28. II. 0/ax x Mofes Song as a Testimony againft Ifrael for their back- did- SONG of ings which God did fore-fee, before they came into WITNES the promifed Land. Here confider r. The Occafion againft If. and Scope of the Song, vi\. Gods fore-feeing that rael. they would revolt from him to idolatry, and break Covenant, this Song therefore fhould be a memorial and witneffe againft them, digefted into the forme of a Song that it might be the better*remembred, ver. 14.ro 22. 2. Mofes h is manner of publiflring this Song, before the elders of the Tribes and Officers gathered together, ver. 28. to the end of the chapt. 3. The Songitfelf, declaring Gods mercies to Ifrae I, Their fins againft him, His chaftifements of them by Sword , Famine , Peftilence and Captivity , His mercy notwithftanding to them in Chrift at \a(l,Ch. Chap. 32^ XXXII. ver. 1. to 44. 4. Mofes Exhortation to fee their hearts upon the Song, 44. to 48. Hitherto of the Subftance of the Book. The CONCLUSION of the Book followes, where- III. in note 1 . Gods Command to Mofes to go up into M .Nebo to fee the Land of Promife thencejwhere he fhould die becaufeof his trcCpak at Meribah, w.48. to the end of the chapt. 2. Mofes his Prophetical Benediftion of Ifrael, wherein he took his fweet Farewel of the Church on earth before his death, wherein note the Preface, the Benedittions thereof, and the Conclufion. I. the Preface comprehends 1. The title of thebleffing, Ch. XXXIII. 1. 2. The Exordium, deferring Gods Chap. 33; Majefty and love to Ifrael in giving them his Law, and conducting them through the wilderncffe, ver. 2. to 6. II. The particular Benedictions of the tribes •w'^.Of 1 Reuben, verfe 6. 2 Judah, verfe 7. 7,Le- vi, verfe8.ro 12. 4 Benjamin, verfe 12. 5 Jofeph, verfe 13. to 18. 6 Zabulon, ver. 18,19. 7 Gad, verfe 20, SI. 8 Dan, verfe 22. 9 Napth.ili,ver.2^. 10. Aflier, verfe 24, 25. Ul.The Conclufion, mofte- legantly referring to all the Tribes together, cele- brating Gods glory and gcodnefs communicated to Ifrael, and Uraels incomparable happinefs in par- y Mofes go* ticipation of Gods Protection and grace, ver. 26, 27, eth upinto 28,29. .M.Neboro) 3. Mofes afcending, up inro y M. Nebo, to view /feCanaan. the promifed Land afar off, Ch. XXXIV. 1. to Chap. 34. 5. a Mofes 4. Mofes his a death in the Mount, ver. $. Amplifi- death. ed, 1 By his burial, the Lord himfelfb burying him, bDuabus no man knowing where, verfe 6, 2 By his age and autem caU' vigour at his death, verfe1]. 3 By Ifraels mourn- fisQutfapi- ing for him 30 dayes, verfe 8. 4EyyWo/e/hisSuc- entesaiunt) ceflbr Joflmah, verfe 9. mortis ejus 5. Finally, Mofes is fingularly praifed and prefer- &fepulchri red before all the Prophets, verfe io, 11,12. nemo con- fiHS erat Quaterut illam faciem qui. confortio fermonis Domini rutilaverat, mortis mxrore rcpi t'ffiim, nullmvideret. Et ne fepulchrum ejuspo-; pulus Ifrael, ft cognoviffet ubi tfftt , ador.nct. Vnde & virgamin cjuafignajeceraty utpluiimi putant, ne adoraretur fecum abflule- rat ; quoniam tfyferpcr.tcmquam fecerat, filii Ifrael poflmodum a~ dorabant. Aug.dcmirabil.S. Script.!. i.c.35.Tom.3. AN DEVTERONOMIE. $3 A N APPENDIX TO V EV T ET^O 3^0 Ml E. Viz. MOSESSONGfora WlTNESSE againfi ISRAEL. InDeut.%2. 1.1044a Metrically tranjlated out of the Hebrew ^and Analytically Explained. Sett. I. THis SONG is full of Divine Majefty ; moft elegant and emphatical ; and in the Original laid down with extraordinary variety of feveral forts 1 of words. The important matter of it was the rather digefted into the form of a Song, that it might be both more familiarly known, and firmly remembred ofalllfrael. From the Matter and Scope of it, it may fitly be filled, The SONG of MOSES for a wit- neffe againfi Ifrael. Sett. II. 4_ Penman of it was Mofes, and that a little before cDfXr.31- his death, c 15,19,22, **■ Sea.ni. Occajkn ; God fore-faw that when Ifrael fhould aDeut. 31. pofefle the promifed Land, d they would forfake 16^023. God, break his Covenant, and ferve other gods: whereupon the Lord would forfake them, hide his face and bring many evils aud troubles upon them * Therefore God charged Mofes before his death, when Ifrael was now ready to enter upon the pro* mifed Land, to write this Song and teach it to the people, That it might be a witneffe for the Lord a- gainfl Ifrael, and all their caufeleffe and inexcufable rebellions againft God. Sea.IV. eDmr.31. Scope, Toe teftifie as a witneffe againft Ifrael, S2.compar- when they fhould forfake God , break Covenant ed with with him, and ferve Idols in the land of Canaan, and verfesfore- fo bring upon themfelves many woful judgments-, going. To the condemning and aggravating of their cauf- kffe rebellions, and to the clearing and juftifyfng of Gods fevereft proceedings againft them. Seft.-V. Principal Parts. In reference to this end, In this Song are confiderable, 1 The Preface. 2 The Sub- fiance of the Song. 3 The Conclufion. THE PREFACE, or Exordium of the Song, con- taining, i An emphatical Exclamation to Heaven and Earth, as witneffes againft Ifrael, ver. 1. 2 A Promitfory Option or wifh, that the words of this Song may have like efficacie upon Ifrael , as the fruitful Dew and timely Rain upon the herbs and grafs, verje 2. 3. A pious Refolution to praife God. 4 An incitation of others to do the like, ver.%. The SVBSTANCE of theSWMJ.Which is,i Nana' tory,2 Minatory,! Promijfory. I. NARRATORT, ver. 4. to 19. Herein ha Narra- tion. 1. Of the glorious name and excellent greatnefs of Ifraels God, ("againft whom backfliding Ifrael could have no exception, laid down in feveral At- tributes afcribed to him,verfe 1,4. 2. Of Ifraels corruption in general , Amplified 1 By the ca ufe of it, themfelves. 2 By the grievout* nefs of it, not like the ffot of Gods People. 3 By the nature of it, crookedncjl, fiowardnefi , fyc. ver. $. 4 By the unkindnefie manifefted therein againft the Lordyverfe 6. 3. Of Gods goodnefs and mercies to Ifrael, De- fcribed . 1. More generally, verfe 6> 2. More particularly. Gods favours fingularly appeared towards Ifrael. 1. In preparing habitations for Ifrael( before Ifrael was} By proportioning thcbounds of theCana* anites of old(whenGod dividedinheritances to the Nations J to the number of Ifrael that fhould afcer wards fucceed them in Canaan, verfe 7, 8. Amplified by the ground of this mercy , vi^. Gods gracious Acceptance of Ifrael as his portion and inheritance, verfe 9- 2. In conducing and leading Ifrael himfelf alone through the wildernefTe with lingular care,ten- dernefs and fafety, ver. 10,11,12. 3. In enabling Ifrael to conquer Canaan, and to poflefs that rich, fat, and fruitful Land, flowing with mill^ and honey,Scc . verfe 13,14. 4. Of Ifraels great ingratitude and rebellion againft God, forfaking the only true God that had done fb much for them, embracing and ferving idols, drangl gods, new up-fl art gods, Devils, &c. pathetically aggra- vated, ver. 15. to 19. K U. MINATORY, II. 34 DEVTERONOMIE. fCalftng of theGentiles foretold. -As this place is in- terpreted in theNew Teftament compare Rom. 10.19 &c.i Pet. 2. 10. with Hof.l. 10 III. g Calling of theGentiles See Rom. hffeb.Ana let earth hear, &c. i Heb. fliall drop. VHeb.Give ye. We*. And. m#e&.Un- wife. n Heb.Thy buyer, or thy pur- cha fcr. oHeb.Oif ternity. p# re ilion;Goc\ would thus punifh Ifrael, were it not for their Adverfaries pride and.infolpncie that thereupon wcwld.he occar lioned, verfe 28.' 2 By the Reafon of this threat, Jfraels bruitifhnefs, verfe 29. 3 By Gods gracious wilhes of good to them notwithstanding, verfe 30, 31. 4 By a metaphorical aggravation of their finnes in feveral fimilitudes , verfe 32,33,34. 5. To take his opportune time for inflicting thefe judgments upon ifrael. v.^- III. P ROM IS SORT and Confolatory ; where- in after all thefe threatned judgments, mercy is pro- mifed in Chrifl unto them, verfe 36. to 43. This confolation promifed, is defcribed, iBytheSeafon when it fhall bebeflowed, vi^. in Ifraels Ioweft con- dition, v.36. 2 By the Helplefneffe of all their i- dols in whom Ifrael would truft, verfe 37,38. 3By theAlfufficiencieofGod alone to fave or defiroy, verfe 39. 4 By the Lords Oath and peremptory Refo- lution to be avenged to the uttermoft of all his, and his peoples adverfaries from the very beginning/i/er. 4°j4M2- The CONC LVS 10 N of the Song, inciting the g Gentiles to triumph with Gods people the yews, 1 For Gods avenging his fetvants blood upon their enemies.2 For Gods reconcilement to his peo- both Jews and Genfi/^inChrifl:, making Atonement forthem,w.43. C This may be fung as Pfal. 51. ) t/^ Ive eare, 0 Heavens, and fpeal^l will : \JhLet earth to my mouth's words attend 2 My (f}eechJJ>allasthe Dew difiill, As Rain my Dotlrine i fhall defcend, Asfmallrain outhe tender herb. And at thefbowers on graffe abroad. 3 For lie proclaim JEHOVAH'S Name: k Afcribeye Greatneffe to our God. 4. ^ the ROCK ■, His work_perfe8ion is ; For all hit wayes pure judgement be ; God's Truth, [without unrijjteoufnejfe ; Exactly )uji, and right is he 5. Themfelves corrupted-they alone ; Their fpot is not his children's ftoine : A ve>ing Generation, Perverfe and crooked they remaine. 6. ^ 0 foolijb people and m untaught, Thus recommence the LORD doye $ Not he thy father n that thee bought ; Who made thee and efrablijVt thee * 7. The dayes o of old remember thou, p The ye. ires of ages ponder well •" 7by father ask, and-heel-thee-fhew, TDine Elders, and they will thee tell. t. When God mofi high to nations Inbet it ance once dijliibutcdi When he did fever Adam's f^nnes ; The Peoples bounds q he conjiituted, According to the number of -Wis Deare IfraeVsfonnes. O love divine / 9. For, the LORD'S Part, his people is Jacob is r his poffefftons line. 10. Him in a land of wildemeffe (Encompaffed with wants )hefound> AndinthediCmzll emptineffe, And howling of the defart ground. Him-b,e-conduffed-round-about, Him-1ie-inflru8ed-prudently ; He-kept-him. going in and our, Ev'n as the apple of his eye. 11. As-tV Eagle fah jtQjfup her nefi, Doth flutter on her tender young, Doth fpread-abroad her wings, (as prefl To fly, to draw her brood along, } Doth foftly ta^e them one by one, And them upon her wings doth be are ; l2.So,Hjmthe LORD didleade alone , f Nor did 'fir ange go d with kirn appeare, 13. He made him ride with glory great, On Earth's High places, He did yeeld, And plentifully he dideate The fruit fulneffes of the field: Likewife out of the t oc^fo hard The Honey-comb he made bim-fuck_, And fuppling oyle for him prepar'd To flow out of the t flinty Rock. 14. Both Butter of the goodly Kine, And MiltoffrucWfyngflock ; With fat of Lambs furpaifing fine, And of the Rams u ->f Bafliansfioc^, AndofGoat-buckj botli rich and good, Whhf.it of Kidneys of the Wheat, And of the Grape the pleafant blood, Thoudidfl drink_wine both pure and neate. 15. f But Jefurum did-wax-fat, andkic\\ xWith-ftt-thou-art-replenifted, Exceedingly thou art grown thicks Wuh-fatnets-tboH-art-covered: Then Gody that had created him Forfook, he, through temptation, And very-light ly-did-efieem The Rock.ofhis falvation. 1 6. With fir ange gods of the Nations They him provoked tojeakufie, They with Abominations To wrath provost him grievoufly. 11. To Devils Z they offered, not to God\ To gods not known to them, in need ; To new gods a lately cowtf.-abroad. Of whom your fathers had no dreed. 18. Thou Godforgotfi that formed thee ; Nor Rock., that thee begat, didfimmd. 19.^ Then God f aw, andtbem loath did he : b Hit children him ;>roi/oJty,unkind. 2o.c Hefaid,fiom them my face Tie hide, He fee what their lafi end /hall prove For they d mofl-ffowardfolk_ih\de, Sons in whom is no faith. not love. 21. They me-to-)ealoufie provost With that which is not God,b\it lies, Tbey-me-to-anger-bave-provol^t With their vile \Ao\-vanities : And He move-them-toAeahufic With Gentiles not a people yet, Them with a foolifl) Nation I Will move to anger ^ndthcinfrct qheb.Uekt r Heb.lmz ofhisinhe- ritance. f Heb. And not with him a ftrangc God. t#jfi.RocJe offline u Heb.Soas ofBafhan. xHeb.Thoti art waxen fat. y/fcfi.That made him Theb.They iacrificed. a beb.camci from near vi^ from near time. b Heb. Be- caufe of the provo- king of his fons, & of his daugh- ters. c.Heb. And he faid. dHeb. Ge- nerationof froward- neiles. 22. For D E V T E R 0 N 0 M I E. 35 eHeb.Ezt* up. Web. I will adde evils. gHeh.Thc man of fpynefs. hHtb. void ©fCounfels i Heb. And. kHeb.Ua- derftand. 1 JfcS.Evcn our ene- mies Jud- ges. TnHeb.h of the vine of Sodom. ntafi.Their clutters moft bitter o Heb. And 22. For Fire it kindled in my wrath, Andto the loweft HeU flail burnt ; And flail tcanj'ume the Land he hath, And her increafe to mine turne, Foundations of the Mountains high It likewise Jhallinjfamejnd rend. a^.Vpon them (Heap up evils will I: On them Mine Arrows Iwilijpend. 24-They ftiall be burnt with hunger,\o, Andwith the burning coale devoured, V/ith litter ftinging-pl ague alfo, (Such wrath upon them fhall bepour'd._) The teeth of vj\\d-beafts pittilefle Vpon them Ukewifefend I will, Withpoyfon moft remedileffe Of Serpents of the duji,:hit kill. 2$.Tl)efword (hall from without bereave ; And from the chambers, terrours flay, Both choyce-young-man,and virgin brave, The Suckling with g the man that' 's gray. 26.1 faid,them-into-corners-I Would-f carter ,with their whole increafe, I from among men utterly Would their remembrance make to ceafe. 27. Were it not that J fomevvhat fear d ffa enemies wrath would not refrai'ne, Left when their adverfaries heard They-ftrangely-fljould-tbemfelves dtmeane ; Left they flould fay, Our hand high ftill And not the Lord hath done allthis. zB.For they're a Nation h void of skill : i No underjiahding in them is. 29.O that they were once truly wife, O that they did this k apprehend; O that they would with good advife Confider thus theh -latter -end! $o. How flould one chafe a thoufand told, Andtwo put thousands ten to flight : Except their Rock.,God,b»d them (old, i . And them the Lord had flint up quite. 3 1 .For their Rock. 's not.af our Rock.: Eon this 1 our enemies judgement yeilds. 2,2.For their vinem it of Sodoms flock., And of Gomorrah s btafied fields : Their Grapes are Grapes of very GaU, n Their cluflers bitternejfe doth fill. Z^.Their wine,h Dragons poyfon all, o AJfes cruel venome that doth kill. 34.// not this fto*ed-up with me, Seal din my Treafuries above ? 35- Mine recomfence and vengeance he, In time their foot aw ay-fh all-move i For loxlie dark and difmal day Qf their Calamity is neer, Things that fl>all-come-upon-them, they Ljkcwife maksjiaji thus to appear. . i 1 36. f Fur yet the Lord Omnipotent Will judge hit people in diftrefle. Like wife he mil himfclf repent For his dear (ervants fuccourleffe, When he flail fee p their flrength tt gone, And there is none left or inclosed. 37. And be fl>all fay, where are their Gods, 1 The RockJn whom theytrufl repos'd, 38. Which eat fat of their c\facrifice, Dranl^their drink: offerings wine apace i r Let them to help you up-arife, f Let them become your hiding place. %9.Seenaw that I, Jam he fure, And no falfe Gods with mean ftand : I kill,and quicken; wound,andcure; Andnone delivers out of mine hand. 40. For I to heavens lift-up mine hand, And fay ,/ live for evermore. 41. If 1 my glittering fword whet, and My hand take-hold or>)udgemems lore^ Then on mine adverfaries I Due vengeance t will accumulate, Likewifelwill impartially Them recompence that do me hate. 6,i.With bloud J will inebriate Mine arrows to their deadly pain, Andflefl mine hungry fword flail eat, u With vital blood of i\\ theflain, And of the x Captivated joes ; From the begiming,cor}{[atit\y, ■ Of the Revenges and the woes Vpon the common anemy. 43.^ Te Gentiles with hit People all Shr>ut-]nyfully,(j.\\\%xxr\dai\ood,') For righreoufly revenge he fl>all His perfecutedfervants blood: He vengeance aljo will repay Vnto hit adverfaries Band, And he will make Attonement ay Both for hit People and his land. pheb.Thit their hand isgone.-w{. thehand, or ftrength of his diflref- fedpeople. q Heb. Sa- crifices; r Heb. Let them rife up 8c help you. f Heb. Let him be ari hiding for you. x.Heb,W\[\ render,&c» vheb.Frorri the blood, xfofi.capti" vity, i. e. A multitudeof Captivsit f '■A I II. T H E 3<5 The KEY of the BIBLE. II. THE T%OTHETS. Hitherto of MoCcsyor the Law of Mofes, contained in the Ventatench7 or Five-fold Volume* Next in order follow the TROT HE Ts. b Videatur And.Rivet. Jfagog. ad fac. Script. e 29. Sett. I4,l5,i5, c Aa$ 7. 42. d Rivet . Jfag.adfae, Script, c. 29. Seft. Itf. T He PROPHETS wrote all the Books of the Old Teftament , befides the Pentateuch of Mofes. Thefe Prophets infpired infallibly by the Holy Spirit of Prophecie, v. rote Books of three feveral forts, vi^. 1 Hiftorical, 2 Dogmatical or Doctrinal, and 3 Prophetical. Theb Hebrews thus diAinguifh the books of the Old Teftament : l.T\l\r\fhorah. TheLaw^. the five books of Mofes. 2.drfc03} Nebiim, viz. The Prophets. The pro- phets they fub-diftinguifh into two forts, viz_. 1. D1 JlldH DWIU Nebiim, Rifhtnim, that h,The former Prophets ; perhaps fo called becaufe t hey treat of the firft Prophets. Thefe are four, viz. Joftmah , Judges, Samuel,andKings. And 2. DW3J Dunn** jNebiim Acharonim, i e. the later Prophets ; which they reckon up in four books alfo, viz. Ifaiah, Jere- miah, E^ekiel, and the twelve minor Prophets, which were anciently joyned all in one Volume, left they through their fmallneiTefhould be loft. That phrafe feems to favour this, c It ii written in the Book of the Prophets; the Prophet Amos being cited, which is one of the Minor, otlefter Prophets. 3. D'lTO Chethubtm. i e. The writings, by way of emphaiis. They were written by the Spirit's infpira- tion, not by Prophefie ; faith d River out of Eliot Levita. The Greek calls thefe books ' t.ytiyp*4$- & 23. i4> IS- Seel:. I. The Order and Name. THe Hiftory oflfraels Entrance into the promifed Land, is defcribed in the book of J O S H U A H. So caUed, Partly from Jojhuah, the inftr'nipntal Author of this book, as fome think :; Partly from the chiefSubject handled therein, i/i^. the Attsofjfl/fr- ttah, the Succeflbr of Mofes. the Governour and chief Captain of Ifrael, under whofe conduct they conquered rhe Land, divided it by Line and Lot among the Tribes, and poffeffed it according to all Gods faithful h promifes in that behalfc unto their Fathers. Sed. II. Ten men, Some afcribe this Hiftory to Ezra, or to fome Prophet. Some think i Joftmah was P E N M A N oT if, ^rtrr/y becaufe it bears his Name; partly tncaufc it is faid in the clofe of this book, k And Joftmah wrote thefe words in the Book, of the Law of God. Bur thefe Reafons are fcarce cogent: 1. Berauft.- the books of Judges, Ruth, and Kings, bear their Names, yet not penned by them. 2. Becaufe thofc words which Jofhuah is faid to write in the Book of the Law of God, intend not this whole Hiftory oJj«fl/iiiib, but only the I words of the Covenant which Joflm.ih made betwixt God and the people (it Shechem, a little before his death, m Calvin rather thinks their conjetture to be more probable who referre the writing ofthis Book ""**• *^ i Gerh. Ik. com. in Exegef. he. I. fee. 12$ Diod. Arj. ofjoffi. k J (ft). 24. 2d. 1 See Joft. 24, 25,;$. m JoJCalth Arg. in lib. J* Chap. I. J 0 S H V A H. 37 odeanthnre libri hu)us frtftatjudi- ciumfufpen- dere, quam temere quidquam affirmare reincerta. Calv.Arg. in lib.Jof. D. Parcus in adverf. injof. in Proem. pjun. An- notante Jofh.Gerh. loc.com. quofupra. D.Pareus in Adverf. in Proem. Jofh. qU.Brough- ton in his Concern. of Script. tlKing 6.1 fDm.295 Jofh. 5. 6. ti Sam. 4. 18. u Ail. 13. 21. %iKings2. 11. yiKin.6.1. Book, or at leaft the collecting of the fumme of this Hiftory, to Eleazer the High-Pricft (~ whofe n death is recorded in the end of this Book ) It being the High-Priefls office not only by lively voice to teach the living, but alfo by writing to inftruil pqflerity in the ways of God. And before the Levites ( faith lie J de- generated, they were Actuaries to repo(e to perpetual memory all memorable occurrents in the church. But yet both o Calvin and others fufpend their deter- minate judgement herein, becaufe at moft it fecmes but conjectural and uncertain. Se£l. III. Time or Chronologic. This Book ("according to the common opinion of p Writers J recording the affairs of I frael from the death of Mofes to thedeathof7o/fr«/j/>,conrains anHifto- ryof i7ora!mofli8.years.qMr.//.Bn/Hg/jronlaith;#o- fe a, Joflmah, or Jcfus ofEphraimjuleth 17 years,(frex- ecuteth the curfeGen.^.makjngCanaan a fervant toSem. But among them all I find none that make out & de- monftrate convincingly and clearly thefe 17 vears, the time of this Hiftory : nor do th k appear ( that lean yet findjparticularly in this hiftory of Joflmah. Take therefore this particular demonftrau'on of it, which feemes evident, vi%_. It isfaid polltively, That rSo/o won inthe ^.xhyear of his reign began to build the Houfe of the LORD, in the four hundred and fourfcore year after the children of Ifrael were come out of the Land of Egypt. This place is one of the great Boundaries for Scripture Chronolo- gie, by which we are to regulate letter Computations According to this therefore let us reckon up parti- culars, and we friall find that all other particular periods of time betwixt Ifraels coming outofEgppt, and Solomons beginning to build the Temple, areex- prette and clear in Scripture, and make up in the whole 463 years, to which if we add 17 years, the time of Jo(lmah\ Hiftory, theroral in all amounts to 480 years exact,according tc that place in iKing.6.1. As followeth. Ifrael wandered in the wildernefs, f after they came out of Egypt, as >s evident -40 years Joflmah governed, Suppofe 17 From Joflmah to Eli , the time of the Judges, and oftheir Hiftory, as in the Book of Judges is par- ticularly demonftrated hereafter 299 Elks time of judging t Ifrael 40 King Sauls Reign Q u Samuels time being included ^herein) , 40 King Davids x Reign, in all- ■ 40 King Solomans y Reign, till the Temple began to be built, was- . — 4 480 As for the 1 1 1 years of Ifraels oppreffions by their enemies in the times of the Judges, they ( as hath Zlntroduil. ^cen z formerly fhewedjare indeed comprehended Advertif. un.der the years of the Judges, and therefore in Rule 'j. ' tms Computation are not diftinctly to be count- ed. Sett. IV. Scope. SCOPE of this Book ( which feems annexed as an Appendix to the V. Bookj of Mofes) is Excellent. As, 1 , To demonftrare Gods exact faithfulneffe in per- a Jofh. 21. forming a all his Pr-mifes moil punctually, made to 45-CJ" 23. thc Patriarchs & people of 7/Jrtf/,efpecially touching *4>I5' his bringing them in to poflefie the land of Canaan ; and this notwithstanding all intervening difficulties and impediments, viz. Jordan, High walledCities, Anakjms, 7 Warlike Nations, efpecially their ownfins. That fo all the Ifrael of God may hence learn to truft the Lord and his promifes in all ages for e- ver. 2. By Ifraels being brought through the wilder- nefTe and Jordan, not by Mofes, but by Joflmah, conquering all theCanaanites, and putting tlicm in- to 1 he peaceable pofief Hon of Canaan the promifed typical Reft ; thc abfolute triumph over all the re- mainder of the Canaanites ("left among the people for their trial andexercife^ being refcrved for the time of the abfolute and triumphant reign ofK. Da- vid : lively to adumbrate thc fpirirual conduct of the true Ifrael of God, through all thc wildernefie- tribulations and floods of afflictions in this world ; not by Mofes and his Law ("which only prepares and directs, but makes nothing perfect.) but by the true Jofhuah Jefm Chriji, conquering all our fpiritual e- nemies, Shine and Death, World, Fled), and De- vil ; and fo putting them into the actual and peace-1 able poffeflion of Gods true promifed Spiritual reft in this life ? referving only fome remains of finne and fpiritual enemies, to try and exercifethe graces of Gods people, till the time come of Chrifts full and abfolute reign in Heaven, our true David, when the elect fhall have full victory and triumph, being brought into thc true eternall reft of Heaven, there to keep an endlefle Sabbath unto God. And this is not an Allufion, or Allegory feigned or devifed by man, but an oppofite Accommodat ion of the Type and Anti-type,a\>vo\med and fo interpreted by God himfelf in his Word. For as the Apoftle hath obferved to the Hebrews, b Canaans reft was a b Heb. 4,7, type of Heavens reft; otherwife God would not to 12. have promifed to his people, Pfal. 95. another reft after their entring into Canaans reft : And Joflmah that brought them into the Typical reff, a Type of Jefiu that brings the faithfull into the true reft. Hence Augujline. c Let the lew if he will be a lew inwardly, c Supereft in the (pir it, not in the letter; if he will he reputed an ut Jud&w lfraelite indeedin whom is no guil, remember in the figure ille.fi. vult that deadjefm, who brought into the land of the dying; fain ab- and let him acknowledge in the Truth the live- J ejus by fconditoju- whrfe conduit he may enter into the Land of the living, dam effe , The d Prophets alfo declareChrift to be the true King non liter a David, whofe Government is more abfolute than fedfpiritu : that of Judges. Whereto elegantly the fame Au- fivultrepw guftine alludes, e Firft the times of the Judges, then of tanverus the Kings; As there fhall be firft the judgement, then Ijraeliiain the Kingdom&c. quo dolus non eft, re- corietur infigura ilium mortuum Jefum qui introduxit in ten am mo* nentium ; <& agnofcat in veritate vivum Jefum, quo duce intret in ten am viventium. Aug. contra Fauftum Manichaeum 1. 16. c.20. Tom.6. djer.2.0. 9. Hof.^.$. e Vide at Tempora primo Judicum, peilea Regum ; Stent erit pri- mo'mdicium, deinde poftea'Regnum •' inque ipfistemporibus judicum & regum, iterum atqueiterum multis & variis modi* Chriftumiy Ecclefi am figurari. Aug. contra Fauftum Manichxum. lib.12.cap. 22. Tom.6. r 3 Sect. V. Principal Parts, In this Book of J O S H U A H is defcribed the Hiftory of Joftmahs 1 Lije, 2 Death. Joflmahs LIFE is fet forth principally in refe- rence to that great office committed to him, ofbeing chief Governour of Ifrael, to conduct them into the Promifed Land after Mofes death. Here are consi- derable, i.His Vocation to this office,2.His Adminiftra* tion ofit. I. His Vocation or calling by God to be Governour of Ifrael in Mofes ftead, is repeated, Ch. I. 1. to 10. wherein confider i.Gods command to Joflmah to paffe over Jordan with all Ifrael, ver.1,2. 2. Gods encouraging of Joflmah by divers excellent p omifes, ver^.toj,9' 3. Gods infhuctionsto^//;«,i';, to be exactly obedient to the Law : and therein to me- ditate to that end night and day, ver.j,8. II. His Adminiftr ation or execution o[ his office, x. In time of War. 2. In time of Peace. X- I. ft I. Chap, i,- J 0 S H V A H. Chap. II. to X. t. In fi/»e 0/ WAR, hyhis valiant Martial acts, for ^ifpofTertinganddeftrovingof the Canaanites that Ifr ^e/might inherit. Of his warlike exploits, Here ai e conf.derable 1 A Narration. 2 A Repetition. I- A Narration of his warlike Atchievements, con- taining 1 Preparatories to them, 2 Particulars of them. 1. Preparatories or Antecedent raffages to his warlike ads are divers, vizr 1. His com- mand to the People by the Officers to prc- parefor parting over the River Jor dan, ver. 10, 1 1. 2. His reminding the two tribes and half, ( v\ hofe lot was alligned on that fide Jordan?) of their engagement to Mtfes to help their brethren in warre, till th* Lord had given them reft ; with their profertion of obedience to Jofljuah. ver. 12. to the end (The two cf the ch apt. 5. His fending of f two Spies Spies enter' to view the land, even Jericho, which Spies tained by were entertained and concealed by Rahab, RAHAB. Ch.U.ver. i.to8. Who therefore covenant Chap. 2. tofave her and her houfe, ver. 8. to 23. g Jordan And at their return make a very encourag- divided <& ing report,w. 23,24. 4.His parting through faffed g Jordan with all the people miraculoufly, through. chap. 3. and 4. wherein are defcribed , In cu)us mi- i.The inftru&ions for the paiTage , how raculi tefli- the .4/^ was to paffe firft, and how all the monioXU. people mould follow, Ch. III. r. to 14. lapides 2. The difparting or cutting off of Jordans quantos _ ftream before the Ark, vei.14.ro the end Xll.viri cfthechapt. 3. The taking of twelve ftones, portarepo- (as big faith Auguftine as twelve men could terant, de carry) out of the midft of Jordan, for a itr.a glarea. memorial, and the fetting np of twelve o- Jordanis ther ftones in Jordan, ("the A)\ all the portati funt while abiding in the midft of Jordan) Cb. in loco. IV. ver. \. to 14. 4. The return of Jordans caflrorum, waters to their place as foon as the Arl^ was ,ver. 33. VIII. His villory over Eglon, ver. 34, 35. IX. His viilory over Hebron, ver. 36, 37.- X. His vitlory over Vebir, ver. 38, 39. All theft vi(\otksjofljuab had at one time, becaufc Chap. XI. to XXIV. J 0 S H V A H. 39 Chap. II. Chap. 12. q Canaan divided by Lot to the Tribes. Chap. 13. Chap. 14. Chap. 15. Chap. 16. Chap. 17. becaufe the Lord fought for Ifrael, ver. 40. to the end of the chapt. XI. Hit viilory over many Kings at once con- fpiring together againft Jofhuah at the wa- ters of Merom,Ch. XI. 1. to 10. XII. Hti viilory over Haxor, formerly Head of thofe Kingdomcs^.io, 11. Thefe victories of Jofhuah are amplified,! By the events there- of, vi%. How ]cp)uah burner! Haxor with fire, faving all the reft of the Cities from flames, killing all the men, and taking all the Spoile ver. 12. 13, 14. 2. Ey reafon of which de-; ftrutfionjheir hearts were hardened that none of them made peace with Jofhuah, bu: Gi- beon, ver. 15. to 21. 3. By Jjflmah's de- finition of the Anakims out of all the fore- mentioned places, ver. 21, 22. 4. By the finifliing of the Warre,the whole Land being fnbdued,fer. 23. . 2. A Repetition of Ifraels victories over the Co.- naanites, &c. and that either 1. Under Mofes conduft. on the other fide of Jordan, Ch. XII. 1. to 7. 2. Under Joflmah's Command., after Ifrael had patted through Jordan,vix. over 31. Kings, ver. 7. to the end of the chapt. Hitherto of Jofhuah's AdminRration, or Goverment in time of Wane. II. In time of PEACE Jopmah's Government is defcribed, 1. Ev his Diftribution of the Land now Conquered. 2. By his appointing 6. Cities of Re- fuge. 3. By his fetting out 48 Cities for the Levites. 4. By his Remanding the two Tribes andhalf to their inheritance on the other fide Jordan. 5. By his Fare- well Exhortation and Charge tolfrael before his death. I. By his qDiftribution oj theLand,now for the great- eft part conquered and fubdued ; Here are declared, 1. Gods command to Joflmah for dividing the Land already pofieffed, where mention is made of thofe parts which yet were not pofie'red, out of which yet God promifeth to drive the inhabitants, Ch. XIII. 1. to 8. 2. The peculiar inheritances or portions of the Tribes. 1. Beyond Jordan ,viz. Of Reuben, God, arid the half-tribe of ManaiTeh. Set out, 1 In gene- ral, ver. 8. to 15. 2. In particular; as 1 REVBEN'S portion bounded, ver. 15. to 24. 2 GAD'S portion bounded, ver. 24.ro 29. 3 The half-tribe of M AN ASS E US bounded, ver. 29. to the end of the chapt. 2. On this fide Jordan to the 9 Tribes and half the inheritance was to be divided by lot, by Eleazer, Joflmah, and the Elders of Ifrael, Ch. XIV. 1. to 6. Here confider their fe- veral Lots or Portions. I. JVDAHs Portion : Here note, 1 The portion conferred upon one family in Judah viz. CALEB'S for his following the Lord fully, ver. 6. to the end of the chapt. 2 The Borders of Judah's Lot. Ch. XV. 1. to 13. 3 Calebs Conqueft and driving out of the fonsof^AMK loutof Hebron, his portion, ver. 13. to 20. 4 The names of the Cities in Judah's allotment, ver. 20. to 63. <; Their inability to drive out the Jebufites from Jerufalem, ver. 63. II. JOSEPtfs (onsportion and the borders of it defcribed. 1. More generally, Ch. XVI. I. to 5. 2. More particularly. 1. EPHR AIM's portion and borders^ is defcribed, ver. 5. to 10. This defcrip- tion amplified by the Ephraimites not driving out the Canaanites fromGe^er verfe 10. 2. MANASSEH's portion • and coafts, Chap. XVII. 1. to 12. ampli- fied by their inability to drive out the Canaanites, ver. 12, 13. 3. Both Epbraim and Mar.affeh's portion is enlarged , vcrfe. 14. to the end of the chapt. III. The Portions of the feven other Tribes which had not yet received their inheri- tance ( for rcmiiTenefle wherein they are blamed by Joflmah) is defcribed in a book, and Joflmah caft lots for them -,Ch. XVIII. Chap. |J.- l. to 11. 1. BENIA.MIN's Lot, Borders and Cities, ver. 1 1 . to the endoj the chapt. 2. SIMEON's Lot, Brodersand Cities. Ch. Chap. 10 XIX. 1. mo. 3. ZABVLVN'sLot, Eorders and Cities, ver. 10. to 17. 4. ISSACHAR's Lot, Eorders and Cities, ver. 17.ro 24. 5. AS HER' s Lot, Eorders and Cities, ver. 24.ro 32. 6 NAPHTHALIs Lot,Boxdets and Cities, ver. 32. to 40. 7. DAN s Lot, Eorders and Cities, verfe. 42. to 49. ThhDiJl'ibutionof the landisclofed with the particular mention of the r inheri- r foflwaht tance which Ifrael gave unto JOSVAH inheritance among them, after the land was divid- ed, vi^. The City Timnah.Serah in M. Epbraim, ver. 49. to the end of the chapt. II. By his appoiming out, at Gods Command, fix Cities of REFVGE for the man-flayer toflyto, till he ftiould (land in judgment before the Congregati- on, Ch.XX.throitghout. Chap, aoi III. By his giving forty eight Cities out of die Porti- on of the other Tribes by Lot unto the Levites to dwell in, and the Suburbs for their cattel, Ch. XXI. Chap. 21. 1. fo 43. ThcHiftory of all thefe diftributions is Chut up, with a Declaration of the f REST which God gave fThepromU to Ifrael round about, according to his PROMISE, fed REST ver. a? 5 ( enjoyed, IV. By ' s remanding offending baclithe two Tribes fo ihcxi ;wr pof'cflions on the other fide I h, defcribed, 1 By the manner of ir, with Jo- s high Commendation and Benediction of them, Ch.XXlL1.t09. 2. By their returne, ver. 9. 3. Chap. 22; ! le t Altar of witnefs built by them at theBorders t Altar of of Jordan, in their journey, ver. n. Concerning witneffe, which altar a re declared, 1 Ifraels great offence at ir, and mefage about ir, verfe 11. to 21. 2 The Apology of the two Tribes and half for this aftion* explainingrheir true intent and fcope in building the Altar, ver.21.to 30. 3 Ifraels fatisfaftion by their ApoJogvi/er. 30.ro the endofthe chapt. V. Jofhuah's vakdiftory or farewel Exhortation to Ifrael before his death , couragioufly to keep all that's written in the Law, to avoid all finful fel- Iowft.ip with Canaanites ; to cleave to the Lord 5 to love him ; and in no wife to back-flide, Cfr.XXIII. Chap. 23. ver. 6 ,7, 8, 1 1,12. Thefe particulars are preiTed by divers motives, vi^. 1 By experience of Gods many and great benefits, ver. 1 to 5. 2 By Promifes of fu- ture favours; ver. 5. ro 12. 3. By threatnings of con- trary judgements, in cafe they fhould go back from Gods Covenant ,verfe 12. to the end of the chapt. Hitherto of Jofhuah's Life and Government of Ifrael in times ofWarre and Peace. Jnfljuah's DEATH 'is defcribed I By the things immediately Antecedent, 2 By the time when, 3 By the immediate Confequents thereof. I. By the things immediately Antecedent thereto, in his aflembling together all the Tribes, their Elders, Heads, Judges and Officers at Shechem. In which affembly 1. He makes a brief Recapitulation of Gods wonderful Bleflings to them , from the dayes of Terah, Abraham s father, till their ar 37- cR.uth4.1S to the end. dMat.i.$, e Gerh.loc. com.inEx- egef.c.7. fee. 127. iVno libello qui appelta- tur Ruth, qui magii adregno- rum princi- pia videtur fcrtinere. Aug. de Doftr. Chrifh'an. 1.2X.8. Sed. I. Order THus far of the General Hiftory of the affairs of all Ifrael in the time of the Judges. Next follows the particular Hijrory of fome particular Perfons af- fairs under the Judges, which are defcribed in the Book ofRVTH. Many a Writers annex this Book of Ruth as an Appendix to the Book of Judges ; as they do the Lamentations to the Prophecie of Jeremiah. Sed. II. Name. This Book ofKVTHh Co (tiled (romRuth the Mo- abiteffe, a Gentile, C Moab being one of the b inceftu- ousfonsof Lof) concerning whom this Book treats, efpecially of her Marriage with Boa^, whofe Pedi- gree by aProphetick fpirit,is brought down to c King David; Ruth bearing to Boa^Obed the Grandfather of David, of whom according to the Hem d Chrifr. came. Hence Ruth is reckoned among Gods peo- ple,and in Chrifts line. TheCbald. Paraphrafi thinks that Ruth was the daughter ofEghn King of Moab. But faith e Gerhard, that is not proved by any Scripture, nor is it likely that a Kings daughter would marry a ftranger, and leave her native country to feek bread in another land. Se&.lll.rrwe f Axgufline refers the tinx of thisHinory to the beginning of the Kings, g Others refer it to the time of£/i the Pried, h D. Kirrxhi in c. 1. Ruth, and o- therofthe Rabbines conceive, Thar S'«r who mar- ried Ruth was that Judge which is called i Ib^an; who immediately fucceeded Jeptbah. k J,inhu comparing this Hiftory of Ruth with Mat.i.$. isofo- g Jofeph. pinion that this Hiftory fell out in the daies of Debo- Jud.antiq. rah, faying By comparing Mat. 1.5. with the end I.5.HugO of this Hiftory, it if cottetled that thefe things fell out a- Cardinal. /w/M/je r/we of Deborah. And firlr, as for BoaZ born hGerh.quO o/Rachab, it may be that /lie brought him forth when fupr. flie was fifty years old, if we afoibe 1$ years to her ijud.12.8. when flie received the Spies, Jofh. 2. So as in the 25. kjun An* year o/Othniel/fct* bare Eoaz -, whence to the beginning notat.in of Deborah are 97 years •' to which if you add Debo- Ruth i.t. rah'sfirfl: 20 years, Boaz was 117 years old when he Noftri inter hadQbed o/Ruth. And [that the time of Davids pretes refe- Hiftory may agree with this') neceffarily Obed and Jeffe runt ad begat Children at 100 years old. tempora There feem to be two impediments to this conjetlure, Debet &,id- which have led othets into this opinion, as to thinkjhat que quia the names of fome perfns are omittedin this Genealogy. Boa^fuit l.One wRachab's age, which we con)ullure her to be of Filins Ra- at her bringing forth. Therefore Ifliallnot gainfty, if hab.D. Pa- rt little leffe age be afcribedto her, a link more to others reus in ad* Tet to me that time oj Child-bearing ferns not incredible verilnRutb knowingtheftrongcorftitntions of bodies in thofe times. 1. 1. And here in the Palatinafe, a few years agojfaw with mine own eyes, and being called wasprefent at the Child- bearing of a certain woman above $6 years old, who had two males at one birth. 2. The old age of the men after mentioned. But this neednot move any, whofl>ail confider the fngular benediUion of God in this kjnd, and other things now mentioned in the cafe of Rachab Seeing there appe ares no footftep at all of any man omittedin in this 1 Genealogie wkereficver it it read, I had rather abftainjfomlurb a guejje, then open a dcorto'fuch a new Genenlogie-omiffion. So lie. Some think that Naomies fojeurning fell cut ?n the dayis and government ofOthniel, and that Obed was born in the dayes of Deborah, and Jeffe about the beginning of Jephthah^s government. Certain, it fell out in the time of the m Judges, though the particular time perhaps cannot lb punctually be de- mon ft mted. I See D. D rakes Sa- cred Chro-> nol.p. 2. 6. mRiab.i.t N Sea. IV 4* I. S A M V E L. Chap. II to lVi Sett. VI. Penman. PENMAN of this Hiftory is not certainly known. n H. Alfted H ebrews think n Samuel penned it. n Prsecog. Theoi.1.2. Se&. V. Scope. c. no. l SCOPE of this Book is principally, 1. To delineate part of Chriftso Genealogie \riDa- vids time ; that the Church may know he is the on- ly true Mefftah promifed. Which without the help of this Book, could not be evidenced by all the Old Teftament. 2. Tofhewthatfalvation by Jefm Chrift belongs not only to Jews, but alfo to firmer s of the Gentiles ; ChriA deriving his line from Gentiles as well as Jews p Ruth the afflifted Moabiteffe widow being inferted Famine in in his Genealogie, as afirft-fruits of the Gentiles, that Jfraelma^- fhould afterward more fully be embraced by Jefm er&Elime- chrift. 3. To evidence how Gods bleffings are upon the Godly j Ruth this pious woman being raifedfrom fuch deep Adverfity to fo great Profperity. $Ruth 4.18 &c. compa- red with M at. 1.5/. p A great lech and Naomi go to Moab with their two fons, who married there and dyed there alfo. Elimelech dyed. Widow Naomi after tenyears returneth to Bethlehem-Judah ; and Ruth with her, a Moabite, widow to Machlon. This daughter of Lot that bleffed Abraham andleft hit Country for him, Gen. 12. leaveth Parents and Country, to be covered under the Lords wings. The Lord was her recompence, Chrift coming of her, Mat. I. 0 Depth ofwifdome, that Lots wine, or this want, fhould be a means that Chrift fhould come of him. H. Brought. Concent, of Scrip. Se&. VI. Principal Parts. In this Hiftory RUTH of Moab, ( the chief fubjeft-matter of it, J is defcribed divers ways, viz- 1. By her- firft marriage to one of the two fons of Elimelech , and Naomi of Bethlehem-Judah , coming by reafon of a famine in the land of Ju- Chap. I. dab, to fojourne in the land of Moab , Chap. I. i.ro$. 2*. By her widow-hood. Elimelech and his two fons dying in Moab, Naomie, Ruth, and Orpha are left three afflifted widows, ver. 5. In Ruths ftate of wi- dow-hood are laid down, 1. Ruths great love and refpeft to Naomi her mo- therinlaw, in coming with her, ("the famine being over ) into Judab, and this though Na- omi haddifiwaded her, and though her filler Orpha went back to her People in Moabver. 6. toic). Their journey is amplified 1. By the place whither they came, viz- Betblehem,ver. 19. 2. By their entertainment, Naomi bewail- ing her affliftions to her friends, ver. 19,20, 21,22. 3. By the time of their coming thither, inthe beginning of Barley -ha rveft,iier. 22. 2. Ruths gleaning by accident in the field of Boaz, ("a mighty man of wealth, and of the family of Elimelech, J and that with his approbation ; Chap. 2. relieving her mother with what fhegleanedCA. Chap. 3. II. throughout. Chap. 4. 3. Ruths q defire of marriage to Boaz as her Kinf- q Savtfa man, to whom the Redemption of her mor- Ruth, cum gaged land appertained ; fet forth 1. By her femenquale mothers inflruftion of her to lodge at Boaz iHo tempore his feet, CA.III. ver. 1. to 5. 2. By Ruths obe- r.ecejfarium dience to her mother, ver. 5, 6,7. 3. By the fuitinlfnd effefts hereof, viz. Boaz his kind interpretation nonhaberet of her aft : his Promife to do to her the part of mortuo vim aKinfman, if he that was the nearer Kinfman quxfivit al~ fhould in the morning refufe. His fending her tcrum de away early in the morning with fix measures quohaberet of Barley, as a token of kindnefle to her mo- Sifciebat ther, ver.B.to the end of ch apt. And his ten- Rmhperfu- dring of the redemption of the lands, &c. to amcarnem the next Kinfman, who refigned up his right propagari toBoaz^, by drawing off hit ft - The Elders femen.unde and the People being witnefles, andbleffing Chriftm Boaz in his enterprize , Chap. IV. verfe 1. camemfu- to 13. erathabi- turus, <& huiefcientis nubendo adhibuit minifterium, non audeo jam dicere be- atioremfuiffe Ann& viduit atem, quam illim j&cundkatem. Aug.de Bono viduitat.l.c.7.Tom. 4. 3. By herfecond marriage to Boaz, ver\ 1 3. Ampli- fied, 1. By the iHue offloj^by Ruth, viz- a Son, ner.13. 2. Thewomens gratulation at Naomies?to- fperity in her daughters difpofal, ver. 14,15. 3. Nao- mies tendernefs over the Child , ver.16. 4. The childs name, vi\. Obed, i. e. Afervant, a workman, ver. 17. 5. Finally the Genealogy of Boaz* from Pharez to David, all in the r line ofcbrift the promifed r Chrift f Mefftah, Ruths greateft reward, ver. 18, to the end of line, the chapt. I.SAMUEL 2Trelcai.i1 Oeconomia B'tbliorum. Sect. I. Order of Books. Hitherto of the condition of Ifrael under the Go- vernment of JUDGES : Next confider their Hate as under the Government of K I N G S. And here we have III. Hiftories compiled in VI. Books, viz,. The two Books of Samuel, the two Eooks of Kings, and the two Books of chronicles. Which Hiftories, as a fomeobferve, fet forth the State of the Kingdome of Ifrael three wayes, viz.. 1. As the Kingdome was United ; of which the two Books of Samuel. 2. As the Kingdom was Dividedi of which the two Books of Kings. 3. As the Kingdom was both Vnited and divided ; of which the two Books of Chronicles. As the fubjeft matter of thefe Hiftories doth clearly evince. I. The Vnited State of the Kingdome of Ifrael, is defcribed what it was under the Kings. 1. by Eleilion and 2. by Succeffton. And how ic incrcafed and tiou- rifhed whilft lb united. i. Under Kings by E L E C T I O N, The King- domes condition is recorded in the I. Book of S A- MUEL. Seft.II. Chap. I. to V. I. SAMUEL. 47 bAlfied. Fr&cog. Tbeol. 1. 2. C. 120. diodat^rg. before i Sam. c Gloff.or di- nar. d Jun An- not. l Chron 29. 29. ciChron.29 29. tD.Pareus inAdverf Proem.in 1 Sam. Seel. II. Name and Penmen. This and the following Books are thus called, ei- ther 1. Prom the b matter or fubjeft therein handled, vi^. The Hiftory of S A M U E L, ( which takes up a great part of this Book) and of the two Kings a- nointed by Samuel. Or alibi 2. From the Inftru- mental efficient caufc, or Penman of this book ; c Samuel being fuppofed to have Penned this Book till c. 25. David the reft, d Junius is of opinion, that Samuel had a great fhare in Penning of thefe two books that beare his name ; and that Nathan the Prophet, and Gad the Seer penned part thereof; from that intimation, e Now the aUs of David the King, firft and laft, behold they are written in the bool^oj Samuel the Seer, and in the bool^of Nathan the Prophet, and in the book, of Gad the Seer. Which words of Samuel, Nathan, and Gad, feem to be the two books of Samuel,p enned by them three By the f Greek LXXII. thefe Books of Samuel and Kings are called Ba.7tM.eiv, Books of Kingdomes: but the Latines more fitly ftile them, Regum, Books of Kings; becaufe they defcribe not the ftate offe- veral Kingdomes of feveral Nations, but only the Hiftory of feveral Kings in one Kingdome of Ifrael di- vided into 12 Tribes. This Eook is alfo called the I. Book_oj Kings, beaufe the latter part of it contains the hiftory of Saul the firft King of I frael. g 1 Sam.c. I. to c. 9. hiSrf/w.4. 18. iAlf.13.21, SeSlMLSubjetf matter ^andchronologie. This Hiftory treats of the laft Judges, viz. Eli and Samuel; and of the firft King, viz. Saul. Declar- ing when and upon what occafion the LORD changed the Ariftocratical government by Judges, into a Monarchical government by Kings, viz.in the dayes of Samuel ; g And upon occafion of the ex- treme wickednefie of both Elies and Samuels Sons. As alfo how Saul carried him lelf both in life and death: and how God prepared David for theThrone, Saul being rejected. It is an Hiftory of abo^t 80 years continuance,™^. Under h Eli 40 years ; and under i Samuel and Saul, 40 years. kJer.$o.9 E^ek. 34. 23. I Rev. 19. 16. m Samuel is another Mofes,/^;God there- fore ga\c\.htvnSaulna King.in anger ,and took.bim a- wayin wr How tne LORD Hew $0070 of the people of Beth- fhemefl) for looking into the Ark, ver, 19,20. 6. How hereupon they fent to the men of Khjath-jearim to fetch up the Ark from them, who placed it in thehoufeof Abinadab'mthe hill, Eleazer hisfonne being faaftified to keep it •, and there it abode twenty years, ver. 21. and Ch. Chap7. VII. 1, 2. fEmerods. Filii Jfiael defe nihil confidentes Arcam teflamenti Domini in exercitu fuo in pugnam contra adverfarios conducunt. Sedlegis tranfgreffores nequaquam legii Area tuetur , vifto pot'w, & deleto, ex parte populo ab alienigenif ipfa capitur. Qui vitfori* munereUt antes interram fuameandemcaptam perducunt, ifrveluti triumphi hu)us Author em juxtaDagondeumfuum, Arcam Dei IfraelinTemploftatuerunt, Sed primo die Dagon coram Area proflratw repertm, iterum in loco fuo reftituitur. Craftino vera jr alius adlimen in centum partes, capire fc manibws, fpina dorfi e)iu truncata reperitur. Quod FVGERE IDOLOLATRL& IN ADVENTV DOMINIC^ LEG IS CVLtVM monfirabat. &uienim fugiunt,perfequenti dorfum dant. Prxterea quoquetota Philiftta f&da admodum plagapercutitur : nam fy ex- tales eorum prominebant, fo ingens foricum & ivfolvcns copra per totam Provinciam diffundebatur. Convenienter quippe dominus illk Mtramque pxnam paraverat, qualem rerumipfarum conveniens ratio exigebat; Quatemvs qui mifer a Animalia div'tno cultu venerebantur per miferrima animalia in advent uDominic&legif catfigarentur; Et qui Tabernaculi Domini interiora, i. e. Arcam extra li mites fuo s protraxere, Hiinteriorum fuorum for asprominemium f&da affligeren- tur clade. Auguft. de Mirab. fac. Script. 1. 2. c. 7. Torn. 3. t Ifrael repents at Mizpeh. u Ifrael asks for a King. Chap. 8. II. y. King Saul tlelled. Chap. 9. 2. Touching the Ails and Admimflr ations of Samuel, viz. 1. How he drew Ifrael to reform Gods wor- fhip, and to t Repent at Mizpeh, ver. 3. to 7. 2. How the Philiftines, ("who came againfl Ifrael, hearing they were affembled at Mizjpah, ) upon Samuels Sa- crificingznd Praying, weredifcomfited by Ifraelfiod alfo thundering upon the Philiftines, ver. 7. to 13. 3. How the Philiftines were kept under all the dayes of Samuel, ver. 13, 14. 4. How religioufly Samuel judged Ifrael all his dayes, ver. 15, \6, 17. 5. How in Samuels old age, his fonsf appointed Judges by him) degenerated from his integrity, whereupon the people took occafion to u asl^for a King to go- vern them, Ch. VIII. 1. fo e>. This defire of the peo- ple is amplified 1 By the difpleafure both of Samuel and of the LORDhereat, ver. 7. 8. 2 By Samuels folemne protefting to them, and fhewing them Cat the Lords appointment ) what the manner of the King would be, how Tyrannical, 2>:c.ver.c). to 19. 3 By the Peoples importunity for a King notwithftand- ing all this,' ver. 19, ao. 4 By Samuels condefcend- ing to them, fat Gods direction ) to fct a King over them, ver, 21,22. Hitherto the Hiflorj of the Ariftocratical Government under the two laft Judges, viz. Eli and Samuel, ii continued. Next follows the Hijhry of the change 0/ thit Ariftocratical, into a Monarchical Government by Kings, vi%. Saul, David, &c. The Monarchical Government of the people Ifrael, under KINGS is defcribed in this Book, what it was 1. Under SAUL, the Peoples King, 2. Under David, the LORDV King. I. UndcrSAUL. Touching xSAUL here are de- fcribed, 1 His Eleflion. 2 His Re)ellion. I. SAVCs Elcllion is fct forth by feveral Occurents, l. Before, 2. 7/1,3. After his Election. 1. Bejorc Sauls Elelliin, are defcribed I. Saul's Farcntagc and Pcrlbn, Ch, IX. ver. 1,2 2. The accidental occafion of Sauls being brought to Samuel who was to anoint him King, vi^. fteking his fathers loftaffes, ver. 3,4,5. 3. The conference ofS..«/ with his fervant, and of both of them with ceitain young Maidens, about their confuting Samuel, the Prophet touching their journey, ver. 5. to 15. 4. Gods Oracle to Samuel touching Saul the day before hecamctohim, ver. 15./018. 5. Samuels courte- ous and prudent entertaining of Saul, ver. 18. to the end of the chapt. 6. Samuels Anointing of Saul, Ch. Chap. 10; X. 1. 7 Samuels Confirmation of this Unftionto Saul, by four Signes foretold , which accordingly were fulfilled, ver. 2. to 14. 8. Sauls conference with his Uncle about the affairs of his journey, yet not mentioning the matter of the Kingdome, ver 14. to 17. 9. Samuels fpeech unto the People, called together at Mizpeh, reproving their fin in defiring a King, and directing them how to chufe their King by Lot, ver. 17.ro 20. 2. At Sauls Eleilionh declared 1 How Saul was chofenbythePeopIeat^peAby Lor, 2 Uovi Saul hid himfelf 3 How the People, when he was brought forth to them, entertained him with Acclamations, 4 How Samuel told and wrote the manner of the Kingdome. And 5 Then dimiiTed the People, ver. 20.ro 26. 3. After Sauls Eleflion, are declared 1. The different affeftions of the People to him, ver. 2<5, 27: 2. Sauls viftory over NahafJuhe Ammonite, out ofwhofehand he refcued Jabefli-Gilead, whereupon Saul was confirmed in "his kingdom, Ch. XI. 1. h 14. 3. Samuels renewing of the Kingdom, to Saul in Gilgal,ver. 14,15. 4-Samuels fpeech unto the people atGilgal, ex- horting them to the true fear and Worfhip of God, wherein he declares, 1. How at their requeft he had feta King over them, Ch. XII, 1, 2. 2. How up- rightly and juftly he himfelf had judged and govern- ed them all his dayes, herein appealing to God and. their confeiences, ver. 2. ro 6. 3. How ingratefully and wickedly they dealt with God in asking a King, when the LORD was their King that had donefo much for them, ver. 6. to 16, Of this great fin of theirs Samuel further convinceth them, by bringing upon them on that day, Thunder and Rain at his Prayer, ver. 16. to 20. 4. How mercifully notwith- ftandingGod will deal with them and their King if they truly fear and ferve him -, but otherwise if they do wickedly, he would deftroy them both. ver. 20. to the end of the chapt. II, Saul's y Rejeftion is defcribed chiefly, by i.The Antecedent Caufes. 2. The Confeqent Events. I. The Antecedent Caufe of Sauls Rejeftion, namely Sauls three great fms after he came to his Regal Go- ve rnment,ri^ Chap. ri| Chap. 12,' Hh unbelief "in (traits, by reafon of the Philift- ines,whereupon he obtrudes himfelf upon Sa- crificing, ("an Aft not belonging to the Kingly Office, ) before Samuel came, Ch. XIII. Here- in are mentioned 1, The Occafion of this fin, vi%. The diftrefle that Saul and the People were in, by reafon of the provoked Philiftines; Samuel alfo not coming at the time appointed, ver. 1. ro 8- 2. The iinnc it fclf. Sauls offer- ing a burnt-offering, ver. 8,9, lo. 3. Sauls Apologie for hii, fact to Samuel, v.u, 12. 4. Samuels threarning him with the lode of the Kingdom for it, ver. 13, 14, 15. 5. The Band of Saul how few, (" vi^. fix hundred men) and how unarmed through the Philiftines fubtilty, ver. 1 5. to the end cfthe chapt. His Rajh Adjuration of the People, hindering the Profecution of the Victory over the Phi- liftines,C/;. XIV. Touching tliis Adjuration, note I. The Antecedent of ir, ir^. Partly Jona- thans and his Armour-bearers miraculous viftory over the PhiliAines, through terrour falling y King Saulrejetl* ed, for bit " threegreat fms. Chap. \%i Chap. 14. Chap. XV. to XXVII. I. S A M V E L. 49 Chap. 15. tDav'tdan- aimedKing. a Vbicun- que cum Addita mento dici- tur effe fpi- ritus Do- mini malus intelligitur Diaboltfi effe; Qui Domini, propter mi- nifierium ; malus, propter v't- tium ditlut videtur. Aug. de Mirab.S. Script.!. 2. c.io. Tom. 3- b Goliali flain. Chap. 1 6. Chap. 17. Chap. 18. c Sauls ma- lice againfl David. falling upon them, ver. 1. to 18. Partly Sauls coming in with his men upon the battel, de- stroying and difperfmg tlie enemy, ver. i8- to 24. IL The Adjuration it fclf, He adjured the people that none fhould eat food till even,that they might purfue the enemy, ver. 24. III. The Consequents hereupon, viz. 1 The Peoples diftrefs through want of food, ver. 24, 25,26. 2 The impediment to the peoples Profecuti- on of their Victory, they being faint for food ; evidenced by the reviving that Jonathan had by eating a little honey, ver. 26. to 32. 3 Their eating of blood with the Ipoil, ver. 32. to 36. 4 The hazard of Jonathans life, for his tafting a little honey in the wood, contrary to the Oath^er.36. to 47. Thefe things are clof- ed up with a brief Narration of Saules Warrs and Kindred, verfe 47. to the end of the chapt. 3. Hit great Disobedience in fparing fome of the Perfons and fpoil of the Amalekites,C^.XV. Here note, 1 Gods fending and command- ing Sauho deftroy the Amalekites, and all they had utterly; and why, ver.\,2,z.. 2 Sauls fparing of Agag their King, and the beflofthefpoile, contrary to GodsCom- mand, ver. 3. to 10. 3 Samuels fharp re- proof of Saul from the Lord, (notwithstand- ing all S 4. to 2,2. 5 Samuels hewing King Agag in pieces, ver. 2. The Confequent Events upon Sauls rejection, vi^. 1 Samuels deferting of Saul, and mourning for him, ver. 34,35. 2 Samuels anointing z David thefonne of Jeffe King in Sauls flead, according to the Lords Command, Ch. XVI. i.to 14. 3 The departure of the Lords fpirit from Saul, a an evil fpirit from the Lord troubling him,which evil fpirit was in fome fort driven away by Davids fkilful mufick, ver. 14. to the end of the chapt. II. Under DAVID, the man after Gods own heart , the Kingly Government over Ifrael is further de- fcribed,C&. 1 6. to the end of the Bool>. More particularly here are declared I. Davids Unction by Samuel uiponSauls rejection, Cb.XVI.i.to 14. II. Davids appearing of Saul, and repelling his e- vil fpirit by Mufick, playing curioufly on the Harp before him, ver. 14. to the end of the chapt. III. Davids Preparatory and Renowned Conquefl of that proud bragging Gyant b Goliah with a fling and a ftone, and thereby difcomfiting the whole Army of the Philiflines ; at large defcribed,CA.XVII. throughout. IV. The Events or Confequents upon this Con- quefl,K/^. 1. Jonathan's endeared love to David,Ch. XVIII. 1. 2. Davids advancement by K.Saul,ver.2. 3-The Covenant betwixt Jonathan and D.ni^.and Jonathan's kindnefleto David,ver.^. 4. Sauls hatred and envy at David, occasioned by the Ifraelitifhwomcns/ong* upon Davids killing of Goliah, afcribing flaying otthoufands to Saul,ten thou- fands to David,ver.$. to 10. 5. Sauls c perfidioufnefle f tne fruit of his hatred) to David, difcovered, 1 By carting his Javelin at David, ver.10,11. 2 Removing him fromhispre- fence, ver. 12,13. 3 By propounding toDavidzn enfnaring Marriage with one of his own daughters, only uponconditionrhat David would bring to Saul an hundred forefkins of the Philiflines ; that thus by the Philiflines David might be deftroyed, which yet David effected and profpered, ver. 13. to the end of the chapt. 4 By commanding Jonathan and all his fervants to kill David; Amplified, by Jonathans Compact with David, and his reconciling of David to his father Saul, Ch. XIX. v. 1 . to 8. 5 By llis fe" cond attempt to kill David with his javelin, ver.8,9, io. 6. By fending meflengers afterwards to Davids houfe to flay him; but David being let down through a window, efcjped to Naioth in Rainah, ver. 11 to 18. 7. By purfuing him to Naioth'm Ramah, where both Sauls meFengers and himfelf prophecyed,t/er. 18. to the end of the chapt. This is furtlieramplified, by Davids flight from Naioth and Ramah, fecretiy to Jonathan, with whom he ex populates about his Farhers hatred of him-, Rencvves covenant; Con- lults about his fafety, how to difcover Sauls evil mind (till againft David; which being done, David takes his leave of Jonathan, reciting the Covenant betwixt thcm,Cb.XX. throughout. 6. Davids d flight through Sauls malice ; and this from place to place, w^. I. To Gath : Here note, 1 His pailage thither by the City of Nob, where David, obtained ofAbimelech the Prieft, hallowed bread for himfelf and his men in their necelfity, and Goliahs fvoord C Doeg the Edomite, S/ja/jherdfman being there, and obferving it. J Ch. XXI. ver. 1 to 10. 2 His entertainment there ; where confider , Their jealoufie of David; Davids changing his behaviour through fear ; King Achifli his defpifmg of him, ver. io. to the end of the chapt. II. Thence to the Cave A- dullarn, where diftreited and difcontented perfons refortedtohim, CA.XXII. 1,2. III. Thence to Mizj- peh of Moab, ver. 3,4. IV. Thence to the Forrefl of Hareth, at the Prophet Gads command, ver. 5. Whilft David was there, 1. Tidings is brought to David of Sauls killing Abimelech and the Lords Priefls ("for pretended confpiracy with Davidagzutd him) uponDoe^ information, ver. 6. to the end of the chapt. 2.God fends him to fave Ke Hah from the Philifiines,Ch.XXlll.i.to 6. V. From Keilah, David C having firft confulted Gods Oracle J departed to the wildernejl of Ziph. Here 1. Jonathan comes to David, comforting him, and renewing the Cove- nant with him, ver. 6. to 19. 2. The Zipkites feek to betray David to Saul, ver.1p.t024. WLThence JfomZiph, to the wilderntfl of Maon. Here, i.How SdK/andhismenencompafled David and his men roundabout, ver. 24,25,26. 2. How God diverted Saulhy thePbiliJlinesinva(ion,ver.27,22.\ll Thence to theftrong-holds in the wilderneJs'ofEn-ge-di,v.29.'While David was here, are noted 1. Davids fparing Sauls life in the Cave, only cutting off the e skirt ofhU gar- ment ; which being alledged by David to Saul as an evidence of his innocency, Saul relented ; and hav- ing fworne David not to cut off his feed, departed, Ch.XXlV. throughout. 2. Samuels death and burial, Ch. XXV. 1. VIII .Thence, to the wilderneffe of Pa- ran, ver.i. Here are declared, 1. Davids mefiage torichiVdfcrf/athisfheep-fhearing, for a little food for himfelf and men, ver. 2. to 10. Amplified 1 By Nabals chm\t(h Rcfufal togratifie him. 2 By Davids refolution to deflroy him and his. 3 By Abigails wife preventing the evil, ver. 10. to 35. 2»Da- vids marriage, 1 With Abigail upon Nabals death, ver. 26. fo43. 2 With Abinoam of -Jezreel, ve 3 Chap. 29. 2. At the battel. Ifrael in Mount Gilboa was Chap. 30. worfted. g Saul and his three fonnes , gK.Saul & C°ne being Jonathan,) and his Armour- Jonathan Bearer, and all his men Ham-, Ch. XXXI. JlaininWl. ver. 1. to-]. Gilboa. 3. After the Battel, the events Chap. jl< i.The Ifraelites on the other fide the valley and beyond Jordan, fled from their Tents for fear ,and the Philiftines pofictfed them, ver. 7. 2. The Philiftines infulcing over the dead bodies of Saul and his fons , faftening them to the wall of Beth-fl>an, and pub- lishing the victory in all their Idolshoufes, ver.8,9,10. 3. The men of Jabefh-Gilead hearing of this faft, go and take down their bodies, Burn them, Bury them, and Faft feven dayes,i>ec. 11,12,13. Thus the LORD delivered David his ftrvant from the hand of aH hi* enemies , and from the band of Saul. Other Events of this Battel , are laid down in the next Hiftary% viz. II. Satan- el. A N I. SAMUEL, 51 A N APPENDIX To I. S A M U E L. Viz. H A N N A H' S ThankfuhVPrayer, When fhe prefented her Son S A M V E L in the Houfe of the L 0 RD, atshiloh, 1 S A M. 2. 1. to 11. Metrically translated out of the Hebrew ,and Analytically Explained, hiSam.i. 1,8. iVer.-$, 6. k ver. 10, 11. 1 ver. 19, 20. in ver 24. 1029. it Cum Hannah Deo gra- tias egeritj attamen orafTe di- citur.-quo- niam hxc duo funt inter fe quam conjun- ftiffnn,a;& qui deac- cepto be- neficiogra- tias agit, Deumpro- vocat, ut fibirurfus beneficia conferat : ita ut Gra- tiarum Aftio no- mine per- cum jure poffit cen- feri. Nee dubium eft, Han- nam gra- tias Sect. I. THis excellent, pithy, and pathetical Prayer was uttered by Hannah Tthe pious wife oiElkanah, the Mother of Samuel the ProphetJ in the Houfe of God, at Shiloh, in the prefenceof £/ithePrieft. Oc- cafion of it, was as followeth : Elk_anah having h two wives, viz. Hannah whom he loved, who had no children; and Peninnah, who had children. Pen- innahl provoked Hannah, becaufe of her barrenneffe wliereupon/foww/j being in great bitternefie of foule when fhe was in the Houfe of the Lord at Shiloh, fiie wept, and prayed for a Son, and k vowed avow, if the Lord fhouldgiveherafon, fhe would dedicate him as a Na^arite to the Lord all the dayesof his Life. The Lord heard her prayer, gave her a fon, whom fhe named S A MV E L, i. e. I As\ed-of- the-ftrong-God, becaufe fhe begged him of the LORD; obtained him by Prayer. And as foon as fhe had weaned him, fhe m brought him up to the Houfe of the Lord in Shiloh to Eli the Prieft, and there devot- ed him to the Lord •, making this Thankfull Prayer there, for the Lords giving her a fon according to her defire in her diftreffe. So that it may hence well be called, Hannah's Thankful! Prayer. Obj. But hove can it be called a Prayer, when it feems wholly to be fpent in Praifes, Inftruftions and Prophecies, no one Petition being mentioned init ? Anf. 1. Prayer and Praife are neer of kin : For, Prayer hath two branches .- vi^. One Petitory, con- fiftingofRequefts, Petitions or Supplications; this is moft properly ftiled Prayer : The other Gratula- tory, confiding of Praifes, Tharrkfgivings, &c. This is that which is here only laid down, and called Prayer per Synecdochen partif. 2 Praifes and thanks forbleffings received are tacite requefts, virtual and implicite Petitions for continuance ofthofe blefiings •, and do as it were incite and move the Lord to lu- peradd more favours upon fi>ch thankful hearts. So that Thanksgiving may well be called Prayer. 3. In Prayers, Petition ufually accompanies To an\sgiving : And though no Petition of Hannah \fbe here plainly expreft, yet ( as n P. Martyr noteth J it is likely that Hannah in her thankfgiving for her fon did a Ifo defire and petition (~ at lea]l in heart and will J that Samuel might long live, and faithfully minifier before the Lord many ye ares. Object. But how could Hannah utter thii Prayer in the Houfe of God, in prefence of the Prieft, and perhaps others ; when woman o are forbidden upon divers grounds and reafons tofpeakjn the Church ? Anfw. 1, Perhaps Hannah ( though fhefpakein prayer, yet f fpake folow, th3t none could hear what fhe faid ; or, only ffahein her heart, as fhe did formerly when (lie prayed for a childe : p But Han- nah, fhe fpal^e in her heart, onely her lips moved, but her voyce was not heard. And fo to fpeak in the Church isnotonlylawfull for,but the duty of women in the Church 2. Paul forbids womens teaching or fpeaking in the Church, as an Ordinary habitual received cuftome or praftice ; and this by divers Ar- guments .• But this hinders not but that Godly women Extraordinarily furniflied with a gift ofPro- phecie, as q Deborah in dayesof Judges, r Huldah in dayes of K. Jofiah, The s four daughters of Philip the Evangelift in theApoftles dayes, &c. might in- ftructand teach even in publick Aflemblies, accord- ing to the Direction of the Spirit of Prophefie: And this was Hannahs cafe here. But this extraordinary Aftion cannot now be drawn by Women into imita- tion in our dayes,This extraordinary gift of Prophecy being long fince ceafed. Seer. II. Penman. Though Hannah uttered this prayer, yet we find not that fhe penr.edt\,\s Prayer, Rather probable, that the Penman of this Eook was direfted ro pen this Prayer by the fame fpirit of God, who indited it for Hannah , and knew everv word of it. agendo proSam- uele fibi conceffo, defideraflc una & pet- iile,animo faltem & voluntate, ut fu- perftesdia effet, & coram Domino in ferviret multos annos. Pet Mart .Com in 1 Sam. 2.1, 0 Compare 1 Cor. 14, 34, 35- with 1 Tim. 2. 1 1* to 15. p 1 Sam. i.i?. qjndg.4.- 4. and 5.1. r 2 King. 22. 14. 2 Chro. 34 22. f Aft. ai. 8,?. For, 1. The Preface to this Praver implies thus much. 52 I. S A M V E L. much, expreffing in the third perfon, And Hannah frayed, and [aid ; As recorded of her by another : And not in the firft perfon, And I prayed, and faid; as recorded by her (elf, 2. It will be hard to evidence any part of Holy Writ to be penned by a Woman, as part of Holy Writ. Sett. III. Scope of It is, 1. Partly to praife and magnifie God with enlarged thankfullneffe, for givkig her a fon according to her earnefl Prayer. And this is the thing that herein fhe firft and immediately in- tended. 2. Partly to warnethofe that are in high and profperous ftate, not to walk proudly and arro- gantly contemning others •, for God can quickly pull them down to the duff. And to encourage thofe that are in loweft ebbes of diftreffes,not to de- fpond, but to truft in God alone, and cry to him who can eafily lift them up, even beyond expectati- on. 3. Partly, Prophetically to foretel Gods guid- danceand prefervation of his Saints in their motions and enterprizes •, But his deftruftion of all his wick- ed Adverfaries, when he fhall come to judge ; and his high exaltation of the Dominion and Kingdom of JefwChrift himtelf. The Chaldee Paraphrafl, and David Kimchi, ("as r Pet. Mar- t Pet. Martyr hath obferved) judge this to be an tyr Com- excellent Prophecy. Hannah in a fort fuflaining the ment. in 1 Perfon of the Church, which wonderfully re)oyceth,when Sam.2.1, fie fees holy men Divinely raifed up, for purging out of &c. Errors and abufes in Gods worfhip ; So here, Hannah exults and triumphs at the birth of Samuel , by whomffie forefaw that Baal, Afhteroth, and other bafe Idols Jjjould be deflroyed. She prophefies alfo Qas Hebrew writers thinly) that the Kingdoms and Tyrants (Op- freffours of Gods people) flmld be broken and deflroyed, rta Affyrians, Nebuchadnezzer, Grecians, alfo Gog and Magog; yea, fie touches the Kingdome of the Me- fjiab, and the lafl Judgement, and reward of the God- ulrancve- ly and the wielded. uyl«^«/finehimfelfalfoobferving, ro verba 1. That herein are things fpoke beyond thefphere hxc uniu6 and reach of a weak woman. 2. That the matter of putabun- ofthisSong cannot be all of it applicable to the gift of rureffe her J onne Samuels. 3. That here's mention of Gods muliercu- King, when as yet the Kingly office was not at all e- Ia?,de nato refted in Ifrael , concludes ic to be a fingular Pro- fibi filio phecy, and fo interprets and applies it. Thus Peter gratulan Martyr in his Comment, Juniut in his Annot. xDio- tis? Tan- date, znAothtr modern Writers, account it partly tumne Prophetical. Hannah begins her prayer upon the par- mensho- ticular occafionofherfon, yet fhe refts not there in minum a her own particular, but by the impulfe of the Spi- Iuceveri- ritofGodraifesup her expreffions higher, both to tatisaverfa the Church, and to Chrift himfelf. eft,ut non fentiat fupergredi modum fa-minx hujus difta quae fudit ? Porro qui rebus ipfis qua? jam caeperunt etiam & in hac terrena pere- grinationecompleti, convenienter movetur.- nonne intendit, & afpicit, & agnofcit per hanc mulierem, cujus etiam nomen, i.e. Anna, qua T Gratia ejus) interpretatur, ipfam religionemChri- ftianam, ipfam civitatem Dei, cujus rex eft &condiror Chriftus, ipfam poftremo Dei gratiam prophetico Ipiritu fie locutam, a quafuperbi alienantnr, ut cadant; qua humiles implentur, ut furgant; quod maxime hymnus ifte perfonuit? Niil quifquam forte difturus eft, nihil iftam prophctaffe mulierem, fcdDcum tantummodo prop-er filium quern precata impetravit, exultanti pradicationc laudalTe. Dcinde , in illo populo cum ad hue nemo regnarer, quod in extremo pofuit datvirtutem Regi bus noftr'u , ^ cx.tltavit cornu Ch,ifli fui ) unde dicebat , fi non prophetabat ? Sec. Auguft. de Civ. Dei. lib. 17. c. 4. Turn. 5. xln this Canticle, as in many others, Gods Spirit doth not reft upon the firft motion, or upon the occafion of the fingular and temporal benefit; but ravifheth Hannah into contemplation of thcuniverfal.fpiritual, and eternal benefits of the Church, which are here fet down by her, and whofc perfon Hannah doth in this place reprefenr. Diod.Annot.on 1 Sam.2.1. Seft.IV. the ExceVencie ofthU Prayer appears in divers re- gards, vi^. 1. In that the fubjeil-matter of it is fo fublime and heavenly, namely, Of the Nature and y Hannah Afts of God ; The Saints, Church, and Kingdom of *"** * Pro- Chrift. 2. In that the Perfon uttering this Prayer, a pheteffe,fr feeble woman, was rapt up and y infpired with fuch fPa\e of a Prophetical fpirit, whileft fhe prayed it. 2..In that Cbr'fty 1 the Expreffions in it are fo elegant, ftate/y, lofty. Sam.2. 4. In that the B. Virgin Mary ( infpired by the fame ^om An- Spirir ofGod)framed herSong of praife for the Concep- naPhanu- tion ofjefm Chrift our only Lord and Saviour, in imita- e's d.augh- tion of this Prayer of Hannah ; yea, borrowed many te^Uwface words and phrafes hence, As may appear by this en- ^face.Ma- fuing Parallel. ryimitatetb Hannahs A Parallel betwixt Hannah's Thankful which help. Prayer, 1 Sam. 2. 1, to 1 1. ethmuchta * know her And the Virgin Mary s Song of Praife, HJBrou^hc in his Con- cent of Script. Luke i. 46.1056. Hannah faid, 1. Mine heart re'joyceth in the Lord, J rejoice inthyfalvation, 2. There is none befides thee, nor any Rock_Hk£ out- God. 3. There is none holy at the Lord. 4.Thebowesofthe migh ty men are broken, and the feeble ones are girt with ftrength. 5. The full have hired out themfelves jor bread: and the hungry ceafed. 6. Talk no morefo exceed- ing proudly. 7. Hannah a barren wife bleffeth God for herfonSzmxx el, aTypical Prophet, analblefreth God for" her (on Virgin Mary faid ; 1. My foul doth magni- fie the Lord ; and my fpi- hath rejoyced in God ray Saviour. 2. He that is mighty hath done to me great things ; 3. And holy is his name. 4. He hath put down the mighty from their feats, and exalted them of low degree. 5. He hath filled the hungry with good things, and the rich he hath fent empty away. 6. He hath fcattered the proud in the imaginati- on of their hearts. 7. Mary a Virgin wife, deliverer of the old Ifrael Jefit* Chrifl, the true Pro- according totheflefl). phet and Saviour of the true Ifrael according to the Spirit. Sed. V. Principal parts, This Prayer is 1 Partly Eucharifli- cal. 2 Partly Prophetical. Euchariftical and Gratulatory, wherein Hannah thankfully triumphs in the Lords great goodnefs to her, ver. 1. to 9. This is laid down by way 1 Of Nar- ration, and 2 Of Admonition. I. The Narration contains 1 Her fpiritual Joy, and 2. The grounds ofit. 1. Her fpirit 11.1l Joy in the Lord, is defcribed in fe- vcral expreffions, vi^. 1. Her hearts exulting, that was grieved. 2. Her Homes exaltation, that was de- bafed. 3. Her mouths Enlargement over her enemies^ efpccially Peninnah , that was fhut up in filence, ver. 1. 2. Ground hereof, 1. Gods falvation, particularly manifefted in giving her a fonne, ver. 1. 2. Gods fingular Santtity, therefore robe fanftified. 3. Gods fingular ftrength,like a roc\, fupportingand fafc-prc- fcrvinghis people,ver.2. II. The Admonition inferred hereupon to her Rival Peninnah) yea, to all kind of iflfolcnt adverfaries of Gods r; IL S A M V E L. 53 Gods humble and diftreffed fervants , wherein confider i The Matter, 2 The Motives enforcing it. 1. The Matter,that they deal not fo extream haugh- tily again" Gods People, ver.7,. 2. The Motives enforcing this Admonition are drawn from 1. Gods accurate knowledge, whereby hedifcerns and weighs all mens acts,i> er.%. 2. Gods affual Providence, whereby he actually orders all things as he pleafeth, fo pulling down the higheft, that therein none have caufe to prefume ; Co lifting up the low- eft, that therein none have caufe to defpair. This is cleared by an elegant induction of Par- ticulars, as 1. In affairs of Warre, ver.4. 2. In point of fulneffe and emptinefs, ver. 5. 3. In point of barrennefs, and fruitful child-bearing her own cafe, ver.<,. 4. In cafe of mortal af- flictions and vital deliverances, ver. 6. 5. In ?>oint of Poverty and Riches, ver.7. 6. In re- pect of deepen Debafement, and higheft Ad- vancement; ver. 7, 3. 3. Godsfoveraignty and power over the whole world, whereby he is able to do all thefe things, ver. 8. II. Prophetical , both Promiffory and Minatory. Wherein Hannah foretells i.The Lords guidance and cuftody of his Saints in their wayes and motions,iw.5>. 2. The utter ruineand deftruction of the wicked Adverfaries of God, though never fo ftrong, verfe 9,10. 3. The Lord's Judgments of the whole World, that he may thus deal with his Saints, and his Adver- faries,i/ejMo 4. Theeftablifhing of his King hereupon, and e- ternal exalting of the Dominion of hit Mefftah, the LordChrifi, ver. 10. tJteb.minc heart ex- ulteth. (This may be futtg as Pfal. 100. Or, as the X. Commandments.) 1. SAM. 2. I. Then Hannah prayed, and faid$ Mine z hearts joy in the Lordore-flowes Mine horn kin the Lordfet high : My mouth's enlarged a hove my foe t, For I in thyfalvation)oy. 2. There is none Holy as the Lord, For lo beftdesthee there is none : Nor any Rock., to be ador'd And trufted, like our God alone. 3. Now multiply no more your vaunts, Spea^not afo wondrous haughtily : Let no Hard language, fcorns or taunts Come from your mouth, as formerly. b The Lords a Godc of Knowledge rare, And ails by him are weighed at. length. 4. Broke bowes of mighty- perfons are ; Andjeeble-ones are girt with ftrength. 5. The fuU,havehiidthemf elves for bread; d They ceafe, that have keen hunger known So that the Barren feven e hath bred, f The fruitful Mother 's feeble grown. 6. The Lord doth kill, and make alive : Brings down to grave, brings up likewife. 7. The Lord makes poor, and g makes to thrive ; He makes to \all,and makes to rife. 2.He doth from du(i the weakling raife, From dunghill lifts the needy-one : With Princes them to feat in praife, And make them herit Glory's throne : For, Yillars of the earth below Vnto the Lord do appertain, Vpon them he hathfet alfo The Round worW,fixed to remain. 9. HU graciout Saints feet keepfhall he', But wicked one /(that themaffail) In darkpeffe they fl) all filent be : For man by ftrength fhallnotprevaile. lo.hThey that do with the Lord contend, Shall utterly be broke afmder. He ifrom the Heavens (to work their end) Sta//dreadfully k upon them thunder. The Lord l/fiall into judgment-bring Earth's endsbefore his countenance ; And/hall give ftrength unto hit King, And hit Mefftah's Horn advance. a Heb. Haughty, haughty. bHeb. For. cHeb.Qi Know- ledges. d Heb.And hungry ones ceafc ed. eHeb.hath brought forth. f Heb. And fhe much in fons. %Heb. Makes rich bHeb. The Lord, his contenders, i Heb. In. kheb.Upon him,w^. upon eve- ry one of them. Enallage mm em* phat. Itfei.Shall judge. II. S A M U E L. Seft. I. Order and Name Hitherto of the Government of the people Ifrael under Kings by Eleftion, fatTr. Saul and David. The firft beginnings of Davids Kingdome,in Samuels private Anointing him •, and Davids victories, being declared in 1 Sam. Now follows Ifraels Govern- ment, and the ftate of the Kingdome under Kings by Succeffion in Davids family, Davids being the Root of this Succeffion •, whofe Hiftory is declared in II* SAMUEL. So called for Reafons formerly men- tioned in 1 Sam. It's alfo by the Greek, called the II. Book of Kingdomes ; but better by the Lathe ftfled The fecond Book, of Kings, becaufe therein the Hiftory of David the fecond King of Ifrael is continu- ed. This being an Hiftory of Divids Kingdome, Afts and other Affairs, may well be called, The Annals of King David. P Sect. II. '•-i-^. 54 II. S A M V E L. Seel. II. Penmen. a Aided Penman 2 Come think to be the High-Prieft; or prJ„ fomeDifcipleof Samuel, who yet for honours fake, The II £ave r^e B00^ n's Rafters name. Bur it is rather °'*2 probable that the latter part of the I. of Samuel, and this whole Book of the II. of Samuel, were Penned by Nathan the Prophet, and Gad the Seer ; as it biChron. feemsnotobfeurely intimated in the Chronicles; b 2Q. 20. jjm ti,e Afts of David the King, firfi and laft, behold they are written in the book, of Samuel the Seer, and in the book, of Nathan the Prophet, and in the book, of ci. e. In Gad the Seer. i. e. ("faith c Junius ~) in the two duobus Eooks of Samuel.- parts whereof were written by libris Sche thefe here named : Unto whom alfo d Diodate here- muelis, fnconfents. And that learned e Rivet afferts ita- quorum gainft the Papifts. partes, hi qui nominantur conferipferunt. Jun. Annot: in 1 Chron. 29. 29. d viz. In the two Books of Samuel compofed by thefe 3 Prophets. Viodat. Annot. on 1 Chron, 29. 29. e Adlibrumautem Nathanis prophets, &vo!umenGadi vi- demisquod attinet, eos periiiTe negamus. Quia quae deillis di- cuntur in Chronic, libris, referri debent ad res Davidis infertas Samuelis & Regum libris, quae illorum Prophetarum tempore geftx funt. Id quidem pro fua petulantia, febrile fomnium Junii & Whictakeri appellat Gretferus, quod ipfi ram male cohxret, ut nee pes nee caput uni reddatur forms. Maluit ille manibus fubrum infultare, quam ut occafionem elabi fineret, qua noftros arroderet. Potuit enim noffe ejufdem fuiffe fententis Paulum EpifcopumBurgenfem. Addit. adCap. 29. i.Chro. Liber (inquit I. Regum ration abiliter attribuiter Samueli, eo quod fuit ipfe princi- pals Prophet a contemporaneus Sauli. Similiter pot eft attribui II. g^T Ill.RegumNathaniProphetsfeuGado qui fuerunt contemporaneiPro- phet& D avid foetiam Solomon. SextusSenenfis fimilia habet Bib- Jioth. fanftse, lib. 2. cap.22. Liber Samuelis partim a Samuele Pro- pheta,partim a Nathan dy Gad Prophetif creditur effe conferiptus ; Samuel enim collegit fail a Heli, Sa ulis, Davidis, acfui ipfius gefta, qu£ inprimo Regum ufque ad mortem fuam, hoc e# ufque ad cap 25. referuntur. Nathan vero & Gad Prophet £ fcripferunt libros Regum, a morte Samueli* ufque ad finem,lib. II. quod fatis aperte indicare i/idetur primus liber Paralip. Genebrard. Chronol. Ann. 3066. p. 103. Samuel fcripfit librum Judicum, Ruth, . baptifme. He reigned over Judah and all Israel, as ficut Chri- many years as our Lord lived, viz. $2yettrj, 6 moneths flus XXX. iiratis fux Eaptiiatus. David inauguratur RcX Hicrofolymis, millc Annis exafte ante Chriltum Raptizarum. Regnavic tot- idem, <]uot vixic Dominus XXXII. An. cum fix Menf. H. Brought Concent. S. Script. p. 72,74. Hanovix. 1602. Se&. IV. Scope. Scope oC this Book is, 1. Primarily and more Immediately, To Continue the Hiftory of Ifraels State under the Kingly Govern- ment of David C Saul being (lain. ) To this end, The Reigne of KingDavid is lively delineated in this Hiftory y 1 How after he had lamented Sauls Death, by degrees he obtained the Kingdome, notwithstanding all difficulties, according to Gods Promifes, firft being Anoynted King of Judah in Hebron: then fe- ven years after in Jerufalem, King over all the tribes ollfrael. 2. How he governed hit Kingdome pof- fefied ; with great Piety towards God, Valour a- gainft his enemies, Humanity towards his friends and fubjefts. And hereby wondroufly reflored the fhattered and broken kingdom, which wicked Saul had almoft ftrangled in ic's infancy. In this Book and the I. of Kings there are many Occafions oiDa- vids moft devout, heavenly Pfalmes, mentioned, C as h P Martyr obferves, 3 which without thefe ^ rnnor Hiftories could not be underftood. 3. How not- y erQ Sv, withftanding all Davids Piety and integrity he was &inpr;ore overtaken with many finfull failings, and fome very Reey„ j grievous and fcandalous, yet he moft ferioufly and j^y^ fmcerely repented of them. Both are proponnded, ag;cur g. That C as i Auguftine well noteth J at the falls offuch g 0(ferunc great ones, the leffe-r may tremble and know what to mu\t2e q. avoid; at their r'ifing again,they that have fallen may Cic\oncs know what to folhw and imitate. Though ("alas J pfajmo_ many will fall with David, but they will not rife with mm David. 4. And finally, how feverely God chaftifed ^pg^ Davids faults, ( though repented of, and Pardon- Hiftoria ed J by Sword, Famine, and Pefilence-, in his own Jntellipere Perfon, Family, and Kingdom. vix pof- 2. Secondarily and more Mediatly to declare 1. fumus.iVf How all-fufficient and faithful the Lord is, in deliver- j^un ' ing his upright fervants from all their Adverfaries proem. and deepeft ariverfities, and in performing his pro- com.in U mifesexaftly unto them, notwithftanding all diffi- Re/ culties and feeming impoffibilities to the contrary. jMultia- 2. How godly Kings repair and ftrengthen their jere Kingdoms, which wicked Kings before them have volunt weakned and ruined. 3, How the befl and upright- cumDavid eft of Gods fervants, oft-times fall into finne^ Ever nolunt fur- rife again by repentance ■■, and yet notwithftanding gerecum are difciplin'd for their mifcarriages, by many fharp, David. but fatherly chaftifements. 4. How the higheft Nonergo Profperity of Gods people, is ("Me Checquer work} cacjenc|i intermingled with Crofies and Calami ties. exemplufl propofi- tum eft i fed fi cecideris, refurgendi. Attende ne cadas. Noo fit deleftatio minorum, lapfuj ma jorum : fed fit cafus majorum tremor minorum. Ad hoc propofuum eft, ad hoc fcriptum eft, ad hoc in Ecclefia farpe ledum atque cantatum. Audiant qui nonceciderunt,ne cadanti audiant qui ceciderunt, ut furganr. Aug. Enarrat. in Pfal. $0. C fee. ejus Enumerat. J Tom. 8. SedhV. Principal Tarts. In this Eook f5 an Hiftorical Defcription of the Affairs and memorable Aftsof King DavM, during his Regal Government j vi^. i.lnhh Life. 2.Near hh Death. Davids LIFE is reprefented, I. As it was Glorious ** 2. As it was Ignominious. I. As it was glorious. The Glory of Davids Kingly life, was refplendent in his Royal Inauguration, or aftual Advancement to the Thrdne. This is let forth, 1. Ey things Antecedent thereto. 2. By things Concomitant. 3. By things On/t^wnf thereupon. I. By things Antecedent, vix- Davids deeds and k David deportment in relation to tire Death of King Saul, lamentsthe (Through liis deadly Kne my. J as death of I. How deeply David laid to heart diek death of Saul and Saul and 'Jonathan, and the falling of Ifraelby the Jonathan fword : Chap. I. to VI. II. S A M V E L. 55 Chap. i. I David Anointed King of Ju- dah. Chap. 2. Chap. 3. Chap. 4. m David AnointedK. over all Is- rael. Chap. 5. fvvord : Rending his clothes, mourning and weeping and Farting till even, upon the relation thereof by an Amalekjte thac had efcaped out of the hort, and confeffed that he flew Saul, ch. i.ver. 1. to 13. 2, How David caukd the Amalekjte to be (lain for killing the Lords Anointed, according to his own con- felfion, ver. 13. to 17. 3. What a fad Pathetical Elegy David made upon the death of Saul and Jonathan, bitterly lamenting them, ver. 17. to the end of the chapt. II. By things Concomitant, or accompanying his Regal Inauguration, viz. The manner of his obtain- ing the Kingdom* notallatonce,but by certain rteps and degrees. As 1. The Kingdom of Judah, 2. The Kingdom of all Ifrael. 1. He obtained the Kingdom of Judah, by going up from Ziklag into Judea to Hebron, where the men of Judah 1 anointed him King over the Houfe of Judah, Ch. II ver. 1 , 2, 3, 4. This is further ampli- fied, By the information that the men of Judah gave to David their King, touching the Loya/ty of themenof Jabefh-Gilead in burying Saul; and by Davids kindnefleto the men of Jabefti-Gilead for it, ver. 4. to 8. 2. He obtained the Kingdom alfo of all Ifrael, gra- dually, As 1. Partlyby prevailing over Abner and his Op- pofition toDavids Throne, in fettingup lfi>- boflmh, Sauls fonne, King over all Ifrael for two years fpace. Where note 1. Abner s fet- tingup Iff>bo(heth King, ver. 8. to 12. 2. The manner of the Battel betwixedinm and Joabs men, Joab prevailing, ver. 12. tothe end of the chapt. 3. The iffue of this vi. Chap. 19. bare-foot, ver. 30. 4- Davids Prayer to the LORD to infatuate Ahitophels counccl, ver.31. 5. Davids appointment of h'ufiai to return to Jerufalem, that by policy he might de- feat Ahitophels Counccl, and by Zadol^ and Abiathar inform David of all pafages ver. 32.ro the end of the chapt. 6. Davids inconfiderate conferring of Me- phibcfhetFs lands upon Ziba, occafioned by Ziba's prefents, and falfe fuggeftions to David of Mephiboflieths expecting the Crown by the prefent Infurreftion, Ch. XVI. 1. to 5. 7.Sbimets u curiing and reviling of Da Wat Bahurim ; and how felf-denyingly David bore it, though Abifliai offered to take off his head,ver.$. to 15. Z.Hufltai the Archite's infinuating himfelf into Abfaloms favour and counfels, ver.i 5. to 20. 9. Abfalom according to Ahitophels counkl went in to his fathers Concubines in the fight of all Ifrael fo to ftrengthen his party ver.20. to the end of the chapt. io. Ahitophels dangerous counfel, that night to purfue and furprife David, is defeated by Hufhai\ dilatory counfel for gathering all Ifrael together firft to Abfalom, &c. that fo DdW Removal thereof through the hanging up feven of SW.r fons, at the Gibeonites re- queft,v.3. to 10. Amplified 1 By Ri^pah's defending their dead bodies from birds andbeafts night and day, till water drop- ped on them out of heaven, that fhe faw this execution appeafed the Lords wrath, v.io, 11. 2 By Davids burial of the Bones of Saul and Jonathan (ftollen by the men of Jabefli-Gilead from the ftreet of Beth- fljan) and of them that were hanged ; the wrath of the Lord being appeafed, ver. 12 to 15. 3. The four feveral Battels of Ifrael with the Philiftines, in one of which Davids perfon was greatly endangered, v. 1 5. ro the end of the chapt. Jhws of the Judgments inflifled upon David. Next of their Abatement. 3. Abated. Though David was fore afflicted,yet at laft God allayed his troubles, delivering him from all his enemies, and from Saul. Whereupon by way of grateful acknowledgment, David fpake, nqt long z jyiV^s before his death, that z excellent Swan-li^e Song of Swan-like Praife, contained in Ch.XXll- throughout. The fame Sgn- Qr ^ wirh Pfal. 18. only fome few words being a Itered. Tims of the Ails and Affairs oj Davids Life. Near Davids Death ( mentioned in the beginning of the next Eook} are remarkable in this Book, 1. Davids Confidence in a Gods Covenant with him and his houfe, though not yet fulfilled to him •• this is fweetly laid down, Cb.XXIII. 1. to 6. Illu- ftrated by the oppofite condition of the wicked, ver. 6,7- 2. The Catalogue of Davids Worthies, with fome of their valiant Acts, v. 8. to the end of the chapt. 3. Davids carnal confidence in the Arm of flefli, difcovered in his b Numbring of the People : whereof note 1. The Occafion of it, vi^- the Lords anger a- gainft Ifrael, permitting Satan to tempt David here- unto, Ch.XXlV. 1. 2. The Manner of it, v.2.to 10. 3. The Confequents hereupon,^. Davids trouble of confeience for this fin, v. 10. The Lords threatning of David for it, by Gad theSeer, propounding his choice of three judgments, ver. 11. to 15. The death of 70000 men of war,by the pcftiience, in three daies fpace, ver.15, 16. The flaying of the Plague, at D AVIT) S Lamentation Tor the /laughter of Saul, Jonathan, and ifrael by the rhilijiines. Recorded in II, S A Ml) EL I. ver. 17. to the end of the chapt. Analytically Explained, and Metrically Tranflated. c 1 Sam: 3»> d 2 Sam. >.17- c Jofeph. Antiq. )ud. i.l.c. I. fJ.Parem in Adverf. in 2 Sam. I. Seft. I. IN that great Battel betwixt Ifrael and the Phili- ftines mM. Gilboa( defcribed intheclofeofthe former c Book) Ifrael'm their own land was worfted by the Philiftines, K. Saul and Jonathan his fon were flain ; whereupon the Philiftines cut off Sauls head, flript off his Armour, put it in theHoufeof^4/J;r i>robferves J rtar they might repent and return from their evil wayes. For a p. Mart Ifrael that was wont to conquer Js now conquered. Jona- Com.im than that with one Armour-bearer routed fo great an Sam M.174 hoft of Philiftines, is now himfelf flain by the Philiftines foe.' ' and that in hit own country on M. Gilboa, &c, Why it Ifrael foiled ? Saul and Jonathan ( fo valiant for their country J fallen ? Why are Philiftines advanced with fuch matter of triumph .'Why is God thus difhonoured, Ifraels glory laid in the dull, in them Ifraels Military defence deftroyed, ver 27. ( this may be Jung as Pfal. 51.) 2 SAM. 1. 1 7. then David lamented with this La« mentation over Saul and over Jonathan hisfon. ■ 1 8. ( And he /pake to teach the fonms of Judah the Bowe: Behold it is writ" ten in the Booh^of Jafier, ) *9> f\ F Ifrael the Beauty rare _ On thine High-places k is ftruck dead: fc jjej, Is Oh how the Mighty fallen-are/ wounded-' o.O tell it not in Gath, nor 1 fpread through. \Heb. This News in ftreets of Askelon Left Philiftines proud daughters joy. Left daughters of th'uncircumcif'd Thereat triumph infultingly. 21. Ye cruel Hills of Gilboa, Let neither fruilifying dew Nor moiffning fhowers upon yon flay ? Norm offerings let your fields renew : For there the fhield of Mighty men Was-vilely caft-away tojpoyle, The fhield of Saul, as if he then Un-nointed were with/rfcre^oyle. 22. St out Jonathan's bowe turn'd not back, From blood of flain, from fat of ftrong : Nor did Saul's Sword return n with lack. 23. Saul and his Jonathan o along Their lives, a fweet and lovely paire, And p them their death did not divide : They than fwift Eagles lighter were, Than Lyons they-were ftronger try d. Publiflv 24.- Olfrael's daughters, weep for Saul. In fcarlet, with delights untold qWho m HeB Fields of offerings. n Neb vain or empty, o Heb. In. p Heb. In their death they were not divid- ed. 60 II. S A M V E L. q Heb. Ch- thingyou. tHeb.Mak: ing afcend en) our ve- fture (Hcb.Jlrait diftrefs to me. tHc\Vef- fets oj war. uCanticum amvtKtov. x Compare 2Sam.22.i with 2 Sam 2%. I. y Compare 2Sam.22.i with Pfal. li.Title q Who clad you : r deckt your Garments all With curiotu Ornaments of gold. 25.H0W are the Mighty fal'n quite down, In mid ft of fight through deadly pain '. O jonzthanjull of renown, In thine high places thou waft ft tin. 26. My Brother Jonathan,for thee /I am exceedingly diftreft •, Moft pleafant thou haft been to me, Thy fervent love to me exprefi Was wonderful, and for delight Beyond the loveofwomen//ir. 27.H0W are the Mighty fall'n in fight And periftft r Inftruments of War ? King DAVIDS Vi&orial Song, and triumph over all his Enemies. Contained in 2 Sam. 22. Metrically Tranjlated out of the Hebrew, and Analytically Explained. Seft. I. THis is King Davids mod excellent u Vitlorial Song, or fweet Swan-like fang x in his old age, not long before his death; after that God had deliver- ed him from all his enemies efpecially from Saul the moft conftant and cruel enemy of them all, hunting David as a Patridge upon the mountains,from whom David made at leaft IX. or X. remarkable Flights and efcapes. This fong then is an Abftract or Abridgment of Davids Triumphs over all his Enemies before his death-, and may therefore well be ftiled, King Davids ViHorial Song ,or Triumph over hit all Enemies. This Song is the fame for fubftance with Pfal. 18. only fome few words in the original Hebrew being omit- ted, added or altered, ("as the exact Reader may obferve by comparing them together) which are fol- lowed in this Tranflation. Sett. II. Penman of this Song was y David, ('without all contradiction) who alfo fung this Song to the Lord in the day of his Deliverance. But Probably the Penman ox Penmen oi this Hiftory digefted it thus in- to this Hiftory. Sect. III. Scope of this Song, full of moft weighty and confr- dcrableMyftcries, is i.Topraifc God with triumphant thankfulncffc for Davids deliverance from all his enemies (~ now brought under his feet J but efpecially from Saul his moft deadly, malicious, implacable adverfary : As alfo for eftablifhinghis Dominions in peace, and enlarging his Kingdomc even to the Gentiles. 2. To inftruct ("by D»jw^ imitable example) all Princes and Perfons, that in juft warrcs prove victo- rious over their enemies, how to make a right im- provement of their VUhrics, viz. Not cogivc -chem- 2 Sam. 22, cHoccapf- felves to fenfual pleafures , Luxury , Vain-glory, Self-attributions. Pride, Prophanenefte, Infolency, Tyranny, &c. ( for fo Conqucrours themfelves are conquered and fubdued by their own Infts.) But in thankful, humble and holy Praifes of the Lord of Hoftes alone, fetting up and magnifying his Power, Wifdome, Goodnefte, Providence, Protections, Deliverances, &c. feeing God alone doth all. 3. To triumph in God for the victorious Kingdom ofJefutChrift, the fr«e David, and great King both oijewes and Gentiles,^ of which Davidzad his King- dome was but a type) whofhallat laft obtain z the z Pfal.2.9. utmoft ends of the earth for hit pojfeftion, fhall fub- 3pf no!i! due and tread all his enemies a under his feet, and fettle his own Kingdom in everlafting peace. For this Song, as it is partly Eucharifrical in reference to David,(o it is partly Prophetical'm reference to Chrift And fo Paul the Apoftle interprets it, in his Allega- tion of it, faying, b Now I fay that Jejm Chrijl was a b Rom. r< j Minifter of the Circumcifion for the truth of God, to con~ 8, 9. com-" firm the Promijes unto the Fathers : And that the Gen- pared with tiles might glorifie God for his mercy, as h if writ- ten , For this caufe I will conjeffe to thee among the Gentiles, andfing unto thy Name. Whereupon Peter Martyr faith, cThit Song com aineth the excel- lent Properties oj God ; Teacketh to place confidence in tecontine- God; fings of deliverance, Gods admirable judgements, tur Epini- Vitfories, an amplified Kingdom, and in all thefe cele- cium pra>- brates Chnft himfelf, foe. Auguftine alfo long before clarifh- him judged this Song to be in part Prophetical, fay- mum Da. ing, c\ Here fpeakjChr'ifx andhis Church, that if, the vidis. Nam whole of Chnft -,he ad and body. And again, Whatfo- bellis ex ever things arefpolten in this Pfatm that cannot properly fententia agree to the Lord, viz. the Head of the Church ; are to geftisCar- berejerred to the Church. For whole Chrift freaks here men hoc in whom are all hit Membtfs. cecinit % undique gravifllmarum rerum plenum. Proprietates enim Deiinfignes continet : Fiduciam in Deum collocandam docet , Liberationem canit; Judicia Deiadmiranda, Victorias item, Regnum amplifi- catum, & in iis omnibus CHRISTUM celebrat. Porro ad CHRI- STUM hxc referri debere, fciatis noftrum inventum non effe. Ad Rom. 15. fub perfona CHRISTI teftimonium hincdticitur; Confitebor tibi in N.itionibw, fo nomini tuo canam. CHRISTUS Nationes fibi acquifivit, &c. Pet. Mart. Com. in 2.Lib.Samuel. c. 22.V.1. d Dicit ergo hie CHRISTUS & Ecclefia, id eft,totum CHRISTI, Caput & Corpus. Quaecunque in hoc Pfalmo dicta funt quz ipfi Domino proprie, id eft, Capiti Ecclefia? congruere non pof- fint, ad Ecclefiam referenda funt. Totus enim CHRISTUS hie loquitur in quo funt omnia membra ejus. D^iug.Enar.in Pfal. it. inprincip foinfin. Sect.IV. Principal parts. In this admirable Song, Confi- der 1. The Pre/ice. 2. The Subftar.ce of the Song. 3. The Comlufion. I, The Preface to it, contains 1. The kind of it, A Song ufually fung with voice. 2. The Penman and finger of it, David. 3. The object to whom, to the LORD. 4. The time when, in the day, &c. 5. The occafion whereupon. Deliverance, Sec. ver. 1,2. H. The Subflance of the Song it felf, wherein note I.Davids Frofejjion, 1. Of his experimental confidence in Gods All- fufficienr Protection againft all dangers and ene- mies, which Divine Protection is detcribed fo fully by an heap of metaphorical exprcffions, as whereon faith may fecurely reft, ver.2,3. 2. Of his devotion towards God, how he would call upon him, that he might befavcdjfom his enemies, ver.q. II. Davids thankful Pruijes to Gnd,for deliverances and glorious victories over his enemies, ver. $.ro 47. Herein David i. Emphatically delineates his defperate ftraites and I. KINGS. 61 and miferies wherein he was involved, ver. $,6. 2. He decla res how in thefe dittrci.es he improved | Prayer, ver.7. 3. Defcribes the Lords gradual deliverances of him out of all thefe diftreffes,w^. i.By hearing his Pray- er, ver.7- 2. By many majettical and glorious Sy in- doles or Tokens of the LORDS Pretence with him, moll comfortable to David, but mott terrible to Da- vids enemies, ver.B-to 17. 3. By the wonderful nefs of his deliverance, being (as another e Mofes) drawn outof many waters, and refcued from enemies too ftrongforhim. And God did thus deliver him, 1 Principally, becaufe he delighted in him, ver. 17.ro 21. 2 Secondarily, that he might hereby reward him 1 e?»™"" gracioufly according to his innocency and integrity before him, ver. 21,1029. 4.Triumphs mott joyfully and thankfully for thofe deliverances in many ftately and mott elegant ex- preffions , like a mighty Conqueror victorioufly tramplingupon the necks of all his enemies, ver. 29. to 44.. $. Acknowledged not only his deliverance from fenexaquii his enemies, But the enlargement of his Kingdome multis. . H. evcn to tne Gentiles, who hearing of his glory and Erought.S. greatnefTe, did quake and fubmit themfelves to him Script. ver.44.to 47. The Conclufwn of the Song mott fwectly 1. With cordial exprefhons of prefent gratitude for thefe divine deliverances, ver.47 ,48.49- 2. Witk. Prophetical Promifes of future gratitude for future bleflings, the full accomplilhment where - offhould be in Chrift that was to be oiDavidsfeed, ver. 50, 5 1. ( This may be fung as Ffal. loo. Or, as the X. Commandments.) 2. SAM. 22. i . And David fpake unto the LORD , the words of this Song, in the day the LORD delivered him from the f hand of all his enemies, and from the g hand of Saul. 2. And he faid ; e£xo.2.io. David in Regni 40. An alter e- rat Mofes, el. Alludit adMofe nomen,Pf. 18. 17- ja- mofheth- n\,Eduxit me ut Mo- p.75.Han. 1602. III. (Neb. Palme, or hollow of the hand. s>Heb. Palme, Sec. hHeb.Pro- perly, A for- tified Re- fuge toH y- unto-when hunted, «*£. by per- fecuters. iHeb.lmll hope-for fafety in him. Pro- }erly,As the bird Jhrouds it felfunder the wing of the dam in danger. kHeb. Praifed,or praife- worthy. lHeb. vvayes, or Break- THe Lord's my ^oc^.and ttill fhallbe, Likewife h my Refuge fortifid ; And my deliverer for me. 3 God's my Rocl>J'le in him ' confide : My flrield and my Salvation's horn, My Refuge, and mine High defence; My Saviour, when mott forlorn Thou baft me fav d from violence. q.Iwill importunately cry Vnto the Lordkmofi worthy praife: So from mine enemies ftiall I Be 'faved and preferv'd alwaies. $.Wben 1 Pangs of death about me went , Me fright didftreams of™ Belial. 6. Thefnares of death did me prevent, Surround me did the cords of bell. 7. 7" in my freights call' don the Lord, And to my God en d in my fears ; o My voice he from his Palace heard, And my cry came into his eares . 8. Toen earth as maz'd didfiiake and quake ; And Heavns found.i tions moved were, i4/i he enlarged me; fet me free, Becaufe b in me hispleafure lay. 2 1. According to my righteoufneffe Me recompenfedbath the Lord: According to my hands cleanneffe To me he rendered reward. 22. For I the Lords wayes kept aright, Nor from my God<= did lewdly ftray. 23. For all his judgments in my fight, d Nor from hisftatutesturnd away. 54. Likewife with Wot before his eye Iperfellwas, in heart fincere, And I from wy iniquity Did-leeep-my-felf-with-greateft-care. 25. According to my righteoufneffe The Lord rewarded me likewife. According to my efpotleffenejfe Before his heart-difcerning eyes. 26. With gracious,graciom-be-wilr-thou; With perj & man, dealft-perfellly. 27. With pure, thy felfthou-pure-wi!t-j[J}ow : And with thefroward, wilt-be-wry. 28. For,fol^affliiledthou-wilt-fave : (Thine eyes on proud, thou wilt rhem flight. 29. For Lord, theeasmylampethave: § The Lordft)all make my darkne\s bright. 30 For ings-to- Olivers. mHeb. Yokelefe* neffe,™'^. cxtream- whkedncfi, or mott diffolute- men. nHeb. In - dittrefs to me. o Heb. And my , $Heb. burning- wrath was to him. yHeb. And' r Heb. And the high- eft gave. (Heb. Did breakthem by difper- fing vi^. the enemies t Heb. He terribly flruck them down 11 Heb. ory Many wa- ters. x Heb. Fot they were too ftrong for me. y Heb. My. cloudy ca- lamity. zAei.aftay to me. a Heb. Brought me out to a large room, b Heb. He delighted in me. cHeb.I wickeded not from. dHeb.And hisftatutesj I turned not away from him. e Heb. pureneffe, f Heb. And thine eyes on the lof- ty, thou wilt hum- ble them. , g Heb. And 62 I. KINGS. hHeb.Thc Lords fay- ing k pure- ly refined. J Heb. He a fliield to all hoping for fafety in h'm. KHebAooC- eth;or rid- deth. 1 Heb.li broken, in Heband by thy meeknefs. n Heb.And 30. For I by thee ran through an hofl And by my God leapt •ere a wall 31. God hk way's per fetl ; h hit word tride : j Heftneldeth hk believers all. 32. For who is Godbefides the Lord ? And who a Rock_be(ides our God ? 33. Strength of my might is (Wador'd, Andperfelf k makes my way I trod. 34. Matching my feet, as Hindes feet are, And on mine heights me-ftand-he-makes. $$.Mine hands inftrutting to the war : And by mine Armes thebraffe bowe l breads. $6.Andgav'ft me thyfalvation'sfhield : m By meekpeffe haft me multipli'd. 37. Baft under me myfteps enlarged: So that mine ankles did notflide. 38. Mine enemies Ididpurfue, Likewise I did them quite deftroy : And I return d not, nox withdrew, TiUIconfum'dthem utterly. 39. 1 have covfumed them likewife. Tea fo I have them wounded all, That they again could not arife : And they beneath my feet did fall. sp.Andto the Battel with my foes With valour me begirt haft thou: Thofe that againft me up arofe Thou under me haft-made-to-bow 41. n The necl^tbougavft me of my foes ; Mine Haters, andthem-off-I-cut. 42. Tlieylaokt, (nofaviouryetzxofe) 0 To God, but them he anfwerdnot. 43. Then as Earths dufl I beat themfmaH . 1 did them ft amp, I d'\d them tread As myre offtreeis (debas'd by zUJ Each way abroad I did them jpread. 44. ^ Frompeoplesftrifes me freed haft thou ; For Head of Gentiles haft me \ept : A people whom I did not know, Shall ferve me,zad (hall me accept. 44. Me P atfirft hearing they I obey : The ftr angers forme Jball 1 crouch to me. afi.The ftr anger > fames ft) all fade away : And from their clofets ' frighted be. 47. The Lord lives, and my Roc^be bleft : (God mine health' s Rock_exalted be. 48. Avengements God for me expreft, t Subduing people under me. 49. And my deliverer from my foes , Tea me thou had advanced indeed From them that up againft merofe ; From u violent men thou haft me freed. $c. Therefore ,0 Lord,* thy praifeproclaime Among the Heathen folk will /.** And unto thy renowned Name Iwillfing Pfalm triumphantly. 51. Hee's ofhk King's falvations TheTowre : and y mercy doth difplay To David his anoint ed-one, Andtohk promis'd Seed for aye. oHeb. To theLORD. p Heb. At hearing of the eare. q/rVfrieign difiemble, or feigtied- ly fiibmrc. rHtb. they rtiaH jjird- tbemfelver. SeePf. 18. ft*. f Heb. And God the rock of my falvation t/frt.And u Heb. Nan. of violen- ces,^ Man of Rapines. xHe b. I wil praifethec y He b. Do- ing mercy. I. KINGS. Sect. I. Order of the Book THe UNITED State of the Kingdome of ifrael, as it Began under King Saul, and Increafed under King David, hath been defcribed in the Two Books of SAMUEL. ( Which came to its height and full flourifhing under King Solomon, as in the beginning of I. Kings is evidenced. ) The DIVIDED ftate of the Kingdome, and how upon that divifion it Decreafed and came to Ruine, till at laft the Ten Tribes were carried captive into Affyria by S aim anafar, and Judah carried captive into Babylon by Nebucbadne^ar , is laid down in the Two Books of KINGS. This Divifion and decay of the Kingdome is laid down two waies. 1. According to the Caufes and Beginnings thereof. 2. According to the Progreffe thereof. I. According to the Caufes and ftrfi Beginnings of this Divifion, and decay thereupon enfuing. Thefe are fet forth in the I. of KINGS. Sect. II. Name. This Book is rtiled by the Heb. D^VO ** I. Meluim. that is, I. KINGS. By the Greek Tlje III. of Kingdoms. But better according to the Latinc. The III of Kings. The Hiftory of the Kings both of Judah and Ifrael, being the Subjeft- matter of the Book. Se&. III. Sub'jeU Matter. In this Book, the Caufes and firft Beginnings of the Kingdoms Divifion and Decay are laid down 1 Partly by way of Oppofition of the nouri/hing ftate of Davids Kingdom united under Solomonc- i.toc. 11. 2. Partly by way of Expofition of rhe Occafions, ( vi^ Solomons fmnes, Gods Juflicc, Solomons Death c. 1 1. and of the firft Beginnings of the Divifion and decay of the Kingdom under Reboboam, to whom only two Tribes were left fubjeft. Jndah and Beri\amin, 1 King 12. \6, 2 2S- J 3-Baaftia/onof Ahi- l>2 4. E!ah fon of Baaiha I ., 1 King. 16. 8. S " 5. Zimri fervant to' Ei&h,and Captain, of half his Char-* /of/, 1 King. 16,9 7 dayes, 1 /Cwg. ' ieT. 15. 6.0mriiCaptaincf] theHofl, 1 King.) 16. 1 5. prevailing ever the faff ion of), 22 Tibni fon of Gi- I nath, 1 King. \6. 21, 22. reigned 12 \ years. -* 7. Ahab/o/io/Omirl i King. 16- 29. j 8. Ahaziah /on 0/' Ahab, 1 King. 22 > $1. 22 5- 125 But a fome learned men compute thefc years of a Francifc. the feveral Kings reigns more concifely and incom- Junius, in pleatly, viz. Allowing to Jehofhaphat King of Judab Pioem,ant only 17 years, during which he reigned folely ; rec- 1 Reg. D. koning the 8 years remaining to his fon Jehoram, Pareus in who reigned with him joyntly. And according to Adverf. this computation, the time of Solomon and all the Proem, in Kings ofjudah recorded in thisHiftory,is 118 years. 1 Reg. Vi- So likewife if you knic together the years of the Pre- ginti quinqe deedfihrs and S'iccefors of the Kings of Jfrael, ac- Compre- countingthe laft year of the Predcccffor robe the henfis filii firftyearoftheSucceflor; as, the 40. years of Soto- Jthorami mon to be the 1. year of Jeroboam ; the 22. year of guberna- Jeroboam, to be the 1. year of Kadab, &c. the total tionc,Sc alfo will be 118 years exact. And fo confequently quatuor according to this Account, this is an Hiflory of 118 primisan- years only, vi^. 8 years fliort of the former Com- nis regni putation. illius. Doubt. But here arifeth fome doubt about the time of Quamob- King Jehofhaphar's Reign, becaufe of fome feeming reml.icli- difference of divers Scriptures thereabouts. For, it h her a ft p- faidinoneplace,bthat Jehofhaphat reigned twenty timoanno and five years in Jerufalem. But other places intimate Jehofha- thathe reignednotfo long ;for it iifaid, that c Ahaziah phati de- fon of Ahab began to reign over Ifrael, the 17 year "nfr, unde of Jehofliapkat King ofjudah, and reigned two years, cepit Je- That d Jehoram AhatiaWs brother fon of Ahab , reign- horami ed in hisfteadin the fecond year of Jehiram fon of guberna- Jehofiaphat King ofjudah : and that tbite Jehoram *'©■ vid,2 King of Ifrael began to reign the 18. year of the Beg. 1.7. reign of Jehofhaphat King of Judab, By all which it & 8. \6. appears, that Jehoram /on 0/ Jehofhaphat bit fecond Juii. Annot year of hit reign, runs parallel with the 18. year of ™ 1 Reg, Jehofhaphat; and confequently Jehoram's firfi year, with Jehofhaphat1* 17. year, f fo that both Ahaziah beganto reign over Ifrael, and Jehoram fon of Jeho- fhaphat began to reign over Judah, in the fame 17. year of Jehofhaphat J and this cuts off-years fiom Jeho- fhaphat 'j 2 5 years fore-mentioned. This is one l^not. Further it ttfaid elfewhere, that fin the 5. year of Jehoram fon of Ahab King of Ifrael, Jehoram fon of Jehof)}aphat King of Judab begin to reign, an1 he 3« J. reigned eight years in Jerufalem. N>k> Jehoram t 2 King. King of Ifrael 's 5. years runs parallel with Jehofhaphat 8. 16, 17. King of Judah V 22. year ; g for he began in Jehofha- phatV 18. year to reign. So that by this account, Je- g 2 King, horam yonneof Jehofhaphat began to reign over Judah 3- 1- /nJehoihaphat'S22. year, tnis both cuts off 2 years from Jehofhaphat'.; 25. and alfo fee meth repugnant to the former computation, evidencing that Jehoram began to reigne in the 17. year of Jehofliapliat. Tois is an:- ther l{not. Adde hereunto, another Scripture faith, h That after Jehofhaphat s death, Jehoram h\s fon reigned in his llead. And this could not be till the 25. year of Jeho- fhaphatj reign, 1 King. 22. 24. And this feems to croffe both the former times, of Jehoram s beginning to reign. Tuts it a third lenot. Anfw. For refolution herein, that Obfervatfon of the learned and accurate H. Broughton is to be conhdered, and eafily, unties all thefe knots ac iJORAM' once; vi^. (jjORAM thrice Vue-Koy, and Roy, terProrex in 17. and 22. and 25. of Jehifiuiphat : never pro- & Rex, 17. ffered. J 1. In the 17. year of Jehofhaphat, Jehoram 22, & 25. his fon began to reign as Pro-Rex, or Vice-Roy to his Jehofha- father. This wis his firfi time, according to rhofe phati, places 1 King. 22. 51. 2 King. 1. 7. and 2 King. 3. 1. femper in. 2. In the 22. year or J 'ehofljaph at Jehoram his fon be- felicifhm- gan again to reipn as Vice-Roy ; which 22. year was us. fj^ contemporary to the 5. year of Jehoram King of Brought. Ifrael, according co thofe Texts in 2 Kings 3. 1. and 2 Concent. S, Kings 8. 16, 17. In this latter Text it is laid, Script. p. And inthe fifth year of Jehoram the fin of A'nabKr^ of 85.H„^v. Ifrael, Jehofhaphat thenKingof Judah, Jehoram the 1602. fin of Jehofhaphat King of Judah began to reign. Which gives us plainly to underfiand, that then Je- horambegzn to reign as Vice-Roy, his father (till being King, andfo reigned with his father 4 years before hif death. Which 4 years are to be reckoned pare of 22.42, b 1 King. 22.42. c 1 King.' 22.51. d 2 Kings. I. 17. e 2 King. h 2 Chroa 21. 2. 64 I. KINGS. of his 8 years reign; and this the rather, becaufe when Jehofhaphat1 s death is mentioned, it is not faid And Jehoram hti fon beganto reign; but, Jehoram hti fon reigned in hti fte ad, 2Chron. 21 1, 3. For he had begun foreign 4 years afore, with his father-, Now he reigned alone. This was hti fecond lime of reigning. 3. Jehofhaphat dying in the 25. year after he came to the Crown, Jehoram his fon is faid t? reign in hti ftead, 2 Chron. 21. 1, 3. i/i^ then Je- horam came to his compleat reign alone; andfohe reigned 4 years. This was htithndtime. So that Jehofhaphat reigned ^/we only 17 years; but joyntly with his fon Jehoram 8 years more, vi^. 25. years in all. And thus by diligent comparing of Scripture wich Scripture, the accurate concordznd concent of it may be found out, even where mod dis- card feems to be. This feems to be the cleareft way of reconciling thefe Scriptures about Jehofhaphat" s reign ; and the trueft Computation according to the plain intent of k Twenty the Text it felf. And yet k fome learned men fom- andfive.~] what puzzle themfelves in this Computation, divers By 2 King, of them neither agreeing with the Text, nor with 3. 1. it ap- one another, as in the Margin is evident, pearerh that in the eighteenth year of Jehofhaphat, Joram King of Ifrael began foreign. And by 2 King. 1. 17. that the eighteenth year of Jehofhaphat was the fecond year of his fon Joram. And by 2 King. 8. 16. that this Joram fon of Jehofhaphat did not begin to reign but in the fifth year of the other Joram King of Ifrael. "Whence we muft conclude, that in thefe five and twenty years cf the reign of Jehofhaphat, is comprehended all the time from his fucceffion to the Kingdome, even to his death .• Whereof he reigned fixteen [ir fliould be [event e en] years clone; then he joyned his fon Joram with him for 7 years fpace : and at laft put the whole Government into his hands, disburdening himfelfof it two years before his death. Jo. Diodat. Annot. on 1 Kini, 22, 42, But thti Author confidersnot how Jehoram was twice Vice- Roy, or Deputy-King, the fir ft time in the 17. year, the fecond time in the 22. year of his fathers reign till hti death, &c. as hath been evidenced. Prima difficultas eft inannis Jofaphati & Jorami filii, quia 1 Reg. 22. 42. dicitur Jofaphat regnarte 25 annos, & Joram filius Jofaphati dicitur cxpiffe regnare quinto anno Jorami filii Achabi : qui incidit in annum 23 Jofaphati. Ergo Joram annos duos re- gnavit cum Patre, 2 Reg. 8. 16, Cum vero ibidem dicitur Joram reg'nafte annos 8. intelligitur regnafle duos cum Patre; fex reli- quos folus. SicGualterns Mercator. Alii, ux. Fundus, Bucholzjms quadriennium volunt regnaffe Joramum cum Patre; Hi duos annos amittunt. Candidas patri 25, filio 8 integros tribuit & fie duobus abundat. D, Par em in Proem, in 1. Reg. Sedt. V. Penmen. Penman of this Book, and alfoof II. KINGS, is conceived not to be any one man,but divers.Though the Hebrews would have them to be written by Je- remiah. Others think that the Churches hiftory, which was written by divers,' was digefted and col- lected into volumes, either by \Exra, or by them chief Priefts and Prophets, as the Churches publick Actuaries, whom we may probably conceive to have penned, and to have had a chief hand in ordering the Eooks written in their refpeftive dayes. Notwithftanding,it feems evident, that the begin- ning of I. Kings touching Solomon's reign,was written by Nathan, Abijab and Iddo; for it is faid, n Now the reft of the Ails of Solomon^ fir ft and Lift, are they not written inthe words of Nathan ihe Prophet, and in the Prophefieof Ahijah the Sbilonite, andinthevifions e/Iddo the Seer ? Which acute o Junius undcritands of the beginning of I. Kings, written bythefe three herein name d. And other parrs were written by Jehu fon of Han.ini. p Now the reft of the Ails of]e- hofhaphat firft and Lift, behold they are written in the words of Jehu the fonne of Hanani , who ti mentioned in the Boo^ofthe Kings '/Ifrael. As alio by Ifatah the Prophet, q Now the reft of the Atts of UTiAzh, firft and laft, did Ifaiah the Prophet the fonne of Amos write ; thinks Junius, both in the Second Book of Kings, and alfo in the Booltofhti Prophecy. It is ve- ry propable that the Afts of the feveral Kings were recorded and written by thefe Prophets that were contemporary to them. I Seth. he. com. c. de Sac. Scrip, in Exegefi, Sect. 129. m Allied. Fr&cog. Tieol. 1. 2. c. 120. n 2 Chron. 9.29. o In verbis Nathanis Prophet £, &(\}td eft Prinri- pioprimi Seft.VI. Scope. Scope of this Book, wherein the Hiftory of Ifraels State under Kingly Government is contained from David till the Reign of Jehoram, fonne of Jehoflu- phat King of Judab t is either 1 More Immediate, or 2 More mediate. 1. More Immediate, to fhew how David in his old age, according to Gods Appointment , com- manded Solomon his fonne, ( notwithftanding his elder brother Adonijahs exalting himfelf to be King,} to be fet upon his Throne. And how Solomon after Davids death governed his Kingdom in Wifdom, Juftice and Godlineffe. How God appearing to him in a dream, at his requeft promifed him incompar- able Wifdom, Riches and Honour, &c. and perform- ed it accordingly, fo that he was highly honoured and beloved of his fubjefts , and admired of all Princes far and near. How his Kingdome flonrifhing with wonderful Peace and Profperity, He built the moft magnificent Temple of the Lordatjerufalem, the fixed place of Gods worfhip ; fo thatas Davids King- dom lively reprefented the State of the Church as Militant on earth ; Solomons Kingdom notably adumbrated the condition of it as triumphant in Heaven. How Solomon in his old age, loving many ftrange women, had his heart fto'len away , and divided from God, to the countenancing of Idolatry. Whereupon the divifion of hti Kingdom from his feed isthreatned, and ("upon occafion of his fon Reho- boams tyrannical words to the People.) infiifted: ten tribes (~ called Ifrael) falling off to Jeroboam, two tribes only, vi^. Judah and Be njamin}Qca.\\ed Judab) remaining to Solomons Hou fe for Davids fake. How through Jeroboams Policie in fettingup two Calves for the ten tribes to worfhip, a woful Rcvt was alfo made in the matters of Religion ; what wicked Kings all the Kings of Ifrael were, both in private life, and publick Government. How notwithftanding in Ju- dab there were intermingled good Kings, who took rare to Reforme Religion being corrupted, and to Protell it being reformed, God ftill continuing his Church in Judab, and raifing up prophets from time to time, to correct, direft, encourage them as they had need, to gather his Eleft out of Ifrael, and leave the ungodly without excufe when Gods Judgments came upon them. 2. More Mediate , to declare how the Piety of Kings, preferves their Kingdoms in unity and fioUr- ifhing profperity .- But the fins and wickednefe of Kings, efpccially their idolatry, whereby they divide themfelves from God, brings divilions into their Kingdoms, and cenfequently mine upon themfelves, their families and Dominions. Se&. VII. Principal Tarts. The chief Parts and Method cf this Hifbry,might be pointed out according ro the Periods of the fever- al King's Reignes, ("the Subjeft-rfiatrer of the Book-,) But rather thus. This Rook defcribes 1. The In- creafeof the Kingdom of Ifrael to the utmofttopof its temporal glory under King Solomon, Whilcft Vnited. 2. The Deere aft thereof after Solomon,whcn divided. Thi Increafe and Growth of the Kingdom to its height of worldly Glory, is let forth under the Reign of King Solomon, whole 1. Life 2. Death are to that end recorded. I. Kinz libri Re- gum, quod hi tres conferip- ferunt , qui hie nom- inantur. Fr. Jun. Annot. inloc p 2 Chro- 20. 34. Ita ipfe quo- que fuit unusex Scriptori- bus Hifto- ri$ Regum Jun. Annot ibid. q 2 Chro. 26. 22. Turn in li- bra fecun- do Regum turn in libra Pro- phetia? fuz. Fran. Jm. Annot tb„ i I. KINGS. *5 J. King Solomons Life, is defcribed, 1. By his Royal Inauguration, 2. By his Regal Adminiftration or Go- vernment. \. Inauguration or enthronement of Solomon by K. Davids appointment, wherein confider 1. the time when this was done, in Davids extream old age, (unfitting him for Government, J when Chap. 1. Abiftiag a young Virgin cherifhed him, Ch.l.ver.i. to$. 2. Occaftor, inviting David before his death, to fet up Solomon King, viz.. His fon Adonijah^ afpiring to the Crown: where note 1. The manner how he af- pired, ver- 5. to 11. 2. The Relation thereof to Da- vid; Partlyby Bath-fheba, according to the Prophet Nathans advice, ver. II. to 22. Partly by Nathan himfelf, ver. 22*028. 3. The effefts hereof, vi^. 1. Davids Oath to Bath-f}>eba, that Solomon fhould be King, ver.28.to 32. 2. Davids Command to anoint Solomon, &c. ver. 32. to 38. rK"y SO- 3. Anointing ofr Solomom King by Zadol^the Priefh LOMON at Davids Command, where 1. The manner how it was acted, ver.18.to 41. 2. The Narration hereof to Adonijah and his Guefts, v. 41.ro 49. g.Theeffeft hereof, both upon Adonijah1 s Guefts, who fcattered, ver.^9. And upon Adonijah himfelf, who fled to the homes of the Altar,f yet was fpared by Solomon') 50.ro the end of the chapt. 4; Davids Charge and Commands to Solomon thui enthroned, a little before his death, with the mention Chap. 2. of his death, burial, and f time of his Reign, Ch. II. (David in- v. l.to 12. auguratur 5. Solomons great eliabliftiment upon his Throne, Rex Hiero- after Davids death, v. 12. folymU,mil- leannisexatte anteChriftum Bapti^atum. Regnavit totidem quot vixit domitw XXXII. An.cum fex. menf. H. Bj ought. S. Scrip. Concent.p.74. Han. 16 2. Htc Patriarch a tip" Prophet a loquens ajflatujpiritusjan&i, 2.Sam.23. Mat. 18. decuit populumfuum res geftat, <&Pr opheiias rerumfuturarum, qua ad Chriftum ducebant, nor. Jecm quamfi jam turn complementum habuiffent. CHRISTUM Pf. no. vocat fuum dominum. Filium, in quo omnes fperantes beati funt, Pfal 2. Sic ubi Promifftonem dc Ch) ifto accepiffet, nomi- vaviteum DAVIDEM, ayeLrimv Pfal. 132. Mat. 3. 17. Praterea locutus eft de Angela, filium venientem in hmc mundum adorantibus, Pfal. 97. De ejus corpore aptato ad fjcrificium, Pfal 40. Zelo quern habuit pro Dei domo, Pfal.69, Adhac de acclamationeHofan- nah, a parvulis, Pfal. i\8.& 8. Confpiratione Herodis ($ Pilau, Pfal. 2. Proditione per familiar em, Pfal. 55. 69. vellimentif ; forte ; verbis; Eli, Eli; Deriforibus aftantibm eorumgeftu,verbii Pfal.22 Potu fellis Pfal. 69. Sacerdotio per Melchi\edecum adumbrato Pfal.wcj. RefurreBione Pfal.2\. Afcenfiotie Pful.62. Gentium fide Pfal.22. Deniquepro Solomone Rege orans,orationem adchriftum convertit Pfal. 72. H. Brought, ibid. p.75. Chap. 3. II. Adminifiration or Government of Solomon. Chap. 4. Wherein are remarkably obfervable Chap. 5. 1. Solomons JVSTICE upon offenders, and e- Chap. 6. nemies to himfelf, or his fathers Government, vij^. t Temple upon built. 1. Adonijah fuing for Abi(l)ag his father Davids Templum Concubine ; who U therefore put to death, flene abfo- ver. 13.ro 26. lutum eft 2. Abiathar the Pried; ("who joyned with Adonijah I, Reg. 6. in his Confpiracy J who is depofed from the 38. Anno Prieftl:ood,and fent to Anathoth his own fields mundi ter ver. 26,27. millefuno. -$.Joab, who for his following Adonijah, and his /^.Brought former murdering of Abner and Amafa, is flain S. Scrip. ar the homes of the Altar, ver. 28.ro 30. Am- concent. plifiedby mention of Benaiahs advancement o- P- 8o. ver the Hoft in Joabs room,and Zadokj in Abt- u A P 0- athars, ver.35. miffione 4. Shimei , who is 1. Confined to Jerufalem upon data Abra- pain of death, ver. 36. re 39. 2. Upon Lis de- hamo polt panure our of Jerufalem to Oath tofcekhis Tetrarthi fLrvanrs, is ilain for his curling and reviling bitum, & King David,ver.z.9.tothe endofibe cbupt. fine prima 2. Solomons MARRIAGE with Pharaohs daughter, Catena Ch III.i. 3. Solomons PIETTdh'covcted, r. In his love ro the Chronica) LORD. 2. In his walking in the ftatures of David ratiotem' his father. 3. In his Sacrifices to the LORD,(though porumefl in the high places, the LORDS houfe not being yet extra om buik.3 vir.2,3,4. 4- Ln his Petition to the LORD for nemcontn- wifdom to govern Ifrael, ([the LORD in Gibeun, in a verfiam dream appearing to him, and putting him to his ufque ad choice what to askj whereupon incomparable wif- Agnum dom, with other Additional, are promifed to him, Templum, ver.$.to 16. & mortem 4. Solomons WISDOME, I. Eminently difcovered, Solomonx, 1. In deciding the Controverfic of the two Women H. about the child, ver. 16. tothe end of the chapt. 2. In Brought, his choice of his publick and private officers, and or- Concent, deringofrhe affairs both of his Kingdom and Houf- S. Script. hold, Ch. IV. 1. ro 29. II. Singularly commended p. 80. 1. By the Author of it, God, ver, 29, 2. Bytheplen- Hanov. ty of it,i;er.29. 3. Ey the excellency of it; his Wif- 1602. dom furpaffeth al! others,i/er.3o,3i. 4. By the me of it, ver.31. 5. By theefTefts of it, vi^. Proverbs ^ooo.Songs, 1005. Difcourfes of things Natural, ver. 32,33. 6. By the refort of people from all Nations to hear his Wifdom,i>.34. ^.Solomons MAGNIFICENCE,viz. 1. In buildingthe c TEMPLE of the LORD, where are defcribed, 1. His preparation of materials, wood and ft one, by Hirams affiftance King of Tyre, Ch. V. i.ro 13. 2. His levy of thirty thoufand Workmen.to fit wood and flone for the building, ver. 13. tothe endof the chapt. 3. The time when the foundation of the houfe was laid, vi^. in the fourth year of So- mons Reign, in the four hundred and eightieth year after Ifraels coming out of Egypt, ( This it one of the great rnarkj or boundaries of Scripture u Chronology J Ch.\l ver. 1 4. The forme ofthe Houfe, and how the Word ofthe LORD came to him, as he was build- ing it, ver. 2- to 38. 5. The time when the Tem- ple was finifhed, (' being feven years in building. J ver. 38. 2. In building hh own houfe,bt'iag thirteen years in building it Ch.VU. 1. 3. 1 n building the Houfe of Lebanon, whofe fabrick and porch is defcribed, ver.2.to 7. 4. In building the Porch of Judgment, v.j. 5. In building an houfe for Pharoahs daughter, his Queen ,ver.8. All thefe amplified by their fumptuous ftarelineffe ver. 9. to 13. 6. In furnifhing the TEMPLE with curious and coftly Utenfils and Veffels, and the two pillars * Ja- chinand Boa^, wrought by the fkill of Hiram of Tyre, a widows fon ofthe tribe of Naphtali, ver. 13. to the endof the chapt. 7. In dedicating the Temple nowfiniflied (wherein both his Magnificence and Religioufnefs were very illuitrious.) Cb.Vtll. This Dedication is defcribed 1. By the manner how the ^4*^ was brought our of the City of David into the Temple, and how there- upon the glory of the Lord filled the Houfe, ver. I. to 12. 2. Ly S:h mons bleffing the LORD for fulfil- ling his promhesabcut building ofthe Temple, ver. cftendunt !2to22. 3-Bn S 4omons admirable prayer, ver. 22- utvidere to 54. 4. By Solomons Eenediclion of the people, v. eft Apoc 3. 54.ro 62. 5. By his and all the peoples abundance of nosYcri- Sacrifices tothe LORD ver. 62, 63.54. 6. By Solo- rate i mons Fcaft, and all Ifrael with him feven dayes, So- Stabilifirt /awonfending the people away with glad hearts on fimusfeii the eighth day, for all that the LORD had done for column* ad Ifrael, ver. 65, 66. 7. Ey the LORDS appearing ferviendum after this to Solomon the fecond time, (as afore in Deo in Gibeon, afuring him that he had heard his Prayer ; with promifes 10 obedience, tlircacnings co dilobc- dience,C/;.IX. 1 to 10. 8- In gratify, in? of Hiram King of I>e, for al! his kind alhfianre oi [Solomon, wkhtweivy Cities in the land of Galilee, which he give Hi/am , ver ft \o. to K. 9. In repairing of the wall of ferufalem, and building irar.jctlxr Cities iuhis Dominions, lay- S j.ig Chap. 7. Chap. 3. x Clumna dha Jachin & BOAZ Templojuo. Brouglir. S. Scrip. Conccnr. p. 8r. Hanov. I5C2. Chap. 9. 66 I. KINGS. Cnap. X. Xb ing a tribute of bond-fervice upon the Canaanites in the land, but not upon Ifrael, verfe 15. to 26. 10. In his building a Navy of fhips at Ezjon- Gebir , which fetched Gold from Ophir, verfe 26 , 27,28. 6. Solomons condition , both Profperom and Ad- verfe. 1. Projperous , His profperity is defcribed, I. By his HONOUR and FAME, whereupon the Queen of Sbeba comes to prove him with hard Queftions, &c. Chap. ic. Ch.XA.t0i4. II. By his RICHES, difcovered 1. By the plenty of gold that came to him yearly, a'er.14, 1$. 2. By his two hundred targets, and three hun- dred fhields of beaten gold, ver. 1 6, 17. 3. Eyhisi- vory Throne overlaid with the beft gold, ver. 18. to 21. 4. By all hisveffels of gold, ((Aver being no- thing accounted of in his dayes, ) ver.21.t024. j.-By the rich Prefents brought him far and neer, ver. 24. 25. 6. By his chariots and horfemen,i^r.25. 7. By the plenty of filver, ver.2j. 8. By his tribute, ver. 2829. 2.Adverfe. His adverfity is defcribed as it was I. Procured, and brought upon himfelf by his fearful y Idolatries, where unto he was drawn by loving Chap. 11. manyftrange women, ch. XI. i.to 9. II. Threatned, y Doubt. vvith rending of his Kingdom from him, referving But feeing only one tribe for David and Jemfalems fake, ver, 9. Solomon to 14. III. Inflifled,by the LORDS ftirring up divers inbUold adverfaries againft Solomon, vi^. 1, Hadad the age,fo wo- Edomite,ver, 14. to 23. 2, Re^on, the fon of Eliedah, jullyfor- ver. 23. to 26. 3. Jeroboam the fon of Nebat Solo- foot God, mons fevant, ver. 26. to 41. and fell to 7. The reft of Solomons a&s, ver. 41. fuch horible idolatry ; andwe read not of hii repentance ; What may we thinl^of his eternalfalvation ? Whether was Solomon faved or not ? Anfw. This doubt hath the more difficulty in it, becaufe Scrip- ture doth not afford us fo evident a Refolution herein, one way or other. And therefore learned men both ancient and modern have been of feveral opinions herein, and feem muchunrefolved about this matter. Briefly confider the Arguments on both fides, and then fee what is fitteft to be determined. I. Arguments againfl Solomons Eternalfalvation, vi^. 1. God was angry with Solomon, becaufe his heart was turned from God, 1 King. 1 1. 9. Anfw. This evinceth not his damna- tion •, for 1. God is fometimes angry and difpleafed vvith his Eleft for their fins, as vvith Mofes, Deut. i. 37. and 4. 21. with Aaron, Deut. 9. 20. with David, 2 Sam. II. 27. 2. The Lord was angry with Solomon as a Father, not as an Enemy or Judge; For his Chaftifement and Reformation, not properly for hhpunift)- ment and condemnation. 2. David the Prophet fore-warned Solomon his fonne, thus ; Thou Solomon my fonne, know thou the God of thy Father, andferve him with a perfell heart and with a willing minde, If thou feekhim, he will be found of thee ; but i f thou for fake him, hewillcaft thee off forever, 1 Chron. 28. 9- Therefore Solomon forfaking God, feems to be caft offfor ever. Anfw. i.Gods threatningsofevil, though very peremptory, are not alwaies actually performed, but fometimes are for other cnds,w^. to provoke finners to repentance, as in Nineveh's cafe Jonah 3, 4. 10. To caution his Saints againft fin, &c. 2. Should Solomon have utterly and finally forfikenGod, God would have caft him 'iff for ever ; but Solomon repented, (as after will appear.} 3. Solomon for forfaking God fo far as he did, was in fonie fenfc caft off for ever; vi%. in refpcft of the Regal glory of his family, ten Tribes being quite rent from him, and never more returning to his houfe. 3. We read of Solomons fall , 1 Kings II. 1. to 9. but we read not of his Repentance, nor of his demolishing of the idolatrous high places which he had built, for they were long after domo- lifficd by KingjfljStf*, 2 Kings 23.13. yet Man.iffeb's repentance, 2 Chron.%2. i2,&c. yea, Ahabs counterfeit repentance, 1 Kings 21. 27, 28,29-are recorded. Anfw. 1. Divers grounds from Scripture may evince that Solo- mon did repent, as inthefubfequent Rcafons. 2. To argue thus, Solomons Repemancc is not recorded, therefore he repented not; is nor cogent. We read not that Adam and Eve repented of their fir ft fall : fhall we fay they repented not ; or were not faved? Chrift defcending of Adam according to the flefli, £.«£? I 3.38. We read not that Gideon repented of his idolatrous Ephod Judg. 18. 27. did not Gideon therefore repent? Is not Gideon numbred among the faithful? Neb. 11.32. We read not that the godly Fathers under the Old Teftament repented oftheir Polygamy, did they not therefore repent of it before they dyed * Doubtleffe in the Particular, or in the General, d\\ the Eleft repent of all their finnes before their death Habitually, or AHuaky. 2. Solomons not demolifhing the idolatrous high-places which he had* fet np, was his great Sin, yet proves not a nullity of his repentance and grace : no more then in his Succeffors, Afa, Jehofljaphat, He^ekjah, foe. (whom we count truly pious Kings} who per- mitted them throughout their reign to ftand undeftroyed, till Jofiahs reign, 2 Kings 23. 13. 4. As the Repentance of Adam, and of the pofterityof Methufelab, Henoch, Lamech, and other holy Patriarchs before the flood, is not mentioned, (all which it would be hard to conclude under final impenitency} : So Solo- mons repentance is not exprefled. Why? That God might teach all men faith Mafter Perkins ) to the worlds end what a fearful thing it is to difobey his commandements as Adam \_ and Solomon ] did; or to defer repentance when they are called by Gods Word, as thofe men did. Therefore to fear Hi from the like ( though afterwards they repented, J itpleafedGodnot to record it, but to leave it doubt- ful. Perkins Comment, on Heb. 1 1. 7. p. 52. a Lond. 1631. 4. Some teftimonies of Ancient Father s feem to be againft So- lomons falvation. Auguftine, Nam ipfe Solomon mulierum amator fuit, & reprobatus eft a Deo, &c. i.e. Solomon himfelf was a lover of women, andreprobatedofGod, foe. Aug. Enarrat. in PfaJ. ir$. Proem. Tom. 9. Before him, Cyprian, Quifquis ille confeffbr eftj Solomone major aut melior, aut Deo charior non eft. Qui tamen quamdiu in viis Domini ambulavit , tamdiu gratiam quam de Domino fuerat confecutus, obtinuir : poftquam dereliquit Domini viam, perdidit & gratiam Domini ; ficut fcriptum eft Et excitavit Dominits Satanam ipfi Solomoni. i. e. Whoever that confejfor be, he is not greater, or better, or dearer to God than Solomon ; who fo long as he walked in the wayes of the Lord, fo long he kept the grace ob- tained of the Lord: but after he forfooke the way of the Lord, he loft alfo the favour of the Lord; ash iswritte. And the Lord ftirred up an adverfary againft Solomon. Cypian de Vnhat Ecclef.SeQ. 18, p. 302. a. Edit. Gculart. 1593. And before them both Ter- tullian. Solomon f audeo dicere ) etiam quam habuit in Deo gloriam, amifit ; per mulierem in idololatriam ufque pertraftus, i. e. Solomon ( I dare fay J loft even that glory which he had in God being drawn by a woman even to idolatry. Tertull. Adverf. Mar- cion. lib. 5. cap. IX. fub, fin. p. 465. Franeker, 1597. Anfw Eut to thefe and like Teftimonies it is eafily anfwered. 1. They are both Humane, and from perfonsofa fallible fpirit. 2. AH their teftimonies may admit ofafavourable interpretation, foas not to intend Solomon's eternal damnation. Auguftine' 's that Solo- mon was reprobated [_v\z. difallowed']o( God, in refpect of his finnes. True ; for God fo far dlfallowcd him, as to threaten and punifh him for them. Cyprian's, That he loft the grace, or favour of the Lord ; viz. either in refpeft of temporal profperity and peace, God raifing him up adverfaries: or only in fome gradual manifeftations of his favour, as in appearing to him, &c Ter- tullians, That he loll the glory he had in God, may intimate that all the temporal glory given him of God, was eclipfed and obfeured. Thefe are the principal Arguments againft 'Solomons eternal Salvation, and thus they may be anfwered. II. Arguments for Solomons eternal Salvation, viz. 1. The LORD'S fingular love to Solomon. His love was to him from his Birth. Bathfhebabarc David a fonne, and he called his name Solomon, and the LORD loved him. And he fent by the hand of Nathan the Prophet, and he called his name Jedidiah [ i. e. Be- loved of the LORD'] becaufe of the LORD, 2 Sam. 12. 24. 25. This fpecial love God notably manifefted to Solomon. 1. By the Relation wherein God fet Solomon to himfelf, vi^, as a fonne to a father; He ft) all be my fonne, and I will be his father, 2. Sam. 7. 14. 1 Chron. 22. 10. 2. By his fingular appearing to him twice, viz. ArGibton, dying, Asl^what Iftiall give thee, 1 Kings 3. 5. &c. and after the Temple was built, 1 King? 9. 2. 3. By hearing Solomons Prayer, 1 Kings 9. 3. 2 Chron. 7. 12. now God hears not Jinners, but the righteous, John 9. 13 "(not to mention the Lords honouring Solomon with building his Temple •, crowning him with a confluence of all profperity, &c.)Now fl:all God thus love Solomon, and finally caft him off? 2. God's fpecial Promifes touching Solomon, ortohim. Iwill eflabliffitheTkione ofhisKingdomefor ever. I will be hii Father, (indbe fhaUbemy fm.e : if be commit iniquity, Iwill chaften him with Chap .XII. to XV. I. KINGS. *7 with the rod of men, and with the ftr'tpes of the children of men. But my mercy flail not depart away from him. 2 Sam. 7. 13, 14, 1$. 1 Chron. 22. 10, PI'al. 89. 30, 31, 32, 33,80:^ 3. Solomon's lingular piety and eminent religioufneffe, was fuch, that though he fell, the Lord would not lot him fall finally away. Confider well 1. His Faith inGocl, filling him, 0 LORD my God, 1 Kings 3. 7. and 5. 5. 2. His Love to God. And Solomon loved the LORD, 1 Kings 3. 3. 3. His Obedience to God, Solomon loved the LORD, walling in the ftatutes of David bis father, 1 Kings 3. 3- And the Lord commends and approves his wayes, three years they walled in the wayes of David and Solomon 2 Chron. 1 1. 17- Solomons wayes mentioned together, and praifed together with Davids wayes. 4. His heavenly Devotions and Zeale to God and his glory, difcovered in his excellent Prayers to God, as in 1 Kings 3. 6. to 10. and 8. 22. to 54. and 8. 55. to 62. 5. His experimental Communion with God and with Jcfits Chrifl, lively difcovered in the Book of Canticles, Penned by him, Cant. 1. i- which is an heavenly adumbration of the fpiritual endeared fel- lowship betwixt Chrifl and his Church. 4. Solomon repented after his fall. For i.His wayes are commend- ed by God, after his death, 2 Chron. 11. 17 . this place teacheth that Solomonrepented after hit fall, faith H. Brought. Concent. Scrip. p. 82. Hanov. 1602. 2. He wrote his Book of Eccleftafies, after his fall, as his Retaliations ; wherein he proves all Riches, Honours, Pleafures, Wifdom, &c. all things to be vanity, execptthefear of God. He faith, I the Preacher was King over ifrael in Jerufa- lem, Ecclef. 1. 12, as if he had faid ; before 1 finned 1 was King, but now 1 deferve not that Title. 5. Solomon was an eminent Fenman of the Holy Scripture, Prov. 1. 1, Ecclef. 1. i.Cant. 1. 1. Such were holy men of God, 2 Pet. 1. 21. Cum Solomon fuerit Sanftus Propheta, ftatuendum eft, eum effe beatum, i. e. Solomon being an holy Frophet, we mujl conclude he it happy. Brought. Concent. P. 80. Hitherto K. Solomons LIFE hath been defcribed. II. K. Solomon's DEATH is recorded ; where 1. The length of his Refgn, forty years, hifl Davids time, ver. 42. 2. His Death and Burial in the City of David. 3. His Succeffor, REHOBOAMhisionver. 43- . Hitherto of the glory oflfracls Kingdome, whilefl unit- ed: confider the Ectlpfe and abatement of this Glory, ■when it came to be Divided. The Decreafe and Decay of the flouriflxng Glory of ifraels Kingdome, when once Divided, under Reho- jt. ham-, fon and fucceffor of Solomon. Here confider, ZH.Tribes i. The ^Revolt or Falling away of X. Tribesatonce revolt. from Rehoboam. 2. The Continuation of this Revolt. 1. The Revolt or Falling away of X. Tribesatonce from Reboboam ; is defcribed, r. By the Antecedents thereof, vix,. 1. TheOcca- fion of the Revolt, Rchoboam's tyrannical anfwerto the people touching the aggravation of their yoke, according to the advice of his green-headed Coun- Chap. 12 fc,lors> ch- XI1- 1 • fo 15. 2. The Caufe, the LORD'S v' ' threatning, ver. 15. 2. By the Manner of their Revolt ; very tumul- tuous, ver. \6. to 20. 3. By the Confequents thereof, 1. To Ifrael, they all C except the Tribe of Judah and Benjamin J made JEROBOAM King, ver. 20, 2. To Rehoboam, who endeavouring by force of Armes to recover the x. Tribes to the Crown, was forbidden by a meffage from the LORD, by Shemaiah the man of God, ver. 21.ro 25. II. The Continuation of this Revolt, whereby TWO DISTINCT KINGDOMES are continued among that • People.- the one moftufually called JVDAH, the other ISRAEL Which two Kingdomes hencefor- ward, till the Eabylonifh captivity, are all along de- fcribed in a continued Synchronism, or Contemporary Parallel. I. Thefirft King ofljrael, after the Kingdom's Divifi- a 1 King of on , a JEROBOAM. Whofe i Alls , 2. Reign, 3 Ifrael. Je- Succeffput, are defcribed. roboam, I. Hit Ails, vi^. 1. His building; , ver. 25. 2. His idolatrous erecting of two golden Calves in Chap. rj. b JOS IAS nominatur 331 annis ante quain natus efcr H.Br ought. S. Script Concent, p. 83 Han. 1602 Dan and Bethel, with l'riefts , Altars , and Feafls devifedofhis own heart: all in policy, left Ifrael going up to Jcrufalemto worfhip, fliould revolt to the houfc of David, ver. 26. to the end of the chapt. And this Ecclefiaftical Schifme, maintained the Poli- tical Divifion. 3. His violence offered to the Prophet of God that prophefied againft his Altar at Bethel, Ch. "XIII. 1. to 33. Where are declared, I. Whence the Prophet came, vi^. from Judah, ver. 1. II. Hisprophcfieofb JOSIAH that mould burn the Priefts upon the Altar, confirming this by fignes, ver. 2, 3, 5. III. Con Se- quent of this Propheue upon Jeroboam, he puts forth his hand to lay hold of the man of God .- amplified 1. Ey his hands withering, ver. 4. 2. By his requeft to the man of God to pray for refloring of it, ver- 6, 3. By his hands refloring at his prayer, ver. 6. 4. By the Prophets refufal to go home with him,or accept a reward, ver. 7,8,9, 5. By the Prophets return home according to Gods command ; who yet com- ing back through the feducement of the old Prophet at Eethel, was threatned, (lain by a Lyon, and buried, ver. 10 to 31. 6. By the Confirmation of his Pro- phefie, by this old Prophet of Bethel, ver. 31, 32. 4. His obflinacie f notwithstanding all this) in his idolatry, ver. 33, 34, 5. His meffage by his wife difguifed, to Ahi)ah the Prophet, to know what would become of his fick fon Abijah, ch. XIV. ver, i,to $. Amplified 1. By the Lords instructing Ahijah what to fay to her, ver.$. 2. By Ahijah's detecting her, calling her in, and de- nouncing terrible threatnings againft Jeroboam, his child, and his houfe, for his idolatries, ver. 6, to 17. 3. By the accomplishment of his Prophefie upon Je- roboam's fon, ver. 17, 18. 6. His further Afts, ver. 19. II. The time of hit reign, 22 years, ver. 20. III. His Succeffor, vi^. Nadab his fon, ver. 20. I. Thefirft King of Judah (after the Kingdoms Di- I. King of vifion)c REHOBOAM, touching whom are recorded, Judah. c REHO- Chap. 14. 1. Time of his Reign, 17 years, ver. 21. 2. His Ails. I. His wicked reign Is 1 Defcribed, efpecially by the great idolatry in his time, ver. 22, 23. By the Sodomites in the land, ver. 24 2. Punijhedby Shifhal^ King of Egypt, coming up againft Jerujalem, taking away all the treafures in the houfe of the Lord, and in the Kings houfe, ver. 25, to 29. 2. The reft of his Acts, ver. 29. 3. His conftant warres with Jeroboam, ver. 30, %. His death, ver. 3 1. 4, His Succeffor, viz, Abi)am his fon, ver. 31. II. The fecond King of Judah , d ABljAM. Of whom are declared, 1. The time of his Reign, 3 years. Ch. XV. 1, 2. 2. His Ails, viz. 1. Wickednefs,fet forth i.By vjayofComparifon, like his fathers. 2. By way of Oppofit ion, Not like David (upright in all things fave in the matter of Vriah~) for whofe fake he continued him a lamp injerufalem, ver. 3,4, 5. 2. Warres with Jeroboam, ver. 6, 7. 3. Other Acts, ve 7. 3. His Death, ver. 8. 4. His Succeffor, viz. Afa his fon, ver. 8. III. The third King of judah, was e ASA, defcribed by 1. Tliettme of his Reign, viz. 41 years, ver. 9, 10. 2. Hit Ails. 1. Religious, like David. 1. He took away Sodom- ites out of the land, 2. Idols. 3. Removed Maachah his Mother from being Queen, for her idol, 4. Was upright, though high places not removed. 5. Erought into the Temple things dedicate, ver, 1 1. to i5. 2. Polemical. How he warred with Baaflia King of Ifrael, BOAM U.K. ABljAM. Chap. 15. III. King, e A SA 68 I. KINGS. 2. King. (Nadab. Ifrael, engaging Benhadad lv\ng of Syria, to he\o him, ver. \6. to 23. 5. Other aftsnot recorded here, ver. 23. 3. H'udifeafe in his feet in his old age, -ver. 23. 4. //« Death, ver. 24. 5. h'if Succeffor, h\i fon J ekoffiaph at, ver. 24. II, 2/;e /econi Kr/i£ of Ifr. 4. Ey his flaying all Baals Prophets, ver. 40 5. By his promifing raine to Ahab, and ob- taining ir. by much Prayer, ver.41 to the end of the chapt. 6. By his flight into the wil- dernefle, Jezebel thratningto kill him for killing Baals Prophets, r/;, XIX. 1.^4. In cjia_ „ which wildcrncfc 1 He requelteth to die, ver. 4. 2 He is twice fed with an Angel, ver. $.toB. 3 He walked in frrenpth of that food forty dayes and forty nights to M. fforeb , where the LORD wonderfully appearing to him.commands him to annoint J/a^ael King of Syria, Jehu King of Ifrael, aud Eliflja Prophet in his room, who follow- ed Eli'iah after he had call Irs mantle over hiin, ver. 8. to the end of the chapt. 5. His letting Benbadad King of n peace, C after God by direftions of a Prophet had given Ahab two victories over B:nhadai J'.ui tl.c Syrians, J making a Covenant with turn whom 1 A II. KINGS. 69 Chap. 20. whom he fhould have deftroyed , Ch. XX. ver. i.to 33. This fin is feverely threatnedbya Prophet, 1 Parabolically , ver. 33, to 41. 2 Plainly, i/er. 41,42 43. ' His murder of iV^ficf/; for his vineyard, dclcnbed I. By the Antecedents of this murder , yi^. flabotbs refufal to fell or exchange his vine- Chap. 21. yard to Ahab, Ch. XXI. 1. to 5. II. By the Manner how Jezebel, by fuborning two falfe witneffes, &c. Procured Naboth to befloned to death ver. 5, to 1 5. III. By the Confequcnts hereupon, viz. 1 Ahabs taking poflefhon of the vineyard, ver. 15,16. 2 Elijahs' fharp threatning againft Ahab, Jezebel, and all his houfefor this horrid faft, ver. 17.ro 25. 3 .d/wfo humbling himfelf hereat outwardly , (j though an extreame wicked man J ver. 25, 26, 27. 4. Gods refpite of the Judgment threatned hereupon, ver. 28. 29. 3. His death at Ramoth-Gilead, in battel with the Syrians, feeking to take it out of the Syrians hands This is at large defcribed, 1. By Ahabs perfwading Jehofliaphut King of Judah to go to battel with him, Chap 22. ffc.XXII.i.fo 5. 2. By Ahabs feducements by a lying fpirit in the falfe Prophets mouthes, m this engage- ment notwithftanding Micaiahs prcdiHtlon of Ahabs s fall at Ramoth-Gilead, whom Ahab therefore caufeth to be imprifoned, and fed with bread and water of affliction, ver. 5. to 30. 3. By the manner of the battel, wherein how King Jehofhaphat was endan- gered, and Ahab f though difguifed J ftaincver. 30. to 37. 4. By his Eurial, ver. 37. 5. By the dogs Mdzjngup Ahabs bl.oi according to the word of the LORD ver. 38. 4. His other Acts here unrecorded, ver. 39 . 5. His Succeflors, viz.. \\is(ovmc Ah azj ah, ver. ^. IV. rfe fourth King of Judah, n JEHOSH ApHAT, concerning whom here arc, i. The time of his reign, viz,, o twenty five years, w.41,42. 2. His mother, ver. 42. 3. His Acts. 1. Hewaiked in all the wayes of Afa, ("only high-places remained ) ver. 43, 2. Made peace with the King of ifrael, ver. 44. 3. Other Acts here not recorded, ver. 4$. 4. Removal cf the remnant of the Sodomites, ver. 4<5, ("then no King in Edom, ver.^j.) 5. Made fhips of Tha rfl>ifl> to eotoOphir for gold, not permitting King Ahaxiah to joyn with him herein, ver. 48, 49. 4. His death and burial ver. 50. 5. HisSucceffor^M^. his fon Jehoram, ver. 50* VIII. The eighth King of Ifrael, p AHAZIAH, fon of Ahab touching whom note •• 1. The time of his reign, viZj. two years ver, 5 r. 2. His great wickedneffe , walking in the way of Ahab, Jezebel, and Jeroboam, kiv'mgBaal, ver. 52, 53- . . . . His further Alls are continued in the beginning of II. Kings. IV. King: njchofha- phat. o See thif Chronolo- gy, cleared formerly in Sect. IV. foregoing. 8. King. pAhazjah. II. KINGS. TI Sed. I. Order , and Name. Hus the ftate of the Kingdom hath been defcrib- ed, According to the Rife and Beginning oj the Vivifion in it, in I. Kings. In the next place, the Kingdoms Condition is confidered According to the Progrefs and Growth of the Kingdoms Vivifion, and the miferable calamities growing and increafing thereupon. This is related in II. KINGS. Called in Heb. CD^IO 3> //. Melacim, i. e. II. KINGS. By the Greek, IV. of KINGDOMS. Better by the LatineJV KINGSjht Hiftory of the Kings being ftill continued in this Book. Some think, this, and the former Book were at firft but one Book ; and only divided to avoid greatnefs of the bulk, and multi- ad. Pareus plidty of Chapters. And as Parens noteth, That inAdverf. the German Verfion begins this Book at <,i.verfe of in 2 Reg. the foregoing chapt. fo as to take the whole ftory of Proem. Ahaxiah. Which doubtlefs were mod convenient, were it not that Concordances would be difordered thereby. Seft. II. Penmen. Touching the Penman of this Eook, (\vhich is a Continuation of the Hiftory of the Kings of Ifrael and Judah, after the Kingdom was Divided, till Ifrael was defrroyed by the Ajfrrian, Judah captived by the Babylonian.) See in Penman of I Kings. Seft. III. time or Chronologie. This Book, according to the Kings Reigns expreff- ed together with the feveral Inter-regnum's implied, contains ah Hiftory of the Kings of Ifrael from the dayesof Ahaxiah fonofAkab King of Ifrael, till the Devaftation of Ifrael by the Ajfyrians , for about 185 years and 'jmoneths: And of the Kings of Judah, from the death of Jehofhaphat King of Judah, till Judah was carried captive by the Babylonians, for about 344 years and an half. As in this eniuing Table is evident by the Scriptures inferred. KINGS of JVDAH. KINGS of ISRAEL. Teares Teares 8 5. Jehoram fon of$. Jehoram /on o/Ahab, 2 Jehofhaphat, I KKings^.i 22. 50. and 2 Kings 8. 16,17. 1 6. Ahaziah£ called alfo Jehoahaz, 2 Chron. 21. 17. and Azariah, 2 Chron. 22. 1, 6. Jyoungeft fonneof Jehoram, 2 KingsZ. 26. 6 Athaliab Mother of T 12 10. Jehu fon of Nlmfhi, 2 King.9.2.and 10. 36.28 ri. Jehoahaz fon o/Jehu, 2 Kings 13. 1, 10. — 17 t2. Joafh/in of Jehoahaz, 2 Kings 13. io. 1 5 Ahaziah 7o If. KINGS. KINGS oiJVDAH KINGS of ISRAEL 1! 52 Teares Ahaziah, 2 King: II. 12. 40 7 Jehoafh/ono/A- haziah,2Krn£.i2.] -9 8. Amaziah/on of Jehoafh.,2 King. 14.2 ■An Inter-regnumbe- twixt Amaziah tfy Azariali. See Kings 14. 23. /inrf 1$. 1, 2. p. Azariah(cd# ;•t to the Joannes, Throne before his brother Jeboiakjm, yet Jehoiakjm five Sal- was the elder brother by birth, about two years. lum nafci- Thus m Broughton, n Diodate, o Wolpbins, others, unty tur.Senioc fratre fuo regni ratione, 1 Chro. 3. Junior vero nativitate An. duob. H- Brought. Concent. S. Script, p. 105. Hanov. i6c2. n And the People ] Some believe that this Jehoahaz^wn inftalledby popular faftion, and not according to Birth-right, feeing that he was but 23 years of age when he began to reign, and reigned but three moneths : whereas his brother Jehiiukjm who fucceeded him, was 25 years of age when he began to reign, ver. 30. unlefs there were lome vacancy or Inter-regaum after Jeboaha^. Jo. Diodat. Annot. en 2 King. 23. 30. o'/oar. Wolph. Supple m. ud. Pet. Mort Com. in 2 Reg. 24. 1. <&c, thii. 72 II. KINGS. Chap. II. III. this knot. For, it may be that a faction among the the people fet up Jehoiakjm to be King before his time, without due right. See and cwfider well 2 Kings 23. 30. Or, perhaps King Jrfiah preferred his younger (or\ne Jehoahaz, appointing him after him to the Crown, before Jehoiakjm becaufe of his wickednefle, who yet afterwards by favour of Pha- raoh fleco came to the Crown, 2 Kings 23. 34. Thus God appointed Solomon though a younger brother to reign after David, 1 Kings 2. 15. and Rehoboam appoints Abtjah, a younger fon to fucceed him, 2 Chron. 11.20,22. and 12. Se&. V. Scope. The Scope of this II. KINGS (which is a Continua- tion of the Hiftory begun in I. KINGS.) is either 1 Wore Immediate, or 2 More Mediate. 1. More Immediate, To continue the Narration of the condition of the DividedState of the two King- doms of Ifrael and Judah from Jehofl>aphats reign, till the Affyrians deiolated Ifrael, and the Caldeans eaptived Judah, for their grievous fins, aggravated by their obftinate impenitency. Herein therefore are declared notably, 1. How ISRAEL perfifting in Jeroboams idolatry, and adding thereunto divers abominable Pagan idolatries, was plagued with Warres, Seditions, Treafons , murthers of Kings , Inter-regnum's,and intertuptious of the royal Govern- ment fometimes for many years together, yea, alter- ations of the royal Line, and other fad difaftersof State; till atlaftfj nocounfels or warnings of the Prophets,northefe heavy judgments inflifted upon them, pervailing" with them to repent) they were over-run and deftroyed by the AJfyrians, the people of Ifrael eaptived and utterly difperfed, and their Kingdome pof efed by Heathens mixed of feveral Countries, called Samaritanes, who fet up a mingle mangle Religion of Paganifme andjudaifme, called Samaritanifme. 2. How JVDAH a\(o( though Gods true Religion, Worfliip and Church was preferved (till among them, yet ) leavened with Ifraels corrup- tions, partly of themfelves too prone to idolatry, fell into moft grievous fins ; from which they conld never be throughly reclaimed, either by the Doctrine of Gods Prophets, or by the endeavours of divers godly Kings after Reformation, or by the Judgments of God on Ifraelor themfelves; or by the lingular mercy of God in delivering them from the Affyrians tyranny. So that God delivered them at laft into the hands of the Chaldeans, who after divers pref- furesinflifted on Judah, took, fackt, and burnt Je- rusalem and the Temple, and carried the people cap- tive to Babylon. And afterwards the remnant ofpoor people left in the Land were carried captive into Egypt. And yet in this moft woful eclipfeof the Jewifh Church, the Lord referved an holy feed to people the Church, and continued Davids line for the bringing forth of the Meffiah according to the flefli, as God had promifed to David. 2. More Mediately, to delineate 1 God verity in his Threats ahd Prcmifes, againft all difficulties and impediments intervening, and this not only to the godly, ("as to David and his houfe, continuing his feed that the Mefiah might defcend of himjbut alfo even to the wicked as to Jehu, &c. together with his feverity in his Judgments. 2 The continual re- volution of Families and State. 3 The mifchicf of finne, efpccially in Magiftrates, dividing them aud their people from God, and confequently themfelves amongft themfelves, till both Kings, People and Kingdomcs be ripe and ready for utter defolation. Se&. VI. Principal Tarts. The Chief Parts of this Hiftory may be considered (as in I. Kings, J according to the diftinfl Reigns of 8. King. p Ahriah the feveral Kings of ISRAEL and JUDAH, Proceed- ing on where the former Hiflory left, vi^. at AHA- ZIAH the eighth King of Ifrael,\vhofe Hiftory hpartly laid down in the clofe of I. Kings, and partly in the beginning of II. Kings. VIII. The eighth King of Ifrael, p AHA2IAH, fon of Ahab, touching whom note: 1. The time of his Reign, w^,two years, 1 Kings 22 2. His great wickedneffe, walking in the way of Ahab Jezebel, and Jeroboam, fciv'mgBaal, 1 Kings 22. 52,53- [ Hitherto his Hiflory is recorded in I. KINGS. J 3. HeisinfeftedwithjWijd^ rebellion againft Ifraely his father Ahab being dead, 2 King. 1, 1. 4. His fending in his ficknefTe to Baal-^ebub idol- god of Ekron, to know whether he fhould recover of his difeafe. Defcribed 1. By the occafion of his difeafe, his falling down through a Lattejfe, ver. 2. 2. HismefTage to Baal-^ebub, ver. 2. 3. His anfwer that he fhould die returned, Partly by his own mefiengers from Elijah the Prophet, met in their way, ver. 3. to 9, Partly by Elijah himfelf coming down to him, at the hnmble requeft of the third Captain and his fifty, after Eli]ah had with fire from Heaven deftroyed two Captains and their fifties, ver. 9. to 17. ' 5. His death, ver. 17. 6. His SuccefTour, vi^. Jehoram his brother, f Aha- TJah having no fonne,) ver. 17. 7. His other Afts here unrecorded, ver. 18. IX. the ninth King of Ifrael, q JEHORAM fon of Ahab 9- K?ng; AhaxiaVs brother. In his dayes many memor- ^Jehoram able things fell out, efpecially in refpeft of the two famous Prophets, Elijah and Eliflia who lived in his dayes. Here are particularly recorded. 1. The Tranjlation of Elijah, Q i. e. Of whom the world was not worthy, Heb. 1 1 38. as r Broughton noteth ,_) who went up to Heaven Concentts by a whirl-wind in a fiery charet , Ch. II. ver. Script.'p. * i*t*n> 9$.Hamv. 1602. Helios (icut & Enoch in Teftimonium noviffimi temporfs adhuc fine morte fervatur , ut fcilicet horum in ore duorurn teftium, noviffimi tcftimonii fermoconfiftar, inextremo tempore pauloante quam damneturSatanasqui humanum genus aperto bello deprimar. Conveniebat ergo ut Hdiat, quern divini amoris Zelusignito in animo fuoflagraffetardore, & per ignem miranda. multa figna faceret, fe per currum igneum ab omnibus commura- tum dominus ad fublimiorem flatum eveheret. Aug de Mirabil. S. Script. I. 2, c. 22, Tom. 3. 2. The Succeffion of Eliflja as Prophet in flead of Elijah ; a double portion of his fpiritual refting upon him. This is discovered , 1. By Elifljahs palling through Jordan, having divided it by Elijah's mantle, ver. 13, 14. which Act is amplified, Partly by the young Prophets acknowledgment hereof, ver. 15. Partly by the young Prophets importunity with Eli- flja to let fifty men go feek by Elijah againft Elifl>a\ mind, ver. 16,17,18. 2. By Eliflia' s healing the bad water and barren ground of Jericho with fait, ver. 19. to 23, 3. By his curfingin the Name of the Lord fourty two children that mocked him at Beth-el, (6 that two fhe-bcars out of the wood deftroyed them, ver. 23, 24. Amplified by Eliflia's journey thence to M. Carmel, and thence to Samaria, ver. 25. 3. The time of JEHORAM'S reign in Samaria, when it began, vi^. in Jehofljaphat's eighteenth vear, how long it continued, vhr. twelve years, Ch. III. 1. 4. Jehorams Alis. Ctap. 3. 1. Moral i though he put away Baal, yet he follow- ed Jeroboam, ver. 2, 3. 2. Polemic.il or warlike. He warred with flfefba King of Moab, where note 1. The occafion of the Warre, the King of Moabs rebellion againft Ifrael, ver. 4, 5. 2. Jebtrams proi iwjng. affiftance of Ring Jchfliaph.it, Chap. 2. r H.Br ought Chap. IIII. to IX. If. KING S. 73 Chap. 4. Chap. 5. Jehrfljaphat, and the King of Edom ro joyn barrel againft Moab, ver. 6. to 9. 3. Eitfhas obtaining water for the Army of thefe three Kings in their di- ftrefle, affuring them alfo of viftory over Moab. vet. 9, to 21. 4. The Moabites, thinking the water was thcblood of the Kings that had destroyed one ano- ther, are fubdued by Ifrael, ver. 21. to 26. 5. The King of Moab being ;in anexrream ftrair, Sacrificeth bis Eldefl Son as a Burnt • offer i ng , whereupon the two Kings being incenfed againft the King of Ifrael, (J whofe wrath againft Moab occafioned this horrid •Aft, J withdrew, ver. 26, 27. 5. Elifia's Atts , very wonderfull, viz:, 1. He multiplies the oyle of the Prophets widow, whereby fhe paidiher debts, ch. IV, ver, r. to 8. 2. To teftifie his gratitude to the Shunamite, for her kinde entertainment of him, *• He promifeth her a fonne, (though her husband was old, and fhe childlefs.J ver. 8. to 18. 2. He raifeth her fonne, C being dead ) to life again, ver. 18. to 38 . 3. He heals the Pottage of the children of the .Prophets at Gilgal, ver. 38. to 42. ' 4. He feeds one hundred men with twenty barley loaves, ver. 42 , 43, 44. 5. He cures tfaaman the Syrian of his leprofie, this cure at large defcribed. And how heinflifted Haamzns leprofie upon his own covetous fervant Gehazj, for taking a gift of Naaman, Ch. V. through- out. 6. Hecaufeth an f Axe head to fwim in Jordan, which fell from one cutting down a beam there , Ch. VI. 1. to 8. .Chap. 6. •fGravem ferri naturam tenuis aqua? fubftantia ferre non valet. Sed tamen qui poftmodura fub Petri pedibus maris folidaverat naturam, ante ilium de profundo ferrum Ie vare jubet. Aug. de Mirab. S. Script. 1, 2. c, 25. torn. 3. 7. He difcovers the projefts of the Syrians Army againft Ifrael divers times, and defeats them, ver. 8. to 13. Whereupon the King of Syria, fending an huge hoft to furprize Elifia at Dothan, El\fl>a t fmites the people withblindneife, leads them into Samaria opens their eyes,permits not Jehoram to fmite them, tNonita .direftshim to feaftthem, and difmilTe them, ver. igiturut 13.ro 24. lucem dei non videret hicpopulns ca>citate percutitur, fed prefentis Hehf&i & Iocomro per quos ambulabant agnitio ab illorum oculis occulra- tur. Si etenim cascata diei lucem non confpiceret, nequaquam tanta multitudo folum Helifaum fequi ducentem Samariampo- tuiflet. Ipfa igitur caxitate percuffi funt, dum quem viderunt nullo modo intellexerunt. Aug. de Mirab. S. Script. 1,2. c, 26. Tom. 3. 8. He prophecieth of extraordinary plenty in the extream famine of Samaria befieg'd by Benha* dadKmg of Syria. Here note 1. Benhadad King of Syria's befieging of Samaria, ver. 24. 2, Extremity of famine in Samaria through the fiege; defcribed, By the exedfive price of food ver. 2$. By the vvo- mensboyling and eating of their own children, ver. 26.1030. By the King of Jfraels bloody intention againft Elifha, as the caufe of this famine, ver. 30. to the end of the chapt. 3. Elifta's Prophecy of great plenty in Samaria on the morrow, and how the Lord brought it about by terrifying the Syrians, that they all fled and left their Tents with all their Provifion, which one of the Kings Lords faw but tafted not thereof, becaufe he believed not El'tflia's Prophecy, Chap.7. Ch.WU. throughout. 9. He direfts the woman, (whofe fon he had raifed from the dead ) to depart out of Ifrael, to fo- journ elfewhere, by reafon of 7 years famine coming Chap. 8. upon the land, C&. VIII. 1. Confequents whereof, 1. The womans fojourningfeven years in the Philiftines land, ver. 2. 2. Her requeft ro the King at her return for her houfe and land, at that very ti me when Ge- bazj ElifJia's fervant was talking with the King about the great afts of Eli(ha, and particularly of railing this wemans fon from rhe dead, ver. 3. to 6, 3. Here- upon the King commands all hers to be reftored, ver. 6. 10. Heat DamafcM anfwers Benhadad King of Syria , being fick, ( fending Ha^acl his fervant to £- Hflja to know whether he fhould recover, ) that he might recover, [_\. e. for any danger of his difcafe, "] yet he fhould certainly die,[ i.e. by fome other acci- dent, ~]ver. 7. to 11, This is further amplified 1. By Elifljai fetting his countenance on Ha^ael, and weeping, becaufe of all the evil that Ha\ael fhould do againft Ifrael, when he came to be King of Syria, ver. 11/014. 2- By Uriels return of his meiTage to King Benhadad, ver. 15. 3. By Hazaels killing Benhadad with a wet cloth fpread upon his face, and reigning in his ftead, ver. 1 5. V. The fifth King of Judah, u JEHORAM fonne VjKu"g' of J ehofl>aph at. Touching whom here are re- u Jenorain corded. ] 1. The time of his reign, beginning in his fathers life time in the fifth year of Jehoram King of Ifrael, and continuing eight years, ver. 16, 17. 2. His Afts Moral, Martial,and Others. 1. Moral; he wickedly walked after Ahab. His wickedneffe is defcribed, 1. By the caufe of it, Affinity with Ahab, ver. 18. a. The effect that would have followed, (but for Gods Promife toDavid) w^deftruftionof Judah, ver. 19. 2. Martial, uniting Edom that revolted from under the hand of Judah, Libnah alfo re- volting at the fame time, ver. 20. to 23. 3. Other Ails not recorded here. ver. 23. His death and burial, ver. 24. 4. His Succeflbr, Ahazjah his fonne, ver. 24.' VI. the fixth King of Judah, x AH AZIAH, youn- geft fonne of Jehoram, f called alfo Jehoahaz, and A^ari ah, 5'ee2Chron. 21. 17. and 22. i, 6. _)Touching whom note, 1. The time of his Reign, viz,, one year, ver. 25, 26, and chap. 9. 29. 2. His mother, Athaliah daughter of Omri, ver, 26. 3. His wickedneffe, like the houfe of Ahab with which he had affinity, ver. 27. 4. His joy ning with JEHORAM King of Ifrael to warrewith /fa^e/KingofSyri<*, ver. 28. This Aft is defcribed by the Events, vi^. 1. Joram King of Ifrael fon of Ahab wounded, went back to Jezjeehohe cured, ver. 28, 29. 2. Ahazjah King of Judah goes to Jezjeel, to vifit Jehoram being fick, ver. 29. where (rhe Providence ofy God fo ordering things, J Jehu Annoynted King of Ifrael at Ramoth- Gilead, to cut off the houfe of Ahab, flew them both, Ch. IX. ver. 1. fo. 30; VI, King.' x Ahaziah alias Je- hoahaz,^ Azariah. y 2 Chro. 22. 6, 7,8, 9- X. the tenth King of Ifrael, z JEHU fonne of Je- X. King. hofhaphat, fonne of N'tmfhi. Touching whom note, % Jehu 1. Hituntlion at Ramoth-Gilead ( while ]ehoram and Ahazjah were at Jezjeel,') by one of the fons of the Prophets. 1. Commanded and direfted by the Prophet Elifha,Ch.lX. 1. to 4. 2. Effeiled by the Chap. 9. young Prophet, with Gods Commifhon to Jehu a- gainft Ahabs houfe tor avenging the blood of Gods Prophets and fervants thereon, ver. 4. to 11. 3. Ac- knowledgedby3.\[]ehu's Company, ver. n. to 14. 2 Hit Alh ofjuftice, as the fword of the LORD, inliifting vengeance on Ahabs houfe,and that related to him, vizi 1. On Jehoram K'mgof Ifrael fonne of Ahab, a- gainft whom Jehu confpired, fhot him through the heart, and caufed his body tobecaft in the portion of the field of Naboth,ver 14.ro 27. 2. On Ahazjah King of Judah, who came with U Jehjram 74 II. KINGS, Chap. XI. to XV Jehoram againft ]ehu, whom he fmote, and he died at Megiddo, ver. 27. to 30. 3. On Jezebel Ahabs wife, whom Jehu caufed to be thrown out of a window fo fhe was trodden under foot,and eatenup of &og%yv.$o.totbe end of the ch apt. 4. On Ahabs feventy fonnes in Samaria, whom he caufed to be beheaded, and their heads to be fent unto him tojezreeLCb. X. I. to 11. $. On all Ahabs great m«n, kinsfolks and Priefts in Jezreel, all (lain, ver. 11. 6. On fourty two brethren of Ahazjab King of Judah, going to vifit Ahabs fonnes in Samaria, he flew them all, ver. 12, 13,14, 7. On all that remained to Ahab in Samaria ("taking Jehonadab along with him in his Chariot, to fee his zealfbr the LORD, ) he flew them all, ver. 15,15,17. 8. On all the Priefts and worfhippers of Baal, called together to Baals, houfe, under pretence of agreatfacrificetoBrftf/, whom he flew, utterly de- moli/hing all Baals images and his houfe, ver, 18. to 29. Thefe afts of Jehu are amplified 1. By the Lords promife to Jehu for this fervice,that his fonnes of the fourth generation fhould fit on the Thrcne. 2. By Jehu's want of uprightnefs,following Jeroboam's ido- latry, ver. 29. to 32. 3. by Hazjxels fmiting Ifrael in all their coalts,i>er. 32,33. 3. His other Ads here unrecorded, ver- 34. 4. His death and burial, ver. 3$. 5. His Succeffor, viz,. Jehoahaz. his fon, ver. 3$. 6. The time of his Reign, 28. years, ver. 35. a Athaliah <5ueen. Chap. 11. VII. King. bjehoafh. Chap. 1 2. a ATHALT AH, Mother of King Ahazjah, hearing that Abazjah was dead, maffacred all the feed Royal ("except JehoafJ) fon of Ah&zjab, who was hid fix years in the Houfe of the LORD, } and fo Jong fhe ufurped the Kingdome of J«- dab,Ch.X\.\,2,%. VII. The feventh King of Judah bjEHO ASH fon of Abazjah, Touching whom note I. The manner how he was crowned and annoint- ed by ]ehoiada the Prieft in the Temple of the LORD, ver. 4. to 13. Amplified, i-By. ]eho- iada\ Command to kill Atbaliab, who came in at the Coronation, crying Treafon, Treafon, ver. 13. to 17. 2. By the Covenant with Je- boiada made at the Coronation betwixt the Lord, the King and People, ver. 17. 3. By Jehoiada's reftoring the Worfliip of God, the People demolifliing Baals houfe and idols, and flaying Matt an the Prieft of Baalin Judah, as ]ebu deftroyed Baal in Ifrael,ver. 18 4. By the Kings fitting on the Throne, ver. 19. 5. By theConfequents hereof, the Peoples joy, the Cities quiet, ver. 20. 6. By the time when Jeboaffjwas crowned , viz.. at feven years old, ver. 21. 2. The time of his Reign, viz.. 40 years, ch. XII. 1 3. His Arts, viz, 1. Reigned well, while Jehoiada the Prieft inftrufted him, f only high-places not deftroyed ) ver. 2,3. 2. Takes order a- bout repair of the Temple, ver. 4. to 17. 3. By a Prefentofthe Treafure, diverts Haz.ael from coming to fight againft Jerufalem,ver.\i to 19. 4. His other Afts here unrecorded, ver. 19. 4. His death, his fervants confpiring againft him, flew him, ver. 20, 21. 5. His Succeffor, Amazjah his fon, tier. 21. 1 1 Kine *L r/;e elevmb Ki"g of Ifrael, c JEHOAHAZ, Son cVehoahaz of Jf/j"> f Jf/;"'J *• Generation, ] Touching him are Chan 12 ^corded 17. years, opprefiion of Ifrael, under Hazael King of Syria ; from which yet the LORD f befought by JehoahaO delivered them, ver. 3. to 8. 3. His other Afts unrecorded here, ver. 8. 4. His death and burial, ver. 9. 5. HisSucceffour, viz.. Jehoafh his fon, ver. 9. XII. 77;e twelfth King of ifrael, d JEHOASA, Son 12, King, of Jehoahaz., [ Jehu's II. Generation, 3 Touching djeboaffu him are recorded, 1. The time of his Reign, i/i^. 16. years, ver. io. 2. His wickedneffe, walking in all the fins of Je- roboam, ver. 11, 3. His other Afts here unrecorded, ver. 12, f His warre with Amazjah ch. 14. 8. to i$.) 4. His death and buri-~ recorded 1. The time of his Reign, viz,. XIII. 1. 2. Hisvvickcdnefsis 1. Defcribcd, in following the fins of Jo -oboam, ver. 2. 2. Puniihed, by the grievous Thefe are here mentioned >perofT£?P *3£}T\&Vi0T.bj Anticipation. al, ver. i3»( See in cta/ir. 14,15,1 6.) $. His Succeffor, vr*.. , Jeroboam his fon, 1zer.i3._y <5. His vifiting of the Prophet ELISMA e fick to e Elifha1* death. Where 1. His mourning over him, ver. 14. deaths 8cc. 2, Eliza's prophecying unto him of his three-fold victory over Syria, ver. 15. ro2o. 3 Elifha't death and burial, ver. 20. illuftrated by that Famout Mira- cle wrought by Elifl/a's dead bones, which revived a de ad man touching them in his Sepulchre, ver. 21, 4. Jehoajh his three victories over Benhadad fon of /fa- Z.aelKing of Syria, ver. 22. to the end of the ch apt. VIII. The eighth Kingofjudab, f AM AZI AH fon VlllJCing, ofJeAort/J;KingofJ«/>^andcoafts thereof, ripping up the women with child, ver. 16. 2. The time of his Reign, viz. 10 years, ver. 17. 3. His wickedneffe, infilling in Jeroboams fins, ver. 18. 4. His diverting Pull King of Affyria from coming a- gainft Ifrael, and confirming the Kingdome in his hand,by giving him 1000 Talents of filver,exacled after of the rich men of Ifrael, ver. 19, 20, 5. His other Afts not here recorded, ver. 21 6. His Death, and Succeffor, viz. Pe\ahiah his fon, ver. 22j XVII. Thefeventeenth King of Ifrael, m PEKAHI AH fon of Mt 3 ihem. Concerning whom note, 1. The time of his Reign, viz. two years, ver. 23. 2. His wickedneffe, following Jeroboams fins, ver. 24. 3. His Death by Pe\ah fon of Remaliah, a Captain of his, confpiring againft him, ver. 2$. 4. His other Afts unrecorded here, ver. 26. XVIII. the eighteenth King ofIfrael,n PEK AH fon of Remaliah. Touching whom here are, 1. The timeofhis Reign, viz. 20 years, i/er. 27. 2. His wickedneffe, following Jeroboams fins, ver. 28. 3. His grievous oppreffion by Tiglath-pilefer King of Affyria, captivating all the land of Naphtali, ver. 29 4. His Death by Hofhea fon of Elah confpiring againft him, and reigning in his ftead, ver. 30. 5. His other Acts here unrecorded, ver. 31. X. thetenth King of Judah, oJOTHAM fon otVlr xiah. Touching whom are recorded, 1. The time of his Reign, ver. 32, 33. 2. His good Reign, yet blemifhed by Tolerating the High-places, ver. 34,35. 3. His building the Higher gate of the Temple, ver. 35. 4. His Afts here not recorded, ver. 36. 5. His Kingdoms oppreffion by Rezjn King of Syria, zndPe^ah King of ifrael, begins,i/ejr. 37. 6. His death and burial , ver. 38. 7. His Succeffor, viz. Ahax^ his fon, w. 38. XL The eleventh King of ]udah,p AHAZfonof Jotham. Concerning him are recorded, 1. The time of his Reign, viz. 16 years, Ch. XVI. 1, 2. 2. His great wickedneffe, defcribed, Negatively. Pofitively, ver. 2, 3, 4. 3. His engaging of Tiglath-pilefer by aPrefent to help him againft Rezjn King of Syria, and Pek_ah Kingof Ifrael, ver. $.to 10. Amplified, 1. Ey his fending from Damafcw ( whither he went to meet Tiglath-pilefer J a pattern of the Altar there , to Zfrijah the Prieft to make one like it, ver. 10. to 14. 2. By his diverting the brazen Altar of the Temple ' to his private devotions, ver. 14, 15, 16. 3. By his disfurnilhing the Temple ofutenfilsfor the Kingof Affyria, ver. 17, 18- 4. His other Atts here unrecorded, ver. 19. 5. His Death and Burial, ver. 20. 6. His Succeffor, viz. He*ekiah his fon, ver. 20. XIX. The nineteenth and lafl King of Ifrael, qHO- SHEA fon of Elah. Touching him here are, J. The time of his Reign, viz. 9. years. C/>. XVII. 1. 2. His wickednefs, yet not as former Kings of Ifraelt ver. 2. 3. Gods Judgments upon him, and upon his whole Kingdom of Ifrael by Shalmanefer King of Affyria^ vi^. 1. Upon King Hofhea himfelf, being 1. Subdued, and made tributary to shalmanefer, ver. 3. 2. Shut up and bound in prifon, for his confpiracy with So King of Egypt aga inft Shalmanefer, ver. 4. 2. Upon Samaria the Royal City (taken by SW- martefer after three years Siege.) and upon the whole Kingdom of Ifrael, utterly rooting them out. 1. By hit carrying Ifrael capt ive out of their own Land. 2. By his planting a mixed people offorreign Nations in their Land. I. By his carrying all Ifrael Captive out of their own Land into Affyria, ver. 5. to 24. This is defcribed. 1. By the particular places whither they were carried Captive, ver. 6. 2. By the Caufes of their Captivity, viz. Their many and great fins, efpecially their various and notorious Idolatries from the dayes of Jeroboam fon ofNebat, ver. 7. to 24. wherein are inferted thefe Aggravation's of their fins; They were 1. Againft Gods mercies to them, who brought them out of Egypt. 2. Contrary to all Gods warnings by his Pro- phets. 3. Contagious even to Judah alfo. II. By his planting mixed people of heathen Coun- tries in Cities of Samaria ; who being plagued with Lyons for their Pagan Idolatries, make a mixture of Religion of Judaifme and Paganifme, ver. 24. to the end of the chapt. ' Thui was the Kingdome of Ifrael utterly dejiroyed for the great iniquities thereof. XII. The twelfth King of Judah, r HEZEKIAH fon of Ahax_. Touching whom here are recorded, 1. The time of his Reign, viz. 29 years, ch. XVIII. 1,2. 2. His good Reign, Commended and Rewarded. 1. Commended 1. Comparatively, like D avid , ver.%. 2. Pofitively, he reformed Religion, abolifhing Idolatry,particularly High-places, and Mofes his Brazen Serpent idolized, ver. 4. 3. Superlatively, he excelled all the Kings of Judah, in faith, obedience, and conftancy therein, -ver. 5, 6. II. Rewarded with many fingular bleffings from God. As 1. The LORDS prefence with him, ver, 7. 2. His profperous fucceffe in all his enter- prizes, ver. 7. 3. His ability to rejeft the Affyrian yoke, ver. 7. 4. His viftory over the Philiftines,ver. 8. 5. His and his Kingdoms prefervation, in the fourth year of his Reign, &c. when all Ifrael were ruined and carried Captive by the Affy- rian,ver. 9. to 14, 6. Hit delivering of himfelf and Kingdome in the fourteenth year of his Reign from Sen- nacherib, King of Affyria, by fubmitting to a Tribute, ver. 13 to 17. '. 7. Hhand J er uf ale ins wonderful prefcrva- tion after this,againft the King of AJfyrias Army coming to befiege Jerufalem, where note 1. The Affyrians approach to Jerufalem, ver.i']. 2. Rabjhe\ahs proud railing fpeech to rhe Kings 19. King, q Hofhea. Chap. 17. XII. King; rHe^e- kjah. Chap. 18.' 7* If. KINGS. Ghap. XIX. to XXIII. Kings Mtffengers, inviting the people to revolt • from King He^ekjab to the King of Ajfyria, v. 18. to the end of the chapt. 5. He^ekjah deep- ly perplexed riereat, fends to the prophet Ifa- jhap. 19. iah to pray for the remnant left, Cb. XIX 1. to 6. 4. Ifaiahs encouraging meffage from the Lord to He^ekjah, vex. 6,7. 5. Rabfijel^ahs diverfion for prefent from jexufalem, vex. 8. 6. Rabfhek.ah's blafphemous letter afterwards to He^ekiah, vex. 9. to 14. 7. Hexckjah's Pray- er to the Lord upon it in the Temple, fpxeading the Letter before the Lord, vex. 14.ro 20. 8. The Lords moft comfortable meffage again by the Prophet Ifaiah to Herektah, touching ]e- rufalems prefervarion, and Sennacheribs de- ftruftion, vex. 20. to 3$. 9. The Lords ven- geance on both Sennacheribs Army, (an Angel, that night flaying 18 5000. of them 3 and Sen- nachexib himfelf murdered ati his idolatrous worfhipby two of his own fons, vex. 3$. to the end of the chapt. 8- His reprieve from the fentence of death fent him from God, where 1. The fentence of Chap. 20. death is declared, Cfc. XX. 1. 2. Hexekiah's Frayex for refpite, vex. 2,3. 3. The Lords An- fwer of his Prayer, adding to his life fifteen years, giving him aSigne, viz. the f Sun going bacl^ten degxees, and recovering him from his fickneffe, by a lump of figs healing his boyle, ("it feems he was fick of the Peftilence,} vex. 4. to (Conveniett- '2. This recovery of Hezekiah is ampli6ed by tex autem Bexodach-Baladan, fonne of Baladan King of tale Sig- Babylons Congratulation hereat, to \shomHe- rmm Regi ^elnabs fhews all his treafures, whereupon Ifa- in mortis tab threatens the fad Babyloniflj Captivity; to expeftatio' which fevere threatning Hezjkjahs felf-deny- nepofito inglyfubmits,i/er. 12.ro 20. aptijfime r . . evenit, quod dominm per Colemfiext taliter; per folem congxua dif- fenjatione difpofuit, quoniam ficut Sol in pexcintfu occafnt Juipofitttf, indieiinitiumreducitux : 5/crex in mortis expettatione conftituw, quafi ad incipient* vita gaudia revocatur. Aug uft. de Mirabil. Script. I. 2. c, 28. Tom. 3. Retrocefftonem verojolis quod attinet,erat Mate i!la,qua CHRIS- TVS promijfwseft, FILIVS VIRGIN1S , primoregi, qui hoc credi- dit idem reipfa, quod fuit ecdipfis Centurioni, Matth. 27. qua per mot 1*1 eum filium Dei agnovit. Hie. vero attende malitiam pariter foftultitiam Ethnicorum. Merodac Rex Babylonia mifit Jerofo- lymam fcifcitatum fuper hac xe. Hoc ex Scxiptura dididmw. Aflrp- nomi tamen Chaldsi hac omnia conantux fupp)imere, qui apud Pto- Iomeum multas referentesEcclipfes,qu£ cixca bac tempora accidexunt hoc mixaculum filentio pxatexeunt. Gx&ci convextunt in Fabulam, Solem inimicum ob Herculis Nativitatem notfemprotraxiffe. Lucian. Et tamen k&c fabula normihil ad veritatem accedit. H. Brought. Concent. S. Script, p. 103. 105. Hanov. 1602. HezeQahs other Acts here unrecorded in par- ticular, rer. 20. His death, vex. 21. His Succeffor, viz. Manaffeh his fon,iw. 21. XIII. King XMANAS- SEH. Chap. 21. XIV. King. u AMON. XIII. The thirteenth King of Judah, t MANASSEH fon of He\ekiah. Touching whom note 1. The time of his Reign, 55 years, ch. XXI. 1. 2. The unparallel'd wickednefteof his Reign, em- phatically 1 Dcfrribcd, 2. Aggravated , 3. Threatned with the ruinc of Judah and Jerufa- lem,ver. 2. to 17. 3. His other Afts, vex. 17. 4. His death and burial, ver. 18. 5. His Succeffor, viz. Amon his fon, vex. 18. I Land deftroy ed , ver. 2 3, 24. 4. His other Ads not here recorded, vex. 25. 5. His burial, ver. 26. 6. His Succeffor, viz. his fon Jofiah, fet up by the People, ver. 24, 26. XV. The fifteenth King of Judah, th^t excellent x JOSI AH fon of Amon, ( the Flower, the Crown, the Glory, the abfolute None-fuch among all the Kings of Judah. ~) Touching him are record- ed 1. The time of his Reign, viz. 31. years, Cbap. XXII. 1. r 2. The 'lingular and incomparable Piety of his Reign is defcribed 1. More generally, in his accurate walking in all the wayes of David ver. 2. 2. More particularly, in i« His taking care to repair the temple of the LORD, vex. 3, to 8, 2. His tendernejfe of heart, at the reading of the Book of the Law found in the Temple, threatning their Captivity for their fins, whereof he knew his Kingdom to be deep- ly guilty, Amplified 1. By his fendingto Huldah the Propheteffe, to enquire of the Lord for him and the Land, ver. 8. ro 15. 2. By Huldahs Anfwer, prophecying the deftruftion of Jerufalem for their fins,pro- mifing yet a refpite thereof in Jofiah" s dayes, ver. 1$. to the end of the chapt. 3- His caufing the Book of the Law to be publiquely read before all the people, Cb. XXIII. i, 2. 4- His renewing Covenant with the Lord and the people, ver. 2. 5. His impartial and utter deflruZlton of Ida- . latry, and all the monuments and Reliques ^ of Abominations both out of the houfe of , the Lord, Jerufalem, and the whole landj deftroying all the Priefls of the High- places, burning their bones upon their Al- tars, ver. 4. to 21. 6. His celebrating of the moll famous Paffe* over in Jerufalem, vex. 21, 22,23. 7. His putting away Wizards.familiar fpirirs images, idols, and all abominations dif- covered in the Land, ver. 24. All thefe Afts are amplified, 1. By Gods f fingular commendation of Jofiah for all this,i».2$. 2. By Gods retaining his difplea- fure ftiil againfl Judah and Jexufalem for ManaffeVs fins, notwithfianding all chat Jofiab had done, vex. 26, 27. 3. The other Afts of Jofiah not recorded here, ver. 28. 4. His death, being flain by Pharaoh Necho King of Egypt, at Megiddo. ver. 29, 30. 5. His Succeffor, viz, Jehoahaz^ his fon, ver. 30. XVI. Thefixteenth King of Judah, yjEHOAHAZ fon of Jofiah. Concerning whom note, 1. The time of his Reign, viz_. 3. moneths, ver.^u 2. His wickedneffe, ver. 32. 3. His depofing by Pharaoh Necho, who put the land to a Tribute, and fet up his Brother Etta- t'"»C changing his name to Jeboia^im) King in hisfteadjW. 33,34, 35. fc XIV. The fourteenth King of Judah, u AMON, fon of Manaffeh, Touching whom note 1. The time of his Reign, w^. 2 years, ver. 19. 2. His great wickedneffe, treading in his fathers ltcps,t/fr. 20, 21, 22. 3. His untimely dcath,by his own fervants confpi- ring againfl him ; all whom the people of the \ . ■ '.T XV. King. x]OSIAH Chap. 22. XVII. The Seventeenth King of Judah, z ELIAK1M alias JEH0IAK1M fon of jofiab. Concerning whom arc recorded, 1. The time of his Reign, n years, ver. 36. 2. His wickedneffe, vex. 37. 3. His punifhmcnr, being 1. Subdued by Kebu- chadne^ex King of Babyhn. 2. Rebelling a- gainft Nebuchadncwiix , invaded by bands of Chaldces, Syrians, At>abites and Ammonites, tot Manaffebvs fins, and the innocent blood whub he I Chap. 23. XVI.Kinjj. yjehoaha^ 17. King. zEliakim, alias Je~ hoiakjm. Chap. XXIV. XXV. I. CHRONICLES 77 Chap. 24. 18. King. a Jehoia- ctij'n. 19. King, b Mattani- ah, dekjab. (bed, which God would not pardon, Cb. 24.1. to 5. 4. His other Afts,ver. 5. 5. His death, ver. 6. 6. HisSucceflbr, viz. Jebotachtn his fon, ver. 6. [ The King of Egypt fubdued by the King of Babylon, is quiet, ver. 7. ] XVIII. The eighteenth King of Judah, a J EHO 1 A- CHIN fon of Jehoiakim. Touching him note. The time of his Reign, viz. three moneths, ver. 8. Hiswickedneffe,ver. 9, His, and all Judahs Captivity, Jerufalem taken andjackt ; All fave the poorer and weaker fort of people, vverecarried captive by Nebu- chadnezzar into Babylon,ver. 10. to 17. 4. His Succeffor, viz. Mattaniah his fathers bro- the r, fet up by the King of Babylon, whom he called Zedekjah, ver. 17. XIX. The nineteenth King of 'Judah, b MATTANI- AH, aim ZEDEKIAH, Jehoiachims father's bro- ther. Touching whom are recorded , . The time ofhis Reign, viz. 11. years in Jerufalem, ver. 18. , His great wickedneffe, ver. 19. His punifhment, in the deftuftion of ]erufalem. Where, fee 1. The immediate Occafion hereof, Zedckjahs rebellion againft the King of Babylon, ver. 20. 2. Jerufalem is taken after two years fiege by Nebuchadnezzar, Ch. XXV. 1,2,3, 4> 3- Ze~ Chap. 25. denial) flying is taken, his fons flain before his eyes and his eyes put out, ver. 4. ro8. 4. After this, Nebular adan burnt the Temple, Kings houfc, all the great houfes, and breaks down the walls of Jerufa- lem round about, ver. 8,9, 10. Captives the reft of the people ("except the poor of the land) ver. 11, 12. Caries away the utenfily of the Temple. ver. 13,79 18. The Priefts and other Officers he puts to death at c Riblah, ver. 18. to 22. $. Ne- buchadnezzar fets Gedaliah fon of Ahikam, Ruler over the people that remained in the land, ver.22. to 27. 6. Evil Merodach King of Babylon, in his firft year advanceth Jeboiachin in the 37. year ofhis clnRibla^ Captivity, ver. 27 . totbe end of the Bookj thainter- Thm Judah and Jerufalem, for their many great fins. raEmab, and Manaffeh's horrid abominations, arccafloffby quxnunc God, and deflated; their inhabitants carried cap- eft Anti- tiveto Babylon, and in as forlorn a condition there, as ochia. Aug Dry Bones, or the dead and Buried in their graves, de Mirab. Ezek. 37. 2,3, 4. &c. 11, 12, 13, 14. Andherein S. Script. how black, was the cloud, how doleful the Ecclipfe, 1, 2. c. 29. upon all the vifible glory of the Church of God ; Tom. 3. I. CHRONICLES. a Libros Annalium. Munftertu. b Gell'w de N. A. /. 5. c. 18. cTefta- menti ve- teris Epi- Seft. I. Order. IN former Hiflories the State of the Kingdom hath been defcribed, I. As Vniied,viz> ini and 2 Sam. 2. As Divided, viz- in 1 and 2 Kings. 3. Now it comes to be confidered, as, Both Vnited and divided, in 1 and 2 Chron. Sedt. II. Name. The Hebr. ftile this Book CT^H n^t Dibre Hai)amim, viz. The words of Dayes ; or, The words ofTeares.(J^V;im: being oft-times taken (or years) becaufe this Bock is a Sacred D I ART, or Holy AN- NALS report' og l 'lememorable Afts and Occurrents in the Church of Cod, and Civil States both Dome- flick and Forreigr< , Hence (V) fome, not unfitly enti- tle them, The Boo^ of Annals. Qh Annals, barely declaring matters of fail in order for divers yeares. J So thefetwo Book-, are the CHVRCHES ANNALS. The Greeks in the fame fenfe calls them x?0V"'J'> ('whence the Latin , Chronica? and our Engliih, CHRONICLES;} r.nd Bi/2a«$ Tm-^Xwtoyuaim ; Bibloui Paraleipomenon, /e.f\vhereof he gave Solomon the Model from the LORD, becaufe he was to build it, ) both by con- fecrated fpoils, as alfoby his own and the Peoples Freewill-offerings thereunto; delivering all into So- lomons hand before his death. 2. Mediate. 1. Clearly to draw down from Adam the Line and Genealogie of J ejtu Chrift, the k MES- SIAH promifed to the Fathers , but efpecially to David, Abraham, and Adam. That when in fulnefle of time this promifed Mediator fhould be performed and revealed in our ilefli, the Church and People of God might infallibly know, That this and no other was that very promifed SEED OF THE WO MAN, the Son of Abraham, t he Son of David. And this is the principal fcope of the Genealogie in the nine firft Chapters- 2. To propound in David the pattern of a good King indeed, and how happy that Kingdom and People are who are fo governed. Seel:. VI. Principal Parts. In this Book are Principally confidcrable 1. The Foundation. 2. The Conftit ution and Condition of the Ifraelitifh Kingdom. The FOUNDATION of the )fraelitifl> Kingdom in the firft Original of both the People and Kings of Ifrael, drawn down in a lineal defcent from Adam, the common root of all mankinde, unto Saul and David their firft Kings, and thence to the Captivity. Here are thel Genealogies Chap, ii Ofthe ten firft Patriarchs, viz. from Adam to Noah Chap, j, inclufiveIy,C/>. 1. vex. 1, 2, 3, 4. 1 Genealo- 2. Of Noah to Efau and JACOB, alia ISRAEL, &et from ver.5. to 34. andfo to the endofthe chapt. Adam to 3. Of /.4C0B, viz. his 12. fons, The PATRI- the Captir ARCHS, Ch.II. i,2.Thefe 12. Patriarchs are defcrib- ™ty. ed by their Genealogies, vi\. wherein J . JVDAHs Generations, the line of 1. By Shua's daughter the Canaanitefs, vet; 3. CHRIST 2. By Tamar his daughter-in-law, of whom def- Chap. 2. cended David, and all the Kings of Judab,ver. 4. to the end ofthe chapt. Ch. III. & ch. TV. to ver. 24. Chap. 3. II. SIMEON'S Generations , their habitations, and Chap, 4. fome of their Afts in K. He^ekjahs dayes, ver. 24.ro the end ofthe chapt. III. REVBEN's Generations C who loft his Birth- right ,and it became Jofephs) with their habitations and conqueft in the dayesof Saul,Ch. V. i.to 11. IV. GAD'S Generations, with their habitations, ver. n.ro 18. V. The Half-tribe of ManaffeVs Generations, and habitations. Amplified by 1. The number. 2. The Martial Exploits. 3. And the Captivity ofthe Reu- benites^ Gadites, and the half-tribe of Manaffeh, for their fins ; by Pull and Tiglath-pilefer , Kings of Afjyria ver. 18. to the endofthe chapt. / VI. LEVTs Generations, by 1. Kohath father of Amram, father of Aaron, Mofes, and Miriam. Drawn down to the Captivity, Ch. VI. chap; 6\ i.to i6.ofwhomcame Samuel, ver. 21.ro 29. 2. GerJJiomver. 17. 20,21. 3. Merari, ver. 29. 30. All thefe are amplified, 1. Ey their Offices, ver. 31. to 54. 2. By their dwellings in the Land of Canaan, ver. 54. to the endoftht-chapt. VU.ISSACHAR"s Generations with their number, and men of might, Ch. VII. i.to 6. Chap. 7.' VIII, NAPHTALPs Generations, ver. 13. IX. MANASSEHs Generations, ver. 14. ro 20. X. EPHRAIMs Generations, with their habitations, ver. 20. t9 30. XI. ASHEK's Generations, and Number, ver. 30.' to the end. XII. BENIAMINs Generations i.:Moreimperfe8ly reckoned with their number and mighty men, Ch. 7. ver. 6. to 13. 2. More fully drawn down to K. Saul and Jonathans Pofterity, Cbap.VIU. throughout. Thefe Genealogies are clofed up with the firftOri- ginal ofthefe Genealogies, Ch. IX. 1. 2. With the firft inhabitants of all thefe in Jerufatemjfraelites,priefts, Levites and Nethinims, with their offices there, ver. 2. to the end ofthe chapt. Among which number are reckoned the Predecefllrs of King Saul, and fo a fa- cile Tranflation is made to the Hiftory of the firft Kings, Saul and David. Thtu ofthe firft foundation of the Ijrael'itifl) Kingdom. The CONSTITUTION and CONDITION ofthe Ifraelitifli Kingdom, what it was 1. Under S.iul. 2. Under DAVID, the two firft Kings, is defcribed, from ch. 9. ver. 3$. to the end of this Bwk- 1. Under m SAUL, touching whom are record- ed, r. Hit Genealogy refumed to make entrance upon his ftory, ch. 9. v. 35. to the endofthe chapt. 2, His death, defcribed by 1. Tjc man ncr of it, be- ing wounded in the great Battel with the Pbil'iftines in M. Gilboa, himfclf took a fword, and ftll upon it, Ch. X. 1./05. 2. TheCnnfequents o]it; To his Ar- mour-Bearer, who alfo fell on his fword, ver. $. To the Ifraelites who tied, &c. ver. 6,7. To Saul, whofe head the Philiftines cut off, and faftned it in Dagons Temple, ver. 8,9. 10. Whofe body and bodies of his fonncs the men of Jabefli-Gilcad buried, ver. 11, 12, 13. 3. The procuring caufe hereof, vi^. Sauls finnes mentioned, ver. 13, 14. II. Under n DAVID, concerning him are record- n David ed I. His Regall Inauguration, 2. HH Reigne or Ad- jj# miniflraiion. 3. His Death. I. DAVIDS Inrt«,'«rrtf/on,orMann;r how he o'nam- ed the Crown, vi\. i.By Chap. 8. Chap. o. II. m Sauly King. Chap. 10. Chsp.XI.toXXlII. 1. By Ifraelsdefne; Grounded i. On natural Re- lation to David. 2. On Divine defignation of David to the Kingdom, whereupon they anoint him in He- Chap. 11. bron, Ch, XL 1,2, 3. 2. By the fingular valour of Davids Worthies, by taking Jebm, that is, Jerufalem from the Jebufttes, and by lengthening themfeltres and Davidto make him King, Thefe Worthies are named, and fome of their valiant Ads are mentioned, ver. 4. to the end of the chapt. 3. By the Acceffton of great multitudes of brave War- rious to David. 1. While David kept himfelf clofe from SauU in the Hold at Ziklag, eye. till he had a Chap. 12. great Hoaft like the Hoaft of God, Ch. XII. i.ro2?.. 2. When David czme to Hebron, there came many from the feveral Tribes to turn the Kingdom from Saul to David, ver. 23. to the end of the chapt. •II. DAVID'S Reign or Royal Adminiftratinn, being now advanced to the Throne •, where confider his Afts 1 EcclefiafticaL 2 Polemical. 3 Politicul. 4. 0 fjjs appointing the Priefts and Levirei to fanftifle themfel ves to bring up the Ark. in a due order, ver, 2.t0 2$. 3. The great folemnity of bringing up the Ark.: Da- vid clothed in a white linnen robe Dancing for joy before the Ark, ver. 25. to 29. Amplified by M't- chals defp'ifmg David for this Ad., ver. 29. 4. His fetting the Ark in the place prepared for it ; with Sacrifices, Bleffing and feeding the people, Ch. Chap. 16. XVI. 1, 2, 3. 5. Hisappointing officers to fing and play on inflru- ments before the Ark, ver. 4. to 7. 6. His delivering that day, firft into the hand of A- 'faph, A Pfalme of Thank [giving ar the bringing up 01 the Ark ro the City of David, recorded at large, ver. 7. to 37. 7. His leaving of the rfficers before meA)\, tomi- nifter there continually,as every dayes work requir- ed, ver. 37 to 43. 8. His and the Peoples departures to their own Houfes,ver. 43. II. To the Tew//;? of the LORD. Touching which here are declared T) v- 1 1. Davids p Purpofe and pious Refolution to build the v *Jr e Temple himfelf ; declared to, and approved byM*- huMW than*cb' XVIL I'2'. AmPlifiec* *■ Partly by the th' r °bl Lords meffage to Drfwrf, 1. Prohibiting him to build eiempie tne-r;emple. 2Promiiingto him many great blef- P* '7* fings in reference to his Kingdome,Hi™felf, his houfe and his Sonne that fhould build the houfe of the Lord ver. 3. to 16. 2. Partly by Davids thankfull Prayer thereupon to the LORD, Admiring with a ravifhed fpirit Gods wonderful goodneffe to him; and peti- tioning (or the Accomplifhment of the Lords pro- \ mifes to himfelf, his family and Kingdome, ver. 16. I. CHRONICLES. 79 Chap. 18 to the end of the chapter. 2. Davids Preparation far Solomons building the Temple. See after Polemical Aits. 2. Polemical or warlike Ails of David, viz. 1. He fubdued the Pbiliftinis, and took Gath. Ch. XVIII. 1. 2. He fubdued M'>ab,ver. 2. 3. He fmore Hadererer. King of Zobah, and fpoil- ed him, and flew 22000. Syrians that came to help him, fpoilingthem alfo, ver. 3. toy. Amplified 1. Ey Tou King of Hameths Congratulation, and rich Prefcnt to David, ( 'for Hadere^cr had warred with' Tou,) ver. 9, t . 2. Ey Davids dedicating thefe Pre- fenrs, and his rich fpoy/es taken from his enemies to the Lord, ver. 11. 4. He flew 18000 Edomitesln the valley of Salt, by Abifl>ai engarifoning Edom, ver. 12, 13. Thefe Acts are amplified r. By David's jufl Reign, 1/^.14. 2. By Davids chief Officers, ver. 15, 16 ,17. 5. Heavcngeth the villanous abufeofhis meflen- gers fent to comfort Hanun King of Amman, upon his fathers death, in two victorious battels, wj. 1. Sub- duing the Ammonites and Syrians joyned, Ch. XIX. i. to 16. 2. Conquering the Syrians beyond the , river with a great llaughter, ver. i6.tothe endof the Chap. 10. chapt ■■ 6. He wafteth the country of Amman, fpoyleth Rabbah, cutting the people with fawes, harrovves of iron, and axes, Ch. XX. 1. to 4. 7. He by his worthies flayeth three Gyams in three feveral battels wirh the Philifh'nes, ver. 4. to the end. Chap. 20; All thefe warlike Afts of David, are clofed up with that fad flory of Davids numbring the People through carnal confidence and vain-glory in the Arm of flefh,C/j. XXI. throughout. Defcribed 1 By chap. Hi the provoking caufe of it, Satan, ver. 1. 2. By the manner of it, howprefcribed, performed, ver. 2. to 7- 3. By the events hereof, viz. Gods Difpleafure. Davids Repentance. Gods Propofal of the choice of three judgments to David, and upon his choice flay- ing 70000 men by the PefHlence, ver. 7. to 1$. But the LORD flayed the hand of the defrroying Angel, by the Thre filing-floor of Oman the Jebufite* where Drfi/r^lamenting his fault, at the Lords appointment purchafeth the Tbrefhing-floor of Oman, Sacrificeth there, and the Lord anfwered him by fire from heaven, aud healed the land, ver. i^.tothe end of the chapt. Thefe Polemical Ails of David are inferred, as it feems they fell out, among bis Eccleftaftical or Religious Ails. 2.qDrfi'i d's Preparations for Solomons building of the Temple, Q Himfelf being prohibited to build it ; and informed, both that Solomon fhould build it, 1 Chron. 17. 12. and alfo of the place where the Lord would have it builded, viz. on the Tbrefliing-floor of Oman, God anfwering David there by fire from heaven. Compare 1 Chron. 21. 28, 29, 30 with 1 Chron. 22. 1. and revealing this unto him. J Davids preparatory Afts for building the Temple,were thefe. I. He provides Materials in great abundance, Ch. XXII. 1. to 5. II. He inflructs Solomon in Gods Promifes, and his duty about building theTempie, ver, $.to 17. III. He commands all the Princes of Tfrael to affift Solo man herein, ver. 17, 18, 19. whom in his old age he made King, Ch. XXIII. 1. IV. He orders all the feveral forts of Officers for the fervice of the Houfe of the LOR D, viz. I. He numbers the Levites from 30 years old and up- wards, viz, 38000 in all, ver. 2, 3. II. He cafls them into 4 Ranks, viz. 1. Promoters of the work of the Houfe of the Lord, 24000. ver. 4, 2. Officers and Judges, 6000. ver. 4. 3. Porters, 4000 ver. <,. 4. Praifersof the Lord with Inftrnments of Davidy 40001/. 5. III. Hediftributesthem intoCourfes, viz. Gerft>onites,Kohathites,zr\c\ Merarites, from the age of 20 years and upwards, ver. 6. to 24, IV. He ap- points q David's Preparati- ons for So- lomon's building the TEM- PLE. Chap. 22.' Chap. 23. . 8o I. CHRONICLES- Chap. 25. Chap. points their Offices and Employments, ver.24. to the end of the cbapt. V. He diilributes the Priefts the Chap. 24. fons of Aaron into 24 Courfes by Lot, cb. XXIV. 1. t 0 20. VI. He divides the reft of the fons of Aaron and Merari f not foiementioned) by Lot, ver. 20. totbeendofthecbapt. VII. He appoints Singers for the Temple , who fhould prophccie with Harps, Pfalteries, and Cymbals ; the fons of Afaph, Heman, and Jeduthan, Ch. XXV. 1. &c. where, 1. Their Numbers and Office, ver. 2. to 8. 2. Their diftri- bution by lot into 24 Courfes, correfpondent to the Priefts, ver. 8- to the end of the chapt. VIII. He dif- tributes the Porters; who cafb lots for the Gates 26. where they fhould attend, Ch. XXVI. 1. to 20. IX. He appoints Officers over the Treafuresof the Houfe of the Lord j and the Dedicate things, ver. 20. to 29. X. He fets of the Levites, chief Officers, 1. Over theoutwardbufineffe of ;/>* A. 1. Time when j vi%_. after 40 years reign, ver. 2d, vea.W.\ 27. 2. State and condition wherein •, full ofDayes, Rich- es, and Honour, ver. 28. III. Confequent, viz. Solomons Reign after him as his Succeffor, f reference being made to other Books for Davids other Afts ) ver. 28, 29. 30. AN I. CHRONICLES - id MMM$MMMMi%:MM& "4? Si? iff Ijjp IO gracious Prefence with his people ; and the Cabinet ,,. ^6.' of the Covenant. 2. To infinuate Prophetically the ' propagating of the Kingdom of the MESSIAH from Jews to Gentiles; exhorting the Jews to publifh and preach Gods praifes to the Gentiles, and there- upon the Gentiles to acknowledge Gods majefty, power, and benefits performed by CHRIST to the Churchy to renounce idols, turn to God, and ferve Y him 1 Sam. 4. 21, 22. 82 I. C H R 0 N I C L E S. h;m accoiding to his Word. How appofitely / The \ ARK being a fingular Type of JESUS CHRIST the true b Propitiatory or Mercy-feat, covering our fins condemned in Gods Law; The true c Ark of Gods Tefiament, which fhall fully be feen in Heaven by the Eleft to their endlefle joy. bRom. 5. 25. and 1 Jo. 2. 2. cRev. ii ig.Vifaefl Area foederis ^ Perfiftic in vetei is Tempi! Allegoria.in cujus abdito eratArca foederis CHR ISTI Typus ; nulli vifa, nifi Ponti- fici femel quorant.is. Sic Chriftus olim fuit occultus vix per tran- fennam populo cognitus. In novo Teftamento apparuit in came fed humilis, nee gloria einscernitur nunc inEvangelio, nifi fide. Judicioperafto videbitur Area foederis in coelo, hoc eft, appare- nt CHRISTU5 fuis eleftis in gloria cselefti ficuti eft. Nunc vide- mus insnigmate ir fpeculo, rune videbimus a facie ad faciem. Ha?c vifioeritfancto>-umfe!icitas. quando Chriftus feintuendum perfeftefruendu nque prxbebit, & gratiam foederis ratam per- feftamque przftabit. D. P areas in Com,in Rev. 1 1. 19. Touching the fignifica; ion, or my ftical fenfe of this Type, the Arkj> (ecAHiufl Quefr.Jeper Exod.lib. 2.^.105. &c Tom. 4. /t? palled on : 2 1 . To-wrong-them he permitted o none: But Kings for them reproved (\i\L 22. 0 touch mt mine- Anoint ed-ones : And to my Pi cphets do none ill. Sed. II, ( ?frl> 96. throughout. ) 23. O rllthcarthfmcVYa\Cca\v>ay Vmothe holy j.CR1 • -:one Evangeline )rorr. day to day hn g\oi'\ovs jnlv.q idols be B»r heaven' i toe Lirddid mate and grace. 27-, r W«& iWm is G/ory «nt/ Mzjrfie: Both ftrength and gladneffe in his place. 28. Attribute yeeunto the LORD Yce Peoples families ac length : Attribute yeeunto the LORD Surpailing Glorioufnt'ffc .mdflrengtb. 29. his name's due glory give the LORD ; ( Bring ^i ft, and come be for e-his-f ace; Boiv-dorvne-yoH) (elves unto the LORD In Beauty t of the holy-place. 30. 0 all the earth as ftonifned, Before his awful! Prefer.: equate : Likjwife the w, rid cflaHi/hed Sball-be full fure, led itjhouldfl>ake 31. Let heavens rejoyce Loth night and day, Andlct the earth exult amain : u Let them among the Gentiles fay, The Lord Omnipotent doth reigne. 32. Letfe.t and her fulncffe rocre-out ; Let field andx c H,,^re'uipi:rv-inirth. 33. fh"> y Trees before t) •. Lord fhallfhoHt : Because he comes to judge the eat th. Seer. lll.(rjal. 136. I. & 106. 47,48-) fi 34. 7, Laudye the LCRD.fr he isgood: Fox, his kjnd-mcrc} if \or aye. 35. Say yeehiecw) fe ,S<\ve wO God Our dare Solvation day by day. And gather x;( now out of frame,) And from the heathen w deliver : Toconfejje a to thin? Holy name, b Toglory intbyp\.:.f; for ever. 7,6. O blcfl for ever and for aye Ee Ij> aet"s God, the Lord ador'd .• Likewife let all the People fay AMEN, Amen; And praife the Lord* (Heb. Life- up. t Heb. of holinefs. vHeb. and. x Heb. All that is in. it. y H:b. Trees of the wood fhall fhout from be- fore the faces. z Heb. Confcfs. yee to Jehovah, a Heb. To the name of 1 Line holyneffe, b Heb. To praifc- them- felves,or to triumph. ILCHRONICLES. SecT:. I. Order. Sect. II. Name, IN the former Book, vi^. I CHRON. the date and condition of the Kingdoms oflirael hath been d :• fcribed,in refpeftof 1. The Ir.choation, orbegi>m;i;g of it, under Saul. 2. The Augment ax- -n, or Increafc. of it, under D4 I. CHRONICLES. dom, from the beginning of King Solomons Reign, till after Judah' s Re-turn from the Baby 1 on ifh Cap- tivity, which fell out in the firfl yeare of C TR V S K'rng of Perfia. And fo it contains in the whole, an Hiftory of about 541 years. Which maybe thus computed, w^. years. From the beginning of K. Solomons Reign ( wherewith this book begins) to the end of K. Jehofliaphats Reign ("wherewith I. Kings v ends ") 126 years. As hath been formerly demonftrated in Particulars, on I. KINGS Sett. IV. From the end of K. Jehofhaphats Reign J. till JVDAHvjzs wholly carried captive into Eabylon in the 1 1. of Zedekjah, C which is [ the whole time of the Hiftory defcribed in >> 344^ II. Kings ) about 344 years and a half. As * hathbeen formerly cleared, on II. KINGS, Sec4. III. in a Table, in particulars. ^ From the 11. year of Zedekjah, a when" Judah was carried captive to Babylon, to the end of the Captivity, 70 years; mentioned in iChvon 7,6. 20, 22, even till the reign of the Kingdome of Perfia, The Return of Judah out of the Captivity of Jerufaldm^ohviUc] tbeHoufeof God, in the hrft v.-are nfCTRVS King of Perfia, & accords ig to he liberty granted by his Pro- clamation •, here alfo recorded. 2. Chron. 2,6. 20,21,22, 23. •54ii a becaufe there is. fome queftion m'-r! ; :"i '>r\ what t 1 e th" Calcu- lation of years Captivity do commence ; we muft obferve, that in the Books of Kings i.A Chronicles we finde mention of 4 Babylonijh captivities. . In the firft, Manaffeh was carried away captive, 2 Chron. 22- II. In the fecond, Jehoiakjm was carried away captive, 2 Chron. 36. 6. In which Captivity Daniel the Prophet was carried to Ba- bylon Dan. I. 6. In the rNrd, Jehoiachin was carried away captive, 2 Kings 24. 14. And in this captivity the Prophet Ezekiel was Captive, Ez.e\. 1,2 . , 1 In the fourth, Zeleksab was carried away captive with the whole Nation except fome of the poor, 2 Kings 25, 2 Chron. 2,6. And from this Captivity did the 70 years commence : for in this only the whole Land was made a defolation, and then only did that Nation terse Nebuchadnezzar King of Babylon 70 years, as wa< fcre-prophecied, Jer.it,. 11, 12. And then only did the Lr.id enjoy her Sabbaths, 2 Cnron. 36. 21. Jer. 25. 9. & 12. Jo. Diod. in m Obfcrvations after II. Chron. Sett, V. Doubts and Difficulties Chro- nologic all. Doubt A. Mention if made of a Writing or Letter fent fiom the Prophet Elijah to that wicked ]ehoram, Sonne and SuccrfJ}))- o/Jehofbaphat King of Judah, threatn- ing him with a lamentable death by falling out of his bowels, for his wicked Reigne, andjor murdering bit brethren that were better than hiwfelf, 2 Chro, 21. 12, to 16. Now how could Elijah fend a Letter to this Jehoram, wlnnYW^h feems to be taken up to heaven in a fiery chariot before Jehoram began to reigne ? For Jehoram began not to reigne till he was thirty twoyears eld, 2 Chron. 21. 5. this his thirty fecond yeare was the fifth yeare of Jehoram fonne of Ahab King o/Ifrael 2 Ktrg. 8- i^, 17. But Eliiah was translated in the time of Jchofiaphat,J>rf/fnr/y after, the death of Aha- xiahfjnneof Ahab, probably in the very firft yeare of Ichoram J'mc of Ahab, Succeffor of Ahaziah, the ftory of Elijah's rapture being reiorded betwixt the death of Ahaziah , and the reigne of Jehoram King o/Ifrael. Compare 2 Kings 2. throughout, with 2 Kings 3. i. Anfw, 1. To fay that Elijah wrote this Letter after his rapture up into heaven, would gratifie the Pon- tificians, who hold that the dead have often written to the living. But fasb Broughton faith) this it but bEpiftola aDatage, We leave therefore that opinion to the b*i : fCr i pea deluded Papifts and their lying Legends. fujt a.,t Opinion, as ap- pearsby their words formerly alledged. d Scriptum ah Elijah ~\ Quod Elijah antequam affumeretur, fc, ip- ferat de futuro regno Jeborami: ut Jefchabia de futuro n^.i-> Cyri, Jefchah.44,^. fa Act \A de rtgaojfhrjj. 1 Rgg. .->. 3 s\c opportuit impium Rtgem ab abfentibus repreh ndi, quipraefen- tes non fuiiTer pafTus .- Nam Elijam rc-rhpr*! ibus Jofapbati 1 : ptum fuiffet ante hujus rcgnum, doeetur, 2. Reaphat, before his own Afiurrpn'on into Heaven, and this before the death of jebojhaphat ; and this furthermore in the the time of his fonne Jehorams reign? would not then the resolution be evident * But how can this be ? Eafily, Thus. Elijah 1'eems to be caught up to Heaven in the firft year of. Jehoram fonne of Ahab King of Ifrael, as was before intimated. Jehoram fonne of Ahab began to reign in the eigh- teenth yeare of Jebofhapbat King of Judah, 2 Kings 3, 1. C Jehofliaphai reigning twenty five years in all, 1 Kings 22. 42. J This firft year of Jehoram fonne of Ahab, was parallel to rhe fecond year of Jehoram fonne of Jehofiaphat, 2 Kings 1. 17. for this Jeho- ram was Pro-rex or Vice-Toy^ twice in his fathers life- time, vi^. in his feventeenth and twenty fecond yeare, as hath been demonftrated onll.iO/tgf Seft. III. There fee. Now this was a year or two before Elijahs Aflumption into Heaven, as appears by what hath been faid. Jehoram therefore in the dayes of Elijah, being made Vice-roy, ( probably upon fome expedition of J ehofhaphat abroad, J and taking the advantage of his fathers ab fence to kill all his bre- thren for the making the Crown furer to himfelf. 2 Chron. If. CHRONICLES 85 2Cbron, 21. ^hereupon Eli),\h might fend him this . terrible Letter, none daring to reprove liim face to v face, he was fo defperately wicked and cruel. Doubt. II, It it faid that Jehoram fonne of Jcho- fhaphaf was thirty two years oldwhen he began to reigh and reigned eight years, 2Ciiron. 21. 2 . fo that he lived but fourty years in all. And yet hitfonne Ahaziah ( whofucceeded him the fame ye are J is faid to be fourty two years oldwhen he began to reign, and he reigned one yeare,<&c. 2 Chron. 22, 2. By this reckoning Ahaziah fliould be one or two years older than his own father, which is both impoffible and abfurd to imagine. Anfw. 1. Thisfcems fuchan intricate and indiffo- f V. 2. Iubleknot, that /fome think this difficulty js not to Fourty and be refolved. two ~] 2 K. 8. 26. It is faid that he was two and twenty years of age, which is confirmed by that, that Jehoram the father of Ahaziah was two and thirty years of age when he began to reign, and reigned eight years, 2 Chron. 21. 5. which in all is fourty, whereupon he could not have a fonne of fourty two years of age when he fucceeded his father. This difficulty is not to be refolved ; and it is likely that there isfome alteration happened in thefe Accounts. Jo. Diod. Annot, on 2Cbron. 22. 2. g Dud. as 2. Some g fufpeft here the corruption of the Text above.And. by fome miftakes of the Tranfcribers, and think the Jo.Mari- age of thefe Kings might in old time be writ in nu- an.Schol.in meral letters, not in words at length ■-, and fo the ioc. letters DQ ftandingfor fourty two, might eafily be h Morbo put for the letters 3D f fomevvhat refembling it, J medicina which Hand but for twenty two. Anfw. 1. But h nocentior This remedy is worfe than the malady. How dangerous ipfo. a thing is it once to admit any fuch corruption of the i Bellarm. original Text / for, where then (hall we flop ? what deverb. Scripture will not befufpefted of corruption ? how Dei I.2.C2. will this fhake the inflrumental foundation of faith, fubfinem. obedience , comfort and all Religion ? where fhall /^Solomon we have a certain Canon or Rule, whereby to try and Glaffius'm examine and amend all translations > i Bellarmine Philolog. indeed grants fome leffer corruption in the text , fac.de either by reafon of likeneffe of the letters, or vowel- text, purit points. But k others abhorre this opinion, and de- lib, i. fere monftrate by cogent Arguments, the purity of the per tot. Hebrew and Greek texts againft all corruption. iDionyf. 3. Some I Expofitors anfwer, that (~ as Hierome Carthu- teftifyeth} Jehoram reigned twenty eight years, but fian.Enar- only eight years are compured in the number, be- rat. in 2 caufe fo long he reigned well : the reft are omitted, Paralip. becaufe in them he gave himfelfe to the fetviceof i- cap. 22. dolatry. In which fence Saul is faid to reign two Nicdelyra years. Therefore the twenty yeares wherein Je- fup.Gloff. horam reigned wickedly, which are not mentioned ordinar.in mil. Kings, in this place are added to the years of he. his fons life, f left there fhould be any breach in the Chronology, ) whereupon the years of the fonne a- rife to fourty two , C **£ twenty years redun- dant, 3 m 2 Chron 4* J ^e tnc,r opinion beft that referre this fourty 22. 2. two year$ to the time of the rcigne of the houfe of nAchaziah Omir, which was juft fourty two years, till the begin- Ben. 22. nm8 o{ Ahaziah' s Reigne, whofe mother was Atha- An. xtatis Hah the daughter of mOmir. Ahaziah himfelfe' then fu;£ eft w*s twenty two years old when he began to reigne, Een.42. as 2 Kings 8.26. But his mothers houfe, vi^OmrVs An.domus vvas thus fourty two years ftanding in refpeft of the Omri Se- kingdome. Thus that accurate n Broughton ; Ahaziah der-Olam a fonne of twenty two yean of his own age, is a fonne of aliique fourty two years of Omr'fs houfe. Seder-Olam and dofti inter ot^er teamed among the Hebrews, have thus reconciled Hebrsos thofe texts long ago. Acute o Junius a\fo fhewes that fie textus nere IS a more obfeure TrajeSion or Tranfpofnion of hosjamdu- tne phralesin this verfe, as in 1 Sam, 20, 16. E?ra. dumrecon 10- *7S and AT-';> I2 22, which not being well oblerv- ciliarunt. ed involves the text with Queftions and Interpreta- H.Broit7bt. tions. And therefore he thus read s the text Concent. S. So Ahaxiah fon of Jehoram King of Judah reigned Script;p. whofe mothers name was Athaliah daughter if Omri, 88. in mar. l>e'ni fwrty two years old when Ahaziah reigned, who reigned one year at Jerufalem. Doubt, III. It it faid Jehoiachin was eight years oldwhen he began to reigne ; &c. 2 Chro. 7,6. 9. But elfewherc, Jehoiachin was eighteen years old when he began to reigne, aad he reigned in Jerufalem three moneths, 2 Kings 24.8. Here's ten years different e, how may thefe be reconciled ? Anfw. 1. Here again fome imagine the text cor- rupted, p Diodate faith, It is not certainly known how this diva (ity fhould be reconciled : only it it certain that in the Books o/Chronicks, the numbers feemsto have fuffercd an Alteration by fome unknown Accident, But this is a dangerous Conceflion ; farre fafer for us to acknowledge our own inability to underftand Scrip- ture, than to call in qucftion the purity of Scripture See above, And how unlikely any corruption in thefe two places „• feeing all the Hebrew Copies ( as q Glaffiu s hath obferved, J unanimoufly hold the receiv- ed reading, nor can one be produced to the contrary ; nor do the Greel^and Latin verfions differ from the fount aine Therefore wemuft ftudyto reconcile not to rtforme thefe Scriptures. I excedingly applaud that faying of r Wolphius, Thofe Solutions (that I may confeffe what I thinke ~)pleafe not me, that are made with the Emen- dation of the facred BIBLE. 2. Some thus reconcile thefe two places •, Jehoia- chin was eight years old when he [_vi\. his father Je- hoiakim, ') began to reign, and he f i>/£. Johoiachin his fonne,] reignedthree moneths in Jerufalem, 2 Chro. 2,6. $.A Iikeplace fee in the Hiftory of .dta^, 2 King 16. 2. Thus f Junius. 3. O'hers thus, Its probable that Jehoiakjm fj who reigned eleven years, J did in the beginning of his reigne, about his fecond yeare, joyne his fonne Je- hoiachin at eight yearsof age in theGovernment of the kingdome with himfelfej by reafon of the many mutations in the Kingdome of Judah at that time. But Jehoiakjm the father being carried captive to Babylon, Jehoiachin the fon plenarily poffeffed the kingdome. _ So tha t he was eight years old when he began to reigne with his father joyntly, according to that of Chronicle s : but eighteen years oldwhen he began to reigne alone, (~ his father being carried captive to Babylon, ~) which the Hiftory of Kings in- tends. Thust P areas, u Wolphius, y.Glaffius. And Glaffim adds this Reafou out of R, David Kim^i, why Jehoiakjm joyned jehoiachin with himfelf in Go- vernment. Perhaps ( faith he J he ( w'^. Jehoia- kim 3 had other fons : and therefore, becaufe he Jaw the Kingdome was fufpendedinthe hands of other s\ viz. E- gyptians, 2 Chron. 36. 3, 4. }he knew not whether he might be diftur bed from his Kingdome , as it fell out to his brother [vi^. Jehoahaz. 2 Chron. 23,2,5,4.] therefore he made his fonne Jehoiachin reigne with him- felfe, who was to reigne after him, and in hisfiead. Let rhe judicious Reader well weigh and chufe which of thefe two laft ways of Reconciling hepleaf- eth. y Parent confefTeth, that of Juniitt is the neat- er •, for why ("faith he J ff>auld Jehoiakjm, joyn a childe of eight yeares old with him in Government ? But fome Reafon hath been hinted, and perl" aps the then ftate of the Kingdome might minifter other Caufes. Other doubts Chronological fee refolved formerly on IT, KINGS Seft. IV. Seel". VL Scope. The chief Intent or Scope of this Book £ which rs an Abridgement of the two Books of Kings ) is, 1. For Subftance, one and the fame with that of I. and II. KINGS. Save only that after the divided, ftate of the Kingdome under Reboboam, the Hiftory of the Kings of Ifrael f whereof there was not one good, but every one wicked} is wholly waved ; and the Hiftory of the Kings of TUDAH Cdivcrs whereof were good, and truly godly} is continued unto the Babylohiff) Captivity. To evidence the Accomplrfh- raent of Gods Promifes, efpecially to D.md and b4 Z feed 0 Fran. Jun.Annot in 2 Chron. 22.2. P-Jo,Diod Annot. on 2 Chro. 7,6. p. q Solom Glaff. in Phil. fact. r. Trail. I Sect. 30. r Mihiquo que (Jut fatearquod fentio J non arri- dent qua? facri codf- cis emen- datione fiuntSolu- tiones. Joan.Wolph Comment. in U.Reg. 24.8. fFran.Jun. Annot. in 2 Chron. 7,6. 9> tD.V arettt in Not.brev in 2 Chron. 7,6. 9. u Wolph. Com. in loc. x Solom. Glaff. in Philolog. Sacr.lib.i. Trail. 1. Sea. xxx. yD.?areut 86 II. CHRONICLES. Chap. I. to XVI I. z King So- lomon. Chap. i. Chap. 2. Chap. 3. Chap. 4. Chap. $. Chap. 6. Chap. 7 Chap. 8 feed, and through Davids family to clear the line of Cbriftthe Mefftah. 2. To intimate after this the term of the Captivtties continuance, vi^. 70 years, according to the Word of the LORD. 3. To declare the wonderful Return of the Cap- tives o( Judah from Babylon ( in the firft year of Cy- rus J when the term was expired; and how eafily God brought about that difficult work, by working upon the heart of Cyrus the Perfian. Seft. VII. Principal Parts. This Book contains an Hiftorical Narration of the Flourifoingand Fading Condition of the Kingdom of Ifrael ; The Top-Glory of it under Solomon ; The £- clipfe of that Glory, under all the Succeeding Kings, till the Sun of that State didfadly fet in the doleful Babylonifh Captivity. Theflourifliing or Top-glory of Ifraels Kingdome under 1 King Solomon. Touching Solomon and his Reign, here are recorded 1. Solomons Piety and Religion to God •, difcover- ed. I. In his folemn facrificing at Gibeon, the Taberna- cle being there, defcribed 1. By the Antecedents, vi^. Solomons eftablifhment in his Kingdome, &c. Ch. I. 1. 2. By the manner of this folemnity, ver. 2. ton. 3. By the Confequents thereupon, vi\. Partly Gods appearing to him in a night-viSion, and promifing Solomon, what, and above what he asked, ver. 7. to 13. Partlyby the Lords furnifhing Solomon with great riches and honour according to his Pro- mife, ver. 1 3. to the end of the chapt. II. In his building of the mod magnificent temple of the Lord, defcribed at large. 1. By his Preparations for h,Ch.H throughout. 2. By his extrufliort of it,w'^. i. Of the Temple containing, where note 1. The place where, vi%. At Jerufalem, in M. Mortal), in Ornans threfhing-tloor, Ch. III. 1. 2. Time when, vi^. in the fecond day of the fecond moneth, in the fourth year of his reign, ver. 2. 5. The Dimen- fions and glorious Ornaments of the Houfe, ver. 3. /0 2G. 2. Of the Utenfils contained, ver. 20. to the end of ths chapt. and Ch. IV. throughout. Amplified by his bringing up all Davids dedicate things unto the Tem- ple, Ch.V. 1. 3. By his folemn Dedication of the houfe thus buiJd- ed, vi%. 1. Partly by bringing up the Arl^, ( wherein only were the two Tables J from the City of David into the moft holy place,i/er. 2. to 1 1. 2. Partly by the Levites folemn praifes to the LORD •, who thereupon filled his houfe with a cloud and the glory of the LORD, ver. 11. totheendof the chap. Z.Partlyby Solomons bleffing the People,and praif- ing God,Ch. VI. 1. to 12. 4. Partly by Solomons admirable Prayer to the LORD, upon the brazen Scaffold, ver. 12. to the end of the chap. 5. Per. 17,18. III. Solomon's great Wifdomt , discovered in re- folving the Queen oiShebah's Questions Chap. IX.i. to 13. IV. Solomon's great Riches, Honour, and prosperous Reign ,ver. 13.ru 29. V. Solomon's other Ails unrecorded here, ver. 29. VI. H'k long Reign ,40 years,ver.3o. VII. His De hid from her, and ufurped ahe Throne 6 years,*;. 10,11,12. VII. Thefeventh King of Judah, J E H O A S H fonne 7- King. ofAbaziah. Touching whom note, gjeboaflj. 1. The fingular manner of his Coronation in the Temple by Jehoiadah defcribed, Chap. XXIII. chi»p. 23. throughout. 2. The time of his Reign, «f{. 40. years, Chap. Chap. 24. XXIV. r. 3. The nature and manner of his Reign,w'^. 1. Good, during the life of ]eboiadah the Prieft, ver. 2. Where, 2. How he followed Jehoiaiah'szA- vice in his marriage, ver. 3. 2 How he repaired the Houfe of the LORD, v. 4. to 1 5. 3. Jeboiadab's death5 ver.\<,,\6. 2. Bad, forfaking God, embracing Idolatry,ver.i7, 18. Amplified by events hereupon. 1. Gods wrath on the Land, ver. 18. 2. Gods warning them to re- pent, By his Prophets, yet rejefted, ver. 19 By Zechariah, J eh e>\22. 4. His death, burial, and Succeffo»r, v'i7K. Joth.im his fon, ver.23. X. The tenth King ofjudah, k JOTHAM fon of Vzjzj- 10. King, ah,of whom, note k Jitham. 1. Time of his Reign, viz_. idyears, Chap.XXMl. Chap. 27. 1.8. 2. His Ads. viz,. J- Ruled wrll. ver. 2. 2. E- reded 88 II. CHRONICLES. Chap.28.f0 36. re&ed many buildings, ver. 3, 4- ■ 3- He fubdued the Ammonites and made them Tributaries , ver, $, 6. 4. HisotherAfts not mentioned, ver.7. 3. His Death, Burial arid Succejfor, viz. Ahaz his fon, ver. 9. 1 1 King xj r^e e/eren^ King of Juiab 1 AHA2 fon of Jo- 1 4fc<^. tham, Touching whom, confider 1. The time of his Reign, viz. \6 years, chapter Chap. 28. XXVIII. 1. 2. Hi sextream wicked Reign. 1. Defcribed,ver. 1,2,3,4. 2.Punifhed,Per. 2. to 10. Aggra- vated. 1. By his, and his peoples obftinacy therein, ver.io. 2. By Gods judgement upon Manajfeh, car- ried captive to Eabylon,i/er. 1 1. 3. His Repentance in affii&ion, with the fruits thereof^ 1 His Reftitution to, 2. His Reformation of his Kingdom, ver.to 18. 4. His other Afts here not defcribcd,T/er.i8.i9. 5. His Death, Burial, and Succejfour,vi^. Amon his fon, aw. 20. 14 King XIV. The fourteenth King of Judah o AWN fon of oAmon Manajfeh. Ofwhomnote. i.Thetimeof hisReign, pUb 2. years,v. 21.2. His great wickedneffc, and yet he humbled not himfelf, as Manajfeh did, v. 22. 23. 3. His death by his fervants conspiracy, for which they are (lain by the people,v.24.25. 4. His Succeffor, viz- that unparallel'd Jojiah his fon, v. 25. 15 King XV. ihe fifteenth King of Judah,? J 0 S\ ylHfonof p Jofiah Anion. Concerning whom, obferve 1. The time of lm Reign, vi\. 31 years, chapter Chap. 34. XXXIV. 1. 2. Hismoft religious and upright Reign, ver. 2. For, 1. He fought after the Lord, being yet young, ver. 3. 2. He purged ludah and Jcnifalem of idola- try, ver. 3. to 8. 3. He repaired the houfe of the Lord3vcrg.An,\tfo.Ger ard. Mercatork Chronohgiap.69.ad 45. Colon. 1 09 & M.Henrtci Bunlingi Chronolo- gia,p 87. W 125 Servcflji,AnDom.i5$o. A 89 A Chronology of the feveral Reigns ofall the PERSIAN MON ARCHS.Together with the Period of the Terftan Monarchy. .Very ufeful and neceflary for the better underftanding of divers Books of Holy Scripture^ elpecially Ezra^Nehemiah^Ejiher and Daniel. HelvicwYfuniui. Aljied. \W.Pemb.\Funccius I, ea. mon. wear, months We year, mo. I, ea. mon. year, months ftpbus: In the tenth year after this C on queft, Cyrus obtains Rule over tW^fia, (is Helvicus and ^tljiednote) and fo reigned two years. In the firft of thefe two years he releafes the Jewes from Captivity in Babylon to return under Z'.rubbabtl, a,* is noted in Scripture, 2 < hron.36.1* 2J. X. %ra i.i.&c and 2. i.&c.)Yet all his time, the building of the Temple, and repairing of the City was hindred, till the time of Dariws, (Exra 4,5.)viz.Wi/ii*;as judicious Writers,mcntioned in Helvicus inter- pret it. 2. fome months II. C A M B Y S E S fon of Cyrus, comprehended ( faith gifted) under the name of Cyras, in Exia 4, J. called in Daniel, the Pnnceof *be Kjng domofPerfiay (Dan. 10 i;.)becaufe he reigned as Pro rex or Viceroy in his fathers lifetime, during his warlike expedition abroad. And after his death, about 7 years. During all his time he hindred the work of the building the Temple. He died without Iflue. 7 5 7 7 57 5 8 7 57 5 III. The M ~4G /governed 7 moneths ; which are by fome partly included in the 5 moneths of Cambyfes. 7|. 7 m included inC 5. month' 7 71 7 IV. DARIUS HYSTASPIS, or Dantu I (the Magi being flain,)chofe Emperour by the 7 Princes of Pe'fia, at the binning of an horfe, as Helvic. obferves out of Herodot . JkJIih. &c. Tell his time the Temple-building was hindred Ezra 4, J He reigned about 16 years. 56 36 5^incom- ^ pleate 36 36 36 36 V. XERXES, firft Ion or Darius, by ^4! ^ IX SOGDIANUS, reigned 7 V nionths,fiain alfo. J | | 8| 8 X.DARIUS NOTHUS, fo denominated btcaufe he was the Ba-\ flardof ^Artaxerxes. Called alfo Darius Cyrus Before his reign, called Darius Ochus, or Achus, in the Perfian tongue ~4cbafeb. i. e. ~4 Prince (faith aljied.) He had the honour to have the T emyle finifh- td in the 6 year of his Reign, ("Ezra 6.13,14,15. ) He reigned about 19 years. ' 19 19 1 19 19 19 6 1 1 1 19 XI. ARTAXERXES [MetUWcH'] MNEMON, vix. T/be mindful Ar. taxtrxes the Greit. In the 7. year of his Reign, Exra goes up from Babylon to Jerufalem, Ezra 7. 1,7,8, u,cVc.in his dayes( faith Mr. Pemblc) the Prophet MalacM flourifhed. Cyrus his bro her, called Cyrw theynunger, warred againfthim, and was flain,he reigned about 4} years, he was Nebemiibs Lord and Mafter : he in the »o year of his Reign, fends Ntbtmiah to Jerufalem, to build the City and Walls, Nehem 2 i.&c. 43 43 43 XII. OCHUS, or Darius ^iit.ixcrx(s Ochus. SUln by Bagos Eu- nuch, he reigned about 25 years. 43 36 43 43 23 23 23 23 26 23 23 XIII. ARSES, or Darius ^irfam-s, Conveyed away, and (lain alfo by Bagonht Eunuch. He reigned about 4 years. 1 incom- ''pleac incompleat 'pleac pleac XIV. DARIUS COUOMANNUS,^»/cs his fon, mentioned in We- Itmiabc. 12. 12. reigned about 6 years. In this 6 year of his Reign, ^Alexander the Great conquered him, and Brffm (Governour of BaBrya one of Alexanders PrincesJQew him. *And[o the PerjiattMonarcbymas tranflated ti the Grecians. £and a. bovc I Sum tot. (201 5(201 0I201 5 J207 ii I209 o]i97 5 j 197 5 A a 9° EZRA. According therefore to thefe Authors 'judgments in this Table, the continuance of the whole Perfian Monarchy, ( counting from Cyrus's laft year [ave one, n herein he firft obtained Government oier all Afiz) is about * 201 years , according to the Compute of moft accurate^Chro- nologers ; and they that adde more, begin their Compu- tation fooner, either at hit takjngo] Babylon, or at his firft year of hif Perfian Reigne. Other differences in Chronologers about the Perfian Monarchs Reigns, it in- conftderable, being chiefly about parts of years- * Vknyf. Halicarn. Proxmio fcribic Perfarum imperium paululum ultra 200 annos ftetiiie. Quod exacte congruit, fi Monarchiam a poftremis an- nisC)rn*ntelligas, quibus toiius Afui imperium obtinuit. Quanquam etiamfi ab initio regni numeres, nihilfalfi fubeft. HelvicChronol. p. 17. Gieff&,M.D.C.XLIX. EZRA. Seft. I. Name, and Penman. THe Truth and Manner of the Jews RETURN from BABYLON, is defcribed in the Book of EZRA. So called, 1. Partly from Ezr a the Pen- manoih. 2. Partlyfrom Ezra'sz&s, a chief part of the Subjeft matter o( it. Sliy Hhezya fignifies, An Helper. Kow fitly was he fo ftfled, who fo won- derfully helped the Jewesto fettlement, after their Return from Babylon ! Some a count, and call Ex? a a Prophet. But b a Laflant. Auguftine doubts whether he may be called a Pro- l.^.lnft.c.u. phet. c Hierome faith he was Jofedech, whofe fon b Aug. de was Jefus the High-Prieft. But how can he be deny- Civ.Dei,l. edtobea Prophet, when Cbrift himfelf ftiles all 18.C.36. the Eooks of the Old Teftamenr, d Mofes and the cSee Lud. Prophets} It is a Tradition among the Hebrews,that VivJnAug, Ezravia the prophet Malachi ; as Buntinguf notes deCiv.dei, inhis Chronology, p.ioi.Serveftx, 1590. J.18.C.36. This is certain, Ezra wasezprieft, hewasof the dLuk. 16. houfeand lineage of Aaron: fee his / pedigree. A 29,30. mofl expert and g ready fcribe in the Law of Mofes. e Ezr. 7. He was fent with h Comiflion by Artaxerxes Mnemon II. 12. from Babylon to Jerufalem, &c. f Ezr. 7. 1) Zerubbabel reftored the Temple ; 2,3,4,5. £^MtheWorfhipofGod: g Ezr.7. 6. Nebemiah, the Chy Jerufalem. 10. 11. This Bock, and that of Kehemiah following, are hEzr.1,7, by the Hebrews repuced as but one Volumne •, and 8,n.&c. that is called by i them, The I. of Ezra ; this, i Hier.in.ep the II. of Ez.ra. The Greek and Latine divide them ad Paulin. (z% our EnelifbJ into two Books ; the former being Lattant. afcribed to Ezra, the latter to Nehemiah. Inftit.l.^.c. 11. k Ezr. 1. 1. &c. ICompare Ezr.7. 1.7. with Neh. 1 1. Artaxerxes Mnemon- years. -19— months. o Seft. II. lime^ or Chronologic. This Book contains an Hiftory of things done from ^ the firft year of Cyrus, ("viz. over all Aft a) the firft Perfian Monarch; untill the /20th, year of 1.1.^2.1. Artaxerxes-, viz. Mnemon. Viz.. ("according to the former Chronological Table.) for about 145 years: Asfolloweth, of' years. months. I. Cyrus- Camhfes Ma± Darius fyjlafpis Xerxes I. or Ah.fnerus 9 4 5' 6. Artabanus- -- 7. Artaxerxes Lwgimanus- 8. Xerxes II 9. Sogdianus— —2- -7- - o- -7,6- -21- — o- -40- — o- 10. Darius Nothus- >9 MS- ■11 Se&. III. Scope. Chief Sope of this Hiftory is, 1. Immediately, To defcribe the Jews Return from the Captivity of Babylon at two feveral times ,vi^.i: In the firft year of Cyrus the firft Perfian Monarch, who by Proclamation granted leave to all the Jews that would, ro return unto Jerufalem, under con- duct of Zerubbabel (cf Davids line) as their Govern- our, and Joftmah the high-prieft; for Reftauration of the Temple, Worfhip of God, City Jerufalem, and Jewiih Commonwealth. Many therefore went up, began to build the Temple,but were interrupted many years by the Samaritans & other adverfaries, till the reign of m Darius Not hus,viho according to Cy- m Ezr, 6. his Decree caufes the Temple to be built ; and it was 12,13, 14, finifhed in hhftxih year. 2. In the Reign of n Art ax- 15. erxes Mnemon, in his feventh year, Another great nEzr.7.r. company of the Jewrwent up under the conduct of 7,8,n,&c. Ezra (the ready Scribe in the Law of Mofes,) the King granting him all his requeft, for reftoring the fervice of God. Who coming to Jerufalem, reforms the mixed marriages of Jews with Profane Pagans, caufing them to put away all their ftrange wives, and their children by them, (Tor which Gods wrath was heavy upon them) that fothcy might be pre- ferved an holy Teed, and not be drawn away from their God. 2. Mediately, To evidence how punctually faith- ful, and all-fufficiently able God is, in performing ofhisPromifesto hisChurch and people in their fea- fon, touching their deliverance and reftauration, a- gainftall impediments, improbabilities, andfecming impoflibilities. For he made Cyrus an heathen King hisftiepheard, and nurfing father to hisChurch, to bring them out of Babylon, f wherein they were as helpleffe and hopelefic, as dead bodies or dry bones in a 0 grave ") to build the/> Temple and reftore Je- o Eze.37.2 rufalem. 3,11,12, »*• Scft. IV. Principal Parts. ?8& #."r. Compared In this Book is defcribed the firft, and fecond re- withEzr. turnofthe Tews out of Babyhns Captiviry, vi^.l. 1.1.2.&X. In dayes of Cyrus. 2. In dayes of Artaxerxes Mnemon. In dayes of Cyrus the fit ft Perfian Monarch, after rhe feventy years captivity were ended, under the con- duct NEHEMIAH. 9* ^Jcws re- turn from Babylon. Chap. i. Chap. 2. r Altar e- retted. Chap. 3. ("Temple founded. Chap. 4. Chap. §. t Temple finifhed. Chap. 6. II. duft of Zerubbabcl and Joflwajhc q Jews Return to Jerufalem is defcribed, 1. By the taufes of their Return, viz. 1. Efficient, 2. Material. 1. Efficient, either 1 Principall,viz. The LORD'S ftirring u^ Cyrus his fpirit thereto, ch. 1.1.2. Inftru- mental,viz.Qr«*,whoincourageth thejewsto return to Jerufalem, Partly by his Proclamation, ver, 1. ro 7. Partly by his Reftitution of the Vefiels of the Tem- ple to them, v. 7. ro the end of the chapter. 2. Material, viz. the Perfons that went up, defcrN bed, 1 By the number of their perfons, according to their feveral families, ch.ll. v.i.to 66. 2 By the num- ber of their Cattel, viz. Horfes, Mules, Camels, and AfTes, which they took up with them,\.66. 67. II. By the effeits of their Return, viz- I. The Offerings of the chief oJ the Fathers, when they came to jerufalem, towards the building of the houfeoftheLORD,v.68, 69.70. 2. The erecting of the r Altar of God, and his Sacri- fices, ch. III. 1, 203. 3. The obfervation of the folemn fefHvals, and Of- ferings, ver. 4, 5, 6. 4. Preparations for the building of the Temple, v.7. 5. The laying of the (Foundations of the Temple, The young men (homing, the old men weeping, ver. 8.to the end of the chapter. This building of the Temple is fet forth, 1 As Obftrutled, 2 As Promoted,the obftruc- tions being removed. 1. As Obftrutled, till the fecond year of Darius the King by the Samaritans, 1 Pretending to build with them, ch. IV. 1, 2, 3. 2. Hiring Counfellours againft them,v.4,5. 3. Writing Letters full of falfe malici- ous accufations againft them, to Ahaflmerus, v.d. to Artaxerxes, ver. 7. to 23. 4. Caufing the work to ceafe by force and power, ver. 23, 24. 2. As promoted and perfected, 1. By the Encou- ragements of the prophets Haggai and Zechariah againft all the difcouragements and oppofitions of Tatnai and others, ch. V. throughout. 2. By the De- cree of Darius confirming and enforcing the firft De- cree of Cyrus, ch. VI. i.to 13. 3. By the Affiflance of their very enemies, vi\.Tatnai, &c. So that in r Da- rius's 6 year the Temple was finifl>ed, ver. 13, 14, 15. This finifhing of the Temple, is further amplified, 1. Partly by the Solemn Dedication of \t.ver. 16. to 19. 2. Partly by the Solemn Paffeover which they after- wards obferv cd,ver. 19. to the end of the chapter. In the dayes of Artaxerxes f viz. Mnemon) in his feventh year. The Temple being now builded,ano- rher company return under the conduct of Ezra, from Babylon to Jerufalem. Here note. Chap. 7, 1. The Defcription of Exja, 1. By his Family, of Aaron's houfe, ch. VII. 1. to 6. 2. By his Function, and expertnefs therein, a ready Scribe inMofes'/ Law, ver.6. 2. His expedition to Jerufalem according to Ar- taxerxes liberal CommilTion to him,i>er.<5.fo u.More particularly herein are declared, 1 A Copy of Artax- erxes his excellent Commiffionto £^rinW to drin\. Or rather, it fignifies, Adifpenfer or giver ofdrinl^: fo pointing out Nehemiahs office about the King of Ferpa, as c Wolphius hath noted, d Gerhard thinks it fignifies, A Cup-bearer; Q And it is evident, that wase Nehemiahs office. ) But in theChaldee langu- age is a Title of Dignity and Honour. (Junius tran- flaresit, Legatw Regis, viz. The Kings Legate, Am- baffador, or Commijfary, fj who yet fomewhat ftrange - ly interprets and applies this to Shazbazj^ar, whom many think to be Zerubbabel.^) In the Margin of our Englifh Bible5,itis rendred, Governour. This g Ne- hemiah was the fou of Hachaliah; Cup-bearer to King Art axerxes , in Shufhan the Palace , that being the Metropolis of Perfia, built f as h Pliny thinks)by Darim Haftifptt. He was fent with i Letters of Com- miffion from the King to Jerufa\em, to repair and build [Jerufalem which he fucceffcfully effefted againft all difcouragementsand oppofitions. Sect. III. Penman. It is noted by k fome, to be the opinion of divers learned Fathers, viz. AtbanafiuSy. Epipbanius, Chry- fojiom, with others; that Ezra who penned the for- mer book, was Penman alfo of this book. But the received opinion fetms rather tobe adhered to, That Nehemiab h\mfe)f was Penman of this book. 1. Be- caufe the very infeription of this book cvinceth it, 1 The words of Nehemiah fon of Hechaii ah, &c. When the Holy Ghoft calls tliem Nehemiah' 's words, fhall we count them anothers ? 2. Becaufe no folid Rea- fon is brought to the contrary by any of that opinion. 3. That learned and ponderous/Zieroffie faith, m Ezra and Nehemiah, viz. The Helper, and the Comforter from the LO RD , arejoyned together in one volume ; intimating that they were twodiftinft Authors.4. Be- caufe throughout the whole current of thisHiftory, Nehemiah is brought in relating his own Afts, in the firft perfon. n As I was in Shuff>an / was the Kings Cup-be arerfrc. Scft.lV.Ti/nc and Chronologic This book contains an Hiftory ofOccurrents about the Reftauration of Jerufalem, &c. by Nehemiah C\\\\o iso thought to be very young, when he firfl engaged in it J from the 20. year of Artaxerxes Mne- tmn, torhe Jaft year of Darius thelaft, thePeriod of the Perfian Monarchy ; for about 55 years,w^. From the p 2c. year of Artaxerxes Mnemon fwho reigned in all 43 years Jinclufively 2$years. Of Darius At taxerxes OCHVS, about 23 Of Arfes, or Darius Arfimcs, about 3 Of Da)ins thelaft, or Darius Codomannus, about-5 5S Se&. V. Scope, The Scope or Drift of this book (as of others) is u Primary, 2 Secondary. 1. Primary and more immediate, To defcribe Nehe- miah''s notable Afts for Reftauration of Jerufalem* with eftablifhment of other Civil and Ecclefiaftical priviledges among the returned Jewes. How being affefted deeply with Jerufalems ruines, he obtained Commiffion from King Artaxerxes for rebuilding Je- rufalem ; and fucceffefully effefted it againft all op- pofition. How he reformed the Vjurions oypreffions among them. How he took care for Jerufalems fe- curity. How for advancement of Gods true Religion and Worfhip, lie engaged them all in a inoft Solemn Covenant with God, fealed to by their Princes, Le- vites and Priefts. How he difpofed of the inhabi- tants by Iot,fome to dwell at Jerufalemfome in other Cities. How he Dedicated the walls of Jerufalem. How he appointed the Offices of Priefts and Levites in the Temple. And all this being done in 12 years q fpace, in the 32 year of Artaxerxes he returned to qNeh.15.5 Babylon. But afterwards returning again to Jerufa- lem a fecond time,he found and reformed many cor- ruptions that had crept in among them. 2. Secondary, and more mediate ; To let us know, I. How deep and defperate the diftreffes of the Church may grow, before God will reftoreher. 2. How difficult, flow and perplexed a work, the work ofReformat/on is, both by reafon of adverfaries to be oppofed, and publick corruptions to be removed. 3. How eafi/y and wonderfully God can bring Refor- mation to perfeftion againft all impediments whatfo- ever, when he is refolved to carry it on. 4. What excellent and ufefull inftruments pious and faithful Magiftrates are for the accomplifhing bothofCivil and Ecclefiaftical Reformation ; Nehemiah being a lively Pattern of a true Reformer indeed. Seer. VI. Trincipal Tarts. The r Reftauration of Jerufalem by Nehemiah, is r Jerufa- lems walls repaired. here defcribed, 1. By the Antecedents. 2. By the Worrit felf.3. By the Confequents enfuing. By the Antecedents, or things going before Jerufalem's I. Reparation,^. 1. The Occafion inviting thereto, vht. Nehemiafrs knowledge of Jerufalem's diftrelTe defcribed, 1. By the time when, and place where he received \t,Cb.\. Chap. 1. 1. 2. By the information given him, ver. 2,3. 3. By his deep laying to heart the Jews diftreffes, ver. 4. 4. By his zealous prayer to the LORD for his fuccefle in this matter, with the King, ver. 5. to the end of the chapt. 2. The afftfiance obtained, viz. The Kings Commiffi- ons to the Governour beyond the River, for his Con- voy, and fupply of materials, Cbll.i.to?. Ampli- Chap. 2. fied, 1. By the delivering of thofe Commiffions, v.9. 2. By tobiab's and SanballaCs difcontent at his com- ing , ver. io. 3. By his coming to Jerufalem , ver. II. 3. The preparation for the work, viz.. '• Nehemiab fecretly by night views the ruines of the Wall, ver. 12.ro 17. 2. Perfwadeththe Jews to build them,i>e*r. 17,18. 3- RcpeIIcth'7o/>iToMugm Magum legendum purarem. ^i< HebraLeeft Pyiho. Erit autem inttrjeftum Magi nomen in bonum interdum fonat. ^tfl Dolen- tii particula. Alii a ^H1 Chaldaica voce quae jubilare fignificat, quail ejulantem. Sed "3.^ in bonum fere partem fumi foler. Sunt quiab2,1K'"''»'codc.ducunt, paifive: quafi virum fimulrati & inimicitiis expofitum dicas, & ob calamitates quibus obrutus pene fuit, omnibus abhorrendum. Sed curiofius non puro vocis etymon "inquirendum, quia ex fonte potius Arabico duftum puto: etfi mulra Arabica nomina virorum cum Hebrais conveniunt, & ex fontefint Hebrao, utfociorum Job,Elipha\, Ttophar, Elihu,&c. Joan. Mercer, comment, inlib. Job,c.ver.l. dGreg.Gregorii Franci -lexSanZLnum.\38. Seer. III. Whether there was fuch a man as Tob . 2. The honourable mention which other Scriptures make of Job, evince that this was a real ftory. In O. Teftament E^elejel faith, i Though the(e three men, Noah, Daniel and Job were in ii, theyjhojd deliver but their own fouls, fyc. They are here called three men.- We believe there was really a Noah, and a Daniel ; and Why fhould we doubt of a Job ,' In N. Teftamenr, ]ames faith, k Te have heard of the patience of Job, and have feen the end of the Lord, that the Lord is very pitiful, and of tender mercy. 3. The founder Hebrew Writers acknowledge that IJo.Mcner this Job really was, and that all thele things befell pr&fat. inl him for an exam pie to us, faith 1 Mercerus. Modem fjob.i. g Job. 2. h Job 2. ii,&c. i Ezek. 14 14,20, kjam 11. 5- Job. m /. Merc ibid. from that ex predion /oft 27. 12. becaufe in chat time all was vanity, all given to wickednetfe. 3. Some, that he lived in dayes of Ahafltuerus, becaufe of the beautiful n womanihen fought for, o Jobs daughters being commended as the faireft of all in the land. Some, that he lived in the time of the Queen of Writers generally repute this a real hiftory : But the greater doubt h, Who this Job was, and in what time he lived. f Anfw. Thefe rwoQueftions depend fo upon each other, that the Refolution of the one will be coinci- dent with the Refolution of the other. Here are various Opinion?, lecited by m Mercerus. As, 1. Some think he lived in dayes of Mofes. Eut others judge their reafonsfor that opinion fo light, that by them it may be as well concluded that lie 1 i ved in dayes of Abraham, Ifaac, and Jacob. 2. Some, that he lived in time of the Judges, fa^r / cl iScr>i na^utcC n£flh.2. 2. SCC. o Job 42. IS- pjob.i.is &c. qjobi.17 5. Some, that he lived in the dayes of Jacob and fGer,.^. married his daughter Dinah, becaufe of that phrafe, t Hen r Thoujpeakeft like a joolifl) woman 1 much like that, Alfred • hath wrought jolly in Ifr ael. Chron'p Jut the weakness of thefe opinions and their icc&'ioS Sheba, becaufe mention is here made of the p Sa- beans. Others, in the time of the Chaldeans under Nebuchadnezzar, becaufe the qChaldeans are men- tioned. $"502. u Hienn.in qunft. Heb. in Genef. Tom. .<,.<& in Com. in i 1. 1. y Gen. 22. 21. in Job. a Ger.loc. ComA.de Sc>ip. in Exc efi SetLi?6. b Gcn.io. 23. f Gen. 36. grounds, feems very apparent. 6. Some others think that Job came of t N.ihor Abraham's brother, and that he was the third t-o u Nahor, thus ; Nahor, — *JU^, Job: and that he lived about that time that Ifr ael was in &iypt. u Hierome feems to incline hereunto , efpecially fee- , ing Job is faid to dwell in the x Land cf Z>i, and y ]0bin init. V^ was one of Nairn's fons. This opinion z, Mercerus x Job thinks, moft probable ofali. But (in a Gerhards opi- nion) that Land feems not to have received its name of 1>i coetaneous to Abraham, but rather from b Z>z fon of Aram, Sem's Nephew, prefencly after the Hood. 7- Others rather are of the opinion, that Job is the fame with c Jobab King of the Idumtans, of the race of Efau. And that "22V viz. Jobab might be chang- ed into 3Vi< Job, either from the cuftome of the Hebrew tongue, which oftimes changeth one let- ter for another; or from rhe Arabic^ lium&an, or other dialed of the Country where he fbpurred ; or from the change of his condition in the world ; while profperous,he mighr be called Jobab the letter 34. being doubled ; when in diftreffe, his name contract- rfGcn.17.5, ed into Job. See the like in cafe of d Abraham, of e e Ruth. i. Naomi. 2o. This laft opinion is urged by Arguments not to be /Gen. 36. neglefled.i.Fromrhecircumftancesofplace.]jro6a& 33. in the Land of Idum&a, Job in the Land ofg^, a g fob 1.1. chief traft in Idumea. Hence Kirgs of Edomzxt cal- L. m.4.21. led h Kings of the Land of V^. 2. Fromdefcriprion /'Jer.25. of their pofeffions, Jobab hath i Regal Majeffy, Job :o. hadak Princely eflate,not ufual to private men. And alfo Princely 1 Dignity, Habit, and Office. 3. From Similitude of names. As Mfes reckons up anion;: E(au\ fons, onera Elipha^who brought forth one Thcman builder of a Town of his own name. So Job's Hiftory mentions n Elipha^ the Tetr.anite. 4. From theconfentof divers Authors fubferibing to this opi- nion. Ambrofe faiih, o That there were of Efau divers good and faithful, Job proves, who tithe (ijth from A- Efau font braham, of the fons of Efau, that if the Nephew of boni &fi- Efau. deks pro- bat Job, qui eft ex filiis Efau, quintus ab Abraham, hoc eft, Nepos Euu. P. Ambrof. Com. in Rom. j>./>. 18 50. C. Apud. Hugonem a Porta \ 549. And * Auguftine proves that fome of other Nati- ons befides Jews were brought to be of the number * Homines autem quofdamnon terrena fedcoelefti focietate ad veroc If>- .diras fu- perna: cives parria? pertinentes, ttiain in aliis genribus !Vi. e, negare non poffunt ; qui fi nc^iiu. facillime convinemtur de fancto & mirabili viro Job, qui nee indigena, nee profelvrus. id eftadvena populi Ifrael fuit ; fed ex gente Idimua genus du- cens, ibi onus, ibidem mortuus eft. C^ui divino fie laudatur eIoquio,ut quod ad juftitiam pietatemque attinet, nulliisei homo fuorum temporum coarauetur. Aug. de Civ. Dei. 1. 18 c. 47. torn. 5. Videatur etiam Ludnic.Viv. ibid, p lo. Gerh. loc. Com,l.in Exegef, Seft. 1 34. 13$. &c. q Johan. Mccer. prjtfat. in lib. Job. *.q+-6 fS*-*-- ft***4ts^6: A3 of t — y pJo.Gerh. loc.Com. Lin Exe- gef.Sea. «34>i35- Sec. q Jo. Mr. prstfat. in lib.Iob. r Jo. Viod. in Argum. before lob. JOB. 97 (Gerh. loc. : Com I. in Exegefi. V Scft.137- t tjo. Gerh. quofupr. uOrig.in Job. I. i. Sixt. Sen. 1 Bibliotb.I. ' i-P-9* I x Alfted, f Chron.p. g DO. y I. Diod. a in Arg be [. foreIOB> \ z Iujiin. in . refp. ad Orthad. I qudil. 15. of the Ifraclires, by the inrtance of JOB, that hcly and admirable mnn, who was neither thence born, nor ProfelyteJ. e. ftranger to the people Jfrael : but deriving hit kindred from the Idume an Nation, there was born, there dyed, who if fo praifedin the Word of God, that for rigbteoufneffe and godlinejfe , no man of hit timescould equate him. The LXX interpreters at the latrer endoljob, whichothers cited by/> GferWrfhimfelf, arc of this judgment, q Mercer m, after the recital of feveral opinions, thus concludes. Surely con ft der- ing all things diligently, Job feems to me to be moft an- cient, and to have lived about the Patriarchs times, if it be meet to determine any thing info great variety. Some notwithstanding are of opinion, rThat the time when thU hapned, feems to be when the people jour- neyed in the wildernejfe, after their deliverance out of Egypt, whereof there are manifeft trails in thu Book\ as of a thing newly done, andyet freftj in mens memories. Let the learned judge. Se&. IV. Vmman. Penman of this Book is not certainly known. 1. Some think it wzsSolomon : but that's fcarce probable, Job Cby confent of all) living fo long before Solomon, and many Penmen of holy Scripture intervening be- twixt them. 2. Some, That Job wrote this Book himfelf, becaufe the expreffions and fpeeches of Job are laid down in fuch emphatical and pathetick terms. But (Gerhard fuggefls divers reafons againft this opinion : For, 1 Then Mofes fhould not be the firft Writer of Scripture, Job living long before him. 2. Then this Book fhould not have been reckoned in the facred Canon, Job being not an Jfraelite, but an Jdum&an, and his Book written in Arabicl^, not in Hebrew. Yet he denies not, but Job might write the difcourfes betwixt him and his friends, in the lofty Arabic^ ftile 5 Mofes afterwards making ma- ny additions, and writing the whole in Hebrew. 3. Moft are of opinion, that it was penned by Mofes. R.Solomon and other Hebrews favour this opinion, faith t Gerhard. There are that think, u Mofes found theHiftory of Job with Jethro his father-in-law in Midian, and that he carried it thence into JFgypt, to inftruct the Israelites by Job's example, patiently to bear JEgypts oppreflions. xAlfted thinks Mofes wtote Genefis and Job, about the fame time, vi^. a little before Ifraels departure out of Egypt, Ann. JHunA. 2452. The moft common opinion it (^ faith y Dio- datej That Mofes hath been the Authour of it, having written the Narration inprofe, andthe Difcourfes which were held upon this fub)eil in in Heroickjuerfe, fitting the dignity and gravity of the matter. Se&.V. Scope. The chief Scope of this excellent Book is, 1. Immediately, To defcribe the various ftate of that truly Religious, and (jxszjufiine itiles him J thrice-Happy-JOB,v'a. His great Profperity , His deep adverfity ; and his wonderful Recovery out of all his diftreffes ; and his lingular Deportment in them all. Efpecially here are delineated, Jobs many and heavy afflictions, in his ftate, fervants, children, and in his own perfon both body and foul ; into all which he was fuddenly implunged by Gods permifjion, and Satans inftigation, accufing Job's Religion as mercen- ary ; that fo Job's uprightness might be cleared, his graces proved, Satan confuted, and God in all mag- nified, More particularly, Job having experience of Gods love and favour in Chrirt, is amazed at the feverity of Gods flrange proceedings with him, and burfts out into fome diftempered complaints to God, jufti- fying himfelf. But job's three friends endeavour to convince Job, that either he was a wicked man, or an hypocrite, Gods judgments being indicted more fe- verdy upon him thanufually upon the faithful •, and therefore they advife him to humble himfelf be- fore God, and repent, that fo good may come unto him. Herein they have an ill caufe, but they ma- naged it well. To rhem Job replies, 1 By way of Negation, that Gods fevere judgments do not always argue them wicked or hypocrites,that endure them ; ascofirtant experience tertifies.- Therefore he will not condemn himfelf by reafon of his afflictions, a- gainft the comfortable teflimony of his ownconfei- ence. 2. By way of Conceffion, That as a creature, much Iefs a finner, he durft not, could not conteft with GOD the Creator and Judge of all •, but yet as a believer in Chrift, he doubts not but to be cleared an d juflified by God. Herein Job had a good caufe, but managed it ill. His three friends, being filenced, a fourth , viz. Elihu fpeaks, 1 'Pa rr/ji againft the other three, for that they had not rightly rtated the caufe of God with Jot. 2 Partly aga\ni\ Job, not fo much for his former life, as his prefenc irreverent mifcarriages againfl God under his afflictions, ack-nqWledging that God may feverely fcourge the\fa.ithful for fome lecrec faults, or for trial, or 'ether ends-, and therefore Gods judgments fliould be filently adored by Job. Job hereunto fubmits. God afterwards appears, and confirms it, that Job's troubles were for his lingular trial, and therefore condemns Job's friends, directs them to go to Job to pray for them •, and fo recovers Job to double happinefle. 2. Mediately, To evidence as in a mfrrour, 1. That manifold, deep, ftrange, and a long afflictions, may be incident to Gods deareit and tiprighteft fervants ; not fo much for Caftigation of. their fins, as Probation of their venues , through the wife, jult, and fatherly providence of God unto them. 2. That, tocenfure Gods fervants under fuch diftrefles, for impiety or hypocrifie, were moft, unwarrantable and injurious. 3. That true faith in Chrift, and upright heart and good confeience towards God, is thefweeteft com- fort fupporting the heart under bittereft Trials. 4. That extremity of Troubles may pufh.the belt of Saints upon fome extravagancies of paffions and ex- preffions, which yet argue not a nullity of Grace, nor a loffe of Gods love. 5. That when patience hath had its perfeft work, and God hath fufficiently honoured hisownname in the furferings' of his people htcaneafily deliver them out of all theintrjalsand diltrefles,and crown them with double ha ppinefs and profperity. . . Sect. VI. Principal Parts. In this Book Jobs threefold condition is defcribed, W<. I. His great Profperity. 2. His deep Adverfity. 3. His wouuderful Recovery out of all his DirtrefTes. J O B'S b PROSPERITY-was either, 1. Spiritual. Ch. I. ver. 1.. Or, 2, Temporal, In his Pofterity, ver.2. In his PofleiTions, ver. 3. In the love and communion among his children, ver. 4. Amplified by Jobs fanctifying them continually by Sacrifices, ver. 5. JOB'S c ADVERSITY, is.defcribedj. By the An- tecedent Occaf on o{ it, vi^. Satan's inftigation of the LORD againft Job, as being meeriy mercenary in his .Religion, and the L O R D's permiffion. leaving all that Job had, in his hand, but himfelf, ver. 6. to 13 II. By the particular miferies brought upon him, t;'^. I. HisOxenandAffesfpoiledby the Sabeans, flav- ingalfo his fervants,!;. 13, 14,15. 2. Hisfheep, and other fervants burnt with fire from heaven, ver. 16. 3. His Camels taken, and other fervants llain by the Chaldeans, ver, 17. 4. All his children deftroyed with the fall of their eldeft brothers houfe-, ampli- fied by Jobs felf-denying deportement under all this, ver. 18. totheendof the chapt. 5. His whole body punifhed with wofull botches and Mains, through C c Satan's a Job's af- fli&ions continued for twelve months,as the Jewes think} or 7 yea res, as Suidas.Scc Gerh. loc. com. 1. fa Exegef. Seft. 139. .- v b Profperi- ty of Job. Chap. l. II. u c Adverfity ^ of Job. />- 98 Job. Chap. III. fo XVIII. d Vid. Inn. Annot. in loc. e The fa- mous di- fpute be- twixt lob and hit three friends in his diflrefs. Chap. 3. Chap.4. Chap.5. Chap. 6. Chap. 7. Chap.8. Chap.o. '_) Ch.ip.io. Satan's new inftigarion againft him, Ch. II. 1. to 9. III. By the fever al events or Confequems here upon enju- ing, vi\. 1. His wives provoking him to cwfe God, or deriding him for d bleffing God ; whom therefore Job reproves, ver. 9,1:. 2. His three friends vifit- ing Job, to mourn with him and comfort him, who amazed at the extremity of his grief,fate filent feven dayes, ver. 11, 12,1?. 3. Job's diftempered cur- ling the the day of his birth, perferring death before life, becaufeof his extreameanguifh, C/;. III. through- out. 4. Thee famcus Dialogue or difcourfe had be- twixt Job and his friends, in reference to this wofull affliction upon him, wherein this Qu. for fubftance is fully difcufTed, vi^, whether many flrange heavy and long afflictions be infallible Srgnes 0} Gods hatred, or of the afflitfedperfons wicl^ednefje or Hypocrifie .' In this difcourfe alfo is interwoven Job's Faith, Patience, Courage, Perfeverancc and commendable deport- ment, though now and then he difcovers fome dif- tempers and infirmities , Ch. 4. to Ch. 42. In this difcourfe confider, 1. The difputeit felf. 2. The Moderators that decided and determined the controverfie. I. Thedifpute it felf, was betwixt Job and his three friends that came to vifit and comfort him. Here are obfervableVIII. ieveral Afts, vi%_. I. Eliphaz his fir ft Oppojition againft Job, which C befides the Preface, Chap. IV. 1, 2. ) is Partly Re- prehenfory; Partly hortatory. 1. Reprebenfiry; wherein he endeavours convinc- ingly to blame Job. 1. For fainting under his own troubles , who had fupportcd others in their di- ftreffes, ver. 3, 4, 5. 2. For his iniquity it being unufualfor the righteous, bntonelyfor the wicked to be thus afrMed, ver. 6. to 1 2. 3. For his felf-jufti- fication before God, which he condemns, 1. By his vifion feen to that- effect, 2. By divers Arguments ver. 12. to the endoj the chapt. 3. Ey the experience of the Saints in all ages, Ch.\. 1. to 8. 2. Hortatory, inciting Job, 1. To feektoGodand commit hiscaufe to him, urging this by many Argu- ments, ver. 8. to 17. 2. Tofubmit filently and felf- denyingly to the Lord chaftifements, thereupon aPuring him of many promifed bleffings under his affictons, ver. ij.to the end of the chapt. Job's Reply, is hereunto fubjoyned ; wherein he, 1 Excufed his bitter complaints, becaufe his afflidi- were moft heavy, fo that he wifheth for death, Ch. VI. i. to 14. 2. Challengeth his friends for un- compaflionatenefe to him in his deep affliction, ver. 14. to the end of the chapt. 3. Demonftrateth by many Realbns , what juft caufe he had to defire to be cut off, Ch. VII. 1. to 17- 4- Acknowledged himfelf unworthy of all relpeft from God, in mercy or judgement, ver, 17, 18, 19- 5. Confefleth his finne, imploring Divine pardon, ver. 20, 21. II. B'tdad's fn/f Oppnfion againft Job, tending to confute Jobs reply to Eliphar , and to prove that Job was thus puniflitd for his iniquity, and this by divers Arguments, vhr, 1. Gods juflice, (7/;. VIII. 1, 2, 3. 2. Gods judgement on Job's children, proportion- ably applicable to Job himfelf, ver. 4. to 8. 3. Ex- perience of Antiquity, touching the dcflruftion of Hopocrites, ver. 8. to 20, Hereupon inviteth Job to repentance, with promifes to him thereupon, ver. 20, 21,22. ]OB's Reply, 1. Ey way of Conceffion, granting the infinite Juflice, Wifedomc, and Right of God over his creatures, fo that none may contend with him, Ch. IX. 1. to 22. 2. Ey way of Negation, that though God be thus juft, yet it doth not necefia- rily follow th.it J fib is a wicked manor hypocrite btcaufc thus afflicted ; .ill things coming alike to all. ver. 22. to the end of the cbapt. 3. By way of cxpofdilating Supplication to God touching his fore afflictions, craving a little refpite before death Ch, X. throughout. III. Zophar'sfirfl Oppofnicn againft Job. containing 1. An Exordium or Preface, partly challenging Job forlcquaciry,lyingand impuc.eney,Cfe.XL 1,2,3. 2. A confutation of Jobs Pchtion, That his Dclhine was pure, and hitr.felj clear in Gods eyes', by Argu- ments drawn frcm Gods Wifdome & Pcwer,v.j\.to 13. 3. An Hortatory Conclufion inviting Job to repent, with promifes if he do fo ; and threatnings, if he do not, ver. 13. to the endofthe chapt. J O B'S Reply, containing 1. An Exordium, wYierc'm lob Ironically reproves his friends, 1. Arrogating wifedome to them- felres ; and 2 Contemptuous mocking at his cala- mity, Ch. XII. 1. to 6. 2. His Confutation, of their falfe- grounded opinion, That great afflictions alwaiesargue the wickednefle of the Afflicted, ver. 6. 3. An Affertion of the Juftice,Wifdome,Power and Providence of God in governing all things, though moft confufed, ver.'j. to the end of the chapt. 4. His Repreherfion of his friends, for manag- ing Gods caufe unjuftly, with threatnings for fuch glavering hypocrifie, Ch. XIII. 1. to 14. 5. His Pro) 'effed confidence in God, even to death ver. 14. to 20. 6. His Deprecation of two things, i>r^. Prefent evils, and Future fears, ver. 20, 21, 22. acknow- ledging his finne, and expoftularing with God by reafon of his affliftions,w. 23.ro the endofthe chap. 7. His Supplication to the LORD for abate- ment of his mifery ; upon confideration of life's frailty and brevity, and deaths inevitable certainty Ch. XIV. thoughout. IV. Eitpha^ his (econdOppcfiion or Re)oynder againft Job, wherein he blames and condemns Job, infill- ing thus upon his own integrity, 1. For the vanity and unprofitableneffe of his dif- courfe, Ch. XV. 1,2,3. 2. For impiety, rejecting fear, and reftraining Prayer, ver. 4. 3. For the iniquity and fubtilty of his words, ver.$. 4. For Arrogancy, in ingrofiing wifdome to him- felfe, undervaluing his ancients, ver. 6. to 11. 5. For his felf-juftification before God, not hum- bling himfelf under his hand, that he might fharein Gods confolations , Oppofing againft this, i. Mans natural corruption, uer.n.to 15. 2. The defects of Saints,and impurity of the Heavcnsin refpeft ofGod much more muft man needs be unclean, ver. 15,16. 3. The wonted judgments of God upon.wfcked men and hypocrites •, leaving Job tacitely to make appli- cation to himfelf, ver. 17. tothe endofthe chapt. J OB'S Reply. Wherein he, 1. Blameth his friends as miferable cemforters, Ch. XVI. 1. to 6. 2. Pa- thetically defcribes his forrowes and miferies, which may much excufe his doleful complaints, ver. 6. to 17. 3. Infifteth ftill upon his own inte- grity, appealing therein to Heaven, to God him- felf, ver. 17.ro the end of the chapt. 4. Comforts himfelf in his prefeverance, and in the hopes and advantages of death, againft all his friends uncom- fortable dealings, Ch, XVII. throughout. V. Bildads fecond oppofition or Rejoynder againft lob, wherein, 1. He blameth lob for Garrulity, Contempt of his friends and Palfionatnefs,C/;. XVIII. 1,2,3,4. 2>He defcribeth the calamitous miferies incident to the wicked(Ieaving lob to conclude himfelf to be a wicked man,becaufe of fuch calamities upon him} v . 5. to the end of the chapt. lob's Reply, containing i.HiscxpoftuIation with his friends for their uncompaffionatenefs, and cruelty to him, in his extremity of miferies that deferve piety & commileration,i?/>.XIX.i.fo 23. 2.His f Affurance and comfortable Profeffion of hit l''aih inChrift, and Refur- rellion by him at laft dayt&nd therefore.feeing his hope was lucn,they ftiould ceafe topcrfcrutc him.i'. 23.ro 29. 3. His Monition to his friends to ceafe their inve- ctives, which deferve Gods fword, Gods judgments, ver. 29. VI. Zophais Chap. 1 1. Chap. 1 2. Chap. 1 3. Chap. 14. Chap. 1 5. Chap. 16. Chap. 1 7. Chap.i8. Chap. 19. f Job's Faith in Chrift, and AjTurance of hit bo- dies Re- fur re Hi on by him at laft day. Chap.XX.^XLII. JOS 9i Chap. 20. Chap. 22. W.ZophafsfecondOppofition orRejoynder againfl 7o£, wherein confider,i.Thcoccafion of h,vi^. Jobs check of them,and hisownapprchenfionofitjC/j.XX.i^^. 2. The difcourfe it felf defcribing the miferies and judgmcttts of wicked men, tacitly infiuating Job to be fuch an or\c,ver. 4. to the end of the chapt. lob's Reply, wherein are, i.His craving Attention a- Chap.21. like.and then they may mock on,C/j.XXI.i, 2. 2. His intimation that his complaints were not caufelefs,!'. 3, 4. ^.His refclling oiZophars The fc.Tbat the triumph- ing of the wicked U but fl>ort;mc\ this he doth, .?■.'/>', by liisown obfervation, thatfometimes the wicked flou- ri/h Iong,fometimes they are fuddenly and grievoufly deflroyed, v. 5. to 29. Partly by testimony of others, that thewicked are chiefly referved tothe judgements of another world,?/. 29.ro the end of the chapt. VII Elipha\ hisTriplicationpr third opposition againfl lob. Wherein, 1. He informeth/06 that though he were righreous,yet his righteoufnefs could nor profit God, therefore he had nocaufeof boafting,C/j.XXII.i.ro 5. 2.HcchalIengeth Job as guilty of great wickednefie, againfr.the/ecow/Trt6/e,i>.5. to i2.Againft thefirftTa- ble denying Gods Providence,iu2.fo 21. g.He invites lob to repent and reconcile himfelf with God, promi- sing thereupon many temporal and fpiritual bleflings v. 21. tothe endof the chapt. Joi\f icef>/>;whi.-rein,He i.Appealeth to God, & de- fireth to plead with him touching his integrity, Ch. Chap. 23. XXIII. i.roii.2.Affertethhisown innocency in thofe fins charged upon him, though God ftill perfiflin af- flicting him,?', n.to the endof the chapt. ^.Sheweth that the wicked oft-times fcape unpunifhed in this life (contrary toElipba^ his Pofition, that they are ftill pu- Chap. 24. ni/hedhereO Cb.XXlV.i.to 18. but /hall not efcape in the world to come,?/. 18. to the endof the chapt. VIII. Bildads Triplication or third Oppofition againfl Job \ wherein he fheweth,that man cannot be legally Chap. 25. juftified before God, Ch. XXV. throughout. Wherein he uncharitably miftook ]ob, who aflerted not his le- gal righteoufneffe, but only his Evangelical integrity. J 0 Ws Reply. Wherein he 1. Reproves Bildadfor his uticharitableneffc, and miflake of the Queflion, Chap. XXVI. 1. to 6. 2. Acknowledgeth Gods, 1. Omnifcience, ver. 6. 2. Omnipotency, difcovered in his works, v. 7. to the end of the chapt. 3. Refolveth to adhere unto his integrity, a- gainfl all their difputes and cenfures, Ch. XXVII. 1. to'], and this, 1. Partly, becaufe the condition of the Hypocrite is hopelefle, ver. 7. to 11. and the Hate of the wicked moflmiferable, ver. 11. to theendof the chapt. 2. Partly, becaufe the fear of the LORD, and departing from evil Q wherein Job defired to approve himfelf to God} is the on- Jywifdom, beyond the knowledge of all natural things, ch. XXVIII. throughout. 4. Defcribeth his condition Pad, and Prefent pathetically. 1. Pafl, how profperous and happy oncehewas,in many particulars wifhing that he were in like condition, Ch. XXIX. throughout. 2. Prefent, how ignominious, and calamitous itis,in many refpetfs, ch.XXX. throuihout. 5. Solemnly protefteth his integrity, both in efchewing evil,and doing good,C&.XXXI. through- out. Hitherto of the Difpute irfelf betwixt Job, and hti three jfisnds ; next follows the Decifion oftb'u Difpute. gThe dif- 11. The g Moderators that decided and determined the pute Mo- Controverfie betwixt Job and hit three jfiends, Were 1. derated & Elihu. 2. God himfelf. decided. I. ELIHU, the yoangeft of Jobs friends, takes up thecontroverfiein a very large fpeech refpefting. both Job and his friends, ( which lome account four diltinft fpeeches} wherein, note. 1. The Preface, before his fpeech ; containing, 1. Chap. 32. His difcontent both at Job and his friends,C^. XXXII 1,2,3. 2« The Reafon of his filence all this while, becaufe he was youngeft, ver. 4. 3. The caufes of his I Chap. 33. Chap. 26. Chap. 2-. Chap. 28. Chap. Chap. Chap. 29. 30. 3*. now fpcaking, Partly, becaufe Jobs three friends wanted wifdom to convince Job of that for which they condemned him ; fo that Job had filenced them, ver. 5. to 18. Partly, becaufe he was full of matter and could not hold his peace, ver. 18,19, 20. 4_The manner how he intends to fpeak, impartially, with- out refpeft of perfons, or flattery, ver. 21, 22. 5. His craving patient audience of Job ; Partly, becaufe he will deal uprightly with him, Partly, becaufe he will ftate the (Jueflion cIceriy,C7;.XXXIII. 1,2,3. /V*-r/y,becaufe he is in Gods ftead ( according to ]obs wifh } to reafon with him, and yet he need not be a- fraid of his rerrour, v, 4. to 8. 2.The fubftance of hii difcourfe, wherein he, i.Con- vinceth lob of his unjuft complaining of the Lord for affli&ing him, fhewing that God is not accountable to his creatures for any of his wayes, ver. 8- to 14. II. Inviteth/06 fjin order to the removal of his Af- flictions} to Repentance, whereunto God calls, 1. By dreams, and vifions,t\ 14 to 19. 2. By Afflictions v. 19. to 23 3. By the faithfull Miniftry of the Word, v. 23. to the end of the chapt. III. Confuteth lob (or accufing God of injuftice in fuch afflicting of him. It being impofiible for God to do any thing unjuftly j and therefore it would better have become lob to have fubmitted himfelf reformingly and humbly to his hand, Ch. XXXIV. throughout. IV. Chargeth lob Chap. 34. with divers dangerous exprefiions againfl God, as 1. That his righteoufneffe was more then Gods3 and what prcfitYhall I have if I be cleanfed from my fin, Ch. XXXV. 1, 2,3. Which he refufes, v. 4.^9. In Chap. 35. this Elihu feems to relate (as h Mercerm thinks} to hlo.Merc. that in lob 10. 15. Eut Elihu clearly miflakes lobs Com.in loc. fenfe. 2. That he had denyed Gods Providence, v. 9- to 14. This alio is miftaken. 3. Thar, God re- garded nothisopprefflons,!/. 14,15,19. V.Afferteth and defendeth Gods juftice upon divers grounds, Ch. Chap. ^6. XXXVI. 1. to i5. VI. Diflwadeth lob from complain- ing againfl God, who is rather to be magnified for his works, ver. 16. to the end of the chapt. And to be feared both for his mighty Acts and wifdom, Ch. Chap. 37. X X XVI {.throughout. II. G O D himfelf, fpeaking out of the Whirlwind is the other Moderator, and he finally and fully decides the Controverfie betwixt lob and his friends. 1. Challenging lob for ignorance in his exprelhons, Ch. XXXVIII. 1,2. 2. Convincing lob of his unfitnefTe to conteft with God; there being no proportion betwixc Gods infi- wifdom and power; and lobs great ignorance and imbecillity even in natural things, many of which are particularly inftanced in, v. 3. to the endof the chapt. and Ch.XXXIX. throuihout. and Ch. XL. v. 1,2. Tlie effe&sof thisconviftionon/06, who, 1. Grants the caufetoGod, as having nothing to anfwer. 2. Pro- mifeth for future to filence all complaints, ver. 3,4,5. 3 Blaming lob forattributing too much to his own, too little to Gods righteoufnelle, Defending lobs im- potency ironically, but Gods Omnipotency difcover- ed,elpecially in thofe two wonderful creatures Behe- moth, and Leviathan, v. 6. to the endof the chapt. and Ch. XLI. throughout. TheefTeftsof this reproof upon lob, Who, 1. Acknowledgeth Gods Omnipotency and Omnifcience, Ch. XLII. 1,2. 2. Confeiieth his own ignorance,!*. 3. 3. Upon the experimental vifi- on and apprehenfionhe now had of God,abhors him- felf and repents in dufl and afhes,i a -^aa ftringere, carpere, leniterque pulfare. beb.Miz. morim. Jun.inPro» legom.ad Pfa.Seft.i 0 Luk. 20. 42- Act, 1.20. 1 ; Aft.?. 41 menr) do tmanimoufly with one joynt-confent fet ' down the Pfalms in this very order wherein we now have them. Although ibmeof them have ibme (mail difference from the reft, in the Uniting, Dividing and Enumerating of fome of them, as f hereafter fliall be pointed at in its proper place.- yet flill the fame order of the Pfalmes is obferved. 3. Partly, becaufeall the heft Hebrew Copies joyntly confirm this Order. 4. Partly, becaufeall our ancient Wri- ters of any credit fince the Apoftles dayes, as well as Modern Authors, alledging anyTeftimonies out of the Pfalms, do avouch and follow this order. II. 77>«r nevertheless it is palpably evident, That the fe- ver al Pfalms are not now placed in the f elf fame order, at they were written. For, I. Tnen, the 90th. Pfalm, penned by Mofes, fhould have been Fir ft. 2. Then, the 3d. pfalm, touching Abfaloms confpira- cy, fhould have been placed after all thofe pfalms penned upon occafion of King Saul's Perfections of David. 7,. Then, pfalm 72, penned by David for Solomon, g which Cfrom thofe words, The Prayers of David the fon of Jeffe are ended, ver. 20.) >> thought tobethelaft pfalm David wrote before his death, fhould have been ranked after his other pfalms, &c. But, how, when, or by whom, the Pfalms were digeft- ed into this order, as we now have them, fome con- jectures may be had, but no certainty, h Sim de Mu- it fufpects, but he dare affirm nothing peremptorily in the cafe, That the pfalmes were thus digefted, not with refpeft to the Hiftory , but to the Mufical or Poetical Meafures, That thofe pfalmes who were of like Poetical Meafures, or like Mufical number,were caft together. But hence I infer two things as cer- tain •, 1. That the Time, Hiftory or meaning of any pfalm, cannot folidly be evinced by the bare order of ir: but will require a further and more accurate difquifition. 2. That, it is not very fafe nor prudent to draw any Doftrinal Pofitions or Dogmatical con- clufions from the meer Difpoial of the Pfalms in their prefent order. Sedl. II. The Denominations, or Names of this Book. This choice Book harh many Names girenumo ir. I. It is called by the i later Hebrew Writers ("who added Names to the Book J ED^^Hn "SO Se- pher TehilDm, following xatbet the Chaldee termina- tion than the Hebrew, which regularly hTehilloth, as Pf.l 22.4. J rhatisjfa B 0 0 K OF HTMNES or P RAIS ES : becaufe the high P R A ISES of God are the chief Subjeft-matter of the v>falms,2. In the Old Teftament,the pfalms are ftiled. 7N1UP miQl Zimrothjifrael: k that h,THE PSALMS OF ISRAEL. So called, becaufe they were all pen- ned 1 for the fpirtual ufe and benefit of God'* Ifrael of old, and of the Ifrael ot God under the New Tefta- ment alfo. 3. In the New Teftamenr, "VaAuot m THE PS ALMES. And fo this Eook is deno- minated alfo by the LXXII. in the moft ancient Ro- man Copy out o£ the Vatican library. This n Greek word comes from another, which fignifies gently-to- beat, viz.fome mufical ftringed inftruments, where- with the pfalmes were wont to be tuned and fung in the Temple. And this Denomination ("is by a Synecb- docheof the part') given to the whole Book, becaufe in the Titles or inferiptions prefixed to the Pfalms in the Hebrew Text, moft of them are called PS ALMES few are called SONGS, feweft HYMNES. And Bif- Ao< "Vahfjuev ; that is.THE B I B LE,or o BOOK OF P S A L M E S -, be caufe thefe 1 $0 pfalms were all digefted into one Book or Roll, leftany ofthem fhould be loft,but that a' ofthem might be the better prefcrved for the benefit of the Church: As all the Smaller Prophets, upon the fame account, were put into one Roll or Volume, which Is therefore called, p The Bookof the Prophets. Moreover, the Apoftlc u- feth three Denominations which comprehend all the integral parts of this Book, and moft efpecially have relation thereunto, vi^. * PSALMES, * See af- HYMNES, aud SPIRITUAL S O N G S : terwardt <\ Let the Word of Chrift in-dwell in you richly, in all inSc&.VL wifdom , Teaching and admonifliing yourfelves C"¥dh- numb. III. y-olf, zjvpvoH, jyaJhAi >rviv(Mli}(gjif,') with pfalms, &Se&. and Hymnes, and Spiritual Jongs, finging with Grace Vlll.Tbef. in your Heart unto the Lord, r But be filled with the 2. Spirit, fpeakjng to yourfelves with Pfalms,and Hymns, q Col.3.15. and fpiritual fongs, finging and making-melody in your r Eph.5. heart unto the Lord. Here (asf Junius thinks.) we 19. have A Genus, and two Species. The Genius ; uJlttt, (Fran. Odes, fongs. This word Anfwers to the Hebrew Jun. in word Q^Tiy Shirim, fongs, from "IIU/ Shur,to Proleg. ad fing. This is often prefixed in the Titles of the Hb.Pj.n. 1. pfalmes, as Pfal. 30.4?, ifi, 65,68, 108,120, &c. Thetwo$/>e«Vrare, if/T/wo/ Hymnes, Praifes; fung with voice, efpecially. Anfweriflj to the Hebrew word, Z2^7y\nTehiUim, or r\YTy/onoftheLXXII,accordir.gto the And .4 Alexandrian Manujaipt-Copy, ("next in Antiquity and Chriftian ^ repute to that of the Roman,) ftilesir, ^VtArMfw, Exercitatu The pf alter : from the u pfaltery, a Mufical Initru- wonlnfant mentufed amongothers in finging of pfalms of old. bapt.And The Syraicl^ Verfion denominates if, The Book, of /'"£*"£ °f Pfalms of David King and Prophet. The Arabick_ Pf'dmes Verfion ; The Bookof pfalms of David the Prophet, King h Cutkbert of the fons of Ifrael. Anciently it was called >SoliLqui' Sydneham, urn, The Solihquy : Becaufe ic contains the Saints fo- P- i82,erc. litary Conferences, and fvveereft fecret retirements Andfmging with God in Meditations, Confcfhons, Prayetsand ojpjalmes, praifes: and Gods precious returns, and fatheYly &c-hJoh. wifperingsof love and favour to them again, red- Cotton.ch.$ procally. P-IlS- uPf92.2,. and 150.3. Sed. III. The Anthours of this Book, of Vfalms. The Efficient Caufc, or Author of this Book of pfalms, is either 1 Principal. Or 2 Injhumental. I. The principal Authour or Efficient of this Bookof pfalmes, contriving and^nditing the pfalrns therein contained , is the ever-bleffed God, Father, Son, and Holy Ghoft ; They are his Divine fpirations, his Sacred and Heavenly breathings unto his Amanu- enfes or Penmen, and by them unto us. 1 . God the Father: As the Apoftles declare in their Prayer; x :< Aft.4.24 They lift up their voice to God with one accord, andfaid; 2^.26,27. Lord.thou art God which hajl made Heaven and Earth, w'uhVi. 2 andthe Sea, and all that in them is : whoby the mouth 1,2,2. of thy fervant David baft faid, Why did the Hethaen rage, andthe people imagine vain things .' The Kings of the Earth, foe. For of a Truth againft thy holy childe y Aft. rg. Jefus,&c. Thus, God the Father fpakctheSerW 2,2,,2.5,heb. pfalm to David. The like alfo undcrftand of the^ 4.3,7. other pfalms. a, God the Son;Jcfus Chrift : zZ.cr ^Col.3 16 the Preface Sett. Ill 3. The Authors of the Book of 1J S A L M E S. 105 aHeb.3.7, 8,9,10,11. w/t/jPf.95. See alfo Mark 12. 36. pfalms the Duty of Chrifiianst frc'.By T. F.MiDift. in Exon.p. 17- c Fran,Jun in Proleg. ad liar, pfalm Sett. 2. d Mat. 22. 43-4-M5- Mark 12. 36.LU. 20. 42.AA.2. 34- „ e See Aft. 4. 25,26. and Heb. 4 7- r/jc Worrf 0/ C/;r?/r in-dwell in you richly in all Wifdom, teaching and admonishing your felves in pjalms, and Hymnes. and fpirhual fongs, dye. Whence its evi- dent, That thefe pfalmes, hymnes, andjpiritualfngs, (anfwering to the Titles of the Pfalmes, Mi^monm, Tehillim, and Shirim, as hath been (hewed Jare part otihc Word of Chrift, the Holy Scriptures. 3. God the HoIy:Ghoft : a Wherefore as the Holy Ghoft faith, To day if you will hear hit voice harden not your hearts., as in the provocation, &c. This pfalm then f& the like is to be faid of all the reftjis the faying or language of the Holy-Ghoff.Oh what Pfalms, Hymns or Spiritual Songs are there in the world compara- ble to thefe, that have God, Father , Son , and Holy Ghoft, for their Authors and Inditers? with what zeal, Devotion, Spirituality, Faith, and Af- feftion, may we acquiefce in thefe, recreate our hearts in Tinging and meditating of thefe ; which are foDivinely-infpired, fo Infallible, fo Heavenly, Ho- ly, and Spi ritual / I fay with him, b Sure I am that Davids pfalmes are fpir'nual Songs, if ever there were any fpirhual fongs in the world. II. The Inftrumental Efficient or Authour of this Book, may be confidercd, 1 As Penning or Writing the pfalmes, As Collelling or Gathering them into one Book. 1. The Penman, Amanuenfis or Writer of thefe pfalms, feems not to be any one perfon, but divers : and the Title of fulidry pfalms import evidently thus much. But who thole are, is not fo unanimoufly agreed upon. I. The Jewifh Writers name ten Penmen, (use Junius notes J viz. Adam, to whom they afcribe Pfalm 92.) Melchizedecb, ("to whom they attribute Pla. no.Jl Abraham, fjwhom they all Ethan, and give to him pfal.89 ) M"fes, Afaph, Neman, Jeduthun, and the three Sons of Korath, viz. Affir, Elkana, and Ebicfaph. And they make David onely the Gatherer of them inro one Book. Anfw. But this Opinion is falfe and fabulous. For, 1. The 92 pfalm, afcribed to Adam, feems proba- bly by the Argument or Subject matter of it, to be David's: though no Penman at all is mentioned in the Infcription. 2. The no pfalm, attributed to Melchixedech, was certainly written by David, as both the Title of that pfalm, and therfNewTefta- ment again and again gives us tounderftand. 3. David was queftionleffe the Penman of very many pfalms, even of all thofepfalmes before which his name is prefixed in the Title, and alfo of fundry 0- tl ers, to which his mme is not prefixed, astheHo- Iy-Ghoft in thee New feftament affures us, as of Piu. 2, and 95, And how many more un-titled pfalms David did Pen, who can affert ? and there- fore to afcribe the whole Book of pfalms to thefe ten, and none to David ("accounting him onely the ColleUorox Gather tr of them into one BookJ is very falfe and injurious. II. Others reckon up fomewhat differently ten Penmen of the pfalmes, thus; viz. Mofes, David, Solomon, Ajaph, Hem an, Ethan , Jeduthun, and the three fonnes of Korath. This is a mere tolerable Enumeration than the for- mer. Howbeir, icmayjoftly be doubted, Whether every one cf thefe ten had an '^and in Penning thefe pfalmes. Solomon hath two pfalms afcribed to him, having his Name in their Titles, viz.Pfa.72. and 127. But neither of them feem to be penned by Solomon, but borh by David for Solomon. And the Title nO^tfJ1? Lifchlomo, is rather to be rendred for So- lomon, than of Solomon. Pfa!. 72. is Davids prayer for Solomon : probably his laft Prayer. And verf.20. it's ■ lid •, Tlie prayers of David the Son of Jeffe are enc.-.d, which reckons rhis as one, and the laft, of Davids prayers. And pfalm 127 feems robePd- viis Counfel to Solomon, teaching him, that all hu- mane labours are frufirate, unleffe they be helped and profpered by God. Jeduthun pro phecyed 'with the Harp, <&c. 1 ChrcH. 25. 1, 3. But thofe two pfalms that have his name in the Title were not penned by him. For as the very Titles figuifie, pfal. 39. was Penned by David : and pf 1 . 77. by Afaph. And the three fons of Korath probably penned no pfalmes, rAe- ing not Prophets, but Muficians in the Temple, and therefore they have eleven pfalmes commended to them, Pfal. 42. 44, 45, 46, 47,48,49,84,85,87, 88. All the reft were penmen cf fome pfalms. As 1 Mo- fes, of pfalm 90. 2 David, of very many pfalms. His name is prefixed in the Titles to 74 pfalms: as Pfal, 3,, 4, 5, 6, &c. And fome that have no Titles, are faid in the f New Tcftamenr or elfewhere to be Davids, as Pfalm 2. and 95. and 72. and its very probable,many others of the un-titJed pfalms were pfalms of David alio. 3. Afaph of fundry pfalmes. For his Name is prefixed to twelve pfalms, vi%. Pfa. 5 »73>74>75>78o,8i,82,83. And A- faph was not only a g finger in Ifrael : but alio a Seer or Prophet, who Com poled pfalmes as did David ; h Hexehjah the King and the Princes command- ed the Levites to jmg praife unto the LORD, withthe words of David, and of Afaph the Seer, 4. Neman theExyachite, a man eminently wife, i penman of Pfalm 88. in the title bearing his Name. He was not that Heman, which was one of the Singers, k whofe fons Pi ophefied with harps, &c. and King Davids 1 Seer in the words of God : being alfo m fan oljoel, fon of Samuel the Prophet, 5. Ethan the Ezrachite, pen- man of Pfal. 89. Heman and JFthana were fons of Zerach, the fon of Judah the Patriarch. He was ex- ceeding o renowned for wifdom, And he treats of the Kingdome promifed to David, in Pfal 89. So then thefe five, vi^. Mofes, David, Afaph, Heman, and JEthan, more evidently feem to have been the penmen of the ffalms, than any others. III. As for the opinion of thofe two Ancient and Learned Wri- ters, p Auguftine and <\Chryfiftome that the whole Book of pfalms was penned by D AV ID,wemay fee, from what hath been already produced,how to judge of it, viz. that probably it was their mifral'e. Though ic cannot be deny ed butir was Principally written by David.See third Bookjf pfalms, before Pfalm 73. im- mediately. 2. The Collector or Gatherer of allthefe pfalms into one Volume or Book, cannot certainly be pointed out. Conjectures are various. I. Some r think, this Colleftion was made by King Hezekiahs Friends or Servants ; before the Babylonifh Captivity. II. Somet Hebrew Writers are of Opinion, that£^rrt that expert fcribe collected thefe pfalms into one book after the Babylonifh Captivity: they being before that difperfed, and feveral. III. Others notwith- ftanding do judge, they were not collected by any one perfon, but by divers perfons, and at divers times. 1. Becaufe the arguments or Sub jeft matters handled in the ffalms appertain to times fo various, and far diftant one from another. Some being writ- ten in the dayes of Mofes, as Pfalm 90. » Some in the days of David, as Pfalm 3, 4, 5. and very manyo- thers ; fome probably under the Babyhnifl) Captivity, or under the cruel perfections of Antiochw, as ?(a. 44. according to the judgement of divers learned men -, fome after the Babylonifj) Captivity, as Pf. 126. 137. Andthisapprehenfionis the rather confirmed by the Antient Diftribution of this volume of the pfalms in the Hebrew Copies into five diflinft Eooks : vi%. the/ntf ending with Pfai. 41. The fecond with Pfal. 72. The third with Pfal. 89. The fourth with ftaLiotf. The fifth with Pfal. 150. Thetwofiif Books were(ast fome think 3 probably collected by David: from that paffage in Pfa. 7220. The pray- ers of David the fon of J effe are ended. Though that pafagemay have other interpretation. The third Book, beginning with Pfal. 73. and ending wirh Pfal. 89. moft of which pfalms(as the Titles declare) were pfalms of Afaph f'onely one them being afcribed to David, viz. Pfal. 85. J was probably collected by A- faph. Of the fourth Booi^. the Collector is uncer- tain. The fifth Book, is fuppofed to be g thered to- gether in the dayes of Judas Maccabx x. But by whom, is very hard to conjecture. 2. Becavfe we E e have (AtT.4.2^ Hcb.4. 7. Pfal.-, 2.20 g I Chron. 25. 2. h 2 Chron. 20. 30. i 1 King. 4. k i Chro. 25.1. 1 1 Chron. 25.5. m 1 Sam. 6.33- n 1 Chron. 2,4,6. 0 1 King. 4. p Augu. de Civitate Dei lib. 17. Cap. 1 4.' q Oujo*- 'VcO&oi ActStJ* hpnys.l'Of eimv,ctmv- TWp awf)s,£ TO/. Chiyffl.ho- mil. in Pf. 12.P.976. T.$.parif. 1626. tAthanefi- ta inSynopf. f V?d. Hen. Alfted.pra- cogn.Theol. lib. 2. c. 12 1 t Fran.Jun inprolegom. adlib.pfaL Seft. 2. ic6 4. The Occafion and Scope of the Bool^of VSALMES^ Preface Seft.IV. UTho.Cart- vrigbt in Com:.: I '. •V.25. I. yTho.Cart- wright in Com. ad PlOV.2K,.l. Hen.Aljled in Pr&cogn. Theolog.1.2. cap. 120. Z Fr.Jiin. inArwot. ad Pro. 25. 1. a In my Treatife intituled, The Mi fiery and Mar- row of the Bible : vi^. Gods Cove- nants,fcc. Book.HI. Chap.<, A- fhorifm.i. P-99$-to loco. Lo. l6tf. tave an Infrance of fome other Books of the Old Teftament which were written and Collected at fcveral time;. To mention only one ; viz. Toe Pro- verbs. The nine firft Chapters Solomon himfelfdid both write, and collect into Order. The tenth c hapt- er , and ail that follow to ch. 25. 1. feem to have been written indeed by Silomon, but Collected by fome other : as is conceived from the Title prefixed ; The Proverbs of Solomon, Prov. lo. 1. Though u fome think, that Solomon was both Authour and Col- lector of thefe Proverbs alfo. Thefe Proverbs from ch. 25. 1. to ch. 50. 1. were written by Solomon , but Copied out by the men ofHe^ekiah King of Judah : a s x the Preface to them exprelly informs us. Probably He^eleiah's fervants, good men, or Prophets, ga- thered them out of y fome other writings of Solomon, and ranked them in thisOrder wherein we now have them. Or ("as z7«mj#thinks)they extracted them out of the Records cf the Acts of Solomon, and digeft- ed them thus into a body : moft of thefe Proverbs appertaining to Ethickjand Civil Adminijlration. The 30th. chapter feems to be penned by Agar fon of Ja- keh, foe. The Proverbs then being written, and collected by feveral perfons, at feveral times-, why fl:ould it be thought improbable, that the pfalms, penned by feveral perfons, and at fuch feveral times, might not alfo be Collected by feveral perfons in thole feveral times. D AVID therefore, being Penman of fo many Pfalmes, that the whole Eook is (and not undeferv- edlyj denominated from him, Ttie Pfalms of David; And he probably Collecting fundry of the Books,into which this volume is (undivided : It cannot but be very proper and pertinent to lay down here A De- fcriptioncf this Excellent Perfon DAV ID, accord- ing to the Holy Scripture •, Efpecially by I. His Name, DAVID. II. His Defcent or Pedcgree. III. His Eminent Endowments and Qualifications, Natural, Artificial and Spiritual. IV. His Offices, He being a Prophet, and a King. V. His renowned Aft?, After his Firft, Second and Third Anointing, which were many. VI. His failings and mifcarriages which were many, vr\. ten in number, and fome of them very hainous. All of them being recorded to reach us; 1 Gods infinite Purity ; who cannot abide Sin,no,not in his deareft Servants. 2 The Holy Scrip- terci impartiality ; which fpares not the fins of any, bnt rips up and brands the mifcarriages even of Holy Ferrmen of Scriptures themfelves. 3 The weaknefte of the ftrongeft, and finfulneffe of the Holieft in this life. 4 What care and caution ought to be in all to look to themfelves, David fo falling, who may not fufpeft himfelf with fear and trembling ? VII. His Penitential Recoveries out of all thefe Sins and Mif- carriages, through the rich Grace of his God. By his Mifcarriages we are warned againft iniquity, by his Recoveries zga\r\\\ impenitency .- Ey thofe againft Prefuming, by thefe againft Despairing : Ey thofe of of our own weakneile, by thefe of the Powerfulneffe of Divine Grace. VIII. His Afflictions and Chaftife- ments wherewith the LOR D Exercifedhimfor his many failings , notwithftanding his Repentance, vi^. In his Family five wayes : In his Kingdomefour wnyes. IX. His Holy End and Happy Diffolution after all. But having a elfewhere fpoken already at large to all thefe Particulars, thither I refer the dili- gent Reader : And I hope in his perufal thereof he fhall not lofe his labour. Seer. IV. The Occafion^ and Scope of the Book^ of Pfalmes. The Occafion upon which this Book was written was not one, but manifold .• As the Tenmen were many who wrote them, and the times and feafons many, and at great diftancc one from another,wherc- in they were written. Some of them being penned before ; fome, under ; and fome, after the Babyloni/h Captivity , As is evident by the matter of the Pfalm* themfelves. The Summary and General Scope intended in thrt Eook, feems efpecially to be this : vi\. I. Partly, To demonftrate wherein true happineffe efpecially confifts, vi^. 1 In true godlineffe ; The truly godly man being the onely happy man in the world, as is evidenced in Pfatme 1. which is as an excellent Pre- face to all the Pfalmes. 2 In due fubmilhon to the LORD'S Anointed JESUS CHRIST, as is re- quired in Pfalme 2. 3 In having J EHOV AH to be our God, our Covenant-God, as is teftified in Pfalme 144. All which true happineffe is moft va- rioufly and fweetly illuftrated in all the reftoftlie Pfalmes. II. Partly, To delineate moft lively and experimentally, what fweet intercourfe and endear- ed Communion there is, even in this life, betwixt the truly godly and onely happy people and Church of God; and their moft bleited God inChrift, who is his own infinite happineffe, and to them the Foun- tain of all happinefe. 1. How the LORD exer- cifeth them ; 1 With afflictions and tribulations of all forts, in Name, Srate, Body and Soul; by open E- nemies, falfe Friends, and neereft Relations. 2 With cruel Perfecurions for Righteoufneffe fake. 3 With violent and dangerous Temptations. 4 With vvoful and moft uncomfortable Defertions. 5 And wr/Amany other inward Conflicts and Anxieties of Soul. 2. How by thefe things they are exercifed and improved in their Faith, Hope, Patience, Experi- ence, Repentance, Acquaintance with God, Com- forts, Peace, Joy, and in all their Spirituals. 5. How hereby they are excited to the lively exerciic of Meditation; Self-examination, Prayers , Cries La- mentations, Conteffions, Praifes to the LORD, fyc. 4. And how in all thefe, God Awakens, Excites, In- ftructs, Supports, Encourageth, Tryes, Refines, Enableth, Evidenceth, Increafeth, and Eftablifh- eth them and all their Spirituals, affuring them of his Al-fufficiency,Gooc!neue and Faithfulnefie there- in, at laft delivering them out of all, and by afl pre- paring them For a far more exceeding and eternal weight of Glory, 2 Cor. 4. 17. Nevertheleffe every particular Pfalme hath his particular Scope thereto intended, which is diligently to be obferved in the right unfolding and underftanding of every Pfalme, s% in the feveral explications of them will hereafter more evidently appear. Stdi. V. The (ingttlar Excellency of this Book^ ofTfilmes. The Book_of Pfalmes is moft Excellent. It is much Commended, but it excells all Praifes : It is much accounted of ', but it excells all Eflimation : It is much Admired, but it even tranfeends ail Admiration. All Holy Scriptures are b Sweet as the honey, andtheho- bP£i9.la. ney-comb : but as fome Honey, fo this Bao\of Pfalms is, of a furpii(fing fweetnefle and delicioulnefic. All Books of Scripture are as fo many heaps of refined Gold: but this of the Pfalmes is as the GoldofcOphir, cPf.45.9. yea, as the pureft Gold of d Vphar ; yea, all the Job 22.24. Gold\n the world is but dirt to it. All the Scriptures pf,iy.io. fhine oriently like the glittering Starrcs in the Fir- d2K.10.18 mamc-nt; but this Book fhines among them glorioufly ePij.title as a St arte of the (i>/f Magnitude. More Particu- andlfc, of- larly. tea. I. How excellent U thU Boo\, that k made up of Pfalmes fo Succ'tnS and Compendious .' They arc called * pjihni CbmOrQ Mhrmorim. e Pfaltts ; from "vQl obi pi* Zamar, To prune, pake off, cut off, uned or paired, and made very concife. Like Arrftjn Gold, Pearl, or precious ftonek, they comprehend \)j$id.Pf. much in a little compaffe, as Ambrofe notes *; are Pfjf.T.^. iuJl Preface Sett. V. 5 . The Excellency of the Booh^ of VSALMES. 107 fTotius Scripture Epitomcn. Ahum, in Ep.ad Marcellin. gBafil.Ho- mil.ante — Pfal. I. fom. 1. ble to every one according as he if affiled. Luther de- minatcs it h The Link Bible }uiid the Summary of the OldTcflament. J full of tliemfelves. Athattafiut calls this Book; f The Epitome of the whole Scriptures. Bafil Itiles it \ gA Compendof all Theology, and a common M'dicine-fiopjor foules : A Common Storc-houfe of good Dolh'tnes profit a- II. How excellent is this B 00'^, whereof the Holy Ghoft hath made fitch eminent life in the New Teftament ! No other Book in all the Old Tertament, is fo frequently alleged r '*] in the New Tclbment as the Book of Pfalms : As is evident by this enfuinnDe- monftration. b h Parva L.Wia&r fummari* um vcte- ris Tefta- menti. PSAL. N. TEST. II. 1.2, 3. A. . XXXIII. 1 8.- XXXIV.12.- XXXVII.5.- XXXIX.12.- XL. XLI. XLIV. XLV. XLIX. L. mi. LV. LXII. — l Cor. 2.9. -Rom. 4.7,8. —1 Joh. 1.9. -1 Pet. 3. 12, -1 Pet.3.10. •-Mat. 6.25. 1 Pet. 5.7. -Mat 5.5. -Heb.11.13. 1 Pet.2. 1 1. 6.7.8. Mat. 1 2. 7. Heb. 1 0.5, 6,7 9- -Joh. 13.8. — Rom. 8. 36. — Heb. 1.8. — Mat.13.35. — 1 Cor. 1 0.26,2 8. — Rom. 2.2 1,22. — Rom. 3. jo. — Mat. 6.25. Luk.12.22. 1 Pet.5.7. — Mat. 16.27. Rom. 2. 6. 2 Cor. 5. 10. Eph. 6.8.' Col. 3. 25/1 pet. 1. 17. Rev. 22. 12. 22.- 6.7.- 4.— 12.- 17.- I. — 22.- 12." N. TE S T. -Eph 4.8. -Joh. 2. 17. Rom.15.3. -Mat.27.48.Mar.15.23. John 19.29. -Rom. 1 1.9. PSAL. LXVIII. 18. LXIX. 9.- 21. 22 • LXXVIII.2. -Mat.13.35'. 15- 1 Cor. 10.4. 24. — ■ — Joh.6.31. LXXXI. 12. Aa.14.16. LXXXII.6. John 10.34. LXXXVI.12.—- -Mar. 12.29. 1 Cor.8.4. Eph.4.6. LXXXIX.26.27.— Heb.1.5. 36. Luk. 1. 33. Joh. 12.34, XC. 4. 2 Per. 3. 8. J£L "■" Mat.4.G. Luke4.io. 11.- -1 Cor. 3.10. XCV. 7.8.9,10,1 i.Heb.3.7,8,9,10,11 4.7. 7- -Heb. 1.6. and XCVII CII. CIV. GV. CVI. cix. ex. 10.- II.-' 2$-~ 4.— 9 .-*> 4L- 13 — 8.— 1. — CXII CXVI. CXVII 4.- io.- 11.- 1.— ~ — Rom. 1 2.9. — Jam. 1. 10. — Heb. 1. 10. — Heb. 1.7. — Luk. 1. 73. Heb.6.17. — 1 Cor. 1 0.4. — 1 Cor. 10.6. — Aft. 1.20. ■ — Mat. 22. 44. Mark 12: 36. Luke 20.42. Afts 2. 34- 1 Cor. 15.25. Heb. 1. 13. — Heb.5.6. and 7. 17. -2 Cor. 9. 9. CXVIII.22.- — 2 Cor.4.13, — Rom. 3 4. — Rom. 1 1.25. — Mat. 2 1.42. Mark 12.10. Luke 10. 17. Aft. 4. 11. 1 Per.2.4. 26.- Mar.21.9. CXIX. 19. Heb.11.13. 115. Mat.7.23. 139. Joh. 2. 17. CXXXII.11. Luk.1.69. Aft.2.30. 17- Luke 1. 69. CXXXIX.12 CXL. 3. CXLIIT. 2. — Heb. 4.1 3. — Rom. 3. 13. -dR.om.3.20. Gal, 2. 16. For- \ ic8 2. The Excellency of the Book Teftament out of the Book, of Pfalmes, than out of any other Book of the Old Teftament, this ftampsa great Cha- racter of Eminency and Excellency upon the Book, of Pfalmes. III. How excellent it this Book, wherein are fo many clear and choice Prophecies ojjESVSCHRlST! Especially of his i.Perfon. 2. Office. 3. States. 4. Effects and happy fruits of his Offices ; as I have i elfuheretnanifefted; and here again recite, as very pertinent, vi\. 1. OfhisPerfon 1. That he is God, Pfal. ^.6, 1 1. with tieb. i.8.The Son of QoA.Pfal. 2. 7. with Heb 1. 5. The WORD ofGod-, Bythe WORD of the Lord were the Heavens made, &c. Pfal. 33. 6. with Job. i. 1,2. 2. That he fhould be man, lower than Angels Pfal. 8, 4, s, 6 with Heb. 2. 6. to 10. Of the Seed of David, the Fruit of his loynes, Pfal. 132. 11. with AB. 2. 30. Luk.. 1. 32> 33- 2. Ofhis Mediatory Office. Aj 1. A Prophet; Preaching Gods righteoufnefle, loving-kindnefe and Truth, in the great Church, Pfal. 40. 8,9. 10. 2. A Prieftj An Everlafting Prieft of Melchi- zedeeh's Order, farre above the Order of Aaron, Pfal. no. 4. with heb. 5. 6,7. W7. 17. See alfo Pfal. 2. 7. rv'uh Heb. 2. 9. I. Of his Satisfaction for us by his offering up himfelf, Pfal. 40.6,7. B.with Heb. 10. 5. to 1 5. &c. 2. Of his Interceffion for his People, Pfal. 2. 8. 3. A King. God's King in Sion, in his Church, Pfal. 2. 6. and 132. 11. with Ails. 2. 30. Luk.- 1- 32> 33. 1. That, asGodsMeffiah, Pfal. 2. 2. He fhould be Anointed with the Holy-Ghoft, that Oyle ofgladnes above allhis fellows, Pfal. 45.7. with Heb.\.S, 9- Ails 10. 38, Joh. 3. 34. Epb. 4. 7. 2. That he fhould Rule his Subjects Religioufly, Righteoufly and Glori- oufly, Pfal. 45. 3, 4, 6, 7. w/r/; i/efc. 1. 8. 9. 3. rtaf he fhould fubdue his Enemies powerfully, Pfal. 45. 5. r By Converting them to be his Subje&s, Pfal. no. 2,7,. and 2.8. 2 By Confounding of incurable Rebels, Pfal. 2. 0. <»nrf 1 10. 5, 6. 4. T/;*r he fhould be an univerfal King over the Nations, Pfal. 2, 8, 9. W22. 27,28,29, 30. W72. 8. 9>10> I1- 5- 7&"r he fhould bean Everlafting King upon the Throne of David for evermore, Pfal. 46.6. andf$9. 4, 3^, 37, with Luk; 1. 32, 33. 3. Of /;/* States of Humiliation, and Exaltation, wherein he fhould execute this his Mediatory Office. So that as Ambrofe laid , * In the Pfalmes Chrifl it not onely born,but endured his faving Paflion,Refted,Rijeth, Afcendsinto Heaven, fits at the right-hand of the Fa- ther, &c. His Humiliation is here Prophecyed of, in four degrees of it. viz. 1. In his Incarnation •, being made man, lower than the Angels, Pfal. 8.$.with Heb. 1.7,8,9. 2. In his Sufferings and Paifion. As, 1. That he fhould be betrayed by his owne familiar friend, one of hisowne Family, Pfal. 41.9. with Job. 13. 18. viz. By Judas Ifc a> iot , one ofhis twelve Apoffles. 2.That Heathens and People ofthe Jews, with the Kings and Rulers of the Earth ; that is, both Herod and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles and people of Ifrael, fhould gather together, and confederate to deftroy him, Pfal. 2. 1, 2, 2,. with Ail. 4.25,26,27,28. 3. That he :.ould be Crucified, His hands and feet pierced, his body fo ftret'ehed upon the Crofs that all his Bonts might be told, and By-ftanders fhould look and itare upon him, P/ great a Prophet, pro- Dav.pr/f. voltes me by his Example, that cither I fl>ould ftudyto p. 460. leffen fin committed, or to tahe heed of fm not committed. Tom.4. Ba- What then it a pf aim, but the Organ of Vermes. ///•1577. 1 Quid eft quod non tibf occiirrat Pfalmos legenti; In his lego canticum pro di!ecto,& Sacra: defiderio Chatitatisinikrmmos. In his torcularia Divini Myfterii recognoico. In his Revelationum grariam^efurrectionisrecenfentefiimoniajcproinlffionisinunera Inhisdifcovitarc peccaturn, dedifcoerubefcerep/.i/«jexceIl the other Scriptures in variety. For lome facred books, are Legal, as the Pentateuch : fome Hiftori- cal, as, Jcflmah , Judges, &c. Some D0ilrin.1l, as Proverbs , Ecclefiajies. &.c. Some Prophetical, as Ifai.ih, Jeremiah, &c. Revelations. Sime Evange* lical, as Matthew, Marh^,&c. But the Boo^of pfalms hath in it all thefe, being the Epitome of then Law, the Abftraft of the 0 Prophet s, the Spring of p Doc- m Math. trine, the breviat ofqHiflory, and the Tteafuryof 17. 1, &c. the rGofpel. Yea, it is a rich ftore-houfeof all good Mark 9. 2. Doctrine and Inltruction.To this effect elegantly faid &c. Luk.9 Ambrofe ; (in other [ ScripturesJ we may talee notice of 28. Sec. < things fingle. with 2 Per. 1.15.17,18 [ nSeePfal. i.and 19.7. &c. and 119. o See before, N. III. of this fifth Section, p Sec Pfal, 1. and all other the Doctrinal Pfal. q See Pfal. 104, 105.78, 106. 107. r See all theGofpcI promifes and prophecies of Chrift, in this fifth Settion, numb. 111. fin aliis igitur fingula advertere licet, Hiftoria inftruir, Lex do* cet, Frophetia annunciat, Correptio caftigat, Moralitas fuadet : In libroPlalmorum profeftus eft omnium, & Medician qua'dam falutis human*, &c. Pfalmos benedictio populi eft, dei laus,Plebis laudatio, Planfus omnium, Sermo univerforura, vox Ecelefia;, Fidei canora conftirio, Authoritatis plena devotio, Libertatis laniu'a, Ciamor jucundiracis, Letitias refultatio. Iracundiam mici- pat, Solicitudinem abdit, Marocem allevat. Nocturna Arma, Diurna Magiftcria. Scutum in timore, Feftum in Sanctitate. Imago tranquillitaris, Pignuspacis atqueconcordia?. &o Quid eft quod non tibi occurrat Pfalmos legenti ? D. Ambrof. in Pfalmt David. Profit. p. 460, 461. Tom. 4. Bafil. 1577. Hifiory infrruttetb, Lawteacheth, Prophecy fortelteth, Reproof correftetb, Moral'ty perfwadeth : In this Boole, of Pfalme s here is a procedure of all thefe, anda Medi- ' cine for mansfalvation, &c. A Pfalme is the Be- nediction of the people, The laud of God, The praife of the Vulgar fort, The applaufe of all, Thefpeech of eve- ry one, The voice of the Church, Afhrill confeffionofthe Faith, A full devotion of Authority, The gladfomnefs of Liberty, The noife of pleafantnejfe, The refutation of joyfulneffe. It mitigates wrathfitlneffe. It hides per- plexedneffe , It alleviates forrowfulneffe. Noflurnal Weapons, Diurnal Mafleries. A Shield in Fearful- neffe : A Feafl in Hotyneffe. Ifs the Image of tranqui- lity, The pledge of peace and concord, &c. What is it,which thou meetefl not with, in reading the Pfalmes To the like effeft Bafil the Great faid elegantly; * All Scripture divinely infpired and profit. ible, was for this caufe written by the Spirit, that as in a common Medicine-ffiop for fouls; every man might gather out the Medicine fit for his peculiar dijeafe For fme things the Prophets infirull its, And others the Hijhri ans, And others the Law. And others tke Proverbs : But this one Bookjf Pfalmes, comprehends in it what is profitable out of them all. It prophecies things to come, It records Hi/lories, It gives lawes for our life, It pre- fcribeswhat things are to be done, and in a word, It's a common Storehoufeof good Doifrines, bringing to eve- ry one things found out with ffngtilai care, &c. A Pfalme is the tranquillity of the mind, The Arbiter of peace, ftilling thefweUings and waves of the Thoughts. — A Pfalme is the procurer of Amity, The union of thofethat difagree, a Reconciler of thije that are at en- mity : For who can count him an enemy, with whom be F f ones Tt'sur©-, K, 0$itoy.of JiATtl70 rrvi'jiutjos, VtcBafit Magr. in Homil-ante Pf.i.T.i. no 2. The Excellency of the Book, of P S A L M E S. Preface Secr.V once fends up one voice to God. That therefore which of gc?a thing! U accounted moft excellent , Singing of Pf alms dnth afford, viz. Love, &c. A Pjalme is an expeiltr array of Devils, A procurement of thefuccour of Angels, Armour againft noil urn al fears, Refl in di- urnal L.bcurs, tuition of Infants, An ornament o) Touth, The f dace of old men. and womens tr.rft appofne Orna- ment. It inhabits V.'udernefles. It biings markets to fobruu beginners it"s thefiift Element, To profici- ents an u. 'au,n. To the perjell a cotifummation, The voice of the Church. — — A Pfalme is the work, of Angels, The heayenly imployment, The fpiritual In- cenfe. 0 the wife invention oj our Teacher whereby we may at once both fing, and learn the Uoflrines ojfal- vation ! it it, That things taught do more beat our fouls. For a forced learning U not permanent, but what we learn with delight and joy, more firmly fixeih on the foul. And what mayeft thou not learn hence} Not the magni- ficence of Fortitude * Not the exatlneffe ofjuftice * Not the venerableneffe of Temperance ? Not ihe perfellion of Prudeme ? Not the manner of Repentance * Not the meajure of Patience ? Not any oj all good things thou canftname? Hence if, P er fell Theology : The Predilfi- onofChrifts coming inthefeffj : TheCcmminationofthe Judgment : The hope of the Refurreilion : The fear of Punifhment : The promifes of Glory : The Revelation of MySteries. In the Book, of Pfalmes all things are treafured up as in a common Store-honfe. So he * The fame Bafil alfo, in the fame Homily, * 'EtwcKi faith; * The Holy Ghoft, obferving mankind fo hardly y6 «JWo drawn to vertue , for 'that we being prone to pleafure, vrvzvua, t& were negligent of a right life, what did he ? He min- d'-uovJbcm- gledthe delight oj Melody with DoUrines, that by the -ywy>v treos harmony and melodioufneffe of heating we mtght fecretly apirnv ro *cceP the commodioufneffe of words. Likewife Phyfici- i (<%. » ans, who giving an harftn and loathfome Medicine to y-v^ra.v-^ jrjn^ j0 Ylljj tf,e byjm 0f the Cup with honey. For to Vjwrav, K) this purpofe the neat harmony of Pfalmes was Excogita- i'*™ ""j?0* ted, that thofe who are young in age; at leaflin man- ners, while ft they are making melody may have their fuls really inftrutted. Forfcarce any going hence from its remembers a Prophetical or an Apoftolical Precept : but the Oracles of the Pfalmes, all will fing at home, andcarrythem with them tothe market, &c. VII. Finally, How excellent if this BoJz. of Pfalmes in regard of its general fuitablenejfe and ujefulneffe to all forts ofChrijlians in all manner of cafes and conditions that may come upon them. I. Here Chrifiians are richly furniffied, i. Againft all wants , in the L O R D their Shepheard, and Portion-, Pfal. 23. and 73. 25> 2<5' 2. Againft all weaknefTes,and infirmities, in the LORD their ftrength and Rock, Pfal.18.1. and 27.1. and 73.25,26. 3. Againft all temptations to fretting and mur- muring at the profperity of the wicked, or to dejecti- on and defpondency at the adverfity of the godly, Pfal.yj.andiT,. 4. Againft all their enemies and peifecutors, in God their Shield, Refuge, Rock of their Refuge, High-Tower, &c. Pfal. 3. and 18. and 27. and 10. and. 109. 5. Againft all tribu!ations,affliflions& diftreffes, by Gods Prefence , faithful Promifes , Comforts, Experiences of the godly, &c. Pfal. 3. and 23. and 30. and 34. and 102. and 116. and 107. and 91. 6. AgainftzW fpi ritual defertions, wherein the LORD hides his face and wonted favour fo; a time from them, Vfal. 22. andj-j. and 88. 7. Againft all DcfYitution of Gods Ordinances, Vfal. 42. and 63. W84. 8 Againft all Remainej of Corruption, and l.apfes inro fin, Vfal. 6. and 38. and 51. 9. Vnto all Duties of faith in Chrift, fo often promifed, as Vfal. 2. and in all the prophetical Pfalmes ; and of obedience unto God according to his yJbvnv, &c Bafil Mag. in Homil. ante Vfal. 1 . Tom. 1. Varif.1618 Word, fo ofren required and encouraged. AsVfal. 19.I.&C. and 119. throughout. 10. Unto all Devotions ; \ Infweeteft Medi- tations. As VJal.i. 8. 104. 92. 119- 91.45. 2 In moft fervent prayers. O what vehement, pathetick, Heaven-piercing prayers are recorded in the Pfalmes/ As Vjal 3. 6. 25. 51. &c. As alfo 3 In moft' enlarged Praifes. AsP/flZ.34.30.116.118. 8;c. 11. Vnto all Aflu ranee of Grace and Glory, Vfal. \$.and 24. 12. In all Ages young and old, Vfal. up. 9. and z.*} .2$. and<$2.i^, and 27. 4. 12,. Andwith an Excellent Body o/Da/nry.which may be clearly collected out of this Book, of Vfalmes. a. Here Mafters of Families are fweetlyinftrulled, how to walk with God in their Families, by the Pfalmifts example, Vfal. id. 3. Here Kings, Vrinces. Rulers, Magiftrates and Judges, are abundantly direfted and provoked to their due management of all their Power and Au- thority for the Publick good. As Vfal. 2. 10, 11,12. and $8 and 12. and 82. 4 • Here the whole Church of God may leatn how to carry themfelves, Towards Chrift as her fpiritual Hus- band, Vfal. 45. Towards Princes and Rulers therein, Vfal.20. /nail publick dangers, difficulties and di- ftreffes, P/\ Pfal. 1,2,10,33,43,71,91,93,94,95,96, 97,99, 104,105,106, 107,111,112.113,114,115,116,117,118,119,135,136, 137,146,147,148, 149, 150. Twoof thefe Vn-titled pfalms, viz. Pfal. 2. and 95. were penned by David, as is fignified in the c New Teftament. Some other pfalms have (in the Hebrew J Infripti- ons or Title s prefixed ; but in thefe titles the penman not mentioned, viz. Pfal.42,44,45,46,47 ,48,49,84, 85,87- (thefe ten pfalms, and Pi'. 88. are in the title faid tobe, For the fons of Korach ; or Of the fons of Korach; whence diome have been of opinion, that they were penned by fome of the fons of Korach : But e others, and thofe of moreloJid judgment, do think none of thefe were penned by any of the fons of Korach, but only directed or recommended unto them for the keeping and tuning of them in the Ta- bernacle and Temple. And Pfal. 88. directed to the fons of Korach, is called, Mafchil of Neman the Ezrachite ', pointing out Neman as penman of it : and therefore the commending of thefe pfalms to the fons of Korach is no argument at all, that they were pen- men thereof. J And alfo Pfal. 66, 67,72,92,98.100, I02, I20, 121, 123, 125, 126,127,128, 129.130,132, 134. Twoof thefe Pfalms, viz_. Pfal. 72 and 127 are intituled, Fir-Solomon, or Of-Solomon. But neither ofthemfeem to be penned by Solomon, but rather both of them by Dawa'.For in Pfal. 72. 20. it is faid, The prayers of David thefonne ofjeffe are end- e<£intimatrng,that this prefent pfalm was one of Da- vids prayers for himfelf and his fon Solomon. And Pfal. 127 feems to be Davids holy inftruction to Solo* mon, teaching him, that no undertaking or enjoy- ment is profperous and fuccefsful without the Lord's own benediction. II. According to the Nature, and Kind, orSubjeff- matter and Argument of the feveral pfalms, this book. ofpfalmsmnybcDiihfoutedor difparted asfollow- eth. w<. 1. Information Teaching or Inftruttion, touching matters or myfteries Dotlrinal. Thence fuch Pfalms are called, Pfalmi AjJtl- xjim: viz,. Didactical, Dodtrinal/Teaching, or intruding Pfalms. As, Pfal. 1, 1 1, 14,15, 19,23,24,27,32, 37,42,43,44,46,47,49,50, 52, 5 3> 54>60,6 ',63,64,7 3,74,77, 78, 82,88,89, 91,101,112,1 14, 116,119,121,124,127,128,129,130,133,137,142. 2. Exhortation, touching pratticalsj and fuch are (tiled, Pfalmi NvtiSJiKol or Ylfcuvslwti, viz.. Admonitory, or Hortatory Pfalms. As Pf«l. 14, i7i&e- 3. Conflation, Touching any troubles, diftrefles or other dif- his peo- ] confolating occafions. Such are denominated, Pfalmi Tld&x.Ki{\im, pie, and ^ viz,. Confolatory Pfalms. As, Pfal. 23, 37,91, 121, 125.^-c. us,divers • 4. Narrationoi things already done and paft. Such are ffalmi wayes, 'isoeow*, wc. Hiflorical Pfalms. As, Pfal. 44.78,81,105,106, 136. viz.. ei- 5. Prediction ox foretelling of things to come. Thence, fuch pfalms are called, Pfalmi n&98,99>i 10,1 17, \ 118. 6. A Mixture of thefe together in one and the fame Pfalm. Di- vers Pfalmes being made up of Information, Exhortation, Confola- tion &c. And fuch are accounted, Mixt-Pfalms, as Pfal. 23,24. j 7,46,5 5 and many fuch like. 1. Repentance for fin. And fuch Pfalmes are called, Penitential Pfalmes, anciently. And there are f even that are accounted Peniten- Hal Pfalms,v'iz.Pfal.6,i2,-$%,5i,io2,iio,i4.$.See on Pfal.6.Sett. 3. 2. Prayer, for our felves or others, for good or againft evil,e?-c. Whence fuch Pfalms are called,Pp/w* 'E^/Xfl'^*^.Petitory,or Pray- ing Pfalmes. As,Pfal. 3,4,5,6,7,10,12,15,17,20,21,25,26,27,35, 38, 2, Gods 3 9,40,5 1,5 5 '56,5755 8,5 9560,6 1,63,64,67,69,70,7 1, 72, 74, 75 , 79, people, 80,83,84,85,86,88,90,94,102,109,120,123,132,137,139,140,141, and we ^ 142,143. Aft to- 3 . Praife, and Thankfgiving ; For Di vine Excellencies in God, or wards Mercies received from God. Such are Pfalmi 'Ei/^oe/sW , viz.. Gra- God, ei- tulatory, or Thankfgiving Pfalms. as, Pfal. 8.9.18,29.30.34.48.65. I therln 66. 68.76. 81. 82.92.93. 95. 96. 97.98.99.100.1 30.104.105. 106.107. 1 1 1. 1 1 3. 1 1 5. 1 17. 1 1 8. U2. 1 24. 1 34.1 3 5.136.147.148.149.15c. 4. Both Prayer and rraife joyntly in the fame pfalmes. And thefe are Mixt-Pfalms, Praying-Praifmg-Pfalmes. as, Pfal. 16.28.21.33. I 36.41.72. 108.1 16.126. 138. 144. III. According to their various Denominations, given them in the New Teftament , W^J. PSALMES, HYMNES, SPIRITUAL SONGS, ■*■*'*- ixaioyvpvoii, >y aJ£f7mv(Mliy^i(, aJbvlif x^dA- tovja b) rn jj*.f J*i« , &c. Ephej. 5. 19. Col. 3. id. From thefe three Denominations all the Integral Parts of this Eook are diftinguifhed by Come into 1. Pfalms. 2. Hymnes. 3. Spiritual fongs. Of this f Mr. T. lafl number one faid well ; f Sure I am that David's Poor do] Pfalms are Sphitual fongs, if ever there were any Exon.inhif fpiritual fongs in the World. But for better under- Singingof ftanding of thefe three Denominations, breifly note Pf.the thefe few things, w>. Dutyof I. That, thefe three Greek words, do anfwer Chriftians, to three Orher Hebrew words ufed in the Titles of fcc.Serm. the Pfalms, vi^. -VcLkimi, Pfalms, to ED'HIQIG 1.^.17. Mi^morim.- vpvot, Hymnes, to^pi^n)! Tebillim : and aJki r!rvw^ud-ny^i , odes Spiritual, or spiritual gSeebefore fongs, to CZTTtt? Shhim. This hath been £ fpo- //zSectll.' ken to already, and the Etymon or Notation of the words opened. 2. That, thefe three Hebrew-words are found in the Hebrew-Titles of the Pfalms: and thefe three Creek words are alfo found in the Greek-Titles of the Pfalmes in the Greek verfionofthe LXXII. In- terpreters. As 1. iVSlQ MKmr> **"«4A|M®-, A Pfalm.- pfai, 3, ^4. *« An Jiymne , but "A/WOTf, A Praife, which for fence are one and the fame, Hymne fignirying Praije : yet the very word "T^J'©- is in Greek in the Titles of Pfal.6,54,60.66. andinthedofeofPf.1l.71.20. 3. Tttf SchiruJit, AnOde, A Canticle or A fong: Pfal. 30. W 4$. and 46. and 6$. and 68, and id. and 120, to 135. And the Aportlein thofe paffages in the New Teftament, M^. Epbef. 5. 19. C0/.3.16. fcems evidently to follow & make ufe of thofe three Greek Denominations u- fed by the LXXII. Greek Interpreters, inthe Titles of the Pfalmes. And the LXXII. have all thefe three Names together in the Title of Pfalm75. tjfriii- /.©- o/'T/wco/f ^"ei^f/.Q- tw 'A^aip a.v 'Ac\ro- gioc. With Hymnes, a Pjalmeoj Ajaph, a Song unto the Affyrian. Which renders it the more likely that the Apoftle borrowed thefe three Names from ihc Sepmagiat GreekVofionoi^hQ Titles of Pfalmes. 3. That, learned Writers have various Appre- henfions about thefe Denominations and the Diffe- rences of them one from another. They difringuifh them efpecially three ways. I. In regar d of their Subjeil Matter. Pfalmes ( things h HieromeJ are of things Moral, to be prailifed or avoided: Hymnes of things Divine, at of Gods Power, Majejly, Provi- dence, &c. Spiritual Songs of things Natural, but in a fpiritual way; As of the Harmony, beauty, order, <&c. of the Creation. Or,zsBe^a ijudgeth Pfalmes contain various andmixt Arguments;As Lamentations, Complaints to God, Narrations of our Conditions before God, Expoftulations , &c. Hymnes are tmivvrwH, Laudative, peculiarly containing the praifes of God. Odes, or Spiritual fongs, are oj fome peculiar and fpe- cial Matter oj Praife, porter, and of an higher flrain of Divine Poetry. II. In regard of the Manner or way of Tuning and Singing them, as well as the Matter con- tained in them. Pfalms ( thinks k Zancby} were fung with other Inftruments belides the voice. Hymnes only fet forth Gods excellencies and Praifes. Odes or fongs contain not only Praifes, bucalfo Ex- hortations, Prophecies, &c. and thefe fungonely with the voice. To this effeft alfo/ Calvin, m Junius thinks, pfalmes were tuned with inftruments: hymns with voice: Odes the Genus to both. III. In re- gard of the Authors and Penmen of them,, as well as in the former refpeds. Pfalms are thofe which were penned by David and others in Mectre to be fung in the Temple in a Mufical way : Hymnes are thofe ex- reniporal praifes which break forth from an heart filled with the Spirit and obfervant ofGodsgood- nefteoccafionally, as the Hymnes of Debora, Anna, Zechary, Mary, &c. Odes or Songs were fuch as were premeditated not without fome Art ; as the fongs oiMofes, &c. to this effect Grotius n. 4. Tfiat , notwhhfiandir.g thefe Differences or Diftinctions Excogitated by learned Writers, thefe three Denominations in Hebrew and Greek are not fo exactly and precifely different one frcm another, as fom curious Critters do pi etend.For, i.Thcfcthrce Hebrew and Greek words are promifcimufly ufed in the Pfalms, and inthe Titles oj pfalmes one for ano- ther. As'injudg. 5. 3. and in 1 Cbron.t6, 6.cnmpa- redwitb^*\. 150. 3. which is the fame pfalm. Thus "IIQlQ Mifmor,A]fJm, is r Mid red b) the LXXII. ajn An Ode or Song in Pfal. 33 Tittle. And "PUJ Sckir h Hieronym in Corns largior.ad Epbef. 5. lib. 3. i Be^. in Annot. ad Col. 3. 1 5. k Hieronym Zanch. in Com. ad Eph. 5. 19. <&adColof 3.i<5./>.ih/j a liter. 1 Joan. Calvin, in Comment. adCol. 3. 16. m Jun in frolegom. adlib. YfdStPi.i n Hui. Grmiusin Annot.it. adMatih. 2(5, 30. <& ad Epbef. adColoj. 3 16. Preface Sect. VI. 6. The General Partition of the Boo!^ of PSA LMES. Schir, ufually rendred by uJm An Ode, A Song ; is fomerimes rendred "VaApQ- A pfalm. as in Pfal. 45. title. Pfal. 47. title. And by vpv@- an Hymre, As Ifai. 42. 1 . And Q^^nH Tchillim, praifes; h the General Tirle ot the whole Biok. of Valines, wherein are both Pfalmes , Hy nines and Spiritual Songs : and n^HH Tebillah is rendred i>nv©~ an Hymne: As in 2 Chron. 7. 6. and 2$. 13. and 29, go. Pfal. 21. 15. and 39. 4. and 64 I. and 99. 3. 2. Two of thele words, or Denominations are fome- times joyntly prefixed in one and the fame Title, as inPftl. 29.1. ~\W\M2\t2 Mixmor, Scbir, Apjal/r. A Song : in the Greek "VaKfji.©- 1V< a/nt, A Pfahie of a Song. The like fee in Pfa I. 47. r/r/f^ 64. rif/tf,^^. title. 86. title. Burin other Pfalmes it is "HE 1Q "VIJJ Schir M'tzmcr. A Song, a pfalme,Gxcck a$rt "^aA/aa an Ode or Songofapfalme : As Pfal.6$. title, and%z. ti- tle. 3. In the Greek verfion of Pfal. 75. title, the three Greek Denominations ( ufed by the Apoflle, Ephef. $. 19. Col. 3. 16.) are pur all together \ E,« 70 7^^, cv "T/woti , ^rtA^©- TW 'Aoap, fflcft* T?3{ 701/ 'Aaro'eMP. i. c.Z/ntothe end, In Hymnes, a pf aline ofAfaph, a Song to the Ajfyrian. 4. Untothefe adde j That uZJ^7nn Tehillim, is the Common Title of all the fjalmes and Sengs, qyc. in this whole Book. "HQ1G Mixmor is the particular Title of mod Pfalmes. And Tltf Schir, a So«£, is the Title of both Songs and Pfamespromifcucutly, AsofP/a/.67. 87. $2. 66. compared with Pfal. I20.ro 135. Nor do the Greek Denominations admit fuch a critical diffe- rence. For -VcihiJ.©-, A Pfulrne, is from ¥dh\a Tofing: And "r^v©- An Hymne, From 'T^g® To fing-praife; Ana" Si J\i An Ode, A Son^^-c. from "AJw Tofing. And the Apoflle applyestwo of thefe words dJbi>%{ £) "$ra.K\ov%f, Singing and making-melody ,, To all the three Denominations, Pfalmes, Hymnes, and Spiritual Songs, Eph.$. 19. 5. 7W therefore it feems mofl likelv, The Apoflle mentioning all thefe three Denominations intended efpecially thefe things, vi^. 1. to teach m, by mentioning thefe feveral words, that all our Singing, however filled, or of what fort foever, fhouidbeof a Divine and Spiritual Nature, for glo- rifying of God who is a Spirit, /0J&.4.24. and thcP*' tBer of Spirits, Heb. 12. 9. and for fpiritualizing of our hearrs and Souls, &c. 2. 7o a^e// w, by thefe Names given to Scripture-Pfalms, ;>\Nor Thofe that are devil- ed conceived or indited by men,our felvcs oroth bur thofe that are devifed and indited bythcHoIy- Ghoft ,&Penned by holy men otGod infallibly guided by him thereunto,which in the Old Tcftament are fee forth by thefe Titles of P films, Hymnes, & Spiritual Songs. 0 For,i What arc thefe Pfalms, Hymnes ,& Spi- ° Zanchy ritu.d Songs, Knot thefe Recorded in Scripture ? with- ,s much out thefe Scripture-Titles before the Pfalmes, who forihe can underfland thefe Denominations which the S'ngingof Apoflle ufeth? Ephef. 5.19. Col. 3. 16. 2. Why -s'crip:ur<:- ffcotdd the Apoflle direct us, in laying this Duty of Pfalmes Singing upon us J to the very Name* and Titles of onely in Davids Vfalmes, &c. unleffe he meant thele were the thcChurch very Vfalmes and Songs which he would have us v'd. Hioo- Sing. nym.ZanJ) IV. According to their Outward Form or Manner of i"Com. 1 Infcription, 2 Defcription, and?, Collection, They ad- Eph.^.19. mit of a threefold Diflribution, vi^. 1. In reference 2o./>. 20*3. to the Infcription ot Titles prefixed to mofl of them T>e mufica in the Hebrew. 2. In reference to the Manner of mEcclefia. their Defcription or Writing. 3. In reference to their Collection into five fmal Books in this one Bockjf Vfalmes. '■ I. In reference to the Infcription or Titles prefixed, fhePfJmes in this whole Book may be thus difpart- ed. All the pfalmes are either 1. Z'n-tituled, or 2. Thuled. 1. Vfalmes Vn-tituled, are all thofe that have no title at all prefixed to them in the Hebrew Origi- nal, and they are thefe twenty and five, vi%. Pfal. I. 2.IC.33.43.71.91.93.94 95.96.97.99.104.103. 107. 1 14. 1 1 5. 1 1 6. 1 17. 1 18 1 19. 136. 137. 147. 2.Vjnlmes Intituled: are all thofe that have any manner o( titles prefixed to them, vi%. All the reft. Now the Titles or inferiptions prefixed, do 1 Either Mention fome Venman who wrote the p falme. 2 Or they Mention no Prn/wdnatall. i . The Inferiptions or Titles Exprefly Mentioning fome Penman or other,Do chiefly point at five penmen or Amanuenfes which the Holy Ghoft made ufe of in writing the Pfalmes, viz.. Mofes, David, Afaph, Hcmanand&than. i . MO S E 5 his name is prefixed onely to Pfal. 90. A prayer of Mofes the man of God. z.D AVI D's name is prefixed to feventy three Pfalmes, viz.. Vfalm. 3 . 4. 5.6.7.8.9. ii. 12. 13. 14. '5- K5- 17.1%- 19-20.21. 22. 23.24. 25.26.27. 28.29.30.31.32.34.35. 36. 37.38. 39.40.41. 51. 52. 53. 54-55- 56. 57. 58. 59.60. 61. 62.63.64. 65.^8. 69.70. 86. 101. 103. 108. 109. no. 122. 124. 131. 133.138. 139- 140. 141. 142. 143.144. 145. But Davids name is prefixed to thefe varioufly. For, 1 . Some are Entitulcd -7 of David. As thefe fourteen, viz.. Pfal. 1 1 . 14.18. 25.26.27.28.34.35. 36.37.6j.69.103. 138. 144. • Now ofthefe fourteen Pfalmes. 1. Some are Entituled, Of David : without any o- ther addition at all, underftanding ; An Hymne, Song, Pfalme, Pra- yer, &c. of David, viz.. Pfal. 25.26.27.28.35.37.103.138. 144. 2. Some areTituled, Of 'David ; with fome Addition annexed, viz.. 1 Ei- ther with Addition of the Direction of them as to theMufick onely. As Pfal. 11. 14.61. 69. 2 Or of the direction of them as to the Mufiek, andoffome defcription of David. As, Pfal. 36. 3 Otof the Occafi- onofDavids penning it. As, Pfal. 34. 4 Or of both Direction of it as_to the Mufiek ; Defcription of the Penman ; Denomination of it, A Song ; and occafion of writing it.As, P/.18. 2. Some are intituled, A Prayer of David. As thefe two Pfal. 17. 86. And one, (with Addition of another Denomination, and of the Occafion ), is intituled, Mafchil of David. A Praytr when he was in G g th* U4 6. The General Partition of the Book of P S A L M E S. Preface Sec}. VI. the Cave, v'vt.Pfal. 142. 3 . One is called Shtggajon of David. The Occafion being added, viz PfaL7. _ 4. Sow? are entituled, Michtam of David; that is, Davids Jewel, or Golden-pfalme. And this, 1. Without any other Addition, as Pfal. 16. 2. With Addition of 1 The Direction as to the Mufick onely, viz. Pfal. 58. 2 The Direction as to the Mufick, and the Occafion of writ- ing them alfo. as Pfal. 56. 57. 59. 60. 5. Some are entituled, Mafchil of David; or, An Inftntttion, or Inftrutting pfalme of David : w'i. Thefe fix, P/<*/. 32.52.53 54.55. 142. But differently, v&. 1. One, without any other Addition, Pfal. 32. 2. Two of them with the Addition of the Direction as to the Mufick, Pfal. 53.55. 3. Two of them with Direction as to the Mufick, and Declaration of the Occafion of writing them Pfal. 5 2.54. 4. One of them, with another Denomination, and the Occafion, &c. Pf 142. Befides thefe fix Mafcbih of David, there are eight more Mafchil' s. So that we havein all xiiii Mafchil's : viz. Pf. 32.42.44.45.46.52.53.54. < 55.74.78.88.89. 142. 6. Some, yea moil: are entituled, A pfalme of David. As thefe 33 following, viz Pfal. 3.4.5.6. 8.9.12. 13. 15. 19.20.21.22.23. 24.29.31. 3 8. 3 9.40.41. 5 1. 62.63. 64.70.101. 109. 1 10. 1 39- 1 40.141. 143. But very differently. Forof thefe, "1. Eight are intituled onely thus, Affalme of David. Pf. 15.23. 24.29.101.110.141.143. 2. Twenty are thus entituled, with Addition of Directions as to theMufick, viz.Pf. 4. 5.6.8.9. 12. 13. 19.20.21. 22. 3 1.39.40. 41.62.64. 109. 139. 140. In the Mufical Direction, two of thefe are particularly commended to Jeduthun : viz. Pf. 39.62 As alfo is one of Afaptis pfalme s : mz.Pfal.jj 3. Two are thus entituled, with Addition of the Occafion : viz. Pfal. 3.63. 4. One thus entituled,the life or Scope of the Pfalme being added: viz. P/. 38. 5. One thus entituled, The Mufical Direction, and Occafion be- ing annexed ; viz. P/51. 6. One is thus entituled, The Mufical Direction and life being added: viz Pfal.jo. 7. One is Denominated, Davids Hymne, or, An Hymns of David, or, David's Praife : viz. ?fal. 145. 8. Three arc intituled, A pfalme, a Song of David. The Occafion of thePfame being added to one, viz. Pf. 30. The Direction as to the Mufick, to the other two, viz. Pf.6 - ,68. 9. One is entituled; A Song, A Pfalme of David, viz.Pf. 108. 10. Four are entituled, A Song of Degrees of David : viz. Pfal. 122. 124.131. 133. Befides which there are other 11 Songs of Degrees : viz.. Pfal. 120. 121. 123. 125. 126. 127. 128.129. 130.132. 134. In all, XV. Songs of Degrees. 3. AS A P H's Name is prefixed to twelve Pfalmes: viz.. Pfal. 50. 73.74. 75.76.77.78.79.80.81.82.83. Of all which Afaph kems to have been Penman and not onely Singer. Now of thefe, 1. Four arc entituled, A pfalme of Afaph : viz. ?fd. 50. 73. 79- 82. 2. One is intituled, A Song,a pfalme of Afaph : viz. Pf. 83. 2. Two are intituled Mafchil of Afaph, Pf. 74.78. 4. One, To the Mafier-Mnfiaan,Al-tafchith, A Pfalme,a Song of Afaph viz. -P/75. 5. One,To-the- M 'after- Mafician on Neginoth,A Pfalme,a Song of Afaph: viz. Pf.76. 6. One, To the Mafter-Mnfieian, To Jedntbnn, A Pfalme of Afipb : viz. P/.77- 7. One, To the Aiafier- Mafic ian upon Shofltannim Ednth, A Pfalme of A- fapht P/.80. 8. One Preface Seft.VL 6. The General Partition of the Book 0/ P S A L M E S. 115 8. OneT Totbe-Mafter-Mufician Gittith^ Of Afaph , viz. P/. 81. 4. HE M A N's Name is prefixed to Pfalme 88. onely. Entituled, A Song-, aPfalmefortbeSons of Koracb, to the Mafler-Muftcian upon Mehaloth Leannvth, Aiafcbil of Heman the Ezrachite. 5.iETHA N's Name is prefixed to Pfalme 89. Entituled, Mafcbil of Ethan the Ezxacbite. 2. The Infcripttons or Titles which exprefly mention no Penman at all ofthofe Pfames, areXXXVIII. viz.. The Titles to Pfal. 42.44. 45.46.47.48.49. 66.67. 72. 84. 85. 87.92. 98. 100. 102. 106. in. 112. 113. 120. 121. 123. 125. 126. 127. 128. 129. 120.132. 134.135. 146. 147. 148. 149. 150. Now thefe Titles are very various. For, ri. One is entituled onely thus, A pfalme : viz. P/4/.98. 2. One thus, A pfalme for Confejfion : viz.Pfal.iOO. 3. One thus, A pfalme, a Song for the day of Sabbath : viz. Pfal. 92. 4. Two are entituled, A pfalme, a Song. The Direction as to the Mufick being added thereunto : viz. Pfal.6jS7- 5. One thus, To the Mafier-Mnfician, A fong, a pfalme : viZ.Pfal.66. 6. Eleven are Directed, as to the Mufick, To thefons of Koracb : viz. Pfal. 42. 44.45.46.47.48.49.84.85.87.88. Of which, 1. One is evidenced to be penned by Heman the Ezxacbite : viz. Pfal. 88. A Mafcbil. 2. Three are Mafcbil s. Two entituled thus, To the Mafier.Mufician, Mafcbil, for the fonnes of K orach : viz. Pfal.^2,44.. ^ne thus, To the Mafter- Mafician upon Sbojhannim, for the fonnes of Koracb, Mafcbil, A Song of the XQell-bdoved-Virgins ; v\z.Pfal.\%. 3. Three are entituled thus, To the Mafler-Muftcian, a pfalme for the font of K orach : viz. Pfal. 47,49,85. 4. One thus, To the Mafter-Mufician upon Gittitb, a pfalme for thefons of Koracb : viz. Pfal, 84. 5. One thus, To the Mafler-Muftcian, for the fonnes of Koracb, a fong up- on Alamoth : viz. P/4/.46. 9. One thus, A Song, a Pfalme for the fonnes of Koracb : viz, Pfal. 48. 7. One thus, To the fonnes of Koracb A Pfalme, a Song : viz. Pfal. 87- . . 7. One is entituled, For Solomon, viz.. Pfl.72. OfthisZWi^was Penman, as is hinted there mverfe 20. 8. One thus, A Prayer for the Poor-afflitted, when be fhall be overwhelmed and flsall-pour -forth his Meditation before-tbe-faces of JEHOVAH : viz. Pfal. 102. 9. Fifteen are entituled ; a Song of Degrees :viz.P flal. 120, 121,122,123,124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131* 132* 1 3 3> 134- Of thefe, four are intituled, a Song of Degrees of David : viz. Pfal. 122, 124,131 133. One is entituled, a Songof Degrees for Solomon : viz. Pfal. 127. The reft are entituled onely thus, a Song of Degrees. So that of thefe Songs of Degrees, Eleven mention no Penman at all. 10. Finally, Ten have this word prefixed, Halelu-jah : that is, Praife- ye-the-L O R D : viz. Pfal. 106,111,112, 113,135, 146, 147, 148, 149,150. And every one of thefe alfo in like manner endeth with Haleln-jab, except Pfal. m. which endeth thus, His praife endnretb for ever : Tending to the advancement alfo of the LORD's Praife. Thus this precious Bookjf Pfalme s, Begins with the Bletfednefi of the God- ly, A moft fit beginning ( faid P hmbrofe) Pfal. r. 1,2, &c. And that BlefTednefie , in and through the Median , by Faith ; Pfal. 2. i.&c. 12. And it Ends with Halelu- jab's : The high language of the God- ly-blefled, here on Earth, and hereafter in Heaven for evermore. Thus the whole Bookj>f Pfalme s maybe Diftributed in reference to the In- fcriptions or Tales of the Pfalmes. The Expedition of the Titles fee in the re- fpeitive Pfalmes. p Beatus, &c.jOsuam aptum, quam op» portunum principl- um. — A prsmio cspic uc pondusfu- turi cerra- minis ele- varet:Mel- cedem prasmifit, ur unuf- quifq; prae- fentium rerum fo- licicudines ac labores corde rran- filkus, ad emcren- dam beati- tudinem fururornm avida fefii- natione conrende- rer. Ambr. in Pfal. 1. Enarrat.p. Btfl 1577. II. In n6 6. The General Partition of the Book^ of PSALMES, Preface Seft.VI q Sunt & a- liqnot alii Pfalmi AI. phabetici, fed non omneseo- dem mo- do. Ea res- unam ad muficam pertinear, an vero rantum ad memori- am juyan- dam, in- cercum efl:Et IT. Inreference to the manner of their Defcription. or Writing, the pfalmes may be Diftributed into, i Alphabetical: and 2. Not-alphabetical. 1. Pfalmes Alphabetical, are thofe,which are written according to the Order of the Letters in the Hebrew Alphabet : the Verfes, or feveral Periods thereof, beginning wuh the feveral Letters of th Alphabet in Order; The firft with S*, The fecondwith^, The third with J, &c. And there are in all fe- ven fuch Alphabetical Pfalmes: vi^. Pfal.25, 34,57,111,112,119,145. And in thefe the Alphabet is cxprefied fomewhat vari- oully and now and then the method is fome- what interrupted in fome of them,, as fhall afterwards be noted in the Explication of thofe pfalms particularly & refpeftively.No whether this q Alphabetical way of writing ■< thefe pfal. was at firft intended as a help to memory onely ; or for any fubferviency to the Mufickj, or for any other advantage,is fome- what difficult to determine. But this is ve- ry Obfervable, that thofe pfalmes, which are written in this Alphabetical Form, are among the reft very eminent and notable. And by this Hebrew Alphabet Schollers may the better remember thofe pfalmes in the Hebrew. And hence, it is not unwarranta- ble, nor unufeful to Pen the Englifh pfalms, or any other Verfion thereof, <&c. in the Englifi, or other Alphabet, forthehelpof memory. 2. Pfalmes Not-Alphabetical, are all the reft. They not being written in Hebrew ac- cording to this Alphabetical Order. Rabbfni fa- tenturfe nihil fciredehacre. Certum illud eft,eosomnesPfal- mos, quificfunt, inter alios eminere. Sim.de Muis inArg.ad Tfalm 25. III. Inreference to the Colletting, or Digeftingof the pfalms into [ever al leffer Bookj within this one Book, of pfalmes; This Book is very anciently divided in- to five bookj by the Hebrews .- Making the pfalms, as it were, Another Penteteuch,ox Five-fold-volume. Da- vid s Vent etench, anfwering to Mrfes Yenteteuch, vi^. I. ThefirSBookj*. from the beginning of Pfal. 1. totheendofPf.41.inX *>DD Sepher Achad;com- prifing in all.,41 Pfaims,And ending thus. —Bleffedbe the LORDGod oj IfraeLfrcm everlafting & to everlaft- ing; Amen and Amen, Pfal. 41.13. And it is ob- fervable, that all thefe Pfalms are by the Titles hint- ed to be Davids pfalms, except four : viz. Pf,tL I. 2. 10. 33. And pfalm 2. is declared to be Davids tfalm, in Ails 4. 25 26. Hereupon it's probably con- ceived that this Firft book was collected by David, as almoft all the pfalmes were written by him. II. the Second boosts, From the beginning of Pf. 42. to theendof Pi.72. ^W ")2D Sepher Shew: Containing in the whole 3 1 pfalmes : and clofed up thus ; And bleffedbe the Name oj hit Glory for ever, and let all the Earth be filled with his Glory : Amen and Amen. Ended are the Prayers oj David, fonofjeffe. Pfal.'} 2. 19, 20. And 19 of thefe 31 pfalms were penned by David; as the Titles of them, and Pf.72. 20. do evince. Probably alfo David might eolleft this book. III. The third Book. », From the beginning of Tf. 73. to the end of Pfal. 89. ^t7UJ H2D Se- fher Shelift/t : Comprehending in all 17 pfalmes.- and concluding thus •,_ Blcffed be JEHOV A Hfor ever : Amen and Amen, Pfal. 89. 53. And of thefe 17. only one is afcribed to David; One to fie man ; one to JTthan ; three other arc directed to the fons cfKorach, no Penman being hinted ;but Eleven are afcribed to Afaph. Probably Afaph might colleft and difpofe in Order this Book. IV. The Fourth Book, if, From the beginning of Pfal. 90 to the end of Pf.106. ^^1 1SD Sepher Rebighni; made up of 17 pfalmes alfo: And fl.ut up thus; Bleffed be J EH OVA Hthe God of Ifrael, from eternity and unto eternity : and let all the People fay, Amen, Halelu-)ah, Pjal.i06.4S. and of thefe 17. onely one is afcribed to Mofes, twotoDd- vid, the reft are either m-titled pfalms, or in their Titles mention no Penman at all. It's hard to con- jecture who collected this Eook. V. The Fifth book U , From the beginning of PfaL 107. till the end of Pfal. 150. MUTOn T3D Se- pher Chamifhi: Having in it in all 44 pfalms : and terminating the whole Book thus; Let all breath Praife-JAH; Halelu)ah, Pfal. 150. 6. And it is obfervable, that 15 pfalmes of thefe 44 are in the Titles afcribed toDavid, and not one of all the reft afcribed to any other Perfon, moft of them being un-tituled. And who can tell how many more of thefe were penned by David? this book (aswasr rc a m formerly hinted} is fuppofed to be thus colleded in U1* the dayes of Judas Maccabeus. Eut whether then, or before : and by whom, whether by David or Ezj- ra, or fome other, is altogether uncertain. This is the Partition of this Book of pfalms accord- ing to the Hebrew, thus fub-divided into five leffer books. Touching this Diftribution, let me note a few things, vi^, 1. That, all the 150 pfalms are but one entire book, or Volume, as * Hierome alfo notes. For, * Hier So- 1. The New Teftament is wont ftill toalledgeitas p!:>oniop. only one Book f And David himfelj faith in ;he 78 Tow Book, of pfalmes, <&c. t For it is written in the ./.15. bool^oj pfalmes, <&c. 2. The hebrew Bibles proceed , in one continued enumeration of thefe pfalmes, till 1 Lu] 0. they come to the 150. never beginning their Enu- 42. meration again at any of thefe leffer bookj : mm liber, t Aftsi.20. quinque libelli. 3. That, notwithftanding, this Diftribution of the book of pfalmes into five Little books is Ancient. Hierome faith, u With the Hebrews the Psalter is divi- u In 5 Vo- dedinto five Volumes. And elfewhere reckoning up lumina the Hagiographi in order, he laith, x And the Fh ft Pfalteriura Biokjiegins with Job : The Second with David, which apudHe- thty comprehend in five incifions, but one Volume of braosdi- pfalmes. Epiphanius faith , y Tet neither let this paffe vifum, &c. thee, 0 lover of good, That the Hebrews have divided Hier. in the pf alter into five little-books-, that it might be as it Ep. Mar- were another Pentateuch, z Greg. Nyffen alfo affirms celU T.$. the whole Pfalms to be deftributedinto five parts ; de- p. 65. daring alfo th Aft and reafon of that diftribution. x Et pri- mus liber incipit ab Job .-Secundusa David, quern quinque incifionibus & unoPfalmorum volumine comprehendunt. Hier. in Prafat. act lib. Regum. Tom. l.p.17. Bap I. \ <,<,!. y 'AAAa >y £77 rare ffts/m 7m^iK^rot, a 0/A.ojgiAs, 077 jyTo^AK- 77)6*01' JklhOV i/( 7tivTi #/#Altf 01 'E.Sf^To/, fflS* Ztl'd.1 *} rtV73 XKhbjJ mvTUTlv%>v. Epiph. lib. de JYIenfuris (& Ponderibus. zGreg. Nyffen. Trait at. i. in Pfalm. cap. 5. 3, That, All thefe five Books are terminated al- moft in the fame manner and words. And in them allthere fcems robe a plain borrowing of the Ex- prefhons, from thofe with David's pfalm, at the bringing up of the Ark,was concluded withal; viz.a a Chron. Bleffcd be JEHOVAH the God of Ifrael, from E- 16.36. ternity and unto Eternity: And all the people faidA- men, and Praifed JEHOVAH. Now, whether thefe Conclufions were Added to the feveral Books by the Penmen of the pfalmes themfelves, Or by him or them that were CcUcifors of the pfalms into thefe Five books, is fomewhat doubred. If the former, wlicrcunto my judgement inclines, then poffiblv this division might arife from the peculiar clofe of thefe five pfair.es, viz. Pfal, 41.72. 89. 106. !<,:>. Eminently obfervable in and among all the reft of the pfalmes. If the later, whercunto b fome pro- b Simeon pend, then poflibly, the diftribution was firft made, de Muis and afterwards thefe conclnfive paffages added, in Com. imitation of that of Davi.l forementioned. Eut in Pfal.' Gcaebrardisof opinion, that this Diftribution did 41. 14. arife from the five fold' Argument, and the diverfity of Preface Sect.Vir. 7* Things performed in this Verfion, &c. 117 of the Authors or Penmen, when there was any no- table change. For, faith he, ThefirftBool^k offor- rowful and adverfe things ; and if ascribed to David alone. Tbefecond of }oyful matters ; ani ingreat part hath the fans of Korach Authors, (I mould think rather they were fingers onely,J In the third are found things forrowful and adverfe , By Afaph and fome others. In the fourth matters joyful fucceed; by divers Au- thors : fuch viciffttude of humane affairs if infinuated. The fifth and largeft of all, it afcribed almofi to David alone, and is of mtxt Argument, made up of Prayers, Praifes, Complaints, Tt)an\sgivings; one while touch- cDicam ing profperotfi, another while touching adverfe occur- quod mihi rents-, But c S. de Mutt hath a conjecture ; That nuncde- the pfalmswere digeftedinto Order, not with any refpeil mumvenit to the Hijhry, butonely to Poetical or Mufical numbers. In men- That haply thofe pfalmes cafi together whofeway of rem fufpi- Meetre was the fame, or at leaft vohofe Mufical agreed. can'', pfal- d And yet pfalm 72. which was the lad which mosnon Davidpenned, if not placed laft of all the pfalms, be- habira ra- cuufe they that digefted thif Bool^ of ffalms into Order , tione Hi- thought fit to clofe, and as it were, feal up thif Volume ftoria?, fed with pfalmes containing the Pr aifes of God. numcro- rumduntaxat Poeticorumaut Muficorum effe in Ordinem dige- ftos : Itautij forfan Pfalmi in eundem locum fintconjefti, quo- rum eadem effet ratio Metrica, aut quorum faltem Mufici nume- vi convenient. Forfan, dice- nihil affirmo. Sim. de Muit Com. in Pfal. 72.20. rfHicquepfalmus (w<. 72.) poftremus eft omnium quos un- quamScripfit; ideoque librum unum libris Pfalmorum claudir. Neque tamen qui Pfalmosin ordinem digefferunt, iftum librum poftremo lococollocarunt ; quod totum Pfalmorum Volumen, Pfalmis, quiDeilaudes continerent,iudicarinteiTeclaudendum ac veluti obfignandum. Sim. de Muis in Argument. Pfal.7 2. Seft. VII. An Account of things per- formed in this Verfion of the Pfalmes into Englifi Meetre, oat of the He- brew : And in this Exposition of the Pfalmes. eaTim.5. 16. Rom. 1 5.4. Eph.5.10. C0I.3.16. Jam.5.13. fBuxtorfJn Thefaur. p. 629. fcff. 5. 18. Co/! 3. i5. II. The Meetre of this Verfion it fo ordered, i.That, Barbarifmes, Obfoleteand antiquated Expreffions, and light frothy Poetical flafhts are ftudioufly there- in declined. 2. That the verfe runs for the moft part with much fmoothncfs,theaccuftomcdPoeticaI quantities of our Englifh words being heedfully ob- served ; and the verfe exprclfing a pcrfeft fenfe or conveniently leading unto that partofthe fenfe which is comprized in the verfe or line following. 3. That the verfe is adorned withfit (and for the moft part, with double) Rythmical Terminations. Notwithftanding, the fmoothneffe of the verfe is to be preferred before the Rythme : and the clofeneffc of the Verfion to the Hebrew fountain is to be regarded, mongthe fpiritually wife, before them both. III. The Tunes are in thii Verfion fo contrived, That they are, 1. Oj much variety ; to prevent tedious irkfomnefs. 2. of ordinary facility; being only fuch as are common andeafic, and lometimesrwo Verfions, the one eafierthan the other; Thatfoa- i 1 Cor. 14; 15- Cbryfift.in ny of he Pfalmes may be fung in our Englifh Con- gregations. The h Old Metrical Verfion having put h See in many Pfalms, and that without Aliter\ into fuch in- oldMetri- tricate Tunes,that few Congregations can fing them: cal Verfi- which is a very great inconvenience. 3. Of peculiar on,Pf.i2o. Affinity to the Scope and Matter of the Pfalm. To 121.122.* avoid unfuitablenefs, Chearful tunes, beingAccom- 124.125. modated to Pfalmes of Comfort, Joy, and Thank- 125.127. fulnefs.- Sad andfolemnTunes, to Pfalmes Mournful 130.135. and Penitential. IV. Finally, That nothing might be wanting to thit Verfion, that was neceffary to the Edification of Gods People, in this Cele fii at Pf aim-Melody; Thefenfeofe- very particular Pfalmii laid open briefly in a plain fa- miliar Expofition annexed refpeltively. That perfons of the meaneft apprehenfions heedfully perufing the fame, or at leaft The Summary Content s, before fing- ing ; may not only fing with the Spirit : but with the underflanding alfo, as the / Apoftle requires.In which Expofition, i. The Summary Contents are prefixed to every pfalm,inveryfewwords.Which notably hint the mat- ter of the whole Pfalm, and of the chief branches thereof,whereby fit Pfalms may be chofen,and when chofen they may be fung with better judgement. 2. The Kind, Sort, or Nature of the Pfalm, is laid down after every pfalm. 3. The Penman, which the Holy Ghoft made ufe offor writing the Pfalm, is ("fofaras can be found our, by that, or other Scriptures) mentioned. 4. The Occafion of writing the Pfalm is(what may be)difcovered. 5. The Scope or End intended in each Pfalm, is alfo propounded. And touching the Scope, , chry- fnflnmefaid truly; k As without the foundation the Euildinj is invalid: fo without finding out the Scope, the Scripture is unprofitable. V7U{ aviv $ iv^.tneut Anfw. This may be resolved. Negatively, and Affir- matively. Negatively. 1. Hereby, is not to be understood, the Ordinary Pronuntiation onely .• but fomething further. 2. Vnderftand not finging with the voice onely; As Exclufive to the Hearts joyning with the voice. For, Mating- Melody to the LO RD in our Hearts; Singing with Grace in our hearts to the Lord; Singing wtth the Spirit and with the underftanding alfo, are required as the principal Melody to the Lord p. And uirhout the Conjunction of mind and heart with the audible voice, vocal Singing is but Hypocriti- cal, 3. Hereby, understand not, fuch vocal Singing of Pfalmes; As is onely private, of one man alone q Or of a few perfons together r. Or as is onely pub- lique, of an whole Church or Congregation toge- ther f. Eur underftand both private and publique Singing of Pfalmes with audible voice. Both are Chrifis Ordinances, and Christian Duties required of the Faithful, as Occafion fhallbe offered, now un- der the New TeStament. Affirmatively. By Singing of Pfalmes with the voice, underftand; A mufical articulation, or melodious modulation or tunning of the voice in pronouncing of Pfalmes, /;. 5. 1 8 19- 12 10.35. fjdw.5.13 joyntly with them Pfalmes and Hymnes,foc. 2 By <*"rfl°8.i. making Gods Word to dwell in others as in our felves zEph.^.i?. mofl richly b, through finging of Pfalmes. 3. By pro- £0'" 3- ™- voking them unto fpiritual and heavenly affections D Co'-3a°' of love, zeal, joy, delight, &c. in God, and the things of God. 5 By inciting them to confent with us to this part of Gods worfhip,andjf^, Amen c. 4. De- c l Cor. 14. clares our mo re rich furniture with the Worct of God *5, , dwellinginusinallwifdomed, and our more ample dCe/.3.i&. profeffion of Piety confequently. 5. Glorifies God more magnificently, triumphantly, and glorioufly : Singing aloud, ftirring up greater attention, affecti- on, and admiration in the Auditory. Therefore when the Ark went forth, and when it returned, they fang with a loud voice ; Let God arife, and let his enemies be fcattered, &c. e whereby the ePfa.o8s LORD was praifed more zealoufly and moreillu- * ftrioufiy. 2. What fort of Vocal Singing of Pfalmes it is, which is nowChrifts 0> dinance,fo theChriftians Duty under the New Tejiament ? Anfw. Both private and publique Singing, as hath been already intimated f. But efpe- ciallyl fliall fpeak to publique Singing, wherein di- Acts 16.2$ vers fing together : provided alwayes that both Eph.$. 19. private and publique finging be managed to molt Edi- Co'* $•*& fication. II. For confirmation of the Thefts, I offer thefe Ar- guments efpecially, vi^. 1. Singing of Pfalmes, foe. to God with the voice, feems to be a pan of Gods natural Worfhip : which, up- on due consideration of Gods Nature, man by light of Nature fhould perform to God, though there were no particularlawrequiring it,nor Institution appoint- ing ir. ¥or,i. Singing of Pfalmes foe. to God, is a kind ., or fort of Prayer, g A Prayer not in Profe, but in Mee- ^, et^lJa' tre with melody.Moft Pfalmes or fpiritual fongs are in ',* 'Tet' their Nature prayers or praifes. The ApoStle obfer- vably joynes them together,as of like Nature h. And who can be fo grofs, as ro deny, prayer to God to be part of his Natural worfiip ? 2. Singing of Songs to God was practifed by Gods People, at the Red Sea for their miraculous deliverance there, both from the Egyptians and the Sea, i before the Law was gi- ven at M. Sinai, or any other particular Law for fuch etiam A- a Duty. 3. Singing of Pfalmes is a Duty of the firft mef.medul. Commandement .peculiarly requiring all Natural Wor- The0l.L2.-c. fhip to be performed to him. And fo it is ranked £•*> 43 &c» by the godly learned k. And one 1 Cmh,Singingwith h 1 Cor. 1 4. heart fo voice is a moralWorfnpfuch as is written in the J $• hearts of all men by Nature : As to pray in difireffe ; So l Exo. 1 5.1. when we are merry and have ca ufe of folemne Thanhs- .&c. giving unto God, then to fing Pfalmes : which the Holy ^ Amef in Ghoft by the Apofile James approveth and fanffifieth, Med.Theol. Jam. 5. 13. Now that which is part of Gods Natu- '.2.rp.S. ral Moral Wor fliip, is a Duty of Chriftians under the 43- &c- New Teftament, as well as of Jewes under the old. ' To- Cotton Natural Worfl)ip is alwaies and in all times a Duty: "f Singing obliging femper, though not adfemper. Doubtlefle, Pf-^lmsxh. even Pagans by light and law of Nature are bound to i-/> 5 6. fing praifes unto God for his invisible excellencies L(>n. 1^47, made pa.K\n Not onely with their own underftanding, Qfor all that fung with the Spirit didfo, } but with the underftanding of the Hearers, that fo he that occupied the place of the z 1 Cor. 1 1. 1. unlearned, might be edified by fuch giving of thanks, and fay Amen : as one hath rightly obferved*. *Jo.Cottott 3. Singing ofYfalmes, &c. with audible voice hath offi'ngingof beenp'raHifedbyJefw Chrift and hii holy Servants in Pfalms.ch the New Teftament. When Chrift firft inftituted i.»,2 Lond the Lords Supper, He and his Apoftles fueetlyclof- iemblies: congreflibut So it was continued all along in the Succeffive Chur- publhit. ches f, hitherto ; though it is too evident that f Singing fome corruptions and vanities by little and little of Pfalms crept into this, as into other parts of Gods worfhip, was ufed, in after-times. In thefe- condCemu- ry : to celebrate Chrift and his Deity, againft the calumny of Theodotw. Eufeb. Ecclef. Hift. I- $.c. 28. Nhephor.l. 4.0.21. They fung Pfalmes before and after meat; Clem. Alex. Strom. I. ult. fo Pjtdag.l.2.c. 4. And in the timeof7w/rin.Mtrryr, the cuftom of finging with Inftruments inanimate was taken away; and fimple fingings were retained .• Ideo quod cantilena? ad cre- pitacula & organa, magis dicereviderenrur pucros, quamEc- clefiam. There this finging with voice u highly commended by him : Author. Refponf. adOrthodox.adjetl. Juftin. M. ad Queft, 107. Hift. Ecclej. Mag. Cent. 2.C.6, de pub. Congrefjibw. In the third Cent. Nepos and many others much ufed finging of Pfalmes with great delight. Eufeb. Hift. 1. i.e. 22. Hift. Ecclef. Mag. Cent. 5. C].de ratione Gubernandi. Tertullian reports, That Pliny the fecond,\\hen he governed the Province (he began in the 95 year after Chrift, which was in the dayes oijohn the Erangelift, who dyed not till ioi years after Chrift : Helvic. Eufeb. wrote to Trajan theEmperor an Epiftle touching the Chriftians^nn Chrift. 107. J beholding many Chriftians condemned, and being trou- bled thereat, Confuluit tunc Trajanum Imperatorcm, allegans prater obftinationcm non facrificandi. nihil aliud fe de facris e- orum comperiffe, quamcxtus anteluc3nosadcanendumChrifto & Deo, &adconfederandaiH difciplinam,&c. Tertul. in Apch- get.c.2. Eufeb. Hift. Ecclej. /. 3. c. 27. And again ; Poftaquam manuatem &lumina, itt quifquedeScripruris Sanctis, vel depro- prioingenio poteft, pmvocarur in medium Deo canere : Kinc probaturquomodo viverit. Tertull. Apologet. c. 29.fub.fin. In the fourth Cent. The frequent ufc of Sinking Pfalmes in publique Affemblies, is abundanrly tcftified by divers Writers; especial- ly by Bafil in Epift. a d C.ler. Nioc&far. fo Hift Ecclef. Mag . Cent. 4. c. 6. Ritm public. Congreffuum. DicasPlalmum incordetuo,iu quo non dulcedo vocis, fed mentis affectus qua'rkur, Hicro- nrm.ad Ruflic. Mon.p.46. B.Tom. 1. Bafil. 1553. Turpia verba non intelligat, cantica mundi ignoret. Arihuc tcnera lingua Pfal- Preface Sed. VIII. The£ I . A Chrijluins Duty now under the New Teft.wicnt. 121 Pfalmis dulcibus imbuatur. Hieron.ad Let am de inflttutivie fili.e, p. 45. A. Tom. i. Ambrofe commends finging of pfalmes vvith thofe two fil ver Trumpets, The Spirit, and Underftanding. Am. lr.de fide Refurrecl.p.7,g.Tom. 3. Bafd. 1567 . Cum fratribns Pfalmos in Ecclefia:BafiIica minore diximus. Ambr. I 5. Eptff. 33. 71. 131. Tow. 3. That the Church at Mediolun, in imitation of the Eaftern Churches fang pfalms; and after them other Churches throughout the World : is teftified by Auguftine.Con- feff. I. 9- c. 7. Tom. 1. But thefc inftanccs may fufftcc to give an indication of the Practice of the Churches in finging of pfalms. 4. Singing of Pfalms with audible voice, is an emi- nent difcovery of Chriftians being filled with the Spirit of God, and a fingular effell or fruit of the Spirit of God, whereby he delights to Aft, eXercife and ex- prefs himfelf in Chriftians now undc r the NewTefta- ment.— - But be filled with the Spirit : (peaking to gEph.5. 18.19. hjam.5. 13- iPf.57.7, 8,9. k 2 Sam. 23.1,2. Mat 22.43 44. with Pf.Uo.i. IC0I.3.16. mCoI.3. 1 6. nPCj&i, 2.and 1 Chron. 16 23. oPfal.ioo. 1,2. pThat, Pfal.96.it a Prophecy ofthetimes of the New Testament See in the Expofiti- onofPfal. 9^.Sea.3. hereafter, q Pf.95.1,2 your felves in pfalms, Hymnes and fpiritual fongs g &c. For, 1. Tney that axe filled with the fpirit, have joy inthe Holy Gbojl, Rom. 14. \7.Gal. 5. 22. and Spiritu- al joy delights to exprefs V felf in finging of pfalms h. 2. They that are filled with the Spirit, have their hearts fixed in love, zeal, and all holy affections to- wards God: andconfequenrly cannor chufebut/Ing andgivepraife i. 3. They that are filledwith the Spi- rit, areready tobefpiritually acted and led by him in his own wayes, Rom. 2. 14- Gal. $.2$. And, as rfalmes are indited bv the Spirit of God k; fo the finging of pfalms is a fpirirua! courfe often enjoyned by the Spirit of God. F/1/.95. 1,2. and 96. r, 2 Eph. 5. 19. Col. 3. 16. Jam. $. 13. 4. Tfteythat are filled with the Spirit, are inclined and ought to pro- fit others, 1 Cor. 12. 7. and finging of plalmes is one way whereby we may much profit one anorher,ther- inteachingand admonishing one another!. Now, all thefe things confidered, how can it chufebutbe a ChrifHan Duty to fing pfalms, that hereby they may the more afTure themfelves thev have the Spi- rit of God, and that fo they may walk anfwerableto the Spirit, as mothers, fo in this fpirirua! imploy- menr; infpiritualjoy, fixed zeal, obedience to the Spirit, and profiting others? 5. Singing of Pfalms and edifying one another there- by, is one eminent end why the Word of Chrifl fliould dwell in Christians, richly, in all wifedomem, now under the New Teftament. Confequently finging of Pfalmes is the Duty of Chriftians, and an Or- dinance of Chrift now under the New Teftament. 6. Singing of pfalmes by believers under the New Teiiament, if oft-times Prophetically foretold and fore- required in the Old Teftament. And therefore fing- ing of pfalmes is clearly an Ordinance of Chrifl, and a Duty of Chriftians under the New Teftament : the antecedent is evident in fundry inftancees of rhe Old Teftament. As, Ofing unto the LORD a new Song : (Dig unto the LO RD all the Earth : fing unto the LO RD, bleffehis Name n, And again ; Make-a- joyful- noife unto theLO RD, 0 all the Earth. Serve the LORD with gladneffe : come before hit pre fence with finging o. In borh which places, all the Earth mud refer to the Gentiles as well as to the Jews: all the Nations muft ling unto the LORD, that is. The Jews at that prefent: and the Gentiles afterwards when they fhouldbe called and converted to the LORD: then theGe»///e.f alfo fhould worfhip the LORD vvith finging of Pfalms. So that thefe paf- fages are tacit Prophecies of the calling of the Gentiles p, and of their New Teftament-worlmping of God by finging pfalms, Add hereunto that notable paf- Tage ; 0 come let as fine, unto the LO RD: let us make a'pyful nnife to the Rick, of our Salvation. Let us come before his pyefence with thanfgiving: and make a joyful noife unto him with Pfalmes q. This Pfalm is un- doubtedly a Prophecy of Chrifl, and of the worfhip that fhall and ought to be performed to him folemn- ly in Sacred Church-Affemblies under the New Te- flameflt : and efpccially ( asfome think ) on the LORD's-day-Sabbaths, the Sabbatifme or Reft of the New Teftament. For, the Apoftle interprets this Pfalm of Chrift; compare PfA. 95. 7. to the end, wish Hebr.^.6, J.&c. 14. 15. As upon that pialm I have norcd r. Tots pfalm ("thinks judicious Calvin') r Sec PfjI. agrees to the Sabbuih-day, wherein Saued Affemblies 9$.Scct. 3. ar e had for the worfhip y $f >*£?- Pfalms.ch. q»{]uy,J both out of the Law vt Mofes anathe Pro- 1./M76, phetsg. 3. Though fmging be not mentioned till 177. the latter end of thofe two verfes, £/>£. 5. 19. Col. f^.8.35. 3. i<5. yet it leferres to, and expounds the former g Alt. 28. part of thofe verfes. To limit fmging onely tothe 23. heart, and inward mchdy of the fpirit, is utterly be- fides the Apoftles intent in thefe verfes, contrary to the nature of fmging, and deftruftive to all edi- fication or advantage to others by finging. Where do we read of finging in all the Scripture without the voice ? How can one mans heart-melody profit ano- ther, which cannot hear it ? How grofs and igno- rant a ContradiHion in theAdjell, and abfurd non- fenfe is it, to talk of finging in heart without the voice ? 3, Hence, Let all Chriftians own andexercife them- felves infmging Pfalmes, &c. as in their New Tefta- ment Duty, and Chrifts Ordinance. Sing Pfalmes, &c. privately and publiquely, tothe LORD.Sing Pfalms, in your Families with other Family-Duties, fo you fhall render them as little Churches : Sing Pfalmes in the Churches fo fhall you make them as a little Heaven on Earth. thefts. II. the SubyeB-matter of Chriftians finging now under the New teftament, ffjould peculiarly be the Scrfp- ture-Tfalmcs, Hymnes ^and Spiritual Songs. May be evinced by thefe enfuing Arguments or Realons, vi^. I. Becaufe, The Denominations of the Subjeft- matters which Chriftians and Churches under the New Teftament are exhorted and required by the Apoftles to fing, vi^. Pfalmes, Hymnes, and Songs , Are the very Scripture-Denominations which are prefixed to David's Pfalmes, and other Scripture- Pfalmes. For, x. Thefe three Greek words are bor- rowed from the Greeks Verfion of the LXXII. upon the Pfalmes ; (The Apoftles in the New Teftamenc much following the Verfion of the LXXII. as the learned well know.J "^otAjuo/ Pfalmes, is ufed by the LXXII. in the Titles ot Ffal. 3. 4. 5. 7. 8. o. and moft frequently in the Titles of other Pfalmes''T/wo/ Hymnes, is ufed by the LXXII. in the Titles of Ffal. 6 in Hymnes ufon the eighth, &c. Of Pfal. 54.— in Hymnes of inftrullion to David. Of Pfal. 60. in Hymnes to David. Of Pfal. 66. in Hymnes a Pfalme to David. And in theclofeof Pfal. 71. according to the Greek, but which is 72.according tothe Hebrew, verfe 20. The Greek faith, Ended are Hymnes of Da- vid fonne oj Jeffe. "flcAt/, Odes, or Songs, is ufed by the LXXII. in the Titles of all the Pfalmes of De- grees from Pfil. Mo. to 135. f according to the Hebrew account, J and in the Titles alio of many 0- ther Pfalmes. Yea, all thefe three Names, Pf times, Hymnes, and^on^, are ufed by the LXXir.in the Tide of Pfal. 7 5 'Et>"Tpyoi< , 'frfAjU©- itH "Kav.enture-rfidffles,Hymnes^&c. 125 1 I Cor. 14. 26.whh 15 l6.virfes. mAff.6.4, 5,6. Eph. 4. ir, 12. 13 — n Jo.Cotton of Singing Vfalm. ch.6 o See in Tbef.iJnf. 1. foregoing f>Eph.$.i9 Col.-},. i<5. Jam.<,.\7,. Vfal. 95.1, 2,7>&c. fully acceptable ro God, and lb the Apoftle requires ofusan impoffibility. For, 1. Where f~excepr in Scripture J can we find any fuch things that we can certainly fay are, in the Apoftles fence, Pfalmes, Hymnes, and Spiritual Songs? How or by what Art fliall we know and diftingui.'h Pfalmes from Hymnes and both from fpiritual Songs : unlcffe we repair to the Titles of Scripture-Pfalmes , and there they are clearly and exprefly diftinguifhed. But befides Script ure-Pfilmes, &c. nor Old nor New Teftament nor light of Reafon, doth lead us thus to rliftinpuifh of any other Poetical Compofures. 2. How fhall the Church and people of God come by any other Pfalmes, &c. wherewith they may fing to the Lord, when they rejeft and caft off finging ofScriprure- Efalmes? Either we muft have them by Extraordina- ry, or Ordinary Gift. 1 Not by Extraordinary Gift, enabling men to utter Pfalmes fuddenly, extempore, by extraordinary infpiration. For experience tells us there is no fuch Gift in any Church on Earth. In- deed there once was fuch a Gift in that Primitive A- poitolical Church of Corinth I, at the firft planting of rhe Gofpel among the Gentilcs,and they fung Pfalms in a ftrange language, filling the Heathen with admi- ration, &c. but fince the Gofpel is received, thefe and other extraordinary Gifts have ceafed. Ifany that pretend to fuch Gifts ( who arc not learned J can fuddenly utter Pfalmes, foe. in ftrangc Langu- ages, it would much convince us, that fuch extra- ordinary Gifts are not totally abolifhed. 2 Not by ordinary Gift, enabling men to prepare and compofe Set-formes of Pfalmes, Hymnes, qyc. ior the Chur- ches ufe from time to time. For, then Chrift would have ordained fotne Officer in the Church to have attended this work, as he hath appointed Minifters to attend the Miniftry of the Word and Prayer, &c. Deacons, to take care of the poor, &c. m Or, he would have in^iredfome member of the Church or other with a Spirit of Pfalmiftry ( as one faith _) for fram- ing Pfalmes fuitable to the Churches necefftties and con- ditionsfiom Sabbath to Sabbath n. But we have no footftep of either of thefe in Scripture or Experience. 3. As for thofe Poems, which both, for matter and forme are meerly of Humane Invention and Compo- sition, be they never foexquifitely framed, yet are they not to be compared with Scripture-Pfalmes, Hymnes, <&c. For at beft thefe are huv Humane and fallible, liable to much frailty, infirmity, errour and vanity; and therefore the heart ofaChriftian can never fully acquiefce in them, as moft accepta- ble to God. And therefore to fubfiitute thofe Hu- mane infirm fallible Compofures, in ftead of the Di- vine, infallible, and perfect Scripture-Pfalmes, &c. is abominably ro fet up and preferre Vanity before Verily, and Mans Inventions before Gods Infthuti- ons. Thus the Second Thefis is evident. Inference s ,hence, I. Then, Some Duties of G ds Worfhip in ufe under the Old Teftament, are not Antiquated or aboUfl>ed, but rather confirmed and continued under the New. As here. Singing of Pfalmes, which was ufual under the Old Teftament, is confirmed and perpetuated by the Apoftle. But of this formerly 0. II. Then, Aftinted Prejcript or Set-forme of Pray- er to Godt or Praife of God, it lawful and warranty. ble. For, theScrip-ure-F/rt/mci, Hymnes and fpiri- tual Songs, which we are enjoyned by the Apoftle and by David to fing now under the New Teftament, pare moft of them Prayers to God, and Praifes of God : And fo they are Set -formes of fuch Prayer and Praife. Prayer is either 1. Conceived and uttered extem- porally upon emergent occafions : As, that of Iacob, Gen. 32. 9. to 13. of Mofes, Exod. 32. 11, 12, 13, 31, 32. oijof\}uah,jofl).'].'],i,g. of Solomon at the Dedication of the Temple, 1 King. 8. 22. to 54. of King Jehoff)aph at againft his enemies, 2 Chron. 20. 5. to 14. of Daniel for the Captives in Babylon, &c. Daniel 9. of Jefus Chrift himfelf in the fame ni^ht wherein he inftituted his Supper, John 17, I, 2, &c. i.Compofed and prepared afore-hand in a certain form of words, for general or particular purpofes. As, that for the Priefts,wherewith they fhould blefs the people, Numb. 6. 22. to the end. The Pfalmefor the Sabbath-day, Pfal. 92.tit.fyc. The prayer of the Afflicted, &c. Pfal. 102. tit. tfrc. That Form of words in Hofea 14. 1,2,3. ar»d many Pfalmes. The Lords Prayer, Mat. 6. 9. fyc with Luke 1 1. 2. &c. Now, both conceived Prayers and Prsifes, andcompoled or Set-forms of Prayer and Praife, are lawful and warrantable in them'felves •, provided, the matter and other circumftances thereof be good and lawful. As for Aftinted or fet- form of Prayer excepted a- gainft by fome, it appears in the judgment of our Writers to be lawful and warrantable, as well as con- ceived [>rayer ; 1. Becaufe,A\\ things effemial to pray- er, and neceffarily required thereunto by the Word of God, are to be had in a fet-Form of prayer q. 2.Becaufe, A fet-Form of prayer is thebreachof no Commandment, nor is any where difallowed, by expreffe words or neceilary confequence, in the Word of God in Old or New Teftament r. 3.8?- caufe, It is lawful to fing Pfalmes, &c. f moft of which are Prayers and Praifes to the Lord) in a Aim- ed Form of words f : Nay, not onely lawful, but a New- Teftament Duty as hath been proved. 4. Be- caufe, In Scripture there be prefcript or (tinted Forms of Prayer, Praife, Bleffing, &c. laid down t. As thofe here .fore-mentioned. 5. Becaufe, A fet- Form of Prayer is not a fiinting, cooling, fuppref- fing, flirting, or quenching of the Spirit of Prayer u. Nay, /mayadde, as touching publique CWc6-P»vi- yer, or private Family-Prayer wherein one fpeaks and others joyne, A ftinted Form therein doth no more quench or limit the Spirit of Prayer in Believ- ers, than a conceived Prayer. For, every conceived Prayer is a fet-Form or aftinted Form to every pcrfon praying in Church or Family , except to him that fpeaks : for, they are tyed up and limited to his words, who is their mouth unto the LORD and to rove from them would be a finful Diftra- ftionx. III. Then, They cannot be excufed, nor their pra- tficejuftified, that rejelf Scripture-Pfalmes, Hymnes, and Spiritual Songs, and the finging of them efpecially in publique Church-Affemblies, and in ftead thereof fing Poems, Anthems, Songs, and other Compofures both for Matter and Form meerly Humane, For, Though the compofingand finging of fome Orthodox fpiritu- al Song in private for a private Chriftians folace, may fometimesbe allowed to him that hath a furficient gift for that purpofe : yet to prefer or equalize fuch private Songs to the Scripture-Pfalmes, &c. y indited by Gods own infallible Spirit, were moft abominable and intolerable. And though in the Primitive Chur- ches,as in theChurch ztCorinth z,fome had,amongo- ther extraordinary gifts,agift extraordinary touching the conceiving and finging of Pfalmes, which was in thofe dayes allowed to be exercifed in theChurches, for filling the Heathens with conviftion and admira- tion : yet thofe extraordinary gifts being ceafed, with their occafion ; and none now being able to pretend unto the like, the gifts of all being onely or- dinary, how great pride and infolency were it for a- nyman to prefer or equalize his own or others meer Humane Songs and Compofures ordinary and fallible both for matter and forme, to the infallible Scrip- ture-Pfalmes, /;.$. 19. andCol.j,. 16. meant Scripture-p faints, djc.or Davids, he might as eafilyhavenamedScript\icc-y(z\n\es,fac. or Davids: As David named hit, Pfalms of David, Songs of David, &c when he delivered them to the Mafter-Mu- ficians, (facto be fung. Anfw. 1. Had Paul intended to exclude Scrip- tuve-pfalms, ift mnyfuf.ee for that. Anjwer. 1. The Apcftle in thefe two Epiftlesg doth not fpeak of their devifing or inventing ofany new fpiritual fongs ; but of Tnging Scripture- PJalms, Hymnes, and fpiritual fongs already devifed and re- corded in the Bible, as hath been already proved. 2. It requires a large mcalurc of the Spirit and of the Word of Chrift to be dwelling inns, To fuit and fing the Scripture-pfalms, to fuch ends and in fuch man- ner, as is here appointed. 1. To felect and fuit the Scripture-pfalms, &c. fitly unto every emergent oc- cafion; As, 7othe Subject-matter of Sermons; To occafions of grief, mourning, humiliation, repen- tance, &c. To occafions of joy, gladnefs, thankf- givings, &c. To teaching of fuch or fuch Doctrines , To admonifhing for fuch or fuch fins •, To exhorting to fuch or fuch Duties, &c. 2. To fing pfalmes to right ends; AsPraifingtheLord, Teaching and ad- monifhing one another, comfortinp and cheering up our own hearts, &c. h. 3. Tofing'pfalmesalfoin a due manner, with Grace in the heart 1 ; So as tp re- gard the inward heart-melody to the L O R D, more than the voice-melody to the ear, 8cc. Thefe things require not a fmattering but a plentiful meafure of the Word and Spirit in us, for the due performance and management thereof. 4. Object. Tiie Scripture-pfalmes were, as to the fmging of them, appropriated to the Temple-worpip : as appears; Partly, By the Titles of many pfalmes ap- pointing them to be Jung by Temple-Officers and Muftcal Inftruments; Partly, By our Saviours and his Apo- ftles not fmging of them, and therefore the fmging of fuch Scripture-pfalmes, &c. feems to be abclfoed with the Temple. Anfwer. 1. The Scripture-pfalmes were fung in the Temple doubtleffe after the Temple was erected ; and by Muficians, and with Mufical Inftruments ap- pointed for the Temple, as the Titles of fomeof them do import : But though it be granted they wereufedin the Temple, it doth not therefore fol- low that they were appropriated onely to the Tem- ple. For, fome of them, as the Songs of Mofes, and of Deborah k , were fung long before David's time ; Some of them were appointed to be fung , be- fore the Temple was erected •, as Pfal. 105. great partofit, and Pfal. 95. &c. at the bringing up of the Ark into the City of David I Pfal. 92. W95. on Sabbath-dayes •, and many others upon other occafi- ons. Some were fung after the Temple was deftroy- ed and burnt, as Pfal. 74. fee ver. 3. to 10. And Pfal. 44. though directed to the fons of Korach, yet is thought by the Apoftles alledging of it m, to be efpecially intended of the times of the New Tefta- ment : becaufe, except in the Primitive times, the like innocency met together with the like calamity h not to be found among the children of Ifrael,whileft the Temple was ftanding. Therefore Scripture- pfalms not being appropriated to the Temple, were not,as to the finging of them , abolifhed with the Temple. 2. Jefus Chrift and his Apoftles ("as hath been evinced already} did both fing Scripture- pfalms, Hymnes, &c. themfelves, and alfohaveen- joyned Chriftians to do the liken. And therefore herein we are to obey and imitate them. 5. Object. As PauldireZts Timothy about publicly Prayer in the Church, 1 Tim. 2. 1, 2, 3, 4. but pre- fer ibes no form of Prayer to be ufed : fo he direils finging of pfalms, Eph. 5. 19. Col. 3. i<5, but prefribes no Form oj pfa Imes to be ufed. And generally thofe Ob- )eilions that are made againft a Set- form of Prayer , as That it is contrary to the Second Commandment, that it ftinrsand quencheth the fpirit, focftrikc alike againft all fet-f or me s of pfalmes as unlawful. Anfw. I. It is granted, that the Apoftle directing Timothy about publick Church-prayer, 1 Tim. 2. 1, 2, 3,4. prefribes no Form of Prayer : And it muft on the other hand be granted aifo, that neither there nor any where elfe in his writings doth he pro- hibit the ufe of a Form of prayer. Nor doth any o- ther Scripture prohibit tt. Nay, the Scriptures e- vidently allow it: as, inthe form ofthePricftsblef- fing the people Oi and in that form of Prayer which the Lord taught his difciples; Whenyepray, fay; Our Father, ifac. p. And if it belawlul, and a duty, as hath been proved, to fing Scripture- pfalmes, then it is lawful to ufe a Set- form of Pray- er: hEph,5. ^.ip.Col 3-i& Jam. 5-13- i Col. 3. 16. Eph. 5.19. k Exod. 15, 1. &c, Deut. 32. & 33- Pf- 50. tit. Judg. 5. r, &c. I See 1 Chron. 16. 7, &c. m Compare Rom. 8.36 with Pfal. 44. 17. to 22. n Mat. 16. 30. Acts 16. 2$. Jam. 5. 13 Eph. 5. 18 19. Col. 3. 16. o Numb.<5. 27,tothe end. p Luk. 1 1. I,2.&X. Preface Sed. VIII.Thef 2. Jlwidd be Scriptnre-Vfalmcs, Hymnes ^ &c. 127 er: For many, yea, mod of the pfalmes are Pray- ers, asPfal. 3. 4, 5, 6,7, 9, 10. &c. And Come are in their very Titles ftiled, Prayers, as Pfal.86. 90. 102. 142. And therefore, a Form of Prayer, as fuch, vvhofe matter is good and agreeable to Scripture, can neither be contrary to the Second Commandment; nor can be juftly counted a ftinting or quenching of the Spirit, for then every publick conceived Prayer of a Minifterquencheth and ftinteth the Spirit,in e- very one of theCongregation befides himfclf,becaufe t\Seebe- they are tyed up to his prefent form of words q. jorein In- 2. It is denied,that the Apoftle directing Chrifti- ference II. ans to (ing pfalmes, prefcribes no Forms to be fung, the Law- For, whileft he directs them to fing Pfalmes, Hymns, fulnefs of and fpiritual fongs r, he plainly points out to them Set-formes what ffalmes, &c. he would have them fing, thefe rEph. $. being the very Titles and Denominations of the 19. Scripture-pfalms, as hath been proved. Therefore, Col. 3. 16. the pfalmes which the Apoflle would have Chrifti- ans to fing are Scripture-pfalms : unleffe any fhould befo devoid of reafon, as to fay, that Scripture- pfalmes are neither Pfalmes, Hymns, nor Spiritual Songs. 6. Object. But the Church of God is ftill to be edified by the proper and per fonal gifts of the prefent Members which they have received from the Spirit of God, Eph. 4.7,8,11,16. 1 Pet. 4« 10, n. Rom. 12. 4,6. 1 Cor. 12.7. And we have imit able examples in the Church of Corinth, ofexercifing perfonal gifts, as well in Sing- ing as in Praying and Prophecying, 1 Cor. 14, And we have gifts in thefe times of compofing fpiritual fongs, for the Churches edification. In th'u way therefore of perfonal gifts the Church is to be edified, and not by fing- ing of Scripture-pfilms. Anfw. I. The Manifeftation of the Spirit it given to every man to profit withal, 1 Cor. 12. 7. but ftill he muft endeavour that profit of others in his own fphere and place, whether private or publique. No member of the body muft be unprofitable : but pri- vate members muft not uftirp the publique imploy - ments of publique Officers, 1 Pet. 4. 10, n. Rom. 12.4,6. 1 Cor. 12. 15,16,17, 18, 19,28, 29; 3c. II. The edification of the Church is to be carried on both publiquely and privately by other means alfo, befides the proper perfonal fpiritual gifts of the pre- fent members. Are not the Writings of the Pro- phets and Apoftles ('though they be dead} moft e- minent means of the Churches edification? As it's fheb.11.4. faidof Abel, being dead, he yet fpeakethf. So may itnotbe faid of them, they being dead, yetfpeak, yet pray, yet fing, &c. to our edification? and /hall not the New Jerufalem be founded and built partly by fome influential help of the old Apoftles of t Rev.21. the Lamb t ? and are not reading the Word,hear?ng 14. it read, meditating thereon, and every other Ordi- nance of Chrift,ufeful for edification of the Church ? III. The inftance of finging in the Church of Corinth by perfonal gift of the prefent members, will not enforce us now to fing in the Church only by a per- fonal gift of the members prefent. For their gift of finging was wholly extraordinary and miraculous, joyned with the gift of Tongues. The gift of Tongues wasufedby them four ways 5 1. In fpeaking myfte- ries, 1 Cor. 14. 2. 2. In praying, ver. 14. 3. In finging, ver. 15. 4-In bleffing and thankfgiving.w. 17. New if any among us have fuch an extraordi- nary gift as they had, they may fing extraordinari- ly, as they did. But till then, their practice can be no prefident for us. IV. Though fome amongft us have a gift of compofing a fpiritual pfalm or Song, yet muft he not therefore bring it and fing it in our Church-aflemblies, no more than he that hath a gift to conceive a Prayer or compofe a Sermon, muft prefently come to pray and preach in the Church. uHeb.5.4, None but he thats duly called u thereto fhould med- 5. die with publique Adminiftrations. Nor, is it fafe Acts 13, i5 to neglect the eminent infallible infpirations of 2,3. ' Gods holy Spirit in Scripture-pfalms, &c. for any private fallible compofurcs of any perfon whatfo- ever. IV. Then,77;?re is a neceffity of tranflating Scripture- pfalmes, Hymnes and Spiritual Songs into fuch Meetre, as that they may beft be fung unto edification. Here I offer to ferious confideration three things, viz. 1. That there is a neceffity of tranflating Scripture- pfalmes, Hymnes and fpiritual Songs, in order to the finging of them. For, 1. To fing them, is an Ordi- nance of Chrift, and a Duty of Chriftians now under the New Teftament. 2. To fing them as they are un- tranflated is impoffible & unprofitable altogether un- to the generality of people.All the Scripture-pfalms, &c. of the Old Teftament, being in Hebrew ; of the New Teftament, being in Greekj, which withouta Verfion or Tranflati on they cannot underfland, foas to fing with judgment or to edification x. 3. The x 1 Cor. Apoftle directs the Church of Corinth, wherein fom 14. 15,16 had an extraordinary and miraculous gift of finging- 17,26 21', pfalms in an unknown Tongue,that all things fung or 28. uttered in an unknown Tongue fhould be interpreted for the edification of the whole Church y. y 1 Cor. 2. That there's a neceffity o\ tranflating Scripture- 14,1. ^34. pfalmes, j;P- °29> ail nearneffc of the Verfion to the Original,fofar as if po- a^or'I4« ffible.Thst fo as much of God, and as little of man as maybe,may appear therein.This will greatly fatisfie the godly judicious, and heighten their fpiritual melody to the Lord. To this end,i. All remote para- phrases, and Circumlocutions, fhould be carefully avoided, and the plain genuine fence of the words and phrafes fjas far as the Propriety of our Englifh Language will bear it} laid down, to the true fence and intent of the Holy Ghoft. 2. All omifftons of words fhould be ftudioufly fhunned. 3. All additi- ons of words or phrafes fhould be diligently declin- ed. 4. Wherefoever Alterations , Omiffions, or Additions could not eafily be avoided: That in all Alterations, the propriety of the Hebrew or Greek words or phrafes be put in the Margin; Thatinall Omiffions, the word or particle omitted, be fup- plyed in the Margin, that vvhileft a man fings he may inftantlycafthis eye upon the Margin, and fo help his devotion and meditation; And, To aim all Additions, the Additional words be printed in a different Character, to diftinguifh them from the Text, and be ftill congruoui to the fubject- matter whereunto they are fuperadded. II. Convenient fmoothnefs of the Meetre, or verfe. Thus it fhall be read or fung with more delight. And therefore, 1. All old obfolete barbarous expreffions fhould be declined. 2. The due quantities of our Englifh Syl- lables ('"without which the verfe will run very rug- gedly and unpleafantlv J muft be well obferved. 3. And the Rythmical terminations of the verfes (which with a kind of grateful grace fetoff& adorn the ^ 28 The Subject* Matter of chriftians Singing, &c. Preface Se&.VlII.The£ H, Verfion, efpecially to the more harmonious mindcs} fhould be difcreetly and foberly ordered. III. Fro- ■per fuitableneffe of variant and eafie Tunes, wherein they are to be fung, is very neceffary. Tunes fhould be, i Proper and fuirable to the Nature and Subject-mat- ter of the Pfalmes, vi^. More grave, Tad, foletnn tunes fhould be fuited to Fenitential, Lamenting, Mournful Pfalmes, zsYfal. 6. 22. 38. 51. S8.90.102, &c. More pleafant chearful tunes to Pfalmes of Praife, &c. asPful. 30. 45. il5. 118, &c. 2 Vari- ous. The Pfalmes are of very various matter. And variety brings a kind of delight and refrefhment to the Singers. 3 Eafic.That every one of thein may be fung, as there fhall be occafion, for edification. There's not one of them, but is very ufeful for edi- fying. Therefore if any Pfalme be tranllatedinan unufual or difficult tune to gratifie more Expert Sing- gers : yet fhould it alfo be tranflated a jecondtime in an ordinary and eafie tune for the benefit of all. And experience tells us That fundry choice Pfalmes are put into fuch hard unufual tunes in our common bi//>.Pfal. Tranflation of finging-Pfalmes b, that moft Congre- 120. 121. -gregatior.sin thefe three Nations cannot at all make 122. 124. ufeof them in fingingand making melody therein unto 125. 126. the Lord. IV. An Expofuionof theNature, Scope, 127. 130. and Parts of the Pfalmes, that they may be fung un- 135. derftandingly. Now in this Metrical Verfion of the Pfalmes here following,' all thefe things are ftudioufly intended cSee before and performed c And herein how far all other HiSect.VII. Metrical Verfions of Pfalmes which are yet extant, numb. i. docome fliort, is left to the judicious and impartial Reader to confider and determine. V. Then, the Metrical Verfion of Scripture-Pfalmes, Hymnes, <&c. the more exatlly it agrees with the Ori- ginal Hebrew and Greeks of Old and New Teftament. (provided it be conveniently fmooth, ag> eeable to the pro- priety of our Englifl' Tongue, and fitted Jor fuitable and eafie tunes J the better it is. For, 1 . The Original words, being immediately infpired of God, are incomparably the beft of all ; Are mod Divine, moft pure, moft infallible, &c. And there- fore, the nearer any Verfion approaches to the Ori- dDuLiw ginal words, ro the Fountain d, the more Divine, ex ipfofon- pure, and infallible, &c. it muft needs be, and confe- te bibuntur qucntly eveiy way the better : the more remote it is aqua. from the Original, the more Humane muddy, fallible, &c it is, byreafon of the more humane mixtures therein. * 2. That Metrical Verfion of Pfalmes muft needs be beft, which is moft conforme unto the Rule and Stan- dard of all Tranflations: but that Rule and Standard is the Original. 3. That Metrical Verfion of Pfalmes which moft fully attains its end, is beft : but that Metrical Verfi- on which comes neareft to the Original Hebrew and Greek of Old and New Teftament, moft fully at- tains its end. vi^. The glorifying of God, and edify- e Eph. 5. ing of our felves and others in fingingofPfalmes,e 18,19,20. &c. For, Then we are beft fatisfied, that we frig, Co/ 3.16. not fo much humane Compofures and Ditties, as the Scripture-PpWi, Hymnes, and (piritual Songs in- deed.Then our understandings are the more Inform- ed, our hearts and affections the more Raifed and Spiritualized, to fmg with Grace, delight and in- ward melody unto the Lord, in materials of his own devifing and infpiration. And therefore let us moft prize and ufe rhofe Verfions, that moft clofely ap- proach to the Originals. VI. Then, Chriftians have need to be we liver fed in Scripture-PJalmes, Hymnes and Spiritual Songs that they may fmg them profitably. As the Mother of Ze- bedees children with her two Do I underftand 1k>w to extract my portion out of this Pfalm, though writ upon other occafions ? The Command is, Sing ye Praife s with undetftandingy. To fing, pray, &c. p Pf. 47.7. without tinderltanding, is to offer the Sacrifice offooles q. And in the time of die Law, a Minde Sacrifice q£f(7.$.i. was abominable to God. To help thy Understanding t l.Mark Preface Seel:. VIII. TheH II. Jhould be Scriptnre-rfalmes^Hymncs,&c. 129 I. Mark well the Titles ot Pfalmes. 2. Note the Propriety of Hebrew phrafe , in margin. 3. Ufe that Vernon which is neareft the Hebrew. 4. Perufe this Expofition firft. 4. Sing with the heart and inward ajfetliohs, making melody with Grace there to the Lord r, as well as with r Eph. 5. the voice making melody to the outward eare. The 19. Col. 3. Apoftle infifts in a fpecial manner upon this Direfti- \6. on. ( 1 ) It muft be with the heart, and not only with the voice. Singing and making melody to the Lord in f Eph.5.19 your heart's f. Singing muft be Cordialzs well as Oral: other wife it will be no better than an hypocritical t Mat.15.8 lip-labour, an unprofitable bodily exercife r. We muft 1 Tim. 4. often confider, how God calls for the heart ; My fon 7,8. give me thine heart u. And as God is a fpirit, fo he uProv. 23. will be worfliipped in fpirit x. We muft glorifie him 26. both in our body and in our fpirit, which are Gods y. And X John. 4. therefore, as we fay with David; Awake* up my 24. Glory %,- C that is, my tongue, as an eminent yi Cor. 6. glory of man above other creatures, and a lingular 20. inftrumentof his glorifying God,_) JwiUfing 2 Pfal. 57. and give praife even with with my glory a. So we muft 8, p. fay with him; Bleffe the LORD, 0 my foul, and all a Pfal. 108 that U within me bleffe hit Holy Name, b &c._ ■ 1. 0 God mine heart ii fixed, I will fing and give praife b Pfal. 103 even with my glory c. Or with the bleffed Virgin Ma- 1,2. ry, My.Soul doth magnifie the LO RD, andmy Spirit cPfal.108. rejoyceth in God my Saviour d. The Glrifs rightly pre- 1. fers the real heart-melody before the formal Voice- d Luke 1. mufick .- faying ; 46. Non vox, fed votum ; non Mufica chordula, fed Cor: Non clamor, fed Amor ; Pfallit in aure Dei. Soule^s vow, not ayery voice ; found he art ,not found- ing firing : Pure love, not piercing-noife ; in Gods ear fweet ly (2.} It muftbealfo with Grace in the Heart. So the Apoftle direfts •, Singing with Grace inyour hearts CC0I.3.16. tot^eLorde. Grace muft not onely be in the heart of the acceptable Singer : but muftalfo be afted and exercifed in the heart in all acceptable finging. Grace in the heart is the beft Key or Mufical tune to any Scripture-Fp/w, Hymne or Spiritual fong : without which inward Melody, all Vocal Mufick though never fo fweet and Harmonious,isbut meer difcord, jarring, and empty howling in the ears of the Lord. The heart and affections fhould be filled with the Spi- fEph.5.10 riff, fhould have a lively tinfture of Grace, Hea- venlineffe and Spiritualnefs upon them, fhould be as it were fpiritually touched with the matter fung, as the Needle is touched with a Loadftone and moves according. Then the heart will fing with fpiritual raptures, elevations,and raifed meditations indeed. Therefore when thou goeft to fing, fay ; Awake up my heart, awake up my grace, my faith, love, joy, Zeal, &c. as David faid, Awake up my glory, &c. / my felf willawake right earlyg, whenhe was fing- ing. The voice of aliive Grace in finging is moft fweet, moft melodious to the Heartfearching God. $.S'tng with prudent accommodation^ fuiting of the if aim, to the prefent condition of the Singers, to the prefent Ordinances, worfhip of God, or To the prefent works or Providences oj God. fo much as may be. As •So/omon faid of a word fitly fhoken f //efc.fpokenupon his wheeles,") It U like Apples of Gold in Pittures of Silver h .- So may I fay of pfalmes fitly felefted and accommodated to prefent purpofes,they are/et and fung upon their wheels, and are like Apples of Gold, &c. This accommodating, fitting, or fuiting of Scripture-pfalmcs to fcveral purpofes, requires a good meafure of skill and care herein. The Mini- ster is to do it in Chutch-Affemblies ; The Matter of Family in his private Family.- and every Chriftian for himfelf in private when he is difpofed to fing Pfalmes. gPfal. $7. 8,o. hProv.25. ii. f"i._) Suit and accommodate pfalmes to your and 0- thers prefent condition. As, In cafe of Temptations upon view of wicked mens profperity, and godly mens adverfity, fing Pfal. 37. and 73. In Dd'crtr- ons, fing Pfal. 22. and'j'j. and 88. In exile from Gods publique Ordinances, fing Pfal. 42. and 63. and 84. In deep ftraits and afflictions, fing Pfal- 3. (frq.and 34.^ 142. In fad difcomforts and dejeftions ofScul, fing Pfal. 94. and 102. In cafe of repent- ing* for fins and lapfes, fing Pfal. 6. 25, 38. 51. 104. In deliverance from great ftraits and delperate ex- tremities, fing Pf. 30. 34. 18. 1 16. &c. f"2. } Suit Pfalmes to the prefent Ordinances and Worfijjpof God in hand. As, on Sabbath days, fing Pfal. 92.95.8.84.42. 104. After Adminiftration of the Lords Supper, fing Pfal. 22.28. 103.118. Orfome pfalm of the Great Halelu\ah between Pfal. 1 11. or 112. and Pfal. tip. which its moft probable Chrift and hisApoftles fang after the Inftitution of the Lord Supper, as hereafter is mewed in theExplicationof jyim.S^.BeforeorafteraSermonofthehappinefs of the godly, wretchednefs of thewicked.fingPf.r. 37.1 1 p. After or before a funeral-Sermon, fing part of Pfal. 2.39. 90. 103. 49. Before or after the hand- ling of Chrifts Kingly Office,fing Pfal. 2.45. 1 10. 96. 91. 98.99- Of his Prieftly Office, fing Pfal. 110. Of his Prophetical Office, fingPfaI.4o.&c. C3. J Suit Pfalmes to the prefent Works and Provi- dences of God, publick. or private. As in dayes of publick mortality, &c. fing Pfal. 9% In dayes of Famine, fing Pfal. 23. 34. In time of War, fing Pfal. 27.46. Luther s Pfalm in time of publick and eminent dangers, Pfal.68. In time of viftory over enemies. CmgExod. 15. Judg.$.Pfal. 18.Pfal.124. In time of publick defolations on the Church of God, &c fing Pfal. 44. 74.79. 80. 83. When Gods publick Ordinances and pure Worfhip fail, fyc. fing Pfal. 42. 63. 84. In time of Gods obfervable judg- ments upon the ungodly, &c. fing Pfal. 9.105.101$. 135. In time of eminent mercies by Sea and Land, fing P/ J°y> Thankfulnefie, Holy defires, &c. do aft towards the Lord in finging of Pfalmes. As, when wefmgVfal. 31.46.118. and 125. and 37. and 91. fcc. toaftuate and quicken our Truft, Hope, and Affi- ance in God .- when we fing Vfal. 18. and 1 1 6. facto excite our Love to God : when we fmg Vfal. 6. and 25. and z%. and <,\. fcc. to renew our Repentance towards God : when we fing, Vfal. 25. andizg. to improve our fmcerity and integrity before God : when we fing Vfal 27. part of it, and 42. and 63. and 84. &c. toexprefsand inflame our fervent defires af- terGod, and afer communion with him in his Or- dinances : when we fing Vfal. 33. 34.4-. 95. 96 fcc. to exprefs our joy and thankfulnefie to God for his excellent perfeftions , and gracious difpenfati- ons. ( 5. ) To ext oil and praife the Lordwithjoy andglad- neffe. The LORD is the principal objeft to whom we arerodireftourPfalme-worfhip -, Singing and mak- ing melody in your hearts to the Lordz Sinking with grace inyour heart unto the Lord a. Him we are to exalt, blefs, magnifie, &c. and this with joy and gladncfle. In the Old Tcftament this was required, Te fJiall rejoyce before the Lord, fcc b. Sen e the Lord with fear, and rejoyce with trembling c. Glory ye in his holy Name, Let the heart oj them rejoyce that feek 'he LORD d.And the notjerving of the LORDwitb joy andgladneffe of heart for the abundance of all things, is fevcrcly threatned e. In the New Tcftament we are alfo dircfted, To rejoyce evermore; To rejoyce in the Lord alwaies, and again to rejoyce f. Now how can u Eph. 5. 18, rp. xP.Bayne on Eph. 5. 19. H. Zancb. Comment, in Epb. 5. 1 8, 10. yCoLg.i6 Eph. 5.19. z Eph. 5. 19. a Col. 3, 16. bDcur. 12 1 2. and 14 26. cPfaI.2.rr d Pfal. 10$ ?• e Deut. 28 45,46,47. fcc. fr Thef. $. l6.Phil.4.4 P reface Secr.VIII.Thefo. fliould be Scripture-Pfalmcs, Hymncs, &c. 131 can we berter exprefe this our fpiritual joy and gladneffe in the Lord and in his Praifes, than by ringing of the yfalmes contained in this 12D CrSvtn Seplier Tchillim, this Book.of praifes^ (_6.) To comfort, refrefh, and cheer up thy Spirit. Singing of Pfalmes hath a lingular influence this way. £jam.5.i3 Is any merry ? Let him fing Vfalmes g. Singing of pfalmes tends notably to light en the fadnefie of a lad heart, and to heighten the joy of a merry heart. ?aul and Silas imprifoned and in the Stocks, at mid- night refrefhed them felves with finging an Hymne to h Aft. 16. Godh. The primitive Chriftians in times of their 24, 25. great perfecutions, were ufed to cheer up and com- fort one another in fmging of pfalmes, as Tertullian iTtrtul. in i tcflifies. I«r/;crwhtn bad tidings was brought to Apolog.c.i. him of any evil intendments or evil occurrentsto />. 13.///1.9. the Church and people of God, or concernments of &c.&. p. Chrift, faid, Come let in fing the 46. Vfalme and fear 69. Itn. i(5. nothing. lj.Frane- ("7.3 Finally, Sing pfalmes to obviate, prevent, and leer. 1597. Jeeepout all carnal, drunken, fenfual, worldly, wick; edmiith. Eph. 5. 18, 19- Thus of Rules and Dhettions for right finging of Scripture-pfalmas. Refolutions ef certain Cafes of Con- ference, or VraUical Doubts about (wging Scrip- ture-rfalmes. 1. Cafe. Why may we not onely reed Scripture- ffalmes, and fo meditate thereon, as we do with other Scriptures without fmging ? Or, wherein it there any uje or advantage of fmging, above meet reading of them ? Refol. 1. The Scripture-pf.dmes are to be read, as well as any dher parrs of Scripture, upon occafions, for our fpiritual benefit k : but they arealfofcm- times to be fung.as well as read, for our further fpi- ritual benefit I. We muft not make the Ordinances of God to thwart one another, or fight one with ano- ther : Reading muft not he urged to decry Singing ; nor Singing to decry Reading. Both are Gods Ordi- nances, and are of fingular benefit in their place, for Meditation, &c. 2. Singing of Scripture-pfalmes aright, as hath been direfted, hath in fome refpefts a preheminence a- bo\e Reading. Singing hath chiefly a threefold ufe and advantage above the bare Reading ofScripture- Pfalmes, vi^. 1. It's a greater furtherance to holy Me- ditation upon the Sub)ell-matter fung. Singing dilates, pror rafts, and drawes out the voice for a much lon- ger time than bare Reading ; and fo gives more time and fcopefor Meditation, and for more deliberate fixing of our thoughts on the Subjeft-matter. This is a great advantage. David hints this, when hav- ing fung of the works and providences of God moft fweetly, he adds towards the clofe, My Meditation ofh'tmfhallbefweet, I will be glad in the LORD m. He fang for the furtherance of his Meditation upon God, and for the fweetning of it towards him. The more our Meditation dwells and fixeth on God, the more fweemeffe we finde therein. 2. It more pa- thetically moves-, fiirres, andraifeth up the affeflions to- wards God and the things fung. hi Jeremiah lament- ing, faid, Mine eye affeiteth mineheartn : So may we fay, in Singing, Our voice ajfefteth our hearts. The afting of the out wardSenfes, have a ftrange and fecret influence upe i the inward Affetlions. As in prayer, we pray fomtimes with the heart, as Mofes did, but fpeak never a word, and our hearts are moved; a- gain we pray both with heart and voice, and by our voice the heart is more moved and the affections more aftuated : thus in finging of pfalmes, our affecti- ons are ftrangely raifed, elevated, rapt, and as it were fometimes intranfed through the vocal melo VJoh.^g. Rom. 1 5.4. 2 Tim. 3. 15, 17. IEph.5.19, Col. 3. 16. Jam. 5.13. mPf. 104. 34- n Lam. 5. 5»- dy, as experience tells. And this is no frnall bene- fit. 3. It more fully reprefents tons the unity and one- neffe of the fouls and fpirits of the Saints in the H tsfiiip oftW,when they all ling the fame thing, it is as it' they had all but one heart and one mouth in glorifying God. And is an excellent forc-tafte of that Cdclb'al Har- mony of glorious Angels and glorified Saints in Hea- ven, ftill praifmg God with all pcflible exactnel:c of Cceleftial unity o. 0 I believe that godly men f who are fuch indeed J have fcarcely feen more of God in any excrcife than in this. To my thinking there is not ai more lively rcfemblance of Heaven upon Earth, Than a com- pany of gorily Chriftians fmging a Pfalm together. M. T. Foord of finging of Pfalmes. Serm. 4./). u6.Lond. \5<,t,. 2. Cafe. But how can we fing Scripture-Pfatme't, which were penned for other times, occafions, and pe,- fons, and neither are fuit able to Our per fins, affecTims nor conditions , nor Our hearts to the-):" Some being Hi- flories of things done under the OldTefiament, Do not thefe and like pfalmes concern thee at all ; Or canft not thou fing them.buc thou muft tell a lye in fo doing r" This is a great and groffe miftake. Upon the fame grounds thou maift as jufily forbear to read them or hear them read. Yea, to read other parts ofScripture, becaufe they do not exacfly reprefent thy condition. Then, thou muft forbear to read the Books of the New Tefhment, beraufe thou didft never fee Chrift in the Flcfh,r/»« didft not converfe with any of his Apoflles, thou never waft at Rome, Corinth, />. 1.3. <£rc 2 Cor. 1.3,4, 5. <&*• So there arc common grounds why all forts are to bleffe & praifehim, as Creation, Providence,fcc.Gods greatnefs, Sec. Pfal,ioot 1,2,3. and I45. 6,to 10. and 107. 6. to 32. and 5$. 1,2,3. and i$o. 2. to 6. Praife C faith i one} itthe NaturalDutyof all: The proper Duty of Saints: The perfeil Ail 0] Angels And though C in his judgment ) finding be a part of inftitu ch. n.Lond tedWorftitp, yet its onely an addition of order, and a re- ,<,a gulationof a Natural Duty. Andas there is no man but 1654. is bound to pray for mercies, fo none are exempted from praifing God for mercies, though theyftng in a lower Tune than Saints. So he. 2. Some Ordinances and Duties of Religion are more proper and peculiar to the Church and People of God, As the Adminiftrationof the New Cove- f riant-Tokens, and Cenfures. See Matth.28.\S,l9,Ait.2. 38,39,40:41, &c. and 8.36, 37, 38. with 1 C0K.5. 11,12, 13. Now therefore, feeing finging of Scripture- Pfalmes is one of thofe Common Duties which belongs both to good and bad, Tlie good have nojuft caufe to be offended that the bad do fing with them, for its their Duty to fing : and they mould demean them- felves very Atheiftically fhould they not fing to God. And fliall a good man defert his Duty of finging, be- caufe a bad man performes his Duty in finging with him ? God forbid. Then they cannot hear toge- ther, nor pray together. And that would be lamen- table. 3. That, though a carnal man, and hypocrite, or prophane perfon by his finging of Pfalmes, may, through his ill management thereof, pollute that Ordinance to himfelf fo farre, that God may abhor both him and his fpiritual Sacrifices, and though his principles and praflice, heart and life, are fo con- tradictory to many things which he fings, that he fings lyes and falfhoods, and fo provokes God by his Hypocrifie : muff the Ordinance of finging be conse- quently polluted tothefincerc Chriftian that fings with him, fo that he mufl forbear finging to avoid fellowfhip with him in his fin ? No fuch matter. This is ameer non-confequence. In this Cafe I fay as Augufline faid to Varmenian the Donatift. Parmenian asks, Howcanft thou remain incorrupt, if thou art fo- dated with the corrupt* Augufline anfwers, It is fo, if a man commits evil with them, or favours them that do commit it ; but if he do neither, he is no wajfociated; k Quomo- but fpeciallyifhc adde a third, that he reprove what is do, inquit, ill done, &ck we fay, that he who doth not incorrup- evil, nor confents to him that doth it, and reproves the tus poteris doer, he converfeth firm and perfeil among the unrighte- pcrmancre ons,ai the Corn among the Chaff 'I. For, as one m hath ficormp- well obferved, Its not the local contail or conjunilion, tisfocijris? but the moral con)unilion inheart, will, and anfeience , I c« plane that defiles. What is impure to them that arc de- filed, is not impure to them that are pure, T?r. 1. fi fociatur, 15.16. And therefore I muft not out-runne or de- quismalus fert my Duty of finging Pfalmes,Praying, &c.becaufe i.e.fimali another defiles it : but rather look better to my felf aliquid that I defile it not, and reprove him one way or other cum eis for defiling it. Muft Heap out of Noah's Ark, be- committit caufe a Cham is there ? Muft I not offer my Gift, be- aut com- caufe another comes disorderly to offer his, before he mittatibus be reconciled to his Erother ? Muft not I come into favet, &c. the Marriage-Supper, becaufe there's one there with Aug. contr. out a Wedding Garment ? This is no good Divinity ; Epifi. this were to reftifie one diforder by another. Parm.l. 2. c. 21. Tom.i. I Nos dicimus quod qui non facit malum, nee facienti confenrit, & facientcm arguit, firmus atque integer inter iniquos, tanquam frumentum inter paleas, converfatur. Aug.ib. mMr. R. Vines in his learned and judicious Treatife of the Lords Supper. ch. 20. Seft. 8. p. 244. Lond. 1657. 4. That, Finally, Its fome Glory to God and Re- nown to Chriftian Religion, when even prophane and ungodly men afford an outward conformity and compliance thereunto,though it istheirfin andmifcry that they cannot fing nor perform other Religious Duties as they ought. For, thus ; The Mater of their Duty is performed which God requires; They are taught, admonifhed, and convinced by the Duties they do; and the Majefty of God and of his true Religion is advanced even among the Enemies of both. And therefore if bad men by finging Scrip- ture-Pfalmes honour God a little : Let not good men dishonour him by forbearing this Duty , but rather endeavour to honour him much by perform- ing it aright. Thus ofthefecondThtfis. Thefts III. Chriftians are fo to fing Scripture Pfalmes , Hjmnes, and Spiritual Songs, as therein tojpea/^one to another to Mu- tual profit and Edification. Here con- fider, n Eph, 5. ?9> I. That Chriftians ought to fing Scripture-Pfalmes to mutual profit and Edification, is evident ; 1. By the Apoftles Direilions. n Speaking to your f elves in Pfalmes, &c To what end are they to fpeak thus to thcmfelvesin Pfalmes, but in order to theic mutual profit and edification thereby? And elfe- vvhere the Apoftle expounds his meaning, faying, Let the Word of Chrift dwell in you richly in all wifdome^ teaching and admoniflnng one another in Pfalmes, and 0C0I.3.16 Hymnes, and Spiritual Songs, &co. Mutual teach- ing and admonition are much to mutual profit and edification. Another adds; Is any merry? qjam.5.15 Let him fing Pfalmes p. As if he had faid; This is the way rightly to fcafon, regulate, and order his mirth, by finging l'falmes to fpirituallize it. And this is the way to chcrifh and encreafe his mirth be- ing fo fpirituallizcd. Thus Paul and Silas in pri- fon chcared up each other by fioging-praijes to _ A a. w< Godq. q acts, 10. 2. By the Lords general Scope ,Intent,and Endin all c 2*' affairs of Religion, which is Edification and profit. The 22 General Rule is; Let all things be done to Edifying r. Ior,confider. All the New Teftament-Officers , both extra- ordinary and ordinary, are given by Chrift forthe edifying of his Myfiiral Body, Ephef. 4. 8, II, 12, 13,^1-. All the New Teftament-Ordinanccs are intended for the Churches edifying. As Preaching, Praying, Singing of Plaltrus, Sscramtnts, Cenfures, &c. iCor. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19.26. col. 2. ii, 12. 1?. Gal. Preface Sect. VIILThef 3- to mutual Profit and Edification. *35 OJ. 3.27. 1 Cor. 11. 23,24, 2$,&c. and 10. 16,17. 1 Cor.$. All Spiritual gifts and endowments given to any now under the New Teftament, are beftowed for tlie profiting and edifying of others. The manifefla- tion of the Spirit i* given to every man to profit withal, I Cor. 1 2.7. All the Members in the Body of Chrift are fet there, for the mutual good and benefit of one ano- ther, and for the well -fare of the whole Body,! Cor. 12. 14. to 28. All things are for profit and edifying : and fo muft finging of Pjalmes be in the Church of God. II. How Cbriftians ought tofmg Scripture-Pfdmes, &c. to mutual profit and edification ? Anfw. This hath been at large declared already in fSce Tloef. the former Directions for due finging of Scripture- II./h/.VII. Pfalmesf. Diretiions. HI. Inferences. 1. Then, The finging of Scriptme-Pj "almesjfyc. ought tobe looked upon and u\ed by Cbriftians as a profitable andedifying Ordinance. Profitable, for Meditation, Pfal. 104. 33. 34. For Teaching, For Admonition, C0/.3. 16. Eph. 5. 19. For Exerting and Exercifing of the Spirit and his Graces in us, Eph. 5. 18, 19. Col. 3. 16. For inward Refrefhment and Confolation, Jam. 5. 13. Atl. 1(5.2$. 2. Then, TnnegUU, defpife, or oppofe the finging of Scripture-Pfalmes, fcc. » to neglctf, dejpife, and op- pofe one of Chrift s profitable and edifying Ordinances. Nor is there one Scripture-Pfalme, pjre. in Old or New Teftament, but is many waies very good and precious to theufe of edifying, as are other Scrip- 1 2 Tim. 3. turest. What a fhame then is it to many in our times 16,17. that they have caft off this fo profitable a Duty of Rom. 13.4. Singing Pfalmes 1 It if fj faith one) the mifery of theprefentage, that thofe Ordinances that men have praiTifed,eithcr without theknowledge of the true grounds thereof, or without the life and fence of the comfort of them, or without the fincere love of them; they have therefore afterwards in the hour and power of Tempt ati- tioncaftthem afide, and fo forfaken the holy Inftitutions of God, to embrace and pie afe themf elves in their own \x Mr. Jo. imagination u. Another alfo tell us ; Iobferve, that Cotton of few thrive well, after they once negletl orfcruple fing- finging 'ni of Pfalmes. They begin at this commonly, butfel- Pj alms, ch. domenci 'here ; but proceed fiom evil to worfe, till they I2 ,f>. 72. come at laft to live above Ordinances and Duties Lond.1647. Cas ^y ca" 'O but indeed live without them, andfo live like be aft s in the fh ape of men. Let others thinl^as theypleafe, I never knew Cbriftians thrive better in grace and knowledge, than when repeating Sermons, finging of Pfalmes, andfuch li^eexerafes were more in XMr. T. fafl'ion than they have been of late, y.&c. Foordoj 3. Then, tofing Scripture-Pfalmes, fyc. infuchfort finging of and manner, as tends not, conduceth not to the fpiritual Pfalmes, ProfiT a"d edification oftheChurcb of God, U to toofe and Serm. 5. p. pervert one main End and Scope of thti Ordinance of '73i174. fi%miof Primes. Now this is done by the Papifts Lond.i6<,z divers vvayes.As,i. By their finging Pfalmes in Latin, which many of the Congregation underftand nor. Paul gives better Directions, To fmg to others un- y lCor.14 demanding and edifying y. 2. By their finging of 15. 16. 17. Pfalmes with fuch Defcants, Divifions, Repetitions, 18. 10. 26. Battologies, Strains of Voices, and affectation of feCt ' outward melody, That few or none befides them- felves that are of the Choire can tell what they fing, foastojoyn with them to any fpiritual profit, their finging foextreamly degenerating into ameer formal, fenfual Melody, and fJas Jerome calls it J ZAudiant Theatrical MufickjL. hscadole- fcentuli : audiant hi quibus pfallendi in Ecclefia officium eft ; Deo non voce fed cordecantandum: Nee in Tragxdorum mo- dum guttur & fauces dulci medicamine colleniendas : ut in Eccle- fia Thxatrales moduli audiantur & cantica .■ fed in timore, in opere, in fcientia Scripturarum. Hieron. in Com. ad Eph. 5.19. Tkejis IV. In finging of Scripture-rfaltnes, &c Cbriftians fijould chiefly be careful to make melody in their hearts^ unto the Lord. Here note, I. Why Cbriftians in finging Pfalmes ftiould be moft care- ful to make Melody in their heart to the Lord f _ i.Becaufe this is the Melody which the Lord by his Apoftle principally requires and calls for , Say- ,ngi Singing and making melody in your heart unto the Lord a. And again, Singing with grace aEph. $.19 inyour heart unto the Lord b. Now what the Lord bCol.2,.15. chiefly calls for, his People fhould chiefly take care for. 2. Becaufe, Heart-melody is the beft melody. Voice-melody is fweet to the bodily ear of man : but Heart-melody is fweet to the fpiritual ear of God. And that's beft melody , which is moft melo- dious to God:before whom all Voice-melody without the Heart-melody, is no better than meer lip-la- bour, bodily exercife, and hypocrifie •, not onely unprofitable but abominable c As farre as the cMat.15.7. Heart and Soul excels the Body, fo farre doth 8,9. Heart-melody tranfeend Voice-melody. And it be- * Tim.4.7. comes us to ferve the Lord both with Body and Soul, which are his d .• butefpecially with the heart which d * Cor. 6. is beft and moft excellent. 20. 3. Becaufe, Heart-melody is moft fpiritual, and confequently moft fuitable and acceptable to the Na- ture of God, whoif afpirit, and delights to be wor- fhipped in fpirit and in Truth e. Voice-mufick may ejoh.4.24 moft fuit and delight man,that's very corporeal : but Hearr-mufick moft fuits and delights God, that's wholly fpiritual. 4. Becaufe, The Lord and his Glory is the princi- pal Object and End, which Chriftians ought to pro- pound to themfelves in finging Pfalmes and all other Dutiesf.' and therefore both finging and all other fiCor.10. Duties ftiould be fo managed, as may beft attain this 31* end. And doubtlefle the Hearts fincere Concurrence with the Voice in finging, tends moft to the glorify- ing of the Lord in that Duty. II. How Cbriftians (Joould make Melody in their heart unto the Lord in finging Scripture-Pfalmes, ffcfc. That Chriftians may make melody in their Heart to the L O R D in finging Pfalmes, thefe things efpe- cially are rcquifite: vi^. 1. Anholyjfamear.dconftitution of Heart and Soul. The mufica! Inftrument muft be firft well framed and fafhioned before it will afford any melodious found to man; So the Heart muft be new framed and moulded by the renewing and regeneraring Spiri:, e'reit can make any melody to God. The Hearc muft be new, e're it can fing the Lords New Song. We muft become an Holy Priefthood, e're we on of ferupdm and other Spiritual Sacrifices acceptable to God by Jefws Chrift g .• An holy Nation, a peculiar peo- g iPet.2.$. pie, e're we can ftiew forth the praijes of him that hath ca lied w h,(fyc. We muft be firft Gods workmanftoip in h iPer.2.9. Chrift, created to good wo>k,s, e're we can perform them and walk,intbem\, as in finging of Pfalmes, or iEph.2.10. any other. A Ca rnal man can never make fpiritual Melody to the Lord. 2. An holy and heavenly tuning of the Heart for this fpiritual Melody. Jt's not enough that the Inftrument be well framed, bur it muft be alfo well ftru ng and tuned for outward mufick: So its not enough the heart be put into an holy frame and conftitution by habitual Grace, but there muft be alfo an holy and fpiritual tune put upon the heart by the gracious difpo- i^6 Chrijliatis fiould f&g Scripture Tfaltns &c. Preface Secr.VIII.Thef. IJt kPfal.icS. 1C0L3.I6 dirpofuion and fixed preparednefs of the heart to this inward Melody. A prefent difpofition and preparednefs of Grace gives thebeft tune into the heart. 0 Gid (faith David)mine heart k fixed f~hel>. firmly prepared J, / will fing and give prai[e, even with my Glory k,&c. But firft h'isheart is fixed, and put in tune, then he ./inland makes melody ro the Lord. Thine heart is as a choice Inftrutnenc of ma- ny firings. Every Faculty of the Soul, as Mind, Confidence, Memory, Will; every affection of the heart,borhin the concupifcible and irajcible part, as Defire, Love, Joy, Sec. Fear, Hatred, Grtefi, &c. areas fomany firings; and the ready difpofition or preparednede of Grace in every of them to fing praifes, &c. to the Lord, areas the heavenly tune whereunto they are to be fee. Scrue them up all to an heavenly tuncableneffe : let there be no jarrenor difcordin any of thefe firings, let them all be uni- fone and harmonious, all pointed towards the Lord, The mind to know him, the will tochufehim, &c. then the fpiritual melody will be very fweet. 3. An allual ufmg and exercifing of thine inward heart, faculties , affetlions, and graces, at well as the outward Voice, in finging Pfalmts, &c. unto the . Lord. The mufical InArument, though never fo well made, ftrungor tuned, yet affords nomufick till you actually ufe and touch it,according to the Art and Rules of Mufick : So the heart, though wrought unto an holy conftitution, and tuned by a gracious difpofition, yetyeilds no fpiritual Melody to the Lord, till all be actually ufed and exercifed in finging pfahnes to God, according to the Rules of the Spirit. finging with grace in your heart unto the Lord I. Therefore in finging, ftill engage thine heart, excrcife thy faculties and affeftions, exert and put forth thy graces ; and then thou Halt prefent an whole Confort of grateful melody unto the Lord. III. Inferences. 1. Then, How f aire are they from making fweet and acceptable Melody to the Lord in jinking of pjalms, who regard onely or principally the vocal Melody, neg- Utling utterly the cordial Melody ! What cares tile Lord for empty founds? they are odicus to him. Take away from me (Taid he to HypocritesJ the noyfe of thy Songs, for I will not hear the Melody of thy Viols m. And of fuch Chrift faid; Te Hypocrites, well m Amos 5. did Ifaias prophecy of you, faying, Jim people draweth 2 3 nigh unto me with their mouth, and honouretb me with their lips , but their heart is farre from me. But in vain do they worfl>ip me, &c n. Many are enfnared M . with the outward Mufick fo farre, as to negleft n^atn«,5 rhe inward Heart-melody. Beware of this temptati- 7> ' ?' on. 2. Then, How Superftitiow and Idolatrous are the Papifts,that fing their Pfalmes, Hymnes and Songs to the Virgin Mary, S. Peter, S. Paul, and other Saints ! The Scripture teacheth us to invocate, pray, and fing pfalmsonly unto the Lord o, and to perform all o Eph. 5. our religious worfhip to him only, Math. a,. lo.Rev. 19. 22.8,9. C0I.3.1& 3.Then,Ier all good Chriftiani lookjhiefiy to the Lord, and to their hearts, to make Melody in their hearts un- to the Lord, in all their finging of Scripture- Pfalmes. Let your hearts be religioufly tramed, tuned, and afted, together with all your faculties , affeftions and graces, when you go about this heavenly exer- cife. If you fing of God, let your hearts admire and adore him : if of Chrift, let your hearts be enflam- ed with defire and love after him : if of Sin, let your hearts hate and abhor it .• if of Judgment , let your hearts fear and tremble at them.- ifofMer- cies,let your hearts rejoyce and bleffe God for them: if of things below, letyourhearts behold the invifi- ble things of God in the things that are vifible .• if of things above in Heaven, let your hearts be raifed Heaven-wards, earneftly panting and longing to be p Phil.i, there with Chrift, which if Jarre befi of all p. 23. PSALM. '37 >CV£Ctt* Pfalme L SeU. I. 7#e Summary Contents. Herein are taught, i. The Happinefs, Converfa- tion, and Profperity of the godly, verfe 1, 2, 3. 2. The contrary unhappinefs of the wicked, iw.4,5, 3. The Caufe, or reafon ofboth, ver.6. Se&. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew. a titi.tr jo i.a-p the happi- J. He-BIefTednefles of tlut-man, That hath not walkt aftray neffes.- — jn Counfel of the wicked men, Nor flood in Sinners way, Nor hath fn feat of Scorners fate. 2. But dothfet his delight In the LORD'S Law : And meditate In-his-law day and night. b Heb. And he.--- e/ft&.Parti- tions,ir di- vifions that jj.divided ftreams, or currents of water. AHtbJralU give.— e Heb.doth- drive ic a- way. fHeb.knovj- ing 3. b He (hall, like tree implanted neer The waters c ftreams, be made, Which in his time his d fruit fhall-beare, And his leaf /hall not fade •• And all he doth (hall-profpered-be. 4. Not fo the wicked thrive : But as the-fmall-chaff-duft they fee, Which wind e away-doth-drive. 5. Therefore the wicked-ones nor muft Rife-up in judgment cleare .• Nor in Aflembly of the juft The finners once appear. 6. Becaufe the LORD f acknowledged The righteous-/>e>/onV away : But of the wicked-ones the path Shall-perifhing-decay. Set~f. III. The Order \and Excellen- cy of this Pfalme. r This Pfahn is ranked Fhft in Order,both in theOri- ginal Hebrew, and in the beft approved Verfions gV'td.Bibl orTranflationsboth Ancient and Modern £. This Polyglot, in nexc en^u'ng Pfalm alfo being in the New Tefta- Pfal.i.' ment' fti'ed, The fecond pfalm, Aftsij. 33. implies hG.Amef. thisPfalmtobe theF/ Doubtlefle this choice Pfalm is firji prefixed toall cem Dei the Reft, as a proper Preface or Entrance unto this loquentis whole Bool^of pfalmes : For in this firft Pfalm, Man's inducit,F- chief End, True Happinefs ; and the right way to deoritu- this End, True Godlineffe, are clearly Propounded: Iumnon As in all the reft of the Pfalmes they are fweetly and haber, ne fnlly expounded. The whole Book being an hea- quid divi- venly Map of true Piety and true Felicity. no eloqui- o pra?po- neretur, aut primus diceretur, qui non primus, fed unus eft appellatus: & ideo prsetitulationem habere non potuir, necdc- buit, Ne fi habuiflet ut primus effet, melior tantum in ordine Numeri non authoritate judicaretur. Aug. de Th.pr'tmi Pfalmi. Tom.%. k Hie Pfalmus eft longe prseftantiflimus, atque idcrcoprimo loco ponitur •• Sic fere David Kimchi. Sim. de Muii in Arium. Pfal. 1. Se&. IV. The Kind, Penman, Occasion and Scope of this Pfalm. Thhfirft Pfalm, if confidered according to the Sub'ietf-matter of it, is purely Didafcalical or Doilri- nal ; A teaching Pfalm throughout ; as many others, in whole or in part, arel. And this Pfalm cheifly teacheth this Doftrine, That Mans true happinefs it onelyto be found in the way and courfe of true Religion and Godlinefs. If this Pfalm be confidered, as to the outward Form or Manner of Penning it, it is etvi7ny§a.pud He- brzosjad volum.i- tcrn &aflfe- ttiif. //. Miller, in Pfal. J. 2. The contrary unhappinefs of the wicked is de- lineate 1. fy their oppofitc refemblance to Root- jeffe, Fruitlefc, Liveleffe chaffe-dufi, fcattered a- way with the wind, ver. 4. 2. By their utter feclu- f:on, borh 1 From the priviledge of ftanding up in judgemenr. And 2 From holy and happy fellow- fiiip wjtjl rhe righteous, Heb. 12. 22. 2%.ver .$. IT. The original caufe of this their fo far different ftate : vir. Tic I. O RD's far different refpeft and carriage towards rhe ri<>hreous and the wicked. 1. He kn^weth the way of the righteous : therefore irs im- plied it fhalt every way be happy and profperous. 2. He knowerh notfjasis confequently implitdjthc way of the wicked: and therefore fas is expre: cd)The way of the wicked fliall perifl), ver. 6. By [Way ] un- dcrfland metaphorically, the Manners, Difpofiti on, Courfeof Life, Studies, Actions, &c. of t;od!y or wicked. P>v theLO R D's [Knowing 8cc. under- stand, not his |>jj owledge of fimple intelligence .intuition, &d. whereby he knowtsall rhings good and bad, A'L 1 <;- 18- Rev.2.2 2,. 9.13 I9. and 3.15,16. //t'6.4. 12, 13. but his knowledge of predomination and Approbation I, whereby he approvcs,IovtS,rcgards, defcnd$,hcJps, Pfalm II. Self . I. The Summary Contents, David I. Prophecyeth, under the Type of himfelf and his own Kingdom. i.Of the perfecuting rage, and folly of Jews and Gentiles againfl Chtift and his Kingdom, ver. 1, 2, 3. 2. Of Gods deportment a- gainft them hereupon, vi^. Qi.~) Deriding them, ver. 4. (2.) Threatning them, ver. 5. (3.J Difap- pointing them, by eftablifhing Chriftas King-, by de- claring him to be the Son of God, and by extending his Dominion over the whole World, ver. 6. to 10. II. ExhortethzW Kingsand Judgesof rhe Earth to fubmit toChrift theLO R D, ver. 10, 11. 12. Se&. II. The Verfwn out of Hebrew. 1. \\ 7 Hv ra8e f'ie Gentiles ? a What vain-thitigy V \ Do people meditate f 2. Tea fet themfelvcs do Earth 's proud Kings. And Rulers b machinate Againft the LORD c with- joynt-confent And his Annointed .• thus ; 3. Their bands afunder-let-us-renr, And caft their cords from us. 4. He-that-fits in the Heav'ns fhall laugh, The LORD deride them fhall, 5. Then fhall he (peak to them in's wrath. And d in's Heat; fright them all. 6. OnSion, yet, e mine Holy Hill 'Noynted my King have I. 7. That f Firme-Decree declare-l-vvill, The LORD to mee did fay ; My Welbeloved Son art Thou. This day begot I thee. 8. Ask g me, And Gentiles Plebeftow Thine Heritage to be: And Earth's-ends thy poffeffion make. 9. Thou fhalt with Iron-rod Crufli them .- As Potters vefiel weake Thou-fhalt-dafh-them-ahroad. 10. And now^-e Kings h wifely-regard, Earth's Judges 1 urrurM bee. n. With Sou-like fear fervcyee the LORD, And i tremblingly ipv-yee. 12. Kifs the Son, K 0 he k ,ingry-turn, And yec I in way bee-loft, When bur-a-litrle his wrath Hiall burn .- All bleft that in him truft. * Heb. and t v h'ng, <" J nd Vi- n -v b We* are founded .r; tonfpirr, that ii, havt tm 1 :he p lit erd f'T'tda-hv cf tb'ir cix- ffUacit c H . toge- th'- <1 Heb.'u t^s arden 1.- fer.orih c- ire. e Htb rhe hill of n\f holinefs. ffti.or; invic UbVe- (lacute. S ftcp.oigit- h Heb.bee wile. i Htb.witb- uemhlui£. k H«*. be- angry. 1 ari/h in the way; Sett. III. The Order, Kind, Penman and occafwn of this Pjalm. He is a kid man (~ faid Hic-orre^r/^f after Peter would interpret this Pjalm. or thi»k of this J'f.Jm «ny other thing then Peter hath Jpoken in the Ails oj the Apo- V S A L M E. II. 139 m Au acis eft hunc Pfalmum inrerpre- rari vclle poft Petrum : iir.o de eo fentireali- ud qua in Affiles m. Taking then our aimc for the right ex- pounding of this Pfalme, from the New Tcframcnt- light, wherein this Pfalme is I'undrytimes alledged, wemay clearly and folidly judge as followeth, vi^. As to the Order of it. That this isThe.fecond Pjalme As it if aljo written in thi fe^nd Pjalme, Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee, Ails 15 33. And therefore that Opinion ot the Hebrewcs mentioned by Hierome, Thar this an,! the former mal^e up but both one Pfalme, becaufe As the farmer begins. Jo in Aftibus this Pfalme ends with bkffedneffe n ; is an unfound Apoltolo- and crroneons Opinion as being exprtfly repugnant rumdix- to the Letter of the New Teftamenr. Nor is there eric Pctrus. any validity at all in the Reafon brought for it. liter. Com. in Pf. 2, 1. Tow. 8. Vid.andr. Rivet. Com, in Pf aim. Prophet, in Argum.fo Partit. Pf- 2. n lite I'falmus in beatitudinem rer- niinatiir> unde iuperior incipit. & ideo apud Hebra'os prouno habentu/. flier, in Com. ad Pfal. 2, 1 2. Tom. 8. As to the K'tndor Sort of it, That f if we I°°k at the Subjefl-matter of it J it is mixt, being Propheti- cal and DolhinaU but chiefly Prophetical. Under the Type ofD.if'^and his Kingdome, Prophecying of Chrift and his Kingdome. The letter of it, at leaftin part, intends David and his temporal King- dom, as the Type verfe 6,7,8, &c, compared with Pfal. 89. 20. to 29. Eut rhe miftery, or myftical ferife of it is Jefus Chrifl our Meffiah the true David Hf. 2, 5. Exe\. 34. 23 24: and 37. 24. and his fpi- rirual Kingdom in his Church, and over all for his Church, Lukj I. 32, 33. Eph. \. 22.23. as cne Anti- type. As appears by the New Teframent',s often ap- plying of this Pfalme to Chrift, AU. 4.24,25,215,27, 28. and 13. 32, 33. Heb. 1. 5. and 5. <,. Rev. 2. 26, 27. This Pfalme therefore in the Nature of it Is principally Prophetical : And yet it cannot be denyed to be in part, DiUrinal, touching Chrifts Kingdome ; Confolatory to the Church and Members of Chrift.- and Hortat ory to the Kings and Judges of the Earth, verfe 10. &c. So that it is of a mixt Na- ture. That (" if we refpeft the outward Form of it} oSeeonVC. jt js< asthe Firft, .«4n untituled Pfalme o, A Pfalme 1. Seel. 4. without any Infcription prefixed in rhe Hebrew. If we look at the end of it, it is Confolatory. As to the Venmanby whom the Holy G hod com- mitted it to writing, That it was David. God was the principal Author, David the inftrumental ; Lord, thou art God, Who by the mouth of thy Servant David haft fiid, Why did the Heathen rage, and the people imagine vain things? The Kings of the Earth flood up, <&c. Aft. 4. 24, 25, 26, &c. As to the Occafion of Davids penning it, we have no particular certain difcovery thereof. Though it may probaMybeconieftnred, that David from the troubles and oppofition he had in his Kingdom, and hi? fettlement at laft upon the Throne in defpice of all, fo 'hat his Dominion reached not only to Jewes, b'it to forreign people, took occafion to prpphefie ("by the Guidance of Gods Spirit J of Chrifts King- dom, the oppofition againft ir, and the eftablifh- ment and propagation of ir, even unto the Gentiles &c. fo thac here the Calling of the Gentiles is fore- told. Seer. IV. The Scope. The Scope intended in this Pfalme, is ; Propheti- cally tod. fo.ibeand magnifie the fpiritual Kingdom of JESUS CHRIST the Meffiah, under the Type of Davids, As firrnelyand immoveably eftablifhed by God, both in and over his Church,and over the Gen- tles and the utmoft ends ot the Earth, for and to his Church, in deipight of all Chrifis enemies Jewes or Gentiles, and their uttmoft Oppofuions. And to advertife Kings and Judges, much more all inferiour perlons, to fubmit themfclves to him and his Regal Dominion, left other wife they come to ludden and utter ruine. Se3. V. The Analjfis, or Trincipd parts. The Holy Ghoft by David in this Pfalme, 1 Pro- phecieth ; And 2 Exhorteth or Admor.iflseth. I. Prophccieth, vex. i.to lo. Here, he prophe- tically declareth and defcriberh, under the typical Adumbration of DtfWand his Kingdom, 1. The profecutinp rage and folly of Gentiles and Jewes, Kings and Rulers;again(l the Lord , his Chrift and his Kingdom. Where note, 1, The Nature, Varicty,and Multitudeofhisenemics , l Gentiles. 2 People, viz. Jewes, 3 Kings. 4 Rulers. 2. Tlv.Afts of hoftiliry and perfecuting enmity, properly and peculiarly excrcifed by thefc enemies fevcrallji •, I Gentiles, rage. 2 People, imagine, or cqnfpire. 3 Kings ftandup. 4 Rulers, takecounjd together 3, The Ad- junftCaufelefneffeand Fniirlei"nerc of all thefeAftjs and Attempts, laid down e'egantlyin way of inter- rogation ; Why * Avain-thing '4 f, • 1 : . . of all this their ptrfecuting enmity and malice ; I. The LORD. 2 His Annoynted. David, in the Tvpe .- Chrift in the Truth, verf. 1, 2. 5. The Defign chieHy in- tended by thefe enemies in all rhefe their Actings j To (hake off the Rule, Authority, Power, and So- veraign Government, v\ hich the LORD and his Chrift had over them.- and rofrcr rhemfe'ves from all fer- vice, obedience, and (ubieftion to them -, bands and cords being fignes of fub'eftion, &c. Jer, 27. 2, 6, 7. Job 39. 1 5. E?ek 4. 8 . Hcf 1 1. 4. ver. 3. 2, The LORD'S deportment againft all thefe ene- mies and their attempts and in lv's Appearing vigor- oufly for his Annoynted. Here the LORD is moft elegantly perfonared and rcprefented, 1. As fecure- ly laughing at theirfolly, and deriding them : Him- felf fitting in Heaven, out of their reach, obferving all their wayes, being in a readineffe to crufh them, and avenge himfelfand his Chrift of them at his plea- fure, ver. 4. 2. As fevercly threatning them ; To fpeal^to them in his Wrath ; and To fright them in his Heat, or hot-anger, ver. 5. 3. As utterly difap- pointingthem.- By Annoynting his King f Typically, David: Antitypically, Chrift, } W his Holy Hill ofSion. C A Figure p of the Church of God} : And p Sion is this, notwithftanding all their forementioncd Rage, called The Plots, Endeavours, and Machinations to the contrary Lords Holy ver. 6. 4. As firmely Approving this his King by in- Mountain, yiolable Decree. Here, David, or Chrift, is brought Joel 3. 17. in as Declaring this hrme-Decree of the LORD: which he wherein are ex preffed two things, vi%. Fhft, A De- loved, Pfa. fcription of theperfon defigned and chofen to pof- 78. 68 and fefte and govern this Kingdom i Thou at my Sen, this where he day have I begotten thee. Which principally agrees would toChrift, he being Gods Sonne natu rally and pecu- dwellfor liarly, Heb. 1. 5. And he being fingularlv the be- ever, Pfal. gotten of God, verf. 7. By which words the Apo- 132.13,14 file prove Chrifts Refurreftion from the dead, de- from - daring himto bethe Sonof Godwith power, Aft. 13.32, which the 33_Rom. i«4.Andby which he alfo afferts Chrifts Law Prieft-hood, Heb.$.$. Secondly, a Defcription of mould the Kingdom given to Davidjn the Type ;to Chrift, comeforth in the Truth. This Kingdom is fet forth, iVartly, Fi'ai.2. 3. by the intermediate caufe going before rhe pofieilion There fore of this Kingdom, vi%. His InrercefTion, Asl^ofme. was ira fi- 2?artly, by the amplitude of his Kingdom granted gureof to him .- even ovet Heathen and utmoft parts of the Chrifts earth. 3 Vartly, 'by the quality of this Kingdome, Church its to be his inheritance and eternal poffeiTion, ver-8. Htb.12.22 4?artly, by the manner of his Rule, vi^. he will rule Rev. 14. 1. the Rebellious feverely, with the Rod of Iron, Sec. Ifai.60.i4. This is illuftrated by an elegant fimilitude. He will Hen. Ainf confequently rule the obfequious gracinufly, cle- wortkinbi^ mently, &c. This is fynechdochically to be under- Amotaton flood by the former, ver. 9. I'fal. 2. 6. ILEx- 140 r S A L M E. III. " II. Exhorteth or Admoniffceth f by way of an e- legant Apoftrophe, or turne of fpeech ) all forts due- ly to behave themfelves towards the LORD's King, the LORD's fonne Chn'ft. Here note, I. The Per- fons exhorted and admonifhed; Kings, Judges of the Earth. By a Synechdoche understand all ranks and degrees of men. II. The feafon, when they are to perform their duty 5 Now. III. The Duty which they are to perform, vi^. 1. To be wife, and Inftruc- red, that is, by all this that hath been faidbythe Prophet touching the LORD's King, ver. 10. 2. To ferve the LORD, and rejqyce in him. This is Amplifi- ed by the manner of performance, wit h fear, with trembling, verf. H. 3. To kjffe the Son, that is, to profefe, and teftifie, and yield Affeftion, Allegi- ance, Hcmage and Subjection to the Son cf God* This is urged, 1 Partly, from the great danger that will otherwife enfue, vi^. Both of the Sons anger ; And of their fudden deftruftion, periling in the way. 2 Partly, from a comparing of the contrary happy condition of all fttch, as confide inhim, flie-to-him- for-refuge or fielter, fo doing fealty to him, ver. 12. a Wit.rifing up. b Hib. far- ineof my foul. c Htb. For me a lliield. A Htb. Hill of his holi- nefs. e Heh. And ilept fccure- ly.The Hcb. vrO'il hall) a Itttir t-x.tr aor din a- >V tided, la nugmtttt tbt' frrfr cmjba- 11 ally. (Hib. From tffl thonfsnd r J of.cn--. Pfalmc III. SeU. 1. The Summary Contents, David, upon occafion of his fon Abfalom's unnatu- ral Rebellion, l.Complaineth tothe L O R D of his Enemies, verfe 1,2. 2. Profeffeth his Affiance and trufl in God alone againft all Enemies and dangers, verfe 2.. to 7. g.Prayeth, for his own Salvation from prefentdiftrcfies,andfor Gods Benediction on his peop!ejDer/e7, 8. Setf. II. The Vcrfwns ont of the Hebrew. I. Verfu Hon. A Pfalme of David in his flyingfrom the faces of Ablhalom his [on. 1. T ORD, my-diftreffing-Enemics L Howmultiply'd arer/iey? How many up againft me a rife ? 2. 7/owmany bofme fay, No health for him in God there if ? 3. But, Lord, in deepefi dread Thou ricfcmy Shield.- My glorioufneffe, And doft-up-lift-mine Head. Selah. 4. 1 with my voice cry'd to the Lord, And from d his holy Hill. To-me- hc-anfwer-did-affbrd. $. I lay down e, flept full frill, I wak'd : For me the Lord fuftain'd. 6. 1 will not fear, through doubt, f Ten thoufand folk that fct-themfclves Againft-mc round-about. 7 . 0 Lord , for my relief arife, Do thou me fave, my God ; For thou fmot'ft all mine Enemies On Check-bone with thy Rod, Selah. The wicked's Teeth g quite-broke-hafl-thou. 8. Salvation tothe Lord Belongeth : Let thy bleffing now Be on thy people poured. II. Verfton. g Htb. haft, broken . Bra- m , , keft to (hi- Selah. vcrs. Setf. III. The Kinde, Penman, Occasi- on, and Scope. The Kind of this Pfalme, 1. As to the outward Mode or Forme of penning it, is A Titled Pfalme: And it is the very firft of all thofe Pfalmes in this Book, that in the Hebrew hath a Title prefixed h. Excepting thofe Untituled Pfalmes forementioned, on Pfal.i.Sea.4. All the reft of the Pfalmes follow- ing have fome Title, Infcription, or Denomination prefixed to them in the Hebrew. Of the diverfity of which Jnfcriptions or Titles, fee what is formerly i written. Thofe Verfions that omit the Titles found in the Hebrew, are imperfeft and extreamly injuri- ous to the Reader ; thereby ob fairing oft-times rhe trueSW, Occafion, and Scope of the Pfalme. And in Chryfoftomes judgement; As without a foundation the building U we ak_: So without the finding out of the Scope, the Scripture it unprofitable. Therefore that is a good note of Hierome's; By the Title we under- ft and the meaning of any Pfalme. What if the Tnle,but a Key? I may fay, We enter not into the Houfe but by the Key : So the mind of the Pfalme if not underwood but by the Key, that if, the Title; In whofe perfon it it fung , whether in the Perfon ofChrift, or in the Perfon of ovk otptKti t) y% a,ebah and murdering of "Uriah-fee in 2 Sam. 15. 10. facto chap. 30. compared with 2 Sam. 12.9, 10, 11, 12. To this point fpeaks Chryfoflome both appoiltely and elegantly ; David flees from hi* fame, becaufe he had fled from Chaftitie : He flees from his forme, becaufe he had viola ted chafte marriage. He fled from hisfonne, becaufe he had fled from Gods Commandement, which faith, Thou fit alt not kill-, Thou fl>(ilt not commit Adultery. Becaufe he had brought another's Shee-lamb into hit own Houfe, and bad kjlled her Shepheard: The Hee- Lamb that was of his own Houfe did with-horn-pufl) him the Shepheard: He had brought Warre into another's Houfe : and Warre ifraifedup againft him out oj hit own Houfe. This is Pot my imagination, it's the LORD'S faying, &c. 2 Sam. 12. — Thou haft divided another's Houfe with the Sword, and Twill exercife the Sword, againft thee in thine own houfe. Behold I will raife up evil againft thee out of thy houfe. Not from anywhere elfe without : but from thy houfe. Whence is the fountain of Jin, thence is the flocl^ofpunifltment. Becaufe there- fore he became an exile and fugitive from Gods Com- mandment : for this caufe he fled from hisfon n. Thus he. O this wasawoful occafion of David's flying from the face of Abfhalom, and of his penning of this Pfalme, asisfignified in this fad Title; A pious Pro- phet, flees from a prophane wretch ; a righteous King flees from an unrighteous Subject ; a godly Father, flees from his own ungodly Son .• when Da- vid's fled from the face of Abfltalom. O whether, and to what extremities will not fcandalous fins bring even the deareft of Gods Sains and Servants / The Valiant and Victorious David, now runs away. Pain- ters, Statuaryes, Engravers, People, Vrinces, Cities andVillagesQ faido he} d° admire Conquerours : but who defcribes the image oj him, that flees and fights not, as here David doth of himself ? 0 let this Hi- ftory be the retfification of thy life. Let this perfection Top i\ov dvn 0 &*CiJ>, % ttTH^ri Ttiy dymap Utpvytv '(- tpvyiV tsV IfOV, i-TCH- «f« TOV yipov Ivv- Gejunv-. &c- oStv n tm- yrtTYii d- b&uftiv » vrMyn rus W[M>!;iai. Sec. ]oan Chryf. in Expofit. Pfal.3.p,4. Tom. 7,.Pa- rif.167,6. oJoan.Chryf ibid.p.3. of the righteous, be the confirmation ofthyminde, vi^, againft all unrighteoufneffe. Scope of David in this Vraying-Vfalme, is; 1, Im- mediately, To importune the LORD, from confide- rationofthe extream grievoufneffe of his diftreffes through his fonne Abfltalom' s rebellion, and of his fecure dependance upon the LORD alone therein, To arife and fave him from his Enemies and deep afflictions; as alfo to blefle his People Ifrael, among whom now many of them were fadly and fmfully en- fnared to joyn with Abfltalom in his unnatural Infur- rection. 2. Mediately , To warne and caution all Parents, To take heed of finning againft another's houfe or family, left thereupon the LO R D raife up affliction unto them out of their own Family." And yet even under fuch afflictions nor to defpond, buc humbling themfclves under his hand to fly to him by Faith and Prayer for fuccour and falvation out of all extremities. 7-» Seft. IV, The Analyfis, or Trincipal Tarts. TheTitle or Infcription prefixed in the Hebrew, declares, 1. The Denomination, or particular fort of this Writing, A Pfalme. Of the fence of which pin the Word, formerly p. The Penman of it, David. 3. Pref.Scct. The Time when, and Occafion whereupon David II. wrote it, When he fled from the faces of Abfltalom hit jonne. Thisis, The Key of the Pfalme. The Pfalme it felf, being a pathetical prayer of David, contains I. His fad complaint unto the L ORD againft his Enemies. In regard of 1. Their Multitude ; How multiply 'd! Many, Many, 2. Their Quality , ("i.) Diftrefters: that brought him into extream ftraits anddiftreffe, that he fcarce knew what way to turn himfelf. ( 2. J Infurrettors : that did rebellfoufly and trayreroufly rife up againft him their rightful King^ verfe. 1.5. Their cruelty and fpiteful fnfolency infultingover his very Soul and Life, as utterly de- fperate, yea, even paft the help and relief of God himfelf, This he marks with a Selah, verfe 2. II. His profeiTed affiance and confidence in the LORD alone nevertheleffe, againft all thefe his Enemies and the great dangers brought upon him by them, verfe. 3. fcc. which affiance is defcribed, 1. By Gods Relations or Offices of favourable pro- tection and fupport towards him in diftreffe and dan- ger, apprehended by Faith, vi%. 1. Againft all his Enemies violence aud injuries : His Shield. The AU-fulficiency of which Shield is infinuated in the Phrafe; A Shield about me. Securing him round on eyeryfide. 2. Againft all reproach and ignominy : His Glory. 3. Againft all prefent abject meanneffe of his condition, or danger of mine in his low eftate; The up-lifter of his head, verfe 3. 2. By his former Faith-fupporting Experiences of the LORD'S great goodneffe to him, vi%. 1. In hear- ing his Prayer. Which is amplified, (1.) By the fervency ofhis Prayer, heard; He called or cryed to him with his voice, f 2. J By the place whence the L OR D vouchfafed to hear him ; From the Hill of hii Holinejfe, i. e. From his Sanctuary, below : but efpe- cially from his Holy of Holies, Heaven above .• which noted favor he marks with a Selah, verfe 4. 2. In fuflaining and protecting him in great fecufity. Which fecurity under Gods Protection is fet forth by 1 His Lying down. 2 His Sleeping. 3 His Waking. And all in fafety and fecurity, verfe 5. 3. Ey his Faith's Triumph in God overall his fla- vifhfeares, againft greateft Armies and Multitudes of Enemies,even tenthoufands furrounding him, v. 6. III. His Petitions ufhered in and enforced upon the foregoing Confiderations. Which are, 1. for himfelf. That God would pleafe now alfo to,4>7/eand.SVm?him, vi^. From Abffialom and his Adherents, and from all the afflictions, diftreffes, and dangers wherein they had involved him. This his requeft he further urgeth.- 1. From Godsfuffici- ency to do it; being JEHOVAH. 2. From the dear Relation and Covenant-intereftberwiKt God and David, whence David, pcrfwaded himfelf of Gods willingneffetodoit; My God. 3. From Davids for- mer eminent experiences of Gods delivering him from all his Enemies. Having ( 'i.J DiJ gracefully fubduedforhimallhisfwwi^. Smiting them on the O o Cheek; 142 P S A L M E. IV. Cheekbone, intimates, with reproach, difgrace, &c. as Job. \6. lo. C2- J "Utterly br ok?n-to-ftnver s the Teeth (the hurtful power) of the Vngodly, verfe 7. 4. From the Nature and Office of God, to whom the help and falvation of his people chiefly and peculiar- ly appertains ; Salvation to the Lord, verfe 8. in the begin. 2. For Gods People Ifrael, f many of whom were fed need and milled into finful compliance with Ab- flialom in his honid Rebellion,) That Gods bleffing might be upon them. This requeft alfo he notes q Tlvs is with an Emphatical, Selah q, verfe 8. rhefirftof thofe Pfalmes wherein this word Selah is ufed, Here therefore once for all, it may notbeamilre to adde fomething touching the fenfe and ufe of it. And I had rather do this in others expres- sions, then in mine own words. It is ufed thrice in this ft ore Pfalm, w^. 'mver.2,4 8. and it iselfewhere ufed infundry other Pfalmes, and in the Prayer of Haba%uk.-> chap. 3. and not elfe- where. And this k very obfervable, That wherever it is ufed, that place or paffage is very obfervable, and calls for fome fpe- cial elevated obfervation or meditation thereupon > Mark the words of fome learned Authours, viz. De Voce Selah, non conveniunt inter fe interpretes, Qufdam tradunt, Amrmationis Notam elTe, tantundemque valere, ac vere, aut Amen. Alii accipiunt pro feculo. Sed quia 7 7Q at- tollere fignificat, Probabilis eft eortim Opinio, qui hac voce Ele- vationemin concentu notari putant. Q>uanquam fimul tenen- dum eft, Cancndi modulos fententia? aptatos fuiffe, atque ita concent um cum re, vel lubjefta materia fut loquunturj fuiffe conjunftum. Sicuti nunc, poftquam conqueftus eft David fpem fuarn probrofe fuiffe derifam, adi nihil eum juvaret a Deo prote- gi; in hac blafphemia infiftit, qua? ejus animamgravitervulnera- bar : ficuti paulo port, ubi fibi fubjecit fiduciae confirmationem, eandem vocem iterum repetit. Joan. Calvin, in Comment, ad Pfal. 3. 2. ^.Quisufuseft iftius claufula? Sela? R. Significat hxc vocula Elevationem, aut Exaltationem. Notabac igiturolim exaltatio- nem vocis in modulacione mufica. Quia vero Mufica facra con- venientiam habuit cum rebus Subject's, idcirco notat etiam eleva- tionem quandam fenfus, una cum affeftibus animi congruis.Ita ut non inepce dicatur Interjeftio, Affever ationi , Exaggeration!, Ad- mirationi,Sc Exult ationi dektvkas.Guil.Amef.in Letlion.ad Pfal.7,. Qiteft. 7. , Infinehujus verfus Hebraice eft H/D Sela, qua» voxabln- terpretibus varie reddirur .• Ad aliis, Infeculum ; Ab aliis, Sic eft; A Gra?co, J)di-\a.h^a. ; a Kimchi denique pro nota elevands. vocis in Cantu accipitur. Cujus opinionem pociffimum fequor. Quan- quam hie fine periculoerratur: cum ea' res nihil auc parumad fenfum permeat. Sim.de Afuk in Com.ad Pfal.^.7,. Sela :'J This word is not any where but in the Pfalmes, and in Habukl>u\. Some hold it to be a Terme of Mufick, to mark a paufe, or fome elevation of the voice, or changing of Tun. O- therswillhaveit to beafign of Exclamation or Exaggeration. Jo.Diodate in hk Annotat. on Pfal.7,.2. Selah] This Hebrew word fignifieth Elevation, or lifting-up ; whether of the mind to mark ; or of the voice, to ftrain it ; or of both. And for the matter, it feemeth to import an Affeveration of a thing fo to be, and an Admiration thereof. For the manner, itisaNote of finging high, and therefore it is ufedonelyin Pfalmes and Songs. And alwayes at the end of Verfes, except- ing fome few places, P/d/,5$.2o.and 57.4. Hab. 3.3,9. where it is fet in the mid ft. TheChaldee paraphraft, and fome other He- brews, have turned it ; For ever. Our Voltors of bleffed memory have f aid that every place where it k written, Netfach, Selah and ghned,there k no ceafmg(or end)oj that thing: faith K.Menachem on Levit. 25. The Greek Verfion makes it a mufical notion3Dia- ffaltm.Hen,Ainfworth in hk Annotat.cn Pfal. 3.3. Pfalm IV. SeU. I. The Summary Contents, In this Pfalm, which is a prayer, David 1. Craves audience, ver. 1. 2. Reprehends the Enemies of his Kingdome .• Convincing, Informing, and Direct- ing them in better courfes, ver. 2. to 6. 3. Implo- reth or Petitioned! for the Light cf Gods Counte- nance above all earthly treafures^er.6,7,8. SeU. II. The Versions out of the Hebrew, I. Verfion. To the M after ■XAvhtivn. on Neginoth, A Pfalm of David. *-f\ ire<*t God of my righteoufnefs, V_y When I do call, a me hear, b Thou haft enlarg'd mee in diilrefs.* Show-mee-grace, c hear my prayer. 2. Ofonnesofmen How long to fhame My glory turn will you ? How long will ye love rf what-is- vain? Will ye a Lie e purfue. Selah. 3. But know, That to himfelf the LORD Hath fever'd-wondroufly The-Holy-One : Hear will the LORD When call to him do I. 4. O be-ye-moov'd-with-trembling-dread, And finne not, hate that ill: With your-own-heart, upon your bed /Conferre-ye, and be frill. 5. The Sacrifices Sacrifice Of Righteoufnefs do ye : Unto the faithful LORD likewife g Let-your-affiance-be. 6. F«//many fay, but not aright^ Some good h who will-us-fhow ? B«rLORD, thy countenance's light On us lift-up-do-thou. 7. Thou gav'ft joy in-thk-hcan-of-mine, Farre-more then i in the tyde Wherein their Corn and their-ncw-wine Whaegreatly multiplyde. 8. In peace together fcjay-me-down. And fweetly fleep-I-will, For, thou Q glorious LORD alone / In hope wi Jt-make-me dwell. fwer me. b beb.ThoU' haft made, enlarge- ment for me. c beb.Sni bear— — d btb.Viai- ** , c Hcb.fcek. Selah. fheb.fpeak- ye, or,fay- ye. gheb.TrufL. ye,«p hope- ve. h heb.Who. will make- Selah. usfec. i heb.in the time. k heb.I- will-lyc down. 1 hcb. or, will- feat me in conj- dcr.ee. Selah. II. Verfion. To the-Mafier-Mufic'izn on Neginoth> A Pfalm of David. i.f~\ great God of my righteoufneffe, \^J When-I-call,do thou/i rae-hear, Thou b haft-enlarg-d me in diftrefs : Show-grace-to-me, and hear my prayV. 2. O aheb.^H- fwer-me bheb.Hafl. made en- hrgemeist fur inc. P S A L M E. IV. *43 2. O fonnesof man, How long to frame c Heb.My willye expofe c my dignity ? V,'"!y„ • Howlong willye love d what- is-vain ? iteb.V.M- ^ ^ win ye feck()ut a ,y c , 5. But know ve, That the gracious-one To himfelf e "fevered-harhrhc LORD : And him when I do call upon TheLORD/^ic^hearing-will-affbrd. 4. Tremble and, fin not :g On bed advife With your-own-heart, andhlentbe. 5. h Right facrifkes facrifie •• Likewife upon the Lord truft-ye. 6. Now many fay, but not aright , / To us who any good will fhew? But LORD, thy countenance's light, Our joy, on us lift-up-do-thou. 7. Thou gav'ftjoy in-r/w-heart-of-mine, Fane more then £jn the prcfent tyde Wherein their Corn and their-new-wine 1 heb.I will -M^/enr/oH/Ty were multiplyde. deep. mheb. or, g. in peace together lay-me-down inconb mC AnAfweetlJ l I-my-neep-vvill-take, dene." For, tnou ° ihrio"* Lord alone w Me dwell in confidence will-make. Selab eheb.Hath- marvellouf- ]y feparated fhd>. Will- hear. gheb. Speak (or f.iy.wicb. your hearts upon yonr bed. li lieb. Sacri- fices otrigh- teoufnefs. iheb.Who- will make- us- fee-gooc? kheb.Inthe lime. Selah. Sett. HI. The Kinde_ on and Scope. Penman, OccaCt- m Hiero- rimjn Com adPfd.4. Tom. 2. n Aug.in Enar.Pf 4. Tom 8. o Sim.de Mu'mn Ar- gum. Pf. 4. p Joan. Calvin, in Comment. - ad Pfal. 4. i.fec.Ni- co.de Lyra inPoflil.ad Pfal.4. q Hen.Mol. ler.in Arg. P/A-Eng- lifl> Annot. en Pf. 4. 2. r Joan. Foord.in Expofit. PfoTem- }H1. The Rindeof this Pfalm, 1. As to outward form or Manner of penning it, is, Entituled. There be- ing a Tide prefixed to it, in the Hebrew. 2. As to the Subjctt matter of it, zs,mixt. Being Petitory, as ver. 1, 6, 7, 8. Reprehenfory, as ver. 2. Inftru- ftive and Hortatory, as ver. 3, 4, 5. For, herein the Pfalmift, praying to the LORD for fundry blelTings to himfelf in hisgreat.affii and Scope. The Kinde of this pfalm, 1 As to the Outward Form or manner of penning it,Is an Enticuled pfalm q, as the third is ; 2 As to the Subjett matter of it, is A Prayer. Penman of it was David, as the Title intimates, A pfalm of David. The Occafion of Davids penning this Prayer, is hard to be determined particularly. Authorshave feveral conjectures from fome pafiapes and expref- fionsinthe pfalm and Title. 1. So me think David here prayed for the Church of God (which himfelf, as Head of the People, reprefented _) that God would defend her againft her innumerable enemies, both falfe-hearted Hypocrites , and violent Ty- rants r. And they feem to ground their Opinion r Hen. Mol upon the word [Necbiloth'] in the Title, which they lerusinArg render, fuper h&reditatibm ; i.e. upon Inheritances, &inPr£- thatis. For the Church or People of God, which left ad Pf. are his Inheritance, as alfo God is theirs, as Au- 5.1. gufiinef notes. Thus fome Jewifh Writers have s — Ergo rendredit (as Sim. de Muti t notes J though other harreditas of them difallow it, and rendred \t\Companies'jvi^. noftra Hofts or companies of enemies oppofing 7/Vdf/. The Deusdici- Greek renders it \^> <$ KMtyvotwvow, for the Heir : tnr quia which Chryfoflomeu follows, and interprets it of the ipfenos Church, as Heir of the everlafting Inheritance. pafcit& The Latin, and Jerome, have it x; Pro caqus.hx.re- continet. ditatem confequitur : i. e. for her that obtains the inhe- Et ha?redf- ritaneff. And they that go this wayare ofopinion, tasDeidici That this word contains the Argument of the pfalm: mur, quia and that the word is ufed here in the plural number , ipfa nos that it may comprehend all the twelve Tribes, and admini- fo the whole Church gathered out of all Nations y. ftrat But thefe opinions feem not fofolid, as to fatisfie. & regit. For, (ij The Verfion of the word(]Afcc/;;/o/7;]ei" Quapro- ther Heires, or Hoafls Companies, &c. isnotfoap" ptervox proved. (2) Nor is there any mention here in the Ecclefia: pfalm of Heh es or Inheritances. (3) This makes the eft in hoc Titles of the pfalm enigmatical, as if it had a riddle Pl'aJmo vo or fome ftrange myftery in it. And I fay with Cal- catxad vin ^ : I like not thefe snigmatical Infcriptions. They hsredita- are too farre fetched and forced, (4 J Befides, the tem,utip- word n wTI J Nechiloth, comes from Chalil a pipe; fa fiat hae- I/a. 5. 12. And it fignifies Wind-Inftruments that reditas have hollownefs in them, as Flutes, Hoboyes, Cor- Domini, nets, Trumpets, Recorders, Organs, &c, As Aug.inPf. TV\yyi Neginoth,Pjal.t\.tit. fignifies Strhged-inllru- 5. Enarrat ments,vi^. The Viol, Harp, Hapfidor, VirginaIs,Lute, Tom.B- Sec. as many a think. 2. Some think David penned tSim.de this Prayer when he fled from Absalom, and was Muiiin vehemently exagirated and vexed by Achhophel and Comment. fuch like Pefts. Or, when he fled from Saul and adPf.$.i. was courfly ufed and accufed by Doeg, and fuch njoan. wicked attendants upon Sauls Coutt b. 3. Some Cbryjoft. in are of Opinion, That David wrote this pfalm when Expof.Pfal King Saul gave his Daughter (that was efpoufed to 5. David)imtoAdriel,i Sam. 18. 18, &c. For, thole ob- xHieronym ferversof David and falfe-hearted flatterers, menti- inCom- oncd, ver. 8, 9. feem to denote the fubtilty of Saul ment. ad and his Courtiers in thataffair of marriage c. 4-But Pf.$.tit. fome unfatisfied with any of thefe, think ; That Da- Tom.8. y Hen.Mol. ler.in Pr&lett.ad Pfal.$.i. 7. jT.nigmaticas iftas inferiptiones non probo. Joan. Calvin in Comment, ad Pf.d. 5. 1. a See to this effect ; H.Ainfwortfrs Annnt. on Pfal. 5. 1. Jo. Dhd.it e^s An- not on Pfal.$,i — Joan. Calvin.in Comment. ad Pf<,.\. — Large Eng- lifh Annot.on Tit. ofPf. $.—Hen. Moller. in Pr&letl. ad Pf.<,.i Sim. de Muli in Comment, ad Pfal. 5. I. b Sim. de Muh in Com- ment. ad Pfal. 5.1. c Sic Joan- Foord in Expofit. Pfal, $.Tempitt. vid r S A L M E VI. 145 c\joan. Calvin: in Comment. adVfd.$. 2,? vid in this pfalm compiaincs againft theinjuries ofhis enemies, not only for fome one Particular time.' hut more generally of various Perfections wherewith Saul & his adherents afflifled him from time to time. Thus that judicious Calvin ci.In all this varity of Con- jectures, it is heard ro fix upon this or chat Particular Occaftbn.Bm \n the General.ihls is clear by rhecurrent of the Pfalme; That here David prayes for his own Prefervation &Direftion,but his enemies deftruftion; upon Occajion of their malice ,fubtiity,cruelty,wicked- neffe, &c. whereof he had had too much experience, whether in the days otSaul, or Abftalom, &c. wherc- e Apparet unto Parent e feems chiefly to incline- ex defcrip- tione hoftium Davidem precari contra Saulem & ejus Aulicos perfequentes ipfum. Eftque exemplar Precationis in magnis periculis. Aliqui ex Hebrsis ad Abfalomi feditionem quoque referunt, St per fanguinariosviros inteliigunt Doegam Acbitophe- lem. D. Parens in Adverfar. ad ffal. 5. Scope of David'm this Prayer, is; For himfelf, to beg Audience, Protection, and Guidance from the LORD, that neither fubtile Fypccrites nor cruel Tyrants mightby fraud or force prevail againfl him : And againft his craftyand cruel Enemies to imprecate their dertruftion and overthrow, even by their own Counfels. Sed. IV. The Analyfis^ or Principal Tarts. In the TV'*/? note, 1. The Denomination of this part of Scripture ; A Pfalme. 2. The Penman; David; 3. TheD/reT*n i. e. Nechil Shel Deborim, quod apud Hebrsos Doftores Examen apum fignificat.- quafi fit inftrumentum mufi- cum fic appellatum a fono, quern edit fimilem fufurro ac fibilo apum. ChalJasus interpretatur , fuper tibiis, feu, fuper charts. Er.ru putar efie initiumalicujus carminis, ad cujus numeros hie Pfalmus efiet decantandus. Sim. do Mu'u in Com. adVfal. $. l.Vid Hen. Molleri Yr&ktliones in Pfal. $. 1. In the Subftance of the Pfalme, David, earneftly and vehemently Praying, I. Craves audience in three Elegant Expreffions. Urging this, 1. From Gods fweet Relation* tohim; my King and my God. 2. From his refolved choice of God alone to pray unto, ver. 1, 2. II. Declares before the LORD, 1. His hopeful de- fire that God vviill fpeedily hear him. 2. Hit refolu- tion Orderly-to-addreffe unto God, and that early: And intentively-to-look^out (~ even as a Watchman out ofhis Watch-tower) for an anfwer from God, ver. 3. Hereunto he encourageth himfelf, 1 Partly, from the Perfons of his Adverfaries , againft whom he prayes, who through their wickedneffe are fo ex- treamly contrary to God, that he cannot chufe but hear his Saints Prayers againft them and deftroy them, ver. 4, $, 6. 2 Partly, from his own pious refolutions, of approaching Gods houfe in the multi- tude of hii loving-tiindnejfe, and of worfl)ipping in his fear towards the Palace of his Holintfs, verf. 7. III. Petitionetl), I. For himlelf.- 1. Partly That the LORD would fafely guide him. 2. Partly, That he would make his way ftraight before him. And both thefe, 1 Beauftof his Obftrvers, orobferving- enemies, verf.8. .2 Becaufeoi their vile conditions orproperties: w%. Falfhood, woful-vileneffe, cruel - ryj and hy pocrifie, verf. 9. II. Againfl hi J enemies ; That the LORD would overthrow them, in their own Counfels, Multitude of tranfgrefjions, and rebellions againft the LORD, verf. io. This requeft he am- plifies, 1. From the joy of all the faithful, and lovers of the LORD'S Name, in his prefervation and Pro- tection of them, verf. \\. 2. From the Fountain, or Original caufe of fuch their Protection, W{. Gods furrounding and crowning the righteous with his good-will and favour as with a fhield, verf. 1 2. Pfalme VI. Sett. I. The Summary Contents. Davidin his extream fickneffe or danger,I. Prayes ro the LORD 1 Deprecating the LORD'S wrath there- in, verf I. -2 Supplicating for his favour and renew- ed mercy, ver 2 to 6 3 Lamenting the extremity of his Maladies, i/er. 6 7. IT. Triumphs by Faith over his Enemies upen the LORD'S hearing ofhis Pray- er, ver, 8,9, 10. Seff. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. To the Mafter- M.ufician on Neginoth , a upon the Eight : A Pfalme of David. 1. T OR D in thine ire rebuke me not, JLNor^et with ftripes chaftife thou me, In thy-difpleafure-burning-hot. 2. O LORD unto-me-gracious-be, For I am weak : My bones bare vex'd, Heale me therefore, LORD, make me firong. 3. And my Soule's vehemently cperplex'd : But thou, O LORD, How /ong, how long / 4. Return, O LORD, my foul fet-free : Me for thy loving-kindnefs fave. 5. For, d who in Death remembreth thee ? Who fhall givepraife to thee in Grave? 6. I with my fighing weary-grow, e In every night through grief s andfeares I make my bed tofwim andflow: f My couch I water with my teares. 7. Mine ey's with indignation gnawn .• Growes-old through my diftreffers all, 8. g Ill-workers all from me be gone : The LORD hath heard my weeping's call. 9. The LORD my Supplication heard.- The LORD my Prayer h entertain'd. 10. Be all my foes bafli'd and fore fear'd Let them turne, fuddenly be ftiam'd. Set}. III. The Kincle, Penntan^Occafion and Scope. The Kinde of this Pfalme, 1 As to the Form or Manner of Penning it, is Entituled ; Having in the Hebrew a Title prefixed, as many others have i .• 2 As to the Sub)e8-mattcr of it. Is a Prayer k, A moft fad Lamenting Prayer of the Pfalmift, in his extream ficknefx, as it commonly thought.- though fome f as after will appear) think otherwife. Hieromel faith; It is a Pjalme of Penitence, and he denies not to be amended and corrected, but not in anger, not in fury, P p becaufe a Heb. upon Sheminuh. b Heb. Are terrified. c Heb.Tert* fyed- d Heb. No memory of theein death e Heb. or, xn all the night, i.e. all tttabi long fHeb I * mekmy Bed.ftead. Hyperbole, g Heb. De- part from me all ye workers of iniquity, h heb. or ; accepted. iSeeon?f. 3> Seft. 3. J< Pfalmus *WC77X©-. Fran. Jun. Annot. ad Vfal.6.1. 1 Vxniten- ti& !Pfalm9 eft, & non emendari refutat & corripi,fcrl in furore &ira,quia infirmus fit, & tur- batafunt offa ejus, &c Hier. in Com. ad ¥)ul. 6. 1. Tom, 8. \±6 P S A L M E. VI. Mnu m Ag.Pfal. I2.o. rErquia hicPfal- musmulti- plicem Doftrinam contincc dc rebus maximis, de pecca- to, de ira becaufe he was weak., and hi* bones vexed, &c. This Pf.lme hath been anciently reckoned among the Penitential Pfalmes f as they are called. JAnd there are feven PJalmes Ailed Penitential, whereof this is the Fir ft, vi^. Pfal.6. 32. 38. 51.102 i3o.i4?.Thefe feven from their Nature and Subjeft-matter, or at kail frcm their life, have been commonly called mPfalmus Penitential Pfalmes : For, fj as one m obfervesj 120 olim theft feven Pfalmes were wont to befung when Penitents inter Poc- were publickjy reconciled to the Church. And fasa- nitenrijles nother notes) becaufe this Pfalme contains a mani- firit,f.e.in- fold Doftrine of greatest things, touching Sin, Gods ter eos qui wrath againft Sins, Punifiments, Repentance, and caneban- Faith an epting remiffiftt of fins, of all which it it necef- tur. quam farythey (tioul'd thinkjwho are Converted to God, There- uublice fore it wasfung andrecitedin theChurch of every one dai- Poenircn- ly among the Penitential Pfalmes, as they call them. tts Eccle- For the life of a pioutperjon ought tobe a Perpetual Re- fia recon- pentancen. Andhere, in thisPfalmift, we haye an ciliabantur eminent pattern of Penitency ; I am weary with my Sim de fishing, every night make 1 my bed tofwim, I water my Couch Q Hcb. / melt my bedflead) with my tears, ver. 6. Let them hear (Ta id Chryfftome ) who live in low- condition, what manner of Repentance the King, who was cloathed with Purple, manifefts. Let m hear and be pricked. , He did notfimply labour , but alfo he- labou*ei-unto-wearineffe,fighing; He notfimply wept, but he even wafl>ed hit bed with tears ; not one, and a fecond, and a third day, but even every night o, fcc. Neverthelefe it may not be concealed ; That fomc of thefc Pfalmes ('"as Pfal. 6. 162. and 143. J are not as to theSubieft-matter of them, of a clear plain Pe- nitential Nature : No fin being in them plainly and exprefly confeffed, lamented, deprecated, or the Dei adver- pardon'thereof begged. And there are fome other fuspecca- Pfalmes, wherein fin is confeffed, bewailed, depre- ta, dePce- cated, or the pardon thereof earneftly implored,as nis, de tfaL 25. 31.39.41. 69. 119. 141. which yet are not Pxnittnti- numbred among the Penitentials. Pofidoniut reports a, de fide of Auguftine ; That in bit familiar difcourfes ■he was accipiente wont to fay ; That after Baptifme received, even the remiffio- pr aife-worthy Chriftians and Minifters flmld not depart nem pec- cut of the B^dy without due and competent repentance. catorum, Which alfo himfelf didin hU laflfickneffeofwhich he dy dequibus ed. For he commanded Davids Pfalmes of Repentance omnibus Which are very few, to be written for him ; Andthoe cogitare Quaternions placed againjl the wall, He lying in hit bed eos qui ad in the dayes of hit infirmity, beheld, and re ad, and wept Deum conflantly and abundantly : Andtool^ heed left bit intenti- conver- onfiouldbe bindredby any, &cp. tuntur ne- ceffeeft, ideo quotidie in Ecclefia inter Pfalmos Poenitentiales quos vocant, fuit decantacus, & a fingulis recitatus. Debet e- nim hominis pii vita, perpetua effe Poenitentia. H. Moller.in Arg. Pfal.6. O 'AxAiTtazttV 01 iv iVTi&eid. v- wy^ drr^ai iJkx.pv- aw>, AhKaL )y SA.H7* TlV KKIVW « fJU&V, fy Qzv w YAv&KXam>j- fiiv,) wo-wip y) (Mnyaqi-mi, m Mx.^va,dvni'7rvMyei 7m.yTT>Qey. JoChryfoft. de La^aroConc. I. p. 2,3. Tom. 5. Varij. 16^6. Gr£- co-lat. II. Davids Triumphs through Faith and experience vi&oriouSly, having upon his Prayer recovered fome glimpfe and influence of Divine favour. 1. Chiding, and ask were chafing away from him the wicked, that waited and gaped for hisruine. 2. Declaring, that the LORD had heard the voice of his weeping, had accepted his Supplication and Prayer, ver. 8, 0. 3. Inferring thence, the difappointed return of re- ceffion of all his enemies from him ; "They being (as he defires J Abafied, Sore-feared, and fuddenly fbamed. The LORD raifing him up fuddenly and un- expectedly as in a moment from all his extremities and Sbrrows,w. 10. Pfalme VII. O ■ Setf. I. The Summary Contents. DAVID, I. Prayes to the LORD, 1. For manife- station of his mercy upon himfelf; in his preservati- on and deliverance trom his perfecutors,i», upon the words of Cufh fonne of Jemini. I. 1. /~\ Lord my God, I do repofe \_J My confidence in thee .• From all my a pcrfecuting foes Save and deliver me. 2. Left he my Soul in pieces-tear, Like Lyon that doth rend : Me tearing, b whil'ft none doth appear To refcue or defend. 3. 0 Lord my God,C judge thou for me. J If I effected this, Or if within mine c hands there be Such vile-injurioufnefs. 4. If ill to him reward did I That was with me at peace : f Yea my diftrefTer cauflefly, Ifafely did releafe} 5. Let th1 foe my Soul . per- secute. e Heb. for the rages of my diftreff- ers, lift-up. thy-felf. fHeb And accordingto mine integri ty upon me Sea. III. g Htb. upon God. h Heb. thc- rightof heart i H.b, and God isfurt- onfly defpi- fing the wicked in every day. k Heb. and 1 Hei.veffels ( tr instru- ments of Peath. m Heb. he- worke-hjor; he pclin-.e-.il n Htb. and delved it. o Heb. vio- lence. Or tyrannyby- open rapine p Hcb.accor ding to his Jullicc. ■■ 148 P S A L M E. VII. q s« M«. By reafon of thy c foes .- To make * '//If di- The foe and felf-avenger ceafe. ftreffcrs." d Heb. haft. lb bfy- or- dained- firm- ly prepared. tHeb. the Sonof Adam iHtb. haft, made him. lack littleof the Gods. vi-^. Angels, as Heb, J. 7. g Heb. or ; Sheep & Oxen.all-of them. h Heb. the heavens, iHtb. pa.h. wayes. 3. When-as thy HcaVns behold I do, The work thy fingers polifhed, The Moon, The fpar^ling Stars alfo, All which thou d haft-eftablifhed. 4. 0 what is wretched man, thinl^I, That-thou-recalleft-him-to-mind ? And what is e Adam's Progeny. That him thou vifiteft/o kind? 5. For, thou/haft-made-him-little-Iefs Than mighty-Angels of renown, And with/«>7>dj(7?n£glorioufnefs And comely honour didft him crown. 6. O're thine hands works thou gav'ft him Rule ; Set all beneath his feet haft thou. j.g All flocks and herds, them to controule, And of the field the beafts alfo. 8. Sea's Fifh,and Fowl of h Firmament, ^4nrf what-doth-pafs the Sea's />roW i ftream, 9. O LORD our Lord, How excellent In all the Earth is thy great Name/ Se&. IV. The Kind, Penman, Occafion and Scope. The Kind of this Pfalm, 1 As to the Form or Man- ner of Penning it, is, Entituled : Having in the He- brew a Title prefixed. 2. As to the Subjett matter of it, is, Mixt ,of Doftrine or Hiftory and Prophefie. k l[t Joan Being a Doftrinal or Hiftorical and Prophetical Chryfoflo. praynng of God for his excellent Glory fhining forth, mns much in the Creature; more, in Man; moftof all, in Expofi- in Chrift. Thus fome among the Ancient £, moft tionVfal.8 among the Modern Writers 1, do in effeft interpret pertotum. this Pfalm.-though in fome particular interpretations 1 Sim. de & accomdationsther are fom diverfities among them. Muis in i,Som indeed account this Pfalm meerly Prophetical: Arg. Pfal. andfo are forced to turn a great part thereof into 8. Joan. groundleffe Allegories, as ver. 3, 4, 7, 8. thus Hie- Calvin, in romem. But this way of interpreting it, cannot be Comment. fofolid; becaufe there are fundry paffages in the in Pfal.8.1 pfalm plainly Dotlrinal and Hiftorical; fetting forth Hen. Mol. Mans Eminent Prerogative by Creation above all ler.inArg. the Creatures here below, as ver. 3,4,5,6,7,8. And Pfal. 8. toturnallthefe into Allegories, would be to offer Fran fun. too much violence ro the words. 2. Few', if any, in Annot.in interpret this pfalm of Man, or Mankind alone. Pfal. 8. D. For,That were evidently to oppofe the unqueftiona- Parens in ble Authority of the Nero Teftament, which, more Adverfar. than once alledging this pfalm, refers the paffages in Pfal. 2. to Chrift, or to things concerning Chrift : compare JoanFoord Vfal. 8. 2, withMatth. 21. 16. as alfo Pfal. 8.4, 5,6. in Expo/it. with Heb. 2. 6, 7, 8, 9. 1 Cor. 15. 27. Ephef. 1. 22. Pfal. 8. H. 3. JMoft judge this pfalm to be of Mixt Nature, Do- Ainfworth Urinal Prophetical , and Euchariftical , As fetting inhisAnnnt forth and highly extolling the wondrous-Excellency of on Pfal. 8 the LORD's Name in all the Earth, and his glonous m Hieron- Majefty above the Heavens, la the works ofCreation, ym. in Com and particularly in Man by Creation highly ad vane- ad?ful.8. ed above all Sublunaries , but above all in Jefus Tom. 8. Chrift the Head and Glory of Mankind, by whom nDr. Job. Humbled and Exalted, Mankind isagain reftored to Richardjon his Con-created dignity, which he loft by the fall of inhisObfer thefirft Adam. So then ("as one intimates J This vationsand pfalm is to be mderflood, of Chrift the Head, and of Explana- Man\ind, efpecially oj the Faithful, at his Members n. tions on Hence, one thus gives the fumme of the latter part Vfal. 8. of this pfalm •, A Prophecy of Chrift his Humiliation, o Hen. Glory, and Dominion o. And Chryfoftome accounting Ainfxv.in this pfalm, at leaft in part, Prophetical, hathfunlry Contents of Q.q Ele- Pfal. 2. ■ 150 P S A L M E. VIII. p a* $*v- UC&SQV TO ovofjui * " "" fhinmg forth refplendently in Man, but efpecially inchrifl. And this, I. By the common Teftimony of all: Though Babes and Suckjings ; Though Ene- mies. See Pfai. 29. i and 96.7. and 118. 14. God hath laid a Foundation of flrong-praife, even in the mouths of Babes and Suck!'mgs,to convince and filence all the enemies of his Glory, ot'his fus-ruBing glori- oufneffe. This is fulfilled, lOrdinarily, in Infants wonderful Production, Prefervation, Qualification, &c 2 Extraordinarily, by the Child rens Acclama- tion* ro Chrift in the Temple, faying, Hfmnatotbe Sonne of David, Mat. 21. 1$, 16. ver. 2. II. By com- paring them to the Heavens and the Ccelcftial Lumi- naries: All which, Man, but efpecially Chrift, in- comparably furpafieth, even unto Admiration, ver. 3,4. III. By pointing out and deinonllratingthe Particulars whereby God Incomes fo glorious in Man, and in Cbrif}. And this is done, 1. In a way • I ( jurfji ./). Granting that they were indeed tyde a little u God is as his Ci c- ture : in Chriftians a shis new Creatures: in Chrift, as mans head and Redeemer in the Ark as the An- tirypeof Chrift. P S A L M E. IX. 151 c heb. or ; judging- righteouf- nefs. a little lower than the Gods, i. e. The Angels, as Heb. 2.7,9. Pfal- 91. 1- Job 1. 6. and '38.7. viz.Man, by hisCreation; Chrifl, by his Humiliation, Heb. 2.9. verfe 5, 2. In away of Indignation or delineati- on, vii_. 1 Of their Perfonal Honour and Glory wherewith they are crowned. Chrifl, by his Exal- tation -.Man, by being advanced to glory by Chrift, Heb. 2. 9. verfe 5. 2 Of their Univerfal Dominion over all Creatures, Man's, by Creation, Gen. 1.26. and Reftauration by Chrift the Redeemer, Eph. 1. 10. Col. 1. 20. Chrifl,t, by his Exaltation, £j>k i. 20, 21, 22. P/>f7. 2. 9, 10, i 1. verfe 6, 7, 8. III. A Laudatory Conclusion, repeating part of the General Declaration and Proportion, ver. 1. And fo the Pfalme begins and ends with an Euchariftical Celebration of Gods Name and Glory, even unto Admiration : his Name and Glory being, beyond all bleffing and all praife., mofl admirable, verfe 9. a heb or:(or the death of Labbenor j upon the death of the Son. b btb.l will confefs : I will tell, de- clare,i^rc. 'Pfalm IX. SeU. 1. The Summary Contents. D AVI Din this pfalm, I. Praijetk rfcLORD, verfe 1. to 13. Declaring. 1. His pious Resolution to praife him, ver. 1,2. 2. The ground or reafon of this his thankful Refolution, vi^. The Lord's juft execution of judgment for him upon his wicked E- nemies, ver. 3. to II. 3. His invitation of others to praife the Lord with him, ver. 11, 12. II. Prayeth to the LORD,-uer. 13.^. 1. Begging for himfelf fuch favours from God, as may give him caufe to praife him, ver. 13, 14. 2. Confeffing the righte- ous judgments of God upon his peoples Enemies.- being thereupon confident of the wicked's deftrufti- on, but the afflicted godly ones prefervation ver. 1$. to 19. 3. Petitioning for Gods Judgments upon the wicked, ver. 19, 20. Sett. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. To the-Afafter-Mufichn a upon Muth- Labben, A Pfalm of David. I. i.TpHe Lord with all mine heart b Me laud JL Pie all thy wonders blaze. 2. I will joy, and in thee be glad .• I will Ukewife fing-praife "Onto thy Name, O thou Moft-high. 3. When my foes with difgrace Turn'd back .• They ftumbkdinftantly. And perifh'd from thy face. 4. Becaufe thou haft my Judgment done, And didfl my doom express : For thou didft fit upon the Throne c A Judge of Righteoulhefs. 5. The Heathens thou rebukeft-fore The wicked haft deftroy'd : Their Name for ay and evermore Thou haft wip'd-out as void. 6. The defolations, Ofoe, Quite-ended are for ever. Thou cities haft deftroy'd alfo ; Their memory together With them oHiath utterly decafd. 7. The LORD likewife ftiall fit As Judge for ever : He hath-made His throne for Judgment e fit. 8. And/ juftly judge the world will he: And folk in righteoufnefs. 9. And Refuge-high the Lord will be Untog the-Succourleffe.- At times in ftraits, a Refuge-high. 10. And they that'know thy Name Will truftin thee .- For thou, Lord, thy Seekers leav'ft not tofhame.. 11.O fing-ye-pfalm unto the Lord, h Who doth in Sion dwell .• His practices upon record Among the people tell. 12. For he that fearcheth after i blood Calls-them-to-memory : Of £meek-affiicted-ones, our God Hath not forgot the cry. II. 13. O LORD, unto-me-gracious-be, View /mine-afflicted-ftate From-thofe-that-hate-me, thou that me Up-lifteft from Death's gate. 14. That I in Sion's daughter's gates Thy praifes all m may-fpread : And in thine Health which confola tes May-be-exulting-glad. 1 5. Sink down the Heathen-people did Into the pit they wrought .• In that fame Net which they have hid, Their own ftlfe foot is caught. 16. Known is the Lord, in all thefe lands, By judgment he hath done .• In th' operation n of his hands, Snar'd is the wicked-one. 0 Higgd)on 17. Vndoukedly the wicked ftiall Be turned into Hell ; And there the godlefs Heathens all That God forget, fhall dwell. 18. For, p evermore the needy -one Forgotten fhall not be: Nor poor-mens expectation Quke-perifti q endlefiy. 19. Rife LORD, O let not r man prevail, Judge Heathens in thy fight. 20. Let Heathens know they £e/men -frail, LORD, put them in/acfc fright, Selah. Selah. diet.ha'.h penlhed. c heb.hich. firmljr-fic ted,or,prc- pared. — . fbeb.with JuHicerwiH judge the peopleswith ngbteouf- neiTcs: or, upnght- ne/Tes. ?, heb. iht- poor weak- hheb. fitting in Sion. i heb.bloods k heb. meek ones,or,i:he- poor-affha- ed-ones for hire are two reading! in the hebrew, fignifieing both thefe, viz, P 1 Heb. Mine affli&ion from mine* haters, m Heb. may tell (or, Ac. clare,in thy Salvation may n Heb. of his palmes or, of his hol- lows of his hands. o Heb. or J Meditation Selah. p Heb. To e- ternity. q Heb. for aye. r Heb. wret- ched man be ftrongjlet the Hea- thens be judged be- fore thy faces. f Heb. Sorry men. SeU. III. The Kincle, Penman, Occaji- on, and Scope. The Kindo( this pfalm, 1 As to the outward Form or Manner of Penning it, is ; Enthuted, A Title being prefixed to it in the Hebrew. 2 As to the Sub- jetf matter of it, is ; Mixt. Being Eucharijhal, and Euilical : made up of Praife,and Prayer. Penman of it , was David: as the Title indi- cates. Occaftono( Davids Penning this pfalm canfearce be Particularly defined upon any certainty. In the General, it feems evident from the Subject matter and Current of the pfalm, that David wrote h upon Occafion of fome Eminent Deliverance and Salvation wrnch 152 F S A L M E. IX. t Inter Pfal mo- rum ritu- los obfcu- riores Jn'c prscci- puus eft, which the Lord had wrought for him, in fome great ftrait , from his enemies. See verfe 3. to i i.But about the Particular Occafion learned Authours ha ve_ vari- ous Conjectures : moft of them drawn from their va- rious Interpretation of fome words in the Title. Which Title, among the Obfcure Titles of the pfalmes. it one of the moil olfcure and intricate t, As one ob- ferves. The Difficulty refts efpecially in thofe words 7^V J"\1Q ^yGhual-muth LabbenA. Some do fever or divide the tormer word piQ /\) Ghu- al-muth, upon the Death : and affert th^it it is two words contrafledinrOone. ^»w*eirTheydifagree abo^ffnT interpretation i of the kttep^ord 7^7 'fJlAJtfcbfew-vriters render Sonne, \. e. oCAbfalom. Bui jj.reration. (faith u S.deMuit^ lisnotwritren ]3Ti Habben,but. ]"yi Lab- For I. Seme of i_ upon the ieajh nf*rfY Sonne, i. e. cf'Abfalom. But afiA*Yt% not this rf>te#pretation. (faith u S.deMuii) propter ~~\ Labben^ duaH^ic^i-'ici ones, quae ]L\ videntur ^ T*ca eflctfcpri- M/ancT^eeaufe there's nothing in this P'falm that vatae, Sit', ^avourithat Opinion. 2. Some take the word J 37 H. Moller^a'bbwi properly, for the proper name of fome man, in pralell called Labben. But who this Labben fhould be they ad P [^l. 9. cannot well refolve. Whether fome chief among 1. the Commanders in the enemies Army that was u Sim. de fhiia: or fome Chief-Singer, mentioned ( fay they} Muisin in iChron. 15. but no fuch name is found in that Comment. Chapter, unleffe Ben, verfe 18. be intended. Both ad Pfal. 9. thefe are rejected x, as unfatisfaftory. 3 Some think 1. p1? Labben to be^7^ J Nabal, by tranfpofition or x Hen. I nverfion of the Letters, which are the fame in both Moller.in and that this Pfalme was written by David after the Fr&leZl.ad Death, or upon the Death of Nabal the Carmelite, Pjal. 9. 1. tl-e foolifh husband of that prudent Abigail. But Large Eng fuch tranfpofition is not here neceffary .• And if the lifh Annot. word be rakenfor a Man, it feemsto point out the on Title of Pjal. 9. death of fome enemy to Ifrael ; whereas we read not y Sim. de Muls in Comment. that Nabal hurt any lfraelite, but onely churlifhly and covetoufly denyed refrefhment to David and his men y. 4. Some think yyj Labben the fame as if it were written with ^ thus 7^7. And thatfo it points our Goliath : who is called Q^Vin ti?1** adPfal.p.i Iff) Habbena]im,v'n intermedins; or, vir medietatum, i. e. A middle man, &c. 1 Sam. 17. 4. vi%. An inter- middle-Championbetween the two Armies of Ifrael and the P hi liftwes, who challenged any man of Ifrael to comeand fight withhim. and end the controverfie betwixt Ifrael and the Philiftinesby a fingle Duel. And to this effeft they would have this Pfalm to be Car- mtn Zhv'imv AVtilorijl Song, Penned upon Occafion of Davids (laying this Goliath. Thus the Chald. Pa- •raphraft renders it; upon the death of the man that went out between the Camps z. Kimchi, and others alfo thus interpret it : Sim. de Mutt fomewhat inclines to intercaftra this Opinion. But the Hiftory eafily refutes this Bibl.Poly- Opinion; For in this ninth Pfalme, verfe 11. 14. Tnere's mention ofSion, of the Gates of the Daughters ofSion, ofpraifing the LORD therein, of the LORD dwelling in Sion : when asSionwas yet in the hands of the Heathen when Goliath was Haiti. And faith Mdlerus, All thefe Interpretations a skilful Grammari- adVfal. 9. an may eafily and without trouble refute b, &c. II. 1. Others do take this pMQ^y to be but one word, and fo read it, Ghualmuth. And yet thefe do not agree among themfelves about the fence of it. For, i.Some render it, Secret , Hidden , &c. For the hidden things of the Sonne : or, For the fecrets of the Sonne. So the Gree^Verfion of the LXXII; So the vulgar Volyglot.ad Latin; So the Ethiopickc Hierome dalfo renders Tfal. 9. 1. it, pro abfotidhitfihi, for the hidden things of the Sonne dHieronim viz. not o(Abf})alom, but of Chrift, as he underftands in Com. ad this Pfalme, difcourfing of ir at large. Thus alfo Lyra e expounds ir, counting it one word, and faith he faw thefe words fevered in no Copy, 2. Some inter- pret the former word ; For youth : in which fence the word is ufed in P[al. 48. 15. He will guide ut in youth. The other word \11 Labben, they render, white, candid, &c. As if the Pfalme were writren, for white youth, i. e. for the Church, which is a faire and (\our]!h\ns>y outh.Which Interpretation, faith Mai- ler t, though plaufible , and congrmm to the Argument, z Super mortem viri qui exierat de i l»t. in Tfal. 9. a Sim. de Muitin Comment. hHen. Moller. in Vr&leB. ad V[al. 9. 1. c In Bibl. V[al.9. e Nico. de Lyra in Mil. ad Yjal. 9. (Hen. Mol- ler in Pra- letl.adPf. 9- t. yet becaufe 7^7 agrees not in Gender with the former word, Grammer it repugnant to this Opinion. .3. Some take it for a Mufical Inftrument, and 7^7 Labben for the name ofo Singer ,mentioned 1 Chron. 15. But this name 7,37 Labben is not found in that Chap- ter, but onely \2Ben, ver. 18. 4. Finally, Some count thefe words to bethebeginning of fom famous and well-known Song, to the Tune whereof this Pfalme was to be Sung; A Tune much like our Com- terTenour. This Calvin and others like beftg. And gjoan. this in midft of all thefe uncertainties may be as pro- Calvin, m bablc as any.But here every one is at liberty to enjoy Comment. his own judgment : and there is no great peril of er- ad Pfal. 9. ring in a matter of this Nature. 1. Joan, Scope of the Pfalmift in this Laudatory and Petitory Foordin Pfalme, ('there's no colour for making it a Prophe- Expqfit.Pf. tical Pfalme in whole or in part, J is ; Toprailethe cj.Th. LORD for his righteous proceedings againft his, and Some his peoples enemies, verf. 1 . to 1 3. And to intreat feem to the LORD for his gracious affiftance againft all wick- take this ed foes, Heathens, and others, for time to come, Pfalme to verf.i^fcc. be* Pro- phetical Pfalme touching Chrift the Son of God, fcartering all his ene- mies, efpecially Antichrift, and Poflefling the Kingdom. In the Polyglott Bible, the Greek Verfion of the Lxxij both VaticanSc Alexandrian, render it; varef$/ Kpvq>lc»v TO M« , i« e. upon the fe- em* of the Son. The Syriack thus ; Concerning ChriSl taking the Throne and K'wgdome, and profligating the enemy. The Arabick thus; Touching the Mjfteries of theSon, astoChrifls Glory, his Re. furreltion, Kingdome, and the death of all difobedients. Itfeemes to me C faith one} As the former Pfalme was of the Propagation of Chrift s Kingdome, So thit it of the Deftru&ion of Antichrifts,U.A\tiU worth in his Annotat. on Pfal. 9. 1. Pro abfeonditit fin 3 Licet Aquila pro abfeonditit flii AdolefcentiatnfUiifio- fuerit, tamen fciendum in Hebrxo haberi, pro mortefilii. Deni- que & Symmachut in hunc modum tranftulit ; pro viSoria demor- teflii. TotusigiturPfalmusper Tropologiam ad Chrifti perti- net Sacramentum. Unde&Lxxinterpretes, Chrifti Paffionem &Refurreftionem, quae ignota prius mundo fun, per verbum Abfanfionit cehre voluerunt .• ne a Gentibus illo tempore facile nofceretur, &c. Hieronym. in Comment, ad Pfal. 9. 1. Tom. 8. But unleffe we had fome juft ground from the Subjeft-matter of this Pfalme it felf, or from fome other part of Holy Scripture, neither of which are evident, it feems very hard and ftrange to rank this among the Prophetical Pfalms. ^ _ Se&. IV, The Analyfis^ox Principal Tarts. In the Title, note ; 1. The Direction of it, as to theMufick of it; To the Mafter-Mufician. 2. The Occafion of it, darkly hinted, as fome think .• Or, the Mufical-Inftrument, or Tune, to which it was to be accommodated, as others; 727niQ7y 3. The Denomination of it ; A Pfalme. 4. The Pen- man of it ; David. The Pfalme it felf contains, 1. Vraife, and 2. Pr^er. I. David praifeth the Lord, verfe I. to 13. And here are declared, or laid down I. His pious Refolution, 1. To confefs to the LORD Cordially and entirely. 2. To de- clare all his marvells, verfe 1. 3. To be glad and rcjoyce in him. 4. To fing to his name , verfe 2. 2. The ground or reafon of this his pious and thankful Refolution, vi^. His enemies turning bac\% flubmling, and Dcftruffion from Gods face, i. e. From his powerful and angry prefence. This imports the LORD'S juft execution of Judgment upon his wicked Enemies, ver. 3. roil. Thisisilluftratedby confi- dering Gods Juftice, Abfolutely, and Relatively. I.- Abfolutcly, and that I. As vindicating David's iuft caufe ; judging righteoufly, ver. 4. 2. As Rebuking, Deftroy V S A L M E. X. 15 aVid.B/M. Polyglot t. in Pfalm. SedHebrzei omnes di- flinguant ; & certe ar- gffmen- tum In bee aliud pror- fus, &: di- verfum omnino ftilura, ac longe fub- limiorem. Sim.de Muiiin Arg.Pfal. 10. b Bibl. Po- lyglot, in Pfalmos Hen. Ainf- worthinkis Annot. on Pfal.to.l. Caret hie Pfalmus Ticulo, i- deo pri- munGrse- ca,defnde- vulgarfs Verfioprs- cedenti e- uni adjun- gir,&c. Men. Afrl- ler. in Pru- kS.inPf. 10. Arg. Dcftroying and utter-abolifhing the Enemy, verfe, 5. IF. Relatively, and comparatively by paralleling the LORD's proeedings and the Enemies together. vi^. 1. The Enemies at firft breathed out nothing but utter defolations and pulling up of Cities : though thofe intended Defolations are quire hindred, and rheir own memorial urterly-perifhed, ver.6. 2. Butconrrariwife, the LORD remains, 1 An eternal befug. 2 A juft and mod upright Judge, verfe 7, 8. 3 Anallfnificient and feafonable Refuge for hisop- pretfed-ones in flrairs, verfe 9. 4 A moft fure and faithful friend , never forfaking his l'eekers, and therefore truftcd in by all that know his name, ver. 10. 2. His invitation of others, to praife the Lord and his works together with him .-for his conftant mind- fulnefsofhis afflicted, verfe 11.12. TL David prayeth to the Lord, ver. 13. fyc. And here 1. He fues to the LORD, for fuch favours, as ma} give him ample caufe of praifing him. vi%. 1. To fliew grace to him. 2. To view and confider his trou- ble from his haters. 3. To, lift him up from the gates of Death; That he may praife the LORD in the gates of Sion , i. e. in the Publick Afiemblies, and joy in his falvation, ver. 13. 14. 2. He confeffeth and reioyceth in Gods glorious Judgements upon the Churches Enemies ; their Plots being returned, as felf-enfnarcments, upon their own heads, to the eminent renown of the LORD in his Judgments, ver. 15,15. This is ampli- fied by the effect or fruit of this eminent ex pcrience, vi^. His confidence for future, 1. That the Lord will deftroy arlaftall wicked & godlefs perfons,v. 17. 2. That the GodIy,though needy & poor-afflicted,fhall not alwaies be forgotten, Sec. ver. 1 fi . 2. He Petitioneth for Gods Judgments, upon the ungodly, Praying that the Lord, 1. Would rife up for his people againft them. 2. Would reftrain their power. 3. Would judge them. 4. Would terrifie them, and make them experimentally know they are but wretched men, ver. 10. 20. PfalmX. Seff. I. The Order and Number . The Order and Enumeration of the Pfalmes begins here to vary in fome Verfions or Tranflaiions from the Original Hebrew, Sec. For although the Hebrew Jh:r a makes this a diftinft Pfalme from the former, Se theXth Pfalme in Number and Order,which Divifi- onand Enumeration is rightly and juftly followed from hence to the end of the Book, by the chaldee ParaphralT, by Pagnin and Montanns, by Junius and Tremellms, by Calvin, H. Mollerus, D. Parens, our beft Enilifl) Tranfl.ition, and many others .- yet fun- dry other Verfions and Tranflations, do annex this loth pfalme (which is untituled) unto the 9th pfalme as part thereof, accounting them both to be but one Pfalme, vi^. the iX'h in Order and Number. Thus the ancient GreeliVerfion of the LXXII ( differently from the Hebrew J accounts this X'h pfalme toge- ther with the 7A> to be but one b : reckoning the ir'' pfalme to be the iofA, and the 12th to be the 1 if/;, and fo forward. Likewjfe it makes the 114'/; and H$tb pfalmes but one, and by this meanes loofeth two of Mie number. ' Yet again to makeupthemimberof 150 pfalmes, the Greek di- vides pfalme 116 into two, the latter pfalme begin- ning it ver. i'j. andalfo difparrsf/T./we 147.1010 two, the latter of tliefe beginning at ver. 12. Praife the LORD, Ojerufdem, &c. And fo this Vufion rc- curnes again to the Hebrew Count or Enumeration to the end of this Book. Many Verfions and Expo- sitors do follow this Gree^Verfion ; As thcVulgar La- tin, Ethiopifk. and Arabicli Verfions-, As Ambrofe, Chryfofiome, Hierome, Au^uiline, the (/• Unary GLff.i- ry Nicol.it de Lyra, foe. in their Expufitions. Cut the Syriacl^Verfion c follows the Hebrcw-Enumerati- c Bibl. Pc- u'A pfalme 1 14. where it joyncs pfalme 114, and 11$. lyglott. in into one,and 10 loofeth one of the number till pf.lme Pfal. 1 14* 147. which it divides into two at verfe 12. as the o- & 147. ther Verfions do, and (o returncs with the reft to the Hebrew Enumeration to the end of the pfalmes.Tliis diverfity of numbring produced) great inconvenience in alledging thofe Verfions or Expofitors in fuch pfalmes wherein they differ from the Hebrew, and occafione:h many mifrakes : For preventing whereof this that hath been here faid, nuili be carefully confi- dered and rewembred. Seel. II. The Summary Contents. Herein the Pfalmift, 1. Complaines, 1 Of the LORD'S long delaying his help in ftraits, ver. i. 2 Of the extream pride and outrage of the wicked a- gainftGod, and his poor people, ver. 2. to 12. i. Prayes, 1 That God would fiand up for his own peo- ple againft thefe wicked mifcreants, ver. 12. to 15. 2 That he would utterly crufii wicked mens power and impiety, verf. 15, 16. 3. Profeffeth his confi- dence in God, That he will manifeft himfelf for his people, againft all the wicked, ver. 17,18. Seff. IIL The Verfwn out of the Hebrew. I. r. T ORD, why doft thou (land d far-afide f I .- At times in our diftrefs, 0 why doft thou thy felf thus hide ? 2. In fwelling-haughtinefs The wicked e perfecuts the poor : O-Iet-themfelves-be-caught In their devices evermore Which cunningly they thought. d tteh. at a- farre-di- Rance. e htb. hotly. purfues. 3. For, praife himfelf the wicked doth, For his Souls luff abhofr'd: The Covetous himfelf doth blefs, He f doth defpight the LORD. 4. The wicked (_g fuch his faces pride ) He will not feek for God : All his devices have defcride He thinks there is no God. 5. In all times/; profperousare his wayesy On high thy Judgements be / Beyond his reach : As for his foes, Puff at them all doth he- 6. He in his heart/er«re did fay lln-mov^dlfhallbe/r///: To ^generations all alway Sithlam not in ill, 7. His mouth/ withcurfing-doth-abound, m Deceits and fallacy.- Beneath his tongue is mifcheiffo»n>. from ^ie fore -him. k Hcb. generation and ofcurh'g. H7J^ A.'rtb, is properly an oath with f.t\. Deut. 19. li.ti Nch.10.i9.Tn Hib. ini A-.c buih ottbe Court-yards, c^glafs-yarj., or, unwa R r f Htb. prg. perly, pro- voketh-with reproaches- blafphemeth lr is here op- pofed toblef- feth. % Hcb. ac. carding to the loftinefs of his nofe. h Htb. bring forth with- grief.iri firn- per 10 bring- ing forth young. which being with pre fent ?&in, but fUrping joy the wotd is tifed either /jr grieving or profper- ing, either may fuit here, eeneration. ) //«',, fijfl Enecraiion. See Numb cits n Heb he firsinanx lled-rowres. 9. In. 154 P S A L M E. X. ° «cJ..lies- 'n-wait. pheb.c^ruch- c:h cruflicth himfelf, cr, And he cr-uclicth, fur there ii A double rend- ing here in H'lrew. <\Heb ftrong ooes. 1 H ftoops,he bows „• that by his q paws A-troop of-poor-fall-may. 1 1. He faith in's heart God hath forgot .• He hides his countenance, For-evermore fee will he not. 12. Rife Lord, thine hand r advance O God do not forget the poor. 13. Why fhall the wicked ay /"Defpighr God .' Thou wilt not require, He in his heart did fay. 14. Thou view'dft •, Far, t villany and « fpite Thou didft exaflly fee, With thy j«/r hand it to requite, The poor leaves all one thee : Thouhelper art of fatherlefs. 15. Of th' ill and wicked-one ' x Break thou the Anne : his wickednefs Search, till thou findeft none. 16. The Lord is King, and fhall command For ever and/ ray : The Heathen /o/^out of his land Are perimed away. 17. The poor-affiifted-we/;* defire, OLord, thy-felf-didft-hear: Their heart thou fully do'ft prepare, Thou mak'ft-attent thine ear. 18. Whh right eoufnejl to Judges the poor AndOrphane-fatherlefs ; Left r. man from earth adde any more With-terrour-to opprefs Sect. IV. 'The, Kindt, Penman, Oc cati- on and Scope. The Kind of this Pfalme, 1. As to the Form or Manner of penning it, is, Vntituled : Having no Ti- tle prefixed in the Hebrew. See on Pfal. I. Seft. 4. 2. Asro the Subject -matter of it, is, Euilical: where- in the Pfalmift, graphically delineating, and to the life painting out, the notorious infolency, out-rage, and malice of the wicked againft the Lord and his gracious people, deeply complaines and prayes a- gainft them, befceching the Lord to take his op- prefled people into his Protection, and break in pieces their pcrfecutors power and impiety, And atlaft as it were triumphantly concludes through Faith, that God will appear for his poor aftiifted people, againft their proudeft Perfecutors.and moft tyrannical bloody Oppreffours. The Pfalme moft emphatically charafterizeth and reprefents the proud, cruel, outragious and devillifh difpofitions and pr.ifticesofthe wicked, (efpecia'ly if in profpe- rity 3 againft the Godly : and is a lively Portraiture ofthefad condition of Gods Church and People in this wotld among the wicked, againft whofe intole- rable oppreflions, infolencics, and cruelties, their heft remedy is flying to die LORD for protection and juftice, by Faith and Prayers whereby cither they obtain deliverance from, fupport under, mitigati- on of, or advantage by their fun/: rings one way or ■ other. Some ( as a one obferves _) account this pfalme to be Prophetical, and that it prophecies of Antichrift the Roman pjpjcy. And faith he, Tljough it Jiea^oi allthc Enemies oj the Church in general, yet injpecial and kat ifyynv it fecms to note him. And the Church never had a more cruel enemy : and the Idea propounded in th'u Pfalme doth excellently exprejfe hit Tyranny. So he. But for my part I can hardly con- ceive any fuch (fecial Prophecy to be intended bv the Holy Ghoft in this Pfalme; but rather a General Cha- ratler of wicked mens difpofition and deportment towards the Church and dear People of God. Penman of this Pfalme is not here or elfewhere certainly fignified unto us. But moft probably it was David to whom it was no ftrange thing to be ex- ercifed with fuch high infolencics and cruel outrages of the ungodly. Occafion of penning this Pfalme is not eafietobe difcovered,in Particular: but in the General ji is very evident by the Subjeft-matter of it, It was written in an extream evil time to the Church and People of God, and upon Occafion of their deep furTerings and diftrefles under the intolerable pride, infolency, fubtilty, malice, tyranny, outrage, petfecutions, and cruelty of prophane wicked wretches abounding with outward profperity in this world, the time {fanh b one) ii uncertain: but r/jw k certain, that it j> Tempus agrees almofl to every time. The affiifted condition hicertum of Gods people under the wicked, defcribed in this eft .• fed Pfalme, being the common and conftant lot of the hoccer- Chiirch and fincere fervants of the LORD, almoft in turn, quod all times and ages, when once the ungodly obtain omnifere the upper-hand. rempori Scope intended in this Complaint and Prayer, is-, quadrat. To intrear the LORD, to appear at laft for his poor- Jo. Foord. affii&ed-people wofully oppreftedby the outragious mExpofit. infolencies , perfections, and cruelties of audaci- PfaL 10. ous,Lyon-like atheiftical wicked-ones ,and to rife up for the fuccour of hisdiftref(edones,butfor the ruine and reftraint of their wicked Perfecutors,& that they may be caught in their own devices. And in all times, Gods Church and People being exercifed with like perfections, infolencies and outrage of the wicked, may make ufe of this moft fuitable Pfalme,making the Lord their onely Refuge by Faith and Prayer in their calamities. Self. V. The Analy(is,ox Principal Parts. In this Vntituled Pfalme, or Praye r,are laid down The Pfalmifts 1. Complaint, 2. Petitions, and ?.Pro- feffion of confidence in the LORD touching the re- queftsprefented. I. His Complaint is very fad and lamentable. He Complaines, I. Of the L O R D's with-holding and delaying his help to his afflifted people in diftrefles, in troublous times. This is fet forth under two Me- taphors, vi^. fj 1 J Of Diftance. fzj Of hiding himfelffrom them, ver. I. II. Of the pride and in- folency of the wicked, in their hot-purluing, or vio- lent perfectiting of Gods poor afflicted, ver. 2. at begin. In this Complaint note •, Firft, An Impreca- tion againft thefe proud Perfccutors, that they may be caught in their own devices, ver. 2. Secondly, Cer- tain Arguments or Reafons of this Imprecation. Thefe are drawn, 1. Partly, From the pride and in- folency of thefe wicked wretches. Which their pride is Defcribed, and Aggravated, f \ ) By their Self-applaufe in , or for their Soules luff. (2~) By their blcfling of the Covetous. ("3 ) By their prophane provoking of the Lord,blafphem- ing and delighting him, ver. 3. (4 J By their haughty contempt of the Lord, proudly refufing to feek him, or his will. ($) By their Atheiftical devices. They even ftudy Atheifine : devifing, if it were poifible, ro perfwade themfeNesrhcrcis no God, verf. 4. (~ 6 J Bv their flighting of Gods Judgements, or notconfidering and underftanding them, by reafon of their conftant profperity, puf- fing them up. fl J By their proud and difdainful ptirtmgar their foes, ver. <;. Flattering thcmfelves, from their prefent condition, with imaginations of their P S A L M E XI. 155 c Major fum quam cui poflfic fortunano- cere,Ex- ceflere me- turn mea jam bo- na . Vt Niobe apud Ovi- dium. their perpetual profperity and liability c,ver. 6. 2. Partly, from thefe wicked mens Perfecting- pra- fiices againft Gods poor-affliacd ones. Which arc defcribed and aggravated, CO By the deceit, guile, and fraudulent oftheir words, though backed with OathesandCurfcs. What ever good affections or actions they prerend towards Gods people, ye: they intend their mifchief.ver.7. (?)fy thcircrafty and cruel deeds, againft the Godly. In which re- fpeftthey are elegantly compared, 1. To fubtile bloody Thieves lurking in holes and by-corners neer the ends of Towns or Villages, to do mifchief to the innocent, ver. 3. 2. To cruel and crafty Lyons cun- ningly crouching in their Dens to compaffe their prey, ver. 9, 10. 9. To a Fowler or Hunter craftily fprea'ding his Net, &c. ver. 9. C?>) fy rheir Athe" iltical thoughts and imaginations oftheir hearts, that God fees none of thefe their vaillanous courfes, ver. 11. , . 1 II. His Petitions are earneft and Pathetical,w^. 1. That God would at laft appear for his poor oppreffed People, againft thefe wicked mifcreants, their Enemies. Which appearing is, I. Defcribed-, by certain Acts of the LORD, defired,^. 1. An- ting. 2. Lifting up of his hand. 5. Not forgetting the poonver.i 2. II. V,ged,\. Becaufe, thefe wick- ed, reproach, and hlafpheam God and his Juftice, ver. 13. 2. Becaufe Jhe Lord exactly beholds ail the wicked dealings of thefe men, to take vengeance up- onthem. 3. Becaufe, Gods poor-afflicted commits his whole caufe to God : leaves all to him. 4. Becaufe God by Office and Property is an Helper of the Fa- therlefs, vef. 14. . J 2. That God would utterly crufh thele wicked Persecutors power and impiety, ver. 15. This is urged, 1. From the Eternity of Gods Kingdome and Dominion. 2. From their former notable experi- ence of his driving out the Canaanites, and deftroy- ingthem, ver. 16. III. His Profeffion of his hope and Confidence, That the LORD will accordingly appear for his op- preffed Church and people, againft theinfolency and out-rage of all their wicked Perfecutors. And this, 1. By firm-preparing his peoples heart, vi%. To pray, and wait. 2. By lending an ear to their requeftsver.17. 2.- B/judging his Orphans and Op- preffed. 4. By delivering them from thedaunting- terrour of all proud Perfecutors and wicked Tyranni- cal Opprefiors, ver. 18. Pfalme XI. Seff. I. The Summary Contents, T>avid,\. Declares, his Enemies 1. Reproach of him, ver. 1. 2. Preparations againft him, ver. 2. 3. Deftroy ing his foundations of Hope, ver. 3. II.Trf- umphs againft his Enemies in God alone. Confider- ing, 1. His Supream Dominion. 2. His Providence, ver. 4. 3. His equity in his difcrimjnating proceed- ings with the righteous and the wicked, ver.$,6,-j. Sett. II. The Ver{i6n out of the Hebrew. To the Majlcr-Mufician A Pfalme of David. i.T In the Lord a have-confidence ; JL How fay ye to my Soul, Unto your mountain of defence Flee as the winged b fowl .* 2. For, lo the wicked bend their bower, Their fhaft on firing prepare : In that darknefs to fhoot ztthofe Which upright c hearted are. 3. For, ftroy'd are the d Foundations/«re : The juft what hath he done ? 4. The Lord k e in his Palace pure, The Lord, in Heav'ns his Throne : His eyes view,/eye-lids try man's Sonnes. 5. The Lord the righteous proves •, But his Soul hates the wicked-ones, And him that rapine loves. 6. Snares, fire, and brimftone rain will he The wicked-ones upon, And wind of burning- ftorms/^d// be Their full cups portion. 7. Becaufe the only righteous Lord Doth righteoufnefles love : His g face mall view with great regard The upright from above. SeU. III. The Kinde^ Penman^ Occafwrt and Scope. TheKindoi" this Pfalm is, 1. As to the outward form of Writing it, Emituled: 2. Asto t\\tSub)eil- matter or Argument of it, Doftrinal, Querulatory, and Confolatory. Dottrinal , teaching ; That the condition of the godly in this life, is like that of a filly bird flying from place to place for fear of the Fowler : That the wicked are malicioufly fet againft the righteous : That the Lord notwithftandingpucs a vaft difference betwixt the godly and the wicked. Querulatory, complaining of the reproach and mif- chief done to the righteous by the wicked. Confola- tory, wherein David comforts himfelf againft all his enemies reproach, mifchief and malice, by his con- fidence in the Lord, ver. 1. &c. Chryfoftome highly and elegantly magnifies this Grace faying •, h Great is force of Hipe in the Lord : It UaGarrifon infupera- ble, a Wall inexpugnable, a Conflitt unconquerrble, a calme Port, a Tower invincible, a Weapon irreftftible, a Power that cannot be over com, and finding paffage out of intricate-perplexities-where-no-way-is. By this, the unarmed have overcome the armed, and women men, and children have eafily prevailed over them that have been exercifed in warlike affairs. And what wonder if they have overcome enemies, when as they have overcome the worldit felf '? For, the Elements not knowing their ownnature, have been changed into that which was profitable to them; and the wilde-beafts were no longer wilde-beafts, nor the Furnace a Fur- nace,Dan. 3. For Hope in Godcompofeth all things. Teeth werefharp , and the Prifon ftrait, there was immanity of Nature, and Hunger irritating Nature, Nopartition betwixt them, and their meuthesnigh the Prophets bo- dy, Dan. 6. But Hope in God, which is fironger than any Bridle, ruftjtng into their mouths, did draw them bac^ Thefe things here he f aid to fuch as bade him flee for fafety; I hope for fafety in the LORD.how fay ye to my foul, Flee, &c> So he. Some interpret this pfalm Allegorically, as if it were written aeainft falfe a Htbhopc for fafety. bbeb. Bird or Sparrow c beb. of- h«arr,or; in~ hcart. d beb. things orderly-fet. c Het.in the palace of his Holinefs. f beb his eyelids. g Hcb.fucts, afpefis, counte- nances, or, thcirafpeSs 1 h:s may refer to the Trinity. or to themuhiplk city of Gods favours, yjjeiov 1a- fovajui : PpKe/flPsc- p*Xpy,$cc. Joan.Chry- foft.in Ex- pof. Pf. 10. adinit.T.3 M i56 P S A L M E. XII. falfe teachers and heretical perfons; that deflroy the fwn Nations of faith by their errours, violently oupo- fing pious and found Teachers, &c. Thus Hierome, i Deciinus i Toe tenth Pf.ilm is fung againli Hiret'ick* and ill Be- Plalmus lievers. I trull in the LORD"] The Viice of the Church contra he- againSl Heretickj, or of Chrift againfl Devils. But I reticos & fee no reafon at all to depart from the plain Gram- malecre- matkal, to an Allegoric al fence ; in interpreting of dentes thispfalm: asone^hath alfo well obferved. canitur: Penman of this pfalm was David, as the Title fig- [In Domi- nihes. i: : confi- Occasion of Davids writing this pfalm is not he re do.'jVox particularly declared. But in the General, it is moft Ecclefiz probable from the matter of this pfalm, that it was contra he- written upon Occafnn of Davids exile from King reticos.- Suds Court, when he fled to mountains, rocks fiveChri- caves, woods, &c. to fhelter himfelf from Sauls fti contra caulelefs perfecutions : who hunted him as a Par- Deraones. t, idge in the Mountains, i Sam. 26. 20. Thisfeems ffieronin here hinted, ver.i. One/thinks this waswritten Com. ad pf. about the beginning of King Saul's perfecutions of io.Tom.8. of him, when David was with Samuel at Naicth k Hen. in Ramah, 1 Sam. 19. 18, &c. And it is not unlike- Moll.in Iy, rhar fome of Saul's flattering Courtiers, obferv- Arg.Vf.11. ing Saul's malice againft David, might fcornfully Xjo.Fowd fay to David, Flee as a Bird to thy Mountain, q^c. in Expofit. David: Condition defcribed in this pfalm, moftlive- Tf.n.Tem- Iy reprefents the condition of Gods Church and pus. people in this prefent evil world. .Scope intended, is ; To Teach, that though Gods upright people are fadly exercifed here on earth, with the reproachful, malicious, and mifchievous practices of the wicked, yea, even to the ruine of the foundations of all fublunary help and hope .• yet they have comfortable confidence, and Hope-for- fafety in the LORD •, That he will all-fufficiently pro- tect them againfl all their enemies fraudulence and violencejbuc pi enteoufly pour out his vengeance up- on all their wicked and cruel Perfecutors. Sect. IV. The Analyfis, or Principal Parts. The Title fignifies, r. The Direction of this Pfalm as to the Mufick of it. 2. The Penman of it ; Da- vid. The Subjrance of the pfalme contains. I, David's Narrative of his afflictions from his Enemies, 1. By their bitter and fcornful reproaches; tlce as a bird to your Mountain ; vi^. Flee David and thy Retinue: For here's a double readingiin the He- brew ; Flee-thou; or, Flee-yee. Againfl which he expofluljtcth.aegravating this Reproach by his own oppoflte affiance or Hope-for-fafety in the AHfuffici- ent LORD, How fay ye to my Soul, Flee, <&c. ver. 1. 2. By their various fubtile and cruel preparations a- gainflthc upright of heart, ver. 2. 3. By theirut- terdcmolifhingall the v\fih]c foundations of hisfup- portand fafety, as when the foundations of an houfo arc pulled away. All thisis aggravated, as bring wholly undeferved by the righteous-, the righteous what hath he done* ver. 3. II. David's Triumph in the LORD alone, when all taithly foundations fail. He triumphs, 1. Jn the Lords Mipream Dominion. 2. In his mofl accurate all- feeing Providence over all perfons ; Hit eyes fee, his eye-lids try the Sonne s of man. A metaphor from men, who almoft clofe-fhut their eyelids, when they would exactly difcern any object, efpeciallyat adiflance, ver. 4. 5. In his Equity . and Difcrimi- nating Difpcnfat ions towards the Righteous and the Wicked. (~\) The righteous he proves: vi^. Part- ly, Ey their perfecutions from wicked men : as Pftl. 66.\o.\i. 12. Partly, By other afflictions, Job 23. i ,.y.?tb.i$.C).i Pet. ^.i2.(2~)The wielded he exrrcam- ly hates, ver. 5. And will tcflifie at lafl this his ha- tred of them, by plagring them with dreadful flor- my fhowers of Divine wrath and vengeance, (^Here- in alluding to Sjdom's overthrow by fhowers of fire and brimftone. Gen. 19. 24. prefiguring eternal fire and torments in Hell, Jude'j. Rev. 22. 10) vey. 5, 6. 4. In the caufe why the LORD vouchfafesto the righteous fuch favourable A fpects of his Counte- nance ; vi^. His moft righteous Nature loving Righte- oufneffes, and his free grace and good-pleafure of his will towards them, ver. 7. rfalm XII. Seff. I. The Summary Contents. Davidl. Vrayes the Lord to fave and help him, and other good people, from the mifchievous Ma- chinations of the wicked, ver. 1. begin. ll^PreJfetb this his requefl, From i.The Neceffuy of it, through the then corrupt flate of all things, ver. 1.2. 2. His own confidence of Gods juflice upon the wicked, ver. 3. 4. 3. The LORD'S Promife, ver. 5,6. III. Concludes comfortably and confidently, That the LORD will keep and preferve the Godly from that wicked Generation. ver,j, 8. Sctf. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew. To the yJ/^r-Mufician u\on a the Eighth, A P [aim of David. i.irjElpLORDi For it if plain PI TheGodly-w.tnisceas'd: For,from among the Sonnes c of men The faithful are decreas'd. 2. With lip of flatteries They falfhood fpeak apart Each-man unto d his Neighbour nigh •• They fpeak with heart and heart. 3. The LORD fliallcut away All lips of flattcrings Tea their vain-glorious tongue, 7 fay, Still fpcaking mighty-things. 4. Who laid, We. will prevaile With our-own tongue ami word, Our lips are e ours, wb] (1> iu)a we quail ? Who/over-usi* LORD? 5. For poor's fpoyle, g nccdics groan, Now faith the LORD, Tic rill * Tie Cct-him in Salvation, /; Whom puffing- wrt« defies 6. Pure words the LORD'S words air, Lil^e fllvcr fuicly-tryde In earth's fubliining-furnace : There Full feven times purifyde. 7. O LORD, thy (c\( aljne Shalt thefe thy Saints conferve : i Them from this Generation For-aye thou-wilt-prcferve. 8. The rcfllefs wicked-ones Do walk on-evcry fide ; When bafefl-vilcnefs j^ of man's fons Ishighly-magnificd," afc.J.Shemi- nicfa. b he b. wj Save--- c beb.oi ^A~ dttm. the faithful are- ended, or, are dimi- nished, d Htb. *t; companion C Htb. with- f Heb.MKO lis. P Htb.. for thegroanin* of the needy one*. h Hcb'From t'trn tr6» riifteth a-t him Ocen- fro fui ip- ius con- ferva tione & libera- tlone pre- catur. D. Parewin Adverfar. inPfal.il h Joan. Poor din Expofit. Pfal. 13. Sett. II. The Verfton out of the Hebrew. To the Mafter- Mufician A Pfalm of David. 1. T TOw long a time O LORD wilt 1~1 Forget me ever more ; C trl0U How long a time from me wilt thou Thy countenance a obfeure? 2. How longbconfult inSouI fhalll, Grieve in mine heart all day ? O how long fhall mine Enemy O're me c exalted-fway > 3. Look-on, O LORD my God, likewife Here me : Preferve my breath, 0 lighten thou my darkpedeyes, Left that I fleep the death. 4. Left-that, o're-him-prevaii'd-havel, Mine enemy fhould fay. Left my diftreffing-foes ; fhould joy When I am mov' d-away 5. But in thy d grace I rruft, mine heart Glad in e thine health fhall be ; 1 to the LORD wiil fing, becaufe He welli rewarded me. Sett. III. the Kind, Penman, Occafion and Scope. The KfWeofthis Pfalme, is; 1. As to the Forme ofwritingif, Enthuled. Having a Title prefixed in the Hebrew. 2. As to the Subjelf- Matter of it ; Que- rulatory and Petitory. A Complayning-Prayer. It is fomewhat of like Subject and Argument to the laft foregoing Pfalme, favethat, There, the diftreffes of Gods people more generally ; Here the diftreffes of David more particularly, are infifted upon , There, heprayesforthe reftitution of a better ftate to the whole Church : Here, for the prefervation and de- liverance of himfelf. As Par em g Penman of this Pfalme was David, As the Title intimates. Occafion of Davids writing it, feems by the Subject- Matter of the Pfalme to have been fome deep and long diftreffes wherein he was involved by reafon of his Enemies, even almoft to his utter ruine. And it is fuppofed h he wrote it towards the end of Saul's petfecutions of him, when he fled from him for fafety into the Land of the Philiftines, 1 Sam. 27. 1. &c. Under thefe afflictions, through the LORD'S long deferring of his help and deliverance, he had much perplexity in his Soul touching the LORD'S deferting him and hiding his countenance from him: But at laft flying to the LORD by Prayer for deliver- ance, he got the Victory over his Troubles and Temptations, being perfwaded to acquiefce in the LORD,and to rejoyce in hope of complete fal vation, which in fomemeafure was begun unto him. Scope of David in this Pfalme, is; Topoure out his complaint and the troubles of his heart unto theLord touching the LORD'S hiding of his Countenance from him, and his Enemies exaltation over him, for fo Jong time together „• And to intrcat him, to Be- hold, Hear, and Deliver him from all his Enemies and long afflictions. Sett. IV. The Analyfis, or Principal Tarts. The Title of this Pfalme f which is alfo prefixed to Pfalme 19 20.21.31.40. 41. 64. 1.9. 139. 140. and with fome further addition to Pfalme. si.Jcon- tains, 1. The direction of it, as to the Mufick; To the Maftir- Mufician. 2. The Denomination of it ; A Pfalme. 3. The Penman of it ; David. The pfalme it felf being a prayer, confifts of 1 Complaints: 2 Petitions: And 3 AConcluf/on. I, Complaints. David fadly laments and com- plains, 1. in reference to the LORD, of his long and long forgetting him, and hiding his face from him in his deep diftreffes, verfe. 1. 2. In reference to him- fejf, of his long and tedious conflicting, 1 Partly, with doubtful diffracting thoughts of mind. 2 fartly, with dayly grief of heart. 3 In reference to his ene- mies, oftheirbeing fo long exalted over him. ver. 2. Hi Petitions, D*iwceedingly feared, ftf'fr.falva- tion. glfen. Molkrwt inArg.Pf. 14.D. Pa- rens in Ad' verfar.ad Pfal.14. h fo.Calv. in Com.ad P/.14.1. ID. Parens in AdverJ. adPf.14. k Neque dubiumeft quin Da- vid hoc ul- timo ver- fu fubito enthufiaf- mo cor- reptus de fpirituali captivita- teper Chriflum futura, prsfertim cogitarit, &c£im.de Mukin Comment. adPf.14. 'j.vld.Hen. Moller. in Arg.Pf.i4. &D.Pa- reum in Adverfar. *dPf.i4. 3. B«revery-one is-back-declinde, Together c loathiome-they-becamc.- Now doin# good of any ^inde, Not ev'n fo much at one of them. 4. d Have they no knowledge all, nor dread, That work iniquity abhorred? Eating my folk at they eat bread. They have not call'd upon the Lord, $. There e they fore fear'd ; For God Upland /n Generation of the Juft. 6. The poor maruCounfelyedifgrac'd Becaufe the LORD k his-fafe- trull. 7 From Sion who'l give Jffeli health 5 When his dear folk's Captivity The LORD fhall back return with wealthy Exult (hill Jacob, Ifraeljoy. Se£$. II L The Kindei Penman y Occafion > and Scope. The Kinde of this Pfalme, 1 As to the Forme or manner of writing it, is Entituled; A Title being prefixed to it in the Hebrew. 2 As to the Sub'jeU- Matter or Argument of it, is Didafcalical or Doflri- nal, zndConfolatory. Teaching, that the hearts and lives ofallmeer natural men, are mod Atheiftical, Corrupt, Prophane, and cruel to the People of God, man,(a\len\n Adam, qui ratione is without the life of God, Eph. 4. 18. as a dead qua inter- Catlytffe, called Nebalath ,Levh. 1 1.40. and hath loft d um po!- thejuyceand fap of Reafon, Wifriome, Honefty, Ieacabura* Godlineffe, &c. II. The Corruption of this Fool is De- tur.S/w de fcribed, Demonftrated, mdContefted againft. 1. De- Mukin fcribed, (ij Partly, By the Nature of it, Evident Com.ad bothin the Root, and Fruit of it. In the Root of it, Pf.14.1. Heart- Atheifme ; Hath f aid in hk hear t(be'mgz(hzva- ed to fpeak it out in his mouth, as Auguftine m no- « Nee ipfi tetlf) there k no God. He faith not ; There k no Lord, etiam Sa- as denying the effence of God ; bur, no God, As de- crilegi & nying the Rule, Providence, and Judgment of God ; deteftan- thinksS/m. de Mukin Pfal. 14. 1. In the outward di quidam Fruit of it ; Commifjion of abominable corrupt Afts. Philofo- And Omiffton of all true fpiritual good. fa J Partly, phi,quf By the aggravating extent of this corruption over perverfa all by Nature, as the Apoftle Rom. 3. 11, 12. urgeth &falfade it. There is none doing good,v. 1. 2. Demonstrated Deo fenti- convincinglytobefoexcream, by the Teflimony of ant,aufi the LORD himfelf, moft accurately obferving from funt dice- Heaven, if there were any that underftood and re non eft fought God, v. 2. buc finding, all declined, all un- Deus. Ide« profitable, ufeleffe, ftinking, None doing good, not otaergo one,?/. 3, z.Contefted againft. As attended with dixit,in deep Aggravations. The wicked being, (ij Moft cordefuo* brutifh generally and univerfally. (^2) Molt cruel quia hoc againft Gods People, f 2. J Godleffe, v. 4. ("4 J Af- nemo au- flifted with terrours, through the LORD'S protect- detdicere* ing prefence with his People, v.$ ("5 J And ifiaming, etiamfi au- or fcorning and deriding the councel of Gods poor fus fuerit afflifted, for making the Lord his refugejandhope- cogitare. for-fafety, v.6. Aug.Enar* II. Reprefenteth hereupon A pathetical wifli of the '« P/rf^ 13* Godly, or of the Pfalmift, For the Salvation of Ifra- Tom.8. el ouc of Sion, vi^. By David from their temporal, efpecially by Chrift from their fpiritual miferies, See n Quk da* Jfa. 59.3o.R0m.il. 26. This wifh is^as fomen thinkj bit ;\d eft, in the nature of a Prophetical PrediUion. This is am- Utinam plified, By the effeft that fhall enfue upon that de- detur, uc fired Salvation, vi^. Ifraels thankful joy and glad- fxpeinSa- nefTe at the return of Gods Peoples Captivity from cris Iite- under the thraldom temporal of wicked oppreilors, ris : Eftquc and bondage fpiritual under Sin, Satan, and other vox.non Spiritual miferies, v. 7. dubitantkt ficut in grammar, lingua? Hebrea? videri poteft, Sed optantk : vota au« tern Sanftorum, quod volo diligenter obfervari, in Sacris Ute- ris vim habent pra?diftionum certo Eventurarum. Sim. de Muk in Comment, ad Pfal.14.7. Pfalm XV, i6o P S A L M E. XV. Pfalm XV. a //c&.hill of thine holi- nefs who lhall dwell. bheb.(ptik- ing truth, c Hfi.walks not about- carrying tales. Some derive the .— ord from 7 JH a f' ot d //ei. next- friend, or Companions e He b. or ; jeceiveth. endureth. f Heb. A vile wretch, {or defpi- cable-oneis rejected with loath- ing. ' g bib. filver h««t. A gift i cuher ofThings,or Promifes. ilfcft. Shall not move or {hake for ever. SeU. T. Tfo Summary Contents. D.™?^ Dialogue-wife defcribeth atrue Citizen of Sion, in the Church Militant and Triumphant. i. Propounding the Queflion to the LORD, ver. i. 2. Declaring the Solution from the LORD. That he is a man ot a godly and righteous converfation, ver. 2. to the end. Seff. II. The 'Verfion out of the Hebrew. I. Verfion. A Pfalm of David. i . T O R D, who fhall fojourn here \_j Within thy Tabernacle ? Upon a thine holy Mountain there Who fhall-have-habitacler' 2. He-that-walks perfectly, And worketh righteoufnefs •• And in his Heart's integrity b Doth naked Truth exprefs. I 3. c Defames not wi;hhis tongue, Nor to his d friend doth ill ; Nor yet unto his Neighbour's wrong e Take-up reproach he wifl 4. In whc-Cc impartial eyes /An abject is abhorr'd, But yet he highly glorifies The fearers of the LORD. And doth not change or lye, Though to his hurt he fwear. 5. That givetl. not to Ufury His 1 money any where, Againft the Innocent Takes not h a bribing- fee : Who-doth thefe things/o excellent, i Shajl never moved be. II. Verfion. A Pfalm of David. a Heb. Shall dwell upon the Hill of thine Holy- nefs. b Hcb, And worketh. c Heb. or > fpeaketh. d f/ffr.goeth not on tale- tellmg. e Heb. ill. f Heb. take- up : beare : receive , entertain- P Hth A vile wn chisde- fpifcd. with loathing. i.T ORD, in thy Tabernacle I , Now who fhall fojourn ? Whort fhall-have-Habitacle Upon thine holy Hill? 2. Who perfect walks, b Works equity, and verity In his heart c talks. 3. d He-that-backbiteth none With his defaming tongue, To his Companion That doth not any e wrong : That doth not f frame Reproach alfo Conrrary to His Neighbour'* Name. 4. In whofe impartial eyes g An abject is abhorr'd, But he evn glorifies Thofc-that -do-fear the LORD Still h That fwears an Oath That-harmful-proves, yet never loves To change hii troth. 5. That unto Ufury Hath not i his money lent, Nor taketh ^ bribing-fee Againft the innocent : Thefe things before Who afteth, / He Mov'd fhall not be For evermore. h Hcb. fwears to hit barme, and changetb not i Hth given his (ilver. kHeb. a gift 1 Hcb. Hec fhall not move, or ihakc— - Seff. III. The Kinde, Penman^ Occafi* on and Scope. The Kind of this Pfalm, 1. As to the Form or Man- ner of Penning it, is-, Entituled: An Hebrew Title being prefixed to it in the Orginal. And the fame Title is prefixed to Vfdm 23.24 29.101. 1:0.141. 143. 2. As to the Argument or Sub)eil-matter of it, is; Doctrinal and Cafuiftical. For here one of the great- eft Doctrines, orweightiefl Cafes of Confcience, is Propounded and refolved, vi^. Who are true Citi- zens of Sion f Or, who are true Fellow-Citizens with the Saints, and of the Houfe-hold of God, Ephef. 2.19 ? Or, Which isthetrueChurch,and who are the true Members of the Church Militant on Earth, and fhall be of the Triumphant in Heaven, &c > This Queflion is by the Pfalmift propounded to the LORD, and by the LORD refolved here, for the certain, infallible and, unqueflionable determination thereof, to the full- and final Conviction, Information, and Satisfa- ction of every perfon herein, not from Man, but from God himfelf: and the Resolution is; That, he is the true Church Member, and (I) all abide therein immo- vably,' who leads a godly and righteous converfation to- wards God and Man. This is the true Qualification of the perfon juftified .• though not the Caufeot his juftification. And therefore hence,and from fuch like Scriptures,the Papifts do but in vain and groundlefly feek to prove their Juftification by Wor\s : This be- ing quite befides the Scope and Intendment of the Text m. This DoSrine or Cafe of Confcience is here laid down by way of Dialogue , for the greater clearnefie: The Piophet David propounding the Queflhn to the LORD, v. 1. And the Lord return- ing him Anfwerby his Spirit, v. 2, fee. Penman of this Pfal m was David, as the Title de- clares. Occafmnoi Davids Penning it particularly, Is not lb obvious. Somen think David wrote this Pfalm after he had brought the Ark of God to Mount Sion : grounding this Opinion upon the Queftion, ver. 1. and Pfal. 24. 3. And that thofe Fools and Atheifls fpo- kenofin Pfal. 14. i,&c. gave David Occrt/nn of wri- ting this Pfalm, in the 37^. year of Davids reign or thereabouts, when God had fhewed him the place in Mount Moriah where the Temple vim to be built, 1 Chron. 21. i.and 2 Chron. 3. 1. It is fomewhat dif- ficult to be particularly definitive herein. In gene, a! , Icfeems probable enough from the Argument and SubjeZt-matter of the pfalm; that David, obferving how many pretended by their outward profeffions, Sacrifices and outward Ceremonial Obfer'vances to be true Church Members, &.r. who yet did not walk anfwerably by Holynefle and Righteoufncffc in their Lives and Conventions, thereupon took Occafnn to delcribe a rrue Citizen of Sion, a right Church- fh ember indeed, by his godly and righteous life: thac fo noHjpacrites and meer Formalifis in Religion miqlit Hatter and deceive themfelvcs with meer empty pretences and fhadows of Religion, without the life and power. And it is an Obfervation 0, not to be neglected ; That thefe three Pfalmes, 1 4. i<. 16. feempurpofclyto be thus ordered; Tl)at in tbefirfrit may be t aught, That all men by Nature are under Sin, and none can fatiifie or mD. Pa- rem in Adverfar. adPfal.15 n Joan. Foord. in Expofit. Pfal. 15. tempu s V S A L M E XVf. 161 p Scopus huius Pfal- mieft ex- cka re ho- mines ad bene vi- vendum. G. Amef. in Leilion. ad Pfal. 15. q Jo.Calv. in Argum. Pfal. 15. or exaltly fulfill the Law of God : In the fecond, That not a fliadow only, but the perfetlion of Obedience to the Lav it required of God: To this the third, viz. Vfal. 16 kfub'pyned, which feeing per jell obedience cannot be per- formed of us, propofeth Chrift to be confidered, who by his Paffion and Obedience hath fatisfied for us, andfo it become the Endofthe Law tow for righteoufnejl through believing, Rom. 10. 4. . Scope here intended, is-, To propound by Divine Authorky an Evident Character of a true Church member, t/^.Offuchaperfon, asinrhisworld pre- fent fhall foiourn in GodsTabernacle , remain a while here as a Member in his Church Militant ; and in the world to come mall dwell in his holy Hill, abide for ever as Member in his Church Triumphant : Even he who leads a godly and righteous converfation. And confequently, this Pfalme incites all to live well p. This Ffalme (Taith Calvin J teacheth upon what condition God chofe the Jews to be a people to himfdfand placed hit Santtuary in the midfl of them : to wit, That they might, by living )u(ily and rightly, tejlifietbemjelves to be his Peculiar and holy People q. Sett. IV. The Analyfts, or Principal Parts. The Tit le hath in it, 1. The Denomination of this Scripture ; A Yfalme. The Penman of it j David. ThePfalmek felf, is as a Dialogue betwixt David and the Lord : and contains, I. Davids important and weighty Queftion; LORD wbofl)allfojourn&.c.thatit, OLORD, who as a true Church-Member, /hall converfe and have Commu- nion with thee in thy Church Militant, for a while, in this world prefent ? and who fiiall enjoy eternal eternal blifs with thee in thy Church Triumphant in Heaven, in the world to come? The moving Taber- nacle, being a Type olThat : and the fixed place of Worfhip in Mount Sion, a Type of This. This Quetiionhby Ddvfrfpropounded to the LORD him- felf that the Solution thereof may, beyond all exception , be Authentique and Satisfactory , verfe 1. H.The LORD's fatisfaftory and mod Authenri- quc Solution or Anfwer, verfe 2. <&c. Which is, 1 Partly Doftrinal. 2 Partly Promifiory. t. DoZlrinal. Teaching and declaring, who and what manner of perfon a true Church-member is and ought to be, andthisby fundry Chara&ers, ordif- coveries of a good life, viz- He muft be one, l.Who towards God, walks per felt. That is, in true faith and obedience, without Guile and Hypocrifie, at Gen.17.1. Deut.' 18. 13. Mat. 5. 48. II. Who to- wards man, doth exert and exercife true Love and all Afts of righteoufnefs. And this,i. By purfuing arid practicing thegood,that may profit him. As 1 work- ing righteoufnefs. 2 Speakingtruthfincerely,v.2. 2. By declining & forbearing the evil,that may prejudice him. As, Ci} (laundering by Tale-bearing. (VHn" jurioufiiefs, or wrong-doing. (3J Reproaching his neighbour, verfe 3. ("4) Flattery. Not covering the vallany and abominable wickednefs of any un- godly wretches, having refpeft to them for their greatnefs, wealth, or any other worldly concern- ments, in a fawning flattering way : but contrarywife having a mod high efteem of the true fearers of the LORD, as Alls 10.34,35. (~ 5 J Perjury, verfe 4. ( 6~) Ufury. ( 7 ) Bribery, verfe 5. begin. 2. Promiffory. Promifing to him that fo walks as above , unmoyable unfhaken liability in the Church both in this world and for evermore, ver.$. Pfalme XVI. Sett. I. The Summary Contents. David, In this excellent Pfalme, Mixt or made up of Prayer, Praife, and Prophecy, I. Pr ayes unto God. In which Prayer arc 1. His petition for prefer- vation. 2. The Arguments or Grounds whereby icis urged, ver. i.to$. II. Praifeth the Lord, for his Eminent Beneficence, which he acknowledged to be conferred. 1. More Generally, without him4 ver. 5, 6. 2. More fpecially, within him, ver. 7. III. ?rofeffeth his Hope and Confidence in the Lord a- gainft all evils, yea, againft Dearh and Grave, be- ing perfwaded of his Refurreftion to Life, and Eter- nal felicity in the prefenceofGod in Heaven. And here he'Pro/>6ericfl//yforetelsChrifis Humiliation even to the Grave, but not to fee corruption .- and his Ex- altation, By his Refurrection from the Dead, And Glorification at Gods right-hand , verfe 8. to the end. Sett. It The Ver f on out of the Hebrew. Michtam of David. 1. T)Referve thou me O God, mine aid, J. For I in thee a confide. 2. My foul, Thou to the Lord haft faid, Thou art my Lord, my guide: My good to thee hath none extent, 3. But to the Saint? upright b Which are on Earth, and th' excellent* In them's my whole delight. 4. Who c haften to another God Their griefs fhall multiply ; Their vile drink-offerings ofblood Not once pour out will I, Nor in my lips their Names take up. 5. The Lord doth ftill remain The portion of my part rfand cup Thou doft my lot fuftain. 6. To me in places-delicate The lines befallen are, Yea the inheritance andftate Convafd to me is fair. 7. He blefs the Lord, for by his light He hath me counfelled .• Yea e in-the-feaTons-of-the- night My reins me nurtured. 8. 1 fet the Lord above to ft and Before-my-face alway ; Becaufe he is at my right-hand I fhall not move for ay. 9. Therefore mine heart f with joy doth fwell, My glory eke is glad : Yea in the grave my flefh fhall dwell In hope to rifefiom dead. 10. Becaufe my Soul thou wilt not leave In £ Hell, long there to be: Nor thou thine Holy-one wilt give Corruption for-to-fee. afcf^.fio^e- for-fafetr. b heb. which on Earth thejr. C Heb. or ; hiftily-en- dowwith. gifts ano- ther God. d Heb. and of my cup. e Htb.in the nights. f Heb. re. joyceth. g Heb. $r J Grave. Tc ir.The ■i ^^m \6T P S A L M E. XVI. h Htb. path <'( i ves v^ both if lift, of 'grdce an t of glory. i Hth. with thy face. 0' J in thy pre- fence.Sacii n'v.O- full- ness ot jnyej. k A.Riv.in Comment. (iJ.Pf.il. i5. Argum. (far Yuitit. I H.Miller. in Pr*k8. adPfi6.i. A. Riv. in /■' ,-& Parth. Yf.J. i&\ H. Ainfw. in his An- : if, ill P/. itf. I. m Large Englifl) An- not. an Yfal. j 6. Title. Sim de Mutt in Com.adYf. Icj.I. n Jo.Calv. in Com. ad Vfal. 16. i. 1 1. The /; way of life thcu'lt make me know ; i With thee isboundlefs-flore Or :c\es: Ac thy righc-hand doflow Sweec plea fures evermore. Sect. III. The Kincle, Tenm&n, Occajion and Scope. The Kind of this Pfalme, J. As to the Forme of Penning it, is; Entituled : Having this Tk!e,acrord- ing to the Hebrew prefixed ; Mtchtam of David.ilvs Title alfo, with fomc Additions, is prefixed to Pfalme $6 . $7. 58. 59. 60; The Greek Verfion of the Lxxii i'eem to have read the Heb. word, not wDPJQ Miftam; but HDDS Millab, The writing of David: and they render it hereupon ^.niKoyfctpla, to Aa£ j J\ Toe writing or Inscription to David, or of David; viz. An Infoiplhn in fome flid matter, as Mettle, ox Marble. Hence ( as that learned A. Ri- vet k notes J fome conjecture, That this Pfalme was engraven in Brafsor Marble, and fo left by Da- vidas a Monument to the Levites divided by lot? As among the Greeks and Latines, the verfes writ in honour of any one and cut in Marble were called Epigrams. And indeed this Pfalme is fo Excellent, that ic deferves to be engraven on Mettle, Marble, or Pillars, or in Cedar, ( Pfalmm cedro dignni) for the lading and perpetual memory thereof. Buc be- caufe this word is ccnftantly in all the Titles of thole Pfalmes, invariably read uDHDO Mitt am, generally all Mcclern Writers / do follow Paulm Burgenfis his Interpretation .- That Millam fignifies, An Ornament made of pur eft Gold, kept as a Kei^nKiov, and worn about the neck : A Golden Chain, a Golden Jewel, And is derived from \^T\2Cethem, which lignifies, A Majl of -pur eft Gold, Fine-gliftering-Gold, Pfal. 45. 10. Excellent Gold, moil prcciout Gold ; Or A Ye til. So that this Tfalme being fliled mmn "ITlS Miftam Le-Vavii, denotes the lingular Ex- cellency of this Pfalme.- As if ic were called •, Davids Golden-Pfalme , Davids-Pearl, Davids-Jewel, Da- vids-Deligbti Sec. And indeed this Pfalme well- deferves this Encomium, this Denomination : being for the Matter of irmofl fwect,de!eclable. excellent, fublime, &c. touching Chrifi his Mediation, Humili- ation, Exaltation, Rcfurreftion, &c. Bur there are/owem who take this Mittam to refer rather to the Mufn{\, than to the Matter of the Pfalme : As if it denoted, , Either fomc Mufieal Inllrumcnt; or, The beginning of fomc Famous and known Song ac- cording to the Tune or Note whereof this Pfalme wastobefung, To which Calvin n inclines. Howe- ver, hereby wemay fee how difficult it is to under- ftand thefe Titles of Pfalmes perfectly. 2 As to the Argument or Sub'jeft-matter of this Pfalme, it is Mixt, being Petitory, Laudatory, and Prophetical. And ic is an excellent Prophecy of C H R I St; Mediation, Death, Rcfanccfion, atid-AfcerJion; As the Apollks in the Ne .v Tcftamenc fignifie co us, compare Pfal 1 6. verf.2,o, [0,11. with Ails 2. 25. to7,2.and\^.7,<„ 2,5,2,7. And .is, thereupon. Interpreters do utu- nimoully agree. To interpret it tneerly otchrift, as fomc feem to do, will not be fo juliii'.able .-'oceanic here arc fundry parages which do evidently agree to the Pfalmifh To expound it meerly and folely ofDavid, would be repugnant to the Apoftolical In- rerprctaiion. Therefore the middle way, betwixt thefe two Extreames, is mbfl eligible, vi^. Toun- flandand interpret it pf both David and CHRIST OtDayid immediately, as the Type of Chrifi, of whom according to the lien: Chrifi came, and was then in his Loync-A7. 2. 2, . Of Chrifi himfclf me- diately and principally a*- the Antitype of David, t hough in theenrtem of the Pfalme the perfon is not dirtinftly changedfrdtr David to Cprifi. It may al- fob< accommodated to th'eChiirch and people of God, whoarctobcconfoime to Jcfus Chrifi both in Death, Burial, Refurreftion, and Afcenfion. Some, have not impertinently, obferved touching thefe three Pfalmes, 14, 15, i< o That YfJ. 14^ o fJ.Moll.in Convinceth all men of their Natural Corruption and Arg.Vf. 15. Mii'cry, comfare ?fat. 14. 2, 3, 4. with R-m. 3. 10, U, 12. That Pfalme 15. reqai.es in all true Church- members frch Qualifications, as areutrerly beyond corrupt Matures ability and aflivfty. And That this fixteenth Pfalme direfts to Jefus Chrifi a« Humbled and exalted , in order to the removal of our Natural mifery , and acquiring of ii:pernatural felicity. Venman of this Pfalme was David, as the Title de- clares. Occafnn of David's Penning it, is not particularly difcovered and defined. , Bur Interpreters p do con- p fJ.Moll.in ceive that David Penr.ed it upon Occafion of his great Yrjileft. ad and grievous Oppreffions under the Tyranny of Saul. Yfal. 16. And about that time, when David through fear of Argum. Saul fled into the Land of the Yhiliftines, and about Jo.Eoorl the fifth year of Ms Exile there, 1 Sam. 2-. 1. This in Exp Jit. Opinion fome embrace, from Davids Petition for Yf. 16. 1.7. prejervation, as committing himfelf of truft unto the <& Tempm. LORD peculiarly, verf. Land from his prayfing the LORD, wr o gave him Counfel, hit reins alfiinlhutt- inghim in the night feafons, ver. 7. which is by fome interpreted, of Gods warning him by Oracle to My into the Yhiliftines Land, and of his going thither by the fecret inftinft of the Spirit of God fn him Buc having no certain Sctlprure-Information touching theJfweand Occafionot Davids writing it, we mull leave it in fufpence. It being better to refl doubtful of things fecret, than to contend about things un- certain q. qMeliusefl Scope intended by Ddvii in thh Pfalme, is; To dubicare intrcat the LORD God Q\)\iLord, The portion of hit deccculcis Inheritance, and cf hit Cup, verf. 1. 2, 5.J Topreferve quamliti- and keep him in fatcty from all cvi't and enemies garedein- both in life 5> death,& for ever.-'Forafmuch as he had certis. placed his truft upon the Lord, & not upon any thing ofhisown,& abhorred ail falfeGods & all manner of Idolatrous worflip of them, &c. To blejfe andpraife the LORD, for his many Mercies already received : Tritimpliing with hope and ;oy of Gods protection, prefence and guidance both in Life and Death, and for ever. And under thefe things To prophecy Of Chrifis Mediation, Humiliation, even to Deafh and Grave, (but not to fee Cqrrfa'tin'n there J And hi j Exaltation by his Rcfurrc&ion from the Dead, and Glorification of him at Gods rl^ht'iand, wi.hfulnels of joy and endiefs plcaiwrts in the h.igtiett'.Heavens, Tn which Humiliation and Exaltation David and all the Members of Chrifis Myflical Body fhall be con- forme unro him, as Row;. 8, 17. And in ptirfuance r Jo.Calv. cf this Scope, and in this fence, tlmPialme is to be, in Com. ad undcrflood and interpreted3'in'the!)udgmeiii cf moil Yf.\5.Hen. learned Writers r. Mdlin Ar- gument dy Prxleil. ad Pfal. \6. Guil.Amcfim in LecTi^n. ad Pfal. \6. Que]} 1 Utrum 7)nx7./fit qui in toto hoc Pi. itnr, AnChrictus? R.fp. I. Chriflo run pofinnt omnia c' mhiOdc tribi)iqu;einPfaImo ;ur. Quia 1 Rencji. e:;:i.i Chi il'.i iion ad'Sanihs tantnni fpeciat ("quod hie rtfrirmjcnr, verj. 3 J Ccd primo & pracipue ad peccitores, Iht-.'io. to. . .> 13.11. 2. Rcniincia- tio idololatri.t, &cOmmunion'i 1 Iblj'tri's, Ptout exprimituf v. 4. Non conv'enit Chriflo, qui poilbus fpit Temper extra omne periculum hui'ifmodi conragionis, *"j!rH(A«oilja, vel cajligatio rcuum, cuius mentio fit ver. -. i up. .-rfec'tior cfl inflicutio, quam ur illi rribnatur cjui fpiptnmacccpuv.i fnc menfura. -|- Phrafis ilia n tamfaciendi jemitam vitx,c\\'.t i,..f. 1 1 . habcrur. non fatis congruit Clni.'lo, qui luquc prccipue viram fuain propriam qu.c- ,nequc./tr/«/frtW.ejus nfiqua'm ignpr'avir. II, Davidi non poliunr omnia p'enc & accurate tribui hcut rlensq^x habentur. verf. 1 \ fcur Petriit fefla'tur &"aa ociilum rte'monftrat, AH. 2. 2Q,3,o,2,\. fat Paulut etiam, AZK i^^>. ;5, z.'. III. Conce- de ndum igitur Davidem in fua perfona locjui per tomm Pfalmum: Serf frmul etiam, Scprxcipue, &maxime, propric de Chriflo, verf. i... Ahdri P S A L M E. XVI. 16: Andr. Rivet, in Comment, ad Pjal. Prophetic, Pjal. 16. 1. Hie non immerito Quaericur, Quodnam fie fubjeftum rccipiens in fe; idefi Q^nis riicoret; Initio Pfalmus tribuitur Davidi Sedqulain fine Tunc quavdam verba, qua? Chrifti cfic teflatur SpiritusSanftus alibi, cxifiimant nonnulli in toto Pfalmo ab ini- tio ad finem, Chriflum in troduci orancem profe & Ecclcfia fua, prxcipue cum luftractur in agone mortis ; & effc Prophctiam Orationis, quam Dominus Iiabuit in hortopaulo ante quam ca- riererur. Sic Theodoretm, ex pcrfona Salvatoris diftatum elfe hunc Pfalmum, fecundum vero humanam naturam prolatam Alii volunc Da vide m orare in perbna lua , led uQue ad Chriflum in fine afiurgere, cum de divino munere Deum Jaudarec Alii in perfona Exclefia? hunc Pfalmum coinpofuifie ; cui in omnibus fuis membris competunt, qui' in Pfahno dicunrur, lioc unoexceptoquodCapiti Chrifto proprium effeOraculo Spiritus Sanfticonftabit. Restamen eodem rccidit, five Christy tariquam Ecclefi* caput, pro feipfo, & corporefuo myflico, oransintro- ducatur. Sivc David, tanquam Propheta, pro feipfo oralis, & dc Meifia vaticinans,inpetitionibusfuis dicaturcxcmplc & verbis omnibus fidelibus peri viiTe ; five nomine tonus Ecclefias Pfalmum hunc rompofuiile exillimetur, auxilium a Deo parentis, & grati- am ejuscelebrantis, prxfertim in Chrifto revclandam, quam ra- tionem in enarratione fequimnr. Dicemus ergo Davidem in per- fona totius corporis Myftici orare, & gratias agere ; aiiquando nomine membrorum, aiiquando capitis, aiiquando capitis & inembrorum fimul. • • Hen. Anfwortb in bit Anmtat. on Pjal. 10. Sim de Muk in Ar- £um,<& Comment. adPJ.il. 16. Sect. IV. The Analjfis^ or Principal Parts. The7/f/ereprefentstous. 1, The Denomination of this writing; Mittam. Of this word, fee formerly inSeft. 3. 2. The Penman of it; David. The Yfalme it felf principally confifls otDavidPs 1. Prayer, 2. Yraife,and 3. Yrofeffion of truft or affiance in the LORD againfl all evils. I. David"" sprayer is contained vex. I. to 5. where- in note, 1. The Mercy prayed for, Gods Conrervation or Yrefervation of him : vi^. Hisconflant and univer- fal prefervation of him throughout his whole life. This prefervation comprehends All the effects of Gods Providence,efpecially ofhis fpecial Providence over his owne, but principally eternai life, which is to be expefted from none other. This Mercy is amplyfied, r. By the efficient Caufe, or Aurhor of it; Tlie-flrong-God, ^^. i^jje, As Aquila and Theo- dotion render it, 2.By theSubjeft Red pient,for whom this prefervation is begged, vi^. David himfelf; me. 2. The arguments whereby this his Petion is urg- ed. As, I. Becaiife, His hope-for-fafety is in the LORD God. Wherein confider, 1. The Aft of his Affiance ; I truft, Lhopefor-fafety.^ 2. The Objeft (And. Ri- whereupon his Affiance is repofed ; in tbee.^ Which vet. in (faidfone} is emphatical, and though it do not Comment exprefs, yet it notably implyes an exclufive ; in thee adPfal. ' oneb-> ver- l- If* Becaufc, The L O R D is his Lord. 16. 1. ' There's a dear mutual Relation and Obligation be- tweenthem. HI. Becaufe,Davidrer\our\cet\\aUhis own worth, difclaimeth all his own good, relying on the LORD'S meer Grace and Goodnefe^er. 2. IV. Becaufe, David deports himfelf towards men, Good or Bad, differently and as becomes him in the fight of God, 1. Towards the -Good, he behaves himfelf with a benevolent Affeftioh. Here confider, 1 The Defcripcion of thefe Good. Partly, By their.Sanftity: to the Saints on Earth. Thus they are diltinguiflied from the Saints in Heaven. Partly, By their emin- encyand pecul:arexctllency above others, as Pf.,l. 45. 13. 2 His Affeftion to thefe Saints, &c. Allmy de- light in them, vi^. ToafTociate with them, to do good to them, &c. ver. 3. 2. Towards the Bad, he behaves himfelf with vehement abhorrency and de- teftation of their Impiety and Idolatry. Here, ( 1 ) Thefe bad arc defcribed, By their idolatrous pra- ctices ; tbeybaften after mm her God, or rather, as the Hebrew word lignifics,//;^ endow another God: v't^. they endow him with Gifts. Sacrifices, Worfhip, &c. This isldoJacryacainft the ivllCmuium dement. (2) The mifthicf of Idolatry upon Idolaters is pointed out ; Tneiifjrrowesjltall be multiplyed.fo) ThcPlalmiflsutter renouncing of all Commerce or Communion with Idolaters, both in their Idolatrous Worfhip and Sacrifices ; their drinl^offerings oj bhod t will 1 not offer And in the very Pro'edion or mew thereof, or nam- ing them with the leail approbation ; nor take np their names into my lips, II. Davids praifmg and bleffing tbe LORD, is laid down, ver. 5. to 8. in fundry thankful Acknowledg- ments to the Lord. Here wc have. 1. His aft of blelhng the LORD refolved upon. This is interwoven among his Arguments of Praife. 2, The Arguments or Motives inducing him to praife the LORI^ .iredra'un tjom the bent- tits con- ferred upon him. And they "aae of two forts, I. Such benefits as arc without him, which yet he en- joyethandufeth. As, 1. ihe LO R D's becoming the Portion of his Inheritance and of bit Cup : vi^. Giviug himfelf to him; and with himfelf all fuffici- ency of oeoefiary good things. 2. TheLOKD^s ConfervatTori orSufreritation of his lot beftow'ed upon him, verfe 5. 3. The pleafantnel's of his Inheri- tance or pofefnon let out to him byline, verfe 6. Thus, the Author and fuftair;er of all good things, and the Elegant defcriptionof them, is reprefented in a threefold Metaphor drawn from (~ 1 J An Inhe- ritance, C 2) A Lot, ( 3 ) A Poffcffton : which referre to the fame thing, vi\. to an Inheritance, which is, 1 Acquired. 2 Divided by lot, and line. 3 Retained and pof elTed. And all this they have in God. II. Such benefits as were within himrvi^. 1. The Lord's illumination of his mind, by Connecting him, vi^. touching God and all his benefits conferred upon him. 2. His inward reinsy vif. his will and fecretcfr. Affeftions ( by the infpiration and fanftirication of Gods Spirit J nurturing and injirufting him in tbe nights f viz^. in fitteftand freeft feafors for ferious Meditations, (~ to eleft and acquiefce in God, <&c, verfe 7. The fenfe of thefe Metaphorical phrafcsanrl expreifions, are very appofitly interpreted by that learned Rivet u, herein worthy to be confuked by the diligent and inquiiitive Reader. III. Davids Profeffion oj his hope and trujl in the LORD continually, againft all evilj and enemies, yea againfl Death and Grave, ver. 8.&c. ( Here, David being an eminent Type of Chrift, prefigures and fore- tells prophetically, Chrifls Humiliation even unto Death and Grave, yet not to fee corruption; and Chrifls Exaltation in rifing from the Dead, Afcend- ing ir.co Heaven, and being Glorified at Gods righr> hamdunto whom herein both David and allhis cleft Members muff be conformed J This his hope and trufl in the LORD, is I. Pro- pounded ; I fet the LORD alw aies before my juce. II. Confirmed, by the Reafon of it : vi^. God's pro- tecting prefence at his right hand, to help, to fuc- cour, prcferve and comfort him. III. Illustrated or Amplified by the effects of the LORD'S Proteftion confided in, vi%. 1. Immoveable ftcurity from all dangers and evils, and (lability of all felicity of bo- dy and foul; lfl) all not be moved, ver. 8. 2. Support and Comfort even againfl Death it felf, through hope ofhis Refurreftion, founded upon Chrifls.Rc- furreftion and Exaltation, ver. 0, id, i i. Here, (i) His comfort againfl Death is illullrated, by the fruits thereof in this life ; Re'pycing, in his heart. Ex- ultation\n\m Glory, his tongue. And after this life, The refiing ofhiiflcfl) in hope, ver. 9.(2) The ground of this his Comfort, Chrilis Refurreftion, isdefcribed; Partly, By Gods fpeedy delivering ofhis Soul, (i.e. either his Life, or his dead Body, J from Helix., i.e. from Grave, or power and ltatc of death? Thou wilt net leave my Soul in Hell ; fo long as others. Partly, t De fenfu huius phrafcas. ■vid. And. Rivet. Comment, m Pfal. 16.4. uA. PJv. in Com. ad. rf.it.s, 6. &c. p. 58. Lugden 1626. X Vid And. Rivet, inteipret.in Com. ad' Pf. 16.10. D.Jobn. Rrchardjon in his Ob. ' fervations and Expla- nations on Pf.\6. ic, 1 1 . Some- what un- ufuallyex- pounds the Art. of thrifts defcent int9 Hell. x^4 P S A L M E. XVII. By his Bodies immunity from Corruption, while in Grave, verfe 10. Partly, By the LORD1s/7;e»- ing toChrift ('and in him to David and all his E- leftj ;T/bf *p/iy of Life, by hisRefurrection and Glo- ry at Gods right hand, with whom isSaturity ofjoys and pleafuresat his right hand forever, verje n. Thefe things were mod accurately fulfilled inChrift, Ail. 2. 25. to 31. and 13. 35, 36. 37. And in their pro- portion and meafure fhall at laft be accomplifhed, not only in David, but alfo in all the Members of Je- fusChrift. Pfalm XVII. Se&.l.The Summary Contents. David I. Craves audience, verfe i.ro*. II. Prays for, 1. Protection againft his Enemies, verfe 5. to 13. 2. Deliverance from them, verfe 13. to the end. Sett. II. Tfo Fer/?0/z out of the Hebrew. 3 #«Z>.righ- tcon(ntf». n W<•/-. Thofe that hope-in rhee-for- (htlter. 1 hrb. the U.icknefs (or tbt eye fttms A Prayer of David. i.f~\ LORD, do thou my a juft-caufe hear, \_) Attend unto my-cry : Unto my Prayer lend-an ear, £Fromlipsr/; j I purpofed (through thee my Guide J My Mouth fhall nottranfgrefs. 4. Touching the works of earthly-men^ By thy lips holy word I have obferv'd-W-kept me clean From f fpoylers paths abhorred. 5. Stay thou my goings fteadily In thyg paths-beaten-plain, That fo my foot-fteps conftantly h Unmoved may remain. 6. OGod,for-that thou wiltmc hear, To thee I call and pray.- To me do thou incline thine ear, O hear vvhat-I-do-fay. 7. Thy mercies i wondroufly-rlifclofe, Thou that ('the faithful band From thofe that up againft them role Doft faveby thy right-hand. 8. As tender I Apple of the eye Me keep from harmful things, Do thou conceal-me-fccrctly In fhadow of thy wings, little-man) of the-daughterof the eye Ficaufc the pgkt of b!ac{, ana I'tilh tbt xtftmlilanct of a man in it. 9' From face of wicked that me wafte, Ofthefe my m deadly foes. Which round about me compafs-caft. 10. n Their-fat doth them inclofe. They with their mouth do 0 proudly fpeak. • 11. They now did us furround In our foot-fteps : Their eyes they p make To bend-down to the ground. 12. To Lyon-fierce q their likenefsjT/j-, That greedy is to teare, And as a lurking- Lyon fits r In holes that fecret are. 13. Rife-up,/him difappoint, O LORD, 0 make-him-down-to bow .• And from the wicked-one, Thy Sword, My foul deliver thou, 14. From mortal-men , thine Hand, O L O R D, From mortal-men ofttrife Of this t frail-world ; That-up haveftofd Their Portion in thit u life : x Whofe womb thou fiU'ft with thine hid-ftore, Replenifh'd are their fonnes And they Iay-up> what-they-have-more For aps cums tur word, cau. Mercies may bemade-marvellous upon him. verfef. 4. Thar God would l$ep him at tbe very Apple 0/ the Eye, w^.mofl tenderly, fecrerly, and fafely.-And bide him in thefhadow of hit win?< from his Enemies, v. 8, 9. C^JVrgedby Arguments drawn from his ene- mies. 4. Extream malice-, Enemies in Soul. 2. Po- wer; environing him round about, v. 9. 3. Pride, iuo. 4. Subtilty, v. 1 r. 5. Lion-like fierceneffe and cruelty, v. 12. II. The LORD's deliverance of him from his enemies, is urged by divers Arguments, drawn ; I. Partly, from his enemies themfelves .• asf",i J They arewicked.(a)7'/jeyarebutGodsSword and Hand,to chaflife him,muft come and go at his meer plea lure. 3. They are but mortal-men of this tranfitory-world, having all their Portion, Hope, and Happineffe on- ly in this prefenr life, v. 1 3,14. 2. Partly, from him- felf. Having hope of enjoying the Face and Favour of God to his full fatisfaftion in a better life, after he fhall awake out of the duft in Gods likencffe, verfe 1 5. rfalm XVIIL Sett. I. The Summary Contents. David, delivered from the hand of all his enemies, I and from1 the hand of Saul his grand enemy, in reftimony of his lingular rhankfufneffe, declares ; L His endeared affeaion to the LORD a/. 1. II. His triumphant confidence in the LORD, v. 2. III. His enlarged Praifesof the LORD for his deliverances, v. 3, &c. Defcribing, i.The Depth of hisMiferies, 1/.4, 5. 2. The way or manner how the LORD de- livered him, v. 6. to 29. 3. His Praifesfor this deli- verance,^. 29.ro 43, 4. The enlargement alfoofhis Kingdom, v 43.ro 46. 5. His profenVns of gratitude, verfe 4f.r0 the end. ,-irY: Sect. II. The Verfion out vf the He- brew. i To the M after- Alufician, A Song of the Servant of the LORD, of David, who fpake to the LO RD the words of this Song, in the day the LORD had delive- red him from the hand of all his enemies, and from the hand of Saul , And he faidj I. I,r\ LORD, my fh-ength, a Ile-love-thee-dear. V^ 2. The LOR DVmy Rock> my fortrefs My God, and my Deliverer, (tryde, My Rock in whom I will c confide : My fhield. Of my Salvation The Horn likewife, My Refuge high. 3. The praifed LORD I caird upon, And faved from my foes was I. 4. Me fright did flreamsof dBelial, And e pangs of death about-me-went. 5. Surround me did rhe pangs of Hell, The Snares cf Death did mc prevent. <5.linmyftraitscairdon the Lord And^to my God cry'd in my fears; My voice he from his Palace heard, And my cry came/unto his eares* IL 7. Then Earth ama^d did fhake and quake, And mov'd the Mounts foundations were, And greatly they-themfelves-did-fhake, Becaufe,g fo-wroth he did appear. 8. Smoak from his noftrils did afcend, And fire devouringly-did eat Which from his mouth he forth did fend, Hot Coals enkindled were thereat. 9- Beneath his feet dVd'darknefs/ye When Heav'ns he bow'd, and did defcend. 10. He rode on Cherub, and did fly : He fvviftly- flew on wings of wind. 1 1. His fecret place he darknefTe h made, About-him- round i PaviJion-wife ^Dark waters orderly were laid, In thick- clouds of the lofty skies. 1 2. From fhining-brlghtneffe, then that wot Before-his-prefence mov"dwith ire, His thickeft-clouds away-did parte, Hail- florm, and burning coalesof fire. 13. And in the Heav'ns with dreadfulnoife The LORD did thunder in his ire, The highefl alio gave his voice. HaiI-#orm and burning coalesof fire. 14; Yea he did fend his Arrows out, And he /did-them difperfe-afunder. And forth his Lightnings mhe. did fhoof, And n dreadfully-he-brought-them-under. 1$. The waters channels then appear'd, And world's foundations beneath At thy rebuke, O LORD,were bar'd j At blaft ev'noi thy noftrils breath. lit 16. He from-on-higb fent, did me take, f rom 0 waters great me draw did he. 17. From my flrong foe me free-did-make, p brom mine haters, too ftrong for me. 18. q They me furprized in my dark day, Yet was the LORD a ftaflfto me. 19. r Becaufe in me his-pleafure-lay, He /me enlarg'd, he fet-me-free. 20. According to my righteoufnefTe Me recompenfed hath the LORD ; According to mine hands pureneffe, To me he rendred-a-reward. 21. For I the Lord's paths kept aright, Nor from my God t did-lewdly-ftray. 22. For all his judgments u in my fight, x Nor turn/d I from his rtatutes way. 23. Likewife with him before hit Eye I perfect was,;'n heart fincere, And I from mine iniquity Did-kecp-my-felf-with-greateft-care. 24 According to my righteoufnefTe The Lord rewarded me likewife, According to the;- fpotlefnefs Of my pure hands before his eyes* ' fi/rt.before bii face. g Heb. barn- ing-wrach wm to him h tfefr.puc er,fet. i heb. his pavilion. «r his covert k fcfi.dark- nefs of wa- ters. 1 Jbeft.did- break-them by-difper- fing,i/i^. the enemies m heb. he multiplyed. n Htb. He- terribly- ftruck- them down. o Heb. er ; many wa- ters. p Heb. And from mine haters ,for they were mightier than I. q heb. they prevented me in day of my clou- dy calamity r heb. and fheb. brought-mc out into a large loomth- t heb.did I wicked it. ' u heb. be fore me. x heb. And his ftatute I turned noc from me. yher-.pure- nefs. ' U u s^.WitVi ^^^M t66 P S A L M E. XVIII. X Htb. or Candle. a Heb.ftt- fett. ] H,b. The Lords liv- ing is pure- ly-refined. c Htb hom- ing for- f fety in him. d htb. gives. t htbjs bro- ken. i htb. mulri- plyed. g Hti; thoi didllenlarge my paftage under mr. h Htb. over- take them. i Htb. till I had madc- an end- of - them. k Htb. and they. 1 Htb. and the. m tfei.the LORD, n He/'. and or then. o Hffrbe- fore the face of the wind. 25. Withgracious,gracious-be-wilt-thou i With perfect man, deal'ft perfectly. 16. With pure, thy felf-thou-pure-wilt-fhew •, And with the froward wilt-be-wry. 27. For, folk afflicted fave wilt thou, But lofty eyes debafe andfleight. 28. For, thou my ^ Lamp haft lighted now, My Lord God made my darknefTe bright. IV. 29. For, by my God I leap'd a wall, And did by thee run through an Hoaft. 30. God's way's a upright,^ his faying tryde, Hee's fhield to all c that in him truft- 3 1. For ; who U God befides the Lord f And who a Rock except our God i 32. It's God that me with ftrength doth gird And perfect d makes my way \tnd. 33. Matching my feet as Hinds feet are, And on mine heights me-ftand -he-makes. 34.Mine hands inftrufting to the warre, And by my arms the braile-bow e breaks. 35. Of thy Salvation the fhield Eeftow'd on me likewife thou haft : And thy right-hand hath me upheld, And me thy rr.eeknefs hath / increaft. 2,(5. g My fteps wide under me di dft make. Mine Ancles alio did not flide. 37. My foes I did purfue, and 6 take; Nor turn'd, i till them I had deftroy'd. 38. 1 wounded them, £.they could not rife : They did fall down beneath my feet. 39. Thou haft begirded me likewife Unto the War with valour meet : Thofe-that-againft-me up-arofe Thou under me didft-make-to-bow. 40. / The neck thou gav'ft me of my foes .• Mine haters I fupprefs'd alfo. 41. They cry'd But did no Saviour find : To m God , but them he anfwered not. 32. n I beat-them-fmall as dufto 'fore wind ; As myre cf ftreets I poui'd-thcm-out. V. p Hefc-hafl put me for head of hea- thens, q Htb. at hearing of the ear. r btb. feigne difl"cmble,»r feignedly- fubmit. {Htb. It U Cod giving vengeances for me, or j to me. t Htb. man of violence, or; man of rapine. uHtb.l will l'raife thee — 43. From peopks ftrifes me freed haft thou .- Thou p haft of Heathens made me head, A pco pie whom I do not know Do-fervice-unto-me with dread. 44. Me 45' 49- vwhRom.t 5.8,9. Se&. IV, The Analyfis% or Principal Parti. y Hen.MtU ler.in Prt- UR.adPf. i%.Argum. Sim.de Mutt in Arg.Pf.l9. Z Jo.CaliK inArg.Pf. 18. Hen. MollerJu Arg.Pf.18. D.Parem in Advaf. in Pf. i». In the Title of this Song, are ; 1. The Mufical di- rection of it. 2. The Denomination of it; A Song or, pfttlm : for the word is wanting in the Hebrew. 3. The Penman ; David, the fervant of the LORD. 4. The occafion ; Tlie Lords deliverance of him from the hand of all hU enemies, and from the hand of Saul. 5. The time when he (pake thefe words ; In the day wherein the LORD delivered him. In the Body ofthisSong, here are in reference to Davids deliverances, I. Davids moft dear and inward affeftion to the LORD, his ftrength, v.i. II. Davids triumphant confidence in the LORD, defcribed here by an heap of fweet Metaphorical expreffions ; Rocl^, Fortified- Refuge, &c. fetting forth the All-lufficient Protection, fafcty and deliverance which he had in and from God, whereupon his Faith ftill relyed, v.z. III. Davids thankful Praifes to God for his De- liverances from his enemies, when he called upon the praifed LORD, v. 3. Herein David, I. Points out Emphatically his deep mifery in which he was invol- ved,^,5. II. Declares how the LORD delivered him out of all thefe mifcrics by degrees, vi\. r." Bf hearing ? S A L M E. XIX. I67 hearing his Prayer, ver. 6. 2. By many Majeftical and glorious tokens of Gods prefence, molt comfor- table to David, but moil terrible to his enemies, ver. 7. to 16. 3. By the wonderfulncffe of his deliverances David (" like another Mofes, Exod. 2. 10. J being drawn out of many waters, verfe i<5, 17,18. 4. By the Caufes of the LORD'S thus delivering him : f 1 3 Impuljive, Gods pleafure and delight in David, ver. xg. C2J Final, That hereby the Lord might gra- cioufly reward him according to his innocency, and integrity before him : God being wont to deal with men according to their deportment towards him, verfe 20. to 28. Ill- Triumphs moft thankfully and joyfully for thefe his Deliverances, in manyHeroick and Elegant Expreffions, like a mighty Conqueror viftorioufly trampling upon the necks, of all his e- nemies, verf.28. to 43. IV. Acknowledged not only his deliverance from his enemies, butalfo the En- largement of his Kingdom even to the Heathen, who hearing of his fame did quake and fubmit to him, wherein he was a fpecial Type of Chrift, whofe Kingdom over the Gentiles, as well asjew?,is here prophetically foretold, verf. 43. to 46. V. Conclud- eth all, with Tweet Profeffions of prefent, and Pro- mifes of future gratitude .- not only gratefully, but Prophetically, verfe 46. to the end, compared with Kom. 15. 8,9. Pfalme XIX. Se$. I. The Summary Contents. David in this choice Pfalme, I. Teacheth, How God reveals himfelf in his two Great Volumes, vi^_. 1. In the Book of Nature, by his Works. Efpecial- Iy, by ClJ The Heavens. (2) The out-fpread-Fir- mament, verfe 1. C? J The feafons of Day^ind Night, verj. 2, 3, 4. (4) The Sun, verfe $,6. 2. In the Books of Scripture more clearly by his Word: which Word is fi J dfceribed by its Denominations, Properties, and Effects, verfe 7. to to. f~2 J Com- mended and magnified highly, verfe 10, n. II. Prayeth hereupon, 1. Againfr Secret finnes, and Preiumptuous Sinnes, verfe 12, 13. 2. For the LORD'S acceptance of his words and meditations, verfe 14. SeB. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew. To the Mafter-Mnftcian^ A Pfalme of David. a Htb.wotk of his hands. bi«&.welleth out': or bub- leth-out fpeech.pro- pnly m a f\nng bub- tetb-ntt va ttrt. I. 1. "TPHe Heav'ns declare the glory of God ; L And th' out- fpread-flrmament Doth fhew a his handy work abroad. 2. Speech Day to day b doth vent ; And night to night the year about Such knowledge hath declar'd. 3. No fpeech, nor words the earth throughout, Where their voice H not heard. 4. Their dine through all the earth is gone, And to the worlds extent. Their fpceches reach ; He for the Sun In them hath fet a Tent. 5. And he as Bridegroom (hining bright Comes from his d bridal-place.- Rejoyceth as e a man-of might To run a fpeedyrace. 6. His egrefs from Heav'ns utmoft- end, / His comparting retreat Doth to their utmoft-limits tend, And none's hid from his heat. II. 7. JEHOVAH'S Law is purfeft-jwe, And g dorh the Soul convert .• JEHOVAH'S Teftimony h fure, Makes wife the fimple heart. 8. The Precept of the LORD are right, Gladning the heart with joyes : The LORD'S Command is pure and bright, Enlightening the eyes. 9 jEXoVA/ft Fezre it clean, auddoth F or- cvei more abide : The Judgements of the LORD are Truth, Together juftifi'd. 10. i Far more than Gold to be embrac't, And than ^.fine-Gold's great Sums : And fweeter than doth Honey tafle, And / juyce of Honey-combes. H. By them thy fervants m clearly warn'd. In keeping them n great gaine. 1 2. HU errours who can underftand .* From 0 hid-faults make me clean. 13./) Thy fervantfrom proud-y?ny refrain, Nor let them reign in me ; Then from much trefpafsrcndred-clean, AndperfeA I /hall be. 14. q With thee, let of my mouth the words, And r pondering of mine heart, My Rock and my/Redeeming LORD, t Be taken-in-good-part. cHcb. Or, rule, deline- ation,Gr«^, So..nd K.m. 10 18. HUb. Secret cl. amber ltcrct bride chimber. cHcb. a migh'y man (Htb.hU re- volution, or, bis compac- ting regrefs. f rVri.teiur- ning-baek ihe Soul, h Heb. or, faithful i Heb. defir- a tile beyond gold. k Htb. much fine gold. 1 .Hi A. liquor j or liquid, honey of the combes, m Heb. j>rp- fcrlyjs illu- lhatcd ; or madelhinc- ing. Hence, is clearly, warned. nHeb- much reward ; or much end. o Heb. Se- crets:Sectc- cies. p Heb. And f\Hcb before thy face, r Heb. the mediation. fHeb. Re- deemer. tHcb. be to favourable, acceptance. Sett. III. The Kind, Penman, and Occafion* Thist' excellent Pfalme is of a Mixt Kindu, made up ofDottrineand Prayer. Penman of it, David. Occafion ofDavids Penning it is not laid down here, or elfewhere : and therefore it is hard to be certainly determined. The Apoftle Paul in Rom. 10. 18. al- ledgeth part of verfe 4. according to the Greek Ver- fion of the LXXII interpreters, (feus ; But 1 fay, have they not heard? yes verily, Their found went into all the Earth, and their words unto the ends the of World. Hence, fome Expofitors x understanding this of Paul touching the Sound or Preaching of the Gofpel. have underrtood rhe firft part of this Pfalme AUegorically, turning ic into an Allegory. But what need is there of flying here to Allegories For we may fay ; 1. Ei- ther, That the Apoftles Allegation is only an Allufion to that of the Pfalmift. That as the Pfalmift faid of the Heavens, Firmament, Day and Night: Thac their line is goneont into all the Earth, &c. fo it may be faid of the Preaching of theGofpcl to the Gentiles by the Apoftles, That their word is gone out to the ends of the world, Sec Ail. 2.4, 5,8a:. Rom. 15.19. Paul himfelf had preached the Gofpel round about from Jerufalem to Illyricum, which (as P. new Doteth) it above u Pfalmus eft generis mixti,par- tim J)JkcTKA- Aif partim iVKTIKOt. Andr. Ri- vet.in Arg. <(7c.Pf.t9. xAs A.Ri' vet. tefti- fies in Com. adPf.19.4 p. 93. Lug- dun. 1626. & Joan. Calvin, in Lot. ^^ i68 }' David "Partus in Comment. adRom. 15.15. Z Joan. Calvin, in Cpmment. ad Rom. 10. 18. And. Riv. in Com. ad Rom.io.i% a J oh. Goodwiniti his Divine Authority of Scrip- ture, &x.J>. 181,182, 183. Lond, 1648. V S A L M E. XX. 3 ;o Germane miles in a ftrait Ytney. And it is ufual with Scripture to allude to the Phrafe, not intending the fence of the Place. As in Mat. 2. 15,23. 2 Cor. 8. 14, 15. compared with Exod. 16. 28. 2. Orrather ^, That the Apoftle doth properly alledge both Phrafe and Senfe of this Text to prove, That God had preached himfelf, his Glory, Power, &c. by his works of Creation univerfally to all the Gentiles. Which Preaching, though h were not fully fufficient to their falvation,mvch\e\\e abundant meanes thereto, as fome a have londly doted: yet, being not fully followed by the Gentiles, it fhall be fufficient to their Damnation, and to rhe leaving of them without ex- cufe, Rom. 1. 18, 19, 20, 21, &c. Ails 14, 15, 16,17. Sect. IV. The Scope. The Scope intended in this Pfalme is, 1. Partly, To teach and declare, How the Nature, Glory, To- wer, and Excellencies of God aredifplaid,Gener This Pfalmeas to the Kinde of it, Is ^4 Prayeroi the Church for her King, for King David efpecially Penman of it was David, who fpeaks of himfelf here in the third perfon .- David, as a Prophet, is guided by the Spirit to direft the Church to pray for him, as King. Occafion, probably was Davids encountring with divers ftrongand well-armed Enemies, as the Ammo- nites and Syrians g, who came againfthim with many Chariots and Horfes, wherein they trufted, where- of they boafred .• which yet David notably took and deftroyed. Compare verfe 7, 8. with 2 Sam. 10. and \Chron. 19. h Jo. Calv. in Com. ad PM20.1. Seer. IV. The Scope, The Scope herein intended, is 5 By this form of words, todireft the Church, How in an ordinary eourfe 10 pray for their King, and every godly Ma- giftrate , and for themfelves , when he and they fhould go forth at any time againft their Enemies. And to raife Ifrael, to have a principal regard to the profperity of Chrift and his fpiritual Kingdom againft all oppofing evils and enemies, under the Type of David and his temporal Kingdome : as Cal- vin h hath well obferved, SeU. V. The Analyfis, or Principal Parts'. In the Title are, 1. The direction of it as to the Mufick. 2. The Denomination of it ; APfalme. 5. The Penman of its David. Eleven Pfalmes have prccifcly this Title, vi^. thofe mentioned, in Ana- lysis of />/;'/> 13. In the Body ofthisPfalme, of this Prayer, note, I. The Churches Petitory Bencdiftion of her King .- In- treating the LORD, 1. To hear him in his ftraics. 2. To defend and advance him fafe above danger, ver. 1. 3. To fuccourand fupport him from Sion's Sanduary, where the token of Gods prefence, the Ark, was. ver. 2. 4. To accept his Sacrifices, teftify- ing that his acceptance by turning them to allies, ver. 3. 5. To fulfil his Will andCouncel, and grant all his requefts. This is urged, from her Praifes and Triumphs in Gods Name and Salvation hereupon, ver. 4, 5. II. The Churches fiducial Profeffion, I. Of her Afiurance that the LORD will Anfwer, Save, and Deliver her King,a. 13. Pfalm XXII. Sett. I. The Summary Contents. In this choice Prophetical Prayer,De Mafter-Miifician a upon Ajeleth conceSng the Hinde of the morning vil (asfomc think) (Thrift, hunted and worried by Jews and Gentiles.thofe Dogsv.ii. in the morning John. 18.28, and tote from death early in the morning, John :o.i, I. 1. A A Y God, my God.Whyleav'ft thou me * 1V1 Why from mine Health art farre-away, From words of my roaring to thee ? 2. My God, I cry to thee-by-day, Yet hear'ft thou not : likewife by-night ; No filence yet to me befell. 3. But thou art holy b inhabiting The Praifes of thine Ifrael. 4. In thee our Fathers did confide : They trufted, c them thou didfi/ deliver. 5. They cry'd to thee, and they were free'd : They hop'd in thee, and bafht were d never. 6. Bur, I worm, and not man appear : e Men's fhame, defpis'd of People too; 7. All they that fee me at me- jeer. They wag the head,/with lip they mow. 8. They fay. He on the LORDg rely'd, Thatfo deliver-him-he-might.- Let him deliver him h at this tide, Sith-that in himhe-doth-delight. 9. But thou the belly drew'A me from, On / Mothers breafts my hopt-thou-wafr. 10. Thou art my God, from ^Mothers womb, / from the womb on thee was cafl. 11 Obe bHtb. fitting i»the praifes &c. c Htb. And them-. d Heb.not e Heb. the reproach of men. (Htb they thru ft out the lip. g H^.He confidently- tunied,#r n.lle^ i.e. he trufted. Math. 17.4$. Properly- roll thou ; for he rolled. h Gr. now. Math 17. 45 i Htb. my mothers- - k heb my mother*-- P S A L M E XXII. 171 tftHeb. The poor- afflifiedjor, meek af- filed. II. n. O be not thou far from mc gone, Becaufe diflrcfTe/o near is found Becaufe-that helper there it none. 1 2. Me many Bullocks clid-furround .• Tea mighty Bulls of Eafhan'sjrore / Environ'd-me-on-every-fide. 13. Likj Lyon that doth rend and roare, Their mouth on me tliey open-wide. 14. Like water poured-out-I am. My bones all parr-themfelves likewife ; My fanning heart like wax became .* m Amidfc my bowels molten dyes. 15. My ftrens>th like pot/heard withered-hath, And to my jawes my tongue doth cleave : And into duft of doleful death Thou n brought'ft me down,ra dark^fome Grave 16. For,Dogs encompaMed-me-round. 0 Ill-doers company and bands Have me inclofcd, rue to conjound: My feet they peirced and my hands. 17. Tea all my Bones [ number- may : They did behold, they did mc view. i8.Tothemmy Garments parted they ; And on my Vefture lot they threw. 16. But be not thou far-off, O LORD : My ftrength, make-hafte to fuccour me. 20. My Soul deliver from the Sword .• From Dcgs^rerff pow'rp my dearling/ree. 31. Me fave from Lion's mouth : and well From Homes of Unicornes me hear. 22. Thy Name Pie to my Brethren tell ; Amidft the Church Lie praife thee there. III. 2$. Ye fearers of the LORD, him praife, Him glorifie all Jacob's Seed .- And All ye Ifraels Seed alwayes Becaufe of him be ye in dread. 24. For, He th' affliction of q the-poor Hath not defpifed nor abhor r'H, Nor from him hid his face therefore : And when he cry'd to him, he heard. 25. In the great Congregation My Prayer//;,?// be of thee alway : t Mtb. vows. My r vow'd-errgagements every one Before his fearers I will pay. 26. Eat fhall thepoor-affiifted-meek. Likewife be fatisfi'd fhall they ; They fhall the LORD praife, that him feek, Your heart refrefln fhall live for ay. 27. Earth's Confines all remember fhall, They to the LORD fhall turn alfo : And Families of Gentiles i\\ Before /"thy face themfelves-fhall-bow. 28. Becaufe the Kingdome is the LORD'S ; t Among the Gentiles Ruler kjiown. 29. All tdt-cmes that the Earth affords Shall eat, And fhall-themfelves-bow-down , f Heh thy faces I Heb And among- — n Heb. Ihall Ijferve him. x via. that ihall be ' born. All thofethat to the duff defcend, And he that quikneth not his Soul, Before his face they fhall-down-bend. 30. A Seed u fhall- ftoop-to-his-controule, It for a Generation fhall Unto the L O R D accounted be. 31. They fhall come, and his juftice tell To People x born, that r/wdidhe. Sect. III. The Kind, Penman, and Occafion. This Excellent pfalm is a facred Mixture of Pray- er and Prophecy y ; A Praying Prophecy, or A Prophe- tical Prayer. David fas fuftaining the Perfon of Chrift, of whom he was an Eminent Type ) was Penman of it : Title ftiles it, Apfalm of David. The Occafion of his Penning it is uncertain. But it is a very clear and PatheticaJPro^/)^ of Chrift, and his Deep Humiliation in divers degrees, with the fruits thereof. It is to be interpreted, Partly of Davids the Type of Chrift, fom few things therein being applicable to David; Eut Principally of Chrift himfelf, moft parages therein being proper and pe- culiar to Chrift alone, or to Chrift more than to Da- vid.For, In the New Teftament, Chrift makes ufeof fomeExprefftons in this pfalm himfelf; compare v. t. with Matth. 27. 46. andMarl^ 13. 34.Chrift's Ene- mies ufurp fome againft him ; compare v. Z.with Mat. 27. 43.The Evangelifts andApoffles accommodate o- thers to Chrift ; compare ver. 7. with Matth. 27. 43. andv.16. .with Mat. 27. ^.Marl^x-y. 2$.Luk\e 23. 2.3. John 19. 23,37. andv. 18. with Luke 23.34. John 19. 24. and verfe 22. withHeb.i. 12. SeQ. IV. The Scope, TheSVofeis, Prophetically to foretell thee deep H limitation & extream fufteringsof Jefus Chrift, He being Prophetical y reprefented, as Complaining and Lamenting fadly under hisSufferings,andas intreat- iqgthe LORD God his Father not to leave him in thefe his extream ftraits, but feafonably to deliver him out of all, that the fweet fruits both his of Paffi- on and Deliverance may abound both among Jews and Gentiles. Stdc. IV. The Analyfif, or Principal Parti. In theTu/e note, i.The Dire&ion of the pfalm as to the Mufick of it. 2. The matter, or Subject of it ; upon Ajeleth Hafhachar, The Hind of the Morn- ing. Chrift, as fome Expound it .• Or it denotes fomeMufical Tune or Inftrument, as others. 3. The Denomination ; A pfalme. 4. The Penman ; Da- vid. In the Body of the pfalm, of this choice Propheti- cal Prayer,which is a clear and lively Reprefentation of Chrift Crucified, we have I.CAri/r's earneft Prayer to his God in his deep Hu- miliation, importunately begging, I. That he might not be deferted or forfaken of his God in his ex- tream diftreFes, v. l. to 19. This is Amplified and urged by many fad complaints interwoven with a Narrative of his great Sufferings, As, 1. HisDeferti- on in fome fort in his ftraits by hisGod,iw.i. 2. His Prayers unfuccefsfulneffe; Though prefented with 1 Faith, 2 Fervency, and 3 Conftancy, v. 1, 2. Anddirefted to a God, 1 Holy in Himfelf; 2 In Co- venant with Ifrael, and thereupon inhabiting Ifraels Praifes,3 And a tryed Succorer of Saints of old truft- ingin him and Praying to him, v. 3,4, 5. 3. His great Humiliation ; A Worm, &c. 4. His extream contempt from men, v. 6. 5. His Taunts and fcornes from them, ver. 7. 6. His confidence in God is up- braided by them .- but yet their upbraiding is con- demned, and his Confidence confirmed by former Experiences of Gods goodnefle to him, verfe 8. to 12. 7. His Apprehenfion and Condemnation by them: they for their might, multitude, and brutifh- neffe,being likened to many Bullocks andftrong Bulls ofBafhan; For their cruelty, ton rending and roar- ing Lion, verfe 12, 13. 8 His Paffion , Crucifixi- on, y VIA. Aug tn Enar.pJ. 2 \.Tom. 2. Jo Calv. in Arg.pf. 22. Andr. Rivet. in Arg.Pf.22. H. Moller. inArg. Pf. 22. Sim. de Mutt in Arg. Pfal.22. ■■ ■■MH 172 the He- brew are tw0 Read 'rigs. In rooftCO' P S A L M E. XXIII. on,z piercing his Hands andkis Feet ; and other conco- mitant and confequenc evils, As their faring upon him Parting bis Garments, Caftmg Lots upon his Vefture; ver. 14. to 19- II. J®*' He m,8ht be ter fcuedand delivered from all thefe mifenes. This is urged by Arguments drawn, 1. From God, ac- piesmthe counted and relycd upon as his Strength, ver. 19. 2 From the Nature of his afflicting Perfecurors, Me- taphorically compared to A Sword, A Dogg, The Lions mouth. 3. From his own former Experience of Gods hearing him in Excreameft hazards, verfe 20,21. Texc n»D As a Lyon, my hands,&c. In theMar- gine "H3 Cor HfcO the letter S being redundant ■per Epen- theftn ■I II. drifts zealous praifes ^romKei to God upon af- furance of his grant of his former requefts, *.22.fo the ^.Herein note, i.The promifeof thankfulnefie.v. 22 2. The performance of this promife, Set forth, By his inciting the Church to Gods praifes with him ver 22. By his Exemplary praifes for their imitati- ^ on." By fundry cogent Arguments perfwading here- ' unto -As, His refpeft to his Affiidions ; His Hearing ofhisCry; His Spiritual Feafting of the Meek, &c. with thefatiatingfuffetings of Chrifr; And His giv- ing Eternal Life to his own in Chnft, i/er/e 24, 25, *6. 3. A Prophetical Prediftion, 1 Of the Con- verfionofthe Gentiles* in all Nations, to the LORD, verfe 27. 2 Ot the Kingdom of Chnft the LORD over all } both Rich, and Poor j The fat-ones of the Earth, and them that dwell intheduft, nexrftep to death, andnot able tohelp themfelves, ver.2%, 29 2 Of a Seed, and a Generation which the L O R D Chrift mail have , to ferve him , and declare his Righteoufneffe to pofterity , verfe 30,31. They, dig- ged, or pierced mine hands, Sec. which makes per- fect fence, and agrees with the Story of the New Teftament iWdf.27.35 Mar.l$.2$ £^23.33 Job. 19.23 Sett. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew, A Pfalme of David. Shall not lack : The Lord a me feeds. 2. He-makes-me-down-to-lie In {olds of budding grafs : me leads Of refts the waters by. 3. My fainting (ou\ fiom deep diftrefi h He doth reftore and take : In r beaten-paths of righteoufneffe Me leads, for his Name's fake. 4. Yea, though in vale of deadly fhade I walk, dY\c fear none ill; For thou with me : Thy ftaffe, e thy Rod Me confolate they will. 5. /Before me, Table thou haft fpread, In prefence of my foes : With oyle thou g dofl Annoint my head, My full Cup overttowes. 6. Sure, Goodnefs and kind-Mercy (hall Me follow h all my dayes .• And in the Lords Houfe, beil of all, I fha.ll i converfe alwayes. ibeb.or, dwell, or. rf ft to length of dayes vix. for ever, the word is not n3UJ *"*' 31UJ 37- aginr, render it, aY And both the Vatican and Alexandrian Septu- vPetv, &c. They digged my hands, &c. This And fome a Heb. it t Feeding me.' cr.myPaftot b. Heb. He returneth. c Heb. prt- •tr/y, tttttt, pathsbcatca wich wag- gon-wheels. viz.mofl fliiitlj bit- ten &• made tven. d heb. I will not fear ilL c Heb. and thy. f JW.before my faces thoufurnith. eft,«r order- Iydifpofeft, %Htb. doft- make fae. hHeb. all dayes of my life. The root of Marginal Reading is followed as the truer, by moft. And fome Learned Writers confeffe that T"0 or n*0 hath been found in fome Ancient Copies nfcO in the Margin: And y« n»3 bj a Grammar Anomalie, may figmfie the fame thw 113 They pier- ced Such Anomalies being fometimes found in the Hebrew Text, As Ezra 1?. 16. 44- ^fal I0- >5- Brougb.Richardfon in Pfal 22. 16. The Chaldee Paraphrafl, and fome others, joyne both readings together, thus; Asa Lion they pierced my hands, ov Principal Parts. The Title ( the fame with that of Pfal. r$. ver*& Pfalm XXIV. I a btb. the : t>lace of his ■ holynefle. t bheb.ltand- )j#r,ftand-up. Kki.Palmes I »r,hollowsof 1 the hand. ! AHib. pure. ||C heb.in rntrg. |My Soul lereare > read- ings. As if this were fpoken in he perfon Df God, and of God him- "elf. [heb. And tirom I1 \btb. Gene- ration. Seft.l. The Summary Contents. David in this. Doctrinal and Prophetical Pfalme, 1. Defcribeth the Lords Kingdome, 1. More General, over the World, verfei, 2, 2. More fpecial, over the Church, verfe 3. to 7. II. Exhorteth, 1. Typi- cally, the Temple-gates intended, to lift up (as it were J their heads, at the entrance of the Ark. 2. Spiritually, The hearts of Gods people to lift up with joy at the entrance of Chrift himfelf into them, iw.7,8,9, 10. Se&. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew. David's Vfalme. 1. -pHe Earth JEHOVAH'S is .1 Andplenteoufnefsofit The habitable-world is his. And they that therein fit. 2. For, He above the Seas Hath founded-faft the fame And it he ftablifhed with eafe Above the Riversjrmiw. 3. Who (hall afcend into The LORD'S beloved Hill ? Within a his Holy place alfo Who (hall b continue-ftill ? 4. He that in c hands is clean; Likewife in Heart isd clear ; That lifts not up e his foul in-vain .• Nor to deceit doth fvvear. 5. He Benediction Shall from the LORD receive: f From God of his Salvation He righteoufneffe (hall have. 6. The right g fucceeding-race This of his Seekers is : Of earneft-feekers of thy face, True Jacob this, Othis. Selah. 7. Ye Gates, your heads /; advance, And Doores / perpetual. Up-lift-ye :^And have-enterance The King of Glory (hall. 8. Who is this blejfed King : Of Glory «* Oh declare; The ftrong and mighty LORD it King : I The mighty LORD of warr. 9. Ye Gates your heads m advance, And n Doors perpetual. Up-lift-ye : 0 And have enterance The King of Glory (hall. 10. Who if this very King Of Glory, Let m fee; The LORD of hoafts all Conquering : Of Glory King » he. Se$. III. The Kind, Penman^ and Occasion. This Pfalme feems to be of a mixt Kind or Nature, chiefly Dotfrinal, but partly Prophetical. Penman of it was David ; David's Pfalme. Occafion is not fo clearly laid down. But, from the matter of it, . . Some/) do probably conjecture that it wascompofed VA.R1v.1n upon occafion of his bringing up of Gods Ark from Ttt.Argum. the houfe of Obed-Edom to its place prepared for it, &c> P/*24* in Mount Sion, 2 Sam. 6. 17. which by the Prophet Nathanhehad underftood fhould be the place where Solomons Temple fhould be built. h heb. or, lift up. 1 Hib. of e- ternuyvix. tveilafting- doors. k Heb. AnJ enter initial! the King of Glory. 1 h,b.or,rUc Lord migh- ty in war re. m He b. hfc- yec-up. n Heb. Doors of eternity, o Heb. And enrerinlhal! the King of Glorf, Seer. IV. The Scope. The intended Scope of it may be confidered, Li- terally and Myjiically. 1. Literally, according to the Letter and Type of the Ark, itis; to teach the Jews, That though the whole World be the LORD'S Dominion , yet his fpecial Kingdome was among them above all people in the World, affording them the Ark of his prefence in his holy Hill Sion. And therefore the Elders of Jerufal'em, as fome q, or the Gates of the Temple, as others r think,are here fpo- ken unto, that they may give all cheerful entertain- ment to the Ark,that fpecial token of Gods prefence, Exod. 25.21,22. Num. 10. 35, 36. and'], 8,9. Pjal. 80. 1, and 99. 1. And eminent Type of Jefus Chrift, the true Ark of God, the true Mercy- feat or Propitiatory, by and in whom the Lord fpeaks to us and vouchfafes us fpecial prefence, &c. Revel. 11. 19. Rom. 3. 25. 1 John 2. 2. Heb. 1.2. John 1. 18. Eph. 2. 13, 18,22. Some joyne both together f 2. Myjiically, According to the Spiritual Myftery and Truth intended, it is ; To fet out the Kingdom ofChrift, Generally over the whole World, bm Pe- culiarly over his Church and Saints, defcribed by their properties,and dignified with great ptiviledges; and to incite all to open the gates of their Hearts, with up-lifted joy, to entertain this King. Se&. IV. The Analyfis , or Principal Parts. In the Title Ohe fame with that oiPfal. 1 5. J you have, "1. The Denomination; A Pfalme. 2. The Pen- man ; David. In the Body of the Pfalme, are I. A Defcription of the LORD'S Kingdome, which is, I. More General, over all the Earth and World, wich all therein : All are his, by right ofCreation. He made the dry-land appear out of, and as it were above the waters, ve*. 1, 2. IT. Mire Special, over his Church and holy people. Who are here Cha- racterized , Dialogue-wife betwixt God and the Pfalmift, verf. 3. to 7. The Question is Propounded Yy by q Hen.Mol. in Com. ad FM24.7. r A.RivJn Com. ad Vf.xyi. H.Ainfw.in hii Annot. on Pf.2a.-\. Jo. Calv.in Com. ad Pfal 24. 7. iSicA.Riv. vet.inPfal. 24.7. mam mtmmt 174 P S A L M E. XXV. by the Prophet j Who fhall be admitted as a Member into, and be continued in the Church, Typified by Mount Sion and the Tabernacle ? ver. 3. The An- fiver is given by the Spirit of the Lord, Setting forth the Characters, Priviledgei, and Summary Appro- bation of all true Church-Members, Subjects of the Lords fpecial Kingdom, vi^. 2. Their Characters, or Properties ; fij Cleanneffe of Actions; clean of Hands. (2 J Purity of Heart. (3J Truth in words not engaging their Soul in vain,efpecially in a deceit- ful Oath. {Compare Exod. 10. 7. with 2 Cor. I. 23.) ver. 4. 2. Their Priviledges hereupon from the Lord, wc. (1) Benediction. C2J Righteoufnefs even the righteous petformance of all his faithful and precious Promifes. verf. 5. 3. Their Summary and Emphatical Approbation, as the true Seekers of God, the true wraftling and prevailing Jacobs, ver. 6. ll.An Exhortation ; I. Typically, to the Temples Gares ('"now in the mind and thoughts of David, though as yet unbuilt ; and called Everlafting Gates, in Oppofuion to the moveable and flitting Taberna- nacle.) that they would, as it were, lift up their heads with joy at the entrance of the glorious Ark, the fpecial Symbol or token of the Lords prefence. 2. Spiritually and Myftically, to the hearts and Souls of both Jews and Gentiles, that they lift up their Heads, as ic were, with triumphant joy to the Hea- vens, to the entertainment ofthis glorious, mighty, and victorious KingChrift the Lord.This Exhortati- on \s,(i)Doubled,to denote the great importance and importunity of it, verfe 7,9. (2) Explicated, Dia- logue-wife for the pathetical familiarity of it. The King of Glory, being declared to be, The iirong and mighty LORD, the LORD of Hoafts , verfe 8,10. Pfalme XXV. Sett. I. the Summary Contents* Vavid'm this choife AlphabeticalVhlme, I. Peti- tioned for, 1. The Lord's protection of him againft his enemies, ver. 1,2,3. 2- H** Divine direction in his wayes, &c. ver. 4, 5 . 3. His peculiar favours to himfelfinhis diftrefied condition, ver. 6,1. II. En- courageth himfelf that he fhall obtain thefe his Petiti- ons, from fundry Grounds, ver. 8. to 16. III. Con- cludes his Prayer, withrequefts, 1. Particular, for himfelf, verfe 16. to 22. i.Generall, for Ifrae I, the Church of God, ver. 22. 8eB.lI. the Verjion out of the Hebrew. A Pfalm of David. I. 1. K f~\ Bleffed Lord, to thee V.J Lift-up my Soul do I. 2. 3K On thee, my God, I hope } Let rue Not be ftian.'d .- Lee not my Foes exult over-me. 3. J Yea, a All that-on-thee-wait Let not be fham'd : fham'd I et them be That caufeleffe b work-deceit. 4. 1 O Lord, thy facred wayes Do-thou-make-me-to-know : Thy pleafant Pathes throughout my dayes Me fully teach do thou. 5. H In thy Truth make-me-tread. 1 And teach me, me direct, For thou art my Salvation'sGod .* All day I thee expeft. 6. \ O LordjCall-thou-to-mind Thy Pitty's-bowels-dear, Likewife thy-mercies-loving kind •* For c from all ay they were. 7. n Do not my trefpaffes And dm\ youth's fins record, e Remind me in thy gracioufnefs, For thy goodneffe O Lord. II. 8. OThe Lord it good for ay, And righteous evermore : The wandring-fmners, in the way He will inftruct therefore. 9. ] The meek he will conduct In judgement, him tofeek} And in his way he will inftruft the lowly and the meek. 10. 3 All path-wayes of the Lord Are Truth and mercy pure To-them-that-keep his Cov'nant-word, And f Teftimonies/we 11. 7 Thoug therefore gracioufly O Lord for thine own Name, Wilt pardon mine iniquity , For much alas the fame. 12. Q That majn who may he be That-fears the Lord above ? Him in the way inftruct fhall he, He fhall choofe and approve. 13. 2 In goodnefs fhall his foul Lodge and unmoved ft and: Likewife his Seed without controule Inherit ftiall the Land. 14. D His h fecret doth the Lord Unto his fearers/7;e»> .• And doth his Covenant afford, To-caufe-them-for-to-know. 15. y Mine eyes continually I on the Lord do fet: For he will bring-forth jpeedily My feet out of the net. III. 16. 2 To me i refpect-have-thou, And unto me ftiew-gracer For I am ^.folitary now, And in afflicted cafe. 17. X Mine hearts /oppreffions Enlarged-arc-amaine : From my »t /harp-tribulations Obring-me-forth again. 18. "1 Sec mine affliction, And alln my-tyring-toyle: And mine offences every-one Do thou 0 forgive andfoyle. a Heb. All thy waiters. bHeb.proptr* /jrjdeat-Per. fidiuufly. Are perfidi- ous. Do pre* varicacc. f heb. His t e ft i monies^ gHeb.»rj And.alfo, e_ ven. h heb. The fecret of the LORD is to his fearers, or, the my. fiery of.&c^' or,che coun- sel offr-c be- eattfe c«mi~ filtarefe- eret, i Heb. #r ; look- TU ra- the face. k Heb. *r; A lonely, #r defolate. Itf'i. pinch- ing ftraiti. m Heb. an- guiQies.f>r»- jw/y wring- ing afflicti- ons. n Heb. my- labour my molcitauon. oHeb. lie. up. Takea- way, Tkwii properlj tp. phrd to ptr- don tffint Rom. 4. 7. from. Pftl. »».!, TW pbraft re- lates uCbrifk wh-> bare our fins I P*'.*. l4.* took away the Ims i f the woilJ. Ijb. 1. 19 19. 1 See P S A L M E XXV. 175 pHeb.Iet me noc be al,af}ied. q Heb.I h"ped for- l'afety in tbcc. 19. "1 Sec thou mine enemies, For multiply'd-thcy-be ; Wirh hate of violence likewife They caufeltffe hated me. 20. VJ My Soul keep, and me rid : p Me let no fhame-pofTeffe, For q put my truft in thee I did. 2 1. P. Perferve me perfectneffe Uprightneffe alfo fhall \ For wait on thee I will. 22. SO God, from his diftretfes all Redeem thine Ifrael. Seff. III. The Kind, Penman^ and Occafion. This Pfalme fca moft Pathetical, affectionate, and zealous Prayer of the Pfalmift, brought into fome deep diftreffes and extream ftraits by reafonof his Enemies. In regard of the outward Forme or Man- ner of writing it in the Hebrew, it is ftiled An Al- phabetical Pfalme, zt\c\ is the firft Alphabetical Pfalme in the whole Book of Pfalmes; It's called Alphabeti- cal, becaufe moft of the Verfes begin with a Letter r Some , to according to the Order of the Hebrew r Alphabet : make the Except verfe 2. wherein the fecond word hath H and Alphabeti- verfe 5. which hath in it two Hebrew Letters H and cal Order *| and verfe 18. which hath 1 inftead of p and verfe perfellin 22. which hath 2 formerly ufed in ver. id. All the this Pfalm reft of the verfes are begun with the Letters of the wouldhave Hebrew Alphabet in order. The like manner •, but the verfes with fome difference, is in fix other Alphabetical hit not to Pfalmes,v\z. Pfal. 34. 37* III. 112. 119. 145. Whe- be rightly ther this f Alphabetical manner was intended, as any all difiing- way fubfervien: to the Mufick, Or as an Help to me- uiffied: mory only, or for fomeot!;er end, is hard to deter- Asthez. mine, and the Rabbines confelfe they are herein and$th, wholly to feek:But this h very evident &obreivable, and that thofe Pfalmes which in the Hebrew are penned Dip in this Alphabetical Forme, are among the reft very tojeem choife and tmaens. Hence alfo , The Metrical wantingin Englifh Vernon of fomePfalmcr according to theOr- the begin- der of the Englifh Alphabet, is not unjuftifiable. ring of ver 18. And the laft verfe to be only the latter part of the fore going verfe. Richardfon on Pfal. 25. f Sim. de Mm in Argument, ad Pfal. 25. Penman of this Pfalme was David, as the Title fliewes. The Occafion of this Pfalme in the General feems to be, Some great diftrefle that befell him from his Enemies oppreffmg him. See verfe 2, 15,16,17,18, 19, 20. But whether David Penned this Pfalme particularly, upon Occafion of Sauls Hoftile perfe- ctions of him ; or of his own fon Abfhalom's rebel- t Simeon Hon againft him, ("which t fome think moft probable, de Mutt in from verfe 11. Thou wilt-pardon mine iniquity for it U Argum.ad much, or great: which is thought to have reference FJal. 25. to his Sin in the Matter of Vri'jah, rather then to his numbring of the people, or any other fin ; _)or of fome other enemies oppofition; is very hard pofi- tiveJy to Determine. Se&. IV. The Scope. Davids Scope intended, is-, To intreat the Lord's Protection againft , and Deliverance from, all his deep diftreffes, and bitter enemies occafioning them: As alio to beg the LORD'S gratuitous Pardons of all his iniquities, procuring juftly thefe fharp Caftiga- tions. Sedt. V, The Analysis , or Principal Parts. In this Vfalme confider, 1. The Infcripcion ; Of David. This is the firft Pfalme having mccrly this Title. The felf-fame Infcription is prefixed to Pfal. 26,27, 28,35.37. !o3. 138. and to divers others with fome Additions. This Title declares David to be Penman of thefe Pfalmes. 2. The Subftance of the Pfalm it felf, which is, A moft excellent hea- venly Vrayer. Wherein note, I. Davids Petitions ptefemed to the LORD. wz. I. For rhe LORD'S Protection of David againft his enemies: That.ht .v ight not be afhamed and con- founded by them, nor rhey infolently have occafion to triumph over lv'm. This is urged, 1. From Da- vids Elevation of his vcrySoule to God only, noc looking after other Helps and Hopes. 2. From Da- vids affiance or hope in God; verfe 1,2, 3. From the defirable fruits or effects which hence would en- fue, (j_) To all that wait on God. They thus fliall not be afhamed in Davids confufions. (J 2 } To all his caufelefie perfidious-enemies, they hereupon fhall be afhamed, verfe 3. II. For his Divine Direction of David, in his Wayes, Pathes, and Truth : that fo his enemies and afflictions may not caufe him to wan- der or tread awry This is urged. 1. From Gods Nature and Office. He is the God of his Peoples fafety. 2. From Davids conftant expectation upon God, verfe 4,5. III. For the LOR D's peculiar fa- vours towards diftreffed Ddwrf, vi^. 1. His remem- brance of his bowel-mercies and loving-kindneffes to David, which have been from eternity, ver. 6. 2. His not remembring, but paffing an Act of Oblivion upon , Davids trefpaffes, the procuring caufes of prefent diftreffes. 3. His remembring of David ac- cording to his gracious-kindnefs, or kinde-mercy, verfe 7. II. Davids fingular Encouragements for obtaining of thefe his former Petitions, flowing, 1. From God's fweet Nature,^. 1 His Goodnefte. 2 His righteouf- neffe, or uprightneffe. Therefore the LORD will teach wandring-finners his wayes, and the meel^ con- duel in judgement, verje 8, 9. 3 His loving-kindnefs. 4 His Truth and Faithfulnefs to the keepers of his Co- venant and Teftimonies, ver. 10. 5. His own Glori- ous Name. For which he will pardon his iniquity, his great iniquity; which needs much mercy, great mercy, verfe 11. 2. From Gods precious Promifes to them that fear him, verfe 12,13,14. 3. From his own conftant eye towards God and expectation from him, verfe 15. III. Davids concluding, or fhutting up of his Prayer with a double Suite, in*. I. More particular, For himfelf.That God would, i.Look upon him; 2.Shew- grace to him defolatc and afflicted, v. 16. 3. Bring him out of his diftreffes,his hearts diftreffes being en- larged, v. 17. 4. View his affliction and moleftation. 5. Remit all his fms,verfe 18.6. View his enemies, in regard of their multitude, and violent hatred, verfe 1 p. 7. Keep and deliver him from confufion ; he truftingin God, verfe 20. And according to inte- grity and upriglunefle waiting upon God, verfe 21. II. Afore General, For the whole Ifrael or Church of God. That God would redeem it out of all its ftraits or diftreffes, verfe 23. Pfalme 176 P S A t M E. XXVI. & XXVII. PfalmXXVL a ftb. de- cline. Ihake, or (tagger, fc //e/> pro- perly ; Try- asin-ihc fire my Reines c //<&. for thy d bcb. Mor- tal men of vanity, e He*, hid- den ones. that is, Se- cret hypo- crites or clofeilld«trs (bebMihg- nancs. gfetfc.my palmcs in clean nets. h Htb. to- caufe-to- hear i Htb. to declare. k Hefc. my lives. 1 Htb. is full of a gift. m Htb. in uprightnefs, or, in an up- right, or e- ir en-place. Se#. J. T#e Summary Contents. David, i. Appeals to Gods judgment and tryal ofhimfelf, his integrity and good conversation, a- gainft all his enemies falfe flandersand imputations, ver. i. to 9. 2. Petitioneth for fundry favours from the L O R D, ver. 9. to 12. 3. Promifeth thankful- neffe to God for fetting his foot in upnghtncfle, verfe 12. Seft. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. Of David. i. S~\ LORD do thou me judge, becaufe V_J I walk in mine integrity : And in the LORD I hope-repofe, So that I fhall not a flip- awry. 2. Prove me O LORD, me tempt likewife: b Try thou my Reins, mine heart alfo. 3. c Thy kindnefie w before mine eyes : I alfo in thy truth will go. 4. With d mortals vain I have not fate. Nor with e diffemblers will go-in. 5. fill-doers company I hate, Nor will I fit with wicked-men. 6. Tie wafh g mine hands in innocence : And will thine Alcarcompaffe, LORD. 7. With voice of Praife h to publifh thence, And all thy wonders i to record. 8. OLORD, thine HoiuVs habitaclc I conftantly have loved well; The place ev'n of the Tabernacle Wherein thy glorioufnefle doth dwell. 9. With Sinners gather not my Soul, Nor yet with men ofbloods k my life. 10. In whofe vile hands ismifchief/o«/: And their right-hand /with bribes is rife. 11. But fie walk in my perfectnefle : Redeem me, and-to-me-fhew-grace. 12. The LORD Tie in Aflembliesblefle; My foot doth (land m in plaineA- place. i died Integrity, fhunned thefocietyofevil perfons, refol ved upon purity of divine worfhip with all zea- lous affection 5 Deprecates the itate of finners and bloody men •, ProfefTing his Integrity , prayes for deliverance; And promifeth thankfulnefs to the LORD. Sett. IV. the Scope. The Scope of the Pfalmift in this Prayer is, To intreat the LORD to judge him and appear for him, according to his Integrity before him, and affiance in him, and to preferve him from the fins and for- rows of the wicked, verf. 1. &c. 9. 10. Sett. V. ihe Analyfts^ or Principal Parts. • The7»/e&. II. The Verflon out of the Hebrew. Of David a Htb. my Salvation. i.TTHe Lord a mine health »,and my light X Of whom fhould-l-be-iraid/ The Lord is of my life the might: For whom then fhould-I-dread ? 2. Againft me b when ill-doers rofe To eat my flefh, With all. tr carneneer My fore-diftreffers,and my foes : againft me. They ftumbled and did fall. b Htb. when Malignants made war c7M. Uull not fear. & Heb. may fir. 3. If Camp againft me fhould an hoaft> Mine heart e fhall fear defpife : In this I-confidently-truft, If War againft me rife. 4. One-thing I asked of the Lord This ever feek I will, That I in Houfe of G od the Lord All my life's dayes d may dwell : The Lord's delightfulneffe entire c Heb. j>r»- Therein to view alway, _ , |cr/v, to in- And in his Palace e to enquire quire early. ?> For in the /" harmful day, 2yeb ' Hee'l hide me in his Tabernacle : %Hcb. Se- Hee'l hide me from affault crec-phcc. Within his Tent's g clofe receptacle : On Rock he'l me exalt. 6. And now mine Head with fafety crown d Sha*Il-be-exalted-high Above my foes about-me- round, And in his Tent willl h Joy's Sacrifices facrifice : Tie fing and / praife the Lord. Lord when I cry, hear thou my voice : hMtb. Sa- crifice', of Qibuting- joy. l/frfr.praue with- pfalm. k Heb. And ftew-grace to me. and hear me. I Heb., de- cline turn- afide. mHeb.haft been my help. n htb.tetch me. oHeb.Soul vii.either wili:as PfaJ. 4M-5& 105.21.Bxe. 1 6.17.07 hid asW.76.18. P btb.wh- neiTei offal-, Ihood. q Heb. To fee it.or into the good- ntfs r&f&.bethou ftrongly- confirmed. fifi.wait- earreftly unto the LORD. i^ Me hear, me-grace-afford. II. 8. When thou didft fay, feek ye my face, Mine heart then faid to thee, Lord, earneftly He feek thy face. 9. Hide not thy face from me, Nor in thy wrath thy fervant / wave Thou m didft help me down trod ; Donotforfake me, nor me leave, O my Salvation's God. 10. Although my father utterly, And mine own Mother fhould Forfake me : yet moft tenderly The Lord me gather would. 11. O Lord thy way n to me difclofe And me conduft andblcjfe, Becaufe of mine-ohferving-foes, In paths of rightcoufneiTe. 1 2. To my foes 0 lull, O give not me : Becaufe againft me hence p Falfe witneffes rofe-up, And he That-breaths-out wo/enre. 13. No Creature comfort could afford^ But that I did believe q To fee the goodneffe of the Lord Inland of them-that-livc. 14. Upon the Lord wait earneftly, r Ee thou with courage ftor'd, And he thine heart ITiall fortifie: Then/wait upon the Lord. Setf. III. The Kincle, Penman, Occafion of this pfalm. and this Pfalm is of a Mixt Kind, madeup of Ditlrine, Prayer, and Exhortations. Its full of holy Medita- tions, Petitions, and Encouragement. Penman ofir, as the Title evinceth, was David. AndLV- vid(th\nkt fome J did then Pen this Plalm,wheri he was old, when his Men fware unto him, faying, Thoufl)altgo no more with w to battel, that thou quench nottbe light of Ijrael,2Szm. 21.17. The current of the Pfalm agrees fomewhat with that Hiftory : but yet I fee not ground enough to fix it upon that par- ticular time. Occafion oiDavids writing this pfalm, feems in general to be « fome great perils or dangers w herei n David was involved by his enemies, and a- gainft which his foul was invincibly raifed and forti- by Faith in God, and whence in fome meafurehe was delivered. Whereupon he earneftly begs that one great PriviIedge,of conftant enjoying Gods houfe, and communion with him there ; that fo he might be fafe and fecure from all his Enemies, com- miting himfelf by fundry Petitions to the Lows fole Direction and Protection againft them. ' Sed. IV. The Scope. The Scope intended in this pfalm is ; Thankfully to declare, 1. What impregnable magnanimity, confidence and encouragement David had, ('and a true believer maty have J hi the LORD alone, a- gainft all dangers and enemies whatfoeyer. 2. And how earneftly he therfore defired ftill to enjoyCom- I munion with God in his Houfe and Ordinances all his dayes, commiting himfelf to his fol§ Tuition, againft all perils and adverfaries whatfoever. * SeB. V. The Analyfis^ox Principal Parts. Befides the fhort Infcription, denoting Davidto be Venmanof this pfalm: See Pfal. 25. Seft. 4. In the Body or Subftance of the pfalm ir felf are, 1. A De- claration. 2. A Prayer. 3. An Exhortation. I. A Declaration, 1. Of Davids invincible Magna- nimity and Confidence in the LORD, againft all dan- gers and enemies. Amplified 1. By the proper foundation of it , vi%_. The LORD'S being 1 His Light. 2.Satvat ion. 3/rhe Strength of his Life.2.By the invincible acting of it, trampling triumphantly upon all occafion of fear. Interrogations here are empha- tical,w. 1. 3. By his former experience of Gods fafe Protection againft his many and cruel enemies, ver. 2. 4. By his fixed courage and fecurity even a- gainft an whole hoaft, and Infurrection of Wara- gainfthim, ver: 3. II. Of Davids vehement zeal and love to Religion, and conftant communion with God in his Houfe and Ordinances of divine Worfhip. This, in effeft, That one thing, that only thing, which had been in his former defires, and fhould be in his future endeavours. Amplified, 1. By the more immediate ends of this his Defire,i/(\. 1 view- ing the Lord's delightfulnefs. 2 Enquiring early in his Palace, ver. 4. 2. By the Motives inciting him hereunto, vi^. 1 Gods fafe and fecret Protection of him in his Tabernacle in day of evil. 2 Gods ad- vancing and exalting him above all his enemies. Both which miniftred to him matter of triumphanc Praifes to the LORD, ver. 5, 6. II. A Prayer for fundry benefits. As, 1. That the Lord would hear, accept, and anfvverhim, in his crying to him and feeking his face, A Duty of Gods own Appointment, ver. 7, 8. 2. That the Lord would in no regard hide his face from him,turn Z z afide t So, S.de Muii in Arg. adpf. 27. follow- in. Ab.E'KTx in Verfic.Of. Alitcr Jo. Foord.m Expofit.pf. Tempus. 29. fung in the Tabernacle or Temple upon occafion ot Thunder , Lightning , and fuch great Tempefts * being Penned by David, as is conjeftured, in fome extream turbulent and tempeftuous feafon of wea- ther. To interpret this voice of the Lord Allegori- cally.of his voice in his Word, feems not fo juftifi- able i. i Vid. Hen. Moller.in Arg.Pf.29. Setf. IV. The Scope. But in his Temple^ all accord Hit glory rodifplay. 10. The Lord at flood fate j and the Lord Shall fit as King for ay. The intended Scope is, To incite and exhort all mighty Potentates, and confequenrly much more all inferioursjduly to extoll and praife the Lord: To give him his Names due Glory, See verfe 2. 9. and this, both from confiderations of his inftruftions of Nature, particularly of his Thunder ; and from his Afts of Grace to his Church. Seff. V. The Analyfis, or Principal Parts. Befides the Infcript'ton, declaring I. The Denomi- nation or Nature of this Scripture ; Apfalm; 2. The Penman ; David, fee pfalm 15. Seft. 3. touching the felf fame Title. In the Body of the pfalm note, \.AnExhortatiou. 2. Arguments enforcing it. I. An Exhortation to the Potentates of the World, confequently to inferiours, to afcribe unto the Lord Glory and ftrength,to give him hisNames due Glory and Worfhip in the beauty of Holinefs, orSanftu- zty,ver. 1,2. II. Sundry cogent Arguments prefling ftrongly this Exhortation, I. Partly, from Gods works of Nature in the World. Efpeciallv Gods dreadful voice of Thunder being inftanced in for all the reft, by a Se- nechdoche, asmoft remarkably eminent, ver. 3-^9. Here Thunder is emphatically and elegantly defer ib- ed, 1. ByitsNature; Voice of J E HO V AH. Godof Glory thunders. 2. By its Place, in the mid- dle Region of the Air ; Among the waters of the Clouds, verfe 3. 3. By his Adjunfts •, Potency, and Majefty, ver. 4. 4. By its Effefts ; (1) Upon ftrongeft Trees, Cedars of Lebanon, vet. 5. (2) Upon firm- eft Mountains, Lebanon and Shirion, ver. 6. Cj) In flafhes of fiery Lightnings, Thunderbolts, Sec. ver.7. (4) Upon the Wilderneffe and Woods, and all the bruit Creatures therein, ver. 8, 9. II, Partly, From Gods furpaiTing works of Grace in his Church*,w>£ere- in every one fpeakj hit Glory, ver. 9, <&c. Someofhis works of Grace there in being particularly pointed out,i/r^.i.His Perpetual Dominion for the good of his Church; yea in times moftcaIamitous,as at Noah's flood, ver. 10. 2. His ftrengrhening of his People, promifed. 3. His bleiTing rhem with Peace : that is, with a confluence of all good things, Promifed alfo, verfe 1 1. PSALM i8o P S A L M E. XXX. rfalmXXX. a Heb. Ha ft drawn me up vix. as out of a pit. bheb. thou healft me. c Or Htb. that Ifhould not go down into the pit. For here is a double read- ing in Htb. 1>ut in both ihefntnt fence. d htb. A mo- ment is in bis wrath. cHtb. or, favour. £ Htb. lodg- Ctb. g Heb. thou Jiaft fetled ■ftrength to my moun- tain. h Heb. or J fuddenly troubled. i Htb.An helper to me. SeU. L The Summary Contents. pavidl.Praifeth God, For fO Delivering, (2 J Healing, and C%) Preferving him from the Grave, w/e 1,2,3. H- Exhorteth Gods Saints to Praife the Lord alio, 1. Generally,¥or his kindneffe to his peo- ple, in chaftizing them but for a fhort time, ^er.4,5. •2.- Particularly, for his fundry gracious dealings with David, ver. 6. to the end. Seer. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. A Pfalme-, A Song of the Dedication of the Houfe of David. I. T Will exalt thee Lord, becaufe J. Thou a haft-advanced me ; Nor at me joy haft made my foes. 2. O Lord, my God to chee I cry'd, And b health-thou-didft-me-give. 5. My Soul thou-mad'ft-afcend From Grave, Thou Lord me kept'ft-alive c From them that Pit defcend. 4. Sing-Pfalme unto the Lord on high, Ye gracious Saints o/his .- And render- praife at memory Of his pare Holineffc 5. For C The Hebrew properly fignifies, Rough- mrt'bin hit Prides> or rough-wrongs m: For the Root D31 Racas Annot on fignifies both, To be proud, and To lyh on knots, See Exod. 18. 28. and 39. 21. Hence the wordis deriv- ed, that fignifies knotty orjough-places, Ifa. 40. 4. J and Strife of Tongues, verfe 20. II. Partly, In re- gard of his dealings with Davidh\mie\f, particularly in his defperate extremities, vi^. 1. Marvclloufly manifesting his mercy in his fafeft defence, verfe 21. 2. Gracloufly hearing his Prayer, notwithstanding his defpairing , defpondencies in his diftrefies. verfe 22. III. HU zealous Exhortation (~refulting from theSe his choice Experiences 3 to all the Saints, vi^- 1. To love the LORD : both for his preferving the Faithful, and plentiful rewarding of their proud ene- mies, ver. 22. 2. To be of good-courage in all Straits and afflictions ; Promifmg to them herein Gods Heart- Strengthning Confolations, verfe 24. Pfalme XXXII. a Heb. or; An Infhufiing. Pfalme. ver. 8. b Heb. The H ppineffics ©f the par- doned, of trefpafs.vix ofevety perfon par. doned. Sha- ken tf here fngvUrtyi but by the ^4- ftfile plural, lyi Bleffed they Rom. 4-r. el/^. The HappineCcs of the man. d Heb. ini- quity. eHtJ.I. ■udc cbce- SeB. I. The Summary Contents, David teacheth, I. 7Wtrue blefledneffcconfift- eth, 1. In Gods pardon of fin. 2. In Sincerity of Spirit verfe i, 2. II. That, this mufl needs be fo, from his own experience, 1. Of trouble, whirit he did hide his fin. 2. Of hiseafe of Consci- ence, when he penitentially confeffed it, verfe 3,4, 5. III. That, All Such, as through the pardon of fin defire tobebleCed, mufti. Pray feafonably for it, verfe 6. 2. Truft, as David, in Gods Protection, verje 7. 3. Be readily obedient to the LORD'S in. ftruction, verfe 8. to the end. Sett. II. the Ferfan out of the Hebrew m a Mafchil of David, i.b/^V-Happy-happy every one V-7 Wfo/e trefpafs is remitted, Whofe fin and whofe tranfgreffion Is mercifully covered. 2. c O-happy man / To whom the LORD Imputes not d wickedneffe, And in whofe Spirit clofely ftor'd Is no deceitfulnefie. 2. My bones with-age-did-weare-away (My grief^idj'oincreaje J Throughmy/W roaring all the day, Eecaufe I-held-my-peace. 4. For Day and Night thine hand alas On me was heavy- made ; To droughts of Summer turned was My moifture fuite decaid. Selah. 5. My fin e to-the-I knowlcdged, And mine unrightcoufnefs From thee I have not covered ; I (aid, f my trefpaffe* P\gz\nn-my felj confeSTed will I Unto the LORD a £ove. And thou my Sins iniquity Didft pardoning-remove; Selah. ^ind the Hebrew word 17 U here vftd fcem to be ful for ^M Cjirfnre Pfal. 108. io. w.to Pfal. 60. 10. r 6. g For this, Shall every Saint to thee At time of finding pray .• Sure, At the Stood of waters h great To him reach Shall not they. 7. Thouarr mine hideing-place, my fence, From Straits thou'lt keep me out ; With Shrill-Songs of Deliverance Thou'lt-compafle-me-abour. Selah, 8. Thee teach in way that thou Shalt go. And thee instruct will I: i I-counfel-will-impart alfo, On thee llefet mine Ey. 9. Be not ye k bruitifh as the Horfe, As Mule, whofe mouth muRbe With Bit and Bridle 1 curb'd per force. Left they come near to thee. io. Full many forrows up areftoii m The wicked to confound, But he that trufteth in the LORD Him mercy Shall-furround. H. Ye righteous in the LORD rejoyce n Be glad at this your part, And Shout-forth-with-triumphant- noife All ye upright of heart. Setf. III. The Kind, Penman7 and Occafion, This Pfalme is the fecond of thofe which are ufu- ally called, Penitential Pfalmes, See Ffal. 6. Sect. 3 And the very firft of thofe which in their Titles pre- fixed are called '-iVHPQ Mafchil: that is, An In- ftrutiing-PJalme ; Or , A-Pfalme-making. Prudent* caufing Understanding. As here; I willinftrucl thee, or, 1 will make thee prudent, ver.S. It instructs in fweetfpimual Myfteriesand Prafticef. There are in all fourteen Mafchits, or, InftruZHng-Pfalmes ; V10z- p*lm 32> 42, 44, 45, 4*, 52, 53, 54, 55, 74. 78, 83, 89, 142. Penned by David, Afaph, Heman, Mthan, <&c. Penman of this Mafchil, was David. Occafion oiDavids writing this Pfalme, Seems to have been upon his recovery from fome fore Difeafe, ver. 3, 4. And it is conjectured, to have been after Tamars ravishment, and Amnorfs death, 2 Sam. 13. through Abfalom's contrivance o. Seft. IV. the Scope, Davids Scope intended in this Pfalme, is; r. To teach that true BleSTedneSTe peculiarl v confifts in the LORD'S full and free remiffion of finne'in Justification and making mans fpirit upright in him, by Sanctifi- cation .• 2. As alfo' to inltruct-prudently all fuch Perfons to walk obediently before the LORD. See verfe 1,2,8. .Rom. 4, 6, 7, 8. i Heb. or 5 willgive- Counfel to thee with mine Eye. k tfe&.with- out imder- ftanding. 1 Heb. tyed. in. m Heb. for- the-wicked« one. n Heb. *An& be ye •-« ojoan. Foord. in Expof.Pfal 32. Tern- pus. Sea. V. 184 P S A L M E. XXXIII. Se&. V, The Analyfis , or Principal I Sett. II. The Verjion out of the Tarts. I Hebrew. The Infcription or Title denotes, t. The Nature of the Pfalme, in thac denomination j Mafchil. 2. The Penman; David. The Subftance oj the Pfalme treats of true Bleffed- tiefie. Herein true bleffednefle is 1. Defcribed, 2. Confirmed, 3. Illuflrated. I. True Bleffednejfe it defcribed, as confifting efpe- cially in, 1. The LORD'S free and full remilfion of fmne in Juftification : laid down in three Expreffions vr^. C1J Taking finne away. f~2 J Covering of fmne, vb(. not by the Tinner, but by the L 0 R D himfelf. C 3 J Hot imputing ofunrighteoufneffe to a man. 2. The fmcerity of a mansfpirit and heart, without deceit. This is unfeined Sanftification, ftill accompanying Juftification. The Happineffes of fuch a man are here pronounced with a kind of Admiration ; Heb. 0 the happineffej, foe. ver. 1, 2. II. That this is true Blcflednefle, and that herein it confifts, is Confirmed by Davids experience : 1. Whofe diftrefie and mifery was extream upon him, confuming and even exhaufling him; whiTft he con- cealed his fmne, ver. 3, 4. 2. Whofe Confcience found eafe and pardon upon his Penitential Confef- fion of his finnes, ver. 3, 4, 5. III. Thit Bleffednefs, in the Pardon offin, &c is Illuflrated and Amplified, 1, By the faithful Prayers which all the Saints fhall make to God, in a time of finding, for remifllon of finnes. 2. By the fweet Pro- mife of the Lord's Protection to all juftified and par- doned perfons, from all floods of diftrefs, as God had dealt with David already, and would again do with him, having his fins forgiven, verfe6,7. 3. By the Duty required of all juftified and pardoned Per- fons. vi^. 1 That they receive divinelnftrufloin tendered to them, readily. 2 That, laying afide all bruitifh obftinacy , they become flexible and obe- dientunto God ; verje 8, 9. 4. By the moft different condition of the wicked unpardoned, whofe portion fhall be many Pains ; From the faithful that are par- doned, whom Mercy encompafleth round, And to whom the Lord affords, in their juftified and upright condition moft fingular Matter of furpalfing glad- nefs, verfe 10, 11. Pfalm XXXIII Sett. I. The Summary Content /, The Pfclmift I. Exhorts the righteous topraife the Lord, ver. I, 2, 3, II. Provokes hereunto by Arguments, drawn 1. From his excellent Properties manifefted both in word and works, ver. 4. to 10. 2. From his over-ruling all ill counfels which are againfthis Purpofes, ver.io,n. 3. Prom his Pro- vidence over all, efpecially over his Church, ver. 12. to 20. III. Concludes, with mention of the Saints confidence and joy in God, ver. 20, 21, 22. 1. 'Y'Erighteous in the LORD a glad-fhout, 1 Praife doth the juft befeem. 2. Laud yee the Lord with Harp: with Lute Do-yee-fing-Pfalme-to-him And with the Ten-ftring Pfaltery. 3, Sing yee to him with voice A new Song ; b Make good melody With loud triumphant-noife. 4. For, juft JEHOVAH'S word jlillprovesy And all his work in faith. 5. He Juftice pure and Judgment loves. The Earth c all-fullnefs-hath 0/loving-kindnefs of the LORD. 6. The Heav'ns and all their hoaft Were framed by JEHOVAH'S WORD, d By his Mouth's Holy-Ghoih 7. The Setfsproud waters, as an Heap e Together up he ftor'd ; Gave into treafuries the deepes. 8. Let all Earth feare /the LORD Let£ all that in the world have place For him fhrink-as- afraid. 9. For he faid,Be it; And it was: h Commanded, and it is (laid. 10. The Counfel of the Nations The LORD £doth diffipate, The Peoples Cogitations He doth annihilate. 11. The Counfel of the Lord alonet Stand-faft for ever fhall. To /every Generation, His Hearts devices all. 1 2. m O bleffed « that-Nation. Whofe God the LORD will be ! That-folk which for pofleffion Chofe to himfelf hath he. 1 3. From Heavens high JEHOVAH looks, All Adams fonnes views well. 14. He from his Dwelling's firme-place look* To all on Earth that dwell. 15. Their/^crer Heart doth he n alone Entirely forme and bend He to their workings every-onc Moft-wifely-doth attend, 16. No Earthly King fhall faved be By his great (orcein fight: Nor fhall the ftrong-man be-fet-free By multitude of-might. 17. AnHorkforfafety fl> all at length Be found meer falfhood ever: And by the greatneffe of his ftrength He fhall no man deliver. 18. Behold, the LORD doth turn hit eye To-them-that-do-him-fear : To- 1 hem-that-do- wait-hopefully Upon his Mercy dear. . 19. 0 Them life in famine to afford, Their Soul from death to free. 20. Our Soul doth wait upon the LORD, Our help, and our fhield He. 21. p Our heart in him fhall joy, for we Truft in q his holy Name. 22. LORD, let thy mercy on us be, As we wait r for the fame. Joyfully. b Heb. Do. ye.well pUying-oa. ""•Inftru- mentwich- c heb. is full d Heb. or, Byche Spirit of his ir.oucb. Here tbt Trinity ef Perfons fttms p«M.. ted, as joynt ly crtating. e Htb. He gathered, together. f Htb. For the LORD, v'tZ-becauft cfbim.- g Htb. All the dwellers of the world h htb. Hee commanded lHeb. itood faft.oi.fted- dy kbeb. fru- ftrateth. 1 Heb.Gene- ration and Generation. mH(i.O the bleffed, neffes of that Nation o fwhom the LORD trill be his God. n He b. or, wholly.eve- ry whites Job. 10. 8. •r, together in one, at P/4t, 1. 1. ~ ) ToDavid: and according to the ancient Alexandrian Copy ; fJ¥«iAfca< i&l bewif^A Pfalme to David f. This Pfal me is of a mixt Kinde, Laudatory, and Petitory : Herein the Pfalmift exhorts the righteous to the praifes of God, and concludes with prayer to him. Penman is not certainly known : though the Verfion of the Lxxij feenis to point ar David. Occafion alfo is not particularly evident. Its fup- pofed David wrote it, when he had now obtained victories over all, or many his enemies r. It is a notable triumphant, or VtHorial Pfalme. May be fung after Victories. Se3 . IV. The Scope. The Scope of this Pfalm is,To exhort and provoke all the righteous People of God to be much in the praifes of God, upon manifold confiderations. Sett. V. The Analysis, or Principal Tarts. In this Pfalm are, I. An earneft Exhortation to the Praifes of the Lord. Containing, 1. The Parties Exhorted ,who peculiar- ly are able to praife God,w^. The Righteoui.2.The way & manner how they fhould praife God:w^.with vocie.With variety oiMufical Inftt uments; And with a New (vi^. renewed, continued, excellent^ Song. Thus in the Old Teftament; Now in the New- Te- ftament proportionably, with ail Zealous enlarged affections and Spiritual expreffionsof thankfulneffe, ver. 1, 2, 3. II. A Narration of Arguments, inciting unto thefe Praifes of the LORD ; drawn, I. From Gods Truth, Juftice, Mercy, and Power, both in Word and Work; Particularly in Creating and fitly Ordering all things fo mightily, that the whole World may juftly tremble and ftand in aw of him ; Especially fee- ing it was with him, but A Word, and A Work, as Gen. 1 verjeq.to io. II. From Gods Over-ruling and Over-turning all the ill Counfels of the Nations, Efta- blifhing his own purpofes for ever, ver. .10, u. III. From his fpecial Love to, and care over his Church, ver. 12. Amplified, 1. By his accurate no- tice which he takes of all men in the World in gene- ral, and of all their actions: Therefore he will much more Providentially heed and look to the Saints in fpecial, and all their aftions, ver. 13, 14,15. 2. By the utter infuflheiency of all created Protections with- out God, v. i(5,i7. 3. Bybii moft vigilant Eyeoverthe Faithful for their prefer vation and deliverance in their deepeft danger or diftref e,v. 18, 19. III. A condufion, letting forth r 1. The Saints con- fidence and joy in God,as their Help and Shield, v. 20,21.2. Their Petition for his mercy according to their faithful-waiting upon him, ver.22. Pfalm XXXIV. Sett. I. The Summary Contents* Davidl. Praifeth God zealoufly, ver. r,2. IF. Provokers others to praife the Lord with him, and for him, ver. 3. 1. Declaring, (_}) Gods wonderful delivering of him in ftraits, ver. 4,5,6. fi) Gods care over his fearers, ver. 7. 2. Inflrulling the Saints how to walk, foas ftill be capable of like Divine fa- vours, ver. i. to 15. 3. Comforting them, rhat are really thankful and walk worthy of Gods Mercies, with Benefits and Priviledgespromifed, verfe 15.ro the end. Se&. II. The Verfion cut of the Hebrew* A Pfalme of David, when-hc-had-chang-ed his behaviour before-thefaces of Abime- lech, and-he-had-driven-him~away, and* he-watgone. I. 1. NT Will a at all times bleffe the Lord : XHis Praife ftill in my movfrh foall Say. 2. *2 My foul fhall b glory in the Lord ; The meek fhall hear, and joy fhall they. 3. J O with me magnifie the Lord : And let's exalt his Name together. 4. "j I fought the Lord, and he me heard .• c Did me from all my fears deliver. 5. n They look'd to him , and rflightned-were ; 1 And not be fham'd their faces fhall. 6. \ This poor man calld, e the Lord did hear. And fav'd him from his preCures ail. 7-H JEHOVAH'S, Angel camps about His Fearers, and releafeth them. | 8. D Tafte, and fee, that the Lord is good : f O happy man that hopes in him / 0. 1 0 ye his Saints JEHOVAH fear : For g no want to his fearers all, 10. D Young-Lions lack, and hungred-are, But h want no good GOD's feekers fhall. II. n. 7 Ye fons come, Hearken unto me : The LORD'S true fear I will you learn. 12. Q What man befire long life to fee, Loves dayes, r That good he may difcetn ' 13. J Thy lips from fpeaking guile and lies, Thy tongue likewifc from ill keep thou. 14. D Depart from ill,do good likewife ; Do thou feek peace, and it purfue. 15. y The LORD'S eyes are to righteous-ones, His ears likewife to their out-cry. a Hei. in »1I time. b feci, praife it felf, or boaft.it felf corn-part lit. J.J? 2 4.rv:ib I Cor. i.) 1. c Heb. And dd, d beb, or ; 1 hey. flowed or ran as-a- ri ver. e Heb.mA the — f heb.O the Hipp.netres ot-that. va- lianc-mart thar will- hope-for- fafetyin him g Heb. noc wJnc. hfc&the i'eeke rs of the LORD Oiall not want \.\ good. 1 HeVo fee gcoJ. B b b 16. ^^ iS6 p s A L M E. XXXIV. 16. J The LORD'S ^.face at ill doers frowns ; k bebSicu To cut from Earth their memory. a-janft ill ■ doers 17. 2 They cried, Tlv IQftLHikewifc did hear ; An them/r<*n ilLtrjejr; (teaks fet free. 18. p The LORD to /contrite hearts « neer, And m poor in Spirit fave will he. 19. "? Ills many do the juft befal, But him n from all the LORD delivers. 20. tl? His bones hefo preferveth all *, Not one of them is broke to fhivers. 21. ]"\ III (hall the wicked flay, andthofe Shall be 0 deftroy'd that hate the juft. 22. The LORD his fervants foul redeemes, p None fball be ftroy'd that in him truft. SeB. III. The Kind, Penman, and Occafion. fce&.fhive- icd-ones of heart m Heb. or ; torn.crulh- cd,bruifed offpirit. n heb.from them all. o Heb .con- demned as- guilry and cenftquently deft'oyed p Heb. And all hoping ■ for-faferv in him (hall not be con- demned as guilrv. * Sicut de This choice * Pfalm is one of thofe which are cal- tota Scrip- led Alphabetical; (See Pfa I 25. Seft. 3. J Here be- turadicit ingall the twenty two Hebrew Letters in order in Bafilw'm the beginning of every verfe in the Hebrew Text, quadamE- Text, except the Iaft; which is compenfated afore- piftola ; hand in ver.$.by two letters of the Hebrew Alphabet ficut putei n .and 1 ; that beginning the former, tbit the lat- quo magis ter feritence in that verfe. The Alphabetical Pfalms hauruin- are every one of them Angularly eminent among the tur,fun- Pfalmes, like Stars of thefirft Magnitude among the duntaquas the Stars. TheSubjeft matter of this fweet pfalm magi's lim- hmixt, of Praife, and Dottrine : and in both it is pidas : ita A moft rich Cordial to the afflitted and dijlrejfed Saints. nondubi- penman of it, was David: As the Title declares. urn eft, HeofaScholer, becomes here our Tutor; ofaPa- huncPfal- tient, our Experimental Phyfitian. mum, quo Occafion of Davids Penning this pfalm is laid down fsepius le- in tne prefixed Title : vi^. Davids changing hk beha- gitur cum viour before q Abimelech, &c. that is, Eefore Achifh quadam King of Gath, a City of the Phililtines, 1 Sam. 21.10. attentione Every King of the Philiftines being called Abimelech, eo magis i.e. My-Father-King, Gen. 20.2. and 26. 1. Pfal. dulcefce- 34.. r/f. As every King of ^.^ypt was called Phara- re: Quare 0h, Gen. 41. 1. Exod. 5. 1. 1 King 11. 18. Davidhav- femper in jng fled for fear o£King Saulumo Gath, the men of Ecclefia Ack't(h King of Gath, having taken David in Gatb, hie Pfal- pfaim ^s. Title, and brought him to Achifl), 1 Sam. mushomi- 2\. n. faid-, Is not this David King of the Land, of nibus piis whom they fang in D.mces faying ; Saul hath flain hit fuitcom- ihjufands-, and David his ten thoufands * Hereupon mendatif- David was fore afraid of Achifh, And he changed his f\mws,Hen. behaviour before them, and feigned himfelf mad in Moller.in ti,eir hands, and fcrabled on the Doors of the Gate, Arg. Pfal. and let his fpittlefall down upon his Beard. (Thus 34. did this holy and valiant David Vn-man himfelf in q Quod lo- his extremity of fear for prefervation of his life .• So coAchis far his temptation and infirmity prevailed over ponitur him. J Upon this, Achifh was offended at his fer- Abimelech, vants for bringing a Mad-man to him, anddifdained probabile he fhould come into hii houfe, 1 Sam. 21. 10.ro the eft,nomen end. So they drave him away, and he departed, Pf. hoc pofte- ^.Tttle, with 1 Sam. 22. 1. Upon this great deli- rius fuiffe verance from his fears and dangers, David Penned in vulgar? this Pfalm, as alfo Pfalm 56. See that Titie alfo. ufu apud The Deliverance, was Gods: The infirmity in the Philiiti- ufe of undue means, was Davids r. nos : Sicut Reges fuos /fgyptii vocarunt Pharaones: & Romani imperatores nomen Caefarum mutuati funr a Julio qui primus Tyrannidem occupa- vexax,Joan.Calv.in Pfa' id.Tertul. rLiberatio, Deicpusfuic vkium intermedium, quod culpa non vacavit, Davidt afcribideb:t,&c. Joan. Calvin in Pfal. 34. Title. Se&. IV. The Scope. Davids Scope herein is, 1. To Praife the Lord for this his great Delie vrance from fear & danger under Achifh the Philifline-King of Gat h before whom he was brought by the Kings Servants; 2. To provoke all other the people of God, to praife the Lord with him ; 3. And to inftruft them, both how to walk fo as to render themfelves capable of fuch Experi- ences of Gods favour as David now found In his Ex- tremities,And what choice bleffings befall them who thus walk worthy of Mercies, and are really thank- ful. Sett. V. The Analyfis, or Principal Paris. In the Infcription, are declared, 1. The Penman of this pfalm; David. 2. The Occafion of his wri- ting it, vi^. (~ij David's Changing hit behaviour ('through infirmity and excefllve (eat) before Abi- melech , that is , Achifh King of Gath : feigning himfelf mad. (2 J Abimelech's driving him away. C 3 J Davids departure to the Cave AduUamy I Sam. 22. 1. In the Pfalm it felf note, I. Davids cheerful Profeffion of hit own than\fulnefs to the LORD, for this his great and feafonable deli- verance, Amplified. 1. By the conftancy of it, re- folved and promifed, ver. 1. 2. By the intenfive vehemency of it, his foul glorying in the Z.ord.3. By the influence this fhould have upon the Saints, they hearing it fhould rejoyce,ver.2. II. Davids jealous Provocation of others to joyn with him in the than\jul Praifes of hit God, v. 3. fee. This is pathetically urged and illuftrated by way of (ij Narration, (2 J JnftruBion, (3) And Confolation. I. By way of Narration. He declares, 1. HisownPer- fonal exprience in this wonderful deliverance,which was fuch, That the Saints in like ftrahsfhall-be-light- ned, vi^. with comfort, &c. C according to the C7> or fSh all-flow-to- gether (as the word more properly fignifies J vi^. to God, they pall flow-together-as-a- River to him, that is, abundantly, for like deliverance. And they thus lightned, or thtn-flowing- as- a- River to God, they (hall infill upon this deliverance of David for their encouragement.- Avouching, and faying, This poor afflifted man called, and the LORD heard, fee. verfe 3,4, 5,(5. 2. The Lord's Angular care and Providence over his fearers, caufing his Angel to en- camp round about them, ver. 7. II. By way of In- ftruflion, ("and this t fome make the DoftrinalPart of this pfalmj Teaching the Saints how they may fo walk, as to be in a conftant capacity of fuch experi- ments of the Lord's favours, vi\. 1. they muft tafte and fee his goodnefs, viz. by Faith; wherein is their happineffe, ver. 8. 2. Jljey muft fear him, and then they /hall not want any good thing. Though the ravening Lions , notwkhflanding all their ftrengthand fiercenefTe after their prey, arcofcen impoveriflied and an hungred, ver. 9, 10. 3. They muft hearken to the Lord's Commands and Will, by thepfalmift, ver. n. 4. They fif they defire / ong life, and to fee good therein) mull dutifully fjij Dc- clineevil, both in word, and deed-, C?) Do good; TO Seek and purfue peace, ver. 12, 13, 14. III. By way of confolation, (hewing what benefits befall thofe who thus walk worthy of Mercies, and arc really thankful, vi\. 1. The Lord's fatherly Eyes behold the Juft. 2. His Eares are artent to their out-cry ; when on the contrary his angry face is a- gainft the Evil-doers to cut off their very memorial , vcr.15, 16. 3. His hand rids them out of all their diftreffes, ver. 17. 4. He is neer to the broken of I heart. from -inj . confluxtt Sed meta- phorice de homi- num con- curfu fem- per ufur- patur.— Sn: Splendere, Lucere,a.- pud Chaldasos. Ex ca fig- nificatione etiam qui- dam He- braice ver- bum ex- ponunt, P{al.2,a,.6. II 'a. 60.$. B*xt Lex' icon ad vcvb nnj t fun. in Annot.ad PP/34. P S A h M B XXXV. i8; heart, and contrite of Spirit, to fave them, ver. i8. 5. Though the evils of affliaion upon the juft are many, vet their deliverances by the LORD areas many,ver.ip. 6. The LORD keeps all the bones of the righteous from breaking, ver.20. 7; Though the wicked & haters of the righteous mall be deltroy- ed ; yet the Soul of the LORD'S fervants fhall be re- deemed, and they that hope-for-fafety in him mail not be condemned-as-guilty, or deftroyed , verle 21,22. tJM.do war. bUtb.or, elofe wca- pon,ar, xAc- Ctrding '» tbi Grteb_ and other vtrfions, clofe thou •rftop-up tbevay.Scc, c heb.con- fonnded. 4 btb. think- ing me ill. e Hekthe faces of the wind. f Htb. way be darknefs and flippe- rinefles. g Hekcaufe- Jefly. h b,b. he ihail not know. iH'h which he hid. k Heb. or, Defolation. tumultuous nine. \Htb. ex- ult. Pfalm XXXV. Sett.l.The Summary Contents. Davidl. Prayes for his own fafety, and his ene- mies confufion, ver. 1. to ii. II. Complaines of enemies injurious dealings towards him, ver. n. to 22. III. Provokes Lord to judge his Caufe againlt them, ver.22.ro the end. Se&. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. Of David I. i.x 7c 7ith them war, that with me a contend, V V LORD : wirh my pleaders plead. 2. The Shield and Bnckler apprehend : And rife-up for mine aid. 5. And to-meet-them-that-rae-purfue, Draw forth the Spear and b Sword .• I thy Salvation am, Do thou Say to my Soul, 0 LORD. 4. Let them be fhamed and abafht. That feek my foul to Jpill ; Let them be turned back and c dafhr, rfThat-do-devife-mine-ill. 5. As fmall-chaff-duft difperjed flies Before e the wind, be they .• The Angel of the LORD likewife Them driving quite away. 6. 0 let their / way with darkfomenefs And flipperinefte hzftofd; And them purfuing fuccourlefs The Ange! of the LORD. 7. For in a Pit their Net they have For me g un juftly hid .• Tea for my guilt lefs Soul a Grave Dig caufelefly they did. 8. Let defolation him invade, Whitft h he is not aware ; And let his Net i he-clofely-laid Himfelf catch andenfnare.: With k ruine let him therein fall. p. And in rhe Lord alone My foul fhall /boaft : rejoyceit fhall In his Salvation. II. 10. Lord, all my bones fhall fay therefore. What one it like to thee ? That fett'ft-free the afflicted-poor From/be more ftrong than he .• And poor and needy doft enlarge From all hisSpoyler's wo. 11. m Falfe witnefles rofe ;n Did me charge With things I did not know. 12. Tea tomy Soul's bereaving, they Me ill for good repaid. 13. But 1, 0 when they-difeafed-lay My cloathing Sackcloth made ; My penfive Soul afflift did I With fading, fo I mourrfdt And on my bofome /ecrcr/y My Prayer back-return'd. 14. 1 walk'd as with a fellow-friend, As with my dear eft brother: Erifabled did-my-felf-down-bend, As one bewailes hk Mother. 15. But in mine halting they were glad, And p did-together-flow j \ , Againft me q Abjects gathered-had, And it I did not know j They rent, and were not filenced. 16. With Hypocrites they be And Scoffers for a^cake-of-bread ; They gnafh their Teeth at me. 17. O Lord, How long wilt thou look on ? From their r deftruftions Return my Soule •, Mineonely-one From allthefe young Lions. III. 1.8. Thee in great Church confeffe will I, With mighty folk thee laud. 10. Let not mine enemies /wrongfully Joy at me ; Nor, 0 God, With eye my caufe Jeffe haters wink. 20. Becaufe they fpeak not peace ; t Againft Earth's quiet-ones they think Words of deceitfulneffeJ 21. Likewife enlarged wide have they Their ^laundering mouth at me j They faid infultingly, Aha, Aha, our eye did fee. 22. Thti thou haft clearly feen, O Lord, O do not hold-thy-peace : Obenotthoufarre-off, OLORD, From me, fram my releafe. Stirre- upthyfelf, likewife awake Unto my judgement ay : O my God and my Lord betake Thy felf umo my plea. 24. According to thy righteoufneffc . Me judge, O Lord my God ; And let them not in my diftrefje At me re Joyce abroad. 2$. Let them not fay within theirheart. u Ah, our defire we fee : Let them not fay/n any part, Him fvvallovved-up have we. 9-6. Together bafh'd and fham'd be they That at mine ill be glad ; • Be thofe pc who boaft againft me ay With fhaine and blufhing clad. m btb.mz- neflei of vi- olence,^ Cruel- wrong n Htb. chey asked me what I knew nor. o Htb. in the it being Kb pHeb. were gathered to- gether. q Heb. Smi- ters(<« Jer. 18.18. Jor, the Smitten viz.Abjefts, bafe-per- fons(See Job. J 0.8.) were gathe- red-toge- ther. r Hr&.Defo- ations. or tumultuous* ruincs. fbtbSMj- lyingly,or •with falf- hood. tbtb. And are againft the quiet- ones of the Earth they tbink,&c. • u 'itb.orKht, our Soul, »fcdtJ»,we h»ve ourde- fire.See Pf. 4'. 3- x Heb. who magnifie themrelves againft me. i-j. Thofe 1 38 r s AL me.- XXXVI. y H. Moll, in Arz. Pf. 3$.jfoan. Calv. in Arg. Pf.3$ Sim. de Aiuifin Arg.Pf.^. 27. Thofe that my juftice lovejhall joy And fliout on every fide ; And they mall fay continually The LORD be magnift'd ; Delighting in his fervants peace. 28. Likewife my tongue alwayet Shall meditate thy righteoufnefle, And ill the day thyPraife. Sett. IIL The Kinde, Penman, and Occafwn, &c. This is for Kind a Praying-Pfalme. David was Penman of ir, as the Title intimates. Herein David earneftly prayeth and complaineth of of his ingrateful and perfidious Enemies. Thefe Enemies imended were" probably Sauls hypocriti- cal flattering Courtiers, who though they fawned upon David, whileft he was in King Sauls favour, yet when Sauls heart was turned againft him, they with Saul craftily complot againft him, and without a caufe cruelly perfecute him. Upon this Occafion this Pfalme was written, as Interpreters^ Judge. Sett. IV. The Scope. Davids intended Scope in this Pfalme, is; To in- treat the L O R D, to fide with, fuccour, and fave him, from all his injurious adversaries: but to bring them for all their evils praftifes to fhame and confu- fion. Sett. V. The Analyfis, or Principal Parts. la the Title, David is intimated to be Penman of this Pfalme; OjDavid. Sundry Pfalmes have this very Title.- See F/a/,25. Seft. 5. In the Subftanceofthe Pfalme it felf, Are, 1. Da- vidt Petitions. 2. Davids Complaint. 3. Davids Enforcement of bis Requefls. I. Davids Petitions, 1. For Himfelf; That the, LORD would take his part, help, fave and deliver him from his Ad verfaries. 2. Againft his Enemies j That the LORD would withftand them as an Advo- cate, as a Warriour ; Confound them with fhame ; Difperfe and fcatter them as fmall-chaff-duft in dark and flippery wayes, the Angel of the LORD driving and purfuing them ; And ruine them in their own pits and nets, ver. 1. to 11. Both forts of requefts are here urged, I. From the caufeleffe fubtile cruelty of his Adversaries, ver. 7. 2. From the Praifehe promifeth the LORD upon fuch his Deliverance, &c ver. 9, 10. II. Davids Complaint againft his Adverfaries. For, 1. Their violent falfe-witnelfing againft him, ver. n. 2. Their deep ingratitude in recompenfing ill to him, for all his love and kindnefi* to them, ver. 12, 13, 14, 15. 3. Their perfidious diffimulation towards' him, fcoffingat him, like Parafitesforbelly-chear, ver. 16. Whereupon he Pathetically burfts out in- to a vehement Expostulation, becaufe of Gods de- laying his relief; begging deliverance from thofe Ly- ons .- that fo he may publiquely praife the LORD, and they have no caufe to rejoyce over him,ver. 17, 18,19. 4-Their unpeaceableneffe & dcceirfulneffe,v. 20. 5. Their triumph & Infolency at his calamities, ver. 21. III. Davids Enforcement oj hk Requefl, Inciting and Provoking the LORD to appear and judge for him againft his adverfaries. And this he doth by many Arguments, vi^. 1. Gcds accurate noticeofall thefe dealings of his Enemfcs. ver. 22. 2. Davids intcrcft in, and Covenant-Relation to God ; My God, and my Lord, ver. 23, 24. 3. Gods Juftice, ver. 24. 4- That his enemies may have no matter of infulting over him,but rather of fhame andconfufion in them- felves, ver. 25, 16. 5. That all who delights in Davids juft caufe and profperity may fhout-aloud in Gods praifes, ver. 27. 6. That himfelf may have conftant matter of Thankfgiving unto God , verfe 28. Pfalme XXXVI. Sett. L The Summary Contents. David I. Declares the extream vilenefs of the wicked. Aggravated by his 1. Deeds, ver. I, 2. 2. Words, ver. 3. 3. Thoughts, ver. 4. ll.Praif- ethGod, for 1. His General Government of all [Crea- tures, ver. 5, 6. 2. His peculiar refped which he hath to his Saints, ver. 7, 8, 9. III. Prayeth, 1. For Publiquebleffings upon Gods people, ver. 10. 2.For Private bleffwgs upon himfelf in adminiftration of the Kingdome, ver. 11, 12. Sett. II. The Verfion out of the He- brew. To the Maftcr-Mufician, A Pfalme of David the Servant of the LORD. I. 1. "TpHe trefpafle of the wicked here _L a Afluredly-defcryes Within mine heart.* There isno fear OfGod, before his eyes. 2. Becaufe, b himfelf in-his- own-eyes He flattering-dotb-cbeat , To find his vain-iniquity, The which he ougln to hate. 3. The words of his vile mouth fiitt are Iniquity and fraud; He-hath-Iefc-off [devoid of care) To-be-wife-to-do-good. 4. Iniquity upon his Bed He wickedly c doth-mufe : He fets-himfelfon way not .good, He doth not ill d rcfufe. II. $. O LORD thy loving kindneffes Vp e to the Heavens rife: Thy never-failing faithfulnefs Doth reach cv'n to the fkies. 6. Thy juftice as God's Mountains high, Thy judgments a great deep; Both mail and beaft jj^cienf/y, LORD, thou doft fave and keep, a Heb. Affu- fedly-faith in the in- ward: of my heart. b Heb. He flittereth unto himfelf in his eye*. c heb. doth rhink.or me- diate. d Heb.loath abhorr. Tiir pT*ftTlyH»ttt to loath with difdiin &c. e Heb. in v«^ ta. Set Pftl.Sr. II. 7.0 P S A L M E. XXXVII. 189 VJun.in Jbmot. ad Pfal.%6.2. 1 Sic Jo. Foora. in Expofit.Pf. $6,Tempu<. 7. O God, How precious haft thou Thy loving-kindneffe/nWe/ Therefore the Cons of men below Do/ truft in thy wings fhade. 8. With fatnefle of thy Houfe they fhall g Abundantly-be-ftor'd, And thou-fhalt-make-them-drink of all Thy Pleafures ftream, 0 LORD. 9. For, lives well-fpring with thee doth flow Light in thy light we fee. 10. Extend to-thofe-that-do-thee-know Thy kind benignitee: h Thy juftice to the right of heart. 11. Let not the fare of pride Invade me ; Nor the wicked's hand Make-me-to-move-afide. 1 2. The workers i of iniquities Quite down have fallen there •• They down were thruft and to arife Again unable were. Sett. III. The Kinde^enman, and Occafion &c. ThisPfaIrheisofa3/n:rKrW, confifting; OfDoc- trine touching the badneffe of the wicked ; OiPraife to God for his Goodneffe and kind Adminiftrations towards the Creature Generally, and towards his Church Peculiarly ; and of Prayer for the Saints and liimfelf. Penman hereof was David, as the Title inti- mates. Occafion of Davids writing this Pfalme fomc ^think to be King Sauls wickednefs : who, after the evil Spirit from the LORD came upon him, brake torth into new impieties, waxing Aill worfe and worfe, 1 Chron. 10. 13. whereupon David took occafion to de- fcribe the vile difpofition of the ungodly, proceed- ing daily from evil to worfe. And probably, David entring upon his Kingdom, had thefe Meditations. For, feeing this exprelfion, vi^- [ Of David the Ser- vant of the LORD J isufedonly in the Titles of Pf. 18. and 36. And that Pfalme 18 had refpeft to Da- vids fervice unto the LORD in his Government of the Kingdom now finifhed, Compare 2 Sam. 22. 1, . laugh- eth. o>*. will come. rHrft. hive opened, or loofed. vis, tut of the fhettb. (Heb. »r, (hail cater. t Htbtr ; mighty. u Heb. for evermore fhall be. x Htb. they (hall not be abafced. j htb. doe. which is precious in Rams. vir. tbtirfue. t. Heb.tr, m fmoak. a Heb. bat the righte- ous ihowedi grace, Or favour. b Heb. fhall inherit the the land.w j the Earth. c Htl.hh «nr he de- lighteth. d beb. de- part from evil, tnA4» gond. eHci.N« Kept P S A L ME XXXVIL 191 f Heb. for. ever. Kept" /"ever are they all : Buc wicked's Seed's cue-down. 29. 2 The Juft the land inherit fhall And dwell for ay thereon. VI. 30. 3 The righteous perfon's-mouth gHeb. or ; Doth wifdome g meditate : utter, fpeak. jjkewife his tongue well guided doth Kfcto judgement/* i// relate. 31. The/»eer Law of his God DorA in his heart /oWHeh. Salva- tion. t>Heb. And deliver — pHeb. they hope for fafecy in bim. 34. p Do thou wait-earneftly Upon the LORD, thyftay, Likewife do thou keepperfetfly His undefiled way ; And thee exalc will he The land for to inherit. • When wicked-ones cut-off-fhall-be, Thou fhak fee, do not fear it. VII. 35. 1 The wicked I have feen i High-daunting to appear : And as^Self-growing Lawrel green. Himfelf-out-fpreading here. 3d. But hee did-pafs-away, And lo / he ceas'd to bee •• Yea I did feek him day by day, But/?/// m unfound was he. 37. U) Obferve the perfeft-m*n And fee the righteous .• Eecaufethe Iaft-end of that-man Is peace, if prosperous. 38. But vile tranfgrefiors fhall Together be deftroy'd : The laft-end of the wicked all Shall be-cut-off, as void. 39. HI But Juft-mens n faving health Is from the LORD convayd: In time of ftraits their ftrength, and wealth. 40. And them the LORD will aid, 0 Deliver them hee will ; He will deliver them From wicked-ones, and fave them/H//*, Becaufe p they truft in him. Seft. III. The Kind, Penman , and Oc- casion of this Pfalme This Pfalme for Kinde is a choice Dotlrinal or Teach- ing Pfalme. A fingular and fatisfaftory vindication of the Wifdome, Paithfulneffe, and Righteoufneffe of Gods Providence, touching the Profperity of the wicked, and Afflictions of the Righteous in this pre- fent World. An excellent Antidote againft the Saints jmpatiency and fretting-difcontent at wicked-mens flourifhing profperity , whiPft themfelves are ex- erciled with contrary trouble and diftreffe. It is the third Alphabetical Pfalme. QSeePfal. 25. Sect 3. J Every other verlc in the Hebrew Text beginning with a Letter of the Hebrew Alphabet in order, ex- cept verje 29. which hath X for U : and verfe 29. hath 1 before H- Onely thefe tingle verfes, vi^. verfe 7, 20, 29, 34. Engrofs their Alphabetical Let- ters wholly to themfelves rcfpeftively. This Alpha' be\ical way of writing the Pfalmes feems fpccially ufed for memories fake : Pathetical affections and ex- preffions being more obfervable therein, then ac- curateneffe of Method, Order, or Coherence. Penman of it, was David: The Title is; Of David aud he wrote this Pfalme now being old, verje 25. Occafion of Davids writing this Pfalme, as we may collect from the SubjeftMatter thereof, was his daily Obfervation •, How very many, yea many godly per- fons.were, ("at leaft for fome finall time while carnal corruption and violent temptation got the upper hand, J greatly offended at the profperity ot the wicked, and adverfity of the Righteous; and much (tumbled at thefe ftrange Adminiftrations of Gods Providence q. Sefr. IV. The Scope. And Davids Scope intended herein is ; 1 , To vin- dicate and clear Gods Providential Difpenfations to- wards the Righteous and wicked, from all injuftice, unfaithfulnefle, inequality., &c. 2. And to perfwade Gods own people to walk with unfhaken confidence in God, placing all their delight in him, and behav- ing themfelves contentedly in the condition wherein he wifely and faithfully fets them , reprelfing all fretfulneffe, provocation, and impatiency in refpeft of the wicked and their prefent flourifhing profperi- ty. 3. As alfo to teach them, That Mans Happinefs and chiet Good confifts, in his intereft in, and en- joyment of God ; not in the greateft confluence of thefe externals of this world, which a godly man may want, and yet be incomparably more happy, then any,then all the wicked that moft overflow with them. Here therefore this Pfalme divers times points at the farre greater difference betwixt the Righteous and the Wicked; then Profperity or Adverfity can make. Thofe, rich in greateft want and poverty , Thefe t poor in midft of all their wealth and riches: Tliofe, in greateft adverfity capable by the Promifes God of enjoying the Earth; Thefe,\n their moft flour- ifhing profperity ready to fade & wither fuddenly, and be ftript of all : Thofe truly happy in midft of all their feeming mifery; Toefe, extreamly miferable in midft of all their feeming felicity: ThelaftEnd oiThofe determining in Peace ; the 1 aft end of Thefe, fadlyclofing in their utter Abfciffionand Perdition. Ambrofe r notes, As in the former Pfalme,the unrighte- ous is declared: So in this the Righteous U inftrutt- ed. Setf. V. The Analysis, or Principal Parts'. The Infcription, only points out David a» Penman of this Pfalme ; Of David. The Subftance of the Pfalme, containes I. The Duties of the Godly in regard of the wickeds profperity, and their own contrary adverfity, Thefe Duties are propounded, and by fome interwoven Arguments prefied, I. Negatively; They muft not fret-themfelves, or enflume themfelves v\irh indigna- tion and envy at them. Becaufe the wicked Jliall foon be deftroyed as Grades or the green Bud, verfe 1,2. II. Affirmatively; They muft, I. Tuift'm the LORD, and do good. So they fhall inhabit the Land, and undoubtedly be fed, ver. 3. 2. Delight them- felves q Sic Sim. de Muti in Arg Pfal. 37. Joan. Foord. in Fxpofit.Pft 37.Tem- pus. r Pulclire autem Sanftus David In fuperiore Pialmo injufti vi- tam defcribit : hie jufti. Ibi in iuftus ex- ponitur: hie iuftus inftiruicur Ambr. in Enarrat.in Pfal. 7,6. Tom. 4. 192 P S A L M E. XXXVIII. felves in the LORD- So he will give them the askings of their heart, verfe 4. 3. Roll their way confidently on God, or commit it of truft to him. So 1 Their way (hall be accomplifhed, verfe 5. 2 Their juft Caufe fhall be mod clearly evidenced, verfe 6. 4. Tarry- Jilently, and wait-pariently for the LORD, forbearing all fretting againft the wicked profpering in his way and bringing to pafs his devifed mifchiefs, efpecially fuch diftempered fretting as puts upon doing evil, verfe 7, 8. II. Arguments enforcing thefe Duties; Drawn, 1. From the fuddain and utter deftrucfion threatned to , the wicked : but the inheritance, and great tran- quillity promifed to the godly, ver. 9, 10, 11. 2. from the Providence of God, f 1 ) Deriding, ( 2 ) Fruftrating, yea ("3 J Retorting upon the wicked themfelves, their Plots, Rage, and cruel Perfection againfi the juft, verfe 12. to 16. 3. From Gods blef- fing of even one Righteous mans Little .beyond many wicked men's much, verfe 16. The Righteous being ( 1 ,) Supported, when the wicked's armes are bro- ken, ver. 17. (2_)Conftant!y provided for, and car- ed for •, efpecially in dayesof diftrefle : whileftcon- trarywife the wicked are utterly con fumed, verfe 18 19, 20. Ci) Enabled to (how favour and lend to others: when the wicked borrows and repayes not, verfe 21. (4) Rleffed on Earth; when the wicked areaccurfed, ver. 22. (5} Efhblifhed in his way, and in his falling preferved from being utterly caft off, verfe 23, 24. 4. From Davids fignal experience who, from his youth up even unto his old-age, had notfeen the righteous forfaken, or his Seed feeking bread : vi%. Utterly deflitute to the reproach of God, Godlinede, or Gods Promifes : But contrary- wife, All the day Rowing-favour and lending, and his Seed in the bkfTing, verfe 25, 26. HI. An Hortatory Conclufion, exciting the Righte- ous, to efchew evil, Do good, wait upon the LORD and keep his way, notwithstanding all the profpen'ty ofthe wicked, ver. 27, 34. And this is urged, 1. From prcmife of their perpetual habitation, ver. 27. 2. From Gods love to judgement. 3. From Godsconftant prefcrvation of his Saints, when the feed ofthe wicked is cutoff, ver. 28. 4. From the excellent condition wherein God hath fet the righte- ons, beyond that of the wicked. The Righteous, CO Inheriting the Land, verfe 29. f 2) Uttering wifdome and judgement, verfe 30. Having Gods Law in his heart, to direft his fteps* verfe 31. (4) Being preferved fafe by the L O R D againfl all the Plots and cruelty of the wicked, verje 32,33. Yea C 5 J Inheriting the Earth, whil ft the wicked are cut off, before their eyes, verfe 34. $. From the ex- tream different ends of the Righteous and wicked .• The end of thofe, being Peace i of thefe, Abolition, Deftruftion, and Abfcifion notwithftanding all the grearcft glory of their former profperity, ver. 35,36, 37,38. 6. From Gods Salvation, Aid, and Delive- rance ftill vouchfafed to the righteous againft their enemies in times of diftrefs, becaufe they Hy to the LORD for fafety, verfe 39, 40. Pfalm XXXVIII. Sett. I. The Summary Contents, David being in deep affliction, I. Prayes againft the LORD'S chaftizing him in wrath, verfe I. II. 1>rgethand enlargeth his requcft by Arguments and C'onfidcrations, drawn 1. From the Caufes of his afflictions, Gods anger, his own fin, verfe 2. to 5. 2. From the effects of his affliction, Many and grievous, verfe <,. tort. 3. From the Circumftances aggravat- ing hisaffiift \ons.verfe 11. to 21. III. Concludes, with an earneft requeft to the L O R Dfor his prefence in his trouble, and fpeedy relief, verfe 21,22. Sett. II. the Version out of the Hebrew. A Pfalme o/David to caufe remem- brance. 1. T ORD, in thy wrath rebuke not me: i_j Nor in thy a fervour mechaftize. 2. For fixe in mee thine Arrows be: Thine Hand defcends on me likewife- 3. b No foundnefie in my flefti doth bide, Becaufe of thy difpleafed threat .• No peace doth in my bones refide, c Becaufe of all my fin fo great. 4.^ For, mine iniquities, 0 God, Mine head like waves d&o overflow .- Ev'n as an heavy crushing load, For mee too heavy-they-do-grow. 5. Tea e through my rafh-imprudency, My ftripes do ftink, corrupt are they. 6. I crooked-am, bow'd vehemently: I walk enfabled all the day. 7. For, full my flanks of/ parching are.* And in my v\e(hg no perfeft-^rr. 8. I weakned am and crufhed h fore : I roar through groaning of my heart. 9. LORD, / all my wifh thou doft perceive: Nor is my fighing hid from thee. 10. Mine heart k pants, me my ftrength doth leave: And mine eyes light, 1 k not with mee. a fftb. wrathfull. hen. bHtb. There is not incegrity.cr, perfcanefj. c Heb. from the face of my Sin. d Heb. do- pa fs. over, e Heb. front the face of my raih- fooliihneG, or, rafh- imprudencf f Heb. «r ; filthy-mar* ter.vii. fame Ijatb- fome enfljm- ing d'feu/e. g btb. ii not integrity, or wholenefs, itefullyt Becaufe I follow what U good. 2 1. LORD, leave me nor, tlwjore d'tfmaid: O bee not far from mc, my God. 22. O LORD, « mine Health, haft to mine aid. Seff. III. The Kind, Penman, and Oc- cafion of this Pfalme. ThisPfalme as to the Kinde of it, is ASadLament- ing Prayer of the Pfalmift under fome grievous cor- poral Difeafe lying extream heavy upon him. Penman of it was David ; A Pfalme oj David. Occafion of Davids writing it, was, fome great af- fliction, fome acute Corporal Difeafe and Pain vio- lently diflreffing him. Ujiderthis heavy Hand of God, being apprehenfive of his many and great ini- quities procuring juftly thefe Diftrefies, he exceed- ingly Iamcntsand Pathetically Prayes. x Some think David in this Pfalme laments fome grievous Difeafe inflicted upon him for his fin with Bathfl)eba. This is accounted The third y Penitential Pfalme, wherern David Penitentially bewayleth and deeply aggravat- ed his fins, thecaufes of his (otro\MS.'Am,brofe fweet- ly ; What is more forcible to exhort to repentance, then that the holy Prophet David teachetb m to repent of our fins ? who (hall difdain to humble himfelf before God, when the King humbles himfelf, ;'> flu*. e Heb. or ; buffering. fHcb.His defireabl- viZstU hts beau eous- grace, ami ablene, ft- dig- nity flrtngth. frc.tbtlt M d-firable. g Heb. / am a fojournei' with thee, and a pil- gritti)*!- ltrangcr h Heb. cr ; ftay, leave off .Icfift- turn-thy- felf. i II b it ; &i Ilhallre. create-my- ft lf,or,com- iott-iny-lclf i.T Said, my wayes Twill obferve, X a Left I fin with my tongue, 1. on my mouth, lett itftouldfwerve. Will keep a Bridleyrrong ; Before-me while the wickedjr.iit/. 2. From good I-held-my-Peace. With filence I fo dumb-was-made •• But my pain did increafe. 3. Mine heart within me hot-did-grow, The fire, reftrainedlwg. Did in my Meditation glow ; Then fpake I with my tongue. 4. Lord,make-mc-know mine end,and flow The meafurc of my dayes What it may be -.That I may know How frail I am alwayes. 5. Lo, thou b haft made my dayes a Span, Likewife my time with thee As nothing is : Sure, every man c At-beft all vanity. 6. Sure d in an image man doth go, They vainly make a ftir : He heaps up^oo^j-, and knows not who Shall be their Gatherer. 7. But now, what wait T for, O LORD ? Mine Hope it is for thee. 8. From a 11 my trefpaftes abhor fd Do thou deliver me : The fool's reproach do not me put 9. 1 dumb am as afione. My mouth once open will I not. Becaufe this thou haft done. Stlah. 10. Thy plague from off me turn away Confum'd am I and wan By thine hands c ftriking day by day. 11. Thou with rebukes doft man Chaftize for his unrighteoufnefs, And mak'ft to melt anddy As moth/ his-amiablenefs .- Sure each man's vanity. Selah. 12. LORD, hear my Prayer, lend-thine cares Likewife unto my cry: Hold not thy peace at my fad tears, For£ with thec fojourn I ■> A Pilgrim , as my Fathers all. 1 3. h O ceafe thine ire from me, i That I may-cheer- me : ere I /hall Go hence, and I not be. Se&. III. The Kind, Penman^ and Occajion.&c. This Pfalm is, for the KWand Nature of \t,A Prayer. The Penman of it, David: The Title ftilcs it, A Pfalm oj David. The Occajiun of Davids Pen- VS.de Mu- ning it, is not fo certainly evident. Some, k. as is in Aig.ad E^ra and others think. David wrote it in foinc fick- JrW nefs of his, as alfo he did the former Pfalm. Others, and they of the Hebrew-Writers alfo are rather cf opinion, David wrote it when he was under fome great affliction and calamity : Therein teaching us-, That, when we are opprefled with the wicked, God is not to be accufed, but fuch mileries are to be undergone with conftancy, this life and the incom- modities thereof being but momentany. Eut/lbme ' Fran.Jo. of our later Writers conceive from the Context and Annot.ad Argument here handled, that David then wrote this iV'32. Pfalme, when he was caft into great ftraics, by Ab~ fakm's confpiracy. Sett. IV. The Scope. Whatever the Occafion was, The Scope intended in this Pfalm, feems chiefly to be this; vi\. To fee forth; 1. How David, under fome great afflidion, refolved to compofe himfelf in all filence,cfpecially in prefence of the wicked ; But 2. How his heart: waxing hot by his long holding his peace, heatlaft defircd the LORD to makeh:m know his end, and the meafurc of his dayes, 3. Whereupon percei- ving the extream brevity and vanity of his and all mens lives, he begs pardon of his fins, filently fub- mitsto the affiift ing hand of God, and intreatsthe LORD for fome ceffation of his anger, that he may a little refrefh himfeif before his Death. Sc8. V. The Analyfis^ox Principal Parts. The7/>/eof this Pfalm, fet forth, 1. The Deno- mination of it ; A Pfalm. 2. The Penman of it, David. 3. The Direclion of it, as to the Mufick; To-him-that-excelleth. to Jeduthun. He Prophecied with the Harp to give thanks , and to praife the LORD, 1 Chron. 25. 3, 6, 9. The Chaldee Paraphraft thus fets forth the Title*, To praife jor the Cuftody of the Houfe of the Sanfiuary, by the mouth of Jeduthun, An Hymn of David m. But I can find no caufe noco- mVid.B/5/. lour for any fuch addition. Poliglott. The Subftance of the Pfalm, is 1. Narratory. 2. adPf.T,?. Petitory. I. Narratory, Wherein is a Narration, I. Of Davids Refolution to fupprefs all expreflions of impatiency under his diftrefTes, raking heed to his wayes, and even putting a Bridle on his mouth, lefthefhould fin with his tongue, and the wicked fhould gain ad- vantage againft him n, ver. r. II. Of Davids Perfor- mance of this his Refolution for a feafon, being dumb with ftillnefs,yea filenc from good,f/j.u K,forbearin£ to fpeak even in his ovn juft defence, as he did a- gainft Shimei, 2. Sam. \6. 10, u, 12. ver. 2. III. Of Davids diflemperedVaffion, which, ('though long fupprefled, yet)through extremity of growing evils. and his own infirmity at laft by decrees bei;an ; 1-T0 be troubled ; 2. To wax hot; 3. To burn like with- in him ; till it could be fuppreft no longer, but did ru non nie*» burft out into rafh difcontented words, defiring the tuis,qui er. Lord to take away his life, rather then let him live roris ver- in thefe miferies. Ma^e me Ignore mine end Let me l(now how foon ceajmg lam: that if, Make me know death experimentally ; O let me dycver.3.4. Thishisdiftcmpered requtft he preferh, from the extream vanity of his own, and all mens Iives.though nibusde- fetled in beft worldly condition, gradation-wile. As hclaris? if he had faid ; to what end fhould I (pin out this my Tu non • r • n. refornii- da<, cui fenptum eft in Evangelio, quia pro omni ociofovcr* borationcm esredditurus/ Si proociofo verho pericuhun eft quanto magis pro criminofo.' &c. Ambrofcin Eiurrat. pf 33! Tom, 4. n Si hoc caver Pro- pheta, tu non caves? Si hocme- tuit, in quo Dei gratia Io- quebatur; ba non re- fugis, & thearrali- bus fermo- w retched P S A L M E. XL. *95 wretched life any longer? For, I. My dayesarcbut as hand-breadths. 2.'Mv worldly-time here is as nothing before thee. 5. Every man is all vanity,thongh fetled in belt flare, ver. $. 4. Yea . man walks in an image, walks up and down but like a vanifhing ap- parition, having an imaginary rather then a real life- 5. And hemakesa great Air in the world tokecpup temporals, not knowing who fhall inherit them.fVor Abftilim confpiring againft him, and Mepbibofiietb being fufpcfted,DrtW(/irpyman That-heeds-with-skill The weakling : in the day of ill The LORD will furely him deliver. 2. The LORD will him keep b and revive. He lhall-be bleft on earth and thrive : But c give him to his foes Iuft never. 3. TheLORDupholds-himonBedftead Of Ianguilhing : Thou all his bed Haft turn'd in his infirmity. 4. 1 faid ; To-me-fhew.grace OLORD, Thou ^Healing to my foul afford, , For ./ore againft thee lln'd have I. 5. Mine Enemies ill of me faid .• When fhall he dye, and his name e fade i 6. And if he come to vifit me, He in his heart doth fpeak a lye, Heaps to himfelf iniquity : Goes forth, fpeak it abroad doth he. 7- Together all mine haters do Againft me wifper in my wo : Againft me they mine ill devife. 8. Some thing of Belial on him cleaves j And/him down lying hope fo leaves, That he no more fhall-up-rife. 9- Yea,£ my familiar friend fmijledj h Whom I did truft, that eat my bread ; The heel againft me / lift hath he. 10. Eutchoube-gracious to-me LORD, £Up-raife-me .- And Tie them reward. 1 1. / Hence know I thou delight'ft in me, When over me m no foe fhall boaft. i2.Rm as fa me, thou fafely doeft. Me n in my perfeftnefs fuftain : And 0 ay with-thee me ftablifh'ft. i^.Letlfr'els God, the LORD be bleft From p aye to aye : Amen, Amen. Thefecond Verfion out of the He- brew. To-the-Maflcr-Mufician, A Pfalm of David. U "("} HaPPy man ' rhat prudently . v_y The weakling doth confider: In day b of his Adverfity The LORD will him deliver. 2. The LORD c will keep, and make-hlm-Iive, In earth he /hall be bleft; But him CO God J do thou not give Unto his enemies d luft. 3. LORD will him upon bit e Bed Of langui/hing fuftain; Yea thou haft turned all his Bed In his enfeebling- pain. 4. 1 in my trouble faid, O LORD, , • Be-gracious-to me .- Thou /healing to my foul afford. gl have fin'd againft thee. 5. Of me mine enemies do ill fay ; When dye the death fhall he, And his Name h peri/hing-decay ? 6. And if he come to fee, Unto himfelf iniquity Heheapethup,0GW, He goeth forth immediately ^Wfpeaketh it abroad. 7. Together all that-do-me -hate Againft me whifpery?/// ; Againft me they do meditate And do devife mine ill. 8. They fay ; On him adhereth-faft Some] thing of Belial; And he that lyeth-rfown atlafl, Shall rife no more all. 9. Yea, ^He with whom at peace I was In whom I did confide, That ear my bread, The heel alas Againft me /magnifide. 10. But rhou O LORD with (hining rayes m Thy-grace-on-me-difplay, And up again do thou me raife; And I fhall them repay. 1 1. By this I dearly know, That thou In me n doft-pleafure-take ; When over me my vaunting foe Doth not his 0 triumphs-make. 12. ^ButmcThouinmyperfectnefs Didft fweetly me fuftain ; And fetledft me before thy face For ever to remain. 13. The Lord, the GOD otlfrael Be highly bleffed then, q From ay to ay, Che doth excel,') Amen, yea and Amen. Sett. III. The Kinde, Penman^ and Occafion, &c. . This Pfalm is of a Mixt nature, made up oflnftruc- tton, Prophecy and Prayer. Inftrufling, touching that mans happmefs, who wifely-confiders and commi- lerating relieves, fuccours, comforts, &c. Thepoor weakling, laid extreme low, ver. 1. &c. Prophecy- E e e ;„, a Hft.O-the happireffes of him-that- prudently- attendeth to the poor- weakling-. b Heb. of ill, c Heb. will- keep-him & preferve him-alive. d Heb. Soul- e Heb. or j bedftead. fHeb.Hea! my Soul, g Heb. For I h hcb.perifh i htb. A word ofBeliaJ.*//. fimejfword) is put for (thing,)<* P/il.y.i. Penman of this Pfalm was David; As the Title fig- nifies. Occafion of his writing it, though not Particularly expreiTed, yet frcm the Subjeft-mattcr cf it may be probably conjectured. Seme think, David Penned it,when he lay afhifted with fomegrevousDifeafe of Body ; So the Hebrew writers r. Some (not find- ing fuch corporal ficknefs of David recorded in ScriptureJ think,he fpeaks allegorically here of the ficknefsof his mind and Spirit, touching hision^i- faloms unnatural confpiracy againft him ;' So Junius, /&c. Some rather apprehend frcm the exprefhons in the context, that he wrote it, ipon Occafion of his beginning to recover a little cut of his Difeafe, and get a little llrength again, (as feems hinted, ver, 4. to 13.3 So Muisx.. Another thinks the raviihing of Tamar, and Murder of Amnon miniftred cccaf.onto Davidiot Penning of this Pfalm u. Let the judicious confider. Sett. IV. The Scope. Davids Scope intended herein, is ; ft To fet forth his deep afflictions and diftreffes, His Adverfaries mifcheif and malicioufnefs againft him under them, efpecially the treachery of his familiar friend, vi^. Acbitophel ; 2. To befeech the LORD to favour him, heal hino, and raife him up again, that his adverfa- ries may not infult over him, but God be magnified thereby. 3. And under his Typical adumbration to foretel Prophetically, The great poverty and fuf- feringsofChrift, The Hypocrifie and malice of his Adverfaries therein , efpecially the Treachery of Judas (compare verfe 9. with John 13. 18. J But after all, Chrifts Refurreflion and glory, to the endlefs praifeofGod. Sett. V. The Analyfu, or Principal Parts. In the Title, note i.The Denomination ; A Pfalm. 2,The Penman ; David. 3. The Direction of it, as to the Mufick. Jn the SubStance of the Pfalm, are ; 1 A Xarratian. 2. A Petition. I.The Narration is twofold; viz. I. of the Hap- ptnefs rf the Merciful man, wifely confidering the poor-weakling (vi^. literally, David; fpirituallv, Chnjt himfelj ) in his exrream diftrefies. This his happintis is Amplified by fundry fweet Promifes made to him. As, 1. Of Deliverance- in day of ill, ver. i. 2. O/Prefervationofhislife. 3. 0/his Be- nediction on Earth. 4. of his Protection from his enemies lull, ver. 2. $.0f Divine fupport & refrefh- ment in all his languifhing difeafes, ver. 2 II of kti orrn, andChrips deep Offerings. Herein are de- clared, 1. His Deportment under them towards God, praying for favcur and healing to his foul, ver. 4. 2. The Depoument both of his enemies and friends towards him ; both which are complain- ed of by David and Chrift. His Enemies behaved themfelves malicioufly ; (1) Wiflmg his Death, yea, the Oblitterating of his very Name, ver. 5. (2~)Coun- ter Jetting friendflup in vifuinghim, meerlyinfcorn and denfon of him, ver. 6. (2 J Wijpering, and com- plottmg mifchief againft him, i,er. 7. (fiCalumina- tmghim about his Diftrefies and Sufferings ; as if the caufe of them were fome notorious diflolutenefsor w lckednei.e, and his cafe under them were wholly defperate, ver.8. His Friend dealt treachetoufly with him, but onhis part moft undefervedly ; fAs Achttofbet with David 2 Sam. 15. 3 1. Judas with Chtift John 13. 18. J ver. 9. II. The Petition oj the Prophet, (David^nd Chrifl,) That the LORD would be gracious to him, and raile him up our of his deep diftrefTes. 1. that fo hemay juftly recompenfe his Enemies, ver. 10.2. That thus ("his foes not infulting over himj he may be allured, God takes pleafure in him, ver, n. This Petition is Emphatically Amplyfied, ft) By his Recognition of the LORD'S fuftaining him in his integrity, and fet- ling before his face for ever, ver. 12.(2) By his thank- ful Pronunciation of the LORD'S eternal blefledneffe. (3) By his Conclufion of thisPfalme, yea, of this whole FirjiBook. of Pfalmes,\\hh Amen andAment verfe 13. The Syriack Verfion, afrer this Pfalm addf, The end )f the Jhf] Bool^ x. xVid.&tf. Pol/gkt poJlPf 41. "ID P S A L M E. XLII. *9b 'DtW ISO THE SECOND B(3oK Viz. OF P S A L M E S. a Epiphnn. lib.de Merr frnttify Ponderibut bGreg. Nylfen. Traftat.i. inPf.cap.}. c Hieron.in •Epift.ad Marcell. Praefat.in lib.Keg.p. M.T.^.Ba- d In Bibl. ; Polightt. 1 *ntepf. 42. TUeNervTefiament accounts the Pfalmes to be but One Boo^. which is therein there- fore filled , BIBA02 ^AAMHN, The BIBLE ox BOOK OF PSALMES, Luke 20. 42. ylff. 1. 20. But ii is evident by EpiphaniiH a, Greg. ityjfje" b, and Hierome c. "'"hat this r,ne Bookof Pfalmes hath been anciently Subdivi- ded into fivediflintf Books or Volumes, probably by fome of the Hebrew Writers or Rabbins. And as the five Books of Mofes are called Mofes's V"nteteuch: Sothefefive Booksof P limes mavbe ftileu David's Penteteuch. About this seformc y in the General Preface to the whole B< V of Pl'aims, Seft. VI. This S?cma Book, contains ii all thirty Pfalmes, vi^. Pjalm -. a Pful. 72. inc'ufively; And it thus conclude . A-ten and Amen. End- ded are the Prayers f ; ivid Sonof Jeffe, Pfal. 72. 1,9 , 20. Before th" , 2 Pfalm •, the 5yirfcJ^Verfion hath it thus s Tie S:c,rJ Biokjollows d. Se6f. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. rfalmXLII. Sett. I. The Summary Contents. David under and diffracting troubles being de- prived of the Sanftuary and of freeaccefle to the publick Ordinances of Gods Worfhip. I. Laments his privation of Gods Houfe and Ordinances. De- claring, 1. Hi* longing defires after God in his Houfe &c. ver. 1,2. 2. Hi* tears for his abfence, 8cc. ver. 3, 4. Thefe things Ifadly did record, And poured out full f aft My melting Soul g in me, 0 Lord, For, I with throng had-pafst j 1 went with them to th' Houfe of God With voice /; of joy and praife, z A Feaft-obferving multitude. 5. MySouI^whydroop'fU/B,^, And why doft make /a ftirre in me > O wait on God for grace. For, yet m Tie praife him, for the free Salvations of his face. II. 6. My God n in me my Soul bows-down, Thee therefore omind I will From Jordans Land and Hermonim, Andfwm the little hill. 7. At founding of rhy vvaterfpouts Deep unto Deep /> doth call : Thy dafhing-waves o're me do parte, Likewife thy Billows all. 8. The LORD, his mercy, in my fight, He will command by day, to the a heb.or;Ari. Inltrtftion. or,an In- ftruaing Pfalm. bHeb.iotb. rfefiroofly- bray. c bib. for the . d Heb. to the faces of God e Heb Teat was- • f Htb in fay- ing to me all the day. g Heb. tr j upun me. h Heb. of ihouting and confeflS. on. i Heb. a mtil- t tude keep- ing Feaft.tr dancing. k htb. why boweft thy felf-down ? lheb.i tu- multuous flirre. m Heb. f Uiall c-nfefs him:the faj- vationsof his faces, n htb. upon me my (oul huv.-etb- down-itfelf o htb. I will remember, p Heb cal- ling. Like- 200 P S A L M E. XLII. XLIII. q Heb prayer to the God of my lives, r Heb. oppreflion. s He K Mur- dcr lb at U, Murdering, fword. t Heb. in their faying u Hfh. with- in mce. or j i. [>.in mee x H b. con- fer. Likewife his Song with me by night : q To my Life's God J'/epray. o. To God my Rock fay thm I will, Why haft forgot me fo ? Why do I walk enfabled/rr// Through r prcfiure of the foe ? 10. With /"Sword within my bones, I fay, My foes do mee upbraid; r Whil'ft they do fay to mee all day, Where « thy God, thine aid; 11. O Why doft thon thy fdf-down-bow, My Soul witbgiiej oppreft ? And why fuch tumult-makeft-thou u Within my troubledbre^ft * O wait on God a longer [pace. For yet I /hall him x laud : Thc/«wt falvationsof my face Hee k, alfomy God. Setf. III. The Kind, Penman^ and Occafwn.&c. This is The Second Mafchil, or Inftrutfing-Pfalme; See Pfal. 32. Sect. 3. Herein the Pfalmift, by his own example Inftrutfs Goi's people, How deep an afflicti- on it is to a gracious Soul to be exiled from the Lord's prefence in his Sanctuary and Ordinances-, How bitter an heart-breaking it is to the Godly in diftreTe tobeinfulted over by wicked enemies as as forfaken of God •, And how he is to behave and comfort himfelf againft both. This Pralme is mixt ofDoffiwe, Expostulation, and Pr :yer. Penman of this Pfalme is not exprefled : and y Vid Sim. therefore cannot certainly be determined upon. y R. deMuiiin Mofes thinks it was written in the Eabylonifh Cap- Cow, ad tivity,.W«« thinks this and the two following Pfalmes Pfal. 42.1. to be written by one of the Sonnes of Korah in the Babylonifh Captivity : The matter and words in thefe three Pfalmes Teeming fo notably to point at that Exile. But others from the Subject-matter of this Pfalme, do rather judge that David Penned this Pfalme z. The Occafion of his writing it, was evidently his forced Exile from the Tabernacle and Publique Af- fembles where he was wont to have fweet Com- munion vvith God in his Ordinances. This his Exile, was probably, either by reafonof Sauls cruel Perfe- ction of him; Or his Sonne Abfalom's unnaturall Infurrection againft him. ». at. al.a.2. Sedt. W. The Scope. ThcPfalmifts intended Scope, is; 1. To eafe his oppreffed heart, and comfort himfelf, By Holy de- fires, Expoftulations, Petitions and Hope, Againft his fad Exile from Gods Houfe, Prefence and Ordi- nances, againft his deep afflictions that lay heavy upon him, and his enemies infolences againft him in both regards. 2. And confcquently toinftruct Gods people how to behave themfelves anfwerably in like conditions. Seff. V. The Analyftsy or Principal Tarts. In the Tnjcription, note ; l. The Denomination of it, pointing out the Nature of the Pfalme; Mafchil. 2. The Direction of it as to the Mufick. In the Subftance of the Pfalme it felf, note; The Pfalmifis twofold complaint, I. Hh fad Complaint and Lamentation, by reafonof his Exile from Gods Houfe, Prefence, andOrdinances in the pHbliclciAffemblies, Herein are laid down, I. Hit Complaint it felf. Amplified and even aggravated, 1, By his own vehement longing defires after God in his Houfe, &c. His Soul Qi) Panting after God as the Hinde in Summer brayeth-defiroufly after the Water-Brooks, verfe 1. (~2 j Thirfting for God ; (3) Thinking the time long and tedious till the? prefence of God be again recovered by him, verf. 2. 2. By his enemies bitter and cutting infulting over him, as forfaken of God, which made him as it were feed upon nothing but his own Teares night and day, ver. 3. 3. By his remembrance of his by-paft happinefs, when he went vvith the multitude of thofe that kept the Solemn teafts, To the Houfe of God with voice of fhouthg and praife ; which parallel'd with his prefent Exile and privation of thofe fweet liber- ties, made him now poure out his very Soul vvith grief within him, verfe 4. II. Hh checking and com- forting his drooping, dejected, and felf-difquieting Soul, againft this complaint, with hopes in God ; That yet again f notwithftanding all his prefent ca- lamities J he fhould have opportunity to pleafe God.and enjoy the Salvations of his face in his Houfe, verfe 5. II. Hit Complaint to God againft his other diftreffes, (Peculiar Confolations being interwoven with every of them. J As; 1. Againft Defpondency and De- fertion of Soul. Raifing up his Spirit with the re- membrance of God, where ever he was forced to wander from his Sanctuary, ( 1 ~) Whether Eaftward, in the Land of Jordan: C2J0r Northward among the Hermonim : (_$)0r Southward, among the little Mountains bounding Judea, verfe 6. 2. Againft the multitudes of mighty-affiictious overwhelming him without intermilhon, calling f as it were J one upon another to fall upon him. Elegantly refemh'^d, ( 1) To deeps of waters ; C2) To the Cataracts of Heaven, Gods Water-fpouts from the Clouds ; fj 3 ) To break- ing Wavers and rolling Billows, verfe1]. Here he comforts himfelf, Partly, By the LORD'* conftanc faithfulnelTe and kind- T_ to hirr. light and day. Partly, By his pri uedgc of pouring our, both his Prayer and his Complain s to God continually againft his afflictions and enemies verfe 8,9. 3. Againft the infolency of Ins enemies, daily upbraiding him as forfaken of God; which was a's a Afurdering-fword or Dagger £ yea , Heb. Murder J in his bones, verfe 10. Under which he comforrs his felf-dejecting and felf-difquieting foul, by hope in God ; That yet he fhould publickly praife him in the Tabernacle, as his evident and fullSalvation, and as his God, verfe 11. Pfalm XLIII. SeB. I. The Summary Contents. David, I' Prayes the LOR D, 1. To judge and plead his Caufe, and deliver him from his enemies, verfe 1, 2. 2. To fend forth the light of his favour, and truth of his Promifes, for reftoring him to com- munion with God in his Snnctuan . vetfe 3 \ ''. Checks himfelf Tor his infirmity, and cheers up himfelf yet to wait-hopefully on God, verfe 5. Sedt. II P S A L M E. XLIV. 201 Seft. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. l.TUdgeme, and plead my Plea, OGod J From Nation mercileffe •• a Deliver me from man of fraud And of injurloufnefs. 2. For thou the God art of my might, Why b th rufteft-me-rfoe-fro .' Why walk-I-ftill c in mournful-plight, Through rfprefenceofthe foe? 3. O fend thy light, e Thy truth fulfill. Let them conduft me neud: The/wfer Salvations of my 1 face He it , alfo my God. Sett. III. The Kindejt?enntany and Occasion &c. This untituled Pfalme ha Prayer. The Subjeft- Matter of it, is exceeding like that of the former Pfalme : yea, fundry of the very words and expreifi- onsof both thefe Pfalmes, are the fame-, Compare Pfal. 42. 11. with Pfal. 43. 5. Whereupon fome have defervedly accounted this 43. Pfalme to be an Ap- pendix of Pfalme 42 m. Penman, and Occafion of this Pfalme may be judged of, as in the former. Setf. IV. The Scope. ThePfalmifts Scofe is; To intreat the LORD, fo to plead his Caufe againft his perfecting Adverfaries, rhat at laft he may be reftored again to his much longed-for Communion with God in his Sanftuary. SeU. V. The Analyfs^ or Principal Parts. This Pfalme is 1. Petitory. 2. Confolatory. I, Petitory. He petitioneth to the LORD, r. To avenge him, plead his Caufe, and deliver him from his Adverfaries. This requeft he urgeth , Partly from his enemies vilenefs: They being (" 1 ) Unmer- ciful, (2) Deceitful, ("3) Injurious, (4) Oppreffing verfe 1, 2, Partly from his own intereft in God, on whom alone he relyed as his ftrength, and therefore expoftulates with him about, f~i_) Gods thrufting him away, vi^. from his favour , help, &c. C2J His own mournful condition. (3} His enemies op- preffion, verje 2. 2. To fend forth, (1) The Light of his Divine Favour ; (2 ) The Truth of his Cove- nant and Promifes : which may again reftore him to his wonted fellowfhip with God in his Sanftuary This is amplified, 1. By an Elegant Gradation. He would be reftored and brought, To Gods Holy Moun- tain : Yea, to his Dwelling-j laces there-, yea, to Gods Alt a r therein ; But above all. To Gorf himfelf, The joy of hit Exaltation, The joy of his Gladneffe. 2 By the end of his requeft, vi^. That fo he might pub- lickly praife and glorific God, verfe 3, 4. II. Confolatory. He checks and comforts his felf- dejefting, and felf-difquieting foul , with hope in God i That yet he fhould praife him in the Taber- nacle, As his Evident and full Salvation, and as his God, verfe 5. Pfalm XLIV. SeB. I. The Summary Contents. The Church ot God, I. Commemorating Gods former favours to Ifrael in bringing them into the promifed Land, ver. 1, 2, 3. Supplicates for like deliverances of Jacob from their enemies, ver. 4. 1-59. II. Com- plaines fadly of her prefentextream calamitics,under her moft cruel Perfecutors, ver. 9. to 17. III. Pro- feffeth her conftant integrity to God, his Covenant, and Worfhip, notwithstanding all the miferies come upon her, ver. 17. to 23. IV. Prayeth moft fervent- ly for Gods fuccour againft all her miferies, ver. 23. to the end. SeU. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. To the Mafler-AIuficiatiy to the fans of Korach, a Mafchil. */ - * I. • ^^ 1. f~\ God, we have heard with our ears K^J To us our Fathers told; The work which in tifofe dayes of theirs Thou wroughtft, in dayes of old. 2. b Thine hand did Heathens difpoffefs, Eut them didft plant and feat : To peoples thou-didfi-Ul-ft«/>n'j>, Eut them didft c propagate. 2 Heb. or; An Inftruc- tion.A n-In ftruaing- Pfalme, 3. For, with their fwprd they d have not got- Poffeffion of the land, Like wife their Arme them faved not * But meerly thy right-hand, e Thine Arme, likewife thy faces.!ight, Becaufethou/vviU'dft-thcir-wealth. 4. Thou Vr He, my King ; OGod of might, Command thou Jacob's g health. 5. In thee weas-with-horn-fhall-pufh All our diftreffing-foes: Thofe in thy Name we h down-fbajl-crufh That-up-againft-us-rofe. 6. For,, in my Warlike Bbwe (_0 Lord J /My hope I will not have : Likewife my flefh devouring i^ord Shall not at all me fave. b Htb. Thou w th thine h,and ^C Htb.tr $ Send forth, d Heb. have ^gS npt poftef- fed. 4* -■ ' tHeb. And thine— --- f Heb. 5H- vouredft r * a theinJr ; hadft-good will-to- them. k$ Heb. Sal- vation;, h he b. (hall- tread, down i Heb. 1 will not hope. Fff s 7. For 202 V S A L M E. XLIV. Selah. 7. For thou haft fav'd usheretofore From our diftreflfing-foes ; And thofe that-hatred-to-us-bore Thou didft-to-fhame-expofe. 8. In God we praife hit glorious Name : Still all the day therefore We will likewife unto thy Name Confefs for evermore. II. 0. But now thou thrufteft-»fl-away, Thou ^fhameft us alfo ; And with our Armies in aray I Abroad thcu doft not go. 10. Thou backward mmakeft-us-retrait From our diftreffing-foe ; And thev that us extreamly hate Spoyle for themfelves they do. 11. Tho'i n giv'ft us to our Enemiet As filly 0 Sheep for meat : Among the Nations likewife Thou doftusdiffipate. 12. Thou/) doft thy people fell amaine, q But reapft no wealth thereby : And by the r price of them tbygaine Thou doft not multiply. fHeb wilt- 13. Thou ro reproach /doft us expofc t With nil our neighbours here : A taunt and fcorn we are to thofe That round-about-us are. 14. Thou as a. Proverb u putteftus Among the Heathens jpread : Among the Peoples impious A nodding of the Head. 15. Mine* ignominious-difgrace Before me all the day •• Likewife the bafhing of my face Doth cover me alway. 16. Ey reafon of reproachers voice, And taunting/oe'j difgrace i By reafon of the Enemie's And felf-avenger's^face. III. 17. All this is come upon us, £«, Yet we forgot not thee : ^ Againft thy Covenant alfo Deal falfly did not we 18. Our heart back turn'd not 5 Nor our a pace Declined from thy path. 19. Though us thou brak'ft in Dtagons place: b Us hid'ft in fliade-of- Death. 2o.If we forgotr/>ro«£/; pain of dread Our God's moflholy Name : Or to ftrange god cour hands forth- fpread ; 2 1. Shall God not d fearch this fame. For he the hearts hid things doth know. 22. But we all day for thee Are kill'd ; As iheep of daughter now We all accounted be. 23. Stir-up thy felf in our fad day, Why fleepeft thou. O LORD > Awake ; O thruft us not away For ever at abhor' d. 24. Thy e Countenance why doft thou hide .' Our /are affliction kH«b.«r. rnakeft u« blufli. 1 heb. thou gceft noc forth. rr> h tb. wilt- ma ke-us- turn. n Heb. wilt give us. c beb. or i {beep of meat. p Heb.wih-- q heb. For no wealth. xbeb.piices. fHeb Wilt- t Heb. To- te u heb. w \ put. T-H/b.or my Hufh;ng. y Neb. faces t Htb. »r; In thy— a Htb. ftep- »ng. b htb. And coveredlt over us— e Heb. our palmes. d htb, Search out. e //^.coun- tenances. f Heb. for 25. For loom Soulf/;»# comfortlefs Down to the duft is caft •* Yea, to the Earth fjuch our diflrefs !) Our-belly cleaveth-faft. 26. 0 LORD, Ante, thy felf awake, g Full-help for us be thou : And for thy loving kindneffe fake Do thou-Redeem-us now. Soft. III. The Kind, Tenman, andOc- cafioti) &c. g Heb. for an Helpful, nefs to us. vix.- A full help, fori* the ipord nrmy Hctrathah thelafl Let. ttr b':n{ re. dundam, emfbatHdltf increafitb the Signifi. cilia*. k Sim de Muis ubi fupra. 1 Jo Calv'. in Arg.ai Pj. 44- m Fran. Jnn.in Alt' not. ad Pf. 45- ieuefttbou 1%/doft-from-mcmory-lct-flide, And our Opprclfion.' This is the third Mafchil, or Inftrufting Vfalme : See Yfal. 52. Sect. 3. And it is a fervent Complaint , or vehement Expojiulating Lamenting prayer to God •• Penned, as it were in the name of the Afflifted, and Perfecuted Church of God. A very lively Map of the Saints Sufferings and Martyrdomesfor the Caufe of God, of Chrift, and of theGofpel, both under the Old and New Teftament: As the Apoftle intima- teth, .Rom. 8. 36. Who was Penman of it, whether Davidby a Pro- phetick Spirit foretelling the Churches future Ca- lamities, as fome 6, or feme of the Pofterity of Ko- hSim.de rach in the Babylonifh' Captivity, as i others; or Muisin fome other Prophet •, is not clearly evident either Arg.Pf.ty by this Pfalme, or any other Scripture. i Sim de The Occafion alfo of writing it, cannot be particu- Muisin larly determined upon ; whether the Jew-Hong af- ArgadPf. flictions in the 70. years Babylonifh Captivity,where- 44. in the godly are luppofed toufe this Prayer ; As Munk. Or the cruel Tyranny of Amiochns; AsCal- vinl. Or the many diftrefles of the Church by the Vhiliflines, from times of Sampfon till the dayes of David: As Junius m. Or fome other calamitous time that befell the Church. And therefore ic is not fafe to be pofitive herein. Se&.lV. The Scope. The Scope of the Church in this zealous complain- ing Prayer £as the Subject-matter thereof evidenc- eth) is efpecially ; 1. To Lament and bewail the ma- ny heavy Calamities that the Lord ( after all his for- mer favours to them in pofieffing them of the Land oi Canaan") had brought upon them, by their cruel perfecuting enemies. 2. To rrofeffe their conftan- cy and fidelity to God, norwichftanding all this De- luge andSea of Miferies that was broke in upon them. 3. And to intreat the Lord for Salvation and Delive- rance from all rheir preffing evils and opprcifing e- nemics. Sect. V. The Analysis , or Trincipal Parts. In the Title, arc, I. The Denomination of it* Mafchil. 2. The Direction of it as to theMu- fick. In the Subfiance of the Pfalme , we have the Church, 1. Commemorating, 2. Complaining, 3. Pro- feffing and 4. Graying. lfhe Church Commemorateth the former experi- ence of Gods ancient favours to their foie-fachcrs, v. i.ro$>. Thefe Favours of God are, 1 Defcribed, 2 Improved. I. Defcribed, divers wayes, 1. By the Reportersof them ; their Fathers. 2.By the feafon of them •, In their dayes of old, v. I. 3. By the Mat- ter of them i Ill-intreating and dilpofieiring the Heathen Canaanites out of the Land of Cana.in, but implanting and propagating his People in their ftead, v.2. 4. By the Author of them; Negatively, Not their own Sword and Valour : Eut Affimatively, Gods right-hand and free-favour only, v. 3, II. improv- ed P S A L M E XLV. 203 ed, as an Argument and Encouraging ground for the Churches prefent Supplication to the fame King and God , for like Salvation now to his afflicted Jacob,v.$. This requeft being further urged, I. From their fin- cere confidence in God aIone,not in themfclvcsatall agafnft their enemies, v. 5, 6. 2. From former ex- perience ofGodsfavingthem, but confounding their enemies, v. 7. 3. From rhcir'rliankful praifes, Per- formed for times pall, Promifed for time to come up- on this account, v.8. II. The Church Complaineth fadly of the many and heavy Calamities, which the Lord had brought up- on them by their enemies, conrrary to all thofe for- mer fvveet Experiences, v. 9. to 17. More Particu- larly, Thdc evils were brought upon them, I. By God, Defecting them and their Armies, v. 9. II. By their persecuting Enemies. By whom they were, 1. Puttoflight, 2. Spoiled, v. 10. 5. Slain. 4. Fanned and fcattered abroad, v. 1 1. 5. Sold into Captivity, more contemptibly then very flaves without ptice, v. 12. 6. Expofed to all manner of reproach by deeds, words, geftures, To all forts of People, Neighbours, and Heathens, and this at all rimes to the utter confufion of their faces, verfe 13, 14 15, 16. III. The Church Profeffeth her conilant integrity with God, even in midft of all this Sea of miferies a- bouther, v. 17. to 2$. This her integrity is, I Decla- red, by the Parts thereof: viz_. 1. She forgot not God. 2. Nor dealt falfly in his Cov. (aht, for all this, v. 17. Jl.Confirmed. Andthis Partly by .Amplification of the former particub fj) Dealt not falfly againft Gods Covenant, Either y a bac! Hiding heart ; Or by a fwervingcourfe.- No not in greaccft extremi ties of afflictions, v. 18,19. (X) Eorgorro' nor fpread-out her hands to Idols. For proof whereof Hie appealsto the Heart-fearchin^ andSin- revengingGod, 11.20,21. 2. Partly by Oppofition rather of her contrary patient Perfeverance under worft offufferings, ver.22. IV. The Church Prayeth mod fervently for relief. That God would ftirre up 1 imfelf, awake, help, and redeem her. Which requefts are Pathetically enforced, by divers moving Deprecations, Expoftu- lations, and Complaints intermixed, verfe 23, 24, 25, 26. Pfalm XLV. Se&. I. The Summary Contents* In this Nuptial-Song of the Wel-beloved-Virgins.zxt 1. A Preface, mewing the Pfalmifts and every Christi- ans defire to extoll Chrift the Churches King, ver.i. 11. A Prophetical Defcription, under the Type ol King Solomon and Pharoah's Daughter, of CHRIST, and hisChurch. 1. CAri/rthe Bridegroom, isriefciibed CO As moll Amiable, for his lovely properties, ver. 2. (2} A s moft Formidable for his warlike Endow- ments, ver. 3, 4, 5. (?J As moft Honourable for his Royal Majefty. and Princely Accomplifhments, ver. 6, 7,8. 2. The Church, his Bride, is (i_) Com- mended, ver. 9. 00 Exhorted to her Duties towards Chrift, ver. 10, 11. (3 J Allured hereupon, of great Glory from Chrift, prefent and future, ver. 12. to 17. Ill, A Conclufion, proiwifing hence all gratitude to Chrift, ver. 17.' Sett. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew^ To the Afaffer-Afupcian on Shofha- nim a, To the Sonnes c/Korach, Maf- chil b i A Song of the Wel-beleved- Virgins. I. Ine heart hath c framed a good thing, Tim am I faying then My Sai red d Poems of the King : My Tongue a fwift Scrib's Pen. 2. Thou then man's fons eart fairer far, Grace in thy lips is pour'd „• On thee therefore for evermore j Hath God his blefting-fhour'd. 3. O Mighty-one, upon the thigh Gird thou thy fword fo bright, Thy Glory and thy g Majefty. 4. And in thy Comely-might On Word of Truth h ride profpering, And / meekeft Equitee.* And dreadful things, 0 mighty King, Shall thy right-hand teach thee. 5. Sharp are thine Arrows thou dofi dart, Folk under the'* ftiall fall ; So keen they pierce into the heart Oi the Kings enemies all. 6. Thy Royal Throne, O Mighty-God, For ay and ever is: So is thy Kingdom's Scepter-Rod A Rod of Righteoufnehe. 7. Thou juftice loVft, j^hafft wickednefie t Thee, God thy God therefore Did 'nointwith Oyl ofgladfomneffe, Thy fellows fane before. 8. Mirrhe, Caffia, and Aloes All thy fweet Garment bee : Out of the / Ivory Palaces. Whence they have gladned thee. 9. Among thy precious-ones dofiand Kings Daughters thus extold : The Queen is fet at thy right-hand In Ophir's m pureft-gold. II. 10. Hark now, and fee, and bend thine ear O Daughter beautuous : And quite forget thy people dear. Tea and thy Fathers Houfe. H. And then the King thy beau teoufneffe w Shall-covet-more and more : For/o thine Holy Lord he is, 0 Him worfhip thou therefore. 12. The daughter q then ofirWe/yTyre With' guift to thee fl) all fall; q Thy favour vehemently-defire The wealthy people fhall. 13. The Daughter of the King, within All glorious to behold: Her Rayment/k is clothed in, Of r Purled-works of Gold. * Veh. or, Six- ftringecS instruments. Or.six-leav- ed flowers. I>lZ.LilIycSj fo called. Song 2.6, b heb. or, An inflru- &.on, or, In« ttruainar- Pfalme. c Hel'.boy- led. or, fry- «d-as-in a- frying-pjn a good matter, or, good word, d Heb. or ; works to— c Heb arc double- fair, the btbrew Roote in this word it doubted-no- ting double fatrnefs, or furp/fsing be/nay, i Heb. Cod hath bleffed thee. g Heb. cr, comely, honour, comely, might. h htb. Prof- per,ride on word-- viz. ride profperoufy. ibeb. Meek- nefs of juftice. kHeb. Ani wilt hate — 1 Heb. Pa- laces of a Tooth : thet is, Elephants toj>'h. m heb. fine* gold. 14. n fftb. fhall make him- felf covet. or j fliall co- vet vehe- mently. oHeb. And bow down thy felf to him. pheb.erjalfb q Heb. the rich ones of the people fliallear- neftly feck thy faces. 1 Heb. or, Grounds of „ g<1dor, clo- «"C iutes ofgoli 204 P S A L M E. XLV. f Hth. into the thcb-Thet- fore peoples ihall confefs cbee. 14. She in Embroyderyes withftate Broughc to the King fhall be.- The Virgins after her, Her Mates Shall be brought in to thee 15. With joyes and exultation They fhall be brought andfing: So they fhall enter every one /The Palace of the King. 16. Inftead of thy dear Fathers now Shall be thy (om-by-birth : For Princes them difpofe (halt thou In all the planted Earth. 17. Pleofthy Fame through ages all Make memory allway : t Thee therefore praife the people fhall For ever and for ay. Seft. III. The Kind, Penman, and Occajion. This Pfalme is of a Mixt Nature, made up of Pro- phecy Doclrine, and Exhortation.lt is the fourth Mafchil, See Pf 7,2.Sc8..^. It contains a fweet and elegant Mar- riage-Song: wherein under the Type of King Solomons Marriage with King Pharaohs Daughter. The Spiri- tual or Mvftica! Marriage betwixt Jefpts Chrift, King of Kings, the Bridegroom \ and the Church his Bride, is celebrated by the we l-beloved-Virgins ; vi\. Kings Daughrers and other Honourable Damofels, attend- ing upon the Q;ucen, fincere Chriftians, chart Virgin- worfhippers, the true friends of the. Bridegroom and the Bride, in praife of whom they ling this Mar- riage-Song. Compare, Title, vet. 6,7. with Heb.i. 8, 9. where this Song is expounded of Chrift the Sonne. It's of the fame Argument with the Song of uhic Pfal- Songs, and as it were a Compendious Epitome of it u. mus Pro- This Hymne ( as x one well noteth ) fets forth chrift pheticus in his Glory : and his Spoufe the Church in her Beauty. eft, contr- For Chriftis the Bi idegroom, and Jernfalem the Bride, netque E- Joh.%. 29. Rev. 21. 9, 10. All true Chriftians are pithalami- Virgins, for their fpiritualchaftity, Rev. 14. 1, 4. fol- um,quo lowing, and loving the Lamb, forthe fweet Odour of his Chrifti Name, orGifpel, Song 1.2. and are beloved of him , cumEccle- and have this new Song of Praife put into their mouths. fiaNuptia: Some things herein are fo expreiled, that they can- celebran- not be appiyed in any fence to King Solomon, but on- tur. Idem- ly to Chrift : As ver. 6, 11. Kimchi and many other que habet Jewifh Rabbines interpret this Pfalme only of Argumen- Chrift> turn quod - Penman of this choice Prophetical, InftruMng, Hor- Canticum tattry pfalme, is not here nor elfewhere in Scripture Cantico- expref!ed ; and therefore cannot be certainly de- rum, ejuf- termined upon. que vide- Occ afion,ieems probably to be King Solomon's Mar- turefle E- riage with King Pharaoh's Daughter, herefpokenof pitome* literally, leffe principally and Typically in moft paf- Sim.de fages^, but the marriage betwixt Chrift and his Mutt Arg. Chuch being the Truth and Spiritual Myftery princi- in Pfal.tf. pally intended, Heb. 1. 8, 9. with Pfal. 44. 6, 7. X H.Ainf- worth in his Annot. on Pfal. 45. 1. y Sim. de MuU in Arg. ad Pfal 4$. & Commenr. ad verf. 1, z Vid. Andr. Rivet in Argmen- menr. fcPartit. Pfal. 45. Sic Joan Calvin, in Arg. Pfal. 4s. Et Sim. de MuU in Arg. Pfal. 45. Et Hen. Mollerm in Arg. Pfal. 45. Setf. IV. The Scope. The Scope intended in this Epithalamium or Mar- riage-Song, is •, Under the Type and Allegory of the Marriage of King Solomon and Pharaohs Daughter, to difplay the Excellency, Glory, and Sweetnefle of that Grcar Myftery, rhe Spiritual Efpoufals aud uni- on of Chrift and his Church , together with t he match- leffe Excellencies and mutual Offices of them both.* and the happy fruits this their Nuptial union fhall produce. 8e&. V. The Analysts, or Principal Parts. JheTitle of this Pfalme contains, 1. The Direction of it, asto the Mufick. 2. The Denomination of it, AstoOJ The Matter, or life of it ; MafchiL, In- ftruftion. See ver. 10. fyc. C2J The Form of it } A Song of the wel-beloved-Virgins. The Subftanceof the Pfaime it felf hath in it, i.A Preface, 2. A Prophetical Defcription of Chrift the Bridegroom and of his Bride the Church. 3. A Conclusion. l.Tlie Preface declares, How fervently thePfal- mift, and every Chriftian, defires to fpread abroad the praifes of Chrift the Churches King : i.The Heart boyling, a good word, or thing, vi^. inventing and conceiving the good matter of his praifes. 2.The Tongue reciting it, as readily, as the Pen of a fwifc Scribe, ver. 1. II. The Prophetical Defcription fets forth, Chrift the King as Bridegroom, and the Church as his Bride, moft elegantly ; under the Type of King Solomon and Pharaoh's Daughter. 1. Chrift the King and Bridegroom of his Church is defcribed and commended illuftrioufly, I. As moft Amiable, for his lovely Properties ; vt^. J. His furpaffing Beauty ; moft fpecious to behold. 2. His excellent Speech ; moft gracious to be heard. Both which areilluftrated by the Fountain whence they flow, Gods everlafting Benediction, ver. 2. II. As moft formidable {ox his warlike Endowments. Which Tby Apoitrophe to him that is moft mighty J he is in- cited to draw forth into action, vi^. 1. To gird on his Sword ; that is his Word. Called, from the ef- fects* Glory, and Comely honour. This his Armour is Spiritual, ver. 3. 2. To ride profperoufly as in a Triumphant Chat iot of the Wordof Truth, Meetyeft, and righteoufnefs, iccording to his Regal dignity. Hereupon proportionable fucceffe is promifed to en- fue,i. In General, V is right-hand alone fhall atchieve terrible things in his Kingdom, ver. 4. 2. In Parti- cular, His fharp Arrows, that is, his lively piercing Gofpel admin. ftrations fjmade keen by his Spiritjf fhall wound the hearts of Chrifts enemies and make them fall under him, By Converfton, or Subverfton, ver. 5. III. As moft Honourable, for his Regal Ma- jefty and Princely Accomplifhmenrs. vi^. 1. The perpetuity of his Throne. 2. The RightcoufnefTe of his Scepter; both as to his Acquifuion, and Admini- stration thereof, ver. 6. 3. His Cordial love of Righ- teoufnefe, and hatred of iniquity. 4. His Divine Unction from God his God with the gladning Oyl of the Spirit (not by meafure, Job. 3. 34. but J beyond all his fellows, vi\. beyond all his fellows in Unction, Priefts, Prophets, and Kings, who were wont to be annointed with material Oyle, to thefe fingularand eminent Offices, See Exod- 30. 25.— ,30. 1 King, 19. i5. iSam. id. 13. And beyond all Chriftians, Be- lievers, Annointed to be Kings, and Priefts, fyc.to God, 1. Joh. 2. 20, 27. 1 Pet. 2. $. Rev. 1.5. unto their General Calling, ver.']. 5. His Royal Robes f"of Perfect Righteoufnefe and Holyneffe) fo Richly and fragrantly Perfumed, that they areftiled very Myrrhe, Alloes, anddffta, i.e. abfolute fweetnefle it felf. 6. His heavenly Defcent. From the Ivory Pa- laces in Heaven, from his Fathers bofome whence he firft defcended, his people meeting him with joyful acclamations, Joh. 3. 29. and whither he is now again afcended forus,ier/e8. 2. TheChurch, The Queen and Spoufe of Chrift is Honorifically mentioned. Being, I. Commended, 1. For her Honourable Train of Attendants. 2. For herRich and Royal Ornaments of Cold oiOphir.'i.For her P S A L M E. XLVI. 205 her Superlative Advancement, even at Chrifts right- hand, ver. 9. II. Exhorted, 1.T0 moft heedful atten- tion; Hearken, behold, incline thine ear. 2. To all conjugal Duties towards Chrift. As, (i)That Ihe deny all for him, ver. 10. (2) That fhe yeild all due worfhipand obedience to him, that thus the King may covet her beauty, -u. 1 1. III. Affured hereupon, if fhe thus perform with Chrift,That Chrift will com- municate great glory to her, both for Prefent, and Future. 1. For prefent, CO In her great enlarge- ment. The Daughters of Tyre, yi^, The Gentiles. And the rich among the people, f^- Kings, Princes, Nobles, &c fhall fue to be joyned to the Church. and fotoChrift, for Communion with him, v. 12. (2~)In her moft fplendid and rich Ormments : Partly, without ; Purled works of Gold. Partly, within , All glorious, v. 15. 2. For future, when the Bride fhall be brought into the Houfeofthe Bridegroom, to fo- Iemnize the Marriage with joyful acclamations : Then fne fhall be, CO Deckt with Curious Ornaments, Needlework-Embroideries; (2) Waited on with Virgin-attendants, ver. 14. CiJ Brought into the Kings Palace with greateft joy , v. 15, C4) And hence, inftead of Parents and all outward things fbrfaken, fhe fhall be honoured with a Numerous and Princely Pofterity all the World over, v. \6. III. TheCondufion; wherein the Pfalmift promi- fethuntoChrift,for thefe greateft Benefits; perpe- tual Gratitude : 1. From Himfelf. 2. From others moved by his Example in all ages, ver. 17. Pfalm XLVI. Sett. I. The Summary Content s, The Pjalmifi here brings in the Church and city of God ^wonderfully protected and delivered by the LORD of Hoaxes from her enemies in extream dan- gers, J I. Declaring. 1. The Allfufficiency of Gods Protection of his Church, ver. 1. 2. The Churches in- vincible Affiance ,thereupon(in God)in greateft dan- gers ant! commotions, ver. 2, 3. 5. The means of their fafety, though (mall, ver. 4. 4. The efficient caufe of their fafety, moft mighty: The LORD'S Prt fence and Protection, ver. 5, 6,7. II. Exhorting, I. All, to come view the LORD'S victorious ex- ploits, ver. 8,9. 2. The Churches Enemies, in the Perfcn of God, to be ftill and fubmit, ver. 10. And fo triumphantly concluding, ver. 1 1. Sett. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew. To the ^*/?^-of-the-Mulick, to the Sons of korach, upon Alamoth, A Song. l» Htb. or ; Hopefull- ,!helter. a Htb. In the changing of he earth we will no c feat '.Htb. in the mooving of Jt Mon.-i» tain*. 1./^ Od is our Fortitude on high, VJ And a Refuge-fafe from ill : A Succour found exceedingly In our diftreffes/r?//. 2. b Though Earth therefore change fo and fro, Nc fear-on-us-fhall-feiz : And c though the Hills be mov'd into The heart ofdeepeft Seas. A Htb. At biughcinefj of it. e HtJ.flwll not be moved. f Heb. gave with his voice, or; in his voice. gHtfc.the works of the LORD, h Heb. ma- king wars, to ceafe. i Htb.\vi\l break. k Htb.will burn. 1 Htb, know ye. 3. Though roaring-noife her waters make Be-ftirr'd-with muddy-ftream.- Tea though the mighty Mountains fhake d At (well ing of the fame. Selah. 4. There is a flood whofcpleafant ftreams Shall make Gods City joy ; The Habitacles Holy-place Of-him- that-is-moft-high. 5. In midftof h doth God refide, It e (hall be moved never .* At 'peering of the morning-tide Our God will help it ever. 6. The Heathens made a raging noife, The Kingdom s mooved were : He/gave abroadhhdreadfulvoicc. The Earth did melt/or/ear. 7. The LORD of Armies all abroad Is with us mightily : The Covenant-Keeping Jacob's God fie is our Refuge-high Selah. 8. Come, view g the operations Of this JEHOVAH now : What dreadful-defolations He puts on Earth below. 9. Unto the Earth's end far andnear, h He maketh wars expire : He ; breaks the Bow, he cuts the Spear, The Chariots ^ burns with fire. 10. Surceafe, and /know that I am God ; Among the Heathen ftill I'lebe advane'd ; In earth abroad Exalted be I will. 1 1. The LORD of Armies all abroad Is with us mightily : The Covenant-Keeping Jacob's God He is our Refuge-high. Selah. Sett. III. The Kinde, Penman, and Occasion. This Pfalm 'm the Ktnde or Nature of ir,is, A viUo* rial Song, or Song ofTiumph ; wherein the Church of God, having the LORD of Hoafts for them, theGodof Jacob their Refuge, make their boaft in God againft all imaginable perils. Luther was wont to refrefh and encourage himfelf with thisPfalm, againft great- eft Enemies,Threats and Dangers,faying; Come let m fing the afith. Pfalm, and fear m evil.Jts an excellent Antidote againft greateft fears and dangers, incident to Gods Church and People. Penman of it, whe- ther it were David, lfaias, or fome of the Pofterity • of Korach, or fome other, hath framed it, as in the Name of the Church , triumphing therein, is not evident. Occafion, feems by the matter of it robe fome remarkable Deliverance or Deliverances of the Church in her weak condition, from her many and mighty enemies, deftroyedby the Lords affiftance. Some m refer this Triumph to thofe famous Victories m Sim. de which David got over the Philiftines, Moabires, Hi- Muis Arg, dade^ar King of Zobah, theS\rians, and Edomites, '" Pfal.46. putting Garrifons in Edom, 2 Sam. 8. and 1 Chron.i%. n Jo.Fnord Some, n to the deliverance of King Aha\ and Jeru- ln expo(it. falem, from Rhe^in King of Sy ia. and Pe^th King pf-^.Tcm. of Ifrael, joyntly befieging Jei^;j/rovW. 4. Our Heritage for us dhe chofe ; His Jacobs e glory, whom he lov'd. Selab. 5. With triumph God afcended-is : The LORD with voice/of Trumpeti/y. 6. Sing Pfalms to God, fing Pfalm-for-rWy : Sing-Pialm, Sing-Pfalm unto ourKing. 7. For, God « King of all the earth, Sing-Pfalm of pure Inftruction. 8. God reigns g o're alloj Heathen birth : God Iks upon /; his holy Throne. 9. To folk of Abraham's high God The Peoples i Nobles gathered be : For, Shields of tlr earth belong to God, Exhalted vehemently is he. a Heb. or, with voice ofihrilling fhout-aloid, b HeklhiU. ipeak peo- ples under ut.viz.fitb- dac tbcmbj hu v>ori. c heb. And beneath •— d Heb. He llullchoofe. e Heb. high, excellency. (heb. of a Trumpet, g Heb.ovet the Hea- thens. bheb. throne of his halt, nefs. 1 heb volun. tierS.r>r,M«. nli.ent. liberal Princes. Sett. III. The Kind, Penman, and Occafion. This is for Kind a Gratulatory triumphant Pfalm, provoking all People to joy and Triumph •, Literally and H'tftoricaily, for the Afcending of the Ark ." My- flically and Prophetically, for Chrifts Afcending up on high, and for his Kingdom. Penman, is not exprefied, nor certainly difcove- red here or elfewhere. Ouafiont feems to be Afcending, or bringing up ofthcdr^o/Go^intoits place: 1. Either, from Kiri- ath-'jearim, or from rhe Houfe of Ebed-Edom to the City of David in Jerufalem into the Tent which Da- vid hid pitched for it, David and all the Houfe of Ifrael playing before the LORD on all manner of Injlru- mentsofpirr-wood, &c. and bringing up the A) l^of the LORD rvitbf})outi)ig, and with the found of the Trumpet. 2 Sam. 6. 2, 3, 4, 5, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16. iChron. 13. 8. and 15. 25, 26, 27, 28. (at which rime Daviddrik k vid./fafc delivered Pfalm 105, 1. to 16. and Pfal. c/<5. into the Mill in Art hand of Afaph and bis Brethren to thanl^ the LORD, pf.^.jy 1 Cbron, 16. 7. to y.-J 2. Or , from the city of David, jn com. by Solomon and all the chief of Ifrael into the Temple adverf. 1. of Solomon,2Chro.$-2.&c.i K 8-i (fyc.whkh wasalfo £t Stm.de with TrumpetSjCymbals and Instruments of Mufick, jyfuuin 2Chron.$. 13.. And this feems fo to be from v. 5. Arg.Pf.yi. where the Ark of God (""called God, as Numb. 10.31;. ad ink. 3d by a Metonymie, becaufc the Ark was a fpecial ] fra.Jun. Token or Sign of Gods peculiar prefence among in Annrt.ai them, J isfafdto afcend xpitb Triumph, the LORD pfal. 47. with voice of the Trumpet. Thus fome Jews, and HAmf.in Modern Writers^. Other judicious Interpreters/ \mC.in\erAS account this rather a Prophetical P\d\m, touching (y Annot. Chrifldnd his Kingdome over both Jews and Gen- Pf.47.Jt. tiles: The whole Pfalm being fo fnitablc hereunto, Calv.in and ver. <,. fo notably pointing out that eminent Arg. & Royal Act of Chrilt, in his triumphant and glorious Com.ad Ajcenfton up into Hear en, /.n(r 24. <;J,^2. whence Pfal.tf, he V S A L M E XLVIII. 207 he /hall come again to the raft Judgment with like glory, Alls 1. 9, 1 1. 1 Thef. 4. 16. For my own part; I fee no juft caufe why both thefe Intrepreta- tions may not be joyned together, thus ; 1. Literally and immediately, the pfalinc DefcriSing Gods King- dome and Government over all, but cfpecially over Jfreel , fubduing and calling out the Heathen-C./- naanites before thcm,hut planting them in their Land placing his Ark of Covenant as a Token of his Pre- lence among them, and adding the Peoples Nobles or Voluntiersro the People of Abraham's God. 2. Alyftically, Mediately, and Prophetically, The Pfalme foretelling Chrifts Klngdome over both Jewesand Gentiles •, Chrifts Kingly *Afcending into Heavenly glory, and afterwards adding the Gentiles to the Jewes in one Church .* The Ar\bc'mga fptcial Type of Chrift, Rev. 11. 19. The Holy of Holyes a Type of Heaven, Heb. 10. 19,20. and The Afcending of the Ark. into the Sanfluafy a lively adumbration of Chrifts glorious Afcending up on high into Heaven it felf there to appear ftillin the Prefenceoj God for us, Pfal. 68. 18. £/>/>. 4. 8. &c. Heb. 9. 24. Sed. IV. The Scope. The Sco/* of this Pfalme, is; 1. Todefcribe glo- rioufly the Kingdome of God and of Chrift over Jewes and Gentiles; 2. And to exhort all Peoples to entertain the fame with all triumphant joy and thankfulnefie. Seft. V. The Analysis, or Triticeal Tart*. Tn the Title are, 1. The Denomination of it; A Pfalme. 2. The direction of ir, as to the Mufick. In the Snbjiance of the Pfalme, are 1. A Duty pro- founded. 2. Arguments enforcing it. I, The Duty, whereuntoall People are Exhorted, is; Their joyful entertaining and embracing of God Chrift , and hfs Kingdom coming amongft them. This Duty is fee forth, I. By the Object of it; vi^.. God, Chrift, and his Kingdom. 2. By the Subject of it; All Peoples. 3. By the Manner how it is to be dis- charged ; with clapping of Hands, with vone of triumph, or fhcunng, with Singingof P(almes,ver.\. 6. II. The Arguments enforcing this Duty, are drawn, 1. From the Excellent Nature of this King; High, Vreudjul, Great, ver. 2. 2. From the Effects of his Kingly Office. ( 1 JVpon heathens, fubduing them to his Church. Cmaanitesbenig already conquered by his power, Gentiles alio fhould be called and subdued to Chrift by his Gofpel, ver. 3. fij Vpon 'jewes, giving them of hismeer loveas their Inheri- tance, The Temple, Law Covenants, &c. wherein was Jacobs high excellency above all people, ver. 4. 3. from Chrifts triumphant Afcenfion into Heaven, w hereof the brining up of the Ark into the Sanctua- was a Type, verfe 5,6. 4. From the Maiefiv and wiiveiial Extent of his Kindome, (~ as Matth'.i8. 18 JS'c. J over all the world, ver. 7,8. 5. From the voluntary Aggretation, both of free-fpirired Princes and People unto the Church of God Who joyn them- felvesto the LORD Chrift, 1. Becauje, He is the great Conqueror and Protector of all. The Shields cf the Earth belong to him. Or, Rulers and Magi- strates (who for their Protecting of Common-wealths, fcc.areftiled, Shields, Pfal. 89. 19. Hof. 4. ?8. J be- long to him 2. Becauje he si of high ft Glory, ver. 9, Pfalm XLVIII. Setf.I. The Summary Contents. 7 "i In this Pfalme are, I. A Propofition of the great nefsofGod, and of his Praifesin Jerufalem, in his Church : whereupon Jerufalem is eminently mag- nified, verfe 1. 2,3. II. A Narrationoi Jerusalem's, of the Churches peculiar Protection by God in great- eft danger, againft all her Enemies that came againft her, verfe qto 11. III. An Exhortation to all Gods people to rejoyce and praife the LORD for his Bene- fits to his Sion. hisChurch, 1. Paft, v. ii,2.Prefent verfe 12, 13. 3. And Future, verfe 14. Sett. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew. A Song, A Pfalme, to the Sons of Korach. 1. S~> Reat « the LORD, and vehemently VJ Is to be prai fed ftill: In City of our God moft-high His Holinefies Hill. 2. Moft fair in fituation, The joy of all ^ the lands ; On b Northern fide, the Mount Sion, The great Kings City (iands. 3. God in c High Turrets of the fame Is known for refuge high For lo the Kings together-came : Together they pafi'd-by. 5. They faw her.ftrongly fortifide, then fo admire did they, They fuddenly were terrifide, Did-trembling-haft-away. 6. There trembling^ took them: pains, for kjnde, Like-hers-that-child-doth-bear. 7. PiWTarfhifh Ships with Eaftern winde Thou-wilt-in-pieces-tear. 8. InCityoftheLORDofhoafts * e Wee faw, as we heard fay, In our Gods City, and her coafls : . God will her ftablifti/ay. Sshh. 9. g Within thy Palace wee, OGod, Thy mercy h minde alwayes. 10. To Earth's remotefi bounds, O God, As thy Name, fo thy Praife : Thy right hand's ful of righteoufneffe. II. Rejoyce let Sion Hill, Let Judah's daughter/ i mirth-expreffe For all thy judgments,/?/'//. 12. Encompafs Sion, andgo-round- About her : Tell her Towers. 13. ^Minde earncftly her bulwark found; I View well her lofty bowers.- That to the after m age yee may Declare on every fide. 14. That this God « our God a for ay ; Till death he will us guide. Setf. Ill, Crts*4<~ 7 ' /4z»y*ZZ4

man in honour doth not flay ; Likened q to bea(\s that quitr-decay. lodgethnoc 13. This their way r doth their folly lnew *, Their OtT-fpring yec their words allow. ib b. A n-an Jh ail no: in Redeeniir.<* tet' eem bii bro theriror fliall <;iveto God his Ra r Torn kb'b. And. Ibth. fliall be precious. m bub. r°w- erfi'l vvealr^ nbfKtoge- o bib. upon their — 11 ibi/'.Adani odgethnoc a nighc in hon^ or. qfc.K as beaiis ifcat are filenctd Selah. 14. Like fheep they're put in grave beneath, Feed on them fliall Devouring Death, And being from their dwelling call, Their form in Grave /away-fhall-wafte. 15. ButGodfhall f me from hand of grave Redeem ; For he fliall me receive. III. • hib.M\y to And over them at morning light thenvyet Dominion have fliall men upright ; their pofte- iity like well of their •ir.o th. rkefr.lhal!. wear-away to him vxt. lotvtry one tftbtm. t btb. my Soul. Biifr.ihaU be multi- plyd. x btb. in his dying he {hallnoc take all j btb. bis glory. •z. btb.xa his lives. a bti< or ; confefs. Selah. b fef&.Adam. cbrb. As the - beaib. 16. Fearnot,when manbecometh rich : When Glory of his houfea is much. 17. For, hence x he 'akes nought when he ends ; Nor after himj- his Pomp defcends. 18. Though 1 while-he-doth-his-life-poiTeiTe, His Soul he flattering tkm blefe , Yet 0 my Soul, they fliall thee a laud. When thou (halt to thy felf do good, 19. Come at the lafl dial! every one To his Fathers Generation ; Where ev'n-unto Eternitee The pleafant light they (hall not fee. 20.Tbw b man in honour placed high. And underfland5 not prudently; Is-likened, in bis jujt compare, c Unto-the-Beafts that filenc'd-are. anv mans wealth and glory increafing, all which he fliall be totally dripped of when he dyes, ver. 16. to the end. And therefore this Pfalm is an Excellent Antidote againft the Scandal of the Crojs wherewith the Godly are exercifed, whil'ft the wicked profperand tlourifh in all worJdly wealth and glory. Of the Penman, and Occafion of writing this Pfalm wc have no particular difcovery. Sett. IV. The Scope. The Scope intended in this Pfalm, is ; I. To excite and encourage all forts of people (under the exem- plary faith and courage of the Pfalmift here repre- sent, ver. 5. with 15.J undauntedly to bear all forts of afflictions ; C notwithstanding all the wealth and glory wherein worldlings do on the contrary rlou- rim Jthey having hope in God, both of Refurrcftion even from Death it lelf by him, and of blitTeful Re- ception unto him, ver. 15. 2. As alfo to convince them how vain and foolifli a thing i t is to place con- fidence in greateft worldly wealth, or higheff earth- ly honours, Mone of which can prefer ve their own- ers at all from the Grave, or Defcend with them in- to the Grave. Sett. V. The Analj Parts. fiS) or Principal Se&. III. The Kind, Penman, and Occafion. This Pfalm for Kind is Dollrinal and Hortatory: Exhorting all forts and degrees moft heedfully to attend unto the wife Doftrine and Parable therein unfolded. Itteacheth efpecially, inmidftof ail fur- rounding afflictions even in death it felf, (the wages of our finful wayes, ver. 5. with Rom. 6. 23. J not to place our rruft Either in multitude of Worldly Riches, which can preferve none from death ; Or in glory of Earthly Honour, which is wholly vanifh- ingand fliall perifli in the Grave, ver. 6. to 15. But only upon God, who can and will raife us from the dead, ver. 1 5. And consequently not to be afraid of In the Title note . 1 .The Denomination ; A Pfalm. 2. The Dircftion of it as to the Mufick. In the Pfalm it felf, are, 1. A Preface. 2. A Propo- fltion. 5. A Conclufion. I. The Preface is vehement and importunate, in- citing all forts to Angular Attention. Wherein con- fider, j. The Per fans fpokentoi All People, All the worlds inhabitants, whether Ignoble or Noble, Rich or Poor. i.The AH or Duty whereunto they are incited ; Hear, give ear, ver. 1.2. 3. The Ob)etl,'ot Matter abouc which this Aft is to be exercifed, is fet forth in four fublime and alluring Expreffions.v7>\ *• Wifedoms. 2. Prudencies. 3. A Parable ( 7^Q whichnotes Rule Excellency,* $tc, fuch Speeches excelling and bearing fway among others, 4. A Ridle, or a Dark? matter, or a-n hidden Queftion. Therefore all of them befpeaking their ut moft Attentions,i/er. 3, 4. II. Vie Vrop'fltion'is elegant and emphatical.The Pfalmift propofeth the fumme of this Wifedom, Pru- dence, Parable, Dark-matter, viz^. His unrerrified confidence (exemplary to all, efpecially the godly J in midft of all encompaffing evils, which the iniqui- ty of his heels., of hisfteps and wayes, mightbring upon him. This is laid down emphatically by way of interrogation: W by ? &c. that is, I have nojuft caufeatd/Zto fear, &c. ver. 5. This his confidence is Illuftrated andDefcribed by the Grounds of it, Negatively, and Affirmatively. I. Negatively, This his confidence is not grounded or bottomed (Hike that of carnal worldlings,) 1. Neither in the mul- titude of Riches. (~i~) Partly, Becaufe no worldly wealth can Redeem a man from Death and grave, Or obtain a priviledgetohimof not dying, ver. 5, 7, 85 9. (2) Partly, Becaufe as all muft dye, both wife, and foolilh , and brutifli perfons, So when Death comes e the Beafts that perifli. Or? Adam in honor ' lodged not a night, but became at the Beaft, &c, and H h h then 210 P S A L M £. L. then what man in honour can promife himfelf or his any continuance therein? v. *2.(V) All this way of worldlings ("however approved by their Pofterity} is not wifedome, "buttheir/o//y,i' 14. To God Allmighty Sacrifice Thy n thankful-praife alway : To him-that-is-moft-high likewife. Do thou thy vows repay. 15. And in the day of fore-diftrefs Do thou unto me cry: The from thy ftraitsl will releafej 0 Thou fhall me gloritk. II. 16. But God unto the wicked fpake, To tell my Statutes Truth. p Why medleft thou ? Or doft up-take My Covenant q in thy mouth * 17. And life reforming Difcipline In heart thou hateft haft : And all thofe precioM words of mine Behind thee thou haft caft. 18. If thou the vilefi thief haft feen, Then didft thou with him run : And with Adulterers bath been Thy Curfed portion. 19. Thou mouth r thou haft inured long In ill unto thy fliame ; Likewife thy filfe afperfing tongue Dcceitfulncfle/did frame. 20. Thou fat'ft and fpak'ft agatnft thy brother : Thou infamy t haft caft Upon the fon of thine own Mother. 2i.Thel'e-things thou afted haft. Ml-held-my'peace; Thou* didft furmize, y Sure I like thee hud bin •• Selah. I z frr&.his go. ingin. n b heb.uni.. verfall:ty©f beauty. 1 filence. d htb. before his facts. C Heb vehe- mently. (htb.Het- ven from above. gHeb.AM to me. Ga- ther to me. hheb.upoa Sacrifice. 1 hcb.Afceiu fions. bectuft Burnt oga~ ings ^ifuu~ dcii in the fiamts. k Heb.tbjr houfe. 1 heb.co me every wild beaft of the wuod:»nd beafts on a thoufand mountains, m Hf*. fbould hunger. n U■ Heb. Anl I x M. didft think — y Mtb.lim being hid bm as tin* a. P S A L M E LI. 211 % Heb. unto iliinc. eyes a Heb.hc U- crificing Confelfion. b Htl>. He that futteth (or dilpo- Jcthl bis way, I will caulc bun to fee in ilie Salvation of God. Fie check thee, and ^ beforc-chine-cyes In-order-fee /Ay //«. 22. O ye that God have quite forgot Confider now this tiling : That I in pieces tat you not, And none delivering. 23. Eut a he that Sacriticcth Praife, Mc glorifies : Alfo b To-him-that-ordercth well his vvayes Gods faving- health riefhovv. Sett. TIL The Kincle, Penman, and Occafion. This Pfalm as to the Kim/ of it is DoBdnal. Where- in the LORD the God of Gods ("after an awful Pre- face touching his dreadful Majefly inhisChurchJ Injxi uUetk his Covenant-people Israel, what is the True worfhip wherein he is delighted, not fo much Carnal, Legal Sacrifices, hi Spiritual and Moral Per- formances; And who are his acceptable worfluppers, Not Hypocritical and AtheifHcal TranfgrelTors, but thofe that Praife God and order their way aright. c Sim. de Penman, As c fome think, was Afaph the Seer,who MuitArg. penned fome Pfalmes, 2Chron. 29, 30. and the ra- tn Pfal. 50 t]ier5 becaufe ic is Entituled ; A Pfalm of Afaph. Or, as the Chaldee Paraphrafl expreffeth it 5 by the hands dMr.Tho. of Afaph. But Mothers rather are of Opinion that V/ilcock_sin David Penned this Pfalm, ("committing it only to bit Expof. Afaph or his fons for the keeping and tuning of it in of Pfal. 50. the Sanftuary,i C/jron.25.2.Jand that upon this Occa- 7itle.Jo.in. fion vi^. After Ifrael had been fmitten with the three Foordin years Famine, and three dayes Peftilence, 2 Sam. Expof Vfal. 21. and 24. And after the Angel of God had ap- 50. Author peared to David, and pointed out unto him the place of Gods Habitation, lChron. 21. 18. and 22. 4. Then this Pfalm touching Gods true Wor/liip and Worfhippers, feems to have been written. Sett, IV. The Scope. The Scope of the Holy Ghofl in this Pfalm, is; Convincingly to inrtruft JfraelGods Covenant-peo- ple, and in them the Church of riod, What Wor- ship and Worfhippers are moft acceptable unto God, •w^not fomuch theCeremonial and Externals the Moral and Spiritual Worfhip ; Nor unreformed Hy- pocrites and profane Atheifts, but fuch as walk thankfully, ordering their vvayes aright. Seff. V, The Analyfis^ox Principal 1 Parts. The Title hath in it, 1. The Denomination, &c; A Pfalm. 2. The Direction of it as tOjthe Mufick, or the Indication of the Penman, *1D i< 7 may be ren- dred either. To-Afaph , or ; Of- Afaph. In the Pfalm it felf are, 1. An Introduction to the Inftruftion. 2. The Infiruaion it felf. I. The Introduction to the InftruHion, procuring the greater heed and attention, ver. 1. toj. is drawn ; I. From the higheft Author of this Inrtruftion ; The God of Gods JEHOVAH. 2. From the manner of his Inftruftion. Which is either, l.Commonzo all the world, by the Works of Creation, v. 1. 2. Peculiar to his Church, to Sion. Whofe beauty is highly commended; The univerfalityof Beauty. A Confluence of Beauty centered there, v. 2. Whofe defire alfo after Gods Prefence for Inftruftingof his Church, is intimated. And that Prefence of God is Tin illufion to Gods appearing to Ifrael of old at M. Sinai, Exod. ip. and 20. Heb. 12. J Illuflratcd, r. Partly, by that which goes before him Eating, or Confumingfae. 2. Partly, by that which accompanies him ; A Tempeil, ver. 2,. 2. Partly, by that which fol- lows his coming, vi^. A moll Authoritative and Po- werful voice to Heaven and Earth, to convene his Saints, his Covenant-people before him, to receive his Inftruction, ^.4,5. 3. From his Jurticc and Ma- jefly, confpicuousin this his Proceeding, v. 6. II. The Infiruttionit fi-'.f, is laid down, v. 7. to the end. Wherein note, I. The Entrance into the In- ftruftion, drawn from Gods entring into Covenant with his Church. Inciting Ifrael to Attention,vcr.7. II. The Parts of the Inflr'uaion: which are touching, Gods Worflup : and Gods WorfJiippers. I. The Worflyip^ which is moft pleafing to God, isdefcribed ("ij Ne- gatively, what it is not. Its not fo much the Ceremo- nial and Outward Worfhip, though never fo coftly, that the Omnipotent and Alfufficicnt God infifls up- on, ("although before Chriftrhat had itsfeafon, Heb. 7. and 10. 1, &c. was commanded by God, and plen- tifully performed by Ifrael, Jver. 8. to 14. ("2) Pofi- tively, what it is. It is that Moral and Spiritual Worfhip, ("As thanksgiving to God, Performance of Vows to the moft High Calling upon God in ftraits, and Glorifying him for Deliverances^ which fjod moft Refpefts and Rewards, v. 14. 15. 2. The wor- fluppers of God, in whom he will take pleafure, are al- fo defcribed, Qi) Negatively, who they are not, viz_. Not the wicked thai hate to be Reformed, nor Hypo- critical and Atheiftical wretches, going flill on in their fins, becaufe God'\s filent and long-fufTering. But rt//thcfc G od will Convince, Reprove, and with- out timely Repentance, Defhoy, v. 16. to 23. ("2) Positively, Who they are, viz. They that facrifice Praife to God, and order their way aright. Thefe have Gods Acceptation, us Glorifying him : And fliall fee Gods Salvation^ glorified by him, v.23. Pfalme LI. Sett. I. The Summary Contents. David, upon the Prophet Nathan's MelTage from God unto him, unfeignedly repenting of his two hainous finnes. Adultery with Bath-fhebah, and Murder of Vriah, Poureth forth his fervent Prayer, I. For himfelf, 1. Partly, for the LORD'S free and full Remifiion of his fins, with deep Contrition con- feffed and aggravated, vi^. (4) Hit Ailual fins, ei"ps- cially his Adultery and Murder, verfe t, 2, 3, 4. C2) Hit Original fin, verfe 5,6. 2. Partly for Reftaura- tion of him in Spirituals, impaired by his fins, vi$. (~ij In joy and comfort upon his fins pardon, verfe '!■> 8, 9- C2J 1° clcannefs of heart, f 3 J In efta- blifhment of Spirit for the future, verfe 10. ( ^j \n conftancy of Gods favour and Spirit, verfe n. f$J In fweet aftu ranee of Gods Salvation. (6) In-fuftenra- tion by Gods free Spirit, verfe 12. All which he urg- ethby fundry Arguments, verfe i3.r0 18. II.For the Church of God, offended by his Scandalous fins, 1. That God would do good to Sion, whom he had harmed. 2. That God would build JerufalemswiWs, which he had fhaken, verfe i8> 19. Seft. II. 212 P S A L M E. LI. Sect. II. the firfl Version out of the Hebrew. To-the- Mafier- of-the-Mufick, A Pfalm of David. When Nathan the Prophet came unto him, After he had gone in unto Bath- fhebah, a Heh (hew grace-to me accor- ding to thy lovig- kindnefs. b Heb. Ac- cording to the multi- tude ofthy bowel-mer- cies. c Heh. tref- paffes. d Htb. In chine—-. — e Heh. maiil be clear. or i fire. f He b I was painfully. brought forth. e hrh.'m Sin. ffHeb. did- warme—-— i heb. And I (hall be clean, k tf<2>. Be whitned be- f re Show 1 Wet. thou- haft cn-lhed m Heb. thy face. n Heb. blot- out or, wipe away, o Wf6. in mine in- wards re- new. p Heb. and take nor thy Spirit of bo- hnefs q Heb. or j thou ih alt - "nderprop- I. i./^AGod, dffy-grace-on-me-declare \_) Afrer-rhy -mercy-kind: b As thy compaflbns many are, My c faults wipe-out of mind. 2. 0 multiply, 0 wafh me clean From mine iniquity : Likewife from all my fin again Do thou-me-purify. 3. For I mine heynow trefpaffes Acknowledge mournfully. And ftill my fin before me is. 4. Againft thee fin'd have I. Againft thee only, And haw done, d Eefore thine eyes this ill ; That when thou fpeak'ft,thou maift-be-juft, e Clear when thou judgeft ftil. 5. Lo in perverfe-iniquiry /My-birrh-I-did-receive .- Me likewife £ in impurity My Motrfer h did conceive. 6. Behold, in truth dtlightefl thou Within-the -inward-part .• And wifedome thou-haft-made-me-know In fecret of my heart. II. 7. With Hyfop thou me purify, i I fhall be cleanfed fo .• 0 wafh thou me, And then fhall I ^ Be whiter than the Snow. 8. 0 make thou-me the pleafant voice Of joy and gladnefs hear; So fhall the very bones rejoyce Which /by thee crufhed-were. 9. O from my fins hide thou m thine eyes, And nquite-obliterate All mine abhorred iniquities. 10. O God, tome creat A clean heart. And 0 in me new-make A Spirit firme to thee. 1 1. Cart me not from thy face, p nor take Thine holy Spirit from me. 1 2. Thy Sweet Salvation's joy again Rcftorc thou unto me, And (( do-rhou-firmly-me-fuitain Still with a Spirit free 13. Thy wayes rrangref!brsf/;cn fhall I Teach rvhh a feeling heart, And wandring Sinners readily Shall unto thee convert. nr. 14.O God, O my Salvation's God, From bloods do-mc-deliver: So fhall my thankful tongue abroad Shout-forth thy juftice ever. 1 5. My clofed lips, O Lord, do thou Wide open, mine heart raife: And then my mouth abroad-fhall-fhew Thine ever lading praife. 16. For thou delightft not Sacrifice, Elfe give the fame would I .- r Eurrit-offering thou wilt not likewife Accept-contentedly. 17. God's Sacrificies are a Spirit /Broke for iniquities : And heart fo t broken and contrite, God thou wilt not defpile. 18. h Do Sron good in thy good-will feruflem's walls x up-rear. 19. Then fhalt-thou-be-delighted Hill With Sacrifices there Of righteoufnefTe,> The Burnt-offring And 3; Holocauft I fay: Then Bullocks on thine Altar bring And a Qffer-up-fhall-they. Thefecond Verfion out of the He- brew. To-the- Mafier -of-the-Mufick, A Pfalme of David. When Nathan the Prophet came unto -him, After he had gone in unto Bath- ftiebah. r Heb. The Afcenfion. for it afcen. ded >n fiimt wholly. (Heb. broken toihivers. tHeb. broken to ihivers. u Heh Do- wel] to Sion. * Heb. thoa (halt build, y Heb. the Acenfion. t. thai if.the whole-burn: offering, a Heb. they (hall make- afcend. r. lf\ God a rhy-grace-on-me-deelare, V_j/A After thy loving kindnefs ay : c As thy compaffions many are, Wipe thou my trefpaffes away. 2. d Much wafh me from my wickednefie.- Cleanfe thou me from my fin likewife. 3. For my rebellions e I confefs .- And Hill my fin before me lyes. ' 4. 1 finn'd againft thee,one!y thee, Aud fin thy fight have done this-ill , That when thou fpeak'fl thou juft maift be, Maift-be-clearin-thy-judgingyr///. 5. Behold ev'n in iniquity F«//painfulIy-brought-forth-I-vvas: Yea in fin and impurity My mother £ me conceiv'd alas. 6. Lo, Truth fn towards thou dofl love : In fecret /; thou-haft-made-me-know Pure wifedome aKoJrom abov:. 7. i Purge-mc from-fin with Hyfop now, I fhall be clean .- (^O wafh me dear, And I / than Snow fhall whiter be. 8- .Sw>efr joy and gladneFe m make.mc-hcar n Let bones exult,/ocrufht by thee. II. 9. Thy face hide from my fmsfogreat .- And all my 0 faults wipe-out-do-thou. 10. Pure heart, OGod, to me creat: And a firm fpirirp in me renew. 1 1. Cart me not from thy face : No more hrom me q thine holy Spirit take. 1 2. Me thy Salvation *s joy reftorc: And with free Spirit r ftrong-ine-makc. 13. Thy a Heb. (he* grace-to- me or; be- graci- ous-to- me. bHeb. Ac- cording to thy. . c Heb. Ac- cording CO the multi- tude of thf bowel- mer- C'CS. dH«/\multu plywaih me from mine iniquity. C Heh. I know. I ac- knowledge. fHeb. in fh ine eyes, g Heb. wjt. fned me. b Heb. thou wilt— i Heb. Thou (halt ('urge. k Hcb.Tho* (halt walh. 1 Heb. Hull be whitened before Snow m Heb. Thou (hale make, n Heb. exult (hall the bones. o Heb. ini- quityes. rHeb. inmf inward. qHeb. The (pirit of thine holi- nefs. «• Heb. thou (halt under- prop me or; firmly, fuf- taiu me. P S A L M E. LI. 213 f htb. Shrill forth, or; (hout aloud tbeb. And my mouth, n i>({>. wilt not delight Sacrifice. xM'.Afccn fion. y bet. The Sacrifices 15. Thy wayes tranfgrcffbrs teach will I : And Sinners (hall convert to thee. i4.0God, of my Salvation high The God, From bloods deliver me : Then fhall my tongue on every fide f Proclaim thy righreoufnefie always. 1$. Lord, thou my lips malt open wide : tSo fhall my mouth fhew-forth thy praife. id. For thou « affeft'ft not Sacrifice, Elfe would I give the fame up heapt : x Burnt-offering of the greateft price Cod.^fpirit Thou'lt not contentedly accept. broken to 1 7. y The Sacrifices God dot h prize They are a Spirit broken-quite, O God, thou z never wilt defpife An heart/b a broken and contrite. ihivers. xbtb. wilt not. a beb. Ihi- vered and crulht. b be b. do Well to Sion cbtb. Thou (hale build. d htb. Sacri- fices of righ- And whole-burnt-offering many a one:' 18. b Do Sion good in thy good-will .♦ Walls of ]erufalem c up-reare. 19. Then fhalt-thou-be-delightedyr/7/ In d righteous Sacrifices there, Yea, in e Burnt-offering I fay, it - V teoufnefs. e He*. Af- eenfion. f Htb. they {hall make alccnd. gMultica- dere vo- . lunt cum David, & noluntfur gere cum David. Non ergo cadendi exem refurgen di.Atten- deneca- das.Non Sed fit ca- fus maio- rum, tre- mor mino- rum. Ad lioc pro- pofitum eft, ad hoc . Scriptum Then Bullocks /" offer-up-fhall-they Upon thine Altar, thine alone. Setf. III. The Kind^ Penman^ and Occafion, This Pfalme as to the Kind of it, is a moft Pathe- tical Penitential Prayer : ufually accounted the Fourth Penitential Pfalme. David, as the Title (hewes, was Penman of it. It is Davids Retrailation.Daviis Teftimonial of his fin- cere Repentance for his great O ffences in the Matter oiZhiah ; which did fo fhake his integrity ,and gave great occafion to the enemies of the LORD to blafpheme, I King 15. 5. 2 Sam. 12. 14. And when did David ever pray more fervently and Aveetly : than here where he mourn'd for his fins mod fadly ? The Occafion of Davids Penning this Pfalme, is hinted in the Body of the Pfalme, ver. 4. 14. But more plainly declared in the title; vi^.When Nathan, (fare. David'm an Evening-tide walking on the top ofhisHoufe, and feeing Bathfieba the wife of IVi- */!> the //rmte warning her f elf, fentfor her, com- mitted adultery with her, and fhe became with child : To hide this Fact he fent for her Hufband from the Camp to lodge with his Wife, which hebe- plumpro- ing utterly averfe unto, David wrote a Letter by V- pofitura riah to Joab his General to fet Vriah in the fore- eft, fedfi front of the hotteft Battel that he might be flain; cecideris and Vriah being flain by the Sword of the Children of Amman, David took Bathftnba to be his Wife. Upon this, Nathan fer.t from God to David, convinced him of his fin (wherein he had flept from the time of his Faft till after the Child, conceived in adultery, fitdele&a- was born, which probably was nine moneths at leaft, tiomino- 2 Sam. 11. 27. with 12. 1. 14.) Denounced heavy rmn,lapfus judgement againfl him, ftroke his Child with Death, majorum; yet gave David hope of Pardon upon his Repen- tance, affutingh\m God had put awayhUfin,hefl>mld not dye. See this whole Hifiory at large in 2 Sam. 11. and 12. Upon this Occafion, when Nathan was departed from David, David wrote this Pfalme, therein confeffing and aggravating his fins moft in- genuoufly, declaring his Repentance unfeignedly, and begging RemiiTion of fin, Renewing Grace, Re- ftauration of wonted Peace and Comfort, &c. moft fervently. How great a King was David, yet his eft,ad hoc fins are impartially recorded by the Holy Ghoft in Ecclefia Scripture for our Caution and Inftruction. _ Many fepelec- fted g Auguftine) are willing to fall with David, but turn atque Cantatum. Audiant qui non ceciderunt, necadant.- Audiant qui ceciderunt, utfurgant. Auguft. Enarrat, inPfal.L. tom.S. 5.484. A B. Baftl. i$6$. unwilling to rife again with David. David is not pro- pounded its an example of falling, but if thou haft fallen, of rifing again, &c. David thus falling, who may not exceedingly fear and tremble ? David repenting and rifing again, who fhould not be careful to rife that hath fallen ? Let him that thinly heftands, take heed leaft he fall : And let him that is fallen, take heed to rife again. Se&.IV. The Scope. Davids Scope in this Pfalme, is-, 1 to confefie his great and fcandalous finsingcnuoully ; 2 7ofharae himftlf for them deeply; $to tcftific his cordial and unfeigned Repentance •, 4 to implore earneftly pardon and purging of his iniquities, Renewed grace and Confolations from Gods Spirit, and removal of all the fad effects thereby occafioned to himfelffor the people of IfraeL Seever. 1, 2, 8, 12, 18. Thus h Sunt ' David was h afhamed of his finning ; notafhamed mulci Cas many are) of Repenting. 0 incredible madneffe quospec- ( (aid Auguftine) thou blufheft not at the wound: and care non doft thou bluff) at the binding of it up? Is not the naked pudet,a- wound more filthy and noyfome * gere pseni- tentiam puder. Oincredibilis infania / De vulDere ipfo non erubefcis, de ligatura vulneris erubefcis ? Nonne nudum fcedius & putidius eft? Auguft. Enarrat in Pfal.$o.tom.8.p. 487 . Bafil. i$6$. Setf. V. The Analyfis^ or Principal Parts. The title hath in it, 1. The Denomination ofit; A Pfalme. 2. The Penman ; David. He imparti- ally records his own great offences ; f a notable Ar- gument of the Divine Authority of the Scriptures wherein the Penmen fpare not themfelvsO And in* genuoufly publifheth his own unfeigned repentance. 5. The direction of it as to theMufick, Sec. 4. The Occafion oiDavids Penning it, which is twofold,*^. £0 More immediate; Nathans Meffage to David, convincing and threarning him about his fcandalous Sins; When Nathan the Prophet, . An When Doeg the Edomite came and flieveed eT, An i™' to Saul , and [aid to him -j David came "'"tf'ng. unto the Houfe of Achimelech. 1. T A J Hy boafWt in ill, O potentate? V > All day Gods mercy's feen 2. Thy tongue b vents mifchiefs; Afts deceit W^er like a Rafour keen. 3. Thou Iov'ft ill, more than good: A lye, Than c fpeaking Righteoulnefs, Selah, Thou lov'fl all Swords that-may-deftroy, e The tougueof guilefulnefs. 5. God alfo to perpetual- ay Shall-quite- demolifh-thee, Thee teare, thee alfo pull-away Out of the Tent will he, From land of all the living here Hee'l root thee up withal. Selah. 6. And Righteous ones fhall fee, and feare : And laugh/ at him they fhall. 7. Lo,gThis-the-man, his fortitude That h made notGod along. But hop'd in's riches multitude, Was i in his mifchief ftrong. 8. But as an Olive green alvvay In Houfe of God ami : I trufted evermore and ay In Gods benignity. 9. Sith thou didft this, thee ay ^Ile praife, And /waite upon thy Name, Becaufe before thy Saints alwaies Aloft pleafant k the fame. Sett. III. The Kinde penman > and Occasion &c. This is the Sixth Mafchil, See Vfal. 52.Seft. 3. The nature of it is Doftrinal, or Inftruflive: as the Title fhews. Penman p(h, more than probably, was David: as theSubjeft-Matter and Occafion do not obfeurely indicate. Occafion of writing it, is exprefTed in the Title breifly : which. thus may be laid down more largely, from 1 Sam.21.and 22.Djv/^rlying from King Sauls rage, conies to AM for fuccour, where Achimelech the Prieft gave him and his menShcw-brcad, fur- nifhed him with Golialfs Sword, and enquired of the LORD for him, Doeg the Edomite chief of King Sauls Herd men, 1 Sam. 21.7. being then prefenr, and feeing all this, went to King S.niUnd told him. David came unto the Houfe of Achimelech, &c. S.tul hereupon fentfor Achimelech, and all the Prierts at Nob : and commanded his foot-men to turn and flay him and all the Prierts of the LORD, they refilling to execute this horrid cruelty, Saul commands Doeg to doit, who flew on that day 85. perlons that did wearc the linen Ephod ; Smiting alfb Nob the Priefts City with the Sword and deltroy ing there moll cruel- ly, Man , Woman, Childe, and Beaft, Which cruelty Abiathar fon of Achimelech efcaping. helled to David and told him all, 1 Sam. 22. 9. to the end. Hereupon David kerns to have Penned this Pfalme. Scft. IV. b Hei.meiu meditate ) woful evU«j Doing deceit. cHfi.to fpeak d Htb.woris ofdevouring «r>of fwal. lowing. e Meh. tr j tongue, *HcJ upon bim £ Heb. this- the- mighty man. h beb. will not puc 1 beb. or j in his Sub- rtancesr ; in that he hath. fc beb. I will confefs. Ifoji.arjpt. tien tly. expect thy funic. P S A L M E LIII. 211 Sett. IV. The Scope. Davids Scope in this Pfalme,is-, U To re prove Doeg fharply, for his boafting in evil, and for his wicked tongue ; And 2. To threaten him Severely hereupon with dreadful deftruftion out of his place : 3. Butcontrariwifetofupport and encourage him- felfagainft all the wicked and cruel Perfections of Doeg againft him inflaying the Priefts of the LORD for his fake, alluring himfclfby his Faith in God ot his ownconftant tiourifhing Profperity in the Houle of God, refolving to wait upon his Name, and praile him for avenging his Caufe upon Doeg which he Pro- phetically forefaw as done already. Sett. V. The Attalyjis, or Principal Parts. In the Tit le note, I. The Nature of this Pfalme ; Mafchil. See Pfal. 32. Seft. 3. 2. The Direftion of it as to the Mulick ; To the Mafler, &c. 3. The Oc- casion ot'it, wbenDoeg,<&c. As formerly hath been expreffed in Seft. 3. The Subftance of the Pfalme contains Matters,more fpecially concerning 1. Doeg. 2. D^i/^himfelt. I. As for Doeg ; He is Reproved, and Tbreatned. I. Doeg m reproved&nA fharply blamed, I. For his boaft- ing in evil , he being now become a great man. Which was contrary to Gods mercy continued to him daily, verfei. 2. For his evil tongue, Devifing mifchiefj Doing decit; Delighting in evil, in Lying, in Deftruftive and guileful words, more than in the the contrary Vermes, ver. 2,3,4. "■ D°ei ** Pro- phetically threatnedv/hh terrible Deftruftion ouc of his Place. This is, 1. Defcribed, and Illuftrated by four Similitudes, viz- C1J Of a Building pull'd down and deftroyed. (2 J OfCoalesof fire taken away with the tongs. C3 ) Of Tent-flakes pull'd away. 4. Of Trees plucked up by the Roots, vcrje 5. 2. Amplified by the effect ot this judgement upon the Righteous beholding ir, viz- fj 1 ) Partly, they fhallbe confirmed hereby in Gods fear. C 2 J Part- (kthey Hull be moved even co laugh at him, for his vain confidence in his wealth and wickednefs, and not in God, ver. 6, y. II. As for David bimfe/f, He declares conrrari- wlfe, I. His comfortable Perfwafion of his own happy condition in theHouftfof God continually. Which is. 1. Illuftiatedby the Similliude of an Olive-tree alwayes green. 2. Defcribed, by the Inftrumenral Meanes thereof, viz- His conftant trufl in Gods Ioving-kindnefsi/?r/e 3. If. His pious Reflation, 1. To praife God continually for avenging his Caufe upon Doeg, which he Prophetically forefaw as done already: and for prelerving himfelf in profperity. 2. To wait patieniiy upon God and his aid, that being plcafant in the fight of his Saints, verfe 9. Pfalm LIII. Sett. I. The Summary Contents. David l. Complainetb of the abominable corrup- tion of the ungodly , difhenouring God, and op- preffinghis Church. 1. Defcribing this Corruption, by the C 1 J Roct of it. C 2 ) Fruit of it, verfe 1 . ( 3 ) Univerfal extent of it upon Gods own accurate ob- fervation,w/e 2, 3. 2. Convincing the wicked here- of fharply, C O BY their brutifhneflc. OJCtuelty to Gods people.^) Profanity, verfe 4. ("4) Ter- rours of Confcience. f 5 J And judgements of God upon them, for their enmity againft the godly, vetfe 5. II. Wifheth for Ifraels full Salvations, and re- demptions from Thraldome, under the wicked, verfe 6. Sett. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. To-the- Mafler -ol the-Mufick, on Madia- lath j a Mafchil of David. 1. 'T'He Fool within his heart hath faid, J. There is no God ; 6Corrupt-they-are, And c they their evil abhor'd-have-made, drafting good doth none appeare. 2. God from the Heavens looked down On fons of Adam all abroad, To fee if there were any one Intelligent, ^nrffeeking God. 3. But rfevery-one-is-back-declin'd Together loathfom-they-became, Not any doing good Ifinde .• Yea not fo much as one of them. 4. e Have they no knowledge, care, or dread, That work abhor r'd-'miquhy? Eating my fol k as they ea t bread : They have notcall'd on God moft-High. 5. There they /"fore fear'd where no fear was, For thy befiegers Bones abroad God did difperfe: Thou-didft-them-bafh, For, them difdain'd-caft-off-hath God. 6. From Sion whol give IfreVsg healths ? When his deare folks captivity Our God fhall back return with wealth, Exult fhall Jacob, Ifraeljoy. Sett. III. The Kind^ Penman^ andOc- cafion^ This is the feventh Mafchil. See Pfal. 32. Seft. 3. It i~s a Doffrinal, or Teaching Pfalme. Penman of it, as the Title fhewes, was David. Occafionjs not here or elfewhere clearly expreffed, But fome/; think, That this Pfalme ("which in Sub- h Simeon fiance, and almoft in the very words, fome few only de Mum in excepted which are altered or added, is the fame Argum. ad with Pfalme 14. J was written by David Propheti- P/<»/- 53- cally touching Antiochus, that notorious Antiochm, that deftroyed Jerufalem and brought many evils upon thejewes, becaufe it's faid ; God did difperje thy befiegers bones, verfe 5. which are not to be found in Pfal. 14. As Pfalme 14. feems Penned upon the Occafion of the Jews diftreffes under Nebuchadnez- zar and the Babylonians. And perhaps the Holy Ghoft fpeaks almoft the fame words twice over, Be- caufe the wickednefle of thefe enemies were fo pa- rallel one to another. And it is no unufual thing with Scripture to recite the fame things and words fundry times upon feveral Occafions.- compares Chron. 36. 22, 23. with Ezra 1. 1, 2, 3. — — ana 1 a fcrfe.An InftrwSion. An-Inliruc- ung Pfa'.tn. bhtb. they. have. cor. rupted.viz. ibemfclves. c btb. they have made abominable ibtir evil. d bcb. All he. e heb. have no: (be workers of iniquity known ? f bib. feared a feare. gfccft.Salva- tions. _,_ __, __j — v .... .,_,.,. Chron. \6. 8, to 23. with Pfal. 10$. 1. fo 1(5.— and 1 Chron, 16,23. to 34, with Pfal. 96. throughout and 2l6 V S A L M E. LIV. andiChron. 16.34. with Pfal. 107. 1. W 118. 1. and 136. 1. Now the variation of words in this 53. Pfalme, from thofe in Pfalme, 14. ftands thus. In the Title of Pfal. 53. thefe words are added, C^m Macha- lath, Mafchil ] For;— l^^U Pr alike. Atlion, Pfal. 14.1. we have^—Jiy £w/. Injurious -evil. For Hin1 r^e LORD. JEHOVAH, Pfal. 14. 2,4, 7. we have a\T7KGW. In Pfal. $i.verfe2,$,6. For 1q ^3!! Every-one it-departed, or bac^declined, Pfal. 14. 3. we have here }Q ^J All-he is-gone- bac\ward, Vfal. 53. 3 After thofe words, wherein both Pfalmes agree [They feared a fear ] the words in Vfal. 14. 5,6. are different from thofe in Vfal. 53. 5. And in this verfe is the greateft dif- ference. Finally, for THyUtfi Salvation, in Vfal. 14. 7. we have r^iyiUJ1 Salvations in this Vfal. $3. 6. Thefe are the verbal differences betwixt thefe two Pfalmes, which in Subflance of Sence and Reality are almoft the fame, except that fifth verfe in this Pfalme. SeU. IV. The Scope, and Analjjis. Let thefe fore-noted differences betwixt Vfal. 53. and Vfal. 14. be well confidered .- and then the .Scope and Analrfs of Vfal. 14. is Applicable to this Vfalme, and need not be here again repeated: only remembring the different matter in ver. $, from that of Vfal. 14. $,6. Pfalm LIV- a btb.Rting- ed-inftru- ments. b Htb. An InftruQion. or, An- in- ftrufiing- Pfalmt. c Htb. Save. il Ileb. thou ihik judge, e M.Daunt ing.Tyrants. »r. Terrible, difmayers. (beb bare not let. «S"e#. J. 7#e Summary Contents. David, trcacheroufly difeovered to King&j«/by the Ziphims, I. Prayes the LORD, to Save, Judge, and Heare him ; Againft his Enemies, Strangers and Oppreffors, ver. 1,2,3. 2« Profeffeth his confidence in God, for his own Relief, but his Enemies Ruine, verfe 4, 5. 3. Hereupon, Vromifeth free Sacrifices, and Praife unto God, ver. 6,7. Setf. II. The Verfton out of the Hebrew. To-tbe-AfaJrer-of-thc-MuRckon a Neginoth b Mafchil of David, when the Ziphims came and faidnnto Saul, Doth not David hide himfelf with m ? 1. /~\ God, me in thy Name c defend .• vJ And (/judge me in thy might. 2. My prayer hear, O God: Attend To my mouth's words upright : 3. For, ftrangers up againft mee rife, , And e Tyrants-daunting-forc Do feck my Soul : The mighty God They /fct not them before. Selab. 4. Lo, God's g my help; the LORD'S h with thofe That do my foul fuftain. $. Hee'l render ill unto /my foes.' Them in thy truth ^reftrain. 6. To thee with voluntarinefs Then Sacrifice I will .• Thy Name O LORD I will confefs, For it is pleafant fiill. 7. Eecaufe he hath deliver'd me From my / diftreffes all : And vengeance due mine Eye did fee Upon my foes to fall. Sect. III. The Kindc, Penman, and Occafton. This Pfalme as to the Kinde of it, is A Vrayer ; As alfo the eighth Mafchil, See Pfal. 32. Sect. 3. Penman of it was David, as the Title teftifies. The Pec ajion afit, was the Ziphims treachery againft David, pur- ting him into great danger by Said: hinted briefly in the Title. It ftands thus.- vi^. David, not long afrer dogged Doeg's cruel Fact in murdering the Lord's Priefls j See Pfal. $2. Sect. 3. being warned by God's Oracle, that if he ftayed at Keilah, (J whi- ther he fled from King Saul, J they would deliver him up to Saul, He and 600 men with him fled from Keilah into the wildernefs of Ziph. Ziph was a City of Judah, Jofl). 1 5. 24. near which was a wood and a wildernefs. The Ziphimes to curry favour with Saul came and faid to him ; Doth not David hide himfelf with us .' This they did once, 1 Sam. 23. 14, 15, 16, foe. And again, \ Sam. 26.1,2. This Pfalme feems tobe written upon Occafionof their firft endeavour to betray David to Saul. When David being in the defert of Maon, and hearing of Sauls coming, betook himfelf to a Rock, and perceiving himfelf to be in a great danger hee penned this Pfalme, and encourag- ed himfelf in God, 1 Sam. 23. 19, &c. Sett. IV.- The Scope. Davids Scope intended in this Pfalme, is ; To corrt- mirhimfelfby Prayer and Faith to Gods Protection againft his terrible enemies and dangers: And affur- ing himfelf that God was the Help both of him and- of his Helpers, and would remunerate and repreffc his enemies , He promifeth hereupon Free-will- offeringsand Praifes to the LORD. Sett. V. The AnalyJis,OY Principal Tarts. In the Title are r. The Nature of the Pfalme ; Maf- chil. Inftruction. 2. The Penman, David. 3. The Occafion ; The Ziphims informing Saul of Davids hiding himfelf with them. 4. The Direction of it as to the Mufick. In the Pfalme itfclf, which is Davids Prayer in his danger and diftrefs, arc ; I. Davids Petitions. Thefe are, I Propounded-^ Wherein he intreats the LORD, 1 . To fave him from prefent danger. 2. To judge him, or judge for him. Both being amplified by the refpectivc. wayes how he would have thefe things done, verfe 1. 3. To hcarc his Prayer. This requeft being Emphatically doubled, verfe 2. II. Vrged \ From the Nature and Practices of his Enemies, being 1. Vartly, Strangers, vi\. The Ziphims. 2, Vartly, Daunting- Tyrants, vi^, Saul and his men ; who (~ 1 J Rofc up againft him. (~2j Sought his Soul, (3 J Set not God before them, verfe 7,. 1 II. Davids Vrofcffions of his trull and confidence in g Htb. an helper to me, h Heb. with the uphol- ders ofmv foul. i Htb. mine envyers. k Htb. cut- off- fupprefj I heb. dif- trefs. P S A L M E LV. 217 inGod, 1. That God would he his help, and be with his helpers, verfe 4. 2. Thac God would juftly re- compence ill to his Enemies , and fupprefs them, verfe 5. III. Davids pious Refolutions, i« To Sacrifice to God Free-will-ofTerings. 2. To confefs (vi^. praife and thanks J to the name of the LORD : ( 1 ) Part- ly, becaufe it is good, or pleafant, verfe 6. (2 ) i\»r/y,becaufel>y Faith heaffures himfelf of deliver- ance out of all hisprefent danger and diftrefle, and ofhisdefire upon his Enemies, as certainly as if it were affefted already , verfe 7 . rfalm LV. a Het. ftrin^ ged-inftru- ments. b Heb. An inftru&ing Pfalme. c Htb. heir my Prayer- d Heb. Sup- plication- for-grace. eHfi>. And anfwer-me. (Heb. From voice of the foe, from faces of the op predion of the wick- ed. g Heb. For they caft-- h Heb. fpite- fully-hare. i Heb. in my inward1. kHeb dnth come unto, or ; on me. ] Heb. cove- reth. m Heb who will give me. Seti. I. The Summary Contents. David, I. Earneftly [uts for Audience from God, fadly complaining of his extreatn diftreffes by rea- fon of his Enemies, ver. 1. fop. IT. Prayes again ft his treacherous Confpirators, 1. That they maybe fwallowedup. 2. That their Tongues and Coun- felsmay be divided, ver. 9. to 1$. 3. That they may dye, yea, be fwallowed up alive of the grave, ver. 15. III. Profeffeth his confidence that God will fave and hear him, but Afflift his treacherous Enemies, verfe. 16. to 22. IV. Concludes, 1. Ex- horting the juft to truft inGod, v. 22. 2. Foretelling his Enemies confufion, ver. 23. Seft. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. To the Mafter-of-the-MuRck, On a Neginoth^, Mafchil of David. IV. *-(~\ God, c to my Petition V ) Thine, ear-attentive-bow : And from my ^Supplication Thy felf 0 hide not thou, 2. Attend thou unto me,e return* Anfwer-to-me-likewife : I in my meditation mourn, And make a-troubled-noife. g./Tbrough wicked-m*n.f oppreffion high, Through clamour of the foe .-■ g Whocaft on me iniquity, Me h hare in wrath alfo. 4. With-pangs-tormented is mine heart i In me through wo and care : Likewife of Death theterrours/mOn-thofe-that-Yvere-with-hirn-at-peace He ftretched-forth his hand : His Covenant Cmtbout releafej He-violently-profan'd. Si. ^ His words than butter fmoother-are, But War his heart up-hoar ds : His words than oyl are (oherfarre, Yet are they a naked-fwords. 22. Thy b care caft on the LORD therefore, And he fhall c nourifh thee ; He will notgive for evermore d The juft remov'd-to-be. 23. But LORD, e to-pit thou'lt bring-them-down, The men of/ cruelty And guile, g fliall not live-half their dayes ; But truft in thee will I. K k k S^. IIF n Heb. And in the in- ward of it. o Heb.In the inward ofit p Heb. or ; According to mine Order, or J Comparifon viz. mine equal. qHeb. known ac- quaintance, tHeb.Swect. ned. f Heb. or J with the concourfe. t Heb. the LORD will me fave. u Heb, me- dicate. x Heb. or } Even he that fitteth /'«« Anti- quity. y Heb. A- gamft his peaceable ones. z Heb. His mouth. »Hcb. drawn.' fwords. bHeb.care- ful burden. °r i gifc. cHeb. or; fuftain d bet. remo- val :o the juft. e Heb. to- pit of-cor- ri prion. (Heb. of bloods. %Heb Shall nor half on: their dayes. 2l8 V S A h M E, LVI. h Vt re fen Sim.de Muis in Arg. rfa!. 55. Vid. Jun. Annor.in Pfal, 55-E- H Ainf- vvorth Annoton Pfal. 55.14 i Sim. de Muis in Arg. ad pr/55. Mr. Tho. Wilcoc^s on the Tirle of Pf.55.J0. Calv. in Arg. Pf. 55. Hen. Mollerus in Arg. Pf.55. Seff. III. The Kind, Penman, and Occafion. This is a Prayer interwoven with Imh utlion. An Inftrulhng-Prayer. It is the ninth Mafcbil. See Pf. 32. Se&. 3. The Pfalmilt himfelf was experimental- ly inflnicied by his fore afflictions here complained of-, and in this Pfalm he accordingly inftrufts all Gods people which fi.dlbe alike afflicted. Penman of ic was David; ds the Title fhewes. Occafion of Davids wrhing.it, is not here or elfewhere particu- larly declared. Eut ic is the opinion of Kimchi and other Jewifh Writers, as alio of more judicious mo- dern Authors /; •, That David wrote this Prayer, this Mafcbil, when by reafonof Abfalom'% rebellion (A- cbitophelztfa being confederate with \{\tc\JD avid and his friends tied from Jerafatem, He and all that went with him weeping as they went up M. Olivet, 2 Sam. 15.30.fcc. And the Parages in this Pfalm feem notably to agree to that fad (lory. For, 1. In ver. 3. David kem^, to complain of Shimefs reproaches and revilings, 2 Sam. \6. 5. foe. 2. In ver. 12, 13, 14. he kerns to defclibeand aggravate the Treache- ry of his fa mi liar friend and counsellor AchitopbeL See 2 Sam. 16. 20. . Sony man would fv.ilL.w ine. c Hcb. war* tint.'. 6 hib. mine cnvve'S would ('wallow m€ P S A L M E. LVI. 219 tbeb war- ring. t heb. ii ; unto thee. g heb. ivy heelc. h feei. Fot (y) vain iniquiry efcape to their. 1 heb. thou bait num- bted. kfcffr, my tcarc, I 'sit. con. ' fcfli lis. mic/'.beforc the laces of God, in ligbt of living-ones- D Sic. Jo. Foordin Expof. Pf. _my tears .• 'Are they not in thy Book ? -9. Then back return'd frail be rny foes, In day I cry to thee : This I do know {[to [wage my woes') That God will be for me. 10. In God Tie praife xh? faitbfulword : The faithful word Pie praife Evn in the ever being LORD. ii.Itruft in God alwayes, Therefore I will not bafdy fear What man can do to me. 1 2- O God, thy vowes upon me are : Tie / praifes pay to thee. 1 3. For thou halt freed my Soul from Death, Haft not my feet from fall r To walk m before Godhere beneath, In light of living all. Seff. III. The Kindefiejiman^ and Occafion. This Pfalmeasto the/C/Wofit, is, A Prayer, A choife and precious Prayer : being The fecond Michtem ; See Pfal. 16. Sect. 3. A Jewel,' A Golden Pfdwe. Tenman o( h, was David; Micht am oj David: Title. The Occafion of it, was the Philiftines taking of Da- vid in Gath, whither he fled from the face of Saul. David fled twice to Achifly King of Gath of the Phi- liftines : Once, after Jonathan had informed him of his Father Sauls implacablenefle towards him, 1 Sam. 20. and 21. 10. fyc. At which umc David perceiving himfelf to be in danger by the Philiftin.es, changed his behaviour feigning himfelf diftracved : Whereupon, being let go, he departed into the CaveAduUam; and there, upon this Occafion feems to have Penned both Pfalmc 34. and Pfal. 56 . even both thefe Pfalmes upon one and the fame Occafi- on;;, moft probably. For, we find that at this flrft flight of David to Gath fand not at any other J the Philiftines took David and brought him to Achifly, 1 Sam. 21. 15. with Pfalm. $6. Title. Compare alfo 1 Sam. 21. 10. to the end. and 22. I. with Pfal. 34. Title, and StcL 3. there. A fecond time DavidWcA to Achifly at Gath, and there dv»elr with him a feafon, &c. 1 Sam. 27. 1, 2, 3. upon this Occafion fome think this Pfalme was Penned 0 : but rather affenc to the former. Sect. IV. The Scope. Davids Seepe herein intended, fis^ To intrcat the Lords favour^ et him,jnd Prdttfftidn of him, againfr. all his Enemies violently fet againft him; and deliv- erance out of all his dangers and diflreffes byreafon of them. Seft. V. The Jimijftsi or Principal Parts. • TheTitleodhe Pfalme hath in it, 1. The Directi- on or Infcription of the Pfalm as to the Mufick of it. 2. The note or Tune after which it was to be fung •, upon Jonath Elim Rechokjm : which ("as fome think} was the beginning of fome known note/). Or, Con- cerning the Dumb Dove of far places, ("as thefe words fignifie .•) vi^. David dumb as a Dove in the remote parts of the Philiftines Country, as others interpret them 7. 3. The Excellency of the Pfalme; Mich- tarn. See Pfal. \6. Seft. 3. 4. The Penman ; David S.TheOccafioi. ;When the Philiftines tookhim hi Gath. The Pfchne it felf is, 1 Petitory. iQuerulatory. 3 Gratulaiory. I. Petitory, or praying, ver. 1. to 5. Wherein David prayes for God? g race and favour to himfelf againft his Enemies. This Petition he preiTeth. 1. From confederation of his Enemies, vi^. 1. Sorry man i. e. King Sa ul. 2. Envyers. 3. Many. And of their prafticcs all the day, 1. Warring againft him. 2.0ppreffing him, 3. Endeavouring to fwal- lowhimup. ver. 1,2. ILFrowhisovvnconfider.ee in God and his Word, in all hisftraits, againft worft of Enemies i/er. 3,4. II. Qiterulatory, orccmplainfng, ver. 5. to 9. Here David complaineth, I. Of his enemies. For that, 1. They wreft his words continually. 2. They plot his evil all the day, ver. 5. 3. They fubtilly lye in wait for his life, ver. 6. 4. They think toefcape unpunifred through their iniquity and fubtilty, ver.j. U.Of hisown calamity, in hisunferled and mournful ftate, yet obferved by God. 1. His wandrings God num- bred. 2. His tears, God botled up, and booked down, ver- 8. III. Gratulatvy, or tending to thankfgiving, w p. to the end. Here he makes a double Profeffion, 'vijr. I. Of his Faith, the ground cfhis thankfulnefs. His Faith in God perfvvaded him, I. That God would turn back and mine his enemies, butbefor'D/Ji'/V, ver. 9. 2. That Gods Word, i>/>. his Word of Pro- mife touching the Kingdom, frail be fo fulfilled to him, as to yield him matter of praife,ver. 10. z,.That hefrouldbe fafe in God againft his enemies: there- fore he cafts off hisflavifh fear of them, v. 11. II. Ofhisthankfulneffe to God which he promifeth to declare,i. In performance of his vowes. 2, In ren- dring confeilions or acknowledgements unto God, v. 12. Eoth which he illufrrates from the ground thereof, viz Gods merciful deliverance ofhiin from death and falling (" thus his Faith looks at the thing as already done} that he might walk before God in the light of the living, ver. 13. Pfal p Vld.sim de Muit in Com. Pf. 56. tit, Jo. Foord in Expof. Pf. 5 6. cum aliis. <\Heu. * Ainfworth iv. his Ann^ on Pf. 56. Tit. Hen. Mollei m in Com. ad Pf $6.Tit. Jo. Calv. in Com. ad Pf.56.T1t. Ill 220 P S A L M E. LVII. * fM>. cor- rupt nor. a Heb. at ; woful-evils bbtb, my- fwallower, my- dcvou- ret- C Htb. Burn- ers. Inflam- ers d W«fr. A fpearc. Pfalrae LVII. Sect. I. T&e Summary Contents. David, I. Pr^ej to the LORD for his favour, and for deliverance from King Saul and other his devou- ring enemies- ~\. His affianee being wholly in God, v. 1,2,9. 2' His enemies being fktrearnty-crue I, v. 4,5. II. Promifeth moft afR&ionately to praife God for fuch his Deliverance, and his enemies punilh- ment, .whereof he isaffured, ver. 6. to the end. Sell. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew. To the-A>faJ}er-of the Mufick, * Altaf- chethj Micbtam of David in his flying from the face o/Sauh'tfro the Cave. I. j./^\God, To-me-be-gracious, V^* Be-gracious-rc-me, Eecaufe my Soul dijireffedthut For-fafety-trufts in rhee; In fhadow of thy wings likewife For-fafety-I-will-truft : Untill thefe a fore-calamities , &£ wholly over-part. • * 2. 1 will call unto God moft-high, To-God that towards me Doth #;// accomplifh-perfeftly. 3. From Heavens fend will he, And fa ve me; Hereproached-hath b My fierce devou ring-foe : Selah. His loving-kindnelle God will fend, His verity alfo. 4. My Soul in-midft of Lions is, I c fire-brands ly among, Mans fons,whofe teeth are^fpears and fhafts, And a fharp Sword their Tongue. 5. Do-thou-exalt-thy felf,OGod, Above Heav'ns higbefi-ftory : And overall the Earth abroad Exalted be thy glory. "*. 6. They for my fteps prepaid a Net, My Soul he bowed down : e Hth before They digg'd a Pit e for me,and they my-faces f Htb. are fallen into the midlt of it. /In midft of it are thrown. 7. Mine heart moft firmly-is-prcpar,d, O God thy Name to raife, Mine heart moft firmly is prepar'd .■ Lie fing, yea Lie ling praife. 8. Do thou, my Glory, up-awake, Afy Harp and Pfalrery Awake fweet melody to make. At daybreak wake will I. Sclah. p. O Lord, among the Peoples here To-thee I will confefs : Among the Nations far and near, g Thy praife I will expreffe. 10. For .great h thy kind benignity Doth to the Heavens rife : Thine undefiled verity Doth reach unto the fkies. 1 1. Do thou exalt thy felf, O God. Above Heav'ns highejlftory Andover all the Earth abroad Advancedbe thy Glory. Se&. III. The Kinde, Penman, and Occafion. This Pfalme as to the K/mf of it, is A Prayer: The third Micht am; as it were, A golden Prayer. See Pf. 16. Sect. 3. Penman of it, was David: as the Title fhewes. Ic was one of Davids Jewels. Occajion of this Prayer, was KingSdH/V perfecti- on of David Co eagerly, that David much endanger- ed fled into a Cave among the Rocks in the Wilder- nefle of Engedi, to hide himfelf. Whileft he and his men were in the fides of this Cave, SWcame 1 ut0n5 t0 C0Ver his feet : vvhere Y)avtd PrivilV cut off the fkirt of Sauls garment, but would not kill him, though his men urged him to it. andhe had him ac his mercy. At which l;indnefie of David, Sauls heart (after he came toknowitj fo relented, thac he acknowledged his faultinefs againft David with tears .- And taking an Oath of David not to cut off his Seed, he for a fea Ton ceafed his further perfection ofhim. See 1 Sam. 24. throughout. Upon thefe (traits DavidPcnned this Pfalme /'. Seft. IV. The Scope. Davids Scope in this Prayer, is; 1. Tointreatthe LORD for his Divine Grace, Favour,Proteftion and Deliverance from Saul and his Adherents ; 2. And (upon confid :nt afiurance hereof >o awaken himfelf unto all enlarged thankfulneik to God for his Loving kindneffe and Truth to him, while his adverfaries feJJ into the Pit they digged. Seft. V. The Analyfts , or Principal Parts. The Title points out,i. The Direction of it ; in re- gard of the Mufick. 2. The tune, or the beginning of fome known note, as fome ^think ; Al-tafheth. Though others /conceive, it refers to the Matter of the Pfalme, and fignifies; Corrupt-not, Delboy-not, &c. This word noteth, Sometimes Corruption of Faith and Manners, by fin, Pfd. i4. 1. Sometimes Perdition or dcftruilion, the puniflimcnt and wages of fin, Pfal 78. 38.45. Gen. 6. 13. and 9. u. 15. Itsa more vehement expreflion, than filling, E^el^.p.6, 8. This word is alfo in the Titles of three other Pfalmes, viz. Pfal. 58, 59. and 75. 3. The Penman; David. 4. The Excellency of the Pfalme; Michtam. See Pfalm. i<5. Seft. 3. 5. The Occafion as be- fore. The Pfalme it felf is ; I. Petitory, and 2. Gratu- latory. I. Petitory. Wherein David fues for Gods favour more General/)/ : And for deliverance from Saul, &c. more Particular ly. And this he urgeth, 1. From his Hope and Affiance in God, flying to him for fhelrer as the chickens under the Hens winger, i. 2, From the gM.Iwill praife thee, with- Pfalm. hbtb. thy loving. Kindnefs. i f/en.Atnf worth in hit Annot. on Pfal. 57 Ttt. Cum mul- tis aliis. k As Etya. And after him Sim. de Mutt in Com. ad Pf.W.Ttt. H. Moller. Joan. Poor din Expof. Pf. 57. I Vid. Jo. Calv. in Com. ad Pf.V.Tit. Et Hen. Moller. in Com. ad Pf.^.Tit. P S A L M E LVIII. 221 the acting of this his Hope in Prayer to God, fi J As rhoftHigtv, 0) Asaccomplifhing-perfectly tor Da- vid; (aj As one that will mightily fave him accord- ing to his Loving-kindnefs and Truth, w.2,3. 3. From the cruelty of his enemies, Metaphorically rc- fembled, To Lions, To fire-brands. Their Teeth ro Spear and Arrows. Their Tongue to a fharp Sword, ver. 4." Upon all which he begs, that God would exalt himfelf and his glory above Heaven and Earth, ver. 5. ^ II. Gratulatory. Here David fets forth I. The ground or matter of his Praife j viz. Davids delive- rance, and his enemies enfnarementin the Net pre- pared for him, ver. 6. 2. His manner of thankful- neffe, viz. (" ij With a firmly-prepared heartier. 7. {2 J With an awakened Tongue, His Glory. (j J With awakened Inftruments of Mufick. f 4) With his whole felf early awakened, ver. 8. 3-The Extent ofhisthankfulnefs, To Peoples and Nations, viz. both to J ewes and Gentiles, ver. 9. 4. The fpe- cial Perfections, or Properties in God which he will peculiarly exalt God for, viz. His Loving-kindnefs and Truth, reaching to the Skyes, yea to Heaven it (elf, ver. 10. AH which he elegantly clofeth up, with recital of his former requeft ini>er. 5. That God would exalt himfelf and hts glory above Heaven and Earth, in appearing for David againft. his ene- mies, ver. 11. * loth. Cat- rupc. not. a beb. will Pfalme LVIII. Se&.l. The Summary Contents* David, I. Reproves convincingly, King Sd«J and his Courtiers, i.'For their corrupt Counfels and un- juft judgements againft him, ver. 1, 2. 2. For their wickednefs, being (ij Natural and Heredirary.f 2) Deadly, venomous. And f 3 J Incurable, ^er.3,4,5. II. Imprecates divers heavy judgements upon his ene- mies, under fundry Elegant-Metaphorical allufions, ver. 6. to 10. III. Prophecyeth, what joy, triumph, and eftablifhment fhall be to the righteous, upon the deftruftion of the wicked, ver. 10. 1 1. Seft. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew, To-the-Mafler-tf-the-Mufickt * Altafcbeth ; JHichtam of David. J. a b beb. will ye judge righteouf- . nefle?. c heb. in- jurious- • evils, d heb. ye will weigh- out. DO ye, O Congregation, Spea£ righteoufnefs indeed? b Do ye judge equal-thing/ alone } O Adam's fons and Seed? Yea ye in heart c vile-injuries Do work, with diligence, On earth d ye balanfe-out M(ewi(e Your hands high violence. 3. The wicked quite eftranged-are Ev'n from the womb alway ; They from the very belly erre, e Heb. a lye Sr///fpeaking e lyes are they. 4. /Like as the Serpentspoyfon hot, Their poyfon doth appear : And , Though i wife ani very choice. 6.0 God, break thou their Tccih foflrong That in their Mouth do grow : The tufhes of the Lyons young O Lord burft out do thou. 7* Like waters that l^do ftill defcend, Let them diffolve away: His Arrowes ^eenwhetthe fhall bend, /As very ftrawsbe they. 8. Like as m the melting SnaiLjf om earth Let him away begon: Lil^e woman's moft untimely birth, Let them not fee the Sun. 9. n Your thornes,0 Bramble, ere that they Shall feel to wound their fide : With whirlwind it he'l fnatch away) Both green thorn and the dri'd. io.The juft fhall joy when he fhall fee The vengeance for the good : His feet triumphant wafh fhall he Ev'n in the wicked's blood. 11. And men fhall fay, affuredly Fruit for the juft doth grow : Yea-fure there is a God on high 0 Doth judge on earth below. Sed. III. The Kind, Penman, and Occafion. This Pfalme for Kind is of Mixt Nature : being Re- prehenfory, and Prophetical, in reference to the wick- ed ; and Condolatory in refpeft of the righteous. The fourth Michtam : See Pfal. 16. Sect. 3. Penman of it was David, as the Title fhewes. Occafion of this Pfalme, fome/> think to be Davids coming into the Valley where Saul flept, and taking away his Spear when he might as eafily have taken a- way his Head : Whereupon he challenged Abner as guilty of Death for keeping him no better, and cleares himfelf as being cauflefly purfued by Saul. See 1 Sam. 26. But others q incline rather to Kim- cki, thinking this Pfalme was Penned upon occafion of the unjuft Counfels and Practices of Abner and 0- ther of Saul's Princes, againft David. Whereupon David in this Pfalme endeavours both to convince them of their evil and unjuft dealing, and to comfort himfelf againft the fame. Se&, IV, The Scope, Davids Scope intended in this Pfalme, is; 1. Tart- ly, To convince and reprove King Saul, asalfohis Princes and Counfellours, Abner, Doeg, and other Court-Parafites of their unrighteous words and acti- ons, of their violent dealings and extream wicked- neffe : ("perhaps having refpeft to their cruel mur- dering of Achimelech and 85. Priefts, &c. for Davids fake. J 2. Partly, To implore and foretell their De- ftruftion. 3. Partly, To comfort himfelf and the righteous, upon coniidcration of Gods juftdifpen- fations for the godly,againft their Enemies. f Heb. Ac- cording, to- the likened or e bib. deafc. h Heb. will Hop. i Heb.wtfcd. k Heb. will- llill-walk tothemlelvs 1 Heb. or i lee them be as cut-off. m Heb. the fnayle of rneltmg. n Heb. or j ere-tha: they Hull perceive,' the thorns of the bramble: as well the living thorn, as the 1 bom 0/ burning, he will tempeftu- oufly-whirl- it-away. o Heb. judg- ing. p Rafi, Ut referr, Sim. de Muiiin Arg.Pf.tf q Sim. de Muit Arg, WP/.58. Lll Sect V. 222 P S A L M E. LIX. r Vlin.Nat, nifl.L.B. e.g. ("Touch-' ing thefe charities ufed to Serpents, See Mr. Tho. Wil- cn:ks Ex*if. on Vfal 58. verfe 4, 5. Sett. V. The Analyfis, or Principal Farts. The Title reprefentsto us, r. The Direction of the Pfalme, as to the Mufick of it. 2. The Tune ; Al-tajceth : See Pfal. 57. Seft. 5. 3. The Excellency of the Pfalme; Michtam: SecPfal. 16. Seft. 3. 4. The Penman ; David. The F/"rt//?z it felf,is 1 Reprehenfory, 2 Petitory, and 3 Prophetical. I. Reprehenfory, David convincingly-reprehends King Saw/ and his Courtiers, I. Expostulating with them about their Counfels and Judgments againft himfelf, &c. Whether they were juft, i/er. 1. II. Affirming and pofitively Averting, 1. That their hearts contrive injurious-evils. 2. That their hands weigh cur violence in Earth,inftead of Juftice, ver. 2. III. Aggravating their Wickednefs, (As by an Apoft.ophe or turn of his Speech, to God or godly men. J From 1. The Naturalnefs , Heredirarinefs and long continuance of it, ver. 3. 2. Tne Deadli- nefsor venomou fuels thereof. Compared in that regard, ft J To the hot poyfon of Serpents, intia- mingche partittoucheth. '(2) To the venome of Afpe.., which ("as Pliny r notethj is incurable, unlefs the Members touched therewith be immediately cut off. 3. The incurablenefs of it, by any the wifeft charms, or counfels. The fubtileft Serpents were not fo cunning to prevent charmes /"and Enchant- ments ("by clapping one ear clofe to the ground,and flopping the other ear with their tailes J which might keep them from doing harm: As they were crafty to difappoint all Counfels and endeavours to reform them of their wickednefs, ver. 4, $. II. Petitory, David przyc and Prophetically im- precates divers judgments to his Enemies , and thofe under fundry Metaphorical exprelfions. As, 1. Of Breaking their Teeth, asot Serpents. 2. Of burfting cut their Lion-like tufhes,'uer.5. 3.0/ their diffolving like water, like Snow into water. 4. Of breaking their Arrows, or making them as ftraws, ver. 7._ 5. Of their melting-away like a Snail pricked orbruifed. 6. Of perifhing like the untimely birth of a woman, ver. 8. 7. Of fudden and irrefiftible fnatcl ing away as with a whirlewind thefe fcratch- ing brambles,, both young and old, be their prickles green o,- dry, before they fhall be felt to do harm. This fetms to be the right fence of this intricate paf- fage, ver. p. III. Prophetical, Prfvi^Prophetically fortels what fhall be the iilue of wicked mens Deftruftion, to the Righteous, vi^. 1. They fhall joy at the vengeance. 2. They fhall wafh their feet in the blood of the Wicked. So Triumphing in their utter Deftrufti- on, ver. 10. 3. Their faith in God fhall be confirm- ed, and their praifesof Gods juft Judgements fhall hereby be provoked, ver. 1 1. Pfalm LIX. Sett. I. The Summary Contents, David, I. Prayc s for Gods Protection and deliver- ance from his 1. Wicked, 2. Cruel, 3. Subfile, 4. Combining. 5. Malicious, and d.Caufelels Enemies, verfe 1. to 5. II. Imprecates divers Judgements up- on them ; As , 1. That God would vifit them, flaw- ing them no favour, ver. 5. to 11, 2. that God would not flay them at once, but bring them down by degrees, ver. n. 12. 3. I/tar at laft God would utterly confume them, ver. 13, 14, is. III. Promi- /er^thankfulnefstoGodforhis Alfuflkient Protecti- on, ver. 1 5, 17. Sett. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. To-tht-Mafter-ot-thc-Mufick,* Ahafcheth ; Michtam of David b when Saulfent, and they k\ej>t the Houfe to kill him. I. i.AyfY God, from all mine Enemies 1 V I Do thou quite fet-me-free •• From-thofe-that-up-agaiaft-me-rife On-high-advance-t hou- me. 2. The Workers of iniquity Deliver thou me fro; From c men of bloody-cruelty Do thou me fave alfo. 3-Forlo they for niy SouIIay-wait, The ftrong-ones d do combine Againflme; LORD, not for my fault, Nor any fin of mine. 4. Without my etrefpik, to my grief They /run and do prepare ; Roufe-up-to-meet-me with relief, And fee how vile they are 5. Eu t thou . O God of Ifrael, LORD God of Hoafts alone, Awake to vifit Heathens all ; i Be gracious unto none That faith lefs-aft iniquity. Selah. 6. At Ev'n /; return they do, They like a Dog i do houle and cry. And round the City go, 7. Lo, with their mouth they ^belch, they tear, Swords in their lips abide ; For who C fay they) our words doth hear ? 8. But, LORD, thoul't them deride ; Thou wilt mock at the Heathens all. p. I My ftrength, my confidence, To- thee alone-take-hecd-iy?™// ; For God's mine-high defence. LL 10. The God of my benignity Shall me with good prevent : Tea, God, on thofe-thac me envy, Shall /hew me/;*f intent. 11. Them flay not, left my folk forget: m Them fcatter in thy ftrength, And bring them down much lower yet O Lord our fhield at length. 12. For their mouth's fin, their lips vile word, n Be they caught in their pride : 0 Fcr curfing and for/> lyes abhorred, They told on every fide. 13. Confume in wrath, confume q and they Shall ceafe : and let them know, That God in Jacob rbeareth-fvvay To trends of Earth below. a bib. Cor- rupt nor. bheb. in Saul' j lend- ing. Selah. 14. And c hfb men* cfbloods- d beb. wiU- dranr- toge- ther, e be K iai- quity. f bt7>. will rutine and will pre- pare. gfcABe not gracKMBf toal!£iith- tcflr-work. ing ir-K u;ty h beb. they Will return. i U'h. will make a no tic and Will go round — — . kHcb. bub- ble. «r,wel|. out-hke-a- founcain. 1 beb. his ftrength: vi^ t>avidt ft cn:th: f SectllJ :?4 P S A L M E. LX. n K?>. In hiscnnccnd- ing with ^ram-of- the two- '3 i vers, viz. } ?een b bib. an hard thing, c btb. To thy fearers A bib. or, A dinner, c he b. from rhefacej of certain truth. Selab. n ifleh. hHeb. Moah a Pot of my.walhing 1 H'b- City of munition or, i (forti- fication k Heb. In our Armies. ] Hf&. the falvation of Earthly- man is a lv, »r,vamfalf- hood. m Heb. Dif- rreffers, itrauncrs. SeB. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew* To-the-Mafter-oLt\ieMuhck, upon Shufjan Edute, Michtam of David, for -to- Teacb. a When be fougbt with Aram of Mefopotamia , and with Aram of Zobah: and Joab returned and [mote of Edom in the Valley of Salt twelve ' thonfand. i.r\ God, far-oflf-thou-haft-us-caft. \_) Haft broken us with pain : Tea, thou extreamly angry waft. To us return again. 2. Thou mad'ft the i/fry land to quake, Afunder-didft-it-tear : 0 heal her breaches thou didft make, For it Jlill fhakes for fear. §. Thou to the People that are thine Didft ftiew b a grievous-thing : Thou-didft-give-them-to-drink the wine Of-honour-ftonifhing. 4. c To thofe that fear xhtepioufly Thou gav'ft d a flag of aid '1 e Becaufe of certain-verity To-be-on-high-difplaid. 5. That thy beloved out of band Delivered may be : Do thou now fave with thy right hand, And do thou anfwer me. 6. God /by his holyneffe once fpake ; I-will-exult with pleafure, 1 Ssechcm will divide andtake, And Saccor/jWalley meafure. 7. Be £ mine fhall fruitful Gilead, And mine-Manaffes ever : And Ephraim ftrength of mine head, And Judith my Law-giver, 8. /; for wafh-pot Moab frail be mine, I will-caft-out my fhoe Ev"n over Edom : Paleftine, Shout over me do thou. 9. Into the /City fortifi'd Who will me lead-along / Or who will me conduct and guide, To Edom nowfo (irong ? 10. Is it not thou O Mighty-God that didft-us-caft-away : And wouldeft not go forth, O God, £jn Hoafts-we did aray. 1 1. 0 give us fuccour from diftreffe : For / vain man's help U known. 1 2. In God we fhall do valiantneffe : Our m foes he fhall tread-down. Sect. III. The Kind, Venman, and Occafwn. &c. This Pfalme for Kind is, A Prayer Michtam, or Jewel- PfJme. Sec Pfal, * n ft. .., ■.!,„ t:.i. Tlie fifth 6. Sect. 3. Penmanofh, as the Title declares, wa% David. The Occafion of Davids writing this Pfalme, was, A double warrc, or war-like Expedition which David had againft two forts of Enemies, Syrians and Edomitcs, Joab commanding in chief ; Title. I. With the Syr'tdhs ; When he fought with Aram cf Me- fopotamia, andwith Aram oj Zobah. Aram, i. e. A- ramites or Syrians, The Pofterity of Aram Son of Shem, &c. Gen. 10. 22. Mefopotamia, fo called ia Greek, becaufe'it lyeth in the Midtt betwixt two Ri- vers, Tygris and Euphrates : In Hebrew, Kaharuur.i, that is, Of two Rivers. Though David reigned not beyond Euphrates, yet he is faid to fight with Aram of Mefopotamia, becaufe the Syrians on this fide the River, had hired them of Mejopotamia. be- yond the River to alfift them, 1 Chro.i. 19. 6. Now David fought twice with the Syrians, 1. At the Gate of Medeba, the Syrians aflifting the Ammonites who had fhamefully abufed Davids Servants, who came courteoufty to comfort Hanun King of Amman touch- ing his Father's Death, 2 Sam. 10. 1. to 7. 1 Chron. 19. 1. to 8. See Jofli. 13. i5. 2. At Helam a Town beyond Jordan, 2 Sam. 10. 16, 17, (jVc 1 Chron. 19. 16. ifcrc. the Syrians being enraged, that David had. formerly conquered them. . Thus David fought with the Syrians. ■ II. With the Edomhes; who r whileft David was warring againft the Syrians in the Eaft3 feem to have invaded Davids Kingdom on the South : But Joab returning from his Yiftory over the Syrians, fell upon thofe Edomhes and fubdu- ed them. This Expedition is defcribed, i- By the time, when; vi^. When Joab returned fiom the Syri- ans. 2. By the place, where ; In the Valley oi Salt. See 2 Kings 14. 7. Gen. 14. 3. 3. By the number of the flain, Twelve thonfand. All this See in the Title. Ob'jelt. But in the Hiftory it is faid, They wereeigh- teenthoufand, and that Davidflew them, 2 Sam. 8. 13. 1 Chrcn. 18. 12. I Anfwer; 1. As Joab when he fought both againft Syrians and Ammonites divid- ed his Army, and committed one part to the com- mand of his brother Abifliai, himfelf commanding the other, 2 Sam. 10. 9. (fyc. z chron. 19. 10. <£ruard In fecret of thy wings alway. Stlah. 5. For thou my vows haft heard, O God : to them thit fear thy Name Thou gav'ft an Heritage. 6. Daves to the Kings dayes thou fhalt add : His years e as age and age. 7-HefhaIJro perpetuity Before God's /face abide : Benignity and verity, Which him may keep, provide. 8. So to thy name I Pfalme will fing Unto perpetual ay : That I may be furrendering My vows JM day by day. Sett, III. The Kind, Penman, and Oc- casion, This Pfalme for the Kindolit, is, A Prayer. Pen- man of'it, as the Title fhewes, was David. Time gSim.de and Occafom of his Penning of it, is not expreffed, Muisin nor evidently deducible from the Title or Pfalme it Arg. ad felf. Hence fuch variety of Opinions thereupon. Pf. 6\. Ex gSome think David penned it, when he tied as an Kimchi. exile, from King Sauls cruelty, h Others, That hjoan. probably David wrote it when by AbfAom's Infur- Calv. Hen.' rectionhe was forced to fly to the ends & confines of Moller. G. the Land for fafety, 2 Sam. 17.27. iflneisofOpi- Amefiusin nion, That Pfal. 60. 61. 62. 20. and 21. were Pen- Com ad tied near about the fame time. vi^. Pfal.61. when he Pf. 61. underrook an Expedition againft forreign Ene- iJo.Foord mies, 2 Saw. 8.3. \Chron. 18.3. Afterwards Pf. inExpof. 62, declaring his faith in God. Then Pfal. 20. thac Pf. ex. M m m the 226 P S A L M E. LXIL V Hen. M Her. in Pi J. 61. the Levites might ufe it at home, while he was a- broadatWar. Laftly, being Conqueror, he wrote Pfal. 2i. giving the LORD thanks therein for his victory. thatthhPf.6i. was penned inhisExpe- dkion againft forreign Enemies, lie gathers, i. Be- caufe, he faith j From the end of the Land to thee do I call, 8cc.v. 2. that is, At Damafcia, Zobab, orthe place where Solomon built tadmor afterwards, i.King. 5>. 18. 2Chron.S. \6. 2. Becaufe, He prayes God to give inheritance to them that fear him, v. 5. viz. Be- sides Canaan (which Jofouah had divided to them by Lot) to extend his Dominion from Euphrates to Nilui, as he had promifed 2 S<*ra. 7. 10. 3. Becaufe he begs that his Kingdome may be perpetual as God had promifed, 2 Sam. 7.16. thm he. But none of thefe Reafons tome feem cogent or fufficient to prove the thing intended. And the words in v. 5. according to the Hebrew, are -, thou haft given inhe- ritance which are an acknowledgement of mtrcy Received, not a Petitioning for Mercy wanted. So that I fee not caufe enough to recede from the common received Opinion, that this Pfalme was oc- cafionedby Abfalom's Rebellion ,&c. Se&.IV. The Scope. David's Scope herein, is; 1. To implore Gods Protection, fuccour and fupport in his great ftraits andExtremiriesby reafon of his Enemies : 2. And to £ Profefs hi Hope of the Perpetuity of his King- dome, efpecially in Chrift, ofwhofe Kingdom Da- vidwasAType. •< Sett. V. The Analyfis^ or Triticeal Tarts. The title fets forth 1. The Direction of it, as to theMufick. 2. The kind of Inftrument wherewith it was to be tuned, vi^. On Neginoth, that is, A (hinged Inftrument. 3. The Penman of it •, David. The Pfalme itfelfh Davids earneft Prayer,where- in note three things, vi^. I. the Preface : Wherein he begs Audience again and again to his fervent Prayer and fhouiing-cry, v. 1. II. T&e Propofalofhis mainrequeft, viz. For Divine guidance unto fuffici- ent Protection and Support; Lead thou me to the Rock_that is higher than I. III. the urging andpreffing of thk hit renueft by many vehement and pathetick Arguments. As, 1. From the Extremitie of hispre- fentPrefiures, He being, fjf) In his heart fainting, or overwhelmed. ( 2) At the end of the Land, driven far from his own Habitation. 2. From his devout Re- folution norwichftanding to cry unto God in thefe his Extremities, v. 2. 3. From his Experience of Gods former defence of him againft his Enemies,-^. 4. From his affiance and hope for fafety under Gods Protection. Arifing, (Y) Partly, From Gods hear- ing his vows. (23 Partly, From Gods giving In- heritance to them that fear him, v. 4, 5. 5. From hisconfidence that God will prolong his dayes, and perpetuate his Kingdom (^which is efpecially fulfil- led in C/jn'/rand his Kingdome, whereof David and his were but Types, Imi^i 32,33.^ in mercy and verity, v. 6,7. This is Amplified, By a double ef- fect, hence refulting, vi^. fij Hisconflantpraifes of God. (2 J His dayly paying his vows unto God, ver. 8. Pfalm LXIL Sett. I. The Summary Contents. David, I. Profeffetb his confidence" in God,againfl all his Enemies and afflictions, v. 1, 2. II. Sharply Reproves his Enemies oppofitions againft him, v. 3,4. III. Encourages, 1. Himfelf, unto filent confidence in God alone, v. $.to 8. 2. His people, unto like con- stant confidence in, and Prayer unto God, efpeci- ally in (traits, after his Example, verfe 8. to the end. Sett. II. The Verfton out of the Hebrew. To-the-Ma&er-ot-the-Muficki over Jedu- thnn^ A Pfalme of 'David. i.X7"Etunto God my Soul a (till wait, 1 b Mine Health from him is proved 2. Sure He's my Rock,c my health, my Tower j I fliall not much be mov'd. 3. Againft a man how long will ye Ufemifchief/ ye fliall all Be flain : As pufli'd feaccyefhallbe, Or as a bowed Wall. 4. Sure, Him from his high-dignity They rfplot to thruft away, They do take pleafure in a lye : Blefs with their mouch do they, But in their inwards curfe they do. $. My Soul, yet e God wait on ; Becaufe from him alone doth flow Mine expectation. Selah. * heb. or ' |S ftill.isfilenc keeps ft- Ience is dumb. b beb. or; tn» Salvation, c Hrb. and my Salva- tion j mine high-muni- tion. d Heb. con- fute to thruft- To man thou wile repay. Selah. (beb. tr ; my- fafc- hope. £ Heb. hit faces . h bib. our Refuge. ort out-fafe- hope. iHeb.vani- kbcb In bilances to alcend, or; mount-up. 1 beh abun- dantly bud, or; increafc m heb. fee not the heart n heb. ac- cording to hii wotk. $ca. in. P S A L M E. LXIII. 227 o Sim. de Mukin Arg. Pfal. 62. yJo.Foo*d in Expof. Pfal. 62. Tempu s. SeU. III. The Kind) Penman^ and Occafion. This Pfalme for Kind is chiefly Dittrinal, but with fome intermixture of Reprehenfion and Exhor- tation. Being a fvveet Bundle of pious Meditations, touching confidence in God alone, in troubles and temptations, and not in any worldly perfon or thing, which are meer lies and vanities. Penman of it, as the Title declares, was David. Occafion of his Pen- ning it, was fome great diftrefie David was in, toge- ther with fome fad temptations thereabouts, entic- ing him to diffidence in God, and confidence in the creature: Over which David prevailing, profeffeth his confidence ftill in God, counting all creature- fupports vanity. Some think Davids flraits by rea- fon of Saul's perfections, or Abfalomi's Infurrecti- ons, are here intended 0: But that'j uncertain. One thinks David, being perfwaded that his Prayers in Pf 6 1. were heard, here profeffeth his confidence, &C.J). Sett. IV. The Scope. Davids Scope herein intended, is; i.Toftreng- then his confidence in God alone, and not in any creature,againft all troubles and temptations: 2. And by his own Example to inftruct Gods people how to place their confidence in God alone, and not in any created flay, in deepeft diftrefles and temptations thence arifing. Sed. V, The Analysis , or Trine ip a I Parts. The title fets forth,i. The Direction of the Pfalme as to theMufickofit. 2. The Denomination of it ; A Pfalme. 3. The Penman ; David. The Pfalme it felf, being chiefly Doctrinal, is 1. Narratory, 2. Reprehenfory, 3. Hortatory. I. Narratory. Wherein Dd weary with out wa/ers. d Heb and thy glory e Heb. in my lives, I Will blels thee. f Heb. my- palmes. g heb.fitneCs h btb. A perfect -a id to mc. The Heb. xvord nmty bath the tafl tetter empba tical'y re- dundant, which in- creafcth the ftl>iifi<:atioK 1 Heb. hath cleaved after thee. kHcb.They ihall make him runne- out by th e hands ofthe fword. viz. either f^. Saul, »r, every one of Davids enemies. 1 Heb. But the King— Sc-a. in. ^ 228 V S A L M E. LXIV. m Jo. Calvin Argum. Pfal, 63 tn nAsri. Ainfw. in Annor. on Pf. 63. Tit Hen. Moller.im Com. ad Pf. c^.Tit, o Jo.Calv. in Com. ad Pf. 63. Tic. Vid. Molleruin & Ainf- worth there alfo. Sim.de Muis in Arg. Pf. 63. pVt Fran Jun. in Annor. ad Pf. 63. Tic. Jo. Foord inExpof. Pf. 63. Tempus. Setf. III. The Kinde, Penman, and Occafton.&c. This Pfalm for Kinde of ic, is commonly account- ed by Incerprete rs to be, A Prayer, Calvin m chinks it contains, noc fo much a Prayer, as pious Medita- tions propounded by the Pialmift for his own Confo- Iation in midft of c roubles, anxieties and dangers. But both may well ftand togecher here: And no good Prayer is without Medicacion. Thefe holy Meditations in this Prayer do lively poinc-ouc unco us die genuine difpofition of a child of God, when exiled from Gods publique Ordinances, (as David was by King Sauls fierce Perfecudons-,)How fervently his Soul thirds and longs for rhofe Ordinances and fweet foul-fatisfying Communion with God therein. Penman of chis Pfalm, as che Tide declares, was David. Occafion , was David's banifhmenc from Gods publique Ordinances in che Sanctuary, and from heavenly Communion wich God cherein, through King Sauls cruel Perfecucions, forcing him toliy and hide himfelf in the Wildernefs of Judab. That if, Either in che Forreft oiHareth n, in Judab, 1 Sam. 22. 5. Or rather, as CV/wi and ochers chink, in che wildernefTe of Zipbo, 1 Sam. 23, 14, 15. which alfo was in the Land ofjudah, or in che flrong holds ac Engedi, in the Wildernefs there p- 1 Sam. 23,29.4^24. i,, L That God was his God, This the primary foun- dation of his comfort, ver. I. II. that; his Defires after his God, in the Day- time, wercmofr ardent and inrenfively vehement. Thefe his Defires he divers ways illuftrares very em- phacically; 1. Byhifearly feeking after God. 2. By hisvehement breathings after God, Metaphorically reprefentcd ; (\) Partly, by tbirji: which is more intolerable than hunger. (2~) Partly, by ardent longing : which fometimes, if not fatified, caufeth death. Both of them being aggravated by the cir- nimftancc of place wherein he \\zv,Aland of drought ■> and weary without waters s very grievous to an hun- ting andrhirfting Eody.But his parching and pinch- ing wants of God in his Ordinances,were much more intollerable co his foal, ver. r. 3. By the end of thefe his defires and breathings 5 vi^. his enjoyment of wonted communion with God in his Ordinances, as in former cimes. Hiifirength, having refpeft co the Ark of Gods Covenant, See Pfal. 132. 8. and 78. 61. and 105. 4. 2Cbron.l6. 11. iChron. 6.41. which was an eminent Symboleof Gods Strength lor his people. His Glory alfo intending the Atk, a Sym- boleof his Glory,i Sam.4 2i,22.Pfal.25.8.and'j8,6i. & 105. 4. Rom. 9. 4. To fee thy Slrengtb, fcc. ver. 2. 4. By the holy fruits or effects of thefe his Defires. to- wards God and his glory, vi^.(\J Celebrating God for his loving-kindnefTe or mercy, better than his very life, ver. 3. ( 2 J Blefling him and lifting up his hands in his Name, whileft hefhouldlive, ver. 4. C~3 J Being fatisfied as with marrow and fatneife in. God, even unto fhouting-joy in him, ver, 5. III. That, his Thoughts and Affections were in- tent upon God in che night-feafon alfo. And that, 1. Becaufe God was his Perfect Aid and Protection, ver. 6,7. 2. Becaufe his foul, through the fuften- tation of Gods right hand, did clofely-cleave unto (?od,orpurfue after him, ver. 8. IV. That, his Enemies who fought his ruine mould be deftroyed, and that by the fword : fo becoming a prey co che very wild-beaft, ver. 9, 10. V. That, Himfelf aclaftlhould joyfully be ad van- to the Throne as King, nocwithftanding all incerpo- flng croubles. So that, 1. The good mould triumph and giory. 2. The Bad mould be confounded, there- upon, ver. 1 1. Pfalm LXIV. Setf. X. The Summary Contents, David in his Prayer, I. Petitionetb for, Audience and Prefervation of his life from his enemies, they being moft bitter, malicious, obdurate, and fubtile, in their Words, Practices,and Devices againft him, ver. i.ro7. H. Profeffetb his confidence in Gods Protection thus prayed , Prophetically foretelling his enemies destruction, ver. 7. to the end. Secf. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew. To-the-AIafter-of-the-Mutick, A Pfalm of David. ■M Y voice do thou attentive hear, OGod. a when-I-do-pray : My life do thou preferve from fear, Of Foe that would me flay. 2. From b fecrec of malignant/??/ O hide-me-covcrtlv : From rage-mmulcuoiis c of thole Thac work iniquity. 3. Who whetted have their fpightful tongue Like l^eeneft cutting Sword : Havet/bent their Arrow flunp and ft) ongy A very bitter word. 4. In a Htb. to rny com- plaint, er ; complain- ing P arer- b ti or j intended. P S A L M E LXV. 229 e Heb. or ; word. Thing bufinefs Ike. fHeb.Thcy- fimili a fear ched Search Or. we are- confumed by their fear- chedfeatch. Or; earthly man hHcb. p'0 vcrly . fliall- betake him ft If- for flicker- as- chickens- under 'Vie- wing-of.che Hen i Htb. All the upright of Heart. kSfc fenriunt etiam Hen MoUe^m in Arg. Pfal. 64. Joan. Foard in Expqjit. Pf. c54. TempM. Sim. de Muffin Arg. pfd. 64. 4. In fecret-places-for-to-fhoo: Againft the perfect here : At him they fuddenly will fhoot, And yet they will not fear. 5. Tea in e a Matter •wry ill Themfelves confirm-do-they .- Cfhiding/ecrrrfnarcsthey tell, Who fliall them fee ; they fay. 6.j A fearch exact accomplifh-they, They-fearch-out injuries : The inward-thought of every-man And heart if deep likewife. 7. But with an Arrow menileft Our God fhall fiioot at thofe, With unexpefted-fuddennefs Shall he their deadly blows. 8. And tbm upon themfebes to fall They their own tongue fhall make : Whoever them beholds, they fhall Therafelves-to- flight-betake. 9. All g men likewife fliall fear thereby And fhall God's work declare : And fhall confide r-prudently His Deed exceeding rare. 10. The juft fhall in the LORD rejoyce, And h truft in him he fhall : And glory fhall with gladfame voice i the upright-hearted all. Sett. III. the Krnde, Penman, and Occasion. This Pfalm as to the Kind of it, is A Praper, A Pe- titory-corhplaint, or Complaining-Pfayer. Penman of it, as rhe Tide declares, was David. Occafionof Davids penning this Prayer, was Pro- bably King Sauls violent and bitter perfecution of Davidby deep and fubtile Counfels, cruel words, flanders, and reproaches, and injurious-practifes; As appears by the Current of the whole Pfalm £. But whether this Pfalm was Penned towards the Be- ginning, Middle-, or Period of Sauls hunting after David, is not fo eafie to be determined. Sett. IV. the Scope. Davids Intended Scope herein, is ; To implore the LORD'S Prefervation and Protection of him and his life, againft the many fubtile and cruel Perfec- tions of King Saul , and his Confederates. See verfe 1, 2, 3. Sett. V. the Analyfis, or Principal Parts. 1. The Direction of this Pfalm 2. The Denomination of it; The Title contains as to the Mufick of it. A Pfalm. 3. The Penman of it ; David, The Pfalm itfelf being a Prayer, contains, 1. Da- vids Petitions. 2. Davids Profelfion. I. Davids Petitions. Here David, I. Propoundeth his requefts to God : befeeching him, I. To grant him audience. 2. To preferve his life from fear of his enemies, vi^. King Saul verfe. 1. 3. To hide him from the fecret plots, and open tumultuous- rage of Malignants and workers of iniquity, ver. 2. II. Vrgeth his requefts by divers Arguments, drawn from the virulency of his Perfections, and extream vilenefsof his Persecutors. As, 1. From the bfrcer- nefs of their words, wounding like S.vords and Ar- rows,^. 2,^57: the Secrecy ,Suddcunefs,Fearlefs- nefs, and Caufelefsncfs of their malicious Practices againft David,v.$.-}.From their Obduration 8c bold- nefs in evilCounfels,prefuming none fhall fee them in their fecret hiding of Snares for him, ver. 5. 4. From their exquifite induftrious fearch with all deep fub- tile Devifes how to work David mifchicf. Infomuch that Davidhurfts out into an Exclamation or Admi- ration at the depth of their fubtile hearts ,&.c.v.6. II. Davids Profeffion, He profcfleth his hope and confidence in Gods Protection. &c. thus Prayed for whileft he Prophetically foretelleth his Foes De- ftruftion by the Arrows of God. They fhot at David: But God will Ihoot at them. This their Deftruction is fet forth, 1. By the fuddennefs of it, ver. 7. 2. By the Inftrumental means procuring it : vi^. their own Tongue. 3. By the Effects which this their judge- ment fhall have upon beholders, vi^. fij Flight. C2J Fear. ClJ Declaring Gods Work. Q^JCon- ridering-wifely his deed, ver. 8, 9- 4. By the i..ues or events of this judgement unto the righteous, vi^i) Their reioycing in the Lord.f^J Their flying to him for fafe fhelter, &c. Ci) Their glorying, ver.io. PfalmeLXV. Sett. I. the Summary Contents, Davii, when the Land had obtained 3 refrefhing Rain afrcr a great Drought, and other mercies. I. Profeffcth thankfulnefs, to God, v.1,2. II. Expreffeth the grounds of his thankfulnefs, vi%. I.Gods reconci- ling & receiving again both David and Ifraelimo fa- vour, notwithflanding their fins that had provoked him, ver. 3, 4, 5. 2. God's eftablifliing the King- dom in tranquillity, lately difturbed by their iniqui- ties, ver. (5,7,8. 3. Gods giving them a fruitful Rain after Drought, and Plenty after Scarcky,i>er.o. to the end. Seft. II. the Verfion out of the Hebrew. To-the-Afafier-pf-the-Mnftcky A Pfalm, A Song of David. 1. rfT)Raife filently for thee hathjlaid, X O God , in Sion dear ; And Vow fhall unto thee be paid. 2. b Thou that doft Prayer hear ; All flefh ev'n-unto-theec fhall-come. 3. Words of iniquities Prevail'd againft me : Thou wilt cover Our rftrefpaffe/rom thine eyes. 4. e Hee's bIeft,thou chufeft and tak'ft neer j He in thy Courts /fhall bide ; g Wirh thine Houfe, Holy Temple's good, Wee fhall befatisfied.' 5. O h our Health's God, Thou'ft anfwerdft us Dread-things/ in righteous-plea : The Hope of Earth's wide confines all, And l> thofe-farre-off by Sea. a fee*. To the the filence of praife.ar; for tbee praife fyep- eth filence. b heb. Hear, ing Prayer. 0r;O tbm hearing Prayer, c heb, they flull-come. A^cb. tref- paffes. c heb. Thf blefledneiTes of him thou wiltchufe and wilc- make-come neere. (heb. flia.il dwell, g heb. with the good of thine Houfe of thy holy Temple h heb. God of ojr Salvation, i heb. in rghceoufnefs. k htb, of-thofe, &c. N n n 6. Hills 230 P S A L M E. LXV. 1 beb. or j eumulr. in heb. or ; tvhen-thou- haft made- it-defire tain Or , and giv eft- it tliede. fire ihetetf. n beb. thou dolt inebri. ate. obeb or, turrowes. p heb. thou blcffelt the bud of it. q Heb. And thy paths drop Utncfs xFran. Jan. in Annot.ad Pf.6$.i. Joan. Poor din Expof. Pf. 75. Tern- pus Sim. de Muis in Arg. ad Pf.65. {Jo. Foord in Expof. Pfal.6$. Tempus tAb.E^ra Et port turn Sim. de Muis in Arg. ad yj. 6$. 6. Hills by liis might eftablifhing ; Begirt with fortitude. 7. Sea's tioife, their waves noife quieting, And Peoples / multitude. 8. And they that dwell in utmoft-parts Are for thy fignes afraid: Out-goings of the Morn and Ev'n To-triumph-thou-haft-made. II. 9. Thou vifiteft the parched land, m And doft it moiften much ; Abundantly on every hand Thou doft the fame enrich, With God's refreshing Rivulet Brim-full of waters clear: When thus thou haft prepared it Their Bread thou doft prepare. 10. It's Ridges n fully-foakeft-thou, It'so Clods thou fetleft : With fhowres thou melted: it below, p It's Bud by thee is bleft, 1 1. Thou with thy goodnefs crown'ft the year q Thy Paths drop fat on Earth. 12. They drop on Deferts Paftures fore : And Hills are girt with mirth. 13. With fheep the Pafture-fields are clad, And V&lkysflourifliing With Corn are richly covered : They fhout, yea they do fing. Setf. III. The Kind, Penman, and Occafion of this Vfalme. This for Kind, is a Praifing or thanksgiving P faint ; As the Matter declares, v. 1. me t think it was written in all the peo- ples words, and publickly fung before the Ark then in the Tower of David in Mount Sion, for celebrat- ing this great benefit of God to Ifrael. That which isadded ro the Tittle by the Vulvar Latin Vcrfinn o- ver and above what is in the Hebrew ( viz. A Song of Jer< mfah dtid Ezekiel to the people of_ T> a nf migration, when they bt^an to go out, J isSpurious: Bcingnot (>iilv rtp'tynant to the Hebrew Original, and the (i> fi'^Vethon of the l.XXIIanA other Ancient Ver- tons, but alio to the truth it ft If. Seft. IF. The Scope. The Scope intended in this Pfalme. is ; In the name ofDavid ('nowin/lr/THnd/i.f Threfhing-floore J and of the Church, v. 1. thankfully to profeffe and de- clare, 1. That publick Praife waited for God in Sion, when there fhould be opportunity of performance; 2. That there the Vow fliould be performed to him, which was made when Jerufalem was now in danger ofbeingfmittenby the Angel with the Peftilence; 3. And that all flefli fliould come to him that he aretb Prayer, in his Houfe of Prayer, whenitfhculd bee- refted in the place which God had now appointed for it. And all this, Becaufe ; The LORD Was now Reconciled to David and to the People : HadReftor- eiand Eftablifhed the publick ftateof the Common- wealth, lately difturbed by fin : And Hadcomforta- bly changed their drought and famine into abundance of plenty, Se&. V. The Analysis, or Trincipal Tarts. The Title declares, 1. The Direction of this Pfame in regard oftheMufick ofir. 2. The Denomination of it ; A Pfalme, A Song. 3. The Penman of it j David. The Pfalme it felf contains, x.A Profeffion ofThanl^ fulnefs to God. 2. The grounds thereof. I. A Profeffion of Tban\fulnefs to God. David) Though the LORD had anfwered himinthethrefh- ing-floorof Oman the Jebufite; yet was fo afraid becaufe of the f word of the Angel of the LORD, that he could not at that prefent go, either to the Ark of the LORD, in Mmnt-Sion 2 Sam. 6. 17. or to the Altar of Eurnt-offeringorTabernacle,then both of them at Gibecn, i. chro. 21.28,29,30, 2 Chron. 1.3. Buc hee, being at the threfhing-lloor of Oman, Profcfled; 1. That, Praife was due to God from, and in Siont afloon as he durft go thither, &c. Praife filently waited for God in Sion. 2. That, theVow(\v.ic\t when the Peftilence prevailed, and now Jerufalem was endangered ) fliould be performed to God before the Ark, ver. 1. 3. That, All flefli ( not only the Jews, but all the Gentiles afar when God fliould call, Afts 2-.39- J fliould come to him that heares Prayer, to wor- fhip God in his Houfe of Prayer, Ifa. $6. 7. Mark.it. 17. for which Houfe God had now pointed out the place to David, ver. 2. ILThe Grounds or Reafons of this Profeffion ofjli.inl^ fulnejfe a redrawn from the LORD'S great mercies, exprcfied towards David unci Ifrael in times of nc- eelrity and grear diftrefs, vi^. Thefe three mercies. I. Gods Reconciling and receiving again to favour, both David and l(rie\, notwitbftanding their finnes that had provoked him. Here, 1. David confefieth his fins. Words of iniquities, f i. e. Things or Matters of ini- quities, as the Hebrew phrafe often imports J have prevailed again)} mee. What were thefe ? Anf.v. Partly, His neglcift of doing Juftice on Sauls bloody houfe for flaying the Gibeonites contrary xolfraelt Covenant with them, 2 Sam.2\.\,fyc with Jofli. 9. 3, i5, 17. Partly, his numbring the people, 2 Sam. 24. For both which offences of David, the people were alfo Punifhed, as being in fome fenfe Partners therein, 2 Sam. 24,1. 1. Chron. 21. 1. 2. David declares Gods Reconcilement to himfelf, and to the People, which God teflified, fij ft Remit- ting, or covering their TrefpaiTes or Prevarications, ver. 3. C 2 J In Preferring them fo from Famine and Peftilence, that they had the happinefs-to bechofen and brought near unto God to dwell in his Courts, and to kfamfied with the fpirituall rcfrefhmenrs of hij holy Temple Thus they had fvvcet Communi- on with God :n li's Ordinances, vcrfe 4. (■$ J In An- j wet ing P S A L M E. LXVI. 231 fwering them terrible things in righteoufneife, vi^. Such as thefe. that Juftice was not inflicted on Saul's bloody houfe, which occafioned the three years famine, 2 Sam. 21,1,2,5. <&:. that three fuch fad Judgements Famine, Sword and Peftilence were propofed to Davids choice, 2 Sam. 24. that in Ornans threfhing-floore the deftroying Angel ap- peared fo terribly to him. Thefe were terrible An- swers from God, yet all in Righteoufnejfe. This is Amplyfied by certain fuitable Epithets given unto God, vi\. The Godof their Salvation, the H^e of all farre and near, by Land or Sea, v. 5. ll.Godcom- pfmgi quieting andeltabliffmg intranquillitv the Com- mon-wealth diflurbed by their finnes. This is laid down in metaphorical expreffions, alluding to the works of theCreation,w^'.i.His fiabliflnng the Mountains by hit Power,v.(5.That is, Ding the out-goings of Morn- ing and Evening to re)oyce. That is; Either-, Man's going forth in the Morning to his labour, and wilde- beafts going forth in the Evening to their prey, Pf. 104, 20, 2i,i&Y. All which reioyce in the Reftau- ration of the Land. Or ; from Sun-rifing to Sun- fetting, from Eafi to Wsft the whole Kingdom of David is made to rejoyce through Gods favour rher- unto. All thefe are amplified by the eff.-ft of fear in all the inhabitants round about, at theft- tokens of Gods favour to Ifrael, v. 8. TIT Gods fending fruitful Rain after drought, andfo changing the fad three years Famineinto abundance of plenty. And this is elegant- defcribed by De g rees, v i z. God d id , 1 . Prepa r e the Land for receiving of Seed, by fending a plentiful Rain upon the Earth, v. 9. 2.Moiften, fofren and fettle the clods and furrowes, fo as to clofe with the Seed, when it was now fowen, chat it might bud and fpn'ng, v. 10. 3. Refrefh the corn with the latter Rain, crowning the yea*- ' ich hi; Goodnefs %c. v.ir. 4. Beftow a fweer fruit of .1!! his feafonable rain. both on the ?aflures and Hills, flojirifhing with grafs, fo that they were clad with flocks ; And on the Valleys, fo that they are covered »>,*.. corn. Whereupon they are faid to (liout andfing, through fruitfulneffe, as formerly they Teemed to mourn through barrennefs Metaph. Vrofopop.v. 12, 1 3. Pfalm LXVI. SeU. I. The Summary Contents, the Pfalmijt moft vehemently praifeth God, in- citing others alfo to glorifie him, v. 1. to 5. I. For his terrible works in bringing Ifrael out of Egypt tho- row the Red-Sea and Jordan, v. $, 6, 7. " II For Gods preferving of Ifrael in many deep diftreffes, and at laft bringing them into a vvell-vvatred and wealthy place, v. 8. to 1 5. III. For Gods hearing and helping the Pialmift ia his great trouble and diftreffe v. 13. to the end. Sett. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. To-thc-AfaJler~o( the Mufick, A Song, A Pfdme. I. 1. f~\ All the Earth fliout ye to God. V^/ 2. Ye his Name's Glory fuig : O put ye Glory to his laud. 3. Say ye to God this thing ; How dreadful in thy works art thou ! Through a greatneffe of thy ftrength To thee b ftoop-feynedly and bow Shall alithy foes at length. 4. All Earth c fhall bow and fing to thee : Shall to thy name Sing-praile. 5. Come and God's operations fee : ffe in his Acts and w ayes To Sons of Adam dreadful was. 6. He turn'd Sea to Land-dry They through the flood on foot did pafs: There did we in him joy. 7. His eyes look on the Nations, Ay by his migh' dhe fwayes : Themfelves let noi i tbellious ones Exalt or proudly raife, II. 8. O people blefs ye and applaud Our God with high regard. •' Likewife the voice of all his Laud Do-ye-caufe-to-be-heard. 9. e That puts our fainting Soul in life : Nor gave our foot to Aide. 10. For thou O God prov'dft v&mth grief: Try'dft us as Silver's try'd. 1 1. Into the tangling net alio thus thou/ haft us convay'd .• g A.preffure-of- ftrait-wringing-wo Thou on our loynes haft laid. 1 2. Thou h men haft-canf'd-to-ride i upon Our head, to our difgrace ; Through Fire and Waters have we gon •• Yet to £ a fruitful-place At length abroad-thou-didft-us bring. 13. Pie come into thine houle yihh excellent I Burnt-offerings : To thee Tie pay my vowes. 14. Which my lips opening did-expreffe 5 And which my mouth then fpake, m When-as on me was fore-diftrefs } 15. To thee afcend-I'Ie-make n Burnt-offerings of Marrow'd-things, With Rams perfuming-fmell : 0 Beeves will-I-make-my offerings With He- goats that excel. III. 16.0 come, O hear ye, every one That God ftncerely fear : And for my Soul what he hath done x I will toyou declare. Selah. a Heb. 9r ', multitude. l> btb. Quite Iy-»r,falfly- dcnj-tbatii feignedly- fubmi: c Htb. ihaU bow- them- felves. d heb. Rule- ing. SeUh. t htb. Put- ting out, See (Htb.bztt brought hi. g Htb.btvt nefs. A ftraicning wringing affliSion hfftb. for'-j- man. i Heb. or, over k Heb. A watred land I htb. afcen- fions. m Htb. in difttefs to me. n heb. alcen- Con5. o Heb. Aa Selah. oxe. »7? T« 2^2 P S A L M E. LXVI. f Ab. try a t Sim. de Muii in Arg.adYf. 66. 17. To him that U my Succour flrong I with my mouth did cry : Likewife he with my thankful tongue Exalted-was- on-high. p bib. vain 18. p Vain-fin if in my heart I fee .• iniquity. The Lord would not '-!$.«£ heard. 19. But God hath heard *Jm well did he My Prayers voice regard. \ 20. 0 let God ever bleffed be : Who hath not out of mind q Heb. or ; „ Rernov'd my Prayer, r nor from me ™Hci "n?y Withdrawn his mercy kind. Se&. III. The KindeJPenman> and Occafion &c. This for Kind, is gratulatory, thankfgiving, or Praifing Pfalm. Penman of it is not expreffed in the Title. Some are of opinion it was not penned by Da- vid, 1. Prfrr/y, becaufe its penned in phrafes plurahSo Exyaf. 2. Partly, becaufe the Titles of Pfalmes before and after it exprefs Davids Name, but the Ti- tle of this Pfalme expreffes it not ; So Sim. de Muif t. But neirher of thefe Reafons are cogent. Not the for- mer; becaufe fometimes Davids Pfalmes are in phrafe of the plural number, as Yfal. 78. and all the latter part of the Pfalme from v. 13. to the end fj which feems ro have given the particular Occafion of writing this Pfalme J is laid down in phrafes of the •fingular number. Nor the latter; For, fometimes Pfalmes penned by D^vi^ftand together, in fomeof which Davids name is not expreffed as in the other. For, David Penned the Second Vfalme, Aft. 4. 25. wherein his name is not inferted or prefixed in any Title, as it \s\nVfal. 3. and 4. &c. immediately fol- lowing, which were alfo penned by him. And Pf. 67. next following, hath not Davids name expref- fed. Others u therefore more probably conclude from the matter of the Pfalme, v. 13.ro the end. That Davidyenned this Pfalme upon fome eminent deli- verance vouchfafed him out of fome great diftrefs. Oc c afion of this Pfalme is not particularly fignifiedto us here. Hence learned men have various Appre- henfions -, Some x, That it was penned after the Jewes retirfnout of Babylon, and upon that Occafion: becaufe this great deliverance is moft fuitable to that from Red-Sea and Jordan, v. 5. and feems tobede- fcribedinv. 10, 11, 12. Some, That it was written by David rather, and propably upon occafion of Ijraets deliverance from the Philiflines Tyranny, zSam.S. ana from his own perfections. But, for- afmuchas the Subjeft-matter of the Pfalme dorh in a fpecial manner run upon a particular perfonal deli- verance, v. 13 to the end; and that fo eminent a deliverance, that it did bring into the Pfalmifts me- mory afrefh thofe great deliverances of Ifrael tho- rough the Red-Sea and Jordan and that paffage in y. 10, 11, 12 may intend the times of their being in the wildernefs, and after under the Judges. There- fore, Hence fome q think it was Penned by David, either in that famous and memorable deliverance of his from theGyant Ifl)bi-benob, who being girded with a new fword thought, to have flain David, 2 Sam. 2 1 . 15,16,17. Or, from the Pel We nee, 2 Sam. 24.15, i6i 17. And perhaps Pf. 65. 66. and 67. were written about the fame time. Or, it may be Pf. 66. was penned after Pf. 108, u Fran. Jun. in Annot. ad Pfal66.x. Jo. Foord Exp of. in Th. Vf. 66. x Sim. de Me'tiin Arg.adVf. 66. Hen. Moller. in Arg. ad Pfal.66. y Jo. Foord in Expof. Tit. Pf. 66 Sett. IV. The Scope. The Pfalmifts Scope in this Pfalme, is; 1.T0 ren- der Praife and Thanks to God, by Performance of his Vowcs Sacrifices, Narrations of Gods Aftions, &c. for his fingular mercy to him in U« sv-rrcaai di- flrefs, hearing his prayer, and helping him, v. 13. totheend. Which mercy was fo renowned, that io caufed him thankfully to call to miod the great fa- vours of God to his people of old in bringing ihem thorough the Red-Sea and Jordan : and after their much diftrefs in the wildernefs, and in dayes of Judges, &c. difpofing them into a fruitful place, v. 4,5,6,10,11. And therefore hereupon provokes all the people of Ifrael to praife the LORD with him. Sett. V. the Analysis ; or Triticeal Farts. The Title or Infcription of this Pfalme fets forth, 1. The Direction of it as to the Mufick, To the Mafter- Mufician. 2. The Denominations of it; A Song, A Pfalme. The Pfalme it fe //contains Praifes and Thankfgir- ings to God for three forts of eminent mercies in three feveral times, viz. I. Thanksgivings for Gods redeeming of Ifrael out of Egypt. Here the Pfalmifl elegantly exhorts all the people of Ifrael, I. To celebrate Gods Praifes-. in three Hortatory exprclfions, •u. 1,2. II. To confefs unto God thefe three things, viz. 1. The dreadful- neffe of his Works. 1. The Grcatneffe of his Power, through which his very foes are brought feignedly to fubmit to him, v. 3. 3. That all the Earth have caule to bow and fing praife unto him, v. 4 III. To com- memorate with all thankfulnefsGods wonderful de- liverance of Ifrael our of Egypt in dayes of Mofes. Here, r. All are exhorted ro view Gods Works. 2. His Works towards fons of Adam, efpecially the lfraelites are declared to be dreadful, v. 5. 3. Of thefe his dreadful works he gives two illuftrious in- ftances, viz. His turning the Red-Sea to dry Land for Ifrael to pafs rhorough. And his cutting off the River Jordan, that they paffed over the Channel on foot. Both which are Amplified by their effeft up- on Ifrael ; They thereupon did there rejoyce in God (SeeExodi$. andjafi). 4.) who had wrought thefe wonders for them, v 6. 4. The powerful and con- ftanc Dominion of God over all the World , e- ven over the rebellious , is notably defcribed , ver. 7, II. Thanksgivings for Gods Prefervation of Ifrael in many deep diftreffes & affliftion,and bringing them at laft out into a wealthy or fruitful well-watred place. Here we have, I. An Exhortation of the Peo- ple Ifrael, Toblefs the LORD, and to make the voice . of his Praife to be beard.ver. 8. II. The Grounds and Reafons why they fhould fodo, viz. 1. Becaufe, God preferved their foul in life,and their foot from mov- ing in greatcft extremities. This feems to pointat greater dirtreffes then they cnduied in Egyft, ver. p. 2. Becaufe, the LORD brought them into many great and fore diftrefles ( defcribed here elegantly by fundry Metaphors, and that gradually. As, (V) Hcprov'd and tried them as Silver is tryed, ver. 10. (2} He brought them into the Net, &c.vCr. II. Qi) He caufed men to ride over their Head. (4) He brought them into fire andWatcrs : J And yet after all this brought tftem out fefo a watrcd place, intoa fruitful place, v. 12. By all' which Afflictions, We are not in my judgement to underfland, Either, their Af- flictions in Eiypt , as fome .• for, then here fliouldbe a Repetition of Egypt s Affliction pointed at before in v. <;. Or much lelTc their Afflictions long after in Babyhn, as others: for the Reafons formerly offered in Seer. 3. But rather, All the Afflictions they en- dured in the WiUernefjefor fourty years together, as others : For, this come sin order after their Eypti- an fcrvitude. And when they came out of the Wil- dernefs in toC P S A L M E. LXVII. 133 to bring down the Hiftory of their diftreflcs to the very dayes of David; I mould not gain-fay, for I lee no inconvenience cherein. III. To ankj livings for Davids facial and particular deliverance in his extrcam diflrefs, of like nature to thefehere foremenrioned, and which gave fpecial Occafion to the Penning of this Pfalme,i;er. 13. ror/;e end. Here, I. David profeiTerh his readmefs and refolvf dnefs to pay his Vowes to God .which he made in his diflrefs ; and fpecially in offering Sacrifices unto him, tw.i 3,14,* 5- 2. He Expounds the Came of this his paying of Vowes, &c. inviting all them that feare God to hearken thereunto, viz.. Gods hearing of his Prayer, when he called unto him, with an heart not feeing iniquity to regard ox approve of it : which otherwife God would not have heard, ver. 16, 17, 18, 19. 3 HeConcludes all withbleffing God, that turned not away his Prayer from God, nor Gods mercy from him, ver\. 20. rfalm LXVII. Sett. I. The Summary Contents, The Pfalmifl, I. Prayeth for Gods Favour, Blef- fing, and the Shine of his Countenance, in order to the Enlargement of his Kingdom in Chrift, ver. 1, 2. II. Promifeth eminent Praife hereupon unto God, for the fruits and effects of thefe defired mercies, vt*. 1. Spiritual,^*/. 3, 4. 2.. Corporal or Temporal, w/e 5,6,7. Sett. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew, To the Mafier-Mufician on Neginotb, A Pfalme, A Song. % Heft, facts xa fhine with us. bJ**.confefs c Ht'o with righteouf- nefs right, nets, or, up. rightnefs. d He&. the N*tionj o" earth thou- ih»It.guidc- them. c Hth. Peo- ples all-of- them. i. T Et God to us be gracious, \_j And let him blefs us now : He caufe his a face to mine on us. 2. That they thy way may know In Earth: Thy faving health a brand. Among the Heathens all. 3. Thee Peoples fhallconfefs, O God.* Thee b praife all Peoples fhall. 4. The Nations fhall-gladnefs fhow -, Yea they fhal!-mout-f4'"S the peoples m Right eoufnefs. QiJ Guiding the Nations on the Earth. Sweet effects of Chrifts Prophecy and Kingdom to both Jews and Gentiles, ver. 3,4. II. For the Cor- poral or Temporal effefts of the faid mercies. Here again note; 1. The perfons praifing God; Peoples, All the Peoples. 2. The expreffion or fignification thereof-, Confeffing (W,which is emphatically doub- led, ver, 5. 3. The Corporal fruits themfelves; fiJThe Earths fruitfulnefs. C2J Our God's Be- nediction of us. This is pathetically ingeminated. 4. This is amplified by the Refult hereof among all the Nations far and near, and all the ends of the Earth fhall fear him, ver. 6, 7. Pfalm LXVIII. Sett. I. The Summary Contents. David, in this choice Prophetical Pfalm, I. Re- cites the Prayer ufed at the Removing of the Ark, fet- ting forth Gods Magnificence againft his Enemies, but for the Righteous, ver. 1, 2,3. II. Exhorts to the high-praifes of God, 1. For his more general Acts of providence, ver, 4. to 14. For his more fpecial favours to Jfrael ; Among which CHRlSTs Afcending into Heaven, and leading Captivity Captive is very e- minent, ver. 14. to 19, III. Bleffeth God for his ma- ny mercies ver. 19. to 28. IV. Prayes the LORD, 1. Toflablifhand perfect mercies received, ver. 28, 29. 2. To rebuke Davids hypocritical enemies. 3. To fcattcr them that delight in war, ver. 29,30, 31. V. Exhorts the Gentiles upon their converfion (Hiere prophecyed J to praife the LORD, ver. 32.ro the end. Sett. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. Ta-tbe-MaJler-of-thc-MuCick, A Pfalm, A Song of David. a Heb. From Ins faces. bHtb. or , thou-fhalc- dnve ibnn a viv. c Hi K from the faces of fire. d h>/>.prn(h from GoJi faCCj« I. I.T F.tGodarifc, His enemies I 1 Let-rhcm-difpcrfcd-be : Let them that him do hate likewife Fane a from his prclcnre flee?, 2. b Drive them, as fmoak is driv'n-avvay ; As wax melts cat the fire, So let the wicked rfquite-decay From God's face full of ire. 5. But let the juft joy, mirth-exprefie Before the e face of God, And let them joy with gladfomnefs. 4. To God fing, /His Name laud; For him that doth in Defarts ride g An-high-way-do-ye-place. In JAH his name/o magnified. Exult before his h face. 5. A Father of the fatherlefs, And Judge of Widows caufe ; In Manfion of his Holinefs 7s God by. pur eft Laws. 6. God feats the defolate in houfe, Thofe in Chains that are bound Brings-forth .- But men rebellious Inhabit i barren-ground. II. 7.0 God, before thy Peoples £ face When-thou-forth-on-didft-go.' When thou didft march in Defart-placc. 8. Earth trembled, Heav'nsalfo Did drop before the / face of God ; This Sinai (_ ftablifrd well, let quaked J before the m face of God, The God oUfrael. 9. O God, n thou all abroad-haft-ftied The plentifulleft Rain : Thine Heritage, 0 ev'n-wearied, Thou didft confirm again. 10. Thy company fhall dwell thereon : In thy goodneffe and care Still for-the-poor-afflicted-one, O God, thou-fhalc-prepare. 1 1. The Lord fhall from ha Princely Seat Give forth the holy Speech, p To-thofe-that to the Army great •S/u/Vgladfomc-tidings- preach. 12. The Armies Kings fhall tke-amain, Shall flee and not abide: And q fhe that doth at home remain Shall then the fpoil divide. III. 13. Though ye have Iain r among the pots, Ttflnxll be, to behold As wings of Dove with Silver deckt ; f Her plumes with yellow gold. 14. In it when God- Almighty will Difperfe the Kings below, In harkjome fhady-Tfalmon Hill It-fhall-be-white-as-Snovv. 15. As Bafhan Mount, fo doth appear That Mount which God dot h cherifl) : Ab hilly Mountain,/? /if ely, jair. As Bafhan Mount doth flourish. 16. Why leap ye then O Mountains high? God did defire this Hill For lik abode ; t Eternally Yea fore the LORD will dwell. 17. Gods Chariot's « Angels num'jcrlefs, With them the Lord h nigh, As in Mount Sinai's Holy- place. 18. Thou didft akend on high, Didft Caprivc-lead Captivity ; And, that J AH God might dwell With them, didft gifts receive former, Ycafor thofe-that-rebcl. e '. 1 ■/'. faces. fHeb ling. pUlivie to bis Name. g Heb. exale er,make-an hi^h-ivay h ■ b. Lues. i Heb. land. a dry Sclah. k fid. faces 1 Heb. faces mHeb.faces n Heb thou haft-Ihaken ouc a Rain of liberali- tyes. o Heb and* weaned. p Hrf To- the publifh- ersofglad- tidings, 3e« . the man lion or habitation of the houfe vi~. 'It w*- m.xn tbit ^ffps hunt in tnnttf vttrre. t Heb be- tween the ' pot-ranges." <"-, between the two rewes, or banks, the irer.i if of the dual nunb r. s Heb. And her feathers t Heb. to eternity. 11 heb. two myriads of Angels doa- bled. i.e. i* numer.iblt or, tw/ ce ten thoufand thoufandsof An-ck IV. P S A L M E LXVIII. 235 Selab b beb. or , Palace. %-beb or,The boaft of the Reeds, be. caufr they made their Spears of reeds or, libj: reeds. cHeb. Prince ly-Ambai- fadon. ihib. make rim. e Heb. fing- pfalme--- fHe.'-.Hea- vensof Hea- ven?. gW. He will give in his voice a Voice of fortitude. IV. 19. The Lord be bleft, which day by day Doth us with mercy load, Of our Salvation alway He is the Mighty-God. 20. x Our God, doth of Salvations all Tbe Mighty-Godnrema/n : And to the LORD JEHOVAH (hall y Death's ifiues appertain' 21. But God fhall wound his enemies head, His hairy Scalp likewife, That-ftill-walks-on devoid of dread In his ^ impieties. 22. From Baffian I-will-bring-again, The Lord did plainly fay ; My-people I-will-bring-again From bottoms of the Sea. 23. That-thou-maift-dip'thy foot in blood, Tongue of thy Dogs likewife May lic\the W a 11 flee; as the difperfed forces that are purfued ; C^ J they (l)allperifli at the Prefence of God, as thofe that are overtaken and flain. II. the lUuflration of this Declaration of Gods Power and his Enemies weakneffe, 1. Partly, by a twofold elegant Similitude, vi^. fij Of Smoak_, eafily dis- pelled. C2J Of Wax, Speedily melted, ver. 1, 2, 2. Partly, by an Antithesis of the contrary ioyand gladnefsof the Righceous, fet forth in four ExpreS- fions emphatically, and oppofed to the destruction of the wicked, ver. 3. By all which its evident, That Gods Prefence is moft destructive to his enemies, moft falvifical to his Church and People. II A Pathetical Exhortation or Hortatory Incitati- on hereupon, unto the triumphant celebration of the LORD with high Praifes and Exaltations. Here note, I. the Hortatory Propofition. Wherein are, 1. the Actions required or exhorted to, vi\- Singing. Sing' ing-P films. Malting an High-way for him, (viz.prc- pare his way, fpread bcughs,branches, &c. in it asber fore a Conquerour coming J and Exulting. 2.The Objeff to whom they are to be performed. viz.To God. To Him that ridesinDefarts.ToJ AHJvzk. 4. ll.The Arguments urging unto thefe Praifes of God, are drawn, Firft, From Gods more General and Common Afts of Providence, 1. To the Fatherlefs. 2. To the Widows, v.$. 3. To the Solitary. 4. To the Cap- tives. Which is Amplified by the contrary ftate of the rebellious, ver. 6. Secondly, From Gods more fpeci aland peculiar Providences towards hit own people Ifrael, efpecially in four obfervable Intervals or Pe- riods of time that went over them, vi-^. 1. When they came out of Egypt, and paffed through the Wilder- neffe Goi/marching before them , Then.atfJorf/ pre- fence, Earth quaked, Heavens dropped; Mount Sinai was moved, ver.7. 8. 2. When they were newly pof- feffed of, and planted in the Land of Canaan : The LORD refrefjjed the Land for their fakes with a Rain of liberalities v. 9, lot 3. In the trouhlefome, un- fetled, and diftracted times of the Judges, but Speci- ally in the dayesof Barai^ and Deborah: The Lord gave the word,vi^. The tidings or Matter of rejoyc- ingand triumphing becanfe of Victories,^),! great Ar- mypitblifiing it. Kings of the enemies Armies flying fpee- dily, and women who ft aid at home dividing the fpoil, ver. n. 12. 4. In the more com pofed, fetled, and happy dayes of King David ver. 13. to 19. Here, in this Motive or Argument inciting to the praifes of GW, note ; f1) The Preface or Introduction to it, In an Antethefisor Oppofitionof the better dayes of David to rhofc throe Periods foregoing. Though ye have lien among the Pots, i//{. blacked, fullied, &c. with afflictions, In JFgypt, Wildetnefs, Canaan, and in daye/ of Judges : tet henceforward ye fiall be as Doves winter and feathers of Silver and Gitdcohur, n/>.Ye H-all fcapeasa Dove out of former diftreflcs, and bepartakerscfa more beauteous, joyous pm- fperous condition under the Government of David, v.13. C*) the Pari'hulu Argument s hereupon pro- voking V S A L M E. LXIX. 137 voking Ifrael to the praifes of God, viz. U Gods victorioufnei's over his enemies, turning hi. peoples Adverfuy into Profperity,rw white as Smw'tn Salmon, ver. 14. 2. The Eminency and Fertility of Mount S'lon-, Gots peculiar Hill, especially of his Church Shadowed out by ft, v. 15. ?• The LORD'S conftant Refidence in, and all-fiirTicienr Protection of his own Hill Mount Sion, of his own Church, with his innu- merable Chariots of Angels, himfelfas King and Ge- neral being in mid'l of them,as once at Mount Sinai, v. 16, 17. 4- Gods triumph over all his and his Churches enemies, having its chief accomplifhment \njESVS CHRIST; Afcending on high, viz- into Heaven it Ce](:Capt iv ating Captivity it felf, all our Spiritual enemies that had captivated us: Receiving gifts fir men ; yea, fr the rebellion*, that J AH God might dwell among them. A clear Prophecy ofChrift Compare Bphef. 4. 8. with ver. 18. III. A grateful exultation in God, andbleffingof him, isconcluded upon from all the former Confi- derations : And is further urged by enfuing Argu- ments of like Nature. As, 1. Godt daily loading us fi. Libera- with bleffings. 2. Gods f wonderful Salvations and tionesab Deliverances of his people from moft defperate ipfa morte Straits, yea even from jaws of Death. Hence that & rebus Phrafe Emphatically -, And unto Jehovah the Lord the deplorati- ijfues of Death, v. 19, 20. 3. Gods oppofite JufHce fimis toti and Severity thrcatned againSt his enemies, anda- populo gainSl every impenitent offendor:#e will wound their fuopraeflat head and hairy Scalp,v. 21. 4. Ifraels encourage- quaprop- ment from former eminent Victories and Deliveran- tarvoce ces vouchfafed, according to Gods faying or Pro- 1EHOVIH mifefromO^, and the Princes ofBaflyan, zn&fiom utitur the Depths of the Red-Sea, that in like Straits and dan- Pfaltes gers they fhall have like Victories aud Deliverances, pathetice, Thefe Victories and Deliverances are further illu- strated, fi J Partly, by the great daughter of the enemies, fo filling all with blood, that his peoples feet, and the tong«e of their Dogs may be dipped therein, v. 22, 23. f 2 ) Partly, by Gods being e- minently feenand acknowledged ofhisp-.ople in his goingsin holvneffe, or in the holy-place the Sanctu- ary, i. e. in his Magnifical works for h'"s people a- gainft their enemies, or in his Solemn presence with them in his Sanctuary, v. 24. (3 J Partly, by the Solemn Pravfes hereupon returned to God, both wordfO^ with Vocal and Instrumental Mufick by the Singers tfiva, I and Players of Ifrael obferving thefe goings, thefe had rather Various Acts of God, v. 25. C\ J Partly, by the interpret harmonious confent and applaufe of all from the in the Fountain of Ifrael, i. e. of all Ifraelhesby natural de- Prseter- fcenr, derived from one and the fame Fountain or tenfewith Stock. All thefe in their folemn Congregations are A.Rivet.- incited to bleffe God for former Famous Victories, then in &c. And they are after particularly mentioned by the Impe- distribution : two of the neareft Trhes,Benjamin and rative ]udah; Two of the remotest, Zebulun and Naptali, Mood being Synechdochically put for all the reft of the with Jo. Tribes far and near, v. 26. 27. Foord IV. An earned Prayer of David. Wherein note, u Jacula I. The Petitions prefented by him to the LORD, vi^. &haftae i.That he t having already commanded his peoples per meto- Strength, would Still Strenthen and perfect for them nymiam what he had fo Victoriously and Glorioufly wrought Arundines for them, v. 28. This Petition is urged and Ampli- dicuntar. fied, by the advantage that Shall thence enfue, vis^. Sic apud Then for thy Temple to be builded at Jerufalem fhall Virgil. Kings bring P 1 efent s unto thee, that is, David, Solo- jEneid. 5. tnon, and their Princes, &c. v. 29. 2. That God flamque would rebuke rhofe his enemies that only hypocriti- volans cally and feignedly, not heartily fubmit themfelves liquidisin to David. Thefe enemies he calls, (1) The company nubibus of Reeds, or Spear-men : who had not yet laid down arfn their weapons. Their a Spears made of Reeds, or vid. in Gen. I?- 2- Fran. Jun. in Annot. ad?f.63> 20. tThe li^e Reeds. (2 J Tlie multitude of Bulls. Strong and untamed Enemies: efpccially Rulers., fi J Calves of t lie people; that is, thcbruiti.h and foolifh vulgm, or common-people. All thefe feignedly fubmitted themfelves to him with pieces of fi I ver : Or, He prays, They may be fo rebuked that thus they miy Submit themfelves. 3. That God would fcatter the people that delight in war, v. 3% II. The effeff which David promised himfclf upon Gods hearing of thefe his Pe- titions : Then Mgypt and ^Ethiopia alfo /7m// fubmit themfelves to God. Therefore this will be for his honour to grant thefe requcfb: The Gentiles(\vhcre- of thefe were part. Aft. 8. 27. . 33. 2. From Gods General Providence and Ad- ministration over the World, (\) His Excellency, his UluStrious Acts, Victories, and famous Miracles, over Ifrael, being demonstrated to them. ("2} His Power, being evidenced in the Heavens, in the Clouds, to all the World,!/. 34. .3. From Gods fpe- cial communicating ofHimfelf to his Church. Being terrible out ofhkSanituar'tes, both his Heavenly and Earthly Sanctuaries .• and giving Strength and Power unco his People. All which is Pathetically expreffed, (\~) Partly, Ey a hidden Apoftrophe or Turning of hisfpeechfrommentoGod; OGod, thou art terri- ble out of, &c. C2J Partly, By an abrupt clofing up thefe Arguments of Gods praife, with a compre- hensive expreffion, referring to all his praife-wor- thy Excellencies and Acts ; Blejfed be God, verfe 35- i-i- -Dijiinxit arundine Fe#«*.Plinius arundo. Et apud Ovid. Meram. lib, 16. Cap. 7,6. Author eft, multos arundinibus pro lanceis ufos fuiffe, & toto orienre Arundinibus bella fuiffe gefta, &c. And: Rivet, in Comment, ad Pfal. 6$. 30. Pfalm LXIX. Sett. I. the Summitry Contents. David, I. Co.mplaines of his extream Afflictions from his Enemies, v. 1. to 6. II. Prayes, 1. That Gods People may not be diScouraged, afhamed or, confounded by all his diStreffes, v. 6. to 13. 2. Ti)at God would hear him, deliver him out of his trou- bles, manifesting his peculiar Favour to him, v. 15 to 22. 3. That many fevere Judgements may befall his Enemies, and the Enemies of Chrifl, v. 22. to 29* 4. That Gods Salvation may fee him up on high, v.29. to the end. Ppp $eft. II- 238 V S A L M E. LXIX. a Hcb.l fink down in the mudd of the gulpb, where no (landing. h Heb. or ; am-tRtred. c Heb. And the flood— d Heb. with my- crying, e Heb. of my head, f Heb. enc mies falfly. g Heb. Are not my guil- tinefles. hHeb. O JEHOVIH. orjOGOD for it bath the points of Elohim. i htb.botnc k heb. my faces. I heb. And I wept j m Heb. for reproaches to me. n heb. to them. oHeb, drinkers of itrong- drink mahjt melodic, viz. of me. p Heb. in the truth of thy Sal- vat ion. q beb. the multitude of thy lov- ing Kuid- ncls or ; kind-mcrcy 1 bet. be- ftuek-fafl crj be lunk- >li>wn (hi />, II ream- ing- flood. Sett. II. the Verfion out of the Hebrew. To-the-Mafler-of-the-Murick,HponSboJban- tiim, A Pfalme o/David. I. 1. TAO-thou-me-fave with tender care, \^) ■ OGod, my woes controule : For, entered the Waters are Ev'n-to the very loul. 2. The're a where there it no (landing//!/?, I fink in gulph's deep mud : I into Deeps of Waters b paff'r, c CTreflow me doth the flood. 3. 0 I am weary d with my cryes ; Whil'ft for my God I waite, My throat is burnt; faile do mine eyes. 4. Thofe that me cauflefs hate. Are moe then haires e upon my head j My/falfe foes ftrong are they Ev'n tearing me : Than I reftor'd What I took not away. 5. OGod, thouknow'ft my fooli/hnefs .• Likewifeconreal'd from thee g Is not myfinful guiltinefs. 6. Let them not bafhed be For me, O LORD, that wait on thee, h O LORD of Hoafts abroad^ Let not thy Seekers blufh for me, O Ifrael's high God. 7.Becaufe,for thee I have * fuftain'd Reproach and deep difgrace : Confufion Qfo am I dijdain'd ) Hath covered ^my face 8. Unto my brethren, in my wo, - A Stranger I became .• Unto my Mothers fon alfo AForreiner lam. 9. For, of thine Houfe, that doth excel, The Zeal hath eaten me : And their Reproaches on me fell -That have reproached thee. 10. /I wept ; with Fafling pain'd my Soul : And it was m my difgrace. 1 1. And Sack-cloath I my raiment made : And I n their Proverb was. II. 1 2. Thofe that do fit within the gate, Ev'n they againft me fpeak : And 0 drinkers of ftrong drink do prate, And me their Mufick make. 1?. But r, to thee LORD make my prayer In time of rhy good will : God, p in thy faving rruth me hearx In q thy much mercy (till. i^jMc from the myre deliver thou, And let trie not rbe drown'd ; Me from mine haters refcue now. From waters, deeps profound. 15. O'rcfiow nie'let not waters/flood, Nor me the gulph devour .- Nor fhuc her mouth the pit of mudd Upon mc void 0) power. 1 6. LORD, hear me, for thy t mercy's good : O turn the face tome, According to the multitude Of« mercies-dear in thee. 17. Hide not x thy countenance likevvife From we.thy fervant dear : Becaufe diftrefs y upon me lyes, Make haft, do thou me hear.' 18. Unto my foul do thou draw nigh, Redeem it quite fiom woes : Do thou me ranfome, 0 mojt High, Becaufe of allmy foes. 10. Thou my reproach,my fhame haft known, And my di/honour here : Tea my diftreffers every-one Before thee Still appear. 20. Reproach hath broke my very heart, And forrowful I am, And Iook'd for fome to moan my [mart, Butter not any came: ^ For comforters, yet found I a none. 2i.b Gall for my meat they gave : And in my thirft Jharp vineger Give me to drink they have. III. 22. 0 let their Table in their view c Before them be a fnare : And for their Recompences due, Tea for a trap fevere. 23. From feeing darkned be their eyes : And make their loyns ftili fhak e. 24. Pour out d thine ire on them : Likewife Let e thine hoc wrath them take. 25. Let their /fair Habitation Bedefolare and void: Inhabitant let there be none • Within their Tents employed. 26. For, whom thou fmit'ft; without relief Him perfecute they do: Unto thy wounded-^eo/)/fj- grief Hard things they tell alfo. 27. g To their iniquity abhorred Give thou iniquity . But enter let them not, 0 Lord, Into thine equity. 28. Out of the Book of living-wen Be they wip'd out by thee : And with the righteous-ones again Let not them written be. IV. 29. But* poor and forrowing am I .- Meup-exaltam/r/jZ/e, O God, Let thy Salvation high. 30. God's Name withSong Flepraife: And him Tie magnifie / with laud. 31. And this (; fhall pleafe the LORD, Far more than Ox or Bullock young, /That Horn and Hoof afford. 32. The meek flail fee thit, ioy fhall they .- Te that feek God with tcares. Your heart likevvife fhall live alway. 33. Becaufe JEHOVAH hcares The needy ones ; And he doth not His Prifoncrs contemn. 34. Him praife let Heav'ns, and Earth ; The Seas, And ail that creep in them. 35. For or ;H kind cHeb. lovin] nefs u beb. thy- bowel- mercys x hib. thy faces, ybeb. to mc % btb. \ni comforter*, a Heb. not b Heb. And or 1 Bur, cbrb. To- their-fices forafnaxe,. d Heb. thy." detefting- ire e Heb. the. burning- wrathoiftij nofe. f Heb. «■» caftle Palace, 8tc« fa ire and orderly built g Hf> upoa er. for. hHfft.pcore afflicted. i He.';, with confelfion. k U ,7i. fhall be better to JtHOVAH 1 Heb. horn- ing, parting hoof. P S A L M E LXIX. 239 m Ueb. will build. n Heb. the lovers of bis Name ill all dwell in it. o Pfalmus hie vicefi- mo fecun- doatfinis ert./o. Calv. in Arg. Pfal. 69. Et port eum. Hen. Mai- ler, in Arg. Pfal. 69. P Vid. Jo. Foard in Expof. Pf. 69. Tem- pus. q Jn.Foord in Expof. Vf.69. Tempus t.Hen. Ainfvt>. in Contents of ¥f.69. 35. For, God his Sion dear will favc, And Judah's Cities m rear: They it for heritage fhall have, And fhall inhabit there. 3,6. Likewife his (crvants faithful feed Shall)?/// poffeffe the fame : And they n therein fhall dwell indeed That love his holy Name. Sc&. III. The Kinde^Venman^ and Occafion &c This Pfalm is of Mixt Nature; A Prayer, inter woven with fundry Propbecies.lt is,as fome have well obferv- ed o,near ofkjn toPf.22.Tnat it is a prayer, \s evident by the whole current of the Pfalm; A Prayer of the Pl'al- mift,involved in very deep and defperate diftreffes : Tf)at it is alio interlaced with fundry Prophecies, is evidentby other Scriptures. For, p here are three evident Prophecies of Chrift, and fo applyed to him in the New Teftament; vi^. 1. Toe ^eal of thine Houfe hath eaten me up, ver. 9. fulfilled in Chrift, when he zealoufly whipped the buyers and fellers out of the Temple, Joh.2.17. 2. The reproaches of them that reproached thee, have fallen upon me, ver. 9. fulfilled in Chrift, Rom. 15-3. 3- They gave me alfo Gall for my meat, and in my thirft they gave me Vi- negar to drin^, v. 21. This was verified in the Pfal- mift Metaphorically, his Enemies aggravating his af- flictions to him, and making them as bitter as gall; but in Chrift Literally and Hiftorically, Mat. 27.34. 48, John 19. 28, 29,30. Again,here is one Prophecy of Judas the Traytor ; Let their Habitation be defolate, let there not be an Inhabitant in their Tents, ver. 25. applyed to Judas, AZf.i. 2j. Further,here isano- ther Prophecy; Let their Table become a fnare before them, and for thin recommences, for a trap. Let their eyes be darkned that they fee not, and make their loyns continually to {hake, ver. 22.23 A"d this f as the Apoftle fhewes) is fulfilled upon the unbelieving Jews, the Murderers of the Lord Jefus, the wrath of Cod being come upon them to the utter maft, Rom. 11. 9. 10. 1 Thef. 2. 14, 15, 1 6. Thefe five Prophecies in thisPfalme, are avouched in the New- Teftament : ; befides fundry others very fitly applicable to Chrift. And therefore we muft needs rank this Pfalme a- mongft the Prophetical Pfalmes. And though q fome make a doubt, whether the Pfalmift penned this Pfalme as a Type of Chrift,or onely as a Prophet foretelling future things, as in Pfal. 22. and Ifaiah 53. Becaufe here feems to be nothing in this Pfalme fpoken Hiftorically of the Pfalmift himfclf, which is ufual when he is fpoken of as a Type of Chrift .- yet this feems to be an evident miftake; For a great part of the Pfalme, as any intelligent Reader may eafily obferve, touching his calamities, diftreffes, &c. Do Literally and Hiftorically belong to the Pfalmift, as af^r'in the Analyfis will eafily appear. And therefore j This Praying Pfalme hath in it both Hiftory and Prophecy : It is Petitory, Hiftorical and Prophetical. Penman of this Pfalme was David, as the Title fignifies. David (the Father and Figure of Chrift} herein complaining of hi* great afflictions, Pr ayes for deliverance, devotes his Enemies to Deftrutfion, and Praifeth God for the expetlid Salvation of his Church r. Occafion, of Davids writing this Pfalme, was in the General, Some extream ftraits, diftreffes, and deadly calamities whereinto he was implunged by his many and Hating Enemies, See v. 1,2, 3,4, &c But what Afflictions and Extremities thefe were in V.zrti ular, is hard to determine. That it was not penned upon Occafion of any his troubles in dayesof KmgSaul; feems plain from v. 35. For, God will fave S/'ort : Forafmuch as Mount-Sion was not in the hands of the Israelites till the eighth year of King DavtdsRiign. 2 Sam. 5. 5,6,7, 8, 9. 10. Perhapsit wasoccafionedby theexrream ftraits he was driven into by Abfaloms rebellion: But I dare not herein be pofitive. Seft.IV. The Scope. Davids Scope intended in this Pfalme, is; 1.T0 intreatthe LORDtofave, deliver, and redeem him from his extream Afflictions and Diftreffes, wherein he was ready to be overwhelmed and drowned, and whereof he pathetically complains ; 2. To hear him fpcedily, arid to return gracioufly unto him. 3. Bur to devote his Enemies to the heavy Indignation and CurfeofGod. In all which David, by the Spirit of Prophecy, is carried beyond his own cafe and con- dition to fpeak Prophetically o( the fuffe rings of Chrift for his Elect, asallb of Gods heavy Jdgements upon Judas for his Treachery, and upon the Jews for their cruelty againft the Lord Jefus Chrift .- Davidin his diftreffes being a notable Type of Chrift in his furTerings, and Davids Enemies, fhadows of Chrifts Enemies, Judas and the malicious Jews. Sett. V, The Analyfis , or Principal Parts. The Title of this Pfalme hath in it. 1. The Directi- on of it as to the Mufick ; To the Mafler-Mufician upon Shofl>annim. that is, Six-ftringed-Infiruments : as the moft judicious interpret it. See Title of Pfal. 35. This word is found in the Title of Pfal. 45. and 69. and 80. and not of any other. 2. The Penman of it; David. The Pfalme it felf contains. I. Davids Jad and lamentable complaint to God3 touching the extremity of his diftreffes and afflicti- ons from his Enemies , verfe 1. to 6. Wherein note, i.HU fuddainS: abrupt crying out to God,as being even ready to be drowned and fwallowed up ; Save me 0 God, ver. 1. As the Apoftle ready to fink in theftorm; Lordfavem, weperifh, Mat. 8. 25. 2. Hit Aggravating and Amplifying of his Com- plaint Emphatically many waies. As, t. fiytheex- tremity ofhis Dangers and Diftreffes, fuggefting the neceffity of his crying out and of Gods helping him. Thefe diftreffes are elegantly reprefented under the Metaphors of fjr) Waters coming in unto the Soul. As when one is drowning and can hold his breath no longer, the waters enter as into his heart, and kill him, ver. 1 . (2} The mud of a gulf, wherein bejinkj, andtheresnoftanding. 3. Deeps of waters, into which) he it paffed. As into whirle-pooles, &c. 00 A Flood overflowing him, v. 2. 2. By the vehemen- cy ofhis crying to his God for fuccour, and waiting for him, in thefe his extremities. (0 His crying to God was fo fervent, that thereupon, He was wea- ry ; His throat was burnt up as it were with drynefs. (Y) His waiting for God was fo intentive, that hit eyes failed him, v. 3. 3. By the multitude, power, and violent injurioufnefs, of his haters, deftroyers, enemies .- As inftrumental caufes of all thefe his mi- feries, v. 4. By his ingenuous and humble acknow- ledgement ofhis finnes, foolifhnefs and guiltinefs, fSoVata* which are far different from thofe ofhis enemies,i/er. blus Calv. $. Or this may he a kind of an f Appeal to God ("who Jun.Foord, knew all his foolifhnefs and guiltinefsj how caufe- Ainfworth, lefly the Enemies charged fuch and fuch Sinnes up- tfyc on on him. Pfal. 69. 5 II. Davids requeft unto the Lord of Hoafts, the think the God of Ifrael, upon his former complaints, and the words grounds thereof, which requefts are Supplicatory, may be Petitory, 2nd Imprecatory. expound- 1. Hit Supplication for Gods people, That wait upon ed. God 240 P S A L M E. LXX. Godand feekhi.n, are; That thcymay notbeany Way difcouraged, afhamed or confounded, by all thisdiftrefs that had befallen him. What ever he Offered he would not have the Church or glory of God prejudiced thereby, ver. 6. 1. Becaufe, all this reproach and frame that hath covered him, even from his neareft Allies is for Gods fake, u 7, 8. 2. Becaufe, his fervent Zeal to the houfe of God had fo eaten him up, that the Reproiches of them that re- proached God were fallen upon him , ver. 9. 3. Bfcaufe his moft devour arid Religious Exercifes, vi^. Weep- ing, Affllfing hii Soul with falling, and putting on of Sackcloth, were turned upon him as his Reproaches, and he became a Proverb to them,v. 10. 11. So that theMagiftratesand the Rulers that fate in the Gate /pake againft him; And the Drunkards made Songs of him, ver. 12. 4. Becaufe in all this his indignity cad upon him for GodsCaufe, he fled to God by Prayer, i>. 13. And fo he paffeth from Supplicating fororhers ro Petitioning, for himfelf. 2.His Petitions for himfelfv. ig.ro 22. Here, having (by way of Preface,) declared unto the LORD, That againft all thefe fiifferings he betook himfelf to God by prayer in an acceptable time, he Petitioneth, I. For audience in his Prayer. Urging tin's, r. From the multitude of Gods Loving-kjndnefs. 2. From the 7ruth of hit Salvation, that is, from the true Promife of Salvanon from extremities made to him. Or, Saving Truth. Or, faithful Salvation, v. 13. II. For Deliverance out of all his Diflrefles, and from his E- nemies, pathetically mentioned again, as formerly in his complaint, vi%. 1. From the Mire,thiz he fink not. 2. From bis Haters. 3. From deep Waters: That the Water-flood over-flow him not, nor the Deep fwallow him up. 4. From the Pit, That it (hut not her mouth uponhim,v. 14,15. III. For Hearing of his Prayer again and again. For hearing fpeedily. Be- caufe his Loving-kjndnefs is Good. IV. For manifefta- tion of Gods peculiar favour to him, vi%. 1. Turning to him. According to the multitude of his Bowel- mercies. 2. Not hidingbis face from him. Being his fervanr. Being in trouble, v. 16, 17. 3. Drawing^ nigh unto his Soul, ver. 18. V. For Redemption and Deliverance, again. And this; 1 Becaufe, of his e- mies, v. 18. 2. Becaufe, the LORD exactly knew and beheld all his Ignominy and Adverfaries, ▼. 19. 3. Becaufe, Reproach had broke his heart, and he was full ofheavinefs. 4. Becaufe, in thefe his diftreffcs he found none to condole or comfort him, ver. 20. 5. Becaufe. his adverfaries were fo far from lighten- ing his diflreffes,that they aggravated them, giving him in his Tloirft Gall and K/ne£<*r,Proverbial fpeeches This was Metaphorically fulfilled in David. Litte- rally in Chrift, Math. 27. 34, 48. Mark. 15. 23. John 19- 28,29.30. with ver. 2 1, In thefe fhort and reitera- ted Petitions we have a very lively reprefentation of the extremity and grievoufnefs of his Afflictions. 3. His Imprecation againft his Enemies. Here, by a Spirit of Prophecy, not of Revenge or Malice, he devotes them to many fad and fevere judgements of God.- vi^. l.That, their Table maybe for a Snare, Recompences, and for a Trap before them, ver. 22. 2. That, their eyes (~efpecially the eyes of their un- derftandingsj be iarkned that they fee not. This is fadly fulfilled upon the unbelieving Jews, John 12. 39>.4o. Alls 28. 26, 27. 2 Cor. 3. 14,15. 3. That, their loins be made continually to fbak?, ver. 23. Bow down their back^alw ay. ('as the Apoftle renders hj Rom. 11. 10. This imports their conftant mifery, bondage, and ftavery : as the contrary going upright notes freedom from fuch yoke, Levit.26.13. 4. That, Gods det efting-ire may be poured out upon them, undthe burning-wrath of hit noftrils may take them, vi^. That they may be fwallowed up of Gods fier- cest wrath, ver. 24. 5: That their Habitation be de- folate, and noinbabitantintbeir Tentstver.2$. This had alfoa particular accomplHhment in Judas the Traytor, Alls 1. 20. And all thefe imprecations are urged home by a Reafon infertcd, drawn from the cruelty of his enemies ; Perfecting whom God had 'mitten, and grieving whom God had wound- e,^'. ver.' ?6' 6' Thar, iniquity may be added to their iniquity ; that is, either they may be given up to a Reprobate mind, Rom. 1. 24, 28. 1 Tbef. 2. i5. Rom. 11. 8. Mattb. 23. 32. or, by iniquity may be meant punifljment, for-iniquity, as Pf 31. 10. that is, add one punifhment-for-iniquuy to another :J And that they may not come into Gods Rigbteoufnefs, vi^. Either, that they may not by faith in Chrift accord- ing to theGofpel be partakers of Gods Rigbteoufnefs, Rom. 10. 3, fac. Mat tb. 6. 2,2,. Phil. 3. 9. John 12. 39> 4°- Or, That they may not be reckoned among the Righreous, Pfal. 1.5. 7. That they may be blot- ted out of the Book[ofLife, and not be enrolled among the Right e out, ver. 28. All thefe dreadful and direful curies here imprecated, are accomplifhed and fal- len moft heavily upon the Jews, Rom. 11. 7, 8,9,10. John 12.39,40. Ails 28.26,27. 1 Tbef. 2. 14. 15, 16. and fome of them upon Judas, AH. 1. 20. For their enmity againft Chrift. III. Davids cloftng up of this hit Prayer, with an earneft Petition ; That Gods Salvation may fethim uponhigb. (Herein Chrift alfo may be thought to pray, That he may triumph on the Crofs, mayberai'fed from the dead, and may afcend up on high into Heaven it felf &C,J Thisrequeft is urged, I. From hisprefent diftrefied Condition ; lam poor-affliHed and forrowful, veY. 29. 2. From the praifes and thankfgivings(more acceptable to God then Ceremo- nial Sacrifices^ which hereupon he fliall render to the LORD ver. 30, 31. 3. From the joy and life that hereupon the godly fhall be filled with all, that the Lord heareth the poor and defpifeth not bis prifoners, v- 32, 33- 4. From Praifes that hereupon God fhall have in a fort from all Creatures, Heaven, Earth, Seas and all rherein v. 34. Thefe are amplified by the Primary Caufe thereof, vi^.Gods faving of Sion and building the Cities of Judab, that his people may pof- lefle thereof, inherit, and inhabit there, This im- ports the Profperiry, peace, and fecurity of the Church, wherewith Heaven, and Earth , and the whole Creation is as it were affected, f.35, 3<5. Thus this excellent Pfalm is Applicable, To Da- vid as the Type. To Chrift as the Antitype : Davids Afflictions and Enemies, being fhadows of Chrifts Sufferings, Sorrows, and Adverfaries. Pfalm LXX. Seff. I. The Summary Content /, David in great troubles and perils, earncflly Prayes for fpeedy help and deliverance, To the dif- appointmenc and confufion of his wicked enemies, verfe 1, 2,3. But to the joy of the people of God, ver(e 4, 5. Seti. II. the Version out of the Hebrew. To-the-Afifter-MuC\cim, A Pfalme of Da vid for-to-CAufc-remembrance. i.(~\ God, a pleafc for-to-fet-mc-frec V./ LORD, tomyluccour haftc. 2. Let them bafh'd and afhamed bt: That feck my Soul to w.-ille ; OLct a Het>. for- to deliver- ing. Orj for- ro riil-me- free. Supp'y out of Pfdt 40, 14. Bc- l>l.-alcd, P S A L M E LXXVIII. 241 b kb. Lee rhem-be-re turned back ward. O let them blufli and back retire, That r/i mine ill delight. 3. b Let-thcm-turn back for tlieir flumes hire That-fay, Ah, Ah, with fright. 4. Thy feekersall rejoyce fliail they, And joy in thee above ', And God be magnify'd, ftill fay, Who thy Salvation love. 5. But I am b Poor and needy made, Iffl.acT" To me God ' ,wft-a wa >' Thou my Deliverer and mine Aid : O LORD do not delay. d Fran. Junius, Joan. Calvintti Hen. Mol- lerusfiuil. Amefius, Joan. Foord,Hen. Ainfwonh, Simeon de Muk,'fyc. in Ff.70. e Joan. Foord.in Expof. PJal. 70. \ . SeU. III. The Kind, Penman } and Occafion. This fliort Pfaltn is A Prayer. And it is evidently part of Pfalm 40. and of the fame Argument : For Ppi/, 40. 14.ro the e;;rf,fully agrees in fence, and al- moft in the very words, with this Pfalm, as he that is acquainted wirh the Hebrew, may by comparing of themeafily difcern. And this alfo is noted by many learned Authoursrf. The repeating alio of thefe verfes here, out of Pfalm 40. inclines divers of them to think, That David made ufe of this, as attufualForm of Prayer, as his Ephod, orashisile- membrancer carried about with him, when he was in great perils. And that others alfo might make ufe of it in like cafes. This they incline the rather to, partly, becaufe it isentituled ; A?falm for-to-re- cord, or For to-caufe-remembrance. partly, becatrfe Yfal. 35.23. to the end, is of like Argument alfo. Penman of it, was David: as the Title eviden- cerh. Occafion is not particularly exprefTed; But in the General, the Nature of the Pfalm intimateth, it was Penned when Daw^was in fome great danger and diftreffe by rcafon of his enemies. Its thought to be penned c upon the fame Occafion that Vfal. 40. and 6p# were Penned ', wherein what agrees to David is fup- pofed to befall him by the Sedition of Sheba the Son of Bicri. 2 Sam. 20. 1, &c. after the death of Ab- f a lorn. Se&. IV. The Scope. Davids Scope in this fliort Pfalm is ; To implore Gods fpeedy help againft his enemies, in delivering him,butdafhing their Counfels and Endeavours a- gainfthimto their fliame, and difgrace, that fo all thatfeek God and love his Salvation, may have mat- ter of rejoycing and triumph in God. Seff. V. The Analysts, or Principal Parts, The Title contains, 1, The Direction of the Pfalm as to the Mufick. 2. The Denomination of if, A Tfalm. 3. The Penman ; David. 4. The end or ufe of it 5 For-to-caufe-remembrance. See Pfalm 38. Title. The Yfalm it felf hath in it. I. Davids Petitions in his diftrefs and danger, 1. For himfelf; That God would pleafeto deliver him from diftreUe and danger, and make hafte to his help,tw.i. 2. Againft bis adverfaries, feeking his Soul and delighting in his ill. That they may be abafhed, afliamed, blum,and be turned back as quite difappoinred,u5 even from his child-hood, ver. 14. to 22. III. Affurxng himfelf by Faith of deliverance from his Enemies, he thereupon Promifeth enlarged tbankfulneffe,iw. 22. to the end. Se$. II. The Verfton out of the Hebrew* I. ii/^\ LORD, In thee, and thy great Name, V_/ For-fafety-hope-do-I: . O let me not be-put-to-fhame To perpetuity. 2. Me in thy jurfice refcue thou, Likewife fet-thou me free : Do thou thine ear unto me bow, And timely fave thou me. 3. Be thou a my dwelling's Rock, whereto I always may-refort, Thou didft command to fave me lo : For thou my Rock, b my Fort. 4. From wicked's hand me refcue./?///, My-God omnipotent : From palm of-him-that-worketh-ill, And of the violent. $. For constantly remain thou do'fl Mine expectation : Tea from mine c infancy my truft Lord d GOD thou art alone. 6. By thee from womb I was fuftain'd. Thou onely tookeft me From bowels of my mother pairid: My praife k ftill of-thee. II. 7. As wonder I to many was : But thou e my-Refuge ftrong. 8. My mouth fhall be hlPd with thy praife- Thy glory all day long. 03 9 a Heb.to me for a Rock of ha- bitation to enter all- wayef. b HA. and my muni- tion. C Heb, or , child-hood &Htb. JBHOVIH, it bath th* tointt of Elohim. J GOD. ?. AS e hei. #r5 my ftrong hope. a** p S A L M E. LXXI. t t S Htb. not ijKjreicuing g Htb. let therffb: co- vered--- feeking-di- "lisently ti );7T). »r , IhiUdsclare iHeb.thy Salva:nn. kHft.ct the Lord. JEHOAH. it batbt-bt tninls «f B- lohmi.COD 1 Hefc. And even unco-- or, and alfo m H?/\(he\v thine Arme. n Htb. tb, t {hall come. ©He'-'- is to onhi'^h. g. At time of mine old agefofratle O caft me not away : When-as mine-able-ftrength (hall fail Forfake me not, 7/r nrn xhy trurh my God q r,c praife coiifefs. With Harp to thee alone I vvill-fing-Pfalm throughout my dayes : Olfraels Holy-One. 23. And when I fhall-fing-Pfalm to thee, My lips fhall (bout jull fait : Moftglad likewife my Sou\fl)allbe Which thou redeemed haft. 24. And o/thy Juftice all the day Speak fhall my thankful tongue : For they are bafh'd r afham d arc. they, That-feek mineill, my wrong. qUeb alha- medare the diligcnt- fcekers of minecvill. cruel enemies, urging his Petitions by many Argu- ments : And having confidence of audience, he pro- mifeth thereupon enlarged thankfulnefle to God. For the Forme of it, It is in the Hebrew an Vntituled Pfalme, as many others are, without Infcription pre- r Joan. Foord in tT' F\ al.no. Tom. 8. u Sim. de MuU in Arg.ad Pf. 71- xTfte Pfalmus vocem continec prophetsc de ilia Re- dempcoris fixed. SeeonPfal. i.Seft. 3. It's the judgement of ££r fomer, That this Pfalme was Vn-tituled ; Either, prf/V, becaufe the Pfalmift was in Exile. Or, becaufe he ai/ j -t Penned it, when he was in hafte and peril of his life, fylci^c fo that he had not opportunity of prefixing any Title ^isomn;. or fending it to the Mafter-Muficians at Jerufalem. t>us 3,7,/. The Greek verfion hath n otwithftanding, this Title p0hal9t't. prefixed. f0/ David, of the Sons of Jonadab, and of j-ar£ . fn them that were firji captived. t Hierome in his Latine pfofai Verfion, which he Comments upon, hath alfo the gjfi/x-^. fame Title. The fame Title alfo is in the Arabicl^ j;n ,£„ ' Verfion, and in the Ethiopick, Verfion : fave that the t tfuron\ Ethiopick_hixb[ Aminadab'} in ftead off ^onrf^tfc. J Com. in But no Title of this Pfalme is in the Chaldee Para- phrafl. And Folengius the Monk faith ; That the Latin Title taken out oftheOree^ every one may )udge ought to be ranched among the Pnemes: as MuU u hath noted. The Syriack. Verfion hath alfo another Title, as after fhall be noted. Penman of this untituled Pfalme is generally on all hands acknowledged to be David. And the Matter, Stile, and Current of the Pfalme confirm the fame, to any judicious Reader. Occajion of Davids Penning it , is not fo unani- moufly agreed upon. 1. Some take ittobeameere Prophecy of Chrift, wherein the Prophet is com- plaining of the Redeemers Corporal Humiliation, humTiira'te and finging of his glorious Refurreftion : So Hierome corporea x. And the SyriackVerfion calls if, A Prophecy of the COnque- ?aj]fon and Refurrettion of Chrift. Auguftine alfo in his rcnt;s ac Enarration upon ic, hath fome glances at the Prophe- de ejus ticalnefkof it. And fo hath H. Ainfworthy, Bur, Refurre. forafmuch as we finde not any pafTage in all this ft;one Pfalme alledged and applyed to Chrift in the New gioriofa Testament j And feting there is no expreflion of this canentis. Pfalme that evidently Ipeaks of Chrifts Humiliation Hieronym or Exalration Prophetically ; I fee no Cogent Reafon ;n> fit. Pf. why we fliould conn: this Pfalme Prophetical. 2. ~0- fhn. 8 Some think it was penned by David upon Occafl-.n of v \\d.Hen. Sauls wars againft him. Thus the Syriac\_ Verfion Ainfworth'' prefixeth a Title to it i Z Compofed of David, when Annotat.on Saul warred againft the Houfe of David. _ And a pf.il.n\, Yrophecy of the Paffton and Refurreilion of Chrift. But 7# 2o*. 21. this Opinion I cannot fo eafily fubferibe to, (1) Part- 2, Syr. Ver. ly, becaufe David here fpcaksof his diftrelles and viL'tn enemies in his Old-age, ,Hoarincffc, when hit ftrength g^/_ pa^ failed him, ver. 9, i2. But in the time oiSauls per- gln't.Tom. fecutions , David was in his youth and ftrength, ».inPfaL about 3 j years old, 1 Sam. rj. 33.42.55. 55.58. -ji.Londin. withChap. 18, &c. (2) Partly,hccauic when David 1$^. wrote Pfalmes upon occafion of Sauls perfecutions, he was wont much to complain of their fubtile flat- teries and falftioods in their hypocritical and cruel fpeeches, as Vfal. 36. 3,4. and 52. i,2,34.f% 7 j Now as King Sauls Perfecutions befell him in his ffen.Mal- youth, (o Abfalom's confpiracy came upon him in his /<>,•. ,„ Arg. old-age ; vi^. <\j years after Davids hrft Annointing lic{\>f, 7 1. by Samuel, 2 Sam. is.7. * rather than 40. years siin.de after the beginning of Davids reign, who reigned but Mi(ii in 40 years in alL f 2 J Becaufe the Argument of this jrg.lfyl. Pfalme feems notably to agree to the fad (Tory of b See the Abfuhmv rebellion, 2 Sam. 15. which being railed by i,yjC £,,. his own fon, by his foil whom he loved fo cxcclhvely, g[jfl, Annot. and th.tr in Davids old-age when his fon Ihould have „„ 2 Sam. beenaftren^ih air.l comfort to him, wounded and xeinrcndedin this Prayer is: To intrcat the LORD that he may not be confounded by thisinfurreetionofylt/d/o/n, nor be forfaken of God in his hoary old-age, but delivered and faved from all his wicked enemies and the diftrefles they had brought upon him, verfe 1,2,9.18. and confufion rather brought upon his enemies, verfe 12,13. And hereupon many Praifes might redound to God, ver, 22,23,24. Se&. V. The Analyfis^ox: Principal Parts, In this Pfalme are, 1. A Petition. 2. Arguments freffingit, 3. AConclufion. I. The Petition of the Pfalmift, is laid down and repeated again and again in variety of ex prefhons, verje 1,2,3,4, 9. 12, 13. but for Subftance all a- mounting to this; That he may be faved and delivered now in his old-age from all his cruel enemies, b) Gods AU-fufjicient andfpeedy relief. lit hk Arguments whereby heenforceth this his requeft, concern more immediately, i. God; 2. His enemies; 3. The Pfalmift himfelf Petitioning. I. The Arguments, more peculiarly concerning God-, are drawn 1. From the faithfulnefle of God, not failing them that put their truft in him, fo as they mould be put to confufion, verje 1. 2. From his righteoufneffe, vi^. his perfect equity, goodnefie, and faithfulnefie, Principal caufes of deliverance, verfe 2. 3. Fromthe fubordinate caufe , vi^. Gods giving Command- ment (vi%. to his Angels, as Pfal. 91. \l. ) to fave him, apprehended and apply by his Faith, ver. 3. 4. Frow Gods former works and dealings towards Da- vid. Here note, ( 1) His Tranfition to this Argu- ment by Repetition of his Requeft to be delivered from the hand of the wicked, of the unrighteous and cruel man, ver. 4. f 2 J The Argument it felf, vi^. Gods fuftentation of him from the wombe, yea Gods taking him our of his Mothers Bowels : both of them miniftring to him matter of expectation and confi- dence in God from his youth up. 3. The Amplifi- cation of thefe experimented favours, Partly, by his continual praife promifed to God for the fame, ver. 5, 6. Partly, by the wonderfulnefle of Gods ftrong cVid.Fmn. and fafe protection of him. c God was fuch a fafe Jun.inAn- Refuge to him, that many, or the mighty-ones, did not.adPf. wonder athim,i/er/e7. ( Some make this an a ggra- 7 '* 7- C^J* vation of his affliction, which was fo grievous, that he Jo.Calv. vyas as a prodigy and wonderment to many thereup- Com. in Pf. on, &c. but the former interpretation feems to agree 7i'7« morefitlyto the Context forgoing and following. J Partly, by his.defire to have his mouth filled with Gods praifes and honour all the day, v. 8. Partly-, by his eanell requeft to God who had fo fuftained him in his youth, that he would not now caft him a- way in his old-age, nor forf.ihj him when his ftrcngth failed him, ver. 9. II. The Arguments more immedi- ately concerning his enemies, are propounded and am- plified. i.Fro^Knieafjnfundry'Particulars, defcri- bing their evill deportment againft him, w?„.(T) They fpeak againft him. (2) They lay wait for,or watch hisSoul, ("3) They confuk together, to perfecute and take him, as if God had forfaken him, and there were none to deliver him. This was very difhonourable to God, v. io,n. 2. Amplified Ci J By his Petition hereupon for himfelf, That Godwou'd not be far from him,but make hafte to his help, v. 12. ft J Byhis imprecation againft hisenemies, v. 13. III. The Arguments more Jpeci al- ly concerning the Pfalmift himjelf, arc i 1. His continual hope and expectation of help from God. 2. Htire- folution hereupon to praife the Lord more and more, and to (f>ew forth his righteoufnejl and Salvation all the day, as not knowing the numbers thereof, verje 14,15.3.//;* integrity in praifmg the Lord. He will enter upon this work, not in his own, but in Gods ftrengrh. And he will mention, not his own, but Gods righreoufneffe only, v. \6. 4. His former comfortable experience of Gods teaching him from his child-hood, fo that hitherto he had declared his wondrous works, v. 17. Therefore now inhisoW- age andhoarinefi, he intreats God not to forfa1(ehimt till he had (l)ewed his Arme to this Generation, and hit power to the juture, v. 18, Thefe former experiment- ed benefits of God are elegantly amplified, fij Partly, By the high righreoufneffe and great acts of God, wherein God is altogether unparallel'd, v. 19. (2) Partly, by an Oppofition, betwixt the great and lore troubles which God had fhewed him; and Gods deliverance of him out of them all, reviving him, returning him Jfom the deeps of the Earth (as it were, the deep Graves or Pits of troubles, J increafmg h'u greatnefi, and comforting him on every fide, ver. 20, 2 f. lll.Tfje Gratulatory Conclufion of this his Prayer, wherein, alluring himfelf by Faith of Deliverance from his enemies, hepromifeth enlarged thankful- nefs unto God thereupon. Here note, i.Histhanl^ ful Praijes promifed to the Lord, And to be perform- ed (1 J With Jnftruments of Mufick, Pfaltery and Harp; (2) With voice of tinging; (% J With rejoy- cing of Soul ; And ("4 J with conftant difcourfing all the day long. 2. The Grounds or Reafons of all this his thankfulnefsto God, i^.Gods Truth; Gods re- deeming his Soul ; Gods Righteoufnefs, in the con- fufion and fhame of his enemies that fought his hurt, v. 22,23,24. rfalm LXXII. Seff . I. The Summary Contents. David, I. Praying for King Solomon, intreats God to give his judgments and righteoufnefs, v. 1. II. Vrgetb this requeft by many Arguments. For, hereupon , 1. The Government of the Kingdom fhall be well managed, v. 2, 3,4. 2. HisSubjects fhall fear God, rejoyce, andflourifh, v. 5,6, 7. 3. The Kings Dominion fhall be enlarged, his Revenew increafed, hisCompaflions exercifed towards the af- flicted, His life and profperity prolonged, ver. 8. to 16. 4. The plenty and profperity of the King- dome fhall be augmented, ver. 16. 5. The Glory and Renown of the King fhall be advanced, ver. 17. III. Blejfed God moft affectionately, in confidence his former requefts (hall be granted, v. 18, 19. Thefe things agreeing to Solomon's Kingdome, mthcType: To CHRISTin the Truth. Seft. II. 244 P S A L M E. LXXII. iUeb. King b b cb. to. cH.&.lIull break-fmal the fraudu- lent oppref- for. dUeb. they Hull feare thee, wirh the Sun and before the faces ot the Moone. cheb. The difperfed m culture of the Earth fHeb. until the Moon be not. SeU. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. For Solomon. i. /''"VGod, unto the a Royal-one VJ Thy judgments give do thou : And ion theKrog'ste/oiWSon Thy righteoufnefs beftow. 2. that, he with juftice (furnifh'd (o) May judge thy people dear : Thy-poor-affli£ed-ones alfo With judgement pure and clear. 3. The Stately Mountains flrall-bring-forth Unto the people peace. Hillsalfo, Pe. Of corn wa very little crop There fhall be in the Land, Which fJtall upon the dryefl top Of barren moumaines/rW, 17. His name 0 before the Sun fhall flay His name be p ever fhall And in him blefs-themfelves-fhall-they : Him blefs fhall Nations all. 18. Now bleffedbe the LORD think, Chrift may here be called, Solomon: >j2. as elfewhere he is called David, Hoj. 3.5. Erek- 34- x Ethic 23. andyj. 24, 25. This is therefore a Praying Pro- Pfalmus phecy, or Prophetical Prayer. proprie ad Chrif- tum refertur. Solomon quippe Pacificus : & Pacificus eft. Chrif1 tus. &c. Hier.Com.inTit.Pfal.i\. Videaturietiam Aug. Enarr at in Pf.71. Tit. y H. Ainfworth in his Annot. on Pfal. 72. Penman oth wasDavid, as is intimated, ver. 20. ^ Some think, that the matter or fubftance of the Pfalme was uttered by David Praying for Solomon, after his Unftion and Royal Inauguration : but that poffibly it rtight be put into this prefent form of words by Solomon himfelf; and the rather becaufe the Title HO1?^1? Liftlomo may be tranflated, Oj- Solomon-,as well as thatTitle "1 "H7 Le David,\s ufual- Iy Tranflated of David, A%Pf.2$,26, 27, 28,3$, 37>i°?» 1385144. And yet notwithftanding,they acknowledge David to be the Inftrumental Author of this Pfalme, as firft uttering k : And that Solomon or fome other committed it to writing, that it might remain upon record, As an evidence of Solomons due Call unto the Throne ; as a Direction to Solomonior the well-ma- naging of his Government, and to the people how they fhould pray for their King after Davids Pattern; And as a Prediction or Prophecy of the Glory, Pro- fperity and Stability ofSolomons Kingdom, all which had their chief Aecomplifhment in Chrift Jefm the the trueSJomon. Occafion; This Pfalme or Prayer of D.ivid feems to be the laft Prayer David made, v. 20. when he was very old and ftricken in years, For-Solo- mott. Se8. IV, the Scope, David's Scope intended in this Prophetical Prayer, ?s i To intreat the Lord, that the Kingdom of Ifrael ; whereof himfelf was firft King, might be rightly ad- miniftred, greatly profpercd and continued in So/o- nion, confummated and perfected in Chrift , 2 Sam. 7.15. unto whom at laft in Gods appointed time the Kingdom was devolved, Luke 1.31,32,33. Se&. V. the Analysis ^ or Principal Parts, The Title of this Pfalm; Fir-Solomon i intimates chat this Prayer was made for Solomon now newly Anointed, and his good, profperous, and happy Reign: but principally for the Kingdom of Chrift figured by Solomon. Solomons name alfo is in the Title of Pfalm 127. wherein David inftructs Solomon in the building of the Temple, to eye and obferve God, and chiefly to depend upon Gods help and af- (iftance therein. The Pfalm itfelfh A Prayer. Wherein are, 1. A Petition. 2. Arguments urging it. 3. A Gratnlatory Cotidufion, in confidence of the Grant of this Petiti- on. 1. The Petition of David to God for Solomon.Where- in he begs. 1. Gods Judgements to the King, viz. Solo- mon, now Anointed King. 2. Gods Righteoufnefs to the Kings fonne; that i6, Either to Solomon. Or, toSo- tomons, Royal iffue. That the Kingdom mighc be managed in Judgement and Juflice, according to /■ • Gods own Laws, without errbur and unrighteoufnefs, ver. i. II. The Arguments, whereby this requeft ("com- prizing the chief Intent of the Pfalm, is urged, are divers : being as fo many excellent and defirable ef- fects that would enfue upon Gods grant of the for- mer Petition. For, then thefe effects would follow in reference to the Government, Subjects, King, Kingdom, &c. refpectively. i. Inreference to the Government. Then, 1. The fubjects fhall be rightly governed. Both all in gene- ra! ; Thy People ; And the diftreffed in fpecial ; thy poor affiled ones, v. 2. 2 . Peace fhall be eftablifhed, and Righteoufnefs throughout his Royal Dominions. Or, Peace by Righteoufnefs fhall flourifh. See Pfal. 8$.io.Thus Chrift is King of Righteoufnefs and Peace Heh. 7. 2. and his Kingdom confifts in Juflice, Peace, and Joy, Rom. 14. 17. Though Mountains and Hills are more barren than Valleys, yet by execution of b Vid.diH- Juflice they fhall become fruitful ; Thus fome. But b genter Jo. /owe thus: Mountains and Hills, wherein are Woods, Dens, Caves, and fuch lurking places, beingufually Receptacles for Thieves and Robbers, infefting the Countrey roundabout, whence partly they are cal- led Mountains of prey, Pfal. 76. 4. yet even thefe Mountains and Hills, &c. fhall be fo fubdued that thence no injuries from Thieves or wild Beafts fhall annoy them.An eminent Indication of perfect Peace, v. 3. 3. Thofe that are wont tobemoft injured and opprefled, viz. The poor-affiiifed, and children of the needy, fhall be relieved againft their oppreflions .• and their fraudulent Oppreffors broken fmaU,ver.^. 2. In reference to the Subjects. His righteous Go- vernment fhall produce thefe fweet effects, vi^. 1. They JJiall fear God throughout all Generations. Thus true Religion fhall be continually promoted and pro- pagated, &c. ver. 5. 2. They (hall Rejoyce. in their King and his Adminiftrations, asrJi* Meadows new- Foord in Exp. Pfal. 72.3. mown in the fhowres, and the Earth in the difper- fed moifture of rain, v. ^-Compare herewith 2 Sam. 23.4. Prov. 19. 12. Hof. 6. 3. 3. The righteous (halt flouriff) and profperin his dayes continually,aw.7. 3. In Reference to the King Himfelf. 1. His Domi- nion fhall be enlarged, vi^. from Sea to Sea, i. e. from the Mediterranean Sea to the Perfidy Sea. And from the River Euphrates ro the Ends of the Earth. This was promifed to Abraham, Gen. 15. 18. To Ifra- el, Exod. 23. 31. Dm. H. 24. and toDavid,ash pro- bable from Pfal. 89. 25. And Solomon after Davids death po'Teffed this, 1 Kings 4.21. 2Chron. 9.26. This enlarged Dominion of Solomon and his Succef- fors, was a Type of Chrifls Dominion over all the Earth, according to Zechariah's Prophecy in the fame words, Zech. 9. 9, 10, 1 1. Yea they that dwell in dry places, asDefarts,&c. fhall in token of fubjecti- on bow before him. And his enemies fl>alllickjhe duff, i. e. teftifie their great fear and fubjection, by bowing their faces ("after the manner of the Eaftern Coun- treysj to the very Earth, ver. 8, 9. 2. HisSubfidies and Royal Revenevv fhall be augmented, from for- reign Kings and Nations, by their Gifts and Prefents, v 10, 11. 3. He fhall be very careful, tender and companionate over the needy, poor-afflicted and fuccourlefs, againft all their enemies deceit and vio- lence, v. 12, 13, 14. 4. His Life fhall be prolonged, his Wealth increafed, and He fjhat is, every one fubdued to him)ft>all continually pray for him and blefs him, ver. 16. 4. In reference to the Kingdoms, Then there fhall be, 1. Abundance of plenty even in the barren Moun- taines. 2. a Multitude of fubjects profpering. They of the City. i. e. his Citizens, fhall flourifh as the grafs of the earth, ver. 16. 5. In reference to the Kings Name,Renown andGlory. This fhall be fo great, that ; i.His Renown fhall be countinued and propagated as long as the Sunne. 2.- Men fhall blefs therafelves in him : as happy in fuch a King. 3. All Nations fhall blefs him. This hath its full Accomplifhment in Chrift, Gen. 12. 3. and 22. 18. Andfo have moft of the foregoing paf- fages,whofe chief aim and tendency is to Chrift, v.17. III. TbeGratulatoryConclufion: wherein David, in confidence of his hearing and granting the foregoing Prayer, moft affectionately blefleth God. 1. Deferr- ing him -, as, CO The LORD God. ("2.) The Go^of Ifrael. ( 2} The only Worker of Wonders. 2.Afcrib- ing Bleffednefs, fJi^Tohim. ("2 J To his glorious Name for ever. 3. Defiring that the whole Earth may be filled with \i\sGlory. 4. Clofing up this his laft Prayer with Amen and Amen, v. 18, 19. And thus this Second Book, of Pf times fas the Firft, Pfal. 41. 13. J is concluded with Amen and Amen. Hereunto is fubjoynedC whether by David him- felf, or by Solomon, or by E\ra, or fome other, who after their return from the Babylonifh captivity, Collected the Pfalmes into one Volume, and diftri- buted them into Five Books,as we now have themQ The Prayers of David the fonof Jeffe are ended, ver. 20. Not, that there are after this, Pfal. 72. no more Prayers of David recorded in the whole Volume of Pfalms ; For there are divers afcribed zoDavidby the very Titles of them. As Pfal. 86. 103,108,109, 124, 131 ,138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143,144,14s. But, either becaufe this Subject-matter of Chrifts Kingdom, typed out by Solomonsjs the laft whereof he Prophe- cied,and for which he prayed.as t Pet.1.10,1 1. Or be- caufe this Pfalm was the laft of Davids prayers made after heliadcaufed Solomon tofit on the Throneas King in his fight, or after he had given him charge about the affairs of the Kingdom. See-* Kings 1. 48. and 1 Kings 2. 1, 2. &c.to 10. But why thhlaft Pray- er of David was not fet laft of all the Pfalmes pen- ned by him, fee fome probable conjecture c formerly mentioned. After this Pfalm the Syriack Verfion d adds ; The End of the Second Booki The Tliird Book; R r r -123 c In the Preface before the Beginning of the Pfalms, Sett. IV. towards the latter end there- of. d In Bib!. Polyglot, poft Pfal.72 246 P S A L M E. LXXIII. ■**» *i» «&» *&♦ <&» «&» *&» «>¥♦ . «&» «•• *£» •*• «*» **» ««* «$» . «*• «*• . or For Afjph. To Afaph. « Hth. Good bHtb. all. molt no- thing lucked, but my feet hiil t waved a fide. C Heb. flip- ped out, «r ; been pouicd our. d Htb. vain- glorious- fools. c Uth not in the ir.olefta- ti in of lorry man. (Hib. There- fore. £ Hrl. or, covcreth. hlW. the imaginati- ons. i htb- with wickednefs. k b b. from alofr. 1 Heb. theni- fore. m HI. of a (till tup. n H\rebuke) 15. If I fay. Thus will I declare : in the mor- Lo, trefpafs-faithlefly-I-fhould °lnS* Againft the Generation dear Otallthy tonnes both young and old. q Hf b. to know. 16. It was too painful in mine eyes, When I thoughc this q to apprehend. 17. Till I went to God's Sanctuaries .• And did confider their Iail-end. 18. Affuredly thefe wicked-ones In flippery-places fet-thou-haft •' To utter defolations Them ta///e/Zydown-thou-haft-caft. ip. Todefolation-marvellous How as in moment are they brought? How fpent ; with terrours-troublous How are they quite-confurcfd to nought. t Heb. from- 20. Like-as a Dream r when one-doth-wake . awaking. OLord, /when-f/;<>H-doft-up-arife, Their image vain (in which they take Such pleafure here j thou fhalt defpife. 21. Sure, leavened mine heart did grow : And pricked in my reins I was. 22. And brutifh I, and did not know : As Beafts I was with thee alas. III. 23. Yet I with thee alwayes abide : Ey my right-hand thou holdfi-me-fafr. 24. Thou with thy Counfel fhalt me guide And me to glory take t at-Iaft. f btb- in ri iing-up. t beb. after- wards. U bed ("as Au^ujline b notes ) he undo flood that before quoniam all things which God gives both to good and bad, and ipfe Afapb pmetimes takes away both from good and bad-, before all &compo- thefe things be keeps fmething for the good : what £eej>.r iuit & be for them? Himfelf, &c. cantavit. a Joan. Calvin in Arg.&Ttt. Pfal 73. Joan. Foord in Expof. Pfal. 73. AU' thor. b Poftea ifle intellexit quid cum admoneret Deus qusrere, cum ifta temporalia fubtraheret fervisfuis, &donarec ea inimicis fuis, blafphemis, impiis: admonitus intellexit, quia pis omnibus, quae dat Deus & bonis & malis, & aliquando auferc & bonis & malis, pra; omnibus fervat aliquid bonis. Quid illis fervat? feipfum Audi recordantem & pamitentem qui erraverat, putandoDeum non bonum, quia dat bona terrens malis, & aufert ilia a fervis fuis. Intellexit enim quid Deus fervarct fervis fuis, ■& cogitans , feque caftigans ertfpit hoc mo- do ; Quam bonus Dem Jfael, Aug. Enarrat.in Pfal. 7 2. pj $o 751. Tom.8.Bafil. 156$, Se&.IV. The Scope. The Scope of the Holy Ghoft in this Pfalme, is3 to declare and reach. Gods people ; That God doth and will deal well with his Church and people of a clean heart, butcontrariwife with the wicked : although fometimes his own people in a Cloud of Temptations can hardly fee this, but are ready to judge the con- trary, beholding the great profperity of the wicked, and contrary adverfity of themfelves, the Church, and people of God, v. I. &c. Seel:. V, The Jnalyfis , or Vrincifd Farts. ThcTttle fignifies to us two things, vi^. 1. The Denomination of this Pfalme, "11Q1Q Mizjnor, A Pfalme in reference to the Manner of Penning ft in Rythme, or of tuning it on ftringed Instruments e. „ . 2. The Penman of it, oratleaftthe Mafler-Mufician c 5 the to whom it was directed, as to the Mufick of it, A- tPac*. faph ; A Pfalme of Afapb : or, A Pfalme for A- b The Subflance of the Pfalme it felfhathinit, I. A Conjeffion or Declaration. 2. Afore temptation, 3. The villory over this temptation. I. A Confeffion or Declaration cfGois goodnefl to hit peoplepeculiarly, what ever be their outward conditi- on in this world. Herein note 1. The manner of ac- knowledging this, vi^. very abruptly ; yet, or Sure- ly—Its fpoken by the Pfalmift on a fuddain as having now conquered the Temptation,and burning outlet God,&.c. This the refult of his victory over his Temp- tation. The Pfalme begins, where his Temptation ends. 2. The Matter confcffed, Gods goodnefs, i. To Book of Pfalmsy ^SeilAL T S A L M E. LXXIV. To Tfrael. 2. To the pure in heart, to the dean in heart. ThisExegetically fliewes whom he intends by Ifrael, ver: 1. II. Aftre temptation of the Pfalmift Cvea> °{tne g:dly in the Pfalmifts perfon } defcribed, v. 2. to 1 5. This Temptation is defcribed, 1. By the prevalency of it upon him, in fome mea- sure, vi^. I. To bring him almoft to a defection in his Judgment and Practice, from God and his waves. This is fet forth in Metaphorica 1 Phrafes, of the flid- i'U of hit feet, v. 2. 2. To perplex him with envy arfoolifh wicked men, verfez.. Beginning of it. 2. By the Rife or Ground of the Temptation, viz. \. The Profperity of the wicked, obfervedby him, v.2,. This profperity of the wicked is Defcribed, and Am- plified. 1. Defcribed particularly, (ij By their ea- fie death, or eafie ljfe till death; no knits in their death, or, till their death, f 2^ By their firm ftrength and health, v. 4. C%) By their freedom from troubles and plagues which othermen undergo, v. 5. 2. Aggravated, By the wicked fruits and ef- fefts of their abufed profperity, vi^. fi J Their waxing worfe and worfe by their profperity. There- fore, Sec. 1. Pride compaffeth them as a Chain. 2.V10' lence covers them as a. Kobe, v. 6. 3. Their eyes ft and out with fatnefi, have a fwelling countenance. 4. They pajl the thoughts of the heart : i.e. they in pro- fperity pafs the thoughts of the heart. Or. the thoughts of the heart do pafs : i. e. their hearts thoughts after thefe things, pafs all bounds and mea- ftire v.j. 5. They are corrupt ; or, do cerrupt;or,do make diffolute, viz. They corrupt themfelves or others with fin : or they diffolve and confume with op- preffion. 6.Theyfpeakwickedly concerning their Op- prtfiion, glorying therein ; fet forth by three Phrafes-, Speakingfiom aloft, Setting their mouth againft Hea- ven, Their tongue walking though the Earth, v. 8, 9. f 2 J Hifpeople, that is, Gods profeffed people, but hypocrites ; or weak ones,dazIed with wicked mens profperity, return to the wicked, and a full Cup of temptation it wrung out to them hereupon, v. 10. Cl) Their prophane Atheiftical thoughts of God, as not knowing them or their dcportments,&c. v. 1 1. All which is clofed up with an emphatical indigitati- on of them; Behold, thefe are the ungodly, &c.v. 12. II. The contrary adverfity of the righteous ; Making the Pfalmift ready to think, all his Piety, Purity, and Innocency to be in vain, v. 15, 14. III. H'ti victory over this fore temptation, v. 15, to the end. Where note, l.The necefjity of oppofing and withfianding this temptation, that he might not perfidioufly trefpafs againft the Generation of Gods Children, ver. 1$. 2.The difficulty and ("to humane ftrength J impof- fibility of underftanding thefe deep difpenfations of Gods Providence, and withfianding the temptation thereupon, v. 16. 3. The right way and means of overcoming this temptation, vi^. I. By going into Gods Sanlluaries, C fo the Tabernacle and Temple ftiled intheplu- ral number, in refpeft of the three partitions there- in) where he was armed againfl this temptation by Gods Word read and expounded. II By attentive confidering, according to the Word there heard, the dif- ferent ft ate and conditions of the wicked and the godly. 1 The flare of the wicked mofl unhappy, if their end be looked at, v. 17. For, (i) In their greatefl profperity they ftand in flippery places, ftill ready to fall. (2) Being caft down, 1 They are defolated, v. 18. 2 They are marvelhufly defolated in a moment. 3 They are [pent andconfumed with troublefometerrours, v. 19. 4 They vanifft and are dejpifed as a dream when one awakes, v. 20. Hereupon he checks, blames, and fhames himfclf for yielding fofarto this tempta- tion, and making a filfe judgement, about wicked mens profperity, (the prefage rather of their ruinej And this in fundry particulars. As, for his leavened heart fowred with this rempration ; His envy, dij- 1 /•/•./•;, &:c. at their profperity, prhk}"g hit reins ; } Ws folly herein ; Hisignorance ; His bruhiflwefs in the fight of God, v. 22. 2. The contrary flate ofhim- felfand of the godly, mofl happy: They being, not- withflanding all their adverfity ., mofl dear to God. Being, (1) With God continually; (2) Staid and held fafi by Gods right-hand; (3J Guided here by Gods Counfel ; (~qj To be received hereafter to glory, v. 23, 24« C$ J Endeared fo affectionately to God, as to account him, His only defirable Treafure and Su- preme good in Heaven and Earth d; His Hearts d Aurum Rock, againfl all tailing of Soul and Body ; and His etfi fem- Everlufting Portion, v. 25, 26. per habeo quid habeo? Deum fi femper habcrem, quam magnum bonum habe- rem / Qui aliud premium petit a Deo, & propterea fervjre vult Deo, rariusfacit quod vult accipere, quamipfum a quo vulc accipere. Quid ergo ? nullum prxmium Dei ? Nullum prafter ipfum, Premium Dei, ipfe Deus eft, &c. Aug. Enarrat. Pfal. 72. p. 199. C. D. Tom. Balif. 1569. 4. The happy Clofe andConclufton which he makes of his Victory over this Temptation. Pronouncing hereupon, 1. The wretchednefs and mine ofallthac are Aliens to God, or Apoftates from God, ver. 27. 2. The contrary happinene of himfelf and the Godly in Adhering to God, by drawing near to h\m, and trufting in him, that they may praife him for all his excellent works, ver. 28. Pfalm LXXIV. Se&. I. The Summary Contents. In this Yathetii k_ Pfalme, wherein the Pfalmifl, or Church ofGod, deeply laments the Delblauons of GodsSan&uary and the face of Religion among the Jews, are I. An Exordium, 1. ExpoAulating with God, about his foredifpleafure, v.i. 2. Suppli- cating to him for his fpeedy fuccour, v. 2, 3. II. A Narration of the grievous calamities and ruine brought upon the Temple, Religion, and the people of God in regard thereof, ver. 3. to 10. III. An ear- neft Supplication to God, for the Churches relief and fuccour againft all her enemies, and the miferies brought upon her. Which Supplication is prefent- ed and preiled by many forcible and Pathetical Argu- ments, ver. 10. to the end. Sett. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew, I. Afafchil a of A fa ph. r. f> Od, why haft-caft-w*-off for ay ? VJ" Againft thy Pafture's fheep Why fhall thine anger fmoak alway ? 2. b Thy Church in mmd-ftill keep, Which thou haft purchafed ofold, Thine Heritage's rod Thou haft redeem'd : Th'uSion Mount Wherein chou-hadft-abode. 3. To a Htt. or, for Afaph, fa Htb. Re- men'ber thy Congreg*- tion. P S A L M E LXXIV. 249 la t inns of perpetuity d Heb or, againft. e H.i-. Openings. FHfc Beetle (or Twible) and Mallecs g heb. not a Prophet any morf, hHtb. O GOD, fhall c Hfb.vcfo- g. jo c th' endlefs Defolations Thy feet life fdo not tarry) The foe to all-things ev'1-hath-done Wirhin the Sanctuary. 4. Amidft thy Synagogues roar out Do thy difrreffing foes : For Signes their Enfigncs round about Therein they do difpofe. 5. A man was ome know n-famoujly, As ffor the Temples good) He Axes lifted up on high dOn thicket of the Wood. 6. But now irs e Carvcd-works, and walls Together overthrown, Mofljur'mujly with /Axe and Maules. They have- qui te-bcaten-down . 7. Thy Sanctuaries they have cart Into the fiery-flame ; To th' Earth they hav e profan'd at lafi The dwellings of thy Name. 8. They faid within their heart, we fhall Make-fpoil-of them together : They in the Land have burned all Gods Synagogues to powder. 9* Ah ! we do not our Signes behold, g No Prophet m among ; Nor if there with us young or old That knoweth well how long. 10. How long, h LORD, fhall th' enemy Reproach and thus defame ? The foe to perpetuity Shall heblafpheme thy Name .* II. 11. 0 why draw-back thine hand dolt thou3 Yea thy right hand fufpend ? Out of i thy bofome pluc\it now And make a final end. 1 2. For, God he if my King alone From all Antiquity : In mid ft of Earth Salvations £,He-worketh migluily. 15. The Sea, thou by thy fortitude Didft-breaking-part with wonder : In waters, heads of Dragons rude Thou-didft-quite-break-in-funder. 14. Heads of Leviathan fo high Thou didft-in-pkees-beat: To folk that dwell-in-deferts-dry Thou gaveft him for meat. 15. Thou clav'ft the Fountain and the flood Strong Rivers up thou dry'dft. 16. The Dav's thine, thine the night, 0 God Thou light and Sun provid'ft. 17. All Borders of the Earth below Thy felf-haft-fetled-faft : The Summer and the Winter too Ofoldkhou formed haft. 18. Remember this-, the haughty foe Dozh flill the LORD m defame.' Thefoolifh people have alfo Elafphem'd thine holy Name. 19. To n wild-beafls do not any more Thy Turtle's Soul deliver : The Congregation ofthy poor Forget not thou for ever. i hth. the inward of thy bofome. k heb, work- 1 Heb. thou haft formed the (ti. m Heb. Re. proach. n Heb. or ; wilde com- pany. 10. Refpeft the Covenant with thy Sons : For Earth's dark-paths along Are fill'd with Habitations Of violence and wrong. 21. 0 let not the oppreffed-one Depart 0 enwrap'd-wirh-fhame: But let the poor and needy-one Praife thy Renowned Name. 22. Arife, OGod; Plead thou thy plea : At laft remember thou .,4// thy reproach, which all the day Doth from the foolifh/rW. 23. The voice ofthy diftreffing-foes1 p Blot not from memory : Their tumult that-againft-thee-rofe q Afcends continually. Seft. III. The Kind^ Tenman^ and Occafton. This for the Kind of it, is a very fad Lamenting Prayer of the Church of God, in deep afflictions; tending to inftrud the Church how to carry it, in like cafes, in after times. Penman, cannot certainly be determined upon. The Subiect,Marter and Occafirm of the Pfalme may fufficiently evince r. That ir was neither Penned by David nor Afaph, fith the afflictions here lamented, befell the Church long after their dayes. If David or Afaph Penned it, it was written as a Prophecy of troublesto come, faith one/well : If fome other Pro- phet made it when Calamities were on Ifrael, then it was committed to Afaph' s pofterity, the Singers, called by their Fathers name; as Aarons Pofterity are called, Aaron, iChron. 12. 27. unlefle we fhall fay ("as fome t do hint ) that it was another Afaph than him that lived in Davids time, who wrote this Pfalme, and who faw thefe woful things acted a- gainft Gods people in his times. Occafion and particular time of this Pfalmes writing is as varioufly and doubtfully fpoken of, as the Pen- man. Some u think it was written upon Occafion of Antiochuf Epiphanes his Prophaning and Polluting of Zembbabels Templeby Heathenifh Idolatry, and of his cruelty againft Gods people and Religion. Buc againft this, Calvin s Note is obfervable; Though Antiochus propbanedthe Temple, yet did he not burn the Fabricl^with fire x. Some y upon Occafion ofiVe- bucbadnerxars deftroying Solomons Temple, or^ln- tiochm his outrage, &c. Calvin ^ fomewhat inclines to think the Pfalmift here had refpect to both thefe woful times. Hierome a. refers it either to the dayes ot Nebuchadnezzar, who deftroy'd Solomons Temple, or oiTitm Vefpafian who ruined Zembbabels Temple. Some b more determinatively refer it to the times of Nebuchadnezzar anc* the Babylonifh Captivity, and towards the end of that Captivity, when they were fadly deprived of publick Ordinances and their Pro- phets, asisfignified, verfe 9. we fee not our Signes, &c. As Yfal. 79. and 102. feem to be written about the fame time. They pray for deliverance here from the Babylonifh Captivity, as Daniel did, Dan. 9. To this laft I molt incline, as moft agreeing to the current of this Pfalme. Sefr. IV. The Scope. The Scope intended in this Lamenting Prayer, is ; 1. To bewail the Ruine and Deflation of the Sanctua- ry, and the face of Religion among the Jewes by their infolent and perfecuting enemies ; 2. And to intreat the LORD, by Arguments urged from his own All-fufficient Power, the Enemies infolency, His dear Childrens diftreffes, and his faithful Cove- nant; to Couuniferate and relieve them. S f f Seft. V. oHfi. alhamed. pHti. for- get not. qbeb atten- ding. r Jo. Calvin Com. in Pf. 74. 1 . & Jo. Foord. in ■ ExpoC Pf. 74- fHA'nfw. in hisAnnor. on Pf. 74.!. t Hen Mol- ler. in Arg. Pfal.74.fc Sim.de Muis in Arg. Pf7+; u Fran. Jun. in Annot. ad Pf. 74- x Joan. Calv. in Com. ad Pf. 74 1. y H.Mollcr. in Argum. ad Pf. 74. t Jo. Calv. in Pf. 74* 1. cHieronyro, in Plal. 73. Tom. 8. bSim.de Muis mArg. ad Pul. 74. Jo. Foord. txpolit. Pf. 74,Tcmpiis. :50 P S A L U E. LXXV. cSee the Preface before the beginning of the Pfalms Se3. VI. d So Jim . inAnnot.on Plal.74.5. & H.Ainf. Annot. there. Seff. V. The Andy foot Trincipal [ Tarts. In'the 7»7e are laid down 1. The Denomination ofthe Pfalme, Mafchil, i. e. An Inftrufting Pjalme. This is C as I have formerly c noted J one of the XW Mifhils. They are fo called, becaufe in every one of them there is laid down fome Eminent and Remarkable Matter of Jnftruttion to Gods Church and People. This Pfalm injhufts the Godly about Gods great wrath which by realon of fin may fall upon his Church. 2. Tne name of the Penman, or of the Mailer ofthe Mufick to whom it was direfted ; Of Afaph, or, for Afaph. In the Pjalme it Je//confider chiefly three parts. 1. An Exordium or entrance into the Pfalme verfe 1,2, 3. 2. A Narration, verfe 4. to 10. 3. A Supplication, ver. 80. to the end. I. The Exordium, or Entrance into the Pfalme, is Pathetical. Wherein the arrtifted Church of the Jews, 1. Expojlulates w,ch God about his great dif- pleafure upon his people. Wherein note, ( 1 ) The Aftsofhisdifplealure ; Re)e 8tn g, Anger. 2. The Ob- ject of his Difpleafure; The flteep of Gods Paflure, Metaph. f"3J The Aggravations of it, by the con- tinuation of it. The extremity of it; fmoakjng anger, Metaph, ver. 1. 2. Supplicates to God, (ij To re- member gracioufly , His Church which he had purchafed •• His Kingdom IJrael, which he had redeemed; the Mount Sion wherein he had dwelt, verje 2. f 2 J To make hafte to relieve the Church againft the Perpetual Deflations, The enemie having done evil to all things in the Sanauary, ver. 3. II. The Narration Explains, Ulullrates, and aggra- vates this Calamity notably ; I. By the enemies in- tolerable outrage and infolency, 1. Roaring in mi dfi ofthe Lord's Congregations. 2. Setting up their Enfignes therefor Signes,ver.^. 3. Breaking and beating down all be curious Openings and Carved worlds with Axes & Maules, &c. which by Solomon was Honorifically and Sumptuoufly built. Or, In demolifhing the Temple he was moil famous that deftroyed it moft eagerly and furioufly d, verje 5, 6. 4.Eurning the Sanftuarie 5. Defiling the Habitation of Gods Name to the ground, verfe 7. 6. Saying in their hearts, they fhould fpoil them all together" 7. Burning up all the Synagogues of God in the Land, verfe. 8. II. By Gods peoples great lofTe and privation ofthecomfortable Means of Grace whereby they might be fupported againft thefc Ca- lamities, vi^. As, l. Of their Signs and Tokens of Gods prefence Extraordinary and Ordinary , As Sabbaths, Sacrifices, Sacraments, &c. 2. Of their Prophets,that might foretell how long the Calamities fhould laft, verfe 9. III. The Supplication ofthe Church unto God for favour, wherein, I. The Church Expoftulates with God for permitting the enemy, 1. To reproach and blaf- pheme his Name fo long, verfe 10. 2. To oppreffe his people, whifft God keeps his right-hand ftill I in his bofome, not helping his people, nor plaguing their enemies. Whereupon fhc provokes him to pluck, his hani out of his bofome, verfe n. II. The Church urgeth God, by fundry Arguments Pathetically laid down to fuccour and relieve her againft her enemies and miferies. Thefe Arguments are drawn, I. From Gods Royal Relation to and Protection of his Church of old, verfe 12. 2. From Gods extraor- dinary works of wonder for his people Ifracls Deli- veranccand Salvation of old, As, { 1 J Dividing the Red-Sea,xof3vethcm from Pharaoh and his Hoaft. C 2 J Breaking the heads of Dragons or Whales in the waters, i, e. drowning Pharaohs Nobles, Captains, and Commanders in the Red-Sea, as Exod. 14. 28- with 15. q.fucb being compared £^f(s 29. 3. to Dragons or Whales, verje 13. f 3 J Breaking the heads of Le- viathan inpicces, i.e. drowning Pharaoh with all his Princes, Exod. 14. and 15. in the Red-Sea, Tyrants, as here, and Jfa. 27,3. arc uliially compared toLe~ viathanthe Sea-Dragon, defcribed, Job. 40. 20. and 4i.6,&e. Giving him tobe meat to the people in- habiting the Wildernefs /. e. Either tolfrael in the Wildernefs , taking the fpoil of Pharaoh and the Egyptians caft up by the Sea, and reioycing in their juft mine: Or to the wild-beafls ofthe Wildernefs, feeding upon their dead Carkafes, verf. 14. f 4) Cleaving Fountains and Floods out ofthe Rocks, Exod. 17. 6. Numb. 20. 1 1. C 5 ) Drying up mighty Rivers, as Jordan, Jo(J}. 3. 15, \6, 17, djre. Amon, and Jabbock., Numb, a 1. 14. Deut. 2. 37. that his people might pais thorough them, verf.xe,. 3. From Gods ordinary works of Creation, &c. wherein his great Power hath been magnified. As, ( 1 ) Day and Night. Gen. 1. 5. (2) Light, and the Sun, Gen. 1. 3, 14, to 19. verfe 16. Q 3 ) Setting the Borders ofthe Earth. (" 4 ) Making Summer and Winter, verfe 17. 4. From the reproach andblafphemy which their foolifh enemies have caft upon the Name of God, verfe 18. <,. From the dear Relation wherein Gods people ftand unto God himfelf. They being 1. His Turtle-Dove. 2, The Congregation of bis pocr-affliaed-ones, verf. J 9. 6. From Gods faithful Covenant with his people. 7. From the Habitationsof cruelty againft Gods people in all the dark and obfcure places of the Earth, ver. 20. Ill, The Church upon all thefe Confiderations clcfeth up this Pjalme with earneft Petitions to the LORD, 1. That Gods Opprefied, Poor, and Needy may not be afhamed, but have caufe to praife Gods Name, ver. a 1. 2. That God would arife,and plead his own Plea againft his daily reproach by the foolifh, ver. 22. 3- That God would remember the in folent, voice and tumult ofthe enemy againft him afcending continual- ly, verfe 23. Pfalm LXXV. Setf. I. The Summary Contents. In this Pfalme are, I. A thankful confeffton unto God, that his Name is near as is evident by his wonderful works, ver. 1. II. A dutiful promife ofthe Pfalmift to God, of a righteous management of his Regal Go- vernment. 1. Generally in judging uprighrly, ver, 2. 2. Particularly, f 1 J In ftablifhing the Pillars ofthe mattered Kingdom, ver. 3. ( 2~) In repreiling the folly, pride, and fury of theinfolent wicked, verfe 4. t0 9- (3.) I" declaring the works ofthe God of Jacob, verfe 9. (4)In breaking the power of the wicked, but exalting the power of the Righteous, verfe 10. Seft. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew. To the Majier-Mufcian^ a Altafchcth j A Pfalme 0/Afaph, A Song. 1. /^\ God, to thee confeffe-we do, V_/ To thee we do confellc ; That thy great Name if near alio : Thy wonders they-expreffe. 2. Receive b appointment when I fhalf,' I will judge c righ tonlly. 3. Earth's diflolv'd, and her dwellers all : Her Pillars .Yfix'd have I. 4- I a Ht.K or. Corrupt, notjA lJ(\ilm for Afaph-- b HtK or. an appointed time . rieh- tcoiilncilc-. d \hb or, I willfidy I jflcn, n- ti- fi iarty lU- blilli is by line and mealiue. P S A L M E. LXXVI. 251 « Het and from welt, nor fiom- fbeh chts he will abafe and this he will exalt. £ Fran. Jun.Hen. Mollerm, G. Amsf. Jo.Foordin /nPfal. 72. Hieronym. Etiam vi- detur fave- re huic in terprec. h Sim. de Muis Arg. JnPfal.75. 3 Fran.Iun. in Annot. Hen. Mai- ler, in Arg. adVhl.is. G.Amef. in Pfai.75. k Joan. Foord. Ex- pof.¥hl.7i. Tempos. 4. I faid unco rhc fboli.li-ones, Do not deal-foolilhly : Likewife unro the wicked -ones Lift not tlie Horn on high. 5. Do not lifr-up your Horn on-high: With ftiffneck do not fpeak. 6. For, not from Eaft, e nor Wcfl, nor dry Defert advancements break. 7. But God U Judge : / He lifts one up, And brings ono< her low. 8. For in the LORD'S hand « a Cup, The wineis-red alfo, JrV full of mixture, from-the-fame He alfopoureth-forth; Butfqueeze and drink it's dregs fhall aU The wicked of the Earth 0. And th'uhis nw^for-evermore I-will-declare-abroad .- With joy Singpfalme-will-I therefore To Jacobs Mighty- God. 10. Of all the wicked .-ones the Homes Hew-off likewife will I; But of the Righteous-one the Homes Shall-be-exalted-hi^h. Seffi. III. The Kind, Penman, and Occasion, ThisPfalmeisofa MixtKind; Confifting, Partly of Praife, Partly of Promife, Partly of Doctrine and Inftru&ion. Penman of ir, is generally thought, not to be Afapb though his name be inferred in the Title .• But, either fome Prophet under the Babylonifh Captivity ; or rather DdWhimfelf, as divers do cnn~eiveg. Occafion whereupon, and time when this Pfalme was penned, is alfo varioufly apprehended; Some fuppofe it was written under the Babylonifh Cap- tivity, upon occafion of the devaitarion of the Land oflfrael, and inlblency of the Babylonians over Gods people/?. Others rather judge (and I think more agreeably to the current of the Pfalme accurately ob- ferved J that it was penned in Davids dayes, upon Occafion of Davids coming to the Royal Government C after the f?.d Diffraction and Devaluation of the Land through the difcord betwixt the houfe of Saul and Daved\ ) Either, when upon Sauls death the Tube of Judah anno'imedhim in Hebron, 2 Sam. 2. 1,2 ,5,4. Or,when Abner ,defeiting his Mailer lfhbo- flieth, turned IfraelzoDavid 2 Sam. 3.9,10,11,12,80:. Or,when after the death of Abner, 2Sam.z.. 17. & after the death of Iflibofiietb, 2 Sam. 4.6. all the Tribes came to Hebron and annointed him King over all If- raelk, 2 Sam.<,. i,&c. which laft feemsmoft fully fui table to this pfalme. Seel. IV. The Scope. The Scope of the Pfalmift herein, is ; To celebrate (in the perfon of David and of all the faithful ) and magnifie Gods wonderful providence in governing all affaires here below in the Dominions of men : and particularly in prcferving David in midff. of many publick dangers, and at laft advancing him compleat- ly to the Throne, thac he might rule religioufly and righteoufly. Sett. V. The Analyfis, or Principal Tart's. Inthelfr/rnorc; 1. The Direction of the Pfalme as to the Mufick of it ; More Generally ; To the M.ifler-Mufician. More particularly, To Afapb. 2. The Nocc or Tune to which ir. was to be fet , Al- tafchitb. Or, An hint at the Argument or Matter of the Pfalme ; corrupt-not 1, vi^. deflroy not David my King, &c. Al-t afcheth h alfo prefixed to Pfil. 57, 58, 59. 3. The Mufick of the Pfalme, laid down in two words; Mi^mor, denoting the Compofure of it in Verje, not in Profe. Shir, A Song. Importing it was to betuncd with voice. In the Pfalme it felfwc have I. A thankful Confeffion made by David and the faith' fid to God. Amplified by the Caufe thereof, vi^. Gods Name being near to them, which is Evinced and Demonftrared by Gods wonderful works, f As prefervation of David In all hispcrils,Dcath of Saul, Affection ofjudah; Inclination of Abner to David -y Death of Ifyboflmb ; Confent of all the Tribes toan- noin: David King, &c. (~ verfe 1. II. A dutifull promije of David to God, touching the well-managing of his Kingly Government , I. More Generally ; to judge uprightly. Amplified by the Scafon when he will do this"; vi^. when hefliould receive appointment; or the appointed time ; or, the Congregation : that is, when he fhonld be fet upon the Throne, verfe 2. II. More particularly, whathewiil do in his righteous Government, viz^. I. He will fettle andftablifh the Pillars'of the difolved and broken Kingdom. The two chief Pillars of the Ec- clejiafticli, and Civil State, ver. 3. 2. He will C in order to this Reftitution of things J reprefs the folly pride,and fury of vain-glorious, Fnfolent wicked men, ver. 4, 5. To this end, 1. He refutes and condemns one Primary and Fundamental Error of the wicked, yi^. That they afcribe the abafing of one, and exalt- ing of another, to Mans Policy, Fortune, or other Caufes, which ought properly and peculiarly to be afcribed unto God alone, verfe 6, 7. 2. Hedefcribes and declares Allegoric ally the Manner of Gods Ad- miniftration both towards the Godly and wicked : The godly drinl^of bU Cup of Mixture, of affli&ion, &c The kicked muft wring out, and drinl^ the very dregs thereof, verfe 8. 3. He will declare the works of the God of Jacob, (~ having peculiar care of his people J and fingpraife to him for ever, verf. 9. 4. He will hew off-the borne, break the power, pride, and infolency ot the wicked, bur exalt the Power and Glory of the Righteous. He will differently and difcriminatively deal with them, ver. 10. (~ H&c & bu]ufmodi faxit Dens per Car. II. a Mail 29. An. Dom. 1660. de die in diem. J Pfalm LXXVI. Seti. I. The Summary Contents. 1. Gods Majefly and Power in and for the Church againft her enemies, efpeciallythe Affyrians Armies befieging Jerufalem, is defcribed, ver. i.to 11. 2. All round about him are exhorted f in teftimony of their thankfulneffe,) to ferve him reverently, vet. H, 12, Sect. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. To the Alafler-Alnfician on a Neginoth, A Pfalme of Afaph, A Song. 1. T N Judah God U known : His Name 1 Is 1 /See the Analyfis ofPf. 57. great in Ifrael. 2. b His Tent in Shalem, full of fame : In Sion he doth dwell. 3. There' a Hrfc. or { ftringed-in- ltrumCHts,a Pfalm for Afapb. b Heb. And hit Taber- nacle was and his H*2 bication in Sion. 252 V S A L M E. LXXVI. c Heb fiery dates or burning arrows. A hub or; illuitrious, magnifi- cent, or ; wondrous excellent. e btb. 1 he mighty of heart have yie 1 :ed rhemfelvcs- to f oil. {btb. t rom. q beh. hath been caft- aflcep. h he>>. thy faces, horn then (i. t. from tin time) of thine anger, i tftfr fhalc gi.d. k bib Kings e£ the earth. 3. There brake he c th'Arrows of the Bow : TheShieH, and Sword, and War. Sdah. 4. More t/bright and excellent art thou Than Hills of prey by far. 5. e Stout- hearted-ones defpoyled were, They flept their fleep full found : Nor any men of valour there Their warlike hands have found. 6.f At thy rebuke, O Jacob's God, g Slept Horfe and Chariot both. 7. Thou, thou art dreadful ; who can ftand 'Fore h thee, when thou art wroth ? 8. Judgement from Heav'ns thou mad'ft-be -heard Earth feared, and was flill 9. When God to judgement rofe ; To fave Earths meek-ones all from ill. Selah. id. AiTuredly the wrathful-heat Of man fhall thee confefs : The remnant of the wrathful-heats Thou i (halt girding-fupprefs. 11. Vow ye, and pay unto the LORD Your God toyoufo dear: Let all about him round afford A Prefent to the FEAR. 12. He as in-Vintage-cutteth-down High Princes haughty Spirit : He will a dreadful Gid be known To ^Kings that Earth inherit. Sett. III. the Kinde^ Occasion. Tetwtan, and ISim. d* Muis inArg, ad.P1al.7fi. tn Sim.de Mins in Arg.P.7*- n LXX1I. Interpret 7' 'AoJVejLOV & polt Cos, Joan. Calv. in Pfal.76. 1. Hen. Mo'.ler in Arg.Pf.7<5. Frun. J un. in Annor. ad Pf.76 i.Sim. de Muis in ArgPf.'/f. G.Amel. in Pfalm 76. J°. Foord in Evp. fi-. Pf- 1 7tf . Tempts. This is an Eucharifiical Pfalme, A Triumphant Pfalme of Thanks and Praife to God. Penman of it feems t o be, neither Afaph nor yet Pavid : but fome other Prophet, as Ifaiah I, &c. long after the dayes of I>avid. And the Matter of the Pfalme notably inclines my judgement thus to think. Occafion of it, fome think to be Gods deflruction of Gog and Magog, here Prophetically foretold : mak- ing this Pfalme a Prophecy. Others better, refer1' it to the great victory that ]ehofloapbat obtained over Moab, Amman, and Mount Seer, 2 Sam. 8. with 2 Chron. 18. m. But they fecm to judge bell of alI,who think this Pfalme was Penned upon Occafion of Gods wonderful deliverance of Jerufalem from the Affyri- an Army ; when God provoked with Rabfljekjib's blafphemies, 2 King. 18. 30, foe'. p.C.hron.2,2. 11, foe. Ifa. 36. 15. and with his railing Letters, 2 Chron. 32. 17. Ifai. 37. 10. tf^rc.at the ardent prayers of King/jV^e£/ relate. III. 13. Thy facredvity, O mighty-Goij Inn tin: Sanctuary : Who in the World fo great a God, As thou 0 God of glory > 14. Thou art the God that from on high q Dofl wonders of renown. Among the People mightily Thou mad'ft thy Valour known. 15. Thy People dear thou baft redeem'd With thine out-ftretched arme : The fons of Jakob, much efteettid, And jokphs fons,Jromharme. Selah: 16. 0 God, the waters they thee faw, The waters did thee fee, They r t rembled, as ingreatefl aw : And deeps were ftirr'd for thee. 17. The clouds their waters ftreamed-dowrtj The fkies did give /"a found : Likewifethine Arrowes fiercely thrown Went-fwiftly to the ground. 18. Thy thunder's voice was in the t fpheares The world illuminate, Thy lightnings did : Earth mov'd for fear, And trembled fore thereat. 10. Thy dry land way was in the Sea, And thy paths of renown Were in th^mighty waters : u yea Thy foot- fteps were not known. 20. Thou, like-a-flock through Sea and Land The people didft-lead- Gods r Heb. were in pangsas a-travelling woman. f Heb. a voice. t Heb. er, roundnefs i. e. round, air for the air isffheri- call.or round u Heb, »rj and. 254 ? S A L ME. LXXVII. Gods People of old have had of him in their deepeft \ fequently to inftruct them how they may beft deport themfelves in like ftraits. Or, to 0>ew, I. How the godly may be afflicted. 2. In Affliction deferted of God. 3. And how againft both they may be com- forted. \ Jo Foard on Zxrf. Pf. 77. Tem- pus. Z ]o. Calv. Arg. Pf. 77. &in Com. ad ver. 2. a Sim. ad Muti in Arg.Pf.j7. extremities. Occafion, in General, was fome great affliction,and thereupon fome deep diflrefs of fpiric under fenfe ofGodsriifpleafure, againft all which, theduecon- fideration of the Saints experiences of God of old, wonderfully relieving them in their ftraits, is decla- red to be a ipecial Relief and Remedy.Eut in particu- lar, how hard is it fatisfactorily to define the Occafi- . Somej think it was penned by David, (though his name be not prefixed J upon Occafion of Gods fe- verelnnd againft hkn, and his houfe, (as he had rhreatned, 2 Sam. 12. 10, n, 12, J efpecially in Amnon's inceftuous ravifhing of his Sifter Tf)amar, And afterwards in Abfaloms cruel murder of Amnon, 2 Sam. 13. Wherein David, reading Gods dread- ful difpleafure againft him for his own former fins of Adultery and Murder, was in great anguifh of foul, and not without fome diffidence and doubts, leaft God fhould utterly remove his wonted Ioving-kind- nefs from him, &c. And that the whole Argument or Subject-matter of the Pfalme doth mod fitly agree hereunto. Others fin the other hand do rather judge, that the private grief of a particular perfon is not herein expreffed, but the more publick fighs and laments of Gods Elect People, and that the Holy Spirit dictated this Pfalme as a common form of Praying for the afflicted Church : the faithful relating Gods ancient Redemption of them, asamonument of Gods perpetual grace, that hereby they may ani- mate themfelves the more unto prayer •, So Calvin ^, taking the words, v. 1,2, 3. &c. all along, not intheprxter, but in the future tenfe. Muii a a\(o condudes,it was Penned upon Occafion of fome greac calamity upon the Ifraelitifh People : and perhaps of that fevere one, their Captivity in Babylon. Aid that it might be penned either by Afaph in dayes of David, forefeeing their Babyionifli-Captivity by a fpi- ric of Prophecy ,or by another Ajaph (of Afaph s fons) living under the Captivity. In thisdiftance of Opi- nions, its hard to determine. Both ofthem arc at- tended with their great inconveniences. To limit the diftrefs, here deciphered, to a Jingle perfon, as the firft part of the Pfalme carries it, v.i. to 11. feems fcarce fo fuitable to the later and confolatory part thereof,which is drawn from Gods ancient good- neffe to his whole people Ifrael, ver. 11. to the end: and to extend the whole Pfalme to the whole Church, according to the latitude of the later part of it, feems fcarce correfpondent to the conflant current of the expreffions, as of a fingle perfon, in the former part. Let the Learned and Judicious confider. All things deliberately weighed, I incline to think, the cala- mity and grief here delineated, was of a particular perfon, rather then of the whole Church. And a par- ticular perfon may extract comfort to himfelfinhis particular diftrcfles, from Gods eminent mercies to his whole Church in like ftraits ; The comfort of the w/W.>, being the comfort of every part. However, boch the whole Church of God, and every particular believer individually, may hence receive fingular In- ftruflion, how to fupport themfelves, by Gods great experimented favours of old unto his Church in fore diftrefs, againft all their outward calamities, and in- ward perplexities. Sctf. IV. The Scope. The Scope intended in this Pfalme, is; t. In this Pattern herein propounded, ro teach both particu- lar Believers and the whole Church of God, that's no new thing for Gods people to be eXercifed with great calamities, fomeiimes through their infirmities cxpo- fing tliem to much defpondcncy,diffidence, and ex- pofiulations with God, yet at laft wreftling out of all upon a due remembrance of Gods wonderful works ofoldfor-his people in fore diftrtlicsi 2. And con- Sccf. V. The Andyfis, or Principal Parts. The Title denotes to us, 1. The Direction of this Pfalme as to the Mufick of it : (1) More generally •, To the Mafter-Mufician. (" 2 J More particularly, To Jeduthun, and Afaph. 2. The Denomination of it; A Pfalm, Importing, it was compofed in Rythme-, and to be tuned on Inftruments of Mufick. The Pfalme ir/e// contains, I. h Joyful Acknowledgment, or Profeffionof God/ lending an eare to the Pfalmifts earneft Prayers, pa- thetically described in Three Expreffions. verfe 1. This fome b take to be the refult of his Conflict with, and Conqueft over his great diftrefs ; as elfewhere the like in Pfil. 75. t. is abruptly laid down. II. A fad Narrative of the Pfalmifts great diftrefs, and Gods fpiritual defertion of him therein in fome meafure. As, 1. Of his unceffant feeking the Lord, and reaching out his hands to him day and night, and yet his foul remained difconfolate, ver. 2. 2. Of his remembring God: and yet was troubled. 3. Of his Meditating, and yet hit jpirit was overwhelmed, ver. 3. 4. Of his fleeplefs nights. 5. Ofhisamazed- nefsandfpecchlefnefsc, wip 4. 6. Of his (1) Re- counting others experiences of old time, f 2 ) Re- membring his own experiences of late, with medi- tation and diligent fearch, ver. 5, 6. 7. Of his Ex- postulation and diffident Ratiocination within him- (elf, touching Gods f 1 J Cafting him off for ever , ( 2 J Being favourable no more ; (~ 3) Ceafing cf his Mercy for ever ; (4) Failing of hit Word from Genera- tion to Generation ; Q 5 ) Forgetting to be gracious ; (6) Shutting up his tender mercy in anger. In all which fome favour of paffionate diffidence of Gods favour, and fenfe of Gods deferring him, isdifcovered,i/m 7, 8, p. This was his Diftrefs : and This his fpiritual Conflict under it. III. Afweet Remedy and Relief of the Pfalmifta- gainft all this his diftrefs and diffidence, verfe 10. to the end. Where note, 1. Hit recollelling and checking himfelf, for his In- firmity in his former Reafonings, verfe 10. beginning. 2. Hit Remedy and Support which he found again!! all his former diftrefs and diffidence, and whereby he became Conquerour of all his former conflicts, vi^. The due consideration and recognition of Gods works and wayes of old. And this, I. More Gene- rally, in variety of Phrafes. As, I. Remembring the years of his right-hand, ver. 10, 2. Remembring his works and wonders, ver. 11. 3. Meditating upon all hit work-, A"d talking oj hit praliices, ver. 12. II. Mote Specially, He conlidered upon, 1. Gods fecrct and unfeen way in the Sanctuary. In the Sanctuary things were hid from all but from the Priefts. 2. Gods grcatnefle, ver. 13. 3. Gods wonders, vi\. upon the plagued Egyptians. 4. Gods power declared among the people vi^. in prefer vingmcan-wl.ile his people Ifrael from like calamities, ver. 14. 5. Gods might in Redeeming Ifrael out of Egypt, ver. i<;. 6. Gods dividing the Rcd-fea, for Ilrael to pals through, molt elegantly defcribed, ver. 16. 7. Gods over- throwing of the Egyptians inthcmidftoftheSea, by a fierce Tcmpeft fent upon them, ver. 17,18. 8. Gods way in the Sea, his paths in the great waters.and hit foot-fleps unknown. And fo his mercies and judge- ments paft finding our, ver. 19. p. Godsfufe con- ducting Ifrael as aflck_from Egypt, through Sea and Wildcrneffc by the hand of Mofes their King, and Aaron their Prieft, ver. 20. Pfalm bju* Foord inPf.-n. Analyf. c Cura: leves loquuntur ingenres ft u pent. Sen. Ttaged. P S A L M E. LXXVIIL 255 a beb. tr An Inrtruaing- P/Vm fur Afapb. b Heb.a Pa- rable. See Match. 1 }. 34.55- c beb. I will utter-from antiquity. d heb. tel- ling, or re- vealing, e htb. And his mighr, and his mar- vels he hath done. f htb. or ; A Teftimony. g /M/.the Generation after,fbns that fhould be born, might know ; h Heb. or, conftant- hope. iUeb. Ge- neration. khtb. A Generation that prepa- red not - - 1 heb. faith- full. m H Can he likewife give Bread for food. And for his People flefh provide ? 21. Therefore the LORD did hear, and was Exrreamly-wroth, likewife a flame Againft his Jacob kindled-was : Yea wrath onTfrael up- came 22. Becaufe the mighty-God upon They did not faithfully-believe, Likewife in hisfalvation They did not hope, but did him grieve, 23. Though skies above he did command .* Anddoores of Heav'ns he-open-fet, 24. And MAN, to eat, on them he ranVd: And gave to them a the heav'nly wheat. 25. Man are the b mighty- Angels bread : c Then meat he to the full did fling. 26. In Heav'ns an Eaft-winrfame The choife-young-men of Ifrael. IV. 32. For all thisgon-in-fin-they-went.* Nor for h is wonders did believe. 33. bin vanity their dayes he fpent: And did their yeares i to trouble give. 34. When them he flew, then him they fought . And turn'd, and God ^.fought-fpeedlly. 35. / Remembred, that God was their Rock; And their Redeemer, God Moft-H/gh. q b ' l: and pafled- tlicm-tho- ronjjh. r htb. And as ■ s Heb. like- tivers. C Heb. yet. u Heb. To fin agauilt him. x Heb. for their foul. y Heb. or j prepare, furnifh. THeb. ftreams overflowed. a H. the wheat of the Heavens. b beb. bread of the Mighcies. c heb. he fen t them Venifonto Satiety, d Htb. he made pal? forth. e tteb. And they are, and were filled vehe- mently. £Htb. defire g Heb. they finned yet. h i gave their Cartel to the haile : And to ^ hot-thunderbolts their flocks. 49. a Hisfiercefllre,and wrathfulnefs He fent among them, them tofpill, And indignation and difirefs .- By fending-forth of Angels ill. 50. He dreadfully weighed:out a path Unto b his Anger tbenexpreft* Their Soul with-held he not from death : And c gave their vvild-bcaft to the pert. 5 1. And all the firft-born fmote at length That was in Egypt's habit ades : The principal of of all itair-ftrength In Cham's abhorred Tabernacles. VI. $2. And like to harmelcfs flieephe made His people deare thence forth-to-pafs , And like a flock he did them lead Within the barren Wildernefs. 53. In e hopeful fafty undifmaid He them likewife conducted over, 1 And they mean-while were not afraid : But all their foes the Sea did cover. 54. To border of his Holinefs Likewife he brought thcm/rV led: This JVow/VMountain topof.efs Which his-right-hand had purchafed. 55. /'Fore them he Heathens out did cart, g Their heritage by line divide : And Tribes of ifrael at laft He in their Tents did make refide. VII. $6. But yet they tempted God moft-high And him b did-bitterly-provoke, And they i obferv'd not faithfully His TciWmonks fweeteft yokj. 57. Eut backward-they-did-turn-away, And like their finful fathers now Unfaithfully-tranfgrefs-did-they: They turned were k like warping bow. 58. And they provoked-him-to-wrath With their high places wickedly : And with their graven-Images They ftirred him to jealoufie. 59. God heard, and was-exceedfng-wroth : And / much abhorred Ifrael 60. And Shilo's Tabernacle left : The Tent m he pitch'd with men to dwell. 61. Andn into thrall, and th' enemy's hand He gave his ftrength and glory both. 62. And 0 gave his people to the Sword . And with his heritage was wroth. 63 The fire his choife young-men pdevour'd Their Virgins were not prais'd alfo. 64. HisPriefls did fall by bloody Sword: Nor did their Widows weep for wo. vnr. 6i). The Lord as-fleeping then awoke As (itong-man q (hours through winereviv'd 66. Likewife his foes behind heitroke; He r endlefs fhame for them conmVd. 67. And Jofeph's Tent he did refufe : Nor did he Ephraims tribe/approve 62. But did the tribe of Judah chufe : Mount Tfion dear which he did love. 69. And built like heights his holy-place : Like earth which he did found for-ay. 70. And chofe his fervant David's Jace : And him from t flieep-folds-took-away. 71. From following after Ewcs-with-young He did him bring ; And him advance To feed Jacob, his [>co])\ejlrong : And Kra'lhis inheritance. 72. And in his hearts perfection A s faithful Sbepbeardt hem he fed : And by his hands difcretions As nurfing Father them he led. e b v. 8. e)ufquein feprovocet iracun- diam,cu)us obedient er r&fideliter debet fufci- peregra- tiam. Ne fiant Seer. V, The Analysis , or Principal Paris. The Title of this Pfalme fets forth ; 1.- The Nature of ft-, Mafchil, An Injiruffing Pfalme. It Angularly infirufls all following ages , and us by the example of Ifrael of old, and by Gods dealings with them,how (futv.7,8) to walk faithfully, obediently, and thankfully with H&ceft God, See Pfal. 32. Sect. 3. 2, The MaSter-MuSician igitur to whom it was, as to the MuSick, directed; for Pfalmihu- Afaph. jusintentky In the Pfalme it felf confider ; 1. the Exordium or h&c utili- Preface. 2. The Propofition. 3. The Narration. 4. tas, hie The ConJufion. ( As to thefe generals I like Jurim his uberrimus Method.,) fruttus. I. The ExordiumJLnmnqc or Preface to the Pfalme Aug. Pref. is Hjrtatory. Herein the Prophet exhorts his people inEnarrat. Hiis, as committed to his in!truction,infpection, &c.) Pfal. 77. to diligent atcention unco his Doctrine which he Tom. 8. here prop ounds/u. 1. And he laies down divers caufes why they fhould thus attend to his Doctrine, all drawn form the nature of it, wr. 1. The dignity of it ; A Parable 2. The difficulty ; Darl^-fayings,Hid- things, 3. The Antiquity. 4. The certainty thereof; Which we have heard, known, lac. ver fe 2, 3. 5. The end thereof, (hewing Gods praifes, power, and won- ders, ver. 4. ^ II. Vie Propofition of the Summe and Subftance of his intended Doctrine, vi^. GodsTeftimony which he ejiablifjjed, and Law which be Commanded the Fathers at Mount Sinai. This Teflimony and Law is illuftrat- ed by the ends and ufcsofGodsrevcalingrliem; w'^ 1. That parents might communicate them and make them known fromGeneration to Generation ,v.<$,6.2. That they mi^htfet their hope in God. \That they might remember hit worlds. 4. That they mightkeep his Com- mandments.verfe'j. Thefe ends are amplified, by the contrary examples and courfes of their Fathers ; Being Stubborn, Rebellious, Faife-hearted,unftedfaft in fpirit with God, verfe 8 III. The Narration of Gods Adminiftrations towards them, in his beneficence parience, and Juftice ;and of their Rebellions againft him , By unbelief and diffimulation in their afflictions, By their Security, and Idolatry in their profperity, verfe 9. to 58. More particularly, here Note, 1. The fir Jl Rurk. of their Rebellions; I. Described. vi\.(\~) Covenant-breaking with God. ("2^ For- getting Gods works and wonders (hewed them. For vyhich the children of Ephraim, though valiant War- riours, yet fled before their Enemies, verfe 9, 10, n. 2. Aggravated^ Gods beneficent and merciful Administrations towards them , vi%_. 1. working wonders for their Fathers in Egypt, to bring them thence, verfe 12. Bringing them Strangely thorough the Red-Sea, verfe 13. 3. Conduct ng them in the Wildernefs by his Pillar of Cloud by day, and of fire by night, verfe 14. 4. Giving them Waters plenti- fully out of the Rocks, vh. At Horeb, Exod. 17. 6. and again at Cadefl), Num. 20. 1, 11. both thefe feem pointed at, verfe 15. 16. 2. The Second Rank^of their Rebellions. 1. Declared and defcribed, as moft greivous and provt king to God, verfe 17. vi%. 1. Tempting Gnd, by asking meat for their luff, verfe 8- 2. Dijlrufting God, by questi- oning and doubtingof his power to give Bread and Flefh in the Wildernefs, notwithstanding they had lately experimented his power in giving Water ouc of the Rock, ver. 19, 20. 2. Aggravated by Gods dealings with them hereupon, vi^. ClJ Hearing this, C 2 J Being greatly incenfed againft them, for their diftrufling God, verfe 21, 22. which diftruft was the more grievous and inexcufable, by reafon of their late experience of Gods power and goodnefs in raining down Manna from Heaven upon them for Bread, &c. ver. 23,24,25. 3. Raining flefh of fea- thered Fowle plentifully upon them, in difpleafure : and whileft the meat was in their mouthes, destroy- ing many of the choifeft of them, ver. 26. to 32. 3. The third Ranl^of their Rebellions, is 1. Defcribed C J ) Partly, in chat jor all this they (innedftill : Mur- muring againft the promifed Land. Numb. 14, 1, <&c. (2) Partly, in not believing, for all Gods wonders, that he would or could give them Canaan, ver. 32. 2. Aggravated, by Gods fore judgement in confum- ingthat murmuring Generation in the Wildernefs forty years, that they fhould never enter into Gods Land of Reft, ver. 33. 4. The fourth Ranl^of their Rebellions, is 1. Defcrib- ed, 1 Partly as implyed , vi^. a That, after God agjc< jQ^ had fworn they (houid noc enter into his Reft, but poor'jfn' bad them turn back into the Defert, Numb. 14.22, £xp0r pr 23. , — 2$, 33T 34, 35. that that Generation might perifh there for their murmuring; They, contrary to Gods Commandment would go up into the Pro- mifed Land, Numb. 14. 40. ^TrTand the Canaanites and Amalebjtes came down and fmote them, Numb. 14.45. 2 Partly asexprelTed, t/?\. That beingj?. 863. r\ek,flefh. Their frailty and mortality, as a wind or D. Tom. 8. vapour ver. 38 , 39. Bafil. 1 669 5 • The fifth Ran\oj their Rebellions in the Wilderneffe c Jo. Foord »s> I- Defribed Pathetically. And this , 1. More Expojit.in Generally; I Often bitterly provoking him. 2 Often Pf. 78. 40. grieving him in the Defert : both laid down in a Pathe- dHen. tical Interrogation \ How oft ? ver. 40. One reckons Ainf.in up fixreen times c. Another feventeen times d, 3 Annot.in Returning and Tempting God. 4 Limiting the Hdy-One Pjal. 78. oflfrael, verfe 41. 2. More Particularly, in that they 40. ingratefully forgor, £0 Their Redemption and De- liverance from Egypt byhis mighty hand, v. 42. (~2 J The wonders and plagueswhich God , for accom- plishing their deliverance, brought upon the Egyp- tians, ver. 43. Here 7 of Egypt 10 plagues are, inftan- ced in, but not in the fame order as God inflicted them. ver. 44. to 52. II. Aggravated exceedingly, by Gods great benefits, which contrary to thefe Provo- cationshe heaped upon rhem,w^. 1. Brings his'peo- ple as a flock forth from Egypt, thorow Red-Sea and Defert, in Confident-fa fety the Sea covering their ene- mies, ver. 52, 53. 2. Conducting them into thePro- mifedLand, called, The Border of kit Holine ft, by Anticipation, in reference to his holy Prefence or Sanctuary there,'afterwards. And thit Mountain, by aSynechdoche of the part — verj. 54. 3. Driving out by deftruction, the Heathens before them. 4. PoiTef- fing Ifr ael actually ofthe Pro-mifed Land, verfe 55. 6. Thefixth Ranfyf their Rebellions againft God af- ter all this, even in the Land of Canaan. This is, 1. Defcribed, 1. More Generally, By their tempting and bitterly-provoking God, 1 Partly, bynotkeep- ing his Testimonies, v. $<5. 2. Partly, by their A- poftacy and unfaiihfulnefie. Set forth, By thecx- ample of their Fathers, and By the fimilitude of a warping Bowe, v. 57. 2. More Particularly, by the particular fins wherewith they provoked him, vi^. 1 Their High places. 2 Their Graven Images, v.58. II. Aggravated, by Gods judgements and by his mer- cy in midft of judgement. 1. By Gods judgements upon them for thefe their fins, vi^. 1. Abhoring Ifra- el in great wrath, (Seejudg. 2. 1, to the end ofthe Booty v. 59. 2. Forfaking his Tabernacle at Shiloh, a^.when the Ark was fetched thence into theCamp, and never came again thither. 1 Sam. 4. 3,&c. 3 f. 60. 3 Delivering bitjbength and beauteous glory, i. e. his Ark it felf, in thedayesof£/i, 1 Sam. 4. II. and $. i* into Captivity: it being taken by the Philiftines, •v.61. 4 Shutting up his people unto the Philijtines Sword, v. 61. Gods fiery wrath by the Philiftines Sword eating up their choife young men, fo that their Virgins were not praifed, i.e. not married : Metonym. of ' ad)unU,v.67,. 5 Suffering their Priefis, Ophni, and Phineas to beflain by the Sword, and no mourning made f^r them, v. 62. 2. By Gods mercies in midft of judgment, ver. 65. to the end. But herein we have the fourth Branch. The Conclufion of this Pfalme. IV. The Conclufion of thit Pfalme, by a Narrative of Gods Acts of Favour and Mercy to Ifr ael in Canaan, notwithftanding all their Rebellions there, and in the Wilderncflc, vi?. 1. The Lords awaking as a mighty-one (houting after wine, and fmiting the Philiftines, to their eternal reproach, ver. 65, 66. 2. His returning no more to Shiloh with his Ark, but rejuftng Jo\ephs Tent and Ephraims Tribe, he chofe Judith and Mount Sion, ver. 67, 68. 3. His building his Sanctuary there, magnificently, and durably, v. 69. 4. Hhchofing of David, from feeding flyeep, to feed hit people fjr ael, ver. 70, 71. Davids Govern- ment being commended, by 1. His Integrity •• 2. His Prudence, in managing that Government over Israel, ver. 7 2. Pfalm LXXIX. Seff. I. The Summary Contents.- 1. A fad lamenting complaint ofthe Deflation of Jerusalem, ver. 1. fo 8. 2. An earneft Prayer for deliverance, ver. 8. to 13. And 3. A Promifeof conftant thankfulneffe, ver. 13. Setf. II. The Verfwn out of th» Hebrew. A rfalm of Afaph. I. 1. /^\ God, the Heathens rude andvrilde VyDid thine inheritance invade, b Thine holy Palace they defil'd, Jerufalem on heaps c they laid. 2. They gave thy Servantscarkafe h Unto the fowl of Heav'ns, for meat : The flefhof thy dear Saints unto The wild-bea/1 ofthe Earth fo eat. 3. Mnft cruelly the blood of them 0/i £roW like waters they have Hied, d Quite-round-about Jerufalem : And enone to bury thofe their dead. 4. Unto our neighbours night and main An infamous reproach are we : Alaughing-ftock and taunted-fcorn To-thofe-that-round-about-us-be. 5. How long, LORD,wiIt be wrath,for ay ? Burn /hall thy jealoufie likefire ? 6. On Heathens, which do not the« know, Do thou pour-out thy burning-ire, And on the Kingdomes the fame Cup Which thy Name do not call-upon. 7. For /he hath eaten Jacob up, And g raz'd his Habitation. n. 8. Our former /; faults ( which we repent ) Remember not againft us now, Haft, Let /thy mercies us prevent; For wc are ^brought exceeding low. 9.0 our Salvations holy God, / For thy Name's glory and great fame, Help us : And rid usjrom their rod, And our fins m cover for thy Name. 10. Why fay fhall Hcathens,where'x their God ? Among the Heathens let be known The vengeance of thy Ser va nts blood That flied, To our eyes be it ft/own, To»r for.-- b heh. The palace of thine boU- ntfe. c bib. *ey lure put. d Heh.in the roands #r circuu»«f Jerufilrni. e Hel-.ntx f Tot, Tfcy 4.ivf.Ei>a!(a j»e Miami. Z Htk «r. dcfolated. h Hth, mi- pintles. 1 H«;.. thr- bowelmer- k Heh.lt- ] cmutcd VC. hemently. 1 Heb. f r the word of the jjltrv of thy name, in H ( l> mercifullf aover 11. Let P S A L M E. LXXX. 259 Greacnefs, o«J>.feierve the Ions of dr.,' h pi»*.renJer q Heb. thy pdtures flieep. 1 1 bib. to generation i andgeneia- tion. [Jo.Calv. Com.in Pf. 1 5r/w. « JHuitin Arg.adPf. 79- Jo. Foari in Expire. Pfal. 79. Teinpus. ifrn. vWa/- /f r. rn Arg. Pfal. 79. u Jo.Foord in Expire. Pfal.19. Tempus. Hen. Mai- ler, in Arg. rfal.79. 11. Let come before thy face slight Thy Prifoners/Wfighing-cry, According to thine Arme's n great might : 0 Preferve thofe that are doom'd to dye. 12. And to our neighbours Seven-fold, Into their bofome, thou p reward ; Their vile reproach, wherewith/a bold They have reproached thee, O Lord. 15. So we thy folk, and q paflure's Cheep For ever will confeffe to thee : r To all Gen'rations we will keep Such thoughts, Declare thy praife will we. Sett. III. The Kinde, Occafion, and Penman. This Pfalme is a. Prayer, chiefly made up of patheti- ral Lamentation, fervent Supplication,andprofe(Ted Gratulation. Occafion of this Pfalme was fome fatal calamity and mifery which befell the Church of God in great ex- tremity. Somef think the words and phrales are fuch as may agree. Either to the cruel times of An- tiochm, or to the devaluation of Jerufalem by Nebu- chadnezzar. Some t incline rather to the later, be- caufe of that paffage; Pour out thine Indi^natinn, &c. v. 6. which is the fame imprecation which Jeremiah hath againft the Babylonians, Jer. 10. 25. which makes ic fomwhat probable that Jeremiah might pen thispfalrn towards the end of the Babylouifh Capti- vity.This Pfalme, and74.are thought to be penned about the fame time, andthe 102. a little after u. Penman of it feems not to be D >vid. This Hiflo- ry here lamented falling out long afterD^w^j dayes. Nor is it probable, as Calvin notes, that Ddi/ri by a, Prophetical fpirit would fj^eak thus hiflorically. But whether nv/ereAfaph, whofe name is prefixed : Or Jeremiah, whofe words are here in part nfed .• Or ■Ifaiah, who prayes fomewhat like to this Prophet here, (See Ifa.64.) Or fome other Prophet living a- bout the time of the Captivity: is fomewhat hard po- fitively to determine. Seel. IP. The Scope. The Scope .in this Pfalme intended, is ; To intreat the LORD for Deliverance of his Church from all thofe woful miferies and defolating cruelties brought upon Gods people the Jewes, by their wicked hea- thenifh Enemies, efpecially feeing the glory of God was fo much impeached by their Perfecutors blafphe- mies, ver.$, 10. Seer. V. The Analyffs, or Principal Tarts. The Title denotes 1. The Denomination ofit; A jy*/»ie,compofed in Meetre. 2. The Direction of it as to the Mufick of it -, To Afafh j or, For Afaph. The Subflance of the Pfalme hath in it, the defo- Iated Churches 1. Lamentations. 2. Petitions. And 3. Profefjion. The whole feems penned in the Churches name: and molt pathetically. I. The Lamentation or Complaint of the Church, is twofold, I. In reference to her Heathen enemies. And here is a doleful Complaint, 1. Of rhe cruelrv of fome enemies •• probably the Babylonians. As, (ij 7nva ding Gods inheritance, Canaan, ("2) Defiling the Temple. C$J Defolating, and laying on heaps Jerufalem, ver. I. (4J Cruelly deftroying Gods Saints and Servants round about Jerufalem, and in- humanely denying their dead Corpfes honeft burial, ver. 2, 3. 2. Of rhe fcornful derifions of others roundabout them, as Philiflines, Edomites, lfltma- el'tes, Mtabites, Ammonites, &c. rcjoycing at their calamity, ver. 4. II. In reference to God himjelf. And here fhe fadly complains of Gods lb long delay- ing to reftore her out of lu-r prefent grievous mife- ries, into her prifiinc felicities in the Holy Land^.5. Both thefe Lamentations are Amplified by a vehe- ment Imprecation againft her Heathen-enemies, that had fo miferably eaten up and defolated the Church of God. Herein, 1 The Severity of the Judgment imprecated is pathetically expreffed ; Pour out, . And thy faces. h Heb. wile thou l'moak. ib,£Shalilh Athird part ofthegreat. ell meafure, four times as big as the uiual cup to drink in : Ainfxv. k Heb. put- ted or, haft fft ! heb. thy faces. Thou that flock-like doft Jofeph lead : On Cherubs fit'ft, rffhine-clear. 2. e Before Ephraim and Benjamin, Before ManaiTeh too Scir-up thy ftrength : And thou come in For/our Salvation now. 3. Turn us,0 God ;g Thy face make-fhine, Be faved then fhall we. 4. LORD God of Hoafts, at thy folk's Pray'r How tang h wilt angry be? 5. The bread of Tears, thefe many years, Thou-makeft-them-to-eat •• And-makeft-them-to-drink of tears i Ameafure-very great. 6. Thou f^makeft us a very ftrife Unto our neighbours near : Our foes likewife, at our fad life, Among themfelves do jeer. 7. O God of Hoafts to uiincline, Return us, fet usjfee; And make / thy Countenance to-fhine, And faved-wc fhall be. H. 8. From Eypt-Iam/a Vine of worth Thou did'ft of old remove .• Tea thou didft drive the Heathens forth, But didft it plant and love. 9. Thou-didft-a-way-prepare and/it m Heb. To A ms before it *r thy hand: the laces of And thou-didft-rooc the Roots of it, it. And it did fill the Land. io. The Mountains there were covered With hsout-ftretching fhade : And lil(e Gods Cedars largely faread Its Branches were difplaid. il. Tea it did fend its branches out Along unto the Sea : And to the River far remote Its-fuckmg-fprigs convey. 12. Then wherefore haft-thou-broken-up Its Hedges day by day : • That all opprejjively it crop Paffing-along the way. 13. The Boar out of the Wood/o wilde Doth root-it-up with (peed : Likewife the wilde-beaft of the field ■Doth)?;// upon it feed. III. 14. 0 God of Hoaft return, O now, Look-down n from Heav'n to thine, And fpeedily behold-do thou Andvifit this thy Vine. 15. And view the Vineyard which below Thy right-hand planted fafl : And on 0 the Branch which for thee thou Strongly confirmed-haft. m heb. from theHeavcns o Heb. Ben, Son. viX.-of tbt vine, note, in He- brewpbr.ifi there ii the Son of the floor i. e. Come. I fdt. 21. 10. Son 16. Ah it ii burnt with flaming fire, Andwojully cut-down ; They pcrifh through thy fervent ire Thy countenance's/) frown. 17. Upon the man of thy right-hand O let thine hand beftaid: of the coal, Tjp0n the Son of Man, whom thou )&&*. \ For thy fcIf ftrons- hafl rnadc- 7. Son of the bowe.i. t, ^in ^irroxo, Jibt 41. 17. Son of a tree i. e. Bought, branches, Gcn.itf. u.Soiolthe Vine, i.e. branchy at here P/.to. 15. p lltb. rebukf. 18. And back from thee we will not go ; Thou flialt us vivify. We on thy gloriom Name alfo Will call uncejfantly. 19. LORD God of Hoafts,<»r I aft incline. Return us, fet usfiee: 0 caufe q thy Countenance to fl:ine, And faved we fhall be. Sed;. III. The Kind, Occafion, and Tenman. This Pfalme is for Kind, A Prayer. A fervent Prayer, A Lamentable Prayer, faith one r, in the perfon, of the miferable diftreffed and defpoiled Church of God, begging Reftauration from her mi- feries and Captivity. The Occafion of it in General, was fome great and long Calamity upon the Church, ver. 4, 5, 6, 12, 13, 16. As to the Particular f\u% varioufly apprehend- ed by interpreters. Some think it was written upon Occafion of Judafrs Captivity in Babylon f. Some ei- ther upon Occafion otjudalfs being carried Captive into Babylon, or of the ten Tribes being carried cap- tive into Affyria by Shalmane^er r. But Calvin u excepts againft that Opinion touching the Babylonifl) Captivity, there being here fuch mention of Ifrael, Jofeph, Manaffeh, Ephraim , which were not carryed captive to Babylon. Others therefore rather think that fome great affliction upon Judah, and fome of Ifrael, gave Occafion of this Pfalme. Efpe- cially when the ten Tribes forfook the houfeof Da- vid, 1 King. 12. iChron. 10. and when Rehoboam. forfook the Lord, 1 King. 14. 22. $* zChron. 12. 1 Then Shifl)ak_ K. of Egypt wafted Rehoboam's King- dom, 1 King. 14. 25. and 2 Chi >on. 22. 2. But the Jews repenting, God fpared them, zChron. 12.12. and thereupon the Prophet feems to have written thisPfalm. For,i.When this Pl'alm was written, God did fit between the Cherubims, Pfil.So. 1. but God did not fit between the Cherubims under the Babylo~ nifl> Captivity, the Temple being deftroyed. 2. Ephraim and M.maffeh mentioned, ver. 2. were nor carried captive to Babylon. But after the divifion of the Kingdom, not only the Priefts and Levites, but alfo many of the People out of all the Tribes came to Jerufalem and adhered to Davids houfe, 2 Chron. 11. 13, 16, v^rr. x. However let the Learned judge. Who was Penman of this Pfalme cannot certainly be determined. Probably not David : becaufe the Churches afflictions, here lamented, feem to have befallen her long after Davids death. Nor Afaph: for he lived in thedayes of David. And, though Afapffs name be prefixed in the Title,yet the Phrafe maybe rendred, A Pfalme for Afaph, or To Afaph, i.e. recommended to the fonnes of Afaph, for the Mufick of it. Tt is likely to be written by fome holy Prophet who lived in the time of thefc affliftions of the Church, as Shemaiah the Prophet, 2Ckron.11, 2, &c. andi2. 5., 7,15. or fome other. . Sect. IV, The Scope. The Scope herein intended, is ; To intreat the Lord, to return and reftore his deeply diftreffed Church and people out of all their prefent mifcries, and to make his face to fliinc upon them for their Salvation. This is the very Burden;* of the Pfalme, thrice repeated, and every time augmented : O God return m, verfe 3. 0 God of Hofts, re- turns, verfe 7. 0 LORD God oj Hiitilf . returnm, verfe 19. and there is another Paf- fige partly like this, \ti verfe 14. So that this is the very Scope of this Prayer. And therefore that of Augujline^s, making this Pfalme to intend, Tbecom- in r Precati© Iamenta- bilis, Jo. Calv. in Arg. Pf 8<3 (Amef. Lett, in Pf 8c. Anatyf. Sim. de Mais Jun. t HenMol' let: in Arg. Pfal. 80. u Jo. Calv inP/.8i. x Jo.Foori in Expofit. Vf. 80. Tempus & Jo. Calv. in Com. ad P/.8d. I. aliquantu- Ium fa vet hilic opi- nioni. y Verfus interca- laris,vel, verfus Amot- ions, Jun. See Vfil. 107. & 136. which are o//i% for me, with a Burden. 1 P S A L M E. LXXXI. 261 u;- K Cantatur ing of our Lord and Saviour Jejut Chrift z, &c. is hjc de Ad- terly befides the intent d£ the Pfalme. ventu Domini & falvatoris nofbi Jefu Chrifti, &: de vinea ejus Teflimonium, &c. ~] Bonum Teflimonium veritatis. Denique hoc reftimonium, & Chriftum & vineam confitetur : hoc eft, & Caput & Corpus, Regem & plebem, Paftorem & gregem, & totum om- nium Scripmrarum Mylteriutn Chriflum & Ecclefiam, Aug. Enarrat. in Pfal.19. Tit. Tom. 8. Setf. V. The Analysts ', or Principal Parts. The Title reprefents to us, 1. The Direction of the Pfalme, as to theMufick of it : More Generally ; To the Mafxer-Mufician. More Particularly, to Afaph. 2. The Mtifical Inftrutnents whereon it was to be tuned; or the Tune, whereunto it was to be fet; On Shoflmnnim Eiuth. See the Interpretation of thefe words in the Analyfis of Pfal. do. Title. Eduth fignifies a Teftimony or Ornament. This Pfalme is an excellent Teftimony of the Faith of Gods People in ex- treameftafjUttionsz. 3. The Denomination of it; A a Hen Pfalme. Ainfw'.in The Pfalme h felfhelnZ fingular'y pachetical is his Annot madeupof Petitions and Lamentations. 1. Petitions on Pfal 80' Pr°Pounc*cd, t/er/". 1 to 14. 2. Lamentations infert- Title. ' ed, ver. 4. to 14. 3. Petitions re-inforced, ver. 14. to the end. I. Petitions of the affiled Church, Propounded. Here note, I. The Ob)el~l, to whom the Petitions are di- rected, Defcribed 1. By his Paftora! Office off 1 J Feeding Ifrael; C2 ) Leading Jofeph. 2. By his fpe- cial Prefence and Refidence among them Symboli- cally, fitting between the Che'rubims. If! thefe Defcrip- tions are notable Arguments implied for Gods grant- ing their Petitions. II. The Petitions themfelves,v\z. 1. For Audience. 2 For c'?ar manifeftationofGods favour tothem; Shine bright, vet. 1. 3. Forftirring up hit ftrength before Ephraim, Benjamin, and Ma- naffeh, (" An Allufion to their pofture and march in the Wrldernefs, thefe three Tribes coming next af- ter the Tabernacle, Numb. 2. 17, i8» 20, 22. and 10. 21,22,23,24. J to come and fave them, vet. 2. 4. For returning them from mifery, and caufing hU face tofliine, that they might be faved, ver. 3 II. Lamentations and Complaints of the afflicted Church, are pathetically interwoven : And they are laid down 1. Pofitively. 2. Comparatively. 1. More Pofitively, and Abfolutely. Here confider I.- The Ob)ett of their Laments and Complaints: 0 LORD God ofHofis. II. The Matter of their Com- plaints, vi^. 1. Gods difpleafure at their Prayer. Aggravated, C 1 J Hot-difpleafure, fmoal^ againtt Vrayer, (~ 2 J Againft Prayer of thy People. ( 3 J For a long time. How long ? emphatical Interrogation ver- 4, 2. Theextreame mournfulnefs of their con- dition. Teares their bread and drink from Gods b Fran nand- Yea> * great meafure of Teares, Shalifio, A j ■' Tiientalb. So called from three: coutaining a third A n't ad Part0^ the greateft meafure , four times as big as their PfSo' Hen or^'nary drinking cup. Teares by flagons, rather then A'nfw in CuPs> ver' !>• ?• The great reproach that hereupon they were in by reafon of their neighbouring enemies ver. 6. III. The Manner of their Complaints, with renewing the burden of their Prayer, for returning them from mifery, and caufing his face to fhinefor their falvation, ver.y. 2. More Comparatively, So they aggravate their Complaints by an elegant Parallel betwixt their for- mer and prefent condition, under the fimilitude of a Vine and Vineyard. I. Their former profperous State is defribed what it was from their coming out of Egypt fill the time of this Pfalme, vi^. How 1. God brought Ifrael as a Vine out of Egypt. 2. Hecaftout the Hea- then, Canaanices, &c. 3. He planted this Vine in his Annot. onPf. 80. Canaan, ver. 8:4. He prepared the Land for it,v/^. By his Promifes to Abraham, Sec 5. Rooted this Vine there, d. It filled the Land : covering the Hills, extending its branches and roots tar and necr from the River Euphrates to the Sea, ver. 9, 10, 11. II. Their prefent calamitout Condition is contrariwite, un- der the fame Metaphor or Allegory of a Vine, La- mented 1. More Generally, That God had broken down her hedges, her defence. 2. More Particularly, That hereupon fundry fad effects enfued unto here, W{. I. E very Paffer by did crop her, ver, 12. 2. The Boareoutofthe Wood wafted it. 3. The wilde Be aft of the field devoured h,ver. 13. III. Petitions of the Church are hereupon afrefh rc-inforced, with refpect to the foregoing Com- plainrs. And this, I. Allegoric idly, for the whole Church of Ifrael. Wherein note, I. The Requcfls; That God would return, lool^down from Heaven, and mercifully vifn tbU Vine and Vineyard, 2. TheRea- fons of this Requeft. And they are drawn, 1. From the Equity of the thing defired* It being a Vine- yard of Gods own planting; A Son of the Vine, that is, a Branch of his own corroborating, ver. 14, 15. C2 J From the extremity of their mifery. Burnt. Cur down. Periffoing under Gods difpleafure, ver. 16. IL Plainly, fj) For Gods gracious helping hand upon the man of hit right hand, Benjamin ; and on the Son of man,&c. Jacob, beloved of God. Hereby fome c % "" think CHRISTalCoK meant, with his Body the /""„""'** Church, ver. 17. (2) For quickening or reviving them. The Arguments by which this is urged, are, 1. A Promffe of their conftancy with God. 2. A Promife of their Worfhipping of him, ver. 18. III. Pathetically, The burden of the Pfalm being now the third time, with fome addition, repeated : For Gods returning them from prefent mifery, and cau- fing hit face to floine, that they might be faved. And herewith the Pfalm is concluded, ver. 19. Hen. Ainfw. Anrtoi. on Pf.Zo. 18. Pfalme LXXXI. Scff. I. The Summary Contents. t. An Exhortation toafolemn worfhiping and praifing of God, ver. 1. to 8. 2. The LORD exhort- ing his people to Obedience, complains of their Difo- bedience, which turnethto their hurt, verfe 8. to the end. Se&. II. The Vcrfwn out of the Hebrew. To the Mafler-Ainfician upon Git tit h0 A Pfalm a of Dfaph. i/TpO God, our ftrength,fhout-forth, anJfing ; L To Jacobs God fhrill-out. 2. Take-up a Pfalm, and Timbrel b bring : The pleafantHarp with Lnte. 3. The Trumpet in New Moon, Ifayl, Blow-up triumphingly In time-appointed, at the day Of our Solemnity. 4. For unto Ifrael of old This was a- firm-decree : A judgment due to Jacobs God. 5. For-Teftimony he Xxx P* a Heb. or J To For- b Heb. giy« yce. 262 h keb. or ; In " going againft the land of Egypt or. in his going out upon- — d heb. A lip I knew not. C Heb or i ftrife. P S A L M E. LXXXI. f Heb. mak- ing the af- cend. g heb, I wil- fill-it. h Hib. and Ifrael was not well af- fected to me ) heb. I fent- himaway- i. e. every one of them. k heb. or j jflowet of cornC. Selab. I Jun.in An nor. ad Pfal.8i. 1. m Joan. Foord in Expof. T. 81. lv.xipus. Put it in Jofeph c when he did Go-forth from JEgypt land : Where I did hear d a language bid, I did not understand. 6. From load his fhoulder I remov'd : His hands from basket paff't. 7. Thou cryd'ft in ft raits, 0 my beloved, Thee a!fo I releaf'd •, Thee-I-did-anfwer at the Sea Infecret-place of thunder: At waters ev'n e of Meribah I proved thee with wonder. II. 8. Hear O my people dear-, and I Will teftine to thee : O Ifrael obediently If thou will hark to me. $. In thee there fhall not one be known A ftrange an'idol god: Nor-yct-fhalt-thou-thy-felf-bow-down Unto a forreign god. 10. 1 am the LORD thy God, from Land OfEgypt f bringing thee. Do thou thy mouth wide-open, and g It-fhall-be-fill'd-by me. 1 1. But to my voice my people deaf Did not then hearken well : b Nor any good affeftion-bear To me did Ifrael. 12. So in their hearts perverfe intent i I-did-them-fend-away : In their own counfels lewdly bent Still walk along fhall they. 13. O-that my people would have bin To-me-obedient : That Ifrael had walked in My w&yes, ftili permanent. 14. Their enemies full-fpeedily I had debaf'd to thrall: And turn'd my mighty hand had I On their diftrelfers all. 1 5. The haters of the LORD, to him Had-crouched-feignedly ; Butter the time of them had bin To perpetuity. \6. Him alfo with ^the fat of wheat Compleatly fed had he : And from the Rock with Honey-meat. I-had-fufficed-thee. SeU. Ill . The Kind, OccaJiott> and Penman. For Kind, Thrs Pfalm is of a mixt Nature, being borh Hortatory and Doilrinal. Exhorting Ifrael to praife God folemnly, and obey him fincerely: Teaching them alfo what great and manifold caufe they had to be obedient, and how much they preju- diced thcmfclves by their Difobedience. Occafion is not fo certainly and particularly evi- dent. .Some rhink this Pfalm was penned after the timeof the Judges, when the worfhip of God was rcftoredby Samuel or David I. Some, that it was written after Ifrad had rebelled in the wildernefs, and would not go againft tre Canaanites , that they might fubdue them and poflefs their Land, Numb. <4- and this is gathered/' om wr. 1. 2,13,14, fycm. The paffages of the Pfalm may be very well accom- modated to this later Time and Occafion : but the Title feems not to agree thereunto ; Afaph living in Da- vids, not in Mofes dayes. And for this caufe I can- not think that Mofes did penne it. When, or by whomfoever it was written, In the general ic feems to have been occasioned by Ifraels Difobedience to God, after his many obliging mercies manifefted to them, ver. 10, 1 1. ere. SeB. IV. The Scope. The Scope herein intended, is j 1. To Excite Ifra- el to praife the LORD mod cheerfully in the fet time of their Solemn Feafts, vii^ The Feajl of unleaven- ed Bread, Feaji of Wee\_s, and Feaft of Tabernacles, Deut. 16. 1. 1» 18. 2. And to provoke them to obe- dience, by the mercies of God. 3. As alfo to bring them to repentance for their difobedience by bring- ing them to know what mercies they came fhort of thereby. Sefr. V. The Analjfis, or Principal Tarts. The 7/7/e fets before us, i. The Direction of it, as the Mufick, Generally , and Particularly ; To the MaSler-Mufictan, To Afaph. 2. The Mufical Inftru- ment whereon it was to be tuned , upon Gittitb. Though fome, not without good probability, are of opinion,this may point out the Occafion of this Pfalm as hath been formerly noted, See Flat. 8. Seft. 3. The Kind, Occafion, &c. The Subfiance of the Pfalm it felf is Doftrfnally Hortatory. Ifrael is here Exhorted 1. To Praife God cheerfully. 2. To obey God dutifully. I. The Exhortation of fyael to the cheerful praifin^ of God, is, 1. Propounded, and Described diverfly, vi^. 1. By theA&sof thankfulneffe. 2. By the Ob- ject. 3. By the manner, with variety of mufical In- struments. 4. By the folemn time, when, ver. 1, 2, 3. Il.Vrgedznd enforced by fund ry cogent Argu- ments,drawn, I. From Gods inftituting and ordain- ing of this Duty , when Ifrael came out of Egypt, vi\, at Mount Sin.ni, v. 4, 5. 2. From Gods Redeem- ing Ifrael out of Egypt, and from all their opprefli- on there, v.6. 3. From Gods hearing Ifrael in ftraits, at Red-Sea, &c. delivering them there. 4. From Gods proving them, and giving them waters out of the Rock,at Meribah, ver. 7. II. The Exhortation of Ifrael to due obedience unto God. And God himfelfis brought inas fpeakingto Ifrael moft pathetically. Here, I. God incites Ifra- el obediently to hearken to him, and tohisTefti- mony, ver. 8. II. God chargeth them ftriftly not to have, or vvorfhipany ftrange forreign god, ver.$r Bccaufe he is, i. The LORD. 2. IfraeJ's God. 3. His Redeemer out of Egypt. 4. He will fulfil his defire, Prayer. If he open hit mouth wide, ask libe- rally andfreely, he will fillit, ver. 10. III. Gods complaint againft his people, up-braiding them, 1. Partly, for their Difobedience to his vojee. 2. Part- ly, for their difaffection to himfelf, ver. 1 1. This is aggravated by Gods fpiritual judgments upon them for this, leaving them to their own per verfe-intend- ments, and their own Counfels, ver. 12. IV. Gods pathetical wifli that Ifrael would have been obedient to him, and have walked in his wayes, ver. 13. which he notably Amplifies, by the great benefits that thereupon would have enfued to Ifrael, (which through difobedience they deprived thcmfclves of, J vit^. I. His debafing and deftroying their c- nemies ver. 14. 2. H'u fubduing the haters of the LOR D to, at leaft, a feigned lubmilfion to him. 3. Hk perpetuating of his peoples time, vcrfe 15. 4. Hit P S A L M E LXXXII. 263 a Htb. #r,To For. %/fcfr.ftand ing. e beh.Mkup honour, re- rpca, &c dHt&.jufti- fie yee the afflided and poore. e H<*. They know not, and will not understand. 4. Hit feeding them with the fat of wheat, for necefti- ty .* and fatitfying them with Honey out of the Kocl^ for delight, ver. 16. Pfalm LXXXII. Se3. L The Summary Contents. The Pfalmirt, 1. Having tanght and exhorted Judges to do their Doty, and reproved their negli- gence, ver. 1. to 8. 2. He befeecheth God hira- felf to judge, ver.3> Se&. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. A Pfalm a of Afaph. l.TN God's Aflembly great J. The mighty-God b doth ftand: Amidfl the Gods on Judgement Seat, He judgeth in the Land. 2. He faith, How long will you Judge Juch injurious-ill And faces of the wicked crew c Refpecting-honour./r/tf ? Selah. fHc». As A. 3. Judge ye the poor-opprefT'e The Fatherlefs alfo.* Vnto the poor and much diftreff'c //»p4m\j//>en± Saul, asfomethinkg ; in Expof. who therefore fuppofe that David penned this Pf.82.Au- Pfalm after he had written, Pfal. $2. againft Doeg, tyr (cV and after Pfal. 58. againft King Saul and his Court- .Stmpus. Parafices, this Pfalm notably agreeing with Pfal. 58. Or the corrupt Judges before aad in King Jehojha- phats dayes ; which therefore put him C after Re- formation in Religion J upon the appointing of Judges and Magift/ates in all the Cities of Judaht aud giving them great charge about the due perfor- mance of their Fundion, 2 Chron. 19. 4, 5, 6, 7. as , others h think : I fay, whether cichcr of thel'e, or "Kimcbiy fome other corruption of Judges, gave Occafionio ut habet this Pfalme is very hard pofuivcly to dctermine.The $im. de former feems more probable, becaufe this Pfalme Muit m was Penned in dayes of Afaph, and dire&cd to bim Arg. ad in refpect of the Mufick of it. pfa^ 82, Sefr. IV. The Scope. The Scope intended herein, is; To teach and ad- monifh the Judges, Rulers,and Princes of the Earth about their Office, and to excite them to all due care in the faithful difcharge thereof, ver. 2, 3, Sec. This is, The Judges Pfalme. And It it very profitable to Sing this Pfalme before new Judges : or others, when they are about to fit down on the Judgement Seat i. Se&. V. The Analyfis^ or Principal Parts. The Title contains, 1. The Denomination of it ; A Pfalme. 2. The Drieftion of it, as to the Mufick of it ; To Afaph. And fome j^ think Afaph Penned it. The Pfalme it felf contains I. An excellent Dottrine, or Fundamental Pofition, fit for all Judges ferioufly to Confider upon, vi^. That God himfelf is Prefent with, and Prefident 0- ver, all Judges, and their Judgements, ver. 1. II. A notable Improvement of thit Dotfrine an i Pofi- tion of Gods prefence with Judges and Rulers in all their judicial Proceedings, exactly obferving them. And this, r. Towards Judges. ^.Towards God. I. Towards Judges, ver. 2. to 8. Whom I. He fiarply reprehends, for their corruption contrary to their Office, 1. In their unjuft Judgements. 2. In their partial acceptance of the perfons of wicked men. Both which are aggravated by their long continuance herein, ver. 2. II. He exhorts them to their duty of doing Juftice and Judgement, in de- fending the innocent, though 1 Poor weaklings. 2 Fatherleffe. 3 Affliiled. And 4 Poor, and deli- vering them from the oppreffing hand of wicked ones, ver. 3. 4. Hereunto they are urged by two forts of Arguments, viz.. I. By Arguments drawn from the pernicious effect of the contrary to the Publick, w$. Confufion of all things will follow through want or neglect of Juftice: All the Foundati- ons oj the Earth fl)all be moved out of place. Hyper- bole. This is further aggravated by the threefold faultinefs of the Judges caufes of this great evil j fi J Their ignorance of the Law. (2 J Their un- willingnefle fully to underfland matters of Fact' ("3 J Their wilfulneffe to walk on in darkneffe, with- out due refpect to Gods will or their own Confciencc in matters of judgment, ver. 5. 2. By Arguments drawn from the pernicious effect of the neglect of Juftice and Judgement to the Judges themfelves, vi^- Death, and fuddain unexpected punifhment, notwithftanding all their prefent greamefs and po- wer, ver. 6, 7. ^.Towards Godhimfelf. "Who f~upon confiderati- on of the incurable and unfufferable Corruption of Earthly JudgesandRuIers) isintreatedtoA7/>, and take the Reines of Juftice and Government, over the Earth, into his own hand. Hereunto he is urg- ed, from his inheriting Soreraign Right and power over all Nationsjver. 8. Pfclmr i Utile profecto effet novis judicibus, aut jam- iamadju- dicandum fefluris percini hoc Car- men. Sim. de Muisin Arg.Pf.B2 k Sim. de Muit in Arg.Pf.82. 264 P S A L M E. LXXXIII. } a Hf& or { To For— - b Hcb. Not filerce to the. C Me b. And let not the name of 1 f. rati be re. membred yet. Pfalm LXXXIII. Sett. I. The Summary Contents^ 1. APathetical complaint unto God of the joynt Confederacy and Confpiracy of many enemies a- gainft Gods people, verfe 1. to 9- 2. An earnelt Prayer againft them, verje 9. to the end. Sect. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew. A Song, A Pfalme a o/Afaph. I. 1. f~\ God, b do thou not ceafe-to-fpeak : l^/Nor deaf, nor ftiil, O God,be thou. 2. For lo thy foes a-tumult-make •• And lift up Head thine haters do. , 3. Againft thy people craftily They kcxtt-Cour.fd Ao devile ; They liave-confulted-mutually Againft thine-hidden-ones likewife. 4.Theyfaid ; Come, from a Nation's /dme And let uscut-them-quite-away : c That Ifrael's Expunged name Be be no more remembred ay. 18. That they may know, when thk if done. That thou whofe Hume peculiarly JEHOVAH h-Xhat thou alone Art over all the Earth moft-High. Sett. III. The Kinde, Occasion, and Venman. This Pfalme, for Kind, is a Prayer. Occafion of it ; In the General, was fome malicious confederacy and mifchievous confpiracy of die Edo- mites, Ifimaelitesf Moabites, and other enemies a- gainft the people of God utterly to ruine them and the very name of Ifrael, ver. 2. to 9. But in Parti- cular, At what time this fell out •, whether in the dayes of King He^ekjah when Sennacherib by his own Forces, and by affiftance of other enemies of Ifrael round about, did violently and infolently invade Judah, Sec. as 2 Kings Ch. \B.andCh. 19. as Juniitt ^thinks. Or whether in the days ofKingjehofhaphat, when Moab, Amman, and Mount Seir, and with them probably many others, came to fight againft Jeho- (haphat and Juiah, 2 Chron. 20. 1, &V. asmoft Inter- preters both Jewiih and Chriftians are of Opinion /•, or whether at fome other time, is hard pofitively and fatisfaftorily to determine. Penman alfo of it, whether it was King Hezekjah, or fome other Prophet in his time, or in the dayes of Jehofliaphat, is much more dubious, and uncer- tain. A Htb. teto Sifera. as to Jabin at the Proolc Kt- fhon. e flet.They were abo- liihed. f He6 Put. fet.— gfcet. And as-- h heb. To the facts of the winde. 5. For, they in heart confult together : Againft the Covenant ftrike they do. 6. Both Edom's Tents,and Ifhmaelites, Moab, the Hagarenex alfo. 7. Gebal and Ammon, and Amaleck : With Tyre's dwellers the Philiftin. 8. Yea joyn'd with them is Amur's neck.' They to Lot's fons an Arme have bin II. 0. Do to them as to Midian •, rfSiferah, Jabin, At Kifhon's ftream. 1?. Which e were deftroy'd in Endor than : They at dung for the Earth became. it. Them and their Nobles f make I pray Like Oreb and like Zeeb fall, g As Zebach and as Salmunnah, Their Authorized-Princes all. 12. Who faid, let's in-pofTeffion-take Gods houfes to our felves combind. 13. My God, as- rolling thing them make : As Stubble tofs'd h before the wind. 14. As fire bumes up a wood : alfo Like as the flame doth mountains burn, 15. Purfue them with thy tempeft fo : And terrify them with-thy-ftorm. Selah. 1 btb. Terri- fied, or,(ui. denly trou- bled to per- petuity. 16. Their faces fill with fhame: that they, O LORD,may feek thine holy name. 17. Let them be bafli'd, and i troubled ay, And perifh,and be-cloth'd with fhame. Sect. IV. The Scope. The Scope intended in this Pfalme, is; Toim> p'ore the LORD'S help againft the many violent e- nemies Confederate andConfpiring together againft the People of God, and againft God himfelf,iM, £rc. v. 5.— 10, <&c. k Pratt. Jun.i Annot. ad Pfal. 33.1* 1 Sim. de Muit Arg. inPf.Sz.. Joan.Calv Com. in Pf. 83. 2 Hen. Mai- ler. Com. inPf.83. *>■>!■> &c.- Jo. Foord Expof.Pf. %l.TempHt Sett. V. The Analyfis^ or Principal Tarts. In the Title are, 1. The Denominations of it; (2) A Pfalme for Mufical In- ftruments. 2. The direction of it, as tothe Mufick, CO A Song, for voice. (2) A Pfalme for Mufical In To Afaph In the Suftance of the Pfalme, are •, 1. A Petition : 2. A Narration : 3. An Imprecation. I. A Supplication or Petition to God, that he would no the as Silent, Deaf, or Still : efpecially at that time when the enemies made fiich a tumultuous noife, and lifted up the Head, ver.i. This Petiti- on is Pathetically urged, I. By Arguments drawn from the deportment of the enemies and haters of Goda- gainft Gods people, vi^. 1. Infolently tumultuat- ing, or making a tumultuous noife. 2. Proudly ex- alting them£ Ives, v. 2. 3. Craftily confuting and deviling againft Gods people, his hidden-ones, ("hid of God in day of evil, Pfal. 27. 5. and 31. 21. J v. 3. The fum of their crafty Confultations, being; fij Partly, to cut off Gods people fiom being a Nation. 2. Partly, to blot out of memory the very name of If- rael.v. 4. II. By an Argument drawn from their con- fpiracy and wicked confedcracv herein againft God himfelf,x'. 5. II. A Narration or Enumeration of the many enemies againft God and htf people. Then are reckoned up, viz,. I. Edomitcs. 2. Ifhmaelites. 3. Moabites. 4. Hagnrenes, or Arabians, ver. 6. 5. Gcbal. 6. Ammonites. 7. Amalekites. 8. Philiftincs. 9. Tyrians, ver. 7. 10. AiTyrians alfo helping Lots Children, viz^. the Moabites and Ammonites , ver. 8. III. An Imprecation of Gods people againft thefc ene- mies P S A L M E. LXXXI. 261 mies and haters of God and his People. And its very fevere : they pray for Gods judgements upon them, I. Under fundry Examples, w£ That God would do to them, as he didofold, l. To the Midiartices , Judg. 7. 22, &c. 2. To S'lfera and Jabm at the Brook Kifhon, fxig. 4. 1$, 24, &c. who pertflf at Endor, and became as dun> for the Earth, ver. 9, lo. 5. To make their Nobles, as Oreb and Zeb, two Midian-Princes, fudgi 7. 25. 4. And all their Princes as Zeb ah and Zalmunnah f two King? of Mi- dian, Judg.8. 12,21. J ver. it. Tliefe examples areamplified, by the fin whereof they were guilty, vit. inyadingthc inheritance of God : and therefore their prefent enemies, being guilty of the like fin, v. 4. deferve the like judgements, v. 12. II. Under divers Similitudes. As, 1. Of a Wheel, or rolling thing. 2. Of Stubble before the wind, v. 13. 3-01 a Wood burnt up with (ire. 4. Of a Mountain allmz flame,i/. 14, 15. HI. More plainly, they pray, I. That God would fill their faces with flame, which is Amplifiedby the good effect defired to them thereby, viz. That they may feek. Gods Name, ver. 16. 2 That God would abafe them, and trouble them per- petually, yea put them to fhame and deftroy them ver. 17. This is illuftrated by the end herein in- tended,w>.Gods glory .That all men may know that JEHOVAH it moft High and reignes ow all the Earth ver. 18. a heb. And my ■ b Htb. A trft to her- ferf. c Htb. or, may p':t, lay. d Aeb. and * Hib. blef- fednrffes of the inhabi- tants of thy houfe. fHeb.The bleffednerfe of the man, to him ftrengthin thee. g Heb. they put it a well fpring. Pfalm LXXXIV. SeU. I. The Summary Contents. i. ThePfalmift, Exiled from the Sanftuarydongs for the Communion thereof, ver. 1,2,3. 2. De- clares how happy they are that dwell therein, ver. 4. to 8. 3: And earnefily prayes to be refiored thereto, ver. 8. to the end: SeB. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew* To-the- Mafler- Muftciarij ufon jGittitb, A Pfalme } to the Sons of Korach. I. 1. TTOw lovely are thine Habitacles PI O LORD of Ho arts adofd! 2 Still for the Courts and Tabernacles Of thee the holy LORD My Soul doth long, and alfo faint .* My heart, a my flefh alfo Shout-out, in this my fad reftraint, The living God unto. 3. Yea, eVnthe Sparrow finds an houfe, And Swallow hath b her neft, Where fhe her young-ones c doth-repofe : Thine Altars, there they reft, O LORD of Hoafb, my King,rfmy God. 4. e O they feblefs't alwayes Thatm thine houfe have-their-abode : AndMl they fliall thee praife. Selab. 5./*0-happy m.in,whofe flrength art thou : T^/'iehigh-waies in their heart. 6. They Baca's valley paffing-through. g To well-fpring it convert ? Yea h rain with blcffings covereth them. 7. They go from ftrength to flrength : In Sion fhall the God of Gods Appear to them at length. II. h Hib. or; the teacher. DoHnn m compared to rain, Deut. 3*. i. Efay. 4J.8. 8. LORD God of Hoafls, that art above, Do thou my Prayer hear : O God of Jacob in thy love Attentively-give-ear. Selab: 9. O GOD our fhield with fomefweet glance Do thou fceJFom thy Throne : And look-upon rthe Countenance Of-thine annointcd-one. 10. For, in thy Sacred Courts a day To me is better farre Than elfewhere in the world to flay A thoufaad others are : Ichofein houfe of theemy God ^The-chreihoId-to-poflefTe •, Farre- rather than toniake-abode In Tencs of wickednefs. 1 1. For, to his Saints the LORD God ii A Sun, and mighty Shield, Both Grace and Glory unto his The LORD / will freely-yield ; From-them that- walk in perfe&nefs m Withhold no good will he. 12.O LORD of Hofls, n liow-blefled if, The-man that-trufls in thee? i Heb. the facet. kHebto-fit- at-the- threfhold- er; to-be a C the thre- shold. 1 heb. will give, m hib. he willnor with; hold good, n Htb. the bleffedneffes of the man hoping in thee. Setf. III. The Kind, Penman, and Occasion. This fweet Pfalme is a Prayer, a mod devout, fer- vent, and patheo'cal Prayer, for the exiled Pfal- mifls. free and full Reflicun'on to Gods Sanftuaryand Communion with God in his Ordinances there. Penman of it, Interpreters generally fuppofe to be David 0, though his name be nor prefixed. And 0 Sim. de I much incline to their Judgments herein •, 1. Becaufe Muis in the Subjeft-matter and Subfiance of the Pfalme is fo Arg.Pf.84 homogeneal and fuitable to Pfal. £3. written byD. Jun. in Others referre it rather to the time ofDavids exile by Annot. ad reafonof his fon Abfxloms rebellion againft him q. Pf.%\.i. To this later alfo I fhall the rather fubferibe, be- q ]o. 9 1 . 7 .B. hement defire after Gods Tabernacles. 2. His Deda- Tom. 8. ration of their happineffe that have their abode Bafil.\<,6cj therein, or free accefs thereto. 3. His earneft re- /Orditur queft that himfelf may be reftorcd to this gre-at mercy. I. The Pfalmifts vehement defire after God and his Tabernacles, is Propounded and Illuitrated. I. Pro- pounded, 1. By way of Admiration or pathetical Ex- quar ingen clamaiion ( afign f of intenfive defire, J at tbeA- ti/defide- mi ablenefi of Gods Tabernacles. Which amiablenefs rii fignum was the procreating caufe of this his defire, even eft. Sim. fnatching his heart after them, ver. r. 2. By way of pathetical ProfefTion of his vehement defires. Where note, f'l) The Object: of his defires ; The Courts of the Lord: The living God. (~2 JThe Quality of them, as to their fincerity and integrity, being the Defires of his whole man ; Soul, Heart, and Flefti. C^J The quantity of his defires, being moft extenfive and intenfive, in higheft degree, exprefled by his longing, fainting, and fhout ing-out, ver. 2. II. Illu- ftrated, 1. Partly, by the liberty of the very defpica- ble Sparrow m& Swallow, who without impediment can nettle themfelves and put their young nigh to the Altars of God : when himfelf was forcibly de- barred of like freedom, v. 3. 2. Partly, by the en vy- ed happineffe of them that had free abode in, and accede to Gods Tabernacles, v. 4. to 8. which makes up the fecond Branch of the Pfalme. II. His Declaration of their happinefs that enjoy the li- berty and Ordinances oftbeSanlluary, whereof at pre- fent himfelf was deprived. Thefe happy perfons, were I. They that dwelt in Gods Houfe : vi^. The Pricfts and Levitcs. They herein happy, becaufe they were ftill exercifed in the Praifes and worfhip of God, ver. 4. II. They who had firength in God, i. e. The people who by God had ability and liberty of coming to Gods houfe : and did affect to come thi- ther, having the High-wayes to the Sanctuary in their hearts, ver. 5. Such people are here counted hap- py, 1. Becaufe, God profpers their journey with good fuccefie, ver. 6. 2. Becaufe, by going to the Houfe of God their number ftill incrcafcrh, v. 7. 1I\. His earneft Petition for his Reft juration to the Sanlluary. Here confider, I. His vehement and Pa- thetick requeft, To the Lord God of Hofts, To the Godof]acob\ To God ourftneld, that he would Hear, Give ear, See, and lool^upon, tbefaceofhiiannointed, ver. 8, 9. H. His Arguments whereby he enforceth I this his Petition. And they are drawn, 1. frj/n the/ autem Pfalmum ab excla- matione, de Muii in Com. ad Pf.84,2. excellency of this Priviledge of enjoying Gods San- ctuary, &c. fi J There a day, if better than a thou- fand elfe-where. (2) There its better to be at the threfhold, than to dwell in Tents ofwic^ednefs, ver. 10. 2. From Gods Properties and Promifes. ("1) His Pro- perties are Metaphorically fet forth under the noti- on of ASun and Shield. A Sun for Influence and Direction : A Shield for Defence and Protection. (V)His Promifes, of giving Grace, ind Glory : of with- holding no good thing fiom upright w,.l\ers. Or, the former, of ASun and Shield, may be taken as a Pro- mife alfo. Nothing in the Hebrew is to the contrary, ver. 1 1. III. His fhutting up his Prayer with an Em- phatical Admiration at that mans happineffe that trufts in the LORD of Hofts, ver. 12. Pfalm LXXXV. Se&. I. The Summary Contents. _ 1. The Pfalmift out of Experience of former Mer- cies, prayeth for the continuance thereof, and re- moval of prefent troubles, ver. 1. to 8. 2. HePro- mifeth to wait thereon in confidence of Gods good- nefs, ver. 8. to the end. Se&. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. To the Mafter-Ziluftcian, a to the forts 0/Korach, A Pfalm. 1. "I" ORD,with thy land well-pleas'd-thou-wafl J_ Haft turn'd-back Jacob's b thrall. 2. Thy folks rnjuftice c pard'ned-haft; Their fin haft covered all. Selah 3. All-thy-great-wrath rfthou-didft-affwage: Turn'dft from eheat of thine ire. 4. Turn us, O God/our Health : g Thy rage Againft us make-expire. 5. Wilt thou for-evermorewithus Have-wrath perpetual f Wilt-thou-draw-out-/; thine anger thm Tor Generations all ? 6. That joy in thee thy people may, Wilt not turn, make-us-live ? 7. \ Thy mercy, LORD, to us-difplay .• lis thy Salvation give. 8. Pie hear what God the LORD will fpeak, For to his people all, And to his Saints, he peace will fpeak •• But let them Inevcrfall, Or turn to fickle fooliflineffe. 9. Sure, hisSalvationyr/tna'j Neer m his fearers ; That Glorioufneft May dwell within our Land, 10. Met TruJh and Mercy are: yea Peace And Jufticc kifs-have- given. 1 1. Trutli buds out of the Earth apace : And Jufticc looks from Heaven. 1 2. Yea, good, the LORD will give : And/» Our Land n give her increafe, 13. Before his face fliall Juftice go: « Her fteps in way be'I-place a heb. »r J for sea. III. b Heb. cap. tivicy. c fcfi.er,haft taken, away d bib, thou- didft-ga- ther-away. eh That nor this, nor any other Pfalme, nor any other Scripture was written in the time oi Anthiochut : becaufe M.tlachi, the laft Prophet and Writer of the Oldteftament, wrote his Prophecy a little before the end of the Perfian Mon- archy, as may appear bv comparing his Prophecy with the laft Chapters ofNehemiahf. Let the Learn- ed Reader Judge. Penman, who he was, is altoge- ther uncertain. i Se&. IV. the Scope. The Scope of the Pfalmift in this Pfalme, is ; Upon commemoration of former deliverance from Babylon received, to intreat the L O R D to refcue the Church of God from her prefent preffing Calamities, and to incite himfelfand the Church to wain for this Mercy and Deliverance, ( which as a type ) was to have its full accomplifhment in their Deliverance and Re- demption by Jefus Cbrift. Se&. V, The Analysis , or Principal Parts. ■ • In the Title are, 1. the Direction ofitastothe Mufick : More General, and more Particular 2. The Denomination of it ; A Pfalme. In the Pfalme it felf note, T. A grateful Recognition or Commemoration of mercy received from God by his people, which is here laid down as an experimental encouragement to Faith in the enfuing Petitions. The mercy ac- knowledged is here defcribed, 1. By the Primary Caufe thereof; Gods good- pie afure to his Land 2. By the kind of the mercy, vi\. Returning Jacobs Cap- tivity, from Babylon, ver. I. 3. By the l'weet way or effectual manner which God took in effecting here- of: He removed all the chief Caufes of their Capti- vity, and impediments to their deliverance, v \. (1) Theirfin and iniquity: which he had forgiv:n and covered, ver. 2. fj 2} His own exceeding wrath, and fervency of anger; which he hid gathered away, and turned from, ver. 3. II. An earnefl Prayer v> the LORD for delivering his people again from renewed diftreffe and affliction Htrenotc, 1. TheCompellation ofGod, fuitably to theraifingupoftheir hope; OGod of our Salvation. 2. The Petitions, ( \~) Partly, for rcfloring them ; turn thou us: that is, from prefent trouble, to our former good eftate.f" 2} Partly, for celTation and removal! of his indignation, ver. 4. 3. A Pathetica! Expoftulation, (iJAgainft the long continuanceof Gods anger upon them, ver. 5. (2 J About Gods not turning and reviving his people, that they might rejoyce in him, ver. 6. 4. A renewed rc- queftfor Gods Merry .md Salvation, ver. 7. III. An holy and faithful refulution of the Pfalmift, to expect and wait upon the LORD by hope, faith, and patience, &c.and for his gracious anfwer. Which refolution he confirmes and ftrengthens by fundry choice Arguments. A?, 1. Becaufe the Lor&will fpeal^peace to his people, and to his Saints. This is amplified by the good effect of both their Trouble and Peace, That they fhall not return again unto folty and wickednef&r, ver. 8. 2. Becaufe, Gods Salva- tion is near to his fearers. This his Salvationh illu- ftrated from Gids end intended therein, vi^. That Glory might dwell in their Land, ver. 9. This G/;ry is excellently defcribed, wherein it fhall confift,w^. CO Partly, In Spirituals. Set down in two Relati- ons mutually embracing. vi%_. Mercy, and Faith, ox truth: The Meny of God, received by the Faith of man. Righteoufnefs and Peace. Gods Righteouf- nefs working Peace in man, as Rom. 5 . 1. u ver. 10. 11. f2 J Partly, In Temporals, all confluence of Temporals, ver. 12. ("3) Partly, in the Habitual Prevalency and ftability of Righteoufnefs before the LORD, v. 13. All which glory feems to be here intended to have its Primary and moft Plenary ac- cemplifliment in the Kingdom of Jeftu Chrift : As both Ancient and Modern Writers expound die fame. Pfalm LXXXVI. SeB.l. The Summary Contents, 1. David ftrengtheneth his Prayer ; fij Partly, by the Confcience of his Religion, ver. 1. to 5. (2 J Partly, by the Goodnefs and Power of God, ver. 5. ron. 2. He defireth the continuance of former Grace, ver. n.ro 14. 3. And, Complain- ing of the proud, he craveth fome token of Gods goodnefs to himfelf, ver. 14. to the end. Seer. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. A Prayer of David. I. i>(~\ LORD, do-thou-bow-down thine eare, \_J And anfwer-me-do-thou : For, I am poor-afflicted here, And very needy now 2. 0 keep my Soul, I humbly crave. For, merciful I be.' My God , do thou thy fervant fave a That-trufteth unto thee. t Sic. Joan Calv. in Com. ad Ff.8s.9- u Sic. Fran Jun. in Annot. ad Pf. 8$. 11. 3. LORD 2 IhbMoy- ing unto—. 264 JJ)Q Captivity^ and re-e- difying of the Temple and Jerufalem4 -."whereupon perhaps fomeof the Sons of Korach took occafion by the Spirits [nfpiration to write this Pfalm, forthe fupport and comfort of Go: (4) Much of loving kjnd- neff : (*$) M-tch of truth, v:r. 1 5. III. Davids Petition to the LORD, for his Return, Mercy, Strength, Salvation, and fome fign for good to David. Which is urged, I. Partly, from Davids Relation to God. His Servant: Son of his Hanl- maid,W\s born-fervant. 2. Partly, from the effect hereof upon his enemies, fhameand confufion,vvhen (Acfmvifli they fhall fee chat the Lord /«//>j and comforts, (Da meincer-^™'-16'1?- tamine, & confolatuf ______________^______________ es me in trifticia. Pfalm LXXXVII. SeB. L The Summary Contents. x. The Nature and Glory of the Church, ver. i. to 4. 2. The Increafe, Honour, and Comfort of the Members thereof, ver. 4. to the end. Seft. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew. To the Sons of Korach, A Pfalme^ ui Song. *h/b. In the mountaines ofholynefs. i.a AMong the holy Hills above Is' his Foundation. b He/lo/l 2* The L0RD Pecul'lc[rh b doth Iove jng. " " The gates of his Sion : c h'eb.or,he. c Farre-more than Jacob's dwellings all. fore above. 2,. Things- glorious all abroad Arei poke of thee, and ever (I) all > O City of our God. Selah. a btb. And ■ he the moft- H.ghflnll eftabli/h hct. e Heb. peo- ple. (Htb. or; eyes. Afpe 6ks g Pfalmus ifte brevis eftnumero verborum, magnus eft ponde- re omni- um fen- renciarumj Aug.Enar. in Pf. 86. Tom. 8. in initio. h In hoc porro Pfalmo magna? ubiq; te- nebra?. Sim. de Muii in Arg.Pf.87. 4. I le mention Rahab, and Fabel To-thofe-thac-know-me here, LoPaleftine, and Tyre with Cum: Born was this perfon there. $. And faidofSion it (hall be, Tiiit man, that man alfo Was born in her: d The Higheft, he Shall her eftabli/h fo. 6. The LORD, in writing e folk, will count; Th\$-man, there born was he. 7. And Singers, as Flute-players there : All my/Well-fprings in thee. Selah. SeB. III. The Kind^ Occajion^ and Penman, This Pfalm is Laudatory or Commendatory, and Prophetical, in reference to the Church of God. Short ("as Augufiine g faith wellj '" *he number of words : but large in the weight of all its Sentences. And by reafon of its brevity, ic hath in ic the more obfeurity.* infomuch due another faith; In this Pfalme every where are great darl^neffes h. Occafion ofk,Calvin and others think was the low, mean . and weak condition of the Church of God af- iJo.Cal.in Jri.Pf.87 <& ante ver. i.H. Moller. in Arg. Pfal. 87. k Joan. Foord in Expof. Pf. 8i. Author t&Temp. 1 Sim. de Mu is in Arg.Pf.87. Jo. Foord Expof. Pf. 87. Author. mTo.Calv. Com. in Pf.87-«nr v. I. 270 P S A L M E. LXXXVIII. a Htb. or;To anfwer, »r, fing-by- turnes. b tick. »r,an inftru&ion to C Htb.inthe night, by night d Htb. thy faces, e Htb. my Soul is fil- led with evils (Htb. lives g H,/'. I am counted- reputed. h Htb. ie- membreft- tbenvnot- any-more. Pltonafm. i Htb. pit of lowcft flatcs kh'b. civ u haft put.mC abomina- tions to them. 1 Htb. in all the day or, in eve.y day. m H<£. my. palmes, n Htb. X wonder. oh<* lo»ing kindnefs- kmd mercy C$ J Paleftina : the Land of the Philiftines. (4) Tyre. ($)Cnfh, i.e. Ethiopia, Pfal. 68- 32. Un- der theie, by a Synechdoche, underftand all the reft oftheGentiles.2. By the Profetfion and Obfervation ofthat their Call; Iwillma^e mention And itflyaUbefaid Where, this Call is illuftrated by the powerful effect it fhould have upon the called Gentiles ; They fhould be born in the church. 3. By the fruit and end of this their Calling. Thus the mofl High ffmll eft ablifl) the Church, v. 4,5. 4. By the LORD'S own Teftimony confirming this Call of the Gentiles, in an elegant allufion to the Praftice of men, in Regiflring and Enrolling free Citizens, v. 6. II. Th'u Enlargement, and the other glory of the Church, is notably Illuftrated, by the great joy and refrefhment which it fhall effeft in the genuine mem- bers thereof, metaphorically fet forth under the fi- militudes of Singers, Pipers, and Well-Wrings there ; or, Eyes, afpeils there, The faithful beholding with great joy and delight this Enlargement and Glory of the Church, v. 7. Pfalme LXXXVIII. Se&. I. The Summary Contents. A Prayer containing a grievous and bitter Com- plaint, by reafon of great and manifold miferies, e- ipecially Gods Defenion and deep Difpleafure. Se&. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. A Song, A pfalme to the Sons ofKoracb, To the Maftcr-Mnfician, on Macha- latb-a.-leannoth, b AUfchil of Heman the Ezrachite. 1. T cry'd before thee c night Wday ; 1 LORD God of my Salvation. 2. Before d thee let my Prayer come : Bend to my cry thine ear anon. 3. For, e full of evils my foul became: My /life likewife to grave drew-nigh. 4. With Pitt's Defenders^ rank'd-I-am : A% man, that bath no ir.igbt, *m I. 5. Among the dead freedike the (lain That in the grave We over thrown, Whom thou h remembreft nor again: And from thine hand they- a re-cut-down. 6. In i loweft pit thou-do'ft-me-Iay: In darkneffes, in dcepeft graves. 7. Thy wrathfull-heat on me doth flay : And thou afflicVft with all thy waves; 8. My known-acquaintances decajd From me far-diftanr-rhou-haft- kt, k Abhorr'd of them thou me haft made .* Shut up I am, nor forth can gcr. 9. Mine eye quite languiflieth-away Through mine affliction's heavy bands: I-calI-to-thee,LORD,/aII the day, I unto thee fprcad-out m my hands. 10. Wilt thou do n wonders to the dead Shall dead arife, rt«ie, Thax Sacramen- though decpeft afflictions and miferies befall them, ta> ea Pf°- they fhould not look upon rheir condition asdefpe- ferens uf- rate, but hopefully look up and pray to the LORD que ad their God for deliverance and faJvation. And its confum- one of thofe which are called both A Song, and A mationem Pfalme: the reafon whereof is varioufly apprehend- qua? 'dem ed, Probably, it denotes fome obfervable fiogulari- Dominus ty in the Subject-matter of the Pfalme. See what it Panuspro noted to this purpofe on Pfal.^o. Sect. 5. mundi Sa- Occafion of writing this Expoftulating Pfalme, was lucead (as the Subiect-matter of it in the general hints J Partem lome extream afflictions and miferies even almoft l05utuseii 1 1 . !• i_ ■/-,••_ . . , H'Pr in Complaints by Prayer to his God, yet not without ( hope of his Salvation and Deliverance by the Lord j T'^' out ofall his extremities. Annius a Commentator of ' Philo, thinks f as H. Molkriuy hath noted J that „ this Pfalme was fet forth and fung in the fix years M fi?' • .wherein ]eho']akim was in prifon at Babylon : And a? PfMi Philo faith, the following Plahn was fetforch to give '*•*./•'»*• thanks for the prefervation of the Jewifii Nation, when Evilmerodach brought }chc)a (■///; out of prifon. But hen in Mollerut determines nothing; nor dare I in a cafe fo dark and dubious. Penman of this Pfalme, ("as the Titlefccms to in- form us) was Heman tb: Eiracbhe, There were tvv 0 P S A L M E LXXXIX. 271 Zften. Ainftv. in his Annot. on tit. of Pfal. 83. a Joan. Calv Com. MP/. 88. i.Tit. b Fran. Jun. in Annot. ad P[al.88.l. Jo. Foord in Exvoj. Pfal.88. Author c Sim. de Muit Com. in Pf. 88. l-Tir. Vid. etiara Jo Foord Expof. in Pf. 88. Au- thor & in Pfal. 89. Tempus. — d Fran, Jun. in Annot. ad Pfal. 88. 1. Jo. Foord in Expof. P/.88.7. Author — two Hemans and JE.hans ; viz. 1. Heman and JE- than, Singers and Muficians of the poftcriry of Levi the Patriarch, 1 Chron. 15.17, 19. and 16.42. Hunan being the fonof /«/, the fon ol Samuel the Prophet 1S.1//1. 6". 33. himfelf being alfo a Seer or Prophet in King Davids dayes, 1 Chron. 25. $. And of the Kingdom promifed to David doth JE'ban treat, Pful.89.4- &c. Chrifh Afflictions and Ki.igdomare in thefePfalmes foretold, ("thinks ^ Ainfworth. ) He was the true David, Hofi 3. 5. 2. Heman and /Ethan fons of Zerach the fon of 7«rf n- of their pofterity called after their Names ("who probably lived in the dayes of King Soli »>in~-\ Reh.'.namJ and Exrachites from Zerach H.ad of their Family. For my part,I fee no inconvenience in this hisRefolu- cion.But I leave this to thejudgement of theLearned. SeB. IV. The Scope. The Scope intended in this Pfahne, is ; 1. Mm Im- mediate and peculiar to Heman. himfelf : vi^. To intreat the LORD for Relaxation and Deliverance from his manifold and extream miferies, patheti- cally fpread before the LORD, v. 1,2,13. 2. More mediate and Common to orher of Gods deeply a- fflifted people : vi^. To inftruft and teach Gods beft anddear;it fervants, that they are not in this life exempt from fevered extremities of deadly diftrefs and affliction : and yet they fhould not in any the worft extremities defpond or defpair, but open all their grief by prayer,comp!aints and expoftulations, to their God in hopes and expectation of relief and fuccour from him even in lowed condition. In this Pfalme we have fj as fome think 3 a Patern of Prayer and Deportment in our private affl'Won : In Pfal. 89. a Pattern of Prayer, See. in cafe of the Churches public^ Calamity d. Se&. V. The Analyjts, or Principal Parts. Iother/ffeofrhis Pfalme are, 1. The Denomi- nations of it, A Song, A Pfalme. See Pfal. 30. Sett. 5. Title. 2. The Direction or Recommendation of it, as to the Mufick, (" 1 ) More Generally ; To the Sons ofKorach C 2 J More Particularly, To the Mifter- MuficianuponMxchalath leannoth, that is, Either A Wind-Inflrument, tofingorplay by turnes. Or, the beginning, or name, of fome famous fad Tune. Or the words may be nt erpreted ; Touching infirmity; to affliU, or Humble. Having refp^ft to the Subjeft- Muter ef the Pfalme. 3. The Nature, Kind, or Sort of the Pfalme : M.tfcbil. See P/^.Seft. 3. A Pfalme to give Infraction to the deeply afflicted children of God. 4. The Author or Penman of it : Heman the Erjachite. In the Pfalme it felf, which is, A moft fad Lament- ing E^poftulating Prayer, note I. The Gnund and Foundation of hit Prayer, vix^. His confidence inGod,as fole Author of his Salvation. IF. Hk Prayer grounded hereupon, is defcribed j As Part, As Prefent: I. Hit Prayer for rime pad, is fet forth, by the i.Zeal and fervency of h;lhave cryed 2. Sincerity of it ; before thee: 3. Affiduity, and im- portunity of it ;r.ight andday,ver. 1. II. Hit Prayer for prefent, is for Audience of his Prayers now in his diftrefs : fet forth in two phrafes.,a/er 2. III. Hit Arguments or Reafons whereby he endea- vours to enforce his Prayer, are drawn from the Ex- tremity of thofe Miferies and Calamities, wherewith he was even overwhelmed. As i. His Soul was even glutted with evils o*" pfflicti- on. 2. His very 'life was in condition of Dea^h : vi^. He was, 1. As a dying mm, vsr. 3. 2. As .1 man quite dead, and withou- ftrength,goirJg to the grave; ver. 4. 3. As a m?.n L< n ad lif^ the /lain, forgotten of God, and cut off from hit hand, ver. 5. yea z-> a mnn in hwefi pit, darknefs, and deeps : paft all hopes of re- viving, ver. 6. 3. All Gods waves afflicted him, flowing from Gods wrath permanent upon him, ver. 7. 4. His defolate and extream defritute condition, i. Being deptived of his Acquaintance, abominating him. 2. Being (Jjnt-up as in a Dungeon or Prifon, that he could not comt forth to rcfrefh himfelf, ver. 8. 5. Hismournful tears through fffrVft ion, mingled with his dayly and inftam Prayers ver. 9. 6. His extream loi condition of mifery into which God had brought him. Beji;0, 1 A- Dead, 2. In the Grave, 3. In D.JiruiTion, 4. In Darknefs, 5. In the Land of forgetfulneffe. Whereupon he expoftu- lates the cafe with God : wether God in tfiat his ex- tremity intended to work miracles ; And how men in fuch (late could poffibly declare and propagate Godspraifes, ver. 10, n, 12. IV. Hit Prayer it afrefh repeated, and defcribed, by 1. The fervency of it. 2. The earlineffeofit, v. 13. This is again Amplified and enforced, 1. By a Pathetical Expodalation with God, r. For rejecting him. 2. For hiding his face from him f.14. 2. By a doleful complaint of the extremity and grievo'ifnefsofhis Afflictions, Defcribed moft pa- thetically and elegantly. He being, 1. Ready to dye through affliction, fiom hk youth up. 2. DiftraZted, through Gods terrour s, ver. 15. 3. Overflowed with God's burning wrath. 4. Cut-off quite with his ter- rours,ver. 16. 5. Surrounded and encompaffed dai- ly with thefe miferies, as with waters, ver. 17. 6. Deprived utterly of Lover, fellow-friend, and Ac- quaintance, hiding them as in darknefs from him, or hiding them from him thus brought into darknefs, ver. 18. Pfaim LXXXIX. SeB. I. The Summary Contents. The Pfalmifi, I. Praifetb God for, 1. His Cove- nant, v. 1. to 5. 2. His wonderful j-ower, v. 5. to 15. 3. His care of his Church, v. 15. n 19. 4. His favour to David's, and therein to Chrifr.s,Kingdome, v. 19. to 38. II. Prayeth, I. Complaining of contra- ry events, v. 17. to 46. 2. Expoftulating, Petition- ing and Blefling God, v. 46. to the end. Sea.II. 272 P S A L M E. LXXXIX. a htb. or, an InftruQing- Pfalme. b Htb. Ge- neration, and Gene- ration. c htb. to ge- neration and genera- tion. SeU. II. the Verfion out of the Hebrew. a Mafchil ofJEthan the Ezracbite. I. 1. npHe LORD'S kind-mercies clearly ffjown, J, For ever fing I fhall : Thy truth Tie with my mouth make-known To b Generations all. 2. For, I have faid, kind-mercy ay Shall-be-built-up on high : In-Heav'ns, thou (halt confirm alway In them thy verity. 3. 1 ftricken have a Covenant With-mine-eleft, fo dear: Tea unto David my fervant I faithfully did (wear. 4. Thy feed for evermore I will Eftablifh, 1 alone. And c to all Generations^// . I will build-up thy Throne. Selah. d htb. over all his cir- cuits. e He&.of the circuits of thee. fHeb.rule- ingin the fwellingof the Sea. g Heb. haft beaten, down, hhrb- the arme of thy might. i Hit. to thee the Heavens; yea to thee the earth, kHtb. didft creat-tbem IH-4. To the an . m Htb, vent thy facet. pre- II. 5. Likewife thy wondrous-works, O LORD, The Heavens fhall confefs : Yea in the Church of Saints, adord Shall be thy faithfulnefs; 6. For, to the LORD, who in the fkies May duelybe compar'd ? Among the Mighties fons likewife Who likened to the LORD? 7. In fecret of the Saints, our God Mofl terrible if found: And dreadful Coverall abroad That-are-about-him-round. 8. LORD God of Hoafis, O mighty JAH, Who like thee, earth throughout i Or like thy faithfulneffe, e that ay Thee-compafle t h-about i 0. Thou /ruled mofl puiffantly O're-fwelling of the Seas : When rolling-waves thereof rife-high, Thou ftillefi them with eafe. 10. Thou Rahabg down-haft-fhattered As wounded man doth fall: With h thy might's arm haft fcattered Thine Adverfaries all. 11. * Thine are the Heavens, topojfefl j And thine the Earth below : The world and all its plenteoufnefs : Faft-founded them haft thou. 12. The North, the right-fide-S'oHtfc alfo, Thou j^didft-create-the-fame •' Tabor and Hermon, to andjfo, Shall-fhout-forth in thy Name. 13. / Thou-haft an Arme with Potency : Thine hand is very ftrong. Thy right-hand is exalted-high Thy creatures all among. 14. Pure righteoufnefs and judgment are Thy Thrones prepared-place: Vnftained truth and mercy rare m Do-go-before thy face. III. 15. n O happy folk that-know aright The jubilation / In thy fweet Countenances Jight They-fhall-be-walking-on. i(5. They, in thy Namejhall all the day Exult-with-gladfomnefie : And be-exalted-high-fhall-they Through thy great righteoufnefs. 17- Eecaufe thou art the glory ft ill Of rt//their-mighty-ftrength : Our Horn likewife through thy good-will Shall be advane'd at length. 18. Eecaufe, unto the LORD alone _ Our Buckler appertains : Likewife to Ifr'els Holy-one Our King, thatonely reigns. IV. 19. Then to 0 thy Saint by Vifion Thou fpak'ft,and dideft fay, I've laid help on a mighty-one : I have advane'd, tofway, One-chofen from the-people all. 20. David my fervant dear I found • Him with p mine holy oyl I have annointed here. 2r. With-whom mine hand 9 (hall ftablifh'd be, r Him ftrengthen fhall mine arme. 22. The foe fhall not exaft on-him •" And himafilift, or harm, Shall not the fon of wickedneffe. 23/BeforehisfaceI fhall Beat-down the-foes-that-him-diflrefs : And plague his haters all. 24. And my truth and my t clemency Shall be w ith him the fame : Likewife his horn exalted-high- -Shall-be through my great Name. 25. Likewife his farre prevailing hand I will put in the Sea : Yea his right-hand with great command In Rivers far re away, 26. He (hall-call-on me in thU wife, My father thou alone Art : andmy God, The Rock likewife Of my Salvation. 27. 1 attojreely will him give My fir ft-born fon to be : Above-the-Kings on earth that live Be very high ff/atl he. 28. My loving-kindnefs I for him Shall-fafely-keep foray : Likewife my Covenant for him Shall faithful be alway. 29. And I will fct his feed full Jure To perpetuity : Yea as the dayes of Hca v'n, to dure,, Confirmehh Throne will J. V. 30. Teit'tf his fons my law forfake : And u from my judgments fvvervc. 31. If they my (tatutes x lewdly break •, Nor my precepts^ obferve .• n Htb. The hippinctics ot* the people knowing. o htb. thy. gracious- iamctby- mercifuU- one. p Htb. oyle of my holinefs. q Htb. fhall be lUbli- Ihcdw.th- him. c Htb. And him or, yea him a Hfi.Ar.d I Hull beat down his diftrcflers before his faces. c htb. loving kinduefs. kind-metcv. 52. Then u htb. fhall nt>c walk in rov judg- ments, x Htb fliall prot'hane. y Heb con - !er\c keep. P S A L M E LXXXIX. 273 % Hib. their prevarica- tion* a htb. from- with him mv-loving- kindnefs. b Htb. will nor prophan c Heb. the going-forth of my lips. dHeb. Haft put a mine all e htb. the dayes of bis youthful- nefses. iHib. over. him -- or,upon him g Heb. Re- member, hovsrtranfi- tory I. h He b. the hand, of hel i Heb. Re- member -.. k htb, my bofome, ltW'.peoples m Heb do *eproach. 32. Then vih"t with the Rod will I ^ Their-crofe-tranfgreflion ; And their abhm"d iniquity, Which ftripes fent thereupon. 33. But a towards him my gracioufnefs I will not make-to-faile : Likewifeagainft-my-faithfulnefs I will not falfly-dealc. 34. My fir mely-ft a blfi^d Covenant I b never will prophane : And c that which from my lips forth-went I will not change again. 35. Once by mine holynefs I fwore.- If I to David ly. 35. His Seed (hall bee for-evermorc Likewife his Thronejer bight Shall\\kc the Sun before mee bide. 37. Like-Moon, be-ftablifh'd ay: And as a Witnefs doth refide In sky faithful alway. VI. 38. But thou haft caft-off, and refuf'd : And waft-exceeding-wroih Which thine Anoynted,/7;dr/>Jy vWd. 39. Thy Servants Cov'nant-0?• 5- Prom fundry Efenrial Attributes of God, chedout Juftice, Meriy, and truth: whereby he is able and over the willing to make good his Covenant, advance Davids emyry- dejected Kingdom, and fupprels the enemies there- place Jo!) of,^er. 14. » 26. 7. The riglu-fide "J that U, the South, (as the Chalice Paraphraft explaineth, J fo called; because, a man ftanding with his face to fie Eaft C'tf they were wont when the prayed J the South as on bb right hand. So the Eaft, « called Kedem, before : And the Weft, Achor, that is, behind, Job 23/8. Ifai.y. 12. It feemed that this turned to Superftition and Idtlatry, that men prayed towards the Eaft ; Vierefre God fo ordered his tabernacle and temple, that all worfiipped there, with their faces to the Weft, E^ek.8. 15. Exod. 27. Numb. 3. Tabor 1 a goodly Mountain in Galilee, Jofh. 19. 22. Judg. 4. 6, 12* Hermon } Another fair Mountain Eaftward, without Jordan, called alfo Shirion,See Pfal. 42. 6. and 29. 6, By thefe are meant the Eaft and Weft-parts, anfwtrable to the former % North and South .• As the Chaldee Paraphraft faith ; tabor in the Weft, and Chermon that is in the Eaft. H. Ainfworth in his Annot. on Pfal. 89. 13. 3. In refpeU of Gods benignity and care over his Church and People : efpecially in the Kingdom of David, and Chrift, Here, 1. His Church and people are defcribed ; A people that know the 'joyful found, viz. Of the Trumpet calling to Solemn Afiemblies wher- in they were to have communion with God. 2. Their happinefs isatfcrted, 0 the bleffednefs of the people . 3. This their happinefs is explica- ted, bythefweet fruits and effects of enjoying Gods ordinances upon the joyful found, vi\. (ij Walk: ingonin the light of Gods Countenance, ver. 15. (2) Conftant gladnefs in God's Name. (2, J Exaltation in his Righteoufnefs, ver. 16. 4. All this isillu- ftrared by the Caufes thereof, vi\. QiJ The Lord being the glory of their ftrength. C2J His favour, exalting theio, ver. 17. ("3 ) Their Shield f^in Davids and Chrifts Kingdom} being from him. CaJ Their King ( or Davids R-.ce, efpecially C HR IS Thimfelf J being of the Holyoneoflfrael, ver. 18. 4. In refpetl ofGodsfmgular favour to Davi/s King- dom and Seed; and efpecially to Crirm and his E- verlafting Kingdom, principally intend -d therein. In both, Gods great care and love r,q his Church was Eminently Demonftrated. Here Note. I. the Manner of Gods revealing his pleafure andpur- pofe touching Davids and Chrifts Kingdom, vi^. By Vifion to his holy Prophets. II.. Gods Elelihn and Vocation of David to the Kingly Office, ver. 19. 20. III. Gods Promifes to, ap.d Covenant with David, 1. to eftablifh and ftrengthen him, ver. 21. 2. Tbproteft him from his enemies power and pre- valency over him, ver. 22. 3. to fubdue his enemies and haters, verfe 23. 4. To be with him by his mercy and faithfulnefs, andtoexalt his power, verf. 24, 5. to enlarge his Dominion to the Sea and Rivers, verf, 25. 6. to accept him in a near and dear Relation to himfelf, 3i a Father, Sec. his firft-born, &.c.ver.26t 27. 7. to perpetuate his mercy to him, and eftabli/h his Covenant with him, verfe 28.- 8. to prepetuate his Seed, and his Throne for ever, verfe 29. This laft Promife is further amplified, (~ 1 J From adver- fity of Difpenfation in cafe of his Childrcnsdifobedi- . ence , tur. Caftigation of them with his Rod and Stripes of affliction, ver. 2,0, 31, 32. £ 2) From his fixed refolution notwithftanding, ?.Tot vtterly to tak? from him his loving-kjndnefs; Nott? fttffer his faith- fulnefs to fail, verf. 33. Not to break, his Covenant , Not to alter his Promife, •ver. 34. f 3 J From the Ad- junft Oath of God for confirmation of his Cc ^cnanc with David, verf. 35. Q 4 ) From Similitude of things durable in Heaven above, vi\. The Sun, and Moon, the faithful vvitnefs in Heaven to this Covenanc of God, ver. 36,37. II. Puerto the LORD, is hereupon Pathetically poured forth, •uerf. 38, foe. wherein, the Pfalmift Complainetb , Expoftiilateth, Petitioned, and Blef- feth. 1. Complaineih of fundry fad Events to the King- dom of David, feemingly contrary to Gods former Covenant and Promifes, vh(. 1. that God hadre- )elled, abhorred, and been wroth with his Anointed, ver.2,%. 2. T/JrtfGodhad abolifhed his fervants Co- venant. 3. that God had Propbaned bis Crown to the Earth, ver. 39. 4. that God had ruined all his King- doms, Defences, and ftrong-holds, verfe 40. 5. tliat here- P S A L M E. LXXXIX. hereupon he was fpoyled by all papers ^and re- proached by his neighbours, ver. 41. 6. That his enemies were exalted, and reioyced, verf. 42. 7. Tnat God had deferred him in the day of Battel, ver. 43. 8. That God had diminished and made ceafe hit glory and bright nefs. 0. That God had thrown down hit Throne to the ground-, ver. 44. io. That God had fljortnedthe dayes of hit youth, and coveredhim with fhame, ver. 4*5. 2. Expoftulateth with God, r. For his hiding him- felffo long from all this mifery upon Davids King- dom for ever. 2. For the vehemency of his wrath burning like fire, ver. 4.6. 3. Petitioned the L O R D, 1. To remember, the fhortneffeof his time; The vanity of all men ; The certain and inevitable Mortality of Man, verfe 47, 2. To remember and manifefr. his former loving- \ I 43 kindneffes [worn to David in truth-, verfe 49. 3. To remember, the reproach of hit Servants ; His own reproach from all the mighty-people ; The reproach of Gods enemies wherewith ibey have reproached the foot- fteps of hit Anointed, vi*. The waves, Mfe, aftions, fufferings, Sec. of David, o(Ch>ift ind his Members verfe. 50, $ 1. 4. Bleffeth the L O R D, hoping the L O R D will hear, and reflore Davids Kingdom. And fo con- cluded this Pfalme (and this third Book. ofFfalmes ) with, Amen, and Amen u, verfe 52. u De par - ticula Amen,ScAmen, facile aflentior, diftinguendi Iibricaufa, hic,uc alibi, efie pofitam. Joan. Calvin. Comment in Pfal. 89. 53. After this Pfalme,and before Pfalme 90. next follow- ing. The SyriackVerfionx. hath it thus j The end of the Third Book, jttfU%Mt% of the Fourth Book: X Bibl. Polyghtt. ante Pfal, 9o. 13D V S A L M E. XC. «*» <&* *3r* «S» «&» *3» *4r» <4-» . *S» i-» . *&* *•» *£'» «*• «*» WmSmmmt «$» •#» «4k* *j<> «i» *&» •*» ««• www® ^3CM3CA3' «$* **» •$» '.J? "VJ? Ip" 'ti? if? %v xJ>s> "p X? S?^*? *•£* «j» «-J<» e-^k» *J» e^» «£k» ^ym nso THE FOURTH BOOK Viz,. OF P S A L M E S. y See the Preface before the Pfalmes SetfionVI o Fthe Partition of the Pfalmes into Five t/iftinlf Books, enough hath been noted already. This FOVRTH BOOK OF PSALMES begins with Pfal. 90. 1. years, In them are threefcore years and ten ; And if in /ftrength be fourfcore years, Yet is their m prime but grief and pain : For it is fpeedily cut-down, And hence we fly, and d/f appear. 11. Who knows the ftrength of thy n (harp-frown* 0 Thy wrath, according to thy fear ? II. 1 2. To a Hf i toni an habicaci. on. b ^''.gene- ration and generation c fcrfc.and d beb. or ; bring-forth, form. e h,b. contri- tion, comrni- nution. f beb. Adam. gbtb.tsyC' itenlay when it is pa ft. hheb. changeth.' i fcel'.chang- etli. «(> \ r S A L M E XC. 277 IL pHeb. maybring or caufe- to-come. 12. To number our declining dayes' So make us know, 0 thou mofi hjifkt, That unto Wifdom'j choifefi wayes The heart wepclofely-may-apply, 13. Tet once again-return-do-thou, O LORD, how long wilt difappear ! Likewife let it repent thee now Concerning ur thy fervants dear. 14. Us in the morning fatisfie With thy kind-mercy fweet alwayes ; That we may fliout triumphantly. And may rejoyce in all our days. 15. Make thot us to reioyce once more, According to the days wherein Thou haft attWftcdusfulIfore, The years wherein we ill have feen. 16. Thy work ^apparently-exprefs q HebXtx Tjnt0 thy fervants, now down trod. it appear. And on 'their Sons thy glorioufnefs. or;befeen. 17. The r beauty of our LORD our God r#U6.plea- Up0n us let it be likewife ; fantnefs. And/unto us eftablifh yet (Heb. or ; The work our hands flail enterprife : upon-us yea our hands work eftablifh it Tfjejec ond Verfion out of the He- brew of an ea(ier Tune. A Prayer 0/ Mofes the Man of God. i./^vLORD, an Habitation \Jr Tliou haft been to us here In Generation and Generation. a Heb. the 2. Before a the Hills born- were ; moun- Before thou hadft-brought-forth alfo tains. The Earth and World abroad ; Ev'n-from-Eternity thou to Eternity art God. 3. To Deaths utter contrition Thou forry-man doft turn -, And fay'ft, ye Adam's fons anon Vnto your duft return. 4. For /o, a thoufand years at lafi bHeb in ifrr £w ft before thy fight, thine eyes. As yefterday when it is part, And of a watch by night. 5. Them-as-with-flood-thou-tak'ft-aw ay, Evn at a fleep they ate .- And in the morning-/e/fes writing this Pfalm is varioufly Tom. 8. apprehended. Some think Mofes wrote it when he iJo.Voord had numbered the people of Ifrael the (econdtime in in Expof. the Plains ofMoab, Numb. 1. 1 , 45 , 46 t. The Chat- Pfal.90. dee Paraphraj} hath it thus; A Prayer, wherewith Tempw. , Mifesthe Prophet of the LORD prayed, when the Peo- u InBibl. pie of the houfe of Ifrael finned in the Wilder nefs, H: Polyglot. fp*ke and faidu: Hereupon, fundry Interpre- P fat. 90. B b b b tcrsx, tl Heb.forxs o Heb. JE- HOVAH our God. zjB r S A L M E. XC. X Sim. de Mu'ts in Arg.Pj'90. Fran. ]un. inAnnot. ad Pfal. 90. l H. Ainfw. in hit Anuot. on Hen. Moll, in Arg. Pf. 90. rers x, eying the Matter of the Pfalme, incline to follow the Cbaldee Parapbrafl : Only whereas the Chaldee (peaks more Generally, they point out Hie Occafion more particularly, viz. That, when the Spies, fent to fearch the Promifed Lanrl, had return- ed and made their report of it, all Ifrael murmured fogrievoufly againft Mofes and Aaron, the Lord was fo deeply difpleafed, that he fware, that none of them of that Generation that provoked God, mould enrer into it, but they fhould wander in the Wilder- nefs, till all their Carcafes fhould be fallen there, See Numb. 13. and 14. th, roughout. Hereupon, at Gods dreadful Sentence of Death upon that whole Generation, they conceive Mofes Penned this Pfalme, Asa Form of Prayer wherein the people were to la- ment their own exceeding fragility, as well as the common mortality of mankind ; confeffing and be- wailing their fins the Caufe thereof, and imploring the Lord for his Grace and favour againft their pre- fent mifery, and for their prefent and future under- yJo.Calv. takings. But Calvin v thinks , if conjecture may in Com. ad have place, it is credible, that Mofes wrote this Pf. ?o.Tit. Prayer, when now the time of his death was at hand that he might leuify the daily grief under which the people had almoft pined away, and might refrefti their minds oppreffed with an heap of evilsfor forty years together in the Wildernefs. Therefore he op- portunely prayes ; Make thou in reyoyce, according to the dayes thou baft afflict" ed ut, the years wherein we bavefeen evil, ver. 15. I fee not any inconvenience, why thefe two laft Opinions may not be joyned toge- ther : The Occafion being, Ifraels many miferies,efpe- cially their great mortality in the wildernefs j The time of writing this Pfalme upon that Occafion, being a little before Mofes\ death. Let every one here- in enjoy his own judgment. Seft.IV. The Scope, The Scope chiefly intended in this Prayer, is; In deepfenfeof humane frailty, and of Ifraels great mortality and miferies in the Wildernefs, together with the caufe thereof, their fins and iniquities, To befeech the Lord, in the name of Ifrael; To inftruft them in the beft improvement of this their frailty unto wifdome; To return to them with wonted favours, and make them rejoyce accor- ding to the long time of their affiidions-, To reftore them and their children from diftrefs ; To accom- plifh his Covenant with them, in ftabli/hing their great work which they were about, the taking of the promifed land into poffeffion. Now thefe things throughout this Pfalme are fet forth with fuch abun- dance of elegant Rhetorical figures, metaphors, and fimilitudes, adorning the Pfalme as theftarresrhe fky^, that many things therein are the harder to be underftood, though the ftrain be the more (lately and lofty. Sett. V. The Analyfis^ or Principal Parts. z Difficile & obfeu- rum eft hoc car- men propter figuras & fimilitudi- ncs varias, necnon genera loquendi fublimi poefi digna, quibus, ut ccelum fy- deribus, diflingui- tur arque ornarur. S/m. de Muit in Arg.Pf.90. The Title of this excellent Pfalme manifefts, 1. The kind of k ; A Prayer. Many Pfaimes are Pray- ers : but four are fo (tiled, vi^. Pfal. 17. 86. 90. 102. 2. The Penman of it, defcribed; ( I J By his Name; Mofes. f"2 J By his Office Prophetical; tlie man of God. i. e. The Eminent Prophet of God, or Seer. See 1 Sam. 9. 6, 8, 9, 10, 11. The Pfalme, or Prayer itfelf contains I. A Preface,whcte\n Ifrael ("now in great mifery in the wildernefs ) acknowledged), 1. Gods pecu- liar providence and protection ro them in all for- mer Generation?, cfpccially in dayes of Abraham, rf.v't.-tod\iftyver.2.. 2) Expound- ed and Illuftratcd by many Comparjfons and Simi- litudes. Mans frail life being refembled, f O To yefterday when it it paft : though a thoufand years long, yet its no more in Gods fight. CO To a watch m the night, ("which was but three houres long, ver. 4. (3)Toafwift/<,0'& fl"H beat thee . up upon theirPfaImus ifte eft de quoDominum noftrum Jefum ChrifUimtenrareaufuseft. Au- diamus ergo, ut poflimus Inftru&i refiftere tentatori, Nonpra?- fumentes in nobis, fed in ipfo qui prior tentatus eft, nenos in Tentatione vinceremur: Illi enim tentatio non erat r.eceflaria. TentatioChrifti,noflra Do&rina eft. Aug. Enarrat. in Pjal. Xc. p. 998. C. Tom. 8 Ideo tentatus eft Chriftus, ne vincatur a tentatore Chriftianus. Aug. ibid.p. 1007. D- Tom. 8. Bafil. 1569. This Pfalme, as touching the Kind of it, hDoftri- nal, and Eminently Confolatory. The whole Do&rine of it is moft comfortable to every one that truly be- lieves in God, apd relyes peculiarly upon hisAH- fufficient protection j againft all dangers and diftref- fes. I may fitly ftile it ; — The Saints Cabinet of com- fort under Gods Proteilion againft all feared or felt af- fliSion. It is an Vntituled Pfalm in the Hebrew, as many others are. See P fa I. 1. Sect. 4. and there- fore we cannot be fo certain who was Inftrumental Author or Wricer of it ; efpecialiy the New Tefta- ment and other Scriptures being wholly filent here- in. Penman is varioufly gueffed at ; and but gueffed at. The Hebrews think it was Mofes q, So Eqra, and others, And their Reafon is ; becaufe Pfal. 90. being Entituled A Prayer of Mofes, all the Pfalmes following till Pfal. 101. ("which is Entituled A Pfalme of David, J make no mention in their Titles of any Penmanzt all : whence they judge it probable that all thefe Pfalmes were written by Mofes. But the in- efficiency of this Reafon is eafily evinced by that confederation of Sim. de Muis r, vi^. Thac in Pfal. 99. 6. there is mention of Samuel,who was born long after the death of Mofes. Therefore at leaft Pfal. 99. was not written by Mofes. Moft Wricers think, Davidxvas Penman of this Pfalme. The LXXII. ac- cording to the moft Ancient Roman Vatican Copy, hath this Title prefixed ; "''Atvo$ sJillltruft,ver. 2. JU.The compleat Protettion and fafety of every fuch faithful foul thm confiding inGod, isafiured by heaps offwecteft Heart-reviving Promifes to him, for his compleat Defence againft, Support under, Delive- rance from, and Triumph over all imaginable ftraits and dangers. Which Promifes are laid down in Exprefftons moft Elegant, Emphatical, and Com- fortable, v. 3. to the end. This his AH-fufficient Protection of the faithful, is Defcribed, Illujlrated, and Confirmed, very Pathetically. 1. Defcribed, 1. By the Deliverance promifed,from Fowlers Snare, and Peftilence of woful evils, v. 3. 2. By the Defence promifed, under the Metaphor of the Fowles wing covering her young. Which is further ilhiftrared ; Partly, by the tru ft of the faith- ful in this Divine Defence, as the young under the Fcathcrsof the Dam. Partly, from the ftrong Rca- fon of this his Confidence, vi%_. GodsTruth, compa- red for the furcneh'e and fafety thereof to a Bucljcr and Shield,v. 4. 2. Illuftrated notably, r. By diflribution of Perils, 1 vi\. By Day or Night, from fear of which he pro- mifeth to fecure the Faithful, v. 5,6*. 2. Byanin- ftance or lli ppoficion of the greateft and moft over- whelming Calamity ,_ from which he ftlall be fecured, v. 7. 3. By companion of the unlike condition of the ungodly, v. 8. 4. By defcription of the fulneffe of Protection from evil, which ftia II enfue upon full affiance in God, v. 9. 10. 5. By the Jnftrumental Means, or AdminiftringCaufes of the Faithful per- fons fafety, vif. Gods good Angels, and their exaft cuftody, v. 11,12. 6. By his Triumph even over the moft terrible and dangerous evils or enemies imaginable,!). 13. 3. Confirmed and further Amplified by fbndry Pro- mifes propounded as by God himfelf, fpeaking in the firft Perfon. Thefe Promifes of Gods Protec- tion, are, i. Laid down in variety of fweet Exprefli- ons ; / will deliver him, t will fet him on high, &c. 2. Amplified ; (ij Partly, by certain moving Caufes as it were inclining the LORD to protect him, vi^. His Cleaving to God : Knowing his Name : Calling upon him. C2) Partly, by the Adjunct benefits or ad van* tages that fhall refult from that Divine Protection, vi^. Gods honouring him ; Satisfying him with length, of dayes, Maying him his Salvation, v. 14,15, \6. Pfalm XCII. Seff. I. The Summary Contents. The Pfalmift reacheth how Good it is to praife God, Morning and Evening, efpecially on the Sab- bath-dayes, v. 1. to 4. 1. For his great Works, 11.4, 5,5. 2. For his judgments on the wicked, v. 7. to 11. 3. For,hisgoodneffetotheRighteous,v.ii.ror/;e end. Sett. II. The firft Verfion out of the Hebrew. A Pfalme, A Song for the day of Sabbath. 1. /^\ it U good n the LORD to praife : \_J And b ling unto thy Name,Moft-High. 2. In morn thy mercy c forth to blaze : And in nights thy fidelity. 3. On d ten-ftrings, and on Pfaltery, On e Higgajon with Warp's fweet noife. 4-For with thy work thou-mad'ft-me-ioy, LORD : Tie in thine hands Actsrejoyce. 5. 0 LORD, /How great thine Acts do-fhow / Thy thoughts g moft deep are, tobefcand. 6. Abrutifti man doth not this know, h Nor doth the fool this underftand. 7. When th'wickcd fpring as grafs, And all The workers of iniquity Do riourim : It is that they fhall Ec /' ftroy'd to perpetuity. 8. Eut thou, O LORD, art high for ay. 9. For lo, O LORD, ^ the Foes of thee For Io,thine enemies / fhall decay .• //; 111 workers all (ball fcattered be. io. Ei:t a H(h. to -' caiifefs to JEHOVAH b He') to fing Pfalme c beb. to fliew forth, d Htb. deca- chord, or } ten- ft ring- ed-inftru- ments. e Heb.or- meditation. or, medita- ted fang. f bcb. How greatned are chine AQs R Ucb. ve- hemently. h Het. and the uncon- ftant-f>ol doth not •mJerftanJ this. 1 Heb. or ; aholilhed, extermina- ted. k Hcb. thy rites. 1 btb. Hull penfti. m bcb. all workers of iniquity. P S A L M E XCII. 10. But thou mine horn fhalt-Iifc-on-high, as Horn of Unicom the while : n He!', or, « I am anoi nted plentcoufly myne old- withfrefh and delegable oyle. wnen-Iam- ... ._ old, ipj«4« 1 1. Mine eye fhall fee f&e doom hkewife tnomud &c 0 On-thofe-ro-me-rhat-cnvy-bear. o Hcb. on Tjpop^, ill-doers that up-rife Againft me, III mine cars fhall hear. mine Envi- ers p Htb. ma- lignant*. <| Heb the planted ones in the Houfe of jEilOVAH r Heb. that the — s H. in-: conftanc- fool. hHeb. workers of vain iniqui- ty 1 keb. abo- lifhed, or, extermina- ted to perpetuity. * beb. fhall perilh. 1 beb. or ; mine-old- age (ball bee anoynicd with- m beb. ma- lignant;. nheb. Date- thefecond Verfion out of the Hebrew^, for a more com- mon tune. A Pfalr/iej A Song for the day of Sabbath. 1. T TNto JEHOVAH to tonfefs U. It it a a pleafant thing ; And, O moft-Hign,wir/) than\ftdnefl To thy Name Pfalme-to-fing. 2. Thy-loving-kindnefsforth-to fr.ew Stillia the Morning tight, Thy confiant fi ithfulnefs alio To publifl} b every night. 3. Upon the Ten-ftri ng'd-Inttrument, And on the Pfaltery- •, e With meditation pertinent An Harp, melodioujly. 4. For with thy -wondrom work, O LORD, Thou-haft-rejoyced-me ; In thine hands Actions adored I-will-fhout-forth to thee. 5. How d great, LORD.are thine Ads/ Thy thoughts Are e very deep, unfeari'd. d./ The brutifh knows not,and the g fool Doth nor this underftand. 7. When th'wickcd fpring as grafs, and all h That work iniquity. Do flourifh ; Ir is that they fhall Ec i ftroy'd perpetually. 8. But thou O Lord, art high for ay. 9. For lo, O Lord, thy foes, For lo, thy foes ^,fhal!-qaite-decay : Be fcattered fhall all thofe Vile workers of iniquity. 10. And mine horn fhall the while As Unicorns be-lifced-high ; / 1 'nointed withfrefh Oyle. 1 1. the doom of mil e env'.^rs here Mine eye fhall fee likewifi ; Of m ill-doers mine ear fliall hear That up againfl me rife. 12. So fpring-up fhall the righteous-one As n Palme-tree here-below : As Cedar in Mount Lebanon He pie, if ant ly fhall grow. q In Eibl. Polyglot t. Pfal. 92. r See Pfal. Qi.Seft.3. f ' Jo.Foord Expof. Pf. 92. Author 1 3. Within the Lord's houfe, grace to nourijh, Thcy-that implanted fl.iy, In Courts of our God they fhall flourifh. 14. Yet fprout 0 in a;>e fliall they : They alwayes fhall be fat and green. 15. To fnew the LORD is frill Upright : My Rock, andin hlm/een Isp no injurious-ill. Sett. III. the Kindcy Penman^ and Occasion. This Pfalme is of a mixt Nature, being Dcftrinil, Laudatory, Prophetical, and in a fort Hortatory, Pen- man ofit is not certainly fignified here or cHevvhere in Scripture. The Chaldee r'< us paraplirafeth ; An Hymn, a Song, which tbefirfl man Adam faid fir the Sabbath day q, The Antient Hebrews afcril.cicto Mofes, as was noted formerly r : Eut their ground is not cogent. Some attribute it to D.-ividf who ( as is fuppofed J foretells here the deftruction of King Saul,ver.']. but his own advancement to the Throne, ver.io. And that David wrote this Pfalme, vhen SWhad jnftiiied and cleared David ("now vexed and purfued by him about four years, 1 Sam. 24. 18. and 26. 18,21. from all Imputation of Treafonable or Seditious Practices againft the King. Thereupon, Drfwrfrejoycing that God had thus vind'eared him, and that Kin* Saul had fo cleared him, and openly profelled that the Kingdom belonged of right unto him, wrote this Pfalme and denir.ated i: to rhe Churches ufe on the Sabbatb-dayes. Others t chink t Amef. this Pfalme was not Penned upon this, or any fuch Left in Pf. like lingular Occafion: But rather fjas the Title not 92. Analyf. obfeurely imports 3 for the Common ufe of the Sim. de Church in the praites of God every Sabbath-day. Muti in And Sim.de Muis reports that R. Kimchi faith ;This Arg. Pfal. Pfalme was antiently fung in the Houfe of the Sancluary 92. Jo. on the Sabbath-day. And to thefe latter I rather in- Calv.Com. cline, becaufe of the Title, and Sub]etl- Matter of in Pfal. this Pfalme, which feems fo excellently fuited and ,92. 2. Jun accommodated to the Sabbath-day, and the worfhip Annot. in and Meditations then to be exercifed touching the Pf. 92. 1. works of God. Yet I will not peremptorily exclude, as improbable, che forementioned particular Occa- fion : but leave every one to his own Judgement therein. Sett. IV. the Scope, This Pfalme's intended Scope is;To Inftructand di- rect the people of God how to Sanllife the day of Sabbath. 1. Not onely by an Holy Reft ( as the word FQUJ Sabbath fignifies ) vi\. from our own works, wayes, words, and wills u ; according to Gods own example of Reftingjfom all his worlds on the Seventh day from the Creation, blefjing and Santti- fyingit, and commanding it to be kept holy to him x; which was a Token of his mercy unro, and of his Santtification of his People y. 2. But alfo by an holy employment and cxercife therein, both Morning and Evening, viz^. 1. By confeffing to him, 2. Singing Pfalmes to his Name, 3. Shewing forth Gods Lov- ing-kindnefs and faithfulnefs, 4. With Meditation, ver. 1, 2, 3,4. j.Rejoycing in and Praifing Go ' tri- umphantly, For his great Works, More Generally, ver. 5, 6. For his Judgments upon the Wicked, ver. 7. to 11. and his Mercies to the Righteous, More Particularly, ver. 11. tothe end. Thefe were fome of the Holy Exercifcs, where- with this day of Holy Kelt was to be Sanctified, As this Pfalme imports. But there were many other Holy Employments (or the Sabbath, as other Scrip- Cccc tures u Exod. 20 10. Ifaiah 58. 13. Heb. 4. 10. x Gen. 2. 2 3. Exod. 20.8. y Neb. 9. 14. Exod. 31. 1$ 14- ;82 V S A L M E. XCIII. tures informc us ^. And therefore Auguftine, not Sabbath without caufe, condemns the Jews for their Reftmg day was on the Sabbath for Tritfes, Sports, Sec. But com- fanftified, mendi the Chriftiansfor Refting unto Religious Ex- byanHoly ercifes. Saying-, Behold thit ti the Sabbath day, Thti convoca- the Jews celebrate at thti time with a kind of corporal- tion or ly languid, fluid and luxurioui idlenefi : For they Reft Af embly unto frfles:and when God hath commanded the Sabbath of the to be observed, they Exercife the Sabbath in thofe things people, whicbGodhatb forbidden.Our vacation tifiom evil works: Levit. 23. their Vacation tifiom goodWork/.For it ti better toPlow, 3. Offer- than to Dance. They Rett fiom good Work.: fiom nugatory ingofSa- worl^tbey Reft not a,&c. orifices, Numb. 28. 9, 10. Singing of Pfalmes, as this Title fhevvs, with 2 Chron. 26, 27. Reading and expounding the Scriptures, Alls 13. i$.andi$. it. Praying, Alls 16. 13. Difputing, conferring meditating of Gods word and works, Alls 17* 2. and 18. 4- And doing works of Mercy to them that were in need,Mattb. 12.2.7,8, Ii, 12. Hen. Ainfworth in hti Annot. on Pj, 92. i. a Ecce & hodiernusd/es fabbati eft: hunc in prxfenti tempore otioquodamcorporaliter languido..& fluxo & Juxuriofo celebrant Judzi Vacant enim ad nugas : & cum Deus prasceperit obfer- vari,Sabbatum, i ill in his qus prohibet Deus, Exercent Sab- batum. Vacationoftra amain operibus, vacatio illorum a bonis operibuseft. Melius eft enim Arare,quamSaltare. Illiabono opere vacant, a nugatorio opere non vacant, &c. Aug.Enarrat. inPfal.cjz.Tit.Tom.S. Seel:. V. The Analyfis, or Triticeal Parts. The Title fets forth , 1 . The Denominations of this Pfalme, vi^. A Pfalme, A Sovg. See on Pfal. 30. Seft. 5. The Analyfts. 2. The fpecial ufe for which it was defigned ; For the day of Sabbath. The P \alme it felf, which is chiefly Doltrinal and Laudatory .contains I.. A Dolhinal Propofit fcn,racitly (but forcibly,) ex- horting and exciting to praife the Lord, and his Name. This duty of praifing the Lord, is, l.Com- mended generally, from its lingular goodnejfe, plea- f.mtneffe, &c. II. Defcribed generally, 1. By its Afts; wherein it exercifeth and ffcewes it felf, vi^.Con- feffing to the LORD ; Singing Pfalme to hti Name ; Shewing-forth. 2. By its Object and Caufe of this Praife, viz* The LORD; His Name; His Loving- kjndnefi; His Faith fulneffe. 3. By its adjunct -time, fet forth by Diftribution of Morning and Nights : de- noting all fet time; and in fome fort, a conftant con- tirftration of time, but efpecially on every Sabbath day, in Gods folemn worfhip •, In the morning,(th\nk fome b) fiom the third to thefixth hour of the day. See 1 King 18.26. 29. Nehem. 8. 3. Alls 2. 15. declar- ing his loving kjndnejfe. In the nights, i.e. everp\ight; viz* fiom the ninth to the twelfth hour, 1 King. \8. 36. Ails 3. 1. Dear. 1 6. 6. Nehem. 9. 3. fiewing forth his faithfulneji, ver.\,2. 4. By its manner-, upon, or with mufical lnftruments .* Among which Higga'pn (''which fome count a Mufical Inftrument ) is by ibrne interpreted, A folemne found; or , Meditation ; or, Meditated-Song, ver. 3. U.An Illuftration of this Dolhinal and Hortatory Pro- pofition,by the Caufe and Matter of this Divine Praife to be performed to the Lord : viz.. The Works and Arts of God, ver. 4. />(?op/e doth chaftife ? He that doth teach man knowledge, How Shall be not know mofi perfectly ? 1 1. The Lord the thoughts of man doth know. That they are very vanity. II. i2.£Eleft man,whom Lord thou chafteneftj And learn'ft him from thy Law, « Hee. 13. From dayes of ill h to give him reft : Till pit for wicked digged be. 14. For, leave his folk the LORD will not3 Nor will his Heritage defert. 15. But judgment fnall to juftice turn, And after him, all right in heart. 16. Who will rife up for me againft i Heb.mtV.g- j Ill-doers, and their villany ? m runes. Who will ftand-up for me againft The workers of iniquity ? veil u h.almoft. ; Heb. In the multitude of ii v pc- ple*ed thoughts, in .n>y inwards tr Heb. or > moleltatioii. 17. Unlefsthe LORD mine aid hadprov'd My Soul in filence had ^nigh dwell'd. 18. When I did fay, my foot is mov'd* O LORD, thy mercy me upheld. 19. I In my thoughts multitude in me, Thy comforts did my Soul delight. 20. The Throne of miich>efs, by Decree Stitt framing m trouble with defpight, Shall it have-feilowftiip with thee ? 21. They-run-by-troopSrf£-Thus he. But its more fafeto rJo.Foord reft in the General Occafion, which is evident and in Expof. certain.- than to be peremptory touching the Par- Pfal.94.. ticular3 which is doubtful and uncertain. adinit. Se&. IV. The Scope. The Scope of the Pfalmift herein,is; To fupporc and comfort himfelf, and other the affiifted people ofGod, againft the Tyrannical infolencies and cruel Oppreffions which proud atheiftial ungodly men did, nr might exercife upon them: by Hying unr.01 God by Prayer for juftice againft them-, and by de- claring the vigilancy of Gods Providence, The blef- fednefs of Gods people under hischafti(tments,and the fecurity of Gods affiifted under his Protecti- on. SeU. V, The Anahfis, or Principal Parts, In this Pfalm, in order to this intended Scope, are three Principal Parts,vi^. I. Prayer. Wherein he intreats the Lord for iu- ftice againft the cruel and wicked Enemies of his People : and that upon many confederations, i/er. I. to2. In this Prayer, I. His Petition or Requeft is propounded, under a double Metaphor, viz. of the clear rifing or fliining forth of the Sun ; and of a Judge's afcending and /hewing him on his judgment- fear,^. 1.2. II.This his Petition isurged by many co- gent Arguments. As, i.From the Nature and Office of God,being A God of Vengeances, and the Judge of the Earth. knA therfore one from whom exaft juftice & recompences may be expefted againft his peoples cruel oppreffours. 2. From the Nature and Proper- ties of his peoples Enemies.Being, 1. Proud, ver. r, 2. 2. Wicked , ver. 3. 3. From the wretched carriage and Deportment of thefe proud wicked E- nemies, laid down by way of pat hctical Lamentati- on; vi^. (1 J Infolently triumphing for a lone time together, v. 3. (V) Belching-out hard fpeeches. ("3 ) Haughtily boafting themlclve'. - • 1 C "d Cru- elly breaking in pieces Gods Pe pie, and ,ijfli fling his Heritage, ver. 5. ( prov'd, Yea faw my work difplaid. io. With that Gen'ration I / was mbv'd Full fourty years, And faid 5 They are ma. folk in heart that-ftray, Nor they my wayes did-know. 11. n That in my wrath I fware,if they My Reft fhall come into. Sett. III. The Kind, Penman, and Occafwn. This Pfalme is in the Hebrew, fas many others, See Pfal. 1. Sect. 4} without Title* Though the Greek Verfion of the LXXII. and the vulgar La- tin have this Infcription •, The praife of a Song of David 0. The praife of the Song ("faid Augufline') fignifies both Mirth, becaufe it if a Song : and Devotion, becaufe it it Praife p. The Syriack •, Of David, &c. The Arabick ; Of David, A Benedittion and a Song. As to the Nature of this Pfalme, it is of a mixt Kind: being Hortatory, Laudatory, and Prophetical* Hor- tatory, inciting both to the worfhip of God, and obe- dience to him : Laudatory, praifing God for his Greatnefs, in creating the world; for his Goodnefs, in adopting the Church .-Prophetical, having a Pro- phetical aim at Chrift,and eminent tendency to him, who is the LORD, and the Rock_ofour Salvation ; that is, our moft ftrong Saviour, ver. 1. For the Apo- ftle Interprets this Pfalme ofchrift, Compare ver. 7. to the end, with Heb. 3. 6,7, (fyc. 14, 15. and elfe- where, their tempting of the LORD, is Interpreted tobe their tempting of Chrifl, Compare ver. 9. with 1 Cor. 10. 9. And the whole Current and Subject- matter of the Pfalme is fuch, as may moft fitly be ac- commodated to Chrift, who is to be praifed and wor- shipped for his Greatnefs in Creating the world, and for hisGoodnfs in adopting his Church, and whofe voice or word is obfequioufly to be obeyed, left he fhut us out of his eternal Reft in Heaven. Kimchl and other Hebrew-writers think this Pfalme is to be referred to the future times of the Mefjiah. Penmanodt, isnothcreexpreffed ; buttheApo- ftle, alledging this Pfalme, referres it plainly to Da- vid; Again he limiteth a certain day, faying inDa- vid, To day, after fo long a time ; as it if faid, To day if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts, Heb. 4. 7. And elfewhere the Holy-Ghofl is afferted to be the Author of it, fas he is of all Holy Scripture ; J Wherefore as the Holy-Ghofl faith, To day if ye will hear hit voice, Heb. 3, 7. with Pfal. 9$. 7 , fare . Occafion of Davids Penning this Pfalme, is vari- oudy apprehended. One thinks David wrote ir, Dddd when b titb. 1 ec- us- rui^ 011 triumphant- c H_ with con fc (lion : d Heb. nn ». out trium- phantly, e W'.and above iHtb.or; that in his hand are earths deep places. K heb And his . h titb. faces i Heb. in his Voice. k Heb. and proved. 1 Heb. was irked. m Htb. folk of ltrayers, or errers, or wanderers. n heb, or i fo that. 0 B'lbl. Polyglott. in Pf. 95. p Laus cantici, Et hilarita- tem figni- ficat, quia cantus eft: Et devoti- onem, quia laus eft. Aug. in En an at. Pfal. 94. 286 V S A L M E. XCVI. q Jo.Foord in Expcf. Pfal. 95. r Sim. d' Muk in Arg.Pl.9i. iJo.Calv. Atg. in Pf. 9$.&Com. ad ver. l. when he took in hand his martial expedition againft rhofrmany forreign Nations in Syria and Arabia , from Euphrates to Egypt, and from the Mediterrane- an ro the Perfick. Sea, 2 Sam. 8. &c. and that by this Pfalme he encouraged his Army in God againft his Enemies q : But this feems too much forced, and reftriftive. Another rather referres this Pfalme to the time of Davids bringing up of the Ark from the houfe of Abin.idab, or Obed-Edom, 2 Sam. 6. I Chron. 13. andi 5. and 16. r. Bur. this fatisfies not becaule upon this Ocafion David delivered other Pfalmes, to thank the LORD, into the hand of Afaph and his Brethren, iCbron.16. 7. to 37. IlikeC«/- ^rn's judgment herein beft of all .- who faith ; This Pfalme agrees to the Sabbath day, wherein we know facrei Affemblies were had for pr aifing the Name of the LORD. For here he exhorts not every godly perjon to praife him privately, but in the PublickjAjfemblies. And to this end he spreads before them fmgular matter of pra>fing God, with incitements to worfiip and obey him dut:jullyf. And therefore this is an Excellent Pfalme to begin the Solemn Worfhip of God withall, in Church-Aflemblies on the Lord's-day-Sabbaths. Sed. IV. The Scope. The Scope of the Holy Ghoft in this Pfalme is, ^ To exhort and incite the Church of the Jews Immediate- ly, and in them all the Chriftian Churches and Peo- ple of Jews and Chriftians Mediately ; 1. To Praife the Lord, even the Lord Chrift, joyfully, for his Greatnefs in creating the World : 2. To Worftup him reverently for his Goodnefs in Adopting and ac- cepting his Church : 3. And to hearken obfequi- oufly to his voice and word in thit day of Grace and Salvation had in this World, left otherwife they come fhort of his Spiritual and Eternal, as Ifrael of old did of his Typical, Reft. Compare Heb.3.6, 7. to the end, and 4.7. Sec. with Pfal. 9$. Seff. V. The Jnalyjis, or Principal Parts. In this choice Hortatory and Prophetical Pfalme, The Holy Ghoft by David fweetly and forcibly Ex- horts and incites Gods people.folemnly, 1. To Praife 2. To Worfhip, and 3. To Obey the Lord, even the Lord Chrift. I. To Praife the Lord, 0 come let us fmg joy fully unto the Lord, &c. He invites to great banquets of exulting ffaidonej not to the World, but to the Lord t. Now admagnas here> !• TheOb'jeS of this Praife, is defcribed, 1. By epulas his efential Name ; JEHOVAH. 2. By one fpecial exultandi, Attribute of his goodnefs to his people ; The Rocl^of nonfeculo our Salvation, i.e. Our ftrong Saviour, v. h IL fed Do- The Ails oi this his Praife,whereunto they are exhort- miao.Aug. cd> arefet forth in fundry choice expreffions: As inEnarrat. *« Singing-'yy fully, or Shouting-'pyfully. 2. Shouting- Pfal. 94. triumphantly, or ringing-out, &c. 3. Preventing his Tom. 8. P"* wlt,) Confeffion. That is, readily, fpeedily, u Eft con- chearfully, as ic were, meeting the Lord, anticipat- felfio iog him with Confeffion, u/^. with confeffion of Prai- Jaudantis, fers. not of Penitents u. ^.'Shouting-triumphantly, & eft or ringing out to him with Pfalmes, v. 1, 2. III. The confeftio Argument inciting to this divine and triumphant Praife of the Lord, even the Lord Chrift, are drawn, 1. From his divine Majefty and the greatnefs thereof, Which is illuflrated by Comparifon. v. 3. 2 From t Invirat ^emcntis. Confeflio laudantis, ad ho- noivm pertinet ejus qui laudatur. Confeffio gementis, ad poeni- tentiam pertinet ejus qui conficetur. Confitentut enim homines cum laudant Dcum : Confitenturcum accufant fe, & nihil dignius facie lingua Ergo quia & hie exultationis locus eft, forte illamdebemus intelligercConfellionem, qit* eft in laudcDei, lit non hicintelligamus Confefhonem pcenicentium, fed fjudantium. Aug. inEnarrat. Pfal. 94. Tom. 8 his Efficiency, in Forming and Governing the World intimated Synechdochically by mentioning feme fpeci- al parts thereof, As Deeps of the Earth, Heights of the Hills, Sea, and Dry land, in which his greatnefs h moft confpicuous, ver.4.5. II. To worfhip the Lord our Maker mod reverent- ly. Here alfo note, 1. The Ads of Worfhip incited unro, vi^. 1. Adoring. 2. Bending-down 3. Kneel- ing before hit face. 2. The Arguments urging here tin-o, which are drawn from his lingular Goodnefs to his Chutch and people. He being 1. Their Ma- ker. 2. Their God, viz_. Their Covenant-God. 3. Their Shepheard : and they the people ofhisPafture and Sheep of bis hand, ver. 6,7. HI. To obey the Lord, hearkening obfequioufly to his voice, his word, &c. Here, This Obedient hearkening to his voice, his Word, is, l.Propunded 2. llluftrated. 3. Vrged. I. Propounded ; If ye will hear his voice. II. llluftrated, 1. By the Adjunct Seafon, wherein this Obedience is required •, To day, vi^. In this day, Seafon, or time of Grace during the preaching of his word in this life, ver. 7. compare Heb 2,-6,1. Q^yc. and $. 7. &Y. 2. By the oppofite impediment to this obedience, vi^. Hardening their Hearts, which is dehorted v. 8. in the beginning of it. III. Urged. This obedience to the Lord's voice and word is urged and enforced, I. Partly, by former Arguments, drawn from the Lord's goodnefs, v. 7. 8. 2. Partly, by a tacit Comminarion of greatcft e- vils, in cafe they difobey and harden their hearts. Which Commination or Threat is laid down,and con- firmed by the Example of their fore-fathers difobedi- ence to the Lord in the Wildernefs. Touching which their difobedience, Note here, fi) The Nature of it. £2 J The Place of it ; in the Wildernefs, v. 8,9. (3) The Continuance of it, and of the Lord's grief and offence at them for it ; forty years long.fqj The Rife & Root of it; Their error of heart fy Ignorance of Gods ways, v.io. f$J Tfje fad and woful Fruit ofic, vi^. Gods fwearing in his wrath they fljould never enter into his Typical Reft of Canaan : Confequently, nor fhall like difobedient perfons enter inro the Lord's Typified and true Reft of Heaven, ver. 1 1, with Heb. 3. 7. ro the end. and 4. 7.&C. Pfalme XCVI. Setf. I. The Summary Contents. Drfi'A/Exhorteth, I. To praife the LORD, for his many praife-worthy Excellencies, ver. i.to8. 2.T0 worft)ip him duly, ver. 2, 9- 3- To declare among the Gentiles, the Kingdom and righteous judgement of the LORD, even the LORD Chnfi, over the whole world, ver. 10.ro the end. Setf. II. Thefirfi Verfion out of the Hebrew* 1. XT Ew Song fmg to the LORD'S high fame : 1\1 Sing to the LORD all th' earth, a. Sing to the LORD,blefs ye his Name •• From day to day a preach forth His faving-health, to great and fmall. 3. In Nations declare His glory: Among peoples all His marvels, what they are. £clixe his (aWatiun. or preach-the- : <;Ud-tidings ofhisfilvl 4. Be- P S A L M E XCVI. 287 4. Eecaufe great it the LORD our God, And praifed vehemently : Above all other Gods abroad He fearful it, and High. 5. For, of the Heathen-peoples, all The Gods vain-idols are : Em yet the Lord, on rvhom we call, Did make the Heavens ra) e. 6. b Before him glorious-majerty And comely-honour tarry . bHeb. At bis faces. Moiis-»lorU". Great ftren8rn'r anc* c beauteous-dignity or beaute- oufncls. A Heb. bow- down-your- fcives. e b_) To Evangeline hit Sal- vation duly. Efpecially his Salvation by Chrift, v.1,2. C4J To declare hit Gliry and Wonders, (yir^ reveal- ed in Ifrael, J among the Heathen, among all peoples, a/. 3. Therefore Chrifts Salvation and Gofpelwas to be preached among all the Heathen. II. Enforced, i/. 4.(07. And this by fundry Co- gent Arguments, drawn from 1. Gods greatnefs. 2. Gods praife-worthinefs. 3. The LORD'S dreadful- nefle above all godsi/.A. This his drcadfulneffe is dc- monftrated by the vaftdifparity betwixt him and all other gods. All they arc vain-Idols : But the Lord made the Heavens, that is, the World. Syncchd. This fhould move all the Heathens to turn from Idols to the true God, v. 4, 5. 4. The LORD'S Majcfty, Honour,Stength,and Beauteous-glory in his Sanctu- ary.^. 5. III. Amplified hereupon, v. 7. to the end. And here, I. The Jewes (" or the Gentiles thus preached to, andiiiftrncTc.il by the Jewes/J are incited, 1.T0 , g;ve the LORD ins Names due glory, (frc. 2. To bring ' anOblation, andWorflj'tpbiminthe beauty oj Hdyncffe. 3. To fear before him, v. 7 ,8,9. 4. To proclaim the LORD's.Kingdcm among the Heathen, v. 10. beginning. II. The fettlement and eftabliftiment of the whole world, fhattered and fhaken by mans fin, ispro- mifed in the Kingdom and righteous judgement of the Lord Chrift, v. 10. III. The univerfal triumph andgladnefs, as it were, of Heaven, Earth and all Creatures, is in a moft Elegant Profopopeia reprefent- ed, upon the LORD Chrifts Presence and Dominion with Rigbteoufnefs andtruth, among theGentiIes,as well as among the Jewes, i/. 11,12,13. Pfalm XCVII. Seff. I. The Summary Contents. 1. The Majefty of the Lord's Kingdom ver. i.fo 7. 2. The Churches joy, at Gods judgments upon Ido- laters, ver. 7, 8, 9. 3. An Exhortation to Godlinefi and Gladnelfe in the Lord, ver. 10,1 1, 1 2. Seer. II. The Verjion out of the Hebrew. 1. -pHe LORD reigns, let the Earth rejoyce _L Let many Ifles be glad. 2. The Cloud and gloomy-darkfomnefs Are a rcund-about-himi^re cepir, ille quiflagel- latus eft, illequi confpunis Parts. In this Pfalme, to this end I. The Kindome of the LORD Chrift is Prophetically Declared and Defribed. I. Delared and foretold ; -# The Lordreignes. How elegantly and pathetically,as eft,il!equi with a fudJain eruption of joy and arTeftion / Ad- fpinis co- mirabl y Augufline; He who Hood before the Judge, he who ronatus Was buffeted be who waiffit-upon,&c.he is rifen.TheLord eft, ille reigns i&c.ip.This his reign hAmplyfied,!. By the fweet qui cola- phis exfus eft, ille qui in ligno fufpenfus eft, ille cui pendentiin lignoinfultatuin eft, ille qui in crucc mortuus eft, ille qui lancea percufius eftjlle qui fepultus eft, ipfe refurrexit : Dominus regna- vir.Sajviant quantum poiTunt regna. Quid funt fafturaRegf Rcg- norum, Domino Omnium Regum, Creatori Omnium Sa;culorum ? &c. Aug. in Expof. Pf-5>6.p. ie82. ATm. 8. BaftL 1569. effects thereof, joy and gladnefs, whereunto hisSub- iefts are exhorted. Chrifts reign is his Sub- jects rejoycing. 2. By the extent of his reign, not only to the land of Jews, bm to the many Ifles, thac is. the Gentiles (compare Ij "a. 42. 4, with Mat. 12. 2\.J who are exhorted to rejoyce in his reign, which they could not do,tilI he actually reigned over them, ver. 1. II. Defcribed, very figuratively under fundry taphors: fhewing that as is were all Creatures in Heaven and Earth yield Teftimony and obeyfance to Chrift Reigning, and that more glorioufly then at the giving of the Law in Moun-S'tnai, Exod. 19. Deut. 4. & 5. His Reign is defcribed, x.By his inacccffible and incomprehenfible Majefty; The cloud and darkr nefs round about him. 2. By the righreoufnefs of his Throne, (~i) Towards his own, ver. 2. (2} To- wards his Enemies. To whom he is as a devouring fire, ver.z,. 3. By his power and terriblenefs ro the whole World.- So that the mart ftrong and fenfe- lefs Creatures quake and melt at his prefence,v. 4,5. 4. By the Univerfal confpicuoufnefsofhisRighteouf- nefs and Glory, v 6, II. Toe confequent effetts orufesof this Kingdome of the Lord Chrifts arc represented, r. In regard of all Idolaters ; They fli.ill be confounded. 2. Tnre- fpecr of the Angels : they all (Juil! worjhip him, v. 7. 3. In refpeftoftheChurch,TypificdbyS?37i,& the peo- ple of God, fi) They fhall obrcrvc and acknow- ledge the Lord's judgments and righteous admini- ftrations. (2) They flail reioyce and be glad at the hearing thereof, v. 8. Thefe confequent ef- fects are all am plyfied by the rea fon why they fhould enfue from this Kingdom of the LORD : which rea- fon is drawn from the Lord's imcomparable excel- lency and fupereminent Majefty above all in Heaven and Earth,(r# Eph. 1. 20. 21. 22.J v. 9. III. Finally, An Hortatory conclufion is annexed. Wherein confider, I. The Perfons exhorted : Toe Lovers of the Lord. A periphrafis of Chrifts true Saints and Subjects. II. The Duties whereunto they are incited, vi\. 1. Hating of evil. This Du- ty is urged, CO From the Lord's conftant Protefti- or keeping the Souls of his Saints, f 2 J From his delivering them out of the hand of the Wicked,uio. C3) From his preparing for future,L/^/jr andGladnefs j- e.Soul-refrefhing Comforts after troubles for the juft and upright in heart, (h Jia Jlio The fame thing in feveral exprefllons as Bftk. 8- 16.) this is Elegantly fet forth in the Similitude of Sowing Seedt Which comes not up till afterwards, ver. if. 2. Re- joycing in the LORD, their King. 3, Thank_ful-con- feffion at the remembrance of his Holinefsfivho is the Au- thor of all good, and the Averter of all evil from his Saints, ver. 12. Pfalm XCVIII. Seff . I. The Summary Contents. The Pfalmift Exhorted, 1. The Jews, ver. l, 2, 3. 2. The Gentiles, ver. 4.^7. 3. All the Creatures ; to Praife the LORD for his Salvation and Judgments by Chrift, ver/], 8,9. Seel. II. Thefirjl Verfion out of the Hebrcrv. A Pfalme. *.(~\ Sing a new Song to the LORD, K_) For, wonders he hath done : E e e e Hrs 2Q0 » Heb the arm of his holinefs. bHtb.*a±- caufed Sal- vation to him. c Hf&. or J lovin;- kindncfs. d Heb. re- member. C Heb.oai Cod. V S A L M E. XCVIII. fHei.it the faces of tbe King J E HOVAH. g bebxltp the p^l ..ci. h heb. At face* of JEHO- VAH. ifc^.he will judge. k Heb. or, uprightnef- fes. a Hci.hath- caufed Sal- vation to him. bfceb made- known his Salvation, c heb. lov- ing kindr.efs d Heb. His truth. e heb. falva- tion. ih.b. And ihout--- gfcrt.at the faces of— - h Heb. palms i heb. the Rivers. k bib. Will Judge. 1 heb. or, iiptightncf- fes. His right-hand, and a his holy Arm b Him viftory-hath wonne. 2. The Lord hath his Salvation Made-known, fo long concealed, Hath to the eyes of Nations His righteoufnefs reveal'd 3. His c Mercy and his Truth did he To Ifrael'shou/e (/record: All Confines of the Earth did fee Salvation of e our Lord. 4. Unto the Lord, O all the Earth Shout-ye-triumphantly : Shout-chearfully, and fhout-with-tnirth, And fing-Pfalm^/e/i/^nr/y. 5. Sing-Pfalm with Harp nnto the Lord .- With Harp, and Pfalm's/weef voice. 6. Wirh Cornets voice, and Trumpets loud: Triumphanrly-rejoyre /Before the King, the LORD alway. 7. The Sea let roar andfwell, And her fulnefs : The World, and they That now therein do dwell. 8. 0 let the refllefs rivers all For gladnefs .gclap the hands : Together let the Mountains tall Shout-forth in all the Lands. 9. h Before the LORD 5 For he doth come The Earth to judge and blejs : The World in Juftice / he will doom, And folk in £rightnei!es. Thefecond Verfion out of the He- brew. A Pfalme. 1. A New Song to the LORD fing-ye, f\ For done things-marvellous hath he : His right hand a hath for him prevail'd, His Holineffes A rm likewife, 2. The Lord b his health fhew'd, his Juftice To Nations eyes he hath reveal'd. 3. His c mercy he remembred hath, And unto Ifraels houfev d his faith : Our God's e health all Earth's confines faw. 4. Shout to the Lord triumphantly O all the Earth : fhout chearful, /Shout- joyfully, Sing-Pfalm alfo. 5. Sing-Pfalme with Harp unto the Lord : With Harp, and voice of Pfalm record. 6. With Cornets voice, and Trumpets fhrill g Before the King,the LORD flirilI,fhout. 7. LetSea,andherfulnefie roar-owr.* The vvorld,and they that therein dwell. 8. Clap /; hands/or joy let ievery-River .* Let Hills fhout-joyfully together. 9. Before JEHOVAH'S holyneffe ; For, he to judge the Earth doth come : The world in Juftice he £ will doom, And peoples all\n / rightneffes. SeU. 111. The Kinde, Tcnmat?^ and Occasion. This is the only Pfalm, that hath meerly this Tide „ . "UQ1G Mizmor, A Pfalm. The fenfe of this word m bee the nathb:n formerly explicated w.ThisPfalmisofmixt I retace is;.,j 1. ,.;.,„ ir„Y..,,n.,, r ^J.,>.r. -mJ »><„../.,>»;,., enemies by his own power, fo working our Salvati- on,and revealing it to all the Nations of the World .- So that both Jews, Gentiles, and all Creatures are incited to triumph with praifes in the LORD's tri- umphs. It is evidently of like Argument with the two Pfalmes foregoing. Yea, not only the Matter, bnt the very words and Phrafes are many of them the fame with thofe in Pfal.96. which further confirms; that as that, fothis, is Prophetical alfo, And moft Expofitors do account it A Prophecy Chrift andhif Salvation, and fo interpret it. As Auguftine, Hie' rome, Junius, Calvin, H. Molkrut, AmesiAJnfwortbi Sim.de Muit,&c. Penman of it, is moft probably fuppofed to be Da- vid, becaufe it fo notably agrees with Pfalm 96, both in Matter and Epreffions which 96. Pfalm was ; Pennedby David, See i Chron. i<5. 7 — 23. _<£rc. Occafion of Davids writing this Pfalm, is not par- ticularly any where laid down. But poflibly it might be fome wonderful and glorious viftory given by the LORD unto David and Ifrael over their enemies,the Heathen-Nations about them •, as thofe recorded, 2 Sam. 8. which were great matter of peace and joy to Ifrael, as this Pfalm imports. But in this Pfalm David reaches higher, under thefe Types and Sha- dows of his Victories, tocelebrate Prophetically the moft glorious and wonderful Spiritual Viftories of the King Chriftover his Spiritual enemies,for the Salvation and furpafling Confolation of all his among Jews and Gentiles n. And this New Song, imports not any vulgar or ordinary, but an exquifite and ex- traordinary occafion of Mercy and Salvation : fucli as is peculiarly found in Chrift out Saviour 0. Se8. TV, The Scope. tiHen. MoUer.in Arg,P\al. 98. o Jo.Calv. in Com. ad Ff.99.1. before the Kind, being Hortatory, Laudatory,and Prophctical.Hor- tatory and Laudatory, Exhorting Jews,Gentiles.and S-rtVF5' a"crcatlirest0 Prairc rlie LORD for his Salvation, , ,'rT &£"• Prophetical, foretelling the marvellous viftori- numb. ill. oufagffc 0f Chrift our King over his and our Spiritual _ The Scope herein efpecially intended, is; To in- cite both Jews, Gentiles, and all Creatures in their kind to rejoyce and praife the LORD triumphantly, for his marvellous Salvation wrought for his people againft their Heathenifh enemies : but moft of all, for his miraculous Viftories over all our Spiritual e- nemies by ]efut Chriji and his Kingly power; for the Salvation of both Jews zndGentiles, throughout the World. SeU. V, The Analyjis, or Principal Tarts. The Title prefixed, contains only the Denominati- on of it; A Pfalm. The Pfalm itfelf contains a threefold Exhortation to joy and praife, efpecially in reference to Chrift and his Viftorious, Salrifical, and Righteous King- dom. I. Jews are exhorted. Where note, I. The Ex- cellent Duty Exhorted to ; Singing a new Song to the LORD. A new Matter calls for a new Song, faid Hierome p. II. The Grounds or Reafons of this Duty. More Generally, becaufe he had done p Hier.in wonders. More Particularly, becaufe, 1. The Com. ad LORD, by his own meer power, had wrought Sal- Pfal.yr. vationandgot him the viilory over his enemies ; Sin, Death, Hell, Satan, &c. efpecially, v. 1. 2. The LORD hath made known this hit Salvation. 3. He hath revealed hit Righteoufnefs in Chrift, to the very eys of the Nat ions, v. 2. 4. The LORD hath remem- bred bit Mercy and Truth to the houfe of Ifrael, fvveet- ly accomplifhing them in Chrift and his Kingdom.^. All the ends of the Earth havefeen the Salvation of our God. God hath made it lyown, there's the Caufc: all have feen it, there's the effeft, v. 3. Thefcf/;e wonders which the LORD hath done. II. Gentiles are Exhined. Where confider, I. , Who a re Exhorted ; All the Earth. AW the Nations of the Earth. 2. What they are exhorted to do ; To ex- F S AL M E XCIX. 291 a htb. or ;are ftirred. vix.. mtb ?. Setf. V. obtb. right- iielFci. c Htb. and juftice. d beb. And Samuel. e htb. he ard them. f Htb. thou waft co them a God taking- away, viz. fin. g btb. pra« aices. h He*. Hill of Hit holy- nefs. i Eibl. Pilyglott. in Pf. 99. kHen. Moller. in Arg. Pf. 99 Fran.Jun. in Annot. ad Pf. 99. I In Bib!. Polyglotr. ad Pf. 99. m Hier. Com. ad Pf. 98. n Jo.Calv. in Arg. Pfal. 99. \<)1 P S A L M E. C. SeU. V. The Analyfis, or Triticeal Parts, In this Pfalme is laid down elegantly, as the bur- den thereof, a threefold Exhortation, for fubftance^ the fame, but in variety of Expreflions. As, I.An Exhortation to Confefs the Name of the LORD To confefs it with praife, ver. 3. This Exhortation isurged, 1. From the Lord's Kingdom. Amplyfied, by the vexation of his and his peoples enemies there- at. 2. From the Prefence of this Ring in his Church fitting between the cberubims. Illuftrated, by the Earths (h aiding thereat, or being moved with indig- nation or fear, v.I. 3. From the LORD'S greatnefs, and matchlefie Highnefs in his Church over all peo- ple in the World, v. 2. 4. From his Names Greatnefs, Dreadfulnejl, and Holynefs, v. 3. II. An Exhortation, ro Exalt the LORD, and to Worfhip at his fooi-ftool,v. $.Th\s is briefly but forcibly preffed, 1. From the eminent righteoufnefs of this King the LORD, fet forth in three Expreflions ; CO His Strength (''whereby he is able to execute judg- ment for his own againft his and their enemies J lov- eth Judgment. (V) He hath eflablifljel right neffes: i. e. Lawes and things mod righteous. ("3 J He bath done judgment andjuftice in Jacobjn the Church, actually, v. 4. 2. From his Covenant-Relation to his people; Our God. 3. From his Holynefs, v. 5. III. An Exhortation ro Exalt toe Lord; and Wor- fhip at ihe Hill of his Holynefs. At Mount Sion : in his Church, &c. v. 9. This is enforced, 1. From the Example of For-fathers worfhipping the LORD: whereof three eminent perfons are mentioned, Mo- fes, Aaron, and Samuel, who as Priefls and Inter- ceffours were wholly employed in Gods Worfhip, end efpecially in calling upon the Lord. And there- fore the higheft and greateft lhould not difdain nor defpife Gods Worfhip. 2. From the Lord's gracious Acceptance of their worfhip performed to him, CO Anfweringthem; andfpeakjngtotbem, in the pillar of cloud, his will and pleafure : (They keeping his Teftimoniesand Decree which he gave them,} v. <5, 7. CO Pardoning and taking away their finiyettaks ing vengeance of their Piattifes and Inventions. That, for their and our comfort : This, for their and our Caution, v. 8. 3. From the Lord's Covenant-Rela- tion to his people ; our Gad. 4. From the Lord's Holynefs. Who therefore is to be fanftified by his peoples holy worfhip of him, v. 9. Now all thefe Exhortations, and Arguments enforcing them are very applicable unto our Lord and King Jeftts Chriji. Pfalm C. SetJ. I. The Summary Contents. An Exhortation ro praife the Lord cheerfulIy,For his 1 Greatnefs, 2 Grace, 3 Goodnefs, 4 Loving- Jiindncfs, And 5 Truth, or Faithfulnefs. Sect. If. Tbcfirfl Verfwn out of the Hebrew. A Pfalme for Confeflion. 1. T TNto the Lord,0 all the Earth, \_A Do ye-fhout-forth-triurnphantJy. 2.Serve ye the Z.o»-i with gladfom-mirth : a Before him come with fnouting-joy. 3. Know that JEHOVAH he U God ; He did us make, and b his we are : His Covenant people ktwwh abroad, Zikewile his Pafture's fheep/«/7 dear. 4. O enter with Confeflion His lovely Gates,his Courts with praife : To him confefs ye every one. Elefs ye his holy Name alwaies. 5. Becaufe the LORD alone is good, His c mercy doth for ever dure : Likewife his faithfuInefs/WjJrW Unto dall Generations fure. The fecond Verfion out of the Hebrew. A Pfalme for Confeflion. 1. T" "I Nto the LORD, O all the Eartlv V_-4. Shout-ye-triumphantly. 2. Serve ye the LORD with gladfom-mirth;: a Before him come with joy. 3. Know that jEHOVAH,he is God ; He made us, b and not we : His CowndM-peopIe known abroad, And c Paflure's Cheep we be. 4.0 enter with Confeflion His Gates, his Courts with praife : To him confefs ye every one, Blefs ye his Name alwaies. 5. Becaufe the Lord is good, fofl)all His d mercy be for-ever: And unto e Generations all His Truth doth firm perfever. Seel:. III. The Kind, Penman, and Occafion. This Pfalme is Hortatory and Gratulatory. It Ex- horts unto thankful Gratulation and Confeflion of praife unto the LORD: and this from fundry co- gent Motives. It is very fhort, but very full and jweet : fhort in words, but full and fwect in Matter. A few verfes (_ faid Augufiine ) bigg with great things f. It Exhorts hereunto, not only the Church of the Jewes, but all the Earth, ver.i. Whereupon fome think this Pfalme to be in a fort Prophetical^ indited by a Spirit offrop/^/orefeeing and foretelling the calling of the Gentiles into one Church-body with the Jewes, by Jefus Chrifl g. For, till all the Earth, the Gentiles be called, theycannot (as here is required} confefs unto God, or praife him for thofe fpiritnal mercies, which arc here made the matter and ground of Gods praife. And therfore I fee not, why we may not account this Pfalme A tacit Prophecy of the calling of the Gentiles unto Chiift, as elfewhere upon like ground the Apoffle accounts, Pf. hi. tobe: Sec Rom. 15. 9, 10, 11. So that both Jewes and Gentiles fhotild with triumphant chccrful- nefs fing- this Pfdme of Confeffion and Praife in their folcmn Afemblies. Penman a heb. before bis faces. bfceKto him we belong or, not we mr.dt our felves. Here art ivp? Readings it Htbr. cHtb. loving kindnefs- d beb. geiv:. ration and generation. a. beb before his faces, b Heb or, And to him we v;.z. be- long, be Htb. bat it here bitb thefe reddins. c Htb. his pa (lure— — dHfM'iving kindnefs- e Heb gene- ration and generation. f Pauci ver- fus funt magna- rum re- rum gravi- di. Aug. in Enarrat. Pf. 99- P- nix. A. Tom.8. Ba- fil.1^69. gQiih au- tcm pro- mi fcue compellat totam ter- rain, vide- tur Spirim Propheti- coadTcm- pus re. fpexiffe quo ex va- riis gemi- bus colli- genda crat Ecclefia. JoanCJv. Com.adPf 100. 1. P S A L M E CI. 293 h Sim. de Muisin Arg.Pf.100 Penman of it is fnppofed to be David, bccaufe the Matter and Current of it is fofuitableto thefe forgo- ing Pfalmes, v:\. 96,91 ,98,99s Occafion, feems pointed out in the Title, That it might be ufed, by the Catholick_ Church confuting both of Jewes and Gentiles throughour all the Earth , as a Form of Solemn ConfefTion and l'raife to God, for his Greatnefs, Gracioufnefs, Goodnefs, Loving- kindncfs and Truth. The Chaldee, Rafi, and Ra- buenakj think this Pfalme was written, that it might be fung at Sacrifices ofConfcffion or Thank-Offer - ings h. Sett. IV. The Scope. The intended Scope of this Pfalme, is; To Ex- hort and Incite all the Earth, ali the Church of God throughout the Earth, To Confefs unto, and Praife the LORD with all poiTible Devotion, Joy, and Cheerfulnefs, in their Solemn AfTemblies : efpecial- ly for his 1. Greatnefs, 2. Gracioufnefs, 3. Goodnefs, 4. Mercy or Loving-kindnefs,And $. Truth or Faith- fulnefs. Sett. V. The Analyfis, or Principal Parts. TheTfr/e, which is peculiar to this Pfalme onely, hath in it, 1. The Denomination of this part of Scrip- ture , A Pfalme. 2 The fpecial end and ufe of the Pfalme, For Confeffion ; vi^. Thankful confeffion un- to the LORD : As the current of the whole Pfalme e- vinceth. The Pfalme it [elf contains principally An Exhor- tation of all the Earth) to confefs and praife God. Wherein are, I. A Defsriptionof that Confeflion to, and Praife of God whereunto all the Earth is Exhorted.lt muft be, J Compleat in all its parts. As is hinted in the a- bundance of Hortatory Expreffions. Shouting Tri- umphantly, Serving the Lord with gladness, Singing- by, Confeflion, aife, Blefling, &c. 2. Moft zealous indfervent ; Shout triumphantly to the LORD, ver.i. 3. With religious fer vice and obfervant-worfhip to the LORD ; Serve ye the Lord. Herein efpecially the eflence of ic muft confift. 4. Moft cheerful, joy- ful, and free-hearted ; with gladnefs, withfinging- )oy, v.2.$. Grounded on knowledge of God, and of the great caufes which we have of praifing him ; Knowye that — v. 3. 6. Solemn, in publique Af- femblies ; Enter ye hit Gates with Confeffion, hit Courts with Praife,v.\. II. A Declaration of the Grounds or Motives, in- citing forcibly to this fo eminent Praife of the LORD. And they are drawn, r. From the LORD'S glorious .Nature and Greatnefs ; He is God. 2. From his eminent Gracioufnefs to us; He made us : vi^. Not ot.ly Naturally, by Creation; Gen. 1. 76. but alfo, (and efpecially^Spiritually andSupernaturally by Re- generation, Sanai'lcanon, Adoption into Covenant with hiaifeJf, and other high bleftings &c. As the the word [made'\ elfewhere imports, 1 Sam. 12. 6. Deut.32.6. Ifai. 43.7. and 29. 23. Ephef. 2. 10. Thishis making hs, is Illuftrated, fi J By the Contrary; ^;r\JSi<7lve io anachnu, and not we that is, we have not. made our felvcs what we are, ei- ther in Nature, or in Grace; All is wholly from the LORD alone. Or, this parage maybe an Illuftration of Gods making us, by the effect thereof:here being a- nother reading in the Margin ; 'ljnjK V?l ve lo anachnu, and to him we:vi\. appertain. Or; and his we, viz. are. Either reading is good or fuitable enough here in this place, f 2 J By two choife fruits and advanrages refulting from the LORD'S thus making us, «$. 1 Our Coveaanc-ftate and Re- lation to God ; His People. 2 The Lord's conftanc careofus, ('thus brought 10 be his by Covenant, ) as a Shepheard hath of his Sheep. Metaphor, ver. 3. This verfe alfo may be thus read, with a Parcnthcfis ; Knowye that the LORD he is God, He made us C "ndr not we J his People, and Sheep of his Pafturei. Eut the fence comes all to one. 3. From the L O R D's Goodnefs. 4. From his Loving-kindnefs, or loving- kind-mercy. Amplified by its Adjunct, Perpetuity. 5. From his Truth or Faithfulncfs. Illuftrated alfo by its Adjunct , Conftancy, to all Generations, ver. 5. 6. Upon the faithful of the Land Mine eyes fl)all be, f That they May dwell with me : ' He fhall £ me ferve, That-walks in perfeft way. 7. Within my Houfe fit fhall not he That doth deceit ; Who lyes Doth fpeak, fhall not eftablifhd-be Before my piercing eyes. 8. All wicked of the Land I iha'l h Betimes cut-down withfword : For-to-cut-offz ill workers all From City of the LORD. Sett. III. The Kinde, Penman^ Occafion. and This Pfalme is Doilrinal. wherein Davidtolemn- ly and ferioully profefling unto God his godly and upright Refolutions for the due management of his Kingly Office and Government, both as to his Perfin, Family or Court, and Kingdom notably teacheth, what are the moft defirable Properties and Perfefti- F f f f on* / So Jun. in Pfal. it ->. 3. rfalm CI. Sett. I. The Summary Contents. David maketh an holy Profeflion of Godlincfs, touching 1. His own Perfon, ver. 1, 2, 3. 2. His Houfe, ver. 4. to 2. 3. His Kingdom and the City of God, ver. 8. Seft. II. The Verflon out of the Hebrew. A Pfalme of David. 1. Q Ing Mercy and Judgment will I ; 0 LORD, I'lefing-Pfalmetothee. 2. rie-wifely-do in perfect way, When thou (halt come to me : I will walk in-midft of mine Houfe In mine heart's perfeftnefs. 3. Before mine eyes a will not propofe b A thing of vvickednefs, I hate c their doing that -divert : Me it fhall not cleave to. 4. The froward heart from me fhall part, 1 will not evil know. $. Infecret rfwho-with-tongue-doth-hurc His neighbour, Him e I'le ftroy : The proud of eyes, and vaft of heart, Him fuffer cannot I. a Heb. Twill notkc «rj put. b Hch. a word ( or thins ) of Belial c Heb. the doing of de- clmers-of- curners- afide d Heb. who- belongeth c Heb. I will cut off. f Heb. for to fit with me. g Hib mim- itei to rr.e. h Heb. ac mornings, i Heb. ill workers of iniquity. 294 P S A L M E. CII. k Sim. de Mais in A>g. Pfal. 1 See the Preface before the Pfulmes. Seft. VI. numb. IV. mjo. Calv. in Arg. Pfal lot. n Am,, in Enarrat. Pfal. 100. cum Joan. Calv. Com. ad Pfal. ii. I. Jo. Foord, in Exp'ifit. Ffal'ioi. in Analyf. ons in a good and religious King. Hence, This Pfalme fetting forth fo many choife Excellencies and Du- ties of a Good Kings,h juftly ftiledby fome; Speculum Return, A Liokjng-Glafs for Kings k. And indeed hereiniCzn^may behold the beauty of good Kingly Government, lively reprefented in the principal Ver- tues of Kings, whertunto all their other Vertues may eafily be referred : and contrariwife the deformity of bad Government in the contrary Vices of wicked Princes, fuch as King Saul vvas,whofe i'l adminiftrati- on probably David did tacitly glaunceat in this Pfalm. O that all Chriftian Kings andPrinces would ferioufiy ftudy and meditate upon this Royal Pfalme, and Re- fo.ve to confbrme themfelves , their Families or Courts, and Government, to this Princely Pattern laid before them therein ; Nor need the greatefr Prince or Emperour in this world difdain to imitate the Royal Example of King David, the firft King of Ifraelof Gods choice, A man after Gods own heart, one of the choifel'l of all Ifraels Kings, and an emi- nent Type oijefus Chrifl the King of Kings. Penmanoi this Pfalme was David: as the Title fhevves. Thirty three Pfalmes have this very Title prefixed: as I have formerly fhewed /. Occafion of his writing it, is not particularly noted here or elfewhere : But it may probably be gathered from the Pfalme more Generally, That after David was Annoynted King over all Ifrael, applying him- felf religioufly and confciencioufly to the well-admi- niftration and Government of the Kingdom, he fo- lemnly, in the integrity of his heart, Profefiethand promifeth before the LORD, to behave himfelf in his Perfon, Family, and Kingdom, as is expreffed in this Pfalme. Calvin thinks, this he wrote before he came to the Throne, after he was Annoynted m. But hecaufe he mentions here his Government in the City ofGod,t^r. 8. which was Jerufalem, where he reigned not, rill he was Annoynted King over all If- rael ; its probable he wrote not this Pfalme till then. Seft.IV. The Scope. Davids Scope herein intended, is ; Solemnly and fincerely to profefs unto the LORD his religious and confeientious Refolution touching the well-governing of himfelf; his Family or Court, and Kingdom : and therein to propound himfelf a Pattern of a Good King, to all in Regal Authority ; Laying down be- fore them the chief Vertues and Duties wherein they mould efpecially imitate him. Se&. V. The Analyfis, or Principal Farts. In the Title arc fignified, i. Tne Denomination of ic i A Pfalme. 2. The Penman of ft ; David. The Pfalme itfdf hath in it, Davids Profeffion or Promife of his Good Government. Touching which note two things: vi^. i. A General and Summary Propofition of his good Government intended, ver. I. Where note, i. The two great Points or Acts of good Government are mentioned ; Mercy, and Judgment. Some referre thefe two to Gods Government, in Mercy over his People, Jn Judgment over the wicked n : but they are rather to be referred to Davids Government. 2. Davids thankful acknowledgment of God , as the fountain of thefe,for which he refolves to fing-Pfalmes and Praife to him. II. A Particular Explication of this Propofition, Unfolding wherein his Good Government intended fhould confift. And this in refpect of i. His Perfon, 2. His Court and Family. 2.. His Kingdom. 1. In refpellof his Perfon, He Refolves and Pro- mifeth, To wall^in aright way or courfe of life; / will do wifely in a per jell way. This hi> perfect and upright way is defcribed and illustrated, 1. By its directing Caufe, ffi/I^W or Prudence, 2. By its mov- ing Caufe; Gods vifning, or coming to him to call him to an account. Some make this, The afTiftmg and helping Caufe. 3. By the eflential manner of a good life \ the integrity of his heart. 4. By the Sub- ject-Place wherein ; In midft of his Houfe. Privately and publickly, ver. 2. $ By his efchevving and ut- ter abandoning of all contrary evils. This is gra- dually laid down ; fij He will not intend or /a be- fore bis eyes any word, or thing of Belial, of diflolute- nefsor wickednefs. (Y) He will hate the doing of thofe that turn- a fide ; having nothing to do with it, ver. 7,. foj He will abandon a perverfe and froward heart, not enduring it himfelf. Ca) He will not know, or approve, or have any fellowfhip with, any evil, ver. 4. 2. lnrejpettof his Family and Princely Court; He Refolves and Promifeth. I. To fet himfelf againft, and remove or keep out of his Royal Family, wick- ed Perfons Inftancing in fome forts which are more dangerous and pernicious Pefts in Kings Courts,™^. 1. Calumniators : who be-tongue and traduce their neighborus fecretly. 3. Proud Perfons. Whether f 1 J Outwardly ; Haughty of eyes. (~2) Or In- wardly, Vafi of heart, vi%. proud hearted ; as Prov. 21. 4. and 28. 25. Thefe he would not endure, but fupprefs, ver. 5. 3. Fraudulent deceitful perfons. They fhould not dwell within kit houfe. 4. Lyers, v. 7.II.T0 accept and admit contrariwife into his Fa- mily and Court, 1. The faithful in the Land, to be hisCounfelloursand Favourites. 2. "Upright walks ers, To be his Minifters, Officers , or Servants, verfe 6. 9. In refpettofhis Kingdome, He Refolves and Pro- mifeth to Supprefs the wicked of the Land, (who are the Calamity of any Kingdome.3 And this, 1. Spee- dily ; At mornings. 2. Impartially ; All. With- out refpeft of Perfons. 3. Advantagioufly, that the CityofGod, the Church of God, may thus be delive- red from all workers of iniquity, ver. 8. Pfalme CII. Seff. I. The Summary Contents. The Pfalmifl in his Prayer, 1. Craves fpeedy Au- dience, Deprecating God's hideing his face from him in day of his trouble, v. 1, 2. This he preffeth, fi) Fromhh deep miferies complained of: v. 2. to 12. (2) From the Eternity and Mercy of God, v. 12.ro 14. Q2.J From the happy fruits and effects that fhall enfue upon Gods hearing him, v. 14. to 25. 2. Deprecates Gods immature taking him away, from the Lord's (even the Lord Chrifl /) unchangea- blenefs, v.23. to the end. SeB. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew* A Prayer a of the-poor-afflitfed when he' *^eb- "■ jhall -be-overwhelmed^and pall poure out his Meditation b before the faces \n£fats. ofjEHOVA H. I. i>f~\ LORD my Prayer hear do thou, \_J And let my cry come unto thee. 2. Hide P S A L M E. XCII. 295 2. Hide not c thy countenance mc fro, Jn day of fore diftrefs on-me cbeb.ihy facet. <] &'*•»'» To m"e incline thine-ear attent e Thcno.c In day I call, Hafte, anddmc hear. accurate; y 3. For, e as the fmoak my dayes are fpent, prim cd co- And as an hearth my bones burnt are. pies have heie two HeaiUn^s : Plantinhath \W2inu>.fmoa\. Stevens hath \^)^J . p Hefc.lhall vehemently, praife J AH. q Heb be- held to the earth. t fcefc.to de- clare. (heb. Tn ga- thering of peoples to- gether. 4. Mine heart's fruit, and withered as gnafs ; That I forget to eat my bread. 5./Through my jW groaning voice alas My bone cleaves £ to my skin half dead. 6. 1 am like Defert's Pelican, Like Owle of Wilderneffes weary. 7. 1 vvatch,and as a Sparrow am. Upon the Houfe-roof folitary. 8. My foes reproach me all the day, Thofe-that-at-me-are-raging-mad Againft me caufelefs fworn have they. 9 For, I do afhes eat as bread : I mix my drinks b with tears alfo. 10, / Through thy {harp indignation'/ frown, And thine enflamed-wrath : for thou Haft lift-me-up, and caft-me-down. II. 1 1. Like fhade declined, are my dayes ; And withered as the grafsam I. 1 2 . But LORD, thou £ fhalt endure alwayes, And /to each age thy memory. 13. Thou fhalt arife, OnSion^r Thou-bowel-mercies-fhalt-exprefs: For, lo the time to favour her, For, come the fixed-feafon is. 1 4. For, m to thy Saints her ftoneS are dear : And they her duft commiferate. 1 5. And Heathens fhall the LORD'S name fear And all Earth's Kings thy Glory great. 16. When Sion fair the LORD erects, He in his glory n fhall appear. 17. 0 The lowly's Prayer he refpects. And he doth not defpife their Prayer. 18. For th' after-Generation This fhall be writ upon record: And folk created, thereupon p Exceedingly-fhall-praife-the LORD. 19. Becaufe that he hath Iooked-down From high-place of his Sanctity ; The LORD ,for fuccour of hit own, q Beheld the Earth from Heavens high. 20. To hear the Captives fighing/W, The fons of death for-to-releafe. 2 1. In Sion the LORD's Name r to fpread, And in Jerufalem his praife. 22. f When folk in-one fhall gathered be, And Kingdoms for to-ferve-the Lord. 23. My flrength in way afflict did he : My dayes he fhortned, as abhorred. III. 24. 1 faid t make me not hence be gon, . My God, in mid ft of my /e«> dayes.* me noTaf-' Thy years through Generation tend. Of Generations are alwayes. u Htb .Af re limr viz, «l iie btgtnn'fg htgtnning. Buxt Anif. jt heb.And. y heb.<»ri he and thy years Hull not be x heb.and theT Seed before-thy- facesihall. a Fran. Jun.in An- not.adPf. 102. 1. Sim. de Mutiin Arg.Pf.\:2 25. Ev'n u from-the-firft-beginning, thou The Earth's foundations-haft-laid : The glorious Heavens are alfo The curiam work thine hands have made. 26. They perifh fhall, but thon fhalt ftand, x Wax-old as garment fhall they all : Them like a vefture thou fhalt change, And wholly changed be they fhall. * 27. But thou y artjlill the fame indeed. Nor fhall thy years be finifhed. 28. Thy Servants fons fhall dwell :^ their feed Before thee fhall be ftablifhcd. Sect. III.The Kind, Venman^ Oe- cafion, &c. This Pfalm is in the Nature and Kind of h, A Pray- er : as the Title exprefieth it. A very mournful, yet comfortable Prayer : Penned, either by the poor-af- flitted, when he was overwhelmed ; or for the poor -a f- flitled, when hefhouldbe overwhelmed, &c as the Ti- tle declares the ufe of it. Penman of it isby fundry Interpreters a fuppofed to be Daniel : though hereof they can give no cogent grounds. Occafion of writing this Pfa 1m ("whether by Daniel, or fome other Prophet J feems to be the extrtam "j Fqq) afflictions and miferics of the Jews through their be * £xp0flt pr ing carried captive into Babylon, as feeins not oh- ^^.tit. J fcurcly to be hinted in v. 23. thinks Junius in his An- notations thereunto. And the particular time of writing it, was doubt- lefs a little before the feventy years of their Captivi- ty, foretold by Jeremiah c. 25. 12, and 29. 10. were accomplifhed, and their promifed deliverance was now at the doors : Asverf.12.,14. do notably evince. And as at that time Daniel afflicted himfelf, and Prayed for the Captives ReftaurationT i)eut. 9, 1, (cTc. So it may be thought about the fame timeDVpit-of-corruption Thy life redeemerhfo : With rfbowels-of-compaffion And kindnefs crowning thee. 5. With goodnefle full of pleafantneffe /ft-fatisfies thy mouth So that as Eagles youth fulnefs e Renewcd-is thy youth. II. 6. The LORD /juft- things and judgements doth To all oppreflcd-oncs. 7. To Mofes he-made-known his wayes, His Acts to [fracl's fons. 8. The LORD g entirely-pitying And gracious we find: Though fore provoked, h long fuffering, And much 'mi mercy-kind a Htb. thou. bleft 9. He bHcfc. his- tctvards. c Htb. fick. neflcs. d WtbAxmt 1- mercves and lovingkind- nel's. e tfrb. fliall be- renewed. ffcfkiuftices g Hri.com- miferartng- with bo- wels. h b(/» long of nollrib. i bd>. or j loving k indue f *-- P S A L M E. CM. 297 k/W-lovlng kii-dnefs over his fearers 1 Hcb. He- hath made fare d fiant from us m Heh.huh bowels, of- pity.er Companion. n Hfi.hath bowels of pity on h s fearers. 0 H and ir. not and its place ej Htb. from ever 1 H'b. lov- ing kindnefs $Heb. re- member. 9. Wtindifpleafure will not chide Unto-Eternity : Nor keep his wrath unpacifide To perpetuity. 10. According to our fins lil^ewife To us he hath not done : Nor after our iniquities Rewarded us-upon. 1 1. But as the height of Heavens high Doth o're the Earth Appear : Spftrongis his ^benignity O're them-that-do-him-fear. 12- As far-remote as is the Eaft From Weft, Where Sun doth fall: I So farrefrom us He-na h-difplac'c Our vile tranfgrelfions all. 13. As Father m takes compaflion Upon his children dear : So doth the LORD n take pity on All thofe-that-do-him-fear. 14. Eecaufeourbrittle-fafhioning He knows, in whom we truft : Continually remembring That we are very dufl. III. 15. Frail-man, As Grafs hhdayes do facte, He fo 0 buds as Fields flow'r. 16. p Wind blowes thereon, and it is dead, Ij's place knowes it n o more. 17. But on his fearers q ev'r and ay, The r Mercy of the LORD ; Likewifehis righreoui'nefe altvay t Htb. or, Dong u Htb. co hearken in the voice of his word, x Htb. plea- fuie. y Htb. Do- mination. ForChildrens fons, kftor'd, 18. For-thofe-that-keep his Cov'nant \ind: For rhofe his fol\ alfo That rt//his Precepts /keep-in -mind Them conftamly to do. 19. The Lord in Heav'ns harh ftablifhed His Throne Magnificat : Likewifc his Kingdom honoured Still wltth over all. 20. O ye his Angels blefie the LORD, Porent in ftrength alway, t Effecting readily his Word * » That his word's voice obey. 21. O all his formidable Hoafts Bleffe ye JEHOVAH/?///, His Minifters in all the Coafts Doing his holy x will. -22. O all his works in places all Of his ^ Rule and controule, Blefie ye the LORD Imperial: O blefs the LORD my Soul. Seft. III. the Kinde, Penman, and Occasion. This Pfalme is mod Sweet, Defirable, and Com- fortable : As the choice Matter thereof clearly evi- denceth. The Kind of it is Laudatory and Eucharifti- cal : wherein the Pfalmift, highly tranfported with Zeal of Gods Glory, molt thankfully bleffech and praifeth him for his many remarkable Benefits. And he provokes himfelf. the Angels, Hoafts, and all works of the LORD to blefs the LORD; Circularly returning again to the Provocation of himfelf unto this Duty, v. 1. 22. Penman of it, as die Title fliewes, was David. When he wrote it,it is altogether uncertain. / Occafion of his writing it, in the General ; were the Lords manifold and eminent Mercies to himfelf, and orhers of Gods people, which here he thankful- ly commemorates and celebrates. But what thefe Mercies, manifeftedtohim, were particularly, and individually and when they were actually imparted to him,is not eafieto determine. It isapleafant and profitable Obfervation which Junius a hath touching this 105. Pfalme and the four a Fran. following Pfalmes, vis^. 104. 105. 106 and 107. vi\. Jun.inAn- That thefe Pfalmes arc on purpofe ioyned and fet not at. ad together, that in one Context the Church of God pM. 13 might have Arguments of Gods praifes; Ordinary and Extraordinary. 1. Ordinary; In refpeft of Gods Adminiftrations ordinary, Qi) Towards the Church and People of God, in Pfal. 103. (2) To- wards all Creatures, in Pfal. 104. 2. Extraordinary, i n refpeft of Gods Difpcnfations extraordinary -, w%. (1) Towards the Church, by Benefits, Pfal. 105. by Chafiifements, Pfal. 106. (2 J Towards all, by emi- nent Providences, in Pfal. I07. And unto this Di- ftributioiulhe Matter of thefe rive Excellent Pfalmes doth fo admirably agree,that 1 may juftly ftile them* The Churches Cinque-Ports of Thankfulnefs. Or, The ChuiJies five- fold Direilory or Plat farm for Divine Pr.tifis. A Lick Pentateuch of Praifes. SeQ:. IV. The Scope. Davids Scope intended in this 103. Pfalme, is; r. To incite himfelf, and all his inwards, to all poffible thankfulnefs to the LORD for his many choife Bene- fits heaped u pon him, &c. 2. As alfo (himfelf being wh' lly anable to praife the LORD enough ) to pro- voke the Angels and all the Creatures of God to praife the LORD together with him And in thefe Arguments of Praife,are comprized fiiigular Grounds ofConfolationtoGods people, touching Gods tender mercies in remitting their fins, and allaying all their Chaftifements, v. 8. to 20. The Pfalme is an Excel- lent Platform of praifing and bleffing the L O R D for his peculiarMerciesupon them that fear and obey him, and leeep Covenant with him : which any Child of God may fweetly make ufe of, for enlarging his heart in true thankfulnefie. SeU, V. the Analysis, or Principal Parts. The Title indicates David to be Penman of this Pfalme; of David. Nine Pfalmes, Cvi^. 25. 26. 27. 28. 3$. 37. 103. 138. 144.J have only this Title without any other addition at all in the Hebrew b, wherein we are tounderftand a Pfalme, or Song, or, Hymne, foe. of David, according to the Nature of it. In the Pfalme it felf. Davidhyes down four things, vixj. I. A Preparatory Excitation of himfelf unto the due praifes of the LORD. Wherein note, 1, The Principle, or Efficient Caufe of this Aft of praifing God, vi%. His Soul, and all his inward Faculties and Affeftions. Synechdochically, his whole man. 2. The way or manner of his preparing his Soul and all his Inwards to this Aft, vi\. By a refleftion upon himfelf with much zeal and fervency, The Intitati- 011 being doubled. 3. The Formal Objeft of this bleffing and praife ;Tbe NameoftbeLORD'sholinefs. 4. The Mean and manner of this praifing God, con- fining efpecially in the due Commemoration of all his benefits, v. 1,2. II. A Gratulatory Commemoration of fome choice Benefits for which the LORD is to be praifed : which Benefits are moft rich Cordials to the fincere Saints of God. Thefe Benefits feem to be of three forts,. vify I. Such at had refpeft to David peculiarly. As, Gggg i.RenvfVt- b See the Preface before the Pfalmes, Seft. VI. The Gene- ral Partiti- on, &c. numb. IV. ■■^■■■■M « 208 P S A L Ad E. CIV. i. RemiiTion of all his fins. 2. Healing of all his fick- neffes, v. 3. 3. Redemption of him from morral dangers. 4. Eminent Communication of all good things to him :, Crowning him with loving-kjndnefs and bowel-mercies, v. 4, 5. Donation of fuch bleffings as conduced to the fweetning and prolonging of his life. Renewing hit youth-, as the Eagles, v. 5. II. Such at concerned the Church and People of God more Generally. As, 1. Righ-eous vindicating of all oppreiled ones, and exercifing judgement for them, v. 6. 2. Noti- fication, or Revelation, fiJOihitwayes : His Or- dinances and Lawes, to Mofes. (2) Of bit Alls ■• His Eminent Providences, to the fins oflfrael, v. 7. 3. His moft gracious and companionate dealing with his own people that fear him, &c. This is fet forth, and' mo ft fweetly illuftrated, fij Partly, By the Fountain of fuch his dealing with them, and deport- ment towards them, vi^ Gods bleffed Nature, de- ferred in four of his Efenrial Attributes; Tender- compaffionatr.efs , Gr acioufnefs , Long-fuffering, and Loving-kjndnefs, v. 8. (2 J Partly, By fome Prin- cipal Afts ot Grace and Mercy exprefied towards them, vi^. Moderating and abating their afflictions, and his difpleafure therein towards them ; For du- ration, not alwaies cbi ding, v.$, For degree, noc dealing according to fins defert, v. 10. Remitting their iniquities, and removing them as jar {f<>mthem, as Eaftfiom Weft. Which Attributes and Acts are illuftrated by Emphatical Similitudes, v. 11,12,13. Cl) Partly, by the moving Caufes inclining the Lord to fuch companionate deportment towards his peo- ple, vi^. 1. The Extremity of humane fragility, Ex- actly known to the LORD, This is Elegantly de- fcribed, ii. 14 15. i5. 2. The oppofite conftancy and Immutability of the LORD's Mercy to them that fear him, Igep hit Covenant: do hit commandments: and to their Children, v. 17, 18. III. Such as concern allCreatures, vi^.Tht LORD'S Supream andlini- verfa! Dominion over all, v. 19. III. An Hortatory Provocation of the Creatures to blefle and praife the LORD together with him, w^. 1. Hit Angeli described, (1) By their Power. (V) By their Obedience to his Word, (i) By their readinefs to that Obedience, v. 20. 2. Hit Ho aft s. That are his Inftruments to do his Pleafure, v. 2 r. 3. All hit worlej in all places of hit univerfal Denomination, v. 22. _ IV. A Circulatory Reflexion again upon himfelf, ex- citing his Soul, as in the beginning of the Pfalme, to bleiTe the LORD. A thankful heart thinks ic can ne- ver be quickned enough unto thankfulnefs, v.22.lat- ter end. Pfalm CIV. Sett . I. The Summary Contents. The Pjalmift,\. Incites himfelf to praife the LORD, v. 1. 2. Declares many Cau/es why he fhould lb praife him, vi^. His wonderful Works, (1) Of Creation, v.2.to2-j. (2) Of Gubernation of the World Create*/, v.2q.to^\. 3. Conclude s this his Meditation of Gods Praifcs, ver. 31. to the end. Sett. II. Thefirfi Ver(ion out of the Hebrew. I. 1. VI Y Soul, the LORD blefs ; LORD, my God, -LV-L rf Thou-art-great vehemently.- With comely-honour thou-art-clad And Princely Majefty. 2. As with a Garment/rf/Y, with Light He doth himfelf at ay : F^rre-ftretching-out the Heavens bright Like Curtains every way. 3. His-upper-Chambers planchering In waters the re combined: Clouds as his Chariot Ordering, Walking on wings of Wind. 4. Making his Angels Spirits aU Fulfilling his defire ; His Minifters Effettual Evn as a flaming Fire. IL 5. The Earth upon her Bafes he Hath founded there to flay ; From whence it fhall not moved be For evermore and ay. 6. As with a Raymenr,with the Deep Thou covered'ft b the Land .- Above the Mountains high andfteep The Waters then did ftand. 7. At thy rebuke with daftiing ncife Mofthaftily they fled: They at thy thunder's dreadful voice Were-headlong-carricd. 8. They did afcend the Mountaines high, Defcend the Valleys low, Unto the place which fixedly Founded for them riadft thou, 9. Thou unto them haft-fet a bound Left they fhould it pafs-over : Left they return again, c The ground To overflow andcov&c. 10. d That-fendeth Fountains in the Vales : They e go between the Hills. 1 1. All Fields wilde-beafts they-make-ro drink Wild-Affes/drink their fills. 12. By them the Fowleof Heav'n doth build And dwell delightfully : They from between the Branches g yield The voice of Melody. ' 13./; That-wat'reth Mountains with the Rain From his high-Chambers ftilTd: Whence with fruit of thy works amain The Pregnant Earth is fill d. III. 14. i Thar-maketh f emfrr Grafs to-grow For Cattel thereby fed : The HcrbforufeofManalfo, From Earth) ^ forth bringing bread. 15. And Wine, that doth mans heart make-glad With Oylc both new and old /Making the Face to fliine; And Bread, That doth mans heart uphold. a Hi b. Thou arc-greac- ned. b btb. it,t Kir »*,thc earth. cheb.the earth. Abeb. That- fending e Hare , Wide-open thy free hand doft thoui With good they filled are. 29 . Thou hid'ft thy ^ face, they are diftrefs't 5 Thou gathereft «j>,theirghoft, They do expire, by Death ore-prefs,t, And turn unto their duft. 30. Thy potent Spirit thou fend'ft forth, Created then are they .• And thou the face of all the Earth Reneweft day by day. 31. The Glory of JEHOVAH fhall Be to Eternity ; JEHOVAH in his doings all Shall joy Exceedingly. 32. a He-looks upon the Earth, And much It quakes as at aflroke : He doth b the mighty Mountains touch, Andthev thereat do fmoke. 33. 1 will Sing to JEHOVAH)?///, c Whil'ft-I-am-kept-from-Grave 5 Sing-Pfalmes unto my God I will d WhilTt-I- my-being-have. 34. Of him my Meditation Ee-ve^-fweet-it-fhall : I will joy in the LORD alone. 35. Confum'dbe finners all , Out of the Earth, e And be no more wicked-ores Let w'icked-on'es abhorred : yet not they Mv Sou5 blefs triou the LORD, Adore HimfiiU; Praife-ye-the-LORD. o Heb pro- ferly ; lurk- ing -lyons. pHefr.and to feek- — q heb.thcy- gachcr ibtm Away: and r Htb.th\- pofleffion. f bib. great and wide of hands. tfcf/».and not number. utit'.walk. * fccfc.waic vvi.ii hope- er ; look- attentively to thee, y beb.in his time. * heb.faces, they are. fuddenly- ttoubled. a hfrb.he- looking— bhrb.touch. ing-the- Mountains. c rub.in my lives. dheb.in-yec me. Thcfeconcl Vcrflon out of the Ik- brew. I. I/T\ Elefs the LORD,my Sou! andhcart ; V7 O LORD my God,'* mod great thou art: b With Glory and Renown a raid. 2. Decking with Light as with c a Coat : HeaVns like-a-Cunain ftrctching-out. 3. In wate rs his-loft-Eeams he laid, ^/Making his Chariot Clouds combined: Walking on wings of fwiftefi winde. 4. His Angels Spirits maketh-he : His Miniftcrs e a fiery flame. 5, Earth on her Bafcs/ he did frame : Left it fliould ever ai;d ay mo v'd-be. 6. With deep, it as-with-Robe did fl cover .• The Waters ftood the Mountains over. 7. At thy rebuke, g thy thundering found, They fled, yea headlong-tbey-did-run. 8. They went-up Hills,ihey Vales went down To place which thou for them didlt found. 9. Thou fett'ft abound, left they pafs-over : Left they return the Earth to cover. lo. In Valleyes/j fending Fountains deer : They i walk between die Mountains tall. 1 1. They give-drink to Field's wild-beafts all, Wilde-Ailes break their thirfting there. u. i2.The]7etneg""eat God's Praifes fings, 1VJ Becircled round with Glory's wings, 2.Clothed with light .- o're whom the Sky Hangs like a Starry Canopy. 3. Who dwels upon the gliding ftrearas, EnameI'd with his Golden Beams : Enthron'd in Clouds as in a Chair. He rides in Triumph through the Aire. 4. The Windes and flaming Element Are on his great AmbafTage fern. 5. The Fabrick of the Earth fhall ftand For ay ; buik by his powerful hand. 6. The floods, that with their watery Robe Once covered all this Earthly Globe ; 7. Soon as thy thundering voice was heard, Fledfaft* 8. And ftraight the Hills appeared ; The humble Valeys faw the Sun, Whil'ft the affrighted Waters run Into their Channels; 9. And no more Shall drown the Earth, or pafs their Shore. 10. Along thefe Vales the cool Springs flow, And wafh the Mountains feet below. j 1 . Thither for drink the whole Herd ftrayes : There the wild-A fie his thirft allayes. 12. And on the Boughes that fhade the Spring The feathered O^uire fhall fit and fing. 13. When on her Womb thy Dew is fhed, The Pregnant Earth i's brought to bed And with a fruitful birth increas'r. 14. Yields Herbs and Grafs ;for Man and Eeaft. 15. Hcart-ftrengrhning Bread, care drowning Wine; And Oyle that makes the fleek face fhinc, 1 6 . On Lebanon his Cedars ftand, Trees full of Sap, works of his hand. 17. In them the Birds their Cabins dight : The Firre-tree is the Storks delight. 1 8. The wilde-Goat on the Hills ;in Cells Of Rock the Hermite Coney dwels. 19. The Moon obfrrves her courfe : The Sun Knows when his weary Race is done. 20. And when the Night her dark veil fpreads The wilder Bcafts forfake their fheds. 2 1. The hungry Lions hunt for blood, And roaring beg from God their food. hi ill HID ■7'. iii P',i 1, if ii» Pel 'IRi h ■ I •lit 22 Tin P S A L M E CIV. 3d mlux ifta, qua fe ope- ruit & vc- fttvic Deus, eft Elemen- tnm ijrm •J". Foord in Expof. PfalM 1 04 J. n Vid.Ku. Itach, Sum. Philofoph. ttrtium Part, qua eft Phyfica 2 Parr. Tra£. j. Qi'5- p. 141. Colo- ni.i iij-o. 5. Kecktrm. Syft. Phyf. 1.2. C. 14. p. 1 to and i8s.Hano«r. 22. The Sun returnes,Thefc Beads of Prey Fly to their Dens, and from the day, 23. And whil'ft they in dark Cavernes lurk, Man till the Evening goes to work. 24. How full of Creatures is the Earth / To which thy Wifdom gave their birth. 25. Andthofe that in the wide Sea breed, The bounds of number farre exceed. 26. There the huge Whales with (limy feet DaHce underneath the Sapling-Fleet. 27. All thefe expect their nourifhment From thee. 28 . And gather what is fent : Be thy hand open, they are fed j 20. Be thy face hid, adonifhed : If thou withdraw their brcath,they mud Return unto their former Dud 30. If thou fend back thy Breath,the face Of th'Earth is fpread with a new race. 31. Gods Glory (hall for ever flay : He (hall with joy his works furvey. 32. The dedfad Earth (hall (hake, if he Look down : And if the Mountains be Touch'd,they (hall fmoak. 33. Yet dill my Verfe, Shall,whil'ft I Iive,hisPraife rehearfe. 34. in him with joy myjthought (hall meet. He makes my Meditation fweet. 35. The Sinners (hall appear no more : Then, O my Soul, the L O R D adore. ' Se&. V, the Analyfis^ or Principal Tarts. In this Excellent and Elegant Pfalme, are ; 1. An Exordium. 2. A Narration. 2,. AConclufion. I. An Exordium, Introduction, or Entrance to the enfuing praifesofGod the Creator. Wherein the Pfalmid, i Provokes himfelf to blefs the LORD. 2. Propounds in General the Grounds he hath for' bleffinghim, viz. (1 J Partly, the LORD'S exceeding greatnefi. (2) Partly, his Comely Honour and Majefty, fo abounding and furrounding him , that he is faid to be clothed therewith, ver.i. II. A Narration of the Grounds and Reafons of blef- fing the LORD, more Particularly Drawn, i. Part- ly,from his Creation and Ordination of the Creatures to Excellent Ends and Ufes, ver. 21. to 27. i.Part- ly, from his Conservation of the Creatures in their being and well being, ver. 27. to 31. I. Grounds of bUffing God,drawn ffom hk Creating (fr Ordaining the Creatures to excellent Ends & Vfes.Here the Pfalmift following the dep of Mo fes, Gen, 1. 3, 4, &c. toucheth at the Workstof the five firfl dayes, e- fpecially. As, J.Ofthefirftday; Light, Gen. 1. 3, 4, 5. This is Metaphorically compared to a Gar~ ment, wherewith God the Father of Lights clothes himfelfm, Jam. 1.17. Light moft notably refem- bling Gods Inacceffible Light and Glory, and being as his Royal Robe neared to him, ver. 2. begin. II. Of thefecond day, the Heavens; that is, the whole Out- fpread-Firmament, Gen. I. 6, 7, 8. This is that which is called the Firfl Heaven, the Ayery Heaven, confiding "of three Regions n, Loweft, from the Earth upwards, as far as the Reflection or Refraction of the Sun-beames returnes .- Vppermoft, from the Element of Fire downwards, as far as the heat of the Fire rcacheth ; Middlemoft,betw]x.t thefe two, which is coldeft, and where all the Meteors, as Rain, Hail, Snow, &c. are gendered. The u(eo(ih'isOut-(piead- Firmament is Elegantly defcribed to be threefold, i#'^. 1.T0 cover, and as it were to hide and with- draw his Majefty from our eyes, asunder a Curtain, ver. 2. 2. To have, after the Manner of Great Princes, variety of Palaces and places, whence at his pleafurc lie may manifed himfelf. He planchereth hk lojt s or upper Chambers inthe waters, i.e. in the Clouds. 3. To have variety of Indrumenrs, Accom- modated and fitted for fuch his Manifedation of him- felf, vi^. (1) The Clouds, for his (lately Chariot. C2) The wings of the wind,for his fpecdy conveyance, as fwift Horfcs drawing his Chariot, ver. 3. The An- gels 0; For their Nature made Spirits or Spiritual oTouchin? SubRances; (and fo differing from Chrifl who is no Angels Created or made Spirit , bur. the Maker of mentioned all things J Pjal. 102. 25, 26, 27. with Heb. 1. 10, 1 1, here ver. 4. 12. and from men, according to his Humanity, Seeing made of demand blood, Lul>e 24, 39. Fortheeffi- Scriptures cacy of their Adminiftration, a flaming fire, All feem not activity, 8:c. Hence,^n£f/.f have fometimes appeared pLiinly and like horfes and chariots of fire, 2 Kings 6. 17. and pojitive/yto 2' II' determine on what day they were created ; and Orthodox Writers do but con)efture. that probably they were Created on the Firlt day : Let the Learned here make a Quaere; whether this fourth vcrfe (the Context duly anfi- dered) render sis not moft probable, that Angels were Createdon the fecond day. The ApofUe, or rather the Holy Ghoft, in Heb. 1. 7. directs us to interpret this place of Angels Pro- perly, who in the fame Chapter alfoHeb. 1. 14. are called Miniftring Spirit *,as here Hit Minifters, ver. 4 I know,divers here render the Hebrew word Hi FIT "1 Ruchoth, windes: and make it the fubiect hereof this Propofition, thus -, who mahjth kit windes mejfen- gers: As the word isufed, Pfal.78. 49. and flaming fire hk Minifters : becaufe fire, hail , thunder, windes &c. are faid to fulfil his word, Pfal. 148. 8. and thefe are oft-times forerunners of Gods protection to his I People, and his deftruction' of their Adverfan'es, as Pfal. 50. 3. and 18. 8. 10. 15, &c. Job. 38. 22, 23. Jfai. 29* 6. And Angels are fent rather from the Third Heaven,^ than from the Fiifl Heaven. And there- fore, this Interpretation, thus notably agreeing to the works of the SecondDay, is embraced by many. But the former Interpretation tome feems bed and fafed, from that paffage, Heb. 1. 7. Nevertheleff, if anyfhall think good to put both Interpretations to- gether,as Mollerm hath donep, I (hall not gainfay ; p fj, m0h. vi^.Thus. Its faid; Herodeupon a Cherub, & did fly yea inPf.104'4, he did fly upon the wings of the windePf. 18. io.where the Minidry of Angels, and of windes are joyned toge- ther, both of them being created to execute Gods commands. And in the windes we have a notable adumbration of the Miniftry of the Angels. III. Of the third Day. The Earth, Sea, Fruitfulnefs of the Earth in Plants, vi^. Grafs, Herbs, Trees, Gen. 1.9. to 14. Thefe the Pfalmift defcribes more largely, v. 5,roi$>. Mote Particularly, He fets forth, 1. Gods founding and conftituting the Earth in the Center of the World, and that immoveably, ver. 5. 2. HisCo- vering the Earth, even the higheft Mountains with the Deep, as with a Garment, ver. 6. 3. His remov- ing the deep waters from the face of the Earth, that the dry-land might appear; and this fuddenly, by his moft powerful word, along Mountains and Valleys, to the place which he had founded for them, ver. 7, 8. 4. His confining and bounding the waters therein, their place; that they return no more to cover the Earth, ver. p. 5. His making the Earth (' which of it felf is barren ) very fruitful : And that two wayes: viz.. u Partly, by fending Springs and Rivers ( vi^. from the Sea, Ecclef. 1. 7. _)into the Valleys, walking among the Hills, ver. 10. The ufe of which Springs, &c. is declared: vi^. (JiJ To afford drink to the living Creatures of the Earth, ver. 11. CO To afford drink and refrefhment to the fowles of the Heaven, de- lighting to build and ftng among the branches growing by thofe dreams, ver, 12. 2. Partly, By Exhaling vapours and waters out of the Sea, up into theClouds, through thefbrae of the Sun. From which Clouds, as' H h h h IM^H ■I^H ^m C2 V S A L M E. CV. fiom hit upper-Chambers , He water eth the Hills,Trees,$c High- Mountains. C^JTIie^ Hills or Mountains, i.e. The upper parts of the. Earth, Synechd. And fo mak- eth the Earth fruitful, ver. 13. 1 In Grafs, for Cattel. 2. In H:rbs,y¥ine, Oyle, and bread, for man, vet. 14, 15. (~2j The Trees, whereof two eminent kindes, in ftead of all the reft, are mentioned, vi^. 1. Cedars, filled with Sap: wherein the little Birds make their Nefts. 2. Firre-Trees, wherein the Stork, buildeth, ver. 16, 17. Q 3 ~) The high- Mountains, and Rocks, for the benefit of wild Goat s and Conies, there flickering themfelves, ver. 18. IV. Of the fourth Day. The great Luminaries of Heaven, the Sun and Moon, Gen. 1. 14. to 20. Touching thefe two Luminaries,He declares, 1. The immediate end and purpofe for which they were intended i v;\. For diftinfthn of Times and Seafons, Day and Night, ver. 19. 2. The. more re- mote ufe of thefe Seafons, vi\. CO Of thtNigfn, for the wild-beafbof the Forreft, and particularly the Lyon* to range abroad for their prey, ver. 20, 21. C 2 3 Of the Day, for thefe wild-beafb and Lyons to gather themfelves away and couch down in their Dens, But for man to go forth to hit w> vl%. In refpeft. 1. Of their food and ncurifliment, ver. 27, 28. 2. Of their breath and life, ver. 29. 3. Of their propagation, ver. 30. III. AConclufion, inferred from all thefe Premifes, touching Blelfingand Praifingthe LORD, ver. 31. &c. Which is propounded under the Form or Man- ner, 1. Of a Confeflfion, or an Acknowledgment upon the whole, C 1 J O/Gods eternal Glory. (2) OfGodsrejoycinginhisown works, ver, 31. (3 J Of his dreadful Power and Majefly, ver. 32. 2. Of a vow, or pious Refolution. Wherein thePfalmift refolves and promifeth, ( 1 } Conftantly to praife the LORD, in fmging, yea in Singing- Pfalmes unto him, ver, 33. f2jSweetly to Meditate upon him. (3) Gladfomely to rejoyce in him, ver. 34. 3. Of an Im- precation againft fmners, and wicked wretches op- pofing the due honour of God. 4. Of an Exhortation wherein he incites, ( 1 JHimfelf, asverf. 1. (Ci>- cularly :J ( '2 J All others, To Praife the LO RD, ver. 35. Pfalm CV. SeB. I. The Summary Contents. An £x/;orf The faying of the LORD him tri'd. 20. The King fent, and f releafed him ; The Peoples Ruler, and him freed. aHfA.eonfef* ye to the LORD. bHeb. the peoples, c btb or;diC eourfe. me- ditate. AHtb. praife your felves. e Htb. his feces. fHeb.Do ye remember. £ btb. And his oath, h Htb. And to i Htb. A co- venant of e- ternicy---.- k htb. In them being men of num- ber, i.e. few 1 Htb. And from- TO. btb. not man to op- press them n Htb. for them, o Htb. on mine anoin- ted ones. p htb. their faces q Htb. they affliaed. «• btb. ot; his foulentred the Iron.;.*. Ht xvm laid » in irtns, (htb. loofed him. ai.LORD P S A V M E. CV. 303 t Hefc.heput bim. u hcb. And ruler in all his poflefli- on. x bib. at his Soul. 21. LORD of Ms Houfc r he-him-affign'd u Of ail his wealth thc-Rule-to-take.- 22. His Princes x ac his will tobmd : And wife his Senators to make. III. 29. Then Ifrael fiom Canaan came To-Jf.gy pt to be nouriflied : And in the fruitful land of Cham Afeafon Jakob fojourned. 24. Likewife his people he did caufe, Exceedingly to fructify : And over-their-diftreifing-foes y He-them-did flrengthen mightily. 25. He turn'd their heart to hare hisfolk ; Againft his fervants guile to-aft. 26. His fervantMofes he did fend, And Aaron { whom he did feled. 27. a His figns among them they difplaid ; And they Cham's Land with wonders florid. 28. He darknefsfent,and dark-it-made. And they rebelled not at his word. 29. Their waters turr.'d b to bloody-^uce; And flew their firft.f0 dreadful things Q 30. Their land brought forth offrogsgreatftore In privy-Chambers of their Kings. 31. He fpake,then came a mixed-fwarui, Did Vice in all their Coafh command. 32. He gave their Showers, fharp hail-ftorm, ./W fire of flames within their land. 33. And fmote their Figtree and their Vine, e #«Mhe- And brake c Trees of their Coafts afunder. wood of—- 54. He fpake,the Locuft alfo came, d hcb. and And caterpiller (/without Number. roc number. * ef/tfe.allthe .... , , . , 1 herb,or, 3?. And e all the Herbs ate in their land, every herb. Yea ate the fruit of all their ground, f H_tbe LORD withal, in ihe day when the Ark of the Covenant was brought up from the Houfe of Obed-Edom the Gittite, &c. See iChron. 16. 1,7.^ 23?. And this was the Occafion of Davids penning this Pfalme. How fuitably/ A Pfalme touching Gods Covenant with Abraham and his Seed, at the bringing up of the Ark of the Covenant in- to the City of David, into the Tent that David had pitched for it, iChron. 15.19. and 16. i,^Tc. But, as one noteth », David after this en- larged this Pfalme very much, adding an Hiftory of Gods gracious difpenfations towards Abraham^ Seed, before they came into Egypt, In Egypt, and af- ter they were delivered thence, fiom ver. 16. to the end. And Kimchi obferves that his Matters were wont to fay, that this, Pfalme, vi^. ver. 1. to 16. was wont to be fung in the Morning, and Pfal. 96. in the Evenings. And that thefe two Pfalmes were ftill fung at the fight of the ^r^,till Solomon took the Ark into the Temple, which he calls the Houfe of Ages x. Sefr.IV. The Scope, q See in Pfal. 103. sea. 3. r An?, in Enar. Pf. 104. fSee Pf. r. in Sect. 4. t See Pfal. 96. in Sec\ 3. and my Key of the Bible, in the Ap- pendix to 1 Chron. u Sim. de Mm in A) g. Pfal. 105. x Sim. de Muii in Arg. Pfal.' I05. The Scope intended in this Pfalme, is; To Excite the Church and People of the Je wes, the Pofterity ofAbrabamjo all enlarged Praifes and Thankfulnefie to God, for his extraordinary Mercy and wonderful Goodnefs to Abraham, Ifaac, Jacob, and their Seed* in taking them above all other people from among I- &olaters, and Adopting them to be a peculiar peo- ple to himfelf; by Covenant, promifing and perfor- ming to them and their Seed the Land of Canaan, fja vifible pledge of greater Spiritual Mercies, cove- nanted Jthat hereby they might be the more effeftu- ally engaged to keep Covenant with God, obferving his Statutes,and keeping hit Lawes, Pfal. 105. 44, 45. Upon like ground, How fhouM Chriftians, Redeem- ed from Paganifh or Popifh Idolatry, and brought into the New-Covenant in Chrilt exhibited, be filled with thankfulnefs to God, for fuch his. Extraordinary and gracious Adminiftratiom / Sctf. V. ■■ 5°4 V S A L M E. CVI. Seer. V. The Analyjis, or rrincipal Tarts. In this choice EucharifticalPfalme, note I. An Hortatory Exordium, Emphatically and live- ly Exhorting the Seed of Abraham, &c. to fundry Duties belonging to the Praifes of God. Here, I. The Duties Exhorted unto, are defcribed. And they are especially thefe three : viz, i. To Praife the LORD. This is laid down in variety of Acts, tend- ing to the LORD'S Praifes. As, fi J Confeffing to the LORD. ("0 Calling on hit Name. CiJ Mak: ing-known hit Alls among the People, ver.i. fa) Singing to biig. C'yJ Singing-Pfalme to him. (6 J Difcourfing of all hit marvellout-worl(S , ver.i. .(7 J Glorying in the Name of his Holyneffe. fSJ Heartily rejoycing, &c. ver. 3. 2. To feel^ the LORD : vi%. to feek Communion with him in his Worfhip. Here is signified, what it is which they are efpecially to feek in God, when he is worfhipped, vi\. C*J His^ Strength. HisSufficiency. {2 J Hit Face. His Fa-' vour, and Efficiency. This/ire^/ ng hit face is ampli- fied by the Adjunct conftancy thereof, v. 4, 3. To Remember, \ih Marvels, His Wonders, and The judgements of his mouth, ver. 5. II. The Compella- tion of the Perfons thus Exhorted, is expreffed, by their Relation to Abraham, and Jacob, ver. 6. II. The Arguments, whereby the Seed of Abraham and Jacob, the Church of God, is provoked to Praife God,are drawn, 1. From their Covenant-Relation unto God. i.From Gods Judgments manifefled in all the Earth, on the behalf of his Covenant-People, v.7. 3. From Gods covenant with their Fathers,!'. 8. to 12. Here are fet forth, 1. Gods conftant fidelity in his Covenant, in all Generations, v. 8. 2. The Na- ture of ic, in fundry Denominations-, Covenant, Word, tommanded, to Abraham: Oath, to Jfaac : Decree, to Jacob, verf.8,9. 3«Thc Federates. God on the one Part ; Abraham, Ifaac,. and Jacob, on the other ver. 9, 10. 4. One principal Matter Covenanted to them •, Giving the Land of Canaan for their Inheritance to them, &c,v. 11. 4. From Gods Providential Difpenfations to them and their Pofterity, in purfuance of his Covenant with them. Thefe Difpenfations of the LORD to- wards them, are Digefted \mo three Periods or Inter- vals of time efpecially, vi^. 0 J Before they came into /Fgypt, v. 12. &c. Where note, I. Gods fmgular Protection of their Fore-Fa- thers., ver. 12. to 16, This Protection is Amplified and Elegantly Illuftrated (~\j By the paucity of their number, infufheient to delend themfelves. C^)By their Pilgrim-condition in the Land. (~$ J By their Adverfaries oppofitepower and multitude, ver. 12, 13- (4 J By the fufficiency, and manner of their Protection, which was not Vulgar, but with a priviledge of Singular Honour put upon them, as his Annointed-oncs, his Prophets, ver. 14, 15- II. Gods admirable Suftentation of them ir. an extream Fa- mine. Where note, 1. The Extremity of the Famine which he brought upon Canaan, v. 16. 2. The Mean, or Inftrument of their Suftentation, Jofeph. Touch- ing him Gods Providence wrought wonderfully, Qi) In fending him before, vi^. to prefervc the life of Gods Church and people, ver. 17. begin, fi) In his moft wife ordering and difpofing of all his afflicti- ons, ver. 17, 18. jf£) /nhisftrange delivering him out of all his afflictions and miferies, ver. 19,20. (4 ) In his more ftrangc advancing him to high Hon- our and power in the land of Egypt under Pharaoh t ver. 21,2;. C2J Whilejl they were in Egypt, ver, 23. to 37 . Here are related, I. Ijraels coming into Egypt, II. Ja- cobs fojourning in Egypt,vcr. 23. III". Gods multiply- irg them tlx-'rt greatly, and making them ftronger than their enemies, ver. 24. IV. The Lords leaving the Egyptians to hate them, and deal fubtilly with them, ver.2$. V. his fending Mofes and Aaron to Egypt, for his afflicted peoples relief and redemption, by work- ing Signes and Wonders there, v. 26,21. The won- derful Plagues which they inflicted on the Egyptians are enumerated, but not in the Order in which they were wrought; As, i.Darknefs, v. 28. 2. Waters turned to blood, and Fifh flain, ver. 29. 3, Frogs, y.$o. 4-Flyes, 5.Lice,i/.3i. 6. Hail, with flam- ing fire, uniting and breaking their Trees, &c. v. 32>33- 7- Locufts, and Caterpillars, v. 34, 35* 8. Death of the firft-born, v. 3(5. Q$) When they went out of Egypt, and afterwards, v. 37. &c. Here Gods Providential goodnefs to them is defcribed feveral wayes, vi^. 1. In the Manner of his bringing them forth. CO with 8reat ricJies> C2J With general ftrength of them all, v. 37. Cl)With full confent of the Egyptians, extorted at laft rrom them, 11.38. 2. In his conducting them through the Wilderneffe moft wonderfully ; fi J Covering them from the Suns heat, and directing them with a. Pillar of Cloud by day. ( 2 ) Guiding them, and giving them light with a Pillar of fire by night, verfe $9. Cs) Feeding them, with Quails for ftefli : with Manna for Bread, with Water out of the Rock plen- tifully flowing in the dry-places as a River for Drink, verfe 40, 41. Their bringing forth,and this Conduct of them through the Wilderneffe, are illuftrated by their Special Caufe, vi^. Gods ftability and fidelity in his^ Covenant, verfe 42, 43. 3. In his putting them into poffeffion of the promifed Inheritance of Canaan, verfe 44. which is Amplified, by the End intended by God in bellowing thisMercy upon them; That t hey might be obedient to God according to his Word, ver. 45. III. The Conclufion of the Pfalme, is that Hortatory provocation of all to the Lords-praifes ; Halelu-jab, ver. 45. Pfalm CVI. Seft. I. The Summary Contents. The Pfalmifl 1. Exhorteth unto the Praifes of God: Acknowledging Mans utter infufheiency there- unto, verf. 1. to 4. 2. Prayeth for the L O RD's Favour and Salvation which he peculiarly is wont to manifeft to his own people, ver. 4, $. 3. Confeffetb, in the name of the Church, their own fins : and their fore-Fathers many and great tranfgreffions in Egypt t Wildernefle, and Land of Canaan, notwithftanding all Gods wonderful mercies to them ver. 7. to 47. 4. Concludeth, with Prayer, and Praife, ver. 47, 48. Sett. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew. 1. T) Raifc-ye-jAH. To the LORD confefs, 1 For he's good .• For, a his Mercy V ay 2. The Lord's b great- Acts who can ex prels All his due praife who can difplay .' 3. O-blcft they-that-keep judgement ever : In all time acting equitic. LORD a heb. his laving. kind- rtefs for ever. b heb. power l, mighiinef P S A L M E. CVI. ;c>5 4. LORD c mind mc with thy peoples favour In thy Salvation vifit mc. cHeb. re- member me with the good -will (or; fa- vourable acceptati. on of ihy people. A H™- t0 fee in the goodnefs of tbine elea,to rejoyce in the joy of thy nation, To glory wkj, thine Hcr.cage. 5. rfThat thine Elects good I may fee, That I may with thy Nation's joy Rejoyce.- With heritage-of-ti,ee That I may glory gladfomely. II. 6. We with our Fathers /t//havefin,d, Per vcrfely-dealt, ungodly-done. 7. Our Fathers did not wifely-mind Thy-wondrous-works in Egypt fiowne. t beb. t hey e Thy many Mercies they forget, lemembred £Ut atsea, at Red Sea rebell'd. 8. For his Names fake he fav'd them yet, To make his might known and beheld. not the mul- titude of thy Joving- Jcindnefle<. (beb. in (or, at ) the. t). /The Red Sea he rebuk'd alfo, And it was dry'd up waterlejs : And through the deeps he made them go, As through the drought j wildernefs. 10. And them from hater's hand did fave .* And them from hand of foe redeem, g beb. the 1 1« But their diftreiTersj? war.' ry-grave waters co- Ore-whelm'd : Left was not one of them.' vered---. fang'&they I2- Then they believed in-his-words; His-praife h they fmging-did-re/ H his i y beb do- loirs, for- •L beb. do- J Jo rs, or forfOWS. a beb. ivas impii ufly r'jftainer). bbe'. noftril w.i< kindled c Heb. Ard their haters ruled over them. d Heb. in diftrefson them. e H(b. he remembrcd cowards them his Covenant; (Heb. gave them co boivel- mer- cies before the faces of all their Captives, g Heb. to confefs to the name of thine hohnefs. 5oe P S A L M E. CVI. SeU. III. the K.ind, Penman, and Occafionfac. Tin's Pfalm. as to the matter of it, is of mix t Na- ture : being Laudatory, iud Petitory. Laudatory v. 1. 2, 3, 48. Petitory, verf. 4, 1048. though in the Pe- titory part are inferted many Arguments of praife to the Lord, for his many mercies to Ifrael, notwith- standing their many and great Rebellions againft him. And as in the former Pfalme, The L O R D is praifed for his Extraordinary mercy to his Church and People in his Covenant with Abraham and other Se- ll See in nejits. /; So in this Pfalme, he is praifed for his Ex- Pfal.ioZ,. traordinary Goodnejfe, Clemency and Favour fit U con- Seft.2,.and tinued towards them, even in his fevereft cbajtijc- Pfal. 105. merits upon them for their iniqticies, 1/.8, 9, 10, II, Se&. 3. 3^,23,43, 44, 45, 46. As to the Form of Penning it, iSee on This is an Untituled Pfalme, as many others are/. Pjal. 1. And is one of the Halelu)atick_ Pfalmes fas Augudine Sect.4. k\ fliies nj both beginning and ending with, HJelu- kPfalmus jab,ver. 1.48. Halclujati- Penman of this Pfalm is not here exprefed, nor CUS.Arg. ;n elfewhere plainly and fully fjthatl know J in Scrip- Enar.inpf. ture> Some do conjecture from ver. 47. that this io$it.8. pfalme was written in the time of the BabylonifliCap- 1 Sim.de tivhy; oratleaftin the woful times of their difper- Muitin ^ f;on ny Antiochtu Epipbanes afterwards /. And chat Arg-pf.io6. confequently fome Prophet, then living, Penned this Pl'alnie. But the matter of the Pfalm, and the difperfion^of the Jews among theHeathens.u47.need not be carried fo farre : And under Antiocbut times we fhall hardly find any Prophet. Some think it was Penned in the times of the Judges, in whofe dayes they were oft oppreffed and delivered : From v. 43. And that probably then Samuel wrote it. Or when the Philiftincs and other Heathens much afflicted If- rael'm dayes of Saul and David. See Pfal. 6o.Tt- tk. 2 Sam. 2, Sec. m And then David feems to be Penman of it. For my part, I cannot think this J7.100.ffir, pr3]mwas written fo rarely, as in Samuels dayes; or fo late as" in the time of the Babyhnifl) Captivity or Antioclw his Perfecution : but rather that it was written by D^r^asa Form of Praife and Prayer n . , which the Church of God might ufe in all times of " p'r I ' their Affliction and difperfion among the Heathen n. m rj. 10 . por -piiat Pfalm which David deliveredinto the hand ofjfaph and b'u brethren, to thank, the LORD withall, at the bringing up oft he Ark into the City of David, lChron.16.1. — 7.IsCompofcd of divers Pfalms, olnmy as I have elfewhere 0 noted : And it is concluded Key of the whh three vesfies, which are found in this prefent Eiblc. Ap- Pfalm. Compare 1 Chron. 16. 34, 35, 36. with Pfal. pendixto 106.1.47,48. Only two or three words are alte- zCbron • red. Whence in my judgment its more than pro- bable, that David,\\di Penman of it. Occafion ofhis penning it, fetms to have been (as is formerly noted J fome great thraldom and difper- fion of the Jews among the Heathen, ver. 47. Sect. IV. the Scope. The Scope herein intended, is; 1. Pathetically to Praife the LORD ([in the name of the Churchj for his extraordinary Mercy, Loving-kindneffe and Bo- wel-mercies flill continued in former ages moft com- paffionarcly to his finful people, even then when he was conftrained moft feverely to chaftije them for their many and great Provocations. 2. And to in- trcat the LORD for like favours and compaffions to his now deeply diltrcdcd Church, though a like unworthy people. Setf. V. The Analyfis^ or Principal Parts. fn this PfJm,T]\c Prophet Uycs down four things mJn.Foord in Expof. 1. An Exhortation. 2. A Prayer. 3. AConfeffion. 4. A ConcJufion. I. An Exhortation unto the pra'rfes of the LORD. Herein note, 1. The Manner of the Exhortation, its doubled, Praife the Lird,c->nfe(s to 1:1m. 2. The ground of this praifing him. Q\) Fartly. Hisgoodnefs, (2) Partly, the conltanry of his lovincj-kindntfs v. 1. 3. An ingenious acknowledgment of mans utter ina- bility to praife the LORD litfficiently : Pathetically propofed by way of Interrogation^. 2. 4. Thefpe- cial Qualification of fuchas can duly praife the Lord, and their happinefs in that Qualification, vi^. Con- ftant Integrity of life and converfation, v. 3. II. A Prayer. Wherein confide r, I. The Mercies Petitioned for, v/\. fi 3 T/}at the Lord would remember him ([mentioned in Name of the Church, compare ver. 6, &c) with the favour, which he if wont peculiarly to vouch fafe to hit own people. (2) That he would vifu him with his Salvation, and delive- rance from mifery v. 4. 2. Vie Arguments whereby thefe Petitions are urged, are drawn from the fruits thence rebounding, (\) Seeing the good of Gods cho- \fen. (2) Re)oycing in the joy of bit Nation. (2,)Glorying with hit Inheritance, ver. $.i III. A Confejfion of fins : or tne_better exalting and magnifying of Gods former mere'es, and for making way for future bleflings here prayed for. Here are confeffed, 1. The fins of the Church and peopleof God then living. Wherein they have wretchedly re- fembk d their finful forefathers, and juftly deferved ro be alike punifhed, v. 6. II. the fins of their Forefa- thers themfelves fnotwithfranding all Gods contrary mercy and goodnefs to them J both 1. In Egypt. 2. In the wildernefs. And 3. In the Land of Canaan, v. 7. to 47. 1. Their Sins in sUgypt, 1. They underftood not Gods wonders. 2. They remembred not the multi- tude of his Mercies, v. 7. 2. Their fins after they came out of Egypt, and in the wildernefs, I. Their firft fin, Their Provocation of the LORD, by their unbelief, murmuring, fyc.attheRei Sea. This fin is illuftrated and aggravated, 1 By their oblivion of Gods former works, that mighc have prevented this fin,v.7. 2. By Gods faving them at the Red Sea, notwithftanding. Which Salvation is amplified, by the impulfive Caufe moving him thereto, vi^. His own Name and Glory, v. 8. 3. B/ the miraculous way and manner of his faving them, there from the ^Egyptians; by drying up the Red I Sea, but drowning all their enemies therein after- wards, ver. 9«io, it. This wonderful Salvation is illuftrated by the Effects which it wrought in Ifrael, fi) They then believed his words. C*J They fang hit praife, ver. 12. II. Their fecond Stn, Murmuring for Water and Flefh, and thereby tempting God. Which is amplified, 1. By the Caufe thereof, Forgetting Gods works, fyc. ver. 13. 14. 2. By the place, where. 3. By the Manner how, ver. 14. 4. By the confequent Effeft thereof; Gods granting their dcfire,but withacurfe, ver. 15. Ul.Tbeir third Sin, The Sedition of Datbans and Abiram 's company. Defcribed by 1. The Caufe of it, Envy. 2. The Objects of it, Mofes and Aaron, v. 16. 3. The Effects thereof, Gods dreadful Judge- ments upon the Offenders, fij The Earthdevour- ing fome, v. 17. (2) Fire confuming others,*;. 18. IV. Their fourth Sin, Idolatry in the Golden Calf. Sec forth, 1. By the place where the Calf was made and worfhipped,;"/] Horeb, v. 19. 2. By the folly and bru- tiflmefs of this their fin, v. 2-1. 3.8/ the Caufe ofir, then forgetting God their Saviour, and bis wonders in Egypt ani at the Red Sea, v. 21, 22, 4. By the Effcft that had like to have enfued, w^. Their Deftruction. Amplified by the Means hindering, viz,. MofesKis Interccffion for them, v. 23. V. Their fifth Sin, Con- tempt of the promifed Land, and unbelief of hit Promifes, Set forth i. By the Objeft of this Contempt and unbe- lief; The Landofdepie, and Gods Word, v. 26,. 2. By the Manner their Sin, murmuring, &c. v. 25. 3. Bj the fad Effect thereof, Gods fevere Oath againft them P S A L M E CVI. 307 them and their Seed, y. 2^,27 yLTbeir fixth fin, Their Idolatry and Fomicationwith the Moabhes,v. 28. Am- plified, 1. By the ErYefts enfuing thereupon (1} Pro- vocation of God. (2) The Plague breaking in upon them,verfe 29. 2. By the removal of this. Effect the plague upon Phineahs his executing of judge menr on Zimri andCorbi. Which aft of his, though not alto- gether regular, was yet juftifiedand aJlowedby God, 11.30,2,1. VII. their feventh Sin, Murmuring for Water nt Mer'ibah, Amplified by the Effects thereof, w"{ 1. Gods great dil'plcafure. 2. M>fes Provocation and Punifliment,v. 32. 33. 3. Tlieirfins in the Land of Cannaan, viz. 1. Nit de- fraying the Canaanites,as God had commanded them ^.34. W.Contr ailing affinity with them, and fo learn- ing their works, ver. 3$. III. Falling to moSl foul and horrid Idolatry y I. Serving Heathenifh Idols, v. 36. 2. Sacrificing their Sons and Daughters to Devils, to the Idols of Cannaan. So (j ) Polluting the Land with innocent blood, v. 37, 38. (2) Defiling themfelves with this fpiritual whoredom, v. 39. This their Ido- latry is Illufirated, 1. By rhe ErYefts enfuing thereup- on, vi%» Gods wrath. Gods abhoring his own Inheri- tance. Gods delivering them into their enemies hands to be afflicted and oppreded, v. 40, 41 , 42. 2. By Events oppofite to their deferts, Gods frequent de- liverances of them from Calamities which by their !>ro vocations they frequently brought upon them- elves, ver. 43. Thefe Deliverances are Amplified andfet forth, byC1 J Their Adjuvant Caufe ; His Peoples Prayers, ver. 44. 2. Their Principal Caufes, Gods faichfulnels and loving-kindnefic, whence he- would performe his Covenant, notwithftanding their fins, ver. 45. CiJ their Manner of his working their Deliverance and Salvation, By ftirring up even in their very enemies (~ after their hatred ) Compani- ons towards them, ver. 46. In all this Confefjiin, As Ifraels Rebellions are deep- ly aggravated by Gods oppofite Mercies: So Gods Mercies are highly exalted and magnified by Ifraels oppofite Rebellions and Provocations. IV. Toe Concluflon of the whole Pfalme, is Petitory, ■and Laudatory. I. Petitory. The Church of God in her deepeit affliftions, notwithstanding all her fins and unworthinefie, is encouraged to hope and pray for Salvation and Deliverance ; from all thefe recit- ed Mercies and Deliverances of God to their Rebelli- ous Fore-fathers. And therefore they pray for, CO Salvation. C2J Gathering from among the Heathens. Urging thefe Requefts ; Partly, from Gods Cove- tunt-Relacion to them. Partly, from the thanks and praife, rhac thereupon they fhall be enabled to return to God,^. 47. 2. Laudatory. Wherein, in confidence and hope this Petition fhall be granted, fi) The Pfalraift proclaimeth the evcrlafting blefiednelTe of the LORD God oilfrael, (^2jlncitefli all the people thereunto to fay Amen. (3J Exhorteth all topraife the Lord, ^.48. And as he ended this Fourth Book^of Pfalmes, So Iclofe up this my Verfion and Expofiti- on of this fourth Book.-, with Halelu-jah. LTSD ;o8 P S A L M E. CVII. /iv c$* <&9 «&» oT<> eifr» «&> «■?* . gJBjl ♦< «*• ♦#» *£> «*• «^ «*» «*• «#» «jy» «£» «£•» «•£<■» «»J* *j^» «#» *$> Sixtin. Amam.in Gram. Hebr.A- nom.Spe- cial. in Ffal.42. THis precious Volume of Pfalmes, being by the Hebrews fas hath been formerly 0 manifefted} difparted intone diftint} Books, may not improperly be ftiled DA- VID's PENT ATEVCH: uc.Davids Five-fold-Volume. TheF/F77/and hftBOOK OF P S ALMES begins with Pfal. 107.' I. avidy will beft appear when the particular Pfalmes come feverally to bcconfidered. PfalmCVII. SeB. I. The Summary Contents. 1. The Pfalmift- Exhorteth to the Praifes of God, for his goodnefs and conftant loving-kindnefle to manner. 1. 2. Hclayes down the Caufesof prai- fing the LORD, vi^. His fingular Providences to man- kind; Partly, in the Redeeming a«d Delivering of (ij Exiles, difperfed and wandring, ver. [2. to 10. (2) Captives, ver. 10. to fj. f 3 J Sick and af- flicted pcrfons, ver. 17.ro 23. (4J i'ca-faring pcr- fons, ver. 23. to 33. Partly, in many varieties of his Difpenfations, 1zer.33.ro 42. 3. He concludes the whole, ver. 42,43. Sect. II. The Verjion out of the Hebrew. I. i.T TNto the LORD do-ye-confefs, U. For he it ever good : Becaufe a his-Ioving-bounteoufnefs For-evermore hath flood. - 2. The LORD'S redeem'd in every land, Let them fay ever fa: b Whom he redeemed from the hand Ofthe-dlftrefling-foe. 3. And gathered them out of the Lands, From North and from the Sea : From Eaft and c Weil, from atttheir bands. 4. Inrffolitary way. They wand'red in 'the Wildernefs .• eNo dwelling City found. 5. Hungry and Thirfiy,/«ccoHr/ ; Their foul in them, f did fwoond. 6. Then they unto the LORD did cry In^ their extream diftrefs : jWthem he-fet-at-libcrty Out-of-their-anguifhes. 7. Them likevvife he conduftcd-on In right and prosperous way ; To City of Habitation To come, and there to ft ay. 8. O let them to the LORD confefs His loving kindnefs then : And all his wondrous-works exprefs Unto the fons of men. 9. Becaufe he'hath thcthirfty foul Compleatly fatisfied : And he hath fill'd the hungry foul Wich good, he did provide. u. 10. /; They-thar in darknefs fit alone. In fhadc-of-Dtath alfo : a HtbMis. loving kind. ne(s or.hii mercy. b Htb.whom be redeem- ed.them. c brbScom weft. d Heb.in fo. litarinefs of way. e Hf b found not a city of habitation. (beb.wis. overwhel- med. gM\di- ftrefs on ihem. 1*3 Hi let it'. « ■ ;: pHel i.r. h itii y t«t H inn \k r.O. In h Tffjp.thcy- (i;( nt; in ditknefi. lit. P S A L M E. CVII. 309 In Iron and afftiftion. Faft bou nd with cords of wo. 1 1. Becaufe againft the words of God They-dealt-rebellioufly : j Heh.thty The counfel alfo i they-down-rrod frtfpifcd. of-him-that-is-moit-high. 12. Then their proud heart he humbled Wfthmole/tation, They fuddenly down-ftumbled And helper there was none. 13. Then they unto the LORD did cry In their extream diftrefs : And them he-fet-at-liberty Out-of their-anguifhes. 14. Forth from the darkfomnefs beneath He did them bring and take, And from the difmal /hade of Death : Their bands likewife he brake. 15.O let them to the LORD confefs His loving-kindnefs then : And atihh wondrous-works exprefs Unto the Sons of men. k H<&.bsrs is. For he hath broke theDootsof Brafs : P Iron- And hew'n k. Jr'ri barrs afunder. 17. Fools are for way of their trefpafs Afflifted and brought under. And for then great iniquities. 18. Their Soul abominates All meat.- They do aproach likewife V To Death's amazing gates. 10. Then they unto the Lord did cry In their extream difirefs ; , And them he hvedfpeedily Out-of-their-anguifhes* 2o.He fends his word, for remedies, Them likewife healeth he .• From their / corrupting maladies He alfo fetsffo/n free. ] Heb cor- ruptions i.e eerrupting- 2 r.O let them to the LORD confefs His loving-kindnefs then: , And allhh wondrous-work exprefs Unto the fons of men. 22. AndTSacrifices facrifice Of hkh triumphant praife : Let them declare his works likewife With fhouti;ig-joy alwayes. III. m HeJ.They defccnding to fea •- n M.doing labour. o Heb. ma- keth.ftand the wind of a ftorm. p Heb. they afcend the Heavens, they de. fcend the deeps. q feci. they run tounJ. xHtb to JE- HOVAH. 25. m They that in Ships to Sea defcend That in great waters be Where they their n labour do attend: 24. The LORD'S rare works they fee ; And in the deep his w on ders finde. 25. For he but fyeaki,(wh0favesj And 0 raifeth-up the ftormy winde : And ic lifts-up its waves. 26. p Mount-up unto the Heav'ns do they, Down to the deeps they go : Their trembling Soul doth melt away In evil and in wo. 27. q They -reel and fiagger up and down Like to a drunken-one , Likewife their wifdom overthrown Is fwallowd-up and gone. ;8. Then in their ftrait they cry r to GOD; rn*ke< A"d thet" h?brin8S mi taH?S Rand to a fi- ^onh from their angui/hes, his rod. lent calm. 29. The ftorm /a calm he makes .• And quiet are the waves thereof. 30. Then they joy, and admire, When they arc ftill : And chem he leads ToHav'noftheir defire. 31. O Let them to the LORDconfcfs His loving -kindnefs then, And all his wondrous-works exprefs Unto the fons of men. 32, Him alfo in the peoples Church Let them exalt alwayes : In fitting off the Senators. Him likewife lee them praife. nir. 33. He Rivers « makes a Wildernefs .• And waters ifTues x dry. 34. Turns land of fruits y to barrennefs ; For their malignity That dwell therein, who come to nought. 35. He ^ turns the defert to A a water Poole : The land of drought To b water-Springs alfo. ■3,6. And he the hungry feateth there : And they that were in want, c A dwelling City do prepare. 37. /Sow Fields, and Vineyards Plant: And they fruit of revenew e yield. 38. Them alfo he doth blefs, And they are greatly multipli'd : Nor their /flock makes-he-lefs. 39. And they by ill, grief, and reftrainc Areminifh'd, and bow-down. 40, On Princes he g doth-pour contempt : And where no way is kpown In wildernefs he-makes-them-erre. 41. Sets-up h the poor likewife From humbled ftate.- And as a flock He fets hit Families. 42. The i righteous-ones Gods equity Shall fee, and fliall rejoyce : And all injurious villany Shall ftop her mouth and voice. 43. Who iifo wife in any land And will thefe-things £_ regard : And they fhall-fully-underftand The / Mercies of the Lord. Se&. III. The K/W, Penman Oc- casion', &c. This Pfalrr.is of mixt kind, being for the Matter of it, Hortatory and Laudatory, vi^. Exhorting all forts of perfons to praife the LORD for his eminent and various Providences to the Sons of men ; and for the form or manner of it, Vntituled fas many fl- eers m are, ) and Penned with two forts of verfes inferred and divers times repeated, which are com- monly called n the burden of the Song ; This Pfalm hatha double burden, The one Narratory, of mens diftretfes, of their crying to the LORD therein, and of his faving them out of their angui/hes, v. 6.13. 19. 28. The other Hortatory, inciting men thereupon thankfully toconfefs Gods loving-kindnefs and won- ders to the Sons of men, ver. 8. 15. 21. 31. Some call thefe Amxbocan verfes 0, Wherein one Anfwers a- nother by turnes. In like manner, two other Pfalms, vi^. Pfal. 80. and 1315. are Penned with fuch Burdens of the Song interwoven, but fomewhat dirTerently/>. And it is very obfervable that thefe three Pfalmes are for matter moil Excellent ; and for Form mod Pa- thetical and vehement. And as Pf. 103. 104, 105. and 106. Reprefent the Arguments of Godspraifes, K k k k Orai- t heb. feniori elders. u tfeb.pun to a wilder- nefs. x Heb.no a thirrlinefs. y M.cofalc- ne(i. 2. i lei. puts a Heb poo! ofwa-ers. h heb.vut- k"oin£s of waters, c heb.3 city ofha Citati- on. d Heb. 2nd they few--. e HfJ.make. f heb. cittel. g be Z>.pour- ing. h Hr&.the needy. i beb.ri^hC' ones or,up« right. k beb.oh- ierve,keep. 1 Heb. or j loving-kind nefles. m See Pf. I. Seel. 4. n Verfus inrercala- res,or ver- fus amoe- ba?/', o Verfus amoeba??. Fran, Jun. in Pfal lo^.i. p See on Pfal. 80. Seft. ■ 510 P S A L M E. CVII. ^SeeonPf. i03.Sr.ft. 3 r Cantatur ifted.euni- verfa Ec- clefia Dei difTufa to- to orbe terrarum. Aug.Enar. inPf. io<£ Tow. 8. Si gufla- ftis avidi- tate,Con- fcHTione eruftate. Augujh in Enar.in Pf. 106. i. Ordinary and Extraordinary, as hath been nored q. So this lo'jth. Pfalme concludes this fhort Pentatucb of Gods praifes, with an Elegant Reprefentation of Gods fingular and extraordinary Providences, and won- derful difpenfations to mankind in General, _ as emi- nent and extraordinary Matter of Divine Prailes. Penman of this Pfalme is not certainly known, and Interpreters are much to feek herein. Yet to me it feems probable, that David was Penman of it .* For, i. The firft verfe, Confe/l ye to the LORD, for he if good, for his loving kjndnefi is for ever ; is Davids Language in the Pfalme exprefly afcribed to him, iChron. 16.7, 8. 54. and therefore its likely enough thatP/. 106. 1. and 167. 1. and 118. 1. and 13*5. 1. wherein thefe words arenfed were all of them Pen- ned by David. The Matter of this Pfalme is not li- mited to any times, perfons, or places, to render it unfuitable to David and his times: but rather is of fuch General Concernment for all times and all forts of perfons, that it may agree to him and his times as well as to any other. Auguftine thinks, this Pfalme was not Penned particularly for Ifrael, but alfo for the whole Church of God throughout the World r. Occafion ofwriting it, in Particular is not known to us ; but onely in the General it is evident from the Subject-Matter of this Pfalme, that the PfaJmifts fe- riou; confideration of Gods rare and wonderful Pro- vidences towards mankind, gave Occafion to him of penning this choife Pfalme, forinciting all to praife and magnifie the Lord for his loving-kindnefs and wonders towards the fons of men in his providential Difpenfations. Se&. IV. The Scope, The Scope intended inthisPfalm, is; to exhort and excite men to thepraifingand glorifying of God for his eminent loving-kindnels and wonderful works towards the fons of men, in his providential Admi- niftrations of all forts towards the outward man. For fundry wonderful providences being mentioned*, This as the Burden of the Pfalm is fundry times in- ferred thereupon*, Let them confefs to JEHOVAH hit loving kjndnefs, andhitmarvellom works to the Sons of Adam, ver. 8. 15. 21, 31. Efpecially they that have eminent experiences of fuch providences, fhould fing thefe praifes. Seti. V. The Analyfis, or Trincifal Farts. In this Pfalme principally note, I. An Exordium. 2. A Narration. 3. The Conclufion. I. An Exordium, Exhorting all to confefs unto God, to cojjfefs to him with praifes and thankful- nefs, for his goodnefs, and conflant loving kindnefs, ver. 1 . II. A Narrative of the fpecial Caufes, why all fhould confefs nnto the LORD, and praife him, visu Gods merciful and wonderful Providence towards theSonnesof men, efpecially in refpect of the out- ward man. Thefe Providences of the LORD arc de- fcribed, as difcovering thcmfelves ; I. Partly in fome certain felect and eminent Adminiftrations. 2. Partly in variety of Difpenfations. 1. In fome certamfelett and eminent Adminiftrations , for redeeming,and deli vcring,and preferving of per- fons in foinc forts of diflrefles and extremities, i;.2.ro 23. VI 7^. fij Of differ fed and wandering exiles, ver. 2. to 10. Here for the better inciting unto thankfulnefs ; The LORD'S mercifull and wonderful! Providences, in delivering exiles out of their miferies, arc illu- strated. I. By the miferies whereunto exiles are ex- pofed, As; 1. Opprclfion under the power of their Enemy, v. 2. 2, Difpcrfion up and down the Eanh, v. 3 3. Wandring in folirarinels in the Defert. 4. Privation of fixed City or Habitation, v. 4. 5. Hun- ger and thirft. 6. Overwhelming trouble of foul, upon all, v.$. II. By the effect of thefe their Miferies Crying unto the LORD : which notes fervency, vehe- mency of their complainrs to him. III. By the man- ner of the LORD's deliverances vouchfafed them; vi^. 1. Seafonably, upon their crying to him, v. 6. 2. Suitably according to the nature of their diflrefles v. 7. This is amplified by an inferred Exhortation to them, To confejl thankfully the LORD's loving kindnefs and wonders to the fons of men, v. 8. 3. Suffi- ciently and fully, according to the extremities of their wants and miferies, v. 9. (2) Of Captives, v.io.to 17* Here are alfo de- fcribed, I. The mifery of Captives, vi^. fmingi.ln darknefs ; 2. Infliadow of death ; 3. Bound in cords andirons, v. ic. II. The procuring caufes of their miferies, «"•*£. 1, Rebellion againft Gods Word. 2. Contempt of his Counfels , verfe 11. where- upon he brought them to deep and helplefs abafement, v. 12. III. The effect of their mifery, Their crying therein to the Lord. IV. The LORD'S deliverance of them out of their anguifhes : r. Seafon- ably, upon their cry, v. 13. 2. Suitably, according to the nature of their miferies, v. 14. which is illu- strated by the Exhortation, To confers the Lords lov- ing kfndnefs, and his wonders to the fons 0fmen, v. 15. 3. Powerfully and Irrefiftibly, v. 16. Cl) Of affliHed and fic\ per fons, v. 17. to 23. Here alfo note, 1. A ftiarp reprehenfion of fuch in refpect of the caufe of their affliction and ficknefs; Fooles. 2. The procuring Caufes of their affliction and ficknefs, Their Sins, ver. 17. 3. Their great mifery under their ficknefs, &c. fi. J Abboring ak fort of meat. (2.J Approaching to the Grave, v. 18. 4. The effect of this their mifery, their crying to the LORD. 5. The LORD'S deliverances of them out of their anguifhes : ( ij Seafonably upon their cry, v. 19. fV) Suitably, fuiting his remedies to their maladies, v. 20. This is amplified by an inferted Exhortation to them, To confefs his kving-kindnefs and wonder st 0 the fons of men; To facrifice facrifices of Confeffion ; To tell hit works with flouting, ver. 21, 22. C4J Of Sea-faring perfons, v. 23. to 33. Here are delineated, I. Their mifery in the tempeftuous and troubled Sea. Where 1. They behold the LORD's works and wonders, v. 23, 24. 2#Thefc works and wonders efpecially are ; His Raifing up theftormofwind, which Strangely lifts up and makes rugged the Sea, tumbling and toffing them, v. 25, 26. 3. They feel the fad and mjferable operation of the troubled Sea and ftorm uponrhem, f/*^^ filling them with overwhelming fears, v. 26. making them reel andftagger to and fro like a drunken man, And fwallowing up all their wifedome and Art of Naviga- tion, that they know not what to do, but onely to commit themfelves to Providence, v. 27. II. The effect of this their mifery and extremity ; Their crying to the LORD. III. The LORD'S Deliverance of them out of thefe extremities, 1. Seafonably, upon their crying to him, v. 28. 2. Powerfully making a perfect c and theenallage or change of number, who is wife they (hall under- hand, tacitly imply, that fuch are very few, J fuch have the ptomife of undei fianding thekving-kind- neffes of the LORD-, v. 43. a Htfcjhm- ly- prepared b Hth.l will ling Pfalme. to-thee, or ; I will fing- praile-to- rhee c Htb.be- tbon exalted d Htb. And over all. Pfalm CVIII. Setf. I. The Summary Contents. David,i. Provoketk himfelf to fing and give-praifes ( to the LORD, ver. 1. to 6. 2. Praycth fcr Gc ci< af- ' fiflance and falvation, according to his Promifes, ver.6.to\z,. coucluding with confidence in Gcdfor help againfi all his troubles and enemies, ver. 13. Se&. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew, A Song A Pfalme of David. r. \ A Ine heart** a firm-prepar'd,0 God, IVL Rap) from things tranfuory : I will fing and fing-Pfalme abroad To thee, EVn with my Glory. 2. My Pfaltery and Harp full fweet Awake, Hiipraife dijplay : I will awake, as if but meet, At dawning of the day. 3. 0 LORD, among the peoples here To-thee-I-will-confefs : And in the Nations every where AThy-praife-I-will-exprefs. 4. For o're the Heav'ns thy mercy's great : Thy truth to fkies highftory. 5. O're Heav'ns, O God,c exalt-thy-Seat: d O're all the Earth tb y Glory. 6. That thy beloved out ofbanH Delivered may be, Do thou now fave with thy right-hand3 And-do-thou-anfwer-me. 7. God by his Holincfs thus fpake, I will exult with pleafure, ; ' I Shechem will divide and take : And Succoth's valley meafare. 8. Bee mine flail fruitful Gikad, AndfmmcMatuficsever : And Ephr'im the flrcngth of mine head, And Judah my Law-giver, p. g For waftipot Moab/fcrf// be mine, My fliooe I will cafl-out O're Edom ; Over Palefline I-wil-triumphing- fhout. 10. Into the City /; fortifVd Who will me lead along? Or who will me conduct andguidet To Edom nowfoftrong ? 11. hit notthou,0 mighty God, That did'ft-us-caft-away : And wouldefl not go forth.O God, i In-hoafts-we-did-aray ? 12. O Give us-fuccour from-diflrefs : For ^.vain man's help w known 1 3. Through God we fhall do valiantnefe : /Our-foes he fhall-tread-down. Se&. III. The Kinde, Penman^ and Occafion of this Pfalme. This is An Entituled Pfalme, as to the Form of pen- ning it : The Title declaring 1. The Denomination of it ; A Song, A Pfalme, The reafon of this twofold Denomination hath been touched formerly m. s.The Penman of it ; David. And it is of a mixed Nature, Partly Euchariltical orGratulatory } Partly Euchti- cal or Petitory, as to the Sub)ett-matter of it. This Pfalm is compofed of the latter parts of two other PfaJmes, viz. OfPfal. 57. 7, 8, 9, io, 11. and Pfal. do. 5. to the end : very few expreifions being altered. So that the Subjetf- matter of this Pfalme, and of the latter parts of thofe two Pfalmes,is one and the fame, as the very wordsfor molt part are one and the fame. But why the fame Matters fhould thus be twice hand- led, is not foeafie to be explained. If it may be law- ful fur me to conjecture from the matter of thofe two Pfalmes, of which this is compofed, Ifliould think 5 1. That when David penned, Pfal. 57. & 60, he was in fome danger by Saul, and by the Edomites,a the fad beginnings of thofe two Pfalmes do fomwhac notably imply unto us •, yet he was not without much hope and confidence of overcoming them and pre- vailing, as t%c latter parts of thofe Pfalms ('whereof Pfal. 108. is made up_) do evidently intimate : but when he penned this 108. Pfalm, he feems to have obtained a full victory over his dangers and ene- mies n. And therefore leaving out the beginnings of thofe two Pfalms, which fpeak more uncomforta- bly; he joyns together the latter parts of them which fpeak more gladfomly, confidently, and triumphing- ly. Or, 2. That as David had expreffed his prayer and thankfulnels to God in thofe two Pfalmes, for the hoped-for beginnings of deliverance from K. Saul, and the Edomites feverally .• fo his thankful heart confidering the greatnefs of thefe mercies compleatly vouchfafedhim,defired again toexprefs his thankfulnefs to God for thefe mercies joyntly,in Pfal. 108. wherein the choice gratulatory parts of thofe Pfalms are joyned together. Hence we may take direction and encouragement to make up or com' pofe a Pfalme of the parts offeveral Pfalms, whofe matter is fuitable and agreeable, as here thefe are. Occafion, of this Pfalme isforfubfhnce the fame with that of Pfal. 57. and 60. whereof it is compof- ed. Se&.IV. The Scope. The Prophets Scope intended in this Pfalm is the fame in part which is intended in Pfal, 57 . and 6j. vir* e He''. to me f Htfr. to me gHeu.Moab che pot,oj irif-waihing; hbtb of munition. i Htb.ia cue hoafts. k //et.falfe. vanicy it the falvation of earthy-man Ihtb. And our-diftref- feis. m See on Pfal. 33. Sect. 5. n See ro this effect Sim de Muis in Arg.Pfal 108. ^m 3 12 T S A L M £. CIX. «j«f. i.TopraifetheLORD. for his great mercy to ' him, againft the Edomites inthe valley of Salt: 2. As alfo to pray unto him, and profefs his confidence in him, forthemore compleac perfecting and im- proving of received mercies. Se&. V. The Analysis , or Principal Tarts. The Title reprefents to us, i. The Denomination : 2. The Penman, of thisPfalme. In the Snb(lance oj the Pfalme, note I. D ivlds Provocation of himfelf unto Praifeand thankfulnefs to the LORD for Mercies received when he fled from Saul in the Care, Pfal. 57. tit. with 2 Sam. 24. 1. &c. Herein are, 1. The Nature and Manner of his thankfulnefs, whereunto he incites himfelf, viz. fij With hit heart firmely-prepared, (~2j With bis Glory, his tongue, awakened, ver. 1. (X) With his Mufical Inftruments awakened.f4 jWith his whole fclf awakened at day dawning, or awaken- ing C i. e. preventing Jthe-day-dawning, v. 2. 2.The Extent of this his thankfulnefs, even to Jewes and Gentries, v. 3. 5. The fpecial Perfections and Afts of God, which he will peculiarly praife, viz. His loving-kindnefs and truth :both amplified elegantly by their Greatnefs, ver. 4. All whichheclofethup with an earneft' requeft that God would, in behalf ot David againil his Enemies, exalthimfelf and his Glory above Heaven and Earth, ver. 9. ll.Davids Prayer for Gods Affiftance, Deliverance, and Salvat ion by his right-hand, and by anfwering him. This is earneftly preficd by flrong Arguments, drawn from 1. Gods dear affeftion to him and his people, his beloved, v. 6. 2. Gods faithful PromiTe,confirmed by his inviolable Oath, touching the certainty and liability of Davids Kingdom, &c, For brevity lake, fee the reft of the Aiialyfis ofPfil. 6o.fiom ver. 6. to the end, and apply it here. The Matter being the fame. Pfalm CIX. Setf. I. The Summary Contents* David j. Complaineth againft his wicked, deceit- ful, flandering, and malicious enemies, ver. i.to6. 2. Poureth out dreadful imprecations againft them, efpecially againft foine one of them literally, and a- gainft Judas Prophetically ; compare verfe 8. with Atf. 1.20. ver. 6, to 21. 3. Complaining ofhisown mifery, he prayeth for help, verfe 21.ro 30. 4. Con- cluderh with Promifcs of thankftilriciTe, ver. 50, 31. Setf. II. The Ver [ion out of the Hebrew. To the Mzftcr-Muficiari) A Pfalme of David. a Heb. or ; cca(e nor as deafe. or, he not filcnt. I> heb. or j of deceit. 1. a I. HOld not thy peace, God of my praife. 2. For opencd-wide at mc Are both the wicked's mouth alwayes, And mouth £ of falfiric: With me they fpeak with tongue c of guile. 3. And com pa fs'd me about With words of hatred all the while : And caufelefs with me-fought. 4. They for my love d mine-enemies-be, But IroPrayer^o, $. And ill for good they put on me? Hate for my love alfo. 6. O're him e <7rr : LikeOylc his bones into. 19. As Garment to him let it be Whence hc-himfclf-may-cover : And-for-a-Girdle p wherewith he May gird himfelf Tor-evcr. 20. This be mineadverfarics^ hire Returned from the LORD : And of thofe that againft my Soul Do fpeak an evil-word. c He's, of fitlfhood. d Htb. ire 1 mine adver- faryes. e htb. make vifiter<;r,fec overfeer. i'heb. Satan. g heb. In- binn-being- Hged- h htb. All which to him. i be b. or ; fpoile his> labour, k Htb. or, lee his laft end he to cut. ting otf. I Heb. to do. m Heb. per. fecuted the poor afflict- ed man and the needy, and the broken in heart to flay n Heb. and « Htb.ori Jet- it-enter like waters into his in- ward and likeoyle— or,it entred- pH. he- may gird-it alwayes. q Heb. work i. e. the rt~ xpirdofhii ■wotl{ Me- tonymically 21. Euc ^~. P S A L M E. CIX. 313 r He I', poo re affliSed. s Htb. in myne in- ward. t Htb. when it declines I am gone aw»y. u Heb. is lean. x Htb- according to thy loving k ndnefs--- y Heb. that this is--- *- 1 feci with ignominy 21. But thou J EHO VIM Lord, in this For thy Name do with me : For good thy loving-kindnefs is, 0 du-thou-rid-me-free. III. 22. Forr poorandneedy I: My heart Likewife is-pierc'd/in me. 23. As (hade t declining, I depart : As Locuft tofs'd I be. 24. My knees are weak through farting: And From-far my flefh adoth-fade. 25. And unto them reproach I was: They faw me, fhak'd their head, 26. O Lord my God help me, up fland: x In mercy fave thou me. 27. And let them know_y this is thy hand : LORD, this is done by thee. 28. Let them curfe,but dothouy?///bIefsj Let them rife up, likewife Bebafhed; But with gladfomneffe Thy fervant let rejoyce. 29. O let my frightful enemies X_ With-fhame be cloarhed-otw, As with a Cloak let them likewife Themfelves with their friame cover. 30. I with my mouth moft vehemently Will to the LORD confefs: And in the midft of many I a His-Praifes-will-exprefs. a lib. will praife him. 51. For at the needy-one's right-hand He fhall fland, to controule : b heb to fa v * And his Salvation-to-command ti)n ' ° ave. From Judges of his Soul. Seft. III.The £>W, Penman, and Occa(iony ThisPfalme, as to the Kind of it, is a Prayer; A cPfalmum Prophetical Prayer c,ful of moft dreadful Thunderbolt s iflam de ofCurfes againft, not only the Pfalmifts bitter, lying, Chrifto flandering enemies, but alfo againft the enemies habere of Chrift and his Myftical Body and Members. Prophe- Penman of this Pfalme, was David, as the Title tiam, expreffeth. quifquis Occapon when, or whereupon D^wWvvroteit, is Aftus not particularly defcribed. Some refer it to the Apofto- time oiAbf.ihnfs rebellion, and that Achitophel is the lurhfide- perfon here principally curfed and devoted to mife- literlegit ryand deftru&ion. Others .rather refer it to the agnofcit— . time of Sauls perfecutionof David, when through Aug.Enar. the perfidious flatteries, malicious lies, flanders3&c. inPf. 108. of Sauls Courtiers, Servants, &c. Doegthe Edomite Tom.S.Jo. and others f See 1 S.im. 21. and 22. and2z,.fyc. J Foard, in David was brought oft-times into defperate (traits, Expof.Pf. and perils of his Ufcd. Neverthelefs David in this 109. Tit. Pfalme fo reprefents his fad affiifted condition by d Fran. reafon of his enemies, and by the infpi ration of the Jun.in Spirit of God thundereth out many terrible curfes Annot.ad againft them ( like whereunto we fcarce read in the Pfal. 109. whole Scriptures ; J As that therein, He ("as a Type 1. Hen. of Jefus Chrift and of his perfccuted Body Myftical Moller. in and Members, ) Prophetically foretels and denounc- Arg.PfJ. eththewoful curfes and wrath of God that fhould 109. Sim. fall upon Judas for betraying Chrift, and the J ewes deMuitin for perfecting and destroying him f Compare Pfal. Arg. 109. 109. 8. w\th AUs 1. 20. Jasallothecurfed condition eEtfi ' which at laft fhall befall all the malicious, lying, artem flandering, reproaching, and perfecutiog enemies dubium oftheChurrh and Members of Jefus Chrift e. And non eft de illatis fibi injuriis conqueftus fit David : quia tamen aliam perfonam fuftinuit, proprie qm'cquid d/citur, id Chriftum Ercle- fia; Caput competit, & in fingulos fidclcs, quatcnus funt ejus membra, utinjufteab hoftibus vexati cadeflisfui vindiu'sopem. implorear. Calvin, in Argum. i 9. Auguftinc alfo thinks this Pfalme if not to be limited to Judas, tut to be extended as a Prophecy againii all like wicked enemies of Chrift, &c. Sed fi de 1II0 uno hominc omnia qua; hie in inalo difta font intelligerc conemur, Expofjtionis ratio non omni modo, aut vix valebit occurrere. Sic enim de rali genere hominum malorum,ideff,inimicorumChrifti, ingratorumque Judeorum, omniamihividenturpoffeclariusaperiri. Aug. Enarrat. in Pfal. 108. Tom. 8. therefore, as D.tvMhere flies to God, fo midft of all the injuries, f.ilfe-accu.'ations, &c. heaped upon him by his . ncir, U • ; knowing that God would fully pro- teitJiirrj, arid avenge him of them at laft: 5o.i:oujd wcwall !'. c. ■ make God qujBejuge, knowing by thefe Prophetical [mprecatioRS hdhed by the Spiritof God, that at laft all tiie bit - malicious, implabable enemies of Chrift, his Church, and his, Members fhall utterly be deftroyed. Sett. IV". The Scope, Davids Scope intended in this Pfalme, is; 1. Im- mediately, To pray unto the LORD, for his Projecti- on and Defence againft his malicious , deceitful, flanderous and wicked enemies3 and to imprecate hisjuft revenge upon them: 2. Mediately, To fore- tell the malicious, falfehearted,an<] wicked praftifes of the Jewesand Judas againft Chrift, and of other ungodly prefecurors againft the Myftical Eodv and Members of Chrift, for Chrifts fake ; and to'fore- prophecy the woful and curfed end of all fuch ar laft as was the portion of Judas and the Jewes, Ail. 1. ic5.ro 2r. 1 Thef 2. 14, 15, 16. That fo t' le perf.cut- ed people of God may not be too much difinayed at the praftifes of their perfecutors, feein$>Goc? indue time will take vengeance of all their adverfanes.- Setf. V, The Analyiis, or Principal Tarts. The Title exprefferh, 1. The Denoninarion of it, A Pfalme. 2. The Penman of it : David. 3. The Direction of it, as to the Mufick , The Pfalme it felf hath in it chiefly foue Principal Branches, vi^. 1. An Exordium ; wherein flying to God for relief he fadlycomplaineth of his enemies. Herein are, I. His requeft to Godmore Generally and Comprehen- fively exprelTed.- Where note, 1. The Defcription of God •, OOodof my praife, i.e. whom I have caufe to praife, for taking my part againft mine adverfaries 2. The Mercie which he beggs of this God; That God would notbeftill, or filentin mfdftof allhis fufferings from his Adverfaries, ver. 1. II. Tne Argu- ments whereby he urged this his Requeft, are drawn from the vile Difpofitions and Deportments of his Adverfaries, 1. Being wicked and deceirful. 2. Ca- lumniating him, impudently. 3. £eIying.him,faIHyt ver. ^.Compaffing him about with words ofHatred,m Eph. 4. 9. 5 . Hit P S A L M E CX. 3*5 1 Are all comprized in 5. Hit Refujreifion, v. 1. Sit thou at my {right - 6. Hit Afcention, band, runt ill I put all thy 7. His Sefftonat Gods I Foes far thy Foot-ftool. tight-hand, ^Compare, Aft. 2. 32,5?, 8. Hit Imercefsion for • 34, 35, 36. Eph. 4.8, ?: ut there , 9. His coming to )udge Quicksand Dead, 0 Sim. er,4. For Chrift as Prieft dyed , offering up himfelf a Sacrifice for our Sins, and for forgivenefs thereof, Rom. 4. 2$.2Cor. 5. 21. Eph. 1. 1. Heb. 9. 26. 14. The RefurreBion of the Body, in ver. 1. For, Death it the laft enemy that muji be brought under Chrifts Feet. astheApoftle argues from this pfalme : and therefore the dead muff needs rife again, 1 Cor. 15. 25,26. 15. Life everhfting, in ver. 4. Implyed in his .everlafting Priefthood. Hence the Apoftk inferreth the perfection, certainty, and perpetuity otourSal- vation, from Chrifts living ever, and fitting at Gods right-hand, Rom. 6, 8, U. andB. 17. Eph 2. 6. Col. 3.1,2,3,4. 1 Cor. 15.49. Phil. 3.20. 21. 1 Thef.4. i4.Heb.7.2$.iJoh.2.. 2. By all this its moft confpicuous, that this Pfalme, astotheSubjeft-Matterofit, is wonderful Precious and Excellent. Penman of it, was not Eliezjxr fervant of Abra- ham 0, but David as the Title ex prefleth, and Chrift confirms: The Holy Gfro/r Inditing it, Marl& 12.2,6. Occafionoi Davids Penning it, is noc evidei.c parti- cularly. Some think, that David (as a Type of Chrift) being commanded to fight the Lords Battels, and fubdue his enemies, 2 Sam.-j, 1. <&c. wrote this Pfalme, Prophecying of Chrifts Conquefts p, whe- ther that be lb, or no, I (hall not determine. But this I fay, This Pfalme fo peculiarly agrees to Chrift, asChrift himfelf hath taught us, Matth. 22.4$, 44, 45. Markj 12. 36,37. Z.h%- 20.41, 42,43,44. That it cannot be interpreted of any other. And there- fore the later Jewes, or others, who would inter- pret it of Abraham, or of David,ot of King Herehiab are wilfully and fottifhly blind : inrhe judgement of learned Interpreters ?. Se&. IV* The Scope, The Siope intended in this Prophetical Pfalme, is ; To foretell ('for the fingnlar fupport of David, of his Family, and of the Church of God inandsfrer hisdayes J The Supreme and Univerfal Kingdom of the Melfiah, that fhould defcend of him according totheflefh: His Eternal and unchangeable Prieft- hood after the Order of Melch^edich : The wonderful Efteftsofboth, upon his Subjcfts, and upon all his enemies : And the States or way wherein Chrift fhould aft and eflfeft al! this, viX} His deep Humilia- tion and Paffion, and his glorious Exaltation. As the feries of the Pfalme moft clearly evinceth. Se&. V. The Analyfts> or Principal Parts. In the Tit leave fct forth, 1. The Denomination of it} A Pfalme. 2. The Penman cf it, David. In the Pfalme it felfis laid down a Compendious Prophecy of CHRISTs 1. Kingdom. 2. Priefthood, 3. The Effefts thereof. 4. And'iis Humiliation and Exaltation ,wherein he acted thofe Offices to the pro- i ducing offuch EfTefts. I. Of CHRISTs Kingdom. This is Prophetically foretold, defcribed, and magnified, 1. By his Divine Ordination, Appointment, Unftionor Obsignation to it, The LORD faid Heb affuredly-faid. De- noting the verity and certainty of Gods Saying, of the Fathers Word or Decree 2. By the Eminencyof the Perfon of this King : fi J Moft Great in himfelf; LORD. (2) Moft neerely allyed in blood and nature to David, and to mankind ; My Lord. 3. By the Glory, power, and Heavenly exellency of this his Kingdom. In the Adminiftration whereof he fitts ac Gods right-hand ; Sitt thou at my Right-hand. 4. By thecompleat viftorioufnefs thereof, And 5. By the Continuance of it, till all his enemyesbe utterly Con- quered, untilllput thine Enemies the footftoole for thy feet, verf. 1. compare herewith, 1 Tor. 15, 24, 2$ 26. 6. Cy certain Principal Regalities of Chrift, vi^. C 1 ) His Scepter, vi^. His Gofpel-word, animated by the Power of his Holy Spirit, and accompanied with the influence of the Fathers Authority and blef- fing, who fendeth it abroad into the world ; The Lord fhallfend the Rod of thy ftrength out ofSion, The Word came out of S ion, Micab.4. 2. and the Spirit out of Sion and Jerufalem, Aft, 1. 4. and 2. 17. This his Scepter is illustrated by the Adjunft Power of it ; Ihe Rod of thy ftrength ; and defervedly. For, The Word and Gofpel is the Power of Chrift, Rom. 1.16. 2 Cor. 4,7. and 10. q. The Spirit al(o,is the Power of Chrift, 1 Cor. 2. 4. 2. Tim. 1.7. hence filled the finger, and ArmeofrbeLORD,Lul>.ii. 20. Mattb, 1 2. 28. Ifai. 53.1. HisSccprer then is his Word and Spirit. ( 2 ) Hit Tarnne, whence this his Scepter is extended, is Sion, The Church of the Jewes; out ofSion. Sion was the Metropolitical-Church, the Mother-Church of all Churches. The Word was fent thence to all the Genriles : f^J His Government, is fafe, fecure* undifturbed, victorious Government, notwithstand- ing ali his enemies round about; Rule thou in the nttdfi of thine enemies, verf. 2, 7. By the many Sub- jefts of Chrifts Kingdome, recovered by his Scepter, maugreall his enemies malice. Touching thefe his Subjefts here are fore-pro phecied, (i) 77;e;r Rela- r So Hen. tion to Chrift, and his proper intereft in them ; Thy Ainfw. in People. (2 J Their willing, free, and ready Difpofi- hk Annot. tion or Inclination unto Chrift and his Service, they on Pfal. as Voluntiers exprefiing their Univerfal fubjeftion, 1 10.3. and Self-refignation, and Devotednefs unto him ; (hall Edw. Rey- be willing. This their willing-difpofition is illuftrat - nolds in hk edbytheCaufes thereof, vi\. The Power of Chrifts Explicat. Spirit and Grace upon them in Revealing his Gofpel 0fPf. no. unto them ; In the day of thy Power. ("3 J Their hou- 3. whom I ourable attire, or beautifull military robes wherein chieflyad- they are Voluntiers, appeare before him and attend here to in upon him ; In the Beauties of Holinefs. vi^. Either in this Ana- rhe comely-honours of the Sanftuary, that is, the Iyfis. comely places of the Sanftuary, The Church, as Pfal. (See vari- 29.2. Or rather in the beautifull-Ornaments of Ho- ous inter- linefs, the various and manifold Graces of Chrift as a pretations Garment of divers colours r. As the Priefts were of this adorned with Garments for beauty and Glory } Exod. moft dark 28. 2, 40. Ifai. 52. 1. Revel. 19. 8. & 14. C4J Their and diflfi- age, multitudes, and manner of their Birth; Of the cult paf- rcomb of the morning; to thee the dew of thy youth. Or; fage, inAf*. More-tban the womb of the morning ; To thee the dew Ainfw. oj r'thy Birth f. They are the dew of the morning, as Annot. on many as the fmall dropsofdew, and theyarcborn pf,iio.$* to 3 l^ V S A L M E S. CXI. to him out of the womb of the morning, fas Dew is generated, not on earth, but in the Aire,J by an Heavenly Calling, and by the fhining of the Morning-Starre and day-fpring from on high upon their Hearts, i Theft 5. 5. verfe 3. II. Of CHRIST 's Prtefthood, by the merit whereof lie purchafed that kingdom to himfelf. This is Pro- phetically defcribed, 1. By the Foundation of his Prieflhood, vi^. (1) Partly, Gods facred Oath 3 The Lordhath (worn, (2 J Partly, Gods Immutability of Coufel herein •, and will not repent. Hence, the Apo- ftle infers, That Jefm was made Surety of a better Teftamcnt, Heb.n. 20,21,22. 2. By the Nature or Quality of his Priefthood : not a temporal, but an E- tcrnal Prieflhood-, Thou art a Prieft for ever . Hence again theApoftle infers ; But thif man, becaufe he continue th ever , hath an unchangeable Priefthood, &c. .#e* where. Or, Satan, the God of this World, The Prince ihefet-time of the power of the air, that ruleth in the Children of Pf.102. 13. difohedience, 2 Cor. 4. q.Ephef.2. 2. Or, Antichrift, Chrift: the Head of Nations, the chief of Chrifts Ene- hathaday mics, Revel. 13. 7, 8, and 14. 8. and 17. 15.18.Whom of wrath, a the Lard fltall confume with the Spirit of hit mouth, prefixed 2 T'oef. 2. 3. 8.and take him,andcafl him alive into the and con- L.d'e of fire, Revel. 19. 20. &c. 6. The greatnefs fthii'ed andfpecdinefs of thefe victories of Chrift, over all time when his enemies ; Hefl>allfiU Cviz^. all places} withdead he will be bodies. That is , Chrifts victories fhall be fo Llniver- avenged fal and fpeedy. That the enemy fhall either have of the none left, or fhall not have ability or Icifure to bury grcatcft their dead Corpfcs, ver. 5, 6. andmofl numerous of his Enemies. Now this time is bounded by thefe confidetations. I. When the fins of his Enemies are grown ripe, and their hearts moft proud and infolent againft God and his People, Pf. tig.\26.Gen.i<).i6.Jer.<)i.i^.Joel 3-I3.//-33 8.1 1. fins ripenefs& fulncfs is evident, 1. By the Univcrfality of it ; when an whole Land is filled with it, that there are none to iutercecd or ftand in theGap, Jer. 23. io, \i.E\e\. 1. \7.Jer. 3 3. and $.1.-6. Ifai . 48. 4. E^ek.- 22. 25. to the end. 2. By the Impudency of it. When fin is moft bold and outragious, without fear, modefty, or reftraint, breaking all Bonds, and like a raging Sea over-rttn- ing the Banks,///r. 3. 9. Rom. 1. 24. 26.ifj.6p. 27. 3. By theob- ftinacyofit. When fin isftubborn and incorrigible, the reme- dy rejected, &c. 2Chron. 2,6. \6. 2. When Gods people are throughly humbled and purged by their Enemies afflictions, If.t. 10. 12. and 27. 7. when God will judge his Enemies and deliver his people, he ftirs up abundant- ly their hearts to pray for it-, Pfd. loft; 16, 17. Dan. 9.2,3. buc when he will deftroy a people, he fuffers not his Saints to pray, Jer. 14. 11. 3. When all humane hopes and expectations are gone, when a people is fo broken and brought low, that they have no cou- rage, means, fuccorsor probability left, then is Gods timeto deliver his Church, and puni:Ti his Enemies, Dewr. 32.3d. Pf.68. 20. and log. 31. Ifai. 33. 7. to 13. See Edw. Reynolds in his £x- plic. ofPfal. no. 5. 6. 503. to 507. London. 1622. IV. Of Chrifts jlate and condition, wherein he fhould act thefe his Offices, and effect thereby thefe great things, recovering fuch Subjects, and fubduing all his enemies . vi^. i.His deep ftate of Humiliation, or his pjifion ; He floalldxinl^ of the Brook in the way. Brook_, notes his fufferings, paffion, afflictions, Sec. as Pfal 18. 4. 5. and 42. 7. and 69. 1. and 124. 4. 5. Ifa. 30. 33. Revel.ig. 20. His Drinking devotes the abundance of wrath and afflictions that he did under- go, not only outwardly, but even inwaTdly. Inthe way, may note, either in Chrifts way to glory : or in mans way from Earth to Heaven, which was unpaffe- able for man till Chrift had cleared the way, and as it were taken upon him that wrath and thofe fuffer- ings that lay inthe way, in the midft as it were be- twixt Earth and Heaven. 2. His exaltation of him- felf, ofhis headabove a'l thefe waters, above all thefe fufferings in the way, vi^. by his Refurrc^tion, Af- cenfion, &c. as Luke 24. 26. 46. Phil. 2, 8, 9. 1 Pet. 1. 1 i.therefdrefljall he lift up the head, ver.1]. Pfelm CXI. Seff.l. The Summary Contents. TheF/<«//n#praifeth the LORD and by his Ex- ample inciteth others alfo to praife him, v. I. i.Ge- nerally,For his Eminently Great and Glorious works, v. 2, 3. 2. Particularly, for his Gracious acts to I)- rael indEgypt, Wilderack,Canaan,andverfe,^.to the end. Setf. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. ■ I. . 9. He to hisfolk Redemption fenr, K. He did command (for hit own fame J For evermore his Covenant : p. S.;cred and fearful « his Name. "1. 10. The /; Rife of wifdom's the Lord's fear, {y.Good underfranding fhave all they That Ao-rho^t hU Commandment s dear : kffiS n-Hispraife tftandsto perpetual-ay. Se&. III. The Kind, Tentnan, and Cccafion of this Vfalm. I Alii ex- iflimant Hymnum ilium Pfal.m. JuKta He brasos, cu jusiniti. urn ; Con Here begins fas fome /think J 7Hjn V?H Ha- lelu-jah Magnum, The Jews GREAT HALELV- J AH, orGREAT HT M N E, Containing thefe tight Euchariftical Pfalms,^ Pf. 111,112,115,114, ii5,n6,ii7.Wii8.In the Hebrew, three of thefe (Magnum) begin with Halelu-jah, vi^.m. H2, 113. oneboth inciperea begins and ends with Halelu-jah, vi^. 113. Three end v\ich )Huldu-)ab, «/{. PJal. 1 15. 116. 117. The other two,v/^.Pf.i4.rtni ii8.neicher begins nor ends with Halelu-iah. But in the Greek Verfion of the Lxxii'AAA.nAs;ct, Halelu)ah, isptefixed to all thefe eight Pfalmes. Some others m. fuppofe this GREAT fitebortibi Halelu-jah contained only fix of thefe Euchariftical Domine, Pfalmes, beginning at Pf. 113. Sec. But I lliould ra- &c. ficque ther incline to the former Opinion : 1. Partly, be- oao Pfalmi conftituerent ilium Hymnum quern Judxi vocare folent, Halelu-jah Magnum, S'Hjn 77H in libra pracept".<;v.f.ii2. Ifraelita? canrabant hunc Hymnum in memoriam liberal ionis ex j^Egypto & introducf ionis in terram Canaan (de qu^ Pf. 111. & IT4J ut & Prcmiffionis de Meffia (dequaPf.n8.agiO :SedChri- ftushocHymno beneficiaNovi Jeftamenti praedicat, fiquidem agni Pafchalis Antitypum, Secramfc. ccenam jamdum inftituerat & adminiftraverat, qua de re proculdubio occafione huius Hym- ni Difcipulos erudiit.Gci/;. Harv. Evangl. de Paffione, (fyc.cap.i. p. 3. b.Oenev. 16. 18. m Paulut Bitrgenfis in Pf. 1 12. qui eft 113. fie fcribit ; Ifte Pfal- muscum 5. fequentibus ufqi ad Pfalmum, Beati immaculati, ex- ciufive, vocatur ab Hebrseis HALELU-J AH MAGNUM, h. e. Hymnus Magnus, de quo fingularem fuciunt folennit atem. Nam in tribus Feftis praecipes, & neomeniis ftantes iftum Hym- num cum ma jori canrant folennitate quam cxteros Pfalmos totius Pfalterii. Infuper in node Pafchae qua ndo agnus Pafchalis come- debatur, port ejus Comeflionem recumbentesad menfam ipfum Hymnum folenniterdicebantUnde de hocHymno exiftis <5.PfaI- mis compofito intelligi debet illud quod imminente paffione, Math. 26. lenitur,//ywno ditto exierant, &c. eo quod Chriflus poft agni Pafchalis comeftionem hujufmodi confuetum ritum fervans Hymnum prediftum cum Apoftolis recitavit. Q^uod etiam He- brai hodie Agno Pafchali carentes in ilia nofte Pafcha; ilium Hymnum cum azymis folenniter, utpofurat, Canrant. Gerhard further adds hereunto ; Cumq; Burgenfis ex Judaeis fuerit conver- fus, ideo de h<~c ritu certi quippiam eidem confhre potuit. Bur- genfis fententiam approb3t Juftinianus Epifcopw Kebrijjenfis, qui cdidit Pfalterium quinque Linguarum. Denfiw.lib. 7. Obferv. 15. annotar. Judsos quamvis agno Pafchali calenresin nofte Pafcha- tos iftum Hymnum cum azymis folenniter, prout pofiunt, eti- amnum hodie cantare. Jo.Go hard quo Supra. caufethe Subjeft-matter of all thefe eight Pfalmes is Euchariftical, The Matter of the Pfalmes forego- ing and followingbeingof different Nature and Mat- ter. 2. Partly, becaufe, as to the outward Form of Penning thefe in the Hebrew, all thefe except two fwhereof there is no doubt but they were part of the G RE AT HAL EL V-J A H, viz. Pfal. 114. and 11Z.J begin, or end, or both begin and end, with Halelu-)ah. 3. Partly , becaufe thefe eight Pfalmes were very fuitable to the Jews defign of giving thanks to God in their three folemn Feafts, wherein all their Males were obliged to appear be- fore the LORD with their Gifts, viz. The Feafr of Vnleavened Bread, of Weelis, and of Tabernacles. Deut. i5. 16, 17. Exod. 23. 14. to i3. At zhcFeaft of Vnleavened Bread, they were thankfully to re- member their Redemption out of J¥gypt : Ac the Peaft ofWeekj. orPentecoft, The giving of the Law, when a tribute or firft-fruits was thankfully to beprefented to God, Deut. 16. 10, 12. At the Peaft of Taberna* cles or In-gathering, they were to blefie God for compleating their Harvest, tfyc. Now in thefe three principal Feafts and in the New-Moons the Jewes were wont to fing this GREAT HALELV- J AH with greater Solemnity then all the reft of the Pfalmes. Moreover in the night of the Pafieo- ve. when the Pafchal-Lamb was eaten, after the eating thereof fitting down at the Table, they So- lemnly did fmg this HTMNE. And this is thought to be the Hymn which ourbleffed Saviour and his A- poftles fung alter his laft PafTeover, and after the Institution of the LORD s SVPPER, Math. 26.20. As I have formerly touched in my Preface bejore thefe Pfalmes, Sett. VIII. Thef. 2. And fome are of O- pinion n, That this Pfalm, and thefe feven that fol-nViderur low, were written by David purpofely, that there- hicPfal- with the Jewifh people, in their Solemn Afiemblies mus &ali- (See Pf. ni.i.£. But Muii his Notion (~\i not too dilute J is, That the two laft verfes were purpofely thus ordered, with three Sentences and three initial Letters in each, that lo there might be but juft ten verfes, according to the number of the ten Commandements, ten being a per- fect number; otherwife there had been eleven verfes. The like alfo is done in the next Pfalm q. But ano- ther is of opinion that both the Alphabet in this Pfalm, and the ordering of the two laft verfes, im- port fome fingular excellency in the Mufick in this Pfalm, and fo in the next, if we could poffibly find ir - .. r. The Aphabet is more exaftly placed upon this Pfalm then upon any of the former Alphabetical Pfalmes, vi^. 25.34.37. (as is obvious to him that will compare this with them : 3 whence Hienme M m m m counts oSeePf.i, Sea.4. p Jo.Ca.lv, in Arg. Pf. III. q Sim.de Mukin Comment. adPfal. III. 9. r Jo.Foord in Expofit. Pf.ui. Temp. &c. 3i8 P S A I Ad E S. CXII. (H'ennym. counts this the fir ft Alphabetical Pfalm f. The Al- in Com- phabet feems intended rather as an help to the Me- ment. ad miry, than to the Afufic^: The Alphabetical Pfalmes Pf,d. no. being among the reft more Choife and Eminent, as Tom.%. r\d\Diamonds'\M Jewel, &c. As to the Subjeft- Matter, This Pfalme is Eucharifiical and Gratulatory ; in refpeft of Gods many Eminent Works toward's man. towards Ifrael, giving thanks to him and prai- finghim. Penwan of ft probably was David. Otcafw whereupon, or time when it was pen- ned, is not particularly evident. Sett. IV. The Scope. •The Scope intended in this Pfalme, is ; To cele- brate the LORD with due Praifesfor his mofl Excel- lent Glorious and Gracious Works, manifested efpecially to his own people Ifrael, in Egypt, the Wdderntfs, and Canaan. Se&4 V. The Analyfis, or Principal Tarts. This Euchariftical Pfalme contains I. An Exhortation of all Gods people to praife the Lord ; Halelu-jah, Praife-ye-jAH, vex. I. begin. This Exhorration is urged by the Pfalmifts own Ex- ample propounded herein for their encouragement and imitation. In which example are fet forth I. The obieft of his praife; JEHOVAH. 2. The Aft of his praife refoived upon ; I will confefs t • 3. The Manner of it ; with the whole heart. 4. The tNon fern- per pecca torum confeffio folcmtiicy of ic in refpeft of place ; inCouncelofthe righteous and in the Affembly, vi^. for the Churches eft : Sed 8c edifying, ver. 1. laus Dei II. A Narrathnof the Arguments or Caufes, why devotione the Lord is thus to be celebrated by himfelfando- confeifi- thers, vi^. Thefe are the Matter and Grounds of onisexpri- GodsPraifes, mitur. Ilia h The Supereminent Excellency of the LORD'S luget : ha?c Works, in General, vi^. His Works of Creation,and gaudet. II- Providence «. Thefe are illuflrated by fundry Ad- la medico junfts. As 1. Their Greatneffe. 2. Their defirea- vulnus bleneffe, for all their delights, Or, of all that de- oflcndir, light therein. The Hebrew may bear both Interpre- hzec de fa- tations. Sought out x, ver. 2. 3. Their Glorious nitategra- Maicfty, and Honourable-dignity. 4. Gods conftant tias agit. and perpetual Jultice in them, ver. 3. Aug.Erar. in PJ/iL 1 10, Tom. 3. u Hen. Moller. in Com. ad Pfal. 1 1. 2. X Sought out'] that is, regarded and cared for; So Ifa. 62. 12. a City fought-out, that is, cared for, as Deut.n. 12. Or, Sought-out J that is, found, ormanifefted unto, as Ifai. 65. 1. Compared with Rom. 10, 20. Or, Sought "I that k, worthy to be fought. ASy'Traifed, Pft: 1. 13.4. for praife -worthy. Of all that delight'] or, for all their d: lights, tnattf, The delights and pleafurcj of Godj work/ are fuch, as they arc worthy to be fought into. The Original may bear cither fence. H. Ainfmrth Annot. on Pf. III. 2- 2. The lingular worthiheffe of his Works in parti- cular, towards his people Ifrael, v.:%. I. In bringing ihem out of Egypt by hismoft Memorable Marvels, or Wonders. This is illuflrated by the impulfivc Caufe thereof, vi\. The Lords 1. GracioufneiTe. 2. Pittifulncfk* towards his People there oppreffed,!/^. 4. II. \n providing for them, and fufraining them afterwards wkh all Neceflaries in the Wildcrneffc. J/e hath given a Prey to his Fearers. The word may l)c rendered A Prey, A Portion, Meat, Sec. and fo In- rerprctersabound in their own fence, Some refer it, To the l\if(hal-Lthat o Hie Pfa'- the former Pfalme, with this and tliofc that follow, mus . were penned by David to be fung in the Temple, nihil vide- wben the people met there at the three folemn tur die Feafls especially, in memory of Gods delivering If- alitid, rael from Egypt, &c. as in Pfal. 111.114. and of ma- quam exe- ny other his mercies/), as in Pfal. 112, 113, 119, gefis po- 116, 117, u3.- ftrcmivcr- lus illius Pfahni, Initiumjapientia timor Domini, Sec. id quod dico proprer hujus Pfahni initium,quod ad ilium verfum plane relpondct.Ex- poniturinhoccarmine, quam illebeatusfit,qui Deum revcretttr, ejufque mandata fumma voluntate exequ'nm.Sim.de Mutt in Arg. Pfal.112. In iflisporroapparetconcinna quxdamconnexio in- ter iflum Pfalmum & antecedentem. Ibi cnim in fine, Reve- rentia Dei, & Obedientia Commendatur : Hie autem felicitas praedicatureorumqui Deum revcrentur, & voluntatem ejusob- fervanr. Itaut ifle Pfalmus (It illius veritatis probatio ac illu- ftratio. G. Amef. LeZlion,in Pfal. 1 12. in Analyf. p Hen Moller.in Arg, Pf. 1 1 1. Sedr.IV. The Scope. The Scope intended in this Pfalme, is; To excite men unto the Praifes of God, for his manifold good- nefs unto thofe that fear God, and delight greatly in the keeping of his Commandements, whereoy he makes them exceeding happy in this prefrnr life, to the envy, pinmg-away, and utter difappointment of wicked men beholding their profpericy. Seel. V. The Analysis , or Principal Parts. In this Pfa Ime are 1. An Exhortation to Praife the LoRD; Halelu- jah. II. The Argument or Subjeft-Matter of this Praifmg the LORD, which is drawn from the eminent Hap- pinefs of the Godly, even in this prefent life, ver. 1. (cTc Now here, i. The truly godly man ("to whom this happinefs belong J is Defcribed •• vi^. 1. By his fearing of the LORD. 2. By his delighting in his Commandements, w£. to do them. Which Delight is amplified by the eminent degree ofit; vehemently, v. i. qGrachui] 2. The Happinefs of this godly man, affertedfo Thfs may emphatically, v. 1. 0 the happinefs of the man {curing beunder- the LORD, &c. is Declared, by an induction of flood of Gods many BletTings performed or promifed to the God,thus : godly; fgodlinefs having the Promife of the life that prom him now it, and of that which it to come, 1 Tim.\. 8. 2 Cor. thatUgra- 1.20. Matth. 6. 33.) Thefe promifed bleflings are, ciout&c. r. ThemightinefsofhisSeed on Earth, and of the asPf. in. Generation of the upright ; through divine bleffing, 4.0rof v. 2. 3. His fuificient- wealth and riches in his houfe: the godly through the conftancy of his righteoufnefs, v. 3. man,that 4. His light of comfort, joy, profpericy, &c. arifing heitgra- tohim in darknefs of difcomfort, grief, adverfity, ciow&c. Sec. And this through Gods GracioufnelTe, Com- asthenic pafTionateneffe, and Juftice q, y. 4. 5. His ability verfe and willing inclination to exercife Humanity, in afts fhe^vch. of kindnelle and lending : prudently managing all Orofrhe his affaires with judgment, 0.5. 6. His conftancand Light, that unmoved liability in all perils and temptations: it is naci- He llill remaining to everlafling memory, ver. 6. om,&c 7. His unfhaken courage and comfort againfl all inor- meaning dinate fears, through any Hear-fay, evil tidings or it of God, rumours. This is illullrated, ("O Partly, by the who is our Caufe thereof ;vi^. His truft or affiance in the LORD Li^ht,.s fixing his heart, v.%. (z^Paaly, by the event of Pfal.27.i. his hearts eflablifhment againlt llich fears, vi\. At H.Ainfw. lafl his feeing his defire upon his DiflrefTers, after Annot.in his faithful waiting on QoA,ver.S. 8. His great libera- /'/112.4. lity 32Q V S A L M E. CXin. a Htb. the- gu'ng-in- of ic bJM. lift- ing-himfelf higbcofic. cHeJ.for- to-ciufe-to- fic. d htb.mt%- mficei t or liberal' Prmces.thc liberal- Princes of bis people, e Hii> ma- king fit the licy and bounty to the poor- Amplified by the effefts thereof, vi^. fij The perpetual memory of his righteoufneffe. f2) The high exaltation of his Horn, ("that isjof his power,glory,dignity,&c.Jwith honour thereupon,i<. 9. 3. This great and manifold happineffe of the god- ly man is emphatically illuftrated by the oppofite unhappineffe or wretchedneffe of the wicked man, raanitefted twowayes: vi\. 1. In his malignity and malicious envy at the felicity and profperity of the godly hcbeld by him. The torture of which envy is expreffed by the effefts thereof ; Qi") Gnafhing of hit Teeth. (Y) Melting or Pining away in his heart. 2. In his utter difappointment in his defires, harboured either againfl the godly, or for himfelf; The defire of the wickedjhallperifh, v. lo. Pfalm CX1II. Seft, I. The Summary Contents. 1. An Exhortation to Gods fervants al waies and e- very where to praife the Name of the LORD, ver. 1,2,3. 2. The Arguments or Caufes why the LORD is fo to be praifedby them, vi%. (1) His own Height and Glory. C2J His Providence in Governing the World. (3,) His exalting of the abafed. f<\ J His making of the barren fruitful, ver. 4. to the end. Seft. II. Thefirfi Verfion out of the Hebrew. 1. Halelu-JAH. I. f~\ Praife, ye fervants of the LORD : V. /Praife ye JEHOV AH's Name ador'i. 2. Tea bleffed be JEHOVAH'S Name, From now and to-eternity. 3. From the Son's rifing generally, UntOrf the-fetting-of-the-fame : The LORD'sgreat Name is to be praif'd, 4. Above all Nationsg>-es» going- in. C Heb. to Be d Ixb, or j to Tee. -o view, tobe- hold, c Hcb. raife eth up fHet. free, orbounte- oiis. princes the bourne- pus- princes ot his people RH/*..The barren of Hmife making- fit, v This Pfalme, as to the Nature and Kind of it is meerly Laudatory or Eucharijl/cal, wherein the LORD is praifed efpecially,for his G!ory,Providence, Goodnefe, &c. and Gods fervants are upon thefc grounds exhorted to Praife him every where, and at all times. It is one of the choice Pfalmes com- prized in the Jewes Great-Halelu-jah h : And it both h See on begins and ends with Halelu-JAH, ver. I. and 9. pfa] UI It is an untituled Pfalme, unlefle Halch-JAH muft Seft'. 2. " be accounted the Title of it. Penman of h, and Occafion of penning it are both ; 7 p rj unknown. Onely, it. Is conceived /, That this Pfa lm ;/r'°f followes Pfalme m.andm. both in time and or- der. For, The Pfalmift having praifed God, for in Expof. F/.113. Auth. & giving to Ifrael the Promifed Land, Pfal. in.and^""l for promising, Levtt. 26. and Deut. 28. to blcfle the F Ifraelitesif theyrtiould fear the Lord and keep his Commandements, Pfal, 112. Now in Pfal. 113. he Exhorts the Ifraclitesto praife God,for advancing them to this Dignity, who were oppreffed formerly with the Egyptian yoke, and were but a fmall Nati- on in refpeft of other Nations, Deut. 7. 7. but now were become a mighty Nation, Deut. 4. 7. and 28. 13. Sett. IV. The Scope. The Scope of this Pfalme, is; To praife the Lord and to excite all his Servants to praife him in all places continually, For his Glorious Majefly, Hise- minent Providence, and His Angular Goodncfs mani- feftingit felf in his Providence, by exalting the a- bafed, and making the barren fruitful. Sett. V. The Analyfis, or Principal Tarts. In this pfalme are, I. An Exhortation to the praifes of xJielORD. Where- P S A L M E. GXIV. 321 Wherein note, I. The Objeft 10 be praifed, v/\. The LORD, and his Name. 2. The Aft of praife ex- horted to, which is to be exercifed and exerted to- wards this objeft. This is thrice urged: noting the excellency of the Duty, and our Dulnefs and Indif- pofirion therennto. 3. The Subjefts on whom this Aft is peculiarly itnpofed, and who are able accept- ably to do it : The Servants of the LORD, ver. I. 4. The Continuation of this Duty, in all times, ver. 2. 5. The Extention of this Duty , to all places ver. 3. II. ANarrat ion of certain Arguments orCaufes, why they are thus to praife the L O R D. And they are drawn, I. From the Lord's Supream and match- lefs Maiefty and Glory. Which is elegantly illuftrat- edbytomparifon with the lefs, vfc 1. He if above all Nations on the Earth: 2. His Glory it above the Heavens, ver, 4. II. From his mod accurate all-ob- ferving ?tov\der\ce,Bebold/ng and ordering all things in Heaven and Earth. This is Pathetically, t. Am- plified, (1. ) By the incomparablenefs of the LORD; CsOBy the Height of his Habitation, ver. 5. 2. Def- cribed, by his great Condefcention and Self-debafe- ment to fee and order things not only in Heaven, but z\(oinEarth,ver.6. III. From his fingular goodnefs towards mankind in working moft advantagious changes, and alterations for them, wherein his Pro- vidence fhines forth moft illuftrioufly : vi^. 1. In exalting perfons, mod deeply debafed, to higheft Princely dignity, ver. 7,8. 2. In making the barren joyfully fruitful, ver. 9. And fo the Pfalme is clofed up ; at it began, with the Hortatory Halelu-JAH, Pfalm CXIV. SeU. I. The Summary Contents, Here, 1. The coming of Ifrael out from Egpyt'\s declared, verf. 1. 2. The effects or confequents thereof are defcribed, vi^. C 0 As upon Judahand Ifrael, ver. 2.C2J As upon the dumb and dead Creatures, ver. 3. to the end. SeU. II. The Verfion Hebrew. out of the thegomg- out of- b h Backward asftonifhed. 4. The Mountains leap'd like Rams : Hills high, Like c younglings of the flock. $. O Sea, d what add thee, thou didft fly : Jorden,/tar thou turn'dftback ? 6. O Mountains, that like Rams ye leapt: Ye Hii's e, like Lambs abroad. 7. O Earth, /before the LORD'S face quake : g At face of Jacob's God. 8. h That-turn'd the dry Rock to a lake Of liquid Waters there : The flint f whence burning fire men take 3 To fpring of Waters cleave. Self*. III. The Kind, Penman and Occafion, This Pfalme, as to the outward Forme of penning ir, is untituled i ; As to the Subjelf-matter of it, is i See Pfal. Hiftorical, compendioufly declaring the Hiftory of I. Sect. 4. Ifrael's wonderful deliverance out of Egypt, with the rare Confequents enfuing thereupon, not onely upon Ilrael themfelves,but even upon the dumb and dead Creatures. Penman, and particular Occafionot writing it, are unknown. It is one of the Pfalmes comprifed in the Great-Halelu-')ah, as hath been noted £. It well \OnPfal. follows the reft of them in order,Declaring how won- Iir- Seft; derfully and gracioufly the LORD brought them out 3 of Egypt ; which as ir was in it fclf an eminent Mercy , fo was it a fingular Type of the Elefts Redemption fromthebitter bondage of Sin, Death, Satan, &c. by the Death of JelusChrift our rrue PajJeover,i Cor. 5. 7. And therefore this Deliverance is frequently remembred in the Scripture, as that which is often, yea alwaies to be admired and extolled. Sett. IV. The Scope. The Scope intended in this Pfalme, is ; Summarily to declare and defcribe t lie Lord's wonderfull Power Goodnefs, and Providence in his wonderful deliver- ance of Ifrael out of Egypt, to Ifraels eminent ad- vancement, and even the dumb Creatures amaze- ment. That hereupon confequently the LORD might be highly magnified, feared, and trufted in, throughout all Generations. 8e&. V. The Analysis, or Principal Parts. In this Pfalme ard I. An Hiftorical and laudative Declaration of If- raels Deliverance from Egypt. Where, 1. Ifrael, that was delivered, is defcribed by their Defcent ; The Houfeof Jacob. 2. Egypt, Whence they were deliver- ed, is fet forth by the unfociablenefs and uncomfort- ablenefs of its native inhabitants, being to Ifrael a. people of a barbarotts-fpeecb, ver. 1. « II. An Hiftorical and gratulatory Defcription of the eminent Events or Confequents of Ifraels deliverance out of Egypt; 1. Upon Ifrael. 2. Upon the dumb and dead Creatures. 1. Vpon Ifrael 3 twofold eminent effeft or event enfued, vi*. 1. The LO R D's facred Separation of that people to be above all people peculiarly Holy to himfelf; Judah was his Sanituary,or Santtity, or S anil ifi cat ion : vi^. which God had feparated and fanftified to himfelf that he might dwell among them. As Exod. 19. 3,4, $,6.Levit. 19.2. and 20.7, 26. and 2(5. 1 1, 1 2. 2 Cor. 6. 1 6. Judah is by a Synec- doche named for all the reft, ic being the Principal Tribe, Numb. 2. 3. and 7. 12. and 10. 14. They now became his National Church in iheW'ldernefs, wherein he dwelt. Atl.7. 38. 2. The LORD'S Royal Govern- ment and Protection of them: He becoming their Lord and King, and they his Dominion and King- dome, now no longer under Pharaoh's, or any others tyranny. This is elegantly oppofed to their former , fervitude in Egypt hinted in the firft verfe : ver. 2. 2. Vpon the dumb and dead Creatures J which by a Profopopceia are brought in, as deeply aftefted and moved at this great and glorious work of God, bring- ing Ifrael out of Egypt J fundry miraculous effects didenfue,t/tr. 3, <£rc. Here, I. Some miraculousef- fefts, infteadofallthereftareinftancedin. As, 1. Thedrying-up of the Red-fea, for the people to pafle through, Exod. 14.21.and Pfal. 77. 17. f ibere. known •, As about not eating of Swine sftefli, not wear* k Pagnin. Thef. in verb. 12-1 Wid. Pagnin. Thef. ad verb. verbal! inga garmtnoof Linnen and Woollen, Seen. But fome " Sim.de contrariwife, by CT pfl underrtand ( faith Calvin) Muu in Statutes or Rites divinely perfcribed, whereof the Arg. Fful. certain Reafon is evident 0. l*9- 7. uTOStfJO Miflhpatim, Judgements, Pfalme oJo.CalvA 1 19.7. 20. and very often. This word is often joyned in Cim. ad W\thLawes and Statutes in Old Tertament, Levit. Pf. no. in 26. 0. and they are thus differenced, Laws import hut. Moral preceps as the Decalogue: Statutes, all Rites pjadidx and Ceremonial Ordinances about matters of Religion , ftpt funt Divine Worfhip, &c. Judgments, imply all judicial prxcepta Lawes touching political Rites, belonging to the pro- quaffetlat teftion and wel-fare of humane fociety. But when prcximum- this word Judgements is ufed fepcrately and alone, etfifape without Lawes and Statutes, it may have a larger Generali- acceptation, as Mercerm hath noted p; Judgement terhoc are often Precepts which concern our neighbour, al- nomine Dei thought often generally by this Name the Decrees of Deer eta God, and things pronounced or judged by him areun- intelligun- derrtood. Called Judgements , becaufe rtill ap- tur,t& pointed by God in Judgement and J uft ice : asCalvin pronnun- notes. data fen 8. ni¥0 Mitfuoth, Commandement, Mandates, judicata. Sec. Pfal. 1 19. 6, 10. 21. and often. Is is derived from Mercer in ftWTo Command, Decree, Sec. And that with the Pagin. great Authority of the Law-giver ("thinks qAmes,) Thefaur. And it properlynotes •, An obliging, or bindingcom- ad verb. mand. A command that binds to obferve any thing : as D2ty Mercerm r obferves, 1 G. Amef. 9. Cnp2 Pikkudhim, Precepts Pfal. 119.4. i"^' 15. and often. It arifeth from the roor "IpT 7j vifite, "' Pf- ' J 9* require, command, conflitute, depefit, commit any office, r ln fagn. &c. And it properly fignifies An infpeRion, A requir- Thefaur. ing, An Office, committed to another, &c. Hebrew Doc- ad. verb. tors fay it imports properlv, Precepts belonging to the fip^®i equine of Natures, Kimchi faith, They are thofe J/^Calv^ precepts which the underrtanding dictates, and are '" . * ar as it were a Depofited thing in the heart of man. fh n? '" Depofited Precepts, committed of truft to us to keep : '"'A* r - As Ames, and S. de Muk t. So that this word is very „r '" emphatical. Prolegm. 10. nny Ghueduth, leflimony, witnefs, Pfal. a98, 107, 109,110,115, 122,1 34,139,141, 144.150,153, 154,157,161. which paffages and expreffions do moil Angularly agree to Davids condition, 2s it is reprefent- ed in his Hiftory, 3. This Pfalm doth all alone favour of the Spirit of David, being a.Iively Tdxa of his Faith, Obedience, zeal Heavenly affections and in- tegrity in all. 4. This is one of the Alphabetical Pfalmes. There are in all, feven Alphabercal Pfalmes (''as hath been hinted: J vi^» Pjal. 25. 34. 37.111.1:2.119,145. Four of thefe, vi%. Pfal.2$. 34. 37. 145. were Penned by David, as is e videnr by their titles : the other three alfo, though un- tiruled, more then probably were pennec1 a'fo by him, as both the matter of them clearly int'mates, and this Alphabetical Manner of writing them (ufual with Da- vid) fuggefisunrous. 5. Interpreters, many con- ceive that David penned this Pfalm, though fome D. Amb. arc unfatisfied who vvrotk it ^. 1 Prolog. rt Pfalm 1 18. Tom. 4. verfe Arab, in Bibl. Polyglot. ran. Jun. in Annotat. ad Pfal. 1 19 G. Amef. Prolegom. ir.jl. 119. Joan. FoordExpofit.inPfal.i19 -Joan. Calv.inCom. im. de Muis in Argument Pfal. 1 19.- fal. u^.adiriit II. The Occafion of the Pfalmifts Penning this Pfalm feems from the Subject matter of it to be this; vi^. David in thecourfe of his Pilgrimage hereon Earth, meeting with many and great viciintudes of affaires, conditions and divine dilpenfations, being excerci- fed with many Enemies and potent Perfecutors; efpecially King Saul, with deep diftreffes, plunges and difficulties; grievous dangers,affiicl:ions and Per- fections, and yet in them all being enabled by the rich Grace of his God, to adhere unto the Law and Wordof God as his Guide, Counfellour, Comfort, Porti- on, Delight, &c. Whereby he held up his head in deepeft waters of troubles, and ai. Iaft happily arri- ved at a fafe Shore: Did hereupon take Occjfion in this Pfalm to bundle up all thole his fweet and Hea- venly Meditations which in fuch cafes he had io and about the Wardoj God, Qu's General Antidote againft all Maladies 2nd Calamities,) and his rich advan- tages reaped thereby in all conditions, That fo he might out of his own experience magnifically extol the Word of God, and recommend the like ufe and improvement of it in all dangers ,di(ficu!ties,troubles and afflictions whatfoever, to all the true-hearted people and fervants of the Lord. Davids Practice and exercife in the Law of God, is here propound- ed for our Inftruflion and Exemplary Imitation. III. The Scope of this Pfalm is; 1. To fet forth the lingular Happinefs of the Godly, that fine crely love and obferve the Law and Word of God in Chrift. 2. To difplay, praile and magnifie the incomparable Ex- cellency, Worth, Precioufnefs and ufefulnefsofthe Wordand Law of God unto his faithful people in all varieties of Conditions, Difficulties, Afflictions and Perfecutions, by his own great experience^ 3. And to Encourage all the fervants of the Lord, to make Gods word, their very Refuge and Remedy againft all Evils, Extremities and Enemies whatfoever: Their Counfellour, Comforter, Portion, Heritage, Joy and Delight tranfeendent in all ftates and conditions, throughout their Pilgrimage. Sett. V. The Analysis, or Principal Parts of the whole Pfalm. Ambrofe obferves; That fever alftngular Sentences are explicated in the fever al verfes of this Pfalm a,&c. And for the moft part it is fo,throughout the Pfalm : It being made up of many concife Aphorifmes or com- pendious Sentences, as moft part of the Book of Pro- verbs is from chap; 10. &c. Like an heap of Gold rings or Precious ftones , wirhout connexion one to another. And therefore it will be very hard to reprefent any handfome Logical Analyfisoi this whole Pfalm at once, which isprolixe and Sententi- ous. The Contents and Parts of every Otlonaryie- verally ,may be more eafily and profitably laid down. And as to the whole Pfalm, I fhall content my felf with that diftribution of it into xxi) Parts according to the Number and Order of the Hebrew Alphabet, by the Penman of it. Seel:. V. The Verfion out of the Hebrew^ with the Summary Contents and Prin- cipal Parts of the feveral Ottona- ries. X a Sin gulis vedibus fin-* gtilx expli. cantur Sen- tcntir.Un- de & per metra alTe- runtur effe defcripti. yAmb. Prolog, in Pftl. 1 18 I. Odlonary. In this I. Olhnary, r. The Happinefs of the fin- cere obferversof Gods Wordand Law, is propound- ed, ver. 1,2, 3. 2. Godscommand for diligent keep- ing of them is declared, ver. 4. 3. The great Zeal and affeftion of the Pfalmift to the right obfervati- on thereof is pathetically defcribed5t/er. 5, 6,7, 8. I. Verfion. 1. a(~\ Wonderfully-Ek^ed are \J The-perfeft-onesofway.* who in J E H O V A H's Law with care Are walking every day. 2. b O-Bleffed-BlelTed they that keep His Teftirnonies/ri//: They that him diligently-feek With all the heart and will. a beb. Tbe bUftdntffes of „ 3. Yea, who work not iniquity : But in his wayes c do go. 4. Thy b heb. The bleffeHnef- ff s of :he keepers of •> c beb .do Witfk. 324 P S A L M E S. CXVI. and delivered in the LORD, ("though notwithout fome infirmity,) v. 3- to 12. 3. Deliberated and iiu- dieth in what way he may be moft thankful to the Lord, and refolves upon all Religious exprelfions of gratitude, Even in the folemn Afiembly, verfe 12. to the end. Serf. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew. a htb. my fupplicjcicm for grace. b Htb. or, in my dayes j. e. wbiltfl I live. c Hffc. cords of death. d Htb. O now. or j I befeecbthee c Hcb. out God is commife- ratmg. f Htb. I was attenuated. brou£h- low. &c. K Htb hath bounteoufly rewarded uncothee or, upon thee. h He b. te ar. i Hfo.sii- ding or ; falling, k htb. be- fore the faces of 1 heb. vehe- mently, m h:b. every man a lyar. i.T Love,becaufe JEHOVAH will J. My voice, a my Prayers hear. 2. And b through-my-dayes will call : becaufe Hebow'd tomehis ear. 3. The c cord like pangs of Death combined Encompaffed-me-round, And Hell's diftreffes did me find : I ftraits and forrow found. 4. Then on JEHOVAH'S Name ador'd I called, and did fay, Deliver thou my Soul, O LORD, d I-do-thee-6ttm£/j-pray. 5. The Lord is gracious, and juft : And e tender God we have- 6. The LORD the fimple keeps :f I-was- -Low, and he did me fave. 7. Return, my Soul, triumphantly To thy dejiredReft : Becaufe the LORD g hath-bounteoufly- -Reward to thee expreft. 8. Becaufe thou haft my Soul releas'd From Death and deadly thrall i Mine eye from mournful h tears, now ceas'd: My foot from i fliding-fall. 9. And now walk-on delightfully , ^.In prefence of the LORD, In lands of living-ones will I. 10. 1 did believe hit word, Therefore I fpake without delay : I wasafflifted/farre. if. I in my haftning-/ offer to thee I fhall: raetrficc to 1 rIc on the L0RD s Namf ca[, ,ikcwifc, q hew. »8. Before his People all. courts of Now, to the LORD my vows Me pay. thehoufepf lt)t \nq Houfe,Courts of the LORD; r'ieeb°MT' lD midft of t,lce' Jcrufalem- lelu Jaii. With me, r Praife ye-rhe-Lord. n heh. thy fervan:. Sect. IILThe Kind, Penman, and Occafion, This Pfalm, is 1, Amoft Eminent and Pathetical Graculation for fome lingular Deliverance from ex- tream mortal danger and diftreiTe/": as to the Sub- ' Infigms )eil-matter of it. Is uncituled: As to the Form of e"t gratia- Penning it. And it is one of thofe Pfalmes whereof rurri aftio theGR£^r HALELV-J 4 # was made up, prohbe- as hath been already noted r. In the Greeks Ve\fion ratione ex of the Lxx// here is prefixed as a Title, 'A^Mhxia,- jng^nri- borh before ver.i. and verf.iio. taking it for two busa?rum- diftinft Pfalmes. So alfo do the Arabic\znA Athi- n.'Sjterro- o/>/c£. Verfions : Perhaps in prefixing this they had r'bus,& refpeft to the Jews Great Halelu-iah whereof this pericuhs. Pfalm was part u. But in the Original Hebrew there's H.Moller. no Title at all, nor in the Chaldee Paraphrafi, nor in '" Argum. the Syriack^Verfwn. Pf. 11 6. Penman of thisPfalm, is not particularly hereor elfe- t<-)n Pfal. whereexpreffedin the Scripture: but Interpreters m.Seft.3 do generally think it was David. And indeed the utoBibl. Matter and Expreffions are mofthomogeneal to Da- Polyg.ad vids in his other Pfalmes. Pf.Uf5. The Occafion of Davids Penning this Pfalm, is vari- x See the oufly apprehended.The SyriackVetfion thinks it hath Preface reference to the time, when Saul came into the to this Cave, in the fides whereof David and his men re- Pjahu in mained. 1 Sam. 24.3 x, &c. Others to the time when the Sjr. David was betrayed by the Ziphites, and King Saul v.erfion,in and his men had almoft encompafled round about Bib.Polyg. David and his men to take him : but the Lord divert- ad V(. 1 1 6. ed them by the Philifiines invading the Land, 1 Sam. Y Ut tefta- 23. 19. to 29. y Neither of thefe feem to have been tt,r- Hen. the Occafion of Davids Penning this Pfalme, becaufe Moller.in here is mention made of The Courts of the Houfe of the Arg.Pf.\\6. LORD, In the midji of Jernfalem, ver. 19. But in SauH time there were no Courts of the Lord's houfe triHierufakm, and Jernfalem was then in the hands of the Jebufites, znd long after. See 2 Sam.t,. 6.to 11. Others referre it to the time of Abfalom's rebellion a- gainft his own Father David , wherein David was greatly endangered. See theHiftory, 2 Sam. 15.ro Chap. 19 ^. Sim. de Mutt, not fatisfied with any of z Ut eft a- thefe, thinks David wrote this Pfalm, prefently af- apud.//en. ter he had brought up the Ark into the City of Da- MollerJn vid, and fate in peace in his own houfe, having reft Pf.116. from all his enemies, 2 Sam. 6. throughout, and-j. 1. a Sim. de &c. becaufe in ver. 10. here's mention of Jerufalcm Muk in and of the Courts of the Lord's Houfe there a. In Arg.Pfal. midft of all this variety and uncertainty, Its hard to 115. vid. determine any thing pofitively. etiam Jo. To fpeak my thoughts freely, I am not enough fa- FoordEx- tisfied with any of thefe Opinions. Not with the pnjit. Pfal. twofirfi; for the reafon fore-alledged. Not with nd.Tem- the third \ Becaufe, the third Pfalm was plainly pen- pus&Oc- ned upon occafion of Abfalom^s rebellion. See Pf. cafio. 3. Title : And its fcarce probable he would penrrvo Pjalms upon one and the fame Occafion, Nor with the fourth ; becaufe, in this Pfal. 1 16. ver. 3. he men- tions fome particular, notable, extream danger of death, and deep diftrefs and forrow of foul which he was in thereupon; Gods gracious deliverance from which, upon hisearneft prayer, gave him Oc- cafionof Penning this Gratulatory Pfalm : and about the timcol his bringing up the Ark into the City of David, we read of no fuch Mortal danger, or deep diftrefs of David, as is here mentioned, v. 3. This is certain and evident; That the Pfalmifts mortal danger and extream diftrefs and forrow thereupon, together with Gods gracious delivering of him out of all upon his earneft Prayer, gave the Occ afion of his Penning this Pfalm, and all this after David had conquered the Jebufites, gained Jernfalem, and brought the Ark of God thither; Pfal.i 16. ver. 3.4, 5,6,7,8,15, 19. But the particular Kind and Cir- o.unftances of this his danger of Death and Delive- rance, arc unccrrain and unknown. Sett. IV, P S A L M E. CXVI. 325 Se&. IV 'The Scope. The Scope of the Pfalmift here is-, 1. To declare hisiingular affection, and refolved Devocion unto the LORD, for his Eminent Deliverance vouchfafed him, upon his Prayer and Faich, from extream di- ftreffes and pangs of Death encompafling him about 2. As alfo to teftifle his refolution to render unto the LORD for all his Benefits all poffible thankfulneffeby Confeffion, Prayer, and performance ofhisVowe* unto the LORD publickly injerujalem in the Courts oftbeHoufe of the LORD, before all his people. O this is a mod fvveet and heavenly Plat forme of thankfulneffe, for every Chriftian to make life of: efpecially after Gods Eminent Deliverances of him from extream Sorrows, Diftreffes, and dangers of Death. Auguftinef aid; Let that Soul fing this, that fo'purns from the LORD: Let th at Sheep fmg this, that went aftray; Let that Son fmg this, which was dead b Canter, and is alive again', was hft and is found b. And I hocanima mayadde; Let him delight to fmg this Pfalme, wbofe qua; pere- Sorrows God hath turned into Joy ; wbofe feares and regrinatur dangers are fw allowed 'up with confidence & deliverance a Domino, whom theLORD hath refcuedjrom deep andlong afjiiZH- Cantethoc ons, fiomfevere Bonds and Impiifonments, from the flia- ovisilla dow of Death and brin^of the Grave. qua; erra- verat, Cantet hoc Filius ille qui mortuus fuerat & revixit, pene- rat & inventus eft . Cantet hoc anima noftra, fratres & filii cha- riffimi. Auguji. in Pfal. 114. Enarrat. ad hit. Tom. 8. SeU. V. The Analysis-, or Principal Tarts. In this Pfalme the Pfalmift Pathetically reprefent- eth his thankful 1. Profeffion, 2. Declaration, 3. And Refolution. I. His thankful Profeffion, ver. 1, 2. wherein note, I. The Matters profeffed, vi^. (\) Dearloveand affection to the LORD. CO Conftant Prayer or in- vocation of the LORD, In my days, may import, in thedayesofmy life, /. e. whileft I live. Or, In the dayes ofmy diftrefle, &c. both may imply con- stancy. 2. The Grounds of this Profeffion, becaufe the Lord will hear his Amplications-, becaufe he did bow his ear to him, ver. 1. 2. II. His thankful Declaration, v. 2_.to 12. Hethank- fully declareth, 1. How he prayed unto the Lord in his diftreffe. Where are laid down, r. The Occa- sion of his Prayer, Great Extremities of affliction, re- prefented by four Emphatical Expreffions, Vi\. (i) Pang, of Death like Coards encompaffing him a- bout, (2J Hells Diftreffes. Ci) Straits. ( ^Sor- row, v. 3. 2. The Object of his Prayer whom he then invocated ; Th*n he called on the Name of the Lord. 3. The Subject-Matter of his reqneft which he prefented, viz,. That the Lord would deliver his Loul, i.e. not only his life from Mortal .danger and diftrefs, butalfo his Soul from inward agonies and perplexities. A very fhort, but a comprehenfive and ("through Faich ) an Effectual Prayer, v. 4. II. How he was delivered by the Lord out of all thefe his dangers and diftrefies, according to his defire. Here he gratefully and Elegantly delineates Gods deliverance, i.By the Original Root and Rife of it, viz- Meerly the Perfections and Properties of Gods own Nature : three Attributes being mentioned as E- minent herein-, ClJ He is Gracious : therefore helping and delivering molt freely. C2J He is Righteous : therefore delivering and relieving ac- cording to his Proniife moft faithfully. ("3) He is Commiferatir.g-with-yearning bowels : therefore layes to heart all his peoples miferies and diftreffes moft tenderly and compafflonat'ely, All which are ampli- fied by the Relation and Intereft which his people have to him and in him i Our-God~ver. 5. 2. £/thc Exemplification of the Lord's relief and deliverance, fi) Upon the Simple; i.e. the plain-hearted, that know not how to prevent or remove evil and dan- ger. C2J Upon the Pfalmift himfelf, in his low condition, v. 6. 3. By the enfuing fruits or effects of this deliverance-, vi^. (1 J His Souls Reftauratioa to a quiet comfortable reft and acquiefcence in the Lord, from both inward and outward trouble. Re- turn my Soul, &c. Apoftropbe to his Soul. As if he had fjjd •, OmySoui, the Scorm is over, now en- joy thy defired calm and comfortable reft in God. This is lllujlratedby a Pathctical Defcription of Gods Mercy in relieving him -, More Generally, The Lord hath dealt bountifully with thee, v. 7. More Particu- larly; Redelivered, His Soul from death : His Eyes Jrtmteares: His Feet fim falling, ver. 8. (X)His refolution and promiie by way of gratitude, to walk uprightly before God and Man in the discharge of his Office,!/, p; 4. By his Faith in God even in midft of all his extremities ; I believed—. This his Faith is fee forth here ft) Partly, from theCcnfequent Effect of it-, Therefore have J fpoken, i.e. In my di- ftrefies aud dangers, I have fpoken to the Lord in my Prayer, as in v. 4. was noted-, And alfo I have profefied and teftified my Faith in God before others that I fhould be delivered, raifed up, &c. In this laterfenfe, theApoftle, 2Cor. 4. 13. applyed this place to his preterit purpofe. ("2 J Partly, by the extremity of his diftrefs wherein he exerted this his Faith, v. 10. (3J Partly, from fomc infirmity of his Faith intermixed; In his h.'fl counting all men, Samuel and ethers, lyars, who promifed him the , Kingdom, &c. while mean time he was ready to be cut off by death,before it could be obtained. Or, we may take this paffage, For an Abrenunciation of all humane help as falfe, vain, deceitful, in his extream diftreffes, God only being able fully to fuccour him; Ijaidih mine haftening fox aftonifiiing-confternati- on c J All men are lyars : i. e. unable to help in time c In pra?- ofneed, Numb.22_.19. Rom. 3. 4. Pfal. 33. 17. cipiratione but the former fenfe feems more appofite here, v. 11. mea. Grs.i. . «(/ 7jJ Injeifei [ax ; Lat.^'m Exceffu meo; Aquila, h t&1 ' ^ay^H^M ; Symach. dfitpovuv ; D. Hieronym. In ftupore meo. Nerripehi exiftimarunt hoc loco fignificari ftuporem feu perturbationem mentis, qua interdum corripiebatur David, ac veluti obftupefce- bat ad periculorum magnitudinem. Sim. de Muis in Com- ment, ad Pfal' 116. II. III. Hit than\jul refolution, after deliberation, 11.12. to the end. Wherein confide r, 1. A deliberating Queflion, intimating moft Ele- gantly, 1. Both hisfinguIarrcadineiTe to render any thing to the LORD, for the benefits received from him: 2. And the tranfeendent greatneffeofhis Bene- fits beyond all poffible returnes of gratitude, verfe 12. 2. A determining refolution, wherein he promifeth fundry expreffions of thankfulneile, f. 13, (2 and performance of his vowes unto the Lord, voveatDo- and both of them publickly before all hit people, and mino,quae in the Solemn place of Gods- Worfhip. Andfohe votareddat: clofeth up this fweec Gratulatory Pfalme, with an fcipfum vo- Hortatory Halelu-jah, ver. 17, 18, »p. veat,feip- fum rcddat. Hoc exigitu r,hoc debetu r.Infpefto Numo Domius dicit, Reddito C&fari qu* C&fariffunt, <& Deo qux Deifunt. Ima- go fua reddatur Csefari, Imago fua reddatur Deo. Augufi. in Pfal. 115. Expofit. Tom. 8. Pfalm CXVH. Self. I. The Summary Contents. Prophetically all the Gentiles, and Jewifl) people, are exhorted to praife the LORD; for his greac loving-kindnefs, and Eternal Truth towards them both. Seft.II. The fir ft Verfwn out of the Hebrew. a heb. Iltid- him vehe- mently, or, earncltly, &c. bb til! then, Heathens, though they have many mercies, yet are they not fo fenfible of mercie, know not Jehovah nor his Truth; in vain therefore to move them to praife 2. Its rot him. enough Objeft. But Mountains , Rivers , &c. dead and for Gods bruit creatures are oft called upon to praife God, as People to Pfal. 148. 3. 2, §•11 134- » &c. 135, 1. 2, 3-S *9- 20, 2 1, || 148. per Pfal. 116. 12, (fyc Jehovah] The prime efiential Name of God,Tctra- grammaton.; no one word in any other language canexprepls is fully. The fenfeofit fee el few he re totum 3» All sre bound to praife the Lord, but fmgularly the called Gentiles Rom. 15.7. ll.Eph.%. 6, 18, 19,20. 21. Didk. Aft. 13. 47) 48. Confequently, The ollingand converfion of the Gentiles vvasfore-prophecied of old, Pf. 117. i.with Rom. 15. 7, 8,9, 11. explicated in my Aimot. on Exod. 34.6, 7, Jehovah D. 1, See Zanch,de Natur. Dei I. i.eap. 13. -; — ; Joan Buxtorf. Lexicon ad verbumTs^.-- — Sixth. Aman.Antibarb,Biblic. dijfertation. denomine miT p. 47 3. ad p. 559. Herein implicitly Gentiles are called from worfhip of their idols, to worfhipof the true God. He is the God of praife to whom all praife is due, and fhould principally be directed, Heb 13. 15. 17. 18. 3. || 48. 1. AllyeeGentiles,]tt'lMGojim. TheJewes them- felves interpret this word of fuch under whom they were in captivity. All people befides Jewes, are called Gentiles, or the Nations Before Cbrift ac- counted not a people, or no people. Deut^ 32. 21, 1 Pet. 2.io.Hofi.io.But now thepeople ofGod.hnd all of them mult praife, becaufe falvation now hath appeared to all men, bond, free, &c. without refpeft of perfons, Tit 2. 10. Praife him all ye people.] The fame Exhortation 4. Thefe for matrer and lubftance, buc in different words praifes IfcOll? Shabbechu (ignifies not barely, to praife, as fhould be the former word; but to praife vehemently, earneftly, perforrn- migh'.ily, &c. Amef. in I. and the Aportle implies ed to the fuch a thing in his alledging rhis verfe, 'Aiviimzy Lord, nor Kuexov ■myja.'jd 'iSvrt, %) Ixaiiiicnijs dvr'ov, &c. Rom 1 5. coldly and 11. q. d. prai{ehim, and better praife him. Be ear- carelefly; ncft, zealous, conftant in his praifes, and the dou- but zea- biing alfo of the Exhortation intimates a doubling of loufly and diligence in this fo important a Duty. We fhould vehement- by no means put that off carelefly, which is focare- ly, Pfal. fully enjoyned. Ycain theclofeof this fhort Pfalm, 103. i.|| it's touched again, left ic fhould be neglected and 2 Sam. 6. forgotten. 14. Pfal. People] QlQi^n. Haummim, there s?\empbati- 48. i.|jic5 ck/h prefixed, asif he did point at a fpecial people o( 3!':. 5. his own the Jewes, which in a ipecial manner are 47.I47. 1. called, a people, and his people, Rom. 15. 10. Whereas Gentiles were counred no people, not his people; Pfalmift then fecir.s here to b.fpeak the praifes of all men, both Gentiles and Jeues. And lbme refer the word CTQSG Zimmim, peoples, to the Jews alone, asMoUcrm. As CZTU Go)im, A'.<- t-ons, is referred by the Jewes themfelves to the Gen- tiles. And ufually, when Gentiles and people are mentioned P S A L M E S. CXVIII. i. 77;e ten- der mer- cies of God are won- derful great and prevailing mercies 2 Sam. 24. 57- 10. 85,||i3.i03 8,n,&c. 119.156.H 145.8.9- Exid 20. 6,&c.\\ 34-^,7. Rich, Eph. 2. ^.\\ Fa- ther, &c. 2. Cor, 1.3 2. Thefe mercies have been mighty prevailing mercies both to towards its. to Jews, Dent, 4. 7, 8. || 33.^. ||P/. 76. 1. 2.|| I47. 19,20. Rom. 3. I, 2-I19- 4- 5-11 To Gentiles 28, ffVc u4tf. 10. 34. Epfj. 2. 4- «&V. 3. Tie 7r«f/> of promifes if a conflant and ever- laying Truth. Tit. 1. 2. 4. Tfrr rw- der mercy and Truth (rill toge- ther. mentioned together. People imports the J ewes con- tradiftinft from Gentiles. As in Pfal. 2. 1. Verfe 2. For his mercy hath been mighty (or increas- ed and lengthened <&c. ) towards us ') lipn Cbafdo, notes out miferieordiam & beneficcntiam, eamquegratuitam, Riv. in Hof. 4. I. istaken, i. For the Fountain and Caufe of mercy, Gods free grace and bene placitum, meergood-wilI,when heexpreffes mercy contrary to our deferts of his own gracious motion, nores s'opybjj pater nam in Chrifto. Moller. Mifericordia eft aliens, miferia in corde noftro compaffto, quit, utique ft poffumui fubvenire compellimus. Augufl. 14. II F/yf}uble, conflant, &c. So Aaron andHur didcon- 9.|| E/.i. firm Mifes hands, Exod. 17. 12. There was firmnefs 54. i,&o|| jnhishands, &c. Truth in Scripture- 1. Sometimes Math. 21. jsoppofedtolyes,as///:4. 1,2. Pjal. 5.10. Eph. 4. 25. 2. Sometimes to fhadowes and types, Job. 1.17. 3. Sometimes to injufticc and injuries, Sec. SoDeut. 32.4. 4. Sometimes to unfaithfulnefs, inconftancy, &c. in Words, Covenants, Promifes, noting, out firmrefs, truflinefs, fidelity, conftancy, not fo much faith as fidelity, not fo much verity as veracity. So Gen, 32. j Pfal. 40. 11. God is Truth \x\a\\ refpefts (asZancb.ch^x^cs, whoalfo diftinguifhes Truth in veritatem Phyficam or Metaphyficam, and Ethicam, fhewing notably how God is Truth both wayes , Z.wch. de nat. Dei. I. 3, c. 3.) But here I conceive the lull chiefly intended j God is alvvayes like himfclf, fmeand conflant in his Word and Promifes, &c. Faithfully performing all in due feafon both to Jewes and Gentiles. He is true in threats, but Truth in Promifes, rather matter of praifc. l— f7iy7jV ever. From p'?» latitavit, fignifics jsculum, viz. of Godlike tempus homini abfeonditum, tarn infinitum (fr sternum mjeparable qUamfinitum, Bux. Hoc nomine mSp (ignificatur twins go &ternit as, quod seternitatis principium & finis fimpli- citer/./re/rf:Seu quod nullum in ca principium, aut finis aur fuccclfio repcrinqucat Zanch.de N.it. VeiJ. 2. c. 3. p. 7 3.S0 that no timc,nor age,can change Gods Truth, but its/ew/>er eadem, his Promifes and Word can no more be moved and fhaken then his Truth, nor his Truth then himfelf; Deas eft ipfifft ma Veritas. Now Gods Truth is here affirmed to be for ever, not in oppofitioB to the mercy of God> as if his mercy af- ter a little flourifhing proved momentany; for by the fame Rule his Truth may be faid to be but little, in oppofition to his merty, which is great ; But the fen fe is, his mercy is fo great towards us, as italfo flowesconfin«ocMr/«,becaufe joyned with his eternal Truth. And if we reade it thus, His mercy hath been ftrengthned, Sec. Both his mercy and truth are adorn- ed by their firmnefs and ftability. Calv. Comment, in Pfal. 117. 2. Mercy and Truth are here coupled together, a sin many other Scriptures, Gen. 32. 10. Pfal. 40. 10. 11. j 57- 10. 1. Tofortife the godly in afTurance of Gods mercies againft temptations, deep afflictions, perfections, flouts and fcornes of the wicked, extremities, &c. In all thefe his promifes and truth remains full firm, though his mercy may feem to be abated. 2. To fet forth what a compleat and inexhaufted fountain of all goodnefs God hath opened to all men; mercy importing all fulnefs, Truth all firmnefs of all good things that maybedefired. Prima promittitur quodnon debetur, allterl prsftatur quod promiffum eft. A.- Riv m pfal. 40. 12. |— "PIT/H Halelujah Praife ye Jah. Its compound- ed of two Hebrew words. Wr. ex Imperativo Plel ' V77H praife ye f which in Kal and Paul fignifies in- JE^ T fanire: in Piel aud Hithpael, laudare) and IT* Jah /' ' r one of the ten proper names of God fyncopatuma^j, a f n fUrP Its a word ufed often in the Hebrew, fpecially fu eve aJt' in the Pfalms, both in beginning and ending: as, /.*' a!e Pfal. 104. 35. where its firft ufed, Pfal. 135. i.2i.Jl"s"l*r r io5.48. matter of Its retainec as Rev. 19. i$.t mane, Englifh, Hebrew names, Amen, Hofanna, Abba, &c. oumc jyedull obferve that its firft ufed in the OldTeftament,vvhere r . confuming of finners is mentioned, Pfal. 104. 35. \pord((ot} and firft in New Teflament, where deftruftion of an(i^ Antichrift that man of fin is foretold, Rev. 19. 1. 3. 6. jolt^tjngof H. Ainfw.on Pfal. 1 04. 3 5 . £ xi)orfa. Vox eft excitantum fe & alios ad Deum laudandum t- . uaje. &celebrandum •, Parens in Rev. 19. 1. In beginning j-'^ ofPfalmes, its a word of joyful exhortation, quick- ning themfelves and others to praife God forhis mer- cies, as Pf. 135. 1. In end of Pfalmes, as here is ad- ded as a cheerful acclamation, as an Amen, whereby the duty of praifingGod is emphatically enforced. The firft word and laft being forcible and flicking words, leaving deepeft impreffions behind thereup- on the Readers or hearers« mercy and tained alfo, in the Greek in New Teftament, JfJJf. 1"/. 19. 13.5- 'A^AHAsi'* as alfo in the Latine.Ger- ??,' °j j 1 ~w j:. l jews ana and other Tongues, as divers other Qentlres ' Some Pfalm CXVIII. Seft. I. The Summary Cotitcnts. In this Euchariftical and Prophetical Pfalm, arc I. An Exhortation to confefle in praifes unto the LORD for his goodnefs and loving-kindnefs, or Merciful- kindnefle, ver. 1. ro.5. 2. An Experimental Narra- tion of fundry Caufcs which the Pfalmift had to praife the LORD and to truft in him alone in all Difficulties and Di(trefles,ver.5.ro 19. 3. An Elegant Defcription Qaid down Dialogue-wife) of Davids thankful and triumphant deportment upon his compleat coming unto his Kingdom, ver. it). to the end. In all which we have A Prophetical PrcdiiTtonoi Chrifts Afflictions, Paflion, Refurrcction, and En- trance into hi; Kingdom ;• and fo becoming The Head of p S A L ME CXVIH* 32? -319 tbtb. *r; merciful - kindncfs- Joving kindnefis. b btb. to e- ternity c U*b. That bis merciful kindnef* to eternity. d Htb. That his merciful kindnefs to eternity. eHe&.mer- ciM-kind- nels . f beb. to etcnity. gb«fr.JAH. faHfi-jAH. iHef-.IwiU hoc fear. of the Corner, uniting both Jews and Gentiles into one Building, making- «" himfelf of twain one new Man fo making peace, Ephef. 2. 14, i$,&c. mthMatth. 2r. 42. Mark. 12. 10, 11, £"k 20« »7« *#• 4* »• Ephef. 2. 20, 21. 1 Pet. 2. 4, 5, 6. Seft.H. ThefirftVcrJionoutofthe Hebrew, I. 1 v^ Onfefs ye to the LORD, V^ For he U good atrvay : a For his-kind-mercy,/ritf adorei By hit, endures b for-ay. 2. Let Ifrael now fay , c His mercy dares for ever. 2,.Let Aaron's facredhoufe now fay, <*" His mercy dures for ever. kHeJ/r; to betake ones felf. for covert, or f»fety. 1 Hf b. or ; to betakc- ©nes felf for-co- covertjor fafety. tn Htb. I did cur-them- off. n fc*i.I-did- cut-themoff. c Htb. or ; Bur p Heb-l-diA tbemcut-off. 4. Let fearers of the LORD Now fay, as heretofore, That e his kind-mercy , much adofd, Endures /"for evermore. 5. 1 out of fore-diftrefs Upong the-LORD did call : h The-LORD in-ample-roomthinefs Did anfwer me withal. 6. JEHOVAH it mine aid For me againft my foe ; Therefore i I will not be afraid What man to me can do. 7. JEHOVAH hath for me With all mine helpers /are- : And therefore I fhall vengeance fee On-them-that-do-me-hate. II. 8. Oh it it better (lilt Upon the LORD oft tride, k To-hope-for-fafety in all ill: Then in man to confide. 9. Tea, it much better it? Upon the LORD mufl wff /To-hope-for-fafety in diftrefs : Than in Princes to truft. 10. All Nations pyntlycame, Encompafs-me-did-they : But in the LORD'S viRoriotu Name tn I-did-cut-them-away. 11. TheymeencompaiTd-round, Yea compafs me did they .• But in JEHOVAH'S Name renown' d n I-did-cuc-them-avvay. 12. As Bees theycompafs'd me, As fire of thorns were they Quenched : 0 For in JEHOVAH'S Name p I-did-cur- them-away . 1 3. Thou ( 'enemy ) didft me thruft Tht ufting to make me fall : But then the Lord, mine only truft, Did help me at my call. III. qHtl:J\H. 14. q The Lords my ftrength andfong, And for falvation high To me hath he been all along. i§. The voice of fhouting-joy, And of Salvation t Htb.Tinv. In juft-men's r dwellings it t The right-hand of the Lord alont Effefteth valiantnefs. 16. The right-hand of the Lord it nowexzhed-kigh: The right-hand of the living Lord Doth /very valiantly. 17. 1 fhall not dye, but live ; And tell th' Afts of r the Lord. 18. JAH h chaftned me,but did not give Me nnto death abborr'd 19. Open unto me th'tt day The Gates of Righteoufnefs : That enter into them I may, And may x the Lord confefsi 20. This SanSuary Gate Of the Almighty Lord, y The righteous-ones /hall in thereat Enter with one accord. mi. 2 1. To thee will I confefs, Becaufe thou didft me hear : And haft to me been in diftrejs For a Salvation dear. 22. The very Stone, which fomt CMe/builders have refufed, Is of the Corner now become ^ The Head, and chiefly ufed. 2?. This of the Lord was laid : ItV wondrous in our eyes. 24. This is the day the Lord hath made, Let us be glad likewife Rejoyce in it with mirth. 25. a I-pray-thee, Lord, fave now : Lord I befeech thee, In the earth Now profper him do thou. 26. He-that comes in the Name Of God the Lord be blefs't : Out of the Lord's houfe/af of fame We blefs you with the befl, 27. God k the Lord of Lords , And b us his light adornes : Bind ye the Feaft-offering with cord* Unto the Altar's homes. 28. Thou art my God alone And c thee confefs I will : My God and file Salvation, I will exalt thee/?//?, 29. Confefs-ye to the Lord, For he is good alway: For his d kind-mercy ftMador'd By bit endure e for ay. f Htt. vatf- antntft. 1 Htb. JAH. nfcf&chaftn- ingxbaften- Cdmc. x Htb. JAH. y Htb. the righteous ones lhall enter into it * Hti.For the Head* %H,l tbe> leech cb.c«. bifc6.be hath given light to us. *r,he hatb fhinedon us. c Ht b.or j to thee.... d Hthjtr, loving kind- nefs merci- ful-kindncfe c Htb. to eternity, Sett. III. The Kind, Penman, and Occajion, Thii moft-exceHent Song (as one f ftiles it deferved- f hoc PuW ly)isofa JM/xr Kind or Nature, being Eucbariftical cherrimum and Prophetical,is to theSubjeft-matter ofit. Where- «*men in(i)Vnder the afflictions and enemies of Da vid,thc cnemiesChriftSi his fufferings;C2jZ/nrfcr the Tempo- ral Deliverances and Viftorlei ofDaviJjihe Spiritual Deliverances and Victories of Chrift ; 3. Vnder the coming of David into his Earthly Kingdom, the coming oichrift into hisHeavenly Kingdom,beingad- vanced after all his Debafements to be the Head ft one of the Comer ; AndfV) Vnder the gladfome Appreca- tions of Davids Subjects unto him, the like joyful Apprecations of Chrift Spiritual Subjefts unto him, are moft notably fhadowed forth mi reprefented. P p p p That •pm. cit Af mm tn 33° ? S A L M E S. CXVIII. Sect. 4. h See on Setf.3 That this is an Eminent Prophecy of Chrift, is evi- dent; 1. From Chrffts own Teftimony, applying fome part of the Pfalm to himfelf. Compare ver. 22. 25. with Matth. 22. 42. Mar. 12. 10, 1 1. Luk,2o. 17. 2. From the Teftimony of the Apoftles, interpreting and accommodating the fame paffages unto Chrift, ver. 22. 23 with Alt. 4. "• Ephef. 2,20,21,1 Fer. 2. 4,5,6. 3. From theufe that the people and Chil- dren of the Jews made of thisPfalm. The Jews counted it fo famous a Prophecy of Chrifl, that with fome of the paffages Tn this Pfalm they welcome Chrift into Jerufalem, flnging Hofl)iang-na, or Ho- fanna Cas its expretfed in the Greek} to the Son of David, fcc,'\. e. Praying God moft High to fave the King Chrift,who then came in theName of x\k Lord,at hii Lft Sole mnenning into Jerufalem, compare Pf.i\8. 25, 26. with Math. 219,15. Lukz J9-37, 38.Asto the Form of this Pfalm, it it one of thofe that have no c or Title prefixed g. And it is the laft of thofe Eucha- ™'h riftical Pfalms,concluding the ]ewsGREAT HA- L ELV-J A H, as hath been heretofore rioted h. Penman of it was probably David. Forafmuch as, 1. It it fuch an Evident Prophecy of Chrift, and his enemies, fufferings, and Kingdom, wherein David was efpecial Type of him. 2. It moft exactly agrees to the condition of David, who was exercifed with many enemies and afflictions roundabout, vvasop- pofed and rejected by the cheif Rulers in reference to his Kingdom, and yet at laft was by the peculiar hand and Providence of the Lord both delivered out of all his troubles, made victorious over all his ene- mies^ peaceably pofeffed of his Kingdom.Herin the Sub)ett-matter of this Pfalm and the Hiftory of Da- vid do moft harmonioufly agree. Occafion of Davids Penning this Heroick and Tri- umphant Pfalm, feems to be thus; David having been long exercifed with varieties of enemies and afflictions, As with Sauls reftlefs malice, and after his death with \ftiboftieth Sauls fon, who by the affi- ftanceof.46ner ( his, and his Father Sauls General) kept David for a time from his rightful Reign over Jfrael, 2 Sam. 2.8, &c to Chap. 5. 1. And Ijhbo- Jhethbe'ing dead, and David annointed King over Jfrael thereupon, while his Kingdom was now di- ffracted and unfctled, David had fundry Conflicts with the Philittines, whom he victorioufly deftroy'd, 2 Sam. 5. throughout. Now when God had delive- red David from all his troubles and afflictions, and from all thefe his enemies, that he was quietly pof- fefled of the Kingdoms both oijudah and Ifrael, and fo became the Head-ftone of the Corner : then he is thought by way of grateful return to God to have penned this glorious Pfalm vihh an heart and mouth 11 *"" ant* overflowing wifh Divine Praifesr. Some 1 1 H.Mouer. th j^ ryav\^ penned it after he had fubdued fundry 10 ^r8* . other Forreign Nations, mentioned in 2 Sam. 8.con- • fidering the expreffions here in Pfal. n8. io, 11. 12, 22. yea after David in a Battel with the Philiftines had that dangerous conflict with Jfhbibenoh the Gy- Sim.de Muisin Arg.Pf.118 , ant, who being girt with a new Sword thought to have k p.Foord j,ain Davic« , but Abiftiai fuccoured him and lulled the '" Expojit. Phiijjtjney 2 Sam. 2 1. 1 5, 16, 17. £and indeed Pfal. F/.118. 1 11 ver. 13. feems to import fome fuch deliverance Temput. Qf jjjyjd from a particular enemy. Only this Bat- tel with the VkWifWnewnd lfl'bibenoth feems to be too long after Davids annointing by Ifrael : whereas this Pfalm feems to be written prefently after Davids coming to the Crown of Jfrael, from ver. 22, 23. 24, 25. And there might be fome pther deliverance of David from a particular enemy meant in ver. 13. As Saul, or Tjhboflieth, &c. or, his adverfary fpoken of there tn the fingular number, may be intended col- lectively of all his enemies. Sett. IV. The Scope. The Scope of the Pfalmift intended in this Pfalme, is ; i. Literally to Incite all forts toconfefle and give thanks unto God the LORD for his goodnefs and eccr- nal loving-kindnefle, as alfo to enlarge himfelf in ail poflible affectionate thankfulnefle to God, for hear- ing him in trouble, helping him to fubdue and de- ftroy all forts of his enemies, and after all difficulties and oppofitions ftablifhing him upon the Throne of his Kingdom over Ifrael, as well as Judah, making him ("though at tuft a Sr one reje#e/^.all due praife f As Hterome and Auftin do here rightly interpret it to be A Confeffton, not of Mans fins, but of Gods praifes 1. Here note, 1. The Act /Confeffio of Gratitude; Confeffing. 2. The Object praifed and hsecnon to be confefled unto ; the LORD. 3. The matter or ad pecca- caufe for which he is to be praifed: 1: Partly, His torumre- Goodnefs. 2. Partly, His eternall loving-kindnefs, mifTionem or merciful kindnefs : 4. The parties who are incited fed ad lau- to this Duty are, Generally, All forts. Particularly, demperti- Jfrael, Aarons houfe3 and the Fearers of the LORD, net Deita- f- 1*2,3,4. tis, Hier. in Com. ad Pfal. 117. Tom. 8* Hie nicerte manifeftum eft, vocem confeffio- nis&fonum, nonadmerorempoenitentiasfedadlstitiam Fefti- vitatis celeberrimx pertinere Aug. in Enarrat. Pfal 117. Tom. 8. II. An Experimental Narration of the many and great Caufes which the Pfalmift himfelf had to praife theLORD, and truft in him alone, verf. 5, to 19. Here, i. His truft and affiance in God in all ftraits and conditions: is hinted, vi^.v..6,j. 2« The grounds of fuch his truft and confidence are declared, vi^. Becaufe, 1. The LORD anfwer- edhim with much inlargement in the day of hisdi- ftrefs, v. 5. 2. The LORD was for him againfthis foes, v. 6. Yea, was chief among his helpers, ' v.i. 3. It is better to fyto-the-LORD-for flielter andfafetyt then to any Man, v,8. Yea, then to the chief Po- tentates among men, Princes, v.9. 4. In the Name of the LORD, he had cut off and deftroyed All Na- tions encompaffing him, yea, encompaffing him like Bees, v. io, 11, 12. 5. The LORD fingularly aided him againft the dangerous enemy, that thruft- ing, thrufledathimtomakehimfall, v. 13. <5.Thc LORD hath been his ftrength, fong, andfalvation, v. 14. "j.The voice of'py andfalvation is at laft in the dwellings of the righteous, v. 15. 8. The right hand of the LORD doth valiantnefi, for his people that reft upon him, v. 1$, \6. 9. Hefl)allnot now dye, though he hath been fore chaftized, but live to declare the LORD'S Acts,v.i7,i3. III.i4n elegant andemphaticalDefcriptionot Davids high thankfulnefs to God upon his full coming into his Kingdom over Ifrael,v. 19. to the end. And this is laid down Dialogue-wife, as if it were a Difcourfe betwixt divers fpeaker$.Here, I.David fpcaks to the Porters and Levites to open to F S A L M E. CXIX. 331 to him the Court paces of the LORD'S Tabernacle, Declaring that to be the LORD'S Sanftuary-gare into which the righteous fl>all enter, v. 19,20. 2. David being enrred in, I. David confefferh to the LORD with thankfulnefs,i. For hearing his Pray- er. 2. For being his Salvation, v. 21. 3. For mak- ing him the Head Corner-Hone in his Kingdome, though formerly refufed by the builders, v. zL This Iaft is amplified elegantly by a double Epiphonema . 1. That, this work was of the LORD' sown contriving, and marvelloutin mens Eyes, v. 23. 2. That this was a Day of the LORDs own making, and therefore a Day of JoyandGladnefs to his people, v. 24. II. The people apprecateSal vation and profperity to their King, v. 25. As once the Difciples and Children did to Chrift entering inrojerufalem, Matth. 21. 9.15. Lul(. 19. 37,?8- III. The Priefis blefs King David out of the Sanftuary, Coming in the Name of the Lord, v. 26. HIT. David thus having received the Accla- marions of the people, and benediction ofthePrieft. 1. Offers his Thank-offerings to God, v. 27. 2. Pro- fefleth the Lord to be his God, and that he will con- fefshim, and exalt him, 11.28. 3-Concludeth, with an Exhortation to all to confefs unto the LORD, for his goodnefs, and eternal loving kindnefs (~as he be- gan the Pfalme} v. 29. Pfalm CXIX. Sett. L The Summary Contents of the whole Pfalme. -r ' In this Pfalme are promifcuoufly laid down, 1. the great happinefs of all fuch as in Chrift rightly obferve God's Law, Word or Doctrine. 2. Manifold praifes of the Excellencies of the Law or Word of God, and of the fweet effects of the fame. 3. Many profeffions of dear affections and fincere obedience to the Law or Word of God. 4. Some complaints againft his afflicti- ons, Perfecutinrj and opprefTing Enemies, and wick- ed-mens breaking the Law of God. 5. And Sundry fathetical Prayers, Petitions, wifhes and defiresin' order to the Pfalmifts due observance of the Law and Word of God. Which things are fo frequently intermingled, that the Method and order of them cannot fo well be noted and pointed out in the whole Pfalme, as In the feveral Otlonaries or Parts there- of. And therefore in the explaining of this Pfalme, The ufual method muft be a little altered : General Explicationsbdng premifed before the whole Pfalm ; Particular Contents mdAnalyfis being annexed to the feveral OUonaries. Se&. II. The Nature or Kind^ and Ex- cellency of this Pfalme. I. The Nature or Kind of this Pfalme may be con- fidered, i.As to the SubjeH-matteroih, which is mixt, and made up of Doilrines, Prayers, Praifes, Profeffions, Holy Refolutions,Complaints,Scc. varioufly rtlftePfal- interwoven: but aJl having fome eminent tendency, mus mag- refpect, or reference to the Law or Word of God, numin fe in one refpeft or another. In which refpect,//irerora myfterium feems to fay ; Thit Pfalme contains in it a great myfte- continet. rya. 2. As to the Form of penning it ; It hath no Hieronym. Title or Infcripcion prefixed. As hath been former- inCom. ad ly notitf on Pfal' I. Sect. 4-And that in regard we are tit.Pf.118, deftitute of fome certain light touching the Penman Tom, 8. and particular Occafion of it. It is one of the Alpha- betical Pfalme s fjas hatlibctn noted J penned after the order of the Hcb,en- .s joyned with "2 and HS, and not HQK except when it fignifies freaking in the heart. 6. IZTpn Chukkim, and JTlpn Chukkoth, Statutes., Decrees, Conftitut ions, conjiituted or prefcrib- m Mercer, ed Ordinations, &c. Pfal. 119. 12. 16. and often. It in I'agn. properly denotes { as Mercerm m hath it out of Ihefaur. Ki:nchi J Statutes, Decrees, Rites, Ceremonies, &c. adverb. appointed and ordained of God, about mattertof ppn/f.t- Religion, or the worfliip of God, as Circumcifion, tuere, fori- Sacrifices, Feftivals, &c. and fpedally for thole 1*11- bere,de~ rtitutions, the reafon whereof is in great parrun- fc> ibcre. known ; As about not eating of Swine sfofli, not wear. ing a garmtno of Linnen and Woollen, Seen. But fome nSim.de contrariwife, by Q^pn underrtand ( faith Calvin) Mv'u in Statutes or Rites divinely perfcribed , whereof the Arg. Pfal. certain Reafon is evident 0. 1 19. 7. CTDi'ttJQ Miflhpatim, Judgements, Pfalme oJo.Calv. 1 19.7. 20. andvery often. This word is often joyned in Com. ad with Lawes and Statutes in Old Tefhment, L:vh. Pi. 119 rn 26. 0. and they are thus differenced, Laws import init. Moralpreceps as the Decalogue : Statutes, all Rites p Judids and Ceremonial Ordinances about matters of Religion , fspe funt Divine Worlhip, &c. Judgments, imply all judicial pr&cepta Lawes touching political Rites, belonging to the pro- quafredat teftion and wel-fare of humane feciety. But when proximum- this word Judgements is ufed fepcratelyand alone, etftf&pe without Lawes and Statutes, it may have a larger Generali- acceptation, as Mercerm hath noted p; Judgement terhoc are often Precepts which concern our neighbour, al- nomine Dei thought often generally by this Name the Decrees of Deer eta God, and things pronounced or judged by him areun- intelligun- derrtood. Called Judgements , becaufe rtill ap- tur,& pointed by God in Judgement and Juftice : ttCahin pronmm- notes. data fen 8. mXO Mitfuoth, Commandement, Mandates, judicata. Sec. Pfal. 11$. 6, 10. 21. and often. Is is derived from Mercer in tV\HTo Command, Decree, &c. And that with the Pagin. great Authority of the Law-giver ("thinks qAmes,) Thefaur. And it properfynotes •, An obliging, or bindingcom- ad verb, mand. A command that binds to obferve any thing : as U2l£J Mercerm r obferves, 1 G. Amef. 9. OHpS Pikkudhim, Precepts Pfal. 119.4. {"Fri&g. i$.andoften. It arifeth from the roof Ipl Tivifite, '^Pf.\\: u9 '" Depofited Precepts, committed of truft to us to keep : ""^' r . As Ames, and S. de Mm t. So that this word is very r„ .?• m emphatical. Prolegom. 10. nHy Ghueduth, Teftimony, witnefs, Pfal. *)'}}* 119. 2. and often. Its derived from "Py which in .'*? m* Hifil fignifies To teflifie, bear witnefs, &c. Hence '" Arg' F*' Teftimony denotes the Law and Commandements of „ rvmt God,which God gave in a way of Covenant to Ifrael(as J}}^. Calvin notes : J To witnejland teftifie betwixt God and HJr£" them the Covenanted agreement u. Hence the .dr^con- trnjnar:ni. taming the two Tables of the Law and Covenant, r°u % J Deut. 5. 2, j, 6. &c. is called the Ark of Teftimony, "•*£, Exod. 25.22. and 26. g^.and the Tab:rnade contain - fjntat;nnt,\ mg thc,4rk The Tabernacle of Teftimony, Numb. 10. %£!*' 1 1. And the Tables are called. The Tables oj Teftimony ju;"™. Exod, 31.18. And 32. 1 $. and 34. 29. And Tiie Tefti- prefjen^ mony, Exod. 40. 20. But alio generally this word, auemodo* Teftimony, imports to us, the Word of God f faith Mer- Deu. „ certu, J whereby God teftifies his Will unto us x. And pmh r™ C as Ames further adds J Teftimonics, fo called; be- tL\icltur caufe this Will,M*TeiMmony or Testament of God, foC'au, dothteftifie, 1. Of Right what we ought to do. 2.0/y„'c ''j Fail, when we do well or ill. 3. 0/£^tw,whargood pr, ,j' or evil we aretoexpeft according to the good or xlnPaen evil we do. And by this means it directs our ton- Thefaur ' fciences in giving tertimony, as well of our rtate, as ajyCY^ of our actions part, prefenc, and future> So he. r J ' r 11. plX Tfedeck, Juflke, Righteoufnefs , Pfal ftpS* 119.40. 142. 144. The Law and Word of God isfo called; becaufe 1. It is in it felf mort exejuifitely and exactly jurt, right and equal, Rom.7.12. Pfal. 19.9. 2. It is iuftified by all manner of proofs, trials, and experiment, Pfal. 1 38. 2. And ought rtill to be jurtifiedby all thechildrenof wifedom, Matth. it. 19. 3. It render's a man jurt and righteous before God that uprightly obferves the Law and Word of God, Luke 1. 6. 12. H jlOK Emunah, The Truth, faith fulnefs, Pf. 1 19. 30. 90. 142. 151. The Law and whole Word of God is fo rtiled, The Dottrine,Promifes, i Threats, Narratives. &c. thereof being molt exafily true. ad Pfal. lie. P S A L M E. CXIX. 333 true, faithful and fure, without any the leaft fhadovv of errour, deceir or falOiood. By thek twelve words ( which for fubftance are Synonyma's, pointing out the Law and Word of God in this Pfalme J the excellency of this Pfalme, and of the Law and Word of God ("the fubjeft-Mattet there- of^) is notably jlluftrared, with Elegant variety. All which I thought ncceffary here to explain, becaufe the right fenfe of them conduceth much to the true understanding of this choice Pfalme. Sect. III. The Penman, Occafion and fcope of this Tfalm. I, The Penman of this Pfalme is not here or elfe- where plainly declared who he was: P,utitisvery probable, Djtvidvtn the Penman of the Holy Gholt in writing it. For, i. The matter of it notably a- grees to David's 19. Pfalm, wherein the Synonymous Denominations, and high praifes of God's Law and Word are laid down, v. 7, 8, ?,&c. as in thisPfalm. 2. The afflicted and perfecutedftate of David, efpe- cially under Saul, is frequently hinted in this Pfalm, what reproach, fears, dangers, injuries, oppreffions, &c. he was expofed unto by his enemies, yea, by Princes and great ones, Seev. 19,21,22,23,25,28,393 42,46,50,51,61,57, 69,70,71, 75,78,84,85,86,87,923 5*5,98, 107, 109,1 10,115, 122,134,139,141, 144.150,153, 154,157,161. which pafiages and expreffions do moil fingularly agree to Davids condition's it is reprefent- ed in his Hiftory, 3. ThisPfalm doth all alone favour of the Spirit of David, being ajively Tdsea of his Faith, Obedience, zeal FIcavenly affeftions and in- tegrity in all. 4. This is one of the Alphabetical Pfalmes. There are in all, feven Alphabetical Pfafmes ("asharh been hinted: J vi^. Pjal. 25. 34. 37. xii. 112. 119, 145. Four of thefe, vi\. Pfal.2$. 34. 37. 145. were Penned by David, as is evident by thcirtitks : the other three alfo, though un- tiruled, more then probably were penneo alto by him, as both the matter of them clearly inr'maces, and this Alphabetical Manner of writing them ([ufual with Da- vid) fuggefisunro us. 5. Interpreters, many con- ceive that Da vid penned this Pfalm, though fome Z D. Amb. are unfatisfied who wrock it ^. in Prolog. ad Pfalm 118. Tom. 4. verfe Arab, in Bibl. Polyglot. Fran. Jun. in Annotat. ad Pfal. 1 19 G. Amef. Prolegom. in Pfal. 119. Joan. FoordExpof1t.inPfal.i19 Sim. de Muis in Argument Pfal. 1 19. Joan. Calv.in Com. Pfal. U9.aduik. II. The Occafion of the Pfahnifts Penning this Pfalm feems from the Subjeil matter of it to be this 3 vi\. David in the courfe of his Pilgrimage here on Earth, meeting with many and great viciffitudes of affaires, conditions and divine dilpenfations, being excerci- fed with many Enemies and potent Perfecutors; efpecially King Saul, with deep diftreffes, plunges and difficulties-, grievous dangers,affiictions and Per- fections, and yet in them all being enabled by the rich Grace of his God, to adhere unto the Law and WordofGodashlsGuide, Counfellour, Comfort, Porti- on, Delight, &c. Whereby he held up his head in deepeft waters of troubles, and at laft happily arri- ved at a fafe Shore: Did hereupon take Occifion'm thisPfalm to bundle up all thofe his fwect and Hea- venly Meditations which in fuch cafes he had 'n and about the Word of God, ([his General Antidote againft all Maladies undCalamities,') and his rich advan- tages reaped thereby in all conditions; That fo he might out of his own experience magniflcally extol the Word of God, and recommend the like ufe and improvement of it in all dangers,di(vtcu!ties,troubles and afflictions whatfoever, to all the true-hearted people and fervants of the Lord. Davids Practice andexercifeintheLawof Goda is here propound- ed for our Inftruftion and Exemplary Imitation. HI. The Scope of this Pfalm is 5 1. To fet forth the fingularHappinefs of the Godly, that finccrcly love and obferve the Law and Word of God in Chrift. 2. To difplay, praife and magnifie the 1'ncomp.irable Ex- cellency, Worth, Precioufnefs and ufcfulnefsof the Word and Law of God unto his faithful people in all varieties of Conditions, Difficulties, Afflictions and Perfections, by hi s own great experience. 3. And to Encourage all the fervants of the Lord, to make Gods word, their very P^efuge and Remedy againft all Evils, Extremities and Enemies whatfoever: Their Counfellour, Comforter, Portion, Heritage, Joy and Delight tranfeendent in all Hates and conditions^ throughout their Pilgrimage. Sett. V. the Analyfis, or Principal Parts of the whole Pfalm. Ambrofe obferves; That fever alfmgular Sentences are explicated in the fever al verfe s ofthk Pfalm a,&c. And for the moft part it is fo,throughout the Pfalm : It being made up of many concife Aphorifmes or com- pendious Sentences, as moft part of the Eook of Pro- verbs is from chap: 10. &c. Like an heap of Gold rings or Precious ftones , without connexion one to another. And therefore it will be very hard to reprefent any handfome Logical Analyfis of this whole Pfalm at once, which is prolixe and Sententi- ous. The Contents and Parts of every Ollonary fe- verally,may be more eafily and profitably laid down. And as to the whole Pfalm, I fhall content my felf with that diftribution of it into xxij Parts according to the Number and Order of the Hebrew Alphabet, by the Penman of it. Seel:. V. The Ferfion out of the Hebrew^ with the Summary Contents and Prin- cipal Parts of the fever al Qttona- ries. K I. Odtonary. a Sin gulis verlibus fin" gula expli. cantur Sen- tCntir.Un- de & per rnetr* afle- runtur eflie defcripti. ^mb. Prolog, in Pfal. 118 In this I. Ollonary, 1. The Happinefs of the fin- cere obferversof Gods Word and Law, is propound- ed, ver. 1, 2, 3. 2. Gods command for diligent keep- ing of them is declared, ver. 4. 3. The great Zeal and affection of the Pfalmift to the right obfervati- on thereof is pathetically defcribedji/er. 5, 6,7. 8. I. Verfion. 1. a/^\ Wonderfully-\l\zvre.c\ are \y The-perfect-onesofway.* who in J E H O V A H's Law with care Are walking every day. 2. b O-Bleffed-Bleffed they that keep His TeftimoniesJr/7/: They that him diligently-feek With all the heart and will. a beb. The hUftdnrJfet of — • 3. Yea, who work not iniquity : But in his wayes c do go. I Q. q q q 4. Thy b heb. The bleffednef- fes of he keepers of— — — » c heKdo W».lk. 33 + V S A L M E. CXTX. d Heb. were firmly -iU- re^ed. c bli..vhen I have re- 1 re£> u no all • Thy Laws, robe kept vehemently, Commanded oft hift rhou. , O that t' obferve thy Statutes W^ft, My waves rfAvere-fix'd-direct / . Then fftall I not be fham'd, e when I All thy commands refpeft. Thee I will joyfully confefs With/ righteoufnefs of heart : f Heb. recti. Wrien judgements of thy righteoufnefs rude or, t /i 11 i j ■ J . ftrii"htne'"5 * '"a'' 'earn< <*n" lmPart- upn|iuncn. 8. Mfheedfully obferve will I Thy ftatutes r£o« i/^/r wa£e : O do not unto vehemency In anger me forfake. II. Verfion. i H-S.The blertedneffes of b H.fr. walk- ing. c HcK Th: UejfiAn £is of the keep- ers ofhis Teftimo- nies— ■ d H(l> uu- qutty. e Uib. were firml,' duel- ed ( Heb.have- refped to g Htbl will confeis thee h Hrb. learn i Wrfr. unto \chcmcnry. i. <*T} Left (irc-the-perfect-onesof way : 1) Who in JEHOVAH'S Law, b do go. 2. c Blefs't rtce his Records keepers ay : With all the heart feek him who do. 3. And they that work not d wickednefs ? But in his wayes walk heed fully. 4. Thy Precepts thou commanded haft, To be obferved vehemently. 5. O that my waves e were fix 'd- direct, To keep t hy Statures thou didfl frame. 6. When I/all thy commands refpect, Then lTiall I not be bafh't-with-fhame. 7. With heart's uprightnefs^ I'le the praife : When thy juft judgments I fnall /; know. 8.1 vvill obferve thy Statutes wayes : Mee i very much forfake not thou. In this Fiifl Oilonary, ("every verfe whereof in the Hebrew begins with the Firfi Letter RAleph J Are confiderabte. I. A Declaration, or Proportion of the wonder- ful Happinels of thofe that are truely obedient to God in his Word and Law. Otbebleffedneffes,&c ! This their obedience is illuftrated, 1. By the Objects thereof, viz. God, himfelf, Toe LawofjEHOVAh : flit Testimonies: Hit wayes. z. By the Acts thereof Scel;ing-> keepingi walking. 3. By the Adjuncts there- of, viz,. Sincere Perfection of way orcourfeof life- Entire Coydialnefs herein. Abnegation of all oppo- site iniquity. And conftancy in all, a/er.1,2,3. II. A Signification of the efficient Caufc of keeping and obferving Gods Precepts, v\. Gods will decla- red by his commands. This obferving of his Pre- cepts is amplified by the vehement andutmoften- dc avour that fhould be manifeftcd therein 3 to be ob- lerved vehement ly,ver. 4. til. A PatheticalDefcriptionot the Pfalmifts Angu- lar Affection and zeal to this commanded obedience, wherein true Happinefsis to be found, ver. 5. to the end. This his zealous Affection is laid down, and Amplified. I. By way of fcrious wifh, that his ways, his whole courfc of life, were fo fixedly direUed, that he might keep Gods Statues ver. 5. 2. By the Reafon of this wifh, vif. A double advantage or effect that would enfue upon his obedience. That is ^ ft) An avoiding of fhame and confufion by having fincere and entire refpeil to all Gods commandments, ver. 6. C2) An obtaining ofiweec caufe and Occafionof praifmj.; the LORD with righteoufnefs of heart, upon learning the judgements of his juftice, ver.'j. 3. By his holy Pu rpofc of obferving Gods flatntcs. Ampli- fied, By a Deprecation of the LORD'S utter deferr- ing him : wherein isa tacit Implora.ion of the Lords alhftancc of him in his rcfolved obedience, ver.. 2. II. Odlonary. In this II. Oilonary the way of Happinefs in obferv- ing the word of God is further illuftrated, 1. By the efficacy and ufefulnefs of the Word to work Sand ity of life, even in youth, a fubjeft leaft difpofed there- unto, ver. 0. By that way and Courfe, according to the word, which the Pfalmift fandconfequent- ly every godly perfon} defires and refolves to take, in order to this Sanctity of life, which is a great part of the Saints Happinefs, ver. loto 17. a I. Verfion. 9' W 7^erew'tn ft13" young-man a purifie V V His way from fin abborfdl By-taking-heed continually According to thy Word. 10. 1 have-thee-diligently-fought With all mine heart'j intents : b Let me not erre, no not in thought^ From thy Commandements. 1 1. 1 hid thy Sayings in mine heart, 'Gainft thee c left I fhould fin. 12. O LORD, thou ever blefied art: Thy Statutes teach me in. 13. All thy mouth's Judgments • d heir I told or I decla- ed< . e heb as a- bove all ftore-of- rches. (heb. medi. tate. g beb.l will delight my felf or, re- create my felf. a bcb. or , according to b btb.mike me-not err b fcrfc.fee. e Htb.i did declare^', I-did tell, d Htb.iS above all liore of- riches— e Hefr.ro thy waytl Will look or, haverefpeft (bib.tr, delight my felf. In this Second Ottonary, ( every verfe whereof in the Hebrew begins with the Second Letter "2 Beth. J The true Happinefs of the godly in obferving and keeping Gods Law or Word, is notably illuftrated and Amplified; I. By the efficacy andfingular ufefulnefs of Gods Word to effect Sanctity and purity of life, yea even in a young man, whole life is mod apt to be contaminated with all manner of youthful lufts, and whoismoft indifpofed tobc elenfed fiom them. Here note, I. Toe r S A L M E CXfX. 335 The Matter Propounded, which dotli emphatically comprize and reprefent, I. A great fpiritual mala- dy, vi\. Sinful defilement of way, of Converfation, orcourfeoflife, jmplyed in that phrffej clenfehU way. 2. The Patient labouring under this Malady ; A young man. Moft apt to be corrupted: and moft indifpofed to be reformed and cured. Confcquently, by a Synechd. We may here under/land, any man. 3. The Remedy, QlJ Inquired after; Wherewith /hall heclenfe f C2J Difcovered , Gods Word. fi) Applved •, By taking heed to hit way, his life, according to hit word. II. The Manner oj Propounding, iii^. In form of a Dialogue, by way of queftion and Anfwer, for the more clearnefsand emphafis, ver. 9. II. By that holy way or courfe of life, Cwherein no fmall part of the Saints Happincfs in this lifecon- fift$,J according to the word, which the Pfalmift here, and every Godly perfon anfwerably, defires and refolves to take, in order to this Sanctity and Purity, of life, v. 10. to 17. vi%. Particularly, x. In feeding the LORD with the whole heart. And fpccial- Iy, that he may not fuffer him to wander from his commandements, v. 10. 2. In hiding Gods fayings in bit heart, that ke might not fin againft him, v. 11. 3. In defiring the blefied LORD, to learn him hit Sta- v. 12. 4. In declaring abroad (for Gods honour and others fpiritual benefit,) all the judgements of Gods mouth, v. 13. 5. In re)oycing in the -way of Gods Tefti- monies more then in all plenteout fiore 0/ Riches, v. 14. 6. In mediating upon Gods Precepts, and contem- plating or having refpeft to his wayes, v. 15. 7. In delighting bimfelj, or recreating himfelf in Gods Sta- tutes, and anfwerably not forgetting his Words, ver. 16.. a Heb. To thy fervant reward - boKnteoufly cHeli.is bro- ke n fmall. d heb in all times. C Heb. thou didftrebukc f Heb. wan- ting g Hf&.con. tempt. h hrb.Ttiii- monies. i Heb. thy fervant me- ditatcth on- k Heb. left i- uionies. III. OcSonary. Tn this TllOclonary ( which is Petitory) the Pfal- mift prayeth, x.Generally, For Gods bounteous Be- neficence to him, ver. 17. 2. Particularly, For, (1 J Divine affiftance againft all inward inherent in- firmities and impediments, ver. 18, 1 9, 20. (2) De- liverance from all outward adventitious evils where- by the world is wont to exercife and afflict the peo- ple ofGod, that defire to keep his word, ver. 21. to 25. I. Verfion. 17* "■ T^Hy Servant well-reward, Then I X Shall live and keep thy word. 18. Unveil mine eyes, that I may b fpy From thy Laws wonders, Lord. 19. 1 Stranger am on Earth .-Hide not Thou thy commands me fro. 20. My foul c is-broken with defire d All times thy judgements to. 21. The proud accurs'd e thou-didfl-controul, From thy commands, who-fwerVd. 22 From me Reproach andg fcorn off-roll For I thy h Laws obferv'd. 2 3. Yea Princes fate, againft me fpake: i I on thy Scatutes rr.ufe. 24. And my Delights chy ^Records make j My Couufel's men, to uft. II. Verfion. 17. O Eward a thy fervant bountcojfly : Ia That I may Iivc,and keep rhy word. 18. Unveil my darkened eyes, That I May From thy Laws fee wonders, Lord. 19. A ftranger I on Earth refpbe: Thou thy Commands hide not me fro. 20. My foul b is broken with defire Ev'n c at all times thy judgments to. 21. The proud accur'd rfthou-didft-comroul, From thy commands who wandring fl ept. 22. From me reproach and e (corn o(T-rolI •, For I thy Tcflimonics kept. 23. Yea Princes fare, agjinft me fpake ; Thy fervant in thy Sutures f rnu fe. 24. And my Delights rhy gKecordsmake; Them as men of my Counfel ufe. IV. Ocftonary. Thfs Fourth Oclonary is a Prayer, fetting forth the Excellent ufe of the Word of Cod in deepeft afflicti- ons a lUb.'o thy ferrauc. b hefa.is i,ro; ken fmaii. ch«l'. in all time, riheb. dirlft tbou-rehnkc e heb. con- tempt. f IM.medi- tareth p / rt.Tefti- rr.onies. In this Third Oclonary ("every verfe whereof in the Hebrew begins with the third Letter of the He- brew Alphabet 3 Gimel) which is a devout Prayer, ThePfalmiftPetiuoneth, in order to the inciting of his Heart to the due fiudy of the Word of God. 1. More Generally, for the LORD'S bounteous- beneficence towards himfelf, His fervant, That he may live andobferve Gods Word, wherein norc, 1. TheEminency of the favour defired. Bwnty. 2. The Author of it. 3. The Subject recipient; Thy fervant. 4. The end for which this favour is defired, Subordinate^, Life. Ultimately, Obferving Gods word,v. 17. II. More Particularly, 1. For Gods affiftance of him againff, and delive- rance of him from all inward inherent infirmities and impediments, hindring his due underftanding and keeping of Gods Word. As, 1. His darknefs of mind, v. 18. 2. His Imperfection, in his abfence from the Lord,during his Pilgrim condition on Earth, v. 19. Againft both which his requeft is enforced very pathetically, by the conftant vehemency or in- tenfivenefie of his Souls defires after Gods Judge- ments, v. 20. 2. For Gods defence againft and deliverance from outward adventitious evils wherewith the world is wont to exercife the Godly that defire to keep Gods Teftimonies ; As ; Reproach and Contempt. This is laid down, v. 22. And urged, 1. From Gods jufiice, who is wont to rebuke the Proud accurfed, Wandring from Gods Commandements, v. 21. 2. From the Pfal- mifts conitant care to perform his Duty to Gods Word: 1. Keeping hit Teftimonies. 2. Meditating in hit Statutes. 3. Making Gods Teftimonies hit Delights, and the men of bit CounfeL And all this with undaut- ed refolution, notwithftanding Princes fate and fpake againft him, v. 22, 23, 24. 336 V S A L M E S. CXIX. ons. Heroin the P&lmift affiided. i. Prayes for certain benefits bv or from the Word, for the better ni.inagemi.nt of his affiidions, ver. 25. to 29. 2. De- precates fundry other evils, ver. 29.ro 33. I. Verfion. 25. \ /TYSoul unto-the-duft cleaves-/d/r : I VI Me-quicken a by thy word. 26. 1 fliewV. my wayes,6 heard me thou haft: Teach me thy Statutes Lord. 27. Make-me-tounderftand the way Ot thy dear Precep:s all. And of thy wonders da\ by day Much meditate I fhalj. 28. My Soul for-heavinefs doth drop : According to thy Word. Thou merctfHlly-niie-mevip. c ficb. take- 29. c Take fal/hood's way abbor'd away, or,re- From me : And oive-me-^racioufly move- Thy Law clearly Jifctos,d. 30. The way of Truth chofen-have-I: Thy judgements I propos'd . ihtb. let me 11. r he a- baflV . with lhame. e H.b ihou flul:. a btb. and thoqdidft an wer me. b Heb. m ike tne-to-' n- derftand. c Htb Jrop- ptth fothea- vinefs. d beb.raiCe ire up, ot i l.fctboa me op. e Heb. take. aw {■;. t .: fr.thave I>. le^ b.ilii d With 111 4 :.C. 31. 1 to thy Teflimonies clave/?/'//: LORD.rf let no fhame me charge. 32. Run thy Commandments way I will, When e thotfft my heart enlarge. II. Verfion. 2$. A A Y Soul unto the duft cleaves-fu/r: LVj Me quicken according to thy Word. 25. I fhewM my wayes,/i heard me thou haft : Do-thou-teach-me thy Statutes, Lord. 2". Thy Precepts way b make-me-to-know Lie on thy Marvels meditate. 28. My foul c for grief-doth-dropping-flow : After thy Word d me elevate. 29. The way of falfliood from me e take : And thy Law give-me-pracioufly. 30. The way ot Trnth/my-choice-I-make, Propofed thy judgements have I. 3 v I to thy Testimonies clave ftill : LORD,£ let not fhame me overcharge. 32. Run thy Commandments way I will : When thou fhaltmyjrni/r heart enlarge. In this Fourth Ottonary f*every verfe whereof in the Hebrew begins with the Fourth Letterot the He- brew Alphabet "I Dalcth } The Pfalmift being under deep affiidions Fntvcr/;, and in his Prayer reprefents the lingular benefit and ufefulncfs of Gods word in the heavicft diftrefles. To this end, I- Hj Prayeth for fundry benefits by or from the Word, in order to his better management of his af- fiidions. As for, 1. Quickening according to hit Word. Which is urged, from the Extremity of his diftrefs, v. 25 *. 2. Inflrutlion in his word. Urged, from Gods former Anfwering of his Prayers, Experiment- ed, v. 26. 3. Information in the way of hit Precepts. Urged, from his rcfolution and promife thereupon to Meditate on Gods wondrous-Works, v. 27. . An- 4« K.iifingkim-up, according to Gods word. PrefTed, for From rhe inenlivenefsofhisdiltrefs-, HhSouldrop- his (laugh- PH Ca;'t were melted into tearcs unddifiblved J tcr of j- through heavinefs, v. 28^ . .t Th •(]'..! mi ;-.< innocent and nocent, without diflinftion, &c en- remple, not Handing nor kneeling, but carting If down upon the ground, recited that verfe 9{ Davids; untotbeduft, quicken me according to thy Word; hair with his hands, he began to beat hisfore- hcad, to water the ground, with hj* tears, and beg pardon, &c. /.5 r.17. * Tieed {i- wthr Em- perour be- ing n |v repT.v II. He deprecateth divers evils, Efpecially, i.Tic wayoffaljhood. i.e. The falfe way of Religion, erro- neous Dodrine, Opinion, Worfhip, &c. Or the falfe way offinful pradifes, &c. Both oppofed after- wards to thewayojTmth. This is illuftrated, fij Partly, By the proper Antidote againft this way of falfhood, here defired •, Gids Law given gracioufly to him, v. 29. C2)Partly-> Byhisoppofite ftudyand endeavour; He having chofen the way of Truth, and PropofedGodsjudgements to himfelf, v. 30. 2. Shame orConfufion. Thatnotwithftanding al! his deep di- diftrellesta may not be dafht for with flyame, or be o- verwhelmed with fhame as difappointed of his hopes of deliverance and Divine fupport,8:c. This he amplifies and urgeth, (f) Partly, From his former Conftancy of Faith and obedience, cleaving to Gods Teftimonies, v. 31. (%) Partly, From his pious Refolution for future, To mend his pace in the way of Gods commandments, When^GodJhall enlarge bis fadned and ftraitned heart, v. 32. ' ikeb V] |W V. Oftonary. This V.Oftonary is alfo/l Prayer of like Nature to the former, Touching the ufe of the Wor din the Evil of afliittion. And as in the former the Pfalmift had prayed for benefit by the Word againft the Mifery of Affiidions : So here he prays fot good by the Word againft the Temptations of Affiidions ; 1. Petition- ing to be Informed in, and inclined to Good, ver. 33. to 36. 2. Deprecating fundry Temptations unto Evil, ver. 36. to 41. I. Verfion. 33./^ LORD, teach me thy Statutes way, V^/ a To keep it to the end. 34. b Learn me, that keep thy Law I may, And c with whole heart it tend. 35. In thy Commands path make-me-go : For d there my pleafurelies. 36. Thy Teftimonies bow mine heart to And not to avarice. 37. From feeing vainnefs mine eyes e turn ; In thy wayes quicken me, 38. To thy fervant/thy Word confirm, ThiCsfix'd to-fear-of thee. 39. Myg fear'd reproach away-turn-thou : For, good thy judgements be. 40. Lo, I-have-Iove thy Precepts to : In h Juflice quicken me. If. Verfion. a Heb. And I (lull keep b heb. make me- under- ftand. c heb. with allche heart obferve it. d heb. in it have plea- lure. e i.turn- away. f heb. thy faying. c, neb. re- proch which I fear, h heb. thy juftice. OLORD, teach me thy Statutes way , 7And I fhall keep it to the end 34. a Learn me, that keep thy Law I may And it with all the heart b attend. 35. In thy Commands path make-mc-go ; Becaufe in it c my plcafurc lies. 35'. Thy Teftimonies bow mine heart to j And not to loathfim avarice. a heb. make me under- Hand, hheb. ob- feive. cheb.l have p'.cafure. 2. From V S A L M E CXfX. 335 dheb. turn away, eheb. thy frying. 57. From feeing vainnefs mine eyes d turn •• Mc vivify in chy wayes dear. 38. To thv fervant ethy Word confirm, That K additted to-thy-fear. ftrtjreprech 29. /My fear'd reproach away-turn thou .• which I fear For very good thy Judgments be. 40. Lo,I-have-Iove thy Precepts to : Thou in thy Juftice quicken me. In this Fifth Qtionary, ("every verfe whereof in the Hebrew begins with the Fifth Letter of the He- brew Alphabet n He J the Pfalmift continues his Prayer, in reference to his AffiiZlions, and the Tem- tations incident thereupon . lor benefit by the Word of God. And herein, I. He petitioned for good, viz. 1.T0 be taught the way of Gods Statutes. This is urged from his (cope therein; that he may l&epit to the end, vet. 33. 2. To be made to underhand, to be made intelligent. This is urged, from his intended practice in keeping Gods Law, and entire obferving thereof, ver. 34- 3« To be made to tread in the path of Gods Commandments, urged, from his delight therein, ver. 35. 4- That the LORD would incline his heart unto his Jefiimonies, v. 36. in the beginning. II. He deprecateth, or prayeth againfi fundry Evils, or Temptations and Inducement to evils. As, 1. A- gainfi his hearts inclination to evil Concupifcences, Synechdochically noted by one kind thereof, Covetouf- nefi, v. $6. latter end. 2. Againfi all fa Ife vanity, all vain and evil external Objects, that by means of the outward fenfes are apt to make ill Impreffions up- on the Inward Soul : That his Eyes may be turri'd awayfiom beholding them. This is Illuftrated by the fruits or effects that fhall beconfequent thereupon, *"%• CiJ His Quickening in Gods wayes, v. 37. ("2 J The Confirming and Fulfilling of Gods Saying, Gods Promife unto him, addiiled to his fear, v. 38. 3. Againtt all reproach and infamy, which through his failings he was afraid might fall upon him : that it might be averted and prevented. This is urged, From thegoodnefs of Gods Judgments, whereby he fhould be prefer ved from this evil, v 39. ^.Againfi all fpiritual dulnefs and deadnefs in his obedience : implied in his Petition for Quickening him. This Quickening is urged ; Partly, from Gods Righteouf- nefs and Juftice. Partly, from his own affectionate love and defire after Gods Precepts, ver. 40. VI. Odtonary. The VI. Oltonary is mixt of Petitions, and holy Refolutions, Purpofes, or Promifes, upon the obtain- ingofthofe Petitions. Thefe are interwoven one with another. Herein the Pfalmift 1. Prayeth for Mercy andSalvation out of his Afflictions, ver. 41, 42. 2. Deprecateth, or Prayeth againfi Gods pulling the Word of Truth out of his mouth, ver, 43. 3. Pro- fejfeth hereupon his endeared Refpefts to, and ob- fervance of Gods Word, In Work, Word, and Heart, ver. 44. to 49. In the whole here's the right ufe of Gods Word after deliverance out of Afflitlton. I. Vtrfion. 41. A Ndlet-thy-Ioving-kindneffes Jtx. Come unto me, 0 LORD ; Ev'n thy Salvationjfom difirefr According-to-thy- * Word. 42. a Then fhall I anfwer eafify b Him-that-roproaeheth-me, Eecaufe c I trufting-did-rely Upon thy Word and thee. 43. And thou Truth's Word take not awiy From my mouth i utterly : Becaufe I for thy Judgments ay H a ve-waited-hopefully, 44. And I thy Law will keep a! wayes, For ay and evermore. 4$. And I fhall walk eat large, becaufe I fought thy Precepts lore. 46. And of thy TefHmonies deare I will fpeak/in the fight Of Kings, andnotbeftiam'dor/^re". 47. And * I'le-my-felf-delight In thy Commands, which I have Iov'd. 48. And g will mine hands up-ufe To thy Commands, which I have lov'd : And on thy Statutes h mufe. g btb. I will liftup-n-y-palmc ■ h Htb. I will mejlrt^t. j Heb. er ; And I fhatt anfwer a •vord. o Htb. my- leproachr- myne-up braider. cbrb.l uufteci. hoped. ■• in a large- roomth. f i/ri'.bcforr or ^in the prcfence of *btb. I w»1 delight my felf- delight- fully. Tbt r>»t is dtub- hi. II. Verjion. 41, * T"1 O me let come thy a mercies all, As-thou-faidft, thy Salvation, LORD *H,b. And 42. And b I my Scorner anfwer fhall, Becaufe I trufled in thy Word. aHfi. lov- ing kind- nerses. ac- cording to thy Saying, b W.I fliall anfwer my upbraides avoid, c htb. And pull not the word of trueth utterly unto veheraency. dH<&. All- waies. e He*. And I {hall fpeak; f Htb. or i delight my felfdelight- fully. g Htb. I will lift up my palmes to thy comminds which I hare loved 43. c Truth's Word quite from my mouth take C never, For, for thy Judgements waite did I. 44. And I thy Law will obferve d ever, For ay and perpetuity. 45. And in large-roomth then I fhall walk, For I thy Precepts fought and claimed. 46. e I'le of thy Teitimonies talk, Before great Kings, and not be fham'd. 47. 1 alfo will in thy Commands, Which I have lov'd /, me recreat. 48. Andg lift to thy lov'd Lawes my hands, And on thy Statutes meditate. In this Vlth ORonary, ("every verfe whereof in the Hebrew begins with the Sixth Letter of the He- brew Alphabet ) Vau) the Pfalmift praying for Gods Loving-kindneffes andSalvation of him from afflicti- on, & that God would not utterly take the Word of Truth out of hit mouth, viz. by non-performance of his Pro- mifes, &c. for fulfilling whereof he defires his mouth might ftill magnifie him •, Profeffeth and promifeth upon receipt of thefe favours by way of gratitude, to refpeft and obferve his Word and Law, in Deed, Word, and Heart. More Particularly, I. He 'prayeth, 1. For Gods Loving-kindneffes and Salvation ifvi^. out of Affliction, J that they might come to him. Where he expreffeth , fij The Ground of this his Petition, vi\. Gods Word of Pro- mife fyc.v. 41. (2)The good effect which will enfue upon granting of it, vi^. Thereby he fhall be really furnifhed with an Anfwer to every one that reproacheth /;//wfortruftinginthe Word of God, ver. 42. 2. For conftant Caufe or Occafion of extolling the Word of Truth in his mouth, viir. Upon Gods performance of his Word of Promife to him. This is implied in his Deprecating the contrary. And it is urged, from the Pfalmifts hopeful waiting for Gods Judge- R r r r ments 333 V S A L M E. CXIX. mentsof his mouth to be accomplifhcd for hira ac- cordingly, v. 43. II. He Profeffeth, Refolmh and Promfferh, by way of gratitude upon Gods performance ofhisRequelh, 1. In Deed, (i) His continual obfervance of Gods Law, i/er.44. C2J His conftant walking in much enlargednefi, having fought Gods Precepts. fThis Enl argedneffe may import, either the enlargednefle of his heart in his duty, isver. 32. or the enlarged- nefs and plainnefe of his way wherein he is to walk. As Pfal. 18. 7,6. or the enlargedneffe of his condition in way of mercy from God, as Pfal. 4. 1.) ver. 45. 2. In word, his [peaking of Gods Teftimonies, to their praife, &c. even before Kings : and not being afham- ed of them, ver. 46. 3. In Heart, fi) Hti delight- ing himfelfin Gods Commandments which be had loved, ver 47. ("2 J His meditating in Gods Statutes. Am- plified by his Refolution of revolving and lifting his hands to Gods Commandments, which he had loved. ver. 48. VII. Octonary. Thisfr77. OStonary is of mixt Nature, being Peti- tory, and Narratory. Wherein the Pfalmift I. Peti- thneth for divine favour in his diftrefs, ver. 49. 2. Declareth what great and manifold comfort he had from Gods Word in his greateft afflictions, ver. 50. to 57. I. Vcrfion. *Ht. re- member. a Hub. unro vehemency. h Htb.l ic- nien.br d thy Judge- ments of old Mtfcorn'd 49'*~Y* He Word unto thy fervant * minde, X For which thou mad'ft me-waite. 50. In mine affiiftion ftill Ifinde This i* my Comfort great : That thy fweet Saying quickneth me. 51. The proud ^exceedingly But from thy Law or thee c Heb. burn- ing horronr. or; a it< r:ny rerrcur. d Htb. or, from he v.':cked. Declined have not I. 52 LORD, b I recall'd thy Judgments old : And-my-felf-comforted. $3. c Great-horrour did on me take-hold, d For wicked ones mifled, Forfakers of thy Law through Sin. 54. Thy Statutes precious Have unto me been Songs within My Pilgrimages houfe. 55. Thy Name remembred I by night, LORD, and thy Law obferv'd. 56. This was tome : becaufe aright Thy Precepts I conferv'd. II. Verfioit. % Htt re- member, b Hamed of hit hope and truftinGod,8rc. v.Bo. Xl.Ofto- P S A L M E. CXIX. 341 XL Oftonary. This Xlth OBonary Is a continuation of thePfal- mifts Prayer under his affliction continued. Wherein the Excellent ufe ofGodsWordundaGods delaying of ex- pelled help and relief againfi long afflitHons,hnotMy reprefented.Here, I. He complaines of the great- neffe of his mifery under his long continued afflictions ■ver. 81. to midft of 84. 2. He Petitions for Divine Judgement upon his perfecuting enemies, and for Gods aid againft them, ver. 84. to 88. 3. He prays forquickning, ver. 88. I. Vcrfion. * w,j. ,»« 81.A /f Y Soul for a thine health faints-away, HhSto? lVl While for thy Word I wait, faileth. «r is 82. Mine eyes b fail for thy Word : I fay, confumed. when wile me confolate .* b Hefc.orace TnouJ,h t amparched\ike unto eonfiimc 'tor ' _ y> . . ' r l, thy faymg : A Bottle in the fmoke, in faying. Yet did I not forget, ftartfio, Thy f acred Statutes.^. c YLth. when wilt thou do upon my Perfecutors Judgment, d Hffc.which is not accor- ing to thy Law. c Heb. or; faithfulnefs f He b. or ; fjlfly.caufe- lefly. g Heb. thy loving kind- net's. a Hib, or ; is confumed. b Htb faying mine eyes are confum- ed. c //e J .In the fn oke. d Heb wilt thou do up- on my per- fecutors judgment, c He*, which is not accor- ding to thy Law. (Heb. faith- fulncfle. g Heb. they perfeccue me falfly, wrongfully, ca"ife!cfly. b heb. I have 84. How many are thy fervants dayes ? c When fhall thy judgements be Done on my Perfecutors wayes f 8$.The proud digg'd pits for me d To thy juft Law which do not fait. 86. e Truth are all thy commands •• They f wrongfully me perfecute, Help thou me from their hands. 87. Almoft confumed me had they On Earth, to be forgot, But thy choice Precepts, my Souls flay, Forfaken have I not# 88. After^ thy Mercy and thy Truth Do thou me vivify : The TefHmony of thy mouth Then well obferve fhall I. II. Verfion. 81. A A Y Soul for thy Salvation a quailes: IVi Whilft for thy Word I hoping-waic. 82. For thy dear b mine eyes do fail, Saying,when wilt me confolate ? 8?. I've not forgot thy Statutes wayes, Though I as Bottle am c in fume. 84. How many are thy fervants dayes? When d wilt my Perfecutors doome ? 85. The proud have digged pits for me, e To thy )ufl Law which doth not fuit. 86. AH thy Commandments/faithful be, Help me,£ whom they mifs-perfecute. 87. Almoft they me confum'd on Earth j But h from thy Laws I did not fwerve. 83. After thy mercy quicken me: And thy mouth's i Records Tie obferve. sot forfaken thy Statutes, i Heb. Teftimony. In this Eleventh Ottonary ("every verfe whereof in the Hebrew begins with the Eleventh Letter of the Hebrew-Alphabet, D Caph J The Pfalmifl having been long continued and excrcifed under afflictions, and, Hill Divine help and deliverance being delay- ed, fhowes what ufe he made of Gods word in that cafe, for our inftruction and imitation in like conditi- on. I. He complains of the greatneffe of his mifery, through his afflictions continued, and Gods help de- layed. So great were his miferies, that 1. His Soul fainted for Gods falvation. Yet he Aill hopefully-wait- ed on Gods Word, ver. 8 1. 2. His eyes failed for Gods Word of promife, thatit might be fulfilled in Gods comforting of him, which he thought long deferred; When wilt thou comfort me ? ver. 82. 3. His body was lean, fhrivelled, and wrinkled like a Bottle dry- cdinthefmoak? Which is Amplified, by his not for- getting Gods Statutes in all this extremity, verf.8^. 4. The dayes of his mifery, and the time when it fhould end, was wholly in fufpence and uncertain to him , v. 84. at the beginning. ll.f/e Petitions God to avenge him of hit Perfecutors, and help him againft them. : Complaining that God herein fo long delayed, v. 84. latter end, (fyc. En- forcing thefe his requefts, 1. From the fidelity of all Godscommands. 2. From the unlawful, injurious, and wrongful dealing of his proud Perfecutors, v .85. 85. 3. From the extremity of his diftreffe which they had brought upon him, having almoft confum- ed him. This is illuflrated, by his-conftancy in Gods Precepts notwithftanding, v. 87. III. He clofeth up all, Praying the LORD according to his loving-tyndnefs to quicken him. Urging this re- queft, by his promife obferve the Teftimony of Gods mouth when he fhall fo be enlivened, v. 88. XII. O<5tonary. This Xllth OBonary is a devout Prayer. As, in the former he fets forth his diftreffe and mifery while his affliction was continued, and Gods help was de- ferred; and what refpeft he had to Gods Word in the mean time : So in this Oilonary the Pfalmift fhowes how he comforted himfelf by Gods Word during the faid continued affliction and temptation upon him, vi^. By confidering well the exquifite perfection of the Word and Will of God, ver. 89. to 94. 2. By Praying for GodsConfervatfon of him in his afflicted condition, ver. 94, P5,5?5. I. Verfion* 89.T70r ever a ftedfaft is thy word, r LOR D,in the Heavens high. 90. To generation and generation Is thy fidelity : Thou-haft-eftablifhed b the Land, Andfirmly ftand-it-fliall. 91. This day they to thy judgments ftand : For thy fervants are all. 92. c Had not thy Law been my Delights, In mine affliction Then had I perifhed outright. 93. For ever rfl'Ie think on Sfff a Heb. »r ; Handing, fettled. b Htb. the Earth. c btb. unleft thyLaw bad bitn my de- lightful-de- lights, the Root iiioub' ltd in tbe word. dHft.I will not forget. The ■MM Mi 542 V S A L M E. CXIX. eH.Mr; large-W ile. i.t.of infinite extent. &C. Thy preaowt Precepts : For by thofe Thou didit me vivify. 94. 1 <}. I'm wife my Teachers all before : For thy Records my pond'ring are. 100. Than Ancients underftand I more: For I thy Precepts kept with care. 101. 1 have my feet from each ill way Reftrayn'd, that I may keep thy word. 102. 1 from thy Judgments did not rfftray : Eecaufe thou haft me taught, 0 LORD. 103. Thy words unto e my taftc how fweet / / 'Bove Honey to my mouth are they. 104. I by thy Precepts g knowledg-ger : I therefore hate A each falfhood's way. a hi. It if my medita- tion. bhth.lt, i.e. every one of thy com- mands. c heb. thy TeftimoniM dd&ft. every path of fall- hood. a '.>«>. com- mande- ments : for it, i. e. evfty one of rfcy commands. b M. for ever. c Hfi.Tefli- monies are my medita- tion. d Heb. De- part. e Heb. my pala-e. f H<&.before honey 0', more thin- honey, g Htb.<*tt- underltand- ing. h heb. every path of falf- hood. In this Thirteenth Oilonary f every verfe whereof in the Hebrew begins wirh the thirteenth Letter of the Hebrew Alphabet, Q Mem J The Pfalmift, having formerly exprefled, How fweet and comfortable the Word was to him in his great Afflictions, here he pathetically burfts forth into a rapture of Exclamati- on and Admiration touching the incomparable dear- nefs of the Word unto his heart and affections. Pathe- tically declaring before the LORD. r S A L M E CXIX. 343 I. Hii vehement and intenfive Love to the Law and Word of God: with a kind of Admiration, ver, 97. Thisheilluftrates, 1. Bytheeffeft of this love. His conftant meditation in the Word, ver.97.lat. end. 2. By the moving-caufe inclining him thus to love Gods Law: vfc That Wifedom, Prudence, and In- telligence Qi.e. all manner of perfect direction in spirituals J which he gained by the Word. Which fkill and direction is fet forth by a triple comparifon: being preferred, To the wifedomeofhiscrzitieft ene- mies, To the Prudence of this Teachers, and to the In- telligence of the long-experienced Ancients-, ver. 98, 99, 100. 3. By his practical refpeft unto the Word : Partly efchewing all evil, that he might keep the Word, ver. 101. Partly, Perfevering conftantly in Gods Judgments, the LORD having taught him fo to do,ver. 102. II. HUfweet and great delight which he took in the Word and Sayings of God. This is laid down with Ad- miration, ver. 103. in the begin. This is illuftrated, I. Comparatively The fweetnefs of the Word to his Soule, being preferred to the delicious iweetnefsot honey to the mouth, ver. 103. 2. Declaratively. The reafon of this his furpaffing delight in the Word be- ing fignified,W^. His gaining of fpiritual and faving underftanding thereby. Whereupon on the con- trary he hated every path oj falflwd, ver. 104. aH^.ihc judgments of thy rgh teoufnefSi b Hcb. unto vehemency c Heb. or j I pray thee, d beb or j ahvaies. e Heh. my heart. XIV. Oftonary. This XIIII. Ottonary ts of Mixt Nature, being Pro- mijfory, Petitory, and Narratory. As in the former he had fetforth hisendeared Affections to theWord:So here he makes known his finguiar care and ftudy to conform his whoie Converfacion to the Word. De- claring 1. the Word tobethe Rule ofhio life and courfe,iw. 105. 2. The firrnnefs of his Refolution herein, verf. io<5. 3. The inviaciblenefs of his pur- pofes to this end, againft all manner of impediments of afflictions and enemies, v. i07.ro Hi. 4. His conftant complacency in the Word, ver. m. 5. His hearts conftant inclination to walk according to Gods Word, ver. 112. I. Ver ft on. ic$. •"I""' Hy W , Lamp to my hoiftill, J. Ana to my path a light. 106. I fware, aud-it-confirme-I-will, To keep a thy Judgments right. 107. I am afflicted here below b Moft vehemently; OLORD, Me favourably quicken thou According to thy Word. 108. Accept my mouth's Free-offerings e now, Which, LORD,thou didft command: And me thy judgements learn do thou. 109. My Soul's d (till in my hand : Eut I have not thy Law forgot. no. The wicked ones have laid A fnare for me : yer have I not From thy deare Precepts ftraid. in. For-heritage-I-havepoflefl Thy Teftimonies rare For evermore : For of e my breaft The very joy chey are. 112. Mine heart and Inwards alHme. I Inclined, and ft' 11 bend, To do thy Statutes faithfully For ever to the end. II. FerfioH. 105. T1 Hy Word's a Lamp to my hotftill : JL And to my path a finning light. 106. 1 fware, and ftablifh it I will, For-to-obferve thy Judgments right. 107. Afflicted b fore I am, and low : LORD, quicken me c after thy Word. 108. Accept my mouth's Free-offrings rfnow, And me thy judgements learn, O LORD. 1 09. My Soul ftill in my hand Ibeare .- Yet have I not thy Law forgot. 1 10. For me the wicked laid a fnare ; Yet, from thy Precepts ftrayd I not. 1 1 1. Thy e Laws I took-for-Heritage For ay; For mine hearts joy are they. 112. /To do thy Statutes, I engage Mine heart, unto the end for ay. a Heb. the judgments of rhyright- oufnefs. b Htb. unto vehemency. c Htb. ac- cording to- - d Heb. 01, 1 pray thee. ctieb. Teftimo- nies. {Heb. I have in clined my heart to do thy Sta- tutes, for ever to the end. In this Fourteenth Ottonary fjevery verfe whereof in the Hebrew begins with the Fourteenth Letter of the Hebrew Alphabet, 2 2v«n)TnePfaImifteameft- ly deilring and refolving to conform his heart and life unto the Word, Declares I. the word of God to be the Rule of his Courfc and Practice, in every particular ftep, verfe 10$. II. The firrnnefs of his Refolution in making choice oi the Word as his Rule of life. This is fet forth, 1. By his ferious vow or Promiffory Oath, to obferve Gods judgements, 2. By his faithful refolution to confirm, ftabli/h, or perform this accordingly. 3. By the moving caufe of both, vixj. the Right eoufnefs of Gods judgements., verfe 106. III. The invinciblenefs of hit purpofes herein againft all impediments and difcouragements, is evidenced, by his anlwerable. 1. Affection to Gods Word. Beg- ging quickning according to the Word, in his ex- treame t afflictions, verfe 107. Praying the Lord to learn him his judgements, (fyc. verfe 108. 2. Practice 01 Gods Word, notwithstanding he had alwayes hii S'julinhis hand, the fentence of Death in himfelf, verfe 109. And notwithstanding the fnares that wicked ones have laW againft him, verfe no. IIII. his great and conftant Complacency inGodt Teftimonies, as in his Heritage. Amplified by the Delight his heart took therein, verfe m. V. His hearts inclination to do Gods Statutes, for ever to the end, verfe 112. XV. Oftonary. This XV.OUonary is mixt oiProfeffton and Petition. Herein David fets forth how careful he was, accord- ing to the Word , to efchevv evil. To this end, 1. He Profeffeth his extream enmity to evil, and great op- pofite love to the Word, ver. 113. 114. 2. He il- luftrateth his hatred of evil, and love to the Word, ( 1.) Partly, by the effects and by the Adjunct there- of, ver. 115, n 6, 117. f 2. J Partly, by the Caufes or Motives thereof, verfe 1 18, 119, 120. I. Verfion, 144 P S A L M E S. CXIX. a Hei. co. verc.( le- ctet.place,) and 1117 Shield. bHfi. de- part, ye. c H b. up- hold-me according to thy iay- d Hci. and let me noc be aoafhed for, _. eJHei. Sta- tutes for their deceit m falihood. f Htb. thou makeft- etafe g Ht/>. feel- eth honour a Hf&. up- hold me ac- cord in; to thy Saying. bHfKAnd let me not— c Htb, con- tinually I will delight in d HfKtheii Jccnt is falfh .od. e He/.. Te- (limonies. I. Verfion. ti^.\T Ain-cogitationsldohate: V But I do love thy law. 114. I for thy Worddohoping-wair: My a fhroud and fhield art thou. 115. That I may keep my Gods commands , Ill-doers b pare from me. 1 16. c Stay me, as faidft, rhat I may live : d Nor for my hope fham'd be 117. Suftainme, andbefav'd fhalll: And in thy Statutes way I will delight continually. 118. Thou trodft-down all that flray From thy e Lawes: For their guile's a ly. 1 1 9. bk? drofs f thou doft remove Earth's Wicked all : Therefore do I Thy Teftimonies love. 120. For dread of thee LORD (_gloriout J My flefhg quakes much dijmaid: And for thy judgements righteout I deeply am afraid. II. Verfion, 1 1 3. \ T Ain-cogftations I do hate : V But I do dearly love thy Law. 114. Eor I thy Worddohoping-waite: My Covert, and my Shield art thou. 11$. Thatlmay keep my Gods Commands, Yee doers-ill depart from me. 116. a Stay me, as faidft, that I may live: • b Nor for my hope fham'd let me be. 117. Suftain me, and be fav'd I fhall : And c ftill in thyStatutes joy. 118. Who from thy Statutes dray, them all Thou-trodft-down : For d their guile's a ly, 1 1 9. Earth's wicked all ceafe-thou-doft-make As drofs : Thy e words I love therefore. 1 2c. My rlcfh for dread of the doth ijuake : And for thy judgements fear I fore, In this Fifteenth Oilonary C every verfe whereof in the Hebrew begins with the Fifteenth Letter of the Hebrew Alphabet D Samech,J David continues rhis pious Profeffions and Petition m reference to God Word. And, as in the former Oilonary he had fet forth his zeal in Fur filing of that which is good : So in this he manifefts his diligence in oppofing and ef- cbewhg of evil. More Particularly, I. He frofeffeth hit nppofiiion to evil. Which is ve- hement, C '• ) Intcnfively, as to his Aft-, hating it. (2.) Extenfively, as to the object, not only evil works and words, but even vain thoughts, where evil firft discovers it felf. This he illuftrates on the contrary, by his profefled love to Gods, Law, the caufe and principal of his hating evil, verfe 113. Ofthishis love to Gods Law he gives the ground or reafon, vi^. His comfortable hope he had of Gods Protection of him, according to his Word, verfe 1 14. II. He further illuflrateth and Amplyfied, This his hatred of Evil, and hisoppofite love to Gods Law. 1. By the effeffs and an Adjunfi- thereof. I, By the effeth thereof. Which were, f 1 ~) Partly, His de- clining of evildoers ( 2) Partly,\i'n defire to keep •the Commandments of God, ver. 115. 2. By an Ad- junlt thereof, especially of his hope of Gods Protecti- on according to his Word. vi^. By his Adjunct Pray- er, fo God lirme upholding him, that he might live and notbeafhamedofhishopc, verfe 11$. And of Gods fuftaining him, that he might be faved from all evils and Enemies. Which he Amplifies by the eflfeft eufuing, w>\ His continual delight in Gods Statutes, ver. 117. 2. By fame Secondary Caufe s or Motives thereof, vi^. Gods fevere judgements upon the ungodly. Here, 1. Thefe ungodly are defenbed, (Ji J By their devi- ation from Gods Statutes. (2) By their Wickednefs on Earth. 2. Gods judgements upon them are ele- gantly expreffed, By the Metaphors, (iJOf tread- ing them down-, (2 J And of caufing them to ceafe or removing of them at drofs from the pure Mettle. 3. One Reafon of Gods judgements upon them is given, yi^. Becaufe their Deceit it falfiood, or a lye, a ly- ing vanity. To wit, All their deceits for themfelves, in retaining Gods bleffings, or avoiding his judge- ments, orindiffembling their wickednefs : And all their Deceits againft the Righteous to work them mifchief,&c. All is but falfhood and vanity, abortive, and not like to take ejTeft,t/.i 18, ^.beginning. 4.The effects of thefe judgements of God upon theWicked, The godly reap double advantage by thofe Monitions, viz. Partly, More love Gods Word, according to which they are judged, v. JI9. Partly, More awful dread of God and his judgements, ver. 120. XVI. Oftonary. This XVI. Oilonary is A Prayer. Wherein David principally Petitioneth, 2. For Gods Aid and Pro- tection againft his proud opprefTing Enemies, very 121, fo 124. 2. For Gods inftructing of him in his Word fo throughly, that no Enemies or Afflictions may divert him from it, v. 124,125. 3. For Gods appearing in his judicial Acts againft the Wicked. making void Gods Law, ver. 126 Jo 120. I. Verfion. 1 21.T Judgment and true righteoufnefle J. Have done : Leave thou not me To mine oppreffours mercilefs, 122. a Pledge/or thy fervant be, For good : Let not the proud affail Or me oppreile down thrufl. 123. Mine eyes for thy Salvation fail: And for b thy fayings juft. 124. According to thy c mercy do With me thy fervant here : Thy Statutes learn thou me alfo. 125. I am thy fervant dear, ^Do-thou-inftruct-me, Thatlmay Thy Teftimonies know. 126. Time for the LORD to work ; for they Have fruftated thy Law. 1 27. Thy choice Commandements therefore Exceedingly I love, Above Gold and all wealthy flore, Yea fine-gold- /rtof-above. i28:Thereforcas righteous- I-eftecm Thy Precepts a\\for ay, Concerning evcry-thing in them : I hate each falfhood's way. II. Verfion. a Heb. or Surety. b Htb. the Sayings, of thy iu- ft ice. c heb.ar, loving kindneTs. d heb.makc. me under- ftand.< P S A L M E CXIX. 345 > heb. the Sayings of thy righte- oufneO. b H«*."rJ loving- kindnefs. cfcefr.make- meunder- ftand. d Hfi.there- fore I lo»e -•- e //^-.there- fore .s-.- i Heb or, of every- thing. II. Verfion. i2i.'"T",0 mine Opprcffors leave not me, J. I judgement did and righceoufnefs. 122. Thy fervants furety, for good be : Let not the proud-ones me opprefs. 123. Mine eyes for thy Salvation fail : And for . Letter of the Hebrew Alphabet, 2 PeJ thePfalmift perfifls in his zealous eftimation of, and affeftion to the WordofGod.in his Devout meditation and Prayer. More particu- larly herein are, I. /fahigh eftimation and commendation of Gods WordandDoftrine; 1. As, mofl wonderful in them- felves. This admirablenefie thereof, being illuftra- ted by the effeft thereof upon his Soul ; defiring to keep them,!;. 129. 2. As mo ft illuminating, in the Opening thereof, or firfl entrance thereunto. This illu- minating perfeft ion of the Word is Amplified, 1. By the Subjefts illuminated thereby ; thefmple, ver. 130. 2. By the Pfalmifts vehement defire, panting, and longing for Gods commands, for this marvellous per- fection therein, v. 131. UHii Petitions for feveralblefllngs,in order to his better learning and obferving of Gods Word, (accord- ing to his mannerthroughout this whole Pf> As, For i.The Lord's favourable afpeft towards him. 2. His ftiewing-grace to him. Both illuftrated, from the purity of Gods dealings wkhthofe that love hit name ver. 132. 3. Gods direfting every ftep of his life firmly in his Word. 4. Gods removing of Sins Da- T t t t niinhxi * Heb. or J wonderful, marvellous, &c. b btb giveth lighc.giv- lng.under- ftanding to the fimple ones, c Heb. do- thou turo- the face, do thou- look. d Vltb.io the judgement, cultome, manner. 8fC e Hrb.k: not all ini- quity -- i.e. any of all f Hc?'.or, ri- vets-floodf. by;eib*te. a He b. or, marvellous, wonderfol. b Hf/>.open« ing of thy words giy- eth light, giving.un- derftanding to the fim- ple-ones. c Htb. be- caufe For ■ d Heb. or j turnthe- face to me. e //^.accor- ding to the judgment to the lovers of thy name f beb.let nor. all 1 i. e. not any of all. g Heb. re- deem me. h Heb. Ri- vers, ftreatns, Di- visions, &c. 346 P S A L M E. CXIX. iCur au- rem non cuflodi;a lege fie flcrur, nifi ut impe- mimcn from him, ver. 133. 5. His redeeming him from the oppreffions of men. Amplified by his pro- miie thereupon toobferve Gods Precepts, ver. 134. 6. Gods illuftrious manifeftacion of his favour to him, making hit face flnne upon him. 7. Gods learning him ha Statutes, ver. 135. III. Hi* lamenting others oppofite neglect and violation of Gods Law. This his lamentation being H) perbolically defcribed,as difcovered by Rivers of waters 1 running down hi* eyes for others prophane- nelle, v. 136. theyk_eepnot]i.e. men in general, or, the wicked, or his enemies, as v. 139. How did he lament his own, that thus lamented others fins ^ what intenfive zeal was here to the Word and Law of God / 140. Thy word it fined vehemently : Thy fervant therefore loveth it. 141. Small and defpis'd am I each way: Thy precepts^ forgot not I. 142. Thy juftice it a juftice ay : Thy Law likewife U verity. trerurgra- tia,qus pcenittntis delet iniquitatem, & credentis adjuvet volun- tatcm ? Au^ufi. Enar. inPfal. 1 18. Cone. 27. adfin.Toin. 8. a Heb. or ;■ cutteth- off.i.ccon- fumeth. b heb my - diftrefiers c ^.fin- ed vehe- mently** thy Saying dheb.hwc found me. e Heb. de- lights. f Heb.or ; make-me. undcr- ftand. XVIII. Oftonary. This XVIIIth. Otlanary fsmixt: being efpecially Laudatory, Narrawy. and Petitory. Wherein, 1. Many perfections and excellencies of Gods Word are laid down, for raifingup in all Gods people an higheftimarionof it, and due affeftion to it: As, The JUgbteoujnefs, Faithfulness, Purity Truth, and Perpetual juftice of ir, ver. 137. to midjt of 144. 2. Hereupon the Pfalmift prayts to the LORD accord- ing to his word ) to inftruft him in the way of life, ver. 144. I. Verfion. 1 37. f~~\ LORD, thou art mofl juft : likewife \_J Thy judgments righteous. r38. Thy Teftimonies Righteoufnefs And faithfulnefs to w, Thou-haft -commanded vehemently. 139. My zeal doth me a fupprtfs : Becaufe thy words forgot have b they- That-do-me-fore-diftrefs. 140. Thy word i* c mofl refin'd •, And lo Thy fervant loveth it, 141. Smallanddefpis'd^ml: B«tdo Not thy Precepts forget. 142. Thy juftice it iuftice for-ay : And thy law, Truth ftillflands. 143. Diftrcfs and anguifh don me lay : My e joyes are thy commands. 144. Thy Teftimonies righteoufnefs Kor-everK : O /give- -Me-underftanding touching thif, And I ihaUfweetly live. II. Verfion. H tnou m mfi >uft '• likewife J«r*.'nrl v ^ Thy Jud8emcnt r'fihf eous on each hand uuhtZ' 138- Thy Teftimonies Righteoufnefs ?, r . , And Trulh thou a greatly dW.rt coir prciiccn command. me,cuts me-off. 1 39. My zeal b confumes me : Kor-that my Diftreflcri did thy words forget. i43.Diftrefsand anguifh c on me lay : Me thy Commands delights do give. 144. Thy Teftimonies juftice d ay : e Inftruft-thou,me, And I fhall live. c heb.bive found-me dhe b. for- ever. cHeb. In this Eighteenth Ottonary, ('every verfe where- make-me- of in the Hebrew begins with the Eighteenth Letter under- ofthe Hebrew Alphabet, XT^ade 3 David, for rai- ftand. fingefteem and affeftion towards the Word of God, doth principally two things, vrr. I. He declares and magnifies fundry Perfections and Excellencies of the Word of God. As, 1. The Righte- oufnefs thereof. Uluftrated by Gods righteoufnefs, the Author of it, ver. 1 37. 2. The faithfulnefs of it. This faithfulnefs and juftice being amplified, (1 ) By Gods vehement commanding of them, and fo eftablifh- ing them, to be fuch, ver. 138. (Y) By thePfal- mifts zealous indignation againft his diftredcrs that forget Gods Words, ver. 139. 3. The moft exqui- fite Purity of the Word, being refined vehemently. Me- taphor from Mettles refinedm the fining Pot. This is illuftrated, by the effefts of this purity of the Word upon the Pfalmift. (jJHe therefore hvedit, ver. 140. ("2 J He therefore ("though fmall and de- fpifed, yet was mindful of it to keep it, ver. 141. 4. The Everlaflingjuftice and Truth of the Word, ver. 142. This is Amplified, QiJ By his delights in Gods com- mands, notwithftanding all his diftrefs and anguifh that came upon him, v. 143. (2) By the like perpe- tual righteoufnefs of his Teftimonies, a-er.144. in the beginning. II. He petitioned the LORD(uyon confideration.'oT all thefe Excellencies and perfections of Gods Word} to-give-him-underftanding therein. Urging his requeft, from the happy effeft of life which fhall thereupon redound to himfelf,'ve>-. 144. in the end. XIX. Oflonary. This Nineteenth Offonary is Petitory. Wherein Da- vid, Exercifed with many Afflictions and Enemies, Prayesfor, 1. Hearing of his Prayers, ver. ^^.Sal- vation out of all his Amiftions and from his Enemies, v. 146.ro 149. 3. Hearing and Quickning,ver/e. 149. to 153. I. Verfion. 145. T ORD, with whole heart I cry'd,) David perfifting in his former requeft to the LORD for deliverance from his Afflictions and Enemies. I. Propounds and ingeminates hit Petitions for his De- liverance out of all hisdiftreffes, Pathetically: Pray- ing the LORD, 1. To fee his Affliction. 2. To releafe him from it. 3. To Plead hit plea, his Caufe, vi^., Againft his Enemies. 4. To Redeem him. 5. To quickenh\m,ver, 153,154. II. Preffeth andVrgeth thefe his requefts by many Arguments, or Motives. As, 1. From his conftanc mindfulnefs of Gods Law, verfe 153. 2. From Gods Promife, or PromifTory faying, verfti$4. %.From wicked V S A L M E. CXIX. wicked mens contrary incapacity of Salvation and deliverance out of trouble, in that they feek. not Gods Statutes, verf: 155. 4. From the multitudes of Gods bowel-Mercies, r he prime efficient Caufe of a 11 deli- verance, fee. 5. From Gods judgments revealed in his Word, v. 156. 6. From the multitude of his Perf'cutor s. and D'tftreflers, necelTuatin^ him to fly totheLORDforfuccourr v. 157. beginning. 7. From his own gracious qualifications and deportments.^^. CO Not declining from Gods Testimonies notwith- itanding all his Enemies, v. 157- fa J Deeply grieving upon fight of unfaithful tranjgrejfirs con- tempt and violation of Gods Word,v.i58 f 3JDear- ly loving Gods Precepts, in uprighenefs in the fight of God, v. 1551. This his love to Gods Word is il- luflrated, from the impulfive caufe or Motives there- of, viz. The Excellency, Truth, Rightcoufnefs, and perpetuity of Gods Word and Judgments there- in. Tl)e beginning of thy Word if Truth ; or, as the Hebrew may berendred; The head or top-excellency k Pr&ftan- of thy Word.i.e. Thy moft-excellent Word is Truth ^. tiffimum IhcChaldee, and GreekVerfion of the 7 2. explain it , verbumtu- Fromthe beginning thy Word if Truth, and fo jor ever, urn'] Heb. verfe 160. But the former Interpretation feeras Caput, five better, prtftantia .. . verbi tui, Hypallage, utExod.30. 23. Fran. fun. in Annot. aclFJ. 119. 160. See alio, Hen. A>nfmrtb"s Annot. on Pfal. 119,160. Auguftine renders it to this effect, but gives the fence differentlyi Principiumverborumtuorum Veritas, &c 3 A veritate (inquitj tua verba procedunt, & ideo veracia funt, & neminem fallunt, quibuspraenunciaturvi a jufto, poena impio. Ha?c funt quippe in eternum judicia juftitia- Dei. Auguftine in Pf. 1 1 8. Conc.30. in fin. Tom. 8 . \tf I. Verfion. icSi. bKHlove (M the I . cms ofth/j (lice A h ib. much peace n to the lovers ofthv law. e Heb. and not to them Stumbling. S aml.il, ce — f / ^/..Tcfti inunie;. E Princes perfecuted have Exceeding caufelefly •• But for thy word my heart's in-aw. 162. I for thy laying joy, As-one-that-finds much fpoile and prey. 163. .4// fa I (hood I do hate, Yea I abhor it every way : Thy Law b I eftimate. 154. For c thy juft judgements, in a day SeVn-fime* I do thee praife. 165. d Who love thy Law much peace have they, e No flumbling'j in their wayes. t.66. Ihop'dfor thy Salvation, LORD: And thy commands did I. 167. My foul obferv'd thy/Records : And I love them vehemently. 1 58. Thy Teftimonies I have kept, And thy Precepts with care: For all my wayes wherein iftept Before thec ever are. II. Verfion. 161. ME Princes a cauflefs perfecute : But £ aw 'd mine heart is for thy word. 162. As-one-that-doth much fpoile find-out ; Glad am I for thy Saying, Lord. 163. 1 hate and quite abhor falfneffe : But thy dear Law I love alwajes. 164. For judgements of thy Righteoufneffe, SeVn-r imes a day do I thee praife. id$. Much peace have c they thy Law that love And ftumbling-block to them if none. 166. For thy Salvation hop'd I have, O LORD: And thy commands have done. 167. My Soul thy Teftimonies kept : And them I d greatly love and fear. 168. 1 kept thy e Records and Precepts, For all my wayes before thee are. a beb.cirSe- lefly hive perfecuteA b Heb. or is in aw. XXLOdlonary. This XXI. Oclonary is a continuation of the Pfal- mifis Prayer, wherein he principally declares unto the LORD his fingulardilpofitions and pioiu affecti- ons towards the Word of God. As, 1. His fear, v. 161. 2. His by, ver. 162. 3. His love, ver. 163. to 166. 4. His hope, ver. 166. to 169. c Heb. the lovers of thy law. d Hrfc.vehe- nently. e Heb.Te&h- (nontes. In this Twenty one Oclonary, ("every verfe whereof in the Hebrew begins with the Twenty one Letter of the Hebrew Alphabet yj Shin J David, having former- ly often implored Gods Direction and deliverance out of his Afflictions according to the Word, Urging this from his fincere affection and pious deportment towards this Word of God, doth now exprefs a bun- dle or clufter of thefe his holy Affections to the word, very Pathetically. As, ' I, Hit fear and awe of the Word. Amplified by his oppofite Perfecutions : Aggravated, 1. By the Authors of them 5 Princes. 2. By the Malice of them; caufe- lefly, v. 161. IT. Nit joy in the Word. Illuftrated by a Similitude of a mansjoy in finding much fpoile, v. 162. III. His love to the Word. Amplified, 1. By his hat- ing and abominating of all falfhood : which isoppo- fice thereto, v. 163. 2. By the effects or fruits of this love; fO Partly, in himfelf, Praifmgthe LORD feven-times (i.e. often) in a day jor the judgement of hisjujiice'm the Word, verfe 164. C2J Partly, on others, They that love his Law, have much Peace, andnoftumbling (or Scandal, ox Offence J is to them. They walk inoffenfively as Paul AH. 23. 1. and 2$. 16. verfe 165. IV. His hope for Godsfaving him out of his Affiiilions accordingto his Word. This is illuftrated, 1. By the fruits and effects of this his hope, vi^. Doing Gods Commandements: Obferving his Teitimonies : kjeping his Precepts and Teftimonies, verfe 166, &c, 2. By another Con-caufe of thefe effects, His vehement love to Gods Teftimonies, verfe 167. 3. By the fin- cerity of thefe effects of keeping and obferving Gods Precepts, &c. Wherein he approves himfelf to Gods Omnifcience that knows all his wayes, verfe 168. XXII. Odonary. This XXII. Oclonary concludes this Excellent Pfalme with a heap of Heavenly and fervent Petitions, as the former with 1 bundle oj Holy ajfeilions. Herein the Pfalmift Pctitioneth, 1. For audience to his Prayers, verfe 169. 170. 2. For practical direction andinftructioninGods Word, and deliverance out of F S A L M E CXX. 349 ofhis Diftreffes, ver.169.t9 173- 3- For Gods help, ver. 173, 174- 4- For his Souls life. 5. For aid from Gods Judgements ver. 175. «• For Gods feeking of him from his wandrings.vcr. 175. a H«5. faces. b Ptb. »c - cordmt; to thy Saying deliver me. c heh. QwlU anftfer. d Hrfr. let thy hind he cbeb have cbofen. {Heb. great delights here the mot U doubled emphatically g Htfr. Ihall praife thee. bHeb.l have not forgot, ten. 169. I. Verfiori. NOw let my fhouting-cry-come-near Before thy .1 face O LORD, 0 give-me-underftanding cleere According to thy word. 170. To thee come lee my prayer now : b As thou faid'ft, fet-me- free. 17 1. My lips fha'l utrcr praife when thou : Thy Statutes haft leam'd me. 172. My tongue thy Saying c fhall refound: Becaufe all thy commands Vnfpotted righreoulhefs are found. 173. To help me rflend thy hand's, For I thy Precepts e made-my-choice: 174. LORD, thy Salvation 1 long for: My /delights likewife Is thy pure Law alone. 175. O let my troubled Soulier live, And it g (hall honour thee : And let thy righteous judgements^/ve De/irerfhelprome. 176. Like to a loft Sheep I have ftray'd, Thy fervant feek and find: For thy Commandments on me laid b I Blot not out of mind. II. Ver {ion. 169. \T Ow let my fhouting-cry come-neer i\ Before thy plcajeda face, O LORD; a Hefc fices. Qjve.ti10U.rne-underftanding cleere, According to thy faithful word. bHe&. ac- cording t o thy faying deliver mc. 170. Come to thee let my Prayer now: b As thou haft faid, fet-thou-me-free. 171. My lips fhall utter praife: when thou Thy Statutespare haft learned me. e Wf&. Dull x72. My tongue thy Saying c (hall refound : anfwer. For thy commandsall, juftice are,. 173. To help me, let thine hand be found: For I have chofe thy Precepts deare. 174. I Iong'd for thy Salvation, LORD : And my delights thy Law I made. 175. My Soul let live a" and thee record: Me alfo let thy judgements aid. d He b. and it (hall praife thee. 2. From Gods honour which will /jence refult. For he promifeth, C i)Topraife him, upon learning his Statutes, ver. 171. (J2* J To refound Gods Promife, hisSaying. Which is amplified by a reafon thereof, vi^. The righteoufnefs of Gods Commandments, ver. 172. III. For Gods aid and fuccour in h'u liftreffes. This is preffed, 1. From his efteem and choice of God's Precepts, ver. 173. 2. From his fervent defire after GodsSalvation of him out of trouble. 3. From his Delights in Gods Law, ver. 174. IV. For his foul's life, vi^. That his life may com- fortably be prolonged, notwithftanding all his af- flictions and Enemies. This is urged from the effect, or end intended in this mercy, vt^. The praifing of God in his life, ver. 175. in beginning. V. For help by Godsjudgements, vi\. By the Doctri- nal judgements of his word : which greatly help the afflicted, by Directions, Confolations, &c. verfe 175- ,. , VI. For Gods Pafloral feeing of David, Straying, rhrough the Perfecution of his Enemies, from his fold f from his Country, Kingdom, and the Church of God therein ) as a loft Sheep in the Wildernefs. This Petition is enforced, 1. From the prefent mifc- ry of David, exiled from Houfe, Home .Kingdom, Church, &c. reprefented by the fimiiitude ofa Sheep flraxing from fold, Pafture, &c 2. From Davids Re- lation to God; Thy fervant. 3. From Davids conftant mindefulnefs of Gods Commandments even in his deepeft diftreffes, exiles, and wandrings from place to place, verfe 176. His Straying here, is not through iniquity, but through afflifiion and mifery ; not from God, and his commands,- but from Houfe,Home, &o To Caves, Woods, &c. in midft of many dangers : As Interpreters e take it generally. Auguftine under- eFran. ftands it of Spiritual wandring/. But that's notfo Junius in fuitable to the words following. Annot.ai Pf. 119. 175. Hen. Mollerusm Comment, ad he. ■ Joan. Calvin in Comment, ad Pfal. 119. 17 6. Sim. de Mu'u in Comment, ad Pfal. 1 19. 175. / Adhuc quseritur, adhuc quaeratur, ex parte inventa* adhuc qua»raturjEx ea namque parte qua dicit ifte, mandata tua non fum ob!itus,inventa eft:fed per eos qui mandata Dei eligunt colligunt, diligunt, adhuc quseritur, & per fui paftoris fanguinem fufum atque difperfum in omnibus gentibus invenitur. Aug. in Pf, 1 .18. Enarrat. Conc$2. Tom. 8. 1741. Like to a loft Cheep I-have-ftray'd, Seek thou thy Servant, tarry not: For thy commandments on me laid I have not wretchedly forgot. In this Two and twentieth andlaft Ofionary ( every verfe whereof in the Hebrew begins with the f»>o and twentieth and lafl Letter of the Hebrew Alphabet, n Thau J David fweetly clofeth up this his Devout prayer and Mediration touching Gods excellent Word and hisgreat affection to it, with fundry ac- curouIatedPetitions, pointing out pathetically the in- tenfive zeal andfervour of his Prayer. And he Pe- titioneth to the LORD, I. For audience and acceptance of his Prayer. De- fcribed by the fervency of ic ; my fiouting-cry, verfe 169. 170. beginning. II. For JnjlrulHon'm, and according to Gods Word, and deliverance out of all his diftreffes. This is urg- ed, 1. From Gods Promi fe or Saying, verfe 169. 170. Pfalm CXX SeU. I. Of the XV. Songs of Degrees in General. Next and immediatly after the 119th. Pfalm. in XXII. OUonaryes according to the order and number of the Letters of the Hebrew Alphabet ; here are pla- ced fifteen other Pfalmes, called every one of them m7yftn *^U; Shir Hammaghualoth, A Song of degrees, or A Song oj Afcenftons, or A Song of Dignities Thefe Songs are thought by (bme to be here ranked together as in one bundle, not for the famenefs of their Matter, but rather for the Similitude of their invention and compofitron a. They are, as it were, Sacred Epigrams containing much variety of Excel- lent Doctrine, in wonderful brevity, Adorned with much Splendor, Sweetnefs, and Elegancy of Speech, to the great delight of the pious and intelligent Rea- der. And therefore wefhould account thefe moft fweet Songs as the Poems of the Holy-Ghofl, and every verfe therein as fo many Oracles. For they are very U u u u eminent a Hen. MollerM in Arg. Pfal. 1 20. ■MB 350 P S A L M E. CXX. eminenc in this whole Book of Pfalmes; as fomany excellent Gems or Jewels. The ordinary Glfi tells us; T if the Bleffednefs which the former Pjalme fung with united variety, ZccTneje following Pfalmes explicate iti 15. orderly degrees-, &c. To toe M)fiery of the Old ,;*.: NewTe^amem. The number feven belonging to the Old Tekantent becaufe of the Sabbath: the number eight unto the New b, foe. But this, is rather wittily, than folidly excogitated. Thus p^^xJQTiiffammaghualoth, is allude and iay ni^iy HisO1? Le- fe- b Bearitu- dincm c\v:im . . • • ■ -n- fupcrior Pfalmus unita vanetate mentorum cantavit; mi qaenteSPfalmi ordinatis 1 5.gradibus tam Pfalmorum quam meri- torum.in Sacrament ii Veteris & Novi Teftamenti explicant.Sept- enarius ad vctus propter SaSbatum:Oftonarius ad No vum.Patres rjqueveteris Teftamenti Hebdomadi.i.Sepenarioferviebant. Ob- fervabant er.im Septitnam diem, i. Sabbatum : SrptimamSeprima- nam,Septimum Menfem,Scptimum annum, &Septimum annum ftpcima: Decadis, qui jubila?us dicitur. Parrcs vero Novi Tefta- menti Ogdoadi ferviunt, i. Oftonario, quia fervant oftavam diem c[\\£ Dominica dicitur-, ScOftavas Martyrum ; & oftavas Rufur- reftiones expe&ant. Ideoque per Oftonarium & Septenarium duoTeftamenta defignantur. Unde Salomon ; Da partes fep- tem, nee non & ofto. Quindecim ergo graduum fit diftin&io, ut Per hoc fi^nilicetur duorum Teftamentorum Do&rina in his gradibus comineri. Et lunc hie quindecim Gradus, ficut in Templo Salomonis totidem erant gradus quibus afcendebant in Templum, quod eft figura cceleftisTcmpli, ad quod his gradibus afcenditur. Hasccftfcala Jacob. Gl"fs Or dinar, in Pfal. 119. p. 275. b. Part, tertia Bafil. J 506. die ultim. Junii. As for theTule, rTiVyGH TtfJ ShirHammag- hualoth,^ Song oj degrees, ("As Augufline, Hierome, Mint anus, The vulgar Latin. Mollerm, Calvin, S. de Afnif, Ainfw. and molt Interpreters render r, J or, A Song ofAfce'nfions, of Heights ( as the Greeks Verfion ouh* 72. oiJVi 7wV d.vaS,ahuu>v^nd. as H Amfmrth iiores, the word may be rendered*, J or A Song of Dignities, or Excellencies, i. e. A molt Excellent Song ( as Timcll. andjunim ; j It containcs, t. The Kind; 2 The Adjuntt of thefe fifteen Pfalmes fo denominat- ed. Fhji. The Kindcf thefe Sacred Poems, they are DHT Shirim, Songs. Of the Proper Notation of this Word, & how it differs or agrees with CD^HH Tc-hillim, /tymne* •, and with D'HIftlQ Mizmorim, Pfalmes ; hath been already declared, in the Preface to this Book c. c Preface Secondly, The Ad]unil p-\ Sy QH Hammaghualoth Seft.TI. & Of Degrees, &c. This Word is derived from the root Seft.VI. H ?U ghualah, haih dimcd-up,afiended d. &c.Thence numb.3. n^/yQ Maghualah, AClfie, A Degree, AnAfcent, dScandir, An Afcenfion, An Heights Anhigh-Dignity, An Excel- afcendic, lency, &c. And from this latitude of the fignificati- confeen- on of the word, it is and may well be rendered, A dic,&c. S,H of Degrees- or, A Song of Afcenftons : or, A Song of Excellencies. Bur the true Caufe and Reafon why thefe Pfalmes were peculiarly among the rclt fo Denominated, is not Co cafie to be found our. Both Jewifh and Chrifti- an Writers have variety of Conjectures hereupon: but moil, if not a!! ofthem very uncertain,and unfa- risfactory. I fhall briefly propound fome of the principal of them, and leave the learned and ingeni- ous Reader to his own apprehenfion and judgment therein. Ncr is there any danger, \(\ri thitsbfewe mi.', er and of lefs moment, we dilient in opinion one fron: another. This7/7/eis expounded two vvayes, <0t\. 1. Figu- ratively. 2. Literdlty. I. Figuratively. And fo its interpreted varioufly. As, I. Of the Afcenfion, i.e. The Dignity, Degree, or Excellency of the Matter of thefe fifteen Pfalmes. For, Ajcenfion is nothing elfc but the excellency of one man, or tiling, above another. A Son? of A- fcenfiohs, Degrees. Excellencies, i.e. A moll excel- lent Song; As Jan. foTtemel, render it, by an c- int Antimeria, or Hebraifme;The fubflantive plu- ral bcin.i; put for the Adjective lingular of die Super- lative degree as if one fhould allude and'iay Hl^iy meahghuolotb, to an hundred Jacrifii.es. R.S~.jarki. And doubtlefs theSubjeft-matter of thefe Pfalmes is moft excellent, as will appear in the explicating of them particularly. Eur this feems not to be the Rea- fon of the Title, For, why fhould not other Pfalmes alfobe entitled P fames of Degrees, Afcenfions, Ex- cellencies, &c. which for matter are as excellent as thefe/ ASP/. 2. 25. 37.45.51. 119, foe. 2. Of the Afcenfion of the Heart, from the Valley of teares to the Mountain ; from the humbled and a- bafed Humanity of Chrift, to the high Divinity of Chrift. Auguftine pleafeth himfelf exceedingly in this Allegory, wherein he runs out wittily f as his manner is J but not pertinently and fubftantially to the Pfalmes in hand e. 3. Of the Afcenfions and Degrees of vermes unto which thefe fifteen Pfalmes are fitted and accommoda- ted, every Pfalme commending fome peculiar ver- tue more fublime and excellent than the former. As, 1. The Firfjt Degree, is; to depart from the evils of the World, and to renounce allvanity, taught in Pfal. 120. 2. The Second Degree, is; to beg the LORD^s defence, which nothing can wi'hftand , as in FfJ. 121. 3. The third degree, is; The great py of being verfed in the Church with a pure mind, and to wall^ worthy of God in this Pilgrimage: whence wefigh af- ter the heavenly Jerufalem, whereunto we are ele- vated by the two wings of Love : as is Pfal. 1 22. 4. The Fourth degree, is; Conflantly to depend on God in all fir eights, until he have mercy and hear : as in Pfal. *2?,. 5. Tlie Fifth degree, is; That they who are de- livered out of perils, attribute it. not to themfelves, but to the LORD; as in F/124. 6. The Sixth de- gree, is; The Confidence ofthemofi faithful Chriftian, which he hath in the LORD : compared to the moft folid Mountains: as in Pfal. 125. 7, The Seventh degree, is ; A Prophecy of return from Captivity, as it were fiom Babylon in the figure of the OldTeftament, through Chrift to come : when now is Confolation and fowingfora greater Harveft: asinP/d/.i2*5. S.The Eighth degree, is ; The figure of the New Teftament, fignificd by the number Eight, where is fpol^en of the building of the Houfe of God, i. e. The Church, by the true Solomon, Chrift; who is the true Peace-maker, who made both one, and in himfelf the Corner-ftonc harhbuilded his Church of the two Walls of Jews and Gentiles; as in Pfal. 127. 9. The Ninth de- gree,U;Tb.uthe Peace-maker be chafily feared,becaufe he alone doth exalt, l^eep, build: asinPfal. 128. 10. The Tenth degree, if; That he who chafily fears, may endure all things for him, which is now expedient ro the Church among evil men: zsinPfal. 129. 11. The Eleventh degree, is ; A Penitential Supplication : becaufe nor he that fears, nor he that endures all things, thinks himfelf worthy of Chrift, forafmuch as in the body none is without fin, and the only Se- curity is to lean upon Prayer : as in Pfal. 130. 12. The Twelfth degree, is; Humility ,vihkh aman/hewes himfelf to have,both inwardly and outwardly.Therc- fore he incites to Humility, in Pfal. 131. 13. The Thirteenth Degree, it; When the humble and meel^gn about the building of the Spiritual Houfe : as David to the letter did, who wonld have built an houfe to God. And congruoufly after the Degree of Humili- ty,he treats of the building of the Houfe, becaufe by humility a man is made thehcufe of God fjfa. 65. i.Pf.\7,2. 14. The Fourteenth degree, if; Charity, which maizes brethren dwell together inVnity: wherein is Blelfing and Life; as in Pfa.. 133. 15. The Fif- teenth degtee, if; The Love oj Eternity. The Love of God, as in Pfal. 134. And after thele Degrees which lead unto Eternity, congruoufly is placed Halleltt- jab: that the Church may enjoy the praifes of God, lor which that Office is prepared : a.1- in Pj. 135 . All thefe Fifteen degrees of vcrtues conducting to E- ternity, are thus laid down and accommodated to thefe Fifteen Songs of degrees by the Ordinary Gloft : whence e Aug.E- natr. in pfi U9-p. 1412. tfyc. T.8. Bafil. 1559. - — Can- ticum Gra- duum efle Canticum afcenfionis noftra;, eandem- quc afcen- iionem non cor- poris pe- dibus fieri fed cordis affeclibus. Aug.in Pf. 123, Pr&f. Tom. 8. f 7/4.57.15 is more hill to that purpofe. P S A L M E. CXX. 35» g V'ulGlf. whence g I have collected them. And ("chinks Mil- Or dinar, l.-rm) thefe D;s>x - :s of verruj feem ro be taken from adinitia Greg. Nxx)anxen.. who, in hisOaiion hid afcer his Cantic. return, doth Allegoricalty apply and interpret thefe Graduum, Songs of Degrees to chem tin- profit in venue b. p.2i$.ad Buci i. Tliefe accommodations bring fometimes 287. Part, (omewhat forced -, 2. And the following degrees of tertia. venues not always furpaffing the foregoing,as is pre- hHMoll. tended; 3, And the whole accommodation rather inA<-g. ameer contrivance of humane wit, than any intend- Pfal.Ho* ment of che Holy Ghoft : thefe degrees of venues pre- rended,givelictlcor no Satisfaction as totheReafon of this Tide ; A Sing of degrees. II. Literally, And Co this Tide, ASong of degrees is explicated very many ways. As i.Ofthe Afcenfton of the Waters of the Sea,at the lay- ing of the Foundation of the Temple& the ChaUee Pa- raphraft feems to incline fomewhac to this conceic, rendering it -, A Song which was fpok?n touching the iChalA. Degrees 0] the Abyfs'u The Rabbines do fable fjhey Para- . vvereapt tofancy, feign, and fable any thing,) That phraft. in wnetl the foundations of the Temple were laid, die P(.i2oficc Deep did foafcend,that they feared the whole world would have been overflowed. Whereupon Acbito- pbel wrote the Name Hirp J EHOV AH, (which the Jews call ttHSQn Q'jy Shem-Hammepho- rafii. A Name Separate: lay fome. A Name Ex- pounded; faith Druf. A Name Pronouncedivi^. with its kVicLS/xr. own ProPer Letters, faid S- Amama k_, and pre- Ama'm.in ' fe'idy call it into the Deep, whereupon the Deep de- Amiba'rb. tended 16000 Cubits. Then they faid it were bet- Bibl.1.2. ' ter f°r die World, if the Waters of the Scj. were not differt.de f"nk f° deep. And the Warcrsafcended 1 5 ,co Cu- Noml'ne bits, and there flood. Whence thefe fifteen Pj'alms JEHO- were ca"ed Pfalmes of Afcenfnns, or of Degrees. This VA<,p. >s found in their Majfora faid Jark'i- But this is fuch 470 480, a me*?r dream, and fo giofs a fable, that to have re- cited ic, is to have refuted it. 2. Of the Afcenfton cfthejevrs out of the Babylonifl) iXV.ifti Captivity. As,InExoof. pfal. 120. Mr. Jo. Foord I Pfalminoc oflate; and of old, R~ David Kimchiv>o»)ci bavcit. Titulo As if thefe fifteen Songs were Compof A a • . Mmg, in pramoran. fo many Stations of the jews returning and Amending tur, quia Judaei e captivitate Bahylonica Afcende"iv-s Annoi.Cyri, hos Pfalmoselegerunt, quosin itinere five in Atcenfione decanta. rent. Sicexpono, 1. Quia convenium ceoipori &occafioniilli, 2. Quia vox hhy Qmaghualah fie uiurpacui Ezra 7 9. Et 3 Quia ca?terae expohtiones omnibus Pfalmis aeque conveniunt at- queiflisij. from Babilon. But this is not at all probable. For, 1. We have no certain ground for the Jews fifteen Stations in their Return from Babylon. And therefore how can we account otherwise of it, than that it is a meer FiSion1. 2. Thatthde were not compofed up- on Occafion of the Jews return from Babylon, and then firft Sung, is evident. For fome of them were penned by David, as their Titles fignifie, asPf. 122. mJoCalv I24'1?1' 133* One by Solomon, or for Solomon, Pf. in An ad' l21' And (zs Calvin m hath noted,) we may readily Pfal.x.20 conie Non afcriSirurquidcm AuthorisNomen. Sed totusverborum Gontextus DavidetD nobis reprefenrar. Itaquc licet nihil aufim procerto aflercrt, huctamen magis inclino, Pfalmum fuifTe ab ,,]ipofku>m. Nequcabfurdi'in (meo judicioj erit perindc interpretari, acfinoincncxprcflumforer. Joan.Calv. inCom. adl'f. 120. 1. Occafion of Davids writing this Pfalme, feemstobe Davids exile from the Land of Judea, when he fled from King Sauls Perfections to Mefliec, or a pro- phane barbarous people, fojourning in the Tents of Kedar among the falferfraudulenr, unpeaceable Ara- bians, to the great grief and affliction of his Soul, Some think it was, when David went into the Land of the Philiftines, and dwelt in Zi.klag, and among the Arabians Tents, 1 Sam. 27. 1,6,7. with P fat. 120.5,6,7. Sett. V. The Scope. The Pfalmifts Scope, is 5 I. Immediatly, To fet forth, how in ftraitshe prayed and prevailed, How much he defired to be delivered from the mifchief of a falfe flanderous tongue, and how fad I y he lament- ed his unavoidable fojourning among prophane, un- peaceable men. 2. Mediately, by his own example to inftruft us how to behave our felves in like ftates and conditions. SeU.Vl, The Analysis •, or Principal Parts. In this Pfalme Confider I.TheTttle, which expreffeth 1. The Kind of it; A Song. 2. The Adjunct of if, Of Degrees. Of thefe fee before /n Sect. 1. 1 1. The Song it felf. Which confifts of 1. A Narration, how he cryed to God, and with what fuccefs in former diftrefiednefs : thereby en- couraging himfelf and others to like courfe in like cafes. Here note, 1. The perfon invocating, vi^. David. 2. The perfon Invocated ; The LORD. The time or feafon of this Invocation ; in diftrefiednefs, i.e. inextreamdiftrefs,or manifold diftrefs, H Pa- ragogical being added to the end of the Word nrn£2 Batftfaratha, to augment the Signification 4. The fruit or effect of this prayer; The LORD an- fweredhim, v. 1. 2. A Prayer. Wherein are, 1. A Petition for deli- verance from a Up of Falftood and tongue of Deceit, v. 2. 2. A Reprehenfory interrogation, by way of A- poftrophe, to his falfe Calumniators and Detractors, Where note, COtnc vehemency of the Interrogation What andwhat>. doubled. (2 J The De- tractors indigitated; Tothee, to thee, vi^. To thee Doeg, Achitophel, Shimei, &c. ("3 J The refult, iffue, or fruit of a falfe deceitful calumniating tongue. Which is laid down, Partly, by way of Quellion dou- bled : Wbatjliall or what pall i Which words may be expounded, Actively, or Paffivcly. 1. Actively, and that two way es, vi\. Either thus; What fiallbe give tothee, wr_. God. Or thus; What fl>allit give unto thee, or what fljall it adde> &c. vi%. the falfe tongue, what benefit or advantage fhall it bring unto thee? 2. Paffively, as our Englifli Ver- fion; What fliall be given to thee, or what (h all be done (or added) tothee ? v. 3. Partly, by way of Anfwer. Wherein the fruit or effect of a falfe Ton- gue is fet forth by two Similitudes, Mr. Firfiof Ar- rows, (liarp Arrows, fliarp Arrows of a mighty one, that wounded not onely the Calumniated and the Hearer of it, but the Calumniatoralfo. Secondly, of Juniper coales, which though they fmell fweet, burn vehemently, Cant. 8. 6.. Yea more vehemently and flcretly than other coales, v. 4. 3. Afad Complaint or Lamentation, in regard of his ownmifcrable condition; Wo if me, &c. In which note, 1. The Perfon csmplaining, vi^. The Pfal- mift. 2. The Perfons complained of, and they are three, fij Mefbech, (2 J Kedar- ($J The hate: of peace. 3. The injury complained of, vi\. (fi_) Hi.i long exile from his own Country, in Mefliec and Ke- dar, among a prophane, rude, barbarous poeple : rcprc- P S A L M E CXXI. 353 reprefented in an Elegant Climax ; 1 fojournj dwell, I have much dwelt. (2) His perfecurionby them, as beingof bloody un peaceable difpofitions, quite op- pofitetohis peaceable inclination, v. 5,6", 7, Pfalme CXXI Sctf. I. The Summary Contents. Herein, 1. The Pfalmifls Confidence is reprefented ver. I. 2. The Object of this his Confidence, is Part- ly, Propounded, ver. 2. Partly, Eepoundedand II- luftrtued, ver. 3. to the end. In alll which is difco- vered, The great fafety ofthofe that duly t'ruft io Gods Protection. Sett. II. The Verfwn out of the Hebrew. a Heb. will- lifc-up-or, (hall I lift- up&c? from whence {hall Src. b Heb. from withjEHO- V AH. -mak- ing the Hea^eni— T Heb. or j to be moov- ti A fftb.is thy keeper: eHrt. will- keep. f Heb. and *y . g btb. will keep, from now, and unto eter- nity. bit. Moll. in Arg. Pf. 12 1. Sim.] de MuU in Arg. Pfal. 121. i Jo. Foord in Expof. Pfc/.KI. k lo.Foord X. ... A Song of Degrees. 1. T To the Mountains a lift mine eyes: J, From whence fhall come mine aid. 2. Mine help doth b from the LORD arife : Which Heav'ns and Earth made. 3. He will not give thy foot c to Hide .* Nor (lumber that thee-keeps. 4. Lo, Ifr'el who-doth-keep, and guide $ Nor (lumhereth, nor fleeps. 5. e To Lord d the keeps ; The LORD it tty Thy fhade, on thy right-hand. 6. The Sun fhall not thee fmite by day ; Nor Moon by night offend. 7. Thee from all ill the LORD will keep : Thy Soul he e will-deliver. 8. Thy going-out,./ thy coming-in, The LORD g keeps, hence and ever. SeU. III. The Kind \ Penman and Occajion, This Pfalme is fuppofed by fome h to be A Mili- tary Speech or Meditation, and that it was had or ut- tered in the Camp for the Encouragement of the Pfalmift and of his Army in Gods fole and All-fuffici- cnt Protection againft their Enemies. 1. As to the Sub'jefl -matter of it, it is of a Narratory, Doilrinal, Promiffory, and Confolatory Kind : Declaring wherein the Pfalmift. chief confidence was, vhr_. in the Lord alone, leaching hence where the Saints confidence andhopefhouldbe in all ftraits and dangers, ia\. in the Lord only, Whereunto every faithful Saint is encouraged by many comfortable Promifes. 2. As to the Outward Forme of it, Ids .4 Song of Degrees. Penmanofk, probably vwDavid 1: as the mat- ter of it feems tacitly to imply. Occafion of his Penning it feems to be fome emi- nent peril, or fundry perils and dangers that himfelf and Souldiers were in, either in the Land of Canaan; or rather in Forreign Countries. And it is thought fe that David, in the dayesof Saul having fled from Judea into the Land of the Philiftines, where his enemies faid he would vvorfliip other Gods, 1 Sam. 26. 19. He therefore upon that Occajion wrote this Pfalme, rejecting all confidence in the Pagan-Idols worshipped on Hillj and Mountains, and profeifing his affiance only in the true J E H 0 V A H that made Heaven and Ear th. But this is onely conjectural. It's hard to defcend punctually to fiich particulars, with- out fome particular light from Scripture. Se&.IV. The Scope. The Pfalmifts Scope intended in this Song, is ; r. To profefs and declare his religious confidence in the Lord alone ; 2. And to direct and encourage all theGodly by his Example to do the like. Afiuring himfelf and all that truft and rely upon the LORD, of all defirable fafety and fecurity under the LORD'S Protection againft all poffible evils and dangers. SeU. V. The Analyfis, or Principal Parts. Herein are, I. The title or Infcription, Exprefling, 1, The Kind of it •, A Song. 2. The Adjunct of it; Of Degrees In this Title, there is on Letter in the Hebrew which makes it differ from the Titles of all the other XIV. Songs of Degrees. For whereas all they are ftiled, A Song, rn^yOH hamrnaghuahth, of Decrees: Onlythisi2uh.iSlti!cd,ri7,\y!27lammaghualoth To denees,Bui,dS Kimchi not es, it comes all to one : for 7 Lamed is put for n Ht emphatical. As elfe- where its ufed in Holy Scripture: hi, 2 King.']. 2. Then a Lord onwhofe hand the King l}jQ'\lammelecl^ for -fal^ Hammelecl^ — _. So 2Chron. 28.9. To the Heavens mmtflS-iy ehuad lafhlhamaum. for CT QUJ !"n y ghuad-hafofbama)im, II. The Subflance of the Song itfelf- Wherein 1. The confidence of the PJalmiftti pre(ented, in this meraphorical phrafe of lifting up his eyes. Which by an elegant Hebraifme imports an Aft of one hop- ing, expecting, and looking for help, ver. 1. 2, The Ob)e£i of thii b'K Confidence isdefcribed, C l J More generally In that phraife ; to the Hills L* or, Mountains ]from whence comcth my help. Becaufe the particle 7fc*here,inavbevariouily rendred, and the phrafe may be varioufjy read; therefore there are varieties of Interpretations of thefenfeofthefe words. i.Some renderthe particle,7<>,'L'm-o: & take the word, Mountains, metaphorically, for Kings, Pri nces great ones, or for any other thing highly magnified in the world, as an object of confidence in the crea- ture / As if the Pfalmift at firft were in a Temptation or-difpute with himfelf where to place his confi- dence. 2. Some render 7J< Towards : and inter- pret the word, Mount aines, Metonymically. (ij Either of idols or falfe gods of the Heathen, which were wont to be worfliipped on Mountains and Hills. And take the phrafe interrogatively ; Shall I lift mine eyes to the Hills ? whence fiould my help come if And thus the words import the Pfalmift's renouncing of idols for his confidence, ("2 J Or, of the LORD the true God, who, from his facred Temple to be built in the Holy Mountains, Moriah, and Sion, had promifed help and aid to his people, Pfal, 20. 2. The Pfalmift being now in a forreign land, looks to- wardsGods Mountains for help and fuccour, as be- lievers ufed to do. 3. Some, render the word 7fcJ above m. Interpreting it, That the Pfalmift looked above all higheft, ftrongeft creature-helps : placing his confidence farre above them. 4. Some n render this verfe interrogatively, thus; Shall I lift up mine eyes to the Hills' whence ftnuld my help come > As if the Pfalnu'ft being in danger and diftrefs were at firft puzJed where to place his confidence ,andwhither to flie for help. But recollecting himfelf, he rejects all other Objects of Affiance, refting himfelf on the LORD alone. Thefe feveral Interpretations are pious. Let the difcreet Reader cohfider which is here raoft (Unable and appofite, ver. 1. C2 ) Mire Particularly. That the object of his X x x x confidence /Thns, Calvin, H. Mollerus. Montana, H. Ainjw. m G. Ver- fiori. nThus, Amis in Pf.\2\. Ourlaft Engl. , Tran fla- tion in the margin. ^ 354 P S A L M E. CXXII. confidence for help, is (he LORD; Mmehelp cometh fiom-mk the LORD. This de-compound Prepofition is very erophatjcal : no Prcpofitions can furhciently fet forth Gods help. Now this his confidence of help from the LORD, is Angularly illuftrated and rbntirmed divers wayes. As, I. From Gods All-lut- ticiency for helping, evinced by that great effect ot his Omni potency •, The creating of Heaven and Earth, ver, 2. II. From Gods many faithful Promiles , touching fafe prefervation and protection of every one confiding in him, and not only of thcPfalmiit. In all which Promifes therefore, the Pfalmift fpeaks nottohimfelfinthe Firftperfon, but to another m the Second perfon,by an elegant Enallage or change of the Perfon, ver. 3. to the end. Now, here he pro- mifeth, i. The LORD'S Prefervation of his foot from bein* moved, who trurt es in him. 2. The LORDS conftant and exact vigilancy over him , and over Ifrael ; nor fleeping , nor flumbring, verfe 3- 4; 3. The LORD'S fufficient, compleat, and univerlal Proteftion of him : As hit Keeper, As his fiadeon bit right hand, ver. 5. &c. Which Proreftion is pa- thetically illuftrated ; ( 1 J By distribution of the inftrumenral caufes and feafons of harme,from which his made mail proteft him-, from the harmful in- fluences of the Sun and Moon, by day andnight ; The Sun fl>all not finite thee, &c. ver. 6. ( 2 J By the ex- tent and univerfality of evil, whence he ftiall be pte- ferved •, fiom all evil. (3) By the peculiarity and choife excellency of this Protection, reaching even unto the Soul ; He fliali preferve thy foul. ver. 7. C4)6/ the d'Aribution ofhis Motions or Actions, wherein Gods prefervation is promifedj^e/fc.i// pre- ferve thy going out, and thy coming in. 5. By the con- stancy of this divine Protection -, From now, and unto eternity, verf. 8. Othe Amplitude of the LORD'S providence and protection towards his ! What can the Saints defire more for their fafety and fecuriry > Oh we of little faith, wherefoie mould we doubt? Pfalm CXXII.* Sett. I. The Summary Content^ In thy Gates, O Jerufalem. 3. Jerufalem bu'M-flands, As City, that c Is well compact Together on all hands. 4. d Whereto the Holy Tribes afcend, The Tribec of J AH the fame, To Ifr'els high Teftimonies To laud JEHOVAH'S Name. 5. For, there the Thrones of judgment/7 fland, The Thrones for David's houfe 6. g Pray, may not ceafe Jerufalem's peace h Be thy friends profperous. 7. Peace in thy Fort, tranquilitie . Be in thy Palaces. 8. Becaufeofmy Brethren, and my Dear neighbours proffer oufnefi. I will now fay, Peace be in the 9. That there may flourifhfliU. Houfe of the LORD Our God adofd: Seek good for thee I will. *This ^22th Pfalmel have more fully ex- pounded in my two . . ' Latin- David in this Pfalme exprefleth, I. Htt joyful LeSures Gratulation, at the zealous deportment of Gods Peo- had in the pie towards his worfhip at Jerufalem, and for Jem- Colledge falems moft flourifhing condition, ver. 1. to 6. 2. at Dublin Hitvehement Exhortation to the godly, to pray for in Ireland, the flourifhing peace and proipcrity of Jerufalem, Nov. 29. and the Church of God, ven 6. Which he urgeth and Dec. 3 from, Godspromife, and his own Example, ver. 6, when I 7>8,9» took my two Degrees of Batchelor and Dr. in Divinity there An. 1658 which perhaps hereafter may be publifhcd. Seer. II. The fir ft Verfion out of the Hebrew. * Hf b. »r ; for David. a ''«*. or 1 With them, bHrS.hive ben land- ing. A Song of Degrees, * of David. 1. ^~X How I did re Joyce a in them \^J That unto me did fay : We will untr The LORD'S houfe go. 2. Our feet^did fland and flay C Her. i • • joyned to ic felt toge- ther. d Hth.fot- thither or whither, c Htb. to. confefs to the name of JEHO- VAH. tbtb tide. are fet. or i fland. g Htb. Afk yeethe peace of Jerufalem. hH«*.rh) lovers flnll bcfifeiy quiet orj let thy levers be Profpe- rous. i Htb. Be- ctufe of the houfe of-— Sett. III. The Kinde, Occafion. Penman, and This Song, 1. As to the Matter of it; is mixt : being made up of Gratulation, Exhortation, and Supplica- tion, in referrence to Jerufalem and the Houfe of God there. 2. As to the external Forme of it, it is a Song of Degrees, as the Title fhowes. The Penman f as the Title intimates J was David. The Occafion of Davids penning it as interpreters ^confent, was Da- vids bringing up of the Ark of the Teftimonieto Je- rufalem into the City of David, and placing it there in the Tent which he had prepared for it, 2 Sam. 6. 13. to the end. As alfo the Con fli tut ion of Gods Worfhip, and the Thrones of Judgment there in the Holy City for Davids Houfe or Royal Family, emi- nent types of the Sacerdotal and Regal Offices of JESVS CHRIST the true David. For, as one well obferves, God had promifed by Mofes, Thatatlaft there fhould be a certain fixed place for his Sanftu- ary. And now fince then, the Ark of the LORD had as it were wandred like a Pilgrim hither and thi- ther above a rhoufand years.iTfownr Sion was difcover- ed David, as the place where the Lord would have it fetled, and his Temple built. And as David received this Oracle with greateft joy : fo he declares here in this Song,his lingular gladnefs,inbeholdiug the con- fent of Gods people, and their zeal to Gods Wor- fhip now there Ordained, and afterwards to be pre- formed before the Ark. Hence, he extolls Jerufa- lem with excellent Encomiums , and vehemently prayes for its Peace and Profperity. k Jo. Calv in Com. ad Pfal. 122. John Richardfon in hit Ob- fervations and Ex- plications of the Old Tefiament, Large Lond. An- not. on Pf. 122. Sett. IV. The Scope. Davids Scope, therefore, in this Song, as the Sub- ject-Matter ofirevinceth, was; 1. Joyfully to cele- brate the bringing-up of the Sacred Arl^ of God into his place: 2. To commend with gladnefs the pious affections and motions of the people towards the Houfe and Worfhip of the Lord : 3. To extol with many Elogyes both the Sacred and Civil Conftituti- ons at Jerufalem : 4. And to provoke by many Argu- ments both himfelf and others, even all the Saints, mod diligently to pray for, feek, and endcavourr the Peace and Profperity of Jerufalem. And Proba- bly, David intended that this Song among others . fhould be fung by the People, when they came up to „h ,22 Jerufalem to the Solemn Feafis I. l r*Jal: sca. v. / Sim. dc Muk Com. r S A L M E, CXXIIL 355 sect. V.The Analyfis or Principal Tarts. Irj rtiii Son^ are, I. The Infer iption or T///e dcfcribing, r. The kind of if, A Song. 2. The Adjunct of ic ; of Degrees. 3. The Inftrumental Authour,or Penman of it ^ David. See on Pf, I. 120. Sett. 1. II. The Song /> /-.'//contains, 1, A Pathetical Gra- tulation. 2. A vehement Exhortation. 1. A Pathetical GratuLifonof David, at the Zeal of Gods people towards Gods Houfe and publick Worfhip there, and at the then flourifhing State of Jerufalem, ver. i. to 6.' This his Gratulationisillu- Itratcd there, I. From iheSubjeft of the Gratulati- on, vi^. 1. David himfelf j / rejoyced; 2.The Peo- ple of God ; with them that faid, &c. The Prepofiti- in ZD^DH^Beomrim, is varioufly rendred. As, CO Whentheyfaid. SoCatyin and Geneva Tranfla- tion. Referring it to the tims- of David gladnefs. (2) Inthem that /aid. So Pagnin, Montanm, hen. Ainfworth. Referring it to the Subject or Object of David )oy. Ci) For them that (aid. So the French verfion ; referring ic to the caufe ofhisrejoycing.(X) With them that [aid. So Kimchi, and Sim.de Muit. Intimating the mutual and reciprocal joy oiDavid and the People. If we take it in this lalt fenfe, ic denotes The Subjecls Gratulating or rejoycing with David. II. From the Caufes of this Gratulation. Which are chiefly three. viz,. 1. The People's f-'orrarory words inciting and provoking one ano- ther to go up to die Houfe of the LORD, for his pu- blick '^orfhip, v. 1. 2. The Peoples anfwerable Deed; and Praftice. They did accordingly go up to the LOHD's Houfe, their feet did ft and and perfevere in Gods Worfhip within the Gates of Jerufalem. Apo- ftrophe of fpeech ro Jerufalem. v. 2. 3. The then flourifhing ftate of JiTufalenu A type of the Spiritu- al profpejffty of t«e Spiritual ^r«/iifem, the Church of God, The Jerufalem which U above. This her flourifhing ftate was threefold (1 J Oeconomical. And fo Jerufalem is highly commended, Partly .from her goodly buildings, and the Families therein inhabiting partly, from the Unity ofthe Edifices and Citizens a- mong themfelvs,i/„5.("2 JEcclefiafiical. And fo Jerufa- lem, is greatly praifed , Partly, from the practice of the tribes, the Tribes of J AH, Afcending habitually thrice in the year with one unanimous conflux thi- ther. Partly, from the end of the tribes Afcending thither. Which was twofold, viz. 1. To Learn the word and will of God, from his holy Oracle at the Ark of Teftimony •, To the Teftimony oflfrael. Called Tcftimony, becaufe From it God gave Teftimony of his prelence by his Oracles, Exod. 25. 22. In it was kept the Teftimony, i. c, The two Tables of the Law and Covenant given to Ifrael in Horeb teftifying Gods benefits Ifrael, the Church of God: and Ifraels Du- -tyes towards God and their Neighbours, Exod. 2$. 21. Hence its called, Tbe Arl^efthe Teftimony, Exod. 2$. 22. and 26. 33. 2.ToConfefs CVK- praife, and thankfgiving,) to the Name of the LORD, ver. 4. Ci) Political. Forafmuch as all Juridical Admini- ftration was at Jerufalem : vi^. 1. Thrones for Judg- ment. As fome Interprec The Senate of LXXII. or Great Council the Sanhedrim, who had cognizance of all great and difficult matters. 2. Thrones for the Houfe, or Family of David: i.e. Civil Judicatories. Jerufalem being the Royal Seat for David and his Seed, ver. 5. 2. A vehement Exhortation of David to all the Peo- ple of God, to pray for the flourifhing State and Profperity of Jerufalem, and of the Church of God typified thereby,i/.6,7, 8. 9. This Exhortation is 1 Propounded, and 2. IJxgeL Q) Propounded in thefe words ; OV?ttJ "HNUJ u37tf^"V Shaaltt fhelom Jerufhalaim, A mofte- lcgant Paranomafta. Pray ye the peace of Jerufalem; or ; Askje the peace of Jerufalem, ver. 6. By peace, undcrftanding, all manner of flourifhing Profpe- rity. CiJVrgedby two Arguments efpecially.* viz.. I. From Gods Promifcof fafe-quietnfs, tranquility or profperity to Jerufalem^ Lovers; In Jerufalem 's peace and profperity, they /hall have peace and profperity alfo, ver. 6. II. From Davids ownimi- table Example herein. He prayes fervently for the fame bleffing for Jerufalem, which he Exhorted the Godly to pray for. Nov* this Prayer of David (wherein, in the Hebrew, is obfervable another ele- gant Paranomafta, betwixt Peace and Profperity, }is,r. Propounded; Let peace be 2. Illuflrated,P< his Majeftical Place and and Throne; 0 thou— in the Heavens. 2. By hisef- fefts. In the word, Sitting; 0 thou-fnting in the Heavens. This [ Sitting "J denotes in Scripture, Sometimes Teaching : being afcribed to Teachers, Math. 23. 2. Sometimes Judging: being ufed of Judges, Pf. 2 4, 5. Sometimes Reigning and Ruling, being attributed to Kings, Ijai.66. 1. Pfal.l22.$. 3. By his Adjunft , Excellency, or Supremacy in Heaven. Noted in two Paragogical or redundant Letters [ 1 and H 3 in the word "Q^m Sitting. All thefe tendtoftrenghtcn their affiance. v,i. 3. The Illuftration of this Confidence., two waies ; I. From a double Similitude or Refcmblancc of like Confidence, Of a Serv ants eye to his Mafters hand, or of a Maids eye to her Miftrefls hands. They eye them to obey their Commands, to receive good from them, or to find favour from them vvhencor- reftedby thorn, having none other befides them to ex peft any fa vour from •• So our eyes are to the LORD our God, exporting Favour and Grace from him one- ly under thefc fliarp Chaftifements of his hand. In the former part of this Similitude, note the <&(y-m ate in the latter, the 'AvaT^Jhaif or Redaction ot it. II, From the importunate perfeverance, orperfevering importunity of their Confidence j until he fliow grace vntout,ver.2. II. An Oration or Prayer. Wherein note i. The Bleifing begged ; Divine Grace, or Favour; fhow-gr ace-to-us 2. TheRequeft repeated. Intimating, Their Zeal in Prayer, And Gods haftening of his favour fo much needed. 3. ThePetition enforcedly an Argument drawn from their great and deep diftrefles and fufferings under their infolent Enemies. Here are pathetical- ly delineated, 1. The Nature of their fufferings,!/^. all mannor of difgraceful opprobrioufnefs. Where- of two forts are mentioned exprefly. Ci^Contempt. C2 J Scorning- 2. The meafure of their fufferihgs , much, much, They were^//e/*• CO Thofe that were at eafe. A Periphrafis of the rich and profperous in this world, who take their eafe and delighr; as Luke 12. 15. (2 J The proud and haughty ones, they are wont to de- mean themfelves infolently agaift the pious and poor afflifted, a/. 3, 4. Pfalm CXXIV. Seer. I. The Summary Contents. • In this moft pathetical Song, are: 1. An Exhort a- rion unto Ifrael to acknowledge and confefs Gods fole prefervation and deliverance of them wonderfully and feafonably from danger and utter deftruftion by their enraged, infolent, cruel, and fubtile Enemies, v. 1. to 6. 2. A Doxology, wherein the Church blef- feth God moft zealoufly for this wonderful Protecti- on and feafonable Deliverance, v. 6, 7; 8. Setf. II. TheVerftanoutofthe Hebrew. A Song of Degrees a of David. i. T) Ur-for the LORD, vvho-was for-us : IJ Let Ifrael now fay : 2. But-for the LORD fo gracious, Who- was for-us that day, When b men againft us up-arofe ; 3. Then us alive, alas, That had up-fwallow'd ; when c their wrath Againft-us kindled-was. 4. When waters had us overflow 'd : d Stream had our foul pafs'd over. 5. Then had the waters fwelling-proud Our very foul pafs'd-over. 6. The LORD be blefs't, who gave us not Unto their teeth a prey. 7. As Bird from Fowlers fnare '» got, Our foul is fcap'd away : Broke is the fnare which foes did frame, And we are fcaped-forth. 8. Our help w in JEHOVAH'S name : e Who made the Heav'nsard Earth. a Htb. or, To-David. b Htb. Adam. earthly man.chald. finlul men. c Htb. their noftnll. A Hei.or, the torrent. Stft. III. e Hamate- ing the — - P S A L M E CX.XV. 5? (JoCalv. in Com. ad Ff. 124.1. g Sim. de Muk in Arg. Ff. 124. Ji J of. in Jud.Antiq. ltb.j.cap.6 i Jo,Foord. in Expof. Ff. 124. Temp. Cum Exp\inPf. qqjempus Sim. de Muk in Arg. Ffal. 124. k Jo.Calv. in Com. ad Ff. 124. I. Sim. de Muiiin Arg. Ffal. 124. Se&. III. The Kind, Penman^ Occajioft, and Scope. The Kind of this Pfalme is, 1. As to the Subjetl- matter of h, M'xt : being made up of Exhortation and Praife. It isHortacory vtr. 1 to 6. Laudatory, ver. 6. (&c. 2. As to the Outward b'orm of \t; A Song, arid A Song ofDegries : as the Title fhovves. See on Ffal. 1 20. Sect, t, , Penmanofh, was David: as the Title imports. The Occasion of David penning it, was f as the matter of it indicates} Some one, or divers won- derful deliverances of the Church and People of Ifra- cl from their proud, enraged, and fubcile enemies, by the LORD'S own omnipotent arme alone, in the extremity of diftrefs and danger. Thofe that re- ferrethefe deep ftraics of the Church here hinted, to the carrying of the remnant of the People into Ba- bylon, as here foretold by David, have no ground for fo doing, in the judgment of fome/. For, 1. The pjffagcsin the Pfalme may as well agree to their extreamdiftreflcs under Antioclw that cruel Perfecu- tor. 2. And the Diftreffes and Deliverances here recorded in this Pfalme, are fpoken of H'tjlorically, as things already done-, not Prophetically, as things to be done afterwards. Some referre thefe thl igs, To Davids victory over the Philiftines it Baal Peri- ?im, and at the Mulberry-trees * 2 Sam. 5. 17. to the end. 1 Chron. 14. 8. to the endg. Some to his victo- ry over the Ammonites, and Syrians their helpers, by Joab his General, 2 Sam. 10. and 1 Chron. 18. 3. And afterwards over the Edomhes alfo, by Joab and Abifhai, ("which was probably about the fame time, as Jofephmh thinks ) Joab flaying 12000. E- domites, Pfal.60.2. and perhaps Abifhai 6000 more Whence the whole number of the (lain was 18000. 2 Sam. 8. 13. andiChron. 18. 12. Thus— Foord, and Muk i. But others, considering, how Ifrael dwelt like a flock of Sheep in midft of Wolves, ("herein Ifrael being a lively Type of the Church of God furrounded with enemies in all ages,) The Am- monites, Moabites, Afjyrians and Chaldeans being on the Eaft, The Philiftincs on the Weft, The Syrians on the North, The Egyptians, Arabians, and Edo- mhes on the South} and how fomtimes divers of thefe did combine together againft Ifrael, and oft-times flew many, and endangered all : do conceive £ this Pfalme may have refpect to many great and glorious deliverances, yet to all the eminent deliverances which the LORD had wrought for Ifrael againft all forts of Enemies, efpecially in the dayes of David. And the feveral expeffions in the Pfalme do very well agree hereunto. The Scope here intended, isj 1. To incite all If- rael. even the whole Church and People of God, to confefs and acknowledge the LORD alone to have been her Defence againft, and deliverer from, her many proud, enraged, and fubtile enemies, in the feafonable nick of danger and extremity. To blefs the LORD triumphantly hereupon, with profeffion ofhope for help in all dangers and difficulties in the Omnipotent Lord alone. Seer. IV. The Analyjis, or Principal Parts. In the Infcription note, 1. The Kind of this Po" em ; A Song. 2, The Adjunct cf it -. Of Degrees' 3. The inftrumental Author, or Penman of ic j David. In the Song it felf, which is Hortatory, and Lau- datory, are ; L An Exhortation to all Ifrael, to confefs and afeflbe unto the LORD alone all her glorious and wonderful deliverances from her many dangerous e- nemies, v. i.to6. Wherein note, 1. The Duty of acknowledging Gods deliverances, required ; Let ifrael fay. 2. The Perfons charged with this Duty : even all that fhared in the deliv erance •, Ifrael. 3. The Time or Seafon of this acknowledgment, e- ven prefently after the deliverances : efpecially after fome eminent deliverance ; Now, v. 1. 4. The matter to be confeffed and acknowleded, is The LORDs Protection and Deliverance of his Ifrael from her many enraged and Crafty enemies, v. 1, 2. &c. This is moft elegantly and emphatically fee forth four wayes : vi^_. I. From the peculiar Pro- tection and Patrocinie, which the LORD himfelf vouchfafed Ifrael. Which is elegantly repeated-, But for the LORD who was form . Butforthe Lord who witt for m, v. 1, 2. II. From the Nature and Condition of their Enemies: Here defcribed, I. By their kind. There are three Kinds of them, vi^. Obfervers, Infurrectors, Evil-doers: Ffal. 92. II. Here are mentioned onely Infurretfors. 2. By their Fame ; Hcb. Adam. Earthly-man. Take the word collectively. The LORD* was for them : Ear- thy man againft them, v. 2. 3. By their wrath and fury v Wnen their anger wot killed 4. By th.ir powerandmuItiti.de. Compared- fi) To de- vouring Fifties or wild-beafb, fwalhwir./, up '.heir prey alive. (~2 J To waters ov flowing. f^)Toa fierce and ftrong Torrent, 01 Flood irrefiftible. (_4)Toproudfwelling-waters. Gradat. Ml which imply, The extrtmiry of Ifraels dange. md the Eminency of the LORD'S deliverance voudhfaf-i ed them. III. From the utter imporency of Ifra- el to defend and deliver themfelve*s from fuch ene- mies. Being ready to be utterly fwallowed up alive ready to be overflowed : w, our Soul. IV. From the Opportunnefle and Seafonableneffe ot their delive- rance. Even when enemies were at higheft, they at loweft : when enemies atftrongeft, they at wea^eff. This, pathetically hinted in the particle [_Toen~] thrice ufed. See all thefe in v. 2,3,4,5. II. A Laudatory BenediUhn, wherein the Church Bleffeth the LORD for the wonderful deliverance vouchfafed, v. 6. <&c. This Benediction is illu- ftrated. 1. By the perfon Blefled ; The LORD-, their Deli- verer. 2. By the Deliverance vouchfafed. This is laid down, i. Negatively, He hath not given m as a Prey to their Teeth. 2. Pofitively ; Our Soul « efcaped- The Snare k broken* &c Metaphor from a Bird's efcaping out of a Snare by the breaking of it, 3. By the Antithefis, or Oppofitionofthe enemies power and fubtilty to Ifraels weaknefs andfimplici- ty. 1. The enemies were as hungry Lyons or Wilde- beafts.* Ifrael a s a prey. 2. The enemies as cunning Fowlers that had fet their Snares : Ifrael as a Ally Bird caught in the Snare/v.6,7. 4. By the profefled Confidence of the Delivered in the Omnipotent LORD alone for help in all like cafes of danger and difficulty \ Our help kin Former experience of Gods deliverances, are an excellent foundation for his Churches future Confi- dence in him, v. 8. Pfalme CXXV.; Seer. I. The Summary Contents, In this Song are, 1. The Dotfrine of the conftant perfeverance and all-fufficient fafety of the faithful Y y y y people 35§ P S A L M E. CXXVI. aM.fhill not I e re- iroved bHei.Qull fit. c ileb. and the LORD to ind about his people f. o n now, and for ever d Hr/..Thac the jult put not forth—, c I irb. in their hearts f H. their crookedncf- ics. g H. Moll, in Arg.Pf. I2S. Jo.Foord. in Explic. Ffal. 125. TempM— people of the LORD, ver. 1,2, 3. 2. A Prayer for the welfare of the Righteous, -uer. 4. 3. A Predifti- on of the ungodly's piinifhmenr, but of If, ads peace, •ver. 5. Sedr. II. The Verflon out of the Hebrew. A Song of Degrees. 1. npHey-that-truft in the LORD above, X As Sion Mount are they, Which from its bafe a (hall not remove. But b doth-remain for-ay. 2. Jerufalem about it round The Mountains ft and together : c So doth the Lord his folk furround, Frorn-this-time and for ever. 3. For, reft fhall not on juft-mens lot The Rod of wickedr.els, dLeft that the Juft their hands forth-put Unto unrighteoufneffe. 4. Do t>,ood,LORD,to the good : And to The'upright e in their-heart. 5. But to/ their-crooked-courfes,/(7, They-that-afide-divert. With workers of iniquity Tile LORD Qwhofe wayes excel) Will-lead-them-forth :Tet ?cacc fhall be Upon hit Ifrael. Sed. III. The Kind , Penman, Occajion and Scope. TheK/Wofir, i.Astothe Sub)eU-matter there- of is mixt, being made up of Dottr ine, Prayer, and Prophecy. 2. As to the Outward Form oik, it is /I Song, A Song of Degrees, as the Title intimates. See Ffal. 120. Sect.i. Penmanoi this Song is not exprefled, as in the Titles offome other Songs of Degrees : Buttis pro- bably conjectured, David wrote it g. And from ver. 3. The Rod of the wicked, &c. itisfuppofed that it was Penned much about the fame time, the 1 24th Pfalme was written, and upon like Occafion of the afflictions &diftrefTes of God's Church and peo- by the wicked of the World. Againft which they are here comforted, Scope intended herein, is-, 1. For the comfort of Gods Church and faithful people againft all encom- paffing afflictions, dangers, and enemies, to declare their conftant liability and impregnable fafety through the LOID's furroundinging prefence and protection : And that the Rod of wickedneffe fhall not itill reft upon the lot of the Righteous. 2. As alfo to pray for the welfare of the good and upright; And prefage the wicked's punifhment, but Ifraels peace. Sett. IV. The Analyfis, or Principal Parts, The Title points out, 1. The kind of this facred Poem ; A Song. I. The Adjunct of it ; of De- giees. The Song it fclf is, Doflrinal, Petitory, and Pro- phetical. l.Dothtnal, v. 1,2, 3. Herein the Pftlmift teach- eth efpecially two things, vi^. t.TheConftancy, Stability, or Perfeveiance of the Faithful. Where, 1. The Faithful perfevering, are defcribed ; By their affiance, they truft in, Hope in. By the Object of this their affiance, vi\. The LORD. 2. Their Stability or Perfeverance is illuilrated by Similitude drawn from the Mount Sion, A Type of the Church. This Mount Sion is fet forth, Qi) By it's immobility. OJByit's Perpetuity of Sration, ver. 1. 2. The All-fufficient Sajety and Security of the Lords people, of hit Church. This is Demonftrated two wayes. I. From the LORD'S conftant prefence with, and Protection of his people. Which Prefence and Protection, is Elegantly illuflrated by the Natural fafety of Jerufalem from her invading enemies by reafon of the furrounding Mountains defending it : So the LORD himfelf k roundabout his peoplefrom now and for ever. Here's the Similitude, and the Red- ditjon of it, v. 2. 2. From the LORD'S Promife, a- gainft the continuance of the Rod of wicked Tyrants and perfecutors upon the lot of the Righteous. Their Rod may fall on them : but fhall not reft on them, fo as to overflow their fafety. This promife is confirmed by a Reafon thereof-, Left continued afflictions and perfections fhould expofe or force them fa anyini- Wity, ver. 3. II. Petitory. Wherein the Pfalmift prayes for the welfare of the godly. Here notc,i. What is prayed, for; Good. All fort of good, which God fees heft, 2. From whom it is begged ; Frour the LORD. 3- For whom , vi^. for the godly. Set foc^i, C lJ As good. (~2j As upright iu their hearts, ver. 4. III. Prophetical. Herein the Pfalmift foretelleth 1. The punifhment of the ungodly. ("1) They are characterized ; They tum-afide to their crookedneffes: From the way of Piety and integrity. (2 J Their punifhment is defcribed, By the Author, Kind of it, and Co-partners in it ; The LORD fliall lead them forth, Sec. 2. The peace of Ifrael, the Church and people of God, ver.$. Pfalme CXXVI. Seel:. II. The Summary Contents Herein are fet forth, 1. The Churches thankful GratulationtotheLoRDfor the wonderful return of their Captivity from Babylon, v, 1, 2, 2. 2. A Prayer for perfecting of that Mercy in refpeft of them that were not yet returned, v. 4. 3. AConfo- lation of the afflicted Captives, in hope of an happy iflue of all their diftrefles, v. 5, 6. Sett. 11. The Verfwn out of the He- brew. A Song of Degrees. 1. "V A 7HenSionV/d(/ weeps bearing the drawing of Sced.or; purchafed ( 1. 1. feci ui ) Seed, h Heb. coming Hull come. The LORD d hath done great-things with us : We joyful are thereby. 4. As (beams in South, do thou, O LORD, Turfte-our-Captivity. 5. f Who-fow in tears, fhall reap in joy. 6. Who going goes, and gmournes, Bearingchoife Seed, S«r with them indeed. Which is amplifi- ed By their re'pycing therein, v. 3. II. A Prayer of the Jewes Returned out of Cap- tivity, for Gods continuing and compleating of their Deliverance upon the remnant yet-unreturned from Babylon. Wherein note, 1. The Object prayed to ; The LORD. 2. The Parties Praying ; The Jewes re- turned. Intimated in the Word [_Our'] 3. The Eleifing prayed for: The Returning of their Captivi* ty : i. e. Of the remainder of the Jewifh Captive* lingering in Babylon, who returned not at firft with Zerubbabel, but afterwards with E^ra, in about the feventhyearof^Taxerxej Mnemon, See Exrai. 1, 7,8, n. &c, 4. The Argument whereby they, as it were, moveGodto grant this requefl, is drawn from the fingular acceptablenefs and feafonablenefs of the mercy, rcprefented in an elegant fimilitude ; It will be as feafonable andgravfuIJ asftreams of water in the dry parched So«r6-Country, ver, 4. Ilf. A Confolation to themfelves and the reft of the Captives, encouraging them to undergo with hope and patience their prefent forrowes and fufTerings, in expectation of their future joy in their full delive- rance. This is laid down nnder an elegant Simi- litude of the Hwbandman, who hach a dropping Seed- time, but a joyful Harveft : who patiently endures hardnefs in plowing, fowing, &c. in winter : and reaps a rich crop in Summer. The Similitude is ex- prefied : The Reddition of k is underftood, ver. $.6. Pfaim CXXVIL Setf. I. The Summary Contents. Herein, are ; 1. A Declaration of the vanity of all Humane endeavours and undertakings inEcclefiafti- cal, Political, and Domeftical affairs, without the concourfe of Gods Providence and Bleffing, ver. 1, 2. 2. A Confirmation hereof by one eminent inftance of Children, whereby all focieties are fupported, who are the peculiar gifts of the LORD, ver. 3, 4, 5. Se3. II. The Verfion Hebrew. out of the A Song of Degrees a for Solomon. i.fFT NIefs the LORD the houfe doth build, i_A It's builders c toyle therein in-Vlinc : rfllnlefs the LORD the City fhield , The Keeper waketh but in vainc. 2. Early to rife, To fit-up late For you 'tis vaine ; Of forrowes deep With carefulnefs the bread to eate : So he'l give his beloved fleep. 3. Lo, (om are the LORD'S Heritage: The womb's fruit, his reward alone. 4. So are fonnes e of the youthful-age, As Shafts in hand of nvghty-one, 5< That* a Heb. er. of Solomon. b Heb. If the LORD do. noc. e Htb. it ; labour-.-.. d Heb. If the LORD keep not the city. cHd.ofcbc you :b ;£o P S A L M E. CXXVI I. . Hch who achfilled is Qjivec With :netn £ »fi> or, Uut chey-- li/o. C.i/v. in Com. ad Pf. 127. I. »fl 2*/f. Ff. 1 27. S//w. aV /}/«« »n Arg. Pfal. Ml. Joan. Foord in Expo/. Pf. 227.jit.ffi Ainfw. on title. kGreg* Nezfan^en apid Hen. Miller, in Arg. Pfal; »27. I Tims Jo. Fiord in Exp. Pjal. 127. 5. That-man is happy day by day, J Whofe Quiver is with them repleate : They fliall not beabafh'd,f when they Shall fpeak with enemies iu the Gate. Sett. III. The Kind, Penman, Occasion, and Scope. The Krndohhli, Poem, 1. As to the Sub)etl-Mat- ter of h,\sDoZlrinal. Teaching that all man? acts and endeavours, without the L O RD's concurrent Pro- vidence and Blcfling, are vainc. 2. As to the0«f- wurd Forme of it, is A Song. A Song of Degrees. See Pjal. 120. Sect. I. Penman of ic, Some think to be K. Solomon h. Part- ly, Becaufe his Name is inferted in the Title : which may, according as the Hebrew will bear it, be trans- lated •, Of- Solomon. Or; For Solomon. Partly, be- baufe Solomon had great knowledge in, and experi- ence of building the Houfe and other affairs mention- ed in this Song. Others conceive, that it was penned by David, or by fome other holy man of God, for Solomon and his Instruction, How to enterprise and mannage aM his affairs, with dependance chiefly up- on the LORD for all good fuccefs therein i. And fo they render the Title ; For-Solomon. And indeed Solomon had great need of fuch advice as this Pfahr.e gives, he being to undertake thofe great works, of building not onely his own Houfe, butGodsHoufe, offtablifhingthe Politic of the City Jerufalem, and the whole Kingdom of Ifrael, &c. To this later Opi- nion I rather incline. And yet I judge it not much material, whether we afcribe the penning of it to Da- vid or to Solomon. Seeing the Doctrine of thePlalme will be one and the fame to us. Occafion of penning it, was probably; The great work chat lay upon Solomons bands in reference to the Temple, City and Kingdome, and his own Family, which that he might fuccefsfully undertake, he was to enterprife them with dependance upon the Lord's benediction alone. Scope is, 1. Immediately, to teach Solomon in all his Ecclefiaftick, Politick, and Domeftick affairs, to de- pend only upon the Providence and concurrent blef- fing of God, without which all his own wifdom, power, diligence, industry, &c. would be utterly 1 vain. i.Mediatdy, To teach us and all Gods people, That without the LORD'S concurrent Providence, Affiftance and EleiTing, all mans Enterprises and Endeavours about EcdefiaStical, Political, or Dome- ftical affaires are meer loft labour and vanity. And that therefore in all our Actions and Undertakings we fhould wholly depend upon the LORD, for alfirt- ance and fuccefs. So true and excellent h that allu- fionof Naxi.inzen unto this PSalme; 0s» SlJbv\<&, fiLiJiv \°fic-< pOoc©- : ^ f«) JiJbvjQ-iMtftv r/on,or77rte,exprelTeth; I. The Kind of writing ; A Song. 2. The Adjunct, A Song of Degrees, See on Pfal. 120. Sect I. 3. The Object for whofe fake ir was fpecially penned ; For-Solomon. The Song itfelf contains l.ADotlrinal Declaration of the vanity of all hu- mane Afts and Enterprises about all forts of Afairs here below, without the concurrent influences of Gods Providence and Bleffing. But cfpecially, 1. In Affairs Ecdefiaftical. As,in building the Temple I, which was The Houfe yjl' t^o^f. In vain did David intend it, unlcfsthe LORD lud approved his intention. In vain had Solomon attempted it : had jior God affiftod him in it. Some referrc this to Amans dwelling-houfe, and efpecially to his Family ; and all manner of provisions for it. But the former feems better, ver. i.in begin. 2. In Affairs Political. As, in keeping, protect- ing, and well-providing for the City, i.e. Jerufalem, under which, as the Metropolis of the Kingdom, un- derftand metonymically the whole Kingdom, and Common-wealth of Ifrael. Vnlefs the LORD be the Keeper and Protector thereof, every other Keeper, even Solomon himfelf,keepeth it, and yratcbeth it all in vain, v. 1. 3. In Affaires Oeconomical, oxDomeftical. As, in providing for the Family. All the prudence, dili- gence toyle and travel that the Houfholder can ex- pect, and all the hardnefs and Straits that he can un- dergo; being up early, down late, and eating the bread of forrows /n fj i. e. food painfully acquired,Gen. 3« 19. or courfe dktj will be all in vain andunpro- Sperous, without Gods, bleffing. This is notably il- lustrated by Gods contrary bleffing of hisbeloved, depending upon him and his Providence after all his toyle and labour; So he will give his Beloved fleepn. So'} i . e. by fuch early riling, late fitting up, eating the bread of Sorrowes ; he will eive his beloved fleep, i. c. he will give fweet fleep and reft without carking carefulneffe to his beloved, that depends upon him for fuccefs, and commits himfelf and his way unto him. The word bOU; Shena, fleep, is written o- rhervvife then ufual, with ^ a quiet dumb Letter per- haps to dencte the greater Quietnefs, ver. 2. If. An eminent Confirmation of this doctrinal decla- ration, by an elegant inftance in children (by whom Ecdefiaftical, P olitical,Domeftical, and all other So- cieties are fupplied & upheld^ who are not obtained but by the Lords lingular Benediction and Donati- on. Here touching children , we may note, 1. The Lord's peculiar influence and providence in bellow- ing them upon Parents. Signified in two Denomi- nations. They are called, ( \) An Heritage of the LORD. (2) Hit Reward ( viz. not of due debt to anyone, as [Rewarct] is ufed, Numb. 18.31.Gen. 30. 28. But of free grace and favour, &,[Reward~] is ufed, Rom. 4.4. Gen. 15. 1. Ifai. 62. n.Jrer. 3. 2. The ufefulnefs of children bellowed by Gods blef- fing. w^.fordefenceofParents, Family, City, and all Societies, againft all contrary force and oppofiti- on of enemies. Here to this end, CO They are rc- fcmbled to Arrowes in the hand of a mighty man, v. 4. (2 J He that hath bis Quiver, (u e. his Houfe.) filled with thefe Arrowes ("i.e. children of the youth, is counted bIeffed.('"3)The reafon of fuch his happinefs is added; Such ft) all not be afljamed,. 1 13. T.^Bafil. 155?. n Hts be- lovedfor Dearling. The Heb. Jedidhzth reference to Solo- mons name Jedid- JAH,2 Sam. 12. 25, that is, Beloved-of J AH. Hen. Ainfw.in his Annot.. on Pfal. 127. 2. Pfalm CXXV1II. Sett. I. The Summary Contents* In this Song, 1. The true fearers of the LORD are defcribed, ver.i. 2. Their Happinefs thereupon, through fundry bleflings enfijing, is declared, ver.i. 2,&c.totbeend. T S A L M E. CXXVIII. 361 aHf&.the bletTednefles ofevery- one fearing JEHOVAH w.lkins; m. bHtl palms c Htb.Thc bleffed- nefles of- tbec. d Htb.hix- jng C Heb.[hi\l blefstbee out of Sion. (Htb.zW dayes of tby lives. a HfJ.The bleflednef- fes of every- one fearing JEHOVAH walk- ing ■ b He/'.palir.s c Ht/'.Tbe bleifedaef- fes of thee, d Hf&.the man lhall be. bk (Ted fearing JE- HOVAH. C be b. And fee thou the good of Je- rufakfrwall dayes of tby lives. fPfalmus hie Proxi- mo affinis «ft,8iqu2- dam velu- ti Appen- dix. Joan. Calv. in Arg.Pfal. 128. gPfalmus hie refte Yubjungi- tur pra?ce- denti,Eum enim quafi explieat & confir- mat.Hert. Moller.in Argum. Ffal.i2S. Sett. II. The Versions out of the Hebrew. A Song of Degrees. 1. a /"\ Happy-happy every-one \J Thatdoth JEHOVAH fear: Still walking in his ways alone. 2. For, thou fhalt eat with chear The labour of thy painful b hands; c O-happy-happy thou / To thee alfo , thy cafe foftands, Abundant good (hall flow. 3. Thy wife, like fructifying Vine By thine Houfe fides, fliallfprom : Thy Sons, like Olive plants, confine Thy Table round-about. 4. Lo, furely thus the man fhall be Still b\ck\,dthat fears the LORD. 5. The LORD e from Sion unto thee #«blefling-wiil-afTord ; And thou/Wr fee , fall thy life's dayes, JeruPlems good excel!. 6. And fialt fee thy fons fons, thy praife : And peace on Ifrael. A Song of Degrees. 1. af\ Happy every-one \J That doth JEHOVAH fear ; Walks in his wayes alone 2. For, thine b hands labour here Thou glad fhalt eatc: c O happy thou / And good fl>allflor» To thee compleat. 3. Thy wife, like fruitful Vine By thine Houfe fide?. ff> a tffprout ■:■ Like Oljve plant ftill green Thy formes fhall round-about Inchfe thy board. 4. Lo, fure thus rfblefs't that-man fhall reft. That fears the LORD. 5. Jehovah will thee biefs From Sion, e thou withal Jerufalem's goodnefs Shalt fee, thy life's dayes all. 6. And, through increafe, Thy fons fons thou fhalt fee : andhnow On Ifr'el peace. Se&. III. The Kinde , Venman , cafion and Scope. Oc- The Kind of this Poem, 1. Asto the Sub)eU-Mat- teroi it, is Doilrinal : Teaching, who are the true fearer? of the LORD, And how great and manifold blefiednefs attends upon them. 2. Asto the Out- ward Form ot'tt, iSi4 Song, A Song of Degrees. See Pfal. 1 20. Seft. lj Penman of it feems to be the fame who penned the former Pfalm •, vi^.Solomon^OT David. For this is of like Argument, and (aSCalvin (aithj neer of kin to Pfal. 127. and at it were a certain Appendix to itf. And therefore (\mh MollermJ it is rightly fubjoyned to the former, for it doth as ic were ex- plain and confirm it£. Occafion of penning it, probably was the former Pfalm, or fome paftuges in it. For, The Pfaknift having declared in the former. Song, That the hap- py fucccefsand good event of all humane undertak- ings in Ecclefiafticalf, Politicals, and Domeflicah, depends not upon man's care, wifdom, prudence, diligence. &c. but meerly upon the good Provi- dence and Bleflingof the LORD: In this Song he comes to define and defcribe the Perfons, upon, whom the LORD peculiarly pours forth his bleffing, vi\. on all them that truly fear the LORD, walling in his wayes, ver. 1, ff ain from his negative Precepts, and by fuch z%walk_in hit wayes-, thofe that keep his affirmative Precepts i. But this is too dilute : 3., By the general Extent ; in the univerfal particle 73 Col, everyone, viz. whether rich or poor, Scc.verf. I. II. A Declaration o( their happinefs that thus fear the LORD,&c. Which is laid down. 1. More-Oenerally ; The happineffes of every one, <&c. Or ; 0 the happineffes — / as it were with a kind of admiration. The Abftract plural here is very em- phatical. ver. 1. 2. More particularly, The happinefs of the godly Fearers of the LORD, is diftributed into two fojts, vi\. CO Private and corporal, ver. 2, 3, 4. ( 2 J Publick andfprritual, v. 5, 6. Firfi, the privateand corporal, or temporal hap- pinefs of every one fearing the LORD, is elegantly laid down by way of Enallage or change of the per- fon, or Apofirophe, turning his fpeech to the man fearing the LORD. And this his happinefs is mani- fold, vix_> He fhall be happy. (1) In the boneft labours of htiC ailing: Where note, that 1. To the fear of the LORD,and religious walk- ing in his wayes, Labour in our particular Calling muff be added. 2. They that labour in their par- ticular Calling have here rhe promife of Gods blef- fing ; 0 happy thou, and good fhall be to thee. 3. It's a fpecial bleffing to have our labours blefled of 1 z z z God,* 1 Per en; qui timem Dominum, intelligunc Ezra & Kimchi il* los qui fibi cavent a prarceptis negativis : per eos vero qui ambulant invikejuti, qui obedi- unt pra?- ceptis af- firmativis, Sim. ie Mux in Com. ad Ff,l2%.l* ;62 P S A L M E. CXXIX. God. 4. It is of Gods great bleffingthatwe eatc of our own hands labours, and not of others, ver- 2. Ci~) In his Wife. Which in regard of, 1. Her fruitfulnefs in children ; 2. The place of her fruitful- nefs, in her husbands houfe, is elegantly compared to zfi unifying Vine by the Houfe fides. The Vine be- ing the only treeplantedin the Houfe, and through rhe Wall the branches fhooting forth are fruitful on rhe houfe-fides , through the influence of the Sunne. C 3) In hit Children. Compared to Olive Plants round about hk Table. Thus fomse accommodate the Similitude; 1. The Olive is ft ill frefh, green, and flourifhing ; So fhalkhy fonnes be ftill flourishing in profperity. 2. The Olive is legitimate, admits no o- ther tree to be ingrafred upon it: fo thy children fhall be legitimate,not fpurious. ^.Iheirfianding round a- bout thy Table.vray denote,Their plenty, round-about: Their Sobriety, thy Tables Their ferviceableneft to their litems ft anding and attending round about thy Table.Perhaps all,befides the firft, may be more wit- ty,than folid, ver. 3. C4) In the certainty of the godly man's former felici- ty. Confirmed by an Emphatfcal Repetition of Gods promife and declaration of his happinefs,i/. 4. Secondly, The publique and Spiritual, as well as Temporal happineffe of every fearer of the LORD, fsfuperadded, ver. 5. &c. Where note, 1. The Author of this bleffednefs. vi^. The LORD. 2. The Teftimony confirming this bleffedncffe to them, vi^. The Covenant which God made with his people, now placed in the Ark inS7on,the token of Gods fpe- cial prefence among them, where God commanded the bleffing, (frc. P/«/. 133. 3. therefore it is added; out of Sion, 3. The matter of this fpirirual happinefs, in beholdingthe good of Jerufalem, vi\. The fpirirual welfare and flourifhing profperity of the Church of God, wbeteof Jerufalem via 3 Type. 4. The con- stancy of this happineffe and great bleffing; all the dayes of thy lives. 5. The estenfion of this happinefs aIfo,e ven to Childrens Children. The third and fourth generation fhall even in his fight fhare in thisbleffed- rieffe. This promife notably implyes to the fearers of the LORD, Long life, and a numerous fucceffion ofPofreriry. Thus private bleffings are alfo inter- woven with the publique : they ufe to Hand and fall together. 6. Peace and Profperity upon Ifiael, up- on the whole Kingdom and Nation^/-. 5 ,d. Thefe are lingular bleffings. For a gracious heart prefers the wcale Publick of Church and State before all his own private Concernments, as in Pfal. 137. 5,6. Pfalm CXXIX. Sett. I. The Summary Contents, Herein are, i.The Churches co/w^/rf/nr/againft the continued,frequent,and grievous afflictions brought upon her, by her perfecuting enemies, ver. 1,2,3. 2. An acknowledgement of the LORD's delivering her from them, ver. 4. 3. A dreadful Imprecation of Confufion and ruine upon all the haters of Sion, the enemies of the Church, ver. ^.to the end. a Hri.hatk cut-afunder bfcrt.wherc- with the Mower fil- lech net bis ptlme. Sett. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. A Song of Degrees. 1. /^\Ft from my youth they me diftrefs'd : \^J May Ifracl now fay. 2. Oft from my youth they me diftrefs'd : Yet thiufarre have not they PrevaiTd againft-me, though full low. The Plowers, fierce andjlrong, Upon my very back did plow : They made their furrow long. 4. The juft LORD,* hathafunder-da/h'd The Cords of wicked-men. 5. Let Sion's haters all be-bafh d, And turned back again. 6. Like to the rootlefs jading graft Of-Houfes-tops be they : Which e're it gtovicth-up,dotb pajfe And withereth-away. 7. b Whereof enough to fill his hand The Mower doth not find : Or he his bofome, that doth ft and AndfcatteredShezvcs up-bind. 8. Nor do they fay, that-paffe-by them, The LORD's good blefling be Upon-you : In JEHOVAH'S Name Elefs you thk day do we. Sett. III. The Kind, Penman, Oc* cajion and Scope. The Kind of this Poem, 1. As to the Outward Form of it, is, A Song, A Song of Degrees. See on Pfal. 120. Seft. 1. 2. As to the Subjell-Matter of it is Mixt : being Querelatory, Laudatory-, and Impreca- tory. Complaining of the Churches diftreffes by her perfecutors, Praifing the Lord for preferving his Ifrael from ruine in greateft extremities,and deliver- ing her ; And imprecating confufion and ruine to the haters of Sion. Penman and Occafion of writing this Song cannot particularly be determined upon with any certainty: Neither, being here or elfewhere clearly recorded in Holy Scripture. From the Sub)efl-malter of the Pfalme, much refembling that ol Pfal. 124. fome conceive they were both Penned by the fame Author and about the fame time c. Calvin confidering the cJo.Foord lingular Emphafis of that Adverb of time, Now, ver. in Exp. 1. Conjectures, that probably this Pfalme was com- Pfal. 129. pofed when theChurch of God was caft into extream ftrairs, or opprefled with fome great tyranny, and infuchdeep danger, that it was notfarre from utter ruine As, when after the Jewes returnedfiom Babylon, and had fuffercd many bitter injuries from their neighbouring enemies, they at laft were almoft wholly ruined under the tyranny of Amiochus d. d Jo.Calv. Scope of the Pfalmift herein, is; 1. To incite Ifra- in Com.ad el, theChurch of God, to magnifie the LORD for Pfal.129.1 his wonderful and conftant preferving her from ruin againft the many and long-continued diftrefles and ftrairs brought upon her by her perfecuting enemies, and cutting afunder the Cords of the wicked .• As al- fo 2.T0 devote the haters of Sion to utter confufion. The whole Pfalme is carried on with rauchEmpha- tical Elegancy .• every Sentence, every Word being veryobfervable. Auguftine compares this Pfalme,to Zacheut, little of Stature, but great in Worl&Sc to the Widows two Mhes Jit tie Money, but large Charity.So this Pfalme P S A L M E CXXX. 363 ePfalmus- Pfalme, if you number the Words jffl>ort; if you weigh brevis eft. the Sentences, it great e. Sed ficut Scriptumeftin Evangelio de ZVtttao, ftarura brcvis, fed mag- nusinopere : ficut fcriptum eft de ilia vidu2, qua; duo minuta mifit in Gazophylacium; Brevis pecunia, fed magna cliaritas. Sic & ifte Pfalmus, fi verba numeres, brevis eft : Si fententias appendas, magnus eft. Augufl. in Pfalm. 228. Enarrat. Tom. 8. Sed;. IV. The Analysis , or Principal Paris. The Title denotes, I. The kind of writing ; A Song. 2. The Adjunft thereof ; of Degrees. The Song itfelf. Conraines l. A Complaint. Wherein note 1. The parties complaining, or incited by the Pfahnift to complain i Ifrael. The Church of Cod. 2. The time or feafon of the complaint •, Now. i. e. In her then prefent great excrenmieSjinto which fhe wasplunged,&c. 3. The adverfaries againft whom fhe complaines, or may juftly complain : hinted in the word [they'] in ver. 1,2. but afterwards branded with the infa- mous names of Flowers, the wicked, the haters of Si- on, in verfe 3, 4, 5. thefc were lfraels adver- faries. 4. The injuries done to Ifrael by her adverfaries, and here the matter of her complaint, are moft ele- gantly and Pathetically defcribed, 1. By their Ad- juncts. 2. By Comparisons. (1) By their Adjuntfs, Aggravating the enemies injuries. As, 1. The frequency of thefe injuries ; Often. Often. 2. The greatnefi and grievoufnefs of the injuries, hinted in the paflionateingemination ; Often have they diftrejfed me. Oftenhavetbeydiftreffed me. 3. The continuance of them; From my youth. From my youth, vi^. From the dayes of Saul and Da- vid, when Ifrael was conftituted a Kingdom : yea, from the dayes of Mofes, when fhe was brought out of Egypt and formed into a National Church: yea, from the rfmeof Abraham, when God entredinto Covenant with him and his Seed: yea, even from the dayes of Adam when God firft promifed the Seed of the woman, &c. All this is illuftrated, by their ene- tniesdifappointments ver. 1,2. Q2 J By Comparifons. Thefe injuries are compar ed, 1. To the ftraitning or befieging of a City or Caftle : in the word ^THX T(emun'\,they diftrejfed me, theyftraitnedme,ver.i, 2. its doubled Empha. tically. The enemies as it were laid fiege againft If- rae I and ftraitned the Church. 2. To Ploughing up of Grounds. Here, 1. The Plowers, were the enemies perfecuting the Church. 2. Their Plowing, was their malicious perfecuting the Church of God, rending, tearing, &c. 3. The ground plowed, The back, of If- rael. 4. The length of the furrow was the continuance and prolonging of their diftreffes, all very elegantly ver. 3. II. A thankful acknowledgement of the Churches deliverance, Here note, 1. The Author of this de- liverance ; The LORD. 2. ThelmpulfiveCaufe inclining the Lord thereunto, vi^. The LORD'S Juftice for his people and againft their adverfaries. 3. The evils and enemies from which they were de- livered ; the cords of the wicked i. e. ThcCouncels, Contrivances and other Inftrumental means where- by they drew the plow upon Ifrael's back. 4. The way or method of the LORD'S delivering them ; by cutting afunder the cords of the wicked. He thus perfifts in the fotmer Metaphor or Allegory of plow- ing, ver. 4. III. A dreadful Imprecation upon the Churches Enemies. Wherein confider 1. The Defcription or Character of the Enemies imprecated ; Haters ofSion. 2. The extent of the imprecation: to them all; in the univerfal particle, All. 3. The Judgements whereunto thefe Enemies 3 re devoted, vi$. 1. PubliqueStame. 2. Flight, turning back to their mine and confiifion, ver. 5. 3. Untime- ly deftruftion, under the Similitude of Grafs on Houfe tops, foon withering, ver. 6. wholly fruitlefs, ver.j, and without blcffing ver. 8. Pfalm CXXX* Se6r. I. The Summary Contents, Hereinare, 1. A fervent Prayer of the deeply af- flicted, for divine Audience and acceptance of his Supplication for Grace, efpecially in the pardon of fin ; urged by many Arguments, ver. 1. to 7. 2. An earneji Exhortation unto Ifrael,hopefully-to-waite for the LORD, ver. 7, 8. SeU. II. The Version out of the Hebrew. A Song of Degrees i. T ORD, from-the-depths-co-thee-I-calJ. J_, 2. * My voice, LORD, do-thou-hearc, Unto b my Supplications voice Attent-let-be c thine-eare. 3. rfShouldft thou J AH mark iniquities. LORD, who fhall ftand with thee > 4. But e from thee doth forgivenefs rife That thou mayft feared be. $. I. earneftly-expect the LORD, My Soul waits earneftly : And for his ever faithfullwotd Wa it-hopefu 1 ly-do-I. 6. My Soul waits for the Lord, farre more Than Warchmen in the night Wait for the Morne, Than Watchmen do Wait for the Morning light. 7. Let Ifrael wait- hopefully Upon the LORD fo try'd For loving-kindnefs conftantly Doth with the LORD abide : And much Redemption it with him; 8. His Ifrael likewife He mercifully will redeem From /all's iniquities. Se&. III. The Kind, Penman Occajion, and Scope The Kind of this Poem, 1. As to the Outward Forme of it, is A Song, A Song of Degrees : as the Title fhewes. See on Pfal. 120.Seft-i.And it is the Eleventh Song of Degrees in order. 2. As to the Subjeif-Mat- ter of it, it is Mixt : being Petitory, and Hortatory •, as is hinted in the Summary Contents. And it is rec- koned among the Seven Penitential Pfalmes : being the Sixth in order. See before, on Pfal. 6. Sect. 3. It is therefore (~ faid one J more known and Sung in the Church, than the other Songs of Degrees g. And the matter of it is not obfeure to them that have tafted the terrours of Conference for fin, and have been ex- ercifed in the School of fincere Repentance. For here- in 9 Heb. in. my-voice. ' b Heb. the voice of myfupplica« tions tot grace. c Heb. thine cares. dHcb.If. thou Ihouldft 1 obferve.— - e#^.wlthj chec ; ,-. fHfJ.all 3 g Hie Pfal. mus inter, poenitcn- tiales re- fertur .* ideo prx ceteris in] Ecclefia femper fuit notus &decama- tus. Nee obfeura eft fententia his qui aliquando fenferunt terrores peccati, & aliquaha-. buerunc poeniten- tix excer- citia. H. Mollerus in Arg. Pf. 130. T S A L M E. CXXX. in the Pfalmi ft being, as it were funk down into the I deeps of Di ft redes, Cares, Sorrowes, Anxieties, &c. j perhaps both corporal and Spiritual, and almoft overwhelmed therewith, cryes out in thefe extremi- ties to the LORD, for audience, and pardon of fin, earneftly waiting upon the LOR D to that end ac- cording to his Word of Promife: And exhorting all the Ifrael of God herein to imitate his example. The Prayer is/Wr : but very pithy, fei vent, and pa- thetical. It is Incomparabilk Thefaurtu, a Treafure incomparable, faid Calvin b. It may moft comfort- b Jo. Calv. ably and fitly be ufed as a Prayer, or as a Pattern for in Com. ad Prayer, by a poor, penitent, broken-hearted Soulal- Pf. 130. 1 > moft overwhelmed and fvvallowed up with deeps of mifery by reafon of fin ; againft which, the futfickn- cy of divine Patdon, and Redemption is here em- phatically declared. Upon which, faid Auguftine well ; Therefore if Ifrael be prejfed with hit Jms, the mercy of God it at band He that did not commit fin, u bit Redeemer from (in. He will Re- deem Ijrael. Whence will he Redeem * From this ini- quity, orfiom that ? Naj, from all hit iniquities. There- fore let not him that k about to come to God, feare any his iniquities: onely let him come with hii whole heart, andnow ceafe to do what before he had done, and not fay ; that iniquity ft] all not be forgiven me. Do not fay, 1 am not worthy, becaufe of my fins. Tim art iErPofi rot worthy: but with him k muib Redemption, and he premeba- *"'# Redeem Ifrael from all hii iniquities i, turpec- „.,..,.-. „' . .r catis fuis, adeftmifencordia Dei. Qui non commnit pecca- t'um ipfe eft Redemptor a peccato : ipfe Redimet Ifrael._ Unde redi'met ? Ab ilia iniquitate, an ab ilia ? Ab omnibus iniquitatibus fuis. Non ergo timeat acceffurus ad Deum aliquas iniquitate* fuas .• tantummodoaccedat pleno corde, & definat jam fa cere qua? antea faciebat, & non dicat ; ilia iniquitas non mini diniitti- tur# _Nolidicere, Ego non fumdignus propter peccata. Non esdignus: Sedmulta apud ilium Redemprio, Et ipfe Re- dimet Ifratl ab omnibus iniquitatibus fuis. Aug. in Enarrat. Pfal. 129. p. i<,uA.B.C.D.Tom.2.Bafi.l$6c]. Penman and particular Occafion of penning this k See H. Song, are uncertain. Somel^ think David penned it, MoUer. in Either when himfelf was in the Depths of anguifh Arg. Pl'al. and diftrefsfor his great finsof murder of Vriah, and 133. Joan. Adultery with Bath(liebah, See Pl'al. jr. Title, and 2 Eoordin Sam. 11. and 12. And that in this Song and Prayer Expof. Pf. lie earneftly beggs pardon of thofe fins. Or, when 1 130. Ghff. himfelf and Ifrael were prefTed exrreamly with fome Or dinar, in deep calamity, as when the Peftilence came upon A-ldit.Pf. them for Davids numbering the People, 2 Sam. 24, 129. or fome fuch great diftrefs. Or when David, in the dayesof Saul, was in deep perplexities through his Perfections. But others think this Pfalme wasPen- 7ie^hy fome Prophet upon occafion of the peoples deep diftrcfles in Babyloniff) Captivity, the Prophet fuftainingthepcrfonof the people : becaufe of the beginning andclofeof the Pfalme, ver. 1. and 7, 8. I Demate- As the Ord. C/jf /The Song indeed maybe applyed ria vero thereto, as to divers other conditions of Gods people lurjus But none of thefe particulars have any certain Pfalmi, foundation. dicunt aliqui quod eft Oratio ipfius David pro fua liberatione a peccatis Adulterij cum Bethfabea, & homicidij Vr'u. Scd finis Pfalmi vj'ik'tur magis pratendere, quod fir Oratio pro liberatione populi Ifraelis a Babylonica Captivitate, facia ab aliquo fpem Dei ha- bente, qui loquens in perfona populi, dicit ; De profundi, i. de terra Bablonica, qui eft demiffa refpetfu Juda? :Et ctiam quia in Babylone aliqui dejudais erant pofiti incarccribusfubterraneis, &c. Gloff. Or dinar, in Addition, ad Pfal. 1 29. Scope oft he Pfalmift herein, is; 1. Partly, to ob- tain of the LOR D, audience to his Prayer fervently prefentcdin his deep and almoft defperate extremi- ties: and acceptance of his Supplication for grace, especially in the free forgivenefsof his iniquities ; For accomplishment of which his deSires, he waits earneftly upon the LORD, according to his Wr.r 2. Partly, To excite Ifrae!, e- ven the whole Church of God, and consequently e- very member thereof, after the Pfalmifts example, To wait-hopefully upon the LORD for his loving- kindnefs and much Redemption of them from all ini- quities, ver. 7, 8. And this may be ufed by Gods penitent people in their deeps of diftrefs, As an ex- cellent Prayer for Audience, Acceptance, andfor- givenefs of Sins of all forts: raifing up their Faith and Hope earneftly to expect the fame according to the faithful Word and Gracious Nature of the Lord. This Precious Song, therefore, contrary to the true ufe, intent, and Scope of it, is moft grofly, Fg- norantly, and fuperftitioufly abufed and prophan- ed by the Papifts, who recite it for obtaining mercy to the dead Saints detained in the pains of Purgato- ry It k received((a\d Sim,de Muk m, a learn- m porr\ ed Papift ) by the cuftome of the Church, Ttiat this Ecclefia? Pfalm flmld be recited for the pioufly deceafed, becaufe confuetu- in it there it often mention of Divine Mercy, which they dine re- muchneed, if at yet perhaps they be detained in the ceptum paines of Purgatory. And hence probably arofe utp-opie that ignorant, fottifh, and Superftitious Cuftom, e- defunctis ven in our memories in ufe in fome dark parts of recitetur England, Of poor peoples and Childrens begging of hicPfal- Eggs, &c the week before Eafter, &c. with recital of mus quo. thisPfalm, oratleaft fome part of it, in Latin ; De niam in profundis clamavi, &c. £0 cre(jra Refut. i.Ther's no fuch place as Purgatory, wher- fit divina in the Souls of Saints deceafed, and not thoroughly mifericor- purged from their fins in this life, are more tho- dia?men- roughly purged, that they may enter into Heaven. tio,qua ii Its only 3Papalfic7ion,znd avaritious devife for in- multum creafing of the Popes Revenew and maintaining the indigent fi fire in his Kitchen. See our Arguments againft Pur- adhiic for- gatory, with our Anfwersto Bdlarmines Arguments te in pce- forit; In, G. Amef. Bellarm. Enervat.T0m.2A1b. 5. nisPurga- c.i. fo 2. p. i2o. foe. Amftelod. 162,0. Willets Synopf. torijdeti- Papifmi 9th. General Contr over fie QueSl. 2.pag. 404, neantur foe. Hen. Alfted.Theolog. Polemick. Part. 4. Contro- Sim.de * verf. 1. de Ecclef, laborantein Purgatorio, p. 433. foe. Muk in Hanov. 1627. . Arg.PfaU , 2. There being no fuch place as Purgatory, nor 130. any Soule~> there, There needs no Suffrage or pray- n Quo ers for them, either in the words of thisPfalm, or magis de- any other Form. Calvin faid well; The teftabilis barbarous ignorance of the Papifts k deteftable, whi left eft barba- dr awing thk Pfalm to other ufe, thy filthily profane it. ra Papi- Por to what end do they murmer it over for the dead, but ftarum in- tbat Satan hath bewitched them to extinguifh a fingu- ' fcitia,dum larly profitable Dothine by their Sacriledge. For jince Pfalmum thk Pfalm was applfd to dead fiadowsjt k vulgarly nunc in u- almoft believed to be of no ufe among the living : andfo fumalie- the World hath hft thk incomparable Treafure n. num rra- hentes, fcede profanat. Quorfum enim demurmurant eum pro mortu- is, nifiquodeos faScinavit Satan ut doftrinam apprime utilem fuo Sacrilegio extinguerent .' Nam ex quo ad mortuas umbras raptusSuit PSalmus, vulgo ferecreditum eft nullum elTecjusu- fum inter vivos: atque ita mundo periit incomparabilis thefau- rus. Joan. Calvin in Comment, ad Pfal. 130. I. Sctf.1V. The Analyfis^ or Vrincipal Parts. The Inle declares, 1. The Kind or Sort of this Poem; A Song.. 2. The Adjunft of it; of Degrees. The Song it Self contains I. A Prayer, ver. 1.W7. Wherein note 1. The calamitous condition of the Pfalmift when he thus prayed ; Out of the deeps, i. e. Out of great andextream Calamities, from the Gates of dclpair, &c. A Metaphor Srom deep waters as Pf. 69. 2, 14. The Saints may be in deep Extremities : And yet even thence may pray unto the Lord. 2. The Objeft to whom he prefented his Pray- er out of tie deeps ; To thee, 0 LORD. 3. The PSALM E CXXXi. . The ' dji ct fervency of his Prayer, ; have I i have I crfd,ver. i. 4. 1 he Petitions, orRequeftsprcfcnted to the L d. Which are, 1. For audience. 2. For at- tention to his Supplicacion-for-grace: efpeciaJly par .oning-grace, ver. 2, £rc. 5. His Arguments whereby he urgeth and cn- forccthhisRequeft. And they are drawn, 1. From the ^commodity of Gods denying this requeft, by marking and not pardoning iniquities, Then who fh all ftanJ up before him, ver. 3- 2. From the Gracious Nature of God, inclining to pardon fin ; But with thee is forgiveness. Amplified by the consequent fruir and effeft which that divine property will work in man, v't^. The fear of the LORD for this his good- i\efc,ver. 4. 3. From his own carneft-expeftation of the Lord in this way of pardoning Mercy, which expectation is repeated for the more Emphafis, and declared to he his Souls expectation : Auxefis. This his expectation is illufirated, fi) By the ground of it ; His hope in his Word of Promife,i<. 5. ("0 By the fervency and intend venefle of it; More than Watchmen wait for the morning. Which Compari- fon is doubled for the more Emphafis and Elegancy, verfe 6. II. An Exhortation, ver. 7, 8. He exhorts and in- cites Ifrael, the whole Church of God, and fo every member thereof, after his example, To wait-hope- fully for the LORD, in deeped extremities, for mer- cy and pardon. This Exhortation he preffeth, 1. From the Nature of God ; For with him is mercy, or loving-kjndneft. 2. From Gods abundant Redempti- on; much Redemption, ver. 7. 3. From thepromife of the Lord's univerfal Redemption of Ifrael from ("no: only few, or many, but ) all hit iniquities, verfe 8. Larga Dei Bonitas veniam non dimldiabit : Aut nihil, ant totum, telachrymante,dabit. a Heh.or, to David, b beh. nei- ther have I walked in great things and in too wonderful matters for me. cHft Ih ave Pfalme CXXXI. Sect. I. The Summary Contents David, 1. Profeffeth his Humble hope in the LORD, difclaiming all oppofite Pride and Pre- fumptuoufnefs,i;er. 1,2. 2. Exhort eth Ifrael to like Hope in God for ever, ver. 3. Sect. IL the Verfton out of the Hebrew. A Song of Degrees a 0/David, iY~\ LORD, mine heart's not haughty, fee, \_J Nor lofty are mine eyes; b In great-rA/ngs,and too high for me, I do hoc exercife. 2. cSure, I mySoulcompos'dandftiU'd, As weanling with his-mother „• With me, eVn-as a weaned-c/;?W, My Soul Ufuch another. e Sim.de r°d COmp°* 3- Let T("raeI wait-hopefully For Gid the Lord aim ay, d From this-time/orr/j unceffantlj And to perpetual-ay. L d Htb, From now — Sect. III. The Kind, Penman, Occafion and Scope. Kind of this Poem, r. As to the Outward Form and frame of it, is, ASong, ASong of Degrees : as the title Denominates it. Seeon Pf.12 .Scft.i.andit is the Twelfth Song of Degrees in order. 2. As to the Sub)eli matter of it, it is Afrxf:being a holy Meditation, Partly Narrarory, touching the Pfalmifr, humble Hope; Partly Hortatory, inciting Ifrael to like hope in the LORD for ever. Penman of it, was David: as the Title indicates. ( Occafion of Davids penning it, fome e conceive to */»#;,, be this;v/'^. Thac David was malicioufly atcufed A,-iUm by Sauls Courtiers, for proud afpiring to the King- p'rl2I'. dom, and endeavouring aher great matters too high *' ' ' for him, &c. Therefore here in this Pfalm David purgeth himfelf, and as it were appeals to God, rak- ing him to vvitnefs, how humbly and modeflly he had behaved himfelf, attempting nothing at any time above his ftrength or Hate of life: yea how he compofed himfelf quietly, depending onely upon the LORD, even as a newly-weaned child fubmits him- felf to, and depends upon, his mother. And here- upon he exhorts Ifrael to imitate him their King in an humble and hopeful waiting upon the LORD, for a bleffing under his Government. The Series of the Song fitly agrees hereunto. Scope of David herein, is ; I. Partly, To profefs and avouch before the LORD his humble and felf- denying deportment in heart, looks, and aftions, not reaching or afpiring beyond his fpheir, to things too great or too wonderful for him ; but hopefully qui- eting himfelfin the LORD, as a weaned child with his Mother. 2. Partly, To incite Ifrael, after his ex- ample, to wait-hopefully upon the LORD for ever, walking humbly with him. Subjects being apt to i- (Aslfocra- mitate their Kings : Inferiours, their Superiours/. testold his , » , „„ , „ . Nicocles; — — — tLKXd. itiV ojctuj* Pfal. funi-> when the A\\ fliould be brought into the Temple 132. builded in the place revealed to him. Theferiesof the Pfalme perfwades this, and efpecially, ver. 7, 8, p, 10. Andalfo, That Solomon having brought the Ark into the Temple built by him, made ufe of ver. 8, 9, io. of this Pfalm in his Prayer, a few things only altered, See2Chrort. 6. 41,42. and with thefe he then clofed up his Prayer. Scope of this choife Son^ and Prayer: is; J.Toin- treat the^ LORD , in reference to Eccleflafticah accord- ing to his gracious promifes to David, 1. To remem- ber David for good all his Affliction, and his Zeal to find out an Habitation for the LORD the mighty one of Jacob; 2. Toblefs and fanctify his Refting- place with his fpecial prefence, cloathing his Priefts, miniftring there unto him, with righteoufnefs; and filling his Saints with (homing joy. II. And in refe- rence to Politicals, according to his Promifes and Oath to David, i.Toacctpr his Anointed, 2. And to blefs and perpetuate the Kingdom unto his Seed forever, for the good of his Church and true Religi- on. Which Prayer, and Promifes have their fullefr accomplifhment in JefitsCbtift the Principal Seed of David, The LORD God giving unto him the Throne of of hit father David, that he way reign over the houfe of Jacob for ever,ofwhofe K'rgdom there fliall be no end, Luke i, 31, 32,33. Sed. IV. The Andyfis, or Principal Tarts, The Title declares, t. The Kind of this Poem; A Song. 2. The Adjunft ; Of Degrees. The Song itfelfh A Prayer, wherein the Pfalmirt in his own Name and the Name of the Church and People of God, Prayes for, 1. The fpiritual profpe- rity of the Church of God and Religion in Ifrael ; 22 And in order thereunto for the perpetuity and flou- rifhing Glory of the Kingdom to the Houfe and Sctd of David. Urging both from the promifes cf the LORD to David. I. In reference to the fpiritual profperity of the Church of God and Religion, ver. I. to 10. There are fundry Petitions. As I. That the LORD would remember, viz. for good all Davids affliilions, and ^eal in finding out an Habi- tation for the LO RD ver. 1. foe. Hereconfider, I. The Perfon invocatediT/ie Lord.Not the Virgin Mary, as the Papiftshave miferably corrupted this Pfalme, that they may abufe it to the praying of Soulesout of Purgatory, in the Lady's Pfalter reading, Lady, q for Lord. II. The perfon invocating, The Pfalmirt in the Name of the Church. III. The matter of the Requeft : vi^. 1. That the L O R D would remember to David, or for David : i. e. for his good , all his Af- fiitlon: i.e. Either his manifold outward corporal af- flictions, ziK\ng Sauls perfections of him about fix years, His conflicts with the LORD'S enemies about the ninth or tenth years of his Reign, befidesmany 0- q Memen- to Domine David, & omnium invocan- tium no- men tuum. r Jo. Foord in Analyf. ther diflreffes from the fword not departing from prai j-J his Houfe, and from his own Family.* as fome r in- fn Ain(w terpretit. Or, his Humiliation, perplexing folici- jn'hisAn- tude, afflicting care, &c. for to have the Ark. brought nott0n p'r home to him, 1 Chron. 13.1,2,3,12. and 1$. 1,2, I~'2 t. j foe. Or, to build God an Houfe, 2 Sam. 7. 1,2, foe. Cal'v.in ' As others /rather expound it, becaufe of the next Com. ad words, How he fware, foe. which they take to be pr j'™, U exegetical, ver. 1. 2. That the LORD would remem- ber Davids zeal in finding out an Habitation for the LORD : i. e. Either a Place for the Ark to be broughc up unto. Oraplacefor the fixed Temple to bebuile in. This his zeal is fignified in his Oath and Vowed that effect, ver. 2. to 2. His Oath and Vow i s defcribed C 1 ^Bj'the matter of it, vi%. If I go, foe. i.e. 1 1 will not go into the Tabernacle of my Houfe, toeate or refrefh my felf, &c. 2. I will not afcendthe pallet of my Bed, to take pleafant reft : 3 I will not allow my felf pleafant flecp, givefleep to mine eyes, or flumber to mine ey-lids : ("All this (eems to be fpoken hyper- -r r t . bolically t, to fet forth Davids intenfive zeal for God *. *"' CalvX and his Houfe to have been fuch, that comparatively 'pf°.m' his deareft natural comfortswereas nothing to him.) ^aJf ,*a" Tilllfinde out a place, an Habitation for the LORD; 2' where his Temple fhould be built •, Or, His Ark be feated,iw. 2, 3, 4, 5. (2) By the Acts and endeavours of David in order to the performance and accom- plifhment of his Vow. 1 We heard of it at Ephrathah : i. e. At Shilo in the Country-of Ephraim, where Gods Houfe and Ark had long continued, judg. 18. 3L and2\. 19. 1 Sam. 1.3. ( An £/>/;rtf''iwripped ) at hisfoot-jlool, ver, 6. 7. v Jo. Foord 2. That the LORD with his Arlejwould arifefrom the in Analyf. place where it was, to his refting-place • by his Ark Pf. 132. vouchfafing them his bleffed Prefence, ver. 8. 3. That the Lord would.cloath his Priefts with righte- oufneft, who were to mini fler before him. 4. That his Saints might fl>M-for-)oy, vtr 9. II. In ■68 V S A L M E. CXXXIII. flwtfimg Glory to the Houfe and Seed of David, in or' a: no the profperity oj the Church and true Religion in lyael.ver. 10. to the end. Where conftder I. The Petition ; Turne nit away the the face of thine Annnymed x, i. e. Defpife not the Perfon, Prayer nor Royal Government of Davids Anoynted Seed: jc Mi but accept, blefs, profper, &c. them. avert m 2. The Argument whereby this Petition is urged, faciem is efpecially Gods Faithful Promife and Covenant Cb ift't to David. That is meant by the phrafe •, For thy Scr- tu:. \l e. vain Davids fake, ver. 10. This his Promife to David Soiomonis is delbribed, de man- ( 1 } Partly, By the manner of ir ; Ir was with an daro tuo Oath : declaring the immoveable and unalterable ve- in regem rityof hver il.ifl the beginning. vnfti. f^J Partly, Ey the parts or branches of it, vi^. i. Dicunt The continuation of the Kingdom to Davids Pofteri- cnitn ty, upon Condition of their keeping Gods Covenant Hibrai, and Tcflimony, xbo(l>eth's Armies, 2 Sam. 2. 17. And David (Jo.Calv. reigned in Hebron over the Houfe Judah feven '" C°m' *& years and fixmonths,beforealI Ifrael would acknow- Pf- ,33- '• ledge him their King, 2 Sam. 2. n. and 5. 5. during Jo. Foord which time many difcords, ftrifes. &c. fell out. But >" Exp. Pf* atlaftall Ifrael confented to accept and crown Da- ill- Temp. •wi'King in Hebron, 2 Sam. 5. 1,2,3. Whereupon Hen> M^U. divers/ do conceive DrtwV wrote this Pfalme, High- inArg.Pf. ly extolling therein the Unity and Concord of Brc- ill-Sim. thren : of Brethren in the fame Kingdom, yea in the ^e Muls m fameChurch worfhiping thefameGod. And that Arg. Pfal. thefirftword, Behold: iloth not oncly incite atten- 1 3 3- Ac- tion, but alfo tacitly and elegantly point out there- de Lyra in markable difference betwixt the difcord wherein F/a/. 132. tfrad P S A L M E. CXXX1V. 369 Jfratl and Judah had been miferably involved, and the Concord whereunto under one King they were now fo happily reftored. Sco/>e of the Pfalmi ft herein, is; Highly to extoll and magnifte theConcord of Brethren, and facet Com- munion of Saints, immediately, in his own united Kingdome, among Gods People the Jcwes : Mediate- ly, in any place or Nation, wherein fuch brotherly concord obtains. SeU. IV. The Analjfis, or Principal Tarts. The Title declares, 1. The Kind of Poem •-, A Song. 2. The Adjunct ; Of Degrees. 3. The Penman ; David. The Son£/r j>//",magnifying emphatically the Con- cord of Brethren., l.Defcribes this Concord, b) Dwelling of brethren even together, v.i. in the end. Where, i.Thefoun- dation or fountain of this Concord or Communion is hinted ; Their Brother-hood : they are joint-brethren of the fap^FathefT 2. The Art or exercife of this Concord^rc. is noted ; dwelling together: ^.co- habiting wich all Concord, Unity, Unanimity,Same- nefs of Heart, &c. under one Head, under the fame Lawes, and guidance of the fame Spirit. _ 3. The degree of meafure of thisllnity and Concord is point- ed at in the word 5 even together. II. Commends this Concord of Brethren and Com- munion of Saints thus defcribed, Where note, i.The excellencies for which its commended, vifj Elpeci- • ally thefe two effects , fi) Qoodnefi, or Utility. (2) PleafantneJI, or Amenity. 2. The Manner of this Commendation ; which is emphatically expref- fed and laid down, (~ij By way of Admira :on, and that doubled , How good i How plea f ant .' ( 1) By •way of Invitation toconfider it : Behold v. l. III. 7//«/W«thisConcor i and Comraunion thus commended, by two Similitudes, elegantly: vi^ i.Of the good annointing oyle, moft precious, redolent, and fragranr, wherewith Aaron the Higii-PrLf: was Annointed : which being poured on his ! ?ad, ran down g ffeb. upon hit beard, andupon the mouth g. f i.e. zhe edge, Super os collar, border, Sec. J of his 0 arment ■ . This fetsforth veftiment! the Pleafantnefs of this Concord, ver. 2. 2. Of the ;# e. fu- fruitful Dew, defcending upon the&tountai ns ofHer- per oram tnon and Sion h, rendering them fruitful Paftures for fuperio- Cattel and Sheep. This II uftraces the goodm r^ or rem tuni- profitablenefs of this Concord,^. 3. begin. ca»hyacin- thinae & fuper-humeralis. Ora dicitur osveftimenri. Nonintelligitur ora inferior veftimenti, fedfuperior. Nic.de Lyra in Pfal. 132. ANoneft intelligendum, quod idem eos numero de Monte Hermon defcendat fupcr Montem Sion. Turn quod unus Mons multum diftat ab alio : Turn quod Mons Hermon eft demiilicr quam fit Mons Sion : propter hoc dicitur Mons tnodicus, Pfal. 41. 6. Sed idem eos fpecie & in Qualitate fuavitatis & fcecunditatis defcendit fuper uttumque Montem. Et fie eft fenfus : ficut eos defcendens in Monte Hermon, & eos defcendens in Monte Sion funt valde boni : Sic etiam habitatio fratrum modo fupradirto eft valde bona. Nic. de Lyra in Pfal. 132 IV. Confifmes this goodnefs and pleafantnefs of Concord and Communion thus illuftrated; From the rich bleffmg of God there vouchfafed, where this Concord prevails, For there, <&c. Where note, I. The Caule of this bleffing ; Gods free and effertu- al Command. If he do but command the bleffing, it fhall come. 2. The Kind or fort of the bleffing com- manded, Life. Heb. Lives. All forts of life, efpe- cially fpiritual and celeftial. 3. The Adjunrt of this bleffing, this life •> perpetuity : For evermo,e, ver. 3. Pfalm CXXX1V. Set?. I. The Summary Contents. The Pfalmifi exhorteth the Priefts and Levires, and analogically fhe Mini Iters of the NewTcftamenc 1. To blefs the LORD in his Sanrtuary, even by Night,vt?r. 1,2. 2. To blefs and pray for the LORD'S People, ver. 3. Sect. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. A Song of Degrees. 1. a LO, 3.\]ye fervants of the LORD Blefs ye the LORD of might, b That-ftand within Houfe of the LORD To minifter by night. 2. c Lift your handsro the Holinefs^ And blefs JEHOVAH'S Name. 3. The LORD thee out of Sion blefs.- rfTiat Heav'ns and Earth did frame. a Htt.erJ Beheld, btf.fr.ftand- ing in the houfe of the LORDin the nights. C Heb. er, Lif: up you* hands to- H.-linefr. or, in Holinefs. or, in the SanQuary. A Heb. making the Hea- vens and Earth. Seff. III. The Kind, Penman Occaftony and Scope The Kini of this Poem, 1. As to the Outward Form of it, is-, ASmg, yea A Song of degrees. And it is the Fifteenth and laft of thofe Songs in order. 2. As to the Subjetf- Matter oi"it, it is a brief but pithy Ex- hortation to the Priefts and Levites, Q whofe Office it was to Minifter in Gods Sanrtuary by night e, as esee£eV). well as by day, J To blefs the LORD evenin the nights g# o, x even towards the moft Holy place, vi%. not refting in (jhron.Q ^2 the formalities of carnal Service and Sacrifices, but cheirly intending this Spiritual Worfhip of Gods Praifes. Asalforopray for and blefs the LORD'S people. Thefe were two great Arts and Duties of their Funftion. Penman of h, is not expreflcd. Writers are touch- ing him and the Occafton very filent. One /thinks, {Jo.Foord. this Song was penned by David, and that upon Oc- inExpof. -fion of his bringing up the Ark of God unto Jerufa- pf 134. km when he appointed Priefts and Levites there Author Nic. de Lyra in Pfal. 1 33. Bbbbb 2. Towards 573 V S A L M E. CXXXV. 2. Towards the LORD's people, to Pray for them and blefs them, befeeching the Omnipotent All-fufficient God dwelling in Sion, to pour his bletfings oat of Si- on upon them. Se&.lV. The Analysis, or Principal Tarts. The Title denotes, i. The Kind of Poem ; A Song 2. The Adjunft •, Of Degrees. * The Song itfelfh Hortatory, To the Priefts and Levites f and analogically to all Chrifts New- Teftament-Minifters in their places, J duly to per- form their Duties towards God, and his people. I. Towards the LORD God, ver. i , 2. Here, i. The Priefts and Levites are defcribed, i.By their Adjunct Office; Servants of the LORD, viz.. they were his Servants by Special and Gngular Voca- tion, to Minifter to him in managing the Ordinances of Gods Worfliip. 2- By their execution ?nd dis- charge of their Office : hinted in the word ; Standing i.e. Harding to Minifter : as the word often, and here imports, De«r. io. 8. and 17. 12. Neh. 12. 44- Eub 44- "' *5- Which is Amplified, fij Part- ly, by the Subjeft-place, wherein they officiated ; In the Houfe of the Lord. C2J Partly, by the Ad- junft time, wherein they were to perfift and perfe- vere in their Miniftry ; even by night, Levir. 8. 35* 1 cftron. 9. 33. as well as by day. Conftanrly. So the New-Teftament-Minifters are to be confiant in their Office : in Seafon : out ofSeaJon, Sec. See 1 Tim. 4. 13, 15 \6. 2T7/M.4. 1,2. 2.Their Duty principally and efpecially to be per- formed to the LORD, is pointed out, and exhorted unto,i/?^. Bleffing theLord:by celebrating his Praifes, &c. Which is illuftrated 1. By the note of Attenti- on •, Behold. Declaring the connexion of this Duty of Eleffing God, with the other Duties of the Prieft- ly Office. 2. By the univerfal particle ; all. Ic con- cerned all the Priefts and Levites. 3. By the Ad- junft geflure or pofture to be ufed by them inblef- fing the LORD ; lifting up their hands towards the Holinefl : i. e. Devoutly and believingly lifting up their hands towards tbemoft Holy place, towards the Ark, A fpecial Type of Chrift, &c.v. 1,2. II. Towards the LORD'S people, praying for them and bleffing them. Where note, I. The Mercy prayed for ; bleffing : i. t. A confluence of all good, temporal, fpiritual, and eternal. 2. The Obieft upon whom this bleffing is defired, the people ; Thee Set the Forme of the Priefts bleffing the people, Numb. 6. 23, 24,25, 26,27. 3- Author of this Blef- fing for whom it is begged; The LORD. Who is defcribed, (\JPartly, by the fpecial place of his prefenceand refidence among them, whence he im- parted his bleffing to them according to his promife, Exod. 20. 24. Out of Sion : as Pfal. 128. 5. (~2 J 'Part- ly, by the Omnipotency or All-fufficiency of the LORD,to beftovv all neceffary bleffings upon his peo- ple prayed for: yea to do abundantly above all that we can asl^or think^,Ephe(. 3. 20. which made Heavens and Earth, ver. 3. The Songs of Degrees are ended. Next followes h Port Halelu-jAHh. Gradus, quiducuntad a?rernitatem, congrue ponitur Halelu-JAH. lit Kcclcfia fruatur laudibws Dei ; cui tale m anus paratum eft. Glofs O1d.inPfal.134. Pfalm CXXXV. iiP SeU. I. Tjfie Summary Contents, The Pfalmift, 1. Earneflly exhorteth in general, all the LORD'S Servants by Office, (landing in his Houfe to Minifter to him; To Praife the LORD, ver. 1,2. 2. Annexeth fundry Reafons or Caufes why they fhould fo praife him, many of which contain the very Matter of his Praife. ver. 3. to 19. And they are chiefly drawn (~i) From the verity and perfection of the LORD, ver. 3. to 15. (2) From the vanity and imperfeftion of all thefalfe gods of the Heathen,i;er. 15.ro 19. 3. Exhorteth in particular, all forts of his people to blefs the LORD, and praife him, ver. 19,20,21, Seft. II. The Verfion outgrf the Hebrew. aife-ye-jAH. Praife J 1. a pRaife-ye-jA«. Praife JEHOVAH'S Name: J. Ye the Lords Servants praife proclaim. 2. That in the Lord's houfe b fix-your-feet : In c Houfe-Courts of our holy God. 3. rfPraife-ye-jAH,for the LORD « good : Sing to his Name, for it is fweet. 4. For J AH chofe Jacob e for his own: Ifr'el for his / peculiar-one. 5. For, that the LORD U great, I know : And our Lord 'bove Gods every-one, 6. All that the Lord pleafed, hath he done In Heav'ns,g Earth, Seas, all deeps alfo. 7. He caufeth vapours to afcend ; Evn from the Earth's remotefl-end ; He maketh lightnings with the rain : He bringeth forth the wind likewife Out of his fecret treafuries. 8. Who hath J.f good: a His-mercy rfwe* for-ever. 2. To God of Gods confefs.do-ye : For his-kind-mercy dunes for-ever. 3. Confefs to Lord of Lords renown : For his-kind-mercv dures for-ever. b feet. won- 4- To him who doih great b Signes alofle : de.s. For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever. 5. To him that Hea v'ns w ith prudence made : For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever. c M-Ipread 6 To him that earth 'bove waters c laid : fouh. For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever. d H. t.for- Rule or ; for do- n uiion. e H.fc.tof- Rule or.for- do.nimon. fH-b.To him who did brOaght- for:h Ifrael from chc mid It oi' them. t\Hb.or ', did cleave, did difpart i Heh.h'u power. k ^«*.To him who led hs people in the wilder- nefs. J Heb. mag- nificent, fa- nu)U5,exccl- Icut. m Keb.ol Ladian. n fect.for e. for ever. q Hti.bale- eftate,«'> low condi- tio . r heh.dif- tretlcrs.or, dm rcilinjj- f> e«. t feti.givecb btcaJ. 7. To him that made great lights tofway : For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever. 8. The glorioM Sun rf to rule by day : For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever. . 9. The Moon and Stars e to rule by night : For his-kind-mercy dures for- ever. 10./ Did Egypt in their-firftbornfmite : For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever. 11. And£ Ifr'el from among them fetched: For his-kind-mercy dures for ever. 12. Withftrong hands, and with Armout-ftreteh'd: For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever. 1 3. That into parts Red-fea b did-flit : For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever 14. And pafs'd Ifr'el through midft of it : For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever 15. But fhook-off Pharaoh and ; his Hoaft In Red-fea : For his mercyV ever. i<5. ^Who led his folk through defert-coaft : For his-kind-mercy dures for- ever. 17 . To him who great Kings deadly fmote : For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever. 18. And killed Kings /of famous-note : For his-kind-mercy dm es for-ever. 19. /4.r Sihon King of Amorites: For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever. 20. And Ogh King m of the Bafhan/fM: For his-kind-mercy dures for ever. 31. And for-poffeffion,ffceTe to dwell, Their land £ave : For, his mercy 's n ever* 22. An 0 Heritage to Ifrael His Servant : For, hismercy\r/> ever. 23. Which us remember in our q woes : For, his-kind-mercy dures for-ever. 24 And us redeemed from our r foes : For, his-kind-mercy dures for-ever. 25. Which to all flefh/ doth food beftow: For, his-kind-mercy dures for-ever. 26. To God of Heav'ns confefs -do-you : For,his-kind-mercy dures for-ever. Sett. HI. The Kincle , Tenman , Oc- casion and Scope. The Kind of this Pfalme, [. As to the Outward Fume of it, is ; Partly, without Title prefixed in the Hebrew, See on Pfal. 1, Seft. 4. Though in the u Jo.Foori in Expof. Pfal. 136. Nic. de> Lyra in Poftill.fup. Pfal. 135. Greekyerfion of the LXXII, and in divers other Ver- sions } Halelu-jah is prefixed in forme of a Title: but groundlcfly. Partly, with a burden annexed to every period, to every verfe : repeated twentvfix time. ; llDfl Q /ly*? ^D For his kind-mercy '( or, loving-kjndnefs, gracious benignity, Sec.) en du ret h for ever. Which is given in here as an univerfal or ge- neral Reafon why we fhould praife the L O R D, anrl as a common foundation of all the praife-worthy Afts of the Lord, common or fpecial, of Creation or Pro- vidence. And herein this Pfalme is Singular among all the Pfalmes, none being penned exaftly in this forme : though fome have a fmall refemblance there- unto, with fome Amoebean Verfesc interwoven, vif. rVerfus Pfal. 80. andioi. See on Pfal, 80. Seft. $.iand en Pfal. Amce- 107. Seft. 3. And it is very obferveable that all thefe bati. Fran. three Pfalmes, that have burdens inferted, are pen- Jun.in ned very pathetically. 2. As to tbeSubjeff-matter of Annot. ad it, it is Hortatory or Laudatory, Exhorting Gods peo- Pfal. 80. pie to confefs-praife unto the Lord : and urging the Verfitt in-. fame by many cogent Arguments drawn, From Gods tercatark. Nature, and Gods Works. And it feems to be a very H. MoBer. Solemn Celebration of the Name of the Lord, from in Arg. thedayesof David, frequently, yea daily ufed and Pfal. 136. fung in the publique Worfhip of God, p.Chron. 7. 3, 6. and 20,21. Penman, is not here or elfewhere certainly ex- preffed to us. Interpreters are herein very filent : Yet C asfime u think J it is not improbable but that David might penne this Pfalme, for the ufe of the Sanftuary, as a conftant Memorial of the LORD'S gratuitous mercies to IfraeL Occafion whereupon particularly he was induced to write it, is uncertain. Scope, is ; To incite all Gods people Ifrael thank- fully to confefs-praife unto God for his excellent perfeftions, wonderful works of Creation, and pecu- liar Providences to them from the time of their E- gyptian Bondage even till the dayes of David, all which blefiings of his Providence were the meer fruits of his rich mercy and gratuitous favour or loving- kindnefs towards them, and every particular guifta token and feal of Gods love and good will. Seel:. IV. The Analysis or Principal Tarts. In this Pfalme, are I. An Exhortation to Confefs-praife x unto the Lord. This Exhortation is illuftrated, 1. By the Univer- fality of the Subjeft to whom it is enjoyned .- Confefs- yee : all Ifrael. 2. By the vehement and pathetical x Confite- ingemination of it again and again, ver.i, 2,3,26. mini'} con- 3. By the Objeft, unto whom praife is to be confeffcd feffione vi^. To the LORD, &c, ver. 1, 2, 3, 26. laudi?. II. The Arguments or Motives inducing thus to Con- Nic. de fefs-praifetothe LORD. Which are drawn, Lyra in 1. From the excellent Attributes, Properties or Pfal. 135- Perfeftions of his Nature. As, 1. His matchlefs Effence ; J E HO V A H. 2. His goodnefs, ver. 1. 3. His incomparable Majefty and Greatnefs ; God of Gods, / Lordof Lords, ver. 2, 3. 4. His Mercy, or Loving- kindnefs, gratuitous-benignity &c. and the eternity thereof. Which is here reprefented as the com- mon fountain of all Gods praife-worthy bleffings to- wards his Creatures, and efpecially his own people, in every verfe. 2. From his admirable works, where note 1. The Appropriation of great wonders, to himfelf alone, as the fole and peculiar doer of them, 4. 2. ThcDif- tributionofthefchis wondrous works, into wprks of Creation and Providence, ver. $, foe. C I. J Wor^t of Creation. Of which divers emi* nent ones are inffanced in. As, 1. His making the Heavens by his Prudence, ver. $. 2. His fpreading- forth or HJting up the Earth above the Haters, ver. 6. 3. tih making of great Luminaries, WJ. 1. The Sun, for P S A L M E. cxxxvir. 373 for Dominion 6y Day, ver. 7, 8. 2 The Moon. 3 The 1 Starres, for dominion by night, ver. 9. (TI.} Works oj Providence. Either. 1 Specie/ and peculiar to his own Church and people- Ifrael ; From the time of their Bondage in Eeypt until the times of David. As, 1. Smiting the Emtians in their frft-borne, vi*. becaufe they would nof relea fe Ifrael, Gods , firft-borne, «r. 10. 2. Snm;- 7j» ifraelfrom the midft of them, with a mighty hand Jdout-ftretched arme, ver 11,12. 2. Dividing the Red-feaintopart,. And fo f O M'»* J/Wte //*/, rWA the midjiofh fafely. fa J D™""""* Pharaoh and alibis potent Army therein utterly, t/er. 13,14,15. 4. Condufting Ifraelthiough the Wildernefs ver. 16. jf. Smiting and decoying great and famous t Kings As Sibon King of the Amorites i andOgg King ofBaflyan, ver 17 18,19,20. 6. Giving their Land for a poffeffi- cntohUfervant Ifrael, ver. 21.22. f.Remembmg them in their lor*, bafe eft ate, nd by Judges redeem- ing them from their DiftreiTers, ver 22, 24. 2. General. Giving bread (t.e.hood) to all UhThe'conclufton, repeating and re-inforcing the Exhortation by an Argument drawn from Gods Supream Cceleftial Majefhe,w. 2d. , 6. Let my tongue to my palate cleave, Iftheeereminde not I: /If I prize not Jerufalem Above my chiefeft joy. 7. Remember, LORD, to Edom's fons, Jerusalem's /W day ; Who, ev'ng to its foundations. Said, Rafe, Rafe it away. 8. Thou Babel's daughter h to be-wafte , Oble(Ted/7;*//he£e, Thy i deed which done to us thou haft Who doth repay to thee. 9. O btettcd {hall he be, that takes Thy cur fed little-ones, And them in-pieces-dafhing-£re. whin we remem- bred Sion, we wept. bHefc. the Words of a Song, Pfalm CXXXVIi. Seft. I. the Summary Contents. The Tewes being brought Captives unto Babylon, The Pfalmifthere fets forth, I. A moft patheucaland Paflionate Narration of the Captives mifenes and ca- lamities there : vf* 1. The Jewes mourning upon remembrance of Sron, ^.1,2. 2. Their Captivat- ing-enemies infolent raunting of them^er. 34. Il- lustrated by the taunted Captives, efpecially the Priefls and Levites conftant zeale and affection for Jerufalem above all earthly joy, ver. 5, 6. II. A dire- ful and Prophetical Imprecation, I. Againft the Edo- mhes, provoking to theuttter Rafingof Jerufalem to the foundation*,^. 7- 2. Againft the Babylonians, who were Authors of their ruine, ver. 8, 9- SeU. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew* I. Verfion. i, T) Y Rivers of great Babylon £j There fate-we-down in fe ares ; Yea, a when we Sion thoughc-upon, We-melted-into-tears. 2. On Willowes in the midft thereof, Our pleafant Harps we hung. 3. For, there they-that-us-captive-Ied DidafkofusfiaSong; cHei.ofthe Song. A Heb.lil forget — -- And they of ut fought merrimenr, Who-us-on-heaps-d id-fling -, Come now, To us with Inftrument c The Song of Sion fing. 4. Ah ! Sing the LORD s Song how fhall we, Mere in a Stranger's land ? 5. jerufalem / />er/an flay : q Then, from me, O ye men of blood, Do-ye-depart-away. 20. Which fpeakof thee r mifchievoufly; Thy foes /lift up in vaine. 21. O LORD, thine haters hate not I i And am I not amaine Griev'd at-thofe-that-againft-thec-rife ? 22. I hate them for their ill With ; perfect Hate . For enemyes They are unto mc ftill. to a-crafty. intent, s htb.trt»ke-up to falfe vanity- e.i. ci or, ThemfeWe* proudly, or, they hfc up thy fo«i in vain 1 n of hatred. g btb. or, for that in fear- full fans 1 am-mar- Velloufty. made, mar- vellous are thy works, h Htb. or, ftrengthir, bone. iHrb.tr, mine, em- bryo.my- unlhaped- mafs, my woundupw mafj, or body. k Htb. And not one of them. I Heb. are thy-familf- ar thoughts, thy-frieadly thoughts. m iAeb. heads of them, II Htb. nua- ber-them. o Htb. 1 a- wake. and- yet-I with thee. j> btb. If thou wouldft q Heb. or, And men of bloods, depart ye from rr.e. tbtb; tt jnifchif purp^ rwr, th t heb. j p S A L M E CXXXIX. 377 23. OGod, dothoumefearch,andknow Mine hearts intentions : Prove me r/;ro«^o«r,and know do thou ■ Htb. of My cogitations.)! Sor-ow or, 24. And fee if that in me there be, •fgrief i e. ) Th w cf wickcdnefs : m>ichea way ... ' c gritvomu And in way of eternity Cod an* Do thou me lead and blefs. man. Sctf. III. The Kinde , Penman , cafion and Scope. Oc- The Kind oi this Plalm, I. As to the Outward Form or manner of it, is ^ A Pfalm with 77j/g pre- fixed, as many others are, Seethe Preface Sell. VI. numb. IV. 2. As to the Nature and Sub)eH-matter of it, is ; EucbaripcaUPetitory.lt. is a Prayer of David to the Lord : wherein he invocares the Omnifciem God that knew him throughout moft accurately, The Omniprefent God with him in every place, The Om- nipotent God thu had moft wonderfully and curiouf- createdhim i tofearcb and try him thoroughly if their beany way of grieving-wickednefs in him allowed by him, and as it were to bearwitnefs to his fincerity, integrity, and imiocency. againft all calumnies and falfe imputations of man. And here, the LORD'S Omnifdence Omni-prefence, and Omnipotency in creat- ing him wonderfully, are fo Angularly difplayed, with fuch (lately pomp and magnificence of words ; and Davids integrity is here (as ic were by way of appeal J fo approved unto this all-fearching God : That this Pfalm deferves highly to be efteemed, as a moft excellent Teftimony of the Lord's glorious Eminences, and of his Saints lingular Integrity. Ab. Eqra X notes, Tl)at this U a moft excellent Pfalm, and xObfervat that there" 's not any in all thefefive Books of Pfalmes E^ra to be equalised to it. The Gloff. from S de Cafi. faith Excellen- Its a Pfalm moft full of profundity of myfteries, and tiffimum thence moft obf cur ey. Andfurely, The more myfle- effehunc rious and obfcure it is, the more itfhouldexercife Pfalmum: us: The more excellent ic is, the more ic fhould nee in delight us. quinque Penman of it was Davii, as the Title intimates $ his libris Davids Pfalm. ulltim effe Occafion whereupon, and Time when David pen- iiuica?qui- ned it,cannot certainly be determined.S'o/we ^ refer it perandum to the time when King Saul began his perfecutionof Sim.de David as a feditious and rebellious perfon, feeking Mutt in his Crown, &c. whereupon David, in this Pfalm pro- Arg.Pfal. felling his innocency and inregrity, appeals to God 139. the only all knowing and iuft Judge of the W»rld y Pfalmus to clear him. This the whole Series of the Pfalm is profundi- fuppofed to favour, butefpeciallywr. ip.&c. And ratemy- that it is of the fame Time and Argument with Pf. 7. fleriorum and 17. and 26. Others a rather refer it to the time plenus : of Davids exile out of his Kingdome, through Abfa- unde& ioms unnatural rebellion. When David was vilely obfeuriffi- calumnated by Shemei and others fjmpatient of De- rmis. G/o/. vut good Government in repreffingwickednefs, I- Ord.infit. dolatryy&c. ) tor a man of bloods, a man of Belial, Pjal. 158. ■ &c. 2 Sam. 16. fuch reproaches wounded David ^ Jo.Foord more then his other afflictions. Therefore he en- in Exp. Pf. deavours in many Pfalnis to wipe off fuch falfe afper- 139: Trap, fions and malicious calumnies: and here appeals to a Hen. God as the onely competent Judge of his innocency Moller.m and integrity. But it the Series of the Pfalmes be Arg. Pjal. well obferved ("which runs more generally without 139' rertriftion to any calumnies ca ft upon David in days of Sauls Perfecution, Abjahm's rebellion) we may better conceive David intended in this Pfalm, by appeal to the Omnifciem Omniprefent Creator, to vindicate himfelf from all manner of fal(e, malicious, and flandcrouscalumnies of thefonnes of men from time to time caft upon him, fincerely in the fight of God proteftinghis innocency and integrity. Scope here incended by D.ivid, is; To make a So- lemn Profeffion or Proteftation of his fincerity, up- yighrnefs, and unfeigned integrity, even in the fight and prefence of the All-feeing and AJl-prcfent God, his wonderful Creator: againft all -mwortliy len- ders, calumnies and imputationsof impiety, hypo- crifie,&c which the malice of man could poffibly caftuponhim; comforting himfelf againft them all by the LORD'S (o!e atteftation to, and approbation of his integrity of heart and life, fee ver. 23, 24. And, in order to the more exquifite difcovcry of the un- feignednefs of his uprightnefs, to difplay moft lively and pathetically, The LORD's Omniscience and ex ; aft knowledge of him, His Omni-prefence from which there could be no polfible efcape for him, and His wonderful Creation of him, whence all the Se- crets of his foul and body muft needs be naked and bare before him, v. 1. ro 19. Whereupon he prays that God would flaythofe atheiftical wicked bloody men, that Blafpheme and take up Gods Name in vain, hating him, riling up and rebelling againft him, under falfe apprehenfions that they are here- in hidden from Gods Eye and Judgement, ver. 19. &c. And this i> an excellent and comfortable Pfalm wherewith an upright-hear.ed Uiriltian may flay and bear uphisfpirit in the Prefence of his All-feei.ig heart-fearching God, againft all the infamy, re- proach, falfe (landers or calumnies that the Devil or man can cafi upon him. Se&. W, The Analyfis^ or Principal Parts. The Infer iption orTitle prefixed to this Prayer con- tains; 1. The Denomination of it •, A Pjalm. 2. The Infcrumental Authour or Penman of it ; David. 3. The Direction of it, as to the Mufick •, To the Mafter-Mufician. The Pfalm it felf is digefted into the Form of a Prayer. Wherein, David. I. Profeffeth his unfeigned fincerity, integrity and innocencecy, by way of Appeal to God, againfiall malicious furmifes, (landers or calumnies which might be cafi upon him, ver. 1. to 19- And this he doth divers wayes, vi^. 1. By acknowledging, That the All-feeing Om- nifcient God knew him andall his ways moft exaftly.- As,More GeneralIy,7W God had fearched and known him, ver. 1. More Particularly, 1. That the LORD knew all his outward Aftions, moft perfectly : win- nowing them, and being accuftomed to them. As, His Sitting and Rifing : His Path by day ; H'u lying-down by night; and alibis wayes, ver. 2,3. 2. Thathe underftood his tbougbt afarre off, even before they were actually fixed in his hem, ver.2. 3. Thathe perfectly knew all hit words, ver. 4. Thisexaftnefs and exquifitenefs of Gods knowledge is illuftrated and confirmed, fi J Partly, From Gods befetting and as it were befieging him round about, behind and before^ by his Omnifcience. C 2 J Partly, From Gods putting his hand upon him, by his all reaching and all-ordering Providence, ver. 5. (3.) Partly, From the infinite unfearchablenefs of Gods know- ledge and nnderflanding, beyond his and humane reach ; emphatically laid down by way of admirati- on, ver. 6. 2. By confeffing and declaring, That he could by no means efcape or hide himfelf from the Omnipre- fence of God. This is fet forth, 1. By pathetical Interrogation, ver.7. 2. By Induftion of particu- lars, or enumeration of all probable means of efcape with intimation of their utter infufficiency to hide or fhroud him from Gods Prefence. Nothing can do it. CO Not Heaven, f 0 Not Hell, ver. 8. (3) Not the utter moft parts of the Sea, ver. 9, ic. ("4 J Not darknefi it felf, i/er. 11. 12. 3. By Acknowledging (as aReafon both of Gods exaft knowledge of him, and of the impoffibility of his efcaping his Prefence ,) Gods wonderful and curi- ousworkjnanfhip, in creating and fafhioning him id his Mothers Womb, ver. 13.ro 19. Here, I. God's Ddddd form. ■3 V S A L M E. CXL. forming of him in the womb is defcribed, CO As to his inwards; Gods poffeffing hit reins, (2) As to hismore outward parts of his body ; Gods covering him ., wX* w't'1 ^'n> fle!h, &c- ver- x3- 2. This fafhioning of him is illustrated, (i) B^ the excellency and wonderfulnefsof it, for which the LORDismoft worthy to be confefied andpraifed, v. 14. (2) By the parts of it. As, The forming of his bones and ftronger parts, and that in a fecrct flace. The embroidering of hit bones and body, with Nerves, Veins, Arteries, Membranes. &c. vex. 15. The bringing of his unform'd embryo to perfect fhape and proportion, vet. i<5. (2J By thetranfcen- dencyofit, fur palling all his expreftions and con- ceptions, and tranfporring him even into an holy Admiration of the LORD'S wonderful contrivances therof, ver. 17,-18. Which is emphatically ampli- fied. By the frefh and new matter of meditation which this Subject (till miniftrerh to his thoughts e- very morning that he awakes- lAroakf, and am (till with thee, ver. 18. II. Prayer Againfl the wicked and men of bloods, whom he defires to depart from him, that the Lord would flay them, ver. 19. Of this Requeft hegives his Reafons, vi\. 1. Drawn from the vilenefs of thefe wicked; who fnotconfidering the Omnifcience and Omniprejence of God their wonderful Creator,) CO Speakj>fhimto amifchievcutend. (2 J Lift-up hit name in vuin, v. 20. 2. Drawn from Davids in- renfive Zeal for God, laid down pathetically by way of Interrogation and Anfwer. As, C~i) That he hates the haters of God. Yea with perfeft hatred,ac- counting them as his own enemies. (2) Thar he is greived at thnfe who rife up againftGod, ver. 21, 22. III. Concludes his Prayer, fealing up the profeffi- onofhis integrity, by petitioning forhimfelf,i>/^. 1. To fearch him, hit heart, and his thoughts, exactly: ^thereforehe uferh fuchanheapof words, v. 23. 2. 'To fee if any way of Jorrow (i. e. of any wickednefs or hypocrifie allowed, caufing forrowj be in him. I 3. To lead him in the way of Eternity, i. e. in the good old way of fincere faith and obedience, v.24. a Htb. or i o f violent - wrong?. b Htb, or, under - Pfalm CXL. Sett. I. The Summary Contents. Drtf/ydangeroufly exercifed with malicious, ca- lumniating, and fu!)tile Enemies, 1. Prayes for Vre- fervationand Deliverance from them, ver. i. to 9. z.Imprecates Goc\y)ui\. vengeance upon his Enemies, that their own mifchiefsmay upon them, ver. 9. 10. 3. Declares his hope and confidence accordingly, 1. Of the ill event to the wicked, ver. U. 2. Ofthe happy iffue to the afflicted Righteous, iM2,i3, Se&. II. The Verfton out of the Hebrew. To the Mafier-Mufician , A Pfalm of David. I. i.T ORD, from the ill man me deliver JL< Prcfervc-thou-me apart From man a of violence for ever. 2. Which think UUtbings in heart : To Wars they gather every day. v; 3. Like Serpent fharp-they-whet Their tongues : b Below their lips do they. The Afpes hot-poyfon^er. Stlab. 4. Lord, keep me from the wicked's hands, Preferve-thou-mc/br ay From man c ofViolcnces : Who think To thruft my feet away. 5. For me the proud a fnare have hid, And coards, A tangling Net They by the path's ^fide forth-have-fpread : For me they grins have fet. SeUb. 6. Then I unto JEHOVAH faid, Thou art my God ador d: My Supplications voice for aid Do thou now hear, O Lord. 7. JEHOVAH Lord, the fortitude Of my Salvation : Mine head in day e of Battel rude, htl of. Thou-covered-haft alone. armour. c W«5. or; of violent- wrongs. d Heb. hud II. 8. The wicke&mans defires do not, OLORD, unto him grant: /His-vile-device do not promote, g Left they-themfelves-do-vaunt. 9. As {»r the Head of thofe-that-rae- -Surround-on-every-fide : h Their lips mifchievous-injury Let it them covet ing-hide. 10. Let burning-coales upon them i fait, Into the fire them caft: Tea into deep pits fling them all, Left they rife-up atlafl. ". ^On Earth (hall not be ftablifhed The man of wicked tongue : 111 (hall hunt unto overthrow The man of violent-wrong. 12. I know well, that the LORD akne The judgement juft will do EK'flof-the-poor-afflifted-one, The needy's doom a I fa 13. Affuredly the righteous Shall to thy Name / give praife : Before thy face moflgraciow Th' upright m (hall-dwell alwayes. fHeb.or,His wicked, de- vice-erjHij crafty-de- vice g Htb. or.Iec octal.', them not exah-them- felves. hHtb. Lee the molelt«- tion of their lips cover them, i Htb. or t Move, Here are ta>» readings in the Hebrew. It beb. or, A nun of tongue fliil not be eft»- eblifhed on cjrtli.a wicked mm of violence. It [hall burn-him to chi ult- ings downr, 1 beb. conf«ls m^t. Hull fit* Sett. III. The Kind, Venmany Oc- cafion and Scope. The Kind of this Pfalm, 1. As to the outw,nd For/w of it is, AtiEntituled Pfalm, according to the Hebrew. Sec the Preface Sett. VI. Numb. IV. 2. As totheNatureandS«fyel5F-yTftjrffrofit, is, A Prayer. A Prayer of David, for prefervation and deliverance from Saul and his mitigating Parafites, who impla- . cably by force and fraud fought Davids life moft vi- olently and unjuftly : As alfo againft his Enemies, that their own mifchievous moleftations and machi- nations may fall upon themfelves. Whereupon he concludes his Prayer with hopes of Gods juft judge- ment upon the ill-tongued man.and man of violence nJo.'Calv. but of his vindication of the poor and needy, and in Com. ad comfortable remuneration ofthe afflicted righteous. Pf- 140. 1. Herein David was as it were, A type ofchriftn, yea 0 Hen. a type of 'the Church o and People of God, malicioufly, AtoBer. in implacably, yet cauflefly perfected by the grace- Arg. Pfat. Ids wicked ones and great ones of the world. J40. Penman of h, via David. As the Title imports. Occafion P S A L M E. CXXXVII. 379 f Sim. di Muit in Arg.Pfal. J40. q Jo. Calv. in Com. ad Pf. 140. r. Jo. Foord. jn Expof. Pf. 140- Tempus. Hie, de Lyra, in polltl. ad Pfal.139. Occ a fion of David s penning ic Some referre to Voeg's wicked accufation of David to Saul, I.Sam. 22.9, &c and to the Ziphites treacherous informa- tion to Saul againft David, and the mitigation of Saul againft him, 1 Sam. 23. 19. &c p. But Calvin and others q, difliking their opinion, think rather it U to be referred to Saul's malicious, fubrile, and implacable perfecutions of David, without caufe, fccking to take away his life. See 1 Sam. ch. 1$. and 19. Which perfecutions continuing long, mi- niftredmanyoccafions to David oi penning iundry Pfalmes: He thereby making an holy, fpiritual, and heavenly improvement of all his outward afflictions, for our exemplary inftruftion how to walk in like Cafes. Scope of Ds hot poyfon under bis lips, ver. 3. 2. For prefervation of him from his enemies hands Here again, i.His enemies are characterized, to be Awickedone. A man of violences. The Proud. 2. His JRequeft is urged 1. From his enemies malicious thoughts and contrivances to overthrow hit goings, v.4. 2. From their crafty and fubtile praftifes againft his life; Hiding a Snare, Coards, Spreading a net by the paths fide , yea fetting grins for him , ver. 5. Il.Davids Imprecation agamfl his enemies unto the LORD,u 6. &c. Here x.Heprayes for Audience. Encouraging himfelf therein, 1. From Gods fweet Covenant-Relation to him; Tim art my God, ver. 6. 2. From the LORD'S fufficiency tofavehim. 3. From his former experi- ence of Gods protection of him in the day of battel, ver. 7. 2. He Imprecates, or prayes againft his Enemies. As, 1. That, God would not grant the defires of the wicked. 2,That, God would not further hit wicked device, or promote hit cr a ftypro)eii. Bothwhichare urged,from the incommodity which otherwife would enfue ; Left they exalt themfelves, ver. 8. 3. That, his encompaffing Enemies may be covered andover- ivbelmedwhh the moleftationot mi f chief of their own lips, ver. a. 4. That, irrecoverable ruine (Signifi- ed by making coales fall on them, cafiing them into the fire, yea into deep pits that they rife not up again) may fwallow them \xp,v. 10. III. Davids profefjion o(hofe and confidence, that according to thefe his former Requefts, 1. An ill e- Venc fhall be to the wicked, and fo to his Enemies. Inafmuchas he d;d prophetically fortfee, fijThat, A man of tongue, An i!I-tongucdm an.ff/allnot be effa- bliff;edon Earth. ( 2) That, A man of violence, ff'.ill be violently hunted to hk utter overthrow, or thruftings- down, ver 1 1. 2. A good iffue fhall be to the afflicl- cd righteous, and fo to afflicted David. Inaf- much as he did prophetically fore-know, f 1) Thar. the LORD would do the 'judgment of the poor- a0 (led, and doom of the needy : vindicating them from all their Enemies injuries and cpoicffions, ver. 12. (~ 2J That, the righteous fhall hereupon have matter of confeffuig-prjfe to Gods Name. Ci) That, f whe» the wicked ;>re ruined, yet} the upright fhall ftili fit before the LORD's face, and dwell in hisprefence, as highly favoured by him aud moft acceptable unto him, ver. 13. Pfalme CXLI. Se&. 1. The Summary Contents. DrfwVfurrroundcd, through Saul's perfecutiom with extream dangers of ruine, I. Earneflly prayes, 1. For the LORD'S audience and acceptance of his Requefis, ver. 1,2. 2. For the LORD'S guidance of ^ his Tongue, Heart and Hands, that he might not think, fpeak, or aft any thing un-becoming him, though in thefe Extremities of danger and diftrefs, ver. 3. to 7. 3. For prefervation from death, and from his Enemies Snares, ver. 7,8,9. HV Impre- cates his Enemies falling into their own Nets, while himfelfefcapei,i/. 10. Setf. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew. APfalmeof.DrfwW. 1. '""pO-thec-I-cry, O glorious LORD, JL Do-thou-roake-haft to me .• Unto my voice a an-ear-afford, When-I-cry unto thee. 2. 0 let my prayer b be-fet-forth Before thee Incenfe-w//e : Be mine hands lifting up of worth, As c Evening Sacrifice. 3. 0 LORD fet thou a watch before My mouth, it to confine : And of my lips keep-thou d the door. 4. Do nor mine heart incline To an ill e thing; In wickednefs /To do works fmall or great, With men working unrighteoufnefs : g Nor their Cates let me eat. 5. Me let the righteous /; (mite the while, As kindnefs Tie it take : And let him check me,/ Thit Head oyl Mine head /hall never break : For yet ^ev'n in their ev'ls Lie pray. 6. /Fall'n-down their Judges were By Rock fides : And my words heard they, For they-were-pleafantrfon?. n > ^: firmely direSedbe K 1 » I ^fo^e.t^y faces as in' cenfc. c Hfi. the evening meat- offer- ing. dH.fc upon the doore. *r. before the doore e Heb. or, word, f btb. to prafiife pradiies. g Heb. and lee me noc eate of their dclicateswor, dainties, h H< b. hany meT. «r, Si ■a* , fmi-e with the hammer.i Heb. the oile of the head fliall not break mine head »r, let it not breake mine head, k Heb. alfo in their evils {ball be my prayer. 1 Het, •r, their judge* threw themfelves down by the hands of the Rock. 7. As P S A L M E. CXLI. n . I- . for- 7. hi when a. man mupon-thc-ground The wood doth cut and cleave : Evnfo our bones are fcattered round. At mouth of gaping n Grave. 8. But unto thee, JEHOVIH Lord, Intent ive are mine eyes : Pour not my Soul out as abhorred, On theeo mine-hope-relies. 9.O keeping from hands of the Snare, Which they have laid for me,. And grins oiihem f/W-workers are Of vain-iniquity, I®. But let the wicked every one] Into his own nets fa 11 p htb.tr, I to- ' 0'. illro»c ■ -.\) P Whiles that in fafety I alone over. Pafs-overrAe/w withall. Setf. III. The Kind, Penman^ Occafton^ and Scope. The Kind of this Poem, 1. As to the OutwardForm of penning it, is an Entituled Pfalme according to the Hebrew. See in the Preface Sect. VI. numb 4. And in reference to the manner of the Mufick in- tended for it, it is A Pfalme. Of which Denomina- tion, See in the Preface Sect. II. 2. As to the Sub- $e8-Matter and Nature of it, it is APrayer of David, For himfelf, and Againft his Enemies. For him- felf, That his Suit may be heard and accepted; That his thoughts, words and actions may be rightly Guided ; And that his life may be preferved from death, and from his Enemies Snares, by the LORD Againft his Enemies, That they may, fall into their own Enfnarements, whileft withal he efcapes. Penman of it was David : As the Titk inti- mares. Occafion whereupon David penned it, was fome ofSW.r Perfections of him, as Interpretets do ge- nerally conceive. But which of them, is not fou- nanimoufly agreed upon. May I freely declare my own Judgment, having ferioufly weighed the whole current of the Pfalme, and efpecially examined the fenfeofw. 6. and how it may befl agree with the reft of the Pfalme, I am much inclined to think with qSim.de fome q, That David wrote this Pfalme, after Saul Muitin returned from purfuing the Pbiliftines that had in- Arg. Pjal. vaded the Land, ("whereby Sauls furprizing of Da- 141. <& in vid was moft providentially prevented J 1 Sam. Com. ad 2$Mo. to the end. and2a\. 1. and took 3:00 chofen •uh.6.Jo. men out of Mlfrael, and went to feek David and- Diod.it. in his men upon the Rockj of the wilde Goats. When Annit. on Saul went into a Cave to cover his feet, David and his Pjal. 141. men remaining in the fides of the Cavs, andDavidpri- efpecially vily cut oft the skjrt of Sauls Garment ( being able as onvcrfe6. cafily to have cut of his head J whereupon David Jo. Fond clears and dcmonflrates his innocency and integrity in Expcf. towards Suul by many words at large, to Saul's Pf 141. great Conviction and Satisfaction, 1 Sam. 24.2,3. Tempus. to the end of the Chap. Which Hiftory being duely &Analyf. compared with this Pfalme, efpecially with ver.6. r Their Iheir Judges r, i, e. Saul and his chief Officers J Judges] vk. I do not onely love juft corrections butdoalfo patiently fuffcr unjuft persecutions ; As I made it manifeft in Sauls perfon, who was the chief of mine enemies, when he was left alone in the Cave, 1 Sam. 24. 9. to whom I offered no violence, but one- ly plainly related unto him the wrongs which he didr me with all refpect and modefty. Jo. Diodat. Annot. on Pfal. 141. 6. threw-themfelves-down ("or, demiffed-themf elves; or, let-themfelves-dorvn; or, were-let-down, vi^. topur- fue and furprize me) by the fides (or hands J 0/ the Rock\ 0- e'tnc Rocks of the wildc-Goats, and the Cave, wherein David cut off the lkirt of Sauls Garment privily ;J And they heard my words, for they were plea f ant : u e. King Saul and his followers heard the words of Davids Apology for himfelf, which were fo pleafant and acceptable to Saul, that Saul went home from David. In thisfixth verfe, where- in all the Veibs are in the Prxter-tenfe in the Hebrew, David icems plainly to hint at this famous and re- markable Hiftory. Nor do I find any Interpretati- ons comparably fo fit and genuine as this ; but too remote, forced, and farre-fetched. And accord- ing to this Interpretation the fenfe of the whole Pfalme runs moft plain and clear:as will after appear in the Analyfis. The word IDQttfJ niflmetu, in niphal is of reciprocal Signification, as fome other paffive words are, faid one /. They demiffed-them- felves flet-down-themfelves J by the hands of the Roci, &c. Scope of David in this Prayer, is-, To obtain of the LORD, Acceptance in his Requefts, Guidance of his tongue, heart, and hands in his great dangerand tryal, Prefervation from death and his Enemies En- fnarements : And that his Enemies might be entan- gled in their own Snares. Sect. IV. The Analyfu or Principal Parts. The Title Delares, 1. The Denomination of chis Poem ; A Pfalme. 2. The Penman of it David. The Pfalme it felf contains, I» Davids earneft Prayer for himfelf, now in eX- tream danger of death and ruine through King Sauls Perfecutionofhim, among the Rocks, &c 1 Sam. 24.2,3. (fy-c. Wherein he Petitioneth. 1. For Audience in hit Prayer. Amplified by the Adjunct haft of the manifestation of this hearing, de- fired, v.i. And for the LORD's fingular acceptance of his Prayer. Iliuftrated by allufion to the Levitical Types of Prayer j Incenfe, and The Evening Minchab or Oblation, ver. 2. 2. For the LORD's Guidance in thefe his great ftraitt and plunges, that therein he might behave himfelf in every refpect aright, ver. 3. <&c. As , 1. For Guid- ance of his mouth and lips, that he might not offend in his words, notwithstanding all Saul's provocation ver. 3. 2. For Guidance of his Heart and Hands, left he, in this plunge of great danger, fhouldwirh his 600 men attempt any thing by way of revenge a- gainfl Saul, as wicked men ufe to do in like cafes, ver. 4. This his requeft hellluftrates, (ij Partly, By defiring rather a Remedy or Antidote againft his wrath and revenge whereunto he might be tempted vi^.The fmiting and check of the righteous to allay his paffion and diftempers. 1. Accounting fuch Re- bukes, AKindnefi, and an Head oii, a choice gyle that fhould not hurt him, but help him. Meiofis. 2. And proraifing, as an effect of fuch Rep roofes, his/>r/»yer for them m their Calamities : vi\. For the juft, re- proving him .• or for the wicked, perfecuting him, ver. $. (2J Partly, By declaring his patient and felf-denying bearing of Sauls uniuft persecutions a- mong the Rocks and Caves, vindicating his innocen- cy by pleafant words in Sauls hearing before his Ser- vants, v . 6. 3. For the LORD^s Proteffion, Prefervation, and Deliverance of his Life from Death, and the Snares of his Enemies. This requeft he preffeth, I. From the extremity of his and his Servants dangers, They be- ing difperfed up and down in Woods, Rocks,Caves, &c. and in imminent danger of Death, even as Wood cut and cloven is fcattered upon the Earth, ver. 7. 2. From his own intcntive affiance and hope-for-fafe- ty in the LORD a lone: therefore pour not out my Soul : i. e. to Death, ver. 8. 3. From the malice and mif- chiefofhis Enemies ; Likje Fowlers or Hunters, lay- ing Snares. And being W3rkjrs of iniquity, ver. 9. II. Davids Imprecation againft the wicked his Ene- mies jjoan. Foordin Exp.Pf. 141 Analyf. ad vet. 6. P S A L M E. CXLII. 381 mies : vk« That tne wicked, every oneof them may fall into hit own nets and devifed mifchief. Whilefl ■withalhe may pafs over all their Snares and efcapc in fafety, ver. 10. Pfalm CXLII. Sett. I. The Summary Con tents. Darirfbeinghidina Cave for fear of his Perfecu- tors, and in great diftrefe and peril of life, flyes to the LORD by Prayer. In which Prayer, 1. Be de- clares, That he earneftly cryed to the LORD, in the extremity of his dangers and diftreffes, when his own fpirit was overwhelmed, and all humane help failed him, ver. 1. to 5. 2.Heprayes for deliverance from his Perfecutors, and from his clofe-prifon : urg- ing his Requeft by fundry pathetical Arguments, ver. 5,6, 7. And all this to inftruft Gods People, how to walk in like cafe. Tit. Setf. II. The Verflon out of the Hebrew. a Htb. Maf- chil of Dv vid. b Heb.l did fupplicate- for grace, c Hrfr.before hisfjee<. dH-b.before his faces e Htb. my diftrefsfirait f htb. invol- ved it felf. fwconed fain ed.or , was- over- whelmed. g beb. my p»th. b Htb. pri- vily-laid. i Htb. or i Lookand fee and not one knowing me kHef-. not cnt feeking. ] Htb. my. hope (a*. . fafety. or, my refuge m beb For-. nHnfr.Perfe- tutors. o Htb. they- are ftronger than I. p H«*. or, For thou- ilialt- boun- tifully-re- ward unto mc. a An Inftru&ing Pfalme of David : A Prayer when he was in the Cave. 1. T with my voice unto the LORD 1 lnftraits aloud-did-cry : Tea with my voice unto the LORD b Requeft-for-grace-did-I. 2. 1 poured-out c before-his-face. My Meditation : I did-declare d before-his-face e My-fore-affliction. 3 Witrrin-me when my fpirit /fail'd, Then thou didft-know g my way : They in way that I walk'd, forme A Snare h did-clofely-Iay. $. On right-hand /' I-did-look and fee, And no man did me know : AH refuge perifh'd-isfrom me, k None feeks my Soul fo low. 5. 1 cry'd to thee, LORD, I faid then : Thou art I mine-hope alone : Thou in the land of living-wen Art all my Portion. 6. mShh I am vehemently brought- low, Attend tomy-fhrill-cry: From-my-n-Purfuers me-rid-thou, Foro ftronger they than I. 7. From prifon-clofe my foul bring- out, Thy Name'* praife to confefs: The juft fhall compafs-me-about, p When thus thon fhah me blefs. Sett. III. The Kind, Penman, Occasion, and Scope. The Kind of rhis Pfalme, 1. As to the Form or Man- ner of penning it, with a Title or In fcription prefix- ed, is ^ An Enti tnled Pfalme, in the Hebrew. See the Preface Sect. VI. numb. IV. 2. As to the Matter ofit, {\ J More Generally, itisinihe Hebrew filled, V*DUJQ Mafchil, i. e. An Inlhutlion, or Inttrutling- Pfalm of David It is one of thofe fix Mafchilsi- fcribed ro David. It feems to be fo called, becaufe it contains an Injlrutfive prafticeof David in his flraits: He fled to the LORD by Faith and Prayer for Deliverance. And this cou: fe of his, this Pray- er is recorded, for Inilrutlion to all Gods people to take the like courfe in like cafes of extream (traits and difficulties. (2 J More Specially. It is A Prayer of David, An carncft prayer for deliverance from his Periecurors, and from all the extream dangers and diftreffes which they had brought upon him: that he might confefs-praife to the LORD'S Name, with others alfo. Penman of it, was David: As the Title figni- fies. ' Occafionoi Davids penning it, and making of this Prayer, was fjas the Title alfo fhewesj Davids be* in the Cave. He fled into a Cave to hide and fhel- ter himfelf from his Pcrf, curors: and whileft he was in the Cave, and upon that Occafion, he made this Prayer. And probably, Then, or a little af- ter, he wrote it. Butforafmuch as Davids faid to have been in two Caves, vi^. IniheCwe Adullam, whither he fled from KingS\j«/, when he cfcaped from the hands ofAcbifl) King ofGath, 1 Sam. 22. 1. And in thcCave, by the Sheep-coates in the Wilder- nefs ofEngedi, whither he and his men fled for fear of King Saul, iSain. 24, 1,2, 3. It is doubtful whichofthefe two Caves is here intended. Bellar- . . mine 9 underftands it of tixzCave Adullam: becaufe <]S!mde .(faich he)inthe Cave in theWtldernefsof Engedi,Saul Mu>* '■ was more in danger than David, there David cutting At gum. off the skirt of his Garment. Eut this Reafon is of no Pfal. 142. force : for Davidxm^v. have penned this Pfalm be- fore Saul came accidentally into the Cave where Da~ vid and his men were .• or after Saul was departed, 1 Sam. 24. 22. Lyra tells us that Hierome under- ftands this of the Cave Adullam r: but I find no fuch thing in Hierome. Others, as Rafi,Kimchi, and 0- ther Hebrews/, undcrftand it of the Cave in the Wil- dernefs ofEngedi: So alfo fome of our later Writers t. rtfiCtje If this 142 Pfalm do in Matter and Time (as in or- x»ra'in derj fuccecd Pfal. 141. Then its not unprobable jy;,/,i4r. but that David penned this Pfalm after he had con- (si'm.de' vinced Saul, by fparing his life when he cut of the j^uif j-„ skjrt oj his Garment, that he intended no evil unto ^r,kWt him, upon which Sdw/departed, butD^w'iandhis p/rt/, 142, mengotthemup into the Hold, 1 Sam. 24. 22. i.e. zJo'.Foor'i To the Cave ofEngedi again, not daring to truftS^w/. ■ And at this his return into the Cave he might pen this Pfalm. Scope of David herein is, 1. Partly to intreat the LORD to Deliver and fet him once free from his perfecutors, extream diftreffes and dangers, with which he was daily exercifed, that he might there- upon confefs praife to the LORD, and other righte- Lu^T- ousperfons might rejoycewith him, ver. 6.7. 2. xephi||ah Partly to Direft and Inftruft allGods people in their propcr]* extreameft ftraits, when all humane fuccours fail , ^gn -^ . and when even their fpirits are overwhelmed, to fly ^ praver to the LORD alone as their only Relief by faith and wher(^n Prayer. Hence its called Mafchil , An Injlrulfing w f Pfalm.Tit. forth our caufe be- Sed. IV. The Analyfis. or Principal 'for obtain- Parts. ingofjuft judgment from him. The Title declares, r. The General Nature, Argu- The root ment, and intent of this Pfalme, to give Inftruilion. S*73 Mafchil, An Infimtiing-Pfalme, 2. The fpecial Na- phalal,fig- of it ; A Prayer u. 3: The Penman of it ; David, nifies, to 4. The Seafon when, and Occafion whereupon he judge, and penned it, vi~[. when he wash the Cave, 2. e. Not to pray, in the Cave Adullam, but in the CaYe ofEngedi. As &c. Pagn. formerly. Thefaur. The Pfalme it fclf 'contains, adverb. E e e e e I. D,i« in Pfal. I42.TK. u The heb. r» :82 P S A L Jll E. CXLIIL I. Davids Narration. Howearneftly and fervently i ranee, ver. 9. (4} For Guidance in his Obedience, hecryedto the LORD in his extremities of dangers and diftrefes, ver, i.fo 5. Wherein note, 1. The Object to whom he directed his Prayer ; TheLORD, Five times hinted, ver. 1,2. 2. The intensive fervency of his Prayer. Set down_ in an heap of words, as is ufual with them that are incxtream diftreffes. I. Crying with voice ; Notes fervency, importunity. 2. Makjng fupplication-for- grace ; imports his earneft defire of the LORD'S fa- vour. 3. Pouring-out before hit face a Meditation; Intimates the abundant vehemency of his premedita- ted Requefts. 4. Shewing hit diftrefs: implyes, An orderly laying-open or defcribingof his diflrefs be- fore the LORD, ver. 1 , 2. 1 3. The Caufes or Motives of fuch his fervent IYaycr: viz- I. His own utter fainting. Hit fpirit roas involved upon him, or overwhelmed in him. 2. The LORD'S futhciency for him thus overwhelmed. He then knew hit path : i. e. Either his path of efcape, though David himlelf knew it not. Or, The inte- grity of his courfc. 3. The malice and mifchief of hi; enemies •, privily-laying a Snare for him in hit way, ver. 3. 4. The Inefficiency of all humane help and fuccour. Set forth by the total and utter failing of all fecondary means of protection or deliverance, verfe 4. II. Davids Prayer it felf, ver. $, Sec. Where confjder I. The Seafon of his Prayer to the LORD. viz- Then, when his fpirit was overwhelmed, when his enemies malice and mifchief had brought him into extream ftrairs and dangers, and when all feconda- ) ry fuccours failed him ; J iryed unto thee, 0 LORD. 2: The Faith and Affiance he had in the LORD alone, 1. For protection and fafety; Thou my Re- fuge: or, my-hope-for-fafety. 2. Forprovifion of all neceffaries; My Portion ver. 5. 3. For Petitions prefented : vi^.i i.For the Lords attendance to his cry, or audience of his fervent Prayer. Which is urged, From his prefent low con- dition. 2. For the LORD'S deliverance of him from his Perfecurors. Which is prefied, from his ene- mies power and his own impotency, ver. 6. 3. For bringing forth of hit Soul out of clofe-prifon. He was as it were imprifoned on every fide with fears, dan- gers, diftrefies. This Petition is alfo Amplified, C~i) Partly, Prom his own end and aim in defiring it •, To tonfefs-praife to hit Name. (2) Partly, From the good event that will hereupon enfue to the righ- teous •, Theyfhall compafs David about, to rejoyce and praife the LORD with him, when hefl)all that boun- teoujly- reward unto him, ver. 7. and Refcuing of his Sou! out of diftrefs, ver. 10, 2. Againft his Enemies, v. 12. Se&. II. The Verfwn out of the He- brew. A Pfalm of David. i.T ORD, hear my Prayer, lend -a n-ear L To-my-rf-requefts-for-grace; Thou in thy faithfulnefs me hear, And'm thy righteoufnefs, 2. And b come not jnto-judgment trfd With thy Servant at all : For c in-thy fight be juftifi'd Not d any living fhall. 3. For, th' enemy doth my Soul epurfue, To th1 Earth my life fmites-down : /Makes-me-dwell-darkling/.*r, involveth- ic (elf. Pfalme CXLIIL Se&. I. The Summary Contents * See 0:1 I" thij pathetical Prayer (which fome * account Pf.6iSe&a the Seventh and Lift Penitential Pfalm J David, un- der deep diftrefies, I. Craves audience in hisjuft die: by way of Exordium, or Preface, ver. 1. II. Deprecates the LORD'S entering into judgment with him, upon any his perfonal dc(erts,i\ 2. III. De- clares, 1. His mil'ery, through his Enemies vio- lence, and his own Hearts-trouble, v. 3,4. 2. His Remedy ufed againft it, Meditation and Prayer, v.$ , 6. IV. Prayes, I. For himfclf : viz.- C*J For the l.ORD's fpecdy and gracious Anlvvcr, v. 7,8. (2J For Direction in his way, -v. 8. (%) For Dclivc- 5. Then I remember dayes of old , /; I meditation-ufe h We*.i me- On all thy work/b manifold: dilate. On thine hands Act I mufe. 6. In Prayer unto thee do I Spread-out my reftlefs hands : My Soul for thee thirfts vehemently, For rain us weary land/. Selah. II. 7. Haftchear me LORD, my fpirit failes, Hide not i thy face-me fro : z^Left I be like them death affailes That down the pit do go. 8. In-Morn of thy mercy-me-hear, For in thee do I tru ft ; 0 caufe-thou-me to know moft clear The way / that walk I muft .• For up to thee my Soul lift I. 9. 0 LORD, deliver me From all my foes ; I wholly fly- -For-Covert unto thee, io* To do m thy-will thou-me-inftruct, For lo thou art my God : In land n of Rightnefs me conduct, Thy Spirit's evrrgood. 1 1. LORD quicken me for thy Name's fake : And'm thy righteoufnefs Do thou my troubled Soul 0 forth-takc Quite out of a //diftrefs. 1 2. And of thine-own-benignity Cut-off my foes with (hame, And all my Soul's diftreffcrs ftroy : For I thy Servant am. Se&.III. The Analyfs or Principal Parts. The Kind of this Pfalm, I. As to the Denomina- tion of it, is i A Pfalm. As to the Outward Form or manner of penning it in the Hebrew, is an£n»- tuled i H< J.thy- faces. k Hrt.An d- I-Uull-be- compared with men- defcending the pit. 1 Heb. tbat I Ihould walk m Hei.thine accepcable- will-good- pleafure. n Heb. or, of upright- nefs.«r,of righteouf- nefs. o beb. bring, forth. V S A L M E CXLIV. 3*1 tilled Pfalme . 2.Asto the Argument or Mutter of it, it is ^4 Prayer, a pathetical Prayer of David in deepeft dangers and diltreffes. The particulars are before hinted, and will afterward more fully ap- pear. Some do reckon this among .Tat Seven Peni- tential Pfalmes, thfs being the feventh and la ft of them. They ate Pfal. 6. 32. 38.51. 102.133.143. Sec on Pf. 6. Sett. 3. Penman o( it was David : as the Title fhewes. Occafmn of Davids penning it, Svne think was his Son Abf alamos Rebellion againft his Father David, p Nic* de when he fo perfecuted him and fought after his life/). Lyrainpa- Hereupon perhaps grounding their conjefture,P.?rr- ftil. ad Pf. (ybecaufe the matter of the Pfalme may well be ac- 142. commodated thereunto. Prfr-r/ybccaufe fundry an- Sim.de cient Verfions have hinted fome fuch thing in fome AfuisinArg words added to the Title of this Pfalme. For the Pfal. 143. GreeleVerfion of the LXXII hath it thus •, A Pfalme If en Mill. toDavid, when bit fon perfecuted him. The JF.tbiopicl^ in Arg. Pf. Verfion hath the fame. The Vulgar Latin thus ; A x43' Pfalme of David when Absalom ha fan perfecuted him. The Arabicl^ thus; Of David, wien his fan Abfatom qSeeB/W. perfecuted hi rnq. But neither of thefe grounds are Polyglot.ad cogent. Not the former, becaufe the Subjeft-matter Pfal. 143. ofthisprayer, isas applicableto Davids perfecti- ons by Saul. Not the later, becaufe fuch Additions to rhe Hebrew Text are not warrantable, nor fafe. Others feevn better to referre the Occafion of Davids writing this Prayer to Sauls violent perfections of him, whereby he was brought nigh unto death and utter mine fundry times, and in deep perplexi- x Jo. Foard ties of Soul r. So that it was the fame, or near the inExpof. fame Occafion o( his writing the former Pfalme, vi^. Pf. 143. Pfal. 142. And the Argument or Subjeft-Matter of Tempus. the Pfalme intentively confidered, much better a- H.Moll.rn grees to King Sauls perfecution of David-, then to Ab- Arg.Pfal. {atom's rebellious InfurreZlion. J43* Scope of David in this prayer, is ; To intreat the G.Amef.in LORD, uponconfideration of his enemies extream Analyf. cruelty againft him, and his own perplexity of fpirit Pfal. 143. and imbecility, to deliver him from his Enemies (not sntring into judgment with him for any his ini- quities J and by his good Spirit to di reft, conduft, quicken, and comfort him over all his diftreffes, to walk in all obedience to God and righteoufnefs. As alfo to imprecate ruine to his Enemies. Se&. IV. The Analyfis, or Principal Parts. The Title declares two things, i.The Denominati- on of this Scripture ; A Pfalme. 2. The Penman ; David. The Pfalme it felf is a moft pathetical Prayer of David, wherein l.D:vid,by way of Preface or Entrance into his Pray- er, b:gs Andience of the LORD to his Requefts. Where note, 1. His importunity herein, fet forth in an heap of words. Ci~) Hear my prayer, vi^_. wherein I fet forth my caufe before, for obtaining of juft judgment. C2J Give ear to myfupplications for grace, f 3J Hear me. 2. His Arguments whereby he tins urgeth his Requeft. Drawn, I. From the LORD's faithfulnefs or Truth, vi%. in his word and promifes. 2. .From his juflice, protecting the inno- cent and upright, committing themfelves to him, ver. 1. _ Il.David ("though well affured of the juflice of his caufe, yet J Deprecates, or prayes -againft the LORD'S entring into judgment with his per/on. And hereof he renders a Reafon, drawn from the utter inability of himfelf, or of any perfon alive to bejufti- fied before the LORD, fhould he proceed in ftriftnefs andexaftnefs of judgment. Herein he tacitly begs pardon of his iniquities, ver. 2. III. David declares, 1. His extream malady and mifery, vi^. ({) His enemies extream cruelty a- gainftbim Perfecting bit &oul : Smiting-downhk life to the Eat tb : Making'him-dweU in darleneffes Qi. e. in dark Caves and holes for fafety, or in darkfome ftatc and condition,} fflte men dead lon> ftnee and f„ ever, ver. 3. ("2 ) His Soul's extream perplexity hereupon. His fpirit being with grief and trouble quite involved and overwhelmed within him. His heart alfo wonderfully amazed or aftonifhed in the midft of him, v. 4. 2. His Remedy which he ufedand applyed againft this his Malady. Which was two- fold, vi{. fi) M edit at ion, upon the whole work and aftingofGods Providence towards his people in rhe daycsofold, v. 5. ("2 J Prayer to the LORD. De- ferred, Partly,by the outward gefture ufed there- in; (preading out his bands towards God. Partly, by the moving caufe thereunto, vi%. His Soul's vehe- ment thirfting after God, for comfort, pardon, peace, deliverance, &c. which is illuftrated by a Similitude drawn from A weary land's thirfting and gaping after moyftening fhowers, v. 6. IV. David prayes, For himfelf, and againft his e- nemies, v. 7. <&c. 1. For himfelf. And here he petitions for fundry bleffings. As, 1. For the LORD'S fpeedy hearing and anfwering him, with favour : His cafe not ad- mitting of delayes. For, (t) His fpirit failed. (2 J He otherwise fhould be lil?e them that defceni the pit : i.e. The Grave, that pit of Corruption. (3 J He relyed by affiance i'pon God, ver.'). andZ. in the beginning, 2. For Divine direction in the way wherein he fhould walk in thefe his extream perils and perplexities. Which he preffeth, From his Souls whole defire to, and dependance upon rhe LORD herein, ver. 8. 3. For deliverance from his Enemies, Urged, From his ftying-for-covert t a the LORD alone by Faith, ver. 9. 4. For Guidance by Gods good Spirit in obedience to Gods acceptable Will, inthelandofRightnefs, orRighteoufneiTe,or uprightneffe : i. e. in a juft, right, and upright courfe. This is urged, From the Relation betwixt God and him ; Thou art my God, ver, 10. 5. For quickriing or reviving him, viz. From mortal dan- gers r.From all his deep difcomforts and perplexities This is urged, From the end aimed at herein; viz. The Glory of Gods Name. 6. For bringing of his Soul oat of its extream diftrefs, by reafon of thefe af- fliftions: Urged from the L O R D's righteoufnefs3 ver. 1 1. 2. Againflhis Enemies, all of them. That they may be [uppreffed or car off, and deftroyed by the LORD. This Imprecation he preffeth, i. From Gods loving-kindnefs, w^. towards him. 2. Front the cruelty of his enemies; Diftrejfersofhis Soule. 3. From his own Relation to God ; For I am thy Servant, ver. 12. " !s. ■" I Pfalm CXLIV. Se&. I. The Summary Contents. In this Pfalme, David ( now King, and Conque« rour of his enemies in parr, but not compleatly,} l.Bleffetb the LORD for the proteftion, viftories, and Kingdom vouchfafed him, ver. 1. to 5. II. Pray- eth to the LORD, 1. For his powerful fubduing of the refidueofhis rebelling enemies. Heathens and For- eigners, ver. 5. to 7. 2. For his effeftua! delivering of David from all thefe his Enemies, ver. 7. fyc. ft J Partly, That fo David may Sing-pfalmes of Praife to the LORD, for fuch falvation and delive- rance :24 V S A L M £. CXLIV. ance w.c,ic. CO Partly, That thus his peo- ple Ifrael being in peace and fafety, may every way profper in temporals, ver.ii. to 15. UhConcludetb tbcPfaine, with admiration of the happicefsofGods people ,ver. 15. Sett. II. The Verflon out of the Hebrew. A rfalm of David. a Het. And b H b. rry oV livercr for " cm/ fluclJ. eH 7>.einh. ly man is d rVefr.the mounuines eHW'.Ligh ten th. — 'ffcft. of the ■ >nne$ of a ■ ranker. • H^whofe 0 ch of rticm — • "* Hrt. Giv- j ;;.•"•, clut give h. 1 frrA.the evil (word. k ?{,/». and deliver me f 'he h d "<>he f n« of a 1 anger. Hi- whofe mn'jtu ul rh-m. m //■/;. cur /ifi'r th: fi- niilirude i>f a P ■lace. n brfc.alfo;d. in • t on I. I. THe LORD my Rock be blefs't, which to I The battel learns mine hands, My fingers to the warre alfo. 2. My Mercy in alllands, a My-fortrefs,mine-higfi-tower,and b my Deliverer, fnield, and he In whom I truft : that fubjefteth My-people under me. 3. LORD, what is earthly-man, that thou Of-him-dofl-know!edge-take ? The fon of wretched-man, that thou Of-him-accounr-doft make ? 4. c Man's like to vanity,His dayes As fliadc paffmg-away. 5. LORD bow thy Heav'ns^nd thence come down Toucli d Hills, and fmoak fhall they. 6. e Caft-forch the lightning all about ', And fcatcer-them-afunder •• Send thou thy dreadful arrowes out, And them difturb with thunder. 7. Thine hands thou from the high place fend Free me, and me deliver From many waters : from the hand Off Grangers fons/or ever. %.g Whofe mouth full oj 'unrighteoufnefl Dorh (peak falfe- vanity.- And their right-hand a right hand » Of utter falfiry. 9. A new Song I to thee will fing, OGod :wichPfaltery And ten-ftring'd-inftrument, 0 King, To thee ting- Pfalmes-will-I. ir. 10. "Tit he that unto Kings from ill Salvation h doth afford i That doth his fervant David flill Releafe from i hurtful fword. 1 r. Me rid, \ and free from alien's hand, / Whofe mouth fpeaks vanity : And their right- hand u a righc-hand Of utter falfuy. I ■. ^hat then as Plants, may be our fonnes, AH n their yojthgrown-great : Our d .ughters as fair Corner-ftone* m carv'd like a Palace neat. 15. Our Garners full, n affording ftore Of every fort of meats: Our flocks forth-bringing thoufands more, 0 Tcn-thoufands in our ftrecrs. rat to n ear. ur, hrin'.'ing- forth fiom fort to fort. rhouiaodi -. O Hub. incrcafei-by ten. 14. Our Oxen loaden plenteoufly, Nobreaking-in, Likewife None going-out ; And no out-cry May in our ftreets arife. 15. p That-people wefiall happy call, Whofe cafe « fuch as thit : Tea happy it chat people -all Whofe God JEHOVAH it. to him pKet.The blertednefles , cl" that 1 people to whom thus The Bleffedneffes of that people of whom the LORD is his God. Sedt. III. The Kind^ Venmnn^ Occafion, and Scope. The Kind of this Scripture, 1. As to the Outward Form or Manner of penning it, is, with a Tnle pre- fixed in the Hebrew. So ic is one of the Entituled Pfalm:s of David. 2. As to the Matter of h, it is Mixt : being made up of Praife and Prayer. So it is Euchariflical, and Euilical : Laudatory, and Petitory. And it is obferved, That this Pfalme, and all the reft tb at follow to the end of thii Book_, are Euchariftical, in whole or in part: containing matter of praife to the LORD, forjeveral mercies, Sccq. And this is one of Davids Triumphal-Pfalmes for the fuccefs which the L O R D of Hoafts had given him in his Warres, Bat- 9 Hen' . tels, and Military undertakings. Moller.tn Penman oth, was David, as the Title hints unto Arg. Pfal. us. 1 44« Occafion of Davids penning it, was the Confedera- tion of the LOR D's mercy, in helping him in his warres and warre-like exploits, and in fubjefting his people Ifrael to him, as their King. Compare ver. 1. and 2. For it is evident, Thar David penned this Pfalme after his coming to the Kingdome, and after he had obtained fome notable victories over his forreign Adverfaries. But not over them all: for fome ftill were un-fubdued, and were vexatious to David; whereupon he alfo in this Pfalme prayes for their total overthrow and ruine, which was in Part fomercifully begun See verfe 5. toy.andvet. 1 1. And therefore, whereas/owe r think this Pfalme r Nic. de was penned npon Occafion of Davids vjftory over Lyra in Goliah ; and the Gree\, Vulgar Latin, and JEthiopicl?_ poftil, ad - Verfions have the Title of this Pfalme thus; To Da- Pfal. 143. vid unto Goliah : or; A Pfalme of David againft Go- liah f: That is a greac miftake, this Pfalme being f Vid. Bibl. penned after David was come to the Crown, ver. 2. Polyg lt,in as fome have rightly obfervedr.Notwithftanding this Pf}44- is not fuch a Triumph ant-Pfalme, as Pfalme 18. For, t Sim. de that Pfalme was written when now all the affaires of Mutt in his Kingdome were ftablifhed in peace, and all his Arg. Pfal. enemies fubdued ; as in Title, of Pfalme 18. But in 144. this Pfalme (as Calvin notes J he intimates certain notes of follicitude and fear, all his enemies being not yet brought under u. To me therefore ic feems uDifTerta moft probable, That D Re- leafe me and deliver me. III. The enemies from whom he defires this deliverance. Described, I; By their fort ; fonnes of a flranger: i. e. of a forreign and ftrange people, or of a ftrange God. 2. By their multitude and impetuous violence: Metaphorically compared to many water s. 3. By their power ;fiom the hand, verfe j. 4. By their falfenefs and perfidi- oufnefs, in Q 1 ) Words, and f 2 J Deeds, verf. 8. Which Defcription of his Enemies, and the Delive- rance from them thus prayed for, are again repeated for the greater emphafis aud importunity, verbatim, in verfe 1 r: IV. The Arguments whereby he preffeth this his Petition for full deliverance from his Ene- mies, are drawn from a twofold good event, aimed at therein, and which would thence enfue: vi\. 1. Davids thankful celebration of the L O R D's praifes hereupon. Of which his thankful celebration he fets forth, ( ' ) The excellency •, Singing a new Song .- A Song of Triumph, &c. (2) The manner of it ; Singing- Pfalmes with Mufical Inftruments, ver. 9. (J 3} "The Subjeft-Matter of it : ExprefTed, More Generally; Vie LO RD's giving Salvation unto Kings. More particularly, His delivering David hif Servant from the evil Sword, verfe 10. 2. Ifraels flourishing pro- fperity in all Temporals under D.tvidt peaceable Government, verfe 12, &c. This profperity is di- stributed into two Sorts : vi^. ( r ) Plenty and pre- fence of all Good. As, Corporal health, growth, Strength, and comelinefs of their fonnes aud daugh- ters, ver, 1 2. Plenty of all manner of fruits, and ftore for food. Numerous multiplication and increafe of their flocks fruftifying abundantly, ver. 13. well-loa- denOxen: loaden with bulk and fleth, fitting them for all ufe and fervice, ver. 14. at the beginning. ( 2 ) Penury and Abfence of all evil : efpecially evils of warre, As ; No breaking in, by enemies Invafion. None going out, by Captivity in the enemies hands. N> out-cry in the Streets, by cruelty, fpoil, and other calamities of warre in all which elegantly iiintimatcd Ifraels publiquc peace and immunity from warre, which brings in all thefe Calamities with it, ver. 14. III. Davids Conclupon of i)H Prayer and the Pfalme. By a pathctical illuftration of all this profperiryof Ifrael, from the Relation which it hath, 1. 2a the people, which in fome fort are thereby rendred hap- py. 2. To God, declaring his true beatifical grace and favour by thefe outward Tokens, verfe 15. Or, Ifraels profperity is in this verfe illuftrated, 1. By die feeming outward luppinefs of people under fuch worldly enjoyments. 2. By the fur palling real hap- pinefsof that people which hath JEHOVAH for their God. Added as it were by way of Cor r elf ion x to the x Condu- former da ufe. This Sentence being oppofed to all dit Epi- the other worldly wealth. H.Ainfwvth inh'tf Anmt. phonema- onPjal. 144.15. The former is but F&licitaffiniflra : tc, In quo The later F&licitas dexter a. Ghft.Ord.iriloc. pra:dicat popuium > felicem &beatum, cui ha?c bona a Deo Cont/'gerint. Sed addic mox correftionem, nequisin his rebus terrenis fubfiflat, & fum- mambeatitudinem ponac, &c. Hen. Miller, in Pr&lell. ad PfaU 144. 15- Dixeruntergo vaniloqui filii alieni, Beatum popuium cui ha:c funt : vosdicite nobifcum, Beatuspopulus cujus Dominus Deus ipfius. Aug. Enanat.in P[al, 143. p. 1664. D. Tom. 8. BafiU Pfalme CX LV. Self. I. The Summary Contents, David, in this his feleft Alphabetical Hymne of Praife, I. Profeffeth his Refolution of praifing God continually, ver. 1,2. II. Declares the Reafonsor Caufes,why he will fopraife the Lord, vt\. For, r. His immenfe Majefty, Power and Glory refplendent in his works, ver. 3. to 7. 2. His manifold Goodnefs, Righteoufneffe and Mercy, ver. -j.toio. 3. His emi- nent Works, ver. 10. fyc. vi^. fij Partly, In his Adminiflration of his Kingdome, ver. Io. to 14. (J 2 J Partly, In the Difpenfations of his Providence, To- wards the good, ver. 14. to 20. Towards the bad, ver. 20. III. Concludeth his Hymne, with his own Refolution, and Exhortation to all flefli to praife the LORD, ver. 21. Sett. II. The Verfion out of the . Hebrew. Davids a Hymne. I. 1. fc* b T-will-extoll-thy-fame, J. My God, O King alway : And I will blefs thy Sacred Nitnft For evermore and ay . 2. 3 Thee blefs, thy glory raife, I will in every day : And I thy mighty Name will p raife For evermore and ay. 3. X Great if the LORD, and he Is praifed vehemently : And of his Greatnefs there can be No fearch orfcrutiny. F ff.f'f a Htb.or, Praife. or, P faint of Praife. b H«fc.I will cx:ol cbee, j 4-T Each 386 V S A L M E. CXLV. .' I'f fr.come- y honor uf he glory of V'V ""jetty ";>.!>. It- will *-dcchre. e Wefc.ofthe r ul :uude of thy good- nefs ■ f H-b.or, fit . fill or,of- tender bo- wel s-of- mercy,#r, commifera- ting. g Htb long cf nollr lis. J Htb.The. glory of the comely- honour m Htb. tn every gene- ration and generation. n Hrt. up. n^h.ncib. o fieb his tin.e. kcal- ' pon. 4.1 Each Generation fhall To Generation laud Thv works ; Likewife thy powers all f hey-fhall-declare abroad. 5. H The f glorious renown Odhy treat Majefty ; Words alio of thy wonders l^nown 7W7rfnrfralke-of-will-I. 6.1 Andofthydreadful-afts The ftrength-fpeak-of-fhall-they : Thy Greatnefs alfo in thy fails, (/It-I-vvill-forth-difplay. 7. T The memory e of thy Great goodnefs all about They utter fhall : And joyfully Shall of thy juftice fhout. 8. n The LOR D is gracious And/moil-compaffionate : g Long-fuffering alwaies towards t*s, And iu kind-mercy great. II. 9. 13 The LORD k unto all At/ft good beyond compare ; And o're his works all great andfmall, h His-render-mercieSrfre, ' io. 1 Thee all the works / fhall praife, LORD : And thy Saints thee blefs : 1 1. 3 Thy Kingdom's Glory Juliey fhallblaze: And thy great pow'rexprefs. 12. h To fonnes of Adam here Hisgreat-pow'rs to make-known : And of hisKingdome/rtire andnear I The glorious renown. 1 5. q Thy Kingdome Kingdome U Of all eternities; And gloriom thy Dominion it m In all Gen'rations eyes. 14. D All thofe-that-down-do-fall The LORD doch under-prop : Thofe-that-are-bow'd together all Healfonlifts-right-up. 15. y To thee, of all the eyes Do look-attentively : Thou giv'ft to them their meat likewife, In 0 opportunity. 16. 2 Thine hand wide-op'nefl-thou ; And fatisfi'ft in meafure Of every living-thing below The-acceptable-pleafure. III. 17. X The LORD mofi righteous In all his wayes we find : Likewife in all his works torn Hekftill loving' kind, 18. p The LORD k nigh to all p That-unto-him-do-cry : To all that do-upon-him-call In fmcere verity. 19. 1 Of-them-that-do-him fear The pleafure he will do ; Their-cry likewife q himfclf-will-hear, He will them fave alfo. rktb. fyeak. l-tb.the narre ofhis bol inch. 20. W The LORD prefervesall thofe That-his-rrwe lovers-be : But all the wicked , as his foes, Abolifh- quite will he. 21. HMy mouth fhall ftill r proclaim? The LORD's praife ; And alway Let all flefh blefs /his holy Name For evermore and ay. Se&. III. The Kind, Yenm&n 0 ccafion and Scope The Kind of this Pfalme, is; 1. As to the Out- ward Forme of penning it, An Entituled Pfalme , or Hymne of David. And it is an Alphabetical Pfalme : Thelaflofthe Seven Alphabetical Pfalmest, which tSeeinthe areF/a/. 25. 2,4. 37. in. 112. 119. 145. Everyverfe Preface, of this 145^ Pfalme in the Hebrew, begins with a Seft. VI. Letter of the Hebrew- Alphabet in order: verfe i. numb. IV, with 8» verfe 2. with 2* verfe- 3. with J &c. Only this is obfervableas to thi4Pfalme,that the fourteenth Letter, vi^. ( 3 ) which fhould have immediatly fol- lowed the thirteenth verfe, which begins with Q, J is wanting in the Alphabetical order. And it is hard to conjecture how it came to pafs that this Letter C 3 J fhould be here Iefr out, and omitted. Hen. MoHerM thinks it was through the negligence of the Tranfcribers u. R. Kimchi confefTcth he is ignorant u Incuria of the Reafon of it, As one hath noted x. Only I find librario- that between ver. 13. beginning with Q>andfer. 14. rum. Hen. beginning with Q ; In fundry ancient Verfions, As Moller.in theGreek/erfion of the LXXII, The Vulgar Latin^ Pr&li8.ai The Syriac\,1X\e Athiopic\, and Arabick_ Verfions, Pf. 145. 15 this verfe is inferted, vt\. Faiihfulit the LO RD in * SimJe his Words, and holy in all his Works y. Now the He- Mm in brew-word for [faithful 3 begins withf 3 3 JOiO Argum. Neemanz,™ro{, Fidelis, &c: And fo accord- Pfal. 145* ing to thofe Verfions the Letter 3 is fupplied. But yVid./n the infertingof this verfe for the fupply of that Let- Bibl. Poly- ter, being done only by humane Authority,temerity glot.adpf. or curiofity, contrary to the Original Hebrew Verity, 145.13. cannot be iuftified or approved by them that hold iSim.de and maintain the incorrupt Purity of the Fountain- Muk in Hebrew-Text, 2. As to the SubjeZl- Matter of this Argum. Pfalme, it is, efpecially, Divine Praife. For herein Pfat.ifr Dtfv/^fetshimfelfmoft zealoufly toextoJ and mag- nine the LORD, for his many excellent Perfections or Attributes, as his Greatnefs, Goodnefs, Juftice, Gra- cioufnefs, Compajfionatenefs, Long-fuffering, Loving' lejndnefs, foe. Y ox h\% Kingdom, ¥ or his Providential difpenfations,&c.viWich\\e doth moft elegantly and emphatically, Hence this is Entituled} An Hymne of David; or, Davids Hymne; or, Davids Praife, bv way of eminency ; denoting David's eminent Pfalme of Praife. An Hymne (Taid a one,) properly k Divine Praife . (0 Ext oiling him. Lifcing-him-up-on-high, Gratia- Advancing-him. (2) Blefftng him : twice mentio- rum Afti- ned- Underftand, not the Blefftng of Confecration, onis & by which the Leffer is bleffed of the Greater, Heb, 7. Laudis, 1- Eutthe Blefftng of Praife and Thanksgiving, by qua; a mi- wh!ch the Greater is bleffed of the Lefler d. (2.) noriexhi- Praifing him. 3. The Adjunft Conftancyor Affidu- beturma - ity of thefe A&s,ver. 1, 2. fari.Nic.de H. A Narration; wherein David declares the Lyra in Caufes and Reafons of fuch his Extolling, Blcfling Poflil.ad and Praihng God, ver. 3. all that are bowed together, ver. 14. 3. Feedingande- ven latisfying the hungring and thirfting defiring of all his Creatures, ver. 15, 16. 4. Being }«/? in all hii roayes. 5. Being Holy, Merciful, Clement, or bountiful//? a// 6k worlds, ver. 17. 6. Being nigh to allthat call upon him, intruth, ver. 18. 7. Fulfilling thedefire, Hearing the cry , and wotkingthe Salvati- on of them that fear him, ver 19. 8. Preferving all tho)e that love him, v.2o.at the beginning. Secondly , Towards the bad vi\. Abolifhing all the wicked, ver. 20. at the end. II. The Conclufion, wherein David, 1. Profeffeth and promifeth in his own Perfon to Praife the Lord. 2. Inciteth all fleflj to blefs the Name of hu Holinefs for evermore, ver. 21. Pfalme CXLVI. Seft. I. The Summary Contents. In this Pfalm, begun and ended with Halelu-jAH, The Pfalmift, r. Profeffeth and prorm/eth to praife the 3* 8 V S A L M £. CXLVI. .-/the lb\d rhroi^hout hishTe,«.i,2. 2. Viffwades from trailing in Pr!ni:c?,or any fonofman v.z..<\.l,.Exhorts 'and pr/rfwades to truft in the God of Jacob. And • ^^ this ftjFrom Gods Omnipotency and All-furhcien- cv.rr.anlfefk'd in the Creation,i/er. 6.(2 J From his Fidclftv, wr. 6 in the end. fij From his Provi- dence, "Towards the Good, w.7,8, 9. Towards the bad, ver. 9. in the end. 4, Concludes the Pfalm, with a Drclararion of Gods perpetual Reign, for the good of his Sion, ver. 10. Setf. II. The Verfion oat of the Hebrew. aH^.Hi- !el«-JAH. b Het'.ia my life*. c Heb. in- yct 1. .1 Hffcof A- ilam, to whom n«c t'llum Sal- vation. « Hffc.ar,his- purpufes, J'feffc.O the happjiicltes of him ih it k.-'b iheGod of Jakob in biihflp. ken- li"pe h HiKiath judgement. i Heb. opea- eththe blind. k Hth.uv- rightneth. 1-ilri) lets- upright or, nriaketh- to- concinuc- f,re. m Hf& of the wickei- fmes. 11 b'b to ge- ne ration »nd genera- tint. ooei.Hile. lu J AH. 1. oi h-kcep ior-tverinore. 7. Which for tli'opprefied k.irdbefiead, I) lVrlurmeth judgement /o«nc/*, And to the hungry givcth bread: The Lord doth loofe the bound. * i 8. The Lord i unto the blinde gives-fight, Men bow'd-down to the duft The Lord again ^doth-fet- upright ; The Lord doth love the juft. p. The Lord the ftranger keeps, though low, /Sets-up the fatherlefs And widow ; But doth overthrow The way of m wickednefs. ' 10. lEHOVAH reign for ever fhalt : Thy God with power florid, O Sion, n to Gen'rations all : Far which 0 Praife-ye-the-Lord. Sett. III. The Kind, Penman, Oc cajion and Scope. ThcKindof this Pfalme, 1. As to the Outward Farm or Manner of penning it in the Hebrew with- out any Title prefixed, is an Vntituled Pfalme, as many others are. Unlets we (hall fay, That the word f Halclu-jAH) is prefixed as a Title. Which yet is not lo conveniently (aid : that word both be- ginning and ending 1 he Pfalme, with provocation to all to praife the LORD, with the Pfalmifl. 2. As to the Subjetl- Matter of it, it is Mixt of Praife and Exhortation, and fo is Laudatory and Hortatory. But it is chiefly. Enchariftical or Laudatory : forafmuch as even the Hortatory part is full of Matter of Divine Praife. And, as tin's, fo all the reft of the Pfalmes following to the end of the Book, arc wholly fpent in Divine prailes, and every of rhem begin and end with, Halelu-jAH. Hence Lyra (\'\\c> ilu ■in. //. might- therein: never fatisfying himfelf with this fweet Angelical and Cxlefii- al Exercife. So true is that of Augujiine^s ; Divine Songs, are ourjpirits delights p. Penman, probably was David : And perhaps up- on the fame or like Occafion he penned this Pfalme whereupon he wrote F/j/. 145. As there was inti- mated. See on Pjal. 145. Sect. 3. Scope of the Pfalmifl here, is* To excite himfelf and others to praife the LORD, and to truft in him alone in all ftraits, wants, difficulties, and conditi- ons whatfover, and not in any, no noc the greateft of thefonsof Adam. Sect. IV. The Analysis, or Principal Parti. P Delicije Spiritfis noftri Di- vinaCan- tica: ubi Sc Hctus fine gaudio non eft. Aw.in En.irr. Pf. 1 44. ad init.Tom 8. q Nic dc Lyra in j>s- In this Laudatory and Hortatory Pfalme, are I.Anlncitation, or pathetical provocation to the praifing of the LORD. Which Duty is here laid down two wayes, 1. By diftribution of the Subje&s, who are to perform it, vi\. CO Others; Praife- ye the LORD, f 2^The Pfalmifl himfelf ; Praife the LORD, 0 my Soul. Whereby is noted his Cordial- nefsand fincerity unto this Duty, ver. 1. 2. Bypro- felfion of thePfalmifts Refolution to praife the LORD and to fmg Pfalmes to his God. Which is Ampli- fied by the Adjunct Conftancy hereof; In my life, whilcft Iam:/.e. faith one q, In this prefent life,fo long as it lafts: andinthc life to come, v. 2. II. A Dijfwafive or Dehortation from trufiing in fttLadpf. JPrinces, in munificent-bounteom-Princes, or in any Son 145. of Adam. The foundation of divine praife being truft in God, the fruit whereof is his help to be cele- brated with all praife: Therefore this provocation topraifeGcdisilluftratedby a diffwafive from the oppofite trufiing in and praifing of men, though mod bowiteom-Princes . Thereafon of which diffwa- five is drawn, 1. From their inefficiency and impo- tency to help or fave us from mifery, ver. 3. 2. From their frailty and mortality fone caufe of their in- fufficiencyj whence, all their thoughts and pur- pofes are moft vamfhing,i>.4. ///. An Exhortation to hope and truft for help in the God of Jacob, as in the LORD our God. Which iss 1. Illuftrated, by the happinefTes of that man that hath his truft and help in God, vcrfe 5. 2. Confirmed and urged by many choife Argu- ments: drawn (U From the Allfufficiency and Omnfporency of God, difcovered in the Creation of Heaven, Earth, Sea, and all in them, 2. From theconftant fidelity of God; keeping Truth for ever , in his Word and Promifes, v.6. 3. From his efficaciousProvider.ee, I. Towards aU forts of good men depending upon him in all varie- ties of diftreffes and difficulties, vi^. 1. Executing Judgement for the Opprcfjed. 2. Giving food to the hun- gry. 2,. Loojing them that are bound, verfe^. ^.Open- ing the eyes of the blind. 5. Vprightening them that are Crooked, bowed down, or bowed together. 6. Loving therifhteom, verfeZ. 7. Preferving the Strangers, 8. Setting-upright, or making to continue Aire, the fatherlefs andwiddow, verfc 9. at the bcginning.U.To- wards the wicked that depend not upon him, Over- throwing their way, verfe 9. at the end. . IV. A Condufwn of the Pfalme. Wherein note, 1. The Declaration of another Rcafon why God is to be Praifed and alone milled in : drawn from the Eter- nity of his King dome, whereby he Rules and Orders all things as he will. Which is Amplified by the pe- culiar relation that the King of this Kintvlome hath to Sion, to hi? Church. 2. An Exhalation to all hereupon to praife the LORD, v. 10. Pfalme P S A L M E. CXLVH. 3 Pfalm CXLVIL Setf. I. The Summary Contents. The Pfalmift in tills Pfalme, which alfo begins and endswich Halelu-JAH, I. Exhorts all more Gene- rally topraife the LORD, ver. I. fcatters hoary -froft. 17. Cafls-forth his ice like morfcls/e/f : q Who can endure his cold below > 18. He fends his word, and them doth melt : Makes his Wind blow,the Waters flow. 19. He his mojif acred Words doth fhow To his dear Jakob loved well : H\spreciow Statute-laws, Alfo His Judgments unto Ifrael. 20. r To any other Nation Such dealing did he not afford, And they his Judgments have not known For all which things. ?ta\[e-ye-ihc-LOKD. 1 Hrb. put- teth peace. m Heb. of wheates he fa-isfieth thee. n H Church and peo- Mc-rces, pie, typed out by Jerufalem. This his* c are is de< Sim* de fcribed, and illufirated, I. Defaribedby fundry choice Cafia. Acts there of :'t£'£. 1. Building^jerufalem. 42 Ga-, Apud Gloff. tbeting together the ottt-cajls of Ifrael, difperfed inrd tit Pf. 145. other Counrrfes, ver. 2. 2,. Healing the broken in heart, binding up their dolours or griefs, v. 3. II. Illu- firated, by God' exact numbring, and A/.imrn^ofall the ftarres : How much more exactly doth he num.'",. Relation to thenii Thy God, pfalme s. 4. With melodious Mufical Inftruments, as with Harp,ver.r;. 2. This praife is urged, From confederation of Gods providential cifpenfytions, 1. Towards Crea- tures infenfitive. As in his, (~ij Covering Heaven with Clouds. (2 J Preparing rain for the Earth. And (2,) Making barren Mountains to bud-forth Grajje, v.8. 2. Tovvatds Creatures irrational, (j ) Feeding the beafls. f 2) Feeding the fowles •, young Ravens that cry •' i. e. even the bafeft offowles, young Ravens S>»iec& Providence, r To- wards the unodv fettiog upright the meei^t 2. To- wards the bad ; debafing the wicked t) the earth, ver. 4|^W II. An Exhortation to a more Special Mode ar Man- ner ftj praijing the LORD, ver. 7. "g her with plenty njjohl : fat of wheat Synechdoclncally being P S A L M E CXLVIII. 39* At; Praife-him all Srars of light. 4. 0 Hcav'ns of Heav'ns above Praife-him-do-ycj And waters that Vp-elevstt Above Heav'ns be. 5. The LORD'S name let them there Praife : For, he did command, And they created were. 6. And cfaft-he-made-them-ftand For ay forever : To them gave he da firm-Decree, Which fhall pafs never. II. 7. The LORD from earth praife-you, O Dragons and e each deep. 8. Fire and HailJ Mift and Snow, Whirle-wind, his word which keep. 9- Mounts ami Hills all: Eachg fruitful Tree, likwife a\\ye 0 Cedars tall. io. Wild-heart, and Cattel all: Thing-creeping, Bird of wing. 1 1. Earth's Kings and peoples all: ^Princes, and all /; Judging Throughout the Earth. 12. Young-men i and maids, old-men with babes * • Of humane birth. 13. 0 let them every one, Now praife JEHOVAH'S name For his name, his alone, Is-high-advanc'dicFrf/ne : His /^Majefty And gkrioufnefs above Earth it And Heavens high. . ^Pfalm CXLVIII. - J4.Andhefon-high.doth-raife ^~ ".*:■ H'--' ; ... 1 or firil Heavens, Sec. ve>. iltor].^2j fttlCrea- Tunesinthe oppofite earth below : whether in the Water, Aire, orland, &c. to praife the LORD, v. 7 . totbeencuffjf' #4: * ■ \v Sect. II. The Verfwn mUJthe 1 w V I. Verfion. I. 1. a T)RaiTe-ye-JAH.Praife the LORD I r aHrt.Hale- lu JAH. J. From Heav'ns triumphantly : b btb. praife £Praife-unto-him-afford ye him >n the high- places. AUye in-places-high. 2. His Angels all Do-ye-him-praife : Praife him alifayes His-Armies all. 3. Ye Sun and Moon/o bright Praife-him at ye do move: ^ ^ II. Verfii Hon, I. if~\ a Praife-the-LORD.Praife-ye-the-I0ilD \^J From Heav'ns triumphantly : Due b praifes-unto-him-afford Ally em places-high. 2. Praife him his An-gels every-one All his Hoafts praife him right. 3. Do ye him praife 0 Sun and Moon : Praife him all Scars of light. 4. Ye Heav'ns of Heav'ns c his-praife-proclairru And waters din the air. 51 0 let them praife JEHOVAH'S Name ; For e he fpake, made they were. 6. And firmly-ftab!ifh-them-did-he For evermore for ay: For themhe gave /a Sure-Decree, Which fhall not pa(s-away. 41. 1 7* Praife-ye the LORD from Earth behw, O Dragons and g each deep. 8. Both Fire and Hail, vapour and Snow Whirle-wind, h his word which keep. r he eftabl:fhed- them - - d HtKA fta- riirc, and ic Jhallnoc p»ffe. e Hft.,U deeps. i htb.or.vt- pour.ditnp. fume. &c. --ftor- my wind, doing his word, g Hr/uhe wood (or trcejdf fruit. b I'tb. judg- es of ihe earth. 1 Hcfr.and alio maidens old men wuhchil. dcen. k Heb or, glory.glori- ous-majefly. 1 Het..dotb ««aU *-J\ ] 5.AU a WfJ.Hsie - K-JAH, bHei.Praife ye him in- c H-t. pr»ifc him. d heb.thit be above the Heavens. e Heb. com- manded,ar,>i they were created. fHebfi R 1- tute. g Htb. all deeps, h Heb. doing hl£ word. ■ 92 ? S A L M E. CXLIX. 1 r iruir. !. . !te bca.t. ) Htb Piin- CO. • ■ ..I'icity »',2\ iry- ii mb e> .'Its r «»>« p. All Hills and MoumaineS : iTrees r/uf bring ? . Frulr : Cedars all likewifei io. ^ Bcafts and all Cacrle ; Creeping thing, And fowl of wing thatflyes. i r. King? and all people of the earth : il>cers, and Earth's Judges all. 12. Young-men and alfo maids by birth, Oid-me'n with children/)//.;// 13. Let iitf thefe praife J EHOVAH's name, For his Name, his alone, Is-high-advanc'd : m His-gforious-fame 'Bove Earth and Heavn\> bath pone, 14. And he his peoples horn n fets-high : Of all his Saints the praife, Of Ifr'ls fonnes, A folk him nigh •, Praife-ye-the- LORD ahvayes. Sed. III. The Kind, Penman^ Occafwn7 and Scope. The Kind of thisPfalm, 1. As the Outward Form or Manner of penning it, is Vntituled; having no Title prefixed to it in the Hebrew. The Greck_Vcrf>on prefixeth this Title i Halelu-JAH of Haggaiand Zacbary. So alfo the ^Fthhphk Verfion. The Sy- fVid.rn >-;.;, ^ hath it; Of Haggai and Zachary f. ButasL;- Bibl.Poly- ra notes, this feems done by fome Tranflator or Ex- gW.adPf. pofitor. And in this Pfalm there feems no colour 148. at all for referring ir to Haggai or Zecharyt, 2. As t NtC'de to the Subjecl-Matter of it . it is Mixt,Laudatory,and Lyrainpo- Hortatory, and is wholly fpent in Exhortation sand (t Had invitations of all fortsof creatures, Superior and infe- 'Pfal.i/fi. rior,to theDivine praifesof the LORD,for his power, wifdom, goodnefs,&c. fhining-forth in his works,but efpecia'.ly in his Collection, Protection, aud Affecti- on towards his Church and People Jfrael. Noc only Angels and Men, but even all mute Creatures, made ■with wonderful wifdom, and continuing in their ranks and orders wherein they were created, do in their kind praife the LORD : The Rational Crea- tures, by Speech ; The irrational, by Silence^ repre- ~fl fenting the wonderful work-manfhip of their Crea- 11 2/ We; tor> So cnat asone faith u • They are tacit Praifers (Tmivijaj 0^ bis great Workmanfliip and loud Preachers, rtwettef penman of this Pfalm, is not certainly known. jutfK)J^t- Occafion of Writing it, is as uncertain. David is ff.-r^vpjoi fu ppofed to be the Penman of it, and u pon that Ge- jo'iji/>m? neral occafion forementioned on Pfalm 145. Seci.3. Greg.mO- Scope iscvident; vi%. To invite and incite all forts r.a.in Na- of Creatures Superior and Inferiour to praife the tiv.Cbriji. LORD in their kind, and fet forth his wonderful per- fections and Excellencies: The LORD having made all Creatures for the manifestation of his matchlefs Glory. Sccr. IV. The Analyfis, Tarts. or Principal The Invitation or Exhortation to thcCreatures to Praife the LORD, is laid down in this Pfalme, More Generally, and More Specially. I. More Generally, to all forts; Praife-yee-J All. With which the Pfalme begins and ends. II. More Specially,xo the fpecial forts of Creatures. Which arc here diftributcd into Supcriour, and In- feriour. I, The Supcriour Creatures, i. e. The Celefh'al Creatures, are exhorted to prarteGod, in and from the Ne.ivens,ver.i &c. Here we are to note, C 1 ) The Diftribution of the Supcriour and Cele- ftial Creatures, which are to praife the LORD. And they are, 1. In the third Heaven-, Angels. And hit Angelica! Hofts, verfe 2. 2. Inthcfccond Heaven-, Sun, Moon, and Stars of light, verfe 3. 3. Thefirft Heavens, called; the Heavens of Heavens, i.e. The loweft and meaneft of Heavens, think fomex, As xJo.Foird the Servant of Servant; imports the meaneft and in Expofit. moft inferiour Servant. To take this for the highefl Pf. 148. 4. Heavens, as fome doy,l cannot fo well approve : both y Sic. de becaufe thofe Heavens were mentioned before, in Lyra in verfe 1.2. and alfo becaufe that which here follows; Pf. 148.4. the Waters above the Heavens, leads us rather to the former Interpretation. The Creatures in thefe Heavens, are ; The Waters contained in the Clouds o\ Heaven, verfe 4. (2) TheCaufes or Rcafons why thefe fuperior Creatures mufl praife the LORD, are; 1. Becaufe, he created them; by his Word of Command, verfe 5. 2. Becaufe , he hath permanently eflablifhed them in their State. 3. Becaufe, he hath appointed to every of them A Statute or Rule, which fl>all not be paffed, ver. 6. 2. The Inferiour, or Terreftrial Creatures, are ex- horted &rc. v.j. Here alfo you have CO The Diftribution of the Inferiour Creatures. Exhorted to praife the LORD. And they are either, I. Aquatile. As, I. Dragons, i. e. Huge Sea-fifhes, Whales, &c. 2. And all Deeps, wherein they live, verfe 7. II. Aerial; as the Meteors, 1. Fire. viz. in thundring and lightning, Sec. 2. Haile. 3. Snow. 4. Vapour. 5. Stormy Winde, or Whirlewind. All which are Amplified, by their fubjection to Gods all ruIlingWord, verfe 8, III. Terreftrial. And thefe are, 1. Creatures In-fenfitive, without fenfe; As (i) Mountains. (2) Hills. (~ 3} Fruit -Trees. ( 4) Tim- ber-Trees,as Cedars, verfe 9. 2. Creatures Senfitive but Irrational. As, (_ 1 ) The Wild-Beaft. (2) AllCat- tel. (33 The Creeping-thing. (4) The feathered fowl, verfe 10. 3. Tlie Rational Creature, Mankind. And thefe of whatfoever fi J Order; Kings, Subjetfs, Princes, Judges, verfe. 11 . f 2 ) Sex ; Men, or Maids. C 3 J Age ; Old men with children, ver. 12, ( 2 3 Th e Rtfafons why all thefe are Exhorted to Praife the LORD. vi^. 1. Becaufe The Name of the LORD alone if molt highly advanced, and his Gloriouf Ma)e(ly it farre above both Earth and Heaven, verje 13. 2. Becaufe, He Exalts the Home of hit people. He Exalts their Power, Glory, Sec. Amplified by the fruit, effeft or Con fequent thereof; The praife of all his Saints, i.e. Which Glory or Home fo Exalted is their Praife : Or, Which is and fhould be an Argu- meBt, and Matter of praife to them. 3. Becaufe, He hath brought his people Jfrael near unto himfelfla Covenant, Holy Relations, and fweec Communion. And fo he concludes the Pfalme as he began with an Hortatory Haldu-jAH. ver. 14. Pfalm CXLIX. Se&. I. The Summary Contents. Herein arc, 1. A vehement Exhortation unto Is- rael, the Church and People of God, to celebrate the LORD with lingular and Extraordinary praifes, ver. 1.104. 2> The Arguments orReafons why Ifrael fhould fo praife him. Which arc drawn, ( 1 ) From the Extraordinary favours o( God unto them, verfe 4. 5. 2. From the lingular and Eminent Power which they fhall have over their Enemies, verfe 7,8,9. sca. 11. P S A L M E CXLIX. 3y3 a Heb, Halelu- JAH. b Heb. the Church Cor ; com- pany affembJy- congrega- tion^of fainrs. c Heb. in hismakets i.e. Father Son, and Holyghoft. * Heb. or; In the Daunce Jhe Heb. wordfig- nifies both but Frute is here more fit. d Htb. in their throat, e Heb. 3. Sword of edges. A Sword of mouthes Here in the Heb. word, the Root k doubledfor Iu-JAH. <> Sett. II. The Verfan out of the Hebrew. i. a T) Raife-yee-the- LORD Sing to the LORD A New triumphant Song : His Wbrrfy praife to him afford In b hit Saints Holy-throng. 2. Let Ifrael reioyce andfing, c In-them that-iiim-have-made : Let Sons of Sion in their King Benowexulcing-glad* 3. Let them * with Flute mehdioufly Praife his rc-nowned Name : Wirh Harp and Timbrel pleafantly Tohimlet-them- fag pfalme. 4. For in his people everyone The LORD doch-pleafure-take : The meek-ones with Salvation He-beautiful-will-make. $. The Saints, in glory fhall-be-glad : Shout on their Beds fhall they. 6. The Exaltations of God d Within their motnhfJtalljiay : And in their hand a two-edg'd Sword. 7 On Heathens for-to-do Juji vengeance : on the folk abhor fd Correction alfo. 8. To bind their Kings magnificat In jirongeft Chains at lafl : And their-renowned-Nobles all In Iron fetters/W?. 9. To do on them C upon complaints J The judgement on record : This honour is to all his Saints Thenfiillg Praife-ye-the-LORD. the the more imphafte. I Heb. written. gHeb. Hale- Setf* III. the Kind, Penman, Occasion and Scope. The /C/W of this Pfalme, 1. As to the Mode and Outward Forme of writing it, isVnthuled: Having noT/f/eperfixed in the Hebrew Original: 2. As to the Matter ofit3 It is Mixt : Hortatory and Laudatory Yea Exhorting Ifrael to an Extraordinary lauding of the LORD, for his eminent blertings upon his People, and the great power they fhall have over their Con- h Hen. queredEnemies.llnder which Corporal power/owe h Moller, in conceive the Pfalmift fhadows out that excellent Afg. & Spiritual power which the Church fhall exert and in- Pr&letfin flift upon the ungodly by the Doftrine and other Pfal 149. Ordinances of Chrift after his incarnation, Matth. Jo. Calv. 1 6. 1 9. Job. 20. 23. i Cor. 5. throughout. And fo they in Arg. 4$ account this Pfalme in part Prophetical. This Power Com. ad of the Saints over their Enemies, fame /referre to Pfal. 1 49. their judging of the World with Chrifi at his fecond com- H. Ainjw. ing, According to that of the Apoflle •, Doyeenot know in his An- that the Saints flfall judge the World ? Know yee not. on Pf. not that we jball judge Angels * 1 Cor. 6. 2, 3. And 149. fame ^interpret this their power, of their Corporal, i Nico. de Spiritual, and Iaft Glorious power over their Enemies Lyra in Poftil ad Pfal. 149. k Sword ] This may be understood of the People Vi&ories over their corporal Enemies-, and a'foofthe Spiritual Combates ar^ainflthc World and the Frinceof it, by the power of Gods Word and Spirit, 2 Cor. 10. i,.Heb. 4. 12. Rev. 1. 16. and 19. 15. And finally of the lafl Vi&ory overall the Enemies power, which the Church united to its head fiiall obtain at his lafl coming, Revel. 2. 26. Jo. Diodat. in his Amiot. en Pfal. 141. <5. at the Judgement-day. Our EngHfJ)T,anfljtors un- derftand it of the Churches Spiritual power onely. z<, appears by the Contents which they have prefixed ; 1. The Prophet Exhorteth to praife God for his loVtto the Chur cb. And for that Power which he hath given to the Church to Rule the Confciences of men. ] And yec here they have unadvifedly and dangeroufly defcrib- that power : Seeing it is Gods fole Prerogative to Rule the Confciences of men. Penman of this Pfalme, is not certainly to be de- termined upon. Occafionai it is alfo as Uncertain. Tliey I who think I Jo. FoorJ this Pfalme was written upon occaGon of Davids in Expof. victorious fubduing of his Heathen-Enemies round pfal. 145. about him, and of his taking.care for the Ark, folemn sim. de Affemblyes, publick worfhip of God, and the Houfe Muisin of God, that chey all might be fet in order, 2 Sam. 5. Arg. Pfal. and6. andi. and8. are of Opinion that David was 149. Penman of it, As I formerly noted on Pf.il. 145. Seft 3. Others mfappok that this Pfalme was penned by mJoJCalii, fome other Prophet, a little before or not long after in Arg. t& the Jews deliverance from the Babylonifl) Captivity. Com. ad And that then they were to fing New Songs, and to pfal. 149. frequent folcmne Affemblyes of Saints, znverfe 1. Hen. Molt. Which they could not do in a Strangers Land. And in Arg. ($ that their victories over their Babylonian Enemies, Pr&lett. that had long oppreffedchem, were but Prxludium's adPf. 149. and Pledges to themoftheirgrearerVifroriesforthe future, efpecially under the Metfiah, that fhould fub- due all Nations to him and hi? Church by the Gofpel, 8cc.ver. 6,7,8,9. I leave all in medio for the judicious to ponder upon. Scope of this Pfalme, is; to exhort and incite the Church of God his Ifrael, to celebrate the LORD with eminent and extraordinary Praifes, both for his Angular favours vouchfafed unto them, and for the victorious Power which they fhall obtain and exer- cifeovereven the greartft of their Enemies, accord- ing to his written Word : And this not onely Corpo- rally, but alfo and efpecially Spiritually. Seel:. IV. The Andy fit , or Principal Parts. As in the former Pfalme All forts of Creatures are ipvited and exhorted to praife God ordinarily : So in this Pfalme The Ifrael of God and fons of Sion, eren the whole Church and People of God, are exhorted to Praife the L O R D, and that Extraordinarily. As that, fo this Pfilme begins and ends with Halelu* J AH: and is wholly beftowed in Divine praifes, and forceible inducements to thofe praifes. In this Plafme therefore are efpecially two Parts. I. An Exhortation of the Church and people of God folcmnly to Praife the LORD, ver. i.&c. This praife whereto they are Exhorted, is Defcribed. 1. By the Objeft of it, to whom it is due and to be performed, viz. God, who is here fet forth by, 1. His effential Name; JEHOVAH. 2. His Name of efficiency, His Maker n. Whether it be underfbod, nSim.de Abfolute, abiolurely in refpect of Creation: Or Se- Mukin cundum quid, Refpeftively in fome refpeft onely as Com. ad he was the Author of their Redemption, Delive- Pf- »49- 2" ranee, Profperity, &c. The fenfe amounts much to olnfafture one. In the Hebrew the word is plural; Hk Makers 0. fao, Which fome think is fo put for Honours fake : Others, Hebraicae to infmuatethe Myftery of the Trinity, Father, Son, ad yerbum and Holy-Ghofi. 3. His name of Government ; their 'ey>in King,vi\. To Reign over them, Rule and Govern fa&oribus them as his People, by his peculiar providence, and fuis,In Spiritual influence of his Word and Spiric.In all thefe numero are couched tacit Arguments and Motives to the multitudi- praifingofGod- nispro^ Angular?, Honoris ergo, ficuti obfervat Kimchr, quifimile, profert ex Job. 3s. 10. Vbi eft Dem quifacit me kufaflor mens, ad verbum fafio' resmei> Idem cenfent Efrse& alii. Geneb. in veritate Hebraic* affirmat apertum effe Myfterium S. TrinkatU, BccSim. de Muti in Com. adPfah 149. 2. H h h h [1 H» 394 r S A L M E. CL. I Ha Makers] The Father, the Word and the Holy-Ghoft ; h three are one, 1 Job. 5. 7. The myltery of the Trinity- is in the Hebrew phrafe; So in many others, As; Z.er us make liian in cur Image, Gen. f. 26. Iffcere » Go^ «jy Makers i Job. ?$• 1 . Tby Afakf*s it thine Husbands, Ifai. 54. 5. Remember thy Creators, Eccl.12. 1. and fundry the like,God alfo is our Ma- ker both in Nature, and Grace. SeePf. 100. %.H. Alnfw.in his Annot.on Py 145.2. 2. By the General Quality of this praife. Which mutt be exquifite, lingular, and extraordinary; A New Song. 3. By the folemnity of it. It muft be performed publickly; in the Church or Congregation of Saints. Which imports a proinife or prophecy of Reftaurati- on of Gods publick Worfhip and Ordinances, and of the folcmn Church-affemblies, And may fuic to Davids dayes : or to the Captives return from Baby- hn. 4. By the Acts of praife, or Adjuncts thereunto Annexed, vi^. 1. Inwardly, Rejoycing. Gladfom- nefs. 2 Outwardly, Singing. Praifing. Ufing of Mufica! Inftruments to flir up their affections asF/«re timbrel, Harp. 5. By ihe Subjects of this Duty, The parties Ex- horted thereunto, vi^. Ifrael, The Sons of Sion. Even the whole Church of God among the Jewes. Analogically, All the Churches of Chrift alfo among the Nations according to the New-Teftment-way of I railing the LORD, for thefe and like mercies, hint- ed in this Pfa me. All thefe particulars are inter- woven, and evidently contained in v. 1,2, 3. II. The Arguments or Reasons why the Church fliouldthus praife the LORD, v. 4. foe. And they are drawn, 1. From confideration of the LORD'S lingular and extraordinary favours towards his people. As, 1. His great love unto his People, taking pleafure in them. This the fountain of all his bleffings. 2. His Salva- tion, and deliverance from evils and Enemies, Pro- rriifed and performed to the meek. This is Ampli- fied, by the Adjunct Beauty or Glory attending fuch their Salvation/i/er. 4. 3. The lingular and eminent matter of joy which he willvouchfafe unto his Saints. Amplified, byfij The Afts thereof ; Being glad- fome. an dfljouting.'py fully. Q2.) The Adjunct: of it; in Glory. Or with Glory. Denoting the high de- gree and eminency of their joy. (7,) The fubject- place, where; upon their Beds, in their private re- tirements, ver. 5. 2. F rom Confideration of the Victories and extra- ordinary Power which his Church and Saints fliall have over their Enemies. Here I. The eminency of their Praifes of the LORD are defcribed by, I. Their Nature, The Exaltations of God. 2. Their vehemen- cy; in their throat, i.e. aloud fpoken of, vehement- ly commemorated, ver. 6. beginning. II. Their Vilh.ries and Power over their Enemies, the Argu- ments of fuch praife, are fct forth and illuftrared, r B the Inftrumcntal means thereof; A two-edged fwvrd/n their hand. Hcb. A Sword of two mouths. The Root being Emphatically doubled in the He- brew Word, ver. 6. 2. By the Objects of their victo- ries and power, their Enemies defcribed by,fjjTheir Multitude and Quality ; Heathens ; People (^Their Magnitude and Dignity \Kings : NMes.7,. By the Acts c.f rheir Victory and Power; (1.,) Doing vengeance on Heathens. C2,JDoingCorre£lions or Rebukes upon the People. Real rebukes, not verbal, f^) Binding ( aptiv d Kin^s in chaities, and Nobles in fetters of r.-n.ver.n, 8. 4. By the Limitation or Regulation of all this Power. It muft be, f 1) Judgment, (2) Judgment written. Judgment according to the rule of Gods writrcn Word : notofprivjre pallion or re- venge. <;. Bv the Honour and high- Dignity which is thus devolved by the LORD upon all his Saints. Now an incentive and judicious eye may cafily difcern, That all thefe Particulars may be accommodated to tfiael'ia Davids dayes, or to the Jews about the time of their return from the Babylmffi Captivity, when the Glorious Lord fo wonderfully dafhed in pieces the power of all their Enemies, delivered them from them, and gave them power over them. And, that all thefe pafiages horn- ver. 6. foe. may be ex- pounded, not onely Literally touching I/raels Cor- poral Victories over their Corporal Enemies, Hea- thens, foe but alfo Spiritually and Myftically touch- ing the Spiritual victories and power which the Church and Saints of God, in all after ages fince Chrifr,and to and at the end of the WorId,fhall have and exercife over their Spiritual Enemies according to his Word, by Jefus Chrift affiiting them. After all this the Pfalmilt clofeth up this Pfalme, as he be- gan , with his Hortatory Halelu-jAH,ver3 9. Pfalme CL. Seer. I. The Summary Contents Ituhh I aft Pfalme doling up the whole Book, of Pfalmes, the Pfalmifr, 1. Exhortes to Praife the LORD for fundry his Excellent Perfections and Acti- ons, ver. 1. 2. 2. Diretls and invites to manage his Praifes, (ij with all forts of Mufical Inftruments, ver.i, 4, 5. C 2) With all breath, ver. 6. Sett. II. The Verfion out of the He- brew. a. pRaife-ye-jAH. In-his-HoIfnefs JL Praife-ye the-mighty-God : In b his ftrength's Firmament him blefs, 2. Him in his powers laud : Him c after his much greatnefs praife. 3. Praife him with Trumpet's d voice : Tea with the Pfaltery him praife And Harp'x melodious noife. a H^.Hale- lu JAH. in liisSanSi. ty or; for his Sanfiity. b Hfi.che firmament of his ftrengch praife him. e Hei. Ac- cording to the multitud: of his greatnefs. d Heb. (bund 4. Praife-him with Timbrel and e the Flute : Praife-him with Organ /7;/v7, And fbinged-Inftruments,as Lute. 5. With /Cymbals founding-well Praife-him : with Cymbals £ of fhrill found Praife-/)im, for ay ador'd. fj.Let every Breath that can be found Praife JAH. /; Praife-ye- the-LORD. e Htb. or, the Dance fHft. Cym- bals of htaring. RH.*.of iliou ing founds, h #<-*.HaIe- lu.t,A>V Sett. III. The Kind, Penman Occafwn, and Scope The Kindot this Pfalme, is ; 1. As to the Outward Mode or Forme of penning it, Itntituled; No Title being prefixed hereunto in the Hebrew. 2. As to the Or Profit, Laft. Concluding this precious Book of Hymnes or Praifes, with the praifes of the LORD emphatically. And beginning, as alfo ending with that Laudatory Halelu-jAH. 3. As to the SubjeZl- Matterofh, Mixt, Laudatory and Hortatory. Ex- iSim.ds honing unto the Holy praifes of the LORD, moft MukhAtt pathetically. It fpeaks nothing almoft but Praife. pfal.\$c. The word [_Praife~\ is ufed in this fhort Pfalme H|a attri- thirteen Times, asKimchii obferves : He faith it is buta non inrefpeliofGods thirteen Attributes, whereby he Go- recenfet. verns P S A L M E. CL. 395 kSim de Muti inArg Pf. 150. I Amej. Analjf. mJo.Calv. in Com. ad verm the world. And nine Mufical Inftruments are here mentioned copraifeche LORD withal, vi^.fuch as were in ufe under the Old Tcltamenr, during the Churches Minority, God appointing them an out- wardly pompous and glorious way of Worfhip,therc- by to detain them in his own Service, and prefeive them from the Idol.itrous-worfhips of the Heathens. This Pfalme is probably thought, faith one k, to be peculiarly duelled and intended to the Levites, whoj'e office it was peculiarly to celebrate the LORD'S praijes with muficall Irftruments in the houfe of God. Whence ic was,thatthe Leviteswere wont mutually to incite one another thereunto by this Pfalme. Unto thefe nine Muftcallnftrumems, Voices, or Breath, is added,as tranfeending them all, ver.^6. Under thefe Mu- fical Inftruments Figuratively or Typically C as fome / conceive J are fet forth the perfeilions andex- LeZtion. ad cellenciesthat ff)ould be in Divine Praijes, which we Plat. 140. °Hhtt<> perform with allpofftble teal, care, joy, ala- crity, and variety. And, whereas after the Exhor- tation to praife God with all forts of Mufical Inftru- ments, which was more peculiar to the Jewes and OldTeftament-worfhip, he adds ; Let every Breath praife J AH : This is fuppofed by Calvin m, to con- tain a tacit Prophecy in it, of Gods adding the Gentiles Pf. 150" 6 and J°ynir,g tnem a: la^ in one Symphony with the ' Jewes, toworfhipGod with the daily Sacrifice of Praifes, till at Iafl being gathered into the Kingdome ofHeaven, theyfoall with the Elett Angels fing un- to the LORD a perpetual Halelu-jAH. And thus this Pfalme may in part be accounted Prophetical. Penman of it, is fuppofed by fome to be David. Occafton, is thought to be his extraordinary joy and enlargement of heart, for Gods wonderful and manifold goodnefs to him, in bringing him at Iafl to the Throne, fubje&ing his people under him,fubdu- ing his enemies to him, and adding many fpiritual favours to him,&c. As was noted on P/.i45.Se&.3. Scope, is; To exhort Gods people, but efpecial- ly the Levites, to praife God for his fingular perfefti. ons and actions, with all forts of Mufi^A-Inftruments, and with all Breath: without the cordial concur- rence whereof, no Mufical-Inftruments are of any ac- count at all with God. Se&. IV, The Analyfis^ or Principal Parts. In this Laudatory Epilogue or Conclufion of this whole Boof^of Pfalmes, a re I. An Eartieji andmoft Vehemet Exhortation to praife the LORD, thirteen feveral times repeated in thefe few words, efpecially for his excellent perfections and actions. As, 1. In, or For hit Sanftity, or Holi- nefs. Some render if, Holy place, i. e. Heaven : His gloriotis San&uary. The former Interpretation feems better ; For hU Holinefs. 2. In or For his won- derful Power gr Strength,fmguht\y manifested in the Out-fpread-Firmament. Thence called, The Fir- mament of his Strength, Wherein his power flill fliines to the perpetual wonder of the world, ver.i. 3 In, or For his Power, or powerful Aft s :i>/^.In fuften- tation and administration of all things, ever fince the Creation, efpecially the affairs of his Church. 4 Ac- cording to his mighty Ma)ey}y,or multitude of his Great- neffe : difcovered for his peoples benefit again!! all e- vils and enemies, v, 2. II. A Direilion and Invitation to his people,how and in what manner they fhould externally praife hiin : v't%. J. With allfrts of mufical Injlrurnehts.is,!. The Trum- pet. 2. The Pfultery. 3. The //j//1, V.3.4.TI1C Ttmbrell or Drum. 5. Flic Flute. 6. Stringed- Inltruments. This is comprehenihe Some render it , Virginal scarce fowell. The word fo rendred being too muchrc- Itr.iincdin itsfenfe. 7. The Organ. Heb. A lively Inftrument, the -delightful lnftrument. Fitly fo filled, for it is one of the moft plealant and joyful. Job 21. 12. and$o. 31. This, and the Harp, are of all other the moft ancient Mufical-Inftrument s mentioned in a- ny Author, or in the B-ble it felf, which is moft Anci- ent, Gen. 4. 21. ver. 4. 8. Well-founding Cymbals, 9. Loud-Jounding Cymbals, ver. 5. Now all thefe more fpecially had reference to the Leiites, and the man- ner of the Worfhip under the OldTeftafient, while the Church was in her Minority. Whether now un- der the New Teftament it be lawful or convenient to worfhip the LORD in our pubtique Church Afftmblies with fuch Inftrumental-Mufick ; Confult the Authors alledged here in the Margin, for brevity fake. Hieron 2. With all b\eatb, or voices.Z.er every breathpraife Zanch' in J AH: i.e. Either, Every Creature that hath breath, £xfl//(. F- compareilc'v. 5. 13. Or Rather, every breath of man- pia -aJE- l^ind in all Nations of the Gentiles as well as Jews: Let p/'fr(- s \Q them all joyn harmonioully, as it were in one Con- „0 La-De fort, to praife the the LORD. And 10 it tacitly pr o- j^'Hnc\' jn phecyethof the Calling of the Gentiles, and their In- Ecciefia corporation into one body with the Jews tofing/y.j- 202 •/' , leh-jAH to the LORD. And fo he clofeth up this rJ'^v Pfalm, and therewith this whole Boj^ of Pfalmes, ,1<,7 -W ' And therewith I deh're ("with all thankfulnefs to the m„1„ ,--" LORD that performeth all things for me J to (r.vz up ikC' this my Expofition and Elucidation of this whole mu\ ci\rs Book, with that triumphant and heavenly word, 2 . V ,t Halelu-jAH, v. 6. Haleh-JAH : and again I fay ; Sect2< Halelu-jAH. j' 5* Thefe fweeteft Pfalmes begin whhTbehappineffes of the godly, Pfal. I. 1. 2, 3. They end with the Halelu-jAH's of the Saints, Pfal. 145,147. 1 48, 149,150. True Godlinefs leads to bleffednefs ; bothgodlinefs and bleffednefi terminate in Halu- jAH's. Wc do but ftammer-out , Halelu- JAH , on Earth : We fhall perfectly fpeak out , triumphantly fhrill-out , Halelu-jAH in Heaven. O when fhall we once afcend up thither , where Halelu-jAH fhall both begin and end our praifes : yea where ©ur Ha- lelu-jAH fhall once begin, but never end. Where all the Angels fhall fing, Halelu-jAH and all the glorified Saints fhall Anfwer them : Amen : Halelu-jAH. Where the whole Hea- vens fhall viftorioufly ring with Halelu-]AH. Where the BeatificI^Vifion of our God in thrift immediately face to face fhall even intrance and ravifh us into an eternal Halelu-jAH to him that fits upon the Throne, and to the Lamb for ever and for ever. O how my Soul longs to hear, yea to bear a part in that Celefb'al Melody: Tune up mine heart ftill more and more to all. intenfivenefs in thefe defires. Make hafle, my beloved, and be thou li\e to a Roe, or to a young Hart upon the Mnmtains of Spices, Cant. 8.14. Lord Chrift thou haft faid ; Surely I come\juickJy. And mine heart returnes the Eccho ; Amen, E- venfi, Come LORD JESVS, Rev. 22. 20. Amen, Halelu-jAH. 1 Tim. 1.17. 'AvtezTuKanhZlTnLm^JlZAQiZ. F IN I S. Lam Chrifiinefcia F I 3\(J S. 3?<5 AN ALPHABETICAL TABLE, Of fttndry things more Obfervable in the P S A L M E S. A Fraction of the godly, Is from God pf. 39. 9. &C. Is Great, pfal. 6.pf. 25. pf. 102. In Gods wrath deprecated, pfal. 6. I.&C. />/. 38. I.&C. Parents from wicked children, pf. 3. Drives to Prayer, ffa.pf.6.pf.2$.pf.$ i.pf. 116. pf.l/\.O.pj~.l4.2. May corifift with Gods love, pf. 89. 30. to 3 8. pf. 99. 8. /.f /tfzW ro fce^r/- 6y 6W, pf.^i. 7. &c. Moderated by God,pfal. 78. 38. &C />/*/. 118, 17. 18. &C. Removed by God; efpecially upon Prayer . pf.->,\. 4.&C. pf. 16.6. &c. Sweet ned, pf. 3 . p/tf/. 2 3 . Short ned by God, pfal. 30. 5. Sanctified by God,and turned to good, pfal. 94. 12. Sic. pfal. 119. 65. &c. Great ufe of Gods word 1. In Afflillion,pf. 119.25.&C.V.33.&CV. 49.&C.V. 81.&C.V. 89. &C 2. After affliction, pfal. 1 1 9.4 1 ,&o. Age, A Petition to God, not to caf-off or de- fcrt in old age ,pf.y 1 .9. 17. 18.&C Angels. Serve God,pf. 103. 20.Scc.pf. 1044. &c. Minifierfor the good of Godspeop.e.pf. 34. 7. &c. pf. 9i.n,&c. Atheifts, Drfcovered and Reproved, pf.io.n.Sic.pf.i^.i.Sic.pJ. 50.2 i.&c. pfal.i.Sic.pfji .ii.&c.p/^. 7.&C. B. Babylon T/?e Return of Captives Jews thence. pfal.26.1. &c. Their great calamity there. pf.i 37.1. &C. Backbiting, pfal. 15. 3. Battel. God not Armies to be trufled and relied np- onin Battel, pf. 20. pf.2j.l. &C. Blcfs and pruife the LORD,pf 134. pfal. 1 35. See praife. Bleflcd are j h y whofc Cod is the LORD, pf.$l. 12. Scc.pf. 65.4. &c. pf. 144. 15. The godly, pfal. I, The fear t rs of God, pf. I 1 2. £/.i 1 5 . I j, &c. /./*/. 128. T^f upright, pfal. I 1 2. Tbrj' rW ^f/> 6W.f rror^3 />p/. 1 19. 1. &c. The Merciful ,pfal. 141. i.&c. Bleffings of God On his People,pf 144, 12.dic.pf. 3 ./*_/?. 0« the ground,by fruitfulnefs, pf.6$.g.&c. Build. God builds the Houfe,pfal.i2j. C. Chaftifement.Sf e Affliction. The chafiiz.ed and taught of God, bleffed, pfal.94.. I2.&C. Children. Are Gods Bleffmg. pf. 127. pf. 128. Are to be Infirutled by Parents in Gods WordandwayeSjpfal.jS.q.. &c. Chrift. His P erf on God and Man, God,pf 45.6. pfal. 2.7. Man,pf. 8.4. &C. His Office of Prophets, p f 2. j. Scc.pf. 4.0.9. Sic. Priefi, pf.4-0.6.cic.pf. 1 10.4.&C. King.pf. 2. 6. Scc.p f. 45. 1. Scc.pf. 89.9, fo 20.pfal.06.pf.9S. pf.99.pf. 1 JO. King of glory to be entertained, pf. 24. Lor^ 9.6>&c.p[$l.ij Traycth for deliverance from her afflicti- ons and enemies,pfal.^. 2 3 ,&c. pfal. 79. pf8o.pf. 83.//.102.1 h&c Laments the defolation of Gods Houfe and Or drnance s ;pf 7 ^..pfal.j 9. pf. 80 .pf. 137. Gods goodnefs to her is to be praifed.pf. 149. Comforts of God, great ,pfal. 23.pf.94.. 17. Confeffion of Praife .See , Praife . Due to Cod. pJ.I00.1,&c.pfal. 1 18. l.&c. pfal. 1 36. l.&c. Corruption Of natural man, pfal. 14. pf. 3 6.pf. 5 3 . Of the wicked,p£. 10. 3.&C pf. 12.\,2,C7'C. pf. $ 0,1 6,&c.pf. ?!,.&, &c. Of Jndges,pf 82. 2-^. Covenant of Cod,fure, pfal.89.3.6^. Creation God hath Created all things in Heaven & in Earth, pfal. 8. 3. &c. pfal. 1 9. l.&c. pf.3 3.6,erc.pfal. 104.2,^. pf. 13 6.4, to 10. Cod hath made man,pfal.8.pf. 100. GW iW& created man mo ft curioufty, pf. i39.13.ro 18. Creatures Are all from God,pf.8.$.&Cpf,i 9. i.&c. p/3 3.6,&c./>/ic4. 2,&c. pf.i^.^.to 10. ,#<«/£ a'ldependanceupon God,pf 104. 27. &c./>/^i45.i5.&c. ^4re dj/ Governed andOrdered by Cod,pfal. 74.12.ro 18 #/*/. 103. 19 ,&<:./>/". 104. />/*/.! 1 9.90,9 i,.&c. Allftandin awe of God, pfal. 77. 16. &c. />/*/. 1 14. 3,&C ^rr allfubjetled to man,pf.8. Shall all be changed and renewed, pfal. 102. 25, &c. D. Death. See, Mortality. No Price can redeem from it. pf.49. 6. ckc. pf 89.4.6, Sic. Strips off all earthly Enjoyments, pfal. 49. 1 1 . 1 0 the end. Immature Death is deprecated, pf.l 02. 24. &c. Of Saints is precious in Cods eyes, pf.l 16. 15. &c. Cods comforts in the valley of the fhadow of Death,pf.2$. Delight In God, pf. 37.4.&C. pf.43 .if.&c. In Cods Wordand Law, pf. i.2.pf. 119. 14. &c. 4.7.&C.92.&C.97 &c.i43.&c..pf. II2,I.&C. . In Gods Saint .r,pf. 1 6. 3 .&c. In doing Gods Wf7/,pf.40.8.&C. Deliverance Public^ Of Jfraelfrom Egypt, pf. 1 14. pf. 115. Of Jews from B.ibylon^{. 126. Of the Church from ftraits andenemics, pf. 85, i.&C pr.124.pfal. 129.pf.46.pf.76.pf.i36. See Enemies. Private, front Creat straits and dangers, pf.34.4 &c.pf. 119. 153. &c. Enemies, pf.i8.i7.&c.pf.54.pf.n8.s.&c. Danger of Death,pC.n6. $ .&cc.pf.u8. y.ixc Dcfettion fpintuat, pfz 2 .1 .&:c. pf77.ff.88. Devotion./>/5.3.&c./>/55. 17 &c.pf. 130,5. Scc.pf. 119.62. 164.//.108.1.&C.' E. Egypts Plagiics,pfj8.^2.&:c.pf.\o$.27. to^j Enemies of Gods people Arc many, pf. $.pf. 4..pfc.pf.%i.6&c.pf.M. 3.&c./>/".i i8.io.&c. May fore and long ajficl their, pf. 1 3 .pf.69. />y:i29.p/i 3 7./>/. 141.7 .&t./>/.I42 ./>/ 143 . Prayed agawft, pf. 35/'/54- Pf-$5.pfa6. pfa9pf64.pf.83.pf.109.pfKO. Deliverance from them begged, pf 43. pfal. Wf>5Wf'5$-Pf-56ffo9.p/.6o.pf.6+. pf.70.pf.71.pf. 14,0^.14.1. Experienceso/- old,are encouragements for the future,pf.22.4..&zc.pf.77AO.!kc.pJr. 80.8. &C.P/S5.1.&C. F. Faithful. T^aV truft in God,pf.9i.i.8cC. Their compleat protection andprefervntion ty God,p fa 1.2}. pf. 91. ■$. &c. They are be ft fervants ,pf.lOi .6, &C. They are but few ff. 1 12. 1 . &C Faithfulnefs Of God,pfa6.<$.&c. pf. 4.0.13. &c.pf. 89.1. &c.24..®*c.pfi 19.75.-,— -90.&C See Truth of God Faithfulnefs of Men^pf. 5,9. &c.pf. 12. pf. 4.1. %.&c.pfa%.n.&c. Family, well ordered pf. 101.6. &c, Favour of God, Is Ufe,pf 30.5. &c. A Shield. pfa.12. Is moft defireable,pf 4.6.&c.pf.67. pf.io6< 4..&C pf.l 19.58. &c. The fountain of all blejfmgs,pf. 44. l.&c. pf. 89.17. &c. Fear of God Is beginning of Wifdom,pf. 1 1 i.io,&C How to fear God, pf. 34.1 1. &c. pf 86. 1 L &c~ — Cods goodnefs to them that fear him, pfal. i9.8fc./>/".3 3.i8,&c.pr24.7,&c./i/:ii5. 8cc,pf.6o.^.. dcc.pf.6 1 .5. Happy they th,tt fear the Lord,8cc-pf.l2.ff ti5.li.lkC.pf.i2S. G. Gentiles. Oppofe Chrijls Kingdom,pf.2. 1. Their Calling fore-Prophecyed,pfz. 8.&C. p/22.27.&c.p/>72.u.&c./'/.86.9.&c.f/.ii7. God I i i i i flinh TABLE. Himfclf the fupream God,mofl definable to his people, ^{.j 3.23 .&c. pf. 144. 1 5. His favov.r above all Earthly enjoyments, pf. 4.6.&C His Attributes and Per fetl ions, tf. 103.8, &c.pf.86.i5.&c.pf.i45.8.&c. Eternity ^.90. i.2.&c.pf.i02.24.&c, Immutability, pf, 102 24. &c. Ommfeience,pt. 94.U0 1 i.pf.i39.i.&C. Power. $(. 89. /*. 19. i.&c. Guides in his wayes, pf.25, 8, &c. Provides liberally for his People, pf.2$. Protetls them fafely again/} all evils and Enemies, pfal. 9. 9. &c. pf 46. 1 . &c./>/. 48. 3 • Stdff 1 1 . />/*/. 9 1 ./>/• 1 25. His Refuge and Proteilion prayedfor,pf. 17. pf 31. ,/4»^ praifed,pfal. 1 8 . 1 >&C, py.46. I.&.C. pf. 48. 3.&C.P/.61.3.&C Delivers his wonderfully from foes and fir aits, pf 1 $.2y8tc.pf.34..pf 4.6. pfal. j6. Judgeth right eoufly,pf 9.1. to 12. Bleffeth with Mercies abundantly, pf. 6% .9. &C.//.68. 5. &c.pf7&.9.&c.ff.S$.i. &C. P/103.1.&CP/.132.15.&C. Grief. God and his Spirit grived by Sin,pfyS.4-0. &c. pf95.10.8cc. Coaly grieved At their own fins, pfal. 6. pfal. 3 1 . 9. &c. At others fins pfn9.ii6.i5$.&c.pf.i$9. 21 &c. v4* CWj dif}onor,pfal. 1i9.i5Spftl.ii9. 2 1. &c. -<4r r/;^ Churches Calamities pftl.y^.pf 79- ffat.137. H. Happincfs, Sf? Bleffed. Of the Godly, above all,pf 1 . t ,&c. O/* *6f w iv 'jo/i- y* ns are pardoned,pf 32.1 .&c. Of them who kttow the joyful fottnd,pfal .$9 . i^Mc.pfal.S^.^.&ic. Of him that trufleth inGod.pfal.l.lafl.pf 34.8 &CP/I40.4. &c. Of him whom Cod choofeth, &c. pf. 65. 4. &c. Hatred f/S?'«.pf.97.io.pf.ioi.3,&c.pf.U9. 104.128.— -1 13.163. Hear Gods voice to day pf 95 , Heart Broken, pf.34. 1 8.&C. pf. 5 1. 17^.147.3. Sincere, pf. 7. 10. pf. 36. IO.pf97.1i: Humble, pf.i 3 i.i&c. Godthefearcherofit. pf. 44. 2i. pf. 139 23. Hardened,^. 95, Heaven Tfo bappinefs in it, pf. 1 6 .lafh The godly fhall be recieved into *7,pr. 73. 24. &c. //ope in the Lord, Is our duty, pf. 78.7.&C. pf. 130.7. &c.pf. 131 -3>&c. 2?n'»^ w^ bletfings,$k\. 33.18. &c.pfal. 146. 5.&C. Houie of God and his Ordinances. Defiredvehemently,p(.2y .^..Sic.^. 42. pfal. 43.pf.63. pfal.69.9. &c. pfal.84. Prized and rejoyced in exceedingly, pf.84. I.&C. pf.I22.I.&C. Defolation thereof lamented deeply, pfal .74. pf.79.pf. 80. pf. 1 3 7. Humility, pfal.i.&c. Hypocryfie, pf. 5.9. &c.pf. 28.3.&c.pfal. 78J36.&c.pf. 55.21.&C I. Idolatry.ldolaters, Forbidden,^. 81.89.&C. Threatned,ph\.i6.4.&c. pf. 97.7. &c. pf. 106.19. &C Plagued, pf.78.58. &c.pf. 106. 36.1043. Aggravated,^. 106.I9.&C.36. &c. Idols derided, tf. 115. 1. to Ii.pf. 135, 15. &C. Innocency and Integrity Refolvcd upon, pf.26.pf.TOl. 1. 2. &C Pleaded pf 7.1. to io.pf.18. 21. to 28. Ingratittide 0/ Man to God, pf.78.56.&c.pf. 8r.H. &c. pf. io6.i3.&c.24.&c.43.c£r. Of Man to man,$.4\.9&c .$. iqp.^.&c , pf. 69. lo.eH. Judas Prophetically curfed, pf.109.6. &c. Judges See Magiltratcs, Their Sin and Duty, pf. 58.pf.82. Judgements of God on the wicked. Threatned,tf.9.\y.&c.tf. 1 i.pf.64.7.&'C pfal.69.22.pf. 83.9.0^^.92.7. &c. pfal.94.laft. Infliiled,^. 7. 1 i.&c. pf.9.1 $,&c.^.j^. pf. 106. To be fearcdj&c .pf.64. 9. ore. K. King. The Government ofagoodK*r>g->V™- 71- Prayeth Table. pf. IOI. The Church Vrayethfor her King, pr.20.pf.72. Praifethfor her King, pf. 2 1. Profpereth under a good King, pfal.72,12. &c Kingdom of Christ. See Chrift. Kingdom of God, pf. io.6.erc.pf. 47,6.ere. pf. 89. i8.c^cpf. 103. 19. erc.pf.145. 11, &c. Knowledge Of Godis mofl exaCl, pf.44. 2i.07-c.pf.94. 7. to I2.pfal. 139. 1. ore. Of man, touching God caufeth confidence, p{.9.Q.&c. Bringeth blcjfings,pt.9i. 14.&C. \-t. Lawo/GW. See Word of God. Highly commended, pf. 19. 7.erCjpf.i 19. i.&c. Is to be kept, pf. 1 19.4. err. Is to be taught to ourChildren,ip(.yS.l .to 9. Keeping of it, makes happy, and is highly rewarded, pf.i9.pf. 1 19. 1. ere. When it is in the Heart, pf. 40. S.&c. Life, Natural, .Fr <»/e,pf.39.pf.90. How it may be prolonged, pf. 34. 12. Ore. pf. 91.9.1.0 the end. Spiritual, pf.i 19.17.0^^.36.9. ore. Eternal, pf.16. 11. pf.21.4. ef-c. Love Of God towards the Righteous^.^7 . 28. e^cpf. 146.8. ere. 0/7/jf Sd*«f.j towards God, Profeffed, pf.18. i.e^c-pf. 1 16. 1. ere* Exhorted, pf. 3 1, 2 3 .ere. Rewarded with Bleffmgs,p{.i i.2 3,&c.9i. 14.e7-c.pf.il 9. 1 3 2.orc.pf. 145.20. Tryed^.97. I o.erc.pf.9 1 . 1 4.0rc. 0/ 6Wj WW Profeffed^.\\9.v .127 .lAro.\%9. 163. 167. Tr^,pf. 1 19.97. 1 13. Recompenfed, pfal.i 19, 165. M. Magiftrates S*e Judges. Jilting Righteoufly, pf. 75. 2. &c. pf. 78. 70. ore. pf. 72. pf. IOI. Acting corruptly,^.^. 1. ere.pf.82. Man Curioufly formed, pf. 139. 14. &c. Advancedover all Creatures, pf.8. Merrier of God. Frayed for Pf. 85. Frayfed,W. 85.Pf.86. Pf. 103. 1. ere Pf. 1 1 3. Pf. 1 36. Pfal.i 3 8. Pf. 145. Pf. 146. Pfal. 147. Mercifnl mas, happy, Pf.41. i.erc. Minifters Their duty, Pf. 1 3 2.9. ere. Pf. 1 34. Mortality of man, Pf. ?9.4.erc.Pf.40.5.efc. Pf.89.46. Ore. Pf. 90. Pf.102. 24. err; Pf.103. 14.erc.Pf. 144.3. ere. N. Namee/GW 7j Excellent. Pf. 8.1. #e. Pf. 99. 3. Pfal; 76. 1. /j 7/o/y, Pf 1 1 1.9 ere. IsJEHOVAH, Pf. 83. 18.- 7j to be highly praifed)Pf.29.2.(^-c.?d4. 3 . Ore. Pf. 06.2. ore. Pf.68.4. Pf.96.2. e-c.Pf.i35.3.&c. Pf. 148. 13.ere.Pfal. H9.3. Cre. Night. Night-Devotion, Pf.42 . S .C^e. Pf.6 3.5.6,; Ore. Pfal. 55. 1 7.0^ Pf.i 19. v.5 5. r>r, in. 60. &c. 147.148. Night-Confolation,?f.63.$.6. &c. N ight - Inftrutt ion ,?S. 16. 7. &.C. Night- Affliction, Pf. 22. 2. &c. Pf.77.2.&c. O. Obedience Exhorted to, and difobedience diffwaded, pfal.Si.i.8cc. Is better than Sacrifice, pfal. 40. 6. &c. Old-age. Gods favours begged till old-age^ pf. 71.9. 17. 18. &c. Otphanes pious, not forfaksn of God, pfal.27. 10. &c. Ordinances of God Zealoufly loved and affetted,pfal.26.6,7t$i 8cc.pf.69. 9. 8c c. Vehemently defired, pf.z 3 . pf.26.S. &C />/ 27.4.&c.p/;42. 1 .&c. f/43 . fj.6 3 . 1 .&c. pf.Z4.pf.u9. Are great priviledges, pfal. 103 .7.&C. pfal, 147.19.20. Defolation and lofs of them deeply lament- ed, pf.^2.4..8cc.pf. 74.pf.79.pfS0. P. Pardon of Sin. Earneflly prayed for, pfal. 19.1 2 .Sic.pf.2 J, 6. 10. 1 2. />/. 3 9. 7&c.pf. 5 1 ./>/*/. 1 3 o. /f ^'vetf upon Confe(fion,pf. 3 2 . 5 . & c . 2?£Mg obtained makes happy, pf. 32.1. &c GW is praifedfor it, pfal. 103.3.10.12. Patient-waiting/or God, pfal. 37. 7,8cc.pfal, 40.1.&C. Peace. God the Author of it, pG8.85.lO. Is to be fought, pf. 34. 14. &c. Who Jhall receive it, pf. 1 19. 165. pf. 125. 5,pf. 128.6. Haters of peace, pf. 3 5 .2o.&C/>/ 1 20. Perfecution. Of the godly by thewickfd, Violently ;pfal. 7. I.&C pfal. I0.2. &£. pfal. 31. 15. &c. pfal. 35, 3. &c, pfal. 69- TABLE. 69.26.&C pfal. 119. 84.&.C. I Vrong fully can fie fly, pj.ll9.86. 1 64. Polterity^ 1is.pf.i~7.pf1l.1z8. Preaching, />/;*/. 40.9. &c. /J/C51.13. Power 0/ God, pf 29. pfal.89.5 .to 15- Prayer. 77^ Saints d.a'ly excrcife,pf 5. 1, 2,3, &c. ^ PMS5- i/-&c- GWj accepts their Prayer ,pf 3 .p/] 3 4.4. & C. pf.6$.2.&c.pf.66.i7.S:c.pf.ii6.^.&ic. pf 141.2.&C. Their prayer fur Deliverance front Afflilli- tns,nf. 3.pf.2$. From Enemies , pfal. 3 .pf. 5 ,pf \ 3 . pf. 1 7. p/". z5-Pf-27 pf.z8.pf. 108. and often. Praife. 6'cd ?> ?/. 1 5 o. Cud cannot be praiftd fufflcientl),pf.io6. I. &c.f/;i39.i7Ac. Praifes of Cod for deliver ancesrffal.30.pf. 3 4-/>/ 5 7-P/-66.?/. 1 p 3 ./>/ 1 1 6 . Praife God with lnflrumcnts and voice-, pfi$o. Jill creatures are to praife God, pf 148. Prefcnce of God every wbererffli 39.1 .&c. Trom'iteof God, fare, pf. 12. Profpcrity Temporal, defcribed, pf 144. 1 o. 1 1 ,&c. Of the wkk/drffal.y 3.1, to 11. Pro fpcrity of wicked fhortrff. 73. 1 8. &c. Protection of God Prayed for, pf 1 7 .p/62 . Praifed, pf 1 8. 1,2. &C. Providence of God, to hk, pf.105 pf.111. .7 0 Exiles, pf. 1 07. 1 .to. 1 o. To Captives. pf. 107. lO.to 17. To the f.ckjmdafflilledrff. 1 07. 1 7.to 2 3 . Tp/. 5 1. Reproof 0/ A// btcow, kjndrff.14.1. 5.&C. Reproach. 77* wicked reproach the godly, pf.7lpr.69. Richcs^wr not from death^.49 '^fi.&c. Righteous. ffiw ^ ^^,pf.i.pf.i55pf.?7-pf>II2> Arebleffedabvoc all other, pf 5. 12.pf.37. pf.ll2. //^e many fweet promifes^.5 . I2-pf-37. 29.pf.55.22.pf.j8.10.pf. 92.12.pr97.' 11. pf. 125. 3. ^/t i»«cA ^f/^^1pf.34.i9Je7-c.pf.i25. 3-pf.73.i3.i4,G-c -^rf ff-7$-?f-17- Falltnto their own pit, pfal. 7. lo.&c.pfg. 16. &c. Word of God. Commended ,p f.ig. J.pf 119. Zeal and love to it. pf.i 19. 57.73.97. 12 1. 161. 169. &c. To be kept and obferved, pf, j 19. 105. &C. 113. &c. Works e/GW Excellent , pf. S.pf 3 3 ./>/! 1 04. Dopraife God, pf. 19. i.erc. GW # f/5M 1 05. pf. 1 1 i.pfi^6.pf.i^j. Worfhip of God,due to him.pfal.2g.pf 95. p/I 96.pf.gg.pfal.iOO.pf 122. Young J/-«»j wayjjow cleanftdrff. 1 19,9, I 2. f2eal />/. 69.9. &c. # 1 19. 1 39. &c. />/ 132.' i.&c. Kkkkk VROVERVS 4° •02 PROVERBS. Chap v PROVERBS. T Sett. I. Order. • ' Hus of the DOCTRINAL Book compiled efpecially by King David, viz,. The Boo^ of P S ALMES. Next confider we of t hofe Dottrinal a I King. Books which were penned by King Solomon, a the 3. 12. and wifeft of Kings, and afpeciali Type nfJefutChriJtjbe 4. 29. Lord of Lord of Lords, and King of Kings. King So- bSeeYi.tf lomoris Books ("according to the feveral Doctrine, throughout, and Subiect-matters contained in them J are either, .mi Cant. 1. Proverbial, as PROVERBS. 2. Penitential, as 3. 6. to 1 1. ECCLESIASTES. 3. Nuptial, touching the ■ Po(t Efpoufals of SVomon and Pharaoh's daughter, the hur.c Type; of Chrift and hisCfoircA, the7Vw6-, as SOAp regnavit OF SONGS, orCANTICLES. Of all the Books eidem which Solomon wrote, tliefe three onely are received populo ( faid c Auguftine) as Canonical. univcrfo Solomon ejus filius, qui ut fupra diftum eft, patre fuo viventc ccepit regnare. Hie bonis initiis malos exitus habuit: Qiuppe iecundz res, quae fapientium animos fatiganrs, magis huicob- fuerunr, quam profuit ipfa fapientia, etiam nunc & deincepsme- morabilis,6itunc longe latere laudata. Prophetaffe etiam ipfe reperitur in fuis libris, qui tres recepti funt in authontatem Canonicam : Proverbia, Ecclefiflftes,&.CanticumCanticorum.Ahi veto duo, quorum unus Sapient fa. alter Ecclcftafticus diutur, propter eloquii nonnullam hmfKtudinem, Ht Solomonii dicantur, obtinuitconfuetudo. Non amemeffeipfmsnondubkant dotti- ores,&c. Aug.de Civ. Dei. I. 17. c. 20. Tom. 5. Videatur etum ibid.Lud. Vives. Sett. II. Time. It is hard to fay certainly at what time thefe feve- ral Books were penn'd by Solomon. Some are of opinion, that Ecclefiaftes and Canticles were written in S^won'/ old age after hit Repentance. Probably ir may be thought, fjas the matter of the Eooks in- ducer;;* timate} Canticles was pennedin his younger rfyears thinks So- when his affections were more warme, active, liye- lomon pen- ly in Spirituals, infweet experimental communion tiedCanii- with Chrift: Proverbs, in his ripe, manly age, when cles in iiis his pruJence and parts were at higheft, moft clear, old age J. gryvc, fdid, fctlc d: And Ecclefiaftes in his old-age, Mercer. after all the vain cotirfes wherein he ha'd fo mifcrably pr&fat.in loft himfelf, whereupon he penned thefe his Peni- Job ad ink tential Retra&ations. Sett. III. Name. T. Solomon's Proverbial Book, is called the PRO- VERBS OF SOLOMON; becaufe though it contain filler's Proverbs, yet moft arc Solomon"*. In Her brcw,iSiyQ n07ty MiJMeShelomob, viv. either Similitudes, or excelling fentences, that for their wif- dome, weight, excellency, overcome and bear rule over the reft ; from mafhal, which notes dominion. Scft. IV. Penman. This Cool; was penned, probably, not by one, but by divert .- and that not at one, but at feveral times. Solomon penned the e nine firft Chapters, in that Or- e T. Cart- der as they are, asalfoc. 10. toe. 25. Solomon was rvright Author of the Proverbs alfo, from e.25. to c. 30. But / com. in the men of He^ekiah King of J udah- copied them out, prov. 11. Probably, they colle&ed them out of £ other writ- j Prov. 25. ings of Solomon, and ranked them in this Order i. wherein we now have them, h Junius thinks they gH.Aljl. extracted thefe Proverbs out of the Records of the pra.Tbeol. Acts of Solomon, and digefted them into a Body;/. 2.c. 120 moft of thefe Proverbs appertaining to Ethical and T.Carm. Cm/Adminiftration. com. in The thirtieth chapter was penned by iAgur fonne prov. 25. oijakeh. Of him we reade elfewhere no further j. mention in Scripture. He was k_ a Prophet, Hit Pro- h Jim. An- verbial Prophecy is annexed to Solomon's Proverbs, nor. in perhaps becaufe of mutual refemblance between Prov.25.1. them. j prov. 30. The 31. chapter contains the ProverbiallnftrnRi- J# ons , with which Batheftieba trained up Solomon kProv.^o. ("here called Lemuel,) in his tender years, which In- ftructions K. Solomon committed afterwards to writing ; as / learned men judge. Sett. V. Scope. I. / Fran. Jun.Annot. in Prov. 31. i.&T. Cart. Com. tnloc. The Scope of this Book of PROVERBS is, To in- ftruft men in deepeft myfteries of aH true wifdome and underftanding,the height and perfection where- of is, The true knowledge of Gods will, and the fincere 'fear of the LORD, To this end this Book is filled with choice fuccinft Sententious Aphorifmes, Adages or Proverbs, com- pendioufly comprizing in themfelves diftinct Do- ctrines, Duties, &c. of piety to God, Equity and Cha- rity to man, and of Sobriety towards our felves, Hence u Auguftine The Book, of Proverbs rightly m Ac pri- underftood, u almoft all of force to informe pious man- mum de ners. proverbiis Other Eooks of Scripture, like a curious web of qui liber fi filk or gold, have a Methodical contexture in them bene in- one thing being foenterwoven with, and depending telligaror upon another, that they cannot be opened, orun- ad mores derftood, without one another. But this Book, for pios in- thegreateft part of it, like an Heap of pear Is, a coft- formenrfos ly Box of Gold-rings, or rich Cabinet of Jewels and pene to- preciom-ftones, is without all fuch contexture or de- rusvalebit pendance, every Proverb making an entire fenfe of Arg. (pec. it felf, without others. p. 928. B. Tom. 3. Bafil. 1569. Sett. VI. Principal Parts. In the Book of PROVERBS confider, 1. The General-Preface to the whole Book. 2. The Sub- ftance oj the Book.il felf. The GENERAL PREFACE to the whole Book of Proverbs in the nine firft chapters, which hath a j. methodical texture and coherence in it felf; where- in note, 1. The Infcription. 2. The Propofition. I. The Infcription, containing, 1. The title denot- ing the name and principal Penman of this Book, Chap . I. ver. 1. 2. The Scope or intent of the Book, Chap. 1. ver. 2. to 7. II. The maine Propofition contained in this whole Preface laid down, 1. More Generally. 2. More parti- cularly l • Mir t ECCLESIASTES. 403 1. More Generally, and Summarily, viz, I. In the fear of the LORD as rhe head and root of all ; 2. In wifdome and Injiruftion, as the Members or Brandies thereof, ver. 7. 2. More Particularly, thefe things are opened and urged in all that followes, i/i<. 1. Doctrines of true wifdome ino 1,2,3,4. 2. Doctrines of Prudence for obtaining and retaining true wifedom, in chap. 5. and 6. 3. Confirmation of all thefe Doftrines both of Wifdome and Prudence in Chap. 7, 8,aud 9. J. Doftrines of true wifdome, are divers, W<. I. That wifdome and inflruftion is to be hearkened to, and held hf\,chap. i.ver.8. This is urged upon di- vers grounds, as, 1. The commodity of wifdom, ver. 9. 2. The Difcommodity and mifchief of foolifh finfuL wayes, ver. 10. to 20. 3. Wifdom's loud and earneft invitation of all to accept u,ver .20.ro the end of the chap. 4. Manifold alluring promifes, to fuch as duly incline to and fearch after wifdome, Chap. 2. Chap.ll. throughout. II. That true wifdome confirts in our true fear, faith, and obedience to the L O R D, denying our own underftanding, fenfe, and carnal . fiudies, Chap. III. I. to 13. Which therefore are Cnap. 3. urge(j# I# By promifes to, and praifes ofthis wifdom, ver. 13. to 27. 2. By threatnings and difpraifes of the contrary, ver. 27. to the end of the chap. 3. By Chap. 4. Solomons own inviting example, Chap. IV. i.to 5. 4. By many fweet benefits promifed to this wifdome, ver. 5. 1 0 14. 5. By the great difparity betwixt the the condition of the godly wife, that fear God, Sec. and wicked fools that fear him not, &c ver. 14. to the end of the chap. II. Doftrines of Prudence, for gaining and retaining true wifdom. Herein Solomon, I. DiiTwades from divers evils oppofite to true wifdom •, as 1. From purfuing carnal lufls after ftrange women, Cbap.V. throughout. 2. From imprudent and inconfiderate Acts or Offices, Chap. VI. i.ro6. 3. From floth, and fluggifh negligence in Duties, ver. 6. to 12. 4. From wickednefs in departing from well-doing,xw.i2.ro2o. II. Perfwades to the contrary fiudies and endeavours, ver. 2o.to the end of the chap. III. Confirmation of all thefe Doftrines both of Wif- dome and Prudence, 1. From an example or in- stance of a foolifh young man, whom Solomon himfelf had obferved to be brought to mifery by whorifh Chap. 7« enticements, Chap. VII. throughout. 2. From the TeflimonyofGod, and his Eternal wifdome, vi\. the Son of God, admirably defcribed himfelf as moll Chap. 5: Chap. 6. defifous to be accepted, and ?f accepted able to make alfurficicmly happy, Chap. VIII. throughout, and Cb. IX. ver. \.to 13. illuflratcd by the oppofite folly of being enfnared with ftrange women, ver. 13. tothe endof the chap. THE SVSSTAKCE of the Eook it fcif contain cer- tain compendious Adages, (elect Proverbs, fill of wif- dome and knowledge, wholly independent on one another ; and therefore it's a vajn thing to think to find any Order and method among them. Only we might eafily reduce and refer them to fevcral Heads or Ranks, and fo bring fome method to them. hSoitic thus Methodize the Proverbs. The PROVERBS contain either, l.Ethkkj, or Morals, viz. Matters appertaining to Moral vermes, cfpecially ro the 4 cheif cardinal venues. 1. Prudence. 2. Jufiice. 3. Temper an. e 4. Fortitude. II. Politicks, viz^. Matters belonging to Civil Po- lities, the Governours and Government thereof. Here are many things concerning, 1. Kings. 2.Cour.- fellers of State. 3 Subjefts. III. Oeconomicks, viz_. Matters appertaining to Domeftical or Family-Relations, as 1. Hmbands and Wives. 2. Parents and Children. 3. Mafias and Servants. Some 0 refer the Proverbs to the Decalogue, fhew- ing the mutual Relation becwixt the Proverbs and die Decalogue, in diftinct Tables, partly referring the feveral Proverbs to the feveral Commandements, partly applying the feveral Commandements to tne feveral Proverbs. Both which wayes are very ufeful. Now thefe Proverbs were either 1. Solomons own Proverbs, 1. Written and digeft- ed by himfelf. As all thofe Proverbs from Ch.ip. X. ver. 1. to Chap. XXV. ver. 1. 2. Written by himfelf ("probably fcattered in other his writings } but col- lected and copyed out by the men of Hezekjah King ofjudah; likely at Hezjkiah'% command. As thofe Proverbs from Chap. XXV. 1. to Chap. XXX. ver. 1. 2. Other's Proverbs of like nature by way of Appen- dix annexed to Solomons, viz^. 1. Agufs Proverbs f called his Prophecy J chap. XXX. throughout. 2. Solomons Mothers Proverbs f vi%. Eathfheba's J which file taught Solomon. Which Solomon by gui- dance of Gods fpirit wrote. Chap. XXXI. through- out. Chap. 8. Chap. 9. II. nThwf. Diodat. in Anal, of the Prov. 0 Tim T. Cartw. in Tab.poft. Com. in. Proverb. Ch. 1 a. M ' Ch 2$. to Chap. 32. Chap. 31. ><*" a J. Merc ante Com. in Ecclef. Sed. I. Order , and Name. II. QO L O M 0 N's Penitential Book. >'s Ecclefi- daftes. Touching the Order of k, fee before As for the Name of it, The Hebrews the Proverbs ..-- .™..,»p, iunji me i>k,bi:ingnow very old when las ftrengtn was languishing and weak like a • -S (though he wrote this Book in his old age.) 2 Nor a < any peculiar Dialect of this rongue, ufing this word tometiines femininely, as PIBlQeSa- pberetb, a Feminine w ord afcribed to a man. 3 But either in reference to that wifdome which was in 5o- I'Mon; as if not foipuch So/onrtw.. as Wijdome it Jelfi, (pake here, which in the Proverbs is brought in ^as fpeaking-, or in reference to Solomon's foul which was his better part. Both which come much to one, thinks thjr learned f'Merceriiti andg Bitxtorfittt. In ameco.mh Greek, IxxMgictffnt- As in Latine, Ecclefiafief,, in fee? Englifli, the Preacher : becaufe Solomon being fur- g?atticipi- nifhtd with extraordinary Wildonie, upon his own urn, fat-mi- manifold fad experience touching the vanity cf all ni'umin thingsih this World, bcfideS the Religion and the r\7np ii'iccrc fear of God, preachcth the fame to the cin&re&ins Church for the infraction and warning of all Gods cot&ega- people by his own example. triXi fcil. Anima; nempcSolcmcnisEcclef. 7. 28. alias femper genere mafculinoufurpatur pro perfona inregra congregantis ccccum Ecclefiafticum «»xA»«*rflJ ficdicitur, prcpterea quod congre- garet coetus EccicUalticos publico?, fevibir R. Abraham in ab. Terror hamntir,M'tft, Fafic'uulm Myrrh &. Jo. Buxtorf. Lexicon. d As Merc. not£tb in Com- in Ecclef.i.l. e Exj a 2. 55- Merc. Hcb. in vc, j. ir\v- Sea. II. Venman and Time of writing. £ Ecci T.I 2 f 'he end 0} the chap. and Jin p. 2. th> >ugb' out, &c. h J.Merc, com. in £,,/. 1.1. Jo Dhd. A g.ofEccl. Fran. Jim. Anmt. in Eccl.i. 1. i Compare Eccl. 1. :. with Eccl. 12. IJ. 14. Thar K. Salomon was Penman of this Book, is evi- dent by the Hebrew Title prefixed, The words oj Ecflejtaftes, [or, the Preacher'] fion of David, King in Jerufialcm,Now Davidhad no (onKing in Jerurufa- lem.but Snlomon.The ftilealfo,& manner ofexprelfi- on throughout the Book confirms the fame, becaufe the Author of this Book reciting his experiments with the Creatures, fpeaks of them in the firft perfon, as his own faH experiments : which were peculiar to Solomon, as the thin?1 rhcmfelves evidence. Salomon feems to have wrirten this Book in his extream old-age, a^ one of his lafl alls, 2 Chron. 9. 29. For, the Subiicf-muter of the Book plainly in- tjmarcth, it was penned both after Solomons fall, and afrer or upon fis tiling again by Repentance which was towards his latter end. Learned /; Writers alfo confent herdn. Setf. II T. Scope. Safe of this Book, is plainly to demonftrate wherein Manstrue happinefsconfifls. vi/. 1. Nega- tively, i not in enjoyment of any natural fublimary created excellency v. hatfoever : all wordly things, honours, pleafures, riches, accidents, fucceffions, &c. all humane affaires, flurlies, counfels, affecti- ons, kc. being ('through (mj not permanent, but tranfient-, not fatisfying, buc altogether vanity in themfelves, and vexation unto us: And therefore we fiiould not let our hearts inordinately upon thofe falfe imaginary felicities, but rather content our felves w'nh a comfortable tranfitory enjoyment of tranfitories, without crakings, coyetoufnefs-, oro- thcr felf-difquictings ; providently managing our affaires, and reguUting our aftions and affeftionsin wifdome, in *riiciiTr of all the changes and revolutions of the World. 2. Affirmatively, In the enjoyment I, in .lixnic fear and obedience ; Meditating Urioufly of Death, and che future Judgment, as the onely Antidotes againft worldly enfuarements. So that this Eook is, though moft obfenre and dif- ficult in it fe!f,f for \ fome think it die objeureft among £ Dubinin i& II. mans fupream good and chief happinefs confifls.And this, 1. Negatively. 2. Affirmatively. 1. NEGATIVELY, He fhews where mans true bleffednefs is not ro be fouud, v.\, 1. Generally, not in any meer natural fublunary. treafure in this World. For, 1. All thefe are ex- treamefl vanity, ver. 2. 2. All humane labour is N fruitlefs, yer. 3. 3. Man himfelf is more mutable and changeable,than the Earth,theSun, the Winds, or waters, v. 4. to 8. 4. All things are troublefome andinfuffiqent v. 8. 5. There's no new thing under the Sim; therefore there can be no nevvdifcovery of hntipineffe more than heretofore, ver fie 9. to 11. 2. Particularly, True / happineffe confifb, / True I. Not in Knowledge, 1. Of all natural things.wher- happinefs in Solomon, having many advantages, ufed much is not in endeavour, ver. 11. to 16. 2. Of all moral or civil i.Know aftions, wifdoir.e or folly, vi^_. Virtue or vice, ver. ledge. 16,17, 18. ' chap. 2. II. Not in m Pleafures or fweeteft Earthly Delights, m 2. plea. Chap.. II. ver. 1, 2. Where note, 1. His cxperi- fH)es. ment made among all pollible creature-delights, v.%. to 10. 2, His content and joy in his delights, v. 10. 3. His fentencc upon all delights, that they are vani- ty and vexation of Spirit, ver. 11. The infufficien- cy of both vvifdomand pleafures unto happineffe, is upon review amplified ; where, I. A Vrelation of wifdom before plcafure,w.i2, 13, 14. 2. An eva- cuation of them both as inefficient unto happineffe. Partly becaufe one event is to the wife and foolifh; F See this great Qjieftion re- folved, and Arguments for it,and againft it, considered ; in Seft. VII. on I Kings, p. 85, 8-:. a t in CANTICLES. O R, so ^cq o£ s 0 j^g s. Se&. I. Order, and Name. III. Q Olomon's NUPTIAL BOOK f treating of the ij) fpiritual elpoufals of Chrift and his Church ) is the SONG OF SONGS. Some of the Hebrews think a J. Merc, a Solomon firft wrote the Canticles; then the Pro- fit f. Com. verbs ; laft of all Ealefiailes ; from that conjecture, in Cant. That yruth'is moll delighted with verfes and fongs, fag. 142. a Riper-age, in Proverbs, Old-age in publifhing the vanities of things. But the Hebrew Doctors in a Tractate cntitulcd Bava-bathra among the Talmud writings, f fhcv\ing the Series of all the Books of Scripture, J deliver; That Proverbs fhould be fiift, Ecclcfidjles next, and Song of Songs loft. And in this order we have them placed in our Bibles. Origen fetches the order of thefe Books from the Order and Scries of Difciplinc, Ethic\s( which are firft ) being taught In the Proverbes ; Phyfukj, in Ecclefiaftes ; theoridej, or Divine things, in Song of Songs. Seel. II. Tenman, and Authority of the Book- That Solomon was Penman of this Book, is confent- ed to on all hands, and is evident in the infeription of this Book, b The Song of Songs, which « Solomons : vi^. This Song is Solomons as the irrftrumenral Au- thor of ir. Thee Hebrews think that according to his three names, Solomon penned three Books an- fwerablc, vi^. Proverbs, Ecclefiaftes, and Song of Songs. The Chaldean Paraphrafl thus expreffes it ; Songs and Praifes, which Solomon, Prophet, King of If- raelfpakf. Among the Hebrews ( as d fome obferve.) there never was doubt of the Canonical authority of this Book. b Song 1. 1. eGloJf. Ordinar. Hieronym. Prolog, in Prov. dD. Pare- ns in Ad. vcrf. in Cant. CANTICLES. 407 Book. Others have fecined to detract from the au- thority of it. l.Becaufe itfeems not to be written by infpiration of the true Spirit of God, but rather from an amorow fpirit betwixt Solomon and hu wife ■Pharaoh'1 s daugh- ter Anjw. 1. The. deareft and fweetefl Communion be- twixt Jcfus Chrift and his Church or Memhcrs, is wont in other Scriptures to be Set forth under that deareft, neareft, andSweereft relation and affecti- on on earth, vi%. Betwixt a Bridegroom and his Bride c lfa.62.4, efpouftd to him •, as jn e Ifaiak, f E^ekjel, gHofea, ifrc. /j Epirtlcs to the Corinthians , and to the i Ephejians. f £^£. id. Shall we therefore fay that this detracts from the Au- 8. &c. rhoriry of thefe Books ? No; Why then Should this gffof.2.19. feif-fame Allegory detract from the Authority of h 2 Cor .u.2 this Song? 2. Solomon being the wifeft King, how un- i£//;.5,25, comely were it for him, and inconfiftent with his 30. 31, 32. wifdom to exprefe openly, in a publiquc Song, his private conjugal love unto his wife, which is an un- ufual thing. 3. Many paiLges in the Song cannot properly be applyed to King Pharaoh's daughter, as Cant. 1.6,8. and $6. and3. 1. And many things are afcribed here to the Spoufe, that would rather be a womans deformity tiian Ornament. As, An head likeCaimel ; Nife like the Tower of Lebanon; Uecl^ like the Tower of David; Eyes like Fift-pooles; Teeth like flockj of fhom fljeep : and fhe her kit black ets the Tents of Kedar. it-c. Pharaohs daughter, King Solomons wife may in fome particulars be intended as a fhadow of the Church, as Solomon a Type of £Ergo Chrift : But the k. principal thing intended,is that fane Solo- fublime heavenly my ftery of deareft love and Com- monem munion with Chrift and his Church, cum h;tc fcriberet, ita ftilum fuum & calamum temperaffe puto, ue ex- ternas nuptias & terreftres non cogitaret, (ed omnia Sublimia, myftica, Spiritualia & cceleftia. Jo. Mercer. Praj rat. Comment, .in Cant. The Hebrews propofe four things in Scripture not to be read, but by Such as are come to 2 maturity, 1 Origen. vi%. 30. years of age, which is the age ofthePrieSt- Prdf. in ly Miniftry. The beginning of Genefls, wherein the Cant, Creation of the world is defcribed ; The beginning of Hier.Pro- E^ekjel, wherein the Majefly of the Lord, and the log.inE^e- Cherubims are fit forth; The End of E^ebiel Jromc. chiel. 40, &c. Where the Fabrick of the New Temple is delineated ; but efpecially this Book_of Canticles, left thofe that perufe this Book, before their affections "be allayed and mortified, pervert the fpirituals therein, to a carnal corrupt fence and end. Yet the ufe of Holy Scripture, in any part thereof is not to mJoh.t 20 De Pron'biced to any, ('God m requiring them to be Col. z 16 ftUc*'ed°y aU i) hut the right ufe to be manifefted to all, that all abufe maybe prevented. 2. Becauje neither the name niH1 Jehovah, nor Qin^Elohiin are found in this Book., the Autho- rity of it feems to be leffened. Anfw. 1. Neither thefe Names, nor any thing equivalent to them are found in the Book of Eflher, and yet that's counted by fuch Canonical. 2. Though the names of GOD, LORD, Sec. are not here expreffed, yet they are implyed in tiD.Parew the title, BELOVED. The Churches n beloved being inAdverf. God, as Jewes think ; or Chrifl, as the Chriftians do in Cant. better expound it. 3. There was lelTe occafion of expreffing plainly the Name of God or LORD in this Book, wherein it was the a:me of the Holy Ghoft, under an external earthly marriage or contract, to defcribe the Spiritual Union, and Communion of oCseteriim Chrifl and his Church, as 0 Mercerm noteth. in hoc li- bro nihil erat alicubi quod ullum Dei nomen poneret . quia figu- ris, fimilitudinibus & amigmati bus femel omnia obtegere voluit, fub nuptiis externisccelefiemdcfcribens, &jnefTabile?n Chrifti. cumEcclefiafuaconjunctionem, & arctum vinculum » amorem- que eximium, Jo. Mercer. Pr&fat. Comment, in Cant. Col. 3. 16 Deu. 6.6.to 10. Se&. III. Nature^ Excellency ', and Scope of this Book* 1. Nature of this Book. For the General, Ic is flil- edASong. Songs were ufually tuned with voice, Pfalmes with instruments mufical. Eoth Songs and Pialmes imply the/>choicenef(e of the Subject han- dled, and therefore worthy to be remembred : and are ufually arguments of joy and gladneffe in fuch as fing them, and of prailes to them whom they con- cern; So this Book-, rfjith q AinfworthJ treating of mans reconciliation to God, and peace by Jcfus Chrifl, with py in the Holy Ghfl, is called a Song; which therefore the faithful ffmld learn tofingnkh under- ftanding, making melody in their hearts to the Lord, when they jeel themfelves made partakers of his jot. But for the particular kind of this Song, whether it be 1 Hifiorical, 2 Prophetical, zDidallicalor Dottri- nal, or 4 Mixt, is not fo eaSily determinable. Partly, becaufeof themyfteriouSnefie and difficulty of the Book. Partly, becaufeofthe difenting Opinionsof learned Writers hereabouts. Simer think her in is defcribed theStateof thcChurch of the Old-Tefta- ment,from Abeho Jcfus chriSl. Some of the New- Teftament. Some of both, from the firft promife, Gen. 3, 15. till the end of the world. Brightman and Alflediuf are of opinion, that in this Book is de- fcribed the State of the Church from David to the end of the world. According to this opinion, thi^ Book is thus diftributed by Alfleditn. . I. The Old Church is defcribed .according to its con- dition. 1. Under Kings, from David to the Babylonifh captivity, chap. 1. and 2. to v. 3. 2. In captivity, chap. 2.ver. z.to 14. 3. After captivity, before Chrift,cb. 2. v. 14. to ch. z.v.6. After Chrifts birth, chap. 3. v. 6. to chap. 4. ver. 7. II. The New Church is defcribed, either as, 1. A firft-born fifter, from Chrifls Refurrection to the Jewes Converfion , chap. 4. ver. 7. to chap. 6. ver. 9. 2. A younger fifter ; comprehending the church of Jewes and Gentiles to be converted, ch. 6. v. 0. to ch.8. v.li. 3. Compleat of both Jewes and Gentiles,c/;.8.i 1. to the end. Mofl Writers, and thofe of ponderous judgment, rank this Book, not amongft the Hiflorical or Pro- phetical, but amongft the Didafthal or Dotlrinal Books. And, all things deliberately considered, I cannot but incline to their judgment. For. 1 Though there feem to be in this Book fome Hiftori- cal intimations of things-formcrly done, as in Cant. 1.5,5.9. andz.7,8,9, i°> n- yet they are very few; and thofe fliort and obfeure Allufions or Alle- gories, rather than direct Hifiorical Narrations. And therefore they cannot rationally be thought Sufficient to denominate this Song Hiflorical. 2. Though fome pafiages herein are prophetical, as that touching the Church of the Gentiles tobefonnd- edandbuilded, Cant. 8. 8, 9. yet they are fo few in comparison of the whole Book, that hence it can- not be juftly entituled Prophetical, any more than Genefis is Prophetical, becaufe divers Prophecies are difperfed therein. 3. If the Several parts of this Eook, which are counted Hiftorical or Prophetical in reference to fuch and fuch times, as is mentioned in this former distribution, be exactly considered, we may eafily perceive what obfcure,difficulr, im- pertinent, groundleffe, harSh and forced applicati- ons they are. 4. The main bulk and body of the Song doth moft naturally and genuinely defcribe, p]am.$:,i. Eph. 5. 1 9. Exod. 15. Jiidg. 5. Tfa.26. 2 Sam. 22. 1%L 60.1, 2, 3, fee. <\H.Ainfw. Annot.in Cant. 1. I. r //.Allied. Tif«l.Pro- phet.inlfag in Cant. 408 CANTICLES. Chip. i. to in. fas AHgHftine f noccth) the mutual love of Chrift and hrs Church under, the Allegory of a Bridegroom a.ici Bride, in a Doctrinal way. And therefore moft properly this Book isro be counted Dolhinal, rather than Prophetical or ffiftorxat. fReftatil- bcr Soloi cuj is in- fcriprio eft, C«nr/- tumCanticorum. Sed de illo in hoc opus quid rramferre poffu- mus, cum totusamores fanctosChrifti & Ecclefia? figurata locu- tione commendet, & Prophetica pronunciet altitudine : nifi quod in eo, quamvisfit ad intelligtndum difficillimus, poflumus tjnien facile adverrere; quantum fit divina illa,&divinitus infpi- rJrac'i2ritasappetenda, quantique pendenda, &c. D. Aug.Spe- cui. Tun. £./>. 939. Bafil. 1569. 2. Excellency ofthU Bool^h very great, in refpeft of Author, Matter, Form, andEnd thereof. I. Author of this Book, ("nuttofpeak of the principal efficienc Author, the Holy Ghoft from whom it hath its au- thority ancl chief excellency, but of the inftrumen- t'fant.i \. ta''-^ wait Solomon. Solomon was not only the rich- ,,/,'jJ/ eft and moft peaceable of all the Kings, but alfo ii zc'hro ' t^'eu vv'^e^ of all the Kings of the Earthmone before • ' 2 '&n 1 or after him like unto him, Andy, all the earth fought iiC/n.4.24. :>'e f"ce 0/ Solomon to hear bit wifdome. So that x \K1n1X. nerc'n tn's hook excels, being penned by Solomon io. and &. t'le w'^e^ of a 1 1 the Prophets. II. SubjeS- Matter of 2 " 2Tirtn'^ ihisBook,is not any vulgar common or points of Rell- iq. 24. 8'0'1' hut the moft choice, fublime, fpiritual, hea- \kev.\9. vcn'v rayfteries of Holy Communion betwixt Jefus j6ffgi,j,\ Chrift himfclf and his Church; Jefus Chrift being zRev lV-7 y Ki"& 0/K/n£-<5and clie brightnejlofhit Fathers Glory. a 1 Pw.2. 9 T!le cl,urc'1 being the choice ft fociety on earth,z 77;e bfixorf. *i. Lambs wife, the a Holy Nation,b Gods peculiar trea- ' Jure above all people in the earth. And Spiritual Communion betwixt thein, with the choice delights , of that Communion, being the very Height and glory of all Prallical Divinity. How excellent is this Book that treats of this tranfeendent Theame / III. The forme or Manner how thefe My fteries are here repre- cCant.1.1. fentedtous, is in way of a Song) and that c the Song of Songs. It is a Song; therefore excellent: Songs being choice fuccinct pieces, grateful to the ear, helpful to the memory, and delightful! to the heart, working much upon the affections. It is the Song of Songs which vo.is Solomons; vi\.. both the choifeft and excellenteft of all the Songs which Solo- dlJ&flg.4« mon penned, ('which were d one hundred and five 32> in all, J as Chrift,whom ir concerns, is King of Kings. eCanti- and alio the rareft and moft admirable Song in all cum Can- the Scriptures, C~a% e Mercerus noteth,J this Song ticorum more fully and excellently fetting forth the great intelligjs, myftery of Communion betwixt Chrift and his nontan- Church than any other. This Song alfo is digefted mm inter in form of a Dialogue between Chrift and his Church, Solomonis asfpeakers; or of a Thm/o^e betwixt the \ BriJe- Cantici groom, Chrift; iThe Bridegrooms fit 'ends, vi^. An- lectiffi- gels, Saints, Prophets, Apoftles, and all the faith- mum, fed ful Preachers of the Word of Chrift. 3 Tike Bride her inter om- felf, viz. the Church and faithful Members of Chrift; niaCanti- And &,The Churches Companions called the Daughters ca, qua: o(Jerufalem, viz. All that follow the Church, Thefe unquam four being brought in as ("peaking to one another, antehac throughout this Song; the accurate difcovery of fcripra whofe feveral and respective fpceches is none of the fuerunt finalleft difficulties in this Song, IV. The End and imo&de- Scope ofthis Song is alfo fingularly excellent, as after it will appear. incep fcripra in Scripcumfaoris (qnanrn magis in profanis J eminentiffimum. Namiic.i era Script nr.i ■ Canrica diligcntiiis pcrpendas. fingula fere in illis myftcria reperies : Et hie omnia tarn veteris quam nova- legis myftcria fub ftguris & fmiilitudinibus tcfta invenies ; & qu;f evencrunt, & quz eventura funt. Jo. Mercer. Comment. in Cant. i.i. Upon ronfiderationof the Excellency of this Book, fCcteroj lr j^.hai/ ("ome have called other Books of Scripture IftraSM. //"/-y' hl,c rhls I:ook the Holy °fHolics' or the S''"H<~ ftw cfle no t) ojSanilities, as the perfection of the reft. Others tant, hunc vero San- fltim J>an- &orum,vekt CJCccrorum apicem.hinc & hoc einn- men foltnc trilmerc. W"lp Sancticu Sane ltacum Jo Merc. Prtfat. Com. in Cant. g Jo. Diod. Arg. before Canticles. g compare thefe three Books of Solomons writting to the three parts of the Temple of Solomons building. rf£. Proverbs to the Porch, Ecclefmftes to the San- iluary, or Holy place, but this Song of Sengs to the Holy of Holies. Herein we have a lively Reprefenta- tion of the Spiritual State of Chrifts Spoule in this world, fometimes inclining to carnal/eew/ry, fome- times lamenting under fpiritual defertions, and fome- times conflicting with fttarp temptations. Her own bl.tcleifJmefs and infirmities are not concealed,heibeau- ty and Glory derived from Chrift are displayed, and her Carnal ble mi flies are improved as foyls with greater luftte to fet off her fpiritual beauty. Herein we have lively a protraicture of Chrifts incomparable amiablenefs and fweetnefs, as the moft compleat, lovely, attractive piece in the whole, world able to ravifh into an extafie of Love the hearts of both Saints and Angels. Herein we have a wonderful difcovery of that great myftery, that Spirinual Paradij'e, that Heaven on earth, vi^. Sweet Communion betwixt Chrift and his Church, in their heavenly Efpoufals, longing after each other with reftlefs love-fick de- fires, embracing each other in clafping arms of ar- dent love, folacing and contenting themfelves in mutual enjoyments with raviilied delight, moft jea- loufly impatient of all difturbance, or interruption of their Communion, and moft fervently panting af- ter compleat fruition of each other in the fpicy moun- tains of ^ Heaven it felf. 0 blejfed Boo\_ ! 0 p leaf ant Eden/ How full of fweetneffes art thou to experienced Souls, that have, and love, and live upon the Lord Je- fits, and lenow what it ii to lodge in hit dearefl Bofome ? What pleasure take they in reading, underftanding and meditating of thee ; but effect ally in feeling in their own Souls thefe glorious things fj>o\en by thee/ Sed:. III. Scope. Scope of this Song, it under the Metaphor or Alle- gory of Lovers upon Contrail, and intending marriage; tofladaw out to us, thatfublime, Spiritual,happy Uni- on andCommunion betwixt Chrift and his Church, which it inchoate on this Life, more imperfeflly with the Jews, more perfeflly with the Gentiles: and fl) all be conf urn- mate in the Life to come. This is carried on Dialogue-wife, betwixt Chrift and his Church ; His Friends and her D.*mo/e//,being the four Speakers: efpecially the two firft: as is the Cuftome ofa Bridegroom and a Bride ; as was former- ly noted. Sett. IV. Trincifial farts. Principal Parts of this Song of Songs are 1 The In- fcription, 2 Subftance of the Song, 3 Gonclujion. Tfje Infer ipt ion, denoting the 1 Kind of writing, 2. t. Excellency, 3 and 1'enman of it, c. i;j. The Subftance ofthis Song, Streaming out a Torrent II. of Spiritual Love betwixt Chrift and the Churcb,jaid down Dialogue -wife, in a familiar Colloquy betwixt, 1. Chrift as the Bride-groom. 2. The Church as the Bride, and 3. The Friends of them both rejoycing io the marriage; All in a continued Allegory. Herein are particularly, I. The ardent Defires of the Church after Chrift, as impatient of his abfencc ; with Chrifts acceptance thereof. Ch I. ver.2.to 9, chap. I. II. The reciprocal invitatory Commendations of one another ; and the mutual gratulations and con- tentment of Chrift and the Church in one another : ver.Q.tothe endof Ch.ll. Chap. 2. • III. The Churches renewed Defires night and day, at Home and Abroad, in the City, in the Fields, fjas it were J to bring Chrift nearer to her felf, Ch. Chap. 3. III. 1. to 6. yea, rather to have her felf brought im- mediately to the full enjoyment of Chrift in Heaven, v. 6. to the end. IV. Chrift Chap. IV. to VIIL CANTICLES. 409 IV. (Thrift mod affectionately praifeth his Church in her Members, profefline himfelf ravifhed with Chap. 4. her Faith, Graces, and Spirirua! Beauty, Ch. IV. 1. ro 15. Which is amplified, 1. By the Churches felf- denying, acknowledging all her Graces to come from Chrift as the Fountain,!/. 15. 2.By her Prayer for his influence to make her (as a Garden of Spices) more and more fruitful; and for his prefence to ac- cept her Fruit, v. \6. 3. By Chrifts fatisfying her _, defires, coming into his Garden, accepting the Fruits Chap. 5: tjiereofi and welcoming his Friends,Ch.V.r.i. V. The Churches Spiritual Dejertion, in Chrifts withdrawing himfelf from her. Where are, I. the Occafion of it , Hercarnai Security, ver. 2. 3. II. the Manners of it ;withdrawing,yet leaving fom quickning Grace behind him, v. 4. 5. III. the Confequents of it, in refpeft of, 1. The Church her felf, v. 4,5.6. 2. The Watchmen abufing her, v. 7. 3. The Daugh- ters nj Jerufulem, whom fhe charged to fignifie her diftrefs to her beioved,u8. This charge is amplified. i.Partlyby the enquiry of the Daughters of Jerufa- lem, what Chrift is > v. 9. 2. Partly by the Churches pathetical defcription of Chrifts tranfeendent excel- lencies, v. 10.ro theend. 3. Partly by the enquiry of Chap. 6. tne daughters of Jerufalem after Chrift, Ch. VI. v.i. 4. Partly by the Churches declaring to them where Chrift, was, w^. He was now returned and gone down into his Garden, v.2. s- Partly by her affectio- nate complacency in Chrift returned,^. Vl.Chrifts fweet and condolatory deportment towards hit Church after her Defertion, and his return to her. Wherein, i. Heaffures her fhe is as precious in his eyes, and as dear to his heart as ever, v. 4. to II. 2. He declares his defire of the fpiritual Spring of the Churches Graces, after the Winter of her arfli&ion. v. 11. 3. He difcovers the Rapture of his ravifhed affections to her, moft fweetly Inviting her to him- felf, v. 12, 13. moft highly commending her through- out, Ch. VII. v. 1. to 8. and Promising his prefence, and what he will do for her, that fhe may become moft delightful to him, ver. 8, 9. VII. Finally, the Church reciprocates her utmoft affection to Chrift, for his love. And this, I. More Generally, v. io. II. More Particularly, Her defire, i.That Chrift and fhe may go together to view their Husbandry, whether their plants did flourifliand fructifie, vi^. Whether the Gofpe! and fruits there- of did thrive, v. 11,12, 13. 2. That fhe may enjoy Chap. 8. chrift moft intlmatly and familiarly, Ch.VIII. v. 1.2, 3. 3. That the Daughters of Jerufalem may not di- sturb him, 1/.4. 4. That it may be confidered,what fhe hath forgone, and undergone forChrift's love,v.$. 5. ThatChrift would give her a fuller i. Confirmati- on of his love, fetting her as a Seal upon his heart ; and a fuller 2. Manifeftation or evident affurance thereof, Setting her as a Seal upon his Arm, ftrengthening, At- taining, helping her, &c. and this becaufe fhe bears to Chrift an Invincible and unquenchable love, v. 6, 7. 6. That the Gentiles called A little fifter, may be called and incorporated into the Church with the Jews, v. 8, 9, 10. This is amplified by Chrifts com- mon care of both, as one Vineyard kept by himfelf, not by others, as Solomo was,iw. ii. 12, Chrift teaching his Spofue her duty •, Partly, to her neigh- bours, in publishing and bearing witnefs to his Truth; Partly, to himfelf, in Prayer and Thankfgivhag, the Conclufion of the Song, containing the Churches moft ardent defire after Chrifts Second coming, that the Marriage betwixt Chrift and her felf may be com- pleatly confummated in Heaven, thofe Mountains of Spices, ver. 14. Chap. 7. III. TbeTrophetical THu- far of Books Hiflorical and Doftrinal; Now to the Books Prophetical. For diftinction fake they are called PROPHETICAL, becaufe the matter of them is principally Prophetical, chough many Hiflorical and Dotlrinal pailagcs arealfoinfert- ed in them all along ; as there are many Prophecies of things to come,difperfcd up and down the other Books, which yec are principal, Hiflorical, andD;- tliinal. Rules or Directions for the better derftanding the Prophetical Bookj* i.Confider well thefeveral times wherein thefeve- ral Prophets flourished and prophecied, and compare their Prophecies with the ftate of thofe Times re- fpeftively, as they are formerly dtferibed in the Hi- florical Books ■■, this will lend much light to the clear- ing of thofe Prophecies. The fever al times of their Prophecying,fee in the following Chronological Table. 2.The Prophets are wont to fpeak of things to come as if they were already paft orprefent.zs,Ifa.$2,. through- out. Becaufe they are certainly determined upon in Godsdecree, and areas fure to cometopafs, asif they were already actually fulfilled. 3. Moft commonly they are wont in their threat n- ings againji the wicked, to intermingle Promifes and comforts to the godly : I. Partly , that the godly may not be terrified with Gods feverity , who will put a difference betwixt the godly and the wicked ; 2. Partly, to have a door of hope open c- ven for the wicked if they will repent. Andcontra- riwife ufually with their promifes to the Godly, they in- terweave threatnings againji the wicked, 1. Partly, asaflaming_ Sword to keep off un^dly ones from falfe applying of the comforts to themfelves, which belong not to them ; 2 Partly, to caution the godly a- gainft fecurity, and that they rejoycewith trembling, Pfal.2. H. 4. In foretelling or promifing temporal mercies or de- liverances, they are wont commonly to raife up their pro- mifes unto fpiritual bleffings and deliverances oj the foul, and inthreatning temporal punifimentt to the wicked, they are wont to proceed to threaten fpiritual and eter- nal. 1. Partly, becaufe temporal bleffings and deli- verances to the Jews were types of fpiritual and eter- nal, by Chrift. 2. Partly, becaufe temporal judge- mentsinthis world upon the wicked, are butear- neftsand handfels of eternal vengeance in the world tocome. 3. Partly, becaufe neither without fpiritu- al bleflings and deliverances Gods people can have fufficient and folidconfolation: nor without eternal vengeance, can the wicked receive their proporti- onable compenfation. Therefore thefe temporals, fpirituals and eter- nal, oftfpokenof joyntly and moreconfufedIy,muft he prudently diftingufhed, that the fence obfeured thereby may be the more cleared. 5. When they fpeak of the Kingdom, an d benefits of \l Chriflto be performed under the New teii anient, they are wont to vail th'fe Evangelical myfleries under Mo- M mm m m fnital 410 The KET of the Bible. Mofaical andTypical things in ufeintbe Church under the Old Teftament. And therefore the meer letcer of the Prophets expreflions muft no: be terminated or refted in, but the fpiritual meaning, primarily in- tended, muft be inquired into. Thefe Prophetical Books are in all 16. fj Lamentati- ons being counted an Appendix to Jeremiah. ) They maybe confidcred twowayes. i. According to the times of their prophecy, and writing. 2. According to their Order, as fei in our Bibles. They are not placed in our Bibles, in that Method and Order as they were at the firft fpoken and written by the Pro- phets. I. According to the times wherein they were firft pro- phefied and written. Thefe times are for the moft part dilcovered in the beginning of the feveralProphefies, and of fuch we may determine certainly : or they maybe collected from other Scriptures, or themar- ter of the Proprieties, of which we cannot conclude altogether fo clearly. Thefe Times maybe referred ("as the H'ftorical Books J to three principal periods, w^. 1. Before, 2. Neer or under. 5. After the Babylonifh Captivity. And if in thefe tjiree Periods, we parallel thefe Pro- phets with thofe Hifiorical Books, they will notably help toclearand explain one another. A Chronological Table of the Order of Times wherein the Prophets Prophecied : Somewhat differing from the Order wherein they are placed in our Bibles. 1. T) Efo'ethe tranfportation of the Jewes into Ba- Jf3 bylon's Captivty ', and in the dayes of Jeroboam fonof Joafl) King o\lfacl, and ofVzjiah, Jotham, Ahaz., He^elyab, andjofiah, Kings of Judah ; thefe Prophets Prophefied, Viz. 1. J 0 N A H, C called Jonas, Mat. 1 2. 2.9, 40. J Hcprophefied before or about the beginning of the Reign of Jeroboam fon of Joafl) King of Ifrael, who reftored the coaft of Ifrael Jfrom the entring of Hamath to thefe a of the Plain, according to the word of the Lord Cod of Ijrael, which he fpalee by the hand oj hisfervant Jonah the {on of Amittai, the Prophet, which was of Guth-hepher, 2 K'mg. 14. 25. Which was before or about the beginning of Jeroboams reign, as Jun.Annot. in Jon. 1. 1. and Parens in Adverf.ibid. conceive: a- bout the clofeof his reign, thinks Drufw in Qu&fit. Epift. 9. 2. HOSEA prophefiedin the dayes of Jeroboam the fon of J om King of Ijrael, and in the dayes of 1)^- \iah, Jotham, Aha^, and Hi\e\iah Kings oj Judith, Hof. 1. 1. Which muft needs be a very long time, ^/<.for the fpace of 79. years at lcalt, as that learned And. Riv. in Comment, in Hof. 1.1. computes by thofe Kings reigns. 3. J DEL ;vjhcnhc prophecied is not foexprefly laid down in Scripture, and therefore his time cannot fo certainly be defined as of others. Among learned Writers, Jcwcs and other? there's great variety and uncertainty about it. 1. Some of the Hebrews think this Joel was the fon of Samuel rhe Prophet,one ofSamutls fons being named Joel, 1 Sam. 8. 1, 2. But the context there ver. 3. confutes this opinion •, And his fons walked not titbit w.t)':s, but turned a fide after lucre, and took_bri- bes, and perverted judgment; which corruptions we cannot juftly believe to have been in this holy Pro- phet Joel; He (as other Prophets J being an holy man of God, 2 Per. 1.31' 2. Some think Joel was contemporary to Jehoflia- ph.it King, of Judah, and Jchor.tm King of Ifrael, be- caufcof the levtn years famine then foretold by Elipia the Prophet, 2 King. 8. 1. Sec. And that as fliflia foretold the famine, fo Joel foretold the man- ner how it fhould come to palfc ; by locufh, cankcr- womics and ouer-pillers, Joel 1.4. This opinion imfcrlbed to K,Sebelom J And Lyra approve* it. See Mercer. & al. Comment, in Joelip. 192. But Tar- novius in Prole gom.inJoely difiikes this opinion, be- caufe the famine of which Joel fpeaks, feems to have been onelyfour years, Joel 1.3. andbecaufehereis no mention in this prophecy of the ten Tribes he thinks it probably fell out after their carrying away. 3. The Hebrew Chronicle called Q^iy "no Seder-Olam, i.e. 7fa order of time, writes," that Joel lived under Manaffeh, of the fame time with Nahum and Habbakuk the prophets-, but becaufe Manaffeh was not right, his name is not mentioned; ("asfome obferve, Mercer. . 94. Hanov. 1602, 5. ISAIAH prophecied in dayes of Vzj^iab, Jo- tham, Aha^, and He^ckjah, Kings of Judabjf. 1. 1. and 38. 1. &c.and 39. 3. He Prophecied about eighty or ninety years, thinks Helvicus inChronol. ubi Supr. , 1 1 : rherefore it is molt likely that Nabum prophecied for the comfort of Gods People againft the Ajfyrians, in the latter end oiHe^ekjuhs reign, or thereabouts Tarnov. Com. in Nah. in Proleg. Helvic. Chronol. />. 15. Gicffa Heffor. M. DC. XXII. Though fome refer this Prophecy rather to the time of Manaffes, O- therstothe timeof fojiah ; zndH'terome, according to the Hebrews opinion, rimes ir a little before the Ajfyrian captivity. See Parem in Adverf. in Nah. & Jun.Annot.in Nah. 1, 1. 8. HABBAKKVK feems to have prophecied in the dayes of Manajfeh or Jejiab', and before the times of Zedelejab. 1. Partly, becaufe he laments fo notably the defperare and incurable wickednefs of the people, which was in thofe times. 2. Partly, becaufe he premonifheth them of their approach- ing deftruction by the Chaldeans, As Calv.Pr&lett. in Hab.t&Jun. Annot. in Hob. 1. r. and the Hebrews are of opinion, Par. in Adverf. in Hab. Therefore ///erowy opinion of his prophecy after the Babyloni- an captivity, is very improbable. 9.ZEPHANIAH, He prophecied in the dayes of Jofialu/;e fon of Amon King of Judah, Zeph.i. i.Nor read we that he prophecied at all after King Jafiahs death. II. Nereupon, under, and after the Babylonifl) Captivi- ty, Thefe Prophets flourifl>ed and Prophecied, viz. 1. JEREMIAH prophecied in the dayes oj Jofiah, in the thirteenth year of his Reign, and in the daies of Jehoiakim bis fon, till the end of the eleventh year of Zedekiah/on of Jofiah Kingof Judah, unto the carry- ing away of Jerufalem Captive in the fifth moneth,Jer. 1. i, 2, 3. being compared with Jer. 51.64. Thus Jar are the words of Jeremiah. So that the 52.chap- ter following feems to be written by fome other than Jeremiah (as Junius there notes J and continues the Hiftory till Evilmerodac King of Babylon. So that Jeremiah prophecying till King Zedehiah'i eleventh year, he prophecyed till the deftruction of Jerufalem and the Temple, which in that year fell out Jer. $2. _$, 6, 7. &c. 12. 13. , Amos 1. 1. which as Mercerw noteth, was about one hundred years af- ter Akab ;and therefore it is not likely that this is that Obadiab in Ahabs days. 3. Others judge moft pro- bably that this Obadiah was contemporary to Jere- miah, they both of them prophecying agarnft the Idtuneans, in almoft the fame words and phrafes. Compare with Obad. ]er. 49. 7. to 23. and£?<.'t. 25. throughout. Now J ere mi ah prophecied againft Edom after he was carried into A'gypt, viz. after )e- rufalems deftruftion, ]er. 43. 5, 6, 7. Thus think Jun. in Annot. in Obad. 1. 1. & Calv. in Pr&leU. in Obad. in Proem. III. After the Jews Return fiom the B.tbyloniffi Cap- tivity, prophecied thefe Prophets, viz. i. HAGOA1. He began to prophecie inthefecond year of Datias the King inthefixth moneth, in thefirjt day of the moneth. Hag. 1. 1. and prophefied till the ninth moneth of that year, thetwenty fourth day of the moneth, Hag. 2. io, 20. 2. ZECHARIAH. He began to prophecie, in the fecondyearof Darius, in the eighth moneth, lech. 1. 1. and continued till the fourth year of King Darius, the fourth day of the ninth moneth, lech. 7.1. 3. MALACH1 was the lafl Prophet of the Old Teflament, after whom Prophecy ceafed, tilljefus Chrift the great Prophet was revealed in ourflefh.As Haggai and Zechary Strengthened the Peoples hands and encouraged them in the building of the Temple, E\r. 5. 1. and 6. 14. So Malachi reproves their in- gratitude in corrupting the true Worfhip of God, not long after the Temple was builded, as the tenour of his Prophecy fhewes. See Junius Annot at. in Mai. 1. I. II. According to their Order as they are placed in our Bibles. And fo they are refolved into two ranks, &c. nores,q\x\a which were digefted into one volume of old by the fermones Jewes,fcalled the>Book_ofthe Prophet r,Act-7. 42. Jleft eorum any of them fhould be loft, fome of them being very funt bre- fmall. All thefe Books are denominated from their ves, in Penman, except the Lamentations. eorum com para - trone qui Majores idco vocantur; quia prolixa volumina condi- derunr. Aug. de Civ. D. /. 18. c. 29. I. Tfje Greater Prophets, are the Books of Ifaiah, Jeremiah, E^et-iel, Daniel. *i Ifaiah ISAIAH 4«3 Sedh I. Order, Penman, and Excellency of the Book. THis Book is ranked firft in Order, ("though in Time both a Jonah, Hofea, Joe/, and Amos appear Chronoloe,. to have been before himj perhaps becaufe of the Table, fyc. largeneffe and lingular excellence of this Prophecie. b Cum E- It is a note of b Hierom's, That ifaiah k equal to, or faias duo- greater than all the 1 2 leffer Prophets , in the number of decimpro- verfes. phetis, juxta numerum verfuum aut squall's, ut major fit. Hieron. Proem, in Efa.Tom. 5. This Prophecy is Excellent, in many refpefls. 1. The Author or Penman of it was that eminent Prophet Ifaiah, Ifa. r. 1. His name [1H "> ytf/ 1] imports c The-Salvation-of-God. How appofitely ac- commodated to him, that fo wonderfully reveales Lexic.fantl Chrift who is Gods falvation! This Ifaiah f A Calvin Se<$. 78. thinks)was of the Royal ftock,heing the fon of Amos, Ifa. 1. 1. brother of K. V^iah. As e Vives notes' out of Hierome, was of noble defcent ,wife , eloquent, and without ruflicity in hitftUe ; Propheciedin Hierufa- lem and Iudea. Isfuppofed to befawen infunder by Ma- naffes King ofludah, with a wooden [aw : hence that in fraterfuiffe Heb. 11. 1. ("were fawn in funderj is referred to Ij "a- creditur iah. /Ambrofe alfo intimates he was [awed in the midfx.— — Andelfewhere fpeakingofthe parable c Greg. Gregor, ^Nomi natur hie ejus pater A- moz,qui m Mat. 2 1, g Who was he that was wounded in the head? verily Ifaiah; the [fame ofwhofe body the faw did foon- er divide, than bend his faith, rend hi* constancy, or cut the vigour of his mind aj "under. Azana? re- gis judaj, undcap- paret Ifai- am fuiffe ftirpis re- gis, atque in eo veteres omnes confentiunt, Sec. Jo Calvin Pra- fat. ante Ij "a. p. 5. e Hieronymus ad Paulam fy Fuftochium, Efaiam nobilem fuiffe virum fcribit, difertum, & urbans eloquentis, nee habentem quicquam in eloquio ruftidtatis admiftum. Nee eum tarn Pro- phetam dicendum quam Evangeliftam. Prophetavit in Jerufa- lem & Judsa. Serratus eft a Manaffe rege Juda? focero fuo, ut Hebrxi ferunt, ferra lignea. TJnde quod ad Hebrsos undeci- mo de fanftorum fuppliciis legitur, Serrati funt, ad Ifaiam re- ferrifolet. Caufascurfit occifus, recenfet Hieronymus libro pri- ma Comment ariorum in hunc Prophetam, L. Vives in Aw.de Civ. Dei. lib. 18. cap. 29. /Negetbeatum Efaiam, cum mediusferraretur. Hieremiam, cum mergeretur, &c D. Ambrof. de Iacob & vita be*ta,l.z. c. 9. fub.fin. p. 107 1. A. B. apud Hugon. a Porta 1549. g Quis autem eft HIe,qui in capite vulneratus eft .«" nimirum E- faias, emus facilius com pagem corporis ferra divifit, quam fidem indinavir conftantiamvederrivit, aut vigorum mentis execuit. Ambrof. comment, lib. 9. Luc& cap. 20. p. 1772. D. _ z.Thefub'jetl-matter of his Prophecy is excellent, much of it being fpent in fweeteft cordials and com- forts to the Church of God, promifed in reference to the times of the New Teftament ; and in many Evangelical preditfions of Chrift the trueMeifiah, the kernel of the Covenant of all the Promifes, and of the whole Scriptures, h Hierome hereupon faith fcNulIus- odfaiahs Prophecy, Let none thinl^that I covet to com- que putet prehendthe arguments of this volume in aflmt difourfe, me volu- feeingthis prefent Scripture contains all the Lords fa- minis ifti-' credmyfteries , and both he that was born of a Virgin, us argu- and alfo was the doer of famous worlds and fignes: was mentum dead and buried, and rifenfrom the dead, and the Sa- brevicu- | viour of all Nations, is here preached. What [Inula I pere fer- $eakofPhyfic\s, Ethic\s, and Logic\ ? Whatfoever mone « in [acred Scriptures, whatfoever the tongue of man compre- can utter, and the fenfes of mortals receive, is tontain- hendere, ed in this Volume. cumuni- . , vcrfa Do- mini facramenta prxfens Scriptura contineaf, & tarn natusde virgine Emmanuel, quam illuftriumpatratoroperum atque fig- norummortuusacfepiiltus, & refurgens ab inferis, & falvator univerfarum Gentium prsdicerur. Quidloquar de Phyfica, E- thica & Logica ? Quicquid fan&arum eft Scripturarum ; Quic- quid poteft humana lingua proferre, 8r mortalium fenfus acci- pere, ifto volumine continetur. B.Hieron. Proem, in Efaiattti Tom, I. 3-The Manner of it, His Prophefie is laid down eloquently , certainly , pathetically and lively, 1 Eloquently; he is not rough and cragged,but fmooth and polifhed, curioufly garnifhed with allkindof Rhetorick; nor are his elegancies of a low vulgar ftrain, but fublime, heroick,majefticaI : The Prince- ly fiatelineffe of his ftile hath inclined fome to be- lieve that he was of the blood-Royal. 2. Certainly, therefore his Prophecy is denominated zVifiani, ; Genus as it were a thing evidently feen with his eyes . And fcripti de- what is more certain than what we fee with our eyes? monftratuf 3 Pathetically and lively. Doth he reprove fin ? how vifionis no. cuttingly and peircingly doth he defcribe it? Ifa. 1. mine .• eft & 5. Doth he comfort the people of God ? how enim vijio fweetly, clofely, intimately doth he fpeak to their omnis Do- heart ? as tnlfa.43. and 49. 15. and c. 54. Doth he drina promife Chrift ? how clearly doth he reveal him to divinitus the very life, defcribing him and his fufferings for revelata ; his people, as already paftor prefent, rather than quia Deus to come jasaftually exhibited, rather than to be ex- quibufcun- hibited for the future ? as in Ifa. 1 1. and 42. and 55. que vifurri and 55. and 61. Hence among the ancients, as eftrevela- k Hierome, 1 Auguftine,$cc. he is ftiled The Evangelical re, res ip- Prophet, and the Prophetical Evangelift, or the E- fas quo- vangelift and Apoftle of the Old Tejlament. dammodo & fpeftandas oculis fervorum fuorum exhiber,ad obfipnandam earurr. certitudinem, ut idem Propheta periphraftice exponic infra, 2. 1. & exponit cap. 6. Jim. Annot. in Ifa. L 1. ^Sicexponam Efaiam, ut iliam non folum Prophetam fed Evangeliftam & Apoftolum doceam. Ipfe enim de fe & de ce- teris Evangeliftis ait, Quam fpeciof pedes Evangel.^antium bona Evangeh^antium pacem ! Et ad ipfum quafiad Apoftolum lo- quitur Deus : Quern mitt am, &c. Et ille refpondet, Ecce eeo, mine me. B. Hmon. Proem, in Efai. Tom. 5. * J VirNobiliffimusEfaias, cui Deus maiorigradu res futuras re- velavir, & non tarn Prophets quam Evangeliflx mereatur Vi- detur enim non futura prsedicere vcrborum involucris, quimos eft rehquis Prophetis, fed aperte detefteque pr*terita enarrare. Heron, ad Paulam (£r Eujiochium. Nnnnn ^fl 4H ISAIAH. Chap. I, An ancient Doctor called hiifl the Fifth Evangelift. Diod. Arg. of Ifaiah. /Efaiasinrer ilia qua: iniqua arguit, & jufh prarrepit, & pec- carori pop j!o mala fuiura prafdixit, etiam de Chrifti Ecclefia, hoc eft, de Rege, & ea quasi condidic ci vicate, muko plura quam cxrcri prophetavit. Ira ut 4 quioufdam Evangelifta, quani Prcpheta potius diccretur. Aug. de Civ. Dei, lib. 18. c. 29. Tom. 5. 4. Thisprophecieof Ifaiah harh alwaiesbeen of highcft account with all forts. Chrift and his Apo- fttes highly eftecnied this book. He who preached m Luk. 4. all Text, yet fometimes in his preaching m takes his 17, 18. text out of Ij.tiah the Prophet 5 and this Prophet is compiled oftntr alleadgedin the New Teftament thanany one ■w th [fa. boo,; of Old Teftament beiides, except the Pfalmes. 61. i.&c. nSome note that Ijaiah is quoted fixty times, the nHen. Ffalmes itxiy four times. Alfted. Among the very Aiftsdiji Ethiopians rhis book was in fuch repute, that the frfcog. Ethiopian Eunuch made it his [ Vade mecum^ ~) his The A. 1.2. companion in his journey, and read the Prophet c. 122. If.ti.ih in his cha.iot, though he understood him not, All 8. 27, 23. And Ambrofe fo highly el teemed and 0 Iufinuavi valued this Prophecie,that when Auguftine 0 wrote to per lireras hir.; for his advice what part of Scripture he fhould Anriliiri efpecially reade, headvifedhim to reade thePro- ti'O/iroS. plui Ifaiah. 1 fuppofe ( faith Auguftine ) becauje he A'rabxofio, H a more clear foreteller oj the Gtfpel, and of the calling priUinos of the Gentiles, than the reft. But Auguftine not under- trrores ftjtnding hti nift rea ding, and fuppofing all the reft to be ineos, & like, deterred it till he had gained more shj 11 in the prifens Word of the LORD. vorum iiicum, ut monerct quid potifllmum mihi de libris tuis legendum efletquq prac pLndstanra: gratia; para i^r aptiorque ficrenvAt ille iutfit Efaiam prophetam, credo quia prs ceteris Evangelii vocationifqueSenciumfit pramunciator apertior. Veruntamen ego prima-" hujus lectionem non intclligens, totumque talem arbirrans, diltuli repetendumexercuatior in Dominico eloquio. D. Aug. in Confeff. lib. 9. c. 5. Tom. 1. Seft. II. time. When, and Hrnv long Ifaiah prophecied, is more oblcurely intimared, vi^. In the dayes ofVzjjah, Jo- iham, Ahaz,dtid He^ekjah Kings cfjudah, Ifa. 1. I. but in what year of V^ziah he began, and in what > carol He^elcjah heceafed to prophefie, is not here pJun.An- particularly declared. p Junius thinks ifsclcar, he iiot.inlu. prophefied 45 years, and probably above, q Alfted, 1 . 1. about 60. years, r Parem faith, Some think, he Prophe- q Alfted, (ted 70 years; others, 90 years, fc.lvin faith, he pro- Py&cog. phefied at leaft6^ years although there be a probable Jheol. 1. 2. coi\)eilure, yea almoft a certain rcafn that he prophefied c.i 22. 10 years more, vi^. 74 in all. Thefe two things are r> Parent in certain, 1. Thai Ifaiah prophecied in the dayes of Proem, in all thofe 4 Kings forenamed , Ifa. 1. 1. and therefore Jf.i. that fomcrime in 1'7^/u/;j dayes muft needs be al- sJo.Calv. lowed to him as well as in the reft. Nor doth that Prsf.it. in Vifion hinder in Ifa. 6. as r Calvin hath cleared it. 2. ]f.i. p. 3. That Vi?jab ( alias A^ariah, 2. Kings 15.32. J t Jo.Ca.lv. reigned 52 years, 2 Kings 15. 1. 2.Jotham 16 years, com. in \ja. 2 King. 1 5. 33. Ahaz^ 16 years, 2 King. l5. 1. 2. and 6.1. Hezelqah 29 years, 2 Kings 18. 1, 2. The total of. all u]o. Calv- their reigns together about 113. Now it's evident com. m If.i. that Ifaiah propheficd'in the year that V^iab dyed, 6. 1. ifa. 6. 1. and by the prophecies foregoing, that chap. it's likely he Prophefied before that a good while ; m Calvin thinks, fiom the time that King V^iah Wafe (mitten with Leprotic in the Temple. Eutfup- pofeonely 2 years in all unAvr ZJ^iah, 1 6 years ifll- der Jotham,.l6 nndcr Aha^. 14 years under He\e- kjah, lor He^eleiah Reigning 29 years in all, in his 1 5 year Ifaiah was (cm to him in his ficknels to tell him God would adde to his dayes 15 years, 2 King. 2-.. 4, 5, 6. and after that \faiah threatens the Baby- lonijh Captivity upon He^eletah's (hewing all his Treafures to the Eabylonilh Ambafladors, ver 14. &c. Here's in all 48. years clear. Now fuppofing that Ijaiah was fawen afunder by M.waffeh, there's 15. years more under He^ekjah, and one year at leaft under Manaffeh ; and fo you have fixty four years in all, the time of Ifaiah" s Prophecy. O what a long time for him to preach to a rebelliius and gain- faying People .'Ifaiah 65.2. Rom. 10. 21. How pati- ent and diligent then fhould Gods Minifters be in their functions, though rheir Peoples profitings for a long time anfwer not their labours among them. Seer. III. Scope. The chief aims of this Prophecy are 1 To detetl, reprove, aggravate and condemn the fins of x Judah x *&• *• *■ and Jemfalem efpecially, and after that, the iniquities of the Ten Tribes oilfrael, and the abominations of many other Countries and People of the Gentiles, threatning againft all forts and degrees of Perfons, Jews and Gentiles moil fevere judgements, 2 To in- vite Jews and Gentiles of all forts, ("except thei?^- /9fWit!u,whohy reafon of their Pride and Perfection oftheChurchof God, did bear the Image of the Kingdome of the World, and of the fpiritual Babylon devoted to endlefs deftruction with the Devil him- felf, no promife of Mercy at all being mingled with the threatningsofB^/on, asisufualin threarnings of all other People, which is very obfervable,} unto repentance and reformation, with many fweet allur- ing, Evangelical promifes of pardon and mercy. 3. To comfort and fupport all the truely godly and faithful ones, f'inmidftofall the judgements and calamities threatned to wicked men and hypocrites, J with clear Promifes of the true MESSIAH, astheonely fufficient remedy againft all fin and mifcry, letting forth his Godhead, Manhood, Incarnation and Na- tivity of a Virgin, State of Humiliation and Exaltati- on, and the Execution of the office of a Saviour in both ; As a Prophet by his wonderful Wifdome, heavenly Doctrine, 8. 40. to the end of the Book. REPREHENSORY, Sharp Reproofs and threarnings of the Jews for their fins, with promifes to the Penitent intermingled, are laid down, Chap. 1. ver. 2, to Chap. 3.1 1. More Particularly, they are blamed, for, 1. Ingratitude under Mercies, ver. 2, 3, 4. 2. Incorrigiblenefs under univerfal judgements, much lamented, ver. $.to 10. 3. Blood at\A other abominations abounding among them, For which all their Religious fervices were abominatedof God, ver. ic.ro 16. From which they aredehorted by promifes to the Penkent, ver. 16. to 20. And threatnings to the impenitent, ver. 20. 4. injuftice Chap. f. f. Chap. II. to XVIII. ISAIAH. 415 4. Injufticc and cruel oppreffion, efpccially in the City ]erufalem, 1. Defcribed, ver. 21, 22, 23. 2. Aggravated, ver. 24. 3, Reftaitration of oppofite judgement and righreoufncfs Promifed, ver. 25,25, 27. 4. Threatned, vet. 28. to the end of the Chap 5. Multitudeof their other fins. Where, 1. Seeing former Reproofs prevailed not to reform the Jewes, the calling of the Gentiles and exalting of Chrifts Kingdome among them is promifed/o provoke them Chap. 2. tojcaloufie, Chap. II. ver. t. to 6. 2. Their various fins liRe thofe of other Countries are mentioned, ver. 6. to 10. 2.. Thefe fins (liarply threatned, vn« Chap. 3. 10- to the endofthe chap. andChap. HI. ver/. i.to 9. 6. Impudenty and boldnefs in finning, Defcribed and threatned to the Wicked, with contrary Pro- mifes to the righteous, ver. 9. 10, 1 1 . 7. Oppreffion'm their Rulers, ver. 11.ro 16. i. Pride in their Women, Defcribed and feverely , threarned withwoful defolation, ver. 16. to the end Cfiap. 4. ofthe Chap, and Chap. IV. 1. Thefe thrcatnings be- ing illuftrated by oppofite Promifes of t he Kingdome ofChrift, the Branch, whereby the remnant of Ifrael efcaped, fhallbe purified and protected, ver. 2. to the end of the chap. $. "Unthankful requitals ofchriftiox all his fpiritual husbandry beftowed upon the Church of the Jews. Thefe requitals are defcribed; 1. More Generally under the I'arable of a K/nc'/^r^ yielding wild-Grapes Chap. 5. chap. V.i. to 8. 2. Mire Particularly, in many no- torious inftances of their wicked neffe,wofully threat- ned, ver. 8. to the end of the chap. 10. Obftinacy, Stupidity, and Obduratenefs of the peoples hearts, which was notonely their fin, but Gods judgement on them for reproving their fin. 1. The Prophet is previoufly confirmed and encouraged ChaD 6. ky a Vifion of the L o R D in his Glory, Chap. VI, 1. *' to 9. 2. Their obftinacy, their fin and Gods judge- ment upon them to their defolation, defcribed, ver. 9. to 13. J?. Promifes of mercy ( notwithftanding.) to the holy feed, ver. 13. 11. Diffidence and unbelief of King Aba%_ and his people in times of Danger; where note I. The Par- ticular caufe of their diffidence and fear, 'vif. the Confpiracy of Re^in King of Syria., and Pe\ah King Chap. 7. of //r^e/ againft Judab and Jerufalem, Chap. VII. 2. 2. The Aggravation of their unbelief, 1. Partly, in that they took not courage at the comfortable meffage of Ifaiah Gods Prophet,promifing their prefervacion, ver. 3. to 10. 2. Partly in mat Aba^ diftrufting the Prophet, refufeth to askaSigne, as God gave him liberty for his further eftablilhmenr, ver. 10. to 14. ylmmanuel*.Panly' bj 'Gods Promifin? ro 8ive them a Sign, Promifed v^' y Jmmameltobe bomof a Virgin. Chrifl being t 1 1-~ ' promiled of old to the Church fin r whom all the ^2-Cor.i, 20 Promifes are yea and amen J that the faithful might byrhe promifeof Chrift be encouraged to believe all other promifes generall and particular: therefore their unbelief of thefe promifes of prefent delive- rance was the worfe, ver. 14, 15, 16. 3. The fad effetfs or confequences of this unbelief, vi%. 1. To King Aha^; and his family and people, grievous de- Chap. 8. folationby the Affyriansis threatned, ver. ij.tothe HChron. endofthe chap. 2. To Judah, ( after Ajfyria fhall to. 13. have wafted Syria and Ifrael, Chap. 8. 1, 2, 3, 4. J b Chrift whofe judgements by the Adrian are threatned irre- firft began fiflably, ver. <,.to n. and Amplified, Partly, by three his pub- forts of fins ("like a King Sauls fim J the procurer of Ick thefe judgements, yi%. Carnal Confidence in out- preaching ward means of fafecy, while God is diftrufted, ver. of the 11. to 16. Pertinacious obftinacy, the people not Gofpel in regarding, but flighting Gods prophecy, it was only Galilee, tobe imparted to his Difciples, ver 16, 17, 18. Con- Maf.4. 12. fultatfon with Devils, ver. 19, 20. Partly by the ex- to 19. tremityof the judgements themfelves, ver. 21,22. Mar. 1. 14, 4. TbeConhLitions%annexed, for the fupport of the 15. godly in Judab and Ifrael agtinft thefe wofull future Luk. 4 14, judgements; and thi-. upon divers grounds, vi\. 1. 15. That thefe judgements fhould not be fo extream as Joh. 4.43, former calamicies,nor^er/'?f«>}/Jbecaufeof Gods kind* 10. nefs to his people in Chrift to come into the World, who fhould deliver his Church fully from all her mifcricsby his Dominion, and frs deliverance fhould begin, where her diftrefs began, \nbG.>. . Chap. 9, IX. t.to?. This conlolarion is amplified by a IV- fcription of thofe rimes wherein thefe evils were to be enduredtill Chrifts coming, for their 1 Pride, ver* 8. fo 13. 2 Impenitency under judgments, ver. 13. roi8. 3 O'jftinate wickednefs, ver. 18. to the end of thechap. And 4 Tyranny of their Governours, Ch. c> X. 1.^05. 2. That the Affyrians, his peoples op- ^iaP- preffing enemies, (hall utterly be deftroyed ; here 1 The Ailyrians deftruction is propounded, ver. 5,6. 2 Their counfels and actions whereby they procure to themfelves this deftruftion, is declared, ver. n. to 16. 3 Thecourfe which the Lord will take for his peoplesdeliverance, ver. 16. to 28. with his whole expedition againft the Afiyrian for them, ver. 23. to the end of the chap. 3. That the Kingdome of Chrift defctnding of the Royal ftock, fhall be erected among rhem, which is the Fountain of all delive- rances General and Special, Temporal and Spiritual, Chap. XI. where the Perlon and Office ofChrift are Chap. 1 1. defcribed, ver. \.to6. The effects of his Office de- clared, vet. 6, to the end of the ihap. All thefe com- fortsfinally are fhut up with the Churches Song of Praife (or thefe comforts againft, and deliverances from all former calamities, Chap. XII. throughout. Chap. 12. Thiufarre of that part of the Prophecy which k chiefly Reprehenfory. MINATORY. Chap. XIII. to ch. 30. In this part II. of his Prophecy are threatnings, r. Againft the ene- mies of the ]ewifl) Church. 2. Againft the Jerves them- felves. I. Againft the enemies of the Jewiff) Church, many threatnings are denounced for the'Churches fake, chap. 13. to 28. As I. Againft BABTLONand the Chaldeans Here 1. God muftereth up his Armies from farre, Chap. XIII. 1. to 6. 2. Babylons deftruftion is threatned Chap. 13. by the Medes and Perfians, ver. 6. to 19. 3. Thewo- ful ruine of Babylon is pathetically defcribed, ver. 19. to the end of the chap. 4. The reftauration of the Jewes hereupon from Babylons bondage is promifed, Chap, XIV. 1, 2, 3. 5. The triumph of Gods People chaP- x4! over Babylons ruines is lively delineated, ver. 4. to 24. 6. The Peremptorineffe of Gods purpofe to ruine Babylon, ver. 24. to 28. 7. The time of this burden in the year that King Aha^ died, ver. 29. II. Againft PA LEST I N A. Here the Phi- liftinesare threatned to be plagued by King He^e- leiah, now beginning to reign, though they reioyced at the death of his PredeceiTours, their enemies, ver. 29, 30, 31, 32. III. Againft MOAB. Where 1. Moabs lamen- table condition, in her cities and towns, by reafon of judgments threatned, isdefcribed, Ch. XV. through- Chap. 15. o«f. 2. The procuring caufes of thofe judgments mentioned, v/^. Moab's Perfidioufnefs with Ifrael, in not paying c tribute of Lambs, as was agreed with David and Solomon, Chap. XVI. 1, 2. 2 Cruelty and Chap. 16. inhumanity to neighbouring I/r4e/, ver. 3, 4, 5. 3 Pride, ver. 6. to 22. 3. The confirmation of this Prophecy againft Moab, and definingof the time, c 2 King 1. ver. 22, 23. 1. and 3,4 IV. Againft D ,4 iW^SCyS, the Metropolis of Syria and againft Ifrael, confederate with Syria a- gainft ludah. Where 1. The ruine of Syria and Ifraelh threatned, Chap. XVII, i.ro 6. 2. Mercy is chap. J7. promifed to a fmall remnant reforming, ver. 6,7, 8. 3. The fins, for which this ruine is threatned, ver. 0, 10,11. V. Againft the ASSYRIANS, for wafting I/r^ie/, ver. 12, 13, 14. VI. Againft xhtAlTHIOP I A NS, i.Their de- ftruftion is threatnedfor the good of Gods people, Chap. XVIII. 1. to 7. 2. Thereby the Church fhall Chap. 18. be increafed, ver. 7. VII. Againft EQTPT. Where 1. Egypts de- finition 4i6 ISAIAH. Chap. XIX. to XXX. Ctap. 20. ({Compare ch. 2 1 • i . and v. 9. Chap. 21. c Compare C22. I. w'tbv. 8. 10. Chap. 22, Chap. 19. ftruction is threatned, C/j. XIX. i./o 18. 3. Her judgment is mitigated by promifes of aggregating part of Egypf sad of Affyria unto the Church of God, ver. 18. ro the end. VI I [ .Againfl both EGTPT IAN SanA jETHI- OPIANS together, whofc fhameful captivity by the Adrians is threatned, under the Type of If Utah going naked and barefoot, Chap. XX. through- out. I X . Againfl BABTLON,( called rf r/;e De/err 0/ the Sea. J Where note. I. The chreatning it felf, retting forth the grievoufneffe of her judgments •, the caufes thereof ; and theinflruments inflicting them, Chap. XXI 1. to 6. 2. A Prophetical viiion de- claring the manner of Babykns being taken, ver. 6. to to. 3. An Apoflropheto theChurch, confirming to her the certainty of this Prophecy, ver. 10. X. Againfl' 7 D^ Mi. A, called Dumah, wherein nre 1. AQueftion of the (cornful Idumean to the watchman, what he fees of the night, ver. II. 2. Thcwatchmansanfwer inviting him to repentance, ver. 12. XI. Againfl ARABIA. Where 1. The de- duction of the Arabians is threatned, ver. 13, 14, 15. 2. Thetimeof this deftruction is defined, ver. 16, 17. XH. AgamftJVDEAandjERVSALEM under the name of e The valley of Vifion. ( Thk bur- den k inferted among the re(i. to evidence Gods impar- tiality in his Jvflice, and hk Peoples impunity if they fin, judgment beginning at the houfe oj God. Here are I. General th, earnings againfl Judah and Jerufalem \ containing 1. A Defcription of their lamentable ca- lamities coming upon them, Chap. XXII. i.ro 8. 2. The procuring caufes of thefe calamities, vi%. their fecurity in munitions and fenced cities, neglcft of God, impenitency, luxury in time of publique mi- feries,andcontemptofche Prophets, Let w eat and drink, &c. ver. 8. to 14. 3. The Conclufion, where- in is Gods re folute fentence of plaguing them, ver. 14. II. Particular threatnings againfl Shebna, an old Courtier, fet over the Kings houfe ("as is fuppofcdj inKing A/;«^ his time, whom King He^ekjah could not eafiiy remove, he is thought to countenance evil doers, and hinder Reformation. Here, 1. The re- moval of Shebna is denounced, ver. 15. to 20. 2. The fubflitution of Eliakim into his place and office, ver. 2o. ro the end of the chap. XIII. Finally againfl TTR E. Where note 1. Chap. 23. Tjwmiferable deftruction is defcribed, Ch. XXIII. 1. ro 1 5. 2. How long her miferies fhall lafl, 70. years ver. 15, 16, 17. 3. tyres converfion to the Church at lafl, is promifed, ver. 18. As a Clife or Conclufion to all thefe former COMMI- NATIONS, here k annexed another Sermon of the Pro- phets, contained in cb. 24, 25, 26, 27. wherein note chiefly thefe threeparts, viz. l.A Prophetical Narration of the judgments which God would for hk Churches fake effetl. Here confider 1 . Gods judgments upon the earth, and his favour to his Church, Chap. XXIV. 1. to 16 2. The confirma- tion of thefe threatned judgments, that they fhall come to paffe ; Partly, from their prefent fins which God cannot but be avenged of, v. i<5, 17, 18. Part- ly, from the faithfulneffe of all creatures in heaven and earth ro execute them, v. 19. to the end of the chap. 3- The ufe which theChurch fhall make here- of, vi^. She fhall celebrate his praifc for it, Chap. Chap. 2$. XXV. i.ro 6. 2. A Declaration of the form and manner both m which G id will execute thefe judgments, and in which the Church fhall praife the Lord for fo doing. l.Thc jo,m how God w 11 execute hk judgments, 1. Partly, l.yinv;ringthe Nations his enemies, by his word, to partake of Chrilts banquet,^. Communion with him in his Spiritual provifions, v. 6. to 10. 2. Partly, by deftroying the contumacious, that proudly exalt themfelves againfl hfm, v.10, H» *2> II- The jorm how r'y church fliall praife the LORD for thefe pro- Chap. 24 ceedingt foretold. Chap. XXVI. throughout. Wherein Chap. 26, are, 1. TheChurchesGratulation for her future deli- verance from captivity, promifed; and her conftanc defences. 1,2,3. 2.An exhortation hereupon to all to rruftinGod,iA4.foi2.3.A Profeffion of her confidence in God,for her perpetual defence & her enemies final overthrow, amplified by the exaggeration of her ca- lamities, the manner of her wrefllingoutof them, and the certainty of Gods Promifes, verfe 12. to 20. 3. An inflrutlion of the people of God. 1. Touching their Orfice, vt\. to trufl in God in times of publi- que judgments, v. 20. 2. Touching Gods promifes, which are partly from bringing down her proudefl and ftrongeft enemies, v. 21. andchap. XXVII. 1. Chap. 27. Partly for advancing the Churches happineffe by the fingular care and watchfulnefs of the Lord over her, v. 2. to the end of the chap. Thmfarre of Gods threatnings chiefly againfl the ene- mies of Gods Church the J ewes. II. Againfl the Jewes themfelves, many threatnings alfo are pronounced, ch. 28. to 3$. Both in refpeft of Ifraels captivity by the Affyrians, and Judahs by the Babylonians. I. Ifraels Captivity is threatned by the Ajjyriant for their pride and drunkenneffe ; and this for a warning to Judah, Chap. XXVIII. 1. to 5. This is Chap. 28, amplified by a Prophecy touching Judah, wherein are, 1. A promifeof defending the godly, and pre- ferving the Kingdome of Jttdah, notwithstanding the captivity of the ten tribes, v. $, 6. 2. A complainc and accufation againfl Judah for their fins, v. 7. to 14, 3 . A denouncing of punifhments for them .min- gled with fome confolations of the godly in the Me- jjiab tocome, v. 14. ro 22. 4. An exhortation to make a right ufe of all by repentance, v. 22. to the end. II. Judahs and Jerufalem'' s Captivity ("under the xximnof f Ariel, J is threatned by the Babylonians. fArief. Herein confider //ej# -p^ the flrong God. 1. Jerufalem kfo called becaufe it wa< anciently a mofl flrong place ; faith Hierome on thk v. 2. Some thini the Temple k fo called, becaufe it was built in figure fome what like a Ly- on, the fore part broad, the hinder part narrow. 3. Some think hereby u effect ally meant the Altar; the Altar of the New Jerufa- lem, being called Ariel, i/iEzek. 43. 16. thk k further confirmed by thatfptech, Ifa. 29. 2. And it fhall be to me as Ariel. The Al- tar k called Ariel, either becaufe oj the ftrength of Gods Promifes, or becaufe like a Lyon it devoured the Sacrifices ; or becaufe the Altar was a token of Gods Prefence, and confeqnently of the cities fa fety. Synechdochically the Temple and City are called And, and threatned under that name, becaufe the Jewes placed more fafety in the Altar, a pledge of Gods Prefence, tban in any thing elfe. Vid. Calv.in loc. Pareus in loc. Jun.Annot.in loc. 1. The deep calamities of Jerufalem by the Babylo- nians, and rejection of the Jewes threatned, Chap. Chap. 29/ XXIX. i.ro 9. For, I. Their Ten fclefs ftupidity, v. 9. to 13. 2. Their hypocrifie, v. 13, 14. 3.Their Atheiflical fecurity, notwithstanding Gods all-feeing eye, v. 15, 16, 17. 2. This threarning is amplified by the care that God will take in midit of rhefe judg- ments, ro prcferve and fanctifie his Church a- gainft all Concullioijs, ver. 18. to the end oj the chap. 2. The woe threatned to the Jewes for departing from God, and relying on j&gypt for help againfl herenemies, whereinare, 1 the fumine of the judg- ments threatned. Chap. XXX i.ro 8. 2. The Lords rnap command to the Prophet ro make a record of their perverfnefs and rebellion in a Book, whereby they pull down vengeance on their heads, v. 8. to 15. 3. The conrefl betwixt God and the People, compar- ing their rebellion with his command, v. ^.declar- ing their great calamities, v. 16, 17, Promifing re- ftauration and great mercies to the faithful in his Church that wait for him, v. 18. to 27. 4. The con- firmation of thh> Prophecy, by the deftruction of Sennacherib J0< Chap. XXXI. to XLIIf. ISAIAH, 417 Chap. 34- Chap. III. 35- Sennacherib King of Affyria rhreatned, ver. 21. to the endofthe chap. 5. The folly and vanity of min- ing in JFgypt for help, cfpccially God himfelf being rciolvcd to prortft M. Sion, if rhey would repent Chap. 31. and turn to him, chap. XXXI. t-toS. andtodeftroy theAffyrian, v.8,9. 3. Divers confolarionspropounded to the Eleft a- gainft thofc foretold calamities, drawn from the Kingdome of Chrift, which afterwards fhall bcercft- Chap. 32. ed among them, Chap.XXXU. Where are, 1. An excellent Reprefcnr.it ion oftheconflitution and con- dition of Chrifh Kingdome, v. I. to 9. 2. An Ex- hortation of the jeWes to prevent by Repentance rhe calamities thrcamc-d before the conflicurion of this Kingdome ofChnff, vtr. 9. i-o 15. 3. A Narrauonof thebleflingsof Guilts kingdome, ve1w5.ro the end of the chap. 4. Go-is De(t>-uiTton of the Churches ene- mies when they are at the higheft, Hie at lowcfl, is Chap. 33- !• Threatned, Chip. XXXIII. 1. to 13. 2. Illuflrat- edby the terror of Sions Tinners and hypocrites here- at, ver. 13, 14. And by the oppofite fafety, and glorious bldfing? of the upright, elegantly defcribed ver. 15. to the- end of the chap. 3. Defcribed mod lively and pathetically. Co. XXXIV. 1. to 16. 4. Confirmed as inevitable, ver. 16, 17. 5. Here- upon the joyes and confolations of the Church of God fhallbe wonderfuIUrhrough the Gofpel and flou- rifhing Kingdome of Chriit, moft Rhetorically deli- vered, Ch. XXXV, throughout. Thus far oj that branch of t hit Prophecy which it chiefly Minatory. NARRATORY, or hiftorical. vi\. An Hiflorical Narration of the flatc of King He^ekiahs Kingdome, ofhis great dangers, and wonderfull deliverances. Thishiftory feems to be here inferred, 1. Partly, for faiths confirmation and illuftration of the former Prophecies and Promifes touching the Churches fafe- ty, and her enemies deftruftion •, defcribed efpeci. ally in ch, 33. 34, 35. preceeding. 2. Partly, as an occafion of the Prophets fpeaking fuch glorious things of the mofl happy, fafe and flourishing Ringdomeof Chrift in the following part of the Prophecy. Th'tt it laid down in chap. 36. to 40. This Hiftory is twofold, 1. More General. 2. More Particular. I. More GeneralUnd Publique, in reference to the whole Kingdome of Judah and Jerusalem, where, i. Senacherib King of Affyr'ta's invading of Judah,and Chap. 36". taking all the fenced cities. Co. XXXVI. 1. 2.HisSommoningcf Jerufalem twice, By Rab- fljekah, I. By word of mouth ; Rabfliekab with a great Army, being come up to Jerufalem, follicheth the people to revolt to him, with many infolent brags, revilings and blafphemies, v. 2. to 22 Amplified I. Ey the report hereof to King He^ekjah, ver. 22. 3. By Hezjtlfiah'' s great perplexity at the reporr,fend- Chap. 37. to the Prophet Ifaiab to pray forthem,C/?.XXXVII. J. to 6. 3. Ey lfaiaVi Meffage back to the King from the Lord, encouraging him with their deliverance, and Senacberibs deftruftion in his own land, v. 6,7. II. By a blafpemow Letter to King Hezekjah, ver. 8. to 14. Touching whichmote, I. He^ekjahs Afts about the Letter,he fpreads it before the Lord in the Tem- ple, and by Prayer indites Senacherib at Gods Bar, by Evidence of his own Letter,i>er. 14. to 2 1. 3. Ifa- iabs Prophecy againft proud infolent Senacherib, pxo- mifing diversion of the enemy, and the fafe prefer- fervation of Jerufalem, v. 21. to 36. 4. The events upon this Prophecy, vi^. The whole Army destroy- ed byan Angel in onenight, v.ifi.Senachenbs return to 'Nineveh, ver. 37. His untimely death, as he was in the Aft of his Idolatry, ver. 38. II. More Particular in reference to King Hexel^iab himfelf, wherein note 1. He^thaVs mortal ficknefs. Chap. XXXVIII. Amplified 1. By the meffage of death fent him from the Lord by Tj'ai.ih the Prophet, v. 9. 2. By Hexe^t- *bs% prayers and tears upon that meflage, verfe 2>3- Chap. 38. 2. Hezeleiab's Recovery, I. Promt fed by the Prophet Tfaiab, and the Promifc confirmed by afign, %Thc g The San Sun going baclofen degresver. 4. ra 2 >. 2. Cclcbrat- goetb baci^ cd by Hexekjab in his To ankjful writing, v. 9. ro 25. ten degrees 3-Defitibed, Partlyby the means applyed for hib re- covery, vt2$. Partlyb\ the occafion of Gods giv- ing him a fign,^, Hexckiahs queftion,x».26. 3 Merodach-Biiladun King of BabylonS Congratula- tion o/Hezekiah's Recovery, by Letters and a Pre fent fent to him, Ch. XXXIX. 1. Amplified 1. By Here- Chap. 39. kjah's entertainment of them with gladnefs, impru- dently fhewing them all his trcafures, v. 2. 2. By Ifaiahs threatning hereupon the Babylonifh captivi- ty, occafioned by this aft of ffe^elftab, which threat- ning, Herekjah fubmifiiveiy receives, ver. 3. to the endofthe chap. Thus far oj that part of thit Prophecy which it chiefly Narratory. IV. PROMISSORY. confift:ng principally of fweetefl Evangelical Promifes. I. For Reftaurarion of the Church of the Jews from themifery that fhould be- fall them then in the Babylonifh captivity ch.19.to £,9. 2. For compleating and confummation of the Chur- ches deliverance and glory in the Golpel times hy Chrift himfelf, adding the Gentiles unto his Church, ih. 49. to the end. I. CONSOLATORY PROMISES of delivering the Jews by Cyrut ( the firft Perfian Monarch J from the Babylonian caa'ivhy : under which is myftically fhadowed out the Eleftsfpiritual deliverance by the Meffiah fthe fountain of all freedome, J from fin; death, hell ; ("which is the height and glory of all de- liverances.) Now thefe confolatory promifes are 1. Generall. 2.Speciall. l.General Promifes, fot the comforting of the church of God in all ages againft greateft extremities miferies and ftraits, by Evangelical promifes of fpiritual deli- verance in Chrift the true Meffiah, cb.40. 1043. 11.14. Here obferve, 1. The Gofpel Doctrine and confolation is pro- pounded, the Church hath paid double in Chrift for Chap. 40. all her fins , Chapt. XL. 1,2. hereupon her deliverance againft all difficulties , is" I.Publiflj- hjohn ed, 1. By the preaching of h John Baptift Chrifts Baptifts fore-runner, verj. 2,. toy. 2. By the preaching of Miniftry the Apoftles and other Minifters of the Gofpel, promifed. ver. 9. io, 11. II. Confirmed by divers Arguments drawn, 1. Partly, from Gods ability to deliver them, being incomparably excelling all creatures in Power, ver. 12. Wifdome, ver. 13, 14. Infinite Majefty, -v. 15, 16,17. Whereupop the folly and vanity of idol- makers, &c. is reproved, ver. 8. to 27. and his peo- ples diffidence in God in ftraits is blamed, ver. 27.ro the end of the chapt. 2. Partly, from Gods lingular , benefits fhewed to Abraham of old, and to his Chap. 41. Church, chap. XLI. to 10. III. Repeated; here are many encouraging promifes touching Gods alfuffici- entproteftion aud deliverance ofhis people, but the deftruftion of their enemies, ver. 10. to 21. NOW all thefe confolations are concluded with an elegant confutation of all vain confidence in idols, or any thing elfe : God alone in Chrift being the deliverer ofhis people, verfe 21. fo the end of the chap. 2. Chrift the true Meffiah ( Author of all delive- rance and happineffe to his Churchy) is Evangelical- ly defcribed, ch. 42. 1. toch. 43. 18. where 1 Chrifts Office to the Church, according to Gods vocation of Chap. 42. him, Chap. XLII.i. to 10. amplified by the Churches duty of thankfulnefte to Chrift, ver. 10,11,12. 2. The Afts which God will do by Chrift lively repre- fented, ver. 13 to 18, 3. His people are. 1 Partly taxed for their great ftupidity and incredulity, ver. lS-totheend. 2. Partly encouraged and comforted vith fvveet promifes of Gods companions, delive- _, ranees, and falvations of his Church in Chrift, Chap. na"< 43 XLIII. 1. ro 14, II. Special or Particular Promifes for the comfort of the Jewes againft their future Babylonifh Captivity, affuring them of deliverance thence,by Cyrmtbe Pei- Ooooo pan, .n 8 ISAIAH. Chap. 44. i Cyrus as a Deliverer of the Church promifed, and nam- ed long before, Ghap. 45. Chap. 45. Cap. 47. Chap. 48. Ciup 49. pan, ch. 43. 14. to 49. and this 1. Summarily. ?. Largely. 1. Summarily and more obfeurely : wherein 1. BdbyUns mine is foretold, ver. 14. 15, 16, 17. 2. The Jewes deliverance out oi Bab) Ion is promifed, not for their fakes, but mecrly his own grace, pardoning their fin, ver. \8.to the end of the chap, and beftow- ing hisfpirit and blefTing upon them in Chrift, Chap. XLIV. i.roS. 2. Largely and more clearly, wherein I. Byway of Exordium, as it were, God afierrs his faithfulnefs, encouraging his people inrhe certainry of his Pro- mifes ; Sc this 1. From his own eternal omnipotent & mod conftant nature, not like the vain and foolifh I- dols of Bab)hn,ver.6. to 21 . 2. From his faithful Cove- riant with Ifrael, ver. 1, 22, 23. and the excellent effect of -.hat Covenant that fhould come topaffeon Ifraelby itkus, ver. 24. to the end of the chap. II. GodSDikSrNarrationof his wonderfull Aftsthat lie will do by Tyrus in deftroyingB/;n,anrl reftor- ing tfraelom of it. Where 1. The Nomination, dii ine call and alfiftance oiCyrw to this great work, Chap.XLV. 1,2,3,4. 2. The Caufesas itwere in- ducing God hereunto, v':^. Portly-, that God and his faithfulnefs to his people may be acknowledged by Cyrus, by the Nations, and by all creatures, ver. $, 6. 7- 2- Partly, that Babyl >;s blafphemy and wick- edness may be plagued, ver. 9. tot/\. Paitly, That hereby the Nar'ons farre and near may be brought to fefve and worfhip Gcd with his Church, ver. 14.ro 28. whom God invites to himfclf with promifes of confirming and increafing them in the knowledge andfauh of Chrift, ver. 18. to the end. 3. Theim- pbfiFibility ofprtventirgthis work of God-, For, all B, bylans idols cannot pre vent it, being unable to help themfcives, and no way comparable to God, Chap. XLVL throughout. All Babjlons wifdome, power, witchcrafts fhall not be able to prevent it: Babylon being devoted to deftruftionfor her unmercifulnefs to the Jewes and her intolerable pride, Ch. XLVII. tfiroughont. 4. Gods conteflation with his people a- bbut this their deliverance, as being not at all for their fakes, tiny being hypocritical andobftinate k»wickednefs,Cfc, 21, 22. II. CON SOLAtORT P RO MlSES of com- g the ipiritual deliverance and glory of the C hurchj efperially in the acceflTion ol theGenri/f.f un- der the GOfpel, by the true Meffiah, cbap.49. tothe cnd'ij the biolf. Herein confjder, I. the Prefare to all the fe Evangelical Prom:fes. W herein is the fumme of what is afterwards more largely explained. As. 1. Chrifh call to his Me- diatory Orhcej Chap. Xl.IX. i, 2, 3. 2. Chrifls com- plaint ofrhe friiftration of his endeavours in gather- ing the Jews, ver.4. 3. Chrilts comfort fiom the LO R Df though Iff aei be not gathered J in the ] of theG< utiles by him. to the great joy ofrhe Church, iter. 5. to 14. Amplified, Partly by Gods perpetual love to his Church, though the Jewes thought rhemlehcs forfaken, ver. 14. to 18. Partly, by the gi'at enlargement .md profnerity of the Church, Kings and Queens being their nurfiog fa- thers and mothers; ver. 18 to 24. Partly, by her great deliverance and pio eition againft all her ene- mies, i«. LVIII. throughout. <,. Their manifold corruptions and iniquities particulariied, procurers of all their calamities, Chap. LIX. 1. to 9. Amplified 1 Partlyby the Prophets bewailing thefe fins in the Churches name, ver. 9. to 16. 2 Partly by the Lords Promifes to deliver and fave the penitent among them, whilrt his enemies fhail be dertroyed, ver. 10. to the end nj the chap. HI. Sveeteft Evangelical Promifes and Comforts to the Church, especially in reference to the Calling of the GENTILES. Herein are confiderable, 1. The furpaffmg glory of the Church in the con- verfion of the Gentiles thcrero. H^-re, 1. The Church is incired by the LOR D to fhine forth in the light oftheGofpel, Chap. LX. 1, 2, 2,. 2. The great multitude of Gentiles from all Nations flowing into the Church, ver. 4. to 15. 3. The lingular benefits accrewing to the Church by acceffeof che Gentiles, ver. 15 to the end. 2. The office and influence ofChrirt for procuring his Churches glory and happineffe. Here note 1. The Office, and Qualifications of Chrirt thereunto, Chap. LXI. 1, 2,3. 2. The excellent efTefts of chat Office upon the Church, ver* 4. tothe end of the chap. g. Chrifls fervent defire to crown his Church with pcrfeft glory, Chap. I.XII. I. to 6. 4. His appoint- ment of Watchmen in his Church inceffantly to pro- more her happinefs, by prayer and preaching the Gofpel, ver. 6. to the end. $. His victory over his Churches enemies, having rtained his raiment with their blood, Chap. LXIII. 1. to 7. 3. The Churches addrcfle to God for relief in her great afflictions, r. Ac^wledgini Gods ancient lov- ing- kindneffes to his people Ifrael, ver. 7. to 15. 2. Praying earnertly for the favour of the LORD to them in the rertautation of their Cines,and Sanftuary laid wartc for their fins, which they lament, ver. 15. to the end, and Chap. LXIV. throughout. To this ChaP' 64: prayer, the LORD returns Anfvoer, wherein he de- clares, i. The calling of the Gentiles ("able to make a Church, though Jews be cart off J Chap. LXV. 1. c,laP- 65' 2. The Rejection of die Jews for their unbelief, ido- latry and hypocrifie, ver. 2. to 8. Yet the Referva- tfonofa Remnant repenting, ver. 8- to u. to whom bleffings are promifed contrary to the judgments of the wicked, ver. it. to 17. 3. TheblefTed and joy- ful rtate ot the New Jerufalem, made up of the Gen- cdes and remnant of the faithful Jews, is admirably defcribed, ver. 17. to the end. t 4. The RejeH/onoC the Jewifh Synagogue, Temple &c. and the Confiitution of theChrirtian Church un- der the New Tertament is defcribed, Chap. LX VI. Wherein, 1. He declareth againrt hypocrites and ungodly ones, that nooutward^Sanftuary nor exter- nal Sacrifices can pleafe him, without inward pover- ty of fpirit, contrition and trembling at his word; and therefore wicked hypocrites mould be dertroyed ver. 1.10$. 2. He encouragerh the gracious Remnant that trem )Ie at his Word, by the confufion of hypo- crites, &c. and the converfion of children to the Church, ver.fi, to to. 3. exhorteth the Churches friends to rejoyce wifthher, that they may fharcin herhappinelle, ver. 10. to 1$. 4. He promifethex- cel lent bleffings and glory to his Church, increafed by the calling of the Gentiles. New Heavens, New Earth, while their wicked enemies fhall be dertroy- ed, ver. i<>> to the end of the Book.. Chap. 66, A N . 0 Isaiah. rf& & A & & A A A ffi. & ■© #. $' !& -*- Si^ ?J? £s3 S3 83 ^P 5J3 vi> S3 S & #ft &:&& fi> •& ft ■< is^sm'sk t-iiii 9i^$S^ff¥$«9Mf9$f9ff9:if$fiifi.'i$iffiif A N APPENDIX T O ISAIAH VIZ. A Song y touching (jods degenerated Vineyard, the Church of thz femes. ifaiah 5. 1. to 8. Seer. I. /Tfj. 16, T N time Of Vintage, I Songs if }oy And mirth intheir lo.and 27. 1 Vineyards were ufdal among friends when they 2. had a plentiful Vintage : But here conrrariwife is a m Carmen Miurnful Song touching Gods vineyard. S.Hterome lamenra- ftiles ic m a lamentable Song, and a [orrorvful Song. bile pflpu- And indeed, if the Occafion, Subjeft-inatter, and lolfracl. Scopeofitbe well confidercd, it juftly deferves that Carmen title: For, as the Church may fitly be refemblcd by lugubre a Vineyard, A Vineyard n 1. Excelling other fields, vinca? fuse 2. Being mean and feeble in fruit-trees. 3. Need- Hier.com. ing conflant dreffing and watching. 4. Her fruit be- in I(.i. 5. ing of great value. jiW^. 9. 13. Pfal. 104, 15. 5. And Tom.%. herfteinmc, iffruitlefs, of (mall or no confequence n A Vine- at all, Eijk; 1$. throughout: So under the Parable of yardtc- a degenerate Vineyard, the degenerate Church of God femblesa among the Jewes is reproved, &threarned with de- church, folation for thcir/owre Griper of all manner of un- five wayes rightecufnefs. This Reproof is digefted into the formofaSa/y, probably 1. To procure the more heedfull attention to it. 2. To move and affeft their hearts more throughly with the matter of ir. 3. To imprint it more indelibly intheir memories, that (it pcflibly J this extraordinary way of Admonition might riorhem good, the ordinary way proving fo fruitlcfie to them. Penman of it was this Prophet Ifa- iah, as cannot be rcafonably doubted by any ; it be- ing here inferred in the body of his Prophecy, and no where afcribed to any other Author. Seer. II. Occafion of this Song was the extrcatn degenerate condition of Gods Vineyard, after all his heavenly husbandry bellowed thereon : v/\. The hainous im- pieties and iniquities of the Church of the) ewes, af- ter all the meant of Grace which God had beflow'd upon them above ajl people then in the uorld. Scope, 1. To convince them of Gods great kindnefie to them, affording them all good hufbandry and means of fruitfulneffe: But of their deep unkindnefs to him in the ingrateful returns of no better fruit than the wild Grapes of grievous fins. 2. To forewarne them of the utter ruine and defolation that God would bring upon that degenerate Vineyard, with- out timely Repentance. 3. To evidence, even to their own cqnfciences, their own inexcufeableneile, and Gods inculpablenefie herein. 4. Finally, to warneall the Churches of Chrift ( by Gods dealing wirh his Vineyard^ that they bring not forth wild- grapes after allChrifhGofpel-hufbandry, left they be unchurched and defhoyed. Seer. III. Principal Parts to this eod , are I. The Preface to the Song letting forth 1. the Singer of this Song, v/>. [/.] The Prophet Ifaiah. 2. Tl>e Ob)eZl to whom this Song is fung,[ To my Belov- ed, H Song of my Beloved.'] vi^. 0 To God ; this is 0 Thus Gods Song, God is here brought in asfpeakinga- Hierom. gainft his Vineyard, lfaias calls him [ Beloved,'] Calvin. from the love and zeal he bears to God, thusun- Paretu in thankfully requited by his Church. 3. The Subjefl- lie. Some matter, or Theme of the Song,[Towc/>»n£ his Vineyard] interpret vi^. The Jcmfh Church, Ifa. c. V. 1. 7. ir ofchriff, and fo the words may be taken as the Song of the Prophet in the Name of God the Father to his Son intruded with his Vineyard. Vii. Jua. Annot. in he. U.The Subflaneeofthe Song it felf, containing 1. A Parable. 2. Tlie Interpretation 0] it. I. The Parable is of a degenerate Vineyard; Where note, LA Commendation, t. Part ly of the Vineyards mod fruitful fituation,i/er. 1. 2. Partly of the Lords fmgtilar care in fencing, ftoning, planting, and de- fending of his Vineyard, vcr.2. II. An Exprobrathn or upbraiding of the Vineyard for iu degenerat- ing. ISAIAH. 42 1 ing. Herein the Lord. Declares how his hopes of fruit were fruftrarcd by wilde-grapes,v.2. 2. Appeals even to the men of Judak and Jerufalem thcmfclves, to judge betwixt him and his Vineyard, that in their own confciences they might condemn themfelves, and jufHfte Gods proceedings againft them, ver.%,A. 3. Expoftulates with his Vineyard about this caufieffe degenerating, ver. 4. III. A Manifeftation of the Lords determinate purpofe utteriy to lay this Vine- yard wafre,fencelefs, fruitlefs, v. 5, 6. II. The Interpretation, or Accommodation of this Parable to the Church of the Jews, wherein is de- clared, 1. What this Vineyard k, viz. The houfe of Is- rael and men of Judith. 2. What the Grapes which God expected were, viz. Judgment and Righteouf- nefi. 3. What the wild-Grapes which in ftead there- of they returned, were, v\z.oppreffionltke a Leprofte- fcab, and a cry of their (Ins for vengeance from Hea- ven, tier. 7. In which oppofite rermes in the He- p Voluntas br«w, there is, as p Hierome notes, a molt elegant Latinis in- Paronomafiajx alluflon in both the letters and founds finuareau- of the words. ributi quod ab Hebr&a didicimuf. Judicium apudeos appellatur U21UQ JniquitaJ, five diflipatio, ut interpretatm eft Aquila; n2UJO Jl«r/Kmjuftitiarfrm«rnp"lli Clamor autem appellatur HpyX 1)n\ itdque vel addita liter a, vet mutata . fie verborumfimilitudi- nem temper avit, utpro U2IUG diceret nlH^O, & pro HplX poneret HpVX & elegantem (ImZluram foaumque verborum )uxt a Hebr&am [inguamredderet, menofJadah, judge-I-pray i Twixt my Vineyard and ^ me. 4. What to my Vineyard could be done More than therein I wrought? Why a look't I it fhould bring-forth-G rapes, And it wild-grapes forth-brought >. 5. And b now I'le tell you what c Tie do To my Vineyard, and crop: It's hedge dl will remove, andjo e It fliall be eaten-up .• Thereof I-will-break down the wall, Andit/trod-down fhallbe. 6. And£ I will lay itwafte, it fhall Not once be prun'd by me Nor; dig 'd, butBri'rand Thorne alone, Shall there come-up, andftand: i The clouds from rajning rain thereon Likewife I will command. 7. For th'Vineyard, of the LORD of Hofts The Houfe of Ifrael it, And k men of Judah's grateful Coafts I That pleafant Plant of his : And I for judgement waited then. But lo m Oppreffion high > For righrcoufnefs with fins of men. But lo a dolefuUcry. rHeb. And alio. fHcb.He cut er, hewed. t Heb. to make. ulleb. made, x Heb. O in- habitant of Jerufalem. yheb.Qman x Heb. be- twi*t me. a Heb. ex- peded I. b He b. Now I will-make you know now. c Heb. I am doing, d Heb. to remove. eHeb. It ihall be to be burnt- up er tobeeac- en,up. fHeb.ihall be for a treading- down. g Heb.I will put- it waft, neffe. h Heb. Af- cend. i Heb. upon clouds. k Heb.man. 1 Heb. The plant of his delightful- neffes. m Heb. A fcab-of le- ptoiie. The Churches Song ofTraife ; For her great Deliver-* zncefrom'Babyloris Captivity, and Glorious Benefits by Chrijl her Saviour: t*-. Ifa. XII, throughout. Sea. I. OCeafion upon which the Prophet Ifai ah Penned MsSongofPraife; feemsby the context to be this : The Lord having threatned to chaftife his Peo- ple the Jevves,with the Babylonifh Captivity ,for their fins, Chap. 10. ver. 5. to 12. promifeth to a remnant a glorious deliverance thence, and withal the Aflyri- ans deftruftion for their pride and cruelty againft his People ver. 12. to the end. And hereupon takes OfCrt/Jontopromifetheblefled and peaceable King- dome ofChrift. fthat branch of the Jlemme of ]ei{e,) and the fweet effects thereof, wjfc the fpiritual Re- ftauration of the Jems, and vocation of the Gentiles which are the highefl deliverances and benefits of all whereof that of Babylon was but a dim fhadow, chap. II. throughout. In which Promifes he makes an ele- gant parallel betwixt Egypt and Babylon for his peo- ples comfort, vi%_. 1. The Ajfyrian fhall afflict the Jews after the manner of Egypt, lfa. 10. 24. 2.The P p p p p Affyrian 422 ISAIAH. n Et dues in die 1 11. t] ACfyrUn for this fliall be fcourged and deftroyed af- ter the manner of Egypt, I fa. 10. 25, 2<5.&c. 5. The Jews thereupon fhall be delivered from Affyria eafi- Iy, patting through the River dry fl>ocL, fyc. M(e as it was in Ifrael, inthe day that be came up out of the land of Egypt, If. 1. 11. 15,16. 4. Hereupon as Ifrael de- livered from the Egyptians in the Red-Sea, funga Song of praife, Exod. 1 5. 1. &c. So the Jews deliver- ed from Babylon, fhall hng this thankful Songinthat day, Ifa. 12. Las n Hierome hath well obferved. Quicquid in folitudine dixeratis, quando afcendiftis de terra >Eg\p-i, & mare ilccatiim eft rubrum : C antenna domino, gloriole enim magnificatus eft, &c. Nunc percuffa lingua maris ./Egypti, tk rlumine illius arefacto atque concifo & humiliato, glorificate dominum & dicite : Confitebor t'tbi domine, quoniam qui tram merui fo fur or em tuum, mifericordiam tonfetutut fum, tu es enim falvator mens, &c. B. Hieron. Comment, in Ifa. 12. Sett. II. oVid.Ca'u, Com. in l:c, Comment. Scope; To incite the Church of God by this forme of Thankfgiving, put into her hands aforehand by the Prophet i. To 0 expect thefe deliverances pro- mifed more confidently, as a thing already Part, and celebrated in thankful Praifes. 2. Thankfully to magniric the Lord, for removing his difpleafure, dis- covered in her deep diftrefTes, for faving her from her miferies, and crowning her with many benefits and mercies in Chrift Jefus. Seel. III. Principal parts In this Song, confider The Proem or Preface to it, vi^. The Prophets ex- hortation of the Church, thus to praife the Lord in the day of her deliverance, Chap. Xli. 1, The Song of praife it felf. Containing 1. The Churches Refolution to praife the LORD, ver. 1. Amplified by the grounds hereof, vi^. 1. Gods turning from his difpleafure in afflicting her. 2. Hisconfolation toher, ver. 1. 3. His becoming her falvation and ftrength in redeeming and delivering her, therefore he deferves to be her confidence and Song, ver. 2. and an ever-fpringing Well of all com- fortable fupplies in neccffuieSja/er. 3. 2. The Churches Invitation of her, Members and others, to magnifie God with her throughout the world.- ». For his glorious Name. 2. For his ex- cellent Acts, famous throughout all the earth, ver. 4, 5. 3. For the greatnefle of the Holy One of Ifrael m the Church, ver. 6. (This Song maybe Tuned as PC l.or2%.) id; xii. 1. And in that day thou foaltfiy 3 - Wil /^V LORD,/> I will thy Praife-difplay ; the v„y Though wroth with me thou waft, p Heb. 1 enfefle q Hcii. And. Thine Anger'nowis turn'd away, (j Me comforted- thou-haft. 2. Lo, God it my Salvation: Tie truft and will not fear* ForJahjEHOVAHtf*W My ftrength and Song full dear 1 Hcb. And i Hec's my Salvation, andnone elfe he was 0 3. And ye with joy fhall ay m; for lal- Draw waters from Salvation's Wells Villu"- 4. And in that day fhall (ay ; f Hcb, Ccn • fcile ve to JfcriO. VaH, t Heb.High. nedt or fcx- ccllency. u Heb. O in babur.ffe- of Sion, I Land /Laud ye the LORD, call on his Name ; 'Mong Folk his Acts make known : Make-mention that Yin glorious name Is heigluned in renown. 5. Sing Pfalme uato the LORD our God; For he t high things hath done, This-thing in all the earth abroad Is known from Sun to Sun. 6.uQ thou that doft in Sion- dwell, Shout, and fhrill-out moft free: For th' Holy-one of Ilrael Is great in midft of thee. A Prophetical! Song of Thankfgiving taught the Church aforehand, touching her deliverance from Baby Ions Captivity, which fhould certainly come to pais. Sect. I. THis Song is (for fubftance ) much like that in Ch. XII. yet more full and large. Occafionoi the Prophet Ifaiahs Penning it feems to be this ; A great part of this Prophecy is fpent in a Minatory wayy threatning many judgements and deftructions to many Enemies of the Church, ( among the reft in a fpecial manner to Brt^/j^uponwhoferuine the Jews fhall thence be delivered, J and all thefe in order to Gods glory and the Churches good, many of the Na- tions hereby being to be fubdued to God, and added to the Church for her enlargement ; upon thefe oc- cafions, as the Prophet himfelfpraifed God for the Enemies deftrutlkn, and the Churches Reftaurationy (as things already done,they are fo emphatically de- fcribed, in Chap. XXV. throughout : ) So the whole Church is taught aforehand tofing praifes to God for that her deliverance and her eftabliftiment there- upon, in Peace, Safety and Profperity, inch. XXVI. That fo by this publick Song, both their hearts might be more affected with the Mercy ; and their minds retain morefirmely the memory thereof. Seel. II. Scope Of the Church herein is 1. To Praife the LORD for her great deliverance from diftrefle, efpe- ch\ly from Babylon; andhisftrong falvation there- upon vouchfafed to her. 2. To incite^ her felf and all the People of God to depend on thij Lord, with aflured confidence for his favours to them, and hi; judgments on their proudeft enemies. 3. To pro- lific her affiance in God for hisconftant Protection ^ of her againft all her enemies and afflictions for the future. For ( as xC'rt/v/n well notes J This Song'was x lit ereo not only intended for a form of Praife to the Church confide- a\ter deliverance, but alfo as a ground of confidence rentludaei under ctptivtty, both to them and to their children, fe libera- that they fhould doubtlefle be delivered, though tumiri they were as hopelefie as dead men in their very atque ' 8ravcs- vitamin 1 . r r. ,. . 'plamorte retinerenr, hocipfis Canticum compofuit Propheta, priufquam etiam caiamitas accideret, ut jam inftrucii ad earn pe'rfcrendam & meliora fperanda efient. Ncc enim arbitror ideo folum fuifTe compofuum ut liberati gratias agerent, fed ut in exilio ipfo tametfi fimiles eflcnt mortuis •, animos fuos hac fiducia obfirma- rcnt, filios etiam inftitucrent in hac fpe,atquc hac promil:a quad per manum traderent polleris. Joan. Calvin. Comment, in Ifa. 26. 1. Setf. III. ISAIAH. 4- Sett. III. Principal Parti in order to thefe ends,are 1. The Infcription or Title, defcribing, i. The Kind of it, A Song. 2. The Place where ic (hall be fung, in thelandofjudah, that is, The landofConfeffion,(z'uh y Tunc y Hierome, viz. the Church, whereof Judah wot a Type., cantabitur faith ^ Junim. 3. The time when it (hall be fung,/n canticum that Day, viz. of the Churches reftauration, &c. Ifa. ifhidin XXVI. ver. 1. terra Ju- da, CveJudaM, quod interpretarur utrumque, Confeffto, &c. Hieron. Comment, in Ifa. 26. Tom. 5. Z Jm. Annot. in lac. II. The Song itfelf wherein confider. 1. A gratulation of the Church(by way of Exordium) for God's admirable de!iverance,conitant confervati- on & profperity ofher. Wherein note i.The ftrong, fecu reflate of Jerufalem, the church reftored, »«!. 2. Thepartiesthat fball enioy this happinefe of the city of God, The righteous Nation peeping hit truths, ver. 2. 3. The inftrumental mean whereby they are kept in conftant peace,i/i^. By trufting in God,ver. 3. II. An Exhortation hereupon to all, conftantlyto truft in the LORD. This is urged by Arguments drawn 1. From Gods everlafting power,v. 4. 2.From his judgments upon the proud and lofty, vtv. 5, 6. 3. From his equal difpenfation of the affairs of the juft in all conditions, v. 7. Amplifiedby the Chur- ches difpofition towards God in his courle of judgm- ments with her, therein waiting for him, defiring him and his righteoufneffe, ver. 8, 9. whereas the wicked contrariwife will deal unjuftly,notwithftand- ing Gods hand lifted up, his favour evidently mani- fested to them, whereby they procure their own de- ftruction, ver. 10,11. III. A Profeffton of the Churches confidence in God, for her own deliverance and protection, but her e- nemiesdeftruction, ver. 12. to 20. and this upon di- vers grounds, vi^. 1. Her former experience of Gods dealings with her, ver. 12. enabling her to keep clofe to himfelfeven under the oppreffion and tyranny ofher enemies, ver. 13. 2. Gods deftru- ction ofher enemies, ver. 14. 3. Gods gracious en- largement of the Church by adding thereto the Gen- tiles to his own glory, ('the a Callingof the Gentiles being here promifed, J ver. i$t 4. Gods drawing his people nearer to himfelf by afflictions, ver. 16. Which afflictions are further defcribed by their ex- tremity, and continuance, notwithftanding all their travels and wreftlings for deliverance, ver. 17,18. 5. Gods promife by the Prophet, of reftoring the Jewes, though like dead men in their graves, asthe herbs in the Spring are revived by the dew, and bud afrefh. ver. 19. IV. The Comlufion, containing an Exhortation of the Church to patient betaking her felf under Gods protection (in allufion to the Ifraelites fhutting their doors, &c. in Egypt, when God flewEgypt'* firft-born) till the calamitiesbe blown over, ver.20. This Exhortation is, urged from the Lords prefent defign to punifh the wicked, and avenge the blood of his people upon them, ver. 21. a Hie ha- bemus promiffio- nemde vocatione gentium, qua; pios in exilio illo & mi- fera diffi- patione ecclefix non pa- rum re- creare de- bmtjCalv. com. in Ifa. 26.2$. (Sing this as Vfal. 1 1 3 .) Ifa. XXVI. 1. In that day fiall this Song be Jung in the Land of Judah, I. b \ 7i 7E have a city ot great ftrength, V V Salvation Go d will fet at length As vvallsandc Bulwarks of defence. 2.0 open ye the gates. and/> The righteous Nation in-fhall-go ^That keepeth Truth and Innocence. 3. 0 God, thti fixt thought/frxpected thee : Our Soul's defire w to thy Name, And unto thy fweet memory. 9. Thee in the night defir'd have I Ev'n with my fouls intenfive flame } Yea with my fpirit within-me, I-will-feek-early-after-thee : For when thy judgements moreer leffe Are fent forth in the Earth 0 God, The worlds inhabitants abroad Will infomefort learn righteoufneffe. io. Letgreatefl favour-bc-expreft Unto the wicked when at beft Tet will he not learn righteoufneffe .* In land of /^uprightnefs will he Unjuftly-deal, and will not fee The LORD'S / Majeftick-glorioufnefs. 1 1. LORD, when thine hand fs-lifted-high, They will not fee-intentively : But they fhall fee, andblufh with fhame For envy at thy folk j likewife The fire of thy vile Enemies Shall-eat-them up with greedy flame. II. 12. LORD,thou wilt Peace for us ordain : For, all our viorksfwhereby we gain J Ev'n thou for us didft work and frame. 1 3. Strange lords befides thee,LORD our Gods Have over us dominion had : But we'l make mention of thy name By bHtb.To us a city, &c. c bib A bul- wark viz before the walls. d Ht/>.Keep- in-. c Heb. Peace peace { bfb.lt it trulted. g htb. To Perpetuity. h Urb. He- /ayes it lew i Web. op- rig tuncflcfc' kbtb. up- tightnefles. I Heb.fub- Iimeneffc, 424 ISAIAH. m heb. dead or. Uyanti. tiHeb. Hift ad led to. o Heb. tnou arc-glonfi- fetf pHeb.ftrair, d tttefle. q Heb. A muftic mon or Jow-pray- er. r Heis. to brlng.lorth. fHcb. have co xeived. t heb. is, u heb. fallen r heb. The indignation, v heb. To vifit the ini- quity of the earths inha- bitants up- on him. ■% heb. He- ve.l, or un- cover. Ey thee alone, that e.ife c.mfigive. H-Tbefe lords aredtad, they fhall not live, they are m deceaf'd, they fhall not rifes ; Thou-haft-r/iem therefore-vifited, And wholly-them abol/fned, < Stroy'd all their memory likewife. 1 5. LORD, thou the Nation n haft encreaf t Thou to the Nation added-haft, Whereby 0 thouart-with-glory-ftor'd : Thy Church thou-haft-rtmoved-farre To all the Earth's confines that are. 16. Inp ftraics they did thee vifit, LORD; They poured-out-a q whifpering When on them was thy chaftening 17. As one with child, that draweth-neer r The dme-of-her deli very, Is pain'd,and in her pangs doth cry : So in thy fight, O LORD, we were. 12. We-/-were-with-chiIde('r/.>oJ<|J> allin vain) We-have-been-t ravelling in pain, We-aj-it-were-brought-forth-che-wind: On Earth Salvations t are not wrought, Nor are the worlds indwellers u brought- .To-ruine, (though thereto defigri'd.) 19. Tet thy dead men fhall live ; likewife With my dead-body they fhall rife Awake therefore, and finging-fliour, Ye dufts indwellers not a few : For as Herbs dew, fo is thy dew -, Earth alio fhall the dead caft out. 20. Come, O my precious people now, Into thy chambers enter thou ; And fhut thy door upon thee / aft : Do.thou-thy-felf-hide, as-it-were A Jittle moment fafely here Until x the wrath be overpaft. 21. For Io, the LORD with fpeedypace Is coming from his dreadful place, y To punifh Earth's indwellers fore For their extream iniquity ; Earth alfo fhall her bloods ^ defcry, And fhall her (lain conceal no more. King Hezekjah's Thankful Song for his Recovery. ifa. %d.ver. y.to 21. Seft. I. 1 If z2 c TH'S Thankful Song was Penned by K. Hezekiab, Ja'ie,y' ± a afrer his Recovery out of his mortal ficknefs ; and being of excellentufe to the Church of God in af- ter ages, is by the Prophet Ifaiah inferted and di- verted into the body of his Prophecy that it might ftandupon perpetual Record for the Churches In- ftr ult ion and Confolarion. Occafion. /Cing He^ekiah and Jerufalem being de~ livered miraculoully from the Army of Sennacherib ■ jr. 4 , Kingof/J/}5<'r«f»o, fi de prxfenti effet terrtpore 8c non de prasterito. Manifcftum eft enim, quod port reddiram fanitatem de infirmitate confur- gens iftam conferipfcrit : ex quo non Oratio eft, fed Gratiarum attio, pro beneficio quod acceperat. D. Hiertn. Com. in Ifa. 38 Tom.$. Occafion, ISAIAH. Occafion.viz. when be had beenfick, andwas reco- vered of hkficknefs, Ifo.Chap. XXXVIII. 9. The Song itfelf, being partly Narratory; partly Cratulatory. I. Narratory, Declaring King HexekiaVs conditi- on and deportment towards God, under his heavy afflifting hand, W^. I. Hti Lamentation, wherein he bewailed pathetically. 1. His untimely death, before the ordinary courfe of life was finifhed , ver. 10. 2. His Deprivation (''by death now ap- proaching J both of Communion with God herea- mong the living, and of Communion with Gods Peo- ple, ver. 11. 3. The brevity of his life notably il- Juftrated, Partlyby removal of a fhepherds Tent; Partly by a Weavers Web brought unto the Thrum, and ready to be cut off, ver. 12. 4. His conftant ex- pectation of death day and night, ver. 12.13. U« flit Supplication, wherein note 1. The frame of his Spirit in praying, he was fo fore oppreffed, he did but chatter as a Crane or Swallow, and mourn like a Dove ; yet he ftill directed his eyes and expectation upward. 2. TheSubftanceofhisRequeft, undertake for me, ver. 13, viz. k. Be jurety jor me, ox I Recreate k_Montan. me, Exhilarate me, Eafe me, Make me to reft. Or,as verf. in loc. Junius m, Weave me up,C alluding to his former fi- / Calv. militude of a weavers web ; ) extend the web of my Com. in loc. life further. C For the Hebrew l^)} fignifles alJ mjun. thefe.) Annot.in II. Gratulatory, wherein confider I. Anacknow- loc. Iedgmcntof the mercy received, admiring it as be- yond expreflion; What fialllfay* Here he acknovv- ledgeth 1. Gods Promife of recovery by the Pro- phet upon his Prayer. 2. Gods Performance of his Promife. 3. The benefit of this Performance, vi\. He fhould go all his years beyond the bitternejfe of his Soul, viz. out-live his deadly difeafe, ver. 15. 4, Whence men in General, andhimfelfin Particular derive life, vi%. from influence of Gods Word, and Work. 0 LORD, by thefe things men live, . ver. 16. 5. The extremity and unexpeftedneffeof his affliction, extremity, I had bitternejfe, bitterneffe : uncxpeftedneffe, Jnpeace, vi^. prelently upon his great profperity in overthrow oiSennacheribs Army hefellfick. 6. The truecaufesof his deliverance, M^. Impulfive, Gods love to his foul in covering his fta, ver. 17. Finall, Gods glory which cannot be exalted by the dead, ver. 18. but by the living, ver. 19. II. A Refohition of his conftant folemnepraifes of God for this falvation and wonderful deliverance, ver. 2c. {Sing this as Pfal. ioo. or X. Com.') Ifa. XXXVIII. 9. The writing of Hezel{iah King of jjudah, when-he-had-been-flckj) and had-rcccvivedfrom hisficknejje. 10. T Said in cutting.offmy dayes J. I to the grave's dark gates fhali go : Ifhall deprived be alwayes Of my years refidue alfo. n. I faid, Ifhall not fee the LORD, The LORD in land of-Iiving -men : With world's indwel lers ( un-reftord J I fliall no man behold n agen. 12. Mine age fs-gone, and from me fled Ev'n as a fhepherds moving Tent: A? weaver his web (inifljed, So I cut-ofTo my 1 ife nighjpent ; With knife of death, me from the thrum New woven up cut-off-will-he, From day till darl^fome night doth come, Thou-wilc-quite-make-an-end-of-me 13. p I reckoned till the morne, that he Like Lyon all my bones would break ; Thou'It-make-an-utter-end-of- me From day till night, I amfo weak. 14. As Crane or Swallow 9 chartered I ; As Dove I mourn'd, through my difeafe: Mine eyes r fail looking up-on-high, /I am oppreft, O LORD,rme-eafe. II. 1$. Whatfhall I fay? He(/n my fears) Eoth fpake ro me, and he did this: I-fhall-go-foftly all my years u Beyond my fouls £>e. 313. promiks of Mercy. He was for his Defccnt, dSonof Baftl. H Ikl-ih, of the Prictts that were in Anathotb in the land 1513. of Benjamin; e Anathoth being one of the Cities ap- d Jer. 1.1. pointed to the Priefts. For his office,. He was/a e jof. 21, Prophet, fanft'ified and ordained thereunto of God, 18. even . in his Mothers Wombe before he was born. He 1 Chron. was called to prophecy in his younger years, when 6. 6d. he was but a child: and therefore at ftrft he g was fjcr. 1. 4, afraid of undertaking fo great a fun&ion, till God 5. had encouraged him. He excufed himjelf (~ faith h g Jer. 1.6, Ambi ofe J fmth preaching through bis modefty, which 7 , &c. yet he was able to do by Grace, Mofes declined the office h Moyfes for bit fliwfpeech ( faith i Hierome) but Jeremiah for quoque & his tender age: Mofes bring of ftrong age, is blamed; Hieremias Jeremiah his youth, k indulged; baflifulnefs and modefly eleftia bein\ youths ornaments.. He was bold as a Lyon in Godscaufe againft wickednefs, yet a troft melting pathetick tender-hearted Prophet in laying to heart moft deeply Gods diftonour, or finners mifery : wicnefs his fighs, tears, and Lamentations. After he had long prophesied againft the fins of his times. (; Some oSferve that Jehoiakjm commanded him to be burnt alive fir freaking againft their golden image Baal. lAmbrofe litems co be of opinion, that he was cafl Into a Like and drowned. Calvin inclines to their opinion, that think, m be was Honed to death by the enraged multitude \n Egypt after Jerufalem was de- stroyed. Donino, nr oracuU Dei pri dicarenc pop'ilo, quod porerant per gra- uatn, ex- cufabant per verc- cund'utn. V. A'fibrof. Ofjic.lib. 1. c. 17.7V77. 1. / Dctefhvum oiticium qnod proajrare non poteft fufiinere : eadem verectmdia qua & Moyfes tenuis & gracillis vocis effefe dicir. Sed illequafi magna? robuftequc xratis corripitur: huic pucritb? datur veiiia, qu* vcrccundia &pudoredecorarur. Hier. Com. in Jer. 1. l^Ludovic. Vive sin Aug. de civ. Dei. lib. 18. c. 25. torn. 5. / Negei btrarnm Efaiam-, cum medius fecarctur ; Hieremiam, aim mcrgeretur. A'nbi of de Jacob <& vita beata,l 2. c. 9,/«6. fin. Denique Jeremias in lacurrj mil us eft: h*c enim crant po- ( ularia Juda?oruai] non vino repleca, fed cruore. Ambmf Com. in J.uc. 20. ad in.t. lib. 9. m Jo. Calv. Proem, Prdall. in Jerem. Sec a!fo Diodate in hit Arg. of Jeremiah. Seer. II. Time of his Trdphecying. As Jeremiah began to prophefie very young, fo he prophefied very long, vi\. abr.at 43. years, Thii fee cleared formerly inthe chronologic al Table, &c. fo- ginningatp.A,\\.nS,Hierome computes the time of nD H'er his Prophefie to be 41. years, befide, the time that he Com.in Jer prophefied in Egypt. And 0 Calvin thinks Jeremy 1. 1 2,2. prophecymg after Jerufalems destruction, might 0 Iliic pofiibly prophefie above 50. years. However, this is ergo, very remarkable, that he began to prophefie in theg etiam port 13 year oijofiah,3t which time Religion was in a fad urbem and deplored ftate, the Book^of the Law being kft excifam which was to be the Rule both of Faith and life to- Jeremias wards God and Man pandit was not found till the peregic 18 year of K. Jofiah. So that Jeremiah muft needs curfum have an hard rafk to deal with fuch a people, among fuum. whom in a fort not only the purity, but the very Et fieri memory of Religion was buried and laid wafic. Nate, poteft, uc God is neither wanting to his Church, to teach and en- ultra lighten her in her greatefi obfeurity ; nor to his Prophets , a n nos to affift and encourage them againfi their greateSl diffi. quinqua- culties. gfnta incubueri't in munus, 8r laborem docendi, Calv.prafat.ante prdetl. in Jerem /Jerem, 1, 2. compared with 2 Chron.34. 8. 14. Seel:. III. Occasion and Scope. Occafion God having warned his people againfi: their many horrid provoking fins, by divers fore- going Prophets, inviting them to repentance and re- formation, left they involved themfelves under his heavy judgments, but in a manner all in vain, the peoples hearts being hardened: at laft he raifes up this Prophet, not fo much to invite thofe hopelefs ones to repent, as to denounce peremptorily and punctually that fatal blow, the deftruftion of Jerufa- lem and the Temple, and the peoples 70 years Cap- tivity in Babylon, for theit incurable fins. Scope therefore of this Prophecy is, 1. Seeing the warnings of the former Prophets were defpifed, The former tenders of Gods grace rejefted, The great patience of the long-fuffering God abufed, and his judgments themfelves f efpecially the Captivity cf the ten Tribes into Affyria unfruitfully managed, by an obftinate impenitent incorrigible people; To denounce refolutely and peremptorily that final and fatal doom agaisft them, vi\. The defbmtion of both the Temple and Jerufalem, and fo of both their Ecclefiaflique and Politique State, by the Chal- deans ; together with the miferable Captivity of the Jewes themfelves in Babjtoniot 70 years together. 2. To fupport notwithstanding, the hearts of Gods Eleft among them under thefc dreadfull Judgments, with fome fweec Promifes intermingled touching their Deliverance from this Bondage after feventy yeares, the Reftauration of their Temple and Civil State, &c. but efpecially touching Chrift the Mejftab, his Kingdome, Priefthood, Benefits, New Covenant C more cleared by him then any before, J and their e- tcrnal deliverance by him. (" VVhereupoD we may well Ch ap. I.toX. Jeremiah. 427 q Evange- well with Hierom ftile this Prophet q An Evangelical licum vi- man. J Eur ftill, as r Calvin well obferves, theft rum. Hier. Promifes rake pbec only after God had taken venge- Proem.in ance of their fins by the Chaldean s. 3. And finally, Jerem. to denounce heavy Calamities to other Nations, that r Dico igt- had occafioned any way the fins of the Jcwes, Afted rurfimpli- in, or aggravated upon them their miferics ; efpeci- cirerjere- ally againft Babylon the proudeft and cruelleft of all miamfuif- their enemies, devoted therefore to utter ruine, fe a Deo wherein fhe is a notable Embleme of the myfticalBa- miiTum, ut byhn under the New Teftament. populo ul- iimam cladem Prsedfceret : Dcinde ut concionaretur de futura rcdemptione. Sic ramen, ut interponeret fempcr exilium fep- tuaginta annorum, Calv. Pr*f. ante Prdeil. in Jer. Now in unfolding thefe things , in this Prophecy are intermingled many H (lories, to evidence the ac- complifhments of the Prophecies. The many Oppo- fitionsand great Difficnlties alio wherewith the I'ro- phet vvraftled in the diicharge of his Duty herein : together wirh Gods wonderful Supporting him under and delivering him from them all, are recorded •, To teach Gods Mini/iers to be faithful to God in their pla- ces againft all opfofttitions-, feeing God if fo Al-fufficient a Proteflor and Deliverer for them. Se&. IV. General Part;. I. (Thefirfl part of the Boo\. t Jeremi- ads extra- ordinary Call to the Prophets Office. Chap. r. II. ir. The fecond Part oUhe Book, which is chiefly hortatory. u Prophe- cies under King JO- SIAH's Reign. Chap. 2. Principal Tarts. Herein are r 2. The Body of the Prophefie it felf. (ion, THE PREFACE, containing I, The Title of the whole Book, /defcribing I. The Penman by his Name, Parentage and Country, ChA. 1. 2. The time of his Prophecy, v. 2, 3. II. The t divine vo- cation of Jeremiah to the Prophetical Office, is fee forth, ver. 4, 5. Amplified 1. By the Lords encou- ragements of him to his Office, though a Child, v. 6, 7, 8. 2. By the gift of Prophecy beftowed upon him, and the extent of his Commiffion both to Jews and Foreigners, ver. 9, 10, 3. By two vifions confirm- ing hisCali, vi^.ofaRodof an Almond tree, fignify- ingthehafteningofGods Wordto perform ir, ver. 1 1, 12. Andoja boyling fot, the face of it towards the North,denotingthe fum of his Prophecy againft thejewes, i. e. Gods judgments out of the North, which fhould boy 1 them as a pot offlefh, ver. 13.ro 17- 4. By the Preparation of rhe Prophet to his Function, by divers encouraging words and pro- mifes, ver.ij, 18, 19, THE BODY OF THE PROPHECY; which concerns 1. Thejewes, ch. 2, 1. re ch. 46. 1. 2. The Gentiles,cA.4^.i.rocA.52 1. I. Touching thejewes, and this either 1. Whilft they were in Judea, ch.2. 1. to ch. 43. 1. 2. When they would needs go down into Egypt, ch. 43, 44, 4$. I. Whilfi the Jewes remained in Judea. Here are di- vers Prophetical Sermons directed to them. Part- ly, under King JOSIAHS Reign, Partly, under King Jehoia l^im^s, and King Zede1(tah's reign. Under u King JOSJAWS Reign, Jeremiah hath divers Sermons to the J ewes, Jfom chap. 2.1. To ch. 21. 1. r. SERMON, toch. 2. 1, to ch. 3.6. wherein confi- der I. The Preface to it, remembringthem of God's former kindnefs to them in Egypt and wildemefs, C6.II. 1, 2, 3. II. Gods expojiulation with them for their idolatroM revolt fiom him. and fins againft him, as altogether cauflefs and undeferved on Gods part, ver. 4. to 10. which is particularly evidenced and aggravated-, 1. Partly, by their furpaffing the fins of the Heathens, ver. io. ro 14. 2. Partly, by the judg- ments they have juflly brought upon themfelves, v. 14. ro 13. 3. Partly, by a lively Reprefentation of their prefent finnes unto themfelves, who forfaking God, trufttomen, ver. 18. 19. and to idols, v. 20. ro25. ^.Partly, by the vanity of idols in compari- The Preface, 3. The Conclu- Ibn of rheLord.u.2$.f0 29. 5. Partly ,by die Lords great kindnefles to rhem, paraikl'd with their contrary fins, v. 29. to 35. HI. Gods Refolmion to punifh them, and that for their fins,v. 35,37. andch. HI. i.to6. 2. SERMON ,ch. 3. 6. toch. 7.1. wherci.i chiclly Chap. 3. the Babylonian bondage is threat ncd to rlic Jcwes for their contumacious fins. More particularly here note, !• The Aggravation of the Apoftacy of Ifrael and Judah,Judah'sbe'\ng wor(e,ver.6.to 12. II. An exhortation of them to repentance, ver. 12, 13. urg- ed. 1. From rhe Covenant betwixt God and them, and from Evangelical promifes if they will Repent, ver. i4-ro2D. 2. From their treacherous Apoftacy from God, ver. 20. Amplified by the form or man- ner of their returning again unto God, directed by God, ver. 21. to Ch. IV. ver. 3. 3. From the judg- ments that orhcrwife would come upon them, if chap. 4. they continued impenitent , which judgements are threatned for their fins , v:r. 3. to 14. may be prevented by Repentance, ver. 14.ro 19. are pa- thetically defcribed, ver. 19. to the end oj the chap. III. A particular Demonftration both of their feveral grievous finnes, and of the judgments threatned for Ch. 5. and them, Ch. V. throughout, and Ch. VI. 1. to 10. IV. A Chap. 6. Confutation of their preemption and vain Confi- dence, who thought not their Cafe fo defperate, as indeed it was, nor the judgements fo defervedly threatned, 1. By Expoftulation wirh the Jews them- felves, for their 1 Contempt of the Word of the Lord by the Propher, ver. 10,11, 12. 2 Covetouf- nefs^.13.3 Falle-dealingofboth Prophets & Priefts, ver. 13, 14 4 Im pudency, ver. 15. And 5 WilfiiH obflinacy, ver. i5, 17. 2. Byappealro the Nati- ons and to the Earth, touching their Hypocrifie, and the equity of his Judgements for their tins, v. 18.ro 27.V. The Conclulion containing, i.The Prophets encouragement in his Office againft them,v.27. 2. The incurable rejection as reprobate filver.y.28, 29, 30. 3. SERMON, ck. 7, 8, 9, wherein confider I. The Preface containing t. An invitation to attention. 2. Place where, w^: in the Gate of the Temple, Ch. VII. 1, 2. II. Gods calling them to Repentance and Chap. 7. Reformation. 1. By promifes, ver. 3. to 8. 2. By threars of heavy judgements for their many fins,x>/^. Hypocrifie, ver. 8. to 17. Idolatry, ver. 17. to 21. Difobedience, ver. 21.ro 29. Abominations in To- phet, ver. 29. to the end. andChap.WIU. 1.2,3. Sot- Chap. 8. tifh and fhamelefs impenitency, ver. 4. to 1 3. Thefe threatnings are amplified, Partly, by a Defcription of the judgments threatned for their fins, ver. 13. to 18.. Partly, by the Prophets Lamentation both for their judgments and fins, ver.+i8tothe end. andCh. Chap. 9. IX. r. to 1 2. III. A Refutation ^their vain confidence in that they had Prophets and the Law. For i.Their Prophets declare not why the land periftieth,i;er:i2. 2. Themfelves obey not the Law which they have, v. 13, 14. therefore fuch judgements fhould befall them, ver. 15, \6. Theyhadneed to hire cunning women to mourn for them, ver. 17. ro 23. IV. The ConclufiOn, wherein 1. The godly are incited to de- cline all Carnal confidence and glorying, and to glo- ry only in the knowledge of the Lord, i/er. 23, 24. 2. The ungo'dly Jewes are threatned to be punifhed, as we'I as uncircumcifed Heathens, iw.25, 26. 4. SERMON, whereby thejewes are difivvaded from Heathenifh idolatry, whereunto they were too inclinable. Herein note I. The Exordium, inciting Ifr ael to attention, Ch.X,ver. 1. II. The Lords Dif- Chap. io» fwafion of\{rae\jrom learning the Heathens wayes, and fearingtheir Llols, ver. 2. and this is urged 1 Partly^ from the vaft difparity betwixt the true God and i- ' dols, laid down in an elegant An:irhefis, ver.^.ti 17. 2. Partly, by the judgement threatned to the Land for idplarry, ver. 17.ro 23. III. The Conclufion, wsj. The Prophets Prayer, feeing that mans way is not in himfelf, that the Lord*"would moderate his difpleafure towards his people, and turn it upon the Heathen theirenemies, ver. 23, 24^25, 5. SERMON) ch. 11. and 12. wherein, I. An Ex- ordium . 428 Chap. II Jeremiah. Chap. 12 ordium calling for attention, Cb.Xl. 1,2. II. A Re- prehenpon of Judah and Jerujalem, for breach of Co- venant with God by their idolatry, ver. 3. to H. III. AC*mmin.imn. 1. Generally zgi\ni\ Judah foe their fins and idolatries, ver. 11.ro 18. 2. Particu- larly■■ againfl Anathnth, for their confpiracies againft Jeremiah for his faithfulnefs in his offices ver. 18. fo the end of the chap. This twofold Commination is amplified v 1. By the Prophets doubt and temptation /about the Profperity of the wicked, notwithftand- Chap. 13. t Dearth threarned. Chap. 14. Chap. 15. Chap. 16. Chap. 17. Clup. 18. Chap. Chap. mg his threats againft them, Cb. XII. 1.2. 2. By the Anfwer to this donbt for the Prophets and Chur- ches confolation. As for the godly, they are af- flicted for their good, and the Prophet himfelfwas to contend with greater difficulties than at Anathotb, viz. when he fhou'dcome to deal with them of Je- rufalem, ver. 3. to 7. As for the wicked, they fliall not ftiil profper, but fhall at Iaft be plagued, ver. 7. to 14. IV. A Conclufion, comforting the Elect Rem- nant among them, with Promifes of deliverance at laft outof captivity, ver. 14. to the end. 6. SERMON, wherein 1. Deftruftion of Judah and Jerusalem is threatned, Partly, under the type of a linncn girdle marred, Chap. XIII. 1. to 12. Partly under the type of bottles filled with wine, v. 12, j 3, 14. 2. They are advifed by repentance to prevent thefe judgments, ver. 14. to 22. 3. Their fins are declared to be the procuring caufes of all, v 22. to the end. 7. SERMON, cb. 14. and 15: Containing I. The Summary Argument of the Sermon, viz^. a t Dearth, 67;. XIV. 1. II. The Denunciation of the Death pa- thetically dtferibed, ver. 2. to 7. III. Deprecati- ons of Judgements threatned, with Gods Anfwer s thereunto. 1. The Church or Prophet in her name, Prayes againft famine, and other judgements, ver. 7,8,9. The Lord anfwers, That his intended judge- ments are irrevocable ; Ikc.ver. 10, 1 1, 12. 2. The Prophet prayes againft the falfe prophets that falfely promifed the people peace, ver.i$.The Lord anfwers, threatning ruineboth to thofe Prophets, and to them tliatbelievethem,i>. 14,15, id.and appoints the Pro- phet a Lamentation for confirmation thereof, ver. 17, 18.3. The Prophet prayes for mercy, againft utter re- jection, ver. 19. to the end. The Lord Anfwers, That he is determined utterly to reject, them, Cb. 1. to 10. 4. Jeremiah complains of the oppofition againft him- Jelf, and the difficulty of his office ; The Lord com- forts him, ver. ic.ro 15. 5. Jeremy (Teeing he can- not be heard for the peoplej prayes for him felf, ver. 15.ro 19. The Lord grants his prayer, verfe 19, 20, 21. 8. SERMON. ch.\6. pjT 17. wherein confider, I. The Preface Cb. XVI. 1. I. Denunciation of judge- ments under a threefold Type of, A7of Marrying, Not Mourning, Not Feajting, ver. 2. to 10. III. De- tnonftration of the procuring caufes of thefe judge- ment^ theirfins, ver. 10. ro the end, and C/j. XVII. ver. i. to 5. IV. A Declaration of mans felicity and infelicity, wherein it confifts, ver.$. fo 15 V.The Prophets complaint and Prayer to be defended a- gainft Hypocrites, ver. 15. to 19. VI. TheConclu- l;on, 1. Exhorting them to renew their Covenant with God in Sanctifying the Sabbath, ver. 19.ro 24. 2. Preffing this exhortation, Partly, by Promifes, 1/.14, 10 27. Partly, by threats, v. 27. 9. SERMON. Wherein are I. An invitation ro Repentance under the Type of a Potter, i.From Gods power and Soveraignty over his creatures. 2. From Promifes to the Penitent. 3. From threats to the impenircnts, Ch. XVIII. 1. ro 12. II. An Ex- poflulation with them forthcir contumacy, ver. 12. to 18. III. Jeremiah'' s Prayer againft his Confpira- tors, ver. 18. to the end. Hereunto are annexed 1. The Prophets Aft of breaking a potters veflel in T phetn at Gods command, to denote their utter de- (tniction. Cb. XIX. throughout. 2. The Prophets fufferingby Fafliur, C.b. XX. 1,2,3. Amplified by the coiiictpjcMs thereupon, v z,- x.Pafliur is nam- ed Pear -round- .ibout, ver. 3. ro 7. 2. Jeremiah com- plaineth, of contempt, ver. 7, 8, 9. Of Treachery, ver. 10 .fo 14. And of his unhappy Birth, ver. 14. t» the end. Vnder the Reign of Jehoiakim and Zedekiah Kings ef Judah were the following Prophecies, Ch*p. 2 1. to 43. f Both thefe Kings are named together, becaufe the Prophecies in their fever all dayes, a\e r,ot dijiintrlyobferved in order. J I. Sermon, touching the event of Nebuchadnezzar s warre againft Judah, where note, 1. Occafion of the Prophecy, vi\. King Zedekiah s fending to Je- remiah zbouih, Chap. XXI. 1, 2. 2. The Prophecy it felf, 1. Foretelling their hard fiege and captivity by Nebuchadnezzar, ver' 3- t0 8* 2> Perfwading the People to fubmit to him, ver. 8. to 1 1. 3. Upbraid- ing the Kings houfc for their carnal confidence, ver. it. to the end. II. Sermon. ( probably this was in x Jehoiakjm''s time, when he reigned through help of the King of Egypt J wherein note I. An Exordium, Chap. XXII. 1, 2. II. The Doftrine of obedience to the Law, urged fynechdochically by promifes and threats, ver. 3,4,5. III. The former doftrine particularly accommodated to all States and degrees among them, vt\. 1. To Kings ver. 6. to 10. King Shal- lum, ver. 10.ro 13. King Jehoiakim, ver. 13. to 20. King Coniah, ver. 20. to the end. 2. To Princes and Magistrates that had oppreffed them •, Cbap. XXIII. 1, 2. whofe ruine becaufe it could not be without de- struction of the People, therefore the Reftauration oftheeleft is promifed by Chrift THE LORD OUR RIGHTEOUSNESSE. ver. 7,.to 9. 3. To the falfe Prophets, ver. 9. ro 33. 4. To the Prophets, Prieftsor people, that fliall mock the true Prophets, ver. 33. to the end. III. Sermon; afrer Jeconi ah, Sec. was carried cap- tive to Baby Ion by Nebuchadnezzar, wherein under the type of good and bad figs, good is promifed to the captives in Babylon , and evil is threatned to Zedekiah and the reft in Judea and Egypt, Ch. XXIV. throughout. IV. Sermon,in the fourth year of Jehoiakim (there- fore before the former,) wherein 1. The continued obftinacy of the People againft all the Prophets Ser- mons is reproved, Chap. XXV. 1. ro8. 2. Punifh- ments, yea feventy years captivity is threatned , ver. 8. to 12. 3. Babylon's ruine after that ; yea and the ruine of all Nations C the cup of Gods wrath go- ing round ) is denounced, ver. 12.ro the end. V. Sermon, in beginning of Jehoiakjms reign, wherein I. The Preface, Chap.XX\'l. 1,2. II. An Invitation to Repentance by promifes and threats. ver. 3. to 8. 3. The events of the Sermon, viz,. 1. Theaccufationof Jeremiah by the Priefts and Peo- ple, verfe 8. 1 0 1 2. 2. Jeremiah's Apology for him- felf, ver. 12. to 16. 3. Contention of the Princes a- gainft the Priefts, and their fetting Jeremiah free, v. 1 6. to the end. VI. Sermon, in beginning of Jehoiakjm's reign, wherein they are difiwaded from defeftion from the King of Ba bylon, and from hearkening to their falfe Prophets perfwading them to revolt ; and this by many Arguments, Chap. XXVII. throughout. VII. Sermon, in King Zedekjah's fourth year, wherein are $. Hananiah's falfe prophecy of Jeco- niah's return from Babylon, within two years, Cbap. XXVIII. 1. ro 5. II. Jeremiah's contelt with l.ini, and Prophecy both of the peoples captivity and Ha- naniah's death, ver. 5. to the end. 3. Hereunto may be annexed Jeremiahs letter to the Captives in Ba- bylon, inltrufting them not to expect returne thence within two years, as their falfe Prophets told them, Chap. XXIX. where note 1. the Preface, containing the occafion of his letter, ver. 1, 2, 3. z. TheLet- ter it felf, More generally concerning the Jews them- felvcs, v. 4. ro 2 j. More Particularly againA the falfe Prophets, ver. 20. to the end. VIII. Sermon, wherein note I. An Exordium fig- nifyiog Chap. 2i; x Jun. An- not. in he. Chap. 22* Chap. 22. Chap. 24. Chap. 25. Chap. 25', Chap. 27. Chap. 28. Chap. 2c Chap. XXX. to XLIIIL JEREMIAH. 429 Chap. 30. III. The third, Part of the Book, containing chiefly Comforts and Pro- mises touching the Peo- ples deli- verance byCyrus, and the Churches Reftaura- tion by CHRIST. Chap. 31. Chap. 32. y The New Covenant. Chap. 33. Chap. 34, \ Jun. An- not. in loc. Chap. 3$. IV. The fourth Part of the Book. Hiftorical. Chap. 36. nifyingtous, 1. The Author 01 theS< rmon, 2. The Record thereof commanded to be made. 3. The Sum- mary Argument thereof, vi\. the Jews return from Babylon Chap. XXX. 1,2,3. H. A Proportion, both of the Jewsprcfent miferics, as alfoof their future deliverances, Typicall by Cyrus \ and Typified by Chrift their true David, ver. 4. to 12. III. A more particular Narration and Amplification of thefe mik- ries and deliverances, 1. By their caufes, their fins procuring rheir forrovvs, ver. 12. to 16. Gods nicer mercy effecting their deliverances, ver. 16. to 23. 2. By the oppofitc wrath threatned to the wicked, ver. 23. 24. 3. By the fweet bleflings and Communion which they fhall have with God in Chrifts kingdome after their deliverance, Chap. XXXI. i.to 15. 4. By removal 1 of fuch inconveniences as might leem in- confiftem with the kingdome of Chrift,W^. Some fuf- ferings to be endured at Chrifls nativity, Anfwered, ver. 13, 16, 17. Conlcience of their own infirmities, remaining even in the godly, Anfwered, x-er.17.ro 22. 5. By defcription of the BlefTmgs promifed, vi^. Chrifls Reftauration, Prtfervation, Juft Ad- miniflration ofaffaires,and^77je New Covenant, ver. 22. to 35. IV. A Confirmation of all thefe former Pro- mifes to IJrael, from the liability of the creatures, v. 25,36, 37. V. A conclufion with a typical repeti- tion of things promifed, ver. 38, 39->4°- IX. Sermon, in the tenth year of Tedekjah. Here confider, 1. The time when the word of the Lord came to him, C*m/>. XXXII. i.to6. II. The Return from captivity confirmed by a type of the buying of Hanameds field, ver.. 6,to 16. III. The Prophets complaint to the Lord about the Type, ver. 16. to 26. IV. The Lords explanation of the Type, in Rati- fying both the Captivity, and the Deliverance from it, ver. 26.10 the end. X. Sermon; a little after the former. Wherein, 1. The Preface, Chap. XXXIII. 1,2,3. n- P'omifes of deliverance, Typicall from Babylon, and Spiritu- al!, &c. ver. 4. ro 1$. III. An Excellent Promife of the Mefliah, 1 . To be born of the feed of David. 2. King of Ifrael, doing righeoufnefle, ver. 15. 3* Jidh'- fier and defender of his Church, ver. 16, 17. 4. Prieft, ver. 18. 5. His Kingdome and Prieflhood to be perpetual!, ver.JO'totheend. XI. Sermon. Wherein note, 1. The rime of the Prophecy, in the wars againft Judea and Jerufalem, Chap. XXXIV. 1. 2. The Prophecy it felf, touching Zedekjahs captivity in Babylon, though he fhould die in peace, Spoke to him at Gods command, ver. 2. to 8. XII. Sermtn; after Zedekjah had covenanted with his people in Jerufalem,to proclaim (according to the Iaw_) liberty to their fervants,in their fiegeibut broke this covenant after, \ C the fiege being raifed by the King of Egypt, J here 1. Occafion of the Pro- phecy, as above, ver. 8. to 12. 2. The Prophecy of Jerusalem's and Zedekjahs captivity for this Cove- nant-breaking, ver.Z.totheer.d. XIII. Sermon, indayesof King Jehoiakjm, where- in 1. The Preface, Chap. XXXV. 1. 2. TheRepre- henfionof the Jews difobedience by the Rechabites obedience. The Rechabitct obeyed their father, though dead, and that in difficult duties : The Jews difobeyed their God, though living, and that in eafie duties, ver. 2. to 16. 3. ACommination againft the Jews for their difobedience, ver. \6, 17. 4. Promifes tothe Rechabites for their obedience, ver. 18, 19. Vnto all thefe Sermons are annexed divers Hiftorical Narrations, declaring the accomplifliment of the former Prophecies in part, viz. I. The writing of all Jeremiahs Prophecies in a Book, Where. 1. Gods command thus to write them, that they might publickly be read in the Temple and Kings Palace, and the execution thereof, Chapt. XXXVI. 1. to 20. 2. The Kings burning the Roll read, and evil intentions againft Baruch and Jeremi- ah, but the Lord hid them, ver. 20. to 27. 3. The reparation of the Roll at Gods command with addi. Chap. 3p- tions, Jehoiakjm being threatned fevcrely for his contempt, ver. 27. to the end. If. Jeremiahs entertainment andufageat Jeruja- lem under King Zedekjah. where 1. Zedekjah'smfy- celfion, wicked Reign, and Mrflage'to Jet ;;i.ibto pray for them, when the Kin, >f £ -p t had raifed , the Chaldeans fiege about Jeru Urn ' XXXVII. u,aP- 57- 1. to 6. 2. Jeremiahs Prophecj of the Ci > -fic*ge again, and deftruftion bytheChald< ni.no itn-. ftanding the Egyptians relief, ver. 6 t 1 1 3. Jere- w/rt/;Vimpriloninentby the Princ u| oc pretence of his falling away ro the Chaldea:.:, ver. II I i5. 4. King Zedekjah s private tranl'actici.s vwrh Jere- miah in prifon, granting him fomc n taxation and relief, ver. 16. to the end. 5. Jeremiah by the Princes Confpiracy is caft inro the Dungeon, <;nd funk in the . mire, Chap. XXXVIII. 1.1*7. 6. His d liverapce ChaP- 3«; out of the Dungeon at Ebed-melechs rtqueft to the King,tw. 7.^14. ?• Jeremiah in conference with the King, counfc-Ikth him to fave his life by fubmit- ting to the Chaldeans, ver. 14.^24. This confe- rence is amplified by the Kings device to conceal it from the Princes, ver. 24. to 28. 8. Jeremiah's con- tinuance in the Court of the prifon till Jerufalem was taken, ver. 28. III. The takjngof Jerufdem by the Chaldeans, de- fended, 1. By the time when, vi^. in the eleventh year of Zedek'ah after two years ficge,C/j. XXXIX. 1,2,3. 2' By the taking oi Zedeki ah flying, killing his fons before his eyes, flaying all the Nobles, put- tingour. Zedekjahs eves, and putting him in Chains to carry him to Babylon ver. 4. to 8. 3. By the Ruin of Jerufalem , burning down the houfes, breaking down the walls, and carrying the people captive to Babylon, except the poorer fort. ver. 8. to 11. 4. By Jeremi- ads kind ufage,according to King Nebuchadnezzar's appointment, ver. 11, to 15. 5. By Gods Promife ro Ebed-melech, to preferve him though Jerufalem were deftroyed, ver. 1 5. to the end. IV. Confequences after Jerufalems dffiruBion; I. Jeremiah's liberty from his chains, and return ro dwell with Qedaliah whom the King of Babylon had left as Governour over the Land, Chap. XL. 1. to 7, II. The fcattering Jewes gathering together to Qe- daliah to dwell in the Land, ver.'j.toi^. III. Jo- hanarfs difcovery of iflimaePs Confpiracy from the King of the Ammonires againft Gedaliahs hfejbut nor credited, ver. 1 3. to the end. IV. iflimaels treacherous V\\\'ingo{Gedaliah the Governour and others, and carrying captive the People of M^peh, Chap.XU. chap. 41. 1. to 1 1. V. Johanan's and the Captains Recovery of the Captives from Iflmael, with whom they intend- ed to dwell in Egypt, (fearing the Chaldeans becaufe oiGedahahs death, made Governour by the King of theChaldees, J ver. 11. to the end. This is further amplified, 1. By their joynt Confulrationof Jere- miah about going into Egpyt, Chap. XLII. 1. 2,3. 2 Chap. 42. By Jeremiahs Anfwer, promifing to deal faithfully, with them, ver. 4.^7. Afluring them from the Lord of fafety in Judea, ver. 7. to 13. but of deftrmSion in Egypt, ver. 13.ro 19. reproving them for Hypocrifie in coming to enquire, but not obeying Gods VVilJ.as they promifed, ver. 19. to the end. 3. By Johanan's going wirh the People into Egypt , conttary to the Word of the Lord,and carrying Jeremiah with them , thither, Chap. XLIII. 1. to 8. 4. By Jeremiahs Pro- Chap. 42. phecy of Egypts defiruttion by the King of Babylon, under the Type of great Stones hid in clay in a Brick- kilne,ver.8. tothe end. Hitherto of Jeremiah's Prophecies touching the Jewes, while in the Land of Judea. Now follow hit Prophecies concerning them, whenin Egypt. ■ II. When the Jewes were in Egypt, Jeremiah I. Reproves the Jewes for their idolatry in Egypt, r. Partly convincing them of the danger of their fin, by the late Deftruftion of Jerufalem for idolatry, Chap. XLIV. i.roU. 2. Partly threatning their Deftrufti- Chap, 44. on in Egypt, ver. u.to 15. II. Foretells the ruine of R r r r r the Chap. 4c 43o LAMENTATIONS. Chap. XLV. to LU. the Jewes in Egypt for their obftinacy in idolatry, as he had deftroyed thera in ludea, ver. 15. to 28. Am- plified, 1. By Promifcofa Remnants return out of Egypt, to fee Gods Word fulfilled, ver. 28. 2. By a Sign of this their Ruine, vi^. The delivering of the King of Egypt into his hands, as Zedekiah was, ver. 29, 3?. [To this part of the Eook is annexed Ieremiah's inffrueYion and Confolations of Baruch, being trou- bled, when in the Fourth year of King ]ehoial>im he had written leremiah's Prophecies in a Roll, Chap. Chap. 45. XLV. throughout, this properly belongs as an Appendix to ch. $6.] Thus o/JeremiahV Prophecies touching the Jewes Next follow his Prophecies againftthe Gen- tiles,ch,46.i.toch. 52.1. U. touching the Gentiles, Jeremiah being in Egypt, hath many Prophecies for the comfort and good of his Church. Here note, Chap. 4c?. 1. the Preface tothefe Prophecies, Cb.XLVI.L 2. the particular Prophecies. I. Againft Egypt, 1. That Pharaoh Necho's Army fhall be overthrown at Euphrates by the King of Ba- bylon, ver. 2. to 13. 2. That Egypt fhall be conquer- ed by the King of Babylon, ver. 13. to 27.. This is illuftrared by the oppofite comforts of Jacob, that fhall not be wholly deftroyed as others, but chaftifed in meafure, v.21,22. II. Againft the Philijlines, their fearful de- Chap. 47. ftruftion is threatned , Chap. XLVII. through- out. III. Touching Moab. I. That Moab fhall be de- Chap. 48. flroyed, Ch. XLVIII. 1. to 7- For 1. His Carnal confidence, ver. 7. to n. 2. His fecurity, ver.ii.ro 14. 3 His pride in the Arm offlefh, ver. 14.1026. 4. His infolency againft God and his People, ver. 26 to 27. II. Thar in the latter dayes, MoaVs captivi- fhall be returned.^. 47. IV. Concerning Ammonites. 1. Their deftru&ion Chap. 49. and captivity is threatnedjf^.XLI X. i.ro 6. 2. Their Reftauration is promifed. ver. 6. V. Againft Edom, the defolation thereof is threat- ned,!/. 7. to 23. VI. Concerning Damafcm. The ruine thereof k threatned, v. 23. to 28. VII. Againft Kedar and the Kingdom ef Ha^or. That they fhall be ruined,i/.28. to 34. VIII. Concerning Elam, where 1. The time of the Prophecy, ver. 34. 2. The Prophecy it felf, threatning Elam 's difperfion, v. 35. to 39. Pro- mifing Elam's Reftauration in the latter dayes, v. 39. IX. Againft Babylon. In this Prophcey note I. The Preface Ch. ,L 1. II. the Subftance of the Prophe- Cfjap. 50, cy it felf, wherein are 1. The fummary Propofalof Babylon's ruine, and the Jews deliverance thence thereupon, ver. 2. to 5. 2. A more p'.enary Decla- ration of both, very pathetically, ver. 5. to 33. 3. A Confirmation hereof, 1 Partly from Gods po- wer, fet forth alfo by the inftruments and effects of his judgments, ver.33. tothe end. and Ch.Ll.i. to Chap. 51. 14. 2 Partly by the Oath of the great God, ver. 14. to 41. 4. A Confutation, 1 Partly of Babylon's car- nal confidence, ver. 4i.r0 45. 2 Partly of the Jews diffidence of their deliverance, who are encou raged by Promifes, ver. 45. to 50. III. the Conclufion. 1. Exhorting the Jewes to faith and obedience, ver. 40, 51. 2. Summarily reciting Babylon's judgements ver.$2.totbeendoftkechap. The CONCLUSION, or clofe of the whole Pro- m, phecy, as an Epitome of the Hifiorical Part thereof, (the fame with 2 Kings 24. 18, 19, 20. and ch. 25 throughout.') Herein are declared 1. Zedekiahxs de- fection from the King of Babylon, Ch. LU. 1,2, 3. Chap. 52. 2. Hierufalem's laft fiege, taking and burning, the. Kings punifhment, and Peoplesbeing carried captive to Babylon, ver. 4. fo 31. 3. The liberty granted to King Jehoiachin in the 37 year of his captivity by Evil-Merodach, King of Babylon, ver. 31, 32,33, 34- LAMENTATIONS. a See i C.hron.^ 25- SeCr. I. Order and Name. TO the Prophecy of Jeremiah , as an Appendix may well be annexed. The LAMENtAtlONS OF JEREMIAH. Jerusalem's deftruction being foretold, and fulfilled according to the tenour of that ; and fadly bewailed according to the tenour of this Book., From thc/JV/? worii Alphabet of this Lamentation, Chap.l. throughout. Wherein are 1. A pathctick exclamation, or complaint of the deep milery of both theCity and people, ver. !• to 8. 2. An acknowledgment of Je- rufalems fins, as the procuring caufes of thefe lor- rowes, ver. 2. to 12. 3. An Apoftrophe, or affecti- onate Compellation of all that paiTe by tobefenfibly touch't with her forrowes, which fhe therefore not- ably defcribes, ver. 12. to 18- 4. A juftification of Gods juft proceedings, ver. 18. 5. An invitation of others to confider her mi (cries, ver. 18. 19.^ 6. The Churches Prayer to God.tor pardon of her fin, abate- ment of her forrowes, and rccompenfing her ene- mies according to their deferts, ver. So, 21,22. II. the jecond Alphabet of Lamentation, Chap.il. throughout. Wherein are I. A fad defcription of Jerufalem's rrvferkh. 1. By the particulars of them, in'%. the deflruction of the Kingdome, and all its Princes- of the City and allitsftrong Holds and Pa- laces; of the Temple, Altar, Sabbaths, and all the Soknme Feafts •, of the walls and all the gates, ver. j. ro 9. The mifcries upon her King, Princes, Pro- phets, Elders, Virgins, People, Children and Suck- ling?, ver. $ito 13. 2. Eythe Incomparable greac- ntf!e of her diibefs beyond example, ver. 13. 3. By one procuring caufe of her calamity, the Prophets . falfe vifions, and indulgence to their fins, ver. 14. 4. ! By the enemies proud infultings.over Jerufalem"s '■ ruines, ver. i§, 16, 17. 5- BytheLords thus fulfili- [ ing his word upon Jerufalem, ver. id. II. Aninvi-r tation of the people to bitter forrowes and carnefr. Prayers to God in refpeft of thefe mifcries ; a forme of words being put into her hand, ver. 19. to the end. III. The third Alphabet of Lamentation, Chap.UI. Chap. 3. throughout. Wherein are I. A fad complaint of Je- remiah in the Perfon of the People, for the grievous evils upon the Church from an angry God, ver. i.to 21. II. Aconfolation againft all thefeevils-, drawn from 1. Gods moderation in afflicting,, that all are not utterly conlumed, ver. 21, 22,23. -• From Gods peculiar love and goodnefie to the Elect, even under their afflictions, ver. 24.ro 31. 3. From the Petiodof afflictions; though they be long, they will have an end, ver. 31.ro 37. III. An acknowledg- ment of Gods juflice in all their fufferings, for their fins, which are to be repented of, and not Gods Judg- ments repined at, ver. 37. 55. IV. A Prayer of the People, 1. For themfelves and their deliverance, ver. 55. fo $9. 2. Againft their enemies, ver. 59. to the end. IV. The fourth Alphabet of Lamentation, Chap. IV. . f&roH£/;o; 18. 3. From Gods eternity, who therefore muft have everlafting fubjefts, ver. 19. 4. From the incongruity of Gods perpetual forget-, itiog them, contrary to hispromifes, ver/. ao, 21, 22 It. Chap. 5. E Z E K I E L. a lexechiel Fortirudo Dei. Hier. . k Nomin. Hebraic. Tom. 3. b Lad. Lav.itcrin K'/tch. Horn. 1. Scft. 1. e Greg. Naz. Sect. I. Name and Penman of the Book. THis Book by the Hebrews iscalled ^KpirP "1ED Sephcr Jechexliel, viz. TheBool^ of E^e- fnel ; from EKe^Je^ r.ne Preacher and Penman of thefe Prophecies contained in this Eook. The name E^ekiel, ( as « Hierom noteth J fignifies The-Forti- tude-of-God ; This name ( thinks b Lavater J vat not given to him without a [pedal Providence of God. For God enabled him with a flout and undaunted mini to re- prove both People and Princes s and to denounce tboje evils unto them, which the mighty God the Lord of Hofls wat bringing upon them for their impieties, He was c both Priell and Prophet, d Na^ian^enhUh, E^el(iel is to be admired among the Prophets, and is moftfubtile. Ezek. 1. 3. & 2. $. in Apclogct. hccj. iD.Pareus Eiekjcl prophecied i from the fifth year of King inAdvcr. Jthoiachiris captivity, in the fourth moncth, the inExecb. fifth Chap. L IL E Z E K I E L. 433 thefifthdayof therr.oneth; u\\ the twenty fifth year of the Captivity, the beginning of the year, the tenth day of the moneth : in the fourteenth year, after that the ^Compare City was fmitten. k\n all about nineteen years and Ezeck. i. fotneoddedayes. He was in part contemporary with I, 2, 3. Jeremiah, Jeremiah beginning before him ; They with prophecied in two fevcral places, Jeremiah in J nit a, E^ech. 40. Ezskitl in ChaUea ; and yet their Prophecies, for J. &o the matter of them, notably agree: f which is a fin- gular Argument of the divine Authority of thefe two Prophecies, and that they were End i ted by the fame Spirit of God, though penned in places far diftant ; ) Only E^el^'el is more terrible and vehement in tax- ing and reproving finne than Jeremiah; and more abounding in Vifions, which renders the Book, efpc- cially in fome places, very intricate and hard to be fAggre- underflood. The difficulty of 'this Volume , f faith / diar Eze- Hierome J the tradition of the Hebrews proves ; for chiel Pro- with them unleffe a man have fulfilled the Age of the phetam, Priefily Miniftry, that is,the thirtieth year, he is neither cujus permitted to read the Beginning ofGenefis, nor the Song diffitulta- of Songs, nor the Beginning and End of this Book; tern Hebrsorum probat traditio. Nam nifi quis apud eos statem facerdotalis minifterii, id eft, tricefimum annum impleverit, nee Frincipia Genefeos, nee Cantica Canticorum, nee hu)us voluminis exordium C^/me/M legerepermittitur,ut ad perfectam fcientiam & myflicos intelleftus, plenum humana? naturae Tempus ac- eedat- D. Hieron. Proem, in 1. lib. Comment. inE^ech. Tom. 5. Sect. III. Occafion of this Trophecy. The right confidering of the Occ afion whereupon God was pleafed to raife up this Prophet,conduceth not a little to the understanding of his Prophecy. The Prophet Jeremiah warning the People of their fins, and denouncing Gods judgements for them, efpecially the deflruftion of Jerufalem, and Babylo- nifh captivity, had now prophecied a long -lme, but without fruit fas m Calvin well notes, } to the Jevys, wr. eighteen n years under King Jojiah, who reig- ned thirty one > ears in all, in whofe thirteen years Jeremiah began to Prophecy, three 0 months under Jehoaha^cilkdShaHum, up years under King Je- hoiakjm three q moneths under Jtboiachinbefore he was carriedCaprive to Babylon: here are in all twen- ty nine years and an half; to which adde five years of JehoiachinS Captivity, ( for in his fifth r year Ezekjel began to prophecy , J fo here are in all about thirty four or thirty five years, in which Jeremiah had pro- phefied; before E^tkiel began. Jeremiah had an hard task to deal with fo many deaf and phrenetick people, Therefore to encourage the Spirit, and ftrengthen the hands of Jeremiah, asalfo to confirm the Truth of divine Prophecies by the mouth of two Witneffes, God raifes up E^ekjel in Chaldea, to pro- pheciethe fame things, ("but more vehemently J that Jeremiah did in Judea. For, They both fharply taxed the fins of the Jews; Theyboth threatned heavy judgements for them, efpecially the fatal Eabylonifh Captivity, with the ruine of the Temple and City by the Babylonians ; They both intermingled Promifes of their Reflauration, efpecially of their fpiritual Re- flauration by Chrifl ; They hoth prophecie againft the forreign Nationsor Gentiles: f fo that they won- derfully help to clear and confirm one another.]) Now Jeremiah had need to be thus confirmed, by Gods railing up E^e^iel a fellow-Prophet. I. Partly inrefpett efbimfelf, to uphold him from finking and fainting under his many difficulties and difcourage- ments. 2. Partly in refpett of the Captives in BaUylon, who were abufed by the lying Prophecies of falfe Prophets in B.ib- Ion, v'ufAhab and Zedekjah, as alfo tShemaiah the Nehelcmite, who wrote Letters to tbePrieft ifl Jerufalem, to reftrain Jeremiah, and put him in the Prifon and the Stocks. How ufeful therefore was E^eleitl to fupprefs the infolency of hi Joan. Calv. Prottett. »» E\e\. 1. 1 j nCompare Jer 1. 1, 2, 3. with 2 King. 2 1 2<5.& 22-I* 0 See 2 King. 23. 30. 31. fSee 2 King. 23. 34- %6. q See 2. King. 24. 6.8. Ezech. 1. 1,2. s Jer. 29. 21. &c. *Jer. 2i. 24. to 30. ' thofe falfe Prophets ? 3. Partly in refpett oj the rem- nant of the People that abode Hill in Jerufalem, who could not chufe but hear how E^ebjel in Chaldea pro- pheficd the fame things that Jeremiah did in Jerufa- lem, and by their Prophetical harmony be much wrought upon, at leaft unto conviction. Sect. IV. Scope. Scope and chief intent of this Book is, 1. Partly to convince and reprove the Jewes for their horrid and unparallcl'd violation of all God's Laws, by all man- ner of impiety againflGod,and iniquity againll man, which fins are evidenced to be the caufes of all their forrows. 2. Partly to affure them that for their grie- vous hypocrifie, idolatry, impenitency, and other their corruptions, heightned by falfe Prophets, flat- teries, and the evil Government both in Church and Commonwealth, whereby they had long forfaken God, God at length was refolved, f after his Jong patience and invitation of them to repentance by his Prophets, defpifed J to forfake the Temple and Je- rufalem, and to give up City and Temple, Church and State, to be deflroyed, and the People them- felvestobe captiyed by the Babylonians for a long time. Amongft which Captives notwithflandingGod. would referve an Elect feed, and precious remnant that mould at laflbe reftored. 3. Partly to denounce heavy judgments alfo to divers forreign Cities or Nations, who had either been occafions ofenfnaring the Jewes by their fins, or Inftruments of their fuf- ferings, or any way rejoyced or infulted over them in their calamities, as Amman, Moab, Edom , Palefline, Tyra,Zi don, Egypt, efpecially Gog and Magog, thofe Iaft and moft defperate enemies of the Church de- voted to utter ruine. 4. Finally, to comfort the Captives, not only with Promifes of their temporal • Reflauration by Cyrus from Babylon, but efpecially with Promifes of the Churches fpiritual Reflauration by Chrifl from death and hell, under the eleganc type of.the New Temple to be erected ; the New Worfliip of God to be reftored; together with the New Jerufalem, and New Land, that fhouldbedif- coveredand diftributed among the 12 Tribes: all thefe are reprefented in a Vifion, whereby the com- pleat and fpiritual glory of the Church of Chrifl un- der the New Teftament is notably adumbrated, till fhe be taken home to dwell with Chrifl face to face in the mountains of Spices. Seft. V. Principal Parts. InthisEookconfider, I. The Preface. 2. The Pro- phecy it felf. THE PREFACE, u defcribing E\e\iels extraordi- j. nary call to the Prophetick Office, where note, I. u Ereh'eh The time and place of his call, Cbap.l. 1,2,3. II. cxtraordi- The manner of his call. 1. By a myflerious vifion of nary ^ajj# Awhirlewind, four Cherubims, four wheels, a Throne chap. I. upon the Firmament ; all expounded f ver. 28. to be the appearance of the likeneffe of the glory of the LORD.} The Lord calling E\e\iel reprefents thus his glory, Qvi^.. hisOmnipotency, his Dominion over all crea- tures, who governs them wifely, punifhing the wick- ed juflly, rewarding the righteous mercifully, &c.) that hereby E^e^iel might be encouraged to obey Gods call, who is fully able to defend him and de- ftroy all his oppofers, ver. 4. to the end. 2. By Gods defcription of the peoples qualities to whom he fends them, vi^. A rebellious houfe, briars and thorns, Chap. U.i. to 6. 3. By Godsinftruftion of thePro-Cnap 2< Partly by animating the Pro- phec againft the contumacious Jews, making his face as an adamant, harder than flint againft them, ver. 4. to 10. 3. Partly by his conveyance by the Spirit, to them of the captivity dwelling by the river Che- bar, where he was to Prophecy ; fej out, 1 By the Lords commanding him to go thither, ver. 10, 11. 2. Ey the ftrange founds and voice he heard as the Spirit conveyed him, ver. 12,13,14. 3. By his a- ftonifhment at Chebar (even dayes, ver. 15. 4. By thcLawesor Rules of Prophecy wherein the Lord inftructed him under the Metaphor of a Watchman, ver. i(5. to 22. 5. By another vifion of the glory of the Lord in the Plain, aflonifhing him, upon \yhich the Lord directs him to fit dumb in hishoufe,tiIlHe open his mouth to fpeak,i>er. 22. to the end. THE PROPHECY it fclf, or the Subflance of the Biol^, containing principally three Ranks of Ser- mons, preached at feveral times to feveral Perfons, &c. I. To the J 'ewes, whom he fharply rebukes and threatens for their impieties, c.^.toc. 25. U.Tothe enemies of Gods people, whofe ruine and definiti- on he foretells, c. 35. roc. 33. III. To the Jewes exhorting them to repentance, and incouraging them to hope, not only for an Inchoate deliverance from Babylons flavery, c. 33 to c. 40. But alfo for a Confummate fpiritual deliverance from fpiritual mifery, by.Chrift the JHcffiah, and this is fee out in viiion, 1 Of the new Temple to be erected, r. 40, 41, 42. 2 Of the new worfhip of God tobereftored, c. 43, 44. 3 Of the new Land that fhould be distributed, cb. 45,46,47,48. And4 0fthenewCity that fhould be inhabited, r£. 48. I. The Prophets Sermons to the Jewes, in many vifions foretelling their heavy judgments, for their fins, d>. 4. fo4$. More pirticularly, 1. Under the type ofjerufalems fiege pourtraied on a Tyle, and the Prophets lying on hit left fide 390. dayes, and after on his right fide 40 dayes, are fet forth the three hundred and ninety years of Ifraels, and fourty years of Judaffs fins, for which jerufa- Ciiap. 4. /?« fhould be befiegedC/Mfi.IV. 1. ro 9. This, is am- plified 1 By the concomitant of that fiege, grievous famine, ver. 9. to the end. 2 By the confequent of that fiege, their judgments by famine, fword, anddif- perfion is fhewed under the type of the Prophets haire of hit head and beard, a third part burnt, a third part fmitten about with a knife, and a third part fcat- Chap. 5. teredwith the wind Ch. V. throughout. 2. The wafting of ]udea for her idolatry ,is threat- Clap. 6. ncd, chap.VL i.to8. Amplified, I. By promifes to a remnant repenting of their fins,and juftifyingGods truth, ver. '8. /oil. 2. By the Lamentations preferr- ed in reference to the approaching calamities, ver. 11. to the end. 3. Final defolationof all the four corners of( If- ■ raelis threatned, Ch: VII. i.ro i<5. . This is Ampli- C!np. 7. fied, 1. Ey the mournful repentance of the remnant cfcaping, ver. 16. to 20. 2. By the pollution of the Sanctuary by their enemies, threatned for their fins, ver. 20, 21,22. 3. By their bondage under the uorft of Heathens, reprcfented by a Chain, ver. 23. to the end. 4. The Caufes of Jerufalem's and J tide a" s de- firuction reprefented to E^ekjel, carried in a vijionto Jerufalcm, cb.8,9, 10, 11. wherein note 1. Toe Preface to the Vfion, describing 1 Time, Place, and witneflcsof hisvifion or cxtafic,c6. VIII.i. Chap. 8. 2. The manner ofhis vifional removing to Jerusalem, ver. 1. 2, 3, 4. 2. The jour chief parts of thcVifton, vi^. l.Thefrft Part contains, A vifional Narration of the Jews abo- minable idolatry, whereby the Temple was pollut- ed, and God provoked todelertir, in four norori- rSfatuam ous inftanccs, v/\.x Jmage of jeahujie, verf.$,6. in TcmploDei pofiuim narrai Hiftoria. Pulchrcquc appcllatur idoium /< !i- quia ad arrntila ribnem & Zehim dominum provocat Cam, in lc. Others doubt what this linage of jeal ujie was, but think itwasfome very abominable one, as Bials was, whereto the People bare great devotion. Jo. Diod. An. And that this was a very impudent Idolatry, the Idol being lb pub- Iickly placed near the Altar, &c. Lavat. in E\ech. 8. Chambers of Imagery, ver. 7. to \$. Weeping for> Chap. 9. Tammu^ ver. 13, 14. worshiping the Sun towards the Chap. 10. Eaft, ver. 15,16. 2. A fhatpCommination hereup- Chap, u, on, ver. 17, 18. II. Vie fecond Part of the vifton con- y T tains the judgement for thefe fins, more particularly, mur ] "" 1. Gods Command to flay all the Jewes, burfirflro Some ta- feale,and fo to fpare all the Eleft Mourners with the terpret fc execution of this Command, Chap. IX. i.ro 8. 2. of Adonis, The Prophets interceffion for them, being amazed fabled to at the (laughter, ver. 8. 3. The Lords anfwer to the be the Prophet, Shewing the equity of his judgements for Paramour theirfins , ver. 9, 10, 11. III. The third Part of the ofVenm, vifion, containing, 1. The vifional Command to who fcatter the coals of fire between the Cherubims over quickned the City, denoting the horrible wrath of God a- again after gainft the City, Chap. X. i.ro 8. 2. The vifion of he was the Cherubims and four wheeles, repefenting the dole- flain with ful departure of the GLORT of the LORD, from the Mars, in Threfhould of the houle, even to the door of the Eaft forme of a Gate, ver. 8, to the end. IV. The fourth Part of the wild Bore, vifion, wherein 1. A fliarp threatning of the pre- and fo was fumptuous Princes, as the Authors of the publick celebrated impiety in the City, Chap. XI. 1. to 13. 2. The Pro- of the phet being difmayed at the execution of vengeance Women, according to his Prophecy is comforted by the Lord, Hieron. ver. 13. to 22. Comment. in kc. Lavat. Homil.inloc. Some expound it of ofiris the Egyptian- idol ; Ofiris, brother f or, as Latlantim and Arnob'ms, (on J of Ifis, was naught with her, which when Typhon her husband knew, he rare him in pieces and call his members up and down all Kilm his banks. Ifis fought cut his dilacerate members, gathered them, buried them, and commanded that yearly Ofiris mould be fought with Tears and Lamentation, and afterwards, as it were found,fhouId be celebrated with joy. D. Augufl. De Civ,Vei. lib. 6. Ch. 10. Tom. 5. Whether it were Adonis or Ofiris, or fome other that is here in- tended ; it is certain the Ifraelites here did imitate tonic luch paganifh Rites and Idolatries, Lavat. Humil.in E^ech. 8. 3. The Clofe or Conclufion ofthe vifion,relating 1. The removal of Gods glory from the midft of the City to the mountain, -yer. 22, 23. 2. The Prophets return from Jerufalem to Babylon in vifion, where he reports his vifion, ver. 24, 25. 5 . The Captivity of King Zedc\iah, and of the People of Jerufalem isforc-prophefied^under theType of Ezeleiels Removing his fluff, Chap-X.ll. i.to 17. Chap. 12. This is Amplified, 1. Partly by the evils antecedent to this destruction and Captivity, fet forth under the Type ofthe Prophets Eating and drinking with quailing trembling and carefulnejfe,v. 17. to 2i.2.Part- ly by confutation ofthe taunt of the JevnQThedajes were long, afar of, ) whereby they would elude the Prophecy of their Captivity, ver. 21. to the end. 6. A fharp reprehenfion 1. Ofthe fa Ife Prophets dawbing with lies and flatteries, to lull the people afleepin fecurity, Ch. XIII. utolj. 2. Of their Chap. 13. (mall Prophetefles, &c. ver. 17. to the end. 7. Upon occafion of certain Elders of Ifraelcom- ing to inquire ofthe Prophet, here are declared, 1. How God abhor to be enquired of bythem, becaufe of their idolatry, and how he will plague idolaters and their falfe Prophets unlefs they repent, Chap. _■ - XIV. i.ro 12. 2. How irrevocably God had decreed aP" *' to plague them with Famine, Noyfomc beads, Sword, Peftilcnce, and Captivity of a remnant, ver. 1 2. to the end. 8. The rejection of 'he Jewes is fet forth under the type of A barren vine branch, altogether ufclcfie for any imploymenr, Ch. XV. throughout. Chap. 15. 9. A convincing difcovery of Jetufalem't abomi- nations to her, Ch. XVI. 1, 2, &c. wherein I. A liar- Chap. 16. ration i. Ofthe Jewes mifcrable condition at firfl, under Chap. XVIII. to XXXII. E Z E K I E L. 435 under the type of a New born child inits blood, ver 3. to 6. 2. Of Gods companions and loving kindnels to them in that wretched State, ver. 6. toi$. 3. Of the Jcvvsingratefull Apoftacy from God, notwith- standing all his kindneflcs, fer out under the type of an Whore and whoredome, ver. 15.ro 3$. II. ACem- tnination of heavy judgements for thole fins, ver. 35. to 60. III. A promile of renewing Covenant and holy wedlock with an cleft remnant afterwards, ver . 60. to the end. 10. A denunciation of judgements upon Jerufa- lem and her King, for perfidious revolting from the Kingof B(ity/o«,undtr the Parable of two Eagles and Chap. 17. a Vine. 1. The Parable is propounded, Chap. XVI I. i.rou. 2. The parable is expounded, and applyed in a minatory way, ver. u. to 23. 3. Contrary blef- fings to the Church and Kingdome ofChrift, are pro- mified under the Type of the higheft Branch oj the high Cedar, planted on an high and eminent mountain of Ifrael, ver. 22, 23, 24. 11. A refutation of the Jews impious Proverb a- gainft God, The fathers have eaten fower grapes, and the Childrens teeth are fet on edge ; Meaning that God did punifh them unjuftly for their fathers fins. Here 1. their taunting Proverb againfl God is propound- Chap. 18- ed.Cfc. XVIII. 1. 2. The confutation of the Proverb, by fhewing that whomfoever God punifheth, he pun- ifheth juflly ; and that as anothersrighteoufnefs can- not profit a man, fo anothers fins cannot hurt a man, (Juniefs he make them his own ) ver. 3, to 30. 3. The clofeof the Confutation, inviting the Jewes to re- pentance, for preventing of punifhments, verfe 30, 31,32. 12. A Lamentation for the Princes of Ifrael, bring- ing deflruftion upon the land by their cruelty and inhumanity. Here, 1. Under the Type of uLionefs and her two whelps, Cv'n(_. Ifrael and her two Kings carried captive, the one into Egypt, the other into Babylon for their fins,} is threatned the like condition Chap. 19. of their prefent King and State. Chap. XIX. 1. to 10. 3. Under the Type of a Vine tranfplanted into a Wildernefs and wafted, is fet forth Jerufalems tranf- planting and deflruftion, ver. 10. to the end. 13. A terrible denunciation of Judgements a- gainft the people for their abominations, upon oc- cafion of certain of the Elders, coming to enquire of the Lord by the Prophet. Here note, I. The oc- Chap. 20. cafionand time of hisSermon, Chap. XX. l, 2. II. ( The Sermon it felf, wherein 1. The kindnefs of God to the Jewes, and their wofull ingratitude to- wards God, from their firft admiffion into Covenant with God to that day, is defcribed, ver. 3.^30. 2. Temporal and external judgements by their Ene- mies, bnt efpecially fpiritual and eternal judge- ments by himfelf, are threatned for their abomina- tions, ver. 30. to 40. 3. Protnifes of preferving his Church, and his true worfhip therein notwithftand- ing, ver. 40. to 45. 4. Jerusalem's deflruftion is fore- told, under the type of a Forreft burnt withfire,v. 45. to the end. 14. The grievous Babylonian war is foretold, whereby not onely Judea, hut the neighbouring Nations, efpecially the Ammonites fliould be wafted and deflroyed. Here 1. The deflruftion of Jerusa- lem and Judea is threatned by the Chaldeans, under Chap. 21. tl:e TvPe of E^ekjels Sighing, Chap. XXI. 1. to 25. 2. The deflruftion of King and Kingdome, ver. 25, 26, 27. 3. The deflruftion of the Ammonites dKo by the fword, ver. 28- to the end. 15. The deflruftion of the Jewes for their fins is threatned, under the type of Burning drofs in a Fur- nace. Here note I. A Catalogue of Jerufalems fins, Chap. 22. chap.XXU. i.to 13. 2. The deflruftion threatned for-thefe fins, ver. 13. ^23. 3. The aggravations of their fins, 1. Partly by their univerfal extent over all degrees of men, ver. 23.ro 30. 2. Partly by their general fecurity, few or none Handing in the gap for the land, ver. 30, 31. 16. The idolatrous defeftion of both Ifrael and 23. 24 Chap. 25. 26 Judah from God is branded, under the type of two Women notorious for vvhoredomes, vi^. Aholak and Aholibah. Here note r. The whoredome of Aholah, that is, the idolatry of Ifrael, Chap.XXUI. Chap. I. to 9. and her overthrow by her Lovers the Aflyri« ans, ver. 9, 10. 2. The whoredome of Ahilibah, vi\. the idolatry of ]udah,vioxk than If ads, ver. II. to 22. who is therefore threatned with ruine by her Lovers the Chaldeans, ver. 2:. r; 35. 3. The joynt Repetition and Accufation of the notorious whoredoms, vi%. idolatries, of both Ifrael and Ju- dah, ver. 36.ro 45. 4. A Commination of rhe judge- ment of them both, ver. 45, to the end. 17. The defl tuft ion of jerufalem by the Chaldeans for her fins perfevered in, is defcribed in this Con- cluding Sermon. Herein 1. The very firfl day, where- in the King of Babylon fet himfelf againfl Jerusalem is denoted, Chap. XXIV. 1, 2. 2. Under the Type Chap, of A boyling pot, whoje fcumme is in it, is defcribed the uncurablenefs of their fins, and irrevocablenefs of their judgements by the Chaldees, ver. 3. r»i$. 3. Under the Parable of E^ekjet's not mourning for hit wife now dead, is defcribed their woful deflruftion beyond Lamentation, ver. 15. to 25. 4. The Confir- mation of the Prophecy, by a ^ particular prediftion ofopening the Prophets mouth from his dumbnefs, whenthele Judgements fhould come upon Jeruf.i- lem, &c. ver. 25, 26, 27. Ihus of his Prophecies againfl: the Jewes. II. His Prophecies againfl Gentiles, efpecially a- gainfl neighbouring Nations, ( who had vexed or opprefled the Church, J follow, from Chap. 25. to 33.WO 1. Againfl the Ammonites, Chap. XXV. 1. to 3. Againfl Moab and Seir, ver. 8. to 12., Againfl Edom,ver. 12. to 15. Againfl the Philifiines, ver. 1 5, 16, 1 7. Againfl Tyre, where, 1. Tyre infulting over Jerufalem, Chtp. XXVI. r, 2. 2. Her judgments Chap, threatned for her infolencies, ver. 3. to 7 . 3. The ability of Nebuchadnezzar to deflroy her, ver. 7. to 15. 4. The aflonifhment and lamentation of the Ifles and Princes of the Sea at her terrible overthrow, v. 15. to the end. 5. The Prophets Lamentation taken up for TyrM, Partly defcribing and upbraiding her pride, vain glory and luxury, Chap. XXVII. i.fo 26. Chap. 27 P^r/d1 declaring her great and irrecoverable fall, to the amazement of all round about her, ver. 26. to the end. 6. The deflruftion of the Prince of Tyre is threat- ned for his intolerable pride, and a Lamentation taken up for him, Ch. XXVIII. 1. to 20. 6. Againfl Zidon, who is threatned with fword and peflilence, ver. 20. to 24. Amplified by contrary promifesof fafety and tranquillity to the Church of God, v, 24,25, 26. 7. Againfl Pharaoh and Egypt, where confider 1. Their defolation and difperfion is threatned,for their pride againfl God, and perfidioufnefs to Ifrael trufl- ing in them, Chap. XXIX. 1. to 1 3. This threatning Qfan is a little correfted with promifes of refloring them after forty years to be a Kingdome, but the bafej} ofKingdomes, which fhall rule over others no more, nor be truftedby ^Ifrael any more, ver. 13.ro 17. 2. Egypt and the fpoyl thereof is appointed to Ne- buchadnexj,ar,z% his wages for his fervice againfl Tpe ver. 17. to 21. This is amplified, ( 1 ) Partlyby the oppofite advancement of Ifrael promifed, ver. 21. C 2 J Partly by the pathetical defcription of the de- flruftion of Egypt and her Cities-, &c. by the Baby- lonians, Chap. XXX. 1. to 20. (3} Partly by the Lords threatning to Strengthen the arms of the King of Babylon, to break Pharaoh's arme, ver. 20. to the end. 3. Egypt s deflruftion is threatned under rhe example of Affyria's ruine for their pride, though far greater than Egypt in glory, Ch. XXXI. throughout. „, 4. E^efyel is commanded to take up a Lamentation ^HJP for Pharaohs and Egypts ruine, Ch. XXXII. Pharaoh . for his cruelty and tyranny being compared to a Lion Lfl4P' and a, £>re King, Chrift, represented under the type of Two f-\n a flick? becoming one in the Prophets hand, ver. 15. to the C.iap. 40. n^ ^ Toucnjng the giorious viftory they fhall a Gog and have over a Gog and Magog, that fhall diftrefs them Magog J after their return from Captivity, Promifes whereof About are agam renewed, Chap. XXXVIII. and XXXIX. rhemare throughout. VI. Touching their complear, fpiritual very dif- Reftauration by the Meffiah, Jefus Chrift, under the crepant types of a New Temple, New worfl/tp, New Land, and opinions New City, C which as here defcribed, furpafsthe, who they glory of Zerubbabels Temple, &e. and therefore : a -c.i, The arc to be referred to the times of the New Tefta-; jewes, mem, )cb. 40.10 the end of the Book.- More particular- C whom ly herein note M.ibomed I. The Preface to the Vifion, deferring the Time, in his Al- Place, and Manner of this Vifion, Chapt. XL. 1,2, en ran 3,4. follows) underftand by Gog and Magog , the ten tribes of Ifrael fhur up in the Cafpam mountains by Alexander the Great, which towards rhc end of the world Pnould break forth, rake Antichrift for tin ir Moduli, infeft the Holy Land and people of God, and in the fu pc of Jerufalem fliould be conquered by the King Meffton. See thit reported by Pet. Galat. de Arcan. ver it at. Catbol. I. 5. c. 1 2. Er.D. Hier. Com. /» £^^.38. 2.Some undcrftand a certain Nation namely Scythians, i.e. Turks and Saracens, who anciently car- ried about their houfes in wains, that they might more cafily ; fefs other places, they coming forth ot the Rocks of Caucafiu, w-mdred al>road in Afia, and by degrees poflelt the Coaltof PtmtHs and Gilatia, and laid wafte the molt flourifhing Eaftern Churches, &c. 3. Some undcrltaud other Scythians, viz. Huns, Gothes,Getes, and think that Go£ is the proper name of Anti- chrift. Ambrof defide I. 2. c. 4. 4. Some, the Scythians and Sd- ranatans ; and they underftand by Meftech the Cappadocians , by r«tW the Spaniards, or Italians, A% Hier in E^ech. reports out of Jofephm. 5. Some, leaving the Historical fence, think here arc defcribed the wars of the devil in the heavenly Jerufa- lem. As Hier. inloc. reports. 6. Divers of the Ancients, and Moft Orthodox iWriters, under Gog and Magog, underftand generally Hereticks and Tyrants, and all the Churches enemies through the world. Gog fignifies The Houfe ; Magog, Of the Houfe: therefore all pride and falfe fcience, which exalts it ("elf againft the knowledge of the Truth, is fet forth in thefe names; The chief Hereticks are Gog ; they that have received their doclrincs^ Ma%og. D. Hier. Com. in Erjch. 38. and Aug. de Civ. lib. 20. c. 1 w Tom. 5. Galatinui alfo from the Hebrew, gathers, that Gog and Magog denote any impious ones perfecuting the Churchj°(uch are the devils Houfe and Habitacle. Bibliander inhis Chronology, and Bullinger in Com. in Apocalypf. incline to this, but fo as accord- ing to the Letter and Hiftory, they interpret it of Alexander and his Succeffors, the Ptolomey's in Egypt, The Seleucians and An- tiochiansin Syria and Afia; efpecially of Antiochw Epiphanes Kingof Syria, who having taken Jerufalem, more afflicted the Ifraelites than any former enemies; and was therein a notable type of Antichrift. D. Parew in Adverf. in E\ech. 38. i£r Lavat. in Homil. in Eiech. 38. incline to thii opinion. Gog and Magog'} Names of Scythian people, this day called Tartars, Gen. 10. 2. this Prophecy may be referred partly to the defolations that befell Jews returned from Babylon, by the Kings of Afia and Syria Dan. 8. 23. and 11. 3. and becaufe that the Scythians had anciently over- runne and poffeffed Ajiaminor and Syria, whereof in Afia there was aCity called Magog, and ano- ther in Syria called Scythopolii, the Provinces have taken their names from this crue 11 and barbarous conquering nation to fig- nifie the inhumancnefs of thofe Syrian Kings, Alexanders Succeff- ors, towards the Jews : but it is likely that befides this the Spi- rit of God did purpofe to fignifie a great oppreffion which the Church is like to fuffer, and efpecially the Jews, who fhall be converted to Chrift towards the latter end of the World by the faid Scythians or Tartars, as Saint John feems to point out, Rev. 20.7, 8. Zech. 14. 2. Thm Joan. Diodat. in Annot. on E^ek. 38. verf*2. II. The vifion it felf, containing 1. A defcriptionofthe b NewTemple, (meafured 6 The New by the Angel, the Son of God, J 1. Bythecompafs Temple of the whole ftructure, ver. 5. to 17. 2. By the out- ward Courr, ver. 17. to 28. 3 By the inner or mid- dle Court, wherein were the Levites Utenfils, and and where facrifices were prepared, ver. 28. to 44. 4. By the inmoft Court, or Court of the Priefts, wherein was the Altar of Burnt- offering, ver. 44. to 48. 5. By theproportionsof the Temple, ( wherein wastheHoIyofHolyes,)i/fr.48, 49. and Chap. XLI. throughout, and Chap. XLII. 1, to 15. 6. By the whole compafsofit round about towards the Eaft, North, South and Weft circumfcribed, ver. 1 5. to the end. 2. The c New Worfhip and Miniflry inslituted'm this c J "' Kew new Temple, (adumbrating the true fphitualChriflian Worjbip, _ worfbipunder the New Teftament, an Pet. 2. 5. Heb. <**d Mini- 13. 15. Rev. 1. 6. J isdefcribed 1. By the return '"*' of the Lords glory into his Temple, (God and hit People being now reconciled in Chrift, J by the fame way that it departed form the Temple, Chap.XLlll.i. Chap. 43: ft>7. 2. By the Lords Promifeof reftoring and purg- ing chis his Temple perfectly, and dwelling therein perpetually, i/er. j.tot^. 3. By the uaafurcs and ordinances of the Altar of Eurnt-offcring, to be of continual ufe, vi^. Jefus Chrift, ver. 13. to the end. 4. Ey the three orders of the Priefts, vi^. of the High-Prieft, Chap. Xl.IV. i. to 4. Of the fons of chap. 44: Jtnamar, who for their idolatry are rejected from the Priefts office, and only admitted to themeancft employments of the Levites, ver. 4. fo 1 5. Of the fons of Zadok, who are confirmed in their Pricftly Office for their faithfulncffe, vcrf. 15, 16. 5. By feveral Laws and Ordinances for the Priefts, ver. 17. to the end. dThc Net* 3. The d distribution of the nev Land by lot for in- Land hcritancc, distributed Chap. Chap. 41. 42. Chap.XLV.^XLVIII. DANIEL. 437 heritance, (one part being referved undivided as an Ghap. 45. holy portion, Chap. XLV. t.J and in this diftributi- on,the firft portion was for the Sanctuary and Priefts i>. 2, 3,4. The fecond for the Levites, v. 5. The third for the People, v. 6. The fourth to the Prince v. 7, 8, This diftribution here fummarilyj>ro/>o»W- ed, is afterwards more fully expounded, (but inan /n- verte d order, Tpcrvnfov I. locking the Prince or Magiftrate, Lawes and Ordinances about his office and Worfhip-, being laid down, ver. p. to Chap. 45. the end, andChap. XLVl. I. to 9. and about his inhe- ritance, ver. i(5, 17, 18. II. Touching the People, Or- dinances for their worfliip, v. 9. to 16. III. Touch- ing the Preifts how they ffiall prepare their offering, ver, 19. to the end. IV. lonching the Sanctuary, our of which iffued Waters at firft very (hallow, after- wards very deep and unpafleable, healing the Ri- vers and Fifh, and all places hut the miry places and Marifhes ; Typifying either the Spirit of God which was given fparingly under the Old Teftament, but plentiful- ly under the New Tejlament, or, The Gofpel,which at firft had but fmall beginnings, afterwards (pre ad won- derfully throughout the World to the fpiritualhealhgof all that truely entertained it, Chap. XLV ll. I. to 13. Chap. 47* After this he returns to the perfecting of the diftri- bution of the Land, affigning to the Twelve Tribes their Portions, and the Sanctuary its Poru'oo, ver. :g. to the end, andChap. XLVUI. l.to 15. [_Now chap# .g. in this diftribution its obfervablc, iThe fituation of Places, differs from that of Jofhuah\j of old. 2.Str an- gers are to inherit with lfraelites which they did not of old. This teaching m that the Jews Policy was not to laft, but to be a type of Chrifts better Reformation-, wherein both Jews and Gentiles were joyntlyto inherit thefpiritual Land.'] 4. Ihe e new City in mi dft of this Land, is defcribed eTheiW* by its Situation, Suburbs, Dimenfions, Form, (Viz. City. four fquare, becaufe it ffiall not be overthrown as Jerufalem oio\d,)Supplyes out of all the Tribes, Gates (^opening to all the four corners of the World, all forts of Nations aud People being to be received in- to it, J and by its name JEHOVAH Shammah, that is, the LORD if there: becaufe there God will ever dwell, thence never depart, as he did from the old Jerufnlem,ver. 15. fa the end of the chap. DANIEL. D Sett. I. Order. ANIEL isfaccording to the ufual order of the Books in our Bibles J the laft of the greater Prophets. But according to the Order of the Books in the Hebrew Bibles, iSee before (as hath beenformtrly noted out of a Mercerius,J on Job, it is ranked among the Hagiographa or Holy-writings, Seft.1. peculiarly fo called ; and that learned b Hierome hD.Hier. himfelf advertifeth us, Tl)at Daniel is not to be found Daniel. among the Prophets, but among them that wrote the ,Vr&fat. p. Hagiographa. The Hebrews dividing the whole Scxi- Bafil.l$$3. ptureintu three parts, viz, The Law, the Prophets Tom. 3. and Hagiographa, tha t is into five, and eight , and ele- cD.Hier. ven Books. And c elfewhere he fhows particularly, in lib.Reg. the Hebrew order and names of all the Books of the p&fat. Old Teftament, which are received as Canonical, Tom. 3. Si which the learned may view at large. vera funt quzRabbini de Prophetia Danielis pafllm recenfent, poft Baby- lonicamcaptivitatem nonfme hxntatione recepta eftinCano- nem, poftquam vero excludi non potuit, rejefta eft Poftremam Scriptorum Vet. T. claffem. HebraienimDanielemreferunt in- ter O^^rO five Hagiographa ; ac prolixe difputant an vaticini- um ejus enter immediata fpiritus fanfti opera referri debear,an communipotius&ordinanoProphetiae dono adferibi. Quade revideri poteft. R. Samuel Valeriiin Proem. Com.inDaniel. R. Jofeph.Albontt lib. %.Fundam, c.io. Sed Galatinm lib.^.de Arcan. c. i4.reftemoentpro Propheta eumeffe habendum. Jo.Gerh. he. Prim, de Scrip. Sac. Seft.15. 5. in Exegef. Sed:. II. Name and Penman, This Book hath is denomination from DANIEL, the inftrumental Author or Penman of it. That this is Daniels Prophecy, our Saviour himfelf tefti- d Math.24. fies ; d When you therefore ft)all fee the abomination of 15. defolation fpoken of by Daniel the Prophet, ftandinthe c Dan.9. jioly Place— alledging that paflage out of Daniel 5 e 27. And for the overfpreading of abomination, he fli all mal* it deflate. ^i^Jl VK- Daniel, fignifies The-'judgement-of- the-ftrong-God. This name not without fingular Pro- vidence feems robe given him, who afterwards was to pronounce thefentenceofi judgement of the mighty /Dan.2«' God upon all the four great Monarchies of the world,nz. 3M0 $6. the Babylonian, Perfian, Grecian and Romane, thac they fhould all be deftroyed and broken before the fifth Monarchy of Chrift, which fhall contiuuefor evermore ; And particular Gods judgement upon the Babylonian Monarchy the chief of them all, com- pared to the Head of gold in Nebuchadne^ars image. ThisDaniel f if we may beleiveg Epipbaniusjvus gEpiphan. fonneof cmeSab&a, but herein Scripture is filent. H&ref.$$. Certainly he was h one of the feleft Jews carried by ^ ^an« I,r* Nebuchadnezzar into Babylon, in the third year of t0 7* Jehoiakim King of Judah, to teach them the learn- ing and tongue of the Chaldeans, that they might flatid before the King. He is Angularly commended in Scripture, and that in many refpeds, but efpeci- ally for 1 His faith, 2 His rigbteoujnefs, 3 His wife' dome, And 4 The eminent favour be hadwith God and Man. 1 For his Faith, itvvasfuch, i that thereby be flop- z'Heb.ir. ped the mouths of Lyons. The mouths of hungry Ly- 32, 33.com- ons, who after wards broke all fc»*Accufers bones ere pared with they came to the bottom of the Den. Whereupon no- Dan.6. 22. tably Chryfoftome ; k What wonder if they overcame kjyTjdct.. enemies when they overcame the world.' For the Eli- vpct$6vH ItofcLTHtmv, otth y» iy avje T* jcoV//k m&.v$/Jov to ; to yb ^vi^ho, tb* otyjti&v a.yvor\nmyu>v cue-intf ixjtrn$a,KKov\o. iy to -3-Mfiet ix. '477 3-^'ta hV, i j « yj^uv@" y^vQ- &c.Joan.Chryf. in Expol. in Pfal. X. adinit.Tm. 3. ments not knowing their own Nature, are changed ta that which is profit able to them; and Wild beafts are no longer wild-be aft s, nor a fornace afornace; for hope in God compofetb all things. The teeth wire fharp and T tt tt the 433 DANIEL the Prifon ftrdit, -their Mature fierce,and hunger irritat- ing nature; no partition to l^eep them off. yea their mouths were next to the Prophets body ! but hope in God which itftronger than any bridle ,rufl)ing into their mouths /Daniel did draw them back.- And 1 Ambrofe afcribing this virt>epae- rohisFaft, (underftand his Faft of Fsithjthusex- riorwn, tri- preiTeth himfelf. Daniel, that man of defires, by a umHeb- three weekj Fad, taught the Lyons alfo to j 'aft, being domacla- thrown into the Den, having bis members hardnedto rumieju-- the hardnefs of adamant through the folidity of abfri- nio,lcones riente,he couldnot be wounded. The fierce Lyons kept uuoque their mouths ff)ut, which the fanftity of the Prophets crocuit -je~ Faft preffed together, that they could not open them, junare, fcc. miiluSin lacum, & in adamantisrigorem abftinentia? foliditate membra duraa's.non potuit vulnerari. Siccum conftringerant jejunia, ut inejuscorporeferarum morfibus locus effe non pofTew Claufa tenebantferi leonesora, qua? abftinentia? Prophetic* fanftitas cotnprimebat, ut ea aperire non pofient, meriti quibtifdam vin- culo ulligata. D-Ambrcf.lib. de Helia t& Jcjunio.cap.'j.Tom. 4. 2. For hit righteoufnefs ; He is four times accounted by the Spirit of God, one of the three eminent in- m Ezek. ftances of righteoufnefsitn Though thefe three me;i,No- 14.16,18, ah, Daniel (&" Job were in it, they fhould deliver buttheir 2 ■ Wff fruls by their righteoufnefs ; 11 Righteoufnefs ("faith v Prov. 10. the proverb)^//ve/rr/>/roOT«fe"• for his Religion; r That he would rather ad ven- 8 2 io.&c- tl""ctobe thrown into the Denof hungry Lyons,than ceafc topray unto his God, and prefent idolatrous petitions ; And / that the Lyons thcmfclvcs had no 2*2 power to hurt him. 3. For bis wifdnm; it is faid t An excellent fpirit, and knowled;ie,and under ft anding interfreting of dr earns andjhewinzoj hardfentences, anddiffJvingof dnuhts, was f wd in this fame Daniel, whom the King named (jor honour fake) Eeltcfhazzar, after the name of his God, and whom therefore King UebucbadntT^ ^ar made Adifiet tftbe Magicians ; fo that in this rc- s Dan, 6.21 /Dan 3. x Dan.2.8c 4,and 5. zGerh.loc. 1. de Scrip. Seft.i5s. gard he was finguiarly renowned among the very heathens. And when God would fharply reprove the pride and infolency of the Prince of Tyre, by reafon of his wifdome,he ironically tells him,u behold thou art wifer than Daniel, there U no fecreet that they u Ezek.28. canhidefromthee. This h/s penetrating wil'dom Da- niel manifefted in expounding x Nebucbadnc^jy s dreams, and Be lfl> awards vifion, when all the wife men in Chaldea were non-plus'd with them. 4. Finally, Daniel is commended for the furpafjing favour he was in Jot h with God and man ; with God, in which refpect the Angel Gabriel ftiled him y greatly beloved, or as the Hebrew Words import, A y Dun 6. man of defines. That is, f faith z Gerhard} mqfi de- fire. ible,v\Z.moft dear toGod-Augufttne thinks, That 3 Daniel, skilful in things future, a Knowerofthe Lords coming, and moft manfeift Preacher of Jerufalems 0- vert brow, is therefore called a man of defines becaufe in Exegef. he did not eat the head of define, ror drink the drinl^ a Daniel of define, becaufe he defined chrifii more than Feafts. quoque illefuturo- rumgna- rus, Scadventus Domini confeius, & everfionis Hicrufalemma- nifeftiffimus prsdicator, ideo vi% defideriorum appellatus eft, quia panem defiderii non comedit, & potum concupifcentix non bibit, quia magis Chriftum quam Epulas defiderabar. D. AuguU.de Tempore Ser m. 65. Tom. 10. God fo loved him, that he revealed to him b ftrange b Dan.2.17 fecrets ; wonderfully delivered him from the c Ly- to 24. ons ; appeared to him twice by the d Angel Gabriel, c Dan.6.22 toinftruct him in the great vifion of the Meffitah ; 26,27. and gratioufly e heard his prayer at the beginning of rfDan.8.15 bis Supplications. With man alfo he was of no fmall i6,&c.and requeft, greatly favoured and tenderly lovedbythef 9,21,22, Prince of the Eunuches ; Highly g advanced by King &c. Nebuchadne^za)"f ^ Made the third Ruler in the e Dan.9. Kingdomeby King Belfil)axj.ar ; and /preferred by 22,,8cc. Darius poffeffingthe Kingdome, to be thefirft of the /Dan. 1.9. three Prefidents over the one hundred and twenty ^Dan. 2.48 Princes fet over the whole Kingdome j and fohe<; and<5.ir. profperedin the Reign of Darius, and in the Reign of /jDan.5.29 Cyrus the Perfian. i Dan. 6.i, This is that excellent Prophet Daniel, Penman of 2,3. this Book. With what defirefhould we ftudy, with j^Dan. 6. what delight fhould we underftand this Prophecy, 28, penned by fuch a Daniel, and indited by the God of this Daniel. Sedr. III. Time^ or Chronology. Danielbdng carriedcaptive to Babylon by Nebuchad- nezzar I in the third year o/Jehojakim King of Judah, fwihich feems to be the firfi year of King Nebuchad- nezz^r, becaufe Nebuchadnez^ars eighth year is made parellel to the clofe of JehaiakinCs reign, who m reigned eleven years, and then beginning of Je- baiakjri's reign, his Succeffor J Daniel I fay, began to be prepared for, and called to the Prophetick FimiHoii, in the next year after he came into Baby- tin viz> i" theofecond year of Nebuchadnezzar, God then extraordinarily revealing Nebuchadnez- rats dream unto him with the interpretation therof, touching the four Monarchies of the World, and the fifth Monarchy of Chrift that fhould deftroy them all ; and he prophecied till the p third year of Cyrus the Perfian, which was 17 a year or two after Cyrus had relealed the Jews out of their captivity, and they were now come to Jerusalem, &c. which r Hel- ii/ow computes to be in all about feventy nine years; 7 ■> emiah ceafing to prophecy raccording to him,) in Daniels 18 year: Ezek'd beginning in Daniels thirteenth year, and ceafing to prophecy in Daniels thirty t'ixth year. So that Darnel prophecied in the dayes of both Jeremiah and Ezclejel, and alfo many years after them both. I Dan. 1. r. to 7. m 2 King. 22.36. n 2 King. 24.12. oDanr2. r. i7.ru 24. p Dan.io. i,8cc. q See Ezr. l.l.&c. r Helvic. Chronol p. 16. and i j. DANIEL. 439 Sect. IV. Scope .. J2 .' /Dan.9.24 t Dan. 1 2. 1,2,5. u Vid. D. Par.Ad- verj. in Van.Proem Scope of this Book is I. Mere generally to difplay unto Gods Church and Peo- ple, God's wife ami faithful dealings with them in all fiatcs , from the dayes of Nebuchadnezzar till the coming of Chrift , for the comfort of the Jews; and from Chrift to the end of the world, hit peculiar Providence over hit own in all their diftreffes,and de- liverances, for the comfort of the Saints under the NewTeflament. II. More Particularly, 1. In reference to the Jews, I. To difcover how careful God was over them under their afflictions, by fpecial Providence fending Daniel afore into Bab)' Ion, and raifing him up to great dignify and power there, (as of old, Jufeph in Egypt ."] that fo the extre- mity of the Jews bondage in Babylon might be fome- whatabated. 2. To encourage the captive Jews to hope for deliverance out of Babylon, becaufe the Ba- bylonian Monarchy fhould be broken and defhoyed after feventy years by the Me des and Pevfians. 3. Leaft the Jews, after that their deliverance, fhould dream of a golden age, Halcyonian dayes, and fan- cy to themfelves nothing but outward Profperity, to forewarn them, ("and that in divers vifions) of ma- ny fore troubles that mould befall the Church, not onely for feventy years of dayes, as in Babylon, but for feventy years of weeks, that is for feven times fo long fpace under Alexander and the Seleucides Kings of Syria, his Succefiours, &c. but efpecially under Antiochm Epiphanes, that cruelkft Tyger and Perfe- cutor of the Church, and enemy of alIReligion,fno- tably prefiguring the Romane Perfecutors of the Pri- mitive Church, and Antichrifis rage againft the Church at Iafl-3 But withal to comfort the Church againftallthefe Perfecutors, by the coming of Chrift the Meffiah in the flefh, f To make anendof finns, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlafting rightecufnefs, &c. whereby his Church fhall be redeemed and delivered fpiritually ; and by his fecond coming to judgement t whereby his ene- mies fhall be deftroyed, and his Church faved and glorified eternally. 2. In reference to uut Gentiles alfo 1. To confirm our faith in the Meffiah exhibited, that he is the on- ly true Meffiah indeed, in whom the Prophecy of Daniel is fo accurately and punctually fulfilled. And this one thing may flop the mouths of the incredu-- lousjewes for ever, touching the incarnation of the Meffiah already. 2. To let us fee what the ftate and condition of the Church fhall be under the New Teftament, vi^. full of troubles and Perfections; that therfore we promife not our felves any long fe- cular tranquility. 3. To comfort us with aflured hope of deliverance at laft from all thefe miferies by Chrift, which according to Daniels predictions fhall as certainly be performed, as the miferies foretold by him are come to pafle. Seft. IV. Nature and Excellency of this Book. The nature and excellency of this Prophecy may appear, ifweconfider iTIie Efficient, 2 The matter, 3 The Form, and^The Endo{ the Book. 1. The Efficient or Author of it, is either 1. Princi- pal,vi^. Godhimfelf; for who could have reveal- ed fuch fecrets, and fuch future events, not onely touching the Jews, but alfo Gentiles, and that in re- ference both to all the four Monarchies of the world, and to the Church of God, not forafhorttime, but from Daniels days to the incarnation of Chrift, yea to the end of the world:' Which Predictions have hitherto exactly been fulfilled, and therefore this Book is of fingular divine Authority,- wi.atfoevcr that Atheifticalx Porphyry babbles out to the contra- x Contra ry. 2. Inftrumciital, vi^. Daniel. A moft excel- Prqphe- lent Prophet, and a great Prince in his dayes, So ram Djni- faithluf", righteous, wife, refpected of God and m.-.n elemduo- fjas hath been fhcwed.J When God is plealed to ule decimum lo choice an inftruntcnt, the work muft needs be litofopj tranlcendenc. fcrfolt Por- phyrias, nolens eum ahfpfo cujus inferiptns eft nomine effe compofirum. fed ^quodam qui tern poribus Antiochi, qui appellants eft Epi- phanes, fuerit injudea, &non tarn Danielcm ventura dixFi'c, quam ilium narraffe prxterira. Dcniquequicquid u(foft a,i An- tiochumdixcrit, vcramHiftoriam cofltincre : h quid autctn ul- tra opinatus fir, quia futura nefcierit,cvTe mentitum. Cui foler- tiffime refponderunt EufcbiusCxfarienfis Epifcopus, trrbus volu- minous, id eft octavodecimo, & nonodtcimo, & vicefimo ; A- pollinariusquoqueunpgrandi libro, hoc eft vicefimo fexto : & ante hos ex parte Methodius, D. Hieron. Proem, in Daniel ad P ammachium fc Marcell. Tom. 5. 2. The matter of it is admirable, whether Hifto- rical or Prophetical. I. Here are not vulgar, but extraordinary HiWories, vi\. 1. Of Kelucbadnezxars rnyfteriousj dreams, and their notable interprets- y Dan.2. tions in reference to all the grand Monarchies of the and 4. world. 2. Of ftrange apparitions of an ^ hand- ^ Dan. 5.^ writing upon a wall, and the Contents of the writing s.&c.za^ againft Belfia^ar ftrangely expounded by Daniel, 25. &c. and fulfilled prefcntly according to that Expofition. a Dan.4. 3-Of Gods wonderful judgments upon his proudeft 3i.ro/7be Advcrfaries , depriving a Nebuchadnezzar of his ef:c(, Reafon and Kingdomejor a time banifhing him from the fociety of Men to live among beafts, that he did eatgrafs at Oxen, and hit Body was wet with the Dew of heaven,that hit Hairs were grown UkjEagles Feathers, . and hit Nails like Birds claws, and after all this his Reafon and Kingdome returning to him again, ofa Man as it were transformed into a Eeaft, and again of a Beaft retransformed into a Man, and cafting proud profane b Belfhazzar out of his Kingdom forever. ^Dan.5.30 4. Ofc Pagans rare acknowledgments of the Majefty cDan.2.47 and Dominion of the true God, and their Decrees a- and 3.28, gainftallblafphemersofhim. 5. Finally, ofpecu- 29.8c 4.34, liar providences of God over his own fervants, Pro- 35, 36, 37. fpering them with ^pulle, procuring theme favour & 6.25,25, among Heathens : keeping them pure and fincere a- 27. gainft all/ temptations, preserving them gun-torn ^Dan.1.12 in the Lyons Den, and /; un-burnt in themidftofthe 13,14,15. hot fiery furnace : and railing them up to high-po- c Dan. i.o. wer and dignity, for the comfort of his Church in /Dan.3. her captivity. II. Here are alfo not vulgar but extra- and 6. ordinary Prophecies, viz. 1. Of the deftinyof all the g Dan.d.22 * four grand Kingdomesor Monarchies of the world, b Dan.3. 24 ("whence happily Hierome calls him k. The manifold 25, 27. Hifiorian of the whole world.') How they fhould perfe- ' Dan.7. cute the Saints from time to time, but at laft be ut- k Hiron. terly deftroyed by the Kingdome of the Meffiah. Paulino. 2. Of the afflicted and perfecuted condition ot the Tom. 3. Church in this world , out of which afflicti- /Dan.7. 21 ons notwithstanding , it fhall at faft be abfo- 24,25. lutely delivered. 3. Efpecially of the/ Kingdoms mDan. 7. of the Meffiah paramount overall, defcribingm h's 26,27. expiation of fins : His introduction of the Gofpels " Dan. 9. n Everlafiing Rigbteoufnefs , His Unction as of the 24.toj.be moll-Holy, to be an everlafting King; His abolition of end. the Jewifh Temple and vvorfhip, caufmg the daylyfa- crifices to ceafe: that the fpiritual Worfhip of the Gof- pel mayfucceed : and his being cut off not forhim- felf, but for his Elect, after leventy weeks,(w\. fe- venty weeks of years, not of dayes f) Thus he par- ticularly foretells the very time when the Meffiah fhould be revealed and put to death, ("which none of all the Prophets did befote or after himj in which refpect Daniel more clearly prophecies of the Meffi- ah, than all the Prophets of the old Teftament, a< 440 DANIEL. Chap. I. to IV o D. A.-g. as o Auguftine and p Hierome, have well obferved. de Civ. Dei 1. 18. o 34. ;>Uludin Prsefatione commoneo, nullum Pro- phetarum tarn apertedixifle de Chrifto: nonenim folum fcri- bit eum e(Te venturum, quod eft eommune cum ceteris: fed etiam quo tempore venturus fit docet, & Reges per ordinem digerit, &annos enumerat, ac manifeftiffima figna pramunciat. Qua?quia vidit Pbrphyrius univerfa completa & tranfafta negare non poterat, fuperatus hiftoria? veritate, in hanc prorupit ca- Jumniam, utea qua? in confummatione mundi de Antichrifto fuiura dicuntur, propter Geftornm in quibufdam fimilitudinem, fub Antiocho Epiphane imp'.eta contendat. Cujus impugnatio teftimonium veritatiseft. Tanta enim diftorum fides fuit, ut Propheta incredulis hominibus non videatur futura dixiffe, fed narrafie Prsterira. D. Hleron. in Com. in Daniel. Proem. adPam- mach. ^r Marcell. Tom. 5 . 3. The Forme of it : \>i\. The external Forme, in which the Prophecy is laid down, is great part of it vifional, and aenigmatical under Types, and there- fore intricate, obfeure : and yet in fome part punctu- ally Chronological, defining the very times of future events particularly, and therefore narrowly to be ?Efaiam, obferved. In the former refpeft it is (" as q Hierome eremiam hath noted 3 one of the Books, hard to be under- Ezechi- flood, and requiring much ftudy,and accurate com- elem, & paring of it with r Hiftories of following events ; In Danielem the latter refpeft, being clearly underftood, it will quis poffit abundantly fatisfie both Knowledge and Faith, and vel intelli- richly compenfate the moft induftrious ftudies about gere vel it. exponere? Quorum primus non Prophetiam mihi videtur texere, fed Evan- gelium . Secundos virgam nuceam, & ollam fuccenfam a facie Aquilonis, fo pardum fpoliatum fuis coloribus; & quadruplex diverfis metris neftit Alphabetum. Tertius Principium &finem tantis habet obfeuritatibus involuta, ut apud Hebrxos ifix partes cum exordio Genefeos arte annos triginta non legantur. Quartus vero qui & extremus inter quatuor Prophetas, temporum con- fcius & totius mundi Philoftoros, f_ vel '] Phylohiftoricus, vel Poly- biftor, autcerte Polyhiftoros, h. e. qui multa novit & memorat, vel Philifloros, i.e. cogno fcendi cupidus. Era}". Schol. in loc.^\ lapidem prsecifum de monte fine manibus, & regna ora fubver- rentem, claro fermone pronunciat. D. Hieron. Paulin. Tom. 3. r Ad intelligendas autem extremas partes Danielis multiplex Grajcorum Hiftori3 necefTaria eft: Suftorii, viz- Callinici, Dio- dori, Hieronymi, Polybii, Poffidonii, Claudii, Theonis, & An- dronicicognomento Alipii, quos & Porphyrius effe fcquutumfe dicit : Jofephiquoq; &eorumquosponit Jofephus, prscipue- que noftri Livii, & Pompei Trogi atque Juftini, qui omnem extreme vifionis narrant Hiftoriami & poft Alexandrum ufque ad Csefarem Auguftum, Syria? & Egypti, id eft, Seleuci & Antio- chi & ptolonueorum Bella defcribunt. D. Hieron. in Com. Daniel. Proem, ad Pammach, &c. Tom. $. 4. Finally, The End or Scope of this Book is of great and manifold Confequence, as hath been evidenced, Seft. IV. And therefore by all this, how notably is this Book commended tofuch asareftudiousof the Scriptures, for the exercifing and perfecting of their underftanding therein. I. Se&. VI. Trincipal Parts. In this Book confider 1. A Preface to the whole Prophecy, wherein is fet forth ADefcription of Da- niels fmgular Call to the Prophetick. Office 2. The Vifions and Prophefics themfelves. The former Part is ufually counted Hiftorical, This latter Propheti- cal. T H E P R E F A CE to the Prophecy, contain. mganHiftorical Narration of Daniels extraordinary CaO unto the Prophetick Office, ch. I. to ch. 7. where note his 1 Preparation, 2 Qualification, and 3 Confir- mation therein. I. H'h Preparation for the Prophetick Function is fct forth. 1. By the time wllen Daniel began to conic into requeft, viz. in King Jehoia\imes third year, when King Nebuchadnezzar fubdued him, and carri- ed divers Captives to Babylon, Chap.I.ver.i, 2. 2. Chap. U By the occafion of Daniels noted fame, vir. King ~ Nebuchadnezzar s isCoromand to theMafterof the Eu- nuchesto bring to Babylon certain of the King and Princes and Israelites feedjpotlefs, well favoured and sKrljulmallWifdome, &c. whom they might teath the Learning and Tongue of the Chaldeans, that after three yean they might ft and before the King : among whom was Daniel, and three other his companions: named alfo with Chaldeans names, v. 3. to 8. 3. By Daniels favour and tender love with the Prince of the Eu- nuches, whereby he obtained for himfelf and his three companions liberty to be fed with pulfe, ( they profpering therewith.) that they might not be fDefil- f Daniel ed with the Kings Provifion. v. 8. to 17. feared by the Kings portion. 1 Either becaufe there might be fomeXfh amongftit prohibited to the Jewes as Ceremonially unclean 2 Or becaufe the Kings meat was Netted with invocation of idols - or was confecrated to idols. 3. Or becaufe thofe Princely delicates Ihould not become a fnare to him, to withdraw his heart from the Jewifh to the Paganifh Religion. 4. Orleaft being fed with Court-like Delicates, he fhould forget the afflictions of the Church. Parens in Adverf. in Daniel 1. 8. And Diod. Annot. Ali: BwCalv'ninloc'^vesmchthofttwolajl ReaJonsofDmdi II. Hu Qualification for his Office is fet down Com- paratively, like his Companions ; Superlatively a- bove them, ver.lj. Amplified by their joynt ten- fold excellency beyond all Chaldeans, verf. i3. to the end. III. His Confirmation^ the Prophetick Office, to the admiration of the Heathens, much more to the conviction of the Jews ) divers vvayes, viz. l. By his Revelation oj King Nebuchadnezzar s Dream, f which he had forgotten ^touching the /mage, and his interpretation of it; Described I By the Antecedent, viz. 1. The time of Nebuchadnezzars chaD * dreams, Cbap.lh r. 2. His trouble of fpirk about them, ver. 1. 3. The inability of all the Chaldeans wife-men to tell the King his Dreams, whereupon the King fent out a Decree to flay all the Wife-men; Darnel and his fellows being fought to be flain, ver. 2. to 14. 4. Upon Daniels obtaining refpite of the Exe- cution a little, after his and his fellows Prayer to God, in night vifion God reveals both dream and in- terpretation of it, for which Daniel bleffed God, ver. 14. to 24. II. By the matter of the dream and inter- pretation thereof revealed particularly by Danidto the King, ver. 24. to 46. IH. By the Confequeutt thereof, viz. the Kings 1. Adoring of Daniel, ver. 46. 2. Magnifying of Daniels God, w.47. 3. Pre- ferring of Daniel, who obtained preferment alfo for all his three companions, ^^.48,49. 4. Hereunto is annexed Gods miraculous Prefervarion of tliefe three Companion, of Daniel, ( refufing idolatroufly to worfhip Nebuchadiezzars Image, J fo that they were not burnt in the hot fiery Furnace, the Angel of God accompanying them there -, whereupon their God is magnified by the Kings Decree, and they pro- Chap. a. motcd, Ch.ML throughout. 2. By his interpretation o/Nebuchadnezzars Dream of a Great Tree, contained in Nebuchadnezzar s let- ters to all People, &c. wherein confider 1. The In- Chap. 4; fcription and Salutation, Chap. IV. ver. 1. II. The fcope or intent of the letter, for the extolling of God and his wonders, ver. 2,3. III. The Narration it felf, 1. Of Nebuchadnezzar's Dream, which the wife men of chaldea could not interpret, ver. 4. to i3. 2. Of Daniels interpretation of thefe Dreams, ver. 18. to 28. 3. The ftrangc event upon Nebucbadezzars ac- cording to Dan/f/j interpretation of his Dreams; He upon his glorying in Babylon, being driven from his Kingdom , deprived of his reafon, and banifhed to cat grafle among beafts, till at laft he was rcftorcd to his Chap. IV. to XL DANIEL. 441 his reafoil and Kingdome. and extolled tlic King of Hea ven, ver. 28. to the end. 3. By his interpretation of KingBelfhaZZartVijionof an hand writing on the Wall. Here note I. The An- tecedent occafion, v/\. Belfhazzars impious fcafl with his thoufand Lords, Chap.V.t.to 5. It. The vifion it fclf related, ver. 5. lit. The confequents hereof, vi^. 1. Eelfhazzars extream trouble about it, eSpecially when his Chaldean wife-men could not interpret ir, ver. 5. to 10. 2. Daniels being fentfor to interpret it upon the Queens motion, v. 10. to 17. 2. Daniels reading and interpretation of the writing, touching the tranflation of the Monarchy from the Chaldeans to the Medes and Ferfians f having firft fharply reproved and warned the King, ) by his fa- thers example ( of his Pride and idolatry ;)ver. 17. to 30. 4. The event that night according to Da- niels interpretation, BelfJ)a^Ker being flain, and Darius the Mede poftefling the Kingdome, verfe$o, Chap. 4. 4. By hit miraculous preservation from death or harm fNon in the Den of Lyons, defcribed I. Ey the occafion of leonum n;v\. 1. The envy of the Princes at Daniel, becaufc feriras the King had made Daniel chief of the three Prefi- immurata dents over the one hundred and twenty Princes fet eft : fed over the Provinces ; who therefore procure of the rictus King a Decree for the enlnaring of Daniel, chap. VI. eorumS: x.toio. 2. By D.< «/*.'/ per fevering in his fupplicati- rabiescon- 0us to his God as afore-time, with magnanimous clufa eft Refolution, though he knewthe Decree was figned, abangelo; ver.io. 3. By the Princes accufation of Daniel to & idcirco the King, for praying to his God contrary to the claufa, Kings Decree, whereupon through their importuni- quia Pro- ty he iscaStinto the Den of Lyons, ver. 1 1. to 18. 4. pheta; Ey Daniels miraculous fafery in the Den of Lyons, bona and deliverance thence, ver. 18, to 24. 5. Byhisac- opera cufers deftructionin the fame Den, ver. 24. 6. Ey praxefTe- the Kings decree hereupon, that all tremble and fear rant ; ut before the God of Daniel, ver. 24. to 28. 7. By the non tarn following profperity of Daniel till the reign of King gratia li- Cym,ver. 28. berationis fit, quam juftitia? retributio. Has autem voces omnis Sanftus vir proferat qui ereptuseft deore leonum invifibilium, & de lacu inferni, quia credidit in Deum fuum. Hier. Comment, in Dan. 6. Chap. 5. Thus of Daniels Vocation to his Prophetic^ office. (Sha p. 6 THEl'ROPHECYit fclf chap. 6. to the end or II. the Bwk., containing divers Vifions and Predicti- ons of things to come, til' the incarnation of Chrirt, and afterwards ( asfome think J to the end of the World. I. The firft vifional Freditlion, is of the four Beafis, vi%_. the four grand Kingdomes or Monarchies of the World, the Babylonian, Perfian, Grecian and Roman. This vifion u the fame Subfiance with that firft Dream of Nebuchadnezzars, ch. 2. Onely with this difference, 1. In this, the foure Kingdomes are de- fcribed more punllually and particularly than in that. 2. In that, they are reprefented under the refemblance of a man made up of four forts of materials; Gold, Silver, Brafs, Iron and Clay : In thii, under the fimilitude of four Beafi.s, becaufe of the beafily cruelty in obtaining and adminijiring of thefe Kingdomes. In this vifion confider I. The Preface, defcribing the Time, Man- ( ner, Record and Report of the vifion, Chap. VII. 1. Chap. 17, jT# j-hevifionitfclf, declaring 1. The fuccellive Rife Refemblance, Difpofition and Aftsof the four King- domes, ver. 2. to$. 2. The fall and ruine of all thefe Kingdoms, by the everlafiing Kingdome of Chrift the Mediator, given to him of God, ver. 9. to 15. III. The interpretation of the vifion, 1 Defired by Daniel, ver. 15, 16. 2. Performed particularly un- to Daniel, both touching the feveral beafis, the four Kingdoms; and touching their deftruction3 11.17.ro 28. IV. The Conclusion, ver. 28. II. The fecond vifional Prediction, the fame for Sub- fiance with the former, chap. 7. and with Nebmhad- nezzars Dream, chap. 2, But with, this difference that ' here's only mention of the three l.'ji Kingdomes, the Ba- bylonians being omitted, bfiqttfe within three years it was to be deftroyed. Here arc t. The Preface, de- claring the Time and Place of the vifion, Chap . VIII. Chap. 8. r, 2. II. The vifion it fclf. 1. Of a Ram that had two horns very high, &c. Signifying the Kingdome of two People, the Medes and Pcrfians united, ver. 3, 4. 2. Of an Hee-Goat from the Weft, f that is thcC dan Monarchy, J with a notable home in his forehead, prevailing over the Ram, (~ that is, the firjl King 6j Greece, Alexander the Great, J which horn being broken, there arofe up lour horns inftead thereof, and out of one of them a little horn came forth, which prevailed to take away the daily facrifice, and caft down the tructh to the ground, ( that is, Alex- ander being dead, the Kingdome was divided into four leffer Kingdomes, viz. Macedonia, Afia, Syria, {call- ed by Hi ft Brians from Seleucus Nicanor the fit ft K; of the Seleucidaifs Kingdome J and Egypt ; Seleucus being dead, Antiochus Epiphanes, a notable type of Antichrift, rofe up ; who by fubtilty of their Government, drew many Jewes from Gods pure Worfiitp andTruth, J ver. 5. to 13. This is amplyfied by the time how long the daily facrifice and fanftuary (ball thus be trodden under foot by Antiochus, viz. two thoufand three hundred dayes j that is, fix years, three moneths, and about eighteen dayes till the u Altar was purified ver. 13, 14. III. The interpretation of the Vifion u I Mac. defcribed, 1. By the Preparatories to it, ver. 15. tt 4-25.. 20 2. By the particulars of ir, ver. 20. to 27. IV. The Conclufion, denoting the effects of the vifion in Daniel, ver. 27. III. The third Pred'iftion or particular Prophecy, touching the Punctual time of the Meffiahs coming in the Flejh, and' fuffering for finners, after feventy weeks, by which the Lord would raile Daniels thoughts from the temporal deliverance out of Baby- lon by Cyrus, to the fpiriruall Reftauration of the Church by Chri.fi. Herein note I. The time when this vyas revealed to Daniel, vi^. in the firft year of D.t- rius fon of Ah aflmerus, Chap. IX. 1,2. II. The oc- Chap. 9. cafion whereupon this was revealed to Daniel, v>\. I. Partly upon Drtwie/iunderftandingby Jeremiahs Prophecy the terme of the 70 years captivity in Ba- by Ion, ver. 2. 2. Partly upon Daniels zealous Prayer, after confeifion of their fins, for the Jewes Refiau ra- tion from Babylon, ver. 3. to 20. III. The narration of the time when the Melfiah fliould come into the world, and be cut off to bring in everlafiing righte- oufnefs, &c. after 70 weeks ( vi^. 70 weeks of years,) ver. 20. to the end. IV. Thefourth and laft vifionalYrediBion,conum'mg future events from that time to the Meffiahs coming, or fj as fome think } to the lafi judgement in ch. 10, I I. and 12. Here are ccnfiderable. 1. The Preface to the Prophecy, containing 1. The time and occafion of the vifion in Cyrus his third year, and in Daniels three weeks mourning and tailing, C thought to be occasioned by reafon of the obftrufting of the Temple-building, J chap. X. 1, 2, Chap. id. 3. 2. Theglorious vifion of Chrift, ver. 4,$, 6. 3. The great Confiernation of Danieland his compani- ons at the vifion, ver. 7,8,9. 4. An Angels fpeech to Daniel, Partly erecting and comforting him, ver. 10, 11, 12. Partly Shewing him the Reafon why the anfwering of his Prayers was thus long delay'd, be- caufc he was thus long (~ vi\. 21 dayes ) hindred by the Prince of Perfia, ver. 1 3. its the end. 2. The Prophetical Predillion, I. Touching the four Kings of Perfia, whereof the lafi Shall provoke the Realme of Grxcia to his definition, Chap. XI, C''<»P' n- 1, 2. II. Touching the King of Gr&cia, viz. Akx~ ander, that Shall tranflate the Monarchy from Perfia toGracia, ver. 3- III. Touching the dithpation of Alexanders Kingdome, ver -4. IV. Touching the wars betwixt the King of the South, \vi^. the King of Egypt that lay South from Judca ; '] and the King of the North, £ vi%. the Kings of Syria, the Seleucides, thefe were two of the four Kingdomes, that rofe up 11 11 u u u ouc 442 H 0 S H E A H. out of Alexanders Kingrlome, jv. 5. to 30. V .Touch- ing rhc invafonand Tyranny of the Romans, and thcmifchief thereby to the Church, permitted for the Churches good, v. 3c to the end. VI. Touching the Srate of the Church after Chrift to the end of the World, rhatitfhall be mod afflicted, yet fhe fhall havecompleat deliverance by Chrifts lecond coming to judgment, Chap. XII. throughout. Hitherto of the four greater Frophets Ifaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Daniel. II. The twelve leffer Prophets follow, viz. The Books -i/HoPneah, Joel, Hamos, Obadiah, Jonah, Micah, Nahum ; Habakkuk, Zephaniah, Hagpai , Zechari- ah and Malachi : Called Lefier Prophets, Not for their leffer merit, but from the leffer number ofverfes,zs a Minores a Ruffimu. Not becaufe they or their Prophets had lion pro leffer Authority from God, but becaufe their Prophecies meritis, andfermons were written in far leffer volumes than the fed pro former, (as harh been noted out of b Augufiine ,) Yea nutnero thefearefo final!, that the cmenof the great Syna- verfuum gogue, or E^ra under Artaxerxes Longimanw, or nominan- fome godly Jews digefted them all into one volume, tur.Ruffn. failed the d Book, of the Prophets) perhaps leaft any Jnpr.fj.it. Hof. b See a lit tie before ifaiah,d/ P 4=°- c Rivet . pwtj.tt.in Hof. d Aft. 7. 42. e Duodecim Prophets in unius volu- minis auguftias coarctati,multo aliad quam fonat in Iitcrapra fi- gurant. Hieron. PaulinTom. 3. of them fhould be loft e Hierome obferves, That the twelve leffer Prophets were digefted all into one volume, c. died therefore by the Jews There- Afar , i.e. Twelve: for 'HH There Conines two : and "liyy Afar ten. And this coniunftion of them is not new, as may ap- pear in Ecclefiaft.49. 10. Kon eft idem ordo T2.Prophe:arum apudHebrAo<,'\unhh preaching of it as future : Haggai and Zechariah, asprefent; therefore incite the People to come forth of Babylon to rebuild Jerufalem : Malachi as pafi and ailually fulfilled, whereupon he ex« harts them to Piety and Holynefs. H O S H E A H. Seel:. I. Order and 'time. TN what Order, and at what Time, or how long Hn- flieah Prophefied, See in the Chronological Table before Ifaiah. Sed. II. Name and Penman. This Book is by the Hebrews called yitflH ISO Sepher Hoffjea, i.e. The Boo{. of Heftieah, from the Prophet Hnflieab, Penman of it. Therefore in the ,, r . . infeription it is called oTheword of the Lord that came unto Hofheah- hHua was a Saviour to Ifrael againft the Cannaanites, having before that happy k_ Omen in his name. So here Hofheah is oi their num- ber, IThat fas Paul faith,) fave themfelves and them that hear them ; for he preacheth falvatio n in Chit)} to the Jews, if they will not be obflinate. And they all were fubfervicnt, inftrumental Saviours, and types of that onely true Saviour Jefus Chrift, that mfaves hit People from their fins. Hofteab was the n fon of Beeri ; who this Beeri was, and what his office or condition was, is not difcovered in Scrip- ture. The Rabbines have a Rule (faith o Gerhard,) When in the beginning of any Prophet, hit Fathers name h expreffed, he is under flood to have been a Prophet al- fo; but the certain demonftration of that rulcisftill deilred. Some p think he was of the Town of Belemoth in the Tribe of lffa:bar. Others q that he was born in Bethflemeff), reckoned among the Ci- ties of that Tribe, Jofl>. 19. 22. Hebrews think Beeri was t And. Riv. com.in Hof. 1. 1, k In nomine omen an- tea habuir, Riv. ibid. 1 1 Tim. 4. 16. m Math. r. 21. nHof. 1. r. o Gerh.loc. Com.A.D. Scrip. S»c. Sec).i5<5.in F«ep;el'. p Dnrothcus in ^ynopf. q Diuliiisin Hnf.p.ir.J.& Gloll.ord. in Jof. 1. 1. H 0 S H E A H. 443 was a Prince of the Tribe of the Reubenites mencio- rD.And. ned, i Cbron. 5. $.But("as D. Rivet, r obfervesjthat Rivet. is fcarce probable, and the termination of the two Com.in names plainly differs, that being Becra, this Been. /''/•i.i. Touching the life or death of this Prophet, Scripture isfilcnr. Seft. III. The Nature of this Pro- phecy. This Prophecy principal)' dca's againft the ten Tribes, under the names of Ifrael, Samaria or E- phraitn; becaufe Samaria was rhc Royal City, and Jeroboam,r\\e. firfl King of the ten Tribes, was an £- phramite: now and then againft Judah. He prin- cipally inveighs againft Ifrael for their Idolatry. /Ofee Hisfiileis fharpand fuccinct, he fpeaks(_fouh\ Hie- commati- rome^at it were byjentences. His con pendious concife- cuse(t,& nefsandbrevity,occafioneth his darknefs & obfeuri- quafi per ry.In Augudines judgement t he [peaks profoundly, and fenreniias the more profoundly he f peaks -the more labor ioujly or diffi- loquens. cultly he is penetrated or underttoodiwe had need topray Hieron. in to theLordin the Explanation o/Hofheati(faith u Hier.) 12. Proph. and to Jay with Peter, Open unto us this Parable ; efpe- Prafat.T.^ daily when he himfelf that wrote it, tefiifies in the end fOfeeigi- of it, the obfeurity of the Volume; xwho is wife, and turPro- hefhall underftand thefe things? prudent, and he pheta, fhall know them ? which roe are tointerpret of the dif- quanto ficuhy,not of the impofftbility of undemanding them. profundius quidem loquitur, tanto operofius penetratur. D. Aug. de Civ. Veil. i8.c. 28. a Quanto magis in expianatione Ofee Prophets orandus eft dominus, &cum Petro dicendum, Edifcere nobis par abolam,i(tam: Prsefertim, cum obfeuritatem voluminisin fine tefteturipfe qui fcripfit, Quisj apiens 2S->26, t|lis ^ jeroboam ron 0( Joafl) did. In his days there- ^'th'u'c *°re Goc* ra'fesuP tn's Propnec 'n Ifrael, to convince vi Ho1- them of their Apoftacy, and to recover at lead the 12*' 7R a Elecl: among them by repentance. *7>°* Scope, of this Prophecy therefore is 1. Immediately, inrefpeft of Ifrael or the tenTibes ; 1. Partly, to detect, reprove andconvince them of their many great iniquities, efpecially of theirfoul idolatries, with Jeroboams Calves and Baalim, C^0Vi and then, but more fparingly and gently, taxing Judah for their corrup ions.} 2. Partly, to de- nounce (if they perfifted flill impenitent in thefe fin- ful and Idolatrous courfes, J their imminent and ut- tet rejection, difperfion, final captivity and deftructi- onby the A(fyrians, notwithstanding all their vain carnal confidence they had in the broken reed of fe- cular means or affiftance. 3. Partly, to invite them to repentance, with hopes and Evangelical Pro- mifes of mercy to an elect remnant repenting, of the Jews future Convernon and Reftaurationby Chrift, anil of the bleffed fpiritual Priviledges they fhall have by union to him, and communion with him. 2. Mediately, inrefpettof us, not only ro warn us againft all idolatry, and all idolatrous fellowfhip with idolaters, but alfof as * Tamovhu bath well ob- * Tarnov. fcrved J 1 Partly, ro teach found doctrine, as is evi- Ptoleg. in dent by Mat. 2. 15. jrom Hof.u. 1 by Heb. Hof. p. 5. 12.. 1$. from Hof. 14. 2. . by Rom. 9. 26. I Per. 2. 1 ;. from Hof. I. 10 » by Rom. 9. 23. from Hof. 2.27,, 2. Partly, To convince of errour, as may appear by Matth. 3. 13. and 12. q.from Hof. 6. 6. 3. Partly, to admonifh and warne of fin and judgement, by Luke 23. 30. Rev. 6. 1 6. from Hif. 10. 38. 4. And partly to comfort ; by iCor. 15. 55. from Hif 13.14 there alledged. And how notably the divine Autho- rity of this Book fhincsforth, in thefe frequent alle- gations of it in the New Teftament, is no hard tiling to judge. Seft. V. Principal Tarts. In this Eook confidcr 1 . Toe Preface. 2. The I. phecy it felf. And 3. The Conclufnn. the P REP AC E, defcribing, 1. The Prindpall Author of this Prophecy, w'<. The LORD. 2. The Infirumental, Hofheah, &c. 3. The time of his Pro- phecy, under four Kings of Judah, and one of Ifra el Ch.L 1,2. The PROP HECTnfcK, which is laid down from ver. 2. to cb. 14. ver. 9. as it were under the a Per- fon, i.O( a Prophet. 2. Ota Judge. 3. Of an He- rauld. 4. Of a Father. 5. Of a Friend. The r# whole being propounded Parabolically and chap.' 1. Plainly. jj I. Parabolic ally, and that in the perfon of a Pro- aAnd'.Riv phet, he (ignifics in himfelf, the future events and prafa't in evils that fhould befal the Kingdom of Ifrael, and //eri Tres /'. e . The difperfion of God, denoting the destruction states If- of Ifrael in the valley of Jezjeel, 1^.4,5. 2. A raelitarum daughter called Lo-rubamah, i.e. Not-having-obtain- defignanr. ed-mercy : becaufe Ifrael fhall not have anymore Primus e- mercy, as Judah fhall, ver. 6, 7. 3. A fon called nim xca- Lo-ammi, i.e. Not-my-People : becaufe they fhould rem illarn not be Gods people, nor he their God, ver. 2, 9. fignificar II. Correffed, the fharpnefs of the former type is qusgra-' qualified by promifescoan Elect remnant of Judah viffimis & and Ifrael, that fhall be united under one Head Je- periculofi- fus Chrift, ver. 10,11. III. Accommodated, ch. 2. ffimismor- throughout. i.By an exhortation of the godly to in- ribus exa- cite their brethren and mother, Ifrael to repent- gitata eft ance, Cb. II. 1. to 5. 2. By a Narration of the caufes quando why they fhould thus move them to repent, Partly Schallura their own fins paft and prefent. Partly Gods judge- pofteros ments that would befall them that remained obfti- Jehu nate, ver. 4. to 14. 3. By Publication of fweet Pro- fufiulir. mifes ofgrace and reconcilement in Chrift, with the 2. Reg. 15. fruits thereof, to the Elect of Ifrael, ver. 14. to the Secundus' end of the chap. statem _..,., „ Warn qua a Tig.ath-pilefere vaftata, capta &: deportata eft, 1 chron. 5. 26. Tertim denique xtatem illam, qustotaeverfaeft perShalmana-** farem, quum regnum Ifraelis totum inrercidit, 2 Reg. 17. Jun. Annot.inHof. 1.3. 2. Under another type of the Prophets loving an A- dultereffe bought for money, and abiding many dayes without playing the harlot with another man, that fo the Prophet might be for her ; is fet forth Gods love to Ifrael the fpiritual adulterefle, who for her Idolatries fhall be punifhed manydayes, but fhall be convert- ed to God in the latter dayes, Here I. The type is com- 444 H 0 S H E A H. Chap. UhtoXlv. Chap. 4. Chap. 5. Chap. 3. commanded, chap*. III. 1. II. The command is per- formed by the Prophet, where note r. The type it k\(,ver. 2. 3. 2. The explanation and accommo- dation of it, Partly, by threats of defolation, ver. 4. Partly., by Promifes of Keflaurationin Chrift the true David, ver. $• II. Plainly and without Parable the reft of the prophecy is laid down. And fo it is 1. Commi- natory, chap. 4. to 1 1. 2. Confolatory, cA<*/>. 11, 12, - 13,14. 1. Comminatory, or chiefly confifting in tbreatnings, In three Sermons or fpeciall Prophecies, whereof the two firft are fet forth as under the Perfon of Judge, the laft as under the perfon of an Herauld. r. Sermon, againft all Ifrael, which is partly Repre- henfory. Partly monitory. I. Reprebenfvy, Where- in Ifrael is 1. Cited or (ummoned,c7>. IV. 1. 2. Ac- cufed and indited for offences againft God and man, deferving grievous puniftiments, vt\. Partly, the impieties and iniquities of the People, enumerated, aggravated and threatned,i>. i.to6. Partly, the cor- ruptions of the Priefts, mentioned, aggravated and threatned, w. 6. to 12. Partly , the idolatry of Ifrael, ver. 12. to 1$. II- Monitory, wherein Judah is dill- waded from Ifraels fins, both from the notorioufnefs of their offences, and grievoufnefs of their punifh- ment, ver. 15. to the end. 2. Sermon againft the Priefts, Houfe of Ifrael, and Kings Houfe, and fomewhat againft Judah for fol- lowing their fins, Ch. 5,6, 7. wherein noteThe Sum- mons, The Charge, The Confirmation of the charge, and the Conclufion o\ the Sermon. I. The Summons, Chap. V. 1,2. II. The charge or accufation laid againft them, wherein 1. Their fins are propounded, ver. 3, 4,5. 2. Their judgements for them are denounced, Q Judah alfo being taken in, } ver. 5. to 11. 3. The Confirmation of the charge againft both Ifrael and Judah, touching their fins and judgements. This is done by a gradual Narration of certain hainous of- fences of theirs, with their particular judgements. As 1. Preferring mans Command before Gods will, ver. 11, 12. 2. Relying on forreign aid of the Aflyri- ans, when God wouJd have reclaimed them by his corrections, ver. 13,14. 3. Not renouncing of for- reign aid that they might finccrely repent and return to the Lord, notwitliftanding the warnings of his Chap. 6. word and rod.i/. \<,.ani Ch.\I. i.to 5. 4. Moft per- fidious violation of God s Covenant, by their not knowing of God, unmercifulnefs, blood and whore- doms, ver. 5. to the end of the Chapter. 5. Notorious provoking one another unto varieties of wicked- Chap. 7. nefies, even againft Gods remedies, Chap. VII 1. to 8. IV. The Conclufion of the Sermon fummarily comprifing what had beenfpoken, viz^. 1. A Nar- ration of Ifraels obftinacy in fin, turning from God, and madnefs in relying upon forreign aid of Egypt fc: A\]yria, ver 8,9, 10, 11. 2. A Denunciation of Judg- ments thereupon, v. 12, 13. efpecially for their Hy- pocrifie defcribed, ver. 14, 15, 16. 3. Sermon, under the Perfon of an Herauld with a Trumpet proclaiming Gods judgements, principal- ly againft Ifrael, partly alfo againft Judah, ch. 8,9, 10. Herein confider I. A denunciation of fpcedy and imminent judgement, with intimation of the procuring Caufcs thereof, vi^. 1. Ereach of Cove- nant and Law. 2. Hypocrifie. 3. Calling off what is good 4. Erefting Kings without God. 5. Idola- Chap. 8. try. Chap. VIII. 1. fo 5. II. AReprehenfory Con- futation of the vain Pretexts, whereupon the wicked grew fo infolent, which Pretexts are declared to be To many Caufcs haflcning judgement, vi\. 1. Their confidence in the two Calves, verf. 5,6,7,8. 2. Their Aflbciacion wirh the Afiyrian for allifta«ce, Chap. 9; vtr. 9, 10, 3. Their malcmtde of Altars, Sacrifices and Temples, ver. u, 12, 13, 14. 4. Judahs multi- tude of fenced Cities, ver. 14. III. A Confutation oftheircarnal joy and fecuritv, as altogether caufe- lefs, C norwithftanding all their prefent Profperi- ty, J 1. By the Prophets words denouncing againft them, Famine, Captivity, lofs of Gods Worfhip, Death and Defolacion, for their Prophets iniquities and their own horrid i~ms,cbap. IX. 1. to 1-. 2. By the immediate words of the Lordhimfelf more ter- ribly, Partly upbraiding them for their extream inpra- titude under Gods former mercies, ver. 10. Partlt threatning them with utter deftruftion and dilfipatioi among the Nations, ver. 1 1. to the endofthe chapter. IV. The Commination of heavy judgements for their fins is continued, wherein 1. The vanity of their carnal hopes is difcovered in their fruitful land, Chapt. X. r. In their Altars and Images wherein Chap. loi they pretended to worfhip God, ver. 1, 2. In their King, w. 3. In their proud boaftings and falfe con- federacies, ver. 4. In their Calves and High-places of Betbaven, ver, 5, 6, 7, 8. Contrary judgements to their vain hopes all along being threatned. :. The feverity of Gods Judgements for their fins, as in the Perfon ot God, is propounded. More generally ver. 9, 10. More particularly in the aggravation, F^rMjoffome of their chief fins, Kfr.u.ro 14. Partlt of terrible judgements againft ifrael and their King, ver. 14, 15. Thus of that part of the Prophecy which is chiefly Com- minatory. _ II. Confolatory, or chiefly fpent in Comforts, and this in two Sermons. 1. Sermon, under the Perfon of a Father; God promifing in Chrift that ( though neither Prophet, Law, mercies nor judgements had brought them to Repentance, yet J his Eleft mould be convert* d embrace Chrift and the Promifes. Hereare 1. The Caufeof Gods favour and promifes to them, viz. his love in his Son Chrift, Chap. XI. ver.i. 2. A chaP« "• Narration of Ifraels moft ingrateful dealing with God, ver. 2. to 8. 3. A Declaration of Gods unchange- able promifes for laving of 7/t/je/miferably deftroy- ing himfelf, ver. 8. to 12. 2. Sermon, wherein God diffwading Ifrael from perfidioufncls, idolatry and inhumanity; declares and aggravates their avarice, idolatry and pride, and ppomifeth, f the wicked being deftroyed. J to pre- (ervc an cleft Remnant, and fpiritualiy to heale the truely penitent. More particularly note here I. A fummary propofal 1. Of the peoples fins, ver. 12. and Chap. Xll.i. to 6. 2. Ofthe Lords invitation of Chap, la." them to Repentance, ver. 6. 2. A more particular Explication of both thefe vr<. 1. Ofthe peoples fins, vtXj. their wicked and deceitfull covetoufnefs, ver. I.to 11. Their odious idolatry, ver. 11. tothcend, and Chap. XIII. 1. to 6. Their intolerable confi- ch3P« »3« dence and pride in their wealth and largeucfs of their Kingdome, ver. 6,7,8. 2. Ofthe Lords invitation of them to Repentance, Partly, by a Narration both ot the evils that had befallen them for their fins, ver. 9. to 14. And of the good that would befall them upon Repentance, ver. 14. to the end. Partly, bya pathetical exhortation to Repentance ( under the perfon of zFriend J cbap. XIV. 1. Which Repen- tance is amplified, 1. By the forme or manner of it de- fcribed, v. 2,3. 2. By moft fweer alluring Evangeli- cal promifes made unto it, ver. 4. to 9. THECONCLUSION of the whole prophe- cy, I. Notably inciting the good to underftand, ac- knowledge, and advantage themfclves by thefe things, admiring their lingular excellency. 2. Dread- fully giving up tranfgrcffourstofall therein, ver.9. Chap. 14; III. JOEL. ■ i i i m JOEL. 445 A' Seft. I. Name and Penman. Mong the Hebrews this Book is called 12D -■- "7KV Sepber Joel,l e. The Book.of]oe\ : and this a Joel. 1. 1. from Joelihe Penman of it : a The Word of the LORD that tame to Joel the /o/io/Pethuel. VSV JoeU which feems to come from 7J<^ Jaal C which in Hipbil fignifies either To will, or To fwear, or To begin, jfignitiesw/////?g-, or fwearing ; I D. Hier. or ( as b Hierome thinks, ) Beginning ; or c Tbe-LORD Procem.in God, as he elfewhere interprets ic. rfSome rather JoeU Tom> derives this name from H7S T\\r\> Jehovah Alah, 6'. i.e. The Lord hath curfed; G»njefturing he iscalled cV.H'ter. Joel, \. e. The curfe of the Lord > becaufehegrievoufly Procem. in aggravates the Lords curfe and punifhment inflifted Malath. on the Land. This Joel was I. For his defcent.e Tom. 6. the fon of Pethuel ; Pethuel fignifies A-Perfwader-of d Tarnov. God ; who this Pethuel was is uncertain, becaufe here in Joel or elfewhere Scripture fpeaks no more of him. Some Prolegom. /think he was Samuel, who obtained of God what p. 2. ubi. he asked in Prayer 5, but that conjecture hath for- vid, 6. merly been refelled in the Chronology of the Prophets, Etymolog. &c. Some g fay he was zReubenite, but give us no e Hof. I. 1, ground for it. Hebrews have a tradition that when fH.Alfied tbe Father of any Prophet if named, healfo was a Pro- Pr&cogn. phet; but (' in hCalvins judgement, ~)thattia frivo- Theol. I. 2. lous Rule. Probably his Father named, was a man of gGerh.loc. fome eminency and authority. 2. For his Office, de Sacra. Joel was a Prophet, as the i Scripture ftiles him, Script. therefore his Prophecy is of Divine Authority, and Sefr. 157. by the current of this his Prophecy he feems pecu- inExegef. liarly to have direfted his Prophecy to Jvdah and bCalv. Jerusalem, as Hofl>eah had peculiar relpeft in his Com.in Office to Ifrael, as l>_H'terome a\(o hath noted. 3. For Joel. 1. 1. his life; afts or death, we have little certainty. / 2 Acts. 2. Gerhard (anh, he was born and buried in the Land 16. 17. oiCanaan in Bethoron ; but he onely faith it. ^Quorno- doautem in Ofee Propheta, quern in principio duodecim Pro- pherarumantehunclibrum ex plana vimu?,fub nomine Ephraim, ad decern tribus conferur vaticiniumqus vel Samaria vel Ifrael fepe metnoramur: Sic in Joel qui juxta Hebrseos fecundus eft, omne quod dicitur ad tribum Juda,& ad Hierufalem pertinere cre- dendum eft, & nullum omnino Jfraelis, id eft, decern tribuum in hoc fieri mentionem. D. Hieion.Com. in Joel. 1. 1. / Gerh. loc.Com. I. de San. Scrip. Seft. 1 57. in Exegef. Seft. II. Order and Time. In what Order this Book is to be ranked, and at what Time this Joel prophecied, hath m beforebeen confidercd; there fee the variety of opinions, and what feems moft probable. That judicious n Calvin is of opinion thatinthemidftof fo much uncertainty it is beft to leave the matter undetermined ; efpe- cially feeing this Prophet may be well underftood withouc the punctual knowledge of the time of his Prophecy, though many paffagesin Hoflieab could not be tightly interpreted without the Precognition of his time. But that which is efpecially confider- able, is that Joel prophecied to Juiah and Jerufa- lem, aad not to Ifrael. ntSee Chronol. Table be- fore Ifaiah njoan. Calv. frsfat. Prdeth. in JoeU 0 Notably this was fulfilled, Acts 2. 16. 17. vid. Hieron, Ep. ad Paulin. Tom. 3. Seft. III. Occafion and Scope. Upon Occafion of divers forts of infers, as the Pal- mer-worme, Locufl, Can\er-worme, Caterpillar, 4yc. fent upon Judea, and extreamly devouring the fruits of the Land,therefore evident fore-runners and harbingers of a grievous Famine : He incites them of Judab to be fenfible of the judgement and truly to repent under it, promifing thereupon both divers Temporal and Spiritual bleflings. Scope therefore is, I. Inreferenceto them of Judah WJerufalem. 1. To awake them out of their fecu- rity under a prefent grievous Famine, that being truely fenfible of Gods heavy judgement, all Degrees among them might with Fallings, Prayers, and true Repentance, mourn; weep, and humble themfelves under his mighty hand. 2. To encourage them here- unto, by many fweet and precious promifes, not on- ly of removing the prefent judgement, and reftoring their former loffes by fubfequent plenty : but alfo of many fpiritual bleffingsin Chrift, whereof all tem- poralis were but dim fhadows and pledges, and thefe Partly inchoate in this Life, vi^. The 0 Plentiful gifts of the Holy Ghoft to young and old; andfea- fonable deliverance, by the utter deftruction of all Gods enemies, from all the evils that might fall out, before or at the coming of Chrift to judgement, Part- ly confummate in compleat holinefs and happinefs in the world to come. II. In reference to us. To teach us in all like publike afflictions humbly and peniten- tially to behave our felves towards the Lord ; and upon unfeigned returning unto God, to expect (To far as fhall be good for us, ) like bleffings both Tem- poral, Spiritual and Eternal. Seft. IV. General Tarts. In this Prophecy are, 1. An Infcription. 2. The Sub- fiance of the Prophecy. 3. The Conclusion. The Infer iption, denoting the principal and infiru- mental Author of it, Ch. I. 1. The Subfiance of the Prophecy, which tel.Reprehen- Chap. 1. for j. 2. Minatory. 3. Hortatory. H* I. Reprehenfory, emphatically checking and up- braiding them of Judab and Jerufalem, for their great ftupidity and fecurity under that heavy judge- ment of the Famine, where, I. An Exordium, 1. At- tefting all the inhabitants, how unparallei'd the Fa- mine was. 2. Charging them and their children to tellit to after Generations, ver. 2,3. II. The Nar- ratory defcription of the Famine in brief, ver. 4. Ag- gravated alfo in many following paflagcs throughout the Chapt. as motives to the LeRons following. III. The ufe which they fhould make of this Judgement. 1. They mould be exceeding fenfible of it, ver. 5. to 13. 2. They fhould be fincerely penitent under ic with mourning, fafting, Sec. verfc 13. to the end of the chap. II. Minatory, fttarply threatningthe people, Cnow fecure under the judgement of the FamineJ with an heavier judgement of the fvvord, vt\. the Sword of the Chaldeans, herei. Sion is all arm'd by the Lord, Ch. II. 1. 2. This judgement threatned is ru defcribed, More Generally, by the Author of itjneer- cna"* 2* X x x x x nefs, I. 446 H A M 0 S. nefs, grievoufnefs and fuddainnefs of it, ver. i, 2. iHore Particularly, by the terrible Character of the Chaldeans, that fliall execute this judgement, ver. 2. to 12. III. Hortatory, earneftly exhorting them hereup- on. 1 To fincere Repentance, and 2 To folemn Humiliations, ver. 12. to 18. This Exhortation is urged by divers Arguments, vi\. I. By Promifes. 1 Of temporal Bleflings, namely, plentiful fruits of the earth, even to the Reparation of all their former lodes by the Famine, and remo- val of the Northern Army from them, ver. 18. to 28. 2 Of Spiritual and Evangelical Priviledges, f where- of thofe Temporals were but an imperfect PledgeJ v/^. Plentiful powring out of his fpirit andhisgiks upon all flefh, Gentiles as well as Jewes, ver. 28,29. Salvation and deliverance of an Eleft Remnant in his Church, after the Lord hath manifefied by dread- ful fignes the terrour of his coming, ver. 30, 31,32. II. ByThreatnings of definition againft all the op- preifing enemies of the Church, where 1. Their judgement in the valley of Jehofiaphat in the view of Jerufalem [ i. e. in the open viewof Gods Church and People,'] isgenerallypropounded, Ch. III. 1, 2, Clup. 3. 3. 2. God contefb with his Churches enemies for all their wrongs to his People, ver. 4. to 9. 3. God ironically incites all Nations to come to fight in the valley of Jehofl>aphat, declaring their deftru&ion there, ver. 9. toil. 4. The end of all thefe Judge- ments is declared, ver. i']. The Conclufion of the whole Prophecy, 1. Metaphori- cally declaring the Lords bleflings upon the Church, ver. 1 8. 2. Plainly defcribing, partly the judgements threatned to Egypt and Edom, viz. The Churches E- nemies for their cruelty againft her, ver. 19. Partly the mercies promifed to the Church under the name of Judah and Jerusalem, ver. 20, 21, H A M O S. a Hieron. Proem, in JoelTom.6 b Am. 1. 1. c See If a. I.I. Hof.1.1. with Amos 1. 1. dZer/j.14. 5- ing vehement and burdenfom in histhreatnings; he lunt no- fpake fo burdenfom , heavy words, as the very men hoc earth could not bear; Asfaidhis Adverfary Amatj- propriutn ah, Hamos 7. 10. efie COtti- poficurn exDyi. e. populus, & ex verbotlHQ five U)!2 amof!t,avulfity quail, dicum populus avulfns, &c. Tarnov. ibid, n Populus avul- (us. Hieron. Proem, in Amif. Tom. 6. But who this Hamos was ts more co nfiderable. Some 0 Ifa.i. I. from the olikenefs of names, have thought he was comp.with rhc Father of the Prophet Ifut.ih. But that's a plain Amos 1.1. miftake, (asp Hierome hath noted) for thefe two p Non eft names, vt^. Amo\ the father of Ifaiah, and Hamos ipfe quern che Prophet, as they arc written in Hebrew, differ patrem E- quite, both in their jWr and Lift letters; and in their fiixPro-^ hgnincations; That fignifies jh ong or valiant; This pheralegr- A Yeople-puWd-away. Therefore they were two di- lnus.Illee- ftinctPcrlons. This Hamos was of the tribe of )ud ah nfm at firft. q No ?rophet nor Ytiphetsfon but an Herdfman V 1QS Icribitur per primam & ultimam nominis fui litcram X & y & inrerpreta- cur form arquc robuftus. Hie veto DIQy per y * 0 ; & inter- preratur Populus avujfut. Media liters Q & 1 utrique Commu- nes funt, &c. H'^ron. I'roxm. in AmofTom.6. «f Chap. I. to V. H A M 0 S. 447 rHic igitur Prt>ph€ca quem nunc ha« bemus in manibus, fuic de op- pido The- cua,quod dmillibus ad meridi- anampla- gam abeft a Sancta Bethle- hem: qua? mundige- nuit falva- torem : & ultra nul- lum cftvi- culus, ne agreftes quidem cafaj & fur- norum fi- miles,quas Aphriap- pellat Ma- palia.Tan- ta eft ere- mi vafti- of Tekoa, and a gatherer of Sycamore fruit : but the Lord tool^ him as he was following the flock, and [aid unto him, go prophecy to my People Ifrael. Tekpa^h'mks r Hierome) was fix miles Southward from Bethlehem , where the Saviour of the World was born, beynndwhnh therms no village, no nor cottages ; itit fucha watte wildemefs which u extended to the Red Sea-, and the Perftan, Ethiopian and Indian Coafts. And became that dry fandy ground yields nojfuits, all if full nf Herd- men that they way compenfnte the barrennejje of the ground with the multitude ofCattel. Of this number of Herdmen was Amos the Prophet ; rude in fpeech but not in knowledge : fir the famefpirit fpoty in him, that (pol;e by all the Prophets. And as Calvin I obferves, God purpol'ely railed up Amos of Judah, and a poor rufliral Herdman ofTeleoa, I Partly the more tocrofs and correct the pride of thofe times, glorying in their profperity, when a rude Herdman muft be their Reprover. 2. Partly to deal the morepropor- tionably with the brntifhnefs of Perfons in thofe djyes, that would not hearken to other Prophets, now an Herdman fhall deal more roughly with them as with Kin e of Bafhan, Amos 4. I. 3. Partly to e- vidence that any infhumenrs fhall ferve Gods turn, who is wont f to choofe thefoolifl) things of the world to confound thew.fe; andthewea lathings of the world, to confound the thivgs.which are mighty; And bafe things of the world, and things which are defpifed hath God chofen, and things which are not to bring to nought things that are; that no fleff) ftnuld glory in hit pre fence. He prophecied purpofely and principally againft the ten Tribes, more fparingly againft Judah. He is thought to be llain by Amaziah the Prieft of Bethel whomheoppofed ftoutly, prophecying againft him feverely, Hamas 7. 10. to the end. tas, qua? ufqueadmare rubrum, Perfarumque & ^Ethiopum atque Indo- rumterminosdilatatur. Et quia humiarido atque arenofo nihil omninofrugum gignitur, eis cuncta funt plena paftoribus : ut fte- rilitatem ttrr^compenfant pecdrum multitudine. Ex hoc nu- mero Paftorum & A.mos Propheta fuit , impeiitus Sermone fed non fcicientia. Idem enim qui per omnes Propheras in eofpiritus fanctusloquebatur. D. Hieron. Prooem.in Am.Tom. 6. (Calv.Com.in Am. 1.1. ri Cor. 1. 27,28,29. Seer. III. Occasion and Scope. 1 This Prophet feems ro be called to prophecy up- on the fame Occafton for fubftance that HofJieah was, vi^. Ifraels carnal fecurity and confidence in their great outward Profperity at that time, out of which God would awaken them with predictions of their final difperfion and captivity for their many great ties and iniquities. Scope, I. More generally, to hold forth the feve- rity of Gods judgements againft his Churches ene- mies, and his Church it felf for their fins: annexing fome Evangelical Promifes to a remnanr. II. More ■particularly, 1. To denounce Gods judgements a- gainft the Heathen enmies of Gods Church, vi^.Da- tnaftm, Ga^a, Tyre, Edam, Amman and Moab, for their fins, cfpccially their infolericies againft Gods People. 2. To warn Judah and Jerufalem of their deftruction for rheir fins ; efpecially Ifrael, of their total and final captivity anddefolation for their ido- latry, vio'er.ce, injuftiee, opprefTion and general cor- ruption , and this is done both Plainly and Vifionally, a Amos which u Hierome thinks cannot be exprefied in few Paftor & rufticus, 8c ruborum mori deftringens , paucis verbis explicari non poreft. Quis enim digne exprimat tria aut quatuor fcelera Damafci, Gaza, Tyri, & Idumca;, Scfiliorum Ammon & Moab, & in feptimo, octaveque gradu Judci & Ifrael ? &c. Hier. Paulino Tom. 3. Chap. 1. I. Chap, 2. words. 3. To comfort an cleft remnant, with Pro- mifes both oftheir Salvation when others fhall be de- ftroyed, and of rhe glorious Reflauration of the Church at laft by Jefw Chrifi, and the erecting of hhfpintual Kingdime. Seel. IV. Principal Parts. In this Eook confider 1. The Infer ipiion. 2 The Pro- phecy it felf. 1. THE INSCRIPTION of the Prophecy, defen- ding i.The Penman Harms. 2. The Object to whom this" Prophecy was chiefly directed, vi^. Ifrael. 3. The time when, CO. I. I. 2. THE PROPHECY it felf, chiefly confiding of 1 Commin.itions, And 2 Confutations. COMMINATIONS or Threauiings, and they are laid down, r More plainly, 2 M re obfeurcly and in v - fions. I. thriatnings more plainly laid down, are compri- zed chiefly in four diflinft Sermons, chap. itoj. I. The fi>ft Sermon, wherein note. I. A General Propofition, of the threatnings againft all worldy height and glory , Metaphorically, v. 2. II. Afpe- cial Prediction of judgements. 1. Againft the Gentiles enemies of the Church, e- fpeciallyfor their enmiry, oppreffion and cruelty againft Gods People. As againft 1. Damafcwsof the Affyrians, v. 3, 4, 5, 2. Gaz^a, andorher places of the Philiftines, ver. 6,7, 8. 3. Tyre, ver. 9. ic. 4. Edam, ver 11,12. $.Ammon,ver. 13,14,15. 6. Moab, Ch. II. 1,2,3. 2. Againft ehe Jews for their fins alfo. Partly a- gainft Judah, ver. 4, $.Partlye Confir- mation of this Proportion from Gods hatred of their fins, vi^- 1, Sins of impiety againft God, ver. 21. to the end of the chap. 2. Sins of iniquity againft man, efpecially their fenfualwantonnefs, Chap. VI. i.to 7. IV. The Condufion 1. Denouncing fpeedy Captivity for their fins, ver. 7. 2. Declaring, and that under Gods Oath, both Gods abhoring of them, ver. 9. and the feverity of his judgements upon them, v. 9, 10, II. 3. Intimating that notwithftanding their xfe- cure perverfnefs and vain confidence, they mail wholly be deftroyed by their enemies, ver. 12, 13,14. Thw ofrhetbreatnings more plainly denounced. M.Tbreatnings more obfcurely laid down follow, and thefe under feveral Types and Vijions, vi^. under the Type. 1. Of Or a(l>oppers or Locufls, fhadowing out Fa- mine, Ch. VII. 1. to 4. 2. Of Fire devouring the great deep, adumbrating War, v. 4,5,6. 3. Of a Plumb-line, fignifying the overthrow of the Kingdom, and of the Kings houfe, ver. 7, 8, 9. This is Amplified bv Ama^iah the Prieft of Bethel's oppofition againft Hamos, thus prophecying •, where- in note 1. Amarjahs inftigation of King Je- roboam againft Hamos, ver. 10, 11. 2. Amaxi- abs monition of Hamos to prophecy in Judah, but not at Bethel, ver. 12,13. 3* Hamos his aflerting of his Call and Commiffion from God to prophecy a- gainft Ifrael,?. 14,15. ^.Hamos his fharp Prophecy a- gi\x\f\ Amaxiah, foretelling withal the certainty of Ifraels Captivity, ver. 16,17. 4. Of a Basket of Summer fiuit, reprefenting Ifra- els final overthrow, ch. VIII. 1,2,3. Amplified,i.h\ chap. 9i a vehement exprobration of them for their fins, efpe- cially their opprdfion and impiety, defcrvingthe threat ned deftru&ion, ver. 4, $,6. 2. By a feverc denuntiation of mofl lamentable judgements upon the land, without alJ light of confolation; efpecial- ly of a famine of hearing the word of God, ver. 7.r» the end of the chap. 5. Of Smiting the lintel of the Temple door, de- noting the certainty and inevitabienefs oftheirde- firuftion by the fword, without all poffibility ofe- fcape, Ch. IX. 1. 2. 3.4. This is confirmed i.From Chap e the Might and Majefty of God, able thus to punifli them, ver. 5,6, 7. 2. From their ingratitude un- der Gods greateft mercies [hewed towards them, v. 8,9,lo. Hitherto of the Comminutions and Thrtatnings in this Prophecy. CONSOLATIONS, or Comforts Evangelical to an Elcft remnant follow; defcribing the Reftaurati- onofthe Church by Jefus Chrifi,promifed 1. Under the type of raifing up the Tabernacle of David that is fallen, &c. ver. 11. 12. 2. Under magnificent out- ward bleUings to them, vi^. great plenty, return fromcaptivity,and the re-eftabliihment in their own land, ver. 13,14, 15. U. HOBADIAH. Sect. I. Name and Penman. THis Prophecy is called by the Hcbr ews "13D rVQiy Sepher Hobadiah, i.e. a The Book.of ver. 1. Hobadiah; and in the text it felf fP"Qy ^lriCha- iAbdias Zon Hobadiah i. e. The vifion of Hobadiah ; from eP«A©- Hobadiah the Preacher and Penman of tin's Pro- J6upi«. id phecy. elf, Servus HH^y Hobad-iah, fignifics either The-worksof- dominJ. the-Lord; or The Servant-of -the-Lord, as b Hierome Bier. Pro- hath well interpreted it. Who he was, is not evi- cem in Joel dent by other Scripture,but oncly by this Book that he was a Prophet. He prophecyed againft the Edo- mites or Idumeans, who came of Edom, c which is Efau ; and hated Jfraelites, Jacobs race, as Efau hated Jacob himfelf. Learned d Hierome tells us, that the Hebrews thinly that he was that Obadiahin dayes e/Ahab and Jezebel, wbofed an hundred of the Tom. 6, cGen. 36. 1 8, 19. rfHunc aiunt effe Hebraei, qui fub re- ge Samaria: Achab & impiiffima Jezabcl pavit centum Prophe- vas in fpecubus,cjui noncurvaverunt genua Eaal, & de feptero millibus crant quos Helias arguiru ignorafiet : Sepnlchrumque ejus ufque hodiccum Maufoleo Helizai Prophets, & Baprifta? Joannisin Sebafle vcherarioni habctur, qua' olim Samaria dice- batur. Hanc HerodesKex Judex Antipatri filius, in Honorem Augufli Csfaris Graco Strmone vocavit Auguftam. Hie igitur qui centum Prophetas aluerat, acccpit gratiam Prophetalcm ; & etc duce exercitus, fit dux Ecclcfis. Hicronym Comment, in Abdiam. I. Lords Prophets by fifty in a Cave: andofthejeven thow fand that had not bowed a tyiee to Baal -, and himfelf inclines to their opinion ; faying, He there- fore, becaufehe nouriflied an hundred Prophets, recei- ved the Prophetical grace : and of a Captain of the Hofl, became a Captain of the church. But that this is a miftake,hath parti? been evidenced in the Chronologi- cal Table before Ifai ah .and may further appear by this Prophecy it felf, which feems plainly to have been after the captivity of Judah, and defiruftion of Jerufalem by the Chaldeans ; by that paffage,e Jn eobad. the day that thoufioodli on the other fide, in the day that ver>1 ll2m the Strangers carried away captive his forces, and fo- reigners entred into hi* gates, and call Lots upon Jerufa- lem, even thou wafl as one of them, But thoufiouldjf not have looked on the day of thy brother, in the day that he became a Stranger : neither flmldfi thou have re)oyced over the children o/Judah in the day of their deft,u3ion. Obadiah ("faith fAuguftine) in rcjpeft of hit writing /Abdias, the fhortefl of all the Prophets. fpeakj againft the Idu- quantum mean Nation,&c. And Hierome fliles him, g A little ad Scrip- Prophei in number of verjes, nor of fences : and faith, turam This Prophet as a Servant of the LORD,faw thofe things ejus atti- beardthofe things, which are worthy of a Propheticl{_ncttomn\- fervice. utn brevif- mus Pro- phctarum, ad verfus Iduraaam genrem loquitur, &c. Aug.de Civ. dcil. 18.C.31.T0/W.5. £ Parvus Propheta, verfuum fuppuratione , non fenfuum. Hie Propheta quifi fcrvus Domini ea videt, ea audit, quae Prophctali dignafunt fervitutc. Hieron. Comment. in Abd.i. Sed.fi. J 0 N A H. 449 h Exod. I9.i5. Deut. 7. 6. Amos 3. 2. /Gen. 2$. 23. ifc.PfaI.137. 7- iObad. v. jo. fo 15, m Abdias qui inter- pretatur fervus Dei, pertonat contra Edom fan- gutaeum, terrenum- que homfnetn. cutk fpiriri Dei lib. 18. Seer. II, fim. At what Time Obadiah prophecied hath been part- ly intimated. Scft. I. Partly aud principally in the Chronological Table before Ifaiah. Seel. III. Occafion and Scope. Thus conceive of the Occafion of this Prophecy, h If- rael and his Pofteriry were the Eleft People of God ; to whom it was by divine Oracle promifed , that i the elder ft) all ferve the younger , i.e. Efau fhall ferve Ja- cob ; yet divine difpenfation fo ordered affairs, that Jacob, i. c. Ifrael and his pofterity were in much af- fliction, w hi left Efau, i.e. Edom and his pofterity were in moft profperous condition ■■, and very apt to bear a grudge, and exprefs their malice againft Ifrael upon divers occafions, byreafon of the bleffingand promife of God : but efpecially they difcovered the height of malice againft Ifrael, at Jerufalems de- struction by the Babylonians, 1 Partly by inftigating the Babylonians againft them, \Remember 0 LO RD the children of Edom in the day o/Jerufalem, who f aid, Ra%e it, ra^e it, even to the foundation thereof. 2 Part- /ybyjoyning with the Chaldeans, in /many Aftsof cruelty upon the Jewes; when Jerufalem wasde- ftroyed. Hereupon this Prophet thus prophecied a- gainft Edom. Scope, i. To threaten utter and inevitable ruine to Edom, for their many fins, but efpecially for their enmity againft Ifrael, and their cruel infolencies over Jerufalem in the day of her deftruction by the Chal- deans. Notably to this purpofe, Hierome faith ; m Obadiah, (~ which is by Interpretation the fervant of Cod J thunders againft Edom, a bloody and earthly man, and he fmiteshim with hit (piritual Spear, that was alwaies envious againft his brother Jacob. 2. To comfort the Church with Promife s of Salvation and Reftauration by Jefus Chrift, whofe Kingdom fhall be exalted, efpecially by preaching the Gofpel to the converfion of the Gentiles, asn Auguft. hath ob- ferved. Fratris quoque Jacob femper aemulum, hafta per- lali. Hierony mm Paulino. Tom. 3. n Auguft. deCivit at. cap. 31. Tom. 5. Seel. V. Principal Parts. In this Eook are confiderable The Infcription, Ihevifwn of Obadiah, vcr. I. The Prophecy it felf, which is 1. Minatory againft Edom. 2 . Confolalcry, to Ifrael and the Church of God. I. MINATORY, againft Edom, thrcatning his de- struction, where nore a Defcription both of his de- ftrullion threutned, and of ihc procuring caufes then of. I. The deftrullhn of Edom thrcatned, ;s defaVcd emphatically, 1. By the chief Author thereof, the LORD, rumouring it, and inciting inftrumentsa- gainll Edom, ver. 1. 2. By rhe initrumenrs thereof, the Heathen, vi^. Chaldeans, ver. 1,2. 3. By the incvitablenefs of it, ver. 3,4. 4. Ey the xrremity of it, ftiall be an utter deftruction, Edom fhall be wholly fpoyled, more then an houfc by Night-rob- bers, ora Vineby Grape-gatherers, ver. $,6. 5. Ey Gods removal of all impediments wEdoms deftructi- on, andfo preparing him for total ruine ; His con- federates and friends proving unfaithful, ver. 7. His Counfellors wifdome being deftroyed, ver. 8. His Soldiers courage failing,, ver. 9. II. The procuring caufes of this deftruction are defcribed, More gene, rally, h\s violence againft his brother Jacob, ver. io. More particularly, for his manyinfolent and cruel carriages againft Ifrael, when the Chaldeans deftroy- ed Jerufalem, vhr, 1. His confenting with the Chal- deans therein, ver. 11. 2. JJis looking on. 3. His re- joycingac. 4. His fpeaking proudly in the day of his brothers diftrefs, ver. 12. 5. His entring into Je- rufalem with the Chaldeans, looking on their afflicti- on; 6. His plundring of his {ubftance, ver. 13. 7. His (landing in the crofs way to cut off thofe thatef- caped the Chaldeans. 8. His delivering up thofe that did remain in the day of his diftrefs, ver. 14. All this minatory part is confirmed by the approach of the day of the Heathen, wherein Edom ftiall be brought to nought, ver. 15, 16. II. CONSOLATORY, to Ifrael and the Church of God in divers precious Promifes, vi^. 1. Of Sions deliverance. 2. Of reftored holinefs, v/\. Of Temple and worfhip. 3. OfRepofTeffionoftheir pofleffions, ver. 17. 4. Oflfraels victory over Edom, ver. 18. 5. Of the enlargement of the Jewes pofieffi- ons, C moft truly fulfilled in Chrifts. calling the Gentiles, ) ver. 19, 20. 6. Of Saviours on M. Sion, to' j idge the M. of Efau. 7. Finally of the Lords domi- nion over all, ver. 21. I. II. JONAH. Seel:. I. Order and 'time. HAd this Book been ranked in our Bibles in that Order wherein is was prophecied, it ftiould Chronol havebeen placed before all the Prophets both greater Table tn&leffer; The Time of Jonahs Prophecy ing being before Ifa* before them all, as hath been a formerly evidenced. Seel. II. Name and Penman. blon*\ hoc eft This Book is called by the Hebrews HJV1SD columba Sepher Jonah, i. e. The Book, of Jonah ; from Jonah the Hier. Penman of it. Pro£m.in fUl1 Jonah in Hebrew f called Jonas in the New Joel. Tom. Teftamenc, 3 fignifies a Dove, C as b Hierome hath 6- Y y y y y noted } 45° Jonah. noted •, ) but why this Prophet is fo called, is not fo Tamov. lo eafie to define. cSome deriving the word Proieg.m. from n,}1 Janah, i. e. He hath affiled or op- H° ar Puffed) think it fignifies one afflitledor oppreffed. And in Job i i. notably this Etymology agrees to Jonah, who was Tom.tf. in a Tempert cart over-board into the Sea, fwallowed up of a Whale, and buried rhiee dayes in his belly, before he was caft upon dry ground, &c. Who this Jonas was is difputed. dHier. I. The Hebrews, (" faith d Hierome J and after Prosm. in them otners take him to be the fon of the Sareptan vT-nrno*' widoW raifed UP fr0IT1 (kath t0 llfe by Ell1ah-> where- Pro'le "m.V uPon ^e &'** ro Elijah, e Now by this I know that thou in Jon. art a man oj God, and that the Word oj the Lord in thy e i Kings mouth it Truth, and thus they feem toconfirme that i7.J4. Jonah is called fthe fonne of Amittai ; Amittai figni- clukl'iis fyngTruth. But thisfeems tobe a miftake, i. Partly, h * Kings becaufe this widow was a Gentile, g Sarepta being a 14. ij.a City of Sidon, wlierein fhe dwelc •, but Jonah was ijoih. 1?. ofh Gath-hepber, which belonged to the i Tribe of 10. 13. Zebulun in Ifrael. 2. Partly becaufe the times do not agree; for the widows fon was raifed up by Eti- k Compare )ah, in the dayes ofAhab, about the (^beginning of his 1 Kings itf. Reign •, but / Jonah the fon of Amittai prophecied in J9h W"h the dayes of Jeroboam the fon of Joafi. Now from I a Kin". 14. tne beginning of Ahabs ragn,to Jeroboam the fecond, 0 25. are above ninety years, if the Chronology of the I. and II. Kings be compared together. II. They more clearly follow the Scripture, who m Tm. i.i. fay, thh Jonah 1. For Defcent was mfon of Amittai ; > King. 14. wf)0 this Amittai was, is not certain. 2. For Countrey, 2J- of n Gath-hepher, belonging ro the Tribe of Zebulun aKineffi' m Ifrael. 3. For Office, he was a 0 Prophet of note a j. with i'11 r he time of Jeroboam fon of /o^/ft , he prophecied Joth. 19. of Jeroboam's reftoring and enlarging the Coaft of 10. 13. Ifrael, which was then fulfilled, and this again!! Nine. ° * m"^ h'4' ve^' ^nt* Pr°bably he prophecied other Prophecies, 12' 19, '40' C ihough now not extant, J becaufe this Prophecy 41. of his againft iV/re^e/j begins with a copulative, p And f Jon. 1.1. r_ or Now ~] the Word oj the Lord came unto Jonah <] D. Paieus ^s 7 Par em hath obferved. 4. For the difchargeor in Adver. execution of hif Office, Hif Commiffion was ftrange, rHen." Alft. tnac he fhould be fent to Preach ro Nineveh a City of pracogn. the Gentiles.the Metropolis of Affyri a, whence r fome Theol. 1, i. call him T/;e Prophet and Apojlle of the Gentiles. Hit c 122.D. infirmities great; he was firft unwilling tobe a pub- InepftuT'in lirtler of Gods M']ce, and therefore fled from God •, Com. and after as unwilling to be a Spectator of Gods mer- cy, and therefore he fretted againft God. Hit fuccejl wonderful!, Nineveh repented at his Preaching, and was faved from Deftru&ion, whereupon one faith, (Many Nobles and Monarchs, with the Perill of many feel^themjelves a name, honour and wealth ; but Jonas it above them all, who by hit Sermon faved fo many thou- fands of men. HUTypicalnefs herein remarkable; for Jonas was a lingular type of Jefus Chrift; For as Jonas was three dayes and three nights in the Whales belly ; fo (,faith Chrift ~)fbaU the Son of Man be three dayes and three nights in the heart of the earth. And he herein typified, 1. Chrifts Death, in that he was thrown into the Sea, and fwallowed up of the Whale. 2. The effetl of Chrifts death ; as Jonas be- ing cart into the Sea, the tempeftuousSea was calm- ed : fo Chrift dying, the wrath of God againft fin- ncrswas appeafed. 5. Chrifts burial, Chrift being three dayes in the Grave: as Jonah was three dayes in the Whales belfy. 4. Chrifts RefurreZfion the thirdday, as the Whale cart up Jonah aliveon the fhore after three dayes. And 5. Chrifts preaching II Jonas to the Gentiles not till after hit Rejurretlion by his autem Apoftlcs : as Jonas preached not to Nineveh till Propheta, after he was vomited up out of the Whales belly a- non tarn live. fermone Hereupon faid Augutiine, u Tlie Prophet Jonas pro- Chriftum, quam fuaquadam paffione Prophetavit : profectoapertfusquam fiejus mortem & refurreflionem voce clamaret; utquid enim exceptus eft ventre belluino, & die tertio redditus, nifi ut figni- ficaret Chriflum de profundo inferni, die tcnio redditurum ? AuguftdeCivit.Dei.l. 18. c. 30. Tom. $. pheciedofchrift, not fomuch byhifjpeech,as by his own ■ paffion; and that more clearly, than if by voice he had proclaimed hif death and refurreftion; for why was he received into the Whales belly, after three dayes reftor- ed, but that he might fignifie Chrift (l)ould return the third day out of the depth of the Grave? And learned Hierome; x Jonas that jairejl Dove, by hiffliipwracl^x Jonas prefiguring the Lords pafjion,he calls the world unto Re- columba pentance : and under tbe name of Nineveh preacbeth pulcherri- Salvation to the Gentiles. And excellently faidTir- ma, nau- tullian, long before them both; y For a p roph.me ci- fragio fuo ty not yet Partaker of God, and finning oj ignorance, the paniouem Prophet almoft perifl>ed ; but that hereby he fuffered an Domini example of the Lords Paffion, whereby even the Gentiles pra?rigu- repenting, were to be redeemed, z Ambrofeztfo f peaks rans ;mun- much to like purpofe. dum ad pcenirentT- am revocat, & fub nomine Nineve, falutem gentibus nunciat. Hieronym. Pa ulino Tom. 3. j> Non ergo &: Jonas idcirco Ethnicis Niniviris non putabat pcenitentiam neceffariam cum cavillaretur in prxdicationis offi- cio, An potiusmifericordiani Dei providens ttiam in extraneos profufam, quafideftrufturum prxconium verebatur. Atque a- deo propter Civitatem prophanam nondumDei compotera ad- huc ignorant ia delinquentem, pene periit Prophetes; nifiquod exem plum pafTus eft; Dominic* paffionis, Ethnicos quoque po> nitenres redempturx. Tertull.de Pudicitia lib. c.io. zAmbr. in XLIII. Pf. Enarrat.pag. $69. Tom. 4. Bafil. 1567. St£t. III. Cccafion and Scope. It is very probable, that when Jonah * prcmiled * 2 King.- the reftoring & enlarging of I/hie/jCoafts in dayes of i4,4j25* Jeroboamfonof]o3.ih, ("when both King and People were very wicked, J he alio invited them to Repen- tance and Reformation. But Ifrael remaining ftill impenitent and obdurate. God takes Occafion to fend him to Nineveh the Metropolis of Affyria, a Ci- ty of the Gentiles, who declining the fervice, was cafl into the Sea, and fwallowed of a Whale, not that he might be fwallowed up and totally perifl/, fas faith a Irensiff,) but that by his miraculous delive- ^Patien- rance out of the Whales belly, ("preparing Jonah to ter fuftin- preach more dutifully, and Nineveh to hear more uirabfor- erTeftually ;J Ifrael might be pjovoked to repent bcrijo- by the Repentance of Nineveh ; or at Ieaft the im- nam ace- penitency of Ifrael might be the more aggravated to, non and rendered inexcufable. ut abfor- beretur, &in totum petiret, fed ut evomitus magis fubigeretur Deo: & plusglorificaret Deum, qui infperabilem falutem eidonafTet : & firmam pcenirent;am faceret Nincvitis, ut converterentur ad dominum, qui eos liberaret a morte, conterritos ab eofigno, quod fa&um erat circa Jonam. Ir&xiem Adverf. H&ref. lib. 3. cap. 22. Scope therefore of this Book is, I. Immediately, to b Jonas flievv. 1. How ]onah, being fentby God to preach to coaftusefi Nineveh, fled to Tarflnflj by Sea, whom God fol- pri'dicare lowed with fuch a Storme, that the Marriners caft Ninivitis. ]onah into the Sea, whom a Whale fwallowed up, Amb.Com. and after three dayes ("upon his Prayer J vomited in 1 Cor. 9. him out upon the dry land. 2. How )onahhe\ng Tom.*,. fent the fecond time, preached to Nineveh, fo that cFugerat Nineveh repented, and was faved from defiruftion quidem threatned ; whereat Jonah repining, is ("under the animofus type of a Gourd, which he was unwilling to have Prophetes fmitten J reproved by the Lord. II. Mediately, to Dominum, let us Ice, 1. How dangerous it is for Gods Meffen- trajecerat gers to difobey the Lords Call and Command in ad Joppe their preaching. For ("as b Ambrofe faith_) Jonas Tarftim, was compelled to preach to the Ninevites. 2. How quafi & a impoflible it ib for any offender to flee from God. Deorrans- T hough J omi/; fjasc 7«rr«////irilaith_) wouldfailaway fretaret, fed ilium non-dico in mari & in terra, verum in utero etiam beflix invent", in quo nee mori per rriduum potcrar, nee vel fie Deum evadere. Tertullde Fng-i in Perfecut.lib, cap. 10. (fom Chap. I. to IV. Jonah. from God, yet he could not efcapehimby Land nor Sea, nor by the Whale's belly, wherein he could not die, nor reft. 3. How wonderfiMy Gods Power and Provi- dence is in Paving his People in diftjeffeSy even by unlikely and contrary means ; Jonah had been [wal- lowed up: if he had not been [wallowed up: The belly of the Whale faves him from the belly of the Sea. 4. How myfterious Gods difpenfation is, in preaching ChrtSls Death, Burial and Refurreilion in Jonab'sbeing fwallowed up, continuing in, and be- ing vomited cut ef the Whales bellv. 5 Hov/ufc- fu! Prayer is, even in the deepeft afflictions, as in the belly of a Whale. 6. How merciful and long-fufter- ing is God to Sinners, yea to (inner s of the Gentile?: In that he warned Nineveh finning, [pared Nineveh repenting. 7. How norably the repen.ing of Nineveh a Gentilifh City, aggravated the impenitency of the Jewcs, norwithftanding the preaching of their own Prophets, yea of Chrift Jefus himfcif ; thus our Sa- rfMatth. vjour intimates, faying, d The men ofNmevehfhall 12.41. rife in judgement with this Generation, and [hall con- demn it; becaufe they repented at the preaching of Jo- nas, and behold a greater than Jonas is here : where- eCondem- upon faith Hierome elegantly, e The generation qf the natur Ge- Jews is condemned by the world believjng; and unbe- neratio • Hevingtfrad perijloeth, Nineveh repenting. They had Judao- theBookj, roe the Lord of the Booths : they had the Pro- rum ere- phets, we the underflanding of the Prophets : The Letter dente kills them, the Spirit quickens its. With them Barab- mutirio ; has the robber is let go, with m Chrift the [on of God is &Ninive loofed. And notably f Ambrofe, To reprove the Jews agente perfdioufnefs, the example of Jonas rr brought, becaufe Poenitc-n- the N'mevites bclievedthefign, and thought the preacb- tiamlfrac! fagof Jonas, who was in the Whales belly, to befollow- incredulus ed: but the Jewes believed not, even after the Refur- perir. XI I i reftionof the Lord Je[m who after three dayes arofe habent li- cut of the heart of the earth, and lives and reigns for e- bros, nrs vermore. Amen, librorvm dominum: il!i rener.t Prophetas, nos imelligentiam Prcphera- rum : 'llos occidir litera, nosvivificat fpiritus. Apnd illos Ba- rabbas latrodimittitnr, nobis Chiftus Dei filius folvitur. Jff.'er. Procsin. in Jon Tom. 6. /"Ad arguendam itaque perfidfam Judseorum Jona?exemp!tim acccrfi'ur, eoqund N:nivirafignocred;dv.rant,&: prcdicationcni Jona', qui fuerat in urero ceti, fequendam purarunt. Ji'di/ae autem nee poft refurreftionem Domini Jefu crediderunr, qui de corde terra poft tridunmrefurrexit, & vivit ac regnat per om- nia ftcula Amen. Ambrof Enarrat in Pfal. 47. in fin. Tom. 4. . Sed. IV. Principal Parts, This Prophecy , Cfo it may be called, though it be chiefly Hi floric all : Partly becauje its an Hiflory about a Prophecy ; Partly becaufe it was penned by a Prophet ; Partly becaufe in the type of thit Prophet Jonas, Chrifts Death, Buriall and Refitr- rellion are prophetically foretold ; J Defcribes Jo- nah's firft and fecond million to preach to N't- niveh. 45^ I. Jonahs firfi M'fffm to preach to Nineveh, wherein note 1. Gods call and Command to Jonah to preach , againft Nineveh for its great wickednefs, Chap. I Chap. 1. 1. 2. IT. Jonah's difobeying Gods Command, thinking by Sea to fly to TarjloifJo, from the pre- fence of the Lord, verf.%. III. The confequents hereupon ,v:\. J.God fends an unufual Tempeft on the Sea, fo Endangering the Ship, Terrifying the Marriners, that They cry eveiy man to his God, They unbur- den the Ship, Awaked ]onah, Cart lots to know for whofe caufc the florme came, the lot falling on Jonah, he declares the whole matter to them, ver. 4. to 11 . 2. Jonah is cart into the Sea, i. Himfcif advifing it, verfe 12,13. 2. The Mariner^ endeavouring as long as they could to prevent it, verfe 13, 14. 3. The Sea being calmed upon it, verfe 15. 4. The Sea-men thereat fearing the Lord,facrificing to him, and making vows, ver. id. 3- Jon^caftinro the Sea, is fwallowed up by a great Fifli that fo he might be faved. Hereof confi- der I. The efficient caufe, Gods providing the Fifh, ver. 17. II. The time of Jonahs continuance in the Fifties belly, three dayes and three nights, verfe 17. III. Jonah's Prayer in the fillies belly, Chap. II. I. to chap 2. 10. IV. Ionah's being ca ft out upon the dry land at Gods command, ver. 10. Jonah\ fecond miffiontopreach to Nineveh, after he jr. came cut of the fiflics belly. Defcribed I. By Gods Call and Command thereto, Chap. III. 1,2. II. By Chap. 3. Jonah's obedience thereto, where note I. The greatnefs of Mimveh , to which he preached. 2. The Subieft matter of his preaching, verfe 3, 4. III. By the effects or confeqnents of Jomi/jV preach- ing, vi^. i. Ninevehs fairh3 humiliation and repen- tance, verfe 5. tv 10. 2. The Lords fparing of Ni- neveh from the threatned deftruciion, veife 10. 3. Jonah's grear difcontent , that the City was (pared, Chap. IV. 1, 2, 3. whom the Lord re- chap. 4. proves , convincing him under the Type of a va- nifl.ing t Gourd, which Jonah fo pittied that he t Gourd ~] would not have had it deftroyed , that much fpS^a more the rreat people of Nineveh repenting KH,ajon were to be pittied and fpared by God, verfe 4. to fome re'n. the end. deru,An r ■■ Ivy- Some A Cucumber; fome A mitte'Vine, or Bryony \ but it was none of In Greek its called Kiki, or Ko'cfjav, a Crotonis five theft Ricini Animalis fimilitudine, quod iete. iemen. By the La- tine it is called (which ///£ro/ne was ignorant of J Ricinus or Ricinm American/a, becaufe it grows plentifully in America- or Palma Chrijii of America. In Englifh Great Spurge of Ameri- ca. In Apothecaries ftiops its called Cataputia Ma)or, and the Oyieofit Oleum de iherva, or Oleum Ricinum. It is ("faith ; Hierome J a fhrub having broad leaves like a Vine branch, and I a mofi thtcifliade, bearing up it felf with its trunck\, grows plenti- fully in Palejiine, efpecially tnfandy places and quickly growes up\ Hieronvm.Com. in Jon. 4. Tom. 6. vid. Junium, & Mercer urn in loc. AN 452 Jonah. AN APPENDIX T O f 0 &C A H. VIZ. JONAH'S Prayer to the LORD out of the Fifhes belly Jonah. 2. 1 .to 10. OCcafton Jonah the Prophet refilling to Preach to ( Nineveh, as God commanded him, and think- ing to fail away from God, is overtaken with a Tem- peft, cart into the Sea, fwallowed up by a great fijh £Math.i2. Cvif.agWhale, as is byChhrift himfelf inrerpret- 40. ed,J prepared of the Lord; ^note faith h Hierome, h Pifck where Deftruttion it imagined, Prefervation it provi- grandit, dedj in whofe belly Jonah perceiving himfelf fafe, Hauddu- fallstopray. No afflitlion it fo extream,wherein Prayer bium quin » not a feafonable remedy : When Jonah's body could not cetum fig- breath naturally, yet hit foul could breath out cries and groans to God (firitually. This Prayer of Jonah was Mental in heart onely, not Vocal in voice. God can hear thoughts, as well as words. Hence Tertullivn ; Do Gods ears expeil a found. How then could the prayer of Jonah out of the Whales belly,through the bowels of fo great a Beafl,fiom the deeps through the huge weight of Sea, come up into Heaven ? Jonah made it in the Whales belly, Pen- ned it after he was vomited up, and digefted it into this Book. nificet At Ani- madver- tendum, quod ubi, putabatur interims, ibi cufto- diafit. Hieron. Com. in Jonah 2. r'Dei aures fonuum expectant ? Quomodo ergo Oratio Jone de ventre ceti per tanta; beftix vifcera ab ipfis abyflTis per tantam a?quoris molem ad Ccelum potuit evaderc ? Tertul. de Or at. lib.c.i^. Scope. To fhew the greatnefs of Gods mercy to him, in his extream mifery (which by his fra he had brought upon himfelf J and his firm Kefolutionsof thankfulnefs to the LORD, for his Salvation. Principal Parts. In this Prayer Confider to this End. I. Afummary Proportion. 1. Of Jonah's mifery Praying. 2. Of Gods mercy, Hearing hit Prayer, v. 2. IL A larger Expofition or Narration, Partly of his Affliction. 1. By the Author of it, w\- God. v. 3. 2, By Jonah's fluctuation in it betwixt Fear arid Hope,i/er. 4. 3. By the inftruments and the hope- Icfs extremity of his trouble, v. $ , 6. partly of Gods mercy to him in his diftrefs. 1. Saving him from Death, ver. 6. 2. Hearing his Prayer in his foul faint- ings ver. 7. III. A Gratulatory Conclufton, wherein 1. He Reproves them of their ingratitude, that for- taking God, regard Idols, v. 8. 2. He declares his Re- folution,To facrifice with voyce of Thanfgiving.and to pay his vowes; 3. He pronounceth Salvation to be from the LORD, ver. 9. k Heb. By re*(V>n of ftraitdi- ftrcfTe to me. 1 Heb.An- fwered. mHeb. hearr. n Heb.And. (This may be fung as Pfal. 100. or asX. Commandments?) JONAH. II. 1 . Then Jonah V rayed unto the LORD his God out of the bowels of the Fijh. 2. And he f aid \ Yet, LORD my God, thou mad'it-afcend My lives from q pit wherein J lay. Ik Through my deep diftrefs did cry. Unto the LORD, and he me / heard : Out of the belly of Hell cry'd I, Thou heard'lt my voice, didfl me regard. 3. For into th1 deep thou hadfl me caft In mmidftofSeas, fthofe gaping graves J n The Hood me compafs'd .• o're me pafs't Evn all thy billows, and thy waves. 4. Then faid I } From before thine eyes I-am-caff out remedilefs: o H«b. I Yet 0 will I look again Ev'nto willaddeto The Temple of thine holinefs. look. p Heb.The earth her barrcs. 5. The waters compafs'd me throughout Ev'n tot 1 ■ : Soul oVc whelm'd with dread The Deep !urroundcd-me-about, The wrack was- wrapt about my head. 6. To Mountains clefts I did defcend, p Earth's bars about-ine were for ay : 7. r Within me when my foul did faint, The living LORD remembred I : And in to thee my prayer went, To Temple of thy Sanctity. 8. They that f of lying vanities Obfervcrs are, and idols make, They their own mercy ; in this wife3 Do moft ingratefully forfakc. 9. But I with voice off thanks alway To thee will Sacrifice- afford, What I have vowed I will pay : Salvation is of the LORD. 10. Andthe LORD fpake unto the fifi, andit vomited out Jonah upanthe dry-land. qHeb. Cor* rupcJng pic. r Hekln failing up- on m« my fouL fheb.Ofthe van' ties of* lye. t Heb.Con- icilion. Micah. 453 M I C A H. a See the Cronologi- cal Table before lfa bMic. i.i with lfa. I. I. 2. cJo.Calv, T I. Order and time. His ProphecicdCrf* hath a formerly been flaw- ed, Jb In days of Jet ham, Ahaz, and Heze- khh, Kings of Judah. He therefore was contemporary with Ifaiah, but a little af- ter him. Calvin ('that learned and judi- cious Writer^ thinks, c He was pyned to Ifaiah, the more to jlrengthen and confirm their Dottrine, againft the hard-hearted and ftiff -necked People of their times-., Prdetl. in they fpeak. at with one mouth and file almoft the fame in Mich, in matters and words, for convincing the rebellious, and Prafat. comforting the EleZl by their mutual cofifent. He is among the twelve lejfer Prophets, the third in Order, according to the LXX. verfton, but tbefixth, oftever- ing, but it fhall be utterly broken by the Omni po- ionemil- tent LORD, when once they grow infolent againft lius loqui- God, and cruel againft his Church and Peo- tur-> Ecce pie. fuper mantes pedes Evangeli^antis 6* Annunciantis pa tern. Hier. Pau- lino Tom. 3. 2. r,."_' t. Chap. II. i, nr. InthisEook confider 1. The Infer ipt ion. Pre} ace or Exordium. 3. The Prophecy it [elf. The Infer ip tun. denoting 1. The nature or gene- ral Argument of the Prophecy, vi^. Tie Burden of Nineveh, i.e. an heavy burdenfom doom againft her. 2. The divine Authority of it, the Hookofto'e t/:f> n , vifions were from God. 3. The inftrumenral Author thereof, Nachum, &c. Cb. I. 1. The Preface or Exordium , drawn from the nature of God, vi\. from 1. His jcaloufie againft hisadver- faries to be avenged of them, ver. 2. 2, His long- fuffering, ver.%. 3. His Power, Majefty and terri- ble fury, ver. 4, 5,6. 4. HisGoodnefs and Protecti- on to them that truft in him,i/. 7. The Prophecy it felf. containing r. Agenetal de- nunciation of ' Nineveh'' s deftruction. 2. An Amplificati- on there f. I. A general Denunciation of Ninevehs Deftruction, and therein fynechdochically of Affyria's ruine, Here note I. T/;t?MirH»eofthe destruction threatned; itfliallbe 1. Sudden, as ofa flood, ver. 8. 2.Total, ver.8,9. 3. Irrefiftible, ver. 10. II. The Caufes of this their deftruction, v.\. i.Impulfive, their fins a- gainftGod, ver. 11. 2. Pinall, the deliverance of his Church from their tyranny, ver. 12, 13. 3. Efficient, v/\. The LORD and his Command, ver. 14. III. The Illuftration of this ruine of Nineveh and of Affyria , by the contrary Reihuraiion and prosperity of Judah , of the Church, verfe 15. II. A particular Amplification of former threatnings, or threatned judgments. 1. By an adumbration of the judgments. 2. Narration of the Caufes. 3. Confir- mation of the threatnings. 1. By an adumbration or description of Nineveh's deflruHior.. I. By the Antecedents, vi?. \. The approach of the enemy, againft whom Nineveh isi- ronica!ly incited to prepare, Ch.lt, t, 2. The rea- fon of this dealing of God with Nineveh for his Chur- ches Reftauration, ver. 2. 3. Thererrour of the e- nemies Army, emphatically fet forth, ver. 3, 4. II. By the Concomitants accompanying Ninevelfs ruine ver. 5, 6. III. By the Confequents thereof, vi\. 1. Captivity of / Hux^ab and her maids, with their / 3^ mournful deportment therein, ver. 7, 2. Flight of Huz.xab the Citizens, ver. 8. 3. Spoiling and plundring of fignifies the City, ver. 9, 10. 4. Altonifhment of men at Station, this blow, ver. 10. 5. Admiration and infultarion o: One of men at the defolation of the place of the l-ion ft iindinz; and his young Lions, vi^. The State of the cruel'from 2t^'1 King of Nineveh and his children, ver. 11, 12. Toftand, fet. confti- tute, <&c. t. Some interpret this of the Queen of Nineveh, that fhould be captivated with hermaids, and think fhe wj* called Hur^zb, i. e. Standing, becaufe it was the cuftome of Queens to ft and at Kings right hands, Pfal. 45. 10. Tnii Pagnine in Lcx\c. in verb. '2'i'1 afcribesto R. Samuel and R. David. 2. But others apply this name Hu^ab, rather to Nineveb, that had flood a long time, but fhould now (land no longer, but be carried aw a v. And bv her maidens,they understated her lejfer Cities and Villages round about her, that fhould be captivated and in extream diftrefie- with her. A metaphor frcm women. Tim Hierome Comment, in Nahum 2. i$ Calv. Comment. in he. 2. By a Narration of the Caufes of Nineveh's ruine. I Efficient, viz. The Lord fettinghimfelf againft her, ver. 13. II. Impuljive, vi^_. her fins, 1. Her cruel- ty and bloodincfie. 2 Her falfhood. 3. Her robbe- ry and opprelfion, for which fhe fhall be deftroyed terribly and cruelly, Cb. III. 1,2,3. 4* ^er filthy Chap. 3, idolatries, for which her filthinels fhall be difco- vered, and fhe made a fhameful gazing-ltock, ver. 4.fo8. 3. By a Confirmation of thefe threatnings, and the tertaintj Chap, 456 HABAKKVK certainty of the ibreatneddelbuftion upon Nineveh.This he doth by invalidating all the Grounds of Ninevehs vain confidence, vi^. i. Her Munition, Nineveh be- ing naturally very ftrong, yet not comparable to po- pulous No, i.e. Alexandria in Egypt, which yet was ruined ; even fo all Ninevehs ftrong holds fhall eafily fall, ver. 8. to 13. 2. Her mmerom inhabitants. They fhall be as women, ver. 13. ^.The ftrong Gates of her Land. They fhall be fet wide open , verfe 1 3. i,.Her rep aire dTowers. They fhall not proteft them from the fword,v.4,5.5#er relief by many Merchants. They fhall fail her, v.i6.6.Her Captains of War. They in heat of danger fhall fly away,v-i7.7.//er Shepherds and Nobles.They fhall fiumber and dwell in duft,0M8. 8.Her People. They fhall be difperfed andnone fhall gather them,TM8. In all which refpe&s her bruife fhall be incurable, yea all fhall in fult over her defini- tion .becaufe of wicl^ednefs upon them continually>v. 19. HABAKKUK. a In Chro- nol.Table before Ifa, Seft. I. Order and Time. THEHebrews rank this Book in the fame Order in this Volume of the LefferPro- phets,as we have it in our Bibles.. At what Time this Prophet flourifhed and propbecied, is not here or elfewhere exprefly declared, butfromthe current of the pro- phecy he feems to have lived before the Babylonifh Captivity, in times of extream and univerfal cor- ruption of all things, vi%. about the dayesof Ma- naffeb and Jofiah, as hath a formerly been inti- mated. SeU. II. Name and Tenman. This Book is ftiledby the Hebrews, p1p3H 12D Sepher Haba%iik., i. e. The Bool^ of Habakftuk. £Hab.l. I. And in the text it felf, b The burden which Habakkuk the Prophet did fee; becaufe it is the burdenfome Prophecy firft againft thejewes, then againft the Chaldeans ; whereof Habafytil^ was Preacher and and Penman. There are four Prophets in the Vo- lume of Leffer Prophets, whofe Prophecies are in whole or in part called burdens as c f Hieron. hath noted, ) vi^. Nachum, Habba^k^k, Malachy and Zecbariah, about both the middle and latter end of his Prophecy. This name p^p^n Habbak^u]^ fignifies An em- bracing, fas a Htcromc thinks, J either becaufe he was beloved of the Lord, and/o embraced by him; or becaufe as it were embracing God, he wraftled with him, contended with him in this Prophecy. Or (as cTarnoviw notes out of Luther Jit fignifies, The- oeft-embracer ; from p31"l Habak., i>e. To embrace the laft letter being doubled for emphafis fake, ibis name had its Omen, for hit afilitted People he in tbu Prophecy embraceth, loveib and clafps in hii arms, comfort 1, andfuftains even as a child jadly weeping, it embraced by hit mother, that he may hold hi* Peace. c Hieron. Prolog, in Habac. Tom.6. d Habac. vel ex eo quod ama- bilis Do- mini eft, vocatur amplexa- tio : vel quod in certamen &luctam, & ut ita dicam, amplexum cum Deo congrcditur, amplexantit, id efl, luctantisfortitus eft nomen,&c. Hier. Prolog, in Habac, Tom.6. e Tarnov. Prologom. in Habac. Habal^uk_ is not the fame that is reported in the Apocryphal additions to Daniel, (yi^. The book.oj Ecllandtbe Dragon) to have brought Daniel food into the Lyons Den; ("though f ' Hierom feem to in- cline to this opinion. J For i.The truth of that A- pocryplial ftorymaybe jitftly doubted; becaufe in relating theoccafion of Daniels being caft into the Lyons Den, it quite differs from Dan. 6. Suppofe the Story true, yet the times much differ. For Da- nie/was caft into the Den of Lyons by Darwthe Mede in the dayesof Cyrus, Dan. 6. But this. Pro- phet prophecies in or before Nebuchadne^ars days, threatning Judah\ captivity by him, as gParem hath noted. Therefore he could not be the fame Habal&uk,, whoever he was; he for his office is here called by the Holy Ghoft a /; Prophet , and his Prophecy is not only found in the Hebrew text, but alfo divers times; alledged in the New Teflament, whence the divine Authority of it is notably evinced. Ofhimfaid Hierom, k The ftrong and rigid wrajiler ftands upon bit watch-, and fet s himf elf upon his Tower, that be may contemplate chriti upon the Crofs. As Nabum prophecied againft Nineveh and Affyria : fo Haba%u^ prophecied againft Judah and Jerufa- lem. Seel:. III. Occafwn and Scope. The Kingdom of Judah in the dayesof Haba\kuk_ being extreamly corrupt, the godly were mifera- bly compaffed about with, and opprefled by the wick- ed; in fo much that the righteous on the one hand, wondred at God? patience that could endure fuch wickednefs ; on the ofher hand were ready to chal- lenge God, for not delivering them according to his Promifes; upon which Occajton the Lord raifethup Hubjl£iil{_,xo threaten the wicked with imminent & appioaching captivity by the Babylonians,and alfo to inftrucf the godly in dccpell and longeft troubles fo live by faith, expecting Gods feafonable delive- rance. Scope 1. To denounce againft Judah, the Chal- dean cbptivity approaching, fa thing to rhem incre- dible,) for their many and great corruption abound- ing ; that fo it might appear the wicked fhould not ftillgounpuniflied. 2, Toinftruct his own People how to wait upon God, and live by faith in deepeft and longeft afflictions, till God refcuc them, and deftroy the inftrumems of his wrath upon them.w^. the Chaldeans, chat extream fierce, greedy, diflo- lutcand ambitious Nation. Whereupon the Pro- phet (Hieron. Prol. in Habac. g DP are- Mi Proxm. in Habac. AHab. r.r. i comp.Hab. t-$.with Ads 13. 41. and Hab.2.4. with Rom. 6. 17. Gal. 3. ii. and Heb. 10.38. k Habak- kuk lufta- tur fonis & rigidus, fuper cu- ftodiam fuam & figit gra- dum fuper munitio- nem,ut Chiftum in cruce contem- pletur,&c. Hier.Pau. Uno.Tom.7,. Chap. I. to III. HABAKKVK. 457 L Chap, i, II. Chap. phet himfelf, f as a patccrnc ro the faithful, J re- counting in his Song-, the experience of his people in their deliverances of oldapprchendeth by faith like deliverances from prcfent calamities, in greareft wants and extremities, fvveetly reftingandrejoycing in GodsSalvation alone. AH which are propounded in forme of a Dialogue betwixt God and the Prophet. Se&. IV. Principal Tarts. In this Book confider i. the Infcription. 2. The Prophecy itfelf. The Infer ipt ion, declaring t. The nature of the Prophecy ; The Burden. 2. The instrumental Author of it, Haba%u.k,Ch.I. 1. Hie Prophecy it felf, laid down Dialogue wife, be- twixt the Prophet and God himfelf, wherein note 1 I. The Prophets firft complaint to the Lord azainft theextream wic\ednefi of the jews, wherein he ex- postulates with God, 1. For delaying to hear his Prayer againfl abounding fins, ver. 2. 2 For for- bearing fo long to puniih their offences, vk(i 1 Vio- lence, ver. 2, 3. 2 Strife and contention, tier. 3. 3 Slacking of the Law. 4 Suppreffion of judgement. 5 Oppreffion of the righteous by the wicked. 6 Cor- ruption of Judicatures, ver. 4. The Lord anfwers to this firft complant. I. Prefac- ing, touching the wonderfulneiTe andincredibleneffe of his work he will do in their dayes, verj. 5. II. Declaring what his work fhall be, vi\. The raiting up of the Chaldeans to lead Judah captive •, which Chaldeans are defcribed pathetically f as utterly ir- refiftible by the Jewes, J By their 1 Bitternefle, 2 Haftineffe, 3 Terribleneffe, 4 Tyrannicalneffe, 5 Horfemanfhip, their horfesfwiftand fierce, 6 Power to bear down all before them, astheEaft winde, 7. And by their pride through their fucceffe, wickedly afcribing theirpower to idols, ver. 6. to 12. II. The Prophets fecond complaint hereupon to the Lord againfl the Chaldeans, cruelly oppreffing the Jewes, more righteous then themfelves, wherein nore I. ^4nExor(/?«?K,expre(Ting his hope that the Jewes Mould not perifh by thefe threarned miferies; groun- ed on Gods 1. Eternity. 2. Covenant and Com- munion with them. 3. Power. 4. Providence, or- daining Chaldeans for corrections iw. 12. 5. Purity, fo that he cannot at all approve their enemies iniqui- ty, ver. 13. II. An Expoftulation with God for his filent pcL'taicting of the Chaldeans, I. Todealetrea- chcroiiijy, iw/". 13. 2. To devoure like fifties or creeping-things the Jewes not fo wicked as them- felves, ver. 13, 14, 1$. 3. To rejoyce in this their rapine, ver, 15. 4. To attribute all their fucceffe tothemfeives. &c. ver. 16. III. A Conclufion, where- in he exprefferh i. His Indignation by rea ion of all thefe particulars againfl the Chaldeans, ver. 17. 2. His refolution vigilantly and intentively to wait for the Lords Anfwer, Ch. II. 1. The Lords anfwer to this fecond complaint of the Pro- phet, wher in note I. The Preface, 1. Requiring the Prophet, plainly to write the vifion to the view of all, ver. 2. 2. Declaring the determinate time, the cer- tainty and feafonablenefs of the vifion at laft, though it be delayed for a time, ver. 3. 3. Intimating, part- ly the mifcarriage of the proud and impatient heart that cannot wait for the Promife ; Partly the dury of the godly to live by faith during the worft of troubles, till the vificn be fulfilled, ver. 4. II. The Narration of the Subftance of the vifion, in reference both to the unjuft Chaldeans, and to his own juft people, In re- ference to the unjuft Chaldean, that he fhall for his many grievous finners have fultable judgements, and be wofuliy deftroyed, t. For his intemperance, pride and infiitiablenefs, ver. $.to 9. 2. Forhisco- vetoufnefs, haughtinefs and cruelty, ver. 9, 10, 11. 3. For his bloodfhed and iniquity, ver. 12, 13, 14. 4. For hisdrunkennefs, ver. 15.ro 18 5. For his no- torious grofe idolacry, ver. 18, 19. In reference to the jufl People of God are declared 1. Their privilcdge of lifeandafafe rtate in midft of troubles; Tlie Lord being in his Holy Temple. 2. Their duty. All the earth fljould quietly adore his Ma)efty, but his people flwuld filently aquiefce in him, and in his difpenjations , vcr^ 20. III. The Prophet Habak^uks Prayer pennedbyhim in his own and the Churches name, upon Occafionoi the Babylonifh captivity long before thrcatned, and now coming upon Judah, The Scope whereof is to inftrutt himfelf and the people when theyft.ould come into Babylon, By Prayer to implore the Lords mercy in midft of their miferie?, both from his former experienced Favours to his people, and his Pro- mifes ; and triumphantly to glory over all diflreffes by confident acquiefcence in their God alone. Principal parts herein are I. The Infcription denoting 1. The Penman, 2. The Nature of the Prayer, Ch. III. 1. Chap. 3^ II. The Prayer itfelf, wherein confider TheOccafionofh, vi^. The Lords Word touching the captivity, ver. 2. s 2. The Petitions, I. For reviving the Church in trouble. 2. Formaking himfelf and glory known in Babylon. 3. For remembring mercieinmidltof the Churches miferies, ver. 2. 3. The Arguments whereby thefe Petitions are urged ; drawn 1. From that famous experience of his bringing Ifrae! out 0/ Egypt •, where are fet forth, 1. His glorious preferce on Mount Sinai, ver. 3,4. 2. His active power is fet forth under horns out 0] hit hand, ver f. 4. evident glorioufly to his people by manySignes, ver. 5,6. and terrible to forreign Na- uohsver. 7. 3. The glorious acts or effects of his power, Partly in the waters, vi\. dividing the Red- Sea'and Jordan, ver. 8, 9, 10, Partly in the Heavens, making Sun and Moon (land ftill. in Jcfouahsumey ver. n. Partly in the Earth, fubduing the Canaanites, beforei/Kie/, ver. 12, 13, 14, 15. II. From his pro- mife o}$elivering his people from their fears and ene- mies .ver. 16. 4. The glorying Tiiumph of the faithful in God alone, and his promifes over all imaginable ftraits, ver. 17, 18,19. III. The Direflionofthis Prayer, as to the mufick of it,ver. 19. ( This may hefung as Pfal. 1 1 3. ) H A B. III. I. A Prayer of HabahJ&k. the Prophet upon Shigjonoth. LOR D, /thy report I heard with fears , . Thy work m revive amidft the years, O LORD, n A midft the years make known : In wrath remember mercy- dear. 3. God came from Teman ( his to chear, ) 0 From Paran Monnt the Holy one : Selah< His Glory covered p Heaven with rayer. And Earth was-filled with his-praife. 4. Then was hit brightnefs as the light, Andq he had horns which forth didftand Out of his all-prevailing hand : And there the hiding of his might. 5. The Pefl did walk before his face : And at his feet went-forth apace The-burning-coale (" to bring foes under 6' He flood, and all the earth did meafure j He did behold, and athispleafure The Nations he did drive alitnder : A a a a a a An.i I Heb. Thy hearing I heard, I feared. mHeb. Re-' vive it in the inward of the years. n Heb. In the inward of:lie year1;. o Heb. And. from — p Heb. The Heavens. o Heb To hi ■ lorn--. 458 ZEPHANIAH. < r Heb. Mountains of eternity. f Heb.Hils of perpe- tuity. t Heb. ways ofecernity to him. u Heb. under vanity. x H• theeverlafting Mourns did rend, /Perpetual hills themfelves did bend •• From t everlafting arc his wayes. 7. k In trouble Cufhan's Tents I faw : Of Midian land Qfurpri^dwith aw J The Curtains trembled inthofe dayes. 8- With rivers was the LORD x difpleas'd ? Thine ire with rivers unappeas'd ? Againft Sea was thy y wrath difplaid, That thou thine horfes rod'ft upon, X, Thy Chariots ofSalvation ? p. Thy Bow was a wholly naked made For Oaths of Tribes, thy faithful word Selab. Thou didft earth's Rivers cleave, 0 Lord. 10. The Mountains faw thee, b tremblingly : The waters inundation pafs'c. The deep gave forth his voyce at lafl, And did lift up his hands on high. 11. Sub and Moon flood ftill in their c Tent : They at lighr of thinearrowes went, i4rfhining dot thy glittering fpear. 12. In e wrath thou didft-march through the land : The Heathen f that durft thee-withfland ) In Anger thou didft threfh andteare. 1 3. Thou went'ft forth for falvation Of thy Folke, for falvation With thine Annointed, Thou didft break The head from houfe of th' wicked one, Bymakin g the foundation H»ite naked ev'n unco the neck. Selab. 14. Struck'ft with his ftaves his village-Head : They / ftonned, me-abroad- to fpread : g They joy M clofely to eat the poore 15. Thou walk'dft thine Horfes through the fea The heap of waters great their wxy. 16. I heard,/; my belly trembled/ore j My lips did quiver at the i fame •, Into my bones ev'n rott'neffe came. And in my felfl cjuak'd ; thatl Might reft in day of ftraits and m ; £,When to the folk he up fhall go, / He wich-his-rroo^e j-fl]all-them-deftroy. 17. Although the fig tree fhould not flourifli, Nor fruit be in the vines, to nourifh ; The Olive's labour m fhould- deceive, n And fhould the fields their meat withhold : Should flock be cut-off from the fold, And 0 fhould the ftalls no herd receive: 18. Yet in the LORD exult -will-I, In my falvation's God I'le joy. 19. The LORD God it mine on/)ftrength, And as Hindes/eer my feet p hee'l make, And make-me walk f for hit own fake J On mine-high- places, at the length. To-him-that-excellcth-on-my-firinged- -Infiruments. fHeb.whirl- wmded; or ftormed-as- a,\vhirU; wind- to. 1 difperfe-me gHeb.Their exultatioi as toeate the poor in fecret. hHeb. And i Heb. voice k Heb.in af- cending to the People. IHeb.he- ihall-cur- rbcm-orF- with troops m Heb. flmuld lie. n Heb. And fields not make meat, o Heb. Not herd in the ftallf. p Heb. Hz. Hull -fee. ZEPHANIAH. aNonus eft in or- dine 12. Prophc- tarum. Hier. Pro- log, in Sophon. fcZeph. 1. 1. c Aug.de Civic Dei J. 18. c. 33. Tom. 5. d 2 King. 22. 1. ejercm. 1 2,3- i 2 King. 22, 23. & 23.22. g 2 King. 23. «.&c- AZeph. 1. 4,5,*. Sett. II. Order and Time, THisEook is the a ninth in Order ,0/ the twelve leffer Prophets. ( (ahhHierome, ) and thusalfohe is ranked in our Eibles. The Time wherein he flourifhed and prophecied, is not precifely defined, but only more generally. vi^. b In the dayes o/Jofiah/bn of Amon King of Judah c Auguftine faith, Z phaniah prophecied with Jeremiah. And its likely they were parrly coeraneous, Zepha- niah prophecying the fame things for fubftanceand in like phrafe that Jeremiah, but far re more briefly and fuccinctly ; and therefore he may profitably be compared with Jeremiah, till Ch. XXI. k.ofTzephariiab, from J^ephanjah the inftrumcntall Aurhorand Penman ot'n. T^ephanjahil^i^'n^ laith jHierom') atitwere a Propheticall name, ic fignifies ("as fome think J The North-wind-of-the-Lord, from ] 13X T^aphon, i. e. The North-wind; and this becaufe of the force of his lharp Prophecy, threarning Judahs captivity by the Chaldeans out of the North-Countrey. As pothers, Thc-watcb-tnwer-ofthe-L ORD ; or, The-watchman- of the- LOR D, from HSU T^apha, to watch $ the Prophets being watchmen by office, f^tr^. 3. 2. and 33, 7. but by reafon of different pointings of thefe words, fome diflike this Etymon. Or rather it fignifies, aslHcrome interprets ir, ihe-hidden-one- ofthe- LORD; from \ ZXTzaphan, To hi Je : and fo it notes one whom the Lord hides, and prore&s,(as FfJ. 27. 5. J revealing alio lys hidden fecrets and com- i Nomine? ut itadi- cam Pro- phetico. Hier.Coml in Soph. 1. I.Tom. 6. kHier. ib. /Sophonia KJtKOVUftA- hoc eft, arcanus Domini Hier. • Prooem. in Joel. Tom. 6. Abfcondi- tura Domini Hier. Com. in Scph. 1. Chap. J. to III. Z k T H A N I A H. 459 ifeZcph. m rGloriofa niajorum, fuorum iliipege- tierauis eft, Hier. Com. in S (h. I. Jom.5- ojc Calv. Com. in Zeph. i.i. p Zcph. i i comforts to him , which he fhou'd make known to other?,, as THE LORDS SECRETARY Thus irsappofite to this Prophet, who foretels the capti- vity, though latent to die fecure, and who promifes great happinefie to the godly under Chrifls King- dome in rimesof the Gofpel, though the Jews op- preffed with deep bondage, could hardly perceive it by the eye of faith. This T^ephaniah, i. For hit Progeny, is defcribed tobe the m /on o/Chufhi, the fin o/Gcdaliah, iBefon o/Amariah, the fin of Hizkiah. Hereupon faith Hiercme, n He was begotten of a ghrious {rocl^nf An- ceflors, And there he adds •, This Prophet which wot Jet on hit watch-tower, and on his heights, and (view the Myfreries of the Lird,was the fin of Cufhi, which if interpreted Humility, or my-Etliiopian ; H'ti Grandfather was Gedaliah, who is called The great- nefs of the LORD -, Hi* great Grandfather Ama- riah which may be rendred The-Speech of the LORD : And his great great Grandfather Hizkiah, which funds The fortirudeof the LORD. Therefore of the forti- tude of the LORD, isbornlhe Word of the LORD", flm/nfthe Word of the LORD, The greatnefs of the LORD 5 and of the greatnefs of the LORD, Humility. So he. TheHebrewes have a Tradition, that when the Parents names of any Prophet are mentioned, thofe Parents were Prophets alfo. But that all thefefour A'Tceftors of Tzephaniah were Prophets, its farce credible (~ faith o Calvin ; ) and the Scripture hath nit a word of any fitch thing. It may be all thefe four excelled in Piety ; but tbafs uncertain atfo. 2. For his Office, doubtlefs he was a Prophet of the Lord, be- caufe he preached not his own will, hut p The Word of the LORDwh'nb came unto him. More concern- ing him I find not in Scripture. Seff. III. Occasion and, Scope. Upon- Occaflon of the manifold and great wicked- nefsofthe Kingdomeof7«^i, (not Ifrael, forrhe ten Tribes were long bef- >r< carried capri veto Affyri- a~i) from which they would not be reclaimed by the Miniflry of the Prophets, promifwg mercies or thrcarning judgements, efpecially the Chaldean Cap- tivity ; This Prophet as well as Jeremiah is raifed up inthedayes of King Jofiab, who might mutually confirm one anothers Do&rines and Prophecies, and the more effectually reclaim Judah, or more clearly leave them without all excufe. Scope, i. To invite Judah and Jerufalem to re- pentance, by threatning the approaching captivity *nd ruine by the Chaldeans for their idolatrous A- poflacy, Pride, Oppreffion, Securiry, and other fins of all degrees among them, that foifpoffible the judgements might be prevented. 2.T0 denounce judgements and deflruclion againft the deadly ene- mies of the Church, viz. Phil! nines, Moabites, Am- monites, Ethiopians, and Affyrians for their fins, and particularly their proud and cruel ufage of Gods People. That fo the Church might be warned by their woes, and comforted in Gods vengeance upon heradverfaries. 3. To fupport and comfort a faith- ful remnant of the Jcwes, after their enemies dc- ftruftion, and their deep afflictions, with promifes ofcjlling the Gentiles, returning their captivity, refioring their Profperiry, and bellowing Evange- lical blelfings upon them in JefusChrift. Sedr. IV. Principal Parts. 1. Chap. II. '. 1. In this Book confider, l.The Infcription. i.Tl:e Pro- phecy it felf. The Infcription declaring 1. The Authors of the Pro- phcfic, Principal, TbeLOPD; Irmrnmenrall, T^e- pbaniab,' defcribed by his Progeny. s. The time of it, in daye r if Ring Jofiah , Ch. Lv. I. The Prophecy it felf, wherein are princ'pally i.A fevere Denunciation of Judgments again!} Judah and Jerufalem. 2. An earnest invitationof 'Judah ti repen- tance. 3. Afwect Conflation of the faithful with gra- cious Promijes. I. A fevere denunciation of judgments agaijifi Judah and Jerufalem. 1. More Summarily propounded, God will confume all, ver. 2, 3, 4. 2.Mjrefu!!y ex- pounded, I. Partly by the impulfjve 01 procuring caufes thereof, their fins, vi^. 1 The Peiples ido- latry and apoftacy from God, ver. 4, $,6. 2 The Princes prfde in Orange apparel, ver 7,3. ^The Merchants violence, deceit, and covctoufnefle,i/er. 9, 10, 11. 4 The fecurit) of all, Atheiftically putting off Gods judgments, ver. 12,13. Ir- Partly by the grievoufnefie of the judgments, being 1 Haftening apace, ver. 14. 2 Woful and rcrrriblc by the fword, ver. 14,15,16,17. And 3 Irrefiltible, v. 18. II. An earneft invitation of Judah and Jerufalem to repentance, before the Decree bring forth, that they might be hid in the day of the Lords anger, Ch. II. Chap. 2 1,2,3. "rh's is urged I. Partly from the formidable exemplary judgments, which God would execute upon forreign nations, in fight of the Jews, for their warning, vi^- upon 1 Philiftines, v.4. to 8. 2 Mtab and Amnion, ver.S. to 12. 3 Ethiopians, ver. 12. 4 Affyrians, and Nineveh the Metropolis thereof, v. 13,14,1$. II. Partly from threatned Judgments a- gainfi Judah and Jerufalem themfel ves, for their fins, v>\. 1 Oppreffion, Chap.ULv. 1. 2 Difobedience,' Chap. 3; 3 Incorrigiblenefs, 4 Unbelief, 5 Impenitency,v. 2. 6 Cruelty and Oppreffion of her Princes and Judges, ver. 3. 7 Corruption of her Prophets and Priefts, ver. 4. 8 And her incurableneffe by all the exem- plary judgements of God upon the Heathens, ver. 5,5,7, III. Afweet Consolation of the faithful with gr adorn pnmifes, which is as the Cinclufion of the Prophecy. Here are promt fed I. The Converfionof the Gentiles (after he fhall have deftroyed his enemies, _) and their union to, and Communion with the Church in Gods worfhip, ver. 8,9,10. II. The happy ftate and condition of the Church in her 1 Purity, 2 Faith 3 Secure fafety, ver. 11, 12,13. 4. Enjoyment of the Lords Prefence, the King of Ifrael in the midft of her, who will Save her, Lovelier, Joy over her, Gather her for the folemn Ailembly, Deftroy her affiifting adverfaries, Reftore her captivity, and Make her glorious before all People, at all which he is incited to all enlarged joy and exultation, v. 14. to the end of the Boole. Haggai 4^o H A G G A I. Seft. I. cWer and time. THis Eook is in Order the tenth among the Leffer Prophets. The Time of this Prophecy was after the Jewes were brought back from the Babylonifh Captivity, dHag. 1. 1. vi^ a in the fecond year of 'Darius the King, inthefixlb moneth, in the firft day »f the moneth; underftand here nor Darius Haftijpis fas fome do, J but rather Darim Notbm, as hath formerly been more particu- larly cleared in the b Chronology of the Perfian Mon- archs ; and feems moft confonant to the Scripture there alledged , if they be judicioufly confidered and compared together. Sect. III. Occafion and Scope. b See the Chronology of the Per fian Mon- etrcbs^ be fore EZra Sect. II. Name and Penman. By the Hebrewes this called ^fl H2D Sepher Chaggai. i. e. The Book_ of Haggai ; from Haggai the Prophet, Penman thereof. cAggeus ^^.ti^Jinfignifies Qzs c Hierom noteth,) A- iopTcfiov, Featt- obferver ; or A-folemne-feftival-keeper. And quern nos this fignification well agreeth to this Prophet, who fefiivum, exhorted the people vigoroufly to rebui Id the Tem- {wtSolen- of the Lord, wherein feftivalfolemnities were to be rem poffu- obferved. musdice- of this Haggai's Defcent Scripture is filent. He re. Hier. was by Office, d A Prophet of the Lord. That promife Prooem. of the Lord in his Prophecy, e yet once it if a little in Joel. while and 1 willfba\e the heavens and the earth, &c. Tom. 6. is alledged in the New Teftament as the Lords, and rfHag. I.i. intimates the Authority of him fwhofe voice then floook e Hag.2. 6. the earth, but now he hath promifed, faying, yet once /Heb. 12. more I fhake not the earth onely , but alfo heaven. 16. When the Temple-building was hindred by King g Ezra 5. Anaxerxes Decree, procured by the Nations plant- 1,2, ed in Samaria and beyond the River, and Ceafed till h Scien- the fecond year of Darim ; g Then the Prophets, Hag- dumq; eft gai the Prophet, and Zechariah the fonne of Iddo pro- interim phecied unto the Jewes that were injudah and Jerufa- juxralite- km in the name of the Godof IiraeI,HWo them. Then rofe ram Mag- up Zerubbabel the fon ofShealticl, and Jefhuahr/je/in niSpiritus o/jehozadak, and began to build the houfe of Gnd which &Aggx- M.-icJerufalem.- and with them were the Prophets of um faille God helping them. Of thefe Prophets, hereupon & Zachari- faith Hierom, h Haggai and Zechariah were Prophets am Fro- of great fpitit, who againfi the Editt of King Artax- phcras : erxes, and the Samaritanes, and all the nations lltadver- roundabout, hindring the building of the Temple, com- fumAr- manded the Temple to be built. Zerubbabel alfo and raxerxis Jefhuih/mi/Jchozadak, and the People that was regis cdi- of no leffe f.i'nb ; who rather hearkened to the Prophets &um, Si commanding^ then to the Mandate of the King probi- S.nnarita- biting. nos gen- § ... tefque cunctas percircuitum, a?dificatiorcm Tempi! lmpedicn- tcs jmbcrent Tern plum txrrui : Zorobabcl quoquc & Jefum fi!ium Jofcdcch & populum qui cum ci.s crar, non minork fidei, ut Pro- phctas magis audirent jubentes, quam prohibentis regis imperi- um. Hier. Yrolog.inAgg^mTom.6. Vid. ctiam Hier.Panlino Tom. 3. »Ezra $.' 1,2. com- pared w'ub 6. through- out. Occafion. The Jews in the i firft year ofCyrus, re- /Ezra 1.1." leafed from the Babylonifh captivity, returned to Sec. Hierufalem to build the Houfe of the Lord, accord- ing to his Proclamation. In the feventh moneth they built the k.Altar, and facrifced therein, and kept ^Ezr. 3.1^ the Feaft of Tabernacles. In the fecond year of their 2,3,4. coming 10 Hierufalem, the 1 foundation of tkeTemple /Ezra 3.8. was laid; But the perfecting of the building wis,^ %c. interrupted by the adverfaries of Judah and Benja- mEzr.^i.' min, and by the Edicts of the Pcrfiar? Khig fuccced- compared \ngCyrm, till the fecond year of Darius the King: by with v. 24. reafon of which impediments the people were dis- couraged from making further progreffe in the build- ing of Gods Houfe, and regardlefs thereof, as if the time were not yet come, J they only minded their own houfes and affaires 5 Hereupon the Lord inclined King Darim to renew Cyrus his Decrees, and raifed up n firft the Prophet Haggai, who fharply reprov- ed them for fceking their own, and not-the things of the Lord for which the Lord had fent divers af- flictions upon them; and exhorted them to build Hag. 1. 1 the Houfe of the Lord, and prevailed ; and about andZech two moneths after the Prophet Zechariah, who much 1. 1, and encouraged and ftrengthened them. Ezr. 5. and Scope. I. Immediately in refpetl of the Jews re- turned from Eaby\om captivity, 1. To reprove thera for their felf-feeking and minding only their own houfes, whileft they fluggifhly neglected the per- fecting of the Houfe of the Lord upon carnal pre- tences, whofe foundation was long fince laid, by reafon of which fins many heavy judgments (Tince their return from Babylon) fell upon them. 2. To quicken them fpeedily to build and perfect the Tem- ple, by promifes of Gods prefence and afhftance. 3. To comfort the Godly, who were exceedingly troubled in fpirfr, that this fecond Temple was likely to come fo farre fhortof the firft in magnifi- cence and glory. Alluring them that the glorj of this latter Houfe flmuld excel the glory of the fiyft, by reafon of the Mefhahs incomparably prefence in it, inourflefh, who as Head and King over all the world for the good of his Church, (~ typified by the Temple} mould deftroy all oppofiee power in the world, and make his Church perfect in Holineffe and Glory. II. Mediately in rcjpclf of Gods People in after ages, 1. To convince them how great a fault ic is co neglect the repair of Gods Houfe, and Refor- mation of Religion once begun, more minding their own houfes and temporal affairs, for which Gods People may be afflicted with great judgements, after they have had wonderful deliverance. 2. To fhew, that true Zi ai and dcligence in repairing and reform- ing Gods houfe, fhall be crowned with Gods fpeci- a I prefence and alfiltancc; and is the right way to bring all temporal bleifings upon us and our Houfes. 3. To comfort the Church under the New Tcfta- ment, by the coming of Chrift already in the flefb, by whom her glory farre furpailcth the glory of the Jewifh Church, and fhall be more and more perfect- ed, all contrary power being overthrown. sea. iv. ZECHARIAH. 461 I. Chap. I. II. Chap. 2. Sett. IV. Principal Parts. In tills Book are [• The Infcription. 2. The Pro- phecy it felf. the Infcription, denoting 1. The time. 2. The Authors of the Prophecy, Principal, the LORD, ln- ftrumental, Haggai the Prophet. 3. ThePerfonsto whom it was chiefly directed, Ch. I. ver. 1. The Prophecy /r/W/7"wherein confider, 1. Gods fliarp Reprehenfion of the ingrateful and fluggifhjews for their great fin, in not perfecting the building of the Temple, wherein 1. Their vain excufe for not building is detected, ver. 2. 2. Their neglect: is raxed and aggravated, Partly by their inequal dealing with God, minding their own houfes while hit houfe lies wade-, ver. 3,4. Partly by rhe judgements of God inflicted on them, wherein they might read as it were there fin, ver. $,6. 2. Gods invitation and Command to them, fo to con- fider their wayes. as to build his houfe, ver. 7,8. This is urged 1. By propounding divers Promifes to them for buildingof ir,i;. 8. 2. By mentioning di- vers judgements inflicted on them, for not building it, ver. 9, 10, 1 1. 3. Vie Obedience of the Governours and tbePeople to the Lords command, ver. 12. 4-Godsfingular encouragement of the Jews now obey- zng,and fetling to the building the houfe of the Lord, by manifold Promifes ,viz. l.Ofthe Lords Prefence and Affiftance, ver. 13. which was performed, ver. 14, 15. II. Ofthefurpaffing glory that he would communi- cate to thif latter Temple }beyond that of the former Tem- jp/fjwhere 1 Their doubt and difcouragment is anti- cipated, who were troubled that the prefent foun- dation and ftructure was not fo (lately as of the for- mer Temple, Ch. II. 1, 2, ?. 2. The Lords Pre- fence by his Spirit, according to his Covenant when they came out ofMgypt,h aiTured them, for their en- couragement in the work, ver. 4; 5, 3. Godsfhakjng o of heaven and earth, Jea anddry land, and all Nati- 0 Ha?c PrO- ons is promifed in order to this Temple glory,v/^. As phctia God appeared in great Majefty and Power in giving paru'm the Law on Sinai, fo he will manifeft greater power jam com - to all the world in publifhing the Gofpel, whereat all plcra co- nations fhall be ftirred and moved, ver. 6. 7. 4. The nftur: par- filling of the prefent Temple with more glory then tim fpcra- the former, is promifcd,by the coming of the defireof tur in fine alt Nations,(vmkh fome interpret of the calling of the complen- Gemilesto the Churchy Others of Chrifts coming per- da. Movie fonally in theflefl), into the Temple, Why may not enim cce- bothbe underftood.^ This is further confirmed, by lum,An- Gods al-fufficiency co effect this Promife, ver. 7, 3, gclorum 9. 5. Divine Peace with this glory is promifed, v. & fidermn 9. III. Of Gods fingular blefing to them, from the day teftimc- theybeganto build the Temple, where 1. Under the nio,quan- type oizQueftion propounded to the Prieft, touching do incar- legalcleanneffeoruncleanneffe, he convinceth the natus eft people that all their works in building the Altar, Chriftus. Temple, &c. hitherto were defiled with their finful Movitter- hearts and lives, w. 10. to 15. 2. From this their ram in- finfulnefie of heart and life, and impenitency, he genti mi- declares it was,that hitherto God; judgements came raculo,de upon them, ver. 15, 1 6, 17. 3. He now promifeth ipfovi'rgi- tobleffe the corn, and all the fruits of the earth to nispartu. theirufe, from the day they began to build, v. 18, 19. Movitma- IV. Of the gloriom excellency of Chrifts Kingdome, re & ari- where are promifed 1. Gods wonderful power and dam,quum Providence, in the destruction of all power oppo- &ininfu- fitero Chrifts, i/er. 20,21,22. 2. Gods making Ze- lis,&in rubbabel a Signet, that is, making Chrift, fviho orbe toto came of Zerubbabei.') his King in his Church, invio- Chrifius /ably fealed up, as continually honoured, eyed, annuncia- loved and cared for by God, as a Signet upon his tur. Ita own hand, ver. 23. moveri omnes gentes videraus ad fidem ; jamvero quodfequitur, Etvenietde- (ideratus cunttis gentibus, denovifliino ejus expectatur adventu. Utenimdefideratuseffet expectantihus, prius oportuit eum dt- leftum effe credentibusj Auguft. de Civ.Dei I. 18. c. 35. ZECHARIAH. rfObfcu-^ riffimus li- ber Zacha- xix Pro- phetafc in- ter 12 lon- giffimus. Hieron. Prolog in Zac.Tom.6 £Hag. 1.1. c Zech.I.i. d Hieron. Com. in Zach.1.1. Tom.6. e Jo.Calv. Pr£fat.in Pr&lett. in Zach. SeU. I. Order and Time. THis Book which is the obfeureft andlongefl of all the twelve leffer Prophets fas a. Hierome notethj is defervedly placed is Order next unto Haggai. For as Haggaib be- gan to Prophecy in the fecond year of King Darius, inthefixth moneth, on the firft day of the moneth; So Zechariah c began for Time in the fame year,but about two months after him,i^.in the eighth moneth ; Therefore ("faith d Heirome,) according to the order of the Prophets; Haggai is rightly placed tenth, Zechariah the eleventh. Now Zechariah is added to Haggai, as his colleague and coadjutor in the Pro- phetick office, Cas e Calvin well obferves,J Partly themoretoconfirmethe Authority of oneanothers Doctrine*, Partly the more effectually to comfort and encourage the People againft all prefent and fu- ture difficulties, which they were to wrafile withal, left they fhould be difcouraged and faint under them. Sect. II. Name and Penman. This Book is amongft the Hebrews called "12D rPTDT Sepher Zechar-jah, i. e. I7;e Bool^ of Zechar- iah ; from Zechar-jah the Preacher of the feveral Sermons, and Penman of the Book. Zechar-jah i"P"DT being interpreted , fignifies fas f Hierome hath noted J either The-memory-of-the LORD, or Mind full-of-the- LORD; which name and interpretation agjee well to him, who was not only himfelf/w/W/#/of the Lords words and works, but alfo careful that the People brought out of Cap- tivity fhould be mindful of them and remember them. This Zechar-jah had a famous flock of which he £ bbbbb natu- / Zacharias {MnuM Mxipov id eft Me- moria Do- mini Hie- ron.Pmxm. in Joel Tom. 6. fy Hier. Pau- lino lorn. 3. 462 1ECBARIAH. 5 Zee- 1. 1. /-Ezr. 5.1, 2. and Zcch. 1. 1. i Zachari- as,Memor Domini fui-, Mul- tiplex in Prophetia Bier. Pau- line Tom. 6. ^2Chron. 24. 20,21. /Mar. 23. 3$.ex/>o»n- 'ded.See D. Pa reus Com. /« he, B. Hieron. Com.in.loc. m Hieron. Com. in Mat. 2?. 35- » See be- fore in the Chronology of II. King 0 Jo. Calv. Com. in Zech. 1. 1. jf> Luke 1. q See Helvic. Cbronol. r As Zech. 8. 16. in Eph. 4.25. Zech. 9. 9. in Mat. 22. 5 Joh.12.15. —Zech. it 12. in Mat- 26. 15. & 67. 9, 10. Zee. 12. 10. in Job. .9.34 37. Rev. 1.7 Zech. 1 j. 7. in Mat.26. 31. Mark 14. 27. /See on Haggai Sett. MI. naturally defcended, being£ ffo /on 0/ Barachiah, l thefon of lddo. He had alfo a facred office wherein the Lord employed him ; He was h a Prophet, flou- rifhing after the Jews return from Babylons Captivi- ty, and f~as Hierome truely faith of him J he was i manifold in Prophecy, and flmayaddej in Pro- phetick vifions. But who this Zechariah was, Writers much difpute-, and in Scripture we read of divers Zecbariat, viz. I. Of k^ Zechariah fonof Jeboiada, whom the People ftonedto death at King Joaf) his Command, in the Court of the Houfe of the Lord. This is thought, by learned and judicious men, to be the fame of which Chrift fpeaketh, faying I/fom the blood of righteous Abel, unto the blood o/Zecharias fon of Barachias whom ye flew between the Temple and the Altar ; for both the names and the (Tory of their death agree : only that is called /on of Jehoiada, this fin 0/ Barachias. But to this it may be Anfwered ; Je- hoiada is called Barachiasby Chnit, either for hon- our fake, to fignifie he was The-bleffed-of-the-LORD ; or beamk jfehoiada had two names, being alfo cal- led Barachiah; or inftead of Barachiah mould be xezdjehoiadah, as Hierome faith the Na^arenes in their Gofpel read it. But this Prophet Zechariah could not be Zchariah fon of Jchoiadah, f though called in the Gofpel fon of Barachiah,) 1. Partly be- caufe Scripture (peak.s not of his bein",flain betwixt the Temple and the Altar, efpecially feeing there fcarce were the Ruines of the Temple in his timers m Hierome wellobferves. 2. Partly becaufe Zechariah fonof Jehoiadah was flaininKing Joafli his days, which n was above 200 years before the Babylonifh captivity. But this Zechariah lived after the Jews return from Babylon, yea in the time of Darius, vi^. of Darius Nothus, which was above 100 years after their return. Therefore (~ if he were the fame, J he (f)ould have lived 2:0 or 300 years after hit own death, ("as 0 Cal- vin argues} which were intolerably abfurd. If. 0/p Zechariah father of John Baptift. But this Pro- phet could not be father of John Baptiil, becaufe he Jived in the time of the Perfian Monarchs, in the dayes of Darius; but the father of John Baptift lived in the time of the Roman Monarchy, in the days of Auguftus Cdtfar, as the Evangelical Hiltory fhevvs ; now betwixt the Perfian and Roman Monarchy, the Grecian intervened, which continued q above 200 ' years, no man in thefe days living fo long. There* fore all things confidered, this Prophet Zechariah feems tobedillinct from thofe other mentioned in Scripture, though wc cannot determine further of him, then that he was fonne of Barachiah, fonn of Id- do. Whoever he was, this Prophecy is of un- queftionable Authority, and is often ralledgedand approved in the NewTcftament. Sect. III. Occasion and Scope. This Prophet was railed up to prophecy to the Jews, returned from Babylon, upon the fame Occa- sion that fHaggai was. What Haggai fpeaks more plainly and briefly, he fpeaks more myfierioufly and fully, with many additions, efpecially of Evangelical Prophecies touching Jefus Chrift. Scope,!. As to the Jews, 1. To invite them to re- pentance, whereby they might avoid judgements and obtain mercies. 2. To encourage and incite the People rerurnedfrom captivity, efpecially their Govcrnours Zerubbabchnd Jeho(l)uah, to the build- ing of the Temple, and fettling of the Common- wealth, wherein the Church might have a feat till Chrifts coming ; and this by many excellent Pro- mifes, whereof the truely pious fliould be partakers. 3. To raifethem up from terminating their thoughts in Zerubbabel and Jehnflmah, and their repair of the Temple and the City, which were but Types of Chrift and his Church, he paficth on to many Evan- gelical Promiks,touching7e/i«C/;>'/./?and his Church particularly, as his Kingdome, Priefthood, Price for w hich hefauldbc betrayed, Death, Effujion of hh fpi- rit, efficacy of hit Gofpel, Vocation of the Gentiles, and many fpiritual Privtledges of the Church in Grace and Glory. And thus he leads them from earthly to heavenly, from corporal to fpiritual, from prefent to future things. 4. To forewarne the carnal Jews, enemies to Chrifts Kingdome, how for their fins their City and Kingdom fhould be ruined by the Romans, till the time of their laft converfion, when God will reftore, enlarge and purine his Church, that all (hall be Holy to the Lord, and the Canaanite no more in the Houfe of the Lord. II. As to us, to in- fliutt us: 1. How ufeful repentance is before w-e fee upon publick Reformation. 2. How zealoufly and hopefully we fhould aft in the Repair and Reforma- tion of the Church of God, £ where the Temple and Jerufalem were but fhadows, ) knowing how wonderfully the Lord can effect the fame, by weakeft and unlikelieft means againft greatefl difficulties. 3. How great caufe we have to accept Jefus Chrift by faith, in whom thefe particular Pro- phecies were fo punctually fulfilled. 4. How confi- dently we fhould expect thepromifed purity, victo- ry and happineffe of the Church of Chrift in the lat- ter dayes. Sed. IV. Principal Parts. In this Book confider 1. The Infcriptkn. z.fke Prophecy it f elf. The INSCRIPTION, deferring 1. The i. Time. 2. The Authors of this Prophecy , Prin- Chap. 1. cipal. The LORD; Inftrumenral, Zechariah , n, defcribed by his Defcent and office , Chap. L ver. 1. The P R O P H E C Y it felf comprizing the fum of 5 Sermons feverally preached by the Pro- phet , vi^. his 1 Penitential. 2 Viftonal. 3 Ca- fuiftical. 4 Prophetical, and 5 Evangelical Ser- mon. I. His Penitential Sermon calling the Jewes to re- pentance. 1. Partly from Gods difpleafure at their impenitent forefathers. 2. Parti)/ from his judgments on them for impenitency. This is pre- fixed as a Preface, before the following Sermon of mercy and judgment, to prepare for the receiving of that, the avoiding of this,ver. 2. to 7. II. Hh vifionalSermon,vi\. His Prophetical vifions, which are in all eight, and fome of them very ab- itrufe ; fomc light may be brouphr to them by comparing them with Daniels Prophecy. Thefe Vifions feem to be delivered at once •, and are 1 Vi- fions of .Merry, 2. Vifions of Judgment t 3. Vifions of Comfort 1. Vifions of Mercy, as i.The Vifion of a man on horfebac\ among the myrtle trees in the bottome; pointing out Chrifts fingular prefence with, and providence over his Church in in loweft ftatc, ver- 7. ro 18. Here confider l.The Vifion it felf, defcribed by the Time and Manner of it, ver. 7, 8. II. Tlie Interpretation and application of it, for comfort of thicr prefent itate ; Dialogue-wife, 1. The Prophet defiring information about it, ver. 9; 2. An inferiour Angel inftrufting him, ver. 9. 3. Chrift the chief Angel informing him that thefe were Angels fent as Spies and Intelligencers up and down the world, ver. 10. 4. Thefe Angels re- port to Chrift of the fecure, and quiet Itate of the world, ver. 11. 5. The chief Angel (Chrift) here- upon prayes to his Father for his long afflicted Church, and receives a comfortable anfWer touch- ing her Rcftauration, but her fecure enemies de- ftruction, v. 12. fo 18. 2. The Vifion of four horns, and four Carpenters, He . intimating how God would break and fcattcr the horns of his Churches enemies, verfe 18. to the end. i.The Vifion of the man with the meafuringlinein hit Ghap. II. to VII. ZECHARTAH. 4<5g Chap, 3. 6« hand to meafure Jcrufalcm promifing the Reflaura- tion and re-peopling of Jerufalem, wherein note I. Chap. 2. The Vifion \tfc\f,Cbap. U.ver. 1, 2. II. The Interpre- tation of it by two Angels and Zechary, promising 1. He-peopling, 2. Safety, 3. Glory to Jerufalem, ver. %.to6. III. The Accommodation of it, 1. By inviting the remnant of the Jews that ftill lingered in Babylon to haften out, and this by divers Arguments, ver. 6. to 10. 2. Ey comforting the Jews already returned home, with Prorr.ifes; 1. Of his Prefence, 2. Of her enlargement by forreigners added to her ; and 3. Of his gracious Covenant with her, v. ic,u,i2. 3. Ey charging all the earth to be filent before the Lord, thus working for his Church, ver. 1 3. 4. Tfje Vifion of Jehofhua the bigh-Prieft in filthy garments and Satan at hit right hand accufing him; /hewing, though fins of people and Pried might be objected againft them and their IntercefTors, yet they had another High-Priefl, who would plead their caufe, pardon their fin, build the Temple, and quiet his Church, w'sfc, Chrifl the Branch. Here are defcribed, I. The Type, wherein confider 1. The Party accufed, Jehofhuah. 2. The Party before whom he was accufed, vi\. The Angel of the Lord, Chrifl. 3. TheAccufer, Satan, Chapt.JU. verfi. 4. The Apology ioxjeboflmab, Satan being rebuked, ver. 2. Jehofhuah being abfolved, and his filthy raiments changed, ver. 3,4.yeaeftablilhed in his office, ver. •i-,6,1. II. The Ami-type by whom Temple, Prieft- hood and People fhould be reftored and preferved, ■w^. Jefus Chrifl, promifed to Jehoflmah and his fel- lows, wondred at as monflers for their faith and obedience to God in thefe defperate times. Chrifl is defcribed 1. Ey his double name, Branch and Stone, verf. 8,9. 2. By his double Property as a Stone, vi^. Perfect Providence, and Cotnpleatnefs of grace, v. 9. 3. Ey the two fruits of his Priefthood, Pardon of fin and Peace of confeience, ver. 9, 10. 5. The Vifion of the golden Candleflic\, and the two Clive trees flanding by it: declaring that Gods grace alone is fufticient for the Reparation and Prefervati- on of his Church, without all other created means, againft greateft mountains of oppofition. Where are I. Tlie Prophets Preparation to attend the vifion Ch. IV. ver. I. 2. The Interpretation of the vifion, which is either General, or Particular ; l.The Gene- ralinterpretation of the whole vifion, and of Zecharyes requeft, vi^. ThatastheCandleflick was fupplyed with oyle naturally dropping from the two olive trees (landing thereby, without mans help or Art.- to the Spirit of the Lord was furficienr^vithout all hu- mane mtans,to rebuild and maintain both his Tem- ple and Church, ver. 4, 5, 6. God prom ifmg to that end, 1 Partly the removal of greateft impedi- ments, ver. 7. 2. F^n/ytheperfeftingof the Tem- ple-building, though then very fmall, to the joy of the PeopIe,by the vigilant feven-eyed Providence of the Lord, v.7. to 11. II. The particular interpre- tation of part of the vifion, vi%j. the two olive-trees, ver. 11,12, 13,14. 71. Vifions of Judgment, vi^. The Vifion of the flying BooJ^, and the vifion of the Ephab ; In generall evi- dencing to the Jews, that though their ftate fhould be refbred, his Temple and Church reeftablifhed among them, according to the former vifions: yet he would notwithstanding feverely punifh them for their fins and corruptions at prefent, according to the vifion of the flying book.h and would utterly deftroy them if their fins griew riper and riper, when they had fulfilled the meafure of their iniquity, for the fu- ture, according to the vifion of the Ephab. More par- ticularly. I. The vifion of the flying boot^, is I. Defcribed 1. Ey the fpeedineffe oik, flying, Cbap.V.i. 2. By the largenefle of it, containing curfes enough for all forts of fins, ver. 2. II. Expounded 1. Ey the fins threat- lied with the curfe in this Book, vi^. The facrilegi- ous Thievery againfl the fecond Table, And falfe- fwcaring or Perjury againfl the firft Table. By which Chap. 4. Chap. $, fynecbdocbically underflandal! orher their grofle fins, whereof at prefent they were guilty. 2. By the Au- thor of the curfe, The Lordoflhflt. 3. By' the man- ner of the curfes execution, Emring, Remaining in midfl of, andconfuming their hokfes, ver. 3,4. 2. The Vifion of the Ephab, &c. defcribed and ex- pounded by parts, vi^. I. An t Ephab, whereby the \ An Ephab Jews were rcfemblcd,in refpect of the filling up of is among the meafure of their fins, ver. 5, 6. II. AuTalent the Jews oflead life up over ihcEphsh, ver. 7. III. Awoman their lar- fitting in the midfl of the Ephah, ver. 7. Thit woman geftofdry fignifying thefinful nation of the Jews, whole wick- meafure edneftegrewtoafull meafurej The Talentof lead conrain- lijt up, Gods heavy judgments hanging over them. ,n?ten The cafling the woman into the midfl of the Ephah, and Homers, the Talent oflead upon her, the finful Jcwes total ovcr; Exod. 1 5. whelming by Gods Judgments, ver. 8. III. Of two ?<$• women carrying away the Ephah, with the woman in "Talent it, and talent upon it, into the land of Shihab, [ that weighed hxChaldea, Babylon or Afefopota mia, for there the 3000 fiie- Jewes chiefly refide, though generally dilpcrl'cd ck'es throughout the world, ~] deno-ing the Jewes lpeedy ExoJ. 38, and final difperfion throughout the world, ver. p3 25> 26. or 10,11. 125 pound III. Vifions of Comfort, vi^. x Gen. io. 1. The vifion of foure chariots, &r. where note I. l0- ar>d n The Defcription of the vifion, vi^. four chariots, 2. Jer. 29. coming out from between two mountains of BrafTe, 5' ;8. drawn by four forts of horfes, cb. VI. 1, 2, 3. II. Chap. 6. The interpretation of the vifion given by the Angel in a threefold defcription, i. Of the nature of the chariotsand horfes, ver. 4,5. 2. Oftheir employ- ment whither they ran, ver. 6,7. 3. The effect of this their employment, vi^_. they quieted Gods Spi- rit in the North-country, ver. 8. This vifion comfor- tably pointing out the provident Decrees and Coun- fels of God, Immoveable as mountains ofBmffe ; and directing ffor his Povidence begins and fleers all actions) the courfe and motion of the four chariots and horfes, (~ vi^ either the four Empires of the earth or, as fomc think, the Angels ot heaven, thofe mini- firing fpirits, J for the fulfilling of his will for his Churches good ; fothat whatfocver his Church had or fhould further fuffer under them, was fore-feen . and fore-appointed by God himfelf-, a great com- fort tothem that were come out of captivity already, and tothem that as yet remained in captivity. 2. The Vifion, or rather the Hifiorical PrediUionof what was really to be done for his Churches comfort, viz. under the Type of the oblation of fome Jewes, which eame from Babylon as AmbaiTadors from the reft, and the Coronation of Jehoflmah the High-Priefl, is de- clared the Kingdom and Prieft-hood of Chrifl, toge- ther with tlie rc-eftablifhment and enlargmentofthe Church under him-, Here note I. The external or vifible type, defcribed by feveral circum fiances, ver. 9, 10,11. II. The explication of this type, and the application of it to the Antitype. Partly in refpect of Perfons, Jehoffiuahs Perfon reprefenting the Per- fon of Chrifl the BRANCH, tier. 12. Partly in refpeft of feveraJ properties in the Antitype, vi%_. 1. He ff) all grow up out of hit Place. 2. He fl> all build the Temple of the Lord 3. he (I) all bear the glory. 4. He fhallfit and rule upon his Throne, and he fl>all be a Priefl uponhit Throne. 5. Tbecounfdof Peace jhall be between them both, ver. 12, 1 3. III. The publick memorial of this Solemnity, by confecration of thefe Crowns to the Temple as a Monument, ver. 14. IV. A Por- mife of Forreigners accede from far to the Jewes in Judea,to help forward the Temple-building, verf. III. Hit caufuiftical Sermon, wherein the Prophet at large refolves the Jews in a cafe of confeience touching Fafling; propofed to him and the Priefls, with many other LeMons excellently inlerted, where- inconfider I. The time of this Sermon, Cbap.Wl. 1. chap. 7. II. The Occafion of it, vi^. The captives Ambafage to the Temple, fending Ambafiadouruopra; in the Temple, and there to be rcfolved in a cafe of con- feience, 4^4 M A L A C H I. fcience, touching the Fifth Monetht Faft, obferved for many years, whether they fhould continue it, verf. 2, 3. III. The Sermon it felf,wherein are, I. The Preface, 1 Partly reproving their hypocrifie and prepofteroufnefs, in ftanding fo much upon their own inventions, and outward obfervations of faffing, mean while neglecting Gods Commands, and refuting to obey them, for which all their cala- mities came upon them, ver. 4. to the end of the chap. 2. Partly comforting them againft their unbelief and diftruft of the good fuccefs of things by divers pro- mifes, vi\. Of Cods reconcilement with Zion for pre- Chap 8 fent, cAap. VIII. 1, 2,3. Of her peaceable and am- ple flare, ver. 4, 5, 5 Of his recollecting her dif- perfed ones, and bringing them to their own homes, ver. 7, 8. from all which Promifes they are exhorted to take courage againft all difficulties to go on with the building of the Temple ; and this is further prefied by many Arguments, ver. 9.to 18. 2. The Arfwer it felf to the cafe propounded, Partly by Gods abrogation of their Fafts, ver. 18, 19- Partly by his injunction of the more neceflary and fubftantial duties of religion, ver. 19. which is urged from the ap- proach of fuch times, wherein ceremonies fhould ceafe,and Truth fucceed them; and wherein Gen- tfles fhould be converted to make up a glorious Church with the Jews, ver. 20. to the end of the chap. IV. His Prophetical Sermon, foretelling future e- vents, wherein are principally confiderable, i.Threat- nings of deftruction to the Churches enemies; Land oiHadrach, DamafcHS, Hamath,Tyre and Zidon&nd the Phillftines;Ch. IX. i.to'].2.Promi(es of Delive- Chap. $. ranee and Protection to his Church againft all their enemies, v. 7, 8. 3.Promiflbry predictions of Chrifls Incarnation, Kingdom, and the Benefits thereof to his People, from whom all comfort and falvation prin- pally flows, v.cj.totbe end of the chap. andCh.X. Chap. IoJ throughout. 4. Denunciations of dreadful judgments, even to the Jews themfelves for their ingrateful and abominable rejection of Chrift and his Gofpel, Chap. Chap. 11. XI. throughout. V.Hii Evangelical Sermon, peculiarly belonging to the Church which Chrift had gathered by his Gofpel, wherein are laid down many fweet Pri viledges of the Church, 1. The Churches victory over all her ene- mies to whom fhe fhall be A Cup of trembling, ABur- denfome fton e, A Torch of fire in a fheaf, Ch. XII. 1 . t0 7 . Chap. 1 H 2. The Churches fafety and protection only from the Lord, ver. 7,8. 3. The benefits enwrapped in this falvation for the Church, vfy 1 Heart- wound- ing repentance for their fins that pierced ChriftjW.p. to the end. 2. Remiflion of all fins to the penitent by faith in the blood of Chrift, Ch.XIII.i. 3. Pu- Chap. 12, rifying of the Evangelical Doctrine and Mini/try from all pollution and defilement, v.^.toi. 4. A felect reparation of the remnant appertaining to the Election from the droffy multitude, ver.']. to the end, and Ch.XIV. ver. 1. to 12. 4. The removal of all Chap. 14] the Churches ruined enemies, from offending the Church any more, or fubduing them to the Church, and confecrating all their wealth to holy ufes, ver. 12. to the end of the Book. MALACHL a filer. Procem. in Mai. Tom. 6. b Mai. 4. 4<5- cjo.Calv. Prafat. in Mai. d Compare Mil. 4. 5j °". with Luke 1. 16, 17. Sett. I. Order and time. MAlachi is in Order the laft of all the twelve Prophets, (as a Hierome intimateth,) yea defervedly he is ranked the laft of all the Prophets of the old Teftamcnr, 1 Partly becaufe in the clofe of his Pro- phecy,he fo cautions the Jews to be mindful of the written b Law of Mnfes , till the Meffiahs coming in theflefh, and to cleave to the pure Doctrine there- of; which he therefore doth, (faith cCalvinJ be- caufe now the Series and continued Succejfton of Pro- phets was to ceafe, till Chrift the great Prophet himfelf fl>ouldcome, that by this intermifjion and want of Pro- phecy, the Jews might be ftirredup, and preffed more intent ively and eamcftly to defire the Me jiahs coming. 2. Partly becaufe he concludeth his Prophecy with fuch an eminent Promifeof A Elijah the Prophet, ("\. e. John Baptift in the fpirit and power o/EIijah J to be Chrifts Harbinger to prepare his way before him. Now what Prophet fo fit as he who is the laft Prophet of the Old Teftament, to indigitate and point out as with the finger, John Baptift the firft Prophet of the New Teftament ? Ttmeoi his Prophecy is not particularly expref- fed, but the current of his Prophecy intimates it was not only after the Jews return from the Babyloniff; Captivity, but after their building of the Temple alfo,in- mfinuch as herein is no mention at all of thcTemplcs lying wafte, and unbuilt, nor is there any exhortati- on to the People, Cas in Haggai and Zechariah,) to perfect the building but rather the Temple being now finifh'd, and the Temple-worfhip erected ; the Sacriledge of the People and the corruption of Gods worfhip by the Priefts is here taxed. How long time Malachi prophecied after the perfecting of . . . the Temple is hard to define ; eHelvicm thinks he e"etv'c' began toprophecy about the 19 or laft year of Darius No- Chronolog. tbus,which was about four hundred and four years be- fore Chrift.Tht Temple was finifhed in Darius Not hut f hit ffixthyear. So that after Malachi, according to / E^ra. 6. this account Prophecy ceafed for about 400 years. *3> x4> i$« Sed. I. Name and Penman. *ff*1- fc * wroaiachias This Book is called among the Hebrewcs "12D fjuJdefl, ^DX/O Sepher Malachi, that is The Book, of Mala- Nuncius chi, and in the text; gThe Bui den of the Word oj the meus. LORD to Ifrael, by the hand of Malachi; from Mala.- Hier. chi the Preacher and Penman thereof, Protem. in Malachi i^^fe fignifies properly, My- Angel, ox JoelTom. My-Meffenger, (~a%h Hierome interprets it, who elfe- 5. where i blames the LXX. for rendring it Hit Angel, i Hier. viz. in thofe words, The Affumptionof the Word of the Proxm.in LORD againft Ijrae! by the hand of hit Angel. J And Mat. Tom. tim interpretation well agrees to any Prophet, or 6. Miniftcr of God, being the Lords Angel or Meffcnger k^alv. to his Church and People. Though perhaps (as Prtfat. in kCalvin intimates J th'tf name might far honour fake Mai. be Chap. I. to IV. M A L A C H I 4* iHkr. Proocm.in Mal.Tom.6 tn Abfur- dum Com- mentum. Calv.Prsf, in Mai. n Tarnov. Frolog.in Afalach. oHag.1.13 p See Mat. II. io. Mar.1.2: Luke 1. 16, 17. be pjven to thii Prophet in refpeft of fame fpecialfervice, unsown tow. The Hebrews and Origen ( becaufe JHalachi fignifies, my Angel, J have an Opinion, That Malawi was an Angel that came downfiom hea- ven, and affuming an humane body preached rolfrael. Eut 1 Hierome rejects this, and m Calvin counts it an abfurdficlion, anddefcrvedly -, 1. Partly becaufe in thefe times God did not ufc to fpeak by Angels, yea, fcarce by Prophers, becaufe of die Peoples obdurati- on, and becaufe of the approach ofChrifts incarna- nation; butby ordinary miniftry. 2. Partly becaufe the laft letter [ ^ '} as here, is ufually annexed to proper names of men : therefore he was a man, not an Angel, nSome thmk he was Zechariah or Hag- gai, he being thus termed 0 an Angel or MciTenger, but without any convincing ground for that opinion. Hierom and Calvin fin the places fore-alledged} in- cline to think he was Ezra, but give ns no cogent Arguments to perfwade thereunto. Their Opinion feems mod probable, who take him to be a Prophet diftinft from them all. Whoever he was his Pro- phecy is Authentique, and the Authority of it nota- bly confirmed by the New Tefiament p Allegation of it. Se&. III. Occasion and Scope. Occafion, The Jews being newly returned from captivity, did a little while more heartily ferve God, and build the Altar, and lay the foundation of the Temple, and fofor a long time the work ceaft, Part- ly through oppofkion , Partly through their own fluggifhnef?, till that in the days of Darius, Haggai and Zechariah encouraged them, and Darius coun- tenanced them, they finifhed it, and erected the worfhip of God therein aright; But after relapfing to hypocrifie in Gods fervice, corruption and facriledge in his worfhip, and loofeneffe in their lives by mixt Marriages, Polygamies, Divorces, abufe of Gods Providences, &c. Hereupon God raifes up this Prophet to endeavour to reform thefe corruptions by his miniftry. Scope. 1. to convince and reprove the Jews for their great unkindnefs,walking fo unworthy of Gods elect- ing love and Covenant with them, and this by their irreligioufne$e,prophanenefs,iriolatry, adultery, challeng- ing oj Providence, Rebellion, Sacriledge, Infidelity, and other corruptions, abounding not only among the People-, but among the Priefis alfo : for which he fharply threatens them with Gods judgments, 2. To invite them to Repentance and Reformation of all thefe groiTe evils, by promifes of grace and manifold blef- iings which fhould especially be performed by the Mejfiab,ihc grcmRefirmer and Refiner of his Church, at lm coming in the flefh,whichhattned ; who would fa've the penitent, but deftroy the ohftinate finners ; who would abolifh the typical ceremonies and wor- fhip, and fet up a pure fpirirual fervice throughout, the world ; before whom the New Tefiament ELjah, John the Baptift mould be fent to prepare his way> and to fie a People for him. Seft. IV. rriucipal Tarts. « In this Eook are, 1. The Infcription. 2. The Pro- phecy itfelf. The Infcription or Title denoting 1. The nature of j j the Prophecy; A Burden. 2. Tl.e Authors of it, Prin- cipal, the L 0 R D. Inftrumental, Malaihi. 3, The Perfons againft whom this Eurden was efpecially in- tended, vi^. Ifrael,Chap.I. 1. Chap. 1. The Prophecy itfelf wherein are wrapped up in one j j continued Sermon, thefe Particulars principally. I. A Preface, (~ aggravating the ingrateful wick- ed nefs of the Jews ) drawn from Gods lingular love in election of them in Jacob, when he rejected the Edomites in Efau, ver. 2. to 6. II. A fiiarp'Contefiation againfi the people, efpeci- ally the Priefis, the Keepers of the Law lor their cor- ruptions, viz.. 1. Againfi thei r contempt and pollu- tion of the worfhip ofGod,whichl'riefts mould have vindicated by office, ver. 6. to the end. and Chap. II. Chap. 2.' to 10. 2. Againft their corrupt marriages, both marriages with Infidels, and Polygamies, ver. lo.to 17. 3. Againft the wickednefsartdperverfenefie of Chap. 3. many,thatmadea mock at Gods Juftice and Judge- Chap.4. ments,x/.i7. to the end,and Chap.lll. v.\.to 7.4. Againft t In veteri their Sacriledge, in robbing God of Tithes and Offer- Teftamen- ings, &c. ver.i.toi^. 5. Againft their Atheiftical toeftoc- contempt of Gods fear, worfhip and true repen- cultatio tance, verf. 15. to the end, and Chap. IV. verf. 1. novi.-ln tv$. novoTe- III. An earnefl invitation of all to Repentance, that ftamento fo they might be prepared duly to entertain the Me- eft mani- ffiah, who (with his forerunner John the Baptift, in feftatio thefpirit and power of Elias,) was now immediate- veteris. ly to appear in humane flefh, ver. 4, 5,6. Aug. de Thus fane of the Old Tefiament, wherein (asr Catechi- Augujiine faith, _) the New Tefiament it Veiled. ^and.Ru- Come we next to confider of the New Tefta- dibtti libi ment, wherein the Old Teftament k Re- Cap.IV. vealed. Tom. 4. C ccccc II. Tl 1C 46 M II. THE New Teftament. AND *The Order of the 'Boofy therein, THE NEW TESTAMENT, reveal- ing fully and clearly the N E W COVE- NANT in Chrift, and the fpiritual Ad- miniftrations thereof; i s contained in the Books written fince Chrifts manifeftation a 2 Cor, 3. in the flefh, a In reading of the Old Teftament, the 14.^8. veileUmtaken away: But ("in the NEW TESTA- MENT, J the veile it done away in Chrift. And •we all with open face, beholdingas in a glafs the glory of the Lord,are changedinto the fame image from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord. In the Books of the OldTejiament) God defcribes to us. The Old Covenant of Grace in Chrift, veiled under Promifes Prophefies and Types : In the Books of rhe New Tefht- ment, The Lord delineats to us the New Covenant 0] Grace in Chrift, un-veiled, aflually exhibited and performed; b Chrift being the truthj the bodvand £ [0h , I?< fubftance of all thofe ancient Types and Shadows, Heb ia u the Center and meeting place of all thee Prophecies C0I.2. 17. andPromifes. cLiik:i.7o The Books of the New Teftamenr are either 1 Hi- and 24.27. ftorical, 2 EpiMtcal or 2. Prophetical, as further ap- Actio. 4^ pears in the annexed table. 2.Cor. I.20. I. Hiftorical, de- fcribing unto us the Hiftory of ri. Chrift the Head of the Church ; whofe Ge- nealogy, Birth, Life, Doftrine, Miracles, Death, Refurreftion and Afcenfion are re- corded by four EvangeMs. 2. The Church, Chrifts body,whofe Primitive plantation, ftate and augmentation ,both among Jews and Gentiles, is declared in' , the The Books of the* JJew Teftament , are either. Il.Epifto- lical, as all the E- piftles written by the Apoftles either "i.To believ- ing Gentiles, as Pauls E- fifties 1. General, which Paul wrote unto whole Churches about matters of general and ? Epheftans Publick concernment, as the Epiftles v) ;.l . 'Matthew. 1 Mark. Luke. John. ^Atts of the Apoftles. 'Romans. I. Corinthians. II. Corinthians. Galatians. to the \ Philippians. Colojjians. I. Theffahn/ans. II. Theffalonittns. 2, To the believing Jews,zs it is probable all thefe E- piftleswere, vi\. 2. Parttcu lar,to par- ticular Perfons touching /*i. F«i%weEcclefiaftical af- ( J. Timothy, icuA faires, as the Epiftle, to )\\Ximothy\ )ar- ) e / Tit HI. Private Oeconomical af- faires,as his Epiftle, to } Philemon. i.TheEpiftlcCprobably written by Paul) Xfieb to the 2. The 7. Epi- ftles commonly cMed,Gencral, or the Catho- Uque Epiftles of rews. 'James- Peter John \JJude - James. Peter. "II. Peter. fGeneral— I.John. "\ f 11. John . Jude . , III. Prophetical, foretelling what fhall be the future fhte and con- dition of the Church ofChr!ft,to the end of the WorldjWricten' L by John the ApofUe, viz. Xhe Revelation*. I. Hifl* m .68 I. HISTORICAL BOOKS. THe HISTORICAL BOOKS of the New -Teftament, are fuch as contain principally matters of Fail, though matters of Faith and Dotlrine are.alfo inter- woven. The Hifiories of the Teftament, are I. Of Chrift the Head of the Church. II. Of the Church of Chrift, his body. I. The HISTORY OF JESUS CHRIST himfelf is fet forth by the four Evangelifts, wherein Ch rifts Genealogy, Nativity, Life, Doctrine, Miracles, Death, Refurretlim and Afcenfion, are defcribed. Matthew, Mar^, Luke and John, are ufually called ( by way ofemphafis} The four Evangelifts, becaufe they al- one wrote the Evangelicall Hifiory of Jefus Chrift. rfMat. 10. d Matthew and John were Apoftles, Marl^znd Luke 23. Mark were , ("though not Apoftles, yet) holy Apoftolical 3.17,18. men, the Apoftles difciples. Companions and Af- e Joh. 20. fiftants in the work of the Miniftry, as after will ap- 31. pear. The General and common End ofthefefour Hiftories, and of the writing of them is that which John ex- preiTeth in particular, vi%. e That we might believe that JefitiU theChrift,the Son of God, and that believ- ing we might have life through hit name; Particular ends and occafions may be noted in the particular confederation of the Hiftories. ThhHiftory of Jefus Chrift not onely incompara- /Inter bly furpafles all humane, butalfo ( as f Auguftine omnes hath noted J defervedlj excelleth even all Divine Au- Divinas^ thorities and Hifiories in Sacred Scripture. As the Authori- Canticles are ftiledr/x? Song of Songs; So may this, the rates qua Hiftory ef Hifiories. For 1. The Sub)eH-matter of this fanftis Hiftory ismoft fublime and fmgular, vi^. The Iine- literis al Defcent, Birth, Life, Death, Refuuellion and Af- continen- cenfion of Jejut Chrift, God-man, the onely Saviour of turEvan- finners, and Mediatour betwixt God and man. Whofe gelium Natures, Offi-ces, Dollrines, Act's and Sufferings, are meritoex- here on purpnfe fully defcribed, which in other Eooks cellit. are but briefly touched upon and hinted. And what Hiftories can treat of a nobler Theam-'' 2. This Hifto- ry contains the accompliftiment of both the Law and Prophetsjefus Chrift being the Truth of all the Types, the Center or meeting place of all the Promifes, and the chief Performance of all the Prophecies of the Old Teftament, as is here teftified by them that were eye and ear witneffes thereof. 3- This one Hiftory of Chrift,is the onely Hiftory in the facred Bible, which is written by four fever al Penmen, which eminent- ly points out the unparallel'd excellency of tie Scc- ry , whatever other mySlcry be implyed there- in. C^uod e- nim Lex &Pro- phcta? fututi prxnunci- avcrunt: hoc red- ditum at- quccom- pletnm Evange- liodemon- ftratur, &c. Aug.deConfenf. Evan. /. 1. c. I.Tom. 4. Rut why it Cbrifts h'itfory written by four feveral Penmen? Anfw. Antient writers (who much pleafe themfclvcs with their fancies, about the myfteriouf- ncf> of numbers, J have excogitated divers Reafons thereof. glrenaus Jrcnaus faith g Becaufe there are four Regions of adverf. the world wherein we ate ; and four principal winds or Haref. I. 3. fpirits, and the Church it fown throughout all the earth, CI.f1.25p. and the Go/ pel n the pill.tr and ground of the Church, C t. i$$6. and the jpirit of life : confequcntly ftie muil have four pillars ft anding on every fide incorrupt My, and enliven- ing men. Hierome faith, h Tlie Church which by the Lords h Ecclefi^ wordit founded on a Rock.-, whom the King brought in- autem to hit Chambers ; to whom he put hit hand through the qua fupra hole ofhitfecret defcention,—ijfuing forth four Rivers Petram, like Par a dice, (this is alfo Origens Argument,} hath dominf four corners and rings by which at it were the Ark oj the voce fun- Covenant, and Keeper of the Law of the Lprd, is car- data eft, riedby immoveable ftaves. The firft of them all it quamiri- Matthew the Publican, Mihi videntur, qui ex Apocalypfi ilia 4 Anima!ia,ad intel- ligendos 4Evangeliftasinterpretatifunt, probabilius aliquid at- tendilTeilliqui Leonem in Matthxo, hominem in Marco, Vitu- lum in Luca, Aquilam in Joanne intellexerunr.- quam illi qui Hominem Matthso, Aquilam Marco, Bovem Lucse, Leonem Joanni tribuerunt. De Principal'! enim librorum quandam con- jefturamcapere voluerunt, non detota intentione Evangelifta- rum, Sec Has domini fanftasQuadrigas, quibus peror- bem vectus fubigit populos leni luo jugo & farcina? levi. Aug. de Confenf. Evangelift. 1. i.e. 6. .Tom. 4. (fr Trail. 2.5. in Joan. adinit.Tom. 6, Sedulius the Presbyter elegantly defcribes this refemblance of the four Evangelifts in his verfes: wherein hethus'fpeaks to Chrift. Hoc Matthxus agens hominem generaliter implet, Marcus ut alta fremit vox per deferta Leonis, jura Sacerdotii Lucas tenet ore juvenci, More volans Aquila verbo petit aftra Joannes. Quatuor hi proceres una te voce canentes, Tempora ceu totidem latum fparguntur in orbem. Iren. adverf. H<*ref. 1. 5. c. 1 1 . in Annot. Eut leave we thefe fubtilcies and notions of wit, which feem to be Similetudes, Allufions or Allegories, ufed for illuftration, rather then Arguments for de- monftration, why thefe four fhould write our bleff- ed Saviours Hiftory i We may rather conceive Chrifts Hiftory was written by the je four. 1. Becaufe God, who appointed many q w'ttneffes 4 Aft. 1. 8. & 0f 'Chrifts doftrine and works, &c. not onely to 10 ' Jerufalem, all Judea and Samaria, but to'theutmoft parts oj the earth, did peculiarly ftirre up thefe four r i Pet. 1.1. perfons by his fpiric co this work: for r holy men of Co^ writ who were moved, and at moved, by the Hilt Ohoft. 2. This Hiftory of Chrift is the choiceft of all Hifto- ries: ofgreateft worth in it felf, of mod concern- ment to us, and likely to be moft oppofed by the Devil, and the wicked world, &c. therefore God /rjeur , ( that requires ftwo or three wit neffes for confirmation Hch.io.a8 ' of things J makes ufc of four witnejfes to write Num.3 s io. Chrifts ftory, that be the writings of four every Mie.ti.t4. thing might be eftabli fried beyond ful'pition. Mini!. 17- 3. That we may fee the Authority of theGofpcl 1C(r-l? '■ depends not upon the Penman thereof, bat upon the Holy Ghoft that indites it, and therefore this Hifto- ry is written not onely by Matthew and John, Apo- ftles, who were eye and eare-witncliesof what Chrift didandfpakci butallb, ait Auguftine well norcth, f Quorum by Mark, znd Luke, the Apoftles followers, whow quidam, moft furelyand ftedfaftly believed the Apoftlesre- hoc eft port, though not eye-wiruelTesthemfelves, yet were Matthaus incited thereto by the fpiric. &, Joannes 4 etiam fcriptadeilloquae fcribenda vifa funt, libris fingulis ediderunt. At ne putaretur, quod attinet ad precipiendum &: prardican- dum Evangclium, interefie aliquid utrum illi annuncient, qui eundemDominum hie in came apparentem difcipulatu famulan- te fecuti funt, auriiquiex illis fideliter comperra crcdiderunr, diyina Providentia procuratum eft per fpiritum l.tn&um, uc quibufdam etiam ex illis qui primos Apoftolos fcq'iebanuir, non folumanunciandi, verum etiam fcribendi Evangeiium tribuere- tnrauthoriras. Hi funt Marcus & Lucas. Aug. de Confenf. Evan. lib. 1. c. x.Tom. 4. u Luke 1.1,2. 4. That this Gofpel-Hiftory might be compleated, one explaining what another left obfeure. formatter or order, one fuppfying what another had omitted. For, C as that acute a Chemnitius hath learnedly ob- xChemni- ferved: Matthew who wrote firft, vi^. in the ninth tint in year after Chrifts afcention,as is commonly thought, Prolog. y for the moft part relates the things done, but fel- Hurm.ci. dom infifts upon the order of doing them. Mark. who wrote next, vi^. in the tenth or eleventh year y Vid. D. after Chrifts afcention, briefly relates what Matthew Pareum did more largely, f Marketing an Abftraft or Epi- Proxm.rn tome of Matthew J but withal he infifts more upon Matthmtn the ordering and timing of things done. Lute who Sect II. wrote in the fifteenth year after Chrifts afoention, Yet Nice- having feen others writings, propounds to himfelf pbornt to write of things from the very firft, and that me- faith, thodically. ^ It fee me d good to me alfo, having bad per- Matthew fell undemanding oj things from the very firft to write w rote in unto thee in order : in many things he fhewstheor- the r5th der of things by circumftances, and in moft agrees year after whhMark.'- f wheticcTerttullian calls Lukes Gofpel Chrifts a An orderly digefting of the Evangelical ftory : _)buc afcention fomcrimes things manifeft in Mathew and Mar\_, he Marke puts not in their own place. John who wrote his Gof- and Luke pel in the two and thirtieth year after Chrift afcen- alono fion, prefefledlyaddesthe Acts of Chrift in the firft time'' yearofhisminiftry, ommittcd by the reft as b Euje- after, TWn biut teftifies. And in the reft of his Hiftory he noc 2.6 years onely infifts much upon Chrifts Doftrine, formerly after not fpoken to, but alfo expreffely notes the Feafts Chrifts of certain diftinft years, incident in the times of afcention, Chrifts miniftry, intimating that the Evangelical Hi- Kiceph. ftory, penned by others, fhould be diftributed into Hik.l.z certain years, according to thofe Feafts, which be- c. 45. ing duly confidercd and compared together, may be ^ Lute U of great ufe for the right timing of the Evangelical 1.5. Story. aUnde Tertul danus fenptum Lucx non invenufte vocat Digeftum hijmiaEvan- gelha Chem. Harmon. Prolegom. c. I. b Euf. b. Hijt. Ecclef. 1. 3. c. 18. And Nicepbir. Hill. Ecclef 2.r.45. $. Finally though the Holy Ghoft could by one and the fame contexture of words, have given us D d d d d d the 4?o The KEY of the tibk. cSub concor- diflima Q fi ita did pofit)dif- lonantia. Chemnit. Prolegom, in Harm. Evan. c. I d Auguft.in Joan. Tratl. %6. in hit. Tom. 9. the Hiftory of Chrifts words and deeds, ("as cChem- nitiuf noterh out of Gerfon, J yet not without fome great myftery therein, he pleafed under a certain Harmonim and concordlng diffonancy f If ^e may ft fpeak.^) to excite the mindet of the faithful, to the more humble and vigilant inveftigation of the truth, that ft it might appear, the four Evangelifts, didnotfpeak by mutual Conspiration , but by divine Infpiration. Whence d Auguftine hath well obferved. They are notfo much four e Gofpels, as one Gofpelinfoure Boo(;j. The Summe and principal Scope of all thefe/o«re Evangelifts is to demonftrate , That Jefus Chrijl the fonne of the Virgin Mary, it that very Meffiah the fon of David and Abraham, that feed of the woman, from the beginnnng of the world prtmifed, typified and fore-propheded of in the whole Old Teftament. This demonstration may be comprized in fuch a Syllo- gifme as this. Wboftxverhebe, in whom allthePromifes, Types and Prophecies of the Old Teftament concer- ning the Meffiah are atlually fulfilled : he, and he alone, U the true Meffiah. This Pro- portion is undeniable ; for in thofe Promifes, Types and Prophecies onely the true Me- ffiah is defcribed, and revealed under the Old Teftament in many particulars. Here all the particulars of thofe Promifes, &c. maybe enumerated out of the Old Tefta- ment. But in Jefus Chrift, the Sonoj 'the Virgin Mary, all the pTomifes, Types and Prophecies, of the Old Teftament, concerning the Meffiah are atlually fulfilled. This Affumption is proved by the Hiftory of the four Evangelifts, pur- pofely declaring how they were accom- plifhed in him particularly. Here the Scrip- tures of the Old Teftament , mentioned by the foure Evangelifts as fulfilled in Chrift, may be enumerated out of all the Gofpels clearely. Therefore Jefm Chrift, Son of the Virgin Marj and he alone, if the true Meffiah. Seeing therefore this is the primary Scope of thefe foure Evangelifts, to bring Cljrifi the onely true Meffiah in their armes unto us, that we mishe know him certainly •, believe in him onely; and be favedby himcternaliy : with what defire and de- light fhould we exercife our felvesin thefe Hiftories night and day, that therein we might fpirituaily kifs, embrace, adore and admire theblefied Babe, JESUS ? Chemnit ius profeffeth * That he loved, *Cutn even from hit tender age, the faving Hiftory of the life falutarem and ails of our fweeteft Saviour Jefus Chrift. And HiftoriarjJ What fincere foul, that ever truly tafted Chrifts /meet- de vita nefiinyouthorage, can chufe but thinly himfelf in hea- &aftis ven,whilehe reads and meditates upon this heavenly dulciffimi Story > falvatoris _ .... noftri Jefu Chrifti a tenens amaverim. Chem. Prolegom. in Harm: Evan.c. 1. Befides thefe foure Evangelifts divers others have witten Gofpels, faseHierome n„teth J both from cB.Hteron Lukes Teftimony ; Luke 1. 1. &e. and from monu- Procem. ments thereof remaining till his dayes : which Gof- in Mat. pel ( fmh he. J were the beginnings of divers Herefies : Tom}9. as that of the Egyptians: 0} Thomas: of Mathias: of Bartholomew: of the twelve Apoftles, of Bafilides : of Apollos: and of others whom it would be too long to enu- merate : onely its necejfary to fay this at prefent : There have been fome who without the Spirit and Grace of God, have endeavoured rather to frame a Narration; than to compile the truth of Hiftory. Thefe a nd other fpurious, adulterate and Apocryphal Gofpels de- ~. vifed by fubtiJe Heretiques, for the patronizing of their Herefies, the Church rejetfs as f Eufebius, and fEufeb- g Nicephoruif have long fince teftified. jfifl. Ecc'lefiaji, 1, 3. r. 19. g Wceph, Hift, EcclefeeftJ, 2. e. 46. MATTHEW. 47i MATTHEW. Sect. I. Name and Penman, THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO MATTHEW.] TheEnglifh Word [ Gofpell comes from the old Saxon word [ God-fpel ~] i. e. Goodfpeech. The Greek word fignifies Good-ty dings, or a Good- Mejfage : This word Gofpel in New Teftament, isoffe- veral acceptations j both in bad and good fence. The word Gojpel is ufcd In bad fence, for a falfe pretended Gofpel, Gal. i. (5, 7. Ti Generally for the Doftrine or promife of Salvation freely J by Chrift to all that will believe. Thus the Gofpel is ever- ~x. Properly, J lafting,Rev. 1 4.(5. one and the fame under Old and New and fo the «J Tertamenr, Gal.%.B. word is ufed, ! 2. Speciallyfor the Doctrine of Grace, in accomplifhingthe either promife by Chrift exhibited ; this is peculiar to the New Teftament5.Ro?w. t. 1.2. iCor. 4.4. 2. In good fence, and that ei- ed the Writing cf the*™ Athar. Gofpel among the Hebrews in their Ton- ue, when Peter"1 Synopf. andVuul preached tbeGifpd and founded a Church at P. *4*« Rome. 472 M A T r H E IV. Chap. I. to III. c Eujeb, Rome, o Eu\ub':ws faith, Matthew bavin* preached- 1 H:ft Eccl.l. the Gofpel to the Hebrews and minding to go toother 3;. c 18. N.itions,wrote bis Gofpelin his own Countrey Language. p Ktcepb. So alfo p Nicephorws, and q Augustine think. Hift.Eccl.l. And r Hierome faith, M it thew in Judca ftrfi com- 2.c. 45 p fid the Gofpel of Chrift in Hebrew letters and words, q Au, uft.de fr,- tkpm of the Circumcifion that believed. Which who i"i:Jer,J. after transited into Greel^, is nit Sufficiently certain. Etiatig. /.i. Further th.it Hebrew Gofpel is had to this day in tbeC&- c 2. f. rem Library, which Pamphilus the Martyr moftftu- 1 o. //'-.''•. duujlymr.de; and I had liberty of coppying itout,grant- Catttlog. edprom the K.i^ar&ans, who ufe tbii Volume in Beroea Sa ip.Ecd. a City of Syria, &c. 7 /•;.!. and Eut notwirhftanding this opinionof divers anci- P(£j*tjn enr and learned Fathers: Divers modern Writers, 4 Ev..iv. and thofe of no fmall learning and judgement diffent l.)ip..7,- from them, and judge, that Matthew wrote not hit i And.Ri- Gofpel originally in Hebrew, but in Greek, and that up- vet.IJ.-g.ad onihefe grounds-. 1. The Hebrew Gofpel of Munsle- Sacr.Scrip. rut his Edition is fuchfor language, as it isimproba- c.8« St ft 4. bie it fhould be written by Matthew, or any other skilful in the Hebrew Tongue, and Munjierut him- confefies he amended it in many places. 2.The greek Gofpel of Matthew was received as Anthentique in thepurcft primitive times. Itiscertain f faith that Learned f Rivet, J that even fiom the firft times the Primitive Church uled Matthews Gofpel written in Gyeek^ and , recounted theGreel^Text for Authentique. A.hanaflusinSynopf. inviraMatth. writes, The Greek, Expofitionwmmadeby James the brother of the Lord according to the JJefl.: By John f/;e Evangelift, faith TheopiTylr.il. By Luke and Paul, thinks Anafiafius Serni. 8. in Genef. 3. The other Apoftles original- ly wrote in the Greek Tongue, ('as then moft com- mon) and that not onely promifcuoufly to all both Jews and Gentiles, but peculiarly when they wrote to the Jews . As Authour of the Epifile to Hebrews, peter, James. And their Apoftolical funftion re- quired then to write in the moft known Tongue, as moft to edifying. 4. Matthews fiile plainly agrees with Marks, differs not much from John's; and thouch therein there be fome Hebraifmes, fo there are in molt Books of the New Teftament. 5. Mat- thew interprets Hebrew names by Greeks therefore lie wrote in Greek not in Hebrew; as for inftar.ee, xlmmamel, m Golgotha, v. Eli, Eli, Lamafabachtani. 6. None can certainly tell who fhould be the Au- thor of :\\e Greekjvcrfion, if Matthew wrote in He- b\ ew, it being tranflared into Greek by John the E- vargelift, as fome ; By James, as others ; By Luke andPrtw/,asohers:by Markji.% others are of opini- on. Some/think that he wrote not in pure Hebrew, but in-Syriacltj being the Dialeft then moft common- ly uftd; and this opinion tends to deftroy the credit and authority of Mathews Gofpel in Greek. ? Mar. 1. 13 » Mat.;-. 33- ' x Math. 27. 46, fled* in. Thcnl.l.2.c. Setf. IV. Occafion and Scope. Matthew, having preached the Gofpel of Chrift rr> the Hebrews, and being to depart from them to preach the Gofpel toother people, upon this Occafi- 7 Eufib. °"*a3 ^ Ecclefiaftical Writers obfefve) he committed ■_ hisGcfpelro writing, that fo he might fupply and ..18 lit- 'comPcn'"atc his abfence from them, by his written .lift Gofpel left with them ? whereby be helped the mc- / cell'. 2 J Ul0ry of his hearers , preached to thtin though ab- feiir, and p reach cth yet ro all after ages, though himfelf be dead. Scope, To evidence to all, but especially to the believ- ing Hebrews, ( with whom he had preached") that tbii JefusCbnfl was the true MciTiah, the true promifed c. tf. *Mat.i. I. feed of z David and Abraham, in whom all the Nati- ons of the world fl>ould be bleffed. Sed. V. Principal Parts. L Chap. I. This Gofpel Hiftoryby Matthew principally de- fcribes Chrift's 1 Birth, 2 Life, 3 Death. CHRIST BIRTH, where are laid down t HU Pe- digree, 2 The Manner of his Birth, 3 Hts Education iti Infancy. I. Chrift s Pedigree according the flefh drawn down from David and Abraham of whom he defcended. This Pedigree contains, 1. The Title or Infcription of it, Ch. I. ver, l. 2. The Genealogy it felf, or the feveral Generations in it, v. 2. to 17. 3. The fum- mary Recapitulation or Enumeration of thofe Gene- rations, ver. 17. II. Tl)e manner of Chrift Birth, defcribed I. By the Antecedents, v>\. 1 His Conception by the Holy Ghoft during his Mothers Efpoufals, ver. 18. 2. Hereupon Jofeph s minding to put her away privily, fufpeftingher for fornication, ver. 19. 3. An An- gel's fatisfying of Jofeph in a dream, about Maries conception, that he might take her to wife, promi- fing Chrifts Birth, forenaming him Jefus, and inter- preting that name, U20, 21. 4. The end of all this, that Scripture-Prophecies might be fulfilled, ver.22. 23. 5. Jofeph^ obedience in raking his Wife, and his continency till Chrift's Birth, ver. 24, 25, II. By the Concomitants ox Circumftances, accompany- ChrifVs Birth, vi^.i. Place where Chrift was born, in Bethlehem. 2. Time when, in Herods days, Ch. Chap. 2. II. ver. 1. III. By the Confequents following his Birth, vixj. 1. The wife-mens coming from the Eaft to Jerufalem, to worfhip Chrift, having feenhnStar, ver. 1, 2. 2. The trouble of Herod and Jerufalem, hereupon, ver. 3. 3. Herods finding out by confut- ing with the chief Priefts and Scribes, that Chrift fhould be born in Bethlehem, ver. 4, $,6. 4. Herods fending the wife-men to Betblebem,to find out Chrift (^pretending himfelf to worfhip him J who were con- ducted to Chrift by the Starre, ver. 7. to 11. 5. The Wife-men's worfhipping Chrift, and giving prefents to him,f.ir. <5. The! wife-men's departing into their ownCountrey, ("being warned of God, Jnot return- ing to Herod, ver. 12. III. Chrisls Education in hit Infancy, I. in Egypt, till Herods death, whither his Parents fled with him a tGods appointment, for fear of King Herod, thac fo the Scripture might be fulfilled, ver. 13,14,15. This is amplified by Herods flaying all the Children in Bethlehem, and thereabouts, from two years old and under, that fo he might murther Chrift, ver. 16, 17. !8. II. In Nazareth ver. 19. to the end. CHRISTS LIFE,W?:. not his Ptivatebm his Pub- lique life ; which isprincipally defcribed by his pub- lick Miniftry or Propbetick^ Office; Touching Chrifts Propbetick_Office note 1. IhePreparationto it. 2. the Execution of it. l.Tbe preparation to Cbxifts Prcphetick^Office,viherc- byl.Tbe people are prepared to be Chrilts hearers, vi^. By the Miniftry of John Baptift, fas Chrifts Harbinger J defcribed 1. By the time and place of his Military, Ch. Hi. ver. 1. 2. By the fubftance of his chap - Doftrine, fo . 2. Amplified by the Prophets teftimo- 5' ny thereof ve i\ 3. 3. By hisfoodandraymenr,ver.4. 4. By the effect of his Miniftry upon them of 'Jerufi- lemjindjudta, whom he baptized, inftrufting the Scribes and Pharifees unto repentance, to whom lie commends Jefus Chrift, as far furpalfing himfelf both Perfon and Office, ver. 5. fo 13. II, cbiijl hi tnfe I j is prepared for hispublick Miniftry, 1. By be- ing baptized of John Baptift, ver. 13, 14, 15, 1 5. 2. By the Spirits ref ting upon him in form of a Dove, ver. 1 5. 3. By his Fathers Tellimony of him from Heaven^. 17. 4. By his temptation, the Devil tempt- ing him in the mldernefs, to diflruft Providence; On the pinacle of ths Temple, to murther himfelf; On the Maintain to worfhip the Devil in Perfon; in all which ch II. Chap. IV. to XII. M T T li E IV. 473 which Cm ill" toiled the Devil, obtaining a fignal vi- Chap.4. dory, Chap. IV. x.to 12. I I. The execution of hi* Pro}betick_Ojfice. He re a re declared J. Mi beginning of bis tubl'icf^ Miniftry in Galilee, where confider i.When he preached there, ver. 12,13. 2 Why, w'$. That the Prophecy might he fulfilled, ver. 14, 15,10. 3. What was his doctrine ver. 17. 4. Flow there he called Peter and Andrew, Jamet and John, ver.\%.to 23. 5. How he confirm- ed his Doctrine with miracles, ver. 23,24. 6. How people reforted to him. v. 25. m If. Mi Sermon nn the Mount-, where confider j. TheOccafion. 2. The Subftance. 3. Toe Effect of it. Chap.5. j. The Oecafion,Ch. V. ver , 1. 2. The Subftance of the Sermon it felf, wherein Chrift I. Comforts all the godly, and particularly his new called Difciples, againft all the miferics and perfecutions in this life, with bleiTednefs promiled them, both in this and the life to come, ver. 2. to 13. II. Exhorts his Difciples by Arguments fet out in di- vers fimilitudes, to preach pure Doftrine and live holy lives, ver. 13 to 17. III. Declares it The immutability of the Law, which the Gofpel deftroyes not, bureftablifheth, ver. 17,18,19. 2. The true fence and meaning of the Law, that it requires not only external and cor- poral obfervance in the outward man, (as the Scribes and Pharifees corruptly taught, J but alfo and efpecially the internal and fpiritual obedience of the heart. And this is done, Partly More general- ly, ver. 20. Partly More fpecially, in expound- ing fome particular" Laws, vi^. 1 The fixth Com- mandment touching murther, ver. 21. to 27. 2 The feventh Commandment touching Adultery, ver. 27. to 33. 3 The third Commandment touching (wearing, ver. 33. to 38. 4 The Law of Retaliation, ver. 38.ro 43. 5. The Law of loving our Neighbour, ver. 43. to the end of the chapter. IV. Warns againft the hypocritical Pharifees cor- ruptions in divers Religious duties-, directing withal how they ought to be managed, vi^. Almes, Prayer and Fafting. 1. Almes to be given, not with publick oflentation, butfecretly, Ch. VI. 1. to $. 2. Prayer to be made, not with open Oftentation, but private Devotion, not with vain repetitions, but accord- ing to the b Lords own Directory or Pattern of Pray- er, 1zer5.ro 16. 3. Fafting to be performed, not with hypocritical fhews, but with fincerity, ver. 16, 17,18. V. Directs his hearers and us in them, 1. How to lay up treafures, not in Earth, but in Heaven, ver. 19.20,21. a. How to guide themfelves and actions by thee eye of the mind, enlightned, not darkned, ver. 22,23. 3 To avoid covetous asking for food and rayment, (diflwaded by many Arguments} and primarily to feek Gods Kingdome, and his Righte- oufnels Jefus Chrift, ver. 24. ro the end of the chapter. 4 To avoid cenforious perverfe hypocritical re- proofs, Ch. VII. 1. ro 6. 5 To forbear propounding holy things and Pearls to Contemners and Perfecu- tors, ver. 6. 6 To afk neceffary good things of God ver. 7. to 12. 7. To obferve that general golden Rule of Jurtice, To do to others, 4s we would they (houlddo to us, ver. 12. 7. To enter the ftrait Gate of life with few, rather than the wide gate of de- ftruftion with many, t/er. 13.14. 8. To avoid falfe Prophets , though in fheeps-fkins, and to deteft them by their fruits, verfe 15. to 21. 9. Toadde true piety to a Chrirtian Profeffion , verfe 21, 22, 23. 10. Finally ,To do, as well as hear his words, v. 24. to 28. 3. The Effect of his Sermon, vi%. The peoples aftonifhment and the Reafon thereof, verfe. 28, 29. II 1. Ms Confirmation of hit Dolt'ine by Miracles,vi\. Chap. 8, i.Clenfinga Leper with his touch, Ch. VIII. i.ro 5 2. Curing the Centurions fervant of the Palfie, by his word, ver. 5. ro 14. 3. Healing Peters mother Chap. 6. b See the LORDS Prayer, Expound- ed in the clofe of this Sea. c Calv. Com. in loc.&Di- od.Annot. Chap. 7. inlaw of a Fever, by touching her hand, ver. 14. to 18. 4. C Having rejected a Scribe that would have followed him, ver. 18, 19, 20. And commanding a Diciple prefently to follow him, that made fome delay, ver. 21, 22. as he was going to (nip J He calmed the winds and waves with his word, ver. 23. '028. 5. Carting Devils cut of two men poiTeffed in the country of the (jergefens, permitting the devils, to vo into an herd of fwinc, ver. 28. to the end of the chapter* 6. Healing a Palfie-man with his word, that heprefently carried his bed, ch. IX. 1. to 9. [Here CIlaP- 9> among his miracles are inferred 1 His callirgof M.ittherv, ver.$. to 14. 2 His excufing of his Di- fciples, for not fafting as Johns Difciples did, they beingbutas old garments and old bottles, too weak for fuch auftere employments, ver. 14. to 18. j 7. Stanching the womans iflue of blood upon her touching the hemme of his garme nr. 8. Railing to life the Rulers daughter, tier, 18. to 27. 9. Rertor- ingro twoblind men their fight by his word, ver. 27. to 32. 10. Carting cur a dumb Devil, ver. 32, 33, 34. This Paragraph is dbfed up witha gene- ral condemnation of Chrirts Doctrine taught, and miracles wrought round abour,i;er.35. IV. Hit fending his 12, difciples top each totbehoufe ofjfrael. Herearedefcribcci, 1. TheOccafion of ir, vi^. The greatnefs of the harveft, and fewnefs of the labourers, ver. 36, 37, 38. 2. The power of miracles wherewith they were furnifhed, Ch. X. 1. chap. io. 3. The names of the 12 Apoftles, ver. 2. ro. 5. 4. Chrirts inrtructions to them for the right managing of their office, ver. 5. to 16. 5. The confolations wherewith he arms them againrt all troubks and perfecutions, v. \6.to 40. 6. Chrirts Promifes to fuch as receive them, 1z.40.41, 42. V. Mi preaching and ails in their Cities after he had fent forth hii twelve Apoftles into Judea, chap. XI. Chap. it. ver. 1. Many particulars whereof are mentioned, vi%. 1. He anfwers John Baptifts Difciples quefliajl about him felf, we. 2. to 7. 2. He preacheth to the Multitudes, fas Johns Di- fciples departed J 1 Commending John Baptifi and declaring him to be Elias that was to come, ver. 7. to 16. 2. Complaining of the Peoples perverf- nefs, againft both John Baptifi and himfelf, ver. id.ro 20. 3. Upbraiding Chora^in, Bethfaida and Caper- naum for their impenitency,izer. 20. to 25. 4. Com- forting himfelf and his faithful Difciples againft the fcandaloffo great blindnefs, izer.25,25, 27. 5. And fweetly inviting all labouring and heavy laden fin- ners to come to him, take his yoke and imitate him , with promife of Soul's reft , verfe 28, 29, 30. 3. He vindicates his Apoftles Aft of plucking the ears of Come and eating them on the Sabbath, againft the Pharifees; proving it lawful, 1. By Scriptu re- examples, Ch. XII. I. to 6. 2. Ey reafon, chap, iil ver. 6,7,%. 3. By miraculous reftoring of a mans withered hand on the Sabbath-day, ver. 9. to 14. This is amplified, 1 By the Pharifees confultation hereupon to deftroy him,ver. 14. 2 By Chrifls with- drawing thence, and charging them that he healed to conceal him; that fo the Prophecy might be ful- filled, 1z.15.ro 22. 4. He heals one poffefled with a devil blind and dumb, ver. 22. Consequents whereupon were, I. The Peoples amazement , ver. 23. II. The Pharifees blafphemy, faying, thathecaft out devils through Beelzebub, ver. 24. Whereupon Chrift 1 Confutes their calumny, izer. 25. to 31. 2 Pronounces the unpardonableneflc of that their Blafpemy againft the HolyOhofi, ver. 31,32. 3 Declares that evil hearts are the fountain of evil words, which fliall at laft judge men, ver. 33. to 38. 5. He refufeth to gratifie the Scribes and Pharifees with any fign,fave that of the Prophet Jonas. Threat- ning them, 1. With condemnation, 2. With final blinding and obduration, ver. 38 to. ^6. E e e e e e 6. He . 74 m a r r h e w. Chap. XIII. to XXI- ch2F.i; chap.14. 6. Hsdeclarerh the doers ofhis fathers will to be deartohimashis Brother, Sifter and Mother, v. 46. h the end of the chap. 7. Ke preacheth, I. Out of a flip to the people on the flwe in Parables, Chapt. XIII. J, 2,3. Theft Parables were 1. Of the lower, the feed and four grounds, ver. 2,. to 10. which it amplified Pjrtly by his reafons why he preached jh Parable;-, ver. io,ro 18. Partly by his interpretation of this Parable, ver. 18. to 24. 2- Of the good feed and tares, ver. 24. to 31. 3 Of the grain of muftard feed, ver.31, 32. 4. Of Heaven, ver. 33. All this rhac the Scrip- ture might be fulfilled, ver. 34, 35. II. To bit Dif- ciples, the multitude being [cutaway, I. Expounding the Parable- of the Tares ver. 36. to 44- **■ '&"««'« more Parables to them, vfcr.. 1 Of the treafure hid in thefield,ver.44. 2 Of the Pearl, ver. 4$, 46. 3 Of aNct;expounded, ver.47.ro 51. '#■ Concluding!)* Sermons, with an exhof ration of his Difciples, faith- fully to difpenfe heavenly mjfleries, new and old, kc. ver. <;i, 5:. IV. Ha teaching and afts'tnkk own Country, ( *>{*• Galilee, compare Mat. it,. 53,54. rtutt' 15.29. with 17. 22. and ip. 1.) ver. 53. 54. where 1. Hisf oiintry-men wereoffended at him, know- ing his kindred, ver. 54. tor^e end. z, Herod fuppoftd him to be John Baptifl, whom he had beheaded, rifen from the dead, Ch. XIV. 1, 2. Thisis amplified by a Narration, l.Ofthecaufe ot Johns beheading, ver. 3. to 13. 2. Of Chrifti de- parture thence upon theoccafion,ver. 13. 2. Ke having healed tl eir fick, feeds five thoufand, behdes women and children, with nve loaves and t'v'.o fifties, ver. i4.r0 22. 4. He walks on the Sea to his Difciples,&c. ver. 22. to 34. 5. He heals in Genefauet all that touched his gar- ments, v. 34, 35,35. 6. He confutes the Scribes and Pharifees blaming his Difciples for eating with unwafhdi hands, chap. Chap. 15. XV. 1,2. 1. Reproving them fharply for tranfgref- i'mg Gods Commandments by their traditions, ver. 3 tot:. 2. Inftructing the People and his Difci- ples, that man is not defiled by meat from without, but by heart-corruptions, from within, verje 10. to 21. 7. He difpoueffeth the daughter of theCanaanitifh woman, vet* 21. to 29. 2. Hehealerh many difea fed, ve\ 29. to 32. 9 Hefeedeth four thoufand befides women and children with feven loaves and a few little fifties, ver. ^2. to the end. 10. He refufes to give the Pharifees and Sadduces any Sign, but that of Jonas, Chap. XVI. 1. to 5. 1 1. He warneth his Difciples of the leaven ofthe docirine of the Piiarilces and Sadduces, vetf. 5. to 5$- 12. He upon Peters confeffionofhim, promifeth the lure building cf his Church on that Rock, and the Keyes cf the Kingdome of Heaven to Peter, ver. 13. to 21. 1 3. He, begins to foretell his death at Hierufalem to his Difciples, ver. 21. I. Sharply reproving i>e- rerfordifiwadinghim from it, ver. 22, 23. 2. Warn- ing all his Difciples to take up their erode and follow him, ver. 24. to 28. 3. Promiling to his Apofllcs, that they fhculd, before they die, fee Chrifl come in his Kingdoms, vi\. after hi-, death, ver. 28. 14. He isglorioufly Tranffigured on in high moun- tain before Peter, James, and John, to encourage both himftlf and his Difciples againfl his Pallion, ch. XVII. i.roo. 15. He declares John Baptil}, to be the promifed , ver. 9 . to 14. 16. He heals the Iunatick which his Difciples could not cure, ver. 14. ro22. 17. He again foretek his Paffion and Rcfurreftion, ver. 22, 23. 18. He payee Tribute for himftlf and Peter, who Chap. 16. Chap.17. take the monyoutcf a fifties mouth, ver. 24. to the endof the chap. 19. He teaches his Difciples, fafking him who isgreateftin the Kingdom of Heaven, J i- To be humble andmoft inoffenfive to his little ones, Chap. XVIII. 1. to 15. 2. How to deal with a trefpalfing or offending brother, that he might be gained, ver. Chap. 18; 15.ro 21. 3. How oft we fhould forgive an offending brother, ver. 21, 22, further clearing this by the Pa- rable of a King, who had forgiven his fervant ten thoufand Talents, but after punifhed him for his not remitting to his fellow fervant his one hundred pencei (hewing we fhould pity and pardon one another much, feeing God pities and pardons us farre more, ver. 23, to the end of the chap. CHRISTS DEATH is fet forrh, 1. By the HI. Antecedents, 2. The Manner, 3. The Confequents of it. I. The Antecedents, or things going before his death, were 1. In hit journey from Galilee to Jerufalem, 2. At Jerufalem. I. In hit purney from Galilee to Jerufalem, through Judea, where 1. He heals the diftaftd, Ch. XIX. 1,2. Chap.ip. 2. Heanfuers the Pharifees touching the cafe of Divorce, v. 3. to 10. And withal inftructeth his Dif- ciples what Perfons have need of marriage, ver. 10. 11,12. 3. He puts his hands upon little children, as be- longing to the Kingdome of Heaven, ver. 13,14, 15. He teacheth the. young man how to attain to eter- nal life, who upon his Doctrine departed from him very forrowful, ver. 16. to 23. whereupon 1. He declares how hard it is for a rich man to be faved, v. 23, /027. 2. He promifeth to the Apofiles and o- thers grear rewards , for forfaking thefe worldly things for him, ver. 27. to the end. 5. Under the Parable of an Houfholder,hiring La- bourers at feveral houresfor his Vineyard, &c. he fheweth that all ought to be Labourers, and that God mofffrreely both calleth and rewardeth, Chap. XX. Chap.:o. 1. to 17. 6. He the third time forewarnes his Difciples of his death at Jerufalem, ver. 17 , to 20. 7. He teacheth his Difciples humbly to ferve one another, and not to ftrive for Superiority, ver. 20. to 29. 8. He recovers fight to twoblind-men,by the high- way, ver. 29. to the end. 9. He rideth to Jerufalem on an Affe, with great acclamations ofthe Pecple, all Jerufalem being mov- ed at his coming, c/;. XXI.i.foi2. Chap,2i. II. At Jerufalem, where 1. He drives the Buyers and Sellers out ofthe Temple, ver. 12, 13. 2. He heals the difeafed, that came to him in the Temple, ver. 14. 3. He juflifies the children crying Hofannah, a- gainft the Pricfts and Scribes, verf. 15, 16. Thefe things done, he went to lodge in Bethany, and return- ing in the morning, he curfeth the fruitleffe fig-tree by the way, ver. 17.ro 23. 4. He teacheth in the Temple, and being afked by the chief Priefis and Elders, by what Authority, He replies, 1. By propounding to them another queftion, touching Johns Baptifme, ver. 23. to 28. 2. By (hewing them underthe Parable ofthe two fons, commanded to work in the vineyard , that the Publicanes and Harlots go into the Kingdome of God before them, though rhey made greater Profeffion, ver, 28. 1033. 3. By threatningthem wirhthe loffc ofthe Gofpel, (which fhould be given to the Gen- tiles, ) under the Parable of an Houfholder, who let out his Vineyard to Husbandmen, who rendred not the fruits thereof, but abufed the fervants, and flew his Son, ver. 32. to the end. 4. By foretelling f un- derthe Parable of the marriage of the Kings fori, when unto the ghefts refilled to come,&c. J the re- jection ofthe Jews, and calling of the Gentiles, and the CI11 Chap. XXIf. to XXVIII. u a r r h e w. 475 Chap. 24. the punifhmenr of him chat wanted the vvedding-gar- Chap. 22. menr,Ch.XXII.v?r. i.ro 15. tbofe Anfwertof Cbtriftare further amplified by the confequents hereupon,vi^ I. f/ii Adverfartet artcinpts to entangle him in his talk, all which he fhunuech, As iThePharifeesDifciples and the Herodians, about the lawfumefs of giving tribute to c*far,v.i$. to 25. 2.The Sadduces about the doctrine of the Rcfurrccti- on,i».23,ro 34. 3.TI1C Pharifees about ihe great Com- mandementintheLaw, v. 34.ro4i. U.jefmhimfelf I. Propounds a queftion to the Pharifees, touching Chrift, how he could be Davids fon,and yet David call him LORD/ which they could notanfwer, v. 41. to the end. 2.Preacheth againfl the Scribes and Phari- fees a fevere Sermon in the audience of his Difciples and the mulrir ude,wherein 1. He directs the People and his Difciples to follow the Scribes and Pharifees good doctrine, but to fly their bad converfation,and Chap. 23.- thisheurgethby divers Arguments, Ch.XXIII. v.i. to 13. 2. Hedenounceth eight woes againfl them for their hypocrifie and corruptions, v. 13 to 34* 3- He prophecieth Jerufalem's dertruftion, for her con- tempt of Chrift and his Gofpel, and perfecting the Preachers thereof, ver. 34. to the end. $. He preacheth his Prophetical Sermons privately to his Difciples, not many dayes before the Paffeo- ver, when he was betrayed, vi%. i.As they were before the Temple, he Prophecieth, the Temples de- ftruction, Chap. XXW.\, 2. 2. As they were on the Mount of Olives , he Prophecieth, I. Of the grievous calamities which ftiould befall the Jews, be- fore the Temple's and Cities deftruftion,v.*3. to 15. and of the wofulnefs of that deftruftion, t*. 15. to 29. II. Of the coming of Chrift to Judgement, fetting forth 1. The manner of his coming,t/.29.to 32. a.Thecer- taintyof his coming, and of the former judgments upon Jerufalem, ver. 32.ro 36. 3. The time of his coming which is wholly unknown to men or Angels, but it fhall be when men are involved in deepeft fe- curity,t/.3<5. fo4o. 4. The event of his coming, ac- cepting fome, rejecting others, 1/, 40, 41. 5. The duty of watchfulnefs and preparation incumbent on all by reafon of this uncertainty of Chrifts coming , ; urged by divers Arguments, v. 42. to the end. This ■watchfulnefs is urged and explained in two Parables, vi^. 1. Of ten Virgins, taking their Lamps to meet the Bridegroom, whereof five were not furnifhed with oy Ie when the Bridgroom came at midnight, and fo were fhut out : So when Chrift fhall come to be eter- nally married to his Church, in a time unexpected, all that are not furnifhed with grace fhall beexclu- Chap* 25. AccX.Ch. XXV. 1. to 14. 2. Of a man travelling to afarCoumry, and delivering feveral Talents to his fervants to Improve agtinft his return, who at his coming ewarded the diligent, punifhed the negli- gent: S6 Chrift gives gifts or Talents to all his fer- vants rhat profefshim, expecting they fhould im- prove thtm, who at his coming will reward the faithful improvers plentifully, but punifh the non- improvers feverely,f. 14. to 31. 6. The Proceed- ings of Chrift in the Iaft and univerfal judgement, where are pathetically defcribed, 1 The Judge, Chrift, ver.. 31. 2 The Parties to be judged; All flat'oas, ver. 32. 3. The manner of his Proceeding, in levering Sheep from Goats, and pronouncing of fentence, 11.32. to 46. 4. The event or excution of his fentence, ver. 46. 11. The manner of Chrift'i deathjs defcribed 1 .By the mere immediate Harbingers or Preparatories to it. 2. Bythe judicial progrejfe about it. 3. Bytheconfumma- tion of it. And in thefe Chrift exercifeth his Prieftly Office. I. The more immediate Harbingers of Chrift'i death, 1. His own Prediction of his death near at hand, Chap. XXVI. 1, 2. 2. The Confpiracy of the chief Priefts,Scribes and Elders againfl: his life, v. 3, 4, 5. 3. The womans pouring an alablafter-box of ve- ry precious ointment on his head, anointing him for his burial, v. 6. to 14. Chap. 26. 4. Judas his covenanting with the chiefPriefts for thirty pieces, to betray him, ver. 14, 15, id. 5. Chrifl's eating Y.h laft Paffeovei with his twelve Apoflles, ver- 17. to 21. A1: which i.Hc intimateth chat one of them fhould betray him; and which of them, ver. 21. to 26. 2. He inflitutcth rhe Lords Si47. 8. Judas hisbecrayir.gofhim in the garden with a Kijfe,ver. 47. to 57. II. The Judicial Progrejfe about Chrifts Death, both in their Ecdejiaftical and Civil Confiftory. 1. In their Ecdejiaftical Court, at Caiaphoi the High-P-ricfls Palace, where cortfidcr 1. The many in- juries he fuffercd,i'. 35. 3. They part his garmenrs,cafting lots.i/.35.4.They watch him.^d.s.They fet his accu- fation over his headyu. 37. 6.They crucifie two Thieve? withhim,one on each hand, v. 38. 7.Paficrs by, chief Priefts,Scribes and Elders, and the Thieves mock him v.2,9,to 45. 8.Darknefs was over all the land from the fixth to the ninth hour, ^.45. 9.Chrift cries aud com- plains to God in his Defertion, v. 46. io.One reach- eth him vinegar in a (punge to drink,i> 47.48,49. 1 1 . Jefus Cryes again, and yields up the Ghoft, ver.$o. lll.The Consequents of hk Death, viz. 1. Divers miracles upon the dead Creatures, by which the Centurion was convinced that Chrift was the Son of God, As the Vailt of the Temple rent, &c v. 51.ro 57. 2. His burial by Jojeph of Arimathea, v, 57. to 62. 3. Thefealing and watching of his Sepulchre by the Jewes, ver. 62. to the end. 4. His refureftion from the dead, 1. Declaredby an Angel to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary, Ch. XXVIII 1. to 9. 2. Confirmed to thefe women by Chap. 28. Chriftsown appearing tothem, ver. 9,10. (After which,tidings of his Refu rreftion,coming to the chief Ptiefts, they with the Elders largely bribed the Sol- diers to fay, That hit Difciples by night ftole him away while they flept, y.ii.to 16. ^.Ratified, to his Difciples by his appearing to them in Galilee,v.i6. 17. where Jefus according to his Mediatory Authority, gives Com- miffion to his Difciples to difpenfe the word and Sacra- ments to all Nations ; promifing his daily Pre fence with them to the end of the World. Amen.iw, 18, 19, 20. AN J 476 A N APPENDIX T O M A T.T H E W. VIZ. The LO%T>S Trayer. MAT. VI. ver.g.to 14. i.j.7. & 13.1s. 1 Pel.!., f. c Pf.62.S.Si f John '6. 2", 24, -6. Hc'i.i }.«S. : Pet.i.J. 5 ' Joh-5 '4 «■ [am. 5. ltf - 1 "iini. 2 I, }.' i Pf.J* 5,«. J).in J 4. 4 I S4.11. 2. 1. CO II. i Mat 6.19. in Luke 1 1.* v ! ' ar- 1 1 . Rom.8. :6, 0 Luke 1 1, p M.il 1.5. II. if. <7Prt}8.j. 6 67. M. rPf.83 18. 6 »c. .iik\ 10 1 1. 7 IT... 6 !.i-, >8. .1.1. 1 o, 1 1 . 2 Tlic },l >' om.io.i. -.",2». I int. 8 .4. Rev.j2.j0. 1 i. 8. 10 2 I. .J. £>}, 5>. Z I Tor. 1 j Pii^c it an d cjfcr/n^ a/> 0/ o«r e rfe/ue/ ro God in _ the NameiofChrift, g according to hit will, for bleffvigs upon our fetves or h others with i Confeffion of fins , <*»'8. that God doth and will forgive us. /Gen Rom.7.23. 18. /"Mat. 26.35 and 69. to the end. Pfal. 103. 14. t lech. 3. U Jude 9. «Mat. 26. 41. x 2 Cor. 12. 7, 8, 9. y 1 Cor. 10. 13. 2 Pet. 2. 9. Rom. 16. 20 z. 1 Chro. 29. 10. to 14. II. Gratulatory % i Chron. 39.10. to 14. a l)an.94> 7,8.?,i*<. Zealto tliat Praife we have afcribed unto God.^.Our ' r- '*> d Faith and afiurancc that God will accept both our dKtr.i Petitions and praifes. (This may be fang as Pfal. 100. orX. Command. ) MAT. VI. * Gr. whi in the Heavens, 9. Thus therefore pray yee. ch /"\Ur Fathe r e which in Hea v'n (thy Throne') y^JRefideft, Hallow'd be thy name 10. Thy Kingdome come.Thy will be done On earth, ev'n as in Heav'n the fame. 1 r. Give ns our daily bread this day. 23. And unto us, our debts remit : As we aIfofjrA.tr to thee pray.) Our debtors fieelyf do acquit. And us into Temptation Lead nor: But us from ill deliver. For thine is the g Dominion. And,Po\ver,and Glory, ev'n for ever. /Gr, <;o torgive. Z Or. King- doms, Amei — » MARK. T. Seft. I. Name and Penman, HE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO MARK. So denominated from Mark^xhe Penman of it, MARK, Some derive from the Hebr. p"lQ Marak a Probus. \. e. He bath ypolified, Compare • Or. 12. 8 with Hph 4. 1 1. q Ma'ffctf , SfttW'si/jHe* IIs.7f»x} «t/72< 7% &re rU7f * X.n?VTTO- flflfkt \y- fq&ipeos ,j- eA>U A Jv. H*fef.l. 3. c. I. r Enfeb. F.c- elef.Hi c-U. & !.s. c. S. Ieb. Hift.).*.e.iJ. 5>' Nicepb. HTJt.1 re eC U.i. >6. r ct.lef.Mjri U M.dcr.s hvar£c!ii!» lie-, Petti rlif< 'fiilus, Leviticus r.<:ne:e & faccrdi i. in TjU hoc fctiffitE- v ., 'i c ! n> 'i>. (in ferni- •i ,- poll Ma' ill i I'm, cui Ircini: u'. Leo, |iii volat nr a cuilai qui difcii uc }>OlTl(> immolat u: fjc-rdr S, qui irrii; it ill flitn en, qui fl.rt'ci: r.-.im : ChrU Hus eren^m A: ijuo lo- quitur, ho no nj e;i- tlo. v r 'us moriendo, Leo fur pendo A- qttila eft ofceiitlct do. H er.Pr.sf, in Hvang, fecund. Mjtc.l'om. 9- x Hier. Ca- talog.Script 1 -.'let. T< m r. ; Nice h. Hill Etcl. ). i.c.43. _4?8 mon way of maintenance among tbem. and all them an- t f.ier. Ca m ,■ 0f {fair living. To like purpofe alfo Hierom, t f * u'°r' AM».M$n8 t/;e Gol> rf wfcfc/j he had writ, he went into Egypr, and firft preaching Chrifi to Alexandria, he con- firmed a Church; He was fuch for dzlirine and con- tinencyof'life, that he compelled all the followers of Chrifi to imitate him. And Ph'tlo the skUfullefi of the Jews, feeing the firft Church of Alexandria,j« Judaic ing, as it reeve, in pfdifedfb'k Nation, wrote a Book, cj their conversation. And ,n Luke faith, Believers at Jcrufalem had all things common. So he commemorates what be faw done at Alexandria, »nww the difcipline of the Law in it felf, and to undefiand the Divine Nature in tbeflejh oj the Lord. Whofowes after Matthew, who routes as a Lien, who j'oaresas an Eagle, who learns as a man, who fttcrificeib as a Putfi, who waters as a River, who flourifljetb as a field, who is hot as wine: for Chrifi of whom he ffeakj, was a man in being bom, aCalfe in doing, a Lyon in rifmg again, an Eagle in afcending. This Mark, (as hex teftifyeth, Ja'/eci7/j the eight year /-/Nero, and was buried at Alexandria, Air anui Succeeding him. y Nicephorus faith, Marh\at Ljl returned to Alexandria, wherehedwelt with cer- tain brethren, freely preaching Chrifi. But there the idol-worfbippersfudaenlymake force againft him, binde his feet with ropes, and foin cruel manner drag him through the City. His body therefore being daftieda- fairftthe ftones, was exceeding cut, and thence blood flowed out abundantly. Tuat done, they ftut the holy man in prifon There the Lord appeareth to him, declaring to him the fut ure gh ry. But forthwith plucking him out of Prrp,n, they draw him through the ftreets moft barba- loujly. And being dragged in this fort, heat Lift com- mends his fpirit unto God. Mafter Foxe reports thus of him, Mark the Evangel ft, and firfl Bifhop ofAlexan- dria, preached the Gofpel in Egypt, and there drawn with ropes unto the fire was burned, and afterwards buriedin a place called there, Bucolus under the reign of Trajanus the Emperour. But the time, place, and manner of his death, wemuft be content to leave in fome unccrtainty,the infallible Scripture being filent herein. Sect. IT. Ti/ne ivhen , and Language ■wherein Murf^ wrote his Gofpcl. As for the Time when Marl^vtrote his Gofpel, (as hath ^ formerly been mentioned, j ti was about two years after Matthew had written his, as Writers do conceive, though it be hard pofirively to deter- mine lurein. Touch'ne the Language wherein he wrote. Some of the Papilis, ( as a li.ironius) thinks, Tliat Mark not his G lipel inGieel^but in Latine, and that the Oi iginal Copj « rcfervedat Venice, among the Reliqnes of Saint M.nb. Arfn\ Lucas bGerbard\m\\ well obferved, i. The fameArpumeMS whereby it was c formerly proved that Matthew wrote noc his Gofpcl in Hebrew, may MARK. Chap. I. convince that Afar^wrote not his Gofpel in Latin. 2. Bariomts proves not this opinion by any Author of fufficient credit. Damafens, whom heciteth, hath many things fabulous in him. g. The Copy pretend- ed to be referved at Venice, we leave among their RomiiTi Rcliques-, wherewith thev delude the Am- ple. 4. Bellarmine d himfclf (""who thinks that dMirco Mark, ffrote bit Gofpel in Latine ai Rome, yet J in- vero li- genuoufly confefleth, T))at it was turned intoGree\. brum La- by Mark_hi>r,felf and at laft concludes, Therejore tine ab ip- the whole Greek. Edition of the New Tvftament bath foMarci thi Apiftles or Evangelifts Authors thereof Let us Roma- therefore with the whole ft ream of ancient and mo- Icriptum dtrn Orthodox Authors, eminent for Piety, Learn- el. e, ac ing and Fidelity, receive and account only the dtinde ab Greek Gofpel of Mark. Authentick ; efpecially eodem when adverfaries themfelves fo far fubferibe there- Aquilcis unto. inGrx- cum lin- guam convetfum, decet Adrianus, &c. Itaque Graca edin'o f eflamenti novi univerfo Apoftolos, & Evangeliltas Authores habet. BelUrmde verb. Dei I. 2. c.7. Afl. and Mun.vol.i. !.i.p.-i-. See See*. 1 1 v S*« Stft. II en Mat. a I' iro\ :. Anpt>'.45 h Geth Cnii »lc S|t r. ' I • •'. ' 1 14. c ■ r ■' Seff. III.' Occafwn and Scope. The requeft of fome brethren »tRme, Is thought to be the Occafton of Marks writing this Gofpel. Hierome thus declares if, e Mark, the iifciple and e *>. flier. Interpreter of ^ Peter, being intreatedof the Brethren at Cat at. Rome, accordingto what he had heard Peter relate, Script, he wrote a ftmt Gofpel, which when Peter had beard Eccl.in he approved, and by bis Authority publ fl>ed it to the Marc.Tom. Church to be re ad. -AsClementwrites, lib. 6. Hypo- *• typofeoen. The fame for fubftance alfo is reported by fVid.Epipb divers/Ancient Writers. Hxref. 5 1. Scope, C As of Matthew. To evidence Th at Jefw Euf. lift, is the Chrifi, the Promtfed MeiTiah : And to describe Eccl.1.2. this Jefus Chrifi both in his life and death, in whom a~ c* 1A-> r 5» lone finners are to believe for Salvation. Now as and I. 6. c. Matthew before had done this more copioufly, So it.Nicepb Markheie doth it more compendioufly •, noting alfo Hift.Eccl. the feries and order of rhe Hillory ; and yet in fome '•a.r.Ij- 1 hings as in Chrifts Apparuion after his Refurretlion, &t'4-c &c. Mark,h more full then Matthew. 33* Sed. IV. Principal rarts. In Marias Gofpel , An Hifrorical narration of Chrifts life febap. 1. to Chap. 10. J and Death (C.h. is 1. to the end J is orderly and compendioufly laid down ; and therein how he difcharged his Pro- phetical, Prreftly, and Kingly office. CHRISTSLIFE f™>. his Publhk\ not his Private Life J i; defcribed, Partly by the Prepara- tion to ; Partlyby the Execution of his publick Mi- niftry. I. Preparation to his Publick.Miniftry, contains I. Tin Preparation oj bearers for Chrifi by the Miniftry of John Eaptift his Harbinger and forerunner, which is fee forth. i« By Title or preface to it,and the «ho!c Hiftory, the beginning of the Gofpel of Jefus Chrifi the Son of God, cb.l.ver, 1. 2. By the Prophetical Pre- r, diction of it, ver. 2,3. 5. By his Execution of it, CflaP,r' verfe 4. 5. 4. By his fingular habit and dyet, ver. 6. 5. By his fingular teftimony to Chrift, ver. 7,8- II. The Preparation of Chrifi himfclf for Preaching to his hearers, which was done. 1. By his Baptifme of John, ver. 9. 2. By the Fathers fending the fpi- and giving Tcftimony to him, whereby he wasboth qualified, and approved for his Office, ver. 10, 11. 3. By the Spirit's driving him into rhc Wildernefs to 'sc tempted of Satan, that he might vanquifh him by rhc Word, ver 12, 13. II. Execution ofchri^spub- Hck. Miniftry in his Oracles he preached, Aits and Mir a- Chap.II. to X. MARK. 479 Miracles he wrought, is declared and defcribed, as 1. Be/ore hit Ordination of bit twelve Apoftles. 2.From their Odinatioti till their fub-M'ffton, or fending forth. 5. At, and after their Miffton. I. Before Chrifts Ordination of hit twelve Apoftles, we have divers particulars of Chrifts publick Mini- ftry, as his, 1. Preaching in Galilee, ver. 14, 15. 2. Calling Simon and Andrew, James and John, ver, i5.fo 2t. 3. Teaching in the Synagogue at Caper- naum on the Sabbath day, ver. a I, 22. 4. Difpof- feffwg a man of an unclean Spirit in the Synagogue, ver. 23.ro 29. 5. Curing Simons wives Mother of a feaver, ver. 29. ro 32. 6. Healing many Difeafes, and cjfling ("out many Devils, ver. 32, 33, 34. 7. Preaching after he had prayed in a private place J in the Synagogues throughout all Galilee, ver. 35.ro 40. 8. Clenfing the Leper,i>er. 40. ro the end. 9-Cur- ingonefickofthePalfie, let down to him through Chap.2. theroofofthehoufe, Chap. II. 1. to 13. io. Cal- ling Levi. i.e. Matthew fitting at the receipt of cu- ftome, ver. 13. ro 18. U. Apology for his Difci- ples not fafting as jV.mr did, ver. 18. ro 23. 12. Ju- ftificarion ofhis Difciples art of rubbing ears of corn on the Sabbath, and eating them , ver. 23. ro the end. 13. Reftoring the mans hand on the Sabbath, that Chap,3. was withered', Chap. III. I to 6. Amplified by the confequents hereupon, viz. i.The Phari fees and Hero- flfVrtWconfpiracytokill him, ver. 6. 2. His with- drawing to Sea, ver. 7. 3. The great concourfe of People flocking after him for healing , verf. 7. to 13. II. From hit Ordaining of his twelve Apoftles till hit fending of them forth; divers other particulars of his publick Miniftry are recorded ; As his 1. Ordaining twelve Apoftles; named, ver. 13. to 20. Amplified, 1. By the flocking of the multitude afcer him/i/^. 2. By the ill conftruftion his friends made thereof, ii.21. 2. Convincing the Scribes of their unpardonable Blafpbemy againft the Holy Ghoft, becaufe they chal- lenged malicioufly to caft out Devils through Belzj- bub,v.22. ro 31. 3. Declaring the doers of his Fathers will, to be his Brother, Sifter and Mother, verfe 2.1. to the end. 4. Sermon on the Sea-fide out of a fhip, inftruft- Chap.4. ing the people in divers Parables, Ch. IV. 1. 2. viz_. 1. Of the Sower, propounded, ver. 3. ro 10. Ex- pounded to his Difciples, ver. 10. ro2i. 2. Of a Candle not under a Buftiel or Eed, but on a Candle- ftick ; thereby teaching the Difciples to impart their others, ver. 21. ro26. 3. Of Seed growing up in- fenfibly, ver. 26.ro 30. 4. Of a Grain of Muttard- feed, ver. 30, 31, 32. with divers like Parables, expounding all privately to his Difciples, verfe 5. Calming of the Tempeft at Sea, v. tf.totbe end of the chap. 6. Difpofieffing a man of a Legion of Devils per- mitting them to go into the heard of Swine, Chap. Chap.5. V. 1. ro 21. 7. Staunching the womens iffue of blood, at her touch of his Garments,as he was going to heal Jairw his daughter,!;. 21 • to 3$. 8. Railing from the dead Jairut his daughter,v. 35 to the end. 9. Preaching in his own Country, where he was Chap.6". defpifed,&c.O>.VI. 1. to 7. Ill.ylr, and after hit Miffionor fending forth of his twelve ApoSiles ; other arts of his publick miniftery are declared, As; 1 Hisfcnding forth of his twelve Difciples to preach and work Miracles, furnifhing them with power andinfirurtions, v, 7.ro 13. This is amplified; 1. By the Apoftles execution of their Commiifion with fuccefs. v. 13. 14. 2. By the great fame of Jefut, whom Herod fuppofed to be John Baptift rifen from the dead , whom he had beheaded, whereupon, tie whole ftory of Johns beheading is hereasina parenthefis inferred, verf. 15. to 30. 3. By the Apoftles return to Chrift with reports of their arts, ver. 30. 2. His feeding 5000 with 5 loaves and 2 fifties, ver. 30. to 45. 3. His walking on the Sea, v.45 to 53. 4. His coming to Genefareth, and healing their lick, v. 53. to the end. 5. His arguing againft the Pharifces Traditions, where 1. Theoccafion hereof is noted,viz. the Pha- rifees blaming the Difciples for eating with unwafhen hands, Cfoxjp.VH. v, 1,2. 2. Pharifees and J:ws chap - Tradirions are defcribed, v. 3. ro 6. 3. Their hypo- crifie and laying afidc of Gods Commandements by their Traditions, v. 6. ro 14. 4. He inftrufterh the people, and after his Difciple9, what things defile a man, v. 14.^24. 6. His difpofielfing of the daughter of the Syrophe- nician woman, v.24. ro 3 u 7. His curing the deaf man that had an impedi- ment in his fpeech, v.31. totbecrJ. 8. His miraculous feeding of 4000 with 7 loaves and a few fifties, Ch. VIII. t. to to. ch g 9. His refufing to give the Pharifees a fign, ver. io to 14. 10. His warning his Difciples of the leaven of the Pharifees, and of Herod, ver. 14.ro 22. 11. His recovering of fight to a blind man, fpit- ting on his eyes, &c.v.22.ro 27. 1 2. His prcdirtion of his own death and refurrc cli- on to his Difciples confefiing him to be the Chrift, ver. 27. to 32. Amplified. 1 By Peters rebuking him for tliat prediction, vet: 32. 2 By Chrifts ftarp reproof of Peter for it, ver, 33. 3 By his teaching the people and his Difciples, to deny themfelves, and take up their. Croffe for Chrift, ver. 34. to the end. 4 By promising to fomeftanding there, a fighc ofhis Kingdome coming with power, before they dye, [ which was partly fulfilled by the effufian of the Spirit on the day of Pentecoft, AUs 2. j Chap.IX. Chap.c. ver 1. > 13. HhTransfiguration on the Mount, before Pe- ter James and John, ver. 2.ro 1 1. 14. His inftrurting of his Difciples touching the coming of Elios,v. 11.ro 14. 15. His Cafting out their Dumb and Deaf fpi- rit which his Difciples could not caft out, ver. 14. to 30. id. His predirtion again of his Death and Refurre- 8ion, v. 30. 31,32. 17. His teaching ofhis Difciples. 1 To be humble, by the example of little children, ver. 33. to 38. 2 Not to prohibit any from doing miracles in his Name, ver. 38. to 41. 3 How dear his Difciples were to him, ver. 41. 4 What care fhould be had not to offend the little ones that believe in him, v.42* $. How they fhould refiftthofe corruptions, that are occafioned by, oraftedin, orasdearas their hand foot or eye, v. 42. to 49. 6. How every one, that he may be a fit Sacrifice to God, muft be feafoned with fire and fait, v. 49. 7. How the Difciples, and in them the Minifters of the Gofpel, are to have fait in themfelves, and peace one with another, ver. 50. CHRISTS DEATH it defcribed, 1 By the an- tecedents. 2 By the manner. 3 By the confequents thereof. I. Tiie Antecedents of Chrifts Death, may be confider- ed, as 1 Before, 2 At, 3 After hit coming to Je- rufalem. I. Before Chrifts coming to Jerufalem, in his jour- ney thither, He I. Argueth againft the Pharifees touching Divorce, Ch. X. 1. to 13. II. Gives leave _. to Jittle children to be brought to him, andblefieth L1|ap. Ij. them, v. 1 3, to 17. Ill, Inftrurteth the young man, how to attain eternal life, ver. 17. ro 22. which is am- plified^ By his fad departure thereupon from Chrift, ver. 22 2 By Chrifts inference hence; how hard it is for rich men to be faved, verf. 23. to 28. 3 By 480 MARK. Chap. XI. toXVi Chap. 11. Chap. 12 Chap. Chap. 14 5. By Chrifh Protnifeto them chat forfake all for him, as the Apoflles did, v. 28. to 3 2. IV. Foretels again his death and refurre&ion at Jerufalem, ver. 32>33>34- V. Bids James and John, defirous co fit one at his right hand, the other at his left in his glo- ry, rather toprepareforcroITes andaffliftions with him; and the Apoftles not to feek preheminence, but to ferve one another, ver. 35.ro &£. VI. Gives iight to blind Bartimem,ver .46. to the end. II. At Chriji coming to Jerufalem, 1 He rides into theCity uponaColt, with the peoples acclamati- ons and Hrfanna's, Ch. XI. 1. to 11. 2. He views the Temple( and after departs to Beth ante, ver. I. III. Aft er Chriji s coming to Jerufalem,Hc 1. Curfeth thefruitleffe fig-tree going from Betha- nie to Jerufalem, ver. 12.ro 15. 2. Purgeth the Temple of the Prophanations thereof, ver. 15. to 20. 5. Promifes Tupon Peters obferving of the fig- tree which Chrifl curfed)great things to faith, Extra- ordinary in MiracIes,Ordinary in Prayer,^. 20. to 27. 4. Jurtifieththeauthorityof hisa&ions, by John Baptifts Teflimony, ver. 27. to the end of the Chapter. 5- Fortelleth ("under the Parable of a Vineyard let out to unthankful husbandmen J the deftruftion of thejews,efpecially of their teachers, and the con- version of the Gentiles, Ch. XII. I. to 12. Amplifi- ed by the event, vi^. I. The Chief Priefb, &c. feek- ingto lay hold on him, ver. 12. II. Their diversat- tempts to catch him in his words,n/^.i.By the Pha- fifees and Herodians queftion about paying Tribute to Ctfar ,v.\-$.to i8-2.By the Sadduces queflion touch- ing the Refurrcftion, 1^.18. ro 28. 3. By the Scribes queflion about the firft Commandment, v.2%. to 35. III. Chrifls queftion, howChrift could be thefon of David,ver. 35, 2,6 , 37. 6. Warnerli hishearersof the pride, avarice and hypocryfie of the Pfiarifees.i>, 38, 39,40. 7.Commendcth the poor Widow for her carting her two mites into the Treafury,-y.4i. to the end. 8. Prophecieth, i. Of the deftruftion of the Tem- 13, pie, Ch. XIII. 1,2. 2. Of the grievous calamities which flail precede, ver, 3.^14. 3. Of the griev- ous ilege and deftruftion of Jerufalem, v 14.^24. 4. Of rhe Lords coming to the general judgement of the World, v. 24. to 32. amplified by an exhortation toconftant watchfulnefs, and preparednefs for his coming, and this is urged by many arguments^/-. 3 -'• to the end. II. The manner of Chriji death is fet forth. 1. By the more immediate harbingers of it. 2. By the pro- ceedings to it. 2. By the canfummation of it. 1. The wore immediate harbingers of Chrifis death. were 1 The confpiracy of the Chief Pricfh and Scribes againft his life, Ch. XIV. i, 2. 2. The wo- mans pouring upon his head an Alabafter box full of precious ointment, aforehand anointing his body to the burying, ver. 3.7010. 3. The engagement of Judas for mony to betray Chrift to them, ver. 10, it. 4. The Celebration of his lafl Pallcovcr with the twelve, ver. 12 to 18. Amplified 1. Partly, by Chrifls foretelling them at Supper, that one of them fhoild betray him, ver. 18. to 22. Partly, by Chrifls Inflitution of his Supper, as they were eating, ver. 22.ro 26. 3. Partly, by the clofe of all with a hymn, v. 26. 5. Chrifls foretelling them how they all fhouH be offended becaufe of him chit night, and particularly forwarning Peter of his three-fold deny- alof him, v. 27.1-) 32 6. Chrifls Prayer in the Garden ofGethfem.ine, that if poffi >le the bitter Cup might pifs from him, yet fubmuting co his fathers will, ver. 32 to 43. 7. Jain his betraying him pre- fently thereupon with a Kifs, ver. 43. to 47. II. The Jews proceeding in order to CtUift death, vi^. I. Tiiey apprehend him, ver. 45. to 53. II. They accufe and condemn him before the high Priefl for Blafphemy,becaufe he faid he was the fon of Go J, ver. 53. to 66. T'oiiit amplified, by Peters three-fold denyal of Chriji in the high Priefts Palace, as Chrifl foretold him, ver.66. to the end of the chapter. III. They deliver him bound to Pilate, Ch. XV. i.where Chap. 15. Chrifl is. 1 Examined, ver. 2. 2. Accufed by the chief Prieftsyiw. 3. to 6. 3. Rejected by the people, and Barabbas a mutherer preferred before him, v. 6. to 15. 4. Scourged and delivered by Pilate, at the mportunare clamour of the people, to be crucified, v. i5.IV.TheSouIdiers afcer his condemnation great- ly abufe him in the Hall called Pr-ttorium, ver. 16. to 20. V. They lead him out to be crucified, compel- ling Simon to bear his Crofle after him, v. 21, 22. III. The canfummation of hit death in Golgotha, de- fcribed in many particulars; As 1 They give him wine mingled with myrrhe, ver. 22,23. 2« They crucifie him at the third hour, parting his garments, caftinglots, putting the fuperfcription of h'naccu- fationover hishead,and crucifying two theeves with him, ver. 24.ro 29. 3. By-ftanders and the Chief Priefts mock him, ver. 29.7033. 4* Darknefs was over all the land, from the fixth to the ninth hour, v, 33. 5. Chrifl cryes out to his father in his Defer-, tion on the Crofs, whereat (Tome thinking he cal- led for Elias") one gives him vinegar in a fpunge, to drink, v. 34. to 37. 6. Chriji crying again with a loud voice, yeilds up theghofi, v. 37. the veileof the Tem- dle rending, the Centurion confeffmg him to be the' Son of God, and the women that miniftred to him looking on afar off, ver. 38. to 42. IV. The conjequents of Chrifls death, vi^. I. His bodies Burial by Jofeph of Arimathea, ver. 42. to the end. II. His Refurreclhn, declared by an Angel to three Women coming to the Sepulcher when the Sabbath was paft, Ch. XVI. i.fo 9. III. His Appari- dlap. t$m tion after his refurrcftion ; 1. To Mary Magdalen, v. 9, 10, 1 1. 2. Then to two going into the Country, v. 12. 13. 3. Afterwards to the Eleven, 1 Upbraid- ing them for their unbelief and hardnefs of heart, v. 14. 2. Giving them general CommiiTion todifpenfe the Word and Sacraments to all the world, with divers promifes annexed, ver. I5.r0 19. IV. His afcenfion into Heaven, v. 19. V. His Seffion at Gods right hand, ver. 19. VI. His Cooperation with, and Confrmatitn of his Apoflles miniflry, ver. 20. LUKE. 48 1 LUKE. Sedc. I. Name and Tcnman, T He Gofpel according to Luke | This Book is fo denominated from Luke, Penman of it. Luke, fome a account an Hebrew name a lien. Dpi / Loleam, which fignifies To-bim-the- Alfted. RejurreMon, vif. To him the Refurreftion of Chrift Pracog. was made known,perhaps from the opinion of b The- Jheol.l.2.c ophylatl; who thinks Luke was one of the feventy 125- Difciples, and that Chrift afcer his Refurreftion, b Hifi.Ec- firffc appeared to Luke and Cleophat. But this is lefs clef.Magd. probable, i. Becaufe Luke himfelf intimates that he Cent. Ul. 2. wrote this Hiftory of Chrift according as things we* c.io. deliveredby them c which from the beginning were eye- c Luke l. witneffes and M'-nifters of the Word, &c. 2. Becaufe 1,2,3. Chrift ^firft appeared co Mary Magdalene after his <^Mar. i<$. Refurreftion-, afterwards to the two Difciples. And 9, 12. Ambrofe faith it was one Ammaon, that was with e Hifi.Ec- Cleophas, but that is e uncertain. Hierome taking clef, Magd. Luke for an Hebrew name, interprets it,f He-rifing ; quofupra. Becaufe Luke rifingup, if daily increafed, awd makes f 'Lucas ,?/>/<-' Progrefs, while]} the world it filled with hit Oofpel ; and confurgam. beat often encreafeth, at being heard and read he edi' Qui per fe fyeth. But others take Luke or Lucas to be original- ipfe confur- ly a Latine name, the fame with Lucius : both deri- gens quoti- ved (a Luce Oriente,i.e.J frorn the rifing light, or dieaugea- morning light. Thefe names being ufually impofed tur, pro- on them that were born in the morning about Sun- ceffufque rifin?: but enough of this name, habear, Who Luke was, is more confiderable. For his dum ejus Country he hg thought tobe of Antioch in Syria,both Evangelio by Hierome, Eufebiut and others. For his Parents, orbisim- probably they were honeft and prudent, Lukebciag pletur : & fo brought up by them in literature. For his parti- totiescre- cular calling, he was a Phyfkian. h Luke the belov- fcit,quc- edPhyfidan, of whomi Hierome elegantly; Luke the ties audi- Phyfician , wh) f having hit Oofpel and the Alls of tus & Je- the Affiles to the Churches ,J as the Apoflles of Fibers Aus aedifi- ofF'/jbes,were made Fibers ofmen,ofa Phyfician of bo- at. Rier. dies turned Poyfiti an of fouls, Of whom alfo in another Coman place J have fent with him the brother, whofe praife Philem.v. is in the Gofpel throughout all theChurches -.whofe ult.Tom. 9. Book, fo °ften & '* bread in tbeChurches;fo often hit Phy- g Hieron. it continued and imparted to them. As Paul followed catalog.de his Tent -making, fo Luke followed his employment Script. Ec- of Phyfick, even afcer admiffion Fo the publick mi- ckf.Tom.i. niftry,that the Churches might not be burdened, Eufeb. nor any advantage taken againft their Miniftryby Hi ft. Eccle. falfe Apoftles and Seducers. By k.Nicephorui , he is 1.7, c.4. fuppofed to be alfo an excellent Painter or Limner, hCol.4.14 and that he drew in colours the Pictures of Cbriii, /EtLucam Mary, Peter, Paul, and other Difciples. But Medicum, more ancient Hiftories fpeak nothing hereof ; and qui Evan- perhaps the 1 Art of Painting it afribedto him, and gelium Si the drawing of thife pittures,(as the Centuriators ob- Aftus Apoftolorum Ecclefiis derelinquens, quo modo Apoftolide Pi- fcacoribus Pifcium, Pifcacores hominum fafti func : ita de medi- co corporum, in medicum verfus eftanimarum: dequo & in alio loco : Mifi. inquit, cum iUofiatrem cu)us law eft in Evangelio per omnes Eccle fiat, cujus liber quoriefcunque leqicur in Ecclefiis, tociesejusmedicina nonceffar, Hieronym.Cim.in Philem.v. ult. Tom.ci. k Niceph. Hift.Ecclef. lib.S.c. 16.& I. 1 5. c. 14.& /. 2.C.43. 1 HiS.Ecdef. Magdenb.cen.\.l.2.c.i5. fcrve ,_) becaufe he doth fo accurately and to the life de' fcribe the Virgin Mary, and Jefus Chrift in bit Birth, Life and Death, in hit Oofpel; at alfo the Apoflles, espe- cially Peter and Paul in the Alls, as if they had been reprefented to our very eyes. Luke in all likelihood was a good Scholar, otherwife he could not have been a Phyfitian, which neceffarily prc-requires fome competent kuovvledge in Natural Philofophy. That he wasmoft skilful in the Greek Tongue, not onely m Hierome teftifies, but alfo his very Language and. Stile clearly cvfdencech-, whereupon faich nCaufa- bon, It U kpown to the Learned, that Luke obferved a more pure Hellenifme, than the reft of the Evangelifti. For hit fpirituaU ; He is 0 thought to be convert- ed by the Apoftle Pd«/ at Thebes, where became to him, aud was added to Chrift, but whence Nice- phmtt had this information is uncertain. This is certain, p he was a faithful and ccnflanc- con pinion; of the Apoftle Paul, who forfook him not, though in bonds at Rome, and that when others left him. He was moftdear to Paul, who ftiles him q Luke the beloved Phyfitian, and he elfe- where ranks him among his r Fellow-labourers in the Gofpel. Whereupon Iren&ut fairh, f Luke wot an ivfeparable Companion o/Paul, and hit Fellow-labourer in the Gofpel. And t fome of the Antients think,that Luke is intended by that brother, whofe praije it in the Gofpel, throughout all the Churches, 2 Cor. 8. 18. Though Chryjoftome thinks it was Barnabas, to whom u Calvin fubfcribes. Thus Tertullian fpeaks of him x Lu\e, not an Apoftle, but an Apoftolical man; not the Mafler, but the Difciple lefs than the Mafter, certain- ly fo much after, at he it the follower of Paul an after- Apoftle. Thus Hierome defcribes and commends him, y Luke the Phyfician of Antioch, at hit writings de- clare, not ignorant of the Greek, tongue, the follower of the Apoftle Paul, and Companion of all bit travel. He wrote the Gofpel, of which the fame Pau\ [aitb: We have fent with him the brother, whofe Praife is in the Gofpel throughout all the Churches. And to the Colojjians, Luke the beloved Phyfitian falutesyou.* And to Timothy ; Onely, Luke is wich me. He pu- blifhed alfo another excellent volume, entituledTH E ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, which Hi fto- fttry comes even to Pauls twoyears abode at Rome, viz. Tothe fourth year of Nero, whence we underftandthat Bookjwas compofed in that City. Some fuppofe as oft as Paul faith in bit Epiftles, (according to my Gof- pel,j he understands it of Lukes Volume: and that Luke learned not his Gofpel onely of the Apoftle Paul, who was not with Chrift in the fiefl), but alfo of the other A- poftles, which in the beginning of his Bookjie Declares, faying, As they delivered unto us, whofrom the be- ginning were eye-witneffes and Minifters of the Word.Tberfore he wrote theGofpel as he beard,but com- pofed the Alls of the Apoftles ashefaw.Uccxerc'tfed his Miniftry fjas Pauls fellovv-labourerjin ^ all thefe places, where he travelled with Paul, both in his journey from a Philippi, ^ City of Macedonia to J e- rufalem,znci in his travels from b Jerufdem to Rome ; in the former whereof Paul was ar liberty, in the lacrer in bonds. After Pauls deceafe, as c Epipba- nittt thinks, he preached the Gofpel, net only in Macedonia and Italy,b\xt alfo in Dalmatia and France His death is varioully reported- d Dtfoth&Ht thinks he died at Epbefus. Hierome fait h , e He lived eighty 0 ggggg four m Hiero. Com.in Ifa. 6.Tom.$. nCaufab. Exerc.2.c.l o Niceph. Hift.l.2.c. 43- p 2 Tinj.4. io,ir. ^Col.4.14. >• Phil.24. fLen.adv. Haref. I. 3. c. 14. t Hieron. Com. in Philem. v. ult.Tom. 9. « Calv. Com.in loc.&Pff- cat.in loc. x Porro Lucas non Apoftolus, fed Apo- ftolicus; non Ma- gifter, fed Difcipulus utique Ma- gi ft ro mi- nor,certe tantopo- fterior, quantopo- fterioris Apoftoli Seftator, Pauli fine dubio,&e. Tenul adv. Mar don. I. 4.C. 2. y Hieron. Catalog. Script.Ec- clef.Tom.u ^ Mentiond in Acts. 1 6y Sec a Afts 2-). 6'<&2l.\t,. £ Acts 27. 1.&28.16. ch'ifl.Ec- chf.Magd. Cent. 1.L2. c. 10. dHen.M- >rxcog Tlicr-I 1.1. c. 'M. fHier.c. ital. strp;.H.c. c'ef. [ o.r. i. 4 82 L V K E. f Nice ph. Hift. Eccl. * r Fides fit penes Author cm) £ Bier, adver;. Vigilant'/- um, Tom.2. b 2 Cor. 8. 18. i Vid. Hift Eccl. Magdeno. Cent. I. 2, c. io. k_Hier. Proxm. in Com. fuper Mitt. Tom. 9- / D.Pareui in Proxm, in Mattb. Sett. 2. m Nicepb. Hift. Eccl. 1.2 e.43. nCom^are Luke 1. 3, 4. with Acts I. !. 0 Luke 1. 1 ,2. p Eufeb. H'tft. Eccl. L 3. c. 18. (jLulci. 3,4- jour years, having n« W//e, was buried at Conftanti- nople, to which City in the twentieth year oj Conftan- tius bit bones with the Reliques oj Andrew the Apoftle, were tranflated from Achaia. Nicepborut reports of hiin ; / To at having been before with Paul at Rome, he returned into Greece", illuminating many with the Light oj divine Dotlrine and Knowledge, and at laft by the Contemners ojGods Word being hanged on a jruitjul Olive-tree, becaujc they wanted dry woodto make a Gibbet oj, be commended bit jfirit unto God, having lived, C as ufaid,~) eigbtyyears ; * where bit body was among many other Monuments buried, it ffiewed by the , Prayers of the jaithjull. For Godjent downjrom Hea- ven wholejome eye-jalve upon hit Monument, in token ( I thinly J oj his cure andhealing; whence bit Sepul- chre was known of all the faithful. Hierome faith, That gConji amine tranflated the Reliqaesoj Andrew, Luke and Timothy to Conltantinoplc, at which the Devils roare, <&c. Thus even in thofe times they began to deal fuperftitioufly with the Saints dead bodies. Eut enough of the Defcription of L-ukj the Penman. Seel. II. Time when Luke wrote.* Luke penned two excellent Books, vi^. The Hi- ftory of Chi ill in the Gojpel ; and the Hiftory of the Primitive Church cf Chrift in the Ails of the Apoftles. The Afts he penned probably as he was with Saul at Rome, in bonds, for that Hiftory is thought to have penned before ; viz.- whileft he accompanied Paul at liberty, travelling and preaching in Macedonia and Afia. For in the h iccond Epiftle to the Corinthians he makes mention ( as iClaflick Doctors think J of Lukes Gofpel. h Hierome faith, He wrote hit Gofpelin in the parts oj Achaia and Bceotia. And / Parens noccth out of Theophylall, f and faith it is the com- mon opinion of Fathers and Hifioriaus, )That Mat- thew wrote in the ninth year after Cbrifts Afcenfion, bUsk two years /i/w, Lukein the fifteenth year, and John in the thirty fecondyear •■, which opinion in a thing fo indifferent we may follow, till we can meet with jome- thing more certain. Seer. III. Occahon, Scope and Excellen- cy of 'the Hiftory. Oecafton of his writing, both his Gofpel ani the Acts, m Some fay was the appointment of Paul; ihatsdoubtfull. Probably the requeft of Tbeopbilut C fuppofed to be fome eminent Senator, ) to whom he n directs both his Gofpel and the Alls. Though fome take this name Tbeopbilut for any godly man, Lover oj God, Luke himfelf clearly fets down one 0 oc- cafion, vi\. The unfuccefsful attempts of many who wrote falie Gofpcls. ' Whereupon faith p Eufebius, c Luke in the beginning ofhis Gofpel propouuds the ' Caufe,why he fet upon the coir piling of it : to wic, ' becaufe manyothcr had imprudently and inconfide- ' rately atrempted a Declaration of thofe things, of ' the truth whercoihc had perfect knowledge; and 'as it were compelled thereunto by ncccfiity, he 'withdrawes ustrom opinions which among others ' were doubtful and controverted ; manifestly deli- « vering in his Gofpel, a certain and fure explanation ' of thofe things the truth whereof he had abundant- ♦ ly undcrllood, partly by his familiarity and cuftomc 'with;'.;.//, partly by his frequent Conference with ' the reft of the Apollles. Scope of this Hiftory, f hefidesthe general aim of all the Evangelifh formerly intimated from John 20. al. Stake as Iblloweth. Luke fecms particularly to ir.tcr.d the fi'pply of what others had omitted; and to record thinks q fronj the vervfirft, and that me- thodically in order ; that Tbeopbilut might know the certainty of things wherein he had been instructed. Chap. I. Nor is it to be neglected, which fome fay, w%. rrD'tcd. That Lukefeems to have compiled tbit Evangelical Hi- Argument, jtoryfor the ufe of the Gentile-Churches, for whofe uje of Luke, the Apolile, (vi\. Paul whom he flil! accompanied, ) was-efpeciaity appointed: having to tbat end indited it tn a ftile, which retainetb the character and property of tbepure GreekjTongue, morethenthe reiiofthe Evangs- lijls. The Execllency of this Gofpel therefore ("4 s it is im- plyed in all the Promifes J is very remarkable. For !• The Penman Luke was not onelyvery learned, but fingularly pious, a great lover of Paul, whom he conftantly accompanied not onely in his Profperity, but in his greatest adverfity, in bonds and prifon at Rome, till the laft; and in the midft of all the fhow. ers of Perfection that fell upon Paul, it is fcarce probable but that fome drops fell upon Luke his dear AfTociate. 2. The Language of Luke is more compleac accurate and eftgant, thetiofthe reft. Lw^ewasan expert Grecian. 2. The Gojpel of Luke hath been moil anciently received by the Church as Authen- tique,and indited by the holy Ghoft, and never con- tradicted, yea hath bin had in lingular eftimation. 4. But efpecially this Gofpel of Luke furpaffeth, (" as //Things Jren&ut and divers other t Writers have well obfer- Recorded vedJ Partly in the many praticular Hiflories and by Lulg, notable Circumftances therein fupplied, which none which are of the other Evangelifts have recorded, nor fhould not found we ever have known them without Lukes Gofpel. in the Partly in the continuation of the Story of Chrifts other Refurireftion and Afcenfion, and the State of the Eva"ge- Primirive Church for many years after, in the times lifts- of the ^potties; and this in the Afls of the ApoSlles lren&ut written alio by him. hirnfclf thus reckons up, ('"to which many more might be added. J Many and necejjary things ojthe Gofpel we have kvown by Lu ke ; As John Baptifls Generation ; The Hiftory of Zacharias ; The Angels coming to Mary ; Elizabeths Exclamation ; The Angds descending to the fl>epherds and the things ff>ok?n by them ; The Telhmonyof Anna WSimeon touching Chrift: Hit being left at Jerufalem be- ing twelve years old, &c. Irenacus adverf. Ha'ref. 1-. 3. c. 14. where the Reader may fee many more particulars enumerated rS.ee alfo Lukes additions enumerated by the Madenburg. Cenruriators. Cent. I. /. 2. c, 10. but efpecially by Pifcatorin Pr&- fat. in Luc. in quarto, who hath notably gleaned them up out of Lukes whole Gofpel. 1 Seel. IV. Principal Tarts. In Lukes accurate Evangelical Hiftory, we are to confider, 1. The Prejace, 2. The body of the Hi- jhry. i. THE PREFACE to the whole Hiftory, 1. De- Jcribingthe caufesof Lukes writing, vif. I. Impul- five, the falfe or unfaithful attempts of many, not acted by the Spirit of God in writing, whofe errours were to be corrected by a true Narration. 2. Final, that Tbeopbilut might know the certainty of things believed. 11. 'Commending this enfuing Hiftory from 1. The truth of it, delivered by them that were eye- wit neffes and mini ft ers ojthe Word. 2. The method of it; in Order. %. The perfeltion of it, having had per- fect undemanding of all things from the very ftrft,all this in Ch. I. ver. i.to $. II. ThcBODY,orSUBSTANCE OF THE HISTORY itfelf, which principally containsa Narration of Chrifts, Birth, 2. Lije.und^. Death. CHRISTS BIRTH is defcribedby the I. Antece- dents, 2. Manner, and^.Confequents thereof.^ I. The Antecedents, or things going bejore Chrifts Birth, were 1. The conception of John Baptift ; 2. The conception of Jefut Cbriil. 3. The Birth oj John Baptift. 1. The conception of John Baptift Chrifts fore- run- ner, andfirft puhlick wirnefs. Where not, 1 The time when this came to pafs, in thedayesof/AW. King Chap. H. III. L V K E. 483 Chap. 2. Klngoijudea, ver.$. 2. His Parents of whom he defcended, ver. 5,5,7. 3. The promifc of John's Birth and Office, by an Angel appearing to Zacha- riah in rhe Templets he was in his Order executing the Prierts Office,and burning incenfe,which promife was confirmed by a fign, vi%. Zacbarlas his dumb- nek,v.8.to 24. 4. The conception of it felf,v.:4,25. 2. The Conception 0/ JESUS CHRIST himfelf. Where art described, The Antecedents, The Conception i t fclf, fy the conjequent events- l.Toe Antecedents,corm'med in the Angels promife of his conception, vi^- i.Timc when, in the fixth moneth after John Baptifts con- ception, v. 26. 2. Place where, in Nazareth a City of Galilee, ver. 26. 3. TheMeffenger revealing theft tidings from God, the Angel Gabriel, ver. 26. 4. The Perfonto whom he was fent, to the Virgin Mary, ver/t2j. 5. The conference betwixt the Angel and the Virgin Mary, containing the Angels, 1. Saluta- tion of her, ver. 28, 29. 2. Promife of conception to her, foretelling the Name and Office of her Son that fhall be conceived, ver. 30. to 34. 3. Inftrtiftion of her about the polfiSility of her Conception, ver. 34. To 38. II. The miraculous conception it felf, as Mary affented to the promife, ver. 38. III. The confequent thereupon, vi^. Marys going fpeedily to vifit her co- fen Elizabeth mother of John B-tptift, which is de- scribed 1. ByM,ir/escoming\o Elizabeth and faluc- ing her, ver. 39, 1040. 2. By the effefts of Maries prefence and falutation upon Elizabeth, vi^. 1. Her babes leaping in her womb, 2. Her own Prophecy- ing, wherein fhe congratulates Maries happinefs, and confirms her faith in the Angels promifes, ver. 41 . to 46. 3. By Maries Heavenly exultation and joyful thanks- giving to God for his great mercies to her felf, to Eli- zabeth, and xolftaeUver. 46, to 56. 4. By the time of Maries abode with Elizabeth, ver. $6. 3. The birth of John Baptiftti defcribed, 1. By the time thereof, vi^. at Elizabeths full time, ver. 57. 2. By her friends congratulation at Gods great mercy toher therein, ver. 58. 3. By the circumcifion of the child the eighth day, ver. 59. 4. By the impo- sition of the name, not Zacharias but John v. 59.ro 64 5. By the removal of Zacharias, dumbnefs hereup- on, ver.64. 6 By the fear and wonder that pof- feffedall roundabout heating thefe things, ver. 6$, 66. 7 By Zacharias his admirable Prophecy both touching Chrift and John Baptift, and the Offices of them both,!/. 67.ro 80. 8 By John's education and growth both in body and fpirit, till the time of his publick miniftery, ver. 80. II. The manner ofChrifls Birth, is fet forth 1 By the Time, viz. when AuguftufC&far fent out his decree to tax rhe Roman Empire, Cyrenlw being Gover- nour of Syria, Cb.U.ver.i. 2 By the place, viz. Bethlehem the City of David, and the occafion which drew Jofeph and Mary from Nazareth to Bethlehem, at that time, viz. the taxing of all in their own ci- ty, ver. 2. ro 7. 3. By the meannefs of his Birth. 1 Wrapped in fwadling- cloaths. 2. Laid in a Man- ger. 3.N0 room for him in the Inne, v. 7. III. The Confequent s upon Chrifts birth, viz. x The Publication or Manifeftatinn of hti Birth, 1 By one Angel to the Shepherds by Night, Declaring both Time and Place of his Birth, and Confirming the fame wirh a Sign, ver. 8. to 1 3. 2 By many Angels together in their triumphant Hymnc, ver. 13, 14, \6. 3 By the Shepherds having been ear-witnefTes of of the Angels Tidings ; and by Eye-witnefTes of Chrift New-born .v. 1 5. to 2 1. 2 The circumcifion of Chrifl the eighth day, be- ing named JESVS, ver. 21. 3. The Prej'entation of Chrifl in the Temple by hit Pa- renrj, defcribed, 1. By the time when, viz. Maries dayes of Purification being accompliflied, ver. 22. 2. By the reafon why he was prefentcd ; to fulfill the Law, ver. 22, 23, 24. 3. By Simeons Prophecy touching Chrift, taking him up in his Armes, with 2 ravifhed heart in the Temple, ver. 25. to 36. 4. By the Prophecy of Anna the Tropheteffc touching II. Chrift at the fame time, ver. 35. 37,38. 5. By his Parents return after this folemi.ity to Nazareth, ver. 39. 4. The growth of Chfi ft, both in body and fpirfr, ver. 40. 5. Chrifts conferring and queftioning with the Dollars in the Temple at i2.years old,bc\ng left therethrough his Parents negleft at the Feaft of the Pafsqver, therein giving a fpecimen of his Prophetick Office, v. 41. to the end of the cb. Hitherto oj Chrifts Birth, the Antecedents, Manner and Confequent s thereof. CHRISTS LIFE, which was fpent in his Publique Minijhy, isdefcribed, lPattly, by the Prepararion for ; 2 Partly, by the execution of his publique Mi- niftry therein. I. The preparation for Chrifts publique Miniftry, was 1. By the Miniftery of John Baptift hit forerunner, Preparing the people to be Chrifts hearers-, where note, 1 When John b?gan his Miniftry, viz. in the 15 year of Tyber'ms Cafar, . XII. 1. 2. He encourages them to preach the Word boldly, notwithftandingall danger of Perfecutions forfo doing, and this by many Arguments, ver.- 2. fo 13. 10. His Sermon occafioned by the mans requeft to Chrift, to fpeak to his brother to divide the inheri- tance, ver. 1 3. wherein I. Herefufeth that employ- ment, ver. 14. II. He diffwarles his hearers from Covetoufnefs, fhewing the vanity of Riches without Grace, ver. 15. to 22. III. He teacheth his Difciples, 1. To avoid carking and foll'citude about food and rayment, and to feck Gods Kingdome firft,ver. 22. to 33. 2. To give Almes, ver. 33,34- 3 To be vigi- lant and diligent in their Callings, till their Lords coming, ver- 34. to 41. 4. To difpenfe the Word of God, faithfully, wifely, diligently, till his coming: which is urged by divers Arguments touched in the Parable of a Steward, ver. 41. 1*049. 5- Toexpeft the fire of Perfecutions afrer his departure, which fire is already kindled, ver. 49. ro 54. IV. Heinftrufte'h the people, 1 Todifcern the prefentfeafon of Grace ver. 54. ro 58. 2. To agree quickly with their Ad- verfary, and not to petfifl in an ill caufe, verfe 58, 59- 11. His Sermon occafioned by fome who told him L V K E. 485 of the Galileans, whofe blond Pilate mingled with their Sacrifices, Ch. XIH. I. wherein 1. He exhorts them Chap. 13. by Gods judgements to repent, ver. 2. to 6. 2. He warns them ro bring forth Gofpcl-fruir, by a para- ble of the Fruitlefs Figtree, v. 6.to 10. 12. His curing the crooked woman of her eigh- teen years infirmity, on the Sabbath day, in one of their Synagogues, and his defence ofthisacta- gainft tile Ruler of the Synagogue , verfe id. to 18. 13. His comparing the Kingdome of God ; 1. To a grain of Muflard feed, v. 18. 19. 2. To Leaven, v. 20,21. 14. His preaching as he journeyed on towards Jerufalem, ver. 22. 1. Exhorting to enter in at the ftrait gate, rather than curioufly to enquire howmany fhallbe faved, ver. 23.ro 31. 2. Anfwe- ring the Pharifees, telling him that Herod would kill him, that he lied not from Galilee, from Herods cruelty, but rather went to Jerujalem that he mighc fuffcr, upbraiding Jerufalem for her cruelty, v. 31. to the end. 1 5. His eating bread on a Sabbath day with one of the chief Pharifees, Chap. XIV. 1. where I . He heal- Qfow 14 ed a man of the Dropfie, ver. i.fo7. 2. He teach- eth the invited Guells Humility, v. 7. to 12. 3. He teacheth the Pharifee to feaft the poor and impo- tent rather than the rich, ver. 12. to 15. 4. Upon the Speech of one that fate at meat, vi^. Bkffedii he that ftjall eat bread in the Kingdome of God; He fhewed under the Parable of a Great Supper, that God invites many by the miniftry of his Gofpel, to fpiritual and eternal Communion with him, who yet upon vain pretences refufetocome in : and not- withftanding, he will furnifli himfelf with Guefts, e- ven ofthe moft defpicable among the Jews, and of the miferable Gentiles, v. 15. to 25. 16. His intruding ofthe multitude following him, 1. To deny themfelvcs, ver. 25, 26. 2. To b°ar their Croffe and follow Chrift, cafting up what Chriftianity will coft them, like a man building a Tower and a King going to war, ver. 27* to 34. 3. To retain the Salt of grace in themfelves,Ieft they be ufeleffe, v. 34,35. i7.HisSermon to the Publicans and finners, Ch. XV. 1,2. wherein he declares what joy there is Chap. 15. in heaven, at the conversion of one (inner, and how ready God is to receive them, and this in three pa- thetick Parables, 1. Of the man rejoycingat finding of his Loft flieep, v. 3. to 8. 2. Of the woman re- joycingat finding of her Loft groat, ver. 8. to 11. 3. Of the father rejoycing at the finding ofhisioyf Son, ver. 11. to the end of the chap. 1 8. His Sermon to his Difciples, wherein note I. His Doctrine, exhorting them 1. Under the Parable ofthe Vnjuft Steward dealing wifely to mak© them- felves friends for eternity with the unrighteous Mam- mon, Ch.XWl. i.to 10. 2.T0 be faithful in employing of thefe Temporals, ver. 10. to 13. 3. To avoid worldltnefle, ver. 13. II. The Event hereof, the covetous Pharifees derided him, ver. 14. III. His direSing hit ffeech hereupon to the Pharifees, I, Re- proving them for their abominable pride and hypo- crifie, ver. 15. 2. Shewing 1 The Efficacy ofthe Gofpel from John Baptifts time, which they defpi- fed, 2 The permanent Authority ofthe Law, which they violated, as in the particular of Divorce, v.i6, 17, 18. 3 Declaring under the Parable or Hiftory, or rather Parabolical Hiftory of the Rich man, and Lazarus, that in the life to come the godly-poor ftiall be moft happy,when the gracelefie rich fhall be moft remedileffely miferable ; and that warnings from the dead will not bring men to faith and repen- tance, if the WordofGoddonot,ver. jcf.totheend. IV. His turning hit (p;ech again to his Difciples, i.Di[~ fwading them from offending the little ones, Chap. XVII. 1,2. 2. Exhorting them to reprove and for- €hap. give one another, ver.3, 4. 3. Shewing the force of faith, verfe 5, 5. 4. Declaring how we are debt- H h h h h h bound. Chap. 1 6. 486 L V K E. Chap.XVIII. ^XXIV bound to God, and not God to us at all, verfe 7. to II. 19. His cleanfing ten Leapers as he entred into a Villape, palfing through the midft of Samaria and Galilee to Jerufakm, ver. 11.ro 20. 20. His Doftrine upon feveral occafions . 1. Show- ing the Pharifees that Gods Kingdome comes not withobfervation, but is within, ver 20.21. 2. In- ftrucling his Difciples of the coming of the Son of man, when the world fhall be in deepeft fecurity, v. 22. tithe en J. 3. Encouraging the Elect: b> the Parable of the Vn)uft judge, and theWtdorc, alwayes Chap.18. to pray and not to faint, Chap. XVIII. 1. ro 9. 4.E- videncingin the Parable o( the Pbarifee and the Pub- lican, that they who truft to their own righteouf- nefs, defpifing others, are not juflified of God, like thofethat humbly abhor themfelves, ver. 9. ro 15. 5. Inviting little children to come to him, the King- dom of God being of fuch,ver. 15. to 18. 6. Direct- ing a certain Ruler what to do to inherit eternal life, ver. 18. to 31. 7. Foretelling to his Difciples his Death and Refurre&ion^er. 31.ro 35. 21. His Aftsand Doftrinc as he approached nigh and paffed through Jericho, vi^. 1. His recovering fight to the blind-men fitting by the way-fide-beg- ging, ^er. 35. totheend. 2. His Converfion of Zac- cheus the Publicane, who alfo made him a Feaft, Chap. 19. Chap. XIX. 1. to 11. 3. His Parable, the tenpounds delivered to his ten fervants, fpoken to them that thought, he drawing nigh to Jerufakm, the King- dome of God would immediately appear, wherein 1 He refutes this opinion, mowing that his glorious Kingdome was afar off, firft to be obtained by his Death, Refurreftion, Afcenfion, and preaching of the Gofpel to all Nations. 3. He fhows how fruit- fully every fervant fhould imploy his Talent in the meantime, 3. He comforts them againfl the ingrati- tude of many, k.i 1. to 28. Thus oj Chriji Atts and Dottrine in hit laft journey to Jerufakm, III. After Chrifls Journey: at Jerufakm, are re- corded his words and works moft memorable, vi%. 1. His entering into Jerusalem with Kingly- Hate, ver. 28. to di. 2. His weeping over Jerufakm for her prefent ftupidity.and future ruine that fhould come upon it, ver. 41.ro 45. 3. His purging the Temple of Prophanationsby buying and felling there, ver. 45, 46. 4. His preaching daily in rheTen]pIe,ffr.47,48. 5. His implicit afferting of his Authority from heaven , by a queflion propounded touching the Eaptifme of John, who bare wknefle of him, Chap. Chap 20' XX. 1. ro 9. 6. His Parable of the Vineyard, let out to unthank- ful Hufbandmen, wherein he fhewes the destruction of the chief Priefls and Scrbes , with the Jews for killing Gods Prophets, and at laft Chrifl his Son, ver. 9. to 19. Amplified by the events, viz. 1. The chief Priefls and Scribes fceking to entrap him about paying Tribute to Cafar, that they might deliver him to the Power of the Governour, ver. 19. to 27. 2. Fhe Sadduces Cafe againfl the Refurreclion, againfl whom Chrifl aiTcrts and proves the Refurreftion out of the Old Tcftamenr, ver. 27. to 39. which one of the Scribes approver!), after which none durftafk him any Q;icftions,v. 39, 40,41. 3. Chrifls queflion how Chrift could be D.ivids fonne, when David calls him Lord, ter.41.ro 45. 4 Chrifls Dehortation Of the People, from the Ambition, Avarice and Hypo- crific of the Scribes, ver. 45,461 47. 7. His commending rhe widow for her two Mites Chap. 21. caft inro the Temples rreafurv,Ch.XXI. I, 2,3,4. 8. His Prophecies, I. Of rhe Temples deft ructi- on, v. 5,(5. 2. Of Jerufalems ruine, together with figns foregoing, v.7 ,ro 25. 3. Of the laft coming of the Ion of man to judgement^. 25.ru 29. Thefe Pro- phecies are amplified, 1 Partly by an illuflration and confirmation of them, ver. 29. Jo 34. 2, Partlyby an exhortation to watchfulneffe,t/er.34,35,35. 9. His teaching in the Temple by day, his lodg- ingin the Mount of Olivesby night : and the peoples reforc to the Temple to hear him,t/.37,38. Hitherto of Chrills life, and his public^ Miniflry therein, before, in and after h'n journey to Je- rusalem. CHRISTS DEATH/* defcribed by the 1 Antecedents HI. 2 Manner, 3. Confequents thereof. I. The Antecedents, or paffages more immediately fore- going his Death, were 1. Theconfpiracy of the chief Priefls and Scribes againfl him, ChXXII.i, 2, Chap,22. 2. The treacherous contract of Judas to betray him to them, v. %.to 7. 3. His laft Pafchal fupper with his Difciple, v. 7. to 19' At which fupper 1. He inftituteth The LORD'S Supper, ver. 19.20. 2. He telleth them that the Tray tor was at the Table with him, a/. 2 1,22,23. 3'He diffwades them from ambition, v. 24. to 18. 4. He promifes to them glory in his Kingdom, v. 28, 29,30. 5. Heprayesfor their, and particularly .Perer* Per- severance againfl temptation , r.31,32. 6. He fore- warns Peter of his denial, v. 33,34. 7. He prepares the Difciples for their eminent Persecution, ver. 35. fo 39. II. The Manner of his Paffton, is defcribed 1 By the Be- ginning, 2 By the Progreffe, 3. By the Periodofir. r. The Beginning of it, in his Agony in the Garden, vet. 39.104.7. 2. The Progreffe of his paffton, I. In his Apprehen- fion upon Juda s his kille, whereat he healed Malchm his ear fmoreoff, ver. 47. to 55. II. In his Arraign- ment, 1, Before theirEcclefiajticalcouncel,mtbe High- priefls Palace, where 1 Peter denyed him thrice, and wept bitterly for it, ver. 55. ro 63 • 2. They that held Jefus blafphemoufly abufed him, v. 63-/3 66. 3. The Elders, Chief- Priefls and Scribes exa- mine and condemn him ,v.66. to the en d. 2. Before their Civil Power, where 1 He is accufed for fedirion before Pilate, Chap. XXIII. i.ro 6. 2. He is lent to Chap.:3. Herod, and accufed before him,mocked and remand- ed to .P/7all Holy call. 50. His mercy alfo doth appear On chem that him ftncerely fear, Evn i unto Generations all. 51. He with his Arm^rfark ftrength hath fliew'd, k Gr- t*th He-hath- quite-fcattered the proud, m»de do- In their own hearts /imaginings. 52. Hath put-down Potentates from Thrones : And hath exalted lowly-ones. 53. Hath fill'd the hungry with good-things : Hath empty fent the rich away. 54. He m mindful of his meTcy ay, Hath holp n his fervant Ifrael, 55. As to our Fathers he decreed And fpake, to Abraham and his feed For ever, as the Prophets tell. m in ion. / Gr.Ima- gmation. or thought. m Gr. To remember his mercy. n Gr. H« childc. The Prophecy of Zacharias Touching both JESVS CHRIST andJOHN B ATT IS T, Luke 1. 6j.to 79. Sett. I. 0 Luk. l.$. f~\ccafion and Penman. Zacharias thePrieftoo/ \^J the courfe of Abia, the father of John Bapt'ift, on the eighth day after John"s birth, when he was pLuke I. circumcifed,p being filled with the Holy Ghoft, Pro- *,9.to 68. phecied and uttered this Thankful Song of Praife to the Lord, both in reference to Jefus Chriftour Savi- our, now conceived by the Virgin Mary, and to John Baptift Chrifts forerunner, now brought forth by Elizabeth. Of which Song Luke is Penman, by the infpirationoftheHoly Ghofr,orderly digefting it in q Vide his Gofpel-Hiftory. q How ready is the Lord to par- quain bo- don his fervants failings / Zacharias flruck dumb for nusDcus, his unbelief ■, is now upon his Reformation filled &facilis with the Spin't,and prophecieth. indulgtre peccatis. Non folum ablata reftituit, fed etiam tnfperata con- cedit. Hie dudum mutus Prophetat. Ha?c cnim gratia Dei maxima, quam cum qui negaverant confitentur. Nemo ergo ditfidat, nemo veteFum confeius deliftorum prsmia divina de- fperer. Novit Dominus mutare fententiam, fi tu noveris e- mendare delictum. B. Ambrcf. Com. in Luc. i.de Prophet. ZacharU Tom.*,. Sett. II. Scope. Thankfully to bJeffe the Lord, both for his gracious vifiting and redeeming his People from rheir enemies to fervehim in holyneffe. &c. by Je- fus Chrift now incarnate according to his Promifes, Covenant, and Oath of old to his People: and alfo for fending John Bapifijhc Prophet of the Higheft now under the New Teftatncnt before his face, to prepare his way before him, and fit ia people for hiui, by preaching remiflfion of fins, and ulvati- 011 by Jefus Chrift., Sett. III. Principal Parts. In this Prophecy of Zacharias ', note 1. The Infcription. 2. The thankful Prophecy it/elf. hThe Infcription, declaring t. The Caufes of this Song Principal, the Holy Ghoft : Inftrumenral, Za- charias. 2. The Nature of it, He prophecied : its a prophetical Thankfgiving, or a thankful Prophecy, ver. 67. II. The thankful Prophecy it felf , 1. Concerning Jejtu Chrift. 2. Touching John Baptifl hit fore- runner. 1. Concerning Jefus Chrift, now incarnate and con- ceived of the Virgin Mary , bleffing the Lord, God of Ifrael, I. More generally, for his merciful vifitarion of them in Chrift, ver. 68. II. More par- ticularly, for his redemption and falvation of his people by Chrift, ver. 68,69. This it Amplyfiedby a Declaration 1. Of the houie whence the Redeem- er came, vi^ Davids, ver. 69. 2. Of the outward impulfive caufe of this Redemption, viz,. His word by all his Prophets, ver. 70,71. His word by all his Prophets, ver. 70, 71. His promife to the Fathers, ,ver. 72. His Covenant and Oath to A- braham, ver. 72, 73. %. Of the end of this Redem- ption or fruit thereof to his, viz. their conftant fer- vice of God without fear in holinefs and righteouf- nefle, f.74.75- 2. Touching John Baptifl then circumcifed, Pro- phetically defaibhg 1. His Office, viz- The Prophet of the Higheft, ver. 74T. 2. His execution of his Office in preparing Chrifts way before him, by revealing to the people fitting in darkneffe, falvation, remif- fionoffins, and the way of peace in Jefus Chrift, v. 76: to 80. (This L V K E. 4by This may be fang as Pfal. 113. L U K E I. 67. And his father Zacharias was filled with the Holy Ghoft, andprophe- cied, faying. t Gr. hi* Child. f Gr. from eternity, or from aye. tGr. Of all hatine us. 6S.nr He Lord, Ifr'el's great God be Weft, J. For he hach vifited tb'oppreft. And for his folk redemption wrought , 69. And in r his fervant David's houfc, Horn of Salvation glorious He hach-rais'd-up for us, low brought 70. As by his holy Prophets mouth, C Which have f of old declared hit truth J, He fpake oftbisour happy ftate ; 7i.7awir,falvationfrom ourfoes, And from the hand eVn t of all thofe, • Thar us malicioufly do hate. vGr. To do 72. « To do the mercy ^raw/TV to mercy with Our holy Fathers long ago, onr Fathers. And to remember (for his name J His holy Covenant/a dear. 73. The/rttre'iOath which he did fwear Unto our father Abraham : 74. x That he would grant to us, that we From our foes harmful hand fet free, Might without fear him fweetly ferve : 75. Before him both in holyneffe, and incorrupted righteoufneffe, All our life's dayes, and never fwerve. 1 76. And thou child fhaltbe called now The Prophet of the High'ft: for thou, To^ fit his wayes, fere he begins J Before the Lords aw; face fhalt go, 77. To give fal vation's knowledge to His folk, by ^ pardon of their fins. 78. Through our God's a tender clemency, Whereby the Sun-rife from on high Us vifited, witb'py^s increafe, 79. Them to enlighten thar refide In darkneffcand'death's fhade ; To guide Our feet into the way of peace. x Gr. Td give to us. y Gr. To prepare. «. Gr. Re- miffion. a Gr. Boh\ els ofmcrcf Simeons thankful Song, Having JESVS C HR IS Tin his Armes,when he was Prefented in the Temple, Luke 2. 29. to 33. Sect. I. OccrtjSon.When JefusChrift was brought by his Pa- 1 b Luk. 2, 22, 25, 24. \_Jtexv.%,b according to the Law,to be prefented to c Luk, 2. theLord in the Templex There was a man in Jerufa- 25,26,27, lem,whofe name was Simeon : and the fame man was d 28. juft and 'devout ^waiting for the confilation oflfrael ; and rfNon fo- the Holy Ghoft was upon him. And it was revealedun- Jum ab to him by the Holy Ghoft, that he fliould not jee death be- Angelis Si fore he had feenthe Lord's Chrift. And he came by the Prcphcfis, Sptrit into the Temple, andwhenthe Parents brought in ScaPafto- the childe Jefus, to do for him after the cuflome of the ribus S: Law, Then took, he him up in hit Armes andbleffed God, Parentibus atidfaid,Lord &c.Upon this fight of Jefus Chrift, and fedetiam this happy embraccment ofhimin his Armesinthe afeniori- Temple, the good old man was fo tranfported and bus & ravifh tin fpirit, that by the fpecial motion of the juftis ge- Holy Ghoft he uttered this his Swan-like Song before neratio his death, now moft willing to dye, having feen his domini hearts defire, the Lord's Chrift. And by the fame accepit Spirit Luke Penned this Song, digefting ic orderly into teflimo- his Hiftory . nium. Omnis setas & urerque fexus, eventorumque miracula fidem aftruunt. Virgo generat, fterilis parit, mutus loquitur, Eliza- beth Prophetat, Magus adorat. uteroclaulusexukat, vidua con- fitecur, juftus expectat. Et bene jurtus, qui non fuarr, fed popu- II gratiam requirebat. Vide juftuni velut corporex carcere molisindufum vellediiTolvi, utincipiat efie cum Chrifto D'ffolvi enim ,buc John the Apoftle, whom Jefus loved, cThii is the Difciple -which teftifietb ofthefe things, and wrote tbefe things. He wrote alfo three Epiflles ; and the Re- velation in Patmos JOHN is Originally an Hebrew name, w*. \1T\V djochanan, his alfo fometimes written piUH1 e Jehochanjn; It is compounded of HliT1 Jehovah, TheLO R D, the proper and eiTential name of God i and of nn Chanan fignifying, Hehath been gracious; whence comes \ H Chen, viz. Grace ; fo that this name JOHN imports, the Lord hath been graciou* ; or, The Grace of the Lord. This John was of Bethfaida, which was after called Julias from 7«///» the daughter of Augujius, the f ion ofzebedee, and brother of James, Fifhermen by trade, whom Chrift called forth to be fifhers of men. Salome ("mentioned g in the New Teftamentjis fuppofedrobe John's mother. As John was with his Father and Brother in the Ship, mending their Nets, JefusA called him and James his Erother; thefe two Jefus i furnamed Boanarges; that it, the fons of Thunder-. * H\ct ome jiiles John , The Evangelical Trumpet, fon of Thunder, whom Jefus loved very much ; who dranl^the ftreams of Doflrines jrom our Saviours bofome. 7. * Clangat tuba Evangelica, filiustonitrui, quern it plurimum : qui dc pectorc Salvatoris Dnctrinarum a vie, &c. // eion. in Euagrio- p. 329. A. Tom. 2. Bajil. a Luke 1. 63. and 7. 20. Mat. 3. 1. A Ads 15. 37- r Compare. Mat. 10. 2. with Joh. 21. 20,24. d 1 Chro. 12. 12. Jer: 40. 13- e 1 Chro. 26.3. j Mat. 4. 21 and 10. 2. Mar. 1.19. Luk. 5.10. £Mar. 15. 40. and 16. 1. h Mat 4. 21. Luke 5. 10, 1 Mar. 3. 1 .Tcfus amuv fluent a pot '553- * Hen.Alfled it is a Tradition ^that JohnYwcda fingle life, yet rraco^.The- ioinc arc of opinion that John was /the bridegroom ° juhV ' *2" ^('■■iiaJn Galilee. It is certain that _)V;n was highly honourcdof Cfarift; Before his Death; AfierhitRe- Jnr,clliun; and Ajierhu Afcention. I. Bf/or* Cbrirfi Death, i. JV>n was one of the three m whom Chrilt took up with him into the Mount to behold his glori fu3 transfiguration. 2. One of the two, n whom Chrift fenr to prepare his laft Pafleover. 3. That Difciplc whom j; lilt peculiarly 0 loved above all the r-.ii for his lingular graces and endowments. 4. \\\.r,p 1,-aned on Jefus breaft at Supjvr. $. To v.kom ClrifTjby at<\ uk.JJ.8. 1 1 i.; » 20 I. & 21. J 1 . •' o \\ I'll I ,. [oh. 1 i . Mdg. tltnb.Cent. I JW j 5- frailty,when Chrift was apprehended by the Jevves, fied among the reft, leaving his garment in their hands, efcaped,f for loffome interpret that of the *.Hf- young man in Marl^ 14. 5 r, 52. underftanding it of , '* f John] yet he fpeedily returned and t followed Chrift t [oh ' Is.'Iy. even into the High-Priefts Palace, to fee the end, For 16 Mjr.ik. ' John is thought to be that Difciple who was known 58 unto the High-Prieft, and went in wich Jefus, and afterwards brought in Peter alfo. 7. The onely Difcipleto whom Jefus Chrift « commended his own ^h-'p.»y» mother, as they both were ilanding under his Crofs, ' 7' when he was a dying II. After Ghrifts Refurreilion, 1. Mary Magdalene declaring the fweet news of Chrifts Refurreftion, x John 2nd Peter runnetothe x Johso.i. Sepulchre, but John out-ran Peter, as he out-loved to 6. Peter 2. John was prefent at all Chrifts Apparitions, for 4c. dayes. 3. John >firft knew Chrift ftanding y J'h.ii.t. on the fhore as they were fifhing at the Sea of Tibe- " 7- riwt. III. After Chrifts Afcention. 1. _7<>/>nand Peter Z miraculoufly healed the lame man as they were * j^cSJ'5, going into the Temple. 2. They a preached boldly rtAas4.ij. againft all Prohibitions 3. And AS/iTTMriM being con- 19 verted by Philip, they were lent by common con- * Afls8. 14.. fentofthe Apoftles to Samaria, where at theim- &c# pofition of their hands the HolyGhoft was given. 4. And Paul reckons c John among the Pillars of the Church of Chrift, who among others gave him cGa"Jt 9- the right hand of fcllowfhip at Jerufalem ; which feemstobe done at the famous Jerufalem d Coun- rfASsiy. cell. And afterwards when the Apoftles fpread them- felves farther into the World, to preach the Gofpel, Johns lot was to preach in eAfia yand as fonie think, c Eufeb. at Ephefns ; where Paul founded a Church ; bu: Hilt. John lived there til! the dayes of Trajane the Emper- Eccl. I. our, thinks/ Irvnsm ; and that he was there g when 3. c r. lie wrote his Gofpel, wherein as alfo in his Epiftles /Irenxus he oppofes divers Herefies, cfpecially againft Chrifts adverf. perfon, denying his- Divinity or Humanity ; againft Hxref.l. luch Antichriflian Hertfics he had much conflicting, 3. c. 3. as his firft Epiftle cvidenccth. Tertullian h reports, g lien. I. 3. c r. /» Si Italia- adiaccs, lubes Romam, tmdc nobis quouue autho- riras prafto eft. Statu faMix Ecclclras cui totam aocrrinarn Apoftolicum languine fuo profuderant : uoiPetrus Paflionido- niinic.i;ada'quatur,ubiPaultis Joannisexitucoronatur, ubi Apo- ftolus Joannes pofieaquam in oleum igneum demerfus , nihil palTir ell, in iuli'lam relegatur. Tertul. de Prefcript. adverf. H&ret- I. ci6.p.2ii. Frarck- 1597. That John. 491 Thar )ibn the Apoflle, after he in Rome had been call into burning oyle, and fuff^re i nothing thereby was baniflj- i Hft.Eccl. ed into an Hand, f Though fome i think this was Maid. done not at Rime, but at Ephefut.) Nero is thought Cent. 1. 1. to have flung him into the burning oyle; and Domi- z.c.io.de f^intohavebanifhedhim into an Ifland, vi^.f^Pat- Ioan.Evan. »i, where on the Lirds day be was in the Spirit, and A8s& had the Revelation given ttbim of G)d by an Angel. Mon.2. This exile of Tint's thought to be in the / fourteenth Ferfecut. year of Domitian, when he raged Co againft the p. 46,47. Church of Chrifl:. From which banifhment, after vol. 1. one years fpace, Nerva fucceeding and refcinding Lond.1641 Domitiansimplous Decrees, ]ohn is thought to have £Rev. 1.1. returned again to Ephefut in the 97. year of hisage, $, lb. Eu- and there to have lived and taught till he was ninety 'feb.Hift.I. nine. Iren&ut hatha very obfervable ftory of him, q.c. 15. faying, m Polycarpus not oneb/ taught by the Apoflles, I Hifl.Eccl. andconverfing with many of them which have fen our Magd. quo Lord : but being conflicted Bifiop in the Church at fupra. far Smyrna which it in Afia, whom wefawin our fir ft age, Alls fa for he continued very long. . Time are that heard Man. as a- him fay, that John the Difciple of the Lord, when he bove. fa went to waff) himfelfin the Bath at Ephefus, and efp ed Hen. Al- Cerinthus within it, he leapt out of the Bath unwaged, that thus underflandthe Lords words, he dyed not, but lay down like one dead : and when he was fupp.fed to be dead, he was buried fleeping. and fo remains till Cbrjls coming, and declares hit life by the bublin.i up of the dufl, which dufl if j'uppofed to afcend from the bottom to the top of the tomb by the (one of hit breath rha t refleth in it. And yet fome report, x JoHn made bit Sepulchre x Hen.AU with hit own hands; and left hit Difciple s, Ovcrfcers £<■• -1' of feveral Churches, viz. Papius of Jerufalem, Po- c ,,. ' lycarp ol Smyrna, and Ignatius of Antioch. q Nicefh. Hift. Eccl. 1, l.C. 4fl. fled. Pr&- and ufed thefe words, Let us flee left the Bath fall, be- eog.Theol. caufe Cerinthus the enemy of the Truth is in it. Alfo 1. 2. c. 23. Polycarpus himfelf, when Marcion fometime came into m IrenAus hit fight, and faid, Acknowledge us-, He anfwered, adverf. I acknowledge thee the firfl-begotten of Satan. With Haref.l.3. fuck fludy did the Apoflles and their Difciples take heed c. 3. leflthey fbould have fo much as any exchange of fpeech n Eufebius with anj of them that did adulter ate the Truth, n Eufe- Hifl. Eccl. bius alfo reports the fame, and he records alfo out Hb.4.c.i$. of Clement Alexandrinm another memorable ftory 0 Lat.cap. ot~]obns recovering of an Apoftate difciple to repen- l4.Gr.2c. ranee and reformed life, who had fallen to common fa Niceph. robbing and ftealing, and was a Captaine of the Hifi.lib,!. Thieves, but that's too large here to recite. They cap. n.& that pleafe may read it Engli.lied by Mr. Fox in his p lib. 2. cap. Bookjf Martyrs. 42. o Eufebius Hill. Ecclef. lib. 3. c. 17. Lit. ■[> Ails and Monu- ments of the fecond Perfection, vol. 1. pag. 47. 48) Lond. 1641. Touching Johns death reports of Writers are va- rious and uncertain, and fome circumftances there- of related, feem fabulous and incredible. Nicepho- ??#fairh, q That ]ohn fore-feeing the day and hour of hit dijfolution, went forth at lafi Qthe Elders and Mi- ni flers accompanying him) out of Ephefus to a neigh- bouring tomb, where be was wont to pray, and there praying earneftly he commended the Churches toGod, Ta^es hit leave of them and covered with grave cloaths went into the Sepulcher and fell afleep in the 68 year af- ter Chrifis Paffton ; whence hit body wot tranflated and carried up to Heaven. Sophroniut (as Parent r hath notedJreports,That John dyed in the %d.yearofTra- jane the Emperour, that it in the 68 year after Chrifis Refurretlion. Hierorne writes f That John in the furreenth year 0/ Domitian, who rai fed up the fecond Pcrfecution after Nero, banifJ)edby him into the lfle of Patmos,wrore his Revelation.,which]uf\'me Martyr and Ircnseus interpret.But Domitian being flain and hit Alls being for their too much cruelty refcinded by the Senate, he returns to Ephefus under Nerva the Emperour, and there continuing till Trajane the Emperour, he founded and governed all the Churches of Afia, and being worn with old age, he died in the 68 year after the Lords Pafjion, being buriednigh that City. And Augufline, Commenting of rhofc words of Jefus to Peter touch- ing John, t If T will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee? Sec. faith thus, u John by occafion of thefe words, is believed to fleep alive under the Earth, Of whom they have a Tradition which if found in Jome writings though ApKryphaljhat when he commanded a Sepulchre to be made for him, he wasprefent and weli,it being digged and diligently prepared, there he laid him- felfi as in a bed, andprefently dyed. &:tt as thefe think, ••D.Parens in Proem in JoanEyang. f Hier Ca- tal. script. Heel. Tom, 1 » John it. Jl. 2}. « Aug.Ex- pof.inEvtng Jr»n Tiaft. 1:4. de c. *t. Tom.?. Seel. II. Time when, and Occasion whexepon John wrote hi* Gofpel. Time, John wrote his Gofpel laft of all the Evdnge- lifls. diy Hierorne t.ci\\ficrh. hen&us faith, ^ John the difciple of the Lord, who alfo leaned upon kit breajl, be published hit Gofpel while he dwelt at Ephefus in Afia. * Eufebius alfo citeth this Tcftimony out of Irenxitf. Hence it is very probable, that John wrote his Gofpel towards the end of his life ; Having preached (as a fome think J 65 years, till th:t.:U times of Domitian^n^ ih at without any help of writing. Oua/ion of Johns writing his Gofpel, Ecclcfiaftieal Writers tell us was twofold, vi\. 1. To oppofe and b confute the blafphemous herefics of Ebion and Cerinthus, who denied the Divinity ofChrilr, and of the Nicolaitans before them, who held divers horrid and abfurd opinions touching Chrifts Perfon. Hence John in the beginning of his Gofpel, lb notably afferts the Divinity and Humanity of Chrills Perfon. Hierorne thus relates this Occafion, c When John was in Afia, and the feeds of Hereticlej, Cerinthus, Ebion and others, denying Chrifl to be come in thefle/J), began to bud ; whom he in his Epiflles calls Amichrifls, and the Apojlle?no\ often fmites ; He was compelled by almofl all the then Bifhops of Afia, and meffages of ma- ty Churches, to write more highly of our Saviours Divi- rity, and to break in Cos I mayfay,~)to the very WORD of God, notfo much with a bold, as an happy temerity. Wheriupon Ecclejiajlicall H'tflory declareth, when he was compelled by the Brethren to write, be anfwered be woylddofo, if they appointing a Faft, would all joyntly intreat the Lord; which being performed, be being fil- led with Revelation, utttered that Prooem camming fiom Heaven. In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. The fame was in the beginning with God 2. Tofupply what the other three Evangelifts had o- mitted, who principally and for the moft part relate things done by Chrift, but for that one year wherein Chriftfuffered, after John was call into Prifon ; as d Eufebius at large explained. Thus Hierorne ; ewhen John hadread Matthew's, Mark's, and Luke's volumes, he approved the Texture of the Hftory andcon- firmed that tbey had fpokenTruths, but had framed the Hiflory onely of one year, in which he fuffered,after]o\ms imprifonment. That year therefore being paffed by, the Alls whereof were declared by three, he declared the things done in the former time before John wasfl)Ut up in Prifon, as may be manifefl to them that fhall di- ligently read the volumes of the four Gofpels. Sect. III. Scopey and Excellency of Johns Gofpel. Scope of Johns writing his Gofpel- Hifiory, himfelf expreffely noteth, f Thefe are written that ye might believe that Jefus is the Chrifl the Sonne of God, and th.it believing, ye might have life through hit Name. To this end he afferte'th both the Divinity and Hu- manity of Chrifts Perfon, againft the Herefies of his times : and alfo defcribeth his Mediatory O.fice, efpe cially his Prophecy and Doftrine * in many particu- lars 1 Hier.< .- cat. Script. Eccl.To >>.!. t IfCrr. ad- verf Hvrel'. I. ?. e. 11. * Eufcb. Hift. 1.5. c.8. .1 Aug. Pro- log-in Jo-;d. Tom. 9. b Iren. ad- vcif. Harer.!.5. c. ir.p. 2s7. Colon. 1 59^. Hier.Caval- Scrift.Ecc). Tom. 1, cHier. Pro- cm. in Com. luper Mac. Tom. y. d Htifeb. Hift. Eccl. I. 5 c. ;8. & N.ceph. Hift i.J.r.4; t Hicr. Ca- tal. Script. Eccl.Tom.i f J0K.20.ti' * A Ca-a- ' logue of Chrifts Ser- mon* and Miracles re- corded only by John ; See in Pif. cattr, ^rj. Ml lift. w~ Job n. Chap. I. II. ^Chryf.'ft. Prolog, iti F.vang. Jri.in.Tom iB n. r. /• Aug. Prr- fit.mHvanp. fn: 'f face b ■ Au- guftins.) j loh.i.t lars, which none of the other three Evangelifts had touched. Excellency of this Gofpel is very great, for I. The Inftrumental author or Penman of it, John, was not onelyan Apoftle, but an Apoftle of many eminent Priviledges, fas afore was noted, J fuch a com- pound ot grace and fweetnefs, that above all the reft he drew Chrifts heart after him. He was (faich g Chr)foftome, J moft holy, full of admiration, a- bwnding withfecret wifdome, conferring Jo many and fogreat good things, that they who diligently read, and accurately okfew e him, may now not be accounted men and inhabit ants on Erath, but above all good things of this world, may be placed in the rank, of Angels, nor o- therwife inhabit Earth, than as it were heaven it Jelf. 2. The Matter of this Hiftory is moft fublime and Coe- leftiall, viz- Chrifts ineffable Divinity, and incom- parable Doctrine moft infifted upon. John hereup- on is deservedly compared C faith h one,_) to the flying Eagle, that [oars higher than other Birds, and looks Jnan.Tom 9 upon the r ayes of the Sun with undarled eyes. For the other Evangelifls, who Sufficiently declare Chrifls Tem- poral Nativity and Alls, which he did in his manhood, but fpo\e little of hit Divinity, like going Creatures, walh with the Lor don earth. But be (peaking little of his Temporal deeds, but more fublimely' contemplating the power of his Divinity, flyes with the Lord to Heaven: for he that leaned upon the Lords breafl at Supper, did more excellently than the reft, drink a draught of Coe- hftialwifedome from the fountain of the Lords breafl. And John notably fupplye the Doftrine, which Chrift taught in rlie firft years of his Miniftry, before John Baptifts impriibnmenr, which others had omitred. 3. The form of Johns writing is lin- gular in Myflerioufnefs and Sweetnfte •, In Myfte- rioufnefs, fo often filling Chrift the UWORD, be- caufeas man exprefeth his mini! and will to ano- ther by a Word, fo God hath made himfelf, and all his pleafure known by his fubftamiall word, the Son, unto us. InSweetneffe, this gracious Difciple of Chrifts love, breathing out fuch tenders of grace, k Quod i- and Torrents of love all along his Gofpel. 4. Final- nitinm ly this Gofpel hath been alwayes had in moft high Sajifti E- efteem among the ancient learned Fathers. A11- vangelii gufiine k reports that a Platonift was fo taken with cuir.omen the beginning of 7o/;niGo(pel, That he faid it was eft, fecun- to be written in letters oj gold, and to be fet up in the moft eminent places throughout all Churches. And elfe- where, ITheGojpelexcells all pages of Divine Scrip- ture; fr what the Law and Prophets foretold to come, the Gojpel faith is tome to paffe, But among the Go- fpel-wr iters John ey.cells in the Frojoundneffe of divine myfieries, Ambrofe faich, m Saint }ohn who wrote his Gofpcllaft^as a neceffary requifite and Elett of Chrift, poureth out eternal myfteries with a greater Trumpet ', qui poftea whatfoever he fpoke, is a myftery. And elfewhere, Mediola n None, I dare fay, faw the Majefry of God with fuch nenfiEc- fublimity of wifdome, and unjolded them to w in our clefia?pra- language. He tranfends the clouds, tranfeends the feditE- powers of Heaven, tranfends the Angels, and finds the pifcopus. Word in the beginning, and fees the Word with God. folebamus And of the firft chapter he faith, o Our Fifher hath fj audi re, exduded all ' Herefies in this Jbort chapter. For that which was in the beginning, if not included in time, nor prevented by the beginning, therefore let Arrius bold his peace. And that which was with God, is not confound- ed with commixtion, but diftinguiflied by ihtfolidPer- fdlion^ of the Word abiding with the Father ; that Sabelfios may be dumb. And the Word was God,there- fore this Word it not in the Pronunciation of fpeech, but in that defignation of coelcftial power ; that Yoimusmay be confuted. And that which was in the beginning with God, istau-hi to be the infeparabk 'Unity of the poncn- dom efTfl docebar. Ahj. deCivit. Dei. I. jo. c. 20. Tom. 5. 1 Aug PrA'fat. in Evan. Joan. Tom. 9. in Ami,, de Sacram. .'. 3. c. 2. Tom. 4. n Ambr. Profit, in Luc. Torn. 5. o Ambr. de fide, ad Gratian. I. i.e. 5. Tom. 2. durr. Jo- annem, quidam Platonicus C ficnt a fawfto fene Sirn- pliciano, Aurcisn- rcris con fcriben- dum fc per oni- rics Eccle- lias in lo- cis eini- nentilli- mis pro- p Joan. Cbryfoft. Homil. i.' in Joan. Evan. Toss. 2. in N. Teft. eternall Divinity, in the Father and S*n : that Eu- dosius and Eunomius may bluff), Laflly, when all things ate faid to be made by him, the Maker of the Old and N. Teftament U fignified, that Manichaus may have no place of Temptation. Thus the good Fi- flier hath enclofed all in one Net^ that he might make them unfit to deceive, though they were profitable to be taken. In a word Chryfoftome affirmeth, p That this Fiflier brings to us fuch and fo profound Doth ine, good Life and Pbil'fophy, as is evident, he received from the Treafures of the Holy Ghoft, as if he had new de- fended fiom heaven it felf; yea his credible that e- ven all that are in heaven do not lenow thefe things. Sedlr. IV. Trincipal Tarts. InthisGofpel-Hlftory JESVS CHRIST ii defer i- bed according to 1. His Perfon. 2. His Office. 3. His execution of his Office. CHRISTS PERSON is defcribed as being God- I man in one Perfon, I. The Godhead of Chrift the WORD, is glorioufly afferted, and clearlv proved, I. By his Erernity, cb. I. ver. 1, 2. 2. By 'his Effici- chap. 1. ency, Partly in Naturals, vi\. creating the world, and all therein, and fo enlightning all men with na- tural light, as John Baptift alfo teftified, ver. 2..to I I. Partly in fupernarurals, giving the Prerogative ofSonftiipor Adoption to all regenerate Believers, ver. n, 12, 1 3. H. The Manhood of Chrift is fee forth, 1. By his incarnation. 2. By his cohabitation with men. 3. By his apparently Divine qualifications ver. 1 4. CHRISTS OFFICE is declared, as it was atteft- It. ed by John Baptift, /. More generally, as a full and communicative Saviour, theSubftance of the legal types and fhadows, ver. 15, 16,17. II. Morepar- tnularly, I. Ass Prophet, declaring God to us, ver. 18. II. As King and Prieft, 1. Partly John testify- ing that he was the, Chrifr, vtr. Annointed to be both Prophet, Prieft and King,. and .that John him- felfwas only his fore-runner, ve-r.iy.to a'o. 2. Part- ly, John next day pointing him cut as with the finger that he was the Lamb of God, fcc. which Teftimony, He amplifies , fhewing that he therefore baptized with water, that Chrift might be made manifeft to Ifrael ver. 29, 30. 31. Heconfrmes by the Teftimony ofGodat hisBaptilme, v.32,33, 34 t CHRI STS E XE C V TlON of his OFFICE, m 1. Before, 2. In bis four eminent Journeys to Jcrttfa- 1cm, at four folemn -Feafts, wherein are described the chief paffages ofXhrifts F«i//f/. miniftry, both in his Zi/eand Death. . ,. . I. Before Chrifts Lft journey to Jerufalem after hi» Baptifra, are recorded, I. The calling of certain dikiplcs to Chrift, w. ,. Andrew, and another Difciple not named, called to Chrift by JohnBaptifls Teftimony, ver. 35. /042. 2. Simon Peter brought to Chrift by his brother Andrew, ver. 42,43. 3. Philip called by Chrift himfelf, w.44,45. 4. Nathaniel brought to Chrift by Philip, and at Chrifts words be- hevcdVw. 46 totheendoftbeChapt. II. Chrifts be- ginning to work miracles, Tinting water into wine at a marriage in Cana of Galilee, Ch.U.:ver. 1. to 12. HI. Chrifts going to Capet naum. ver. 13. Chap. 2. II. I» Chrifts four eminentjoHrueys to Jerusalem, Chrift principally discharged his Office of Mediatorfhip here on earth, vt^. I. AttheFeaft of the Paff^yer, ver. 12. 13. tocb. 5. 1 Here are considerable I. Toe Termes, whence, and whither he went; from C.fpernaum ro Jerufd- lem ,vcr. 12,13. II. His abode at\cMem, during whub time, 1. He purgeth the Ajrj^le of buyers and fillers, ver. 14. to 17. This all is\tpplified by the event thereupon, Paitly on Chrifts Dimples, Parity on the Jews, who hereupon cxpeaing a fign, had the fyn of Chrifts railing rhe Temple of his body in thiee Chap. 117. to XL John. 493 ,Chap. 3. Chap. 4. q Jo. Calv. Diod. An- not. in loc r Chemnit. Harm, in he. Chap. 5. Chap. 6. Chap. 7. threedays, if they fhould deftroy it, ver. 17.ro 23. 2. He worketh miracles on the Feaft day, whereup- on many believe on him, but he committed not him- felf to them,v. 23,24,25. 3. He prcacheth to Nicode- mus the Pharifee, a Ruler of the Jews, compelling the Divinity of his Miracles; 1. The neceffity of rege- neration to falvation, Ch. III. I. to 14. 2. The be- nefit of faith in Chrift crucified, ver. 14, 15. 3- The great love of God in Chrift to the world, v. \6, 17. 4. The mifchief of unbelief, ver. 18. to 22. III. H» return from Ierufalem, Partly through Juiea, where 1. He by his Difciples baptizeth, ver. 22. 2, Iobn baptizing in /E.non near Salim, gives a moft excellent teftimony touching Chrift to the J ews, complaining that Chrift baptized more then he, wherein he de- bafeth himfelf that he may exalt Chrift, ver. 23. to the end. Partly through Samaria, Chap. IV. i.ro 5. where. 1. Heconferrcth with the Samaritan woman at Jacobs Well, Declaring himfelf to be water of life, ver. 5. to 16. Convincing her of her adultery, v&\ 16, 17, 18. Jn/Jr »#//>£ her in the true Worfhip of God, ver. 19. jo 25. And Declaring himfejf robe the Mef- fiah, ver, 25, 26. Wk if amplified by the event of this conference, Ityo/i r/je Difciples, they wondred, ver.2n.Vp0n the woman, running to call the Sama- ritancsto fee Chrift, v. 28, 29. And«ponf/;e S^rad- ritanes coming to fee him, v. 3?. 2. Hefhewethto his Difciples mean while, His zeal to his fathers work, v. 31.ro 3$. The fpiritual harveftof fouls ripe al- ready, that the Apoftles might reap what the Pro- phets had fown, v. 35. ro 39. 3. He converteth many Samaritanes, tarrying with them two days, v. 39. ro 43. 4. Thence he returneth into Galilee, where he miraculoufiy henleth the Noble-mans fon at Caper- naum, ready to die, ver. 43. to the end. II. At another Feafl ( probably the Feaft oiPente- co3 which next follows the Paffeover, as f q J fome judge, though others thmk it was the (~r J fecond Paffeover at which Chrift was; compare John 6. 4. and that in the fecond year of1 his miniftry, J when Jefus wentup to Jerufalem,Ch. V. I. At which feafon. 1. Jefus curcth on the Sabbath, a man lying at the pool of Bethefda, that had been fick of the Palfie thirty eight years, v. 2. to 10. This atlk amplified, 1. By thejews offence at Chrift,and perfecuting him for healing on the Sabbath, v. 10. ro 17. 2. ByChrifts Apology for himfelf and his Ad, declaring to them who himfelf is by a manifold Teftimony, vi^. Of his father, v. 17.ro 32. Of John Baptift,v. 32.ro 36. Of his works, v. 36. to 39. And of the Scriptures, v. 39. to the end. II. Chrift feedeth the multitude, about five thoufand, with five loaves and two fifties, Ch. VI. j. ro 15. III. Chrift walketh on the Sea tohisDif- ciples,v. 15. to 22. IV. Chrift preacheth a Sermon to the Capernaites touching himfelf the true Bread of life; here note 1. The occafion of the Sermon, v. 22.1026. 2. the Sermon if f elf, principally inftruft- ing them therein. That himfelf is the Author of ever- Iaftinglife, and that faith is the inftrument whereby we apply him, v. 26. to $9. 3. The Events of this Ser- mon, v. 59. to the end. III. At the Feaft of Tabernacles, In reference to which confider 1. How Chrift afcended up to the Feaft privately, not openly, as his brethren with ill intent incited him, Ch. VII. 1. ro II. 2. The Jews feeking for him at the Feaft, and their various opinions of him, ver. 1 1. ro 14. 3. His Sermon in the Temple in the middle of the Feaft to the Jews wonder, ver. 14, 15. wherein 1. He afferts the Divinity of his Doctrine, v. 16, 17, »8 2. He reproves the Jews for feeking to kill him for healing on the Sabbath, juftifying his fad by Cir- eumcifian on the Sabbath, v. 19. to 25. 3. He anfwers the peoples falfe Argument that he was not the Chrift becaufe they knew whence he was, v. 25. to 32. . 4. .Upon ocrafion of the Pharifees and chief Prieft fending Officers to take him, he threatens ' after a 1/rr/e while his departure from them, ver. 32. to 37. 4. His Sermon on the laft day of the Feaft, where- of note 1. The matter, viz. his invitation of all fpiritu- ally-thirfty fouls to believe in him',promifing to tin in the Spirit, v. 37.ro 40. II. The Events, I, The peo- ples various opinions of him,v.4oro 45. 2. The Of- ficers fent to take him,were fo taken thcmfclves with his Doctrine, that they could not apprehend him, ver. 45.ro 50. 2,.19icodemM his Apology for Chrift, ver. $0. to the end. 5. His reaching the people in the Temple next morning, Chap. VIII. 1, 2. where I. He Convinceth the Chap.8« conlciences of the Scribes and Pharifees asking him what punifhment fhould be inflicted upon the wo- man taken in adultery, urging her to repent, ver. 3. foi2. II. he preacheth, i. Declaring himfelf the light ofthc world, v. 12. 2.Aficrring the truth of him his Doctrine and teftimony touching himfelf by his Fathers joynt teftimony alfo, v. 13. to 33.. 3. Con- futing'the Jews vain and hypocritical boafting that they were Abrahams feed, hy their degenerate wick- ed practices, fhowing they were neither children of Abraham, nor of God, but of the Devil, ver. 2.2..to the end. 6. His curing the man on t he Sabbath day that was born blind: Defcribed 1 By the Occafion and prece- dent circumftanccs, Chap. IX \.to6. II. By the Chap. 9. Manner of the cure, ver, 6,7, III. By the Events enfuing thereupon, vi^. 1. The neighbours briiig the man to the Pharifees, informing them of jcflis hiscure, ver. 8. ro 14. 2. The Pharifees enquire of how Chrift cured him, and of his Parents, chiding with him for confeffing Chrift, and Excommunicating him,v. i4.r0 35. 3. Chrift hereupon finds the man, and reveals himfelf more fully to him, ver.35.ro 39. 4. Chrift upbraids the Pharifees for their blindnefie, ver,39,4o, 41. 7. His Sermon wherein he preacheth himfelf the True Shepherd and door of the Sheep, I. Propounding a Parable, wherein he fheweth 1. Who is the true Shepherd, Ch.X. 1,2,3. 2. Who the true fheep, v. chap.ic. 4i$->6. II. Expounded the Parable, wherein, 1. He de- clares himfelf the oncly door of the fheep, and thofe that guide not to him to be theeves , ver. 7, 3, 9, 10. 2. He afferts himfelf the good fhepherd, upon di- vers grounds, farre beyond all hirelings,ver. 11, to 19. This Sermon is amplified by the Event, vi^. The Peo- ples different opinion of him v. 19.20,21. 8. Atjerufalem at the FeaQ of Dedication, in Win- ter, I. Jefus refolves the Jews that he was Chrift, I. Reproving their unbelief, ver. 22,23,24, 25. 2. Proving himfelf to be the Chrift by his works, ver. 25. 3. Comforting himfelf againft their unbelief, Partly by Gods decree, v. 26. Partly by the faith of his fheep,towhom he promifeth perfeverance,v.27.ro 31. II. Jefus expoftulates with them againft their unjuft endeavours to ftone him, v. 31. to 39. III. Jefus e- fcapeth from them feeking to take him, to beyond Jordan, where many believe on him, ver. 39. to the end. 9. His railing of Lazarus of Bethany to life, after he had been four dayes dead, defcribed I. Bypaffa- ges Antecedent, vi^. 1. His not coming though fenc for, whilft i.« was lick, Chap. XL l.ton. 2. His „, going to ra\(e La^arw being dead, ver.l.to 18. 3 His t-naP'11* entertainment thereby Mary Martha, and the Jews, ver. 18.ro 33. 4. His trouble and tears at the fight of Mary's and the Jews weeping, v. 33.10 39. II. By the manner of his railing him, v.39.t0 45. III. By the Events, yi^. 1. Many believe, ver.45. 2. Some tell the Pharifees what he had done, v.46.3.The con- futation of the chief Priefts and Pharifees how they might deftroy him, whereat Caiaphas prophecied that Chrift fhould dye fortheJews,v.47.ro 54. 4. Jefus his withdrawing hereupon into Ephraim, near the wildcrneffe, ver. 54. IV. At the Feaft of the Paffeover, vi^. The laft Paffeover Chrift kept with his Difciples ; Chimfelf Kkkkkk «* 494 J 0 H N. Chap.Xrr.to xxr. Chap. 12. Chap. 13. cur true Paffeover, being immediately thereupon facri- ticedforhu'Ekil.J Where Chrifts PafTion and Death is defcribed by rhc 1 Antecedents. 2 Manner, And 3 Consequents thereof. 1 . Jlie Antecedents or paffages going before h U death , were I. The Jews inquifitiveneffe after him at the Feaft.ier. 55,56. II. The chief Priefls and Pharifees command ro detect him, ver. 57. III. Chriftscom- ing to Bethany, where Lazarus was, fix dayes before the Feaft, where Mary anointed his feet,wiping them with her hair. Chap. XII. i.to 9. Amplified by the Peoples flocking thither, and by the Jews confulting thereupon to put La^arm to death alfo, a/ec.p,io,ii. IV. Hisentring Jerufalem riding upon an AflesColt with the Peoples Hofannah's, &c. ver. 12.ro 20. This it Amplyfied, Partlybw the Greeks defire to fee Jefus, who came to worihipat the Feaft ,i».2o,2 1,22. Partly by his Sermon to his Difciplesand the People touch- ing Death, Self-denial forChrift, and walking in the light, v.23 fo 57. Partly by a Declaration, 1. Of the Jews general blindneffe and unbelief ; though fome of the Rulers believed in him, but confeffed him not ; 2. Of the benefits of faith, andmifchiefs of unbelief, ver, 2/7 . ro the end. V. His Pafchal- Supper with his Difciples-, at which 1. He wjfheth the Difciples feet, teaching thereby his fpiritual warning them, and humility one to another, Chap. XIII. i.to 18. i.He complains of, and derefts the Traytor Judas by a fop, ver. 18. fo 27. 3. He upbraids and irritates Ju- das,ver. 27. to 31. 4. He comforts himfelf againft his approaching death, commanding his Difciples to love one another,i>. 31. to 36. $. He forewarnes Pe- ter of his threefold denial, ver. 36. to the end. 6. He comforts his Difciples againft their prefent forrow, for his approaching departure from them; And this by many Cordials, or Arguments of comfort, v/^.Their Chap. 14. faith in him, Chap. XW 1. The nature of heaven. His Preparation of it for them, ver. 2. His promife of return. His reception of them to himfelf. His glorifying them with himfelf, 11.3. Their knowledge whither he went,and the way ; largely expounded, v. 4. ro 12. Their doing after his departure the works that he did, and greater, (w^.The fame in Doctrine and Miracles : Greater in preaching to Gentiles, whereas he preached only ro the Jews, and doing many more miracles rhen Chrift, being themfelves many, and having longer time to do them in,Jv.i2. His granting of theit Prayers made inhisName, ver. 13, 14. His giving of the fpirit the Comforter to them, ver. 15, 1 6: His vouchfafing them his own comfortable heart-pacifying prefence, fweetly de- fcribed verfe. 17. to the end. 7- He exhorts them, Partly to perfevere in him by faith by many Argu- ments under the Parable of the Branches in the Vine, Chap.15. Chap.XV.l.toS. Partly to abound in fpiritual fruit- fulneffe, efpecially in mutual love one to another, v. 8.roi8- 8. He comforts them again, againft the worlds hatred and perfecution : as alfo againft his deparrure:by their Election out of the world,i>er.i8„ 19. By his own example, ver. 20. By their good caufe, ver. 21,22. Eythe reflecting of alhheirfuffer- ings upon God, ver. 22., 24. By the Scriptures Pre- diction, 1/.25. By theSpmtsTeftimony,ver.26.By their own Testimony, ver. 27. By his fending of the Holy Ghoft the Comfiter, whofe operation fhallbe moft beneficial both in reference to the world, and Chap. 1 5. in reference to the ApofHes themfelves, Chap. X/I. i.to 6. By his Refurrecri'on, (when they ft) all fee him again) and by his Afccnfion, Promising as a fruit thereof the hearing of their Prayers made in his Name, ver. 16. to 29. Finally, againft their flight and difperfion he comforts them by his Fathers Pre- fenceftiil with him, and hisviftory over the world for them ver. 29.ro the end. 9. He ponies forth his Moji heavenly prayer, as our Great-High-Priefi, be- fore hk offering up of himfelf form \ Commending him- felf, and all his, therein to the Father. Herein he prayes, Partly, for himfelf that the Father would now glorifie him, having finilhed his work, Chap. XVII. i.ro 6. Partly, for his ApofHes and Difciples, CnaP« r7» that they may be preferred from evil, and Sanctifi- ed to the preaching of the Gofpel, v. 6.to 20. Partly, for all the Eleft , vi^. that they may be fpiritually u- nited, and eternally glorified, ver. 2o.totheendof the Chapter. 2. Jlie Manner of Chrifts Paffion, is defcribed what it was, I. in the Garden, where he isberrayed, Ap- prehended, and led away to the High-Prieft, Chap. r. 0 XVIII. 1. to 15, H. In the High-Priefts Pallas, be- *"mp' I8# fore Annas andCaiapbasy where Jefus isexamined by the High-Prieft, buffeted by one of the Officers, and denyed by Peter, ver. 15. ro28. III. In the Judge- ment-hallbeforc Pilate . where Jelus is. I. Arraign- ed and Examined, ver. 28. to 38. 2. Rejected for Barrabas,v.3%,2,9,4o. 3. Scourged, Chap. XIX. I. chap. 19. 4. Crowned with Thorncs, ver. 2. 5. Clothed with a purpIcRobe, ver.2. 6. Mocked and Buffeted,^. And 7. Condemned by Pilate at the outrage of the people, contrary to his own Confcience, after he had divers times endeavoured to releafe him, ver. 4. to 17. IV. In the place of Execution: where, I He is crucified betwixt two Thieves, v. 17,18. z. A Ti- tleisfetupon his Crofs, ver. i9.to 23. 3. HisGar- ments are parted, and lots caft for his coat ver. 23, 24. 4. He commends his Mother to John ftanding I by his Crofs, ver.25,26, 27. 5. He drinketh Vine- gar, and yeildeth up the Ghoft, 1^.28,29,30. 6. His legs were not broken, but his fide piercedj ver. 31. ro38. 3. The Confequence of Chrifts Pa ffion, where I. His Burialby Jofeph of Arimathea, and Nicodemm, ver. 38. to the end. II. His Rejurreftion, early on the firft day of the week, ("unknown to Mary Magdalene Peter and John when they came to the Sepu'chre^J Cha p. X X. I . ro 1 1 , Chrift s Refurretlion is evidenced, chap. 1. By two Angels to Mary Magdalene as fhe flood weeping at his Sepulcher, ver. 1 i.fo 14. 2. Ey the Apparition of Jefus himfelf to Mary turning her felf about; who alfo reported to the Difciples that fhe had feen the Lord,and what he had faid unto her, v. 14.ro 19.3. By the Apparition the fame firft day of the week at Even, to the Difciples together, (Thomas being abfent,and not believing) v. 19. to 26.4. By his Apparition after eight days to the Difciples, Thomas being with them,& his faith beingconfirmed by hear- ing, feeing and handling of Chrift.ver. 26.ro 3o.(Here is inferred the reafon why fome among the many figns which Chrift did, are recorded, vi^. That we might believe that Jefus is the Chrift, and live by believing, ^.30,31 .J 5. By his Apparition to the Di- fciples at the Sea of Tiberias procuring them a great rh^r, 2\ draught of Fifties, and Dining with them, Ch.XXI.i. v' to 15. This Apparition of Chrift is Amplifiedby Chrifts Conference with Peter, Partly charging him, as he loved him, ro fee his Lambs and Sheep, v.i 5, 15,17, Partly foretelling Peter by what Death he fhould glo- rifie God, vi^. by being Crucificd,ai Chrift was, v. 18. 19. Partly, anfvvering Peters Qucftion touching John who wrote thefe things, verfe. 20.ro the end of the Btok.. 3. The \_- 495 The ACT S Se&.I. Order and Name. Hitherto of the Hiftory of ]efus chrift, the Head of the Church defer ibed by the four Evangelifls. THE HISTORY OF THE CHVRCH OF C HR 1ST, hit myfiicalBody, and that in tbepunjl primitive ApoRolical times, nextfollowes; and is con- tained in the ACTS OF THE HOLY APOSTLES. So denominated, from the principal Sub)eZl- matter of of this Book, WK- The Afts of the * APoflles '" the infancy of the primitive Church, therein recorded Hi- Jlorically. * Obieft But how can this Bool^be called The Alls of the Apoftles, when it almoft writes of Paul alone ? Anfrr. Many things are in this Hiftory recorded of all the A- poftles, to chapter 13. But more of Paul then of any of the reft; Partly becaufe Luke that penned it, was almoft Pauls Companion in all his travels-. Partly becaufe as Pauls conver- sion was more miraculous, fo hisMiniftry and courfe was more illuftrious. He laboured more abundantly then they all; lfCor.i$, i(5. p ntly moft of the other Apoftles after the di- fperfion, exercifed their Miniftry among Gentiles, lefs famous then Jewes, Greeks and Romans. But its fpecially obfervable in this Hiftory, here's nothing at all mentioned of any Bifhop- rick that Peter had at Rome. And Fmcc'w (Com. j, 5, ;n ChronolJ demonstrates that Perer never was it Rome. D.ParJn Prolog, in Alt. Ap. SeU. II. Venman. a See Seft. I. upon Luhs where he is at large defcribed b Afts,i.i 2. &c. cAft, 17 1 6. d Aftsi<; 3?- Penman of this Hiftory was Lu\e fthe beloved Phyfitian) who alfo wrote the Gofpel ( of whom a fee what is there fpoken,J as appears, 1. By the Teftimony of the ancient Complutenfe-Manufcript- Copy, wheiein Lukes name is prefixed. 2. By the Preface or Introduction of this Book, wherein he men- tions the former Treatife of the Gofpel penned by him; names Toeopbilia, to whom he direfted par- ticularly this Hiftory of the Apoftles, as well as that Hiftory of Chrift, and alfo heconnefts or knits this Book to his Gofpel, by continuing the Hiftory where he formerly left, viz. At the Refurrettion and Afcen- fion of jefus Chrift, which 6 here is fomewhat more fully defcribed, and what followed hereupon, fo that this Gofpel and the Alls of the Apoftles, are but as one continued Hiftory. 3. By the very ftile, which feemes notably to indigitate Luke unto us, Partly it being compleat and polifhed Greek, becoming Lukj an accurate Grecian, who had alfo moft diligently perufed the Septuagint Verfion ; Partly it being re- plenifhed with Hebraifmes, fuitablc to Lukes native Genius being by country a Syrian ofAntioch, the Syrian Language being one of the Hebrew-Dialefts J Partly became herein fometimes is the Language of aPhyfitian, very agreeable to Luk?< orofellion, as ■ c his Spirit it was ftirred in him, [jwt.*o%nvi\o , Hit {pi- lit was in a Paroxyfme ; '} the woid is ufed by Phyfi- tiansto fignirie a ffiarp fit of an Ague, Fever, to8. 3. By the events of this cure, both on the ^n3F* >' lame man and the People, ver. 8. to 12. II.Fererj Sermon hereupon, wherein, 1. He declares the caufe of this cure ; Negatively, not any thing in the Apo- ftles;, Affirmatively, the power of Chrift and faith in him whom they crucified, but God raifed again, ver. 12. to 17. 2. He comforts them againft their fin Chap. IV. to XIII. The ACTS of the Apoftles. 497 fin of crucifying Chrift, ver. 17,18. 3- He exhorts them to repentance and faith in Chrift, ver. 10. to the end. U\.Tbe Events ojWters Sermon, viz.i.The Apprehcnfionandimprifonment of Peter and John by the Priefts, Ruler of the Temple, andSadduces, Chap.4. chap. IV. 1. to 5. 2. The Rulers proceedings againft Peter and John, ('who boldly preach Chrift before them,)v.$. to 22,. 3. The Apoftles prayer upon re- port of the whole matter, with the Lords gracious and prefent anfwcr,vf r. 23. to 32. 2. How fwcetly the believers converfed together, 1. In unity of heart, v. 32. 2. In community of Hate, v. 32. 3. In Authority of the Apoftles preaching Chrirts refurreftion, ver. 33. 4. In Beneficence to them that wanted, by fale of their poffeffions, and depofiting the prices thereof at the Apoftles feet to be distributed, ver. 33. to the end. Thit it amplified by the Hypocrifie of Ananias and Sappbii a his wife, who fold their pofieffions, pretended to lay down all the price at the Apoftles feet , but kept back part, andwereboth imitten dead for lying to the Holy Ghoft, Chap. V. 1. to 12. 3. How the Apoftles wrought many wonders, 1. To the terror of fome. 2. To the converfion of ma- ny, ver. 12. fO 17. 4. How the Apoflles were perfecuted being impri- foned and beaten for preaching Chrift Jefus, and how floutly they behaved themfelves under thefe fufFerings,and after thcm,re')oycing that they were count- ed worthy to [tiffer frame for Chrift, and perfifting ftill in preaching, ver. 27. to the endofthe chapter. s. How the Apoftles appointed feven Deacons to taRecareof the poor-, This Aft is defcribed 1. By the occafionand moving caufe of erefting fuch ano- Chap. 5. ffice, Chap. VI. 1. /a §. 2. Ey the manner of calling the Deacons to their office, whofe names are recit- ed, ver. $,6. 3. By the Event hereof, yer.j. This Narration about the Deacons it amplified by the HiUory of Stephen and Philip, two of the moji eminent of the feven Deacons. Touching Stephen here is declared how he I. wrought great miracles, v. 8. II. Difputed prevalently againft feveraladverfaries, 11.9.10. III. Hereupon was per- secuted by his adverfaries. In his perfection, i. He is accufed before the Councelfor blafpheming God and the Law of Mofes, ver. 1 1. to the end. 2. He is examined by the Councel touching things laid to his Chap. 7. charge. Chap. VII. 1. 3. He makes his Apology before the Counrel,anfwering his accufation,wherein he \>roves(againft the ground of their accufation^That God was not fo pleafed with Mofaical Rites andTem- ple in themfelves,as that he would have them to be perpetuated, or could not be worfhipped without them ; Partly by the example of Abraham and the Fathers, who worfhipped God aright, and were chofenofGod before there was* either Tabernacle or Temple, ver.2.to 37. Partly by the Teflimony of Mofes, who prophecied of Chrift the Prophet like unto him, who mould inftitute a new way of worfhip whom Mofes commanded the Jews to obey, v. 37. to 42. Partlyby the example of the wicked Jews, who when they had the Tabernacle, worfhipped not God aright, in that they ferved idols, ver. 42.43- Partly by the nature of the Tabernacle after the heavenly pattern, and of the Temple, which were but to laft for a time, and wherein God did not chiefly delight to dwel\,ver. 44.ro 51. From all which Stephenft.zty- ly reproves the Councel for Rebellion againft, God v. $1. Cruelty againft Gods MeiTengers, ver. 52. Vio- lation oi the Law, ver. 53. 4. Upon his anlwer he isbarbaroufly ftoned to death, Saul contenting to Chap. 8. his death, w'ep.54. to the end, and chapter VIII. 1. Touching Philip it it fioritd, I. How he converted the S.imaritanes, which is fee forth, 1. By the acci- dental ocrafion of \x.,vix^. A great perfection of the Church at Jernfalem,ioihe difperfton of all the preach- ing Difciplcs, except the Apoftles, fS.. 2. The Manner ofhisconvcrfion,^ .to 2,6. 3. The Events hereof, ver. 2,6. to the endofthe chapter, lothit Hifiory of 'Philip, and of the great per- secution of the Church at Jerufalem, it annexed the Hi- fiory ofS auls miraculous Converfion, who was one of the chiej Perfccutors. Sauls Convetfion it defcribed, I. By the feafon and ftatc wherein the Lord took occafion to convert him, vi^. in his heat of persecuting the Church, Chap. IX. 1,2. 2. By the miraculous man- ner of his con veriion,by the voice of Chrift from hea- ven,and his vocation to the Apoftlefhip, v. 3. to 20.3. by the various Events following upon his converfion, ver. 20.ro 32. Hitheto of the Ails of the Apoftles, defcribed more generally. II. More fpeci ally, The AH s 0/ Peter WPauJ, are defcribed in particular. I. The particular Alls and Affairs of 'Peter, were Peter. 1 His Miracles, 2 Hit Dotlrhe, 3 His Sufferings. J. Hit Miracles wrought. vi\. 1. Recovering at Lydda a man from the Palfie, after he had kept his bed eight years, ver. 32.ro 36. 2. Raifing Tabitha, cal- led Dorcas, from the dead at Joppa, where many believing, he abode many days, ver. 36. to the end. II. Hit Dolhine, 1. Preached to Cornelius the Centu- rion-, Defcribed, Partly by the Antecedent caufes of his preaching, Ch. X. 1 . to 34. Partly by the matter of his Sermon preached, ver. 34. to 44. Partly by the events or iffues of his preaching, ver. 44. to the end. 2. Defended againft them of the circumcifion, that oppofed his communion with the uncircumcifed Gentiles, by his Narrative of the whole matter, Ch. XI. i.ro 19. {Here the Hiftoryof Peter it interrupted, Chap.il. by a Narrative inferted touching r. The converfion of many in Phenice, Cyprus and Antiocb, by them that were difperfed upon the perfecution about Stephen, ver. 19. to the end. 2. TheMartyrdome of James the brother of Johnby Herod Agrippa, Ch. XII.i,2.] Chap. I*. III. Hisfufferings under Herod who imprifoned him, thinking to kill him; herenote, 1. Peters imprifon- ment,v.3. to 7. 2. Peters miraculous enlargement by an Angel at the Churches prayers, ver. 7. ton. 3. The Events upon that enlargement; Partly up- on Peter himfelf, Partly upon his friends; Partly upon the Keepers of the prifon, v. 1 1. to 20. This fie- ry is amplified, 1. By a Narration of King Herodzhe Perfecutor his miferable end, t/.2o. fo 24. 2. By the Succefs of the Word afterward, ver. 24. II. Tiie particular Alls and Affaires of Saul, (after Sergint Paulas his converfion, named Paul J are te- corded,cbiejly according to five remarkable Peregrinati- ons or Journeyes which hetookj, viz. 1. His fir ft purney with Barnabas, to preach the Gofpel to the Gentiles, (John Mark being their Mini- fter.) Touching which note I. The Antecedent prepa- ration of them for their journey; 1. By the return (torn Jerufalem, whether they were fent with Alms to the poor Saints from Antiocb in Syria, ver. 25. 2. By their folemn Call to this work and travel, Ch. Chap;*?.' XIII. 1,2,3. H. Their journey it felf, 1. To 5e/eK- <7d,ver. 4. 2.ToC)/>ntf,ver. 4. Preaching the word there at Salamis, ver. 5. And at Papbos, before Scrgius P aulas Deputy of the Countrey, where E- lamat the Sorcerer wiihftanding them is fmitten blind, whereupon the Deputy believed, ver.6 to 13, 3. To Perga in Pamphilia, where John deferred them, ver. 1 3. 4. To Antiocbia'm Pifidia: where, on the Sabbath-day, at the requeft of the Rulers of the Synagogue, Paul preached Chrift to both Jews L 1 1 1 1 1 and 49^ The ACTS of the Apojilcs. Chap.XIV.toXX- and Gentiles, the Gentiles defiring the fame Do- cTrine might be preached to them the next Sabbath- day, and all the City being come together, the Jewes tilled with indignation, blafphtmed and * contradicted their Doctrine, whereupon Paul and B.unabas turn to the Gentiles, the Jews rejecting the Gofpel, v. 14. to . the (-I.uk lies ; imparting them to the Church of 1 .$.Tae Ami":)), both by word of mouth, andbyEpiftle, [me, which isejtprcffely recited,!/. 22.ro 30. III. By the o: r-xTii Evens of theft; Synodall Acts, ver. 2,).to2,6. raifed by thofe who troubled the Difciples. And accordingly there was a threefold power or Authority, put forth in this 1. lie l):;i>i.it'nl- l' !iv:, , confuting the Herein- and vindicating the Truth. 2. The /> . 1. ,-,'//, .'• Power, making a practical Canon lor avoiding 1l1e1eaud.1l, and abftaining from jave Occafion of ir. 3 XheC\ -, ,vcr. 24. achers with the black Marks of Lyars Chw ch.A'fxver nj ihr Ajle:/il'ly » . ffl)pag.<55 Chip. 15 * There- were three great e- tfier of the Apo files and Eiders, 1. Herefie taught, aflerting the necef- 3. Hit third journey with Silas f Barnabas parting from him through the contention about Mark., J to vifit the Erethren in every City, where he a&dBar- nabas had preached the word, ver. 35.1-041. vi^. I. Through Syria and Cilicia confirming the Chur- ches, ver. 41. Il.Thcn toDerbe and Lyftra, Cities of Lycaonia; where 1. Paul circumcifeth Timothy, Ch. XVI. 1, 2, 3. 2. They delivered rhc Decrees of the Synod to the Churches as they went, ver. 4, 5. 3. Through Phrygia and Galatia, being forbidden by the Spirit to preach in Afia, v. 5. IV. To Myfia. where the Spirit fuffered them not to go into Bithy- nia, v. 7. 5. Thence to Troas, whete by a vifion they wete called to Macedonia, ver. 8,9,10. VI. Thence to Samothracia. VII. Thence to Neapolis, ver. 11. VIII. Thence to Philippi a chief City of Macedonia, where 1. Lydia is converted, v. 12. to 16. 2. The Spirit of Divination iscaft out of a Maid, ver. 16, 17, 18. 3. Heteupon Paul and Silas are ftripped, fcourged and imprifoned, ver. 19. ro2$. 4. Their Jaylor is wonderfully converted, i1.25.to 35. 5. And finally, Paulimd Silas releafed out ofprifon, f.35. to the end. IX. Thence through Amphipolis and Apollonia to Tbejfalonica, Ch. XVII. I. where 1. Paul reafoning proveth that Jefus is Chrift, fome be- lieving, 11.2.105. 2. Pdtt/isperfecuted by the un- believing Jews , but fent away fafe, v. 5. to 10. X. Thence to Berea, where 1. Paul preaching Chrift many believed, ver. 10,11,12. 2. Perfecution is raifed up againft Paulbythe. unbelieving Jewes of Tbejfalonica, ver. 1 3, 14, 1 5. XI. Thence to Athens v. 1 5. where Paul t". Difputeth, v. i5, 17. 2. Is per- fected by the Epicureans and Stoicks, ver. 18.1022. 3. PreachethoniJ/rtAt hill the true and living God, to them VNKNOWN, fome mocking, but fome be- lieving, ver. 22. to the end. XII. Thence to Corinth, Chap.XVUL I. where x. Paul abode with Aquila a Jew, preaching Chrift till the Jews oppofed and blafphemed, v. 2. to 7. 2. Paul went and abode in thehoufe o(Iuflus,zo thcconverfionof many,preach- ing there a year and fix moneths, vet. 7. to 12. 3. .FWisfurioufly perfecuted by the Jewes, accuf- ed before Gallio the Deputy, but difmiffed, ver.12. to 18. 4. After this tarries a good while, and then came into Syria with Pr'tfcilla and Aquila, ver. 18. XIII. Thence to Ephefui, where he reafoned with the Jews, ver. 19, 20, 21". XIV. Thence he fayl- cd to Ctfarea, ver. 22. XV. Thence hecameto { J erufalem,s. 22. •4. Hit fourth Journey, undertaken for the Ephefians fakes, from Hierufalem. viz. I. To Antioch, ver. 22. II. Thence over all the Country of Galatia and Phry- gia. ftrengthening all the Difciples, ver. 23. III. Thence to Ephefut, where I. Apollos a Jew of Alex- andria, knowing only Johns Baptifme was inftruft- ed a little before more perfectly by PrifctSa andA- r his fpeaking againft the idolatrous vvorfhip of Diana which uproar was ap- dby the Town-Clerk, v. 23. to the end. 8. Paul takes his leave of the Difciples, Ch. XX. 1. IV. From Chap. i<5« Chap. 17. Chzp.iBi j\\d. Pif. cat. in loc. Hift.Eccl. Magdenb. Cent. I./.2. c. 10. Paulus Chap. 19. rThat thofe Di- fciples were baptized by Paul becaufe formerly mif-bap- tfzed, is confeffed and clear- ed by that learned Zano.in Obfervati- onib.infu- am if ft us Confcffio- nem in cap. l$.Tom.S. />• SJo.&c. Geneva. 1618. Chap. 20. Chap.XXl. to XXVIII. The AC TS of the Afo files. 499 From Ephefus into Macedonia, tiicre giving much exhorracion, ver. i, 2. V. Thence into Greece, there abiding three Moncths, v. 2, 3. VI. Thence (Jcwslaying wait for him,) palling chrough Mace' donia inco Afia, He came to Troas, where 1. He a- bode feven dayes, ucr. 3. rj 7. 2. On the firlt day of the week he preached till midnighc, railed E.ni- chus to life, and celebrated the Lords Supper, v. 7. to 13. VII. From Troas to AJ])s , ver. 13, 14. VIII. Thence to Mitylene, 11.14. IX- Thence to CA/'o/. X. Thence to Samas. XL Thence to Tre- gillium. XII. Thence (purpofcly milling Ephefus.) to Miletus, ver. 15, 1 6. where 1. He fends for the Elder? of Ephefus 10 Miletus, ver. 17. 2. He preach- ethtothem, Partly remembring unto them his for- mer finceredoftrine and life amongft tliem, Partly foretelling his fufferings at 7?"'pfc/n for Chrift, and how little he was moved thereat for Chrift ; Partly charging them hcedfully to feed and watch over the Church committed to them ; Partly taking his leave ofthem, ver. 18. to 36. 3- He praycth with them, who part with him with many tears, ver. 2,5, 37, 38. Chap. si. XIII. Thence to Coos. XIV. Thence to Rhodes. XV. Thence to Patara, Ch. XXI. 1. XVI. Thence toTyre, where I. Paul tarried feven dayes, ver. 2, 3,4. 2. Difciplesby the fpirit warn Paul not to go up to Jerusalem, ver. 4. 3. Men, Women and Children bringing Paul on his journey, he prayed with them on the fhore, and took his leave, v. 5, 6. XVII. Thence to Ptolemait , abiding one day with the Brethren, v. 7. XVIII. Thence to Csfarea ; where 1. They cntredinto the houfe of Philip the E- vangelift, whole four Daughters prophecied, v. 8, 9. z.Agabus propheciethofF.i«/i bonds at Jerufalem, and that he fhould be delivered into the hands of the GentiIes,v.io,ii. 3.Prt«/isintreated by the Difciples with tears not to go up to Jerufalem , but will not be perfwaded, being ready to dye for the Lord Jefus, v.12,13,14. XIX.Thence to Jerufale>n,v.i$,i6,i'j. •where \.Paul relates to thePrefbytery ,the fruits of his Miniftry among the Gentiles,t/.i8,iQ,2o. 2. Paul it the requeftof the Prefbytery Purifies himfelf & thofe that were with him,according to the Law oi Mofes, to prevent the offence of the weak believing Jews,who had heard that Paul taught the Jews to for fake the Law ot~Mofes,v.2o.to 28. %.Paul being in the Temple, the Jews of Afia raifc a tumult againft him,lay hands on him to kill himjbut the chief Captain with his foul- diers refcued him.bound him,examined him.carried him into the Caftle,& as he was on the Caftle-ftaires, obtained leave to fpeak unto the people, v. 28. to the end. 4.Frf«/makes an Apologetical fpeech upon the CafHe-fbirs,to the peop!e,aiming therein to convince the peopIc,that the uproar railed about him,wherein he was thus apprehended & beaten, was not through any default of his,To this end. 1 He declares his former Chap. 22. Zea' if the Jewifh Religion againft the Chriftian, C/j. XXII.i.fo 6. 2.He relates the miraculous manner of his Converfion to the Chriftian Religion,& his calling to the Apoftlefhip. Whereat consequently none flmuld be effended,v.6. to 12. Thii fpeech ofhk ii amplified by the Events, viz The peoples tumult, v. 22,23. The chief Captains com- mand to bind and examine Paulby fcourging, which Paulzsi frecborn Roman was freed from, v 24.10 30. The chief Captain commands the chief Priefis and all the Councel to appear to examine him, ^.30. 5. Paul is broughc by the chief Captain before the Jews Chap. 23. Councel; where, He profeffeth his good confeience, Ch.XXIII. 1. //ef/jrerttewthehigh-Priefr, for com- manding him to be fmitten againft the Law, u2.r0 6. Hepolitiqmly declaring himfelj a Pharifee, queftioned for holding the refurre&ion from the dead, fets a di- vifion among his adverfaries, being part Pharifecs, partSadduces^.S.fo n.«5.The Lord encouraged Paul by night, that lie fhouldbear witnefs of him at Rome, v. 1 1.7, Paul is by a fpecial Providence delivered from the.rreachery of above fourty Jews, who had bound themfelves under acurfe that they would neither eat nor drink. till they had killed Paul. The chief cap- tain feiv! ;n j liMiiwich a guard of Souldicrs tor >./'... c-,;, with letters to Felix the Govcrnour, and command- ing his accufers to fay before Felix what they I ad a- gainft Paul, v. 12.ro theendoftbecb.8.VnderFe]ix Governtsur, ths High-Priefband felder , by te tullus the Orator,malicioui!v accufe Paiil,Ch.XXIV 1 ,1 1 1 j Chip. 24. Paul modeftly.apologizeth for himfelf, both A ing the crimes objected. and Evidencing his own inna- cency, v. lo.to 22X0U is amplified by the Events I: o/",viz.Further hearing is defer red,t»er.S2. Paul is al- lowed liberty of his imprifomnent,v. 23. He preach- eth before Felix and his wifcv.24,25. \ n hope ol a bribe J s often fent for by Felix, v. 26. Islefr bound when Feftut came inco Felix his Room,v.27. c.VnJer Feflttstbe Governour, rhe High-Prieftsand Jew; accufe iW,C/;.XXV.i.fo8..fWanfwcrs their accufations, Chap. 25. v. .8. Appeals from Feftus, ("who would have judged him at Jerufalem, Jto Q&far,v.<).to 1 yPauls affairs are related by F eft us to KingAgrippa,coxa\x\% 10 falute him whoalfodcfired to hear Paul,v.\^. to 22. Paul being brought forth into the place of hearing, v. 32. to the end, Anfwered for himfelf. Partly Prefacing to his fpeech.c/; XXVI. 1,2, 3. Partly declaring hisman- Chap. 2^. neroflife Before, At, ind After liis converfion,.!/. 4 to 24. The Events of which fpeech on Feftus andA- gfippa, are related, ver.2^. to the end of the chap. 5. His fifth and laft journey, with Ariftarchus a Macedonian, from CaiareaM Rome, occafioned by his appeal to afar formerly mentioned, v\. I. Sailing from Cxfarea to Sidon, f Julius the Centu- rion, who had the charge of Paul, courreoufly in- treating him, J Ch. XXVII. ver. 1, 2, 3. II. Thence Chap.:.?' under Cyprus, over the fea of Cilicia and Pamphylia, to Jlpraa City ofLycia, ver. 4, 5,6. III. Thence by Cnidus , Creete and Salmon, to the faire-Havens, ver. 7, 8. where, 1. Paul admonifheth them of the danger of the voyage, ver. 9,10. 2. His Admonition prevaileth not, Partly becaufe the Mafter of the Shipadvifed otherwife. Partly becaule the haven was not commodious to winter in, ver. 11, 12. IV. Thence they failed clofe by Creete, and in a great tempefl, wherein they were many dayes toiled ; they fuffered Ship-wrack., the lading of the Ship be- ing loft, and the Ship broken, but according to the Angels promife to Paul, he and all the perfons fail- ing with him were faved, being cafl upon the Ifland Melita, ver. 13. to the end, and Chap. XXVIFI. 1. Chap.18. where are declared 1. The kindeneffe of the Barba- rians to them, ver. 2. 2. Pauls making a Viper oft his hand into the fire, ver. 3 tii, 3 Pauls kind entertainment by Publiw chief man of the Ifland, ver. j. 4. Pauls healing the father of Publius of a fever and a bloody tiix -, and other difeafes in the Ifland, ver. 8,0, 10. 5. Their abode there three moneths, ver. 11. V. Thence ro Syracufe, ver. 11. 12. VI. Thence to Return. VII. Thence to Putcoli, where rinding Brethren, Paul tarried feven dayes, ver. 13, 14, VIII. Thence to Rome, being met by the brethren as far as Appii-forum, and the three Ta~ verns, ver. 14,15, i5. where 1. Paul with other Prifoners were delivered to theCapcain oftheGuard, Paul being afforded free-cuftody, ver. 16. 2. Paul after three days, calls the brethren to him, declaring to them thecaufeofhis coming, and his innocency with the events thereof, ver. 17./0 23. 3. Paul ata time appointed in his lodgings preacheth Chrift to the Jewes, the Events of which Sermon are declare d , w.22,ro$Q. 4. Paul boldly, preacheth Chrift with- \ out prohibition, for two years fpace, in his own hired houfe, to all chat come to vifk him, w/l* 30 , Tims, of all the Bvl-j of the New Teftament which are Historical ; Next in order follow t'rAe &y>ks which are Epijhltc.il. II. &j 5CO The KEY of the Bible. a Hen. Allied. Pr&cog. TheolJ. 2. c 124. II. STISTOLICJL BOOKS. THE EPISTOLICAL BOOKS of the New Teftament are all the Epiftles, written by the Apoftles ; the Apoftles being oft-times unable to inftrucl: by their per- fonal prefence, fupplyed that by writing Eft files. Thofe Epiftles are either written, 1 . To the Believing Gentiles. Or, 2. To the Believing Jexves, as was formerly noted. To the believing Gentiles, The Apo file Paul wrote his Epiftles; which are 1. General, written to whole Churches : 2. Particular, to fome felecl particular Perfons. I. Some a do rank Pauls Epiftles thus, according to the Churches and Perfons to whom they were written, viz.. (Rome- i. Europe, as to the jCorinth Churches at yTbeffalonica (_Pbilippi in Italic Greda. > ■ — mfhracia. V To whole 2. jifta as to the Pauls Epi- ftles were written Churches, either Churches at 'Galatia Ephefus Coloffe >in Afia Minor. •. 3. Judea , and in other Nations difperfed , as theEpiftte to the Hebrews. 2t To particular Perfons 5 as to CTimothy. ^ Tit us. Philemon. t> Hist. Ec- clef. Magd. Cent. 1./. 2. c. 20. Paulus Apofiolus. D. Parens inPrologom fecial in Ep. Paul in SeH. V. C ante ep. adKoman, II. Others b endeavour, and that not unprofitably, to marfhall Pauls E fifties in the Or- der of times and feafons wherein they were feverally written, which Order is not obferved as they are placed in our Bibles. And though the punctual time when every Epiftle was written, cannot evidently and infallibly be demonftrated, either by the Epiftles themfeives, or other Ecclefiaftical Hiftories, yet we may have good probabilities hereof, as may appear in this Type or Table enfuing. J Chronological Table, defer ibing the Order and Time wherein Pauls Epiftles were written. PAuls Epiilles were written 1. Before his Bonds and Captivity at Rome. 2. In his Bonds and Imprifon- rnetit there. Before his Binds and Captivity at Rome, as thefe [even Ep flics in this Order, viz. Firft of all feems to be written the I. To Theffalonians From Athens by Tychicus. For Paul by rcafon of the tumultuous Jcwcs, going from Theffalonica to Berea, and thence to Athens, Aft. 17. Thence he confirmes the Theffalonians in the faith by his firft Epiftle, as appears by 1 Thcf. 3. 1. 2. and by the fubferiptions of both the Epiftles to thcTheffalonians, (_ ifEpiftolicalSubfcriptions may be credited. _) There arc who think tin's and the orher Epiftle were writ- ten at Corinth, becaufe Paul flayed not long at A- thens, and becaufe Timotheus and £// in the Ninreenth year after his Converfion, (as is thought) in the tenth or eleventh of Claudius, and the one and twen- tieth after Chrift's death. Next feems written the l.To the Corinthians, from Ephefus, while Paul ftayed there, from Afts 19.9, 22. compared with 1 Cor. 16. 8. Tand this rather than from Philippi, as the Greek Poftfcript intimates, and before he went through Macedonia, J 1 Cor. 16. 5. for he paffed through Macedonia after his three years abode at Ephefus. See Afts 19. 1, 8, 10, 21, 22. compared with Afts 20.1. about the endofwhich time he is fuppofed to write this Epiftle at Ephefus, before Pentecfi. For he faid, / will tarry at Ephefus, km /if The KEY of the Bible. 501 untillPenteaft, 1 Cor. 1 6: 8. which when lie he feems plainly cobs at Ephefm. And Chryjoffime fointerpretsk, faying, When be mite thit Epifile he was /irEphefns, it being winter, Joan. Chryfolt. id iCor. i5.8.Hom.4?. Videtiam Athan, inSvno And this Pentecofl went before that Pentecoll when. he intended to be at Jtrufalem, Aft;, jo. i5. which fell our about the fixty fourth year aftcrChrills death, in the ninth of N'ro, which year co ning tojerufa- i Um with the contribution, he was cart intoBjnds: in the thirtieth ycarafter his Converfioti. $. Not much after this firll Epillle : Paulviwe his II. To Corinthians tram Pbilippi, when after D.'- metrim his tumult,he left Ephefw and came into Ma- cedonia, Ails 2:.i, 2,5. for then he mull needs come to Pbilippi, ("which was the firrt city upon the coall of Macedonia, Ad.s.16. 12/) Hither rcferre that inti- mation of his coming to Cirinth, with rhem of Mic:- donia. 2 Cor.9. 4. that is there faid ro be done, when after he had paited through Macedonia into Greece^ be had flayed three moneths, Ails 20.2, 3. And after we never read that he returned into Greece. 6.1a the fame parting through Macedonia: A* Nicopo- /tffas the Portfcript intimacesjnot farre dirtant from Philippi before he came into Greece, Paulis fuppofed to have written his Epirtles to Titus, whom he calls fromCeerto Nicopolis, becaufe there he bad deter - minedto winter, Tk. 3. 12. though hefeems after to have altered his purpofe, and to have wintered in Grecia, as is thought at Corinth. Some think it was written from Ephefits. 7. The eminent Epirtle to the Romans feems to have bin written, whilrt Paul was vvintring at Corintb, but having wintred in Greece, becaufe of the treache- ries of the Jews, returning through Macedonia, he cameto.tyW<* with the Contribution, whence at lart he was carried bound to Rome in the fixty fourth yearofChrifl, in the ninth of Nao, and in the thir- tieth year after his own converfion. So thatthefe three Epirtles, vi^.The II. to Corinth, To Titus, And to the Romanes, feem to be written as is faid, and all within the fpace of half a year : but the Epifile to the Romans feems to be the lart he wrote before he came captive ro Rome. Origen and Cbryfoflome prove it was written after both the Epirtles to the Corinthians, becaufe in both thofe Epirtles he rtirs them up to a collection for the poor Saints at Jerufalem, 1 Cor. 6. 1, to 6. 2 Cor.8 9. which contribution he faith he had received from the Churches of Macedonia and Achaia, to carry it into fudea, Rom. 15. 2$, 26. and hebrought it to Jerufalem, inhis lart journey into Syria, defcribed Ails 10. and 2r.ashimfelfterti'rlesin his Apology before Felix, Alls 24. 17. II. In his Bind and Imprisonment at Rome, and this under 1. His former, 2. Hislaxer Imprifonment there. I. Vnder his former Imprifonment when he was in more free cuflody, at his firrt: coming to Rome, Ails 28.16,20,30.2.1. Then probably he wrote his Epifile to the Hebrews: For declaring that his Bro- ther Timothy was fet at liberty, he promifeth the He- brews to come with him and fee them, Heb. 13. 23. therefore then he had fome hopes of liberty, or it may be had liberty at that time and preached in Ita- ly, whence perhaps the Epirtle is faid to be written not from Rom?, but from Italy. II. Vnder his latter Imprifonment, when he was claptupin ctofer Restraint. Then he wrote his o- ther fix Epirtles, ('in all which he mentions his chains, J and probably he wroce them in this Or- der, vi^. 1. T>the Galatian; '^v ftcbi m, to whom li thai hebearsin bi>b){) -f the L»d J GaL 7. 17. vs%. ether his chains, torments, or S. i 1 I ;. 2. Tothc E'brfian: by Tychitm alfa, to whom !>j mentions hi , , batji,Epb. 6. 20. 3- To the Philippi.ins by Epaphroditm, them he fa- lutes in the nam.- of divers of Cstfars bjuflrjd, Phil. 4. 22. ' 4. To the ColoJJians by TychicusznA Onefimm, therri he reqnefls to remember his bondsJZol 4. ig. $. T) Philemon by Onefimm Paul wrote, being a. Prifontr andno»aged, Phil. 0. and i: it though' he wrote this Epillle after his firfl Apology, in which allmcnfyfjo'^bim, 'bat the Lirdlhodb'y him, and liveredbim from" toe mouth of the Lyon, 2 Tim. 4. 17. Therefore having fome dawning; of hope that he rtiould be delivered, he defire YhUemonio prepare him a lodging, for Ttrufl (Taith he) that throughput- praye>s I (hall Be given unto yon, Philem. 2:. brtt the Lord had oiherwife determined. Some think t!::; Epirtle was written after die If. to Timothy becaufe there he bids Timothy and Marl^ to come to him, whom here lie intimates to be with him, ver. 1,24. But others collect rather the contra- ry, 1 patty becuife here he defires a lodging to be provided for him w.>2*^* I. Order of this Epiftle. THis Epiftle to the Romanes, though not firft written, yet hfet firft, 1. By reafon of the digni- ty of the Romans to whom it was written, Rome being the Seat of the Empire,and Head of the World. 2. Becaufe of the la rgenefie of this Epiftle, this be- ing the longeft of all the Epiftles :&ks Ifaiah is fet firft, being the longeft of all the Frophets. 3. But efpecially from the dignity of the matter, and dex- terity in handling it, The Body of Divinity is fo admi- rably herein handled, efpecially the principal points ofEleffion, Reprobation, Redemption, Faith, and Jufli- ficationby Faith, &c. That it is defervedly called by fome [Clouts Tbeologi*,') The Key of Divinity, and [_Methodus Scripture,'} The Method of Scripture. Seft. II. Name and Penman. a Rom. 1.7 The Epiftle of the Apoftle Vaul to the Romans. £Rom.r. 8 So denominated, I. Partly from the objeft to c Phil. 4.22 whom rhe Epiftle is written, viz^ The believing dBelhrm. a Romans; when this Epiftle was written, there was de Pont, fo famous a Church at Rome, that their b Faith was Roman.1.2 fpoken of throughout the World. Yea there were even c.2. inCafars c houftnld that had received the Faith, e D.Par.in But by whom or when was the Church of the Romans Rom. 1(5. firft planted ? Dub. 11. Anfw. Scripture is filent, d Papifts fay by Veter; Funccius But Veter never was at Rome, as learned men e de- Cow, lib.-!,, monfttate, much Iefle planted the Church there. in Chronol. Barnabas Is fuppofed tc have preached Chrift at idem. Re- Rome, and to have converted the Romans under the cognit.Ub.i Reign of Tyberius. if f Clement may be believed. But gRev.17. now Rome is as infamous , as once it was famous; 9 &c. being the g Seat of Antichrift; The h Spiritual E- h Rev.i 1. gypt; i Sodome ; and l^Babylon devoted to deftrufti- 8. on,&c. 2. Partly from the Penman of the Epiftle, i Rev.11.8 vi%- \Paul. k. Rev. 18. P.iulh a Latine name originally;from Paulus figni- 2.&c. fying A-liitte-one. So the Romans were wont to call /Rom. 1.1. them that were Little of Stature. Paul being ap- pointed the Apoftle of the Gentiles, fecms mod to be delighted with this Roman name. He was before his converfion m called Saul; an Hebrew name, fignifying Defired, Asked, &c. from t lie Hebrew '-"TNjyShaal, To asl?_, deftre, &c. but after hiscon- vcriion he is for the moft part called Paul. Augu- ftine faith, 'n Chrift with one voice p r oft rated Saul, ' ercftcd Paid: that is, he proftratcd a proud one, ' erected an humble one. For what was the reafon ' of changing his name, thar being called Saul be- 'fore, he would be called Paul afterwards: but ' that he acknowledged that the name of Saul was 1 in him while he persecuted , a name of pride? ' Therefore he chofc an humble name, to be called 1 Paul, that is, A little one, Of which name he 1 now glorying, and commending his humility, faith, I am the leaft of the Apoftles, &c Ambrofe alfo to de tempore like purpofc, 0 ' Amongft our Ancicnrs, names were Serin. 74. Tom. 10. o Apud vetoes noflros ratione nomin.i componebantur, lit Jfaac propter rifum,&c. Ambr. Com. in Rom. 1.1. m Aft. 7. 58.8c 8. 1. &9.1.&. i?9- nProftra- vit ergo Chriftus una voce Saulmn, cro.i: Patilmn : hoc eft. pro' fbperbuni erixit Ini milcm. &c. Aug. 'framed npon fome reafon, as Ifaac for Laughter, 'Jacob for fup planting-, fo he is called Saul for his ' reftleflenefle, but after he believed, of Saul he | calls himfelf Paul, that is changed. Andbecaufe ' Saul according to the aforefaid fence , is inter- ' preted unquietnefle or tentation ; when lie came c to the Faith of Chrift, he calls himfelf Paul, that c is, as it were of a Tempter made quiet and hum- ' ble, or little, and becaufe our Faith is Peace. For 1 whereas formerly he brought temptations upon cGods fcrvants by his zeal of the Law; himfelf af- c terwards fuffered temptations for the hope, which 'through the love of Judaifme he had before denyed. 'Some think he firft had this name Paul givenhim, upon occafion of his converfion of Sergius p Paulus t Aft, f2 the Deputy. Whereupon excellently Hierome;<\ Attend1!*. *'' diligently, that here firft he received the name of Paul. IdTo n For as Seip'io having fub)elfed Affr'icr, affumed to him- ?„"' gn felf the name of Affricanus : and Merellus bavin* j" 7 fubduedthe Jfland of Creet, tookjo his family a Cre- hi™ tian Enfign &c. So Saul being fent to preach to the m LF " Gentiles, from the firft fpoil of that Church, Sergius ™™p"?,K Paulus the Proconful, he carried away the* Trophies of ""™l . his victory, and eretied a Banner, that of Saul he iu/JII ' fbould be called Paul. But if the interpretation of the c .Join Hih name be fought, Paul in Hebrew founds Wonderfull : t/& A WonderfuIJ indeed, that after Saul who is interpre- flJS ted Defired . (becaufe he was defiredof the Devil to vex Aff3r,ni the Church,) be of a Persecutor fliould become a veftel £u; ™"L of Eleilion. Notwithftanding Cas r fome conceive J Xm,2 it is not likely that he changed his name .W into & Mere Paul; but rather that he had two names, as all the ius Cxex\ Jewes had that were freemen of Rome. Saul then nfutt fnk denoted his Nation and Religion, Paul imported his ;„««*;„ Romane freedome. And Scriprure favours this tliat r.iL Cr' he had two names, faying ; Saul which alfo is Paul. |g fa^f_ lia? fua; re* portavir ; & Imperatores nunc ufque Romani ex fubjeftis Genti- bus Adiabenici. Parthici, Sarmatici nuncupantur : Ita&Sau- lus ad Prxdicationem Gentium mifTus, a primo Ecclefia: fpolio, ?rocon(u\e Sergio Paulo, viftoriie fua? Tropica retulit: ertxit- quevexillum, ut Paulus dicerctur a Sauk. Si autem&inter- pretationominis queritur, Paulus in Hebrso Mirabilem (orm: Revera Mirum, ut poft Saul, qui interpretatur Expetitus, eo quod ad vexandam Ecclefiam fuilTet a diabolo poftulatus, de Pcrfecutore vas fieret Eledionis. B. Hier. Com. in Ep. adPhi- lem. in init. p. 259. lorn. 9. Bafil. 1553. % Hen. Alfted. Prxcog. Theoll. 2.C.124. /Aftsi2,.9. The Hiftory of this Paul is notably defcribed in the t Efpecially New Teftament, as is evident if the Alls of the A- in Phil. 2. poftles, and his Epi(tles be exaftly compared roge- 1 "Hm. 1. therr. He was a man fo fingularly obfervable both Afts8.ro before and after his converfion, that tomakeafull the end of defcri prion of him, would fill a confidcrable volume: the Book\, In fo much that Hierome coming to l peak of him a- morefum- mong other Penmen of Holy Writ, faith, aConcern- marily in inghim I thinly better to be fdent, than to write. 1 few Afts22 3. tb!ng(;yct as of other holy Pcnmen,take a ftiort taftc to 22. &' of Paul alfo. 26.41024 I. Touching his Nation, Dcfcent and Education ; He K Super was ax Jew, yOf the ftockof Ifrael, of the Tribe of quo tace- re melius puto, quampaucafcriberc. Hier. ?auVno. Tom. 3. lAdts 22. y Phil. 3. 5. 3. Benjamin, R 0 M A N R S 503 ?_ Afts 21. Benjamin, an Hebrew of the Hebrews; (yet his 39.& 22.3. Parents names are nor recorded J ^ Born inTari'us a Afts 22. a City of Cilicia, a Citizen of no mean City, which be- 27. 28. ing a Colony, and having the Priviledge of the b Phil.3. 5. Rowan-freedom, Paul-, though of Jewifti Parents, c Aft. 22.3 yet faith he was a a Roman, free born.J /> Circum- rfGal.1.14 cifed the eighth day; c Brought up in the City Jeru- fAfts 26. faiem ws to do, nor tumque decline deceits: but what way foever thou lookeft, they peimilcec; are thunderbolts; He flickj in tbii cs.ufe He takes every feddc ilia thing which he toucheth ; he turns the back that be may cerjaPauD, conquer ; be feigneth flight that he may k'H- III. In ^ &tjmilium. Miracles andfigns which he wrought, he was none P^uii, qu* of the meaneft among the Aportles. I. He a ftruck Jugiter pu- Elymas with blindnefs, feeking to turn Sergius Pan- rum fua- Im the Deputy from the Faith. 2. He b healed at vedcftillac Lyftr a, a man lame from his mothers womb. 3. He ^uxenim c caft out of a maid a fpirit of divination. 4. He d Panli-Epi- did fpeciall miracles at Ephefus, curing the lick, and ^°'i non calling out Devils, by handkerchiefs or aprons rnelledul- brought from his body tothefick. 5. He retin caufa, ca pit o.nne quod tetigerit ; er^ gum vertit, ut fuperet ; fugam fimulat, ut occidac. Hieron.Aool. pro liber. adver. Jovinian. p. 106. Tom.2. Bafil. 1553. ^ 2 Cor. 12.12. a Afts 13.10,11. b Afts 14. 8. foe. cAftsi5.i8. d Afts 19. 1 1, 12. e Afts 20. 10. / Afts 28. 5. g Aft. 28. 8. /; Afts 15.12. Rom.15.19. 2Cor. 12. 12. / Gal.1.12. k 2 Cor.' 12.1,2,3,4,7. /Afts22.i7,i8. m Gj!. :. 1,2. nAdsiS.j. 0 Afts 18.9. p Afts 23.H. q Afts 27 .23,24. r2Cor.U.5.& 12.11 /"i Cor. 1 4. 1 81. f2C0r.1l.tf. « 1 Cor. 7.7. &9'S- .t Afts 20.29,30,' wod» 54 ROMANS. ^T!:cf.: *'&c. x. i ; 4. 1,2 3.4 &c. And 4.3.4. a Laliant. Firmian. J 4.C.2. £ 2 tor. 11.23. to the end. And 6.2, 9, 10. iCor.4.9. Co!. 1.24. Phil.2.17. Acts 2 . 23-24. & 2! I3. cHiA. Ec- clef.'Mag Ccnr.i.l. 2 c. ro. Faulm A- poft d ? wolves flxuld come among them after his departure, &c. y He paints out Annchrift in lively colours, foretelling his Rife and Ruine-, ^ He prophecied cf the extreme corrupt manners of the laA times. And ("as a Lallantiiu reports J Paul being at Rome fore- told, that after a ftiort time God would fend a King, who fhould fight with the Jews, Lvell their Cities to wna, befiegethem worn with hunger and thirfi, th.it they fhould eat the bodies of theirs, andconfume one another. Laflly, that being taken they fliould fallinto their enemies hands, and fee their wives bitterly vexed their Virgins violated and proftitutiJ, their fins de- ftroyed, their children daflied, and all things laid waft with fire and f word, and the captive Jews to bebani- (ht d from their Lund fir ever, becaufe they incited 0- veirthe moft beloved and approved Son of God. All which Vefpafian effeiled, extinguifiing the Nation and flume of the Jews. VI. In Sanuifying Graces and /. lineffe of Life, adorning his calling, he wasmoA eminent and exemplary. His I aith, Repentance, Self-denial, Courage, Zeal, Contentment, Patience, Uprighrnefs, Heavenlinefs and good Confcience in all -liirgs are abundantly declared. VII. Finally, In Sufferings b forChriA and the Gofpcl, he wasin- compara' L, Keyring and triumphing under them. In a word, what may be fvfnciently fpoken of Paul, in whom as in a Center the choiceA virtues Chryfij}. de ami perfections of the Saints did meet ? c Paul was a Laudibiti fecond Abel, not once but every dayfacrificed : Paul a t'o- ther Noah, failing over the floods of ungodlinefs rifing Up againft him, but without an A>k,- Paul another A- braharn, taken away not onely from Country and Nati- on, but after hi sculling, even from Life it felf; Paul another Ifaac, willingly bound for a Sacrifice : Paul an- other ]&cob, «ilwaies watching for that one Floclrjfthe lewhorld; Paul another Jofeph, diftiibutingtbe fobd of Truth to thewnld, pining away will) fpiritual hunger : Paul another Mofes, who brought bac\ all Na- tions from the devilsTyranny unto Chrift : Pzolanother Aaron, anointed as a Prieft to the People of the whole world: Van! another Phinchas ftriJ^ng through the im- piety of Jews and Gentiles,asthe fornication of minds, with the Javelin of Faith : Paul another David, who in combateprovokedthe devilas another Goliah : Paul dnother Elias, more clearly rapt up into heaven: Paul another EliAia, who cleanfedthe Nations from the in- ward polution of Leprofie ; Paul anothi rHcZekiah, who drew divers people to the one Faith of Chrift : Paul an- therJofiah, who d'ffipated and deftroyed the Gentiles minations, &c. ChiyfoAome d comparts Paul to the choiceA Saints and Angels, and elegantly fpends feven Homilies in the Praifes 9/ Paul the A- p]0le. And elfewhere he faith, e Hove all the Saints, SeO. III. When, and Where this Epijile was written. When it was written, See in the formerXii/e. Where ic was written, is to be confide* ed, It ism thought to be penned by Paul at Corinth : 1. Becaufe herein he commends n Phoebe to the Romans. She was a fervant to the Church atGenebrea, which is a Port of Corinth. 2. Becaufe he falutes them in the name of 0 Gaii*s his H,ft, and of the whole Church. And Gains a Corinthian, pand there baptized by Paul. 3. Becaufe he falutes them in the name ofq Braftttf Chamberlain of the City, r who abode at Corinth. 4. The PoAfcript tcAifies thus much. Paul! A ■ T:m.$. e Joan. Chryfoftiit Ditt. A- f ft. vti- namfafti- neretis, - Se'l •?!■ zS.Tom. 5 (Enf eh. Eccl Hift. I.2.C 24. N'cejh- hift. Eccl. /.2C.36. hift. Mag. Cent.i. 1.2. c. 10. g Joan ChryfoSl. Serm in um iff Paitlum. 'i ."1.6. hjo.m. lip. 1 vc\fm \i- ■ 'rat. Mottaft. 1 De l'auli veroccr- it.ii: per- il 1 :iror dio ler, dici- tur Huxif- fe laftis ma i, itn- da <|u.im fanguinis, but efpeci ally bleffed Paul, that Veffel of Election, that Cxlejiial Trumpet, that Guide of the Spouje of Chrift. V. Finally, Touching Paul death ; After he had wraAlcd with many difficulties, and waded through many troubles, he was carried bound to Rome, and there In-headed by Nero, that moA beaflly and cru- el Tyrant, in the thirty feventh year after Chrirts Afcenfion, the fourteenth year of Nero, andabout irty feventh afref P.(«/jconverfion, asEcclcfi- lliliorits inform us. gChryfoftome faith he was death on the twenty ninth day of June, and relates the occafion cX Nero's beheading him to have li becaufe he converted Herd's whore, from her filthinefs to the faith of Chrift. fo that fhe would nolon- gei It ue with him in uncleannejfe. i Ambrofe and k_ Au- reporr, Thut when he was beheaded, mill^ijfued out inflcad of blood. And aslffierome wrireth, he was buried intbe oftienjeway. Eur whatever were thecircumAances'of his death, this is certain, He is now wi'.h Chrift which is beil of all, rewarded with a C 1 wn o\ Life andGlory, 2 Cor. 5.1.2 Tim. 4. 7 , 8. & minim in modum fanftum Apoflolum baptifmi gratia in rpfacaedcex- ritii t fplehdidum poriusquam rrucntum. Ambroj. 5f»;n.LXV'in. Tim. 3. k D. Aug.de S.tntlifSeim. 25.Tom. 10. 1. Hier.Cutal. Script, F.cclf. Tim. 1, Seff. IV. Occafion and Scope. Occafion and Scope of this EpiAIe feems to be as followeth. The report that F.i«/had received of fome dilagreements both in judgement and affe&ion in them of the Church of Rome, who were partly be- lieving Jews., partly believing Gentiles. The Jews either wholly oppofing the Gofpel , or mingling Law and Gofpel together in the cafe of Juftification, and all of them excluding the Gentiles from the fellow- fliipofChriAjand^defpifing them,infiAing too much upon the Prerogative of the Jew: Contrariwifcthe Gentiles, knowing that the Jews were rejected of God, and the Gentiles implanted in their Aead,too much infolred over them, as a People caA away, boaAing of their own wifdom and venues, and ufing their ChriAian Liberty with offence. Now to reconcile rhefe Controversies, and to fet- tle them both in theTrmh, and in unity of judge- ment and affection, the ApoAle fbeing hindrcd from coming to them J deals by letters: Demon- ftrating that neither Jews had caufe to boaft of their Right coufnefje, and Prerogatives, nor Gentiles of their wifdome; both of them naturally being liable to Eternal Condemnation notwithjlanding , and both of them being to be juftified by faith in Chrift alone, and that they fhould not abufe grace, but walkjn newneffe of life, . 27. Therefore all, both Jew and Gentile, mufi be juflified only by Faith 5 Godbeingone, and his way ofjuftifying,one, v. 28, 29. 30. And yet this Juflincacion doth not evacuate J but eftablifh the Law in Chrift, v. 31. 3. Becaufe Abraham, the Father of the Faichfull, wasjufiihcd without the deeds of the Law, by Faith only, and thar in his Jtatc of uncircumcifion, and confi qu< nrly uftall.thefpificual children of Abraham be Ju- fiiijed, C6.IV. throughout. Chap. s. 2. Explicated; Justification by Faith if explained by divers fiuits or effch thereupon; viz. I. Peace w,thGod, Ch. V. 1. II. Joy in hope of the ghry chap. 5, of God, v. 2. C which tribulation cannot j'revent, but rather promote, v. 3, 4, 5.) this hope being ftrengthned by this Argument, We were juflified byChiih's blood when we were enemies, therefore we fhall be laved by his life, much more being jufli- fied, v.6.1011. III. Re)iycing m God himfelf as re- conciled through Jefus Chrift, v. u. This our re- joycing in God through Chrift, it amplified by the tr anfeendency of Chrift , the fecond Adam's right eoufnefs, beyond the firft AdamV unright eoufnefs, which are there- fore thitt paralleled together; both in relpect of their Similitude and Diffimilitude. 1. Their Similitude^ As by Adam fin entred upon all his pofterity, and by fin Death: So by Chrift, righteoufnefs came upon all his polterity,and by righteoulnefs, life-, fliis red- dition is implyed in thole words, who if the figure of htm that was to come, v. 12,13, 14. 2. Their Diffi- militude; The imoiAdam, whereby the judgement: came upon all men to death and condemnation, was but one: but the free-gift of righteoufnefs by Jefus Chrift, hath much more abounded unto many, for their Jufiification from many offences, and not only from that one fin of Adam, v. 15, 16,17, 3. Their fimilitude is again repeated and cleared, Thitt : As by Adam Judgement abounded to all unto condem- nation, by one offence of Adam: So by Chrift the grace of God abounded to all, to Jufiification of life, by one righteoufnefs of Chrift, v. 18, 19. This Parallel is amplified by preventing an objection a- gainft it. Objeif. If fin were in the world before the ' Law, to what end was the Law given? Anfw. To thefe ends, 1. That fin might abound, vi^. in the clearer manifefiationofittous. 2. That grace might fuperabound, vi^. might appear more confpicu- oufly, prevailing over luch fin, v. 20, 21. IV. Mor- tification of fin, andNewneffeoflife as another effe 8 of Jufiification, 1. Is evidenced by our fellowfhip with Chrift, both in his Death and Refurreftion, Ch.Vl. 1. Chap. 6. tol2. 2. Is urged upon believers, v. 12, 13. Partly from the nature of Chriftian liberty, confift- mg infreedome from fin, and in the fervice of righ- teoufneffe, v. 14. to 21. Partly from the evil effects of fin, fhame and death, v. 21. Partly from the good effects of freedome from fin, holinefs and e- ternallife, v. 22,23. v- Freedom of \u\i\fied perfons fiom the Law (~viz. 1. From malediUion and condem- nation. 2. From its irritation to Jin) This is proved and amplified. Proved 1. Becaufe we are dead to the Law, ch.WIl. 1. 2. Becaufe we are lawfully mar- Chap. 7, ried to another hufband, Chrift, as the wife to ano- ther man, when her hufband is dead, v. 2, 3, 4. 3. Eecaufe we are to bring forth fpiritual fruit to our new Hufband Chrift, v. 5,6. Amplified 1. By an Apology for the Law, that it is neither fin nor death but rather the direct Difcovery of fin, verfe 7. Theoccafionalirritatour of fin, and accidental Pro- curer of death, v. 8.roi$. a. Ev the complaint of the Apofile againfi himfelf, that his regenerate pare is fo hindred from keeping the Law, by the reliques of fin, the unregenerate part remaining in him, ver. 1 5. to the end. lV.Conslancy of the faithful in their juftifiedand fantlified ftate, notwhhftanding all their Infirmities or reliques of fin within, and affiiftions with- out. Againft both which here are divers inflatory Arguments laid down. Againft the Reliques of fin, they that- are in Chrift are comforted, Partly, by their fecurity from condemnation, Partly, by their fpiritual Converfation, Ch. VIIJ. 1. Their fecurity Chap. 8. Jfom condemnation is evidenced, 1. By the efficacy of I the Spirit of life in Chrift, v. 2. 2, By the merit of ' N n n n n n Chrift ROMANS. Chap. \X.to XI. Chap. Chrift incarnate for us, fulfilling the Law, and con- demning fin, ver. 3.4. Their Spiritual cinverfati- j on is proved 1 From their fpiritual ftate, they are nor after the flefh but after the fpirit, therefore they mind not carnalsbutfpiriruals, ver.$.fo9. And that they are in the fpirit is clear by the inhabitation of Gods Spirit in them, v.9. '2. From Chrifts being in in them, ver- 10. 3. From Gods Spirit dwelling in in them.t'. 11. whereby they are bound and enabled to moni e the deeds of the flefh, in being the fons of God by his fpirit of adoption, v. 12.ro middle of 17. Againft Affl'ttlions, they that are in Chrift are com- forted. 1. By their Communion with Chrift.both in prefent fufFering, and future reigning which fhall far furpafs all prefent fufferings,iM7,i8. 2. By the ex- ample of the creature as it were groaning under the bondage of corruption, to be delivered andreftored : The Saints themfelves having much more caufe to groan after freedomc, having the firft fruits of the Spirit, andcxpecting adoption, 1z.19.fo 24. 3. From the comfortable eficS, Partly Of hope that faves us,by enabling us to wait patiently, f.24, 25. Partly Of the fpirit that enables us prevailingly in thefe afflictions v.25,27. P.m/yof afflictions themfelves which work together for good to them that love God, v.28. and render them comform to Chrift, whereunto they are aifo fredeftinated, andnotwithftanding which they fhall be glorified, v.29, 30. 4. FromGodwhois for them, v.31 Whomoft dearly loves them, v. 32. Who freely juflifies them,ver.33- 5. From Chrifts Death, Rdurrection, Seffion at Gods Right hand, Interceifion and Love tous,v.34,35. 6. Froman induction and enumeration of particular evils or creatures which can never feparate them from Gods love in JefusChrift,u36.for/>een_, not inftructed throughly in their Chriftian-Iiberty, took offence at the ftrong, in that they ufed them, and fofenfured them ; the ftrong on the other hand offending and defpifing the weaK. HerethereforetheApottle. I. Di- rects the ftrong how to receive the weak, and not to Chap. 14. defpife him, Chap. XIV. 1,2,3. //. D'tffwades both ftrong and weak from cenfuring or rafh judging one another, by divers grounds, ver. 4. to 13. III. Di- Chap. 1 3. nils the ftrong to take heed of giving offence to his weak brother, who efteemeth things that are clean to be unclean, ver. 13,14. To it he urgeth by many Ar-' guments,vi^. 1. TooPLnd a weak brother is to walk uncharitably,ver. 15. 2. To deftroy him for whom Chriftdyed, v.r. 15. 3. To expofe ify £W,i.e. Thy Chriftian liberty, tobeill fyokcnof, ver. 16. 4. The Kingdom of God, confifh not in meats and drinks ; therefore we are not to contend for them as neceffa- ry to falvarion, ver.17, 18. 5. To walk contrary to peace and edification, ver. 19. 6. To deftroy Gods workjvi^. Faith in the weak. Ob)eil. I. But all things are pure. Anfw. Though all things be pure in themfcives, yet we muft not ufe them to our weak brothers offence, ver. 20, 21. Objeil. II. But I have faith, and amfatisfed in what I do, therefore I may ujemy liberty. An[tv. It follows not: Thou mayft enjoy thy liberty to thy fe-lf before God : Needeft not ufe it to thy brorhers prejudice, v. 22. IV. IVarnsthc weak to do nothing doubtingly, v 23. V. Repeats the Exhortation about thingsindifferent, 1. Charg- ing the ftrong 10 bear the infirmities of the weak, Ch. XV. 1. 2 Proving this to be their dity, Partly chap. 15. from the end of Gods giving his gifts to them, vi^. E- dificacion, ver. 2. Partly from Chrifts exjmp!e,v.3, 4. 3. Amplifying this by a fuitable Prayer for them, that herein they may walk as they ought, ver. 5. to 14. Hitherto of the Hortatory, or Practical /wr of thit Epiftle. THE CONCLVSlONof the whole Epiftle follows ; wherein the Apoftle 1. Excufeth himfelf, 1. Partly for his boldnefs in thus writing to the Romans, v. 14. to 22. 2. Partly for his not coming to them hitherto, being detained in planting the Gofptl in Greece, ver. 22. 2. Promifeth to come to them after he had been at Jerufalem, when he fliould take his journey into Spain,ver. 23. to 30. 3. Earneftly craveth their prayers, in reference to his journey, to Jerufalem, and to them, ver. 30. to the end. 4. Commendeth Ph&be to their kind entertain- ment and affiftance, Ch. XVI. 1, 2. Chap. \6. 5. Saluteth the Saints at Rome, both in his own and the Churches name, 11.3. to 17. 6. He warns them to take heedofShifmatfcks that caufe divifions among them; whom he notably de- fcribes and dehorts from, v.i'j.to 2 1. 7. Sendethto the Saints at Rome folutatiousfrom particular brethren, v. 21.ro 25. 8. Finally, clofeth up theEpiftle with a Doxology or giving praife to God through Jefus Chrift, ver. 2$, 26, 27. I. Corinthians. A Sect. I. Order and Time ofwri- [v; ting it. Sthe F.pijlk to the Romans is in our Bibles fet firft, (jthough not written before all the fol- lowing Epiftles.3 befidesorher Reafons probably for the Doctrine cA J unification by Faith, therein fo Ex- cellently handled : So this I. Epiftle to the Corinthians a See in may defervedly bethought to be placed next in0r- the Table der for the Doctrine of Church-Government , and before thq Rules of PubUcl^worfl/ip therein notably prefcribed. Epiftle to When and where this Epiftle was written: hath tbeRt- been a formerly Declared. mark. Sett, II. I. CORINTHIANS. b sec on Seft. II. Name, and Venman. The firfi Epiflle of the Apoftle Paul to the C O R I N- TrflANS.j So denominated, Partly from the Penman thereof, Paul, •('formerly b defcribed at ' un vis large) Partly from the Objeft to whom he wrote it, S ft- IT. **£• The Corinthians; or the c C/wrci of God at c i Cor.i Corinth. ... JO CORINTH was an af eminent City of Achaia, A P '.rem (which Achaia by an Jilmm was annexed to Greece, Prole* in near to Athens') fcated in an Iftmut, or a little Tract ./ of Land betwixt two Seas.the j¥gean and Joirt;. Fruitful or Plentiful. Itsfituatein the Peloponne- Jian Iftmus, andhad ample matter for Merchandise. It was a City full of Rhetoricians ar.d PhAofphers, and.of.the [even which were called wife men, one was of this City. Chryf. in Ep. I ad Cor. Arg. e Lumen & decus fotius Greci&. Cicpro Leg. Manil jfiCor.g.u. g iCor.415. A Aft. iB.!^, io, 11, 17, 1*. i 1 Cor.i,$, I Cor. 14. Chryfoflome, a TheodofHT, bOecttfuejuus, have "inti- q i Cor. 1 $ mated alio the occafron of this Epiflle tothispur- 1 pofe. r K l.&c. f 1 Cor. 3.1, Re. t 1 Cor. 12. 1, &c. uiCor. 14. 1, &c. x 1 (-or. i<5". 1, Kr. y Pri-ccpto domini aJ.monitus Apo- ftolus, refedk a pud Corinrhios .Annum He menfes fcx, docens inte'n cos verbum Dei. Hinctft unt'.i cum magna fiducia charitatis affc- ctu ari; onneis, alicjuan-locommonens, aliquando arguens, ali- quandoblandieii^ ut riiiis. . Nam multae cauUl hint propter quas fcribir ad to?-, quarimi prima hie eft , quod more liATcucoiuindiflcnticmtsal) inviccm, hotninibus devoti.F^«//- aniSc Petriani, & Apolloniaci did volebant, nonChrifliani, quod valde exprobrat Apoftdlu-s. Erant ramen inter eos qui ab his dilTentirenr, Clirifto (oli dicati. Secunda hac eA. quia eio- quentia dileftari cceperant & terren? Philofophiaut fub nomine Chrifrj iis imbuerentur qua: contraria l'unt ridei, S:c. Ambr. Prdfat.in r. Et>. adCor. ^ TloKK* £1 >y dv\ut 'im^iv 0 Tld,\thlQh Iv Ta.v"r> tk toA«, &c. 1. e. Paul fuffcred many things in this City, (vi^. of Corinth.) Chrift appearing to him in it faid, Hold not thy Peace, but freak* Jor I have much people in this City : and he abode there two years. In it the Devil went out, by whom thejevves adjuring him fuf- fered grievous things, in it they that repented burnt their Con- juring Books, valued at 50000 pieces of filver. In it, the pro- conful Gallio fitting on the judgement-feat, Paul was beaten. The Devil therefore perceiving that great City and multitude of People to have received the truth, and for wealth and wife- dom to be had in admiration, and to be the Head of all Greece, (Tor the affairs of the Lacedemonians and Athenians were in a mi- ferableftate, when their ancient Kingdom fell,) when he faw they had received the Word of God with a ready and cheerfull mind, what doth he ? He divides the men, for he knew that the ftrongeft of all Kingdomes divided,could not (land-, And for the praftifing of his deceits he took occafion from the wealth and wifdomof the inhabiiants,&c. Joan.ChryfofiominEp. 1. ad Cor. Arg. a The Devil feeing Corinth a populous City, and formerly given to idolatry, to believe in God, he fubcrnes certain rich men and Philofophers among them, and had fet up themfelves that they might rule over the People in fpirituals. which done, many of the vulgar fort were joy ned to the rich, as more potent; and to the Philofophers, as to thofe who could teach fome more excellent thing than the Apoftles doftrine : and that hence difcords and contentions mightberaifedup among them. They therefore wrote to the Apoftle by Fortunatus , Stephanm and Achaim, touching marriages and Virginity: whom he wrote back to them, both touching thefe and other things, fending Ttmothew alfo. Becaufe therefore rich men and Philofop(jlrs through arrogance divided the people, he firlt of all correfts their affeftation ofarrogance.T/?eo{n\ He anfwers, I. By way of Caution ; were for- nication indifferent, yet may it not be u fed, either , when ic is unexpedicnr, or when it brings us under its dominion, u. 12. 2.By way of Negation, denying fornication to be of the number of indifferent things as meats-, for thefe are fitted for fome ufe in this life, and accordingly bodily infhuments for them, as tliebe'ly • which ufe yet (hall atlaft be abolifhed : but thebody is not fitted for fornication, but for the Lord, nor fhall it be abolifhed but railed again,tM3, 14- II. Dehorting them from fornication; For, I. This is extream repugnant to that holy relation, which the Saints bodies have to the Lord Chriflas his members, ver. 15, 16, 17. 2. This fin is peculi- arly againfthis own body, v. 18. 3. Their bodies arc the Temples of the Holy Gh'oft, therefore not tobedefiled,ii. 19. 4. They ought to glorine God both in body and foul, being not their own, but the Lords, bought with zyuce,v. 19, 20. Hitherto of the Reprehenfivepart of th'u Epiftle. II. In the Inftmttive Part of this Epiftle, The Apo- ille relblves, direfts, or inftrufts them about di- vers practical matters: as about 1. Marriage. 2.1- dolothytes. 3. Habits in public^ Affemblies. 4. The Lords Supper. 5. Vfe of fpiritual gifts. 6. Prophecy. Touching all which, or at leafldivers of them, they Chap. 7. had written to him for his advice, Chap. VII. 1. I. Touching Marriage, he refolves divers qucflions orcafesofconfcience. As 1. About Marriage of Chilians, that its ufeful for avoiding fornication, tm 1,2. 2. About conjugal benevolence: that man and wife ought mutually to render it each to other,*. q.to 8. 3. About the Unmarried and Widows: That its good to remain fingle, yet better to marry than to bum, ver. 8, 9. 4. About Divorce, without the cafe of adultery, I. In cafe of difcoments* 1 That the wife is not volun- tarily to depart, ver. 10. 2. Iffhe depart (he is to remain unmarried; or to be again reconciled toa- void incontinency. 3. The husband is not to put her a\vay,i'. 11. II. In cafe of unequal yoal>ing of a be- liever and an unbeliever. 1. That they fhould dwell together, becaufc thereunto the unbeliever is fanfti- fied by the believer, otherwife their Children were not Federally hdy, v. 12, 13 14. 2. That in cafe the unbeliever voluntarily depart, the believer in fuch cafe is free. Provided 2. That all peaceable endea- vors beulcdfor retaining him or her, there being pofiibiiity of gaining the unbeliever to the Faith ,tm 5 , 16. 2. That the believer abiding within the limits of his calling, ufe the gifts God hath given him, for gaining the unbeleiver,ner. 17. And fohepaffeth from the Hypot hefts to the Thefts, intimating that what he had faid of the (late of Marriage, that it was not to be deferred for Religion fake, the like they were to think of other States of life, and of all exter- nals, whether one be circumcifedoruncircumcifed, bond or free, &c. not to be follicitous of changing them, becaufc thefe are nothing with God; yet he cautions fcrvants. 1. Rather if they can conveniently ro accept of frecdomc. 2. Not to fubject their Con- fciences to men whom they fcrve, ver. 18.ro 25. 5. About Virgins, whether they fhould marry? I. Thefe Virgins that are at their own difpofal, [Parents being dead J he difwades from marriage, not as un- lawfuljbut as inconvenient, in refpeft, i.Ofthcpre- feat diflrefs of the Church perfecuted. 2. Of the troubles of the Hefh. 3. Of Worldly cares, ver. 2$. to 7,6. II. Tbnfe Virgins that are under others Tuition, ought tobedifpofcd in marriage, if they have nor the gift of Continency -, otherwife they may be bet- ter continued in Virginity,!/. 36.37, 33. 6. About Jecond Marriages; that they are lawful, the former being difiolved by death v. 39. 40. ll.Touching eating Tdolothytes, or Things facrificed to Id"ls, I. He rcjt Is the Arguments brought in defence thereof. Arg. 1. Toey that have knowledge grefufficienr- I) infiruttcdofthc lawjul ufe of idoJol bytes, they may eat them; But,<&c. Anfwer. He Anfwers, 1. By deny- ing the Propofition,knowledge is not a fufheient war- rant for thine eating without Charity to thy brother. 2. By denying alfo the Affumption, they had not fufheient knowledge ; Partly becaufe they were proud. Partly becaufe they were uncharirable to r, 9 their brethren, Chap. VIII. 1,2,3. Argum. 2. They P* 8' that lenow an idol U nothing, and that therefore they are not defiled with eating Idolothytes may eat them, But we are fuch, Therefore, pe, v. 3. to the end. V[. Touching the gift of tongues, and P 'raphe rjin', he gives divers directions; As. I. That in th:ir Churc')- affemblies, they (hm!d more endeavor a jter prophecy ing thantofpeak with tongues, Ch. XIV. 1. And this for Chap, m divers reafons; 1. Bu\ lufe prophecying is more pro- fitable to the edifying of the Church, than (peaking wich tongues, whereby a man edifiethonly himfelf, v. 2. to6. This Argument he amplifies, P.-.rtlyby an hypothefis or fuppofition in his own Perlbn: v. 6. Partly by a Similitude drawn from mufical inftru- ments, efpecially warlike, which cannot be under- Stood unleffe They give a diftinft and certain found j no more can they be undeiltood fpeaking Strange languages, v. 6. to 1 0. 2. Becaufe to fpeak with ton- gues,rendcrs hearers and Speakers Barbarians to one another, which is abfurd and ridiculous unlciTe they be interpreted, v. 10. to 16. 3. B:caufe the un- learned cannot fay Amen to a Prayer or Thankfgiving in a flrange tongue, v. \6, 17. 4. Becaufe Paul himfelf prefers profiting the Church by a known ton- gue, farre before tongues, though he fpoke more than they 3ll,v.i8, 19. $.BecauJe the ufe of flrange ton= gues, and not understood, may be a Sign to un- believers to aftonilh them : But prophecy is a means of good to believers to edifie them, v. 20,21,22. 6. Becaufe, whereas fpeaking with tongues only a- mazeth and atonifheth unbelievers, Prophecying may fo effectually convince them, as to converc them, v. 23. to 26. II. That every of them ufe their gifts to the Churches edification, v. 26. To this end he fhews them, 1. How to ufe tongues profitably, v. 27,28. 2. How to prophecy to the Churches beft advantage, v. 29.^334. III. That women befilent in their Churches, and afk their hufbands at home, v. 34,34. IV. That all things about Prophecy andTongues be done decently and in order, premising a Sharp re- proof to their rnugtineffeand contempt of others, by reafon of their gifts, v. 36. ro the end, Thus of the Inftruffive Part of this EpiW.e. III. In the dittrinalpartof'bis EpilHe, He afferts the Doctrine ofthe * Refurrettion from the dead, a- * The gainft the herefie of them that denied it in the Doftrine Church of Corinth. Here note 1. A Preface, 2. A ofthe Tie- Treatife, 3. AConclufion. furreclion I. A Preface, wherein Paul recites the fummeof afferred, the Gofpel which he had preached to them ; which and ex- they believed : wherein they fland ; whereby explained theyarefaved, Ch. XV. 1,2. viXj. I. That Chrift Chap. 15. died for our fins, v. 3. \\. That he was buried. III. That he rofe again the third day, v. 4. Evi- dencing his Refurreftion, 1. To Cephas. 2. To the twelve, v. 5. 3. To above five hundred bre- thren at once, v. 6. 4. To James. 5. To all the ApofHes, v. 7. 6. To PjuI himfelf, ver. 8. to 12. II. A Treatife of the Refunetthn, wherein i.Hi Afferts and proves the Refurre&ion by many Ar- guments, 1. From the faith of the Gofpel hitherto preached and received,Tfut Chrift is rifen, there- fore it is falfe that there is no refurreftion of the dead , v. 1 2, J 3. Tots Argument is amplified by divers abfurdhies that would otherwife enfue ; At, Our preaching is vain and falfe, Our faith is vain, v. i4.f9 18. The dead in Chrift areperilhed, v. 18. Christi- ans of all men were mo ft miferable,i/. 19. 2. From the Refurreftion of Chrift, Partly as the firSt fruits of them that fieep, ver. 20. Partly as a Second Adam quickening all his, as the F/r't Adam deudned all his, i'.2i,22J23. 3. From the duration of Chridsmedi- aty-f 5*2 II. CORINTHIANS. Chap. XV[. atoryKingdome, till he had fubdued all his enemies, whereof death fhall belaft-, death fubdued, refur- reftionmuft needs follow, v. 24.ro 29. 4. From di- vers abfurdities that would otherwife follow, if the dead fhould not rife: As, In being baprized over, or for the dead, v. 29. In running hazards of Affli- ctions and Perfections, 1/.30, 31, 32. Inabftaining from Epicurifme and Luxury .v.$2.to 35. II. He De- fends the Doftrine of the Refurrreftinn,againfi them that Objected, How rife the dead: with what body do they come? vex. 35. fhewing, 1. That its as polfible for the body to rife, as for corn fown tobequick- ned after it dies,i>. 36. 2. That our bodies fhall not rife the fame in qualities, as they are buried, but far more excellent, that fo they may be conform to Chrifl, and be capable of inheriting Gods Kingdom, v.37. to 51. III. He reveals the great myftery of the Change of the living, at Chrifb coming tojudg- ment,when death fhall be fwallowcdupin viftory, v. 51.ro 58. III. ACondufion, exhorting ("in hope of theRefur- reftion^to conftancy, and abounding in the Lords work,*/. 58. THE CONCLUSION of the whole Epiftle, contain- III. ing, I. Certain advertisements , touching l. Their Collections for the Saints at Jerufalem,Ch. XVI. i.ro Chap.iS. 5. 2. His own coming to them, wr.5,6,7. 3. His prefent abode at Ephefus, and the reafon thereof, v. 8, 9. 4. Their entertainment of Timothy if he come to them, ver. io, it. 5. Apollo's not coming as yet to them. v. 12. II. Exhortations to certain duties, M£. i. Watchfulnefle. 2. Stedfaftneffe in the faith. 3. Courage, ver. 13. 4. Charity, ver. 14. 5. Reverend refpect to Stephanw and his houfhold and fuch like, ver. 15.ro 19. III. Salutations, 1. , From others to the Corinthians,v.i9, 20. 2. From Paa/hirafelfto them, Denouncing Anathema Mara^ natha to the non-lovers of Chrifl ; Praying Chrift's grace to be with them, Remembring his own love to them, v.2i.totheend. II. Corinthians. Seer. I. Name and Penman* a 2 Cor. I. T'/ft II- Epiftle of Paul the Apoflle to the CORIN- I. 1 THIANS.'} So called from a Paul the Pen- man of it, ("of whom b before, ) and from the Farties to whom he wrote, viz,. The Church at Co- rinth, (of which c formerly} and to all the Saints in all Achaia, probably there being many Saints in that Province ("as d Calvin notethj who could not fo fafcly and conveniently meet in Church -Affemblies, but were difperfed up and down by reafon of turbu- fency of thofe times. b See on Ro-nans Sett. II. c See on 1 Cor. Scft. If. dJo.Culv. Com. in 2 Cor. 1. 1. e Before Epiftle to the Ro- mans. SeCf. II. time. When this Epift'c was written, fee before in the e Chronological Table of the Order and Time of the wri* ing of Pauls Epiftles. Sect. III. Occafton. Occafion of this Epiftle feems to be. I. Partly thofe crJumnies and afferfions caft upon Pauls words and allions by jalfe Apoftles and other his adverjaries, after his former Epiftle. They charged him, I. With /furry, that hecame not to them according to his Promife, 2. With pride and tyrannical feveri- (Jo. Ch/yf. ty, becaufcof the Incefluous Pcrfon. 3. With ar- Homil.$.in rogjney and vain-glory in his miniflry, therein Icjfen- z.Ep.ad. ing the Authority oj the Law. 4. With perfonalcon- Corinth, tein;>ri!)lcnc(s),infinuaring, that however he was glo- Theod.apud rious in his letters, yet in perfon be was but bafc, ew that he came not fo foonto them as he promifed: Not out of levity, u 2Cor. 1. But partly by reafon of his ^ troubles in Afia, that g &c# hindred him ; Partly that he might give them the ' more time to fet their Church in better order, that /2Cor. 2 fo he might / come more comfortably to them. - 4. 2. To declare, that his fentencc againft the m ince- ^ 2 Cor.2. 8uom Per/on was not rigid or tyrannical, but neceffa- throughout, ry and pious : and now that Excomunication had wrought fo good an effed upon him,he(commending their obedience thcreinjexhorts them to abfolve him from that fentencc,and rcflore him.3.To intimate his great fuccefs in preaching the Gofpel, which he doth not for his own, but rhe Gofpcls glory, which had peculiar efficacy upon the //Corinthians above others, and farrc furpafied the Miniftry of o Mofes, and was bid Chap. I. to IV. If. CORINTHIANS. 513 hidonely to them that are loft. In preaching which / Gofpel heufed all diligence and faithfuinefs, not- withstanding all his afflictions, for the Gofpel, which di I but prepare & greater weight of Glory for him in p 2 Cor. 5. heaven p whereunto he afpircd, inviting others to throughout, do the like, in accepting the grace of Reconciliation, q 2 Cor. 6, tendred in the Gofpel. 4. Toftirre them up to an throughout. ftle againft his Adversaries ca- lumnies. Sed. V. Principal Farts. In this EpifHe are confiderable, I. The Preface, 2. Thefubflance of the Epiftle. 3. The conclusion. I. THE PREFACE or Inttodutlion to the Epiftle, con- tains I. The Inscription, denoting 1. The Parties writing, vi^. Paul and Timothy. 2. The. Parties written to, vi%. The Church at Corinth, and all the Chap. I. Saintsin <»// Achaia, Ch. I. ver. 1. II. The Salutati- on, ver.2. III. The Apoftles Gratulation, or ThankC- giving to God for his comforts in tribulation. Here 1. God, the object of his Thanfgiving is defcribed, As Father of Cbrift, As Father of mercies, As God of all comfort, ver. 3. 2. The ground of the Thanks- giving, Gods comforting in tribulation, « amplified, Partly by the extent of it, in all tribulation: Partly by the end or intent of it, that the Apoftle maybe ableby his own experimental comforts in diftrefs, to comfort others in like cafe •■, and particularly the Corinthians, whom he hopes to be fharers in com- forrs, as well as in crofies, ver, $.to 8. JI. THE SVBSTANCE of the Epiftle, 1. confifts in a Treatife, 1. Excufatory, or Apologetical. 2. Horta- tory, or Prailical. 3. Minatory or Threatning. I. In the Excusatory or Apologetical part of the Epiftle, i. He purgeth himfelf from (ome Imputations: 1, He commends and magnifies hit Miniftry. I. He purgeth himfelf from the unjuft imputations of 1. Levity and Temerity, 2. Severity. I. From the imputation of Levity and temerity in *iCor.i6. that he came not to them, as be* formerly promifed. He 2. to 8. excufeth himfelf, 7. By the extremity of bis afflittions, even to defpair of life, which befell him in Ada, where- by partly his coming to rhem washindred, ver. 8. to 12. II. By the teftimony oj 'his Confience touching the Simplicity and godly finceriry of his converfation in the world, and efpecially towards the Corinthians, asthemftlveswill tedifie; upon which confidence he was minded to come to them before, therefore none hadcaufe totaxe him for// Mofes ; This New Teftamenrs miniftry, being 1. A Miniftry oj the Spirit; that of the letter. 2. A Mi- niftry of Life, that of death. 3. A Miniftry engraven in the heart, that in ftones. 4. A Miniftry excellently glorious, that in comparifon unglorioiis. $. A Mini- ftry of righteoufnefs, that of condemnation. 6. A Mi- niftry remaining, that abolifhed. 7. A Miniftry per- fpicuous, that of the Law being very dark and obfeure v. 6. to the end. V. By the Manner of his Miniftry, in undaunted conflancy and incorrupted fidelity, Ch. IV. 1, Chap.d. 2. This he amplifies by preventing divers exceptions a- gainft his Miniftry, fliewing I. That if it be hid, it is only hid to them that are loft and blinded by Satan, v 3, 4. 2. That he preaches not himfelf arrogantly, but Chrift Jefus humbly, v. 5,6. 3. That though he be expofedin his Miniftry to many heavy fnfferingsi y<-t it is, Partly that all may fee the efficacy of the Mi- niftry is ofGod, not of him, v. 7. Partly, to evi- dence to all that his fuftentation in his troubles is not of himfelf, butonely of Jefus Chrift, v.8 ro 13. 4. That he hath many grounds of Comfort, whereby he encourageth himfelf againft all erodes unto con- ftarxy in his Minifterial office. As, 1 Faith ena- Pppppp bling 5i4 II. CORINTHIANS. Chap.V. to XI- ling toconfefe Chrift in preaching, v. 13. 2. Hope of Refurrefticn,i/e>-. 14. 3. Th/ Churches good, i and 4. Gcds glory, v. 15. 5. The Advantage of his inward man by the Croffe,f. 16. 6. The pro- moting of his furpaffing eternal weight of glory by liis momentary light afflictions, v. 17,18. This glory he Amplifies, Partlyby his Alfurance of ir,and groan- Chap. 5. ing after ir,upon divers grounds, Ch.V.v.i.ro 9. Part- ly fry his improving of this afurance of glory and the terrour of the Lord in the judgement tocomc; to make him earneft in his Miniftry, pefwading mento believe,v.o, lo,u. And this, not for his own praife, but the Churches profit, ver. 12, 13. Therefore be- ing overcome with Chrifts love in dying for him i He defires to live onely to Chrift as a New-creature: and to reconcile others to God by his Miniftry of Recon- ciliation in Chrifl, ver. 14. to the end. Thus of the Excufntnry part oj the Epiflle. II. In the Hortatbry, m rn.il calpa>tofthe Epiflle, He earncftl) exhorts the Corinthians. I. Tow.dk worthy qf the Gofpel, andnot to receive Gods grace of Reconciliation, preached therein, in vain. And this I. More Generally, that receiving the grace of Reconcilement, they bring forth the fruit thereof in obedience and th.inkfulnefe to God. Thisisur- ged, 1. From the duty of the Apoftles office as Co- workers with God, therefore bound to preiTe them Chap. 6. to it,' Chap. VI. 1. 2. From the condition of the prefenr feafon of the Gofptl, this being the very rime wherein God had promifed to work more ef- fectually upon men1 hearts by Chrifb Do&rine, v. 2. 3. From his own exemplary Pttftoral care in the Miniftry of the Gofpel, Both to prevent offence therein, 17.5. And to approve hin felf in all rhings as the faithful Minifter of Chrifl; in all minifterial Graces, Properties, &c. moft elegantly defcribed; In like manner they, as his J^c^, mould proportio- nably in their places imitate him, v q.to 14. II. More Particularly, that they avoid all intimate fcllowfliip, by marriage or otherwife, with Infidels and Idola- ters. 1. Becaufe of the extrcam difpariry and con- trariety betwixt them, whereby they are inconfiftent one with ano'her, v. 14, 15, \6. 2. Becaufe of the lingular benefits that will enfue upon their feparating from Infidels and Idolaters, vi%. Gods Reception of them, and Paternal Relation to them, according to hisPromifes,n.i$,i7,i8- Therefore they fhotild hjve no fellowfh'p with Idolaters, by prefence of bodyor allowance of fpirit, but contrariwife fi:ou!d Chap. 7. forfeit holincJfeinGods fear, Chap.VU. 1. II. To bear him like aff.'irion in receiving hit Doilrine and Exhortation, as be bearcs to them; Receive w, I. c. as into 1 he boforr.e of your love 1/.2. I. Becaufe lie had given them no caufe of DifaffecVion, either by f. Injury to any. 2. Corruption of any by falfe Doctrine. 3. Or Defrauding any of their ertate,^ 2. II. Becaufe hefingularly teftified his dear affe&ion torhem, I. Having them inhh heart to live and dye with them, ver. 3. 2. Speaking freely of them only to thcmfelvcs, but glorying of them to others, v. 4. 3. Being Comforted exceedingly in all his tribukui- . 11,12,13, 11. The pray- ers of the Saints highly valuing the grace of God in them, fhall be hereby engaged for them, v. 14. This exhortation Paul ihms up with thanks to God, as being confident he herein had obtained his defire in them,i>. 15, IV. To behave the mf elves with fitch dutiful Obedi- ence to, and due eftimation of his Doilrine and Miniftry, that he may have caufe to ufe lenity and gentlenefs to- wards them, and not be for ted to exercife that feveiiry again}} them, which be intended ag.iinftfome, Ch.X. Chap.Io. fer.1,2. ^c. To this end. 1 . He wipes off that A&erfm caft upon him by falfe Teachers ; That his Perjoiul prefence was bafe, but hi* Letters Bold; fhewing-, j. that at his coming he purpofcth to be bold againft fome that traduced him as walking carnally, v.1,2. 2. That though he walk in the flefh, he walks not after the tiefh, v. 3. 3. That he hath a powerfull Miniftry, as weapons of an heavenly warfare, committed to him, able, Partly to fubdue fome to the Obedience of Chrift, v. 3, 4, <,. Partly to take revenge on all contrary dif- obedience, v.6. 4. That as others are Chrifts, fo he is Chrifts, having A poftolical authority from him, of which he need not be aftiamed toboaft, v. 7,8. s. That he will be found as potent in his Prefence, as by h\sLetters, i>. 9,10,11. 2. He taxeth the falfe Apoflles for their fclf-applaufe and that beyond their line boafting of other mens labours : which himfelf did not, verfe 12. to the erd 3. He vindicates himfelf and hU Apoftkfljip from contempt in their eyes who preferred the falfe Apo- ftles before him, entring upon a neceffirated and forced commendation of himfelf and his Apoftle- ftlefhip. Here, I. He prefacetb, defuing them to bear with him iq this his jafi and neceHary felfe-con- dem nation , Ch.. XI. ver. r. And this 1. Becaufe it Chap.ir. is in his zeal to God and Chrift. 2. Becaufe now he doth it out of holy jealoufie to them, whom he had cfpoufed as a chafte virgin to Chrift ; but now fear> they are corrupted from Chrifts nmplicity, in that they were fo prone to receive them who preached a falfe Jeftis, a fahc Spirit, a falfe Gofpel, ver. 2, 3, 4. 1 1 He commends himfelf and bit Ap fll floip, upon ma- ny confi derations, viz. 1. By his equality to the ch Apoflles, ver.$. Objeil. But thou an rude in jyeech. Aifn\ 1. Yctnot in knowledge. 2. In all things I have been throughly made- nwnifeft among you. v. 6. 2. By his preaching the Gofpel freely to the Corinthian tt taking wages of other Churches to that end, ver. 7. to 11. Not that he loves not the Corinthians, ver. 1 1. But Partly, that thus he may cut off occaftou from the falfe Apoftlcs who fought to traduce him, ver. ir. Partly^ That he may not be herein inferiour to the bile -Xpoflles, v\ho pretended to preach the Gofptl .. that they might be like Chrifts Apoftlcs ; whofe Chap. XII. XIII. GALATIANS. 515 Chap. 12. whofe hypocrifie he illuflratesand tlirearcns,vcr.i2. to 16. Ob)ett. But thii thy glorying U foolijh. Anjw. He anfwers, I. By Conce(fton,y ct asa fool fuffer me a little ver. 16,17- 2. By explication of hit Reafons why he will boaft hiinfelf, Parr/), becaufe others glory ,v.i8. P, becaufe themfelves fuffer fools gladly, (ironi- cally calling them wife;} yea fuffer falle teacheers to fmire them on the face by reproach, ver. 19,2-1,21. P in writing to them with his own hand, v. I*. 2. A Commonefaction, or warning of them againft falfe teachers, who urge Circumcifion, Partly that they may avoid Perfecti- on for Chrifl, Ptrtly out of hypocrifie and ambition, that they muy g'ory in their flefh, v. (2. (3. 3. An oppofition ofh'S own examp'e, againft that of the falfe Apoflles ; he preaching the Gofpel fincerely, and walking accordingly, 1/. (4. 15. 16. 4. An A- poftolical Protection againft the arrogance of the falie Apoflles, whom he flighrs as not having the honourable * Markj of fufferings for Chrifl, like himfelf, verfe if. 5. The valediction, v. 18. III. * Marks ofjefus. EPHESIANS. a£ph Seft. I. Name and Penman. THe EpiSile of the Apoftle Paul to the EPHESIANS.] So denominated from the a Saints at Ephefus, to whom principally Paul wrote. Marcion the Here- tick, pretending robe a cwious Searcher of the Title, b Ecclefix calls it Pauls Epiflle to the Laodiceans, fas b Tertulli- an hath noted, 3 but contrary to the truth of the Church. Hierome calls it c The ApoSles middle Epi- flle, both in order and in fence ; as the heart it in the middle of she creature ; hence intimating with bow many d; faculties and profound queftions it « in- volved. quidem verirate Epiflolam iflam ad Ephefios habemus emillam, nonad Laodiccnos; fed Marcion ci Tirulum aliquando inter- polate gefliit, quafi& in ifto diligentilfimus exploraror. Ni- hil autcm de Ticulis interefl, cum ad omnes Apoflolus fcrip- ferit, dumadquofdam, &c. Tertullian. adverf. Marcion. lib. 5. cap. (7. c Nunc ad Ephefios tanfeundum eft, Mcdiam Apofloli Epi- flolam, ut ordine ita & fenfibus. Mcdiam autem dico, non quod primas fequens, extremis major fir: fedquomodo cor a- nimalisin medio cfl : ut ex hoc iutelligutis quanti; ditficulratibus, & quam profundi's quA'flkmibus involura fit. Hier. Proxm.in Ep- adEph.Tom. 9. EPHESUS .as d the Metropolis of Afia Minor, a city on the fh re of the Ionian-Sea, looking towards the weft of tia Minor, or as Herodotus think, in Lydia, ofol a city of great traffique, but much ad- dicted to iciiatry and fuperftition, and jo Magicl^ Arts and Wtchcrafts, which alwayes fallow idolatry, (in e Hierorrs iudgment ,) there being thef Temple of the grc; goddeffe Diana, Not Diana the Hun- trix, girt nd beating the Bow; but the many breafted Diana, wim by the veij effigies they faljly pretended to be the hrjeof allbeajts and living creatures ; faith g Hierom Paul came to Ephefus at firft, and rea- foned wh the Jewes in their Synagogues, /; but tarried rt there at that time, becaufe he hafted to keep tl feaft at Jcrufalem, after that he /came a fecond ime to Ephefus, preaching and difputing there ft two years and three moneths, not k ceajing to wan every one, night and day, with tears; that fo the Tow of idolatry being dejtroyed, the Temples of lefferCiet might eafily be taken; as / Hierome noteth. And {Paul planted a famous Church at Ephefus, cor.tiiing rherc, till by the m uproare at Ephefir he w, neceftl rated to depart thence ;and fo he went into 'acedonia ye: after his departure inro Ma- cedort, he committed the care aud iafpectii the fiurch at Ephefus unto n Timothy. And Paul bei afrn'ards at Miletm, 0 called thither the Elders of Ipf.'w, exhorting and incouraging them in cha>e, kuowing chey fhould fee his face no more. After d D. Par. in Advcr. in Ep. ad Eph. e Uier quo fiipr. /"ASsi?. g Hie». quo Fuptr. h Mis 1 8. i?. 10. ii, i Ai'ts 1 9. I, 8, &c. { Aa.J0.31. 1 Hier. q 0 fupt, -0.1. n 1 Tun. '.3 Chap. I. to III. E P H E S I A N S. 519 p Sec hcfoie on JOHN SeS. 1. q Jo. Calv, Arg. in Ep. *t7.i. II. The Salutation, ver. 2. THE BODY, or SUBSTANCE Oi the EPISTLE is 1. Partly Informatory or Vothinal, 2. Partly Hor- tatory or Practical. I. In the Informatory or Dotlrinal part of this Epiftle arelay'd down, not Controverfa lly but Dogmatically, God laving benefts totheZpl efians(& proportiona- lly tous,) orthecaufes of faivation; nowthefeare declared, 1. More Summarily, 2. More particu- larly. I. More Summarily, in form of a Tbankfgiving, I. The Praiie it fe.'f. 2. The • 3. The Arguments or grounds 1 wherein note of rhisPraife. Praife, ver. 3. II. More particularly, divers caufes cf fa' are infilled upon, as the partxular grounds of the Apoftles thankfulnefle, boi h in refpeci of Jews and Gentiles afterwards, W^« f. Eletlion, defcribed by its 1, Authour, 2. Ob- ject, win Chrift, 3. Eternity, 4. Ead,ve 2. Predeftination, described alfo by the 1. I predeftinated, us. 2. Benefit whereto we are pre- deftinaced, Adoption by Chrift. 3. Inward impul- fivecaufe, goodpleafure, &c. 4. tZadver.<, , 3. Redemption, fet forth by the 1. Author re- deeming, and Price, Chrift by his blood, 2. Ik by Redemption, Remijion of fins, Fountain of ir. Grace, ver. 7. 4. Manifeftation of it, in all wis- dom and prudence accordingtohU purpofe. 5. End, fir the gathering together in one all things in Chrift, ver. 8, 9,10. 4. Vocation of both Jew and Gentile, to the Parti cipation of this Redemption according to Gods pur- pofe, of the Jew firft, ver. n, 12. Of the Gentilfi afterwards, particularly of the Ephefians themfclves, 1. By operation of the Word, 2. By Objignation of the fpirit, ver. 13,14. This Vocationof the Ephefians, he amplifies, I. By the firne of their growth rn faith and love, which he heard, ver.i$. II. By the effect of that report upon himfelf in reference to the Ephefians, vi^. III. Than\fulneffe to God, and Prayer for them, ver. 16. wherin confider 1. To whom he prayes, ver. 17* 2. What he prays for in their behalf, vi^. The in- creafe of the fpirit of Wifdom and Revelation, &c. ver. 17,18, 3. To what end; that they may know more and more, Partly the hope of their calling, Partly the riches of the glory, &c. ver. 18. Partly the furpaffing greatnefs of his power towards them believing, ver, 19. This exceeding greatnefs of Gods Power, is deferr- ed by its eftefts, On Chrift, and On thamfehes. I. On Chrift their Head, viz,. 1. Qjuckening and raifing him from the dead, v. 20. 2. Exalting him at his own right hand far above all creatures, as Head over all to theChurch, his body, v. 20, 21,22, 23. II. On the Ephefians themfelves,Chrifls members. i.Quh\- ening them with Chrift from their fpiritual death, Ch. II. ver. 1. &c. This it described, Partly by their fad Hate of fin and wrath before they were quickned, ver 1, 2, 3. Partly by the impulfive caufes moving God thus to quicken them, rich mercy, great love and grace, ver. 4, 5. 2. Raifing them with Chrift, ver. 6. ^.Ex- alting them to fit in heavenly places in Chrift, ver. 6. This their Exaltation is described and amplified, Partly by the end of it, viz- The manifeftation of Gods riches of grace towards the Ephefians, fa ved by grace through faith, not of works ; which are effects, not caufes of this grace, w.7,8,9, 10. Partlyby the fingular Priviledges thereupon redounding to the Ephefians, thus Quickned, Raifcd, Exalted, viz. whatever were their former miiery and diftance from God, yet now they are in Chrifi brought nigh as well as Jews; a re fellow-Citizens with the Saints, OfthehouflioldofGod; yea an Holy Temple and Habi- tation of God,^.i i.to the end of the Chapter. 5. Publication of all rhefe rich benefits of Chrift to the Gentilesby theMiniftry of the Apoftle Paul c- fpecially ,that thereby the Gentiles might be built up as Gods Temple, Ch. III. Here note, I.Pauls call to preach Chrift to the Gentiles, defcribed 1. By the Event of his preaching to the Gentiles, viz_. his own imprifonment, v 12. 2. By the divine Revelation of that great myftery to Paul ("\n other Ages un- known) that the Gentiles fhould be fellow-heirs, and of the fame body with the Jews, and enjoy Chrift in the Gofpel; v. 3. to 7. 3. By the minifteria! Commif- f'on which God gave him towards the Gentiles ; fet out by the Authour, v. 7. Inftrument, v. 8. Matter of LisMiniftry; ver, 8. 9. End, making known e- verv Chap.2- Chap.i, S23 ETHESIANS. Chap. IV. to VI- Chap. 4. Chip. 5, even to Angels by the Church, the Wifdom of God according to his purpofe in calling the GenriIes,ii.io, 11,12. II. Pauls hortatory inference hereupon to the Ephefians, that they fhrink noc from his do- ctrine, fainting by reafon of his fufferings; As being 1. For them. 2.' Their glory, v. 13. III. Pauls, prayer, for them, where note 1. To whom, he prays, verfe 14, 15. 2. For what to pray in their be- half, viz. Their (lengthening in the inward man by the Spirit, verfe 16. Chrirts inhabiting their heart by faith, verfe 17. Their rooting and ground- ing in love, v. 17. Their ccmprehenfion of Chritts boundlefs love, v. 18, 19. Their replenifhing with all the fulnefs of God, v. 19. 3. The Conclufion of his Prayer, with" a Doxology, or giving-glory to God. v. 2O3 21. Hitherto of the h^ormztoty; or Doctrinal part oj this Epifile. N. In the Hortatory or Prattic.xl part Me ttirs up, and exhorts the Ephefi.ir.s to divers Chriftian duties, in rettimony of their gratitude for all the former bene- fits. Thefe duties are 1. Mire general, 2. More fpecial. I. More general duties, common to all Chriflians, viz -To walk worthy of the heavenly vocation where- with they are called, Chap.IV.ver. 1. To this end he particularly direfts them how to walk worthily ,viz> with 1. Humility and Mee\nejs,ver. 2. 2. Long-fuffering, and loving forbearance of one another^. 2. 3. Vnity of the Spirit in the Bond of Peace, ver. 3. Becaufe there is 1. One Body. 2,One Spirit. 3. One Hope, v. 4. 4. One Lord. 5. One Faith. 6. OneEap- tifm,ver. 5. 7. One God, ver. 6. 8. One common end of all the extraordinary and ordinary Minitters of the Gofpel, (thole gifts nf Chrift as fruits of his Aficnfion. J and of their Miniftry, viz.. The per- fecting of the Saints in the unity of faith, full know- ledge of Chrift, and complcat growth up unto him in all things, as the body in the head, v. 7. to 17. 4. Holinejsof life; which confittsl. In Mortifica- tion or putting of the old man. 1. Be caufe Gentiles uncovertcd walk in the lutts of the old man, v. 17.ro 20. 2. Becaufe 'they have better learned Chrift, v. so, ci. 3. Becaufe the old man is to be put off. 4. Becauje the old man is corrupt, v.22. II. InVivifi- cation,, or putting on the New Mart in Rightcoufncfs and Holinefie, v.23 24. $. Truth, putting away lying-, This is urged from our Co-memberfhipin Chrift,t;.25. 6. Speedy placablenefs in anger; Becaufe elfe we give place to the devil ,v. 26,27. 7. Diligent labour, that they may give to others, and not fteal from others, v. 28. 8. Profitable, not corrupt Communication, urged 1. From the commodity of good Communication to others, ver. 29. 2. From the mifchief of bad to themfelvcs, k. 50. 9. Brotherly love : which is Defer i bed andVrged, 1. Described, 1. Negatively, by the oppofite vices from which they are dehorttd, ver. 31. 2. Positive- ly by the acts of brotherly love required, ver. 32. II. Urged, 1. From Gods love 10 us, whom we are to follow as children, ver. 32. and Ch. V. ver. 5. 2, From Chritts love in dying for us, -ver. 2. 10. to avoid ftllorvfiip with divers lufts of carnal men. Here I. Thefe tufts or corruptions are defer i bed: 1. Fornication. 2. All uncleanncfs. 3. Covctouf- nefs. 4. Filthinefs. 5. Foolifh talking. 6. Jett- ing, verf. 3,4. II. The avoiding' of thefe corruptions, n urged upon divers confi derations. 1. They are un- comely for Saints , ver. 3. 2. They are incon- venient, ver. 4. 3. They exclude from Gods King- dom, and incurre his wrath, ver. 5, 6. 4. They were darknefs, arelight, therefore nuitt walk as children / of light, proving what |s< acceptable to the Lord, v. 7, foil. 5. Thefe are unfruitful works of darknefs, and fhameful to be fpo ken of; therefore to be re- proved by light, ver. 15. 6. Gods people fhould walk better, and that upon divers grounds, verfe 15, 16, 17, 1 1. Toflmn drunleenneffe, and as an Antidote againft it. 1. To be filled with the fpirit. 2. To exercife themfelves in fpiritual melody to the Lord. 3. To inure themfelves continually to thankfulnefs in all things, v. 18, 19,20. 12. To fubmit themfelves one to another ; which Subjeftion is limited, in the Lords fear, ver. 21. II. More fpecial duties, peculiar to fome particu- larly Relations; As betwixt 1. Husbands and Wives. 2. Parents and Children. 3. Mafters and Ser- vants. , i. Betwixt Husbands andWives.Herei.Wives are ex- horted to fubmit themfelves to their own Hufbands, ^•22. This Submiihon is fet forth by the 1. Manner of it, as to the Lord, v. 22. 2. Grounds of it, Partly the Hufbands Headfhip; Partly the Hufbands Protection pf her, i/. 23. 3. Pattern of it, the Churches fub* jeftion to Chrift, v. 24. 4. Extent of it, v. 24. 2. Husbands are exhorted ro love their wives, 1. From the example of Chritts love to his Church, giv- ing himfelffor it, to cleanfe it, 8a:. v. 2$, 26, 27. 2. From the neer union betwixt hufband and wife, they being one flefh morally, v. 28, 29. as the Church is one fiefli with Chrift myftically,v. 29. to 33.Whence thehiifbandis to love his wife as himfelf, which is amplified, by the wives relative duty of Reveren-ing herHufband,i/.33. 2. Betwixt Parents and Children. Here I. Chil- ^en are charged to obey their Parents, ch. VI. v. t. Chap. 6. This is 1. Limited, in the Lord. 2. Urged, Partly from the equity of it, Partly from the commodity,of it, v. 1,2, ^.11. Partly are charged 1. Not to provoke their children. 2.T0 educate them Chrittianly, v. 4. 3- Betwixt Maflers and Servants. Here I. Ser- vants are charged to be obedient to their fitters. This obedience is 1. Defoibed by its adjuncts or properties, vi\. 1. Fear to offend, 2. Singlenefs of heart, Amplifiedby its oppofite eye-fervice. 3. Good will. 2. 'Urged partly from the Agrceablenefs of this to the Will of God and Chrift, Partly from rhe commodity of fo doing, v. $. fo9- II. Mailers are charged 1. To do the fame things to their fervants, viz- the things that are good and juft. 2.Tofor- bear too much autterity •, becaufe they have a Ma- tter in heaven, who refpects not perfons, v.9. THE CONCLVSION of the Epiftle, wherein III. 1. He encourages them ro be ttrong and conttant in the Lord , againft all Satans fubtil temptations, through the help of the whole * Armour of God, v.to. * armour 11. This he doth I. Vrging it, with arguments ofGody drawn 1 . From the greatnefs and danger of the ad- verfaries, v. 12. 2. From the neceffity of this courfe, thattheymay ftand in the evil day, ver.i$. II. Defcribing the whole Armour of God particularly, which is 1. Defenfive only : As Girdle of Truth,Brerf/r plate ofRighteoufnefs, v. 14. Sbooesoi the prepa- ration of the Gofpel of Peace, v. is. Shield o(h\dit efpeciallycommended-for quenching all the devils fiery darting temptations, v. 16. Helmet of falvari- on, v. 17. 2. Offenfive a well asDefenfive, viz.T/;e frcord of the Spirit, the Word, v. 17. Prayer for tluinfelves, for all Saints, and for the Apoftlehim- felt particularly, v. 18,19,20. 2. He (l>ews why he fent Tychiaa to them, 1. To inform them of his affairs. 2.Tocomfort them, v. 21,22. 3. He concludes with an Apottolfcal Salutation, wi/hingtheiniV.KV, Lmewith Faith and Grace, v. 23,24. Chap. I. 521 Philippians. ,7 ,8. 2. By his Pray- er for their abounding and Perfeverance in grace, and th3t inoffenfively to Gods glory, ver. 9, 10, n. III. By removing the fcandal of his Crofs and Suf- ferings, that might difcourage them, which he doth 1. Declaring that his bonds at Rome were fo far from hindring, that they have furthered thecourfe of the Gofpel; Partly becaufe his bonds for Chrift were manifeft to all C&fars houfe,i/.»2,i3. Partly becaufe many brethren of the Miniftry were by his bonds em- boldened to preach without fear, v. 14. And how- ever fome preached Chrift not fo fincerely as others, yet Chrift was preached, and he joyed therein, iw. I5.r0 19. 2. Intimating hisaffurance rhat allthefe his fufferings fhould turn to his good; Partly through their Prayer, Partly through the fupply'ofChrifts fpirit, ver. 19. Partly from his own hope upon his former experience, that Chrift fhall be magnified by himboth in life and death, and himfe If fhould gain byboth, ver. 20, 21. though the Philippians would gain more by his life, which puts him upon a ftrair, whether he fhould chofe life or death, yet he is con- fident he fhall live longer, for furtherance of their faith and joy.11.22.ro 27. II. He exhorts them to a pious Converfation becom- ing Chrifts Gofpel, ver. 27. Sec. To this purpofe he in- cites them particularly. 1. To pynt ftedfaftnefs of fpirit and mind in cvitend- ing for the Faith, or Doctrine of the Golpcl, notwith- ftanding all the terrors of their Perfecutors^.27,28. To the induring of whofe perfections, he encou- rages them, 1. Becaufe their Perfecutions are an c- vident token of their Perfecutors deftruction, but of their falvation, v. 28. 2. Becaufe irs a greater gift to fuffer for Chrift, then tobelieve in him. ver. 27. 3. Becaufe hereby they fhall have communion with R r r r r r the 522 PHILITIANS. Chap. U.to IV. Chap. Chap. 3. the Apoftlehimfelf, v.30. 2. to unity in mind and heart ; from divers pathe- tick Arguments in reference to himfelf, Cb. II. ver. 3.T0 lowlineffe of mind. I. Dijfwuding from the contrary vices, vi^. 1. Contention, s. Vain-glo- ry , verfe 3. II. Vefcribing this lowlineffe of mind ; As whereby 1. We eftcem others be- yond ourfelves, verfe 3. 2. We regard others affairs as well 3S ourown, verfe 4. III. Vrging it, 1. From Chrifls example , who though equal to God, yet debafed himfelf in the forme of a fervant to the death of theCrofle, and was there- fore moft highly exalted : fo proportionably fhall they be that debafe themfelves like hitn, verfe 5. to 12. 2. From their former conftant obedience to him ; whence he now expects the like obedi- ence in working out their falvation with fear and trembling, verfe 12. 3, From Gods grace, which alone works in them to will and to do, therefore they have no caufe at all to be high-mind- ed in themfelves, verfe 13. ( 4. From the good end or event that hence will enfue , Partly in refpect of themfelves , their inoffenfiveneffe, as becomes the fons of God in a corrupt-age, verfe 14, 15, 16. Partly in refpect of the Apo- ftle , his joy in them as their Minifter in the day of Chrift , verfe 16. tbit hit affeftion to them he amplyfies by rejoycing to be poured forth , even as a drink-offering upon the fer- vice of their faith , by his death , wi/hing them alfo therein to rejoyce with him, verfe 17,18. III. He declares to them, both hit fur pofe of [ending Timothy to them for future, and hit Reafon 0) [ending Epaphroditus their Mmifterto them for prefm. I. Hit Purpcfe of Cendingtimotby fhortly to them to know theirflate, as foon as he fees how it will go with himfelf, commenJing7//wof/ty, As 1. Like-minded 2. Naturally caring for their ftate, while others feek theirown, notthe things of Chrift. 3. Serving with Paul in the Goipel as a fon with a father, ver. 19. to 24. tbit he amplyfies, by his hopes of coming him- felf to them fhortly, ver. 24. II. Hit prefent fending of Epaphroditw to them ; Here 1. He commends £- papbroditm fingularly, ver- 25, 26* 2. He fhows why he fent him back to them, vi^. that they might be comforted, in feeing him recovered who had been fick nigh to death, ver. 26. 27. 28. 3- He ex- horts them gladly to receive, and highly to efteem him, who had fo hazarded his life for the work of Chrift,*/, 29,30. IV. He warns them againfl thefalfe dollrine of falfe Apoftles, that would mingle the worlds of the law with faith in the point of Nullification. Here I. He chears tbemuy in the Lord againft all contrary difcourage- mentsof falfe teachers, Ch. III. v. 1. II. Heexcuf- ff/;his inculcating the fame things unto them, be- caufe fafe (or them, ver. 2. III. He cautions them againft falfe Apoftles, branding them, As 1. Dogs, that for their bellies bark'd and fnarl'd againft the truth. 2. Evil-workers, that buildcd noc, but de- stroyed the Church. $.Concifton, rending afunder the Churches unity by obtruding Circumcifion,vi/r/e bexeadinthe ' '* y £ Church of the Laodiceans. Now Laodicea and Hiero- s»\ / ~ polis are near Co/ojje, but farre diftant from Rhodes, as MKov Becaufe he wrote them when he was in bonds. As if a valiant man ftiould write, mean while defining from daughter and trophies : fo he alfo did. Himfelf alfo knew this was a great matter. For writing to Philemon he faith, whom 1 have begotten in my bonds. Jo. Cbryfoft. in Ep.ad Cohf. Himtt. U Tom. 6. in N. T. i. 1 14* Sett. III. Scops. The chief intent and Scope of this Epiftle is r. To fl>ew, that all m hope of mans falvation is ground- tn Col. ed on Chrift our Redeemer, enjoyment of him, and 12, 13, perfeverance in him, as in whom alone all n com- &c. pleat fulnefle, perfections, and All-fufficiencies to nCol. I. thac end do meet; and therefore Chriftians mould 15. &c. fully reft themfelves fatisfied in the faith of Chrift only. 2. To caution the 0 Coloffians, and all Chrifii- 0C0I. 2. 4, ans againft all Mofaical Ceremonies, Philofophical 8. &c. fpeculations and deceits, and humane traditions, as inconfiftent with Chrift and his fulnefs for our falva- tation. 3. To incite the Coloffians to feek their happi- nefs p higher, then in thofe low earthly and exter- nal things, and toexercife themfc-Ives mote fpirhually and Evangelically, in Mortification of fin, and Santti- ty both in heart and life, \x\General and Particular duties of Chriftianity. p Col. 3. 1,2. &c. Seer. IV. Principal Parts, In tbis Epiftle to the Coloffians are I. The Preface 2. Tfje Body of the Epiftle, 3. The Conclufion, THE PREFACE to the Epiftle, contains, I. The Infcription, defcribing 1. The Parties writing 5 2.The Parties written to, Ch.l. ver.1,2. II. The Salutati- on, ver. 2. III. The exordium, or Entrance into the Epiftle, to procure benevolence with the Coloffians, wherein note 1. His Gratulation in their behalf,i».3. 2. The grounds of this his Gratulation, vi^. Partly their Faith in Chrift. Partly their love to all the Saints, ver. 4. Both which are amplified, By their final caufe, w*> their hoped happinefs in heaven. By their inftrumental caufe. vi^. The Gofpel preach- ed to them by Epaphras, who declared their fpiritu- al ftate to Paul,vsr. 5. to 9. 3. The Apoftles Pray- er for their increafe in all fpiricuals, To the know- ledge of the truth, ver. 9. To the exercife of Piety, ver. 10. To the enduring of the Crofs, ver. II. THE BODY or SUBSTANCE of the Epiftle,con- fifts of matters, 1. Doftriaal, 2 PraBical. I. In the Dottrinal part, be 1. Afferts the Truth po- sitively. 2. Confutes err our polemically. I. He poffitively afferts the Truth, laying down the fumme of Chriftian dodrine, touching the primary caufes and benefits of falvation, in way of thankful- nefs for them, ver. 12. foe. Here are therefore dc fcribed. 1. The faving benefits afcribed to the father, I. More generally, viz. his fitting us to partake of glory, ver, 12. II. jWbre/>drr/cttfor/jhowherhusfifSus,i/7^. 1. Privatively, by delivering us out of the Kingdom of darknefs. 2. Pofitively , tranflating us into the Kingdom of Chrift, the fon of his love, vi^. by Ef- fectual calling, v. 13. 1. The faving benefits afcribed to the Son, vi%. Redemption, ver. 14. This Redemption isfet forth, L By the price paid. Hifblood.ver.14. IT. By one emi- nent benefic purchafed, Remiffionofftns, ver. 14. III. Bythecompleatnefsand all-fufficiency of Chrift the Redeemer, defer ibed, and confirmed. 1. Defcribed magnifically u Chap. Ih - 1 COLOSSIANS. Chap.H.III. ffiagnifically by divers glorious Titles attributed to < him ; As f i J Image ot the invifible God, ver. i 5. C 1 J Firft-born of every creature, Eecaufe he ere - ated ail things, ver. 15, 16. Eecaufe he h before all tilings, Becaufe al 1 things confift by him, ver. 17. I 5 J Head of the Church, ver. .8. f 4 ) The be- ginning, the firft-born from the dead. ver. 18. 2. Confifmed, Parti) from the final caufe hereof, that in all he tpight have the Preheminence, ver. 18. Partly from the efficient ordaining caufe, it pleafeth the fa- ther ^ver. 19. Partly from the forma I caufe. AUfulnefs dwelling, in Ckr. if as Meniatour, ver. 10. IV. Ey the manner of this Redemption, and the benefit of Re- conciliation to God thereby ; fpoken of, 1. As con- cerning all more generally, ver. 20- 2. As concern- ing the Cohffians more particularly ; where nore fij Their natural mifery, and thecaufe thereof, (_ 2 ) Their fpiritual delivery, and the means thereof, C 3 J The glorious end of that delivery, ver. 21, 22. (J4) The cc ndition upon which theyfhall enjoy benefit by Chrills Redemption and Reconciliation , v\. Ferfeverance in rhe faith of the Gofpel ; which Per- feverance isclofely urged by many Argument smartly becaufe tin's is ntcellary-to their enjoying Eenefit by Chrifts Redemption, ver. 23. Partly becaufe this is the faith which all bcleivers generally have received, ver. 23. Part ^ becaufe Pd«/himlelf divinely called to thisMiniftry, preached this doctrine to them, and fnffered perfecution for ic ioyfully, ver. 23, 24, 25. Partly becaufe of the fingular excellency and dignity of this Doctrine,and of themyliery contained there- in to the Gentiles, i//\. Cbritt in them the hope ofglory. ver. 26, 27. Partly becaufe of the Apoftles lingular labouring and ftriving to preach thismyfte- ry of Chrift in the Gofpel throughout the world, ver. 28, 29. II. Hepolemicalty confutes the errours contrary to thit faith of the Gofpel. In which confutation note, 1. Hi* Preface, for procuring of their attention and benevolence, nrbefeinl, He declares what great conflict and care he had for the Coloilians, Laodice- Chap. 2. ar.s ami others confirmation in the faith, Ch. II. v.i. II. He gives the reafons of this his care for them, x. For their -manifold good,^. Comfort, Union in love, and Full-aiTurance of underftanding to the acknowledgement of the myftery of God and Chrift, v . 2. Th'vs Myftery ofChrft, is commended gloriouf- |y, as having all treatures of faving wifedom and knowledge hid therein, v. 3. 2. To prevent their peril of feducement by falfc teachers, v. 4. 3. From his inward affection to them, and fpiritual Pretence with them, thougli corporally abfent from them, De- ferred, Partlyby the manner of his affection, Joying Contemplating upon t\rcm,Partly by the grounds there- of, vix_. Their order, their Siedfaftnefs oj 'faith, ver. 5. III. He concludes exhorting them conftantly to ad- here toChrift, as Epapbm had taught them, 1. With firmnefs of faith. 2. with abounding therein. 3. With thankfulnefs in that behalf, v 6,7. 2. Hti Proportion, touching the errours to be con- futed, he lays down ; I. Cautioning them againft im- poflures. II. Referring thefe impoflures to three heads. 1. Philofopby, viz. that which is deceitful, vain. 2. Traditions of men. 3. Mofaical Ceremo- nies, called the Rudiments of the World. III.Hinting neral rule, whence we may difcover they are to be rejected, w^. if they withdraw from Chrilt, v.8. , 3. Hh Confutation of thefe errours propounded and flared. I. More generally by Arguments againft them all, drawn 1. From the infinite Perfection of Chrift in himfelf, in whom the perfect Deity dwe's perfonally, therefore he neither needs nor admits thefe Additionals, v. 9. 2. From their comp'eat- npTs in Chrift, in whom they have complcat furni- ture for falvarion,vcr. 10. 3. From Chrilts abfolure Hcadrtlipand Supremacy, ver. 10. II. Moreparti- er. 4/) The evidences whereby he charitably judges them Elect, are CO The power of his Miniitry upon them, (2) The gift of the Holy Ghoft annexed, (3) The fruit of the Spirit, viz- much afurance, in which things he ap- peals to their own Confciences, v. 5. (4) Their holy practice, following the A potties and Chrift.up- on their receiving of the word with patience and joy, ver. 6. This grace of theirs U ampljfiedby the emi- nent events thereof, v'z- Partly their exemplari- nefs to all believers in Macedonia and Ackaia, ver. 7. Partly the fame of their Faith, not onely in Macedonia and. Achat a, but in every place, ver. 8. Purify rhe teftimooy which other Churches gave to rhe Apoflle touching the Tbeffalcnians Converfion by hisMintftry, which Converfion is notably defcribed by the parts of it, v. 9, 10. a. From the f.iithjulnefs of the Injlrument, where- by they were effeftually converted, viz. Pfnlnefs in hisMinifl y, • is defcribed and amplified. 1. By hii Boldnejje in his Mir.iftry ; fet forth, Partly by themeafure of it,hold- ing up even againfl ali his affiictions..Pci Andthat it was written lon^ before at Athens, tithe codices, commonly received opinion among Lathe Writers. The mihi non Poflfcripc f if it may be credited, J faith,it was writ- eft proba- ten from Athens. bile. Nam de fuis vinculis aliquid attigiffet, &c. Jo. Calv, Arg. in Pofler. adThejfal. Se&. II. Occasion. Occasion feemsrobe; 1. Partly the intimation of Pauls e fervent love to them, and earneft /defire to come and fee them, in his former Epiflle: where- upon being detained from coming to them according to his defires, he labours by this Epiflle to fupply the want of his Prefence, and to perfeft what was lack- ing in their faith ; left the Theffalonians, fhould think themfelves neglefted, by Pauls haftening fome whi- ther clfe, and not coming to them, as g Cbryfoflome and h Calvin hath well noted. 2. Partly the infor- mation or reports which the Apoflle had received, 1 Touching the Persecutions which the Church of the Theffalonians had undergone for the Gofpe! ; 2 Touch- ing falfe teachers, who f perhaps taking occafionby fome paffages of the i former Epiflle, about Chrifb fecond coming to judgment, Jinfinuated to them, C pretending they had it from Paul himfelf, £. by Spirit, by Word; or by Letter, J Tl)at the day oj Chrift was at band; that his coming would be fpeedilyand in that age; and 3 Touching the /exorbitant walking of fome in idlenefte, neglefting their particular cal- lings Church-difcipiine mean while fleeping among them j e 1 Thef. 2.7. to 12, / 1 Thef. 2. 17,18, 19, 20. & 3. 1,12, 11° g Joan. Chrifofl, Arg. in Jj» E/>. ad Thecal, bjo, Cat. Arg. in poller, ad Tbeffal. i 1 Thef.4. 1$. to the end,and £1 '>2,3,4-&c k. 2 Thef. 3- Ij 2.1. 2. Thef, 3. $, &c 28 II. T H E S S A L 0 N I A N S. Chap, MI. m 2. Thef. h 3,4- n : Thef. i3i,3, &c. o 2 Thef. 2.1,2,2x1 ; 2 Thef. 2,-I.ScC. ift was at hand, by a prophetical Prediction of two no- ble Antecedents, which mufl be before Chrifts com- ing, neither of which was yet come to paffe, and therefore Chrifls coming could notbeinftant and at hand in their dayes, ver. 3. fcc. Thefe Antecedents are 1. A general Apoftacy, from true faith and Religi- on in the Church, i>. 3. 2. The Revealing of Antichrift, ver. 3. This * An- tichrift is notably defcribed by.his 1 Properties, 2 Re- vealing, 3. Ruine, 4. Reign. I. By hit Properties, 1. That man of fin. 2. Thar fon of Perdition, ver. 3. 3 Who oppofethall that is called Gcd, ver. 4.4/rhat exaltethhimfelf above all thats called God. 5. Who as God fitteth in the Temple of God, v/\. in the Church, ver. 4. Thefe things are amplified. By the Apoflles intimation of his informing them in thefe things formerly,^*-. 5. II. By his Revealing and the tunc of it, where he declares i.That Antichrift was not yet revealed,there being an Impediment hindring it, (w^. according to the general confent of Wri- ters, theitowrtn£w/>/Ye,and that as it was both Hea- then and Chriftian,) confequently Chrift s coming could not be inflanr, v. 6. 2. That the myftery of iniquity even then was working, though obftructed, *«7i 3. That the faid Impediment fhafl be taken out of the way, ver. 7. 4. That when the Impediment fliould be removed, That wicked A.ould be reveal- ed, ver. 8. III. By his ruine and dcftruclion, fet forth 1. Ey the Authourofir, The Lord Chrift. 2.By tlie manner whereby Chrift fliall conlume him, vizy\ Partly by the fpirir of his mouth, Partly by tlie^ brightcnefle of his coming, ver. 8. IV. By his Reign and Dominion betwixt hi; lUvealingand Ruine.Here are fet forth 1. Hit Manner and means of Advancement to his Reign, More gene) ally, after the working of Sa- tan. More particularly, (\)Witb allpower, (2y\{itb fifties and lying wonders, v. 0. fz,J With all a'eceiva- blcneffe of unrighteoufnef\e,verAo. 2. His Subjellsor Vaft'.ds over whom lie Aall exercifc dcminion,7/;ew that pe)iftt,v. 10. 3. The reafens of their comingunder hit dominion, Partly their own fin, in not receiving the love of the truth to falvation, v. io. FGods juft judgement upon them, fending them ftrcng delu- jfion to btlieve alye, to their damnation,!!, 1 1,12. III. He cemfotsthe Thftahrn.ns 3^h ft ftar ofA- pcflacy, and of Ai.tuhrifls feduccnents : 1. Giv- ing Chap. 2. * Judge- ment day not at hand in the Apo- flles days * Anti- chrift, de- fcribed. Chap. III. I. T I M 0 T H T. 52y Chap. 3. * Manual WorJ(. ing Jl)ank.s to God for their grounds of ftedfaftnefte, Partly for their Election to falvation, through Sali- fication and faith, ver. 13. Partly for their vocation by the Gofpcl thereunto, ver. 14. 2. Exhorting them to fkdfafrnefle in his Doctrine, delivered them by word or writing, ver. 15. 3. Praying earneftly that Jefw Chrifi andGod the Father would comfort and ftablifli them in every good word and wo>\, ver. 16,11. III. Hortatory. In th'u part he peremptor.ly pre- fcribes Reformation of certain corruptions of Manners and Prallice among them, intermingling divers ftjarp reproofs therefore. Here I. He promifith , before his fomewhat fharp Ke- proof, aninfinuativePff/dce, wherein I. Hecraves their prayers for himfelf. 1. That the Word of the Lord may have free courfe, and be glorified, Ch. III. ver. 1. 2. That he maybe delivered fromabfurd, wicked, faithlefle men, ver. 2. II. He exprefleth 1. His hope in the faithful Lord for them, that he will ftablifli them in good, Keep them from evil, v. 3. 2. His confidence in them, that they areand will be obedient to his Commands, ver. 4. III. He prayes for them that the Lord would direct their hearts, 1. Into the hve of God, 2. Into the patient waiting fr Chrift,ver.*„ 2. He Prefcrtbes the Reformation of two evils, wz. I, The Remijfeneffe of Church Difcipline towards diforderly walkers. Here note, ». the Manner of his prefcribing, moft peremptorily and gravely. 2. the Matter or duty prefcribed, withdrawn g from difor- derly walkers, vtr.6. 3. The enforcement of this du- ty, from their own knowledge thereof, Partly by Pauls example when among them for their imita- tion, ver. 7, 8, 9. Partly, by his command, *Tbat they who would not work_ fhould not eat, ver. lo. II. Theidleneffe of fome amongthem neglelling Manual la- bour, contrary to the Apoftles rule. Where note, 1. His information of the fault. 2. Thefaulc it felf, Dif- orderly walking of fome, Not workjn^being bufie bodies ver. 11. The remedy perfcribed, worl^, ver. 12. 4. His direction to the Church in cale fuch inordinate walkers reform nor, after they arc warned by this Epiftle Partly, that they thcmidvcs be not weary of orderly walking, ver. 13. Partly, that they ccn- hjre the Contumacious ; which cenlurc is( O Yre~ fcribed, They mult Note fuch ; Thcymuft not com- pany with fuch, ver. 14. ( 2 J Mitigated and qualifi- ed, ver. 1 5. THE CONCLUSION of the whole Epiftle, Con- taining I. His Supplication for them. 1. That they may have conftant Peace by all means. 2. That the Lord would be withthem all, ver. i5. II. His vile- dilhry Salutation under his own hand unto them, fee forth, 1. Uy the end and intent of it, To be a TokJn to the Churches that the Epiftle was his own, and not counterfeit, ver.ij. 2. By the Matter of k, The Grace of our Lord Jefm Chrift be with you all, Amen ver. 18. Thus farre of Pauls IX. General Epi files, written to whole Churches. Next come to be conftdered Pauls IV. Particular Epiftles, diteUedto certain particular Perfons, vi^. twotoTlMOTHT, and one to TITVS, all about affairs Ecclefiaitical, and one to PHILEMON, about matters Oeconomical or Domestical Thofe Epiftles to Timothy dHi/Tirus, * Auguftine faith, He ought to have be- fore his eyes, who hath the office of a Teacher in the Church of God impofed upon him. * Au: Apofto- Jum Paulum Timotheo & Tito non debuifle prsccipere quid vel quern admo- dum preciperent aliis. Quas tres Apoftolicas Epiftolas ante oculus habere debet, cuieft inEcclefia Doctoris Perfona impc- fita. Aug. de Doclr. in Chrifi. I. 4. c. 16. jom. 3. I. TIMOTHY. a 1 Tim. 1. 1, i. b A3s ttf.i, 1. compared with Acts 14/'. c Hift.Ec- clef. Mapd. Cent.t.i. i. c.io.Tim. dAfts 16. 1 . e 1 Tim. 1.5 f* Tim.3. '4 '5. % i Tim.l.f. Se&. I. Name and Penman. THe firft Epiftle oftheApoftle Paul to TIMOTHY. So denominated from a Timothy to whom Paul wrote. TIMOTHY is a Greek name-, Signifies, An Hon- ourer of God. Probably his godly Parents defired he might be fuch an one when they gave him his name : and he proved an excellent Inftrumentof Honour to God, both inDo<3rine and Converfation, according to the happy Omen and Prefage of his name. He is fuppofed to be of b Lyfira a city otLycaonia in Afia ; cbecauferhere Paul firft found him, and there the brethren reported well of him, as familiarly know- ing him. His a* father was a Greek and a Profelyte ; His Mother a Jeweffe who believed, her name e Eunice, daughter of Loif, his Grandmother : both fincere believers ; / from a child they trained him up in the knowledge of the holy Scriptures. Whence Paulh pcrfwaded that the^like unfainsd faith dwelt in him, as did in his Mother and Grandmother. His h Aa$ 1$. j father being a Greek, he was notcircumcifed in in- ' Ai** ,6-1> fancy after thecuftomeofthejewes, but being come ?**! c to maturity h Paul circumciftd him for the gaining "avu* of the Jewes, by his Miniftry, And having 1 good V*( ™ lloi commendation of him by the brethren of Ljftra and w> °<*(** Iconium, Paul made him his companion in travels 7\^a^' throughout the Churches farre and near ; whom he ™f *yai\o- moft diligently and faithfully ferved and affifted in ^^^V^, the workoftheMiniftry3 fometimes being left with *■©"• the Churches by the Apofile, further to inftruft {°/j-'fnr^I them by his preaching: fometimes being Tent as a rom'Vin11 Meflenger to the Churches, to comfort and SabHfhu.r.' them. So that Chryfftome defervedly faith of him 1^1 1 Tim. y. He was an admirable young man, .who at once . *}• became both a Difciple, and a Matter. Though he **?[* *'* bad many bodily/ infirmities upon him, yet he a- n ,J bounded with many eminent graces, gifts, and fpi- o 1 Cor. 4. ritual endowments, as m fincere faith, n favingwife- 17- dome, 0 faithfulnefs, p temporance, <&c. And inPiTliT1- 5- procefs of time being ordained a Minifter of the ] Tjm *5- Gofpe! } q with impfition of the hands of the Presbytery, f4 &"1 T c tttt He > r;m.:.#. 5qo I. r i m o r h r. Chap, r rPhil J i9j JO i I ,12. & I < or +. '-.i Thef. 3. 2 6. i i i hcf. 5 .2 Re .15.25. t 1 Cor. 4. 1-. u 1 Tin-. 1.1. x 2 Tim. 1.2. Jf 1 Thef 5.2 x Ro n.16 21 a As in 2 t( r. 1.1. 1 nil. 1. 1. Col. 1.1. 1 Thef.i 1, 2 Thef. 1.1. Philem. 1. b .v.:li 171 3 14. c ASs 7. 15 dA:u:8 5. e A^S |J>.22. wuli i The I. 5-* 3. i Acis 2o. 4. s; i Tim. 1, 3-4. h Ads 20. 28. i Gcr. loc, Com.l.de .>• cri .^ac. Cap. IX. Sea. itftf m ExegeH k D.Pare. us in ad\eil". in 1 Tim. Ant.Sadecl. de vocat. Miniitm- Timi.p.f 8. ] 2 Tim. 4. 11. m HiRjc tlef. Ma 'J. ('ttir.i .1.2. c. 1 o.Timo- tllfl.S. n H cror. Advcr vi- gilanrium. Tom. 2. o N cci h. HKt.l-.vcl. I.-.t. 45. p I Tim.i. 3 4- q 1 Ti.i . , . '5- 1 fo.Chry- Ibft. Ai ;. in 1. lip. a.t Tim. He foup-rightly approved himfelf, that he became moft affectionately dear to the Apoflle, of whom tlierefore he often makes fuch honorable mention, cfpcciallv to the Philippians, For r / havenoman like-m '.tided, who will naturally care for your eilate, for M fee\their own,not the things which are Je'ius Chrifls; butye^now the proof of him, that as a fan with the fa- ther, he hath ferved with me in the Gofpel. Andell'e- where he dignifies him with divers excellenc Titles, calling him. f Hii brother, t His beloved fon and faith- full in the Lord, u His nut urallfonin the faith. Tf.Hu dearly beloved fn. yTbeMinitferofGid, andhisfel- hw-Libower in the G (pelofChriji. z His worb^felhw. Yea Paul'ioynsTtmothy with himfelf in the a Infcrip- tions of divers EpifUes to the Churches, that fo he might both commend Timothies worth and authority to the Churches, as alfo propound him as an exem- plary pattern to all faithfullMinifters. Paul made ufeof his Miniflry in his travels, in preaching with him; and in meffages from him to the Churches. He b leaves him and Silas at Thejfalonica and Berea, himfelf being perf< cured thence by the Jewes. Paul going thence to Athens, fends for c Timothy and Silts to come to him ; Who came to him d at Co- rinth. Whence he again fends Timothy into Ma- cedonia, to eTheffulonica, to comfort the believers a- gainft tribulations and persecutions. Thence re- turning to Paul, he comes ro Corinth, whence he accompanies Paul into / Aft a , where, as Paul ("knowing him tobemofl able and trufty,} befought hinr.fo he g abode ftillat Ephefus,There to inliruct that Church, ("touching which employment Paul gives him Precepts and Directions throughout this whole I. Epifl. toTimothy,) Thus Paul committed the care of the church of Ephefus to Timothy; Which Church he, with other Overfeers,^ happily taught and gover- ned. Eur how long,(ihough rlome determiners moft k. uncerrain. And fome apprehend when Paul wrote hi; fecond EpifHe toTimothy, Timothy feems not to be at Ephefus, becaufePaul therein tells him, / Tychicm have Ifent to Ephefus. His death i; uncer- tainly reported •, but fome think that at I a ft, more grievouily inveighing againft the idolatrous worfliip of Diana neer unto her Temple, he was (lain ofthe Gentiles with arrows and ftones, as is teftified by m Ecclefiaflical Hijiory. Some think that his Bones, together with the reliqucs of Andrew snd £.«(;p,were tranflated ro Conftuntinople , by Conftantine the Empe- rour, as n Hierome is of opinion : By Conftantius, as 0 N/cephorus. When this Epiflle was written, fee in the Table be- fore the Epiflle to the Romanes. Seel:. II. Occasion. Paul p being to depart into Macedonia, befought Timothy ro abide fiille at Ephefus, for the better or- dering, infxri'ctingand eftablifhing of that eminent Church, which the Apoflle had there planted} and particularly, that he might charge (ome that they teach no other dolhine, nor give heed to fables and endleffe genealogies-, which Minider quefiions rather thanedi- iying in the faith. And Timothy being ar Ephefus a- bout this work, P.m/upon this Occafion (~not know- ing how long he might tarry clfcwherej writes this I. EpifHe to him, purpofely to encourage and q in- fuuet him Inhisduty, about managing all Ecclcfia- fticall affaires there. Chryfoftome moving this cjiicfti- on , r Why fljouldVaul write one'.y to Timothy and Ti- tus, and not aljoto Luke, Silas and Clemens his other Affociates; Anfwers it thin, becaufc to Timothy and Titus he had committed the Care and Government of the Church : but the others did Jtill accomp.-.ny f 1 Tiir.;. *5- 1 1 Tim. 1.5. n 1 Tim.i. i« &c. x 2 Tim. J. 1, Sic, y 1 Tim.4. «,8rc. z 1 Tim. 4. 12. to the end or the chapter, a 1 Tim. 5 1. to the end ef the Epi- ftU. Seel. III. Scope. Scope therefore ofthe Apoflle in this Epiflle is I. I'*media;ely,to (urmthTimothy with all neceliary di- rections & instructions in the Apoftles ablence,touch- [ng his minifterial duty to the Church of Epbefusftb.it if Paul tarried long, he might know how he ought to be- have himfelf in the h&ufe of God, which is the Church of the living God, the Ptilar and Ground of truth. Anrf this 1. Touching the maintaining the t truth of Faith and Gofpel-doctrine, againft falfe teachers of the Jewes corrupting rhe fame. 2. Touching due ma- naging of publick worfhip, u for whom and how they were to pray ; and how to demean themfelves in publick Affemblies. 3. Touching Church-Officers, x Bifiops and Deacons , and their qualifications. 4. Touching the grofs corruption in.y Faith and Man- ners, which in the laft Times would befall the Church: of which the Church was to be forewarned. 5. Touching z his Doctrine and Life, how he fhould teach and behave himfelf towards a all forts of Per- fons in the Church refpeetivcly. [[. Mediately, to furnifh all faithful Paftors and Miniftersof the Gof- pel, with rules & directions how to manage their Mi- niflerial Function faithfully, in Dothine, Worfltip, and Government in the Church, and exemplary Converfation before the Church; and how they are to arms themselves andtheir flockj, againjl future corruptions in Faith and Life. _ So that this Epillle may not unfitly be (tiled Saint Pauls Dire clary for the due managing °f &e Miniftcrial Office in the church of God. Seer. IV*. Principal Parts, In this /. Epiftle to Timothy, are 1. Tlje Preface. 2. The Matter, or Subftance of the Epiflle. 3. Tiie Conclufion. THE PREFACE contains fas in other EpiftlesJ «"• I. T\:e Jnfcription. Wherein are fignified, 1 The Perfon writing , Paul; defcribed, Partly, by his Office; Partly, by the Divine Authority of his Office ri,a0 Ch. l.ver. 1. 2. The Perfon written to ; Timothy, V' defcribed by his fpiritual Relation to Paul, ver. 2. II. The Apojhlical Salutation, ver. 2. n THE MATTER, or SUBSTANCE of the Epiflle ■ is chiefly Prallical. Herein the Apoflle infiructs Timothy in the due dif charge of hii Minijlerial Office. More Particularly, l.Hedireils him in point of Faith, How to maintain againft the teachers of the Law, the Truth of the Gof- pel (wonderfully committed roPaul^ inviolable againft all impediments and oppofit ions, with a good confeience. Here confider, 1. The charge formerly imposed on Timothy by the A- poftle, whereof he is now remembred, in reference to the Church oj Ephefus. This is fet forth, l.BytheOcca- fion, of it ; 1//3;. Pauls going to Macedonia, vcr. 3. II. By the Matter of it, viz. Timothy s Reftraining and charging falfe Teachers, that they preach roc 1. Heterodox Doctrines , other than Pauls, vi^. mingling works and faith in point of Justification, ver. 3. 2. Fabulous Speculations, ver. 4. 3. Endlefs Genealogies ; condemned Partly, As Matter of Con- tention, Partly As Unedifying, ver. 4. 111. By the .. f groundof this charge, drawn from the right ufe b of ^ If "° the Law, fo much abufed by falfe Teachers. Here ottheLa» 1. The true end ofthe Law is propounded, viz Love; which Love is defcribed by the root thereof, A pure heart, A good Confeience, An unfeigned Faith, ver. $. 2. The Deviation cf falfe Teachers from this true end ofthe Law is blamed, Partly, from the ill effeft enfuing thereupon ; vain jangling, ver. 6. Partly, from the bad caufe thereof, the ignorance ofthefe falfe- Teachers ofthe Law,%fr. 7, 3. The ufual Ob- jection Chaf.II.toIV. I. r i m o r ii r. $31 cPublick Prayer, how to be managed. Chap. 2. d Women not to teach in the church Chap. 3- e Qualifi- cations of Bifiiops or Overfeers, And of Deacons. jeftion made by falfe teachers,when their abufe of rhe Law was taxed by the Apofile, (Viz. That be wholly deftryed all ufe of the Law.f\s here by way ofProlep- fis prevented. Wherein Qi) He gr ant s that rhe Law, lawfully ufed, is good, ver. 8. (2) He afjerts rhac the Law was not given f in rcipcct of the damnato- ry and terrifying ufe of ic J to the righteous, but to the unrighteous ; and therefore the regenerate of all men have leaft caufe to oppofe the Law, ver. 9,10. (Y) He Declares that the Law rightly underftood and ufed, isnotcontray, bur confonant to the Gofpel, which was committed to him by Jefus Chrift,vw.i 1. t a brawler. 12. Not Covetous, v. 3. 13. One well rul:ng his own hottfe, having his children in fub)eilion with alt gravity, ver. 4. This is urged as ncceffkry.by an Ar- gument from the Idle to the greater, v. 5. 14. A' : ..- Novice ("viz. newly converted to the Faith,J which is urged from the Ipiriiual danger that may enfuc, v.6. 15. Well rep ntedfiom them that are witlimt ,v.j. this is urged from the inconvenience of the contrary, II. Touching Deacons, I. He declares their Qualifi- cations, viz. that they be 1. Grave. 2- N>t double, tongued. 3. Not given to rr.u.b wine. 4 A'if greed, of filthy lucre, ver. 8. $. Holding the Mvftery of Faith in a pure confcience, ver. 9. 6. Bl.tmeleji, upon tryal before they exercife their Office, verfe. i . 7. Husbands of one wife; And their <^as alio the L'- fhop'sj wives, (1) Grave, (2) Nit jlanderers or as the Greek, not Devils, (3) Sober, fa). Faithful in ail things, v. 11, 12. 8. Ruling their ch l.iren andtheir own houfe well,ver. 12. IT. He exhorts Deacons to the well managing of theirOffice, from the double bene- fit thence enfuing, 1. An/honcurable eftecm in the Church, they purchafe to themfelves a good degree. (Jo. Calv 2. Great boldnefs in the Faith inChrili, viz from con- Com. in hi fcience of their faithful difcharge of their Office,thty ferve Chrift with greater confidence, &c. f.i 3. III. Touching both Bifhops and Deacons, ("and pro« pardonably other Ecclefiaftical matters in this Epi- ftlej Paul fhewes Timothy why he wrote thefe things to him, vi^. That, in his abfence ; he might fuffici- ently inftrucl Timothy how to behave himfelf in the Church of God, ver. 14, 15. This Church of God he commends as moft worthy of his utmoft care, it be- ing I. Gods habitation, the Houfe of God. II. Truths publisher and maintainer ; The pillar and ground of Truth or Gofpel-DoUrine is 1. Singularly commended, without conttoverfie great is the myflery of Godlinefs. 2.ParticularIy defcribed in fome particular heads of it, viz. (i)Godmanifeftin theflef)>. C*J JuWtftedin the Spirit. (?f) Seen of Angels. (4) Preached to the Gentiles. ($J Believed on the world. (6) Re- ceived up to Glory, v.\6. IV. He Prophetic. dly fore- warns Timothy ("chat he'may forewarn the Church) of the g Apofiacyof fmefiom the Faith in the latter times, g Apoffj- This Apofiacy is defcribed, 1. By the certain Derecti- cy of latter onofit, vi^. by the Spirit, Chap.IV.6er. 1. II. By times the time oik; in the latter times. IV. By the mean?, foretold. or Caufes procuring ic, viz. Seducing ffhits, and Chap. 4, their Dofttines of Devils, which Seducers are brand- ed, 1 For hypocritical lying. 2. For their/eared Confcience, v. 1, 2. IV. By the errours that fhall be in- troduced , 1. Forbidding Marriage. 2. Forbid- ding o{ Meats fboth which notably agtee to Rjmiffj DoftrineJ ver. 3. This forbidding of M.'ats he con- demns, Partly, as repugnant to Gods end in creat- ing them, ver. 3. Partly, as derogating from the creature-, which is good, if rightly ufed, vi%. If it be received with thankjgiving ; it being Sanil'tfyedby the Word and Prayer, ver. 4,5. V. He pr all ic ally ex- horts and direllsTimothy. I. How to behave himfelf, both in Dollrine andCon- verfation, in reference tohk Minifierial funilion, viz. I. To remember the brethren of thefe things, which Paul had written to him- This is 1. VrgeA from the benefit enfuing, the approving himfelf thereby a goodMinifter of Chnft, &c. ver. 6. 2. Amplified by the oppofiteold wives fables, which he is tofhun, v.-j. II. Toexercife himfelf unto Godlinefs in the fpiritu- ■H^MMM^Bna^HHB I. r / m o r h r. Chap.V.to VI. li M'ni- fter ../ a- bilitits, how im- proved. i What Widows are ro be relieved by rhe Church fpiritualiry cf ic. i. Becaufe outward corpora! ex- crcife comparatively profiteth little. 2. Becaufe godiinefs in the fpirituality of it, is profitable for all things, as having the Promife of t bit and the life to come, ver. 7, 8. This he confirmes and amplifies, Partly by his vehement aferu'ng and commending rlie faying, ver. 9. Partlyby mention of his labour and fuffcrings for the truth, undergone in confi- dence of Gods falvation according to this piomife, ver. 10. Partly by charging him to command and reach thefe things, ver. 11. III. To compenfate his Tomb, by his exemplary gravity in manners, which may procure refpeft and reverence from all, in- ftancing in divers particulars, ver. 12. IV. To im- prove h his minifterial faculty and ability. 1 By dili- gent reading the Scriprures, ver. 13. 2. Ey fre- quent preaching, ver. 13. To which he preffeth him from the confederation of hisfoleinn call to the Miniftry, ver. 14. 3. By Meditation, ver. 15. 4. By devoting and addicting himfclf wholly to thefe things ver. 15.° 5. By efpecial hcedfulnefie to himfelfand doctrine, ver. 16. 6. By Perfeverance in tliefe courles, ver. 16. All which are prefied upon him as conducive, CO To his own; C2) I'o n's hearers fj I vat ion, ver. *6. 2. H,w to order and temper his Reproofs, to Eider or younger, menand women, wirh refpeft to their age, with all love and purity,cA.V.i'. 1,2. 2 How poor i widows are to be provided for by the Church, which is called Honouring them, v. 3. Here he directs, I. What widows are to be ta^enintothis number, viz.. Thofe i,That are dcftitute of chil- dren and nephews, by whom upon divers grounds 1 hey fhould be maintained, ver. 4, 8. 2. That iruft in God. 3. ThiK are conftant in devotion, ver. 5. Oppofite to v\ horn are they that live in plea fur e, dead while they live, ver. 6, 7. 4. That are fixty years old, ver. 9. $. That have been the wife ofone hui- band, ver. 9. 6. That a re well reported of for good works : flmdry particulars being inftanced in, ver.io. ll.Wh.it Widows are to be refufed, viz, i.The youn- ger widows, Partly becaufe of their inconftancy and levity, unbecoming tha; ftate, ver. 11. 12. Partly becaufe of thJr idleneiTe, ver. 13. Partly becaufe of their tailing and pragmaticalnefs, ver.i 3. Where- upon thefe younger widows he directs to marry, and in that ftate to walk inoffenfively ; and this be- caufe fome had already turned ufide after Satan, v. 14. 15. 2.The widowsof believers,whoare appointed to Pvclicve their own widows, that the Church be not needlcfly charged, v. \6. 4. Hiw Presbyters or Elders are to be dealt with , in regard of their 1 Maintenance, 2 Accusation, 3. Re- proof, 4 Ordination. I. Thar, in point of Mainte- n mcejhey are to be counted worthy of double honour by tin-Church. This is 1. Amplifiedby a dear diftri- burif;nofthe Elders, fjrhus to be honoured J into tv-o forts, f\) Thofe that rule well, (~2j Thofe that labour in the Word and Doclrine, whoefpccially are to be thus honoured, ver. 11. 2. PrejfedwhhkeaioM, Pa< tly from the Analogy of that law of Mofes, Againft muz ling the oxe that treads out thecorn. Partly {torn that Kule of Chrift, The labourer is Worthy of his re- ward, ver. 18. ll-That no accuf at ion be received a- gainft an Elder , but under two or three witneffes. ver. 19. III. That Elders offending be reproied before all. 1. Thar others may fear, ver. 2 :. 2. That fo Ecclc- (iaflicaladminifirationsmavbedone without partia- 1 1 r y or refpeft ofPerfons, whicb he moft foltmnly charges to be obferved, ver 2\. IV. That no Elders or Churcb-'jfcers befuddenly ordained with laying on of hands. This is, 1. V'ged from the peril of partak- ing in other mens hns, in hidden laying on of hands, ver. 25. [ Here ina fhorr digrelfion It-.- adviletn T/'- tnothy tor his healths-fake to drink a little wine, ver. 23."] 2. Qualified, by intimation of the difference of both mens fins and good works who defire Ordinati- on, Some rtiensjins are open afoi> hand, fuch are pre- ftntJy to be reject id : Somefolhv • . fore require a longer lime to dereft them. Again fome mens good worlds are fo manifesl aforeb- nd, that they may be prcfently admitted ; others cannot long be hid, and will need more time to approve them, v. 24, 25. 5. To teach Cbrifiian fervants to honour and ferve their Matters, whether infidels, or believers, 1. Their infidel-mcilers , left otherwife iniidcls blafpheme Gods name and doctrine, Cb.W. ver. I. 2,Their believing-MaSters, fo much the rather becaufe they are fuch, v. 2. 6. To withdraw fellowfliip fiom unfound Heterodox teachers, that teach otherwife, thenVnal hath directed Timothy. And this he enforceth, I. Partly from the evil properties of thofe teachers. i.Djfenting from the wholefome doBrine of Chilli, v. 3. 2. Proud. 3. Ignorant. 4. Doting about queflions and fir if es of words, v, 4. II. Partly from many ill effects of their dodrine, I. Envy, 2. Strife, 3. Railing, 4. Evil' furmifings, v. 4. 5. Perverfe deputes of corrupt-mind- ed men, who meajure Religion by worldly gain, and are therefore to be avoided, ver. 5. In oppofnion unto which he ailerts, Godlinejfe with Content to be breat gain,ver. 6. which Content he urgeth Ci)From the like naked ftate of our birth and death, ver.i. Q2J From fuppofed enjoyment of ncceffaries food and raiment, ver. 8. fz,J From the manifold and damnable mifchiefs enfuing upon a fixed refolved- nefs to be rich, and the love of money ; particularly enumerated, v. 9,10. 7. How to approve himfelf as a faithful Minifter ind man of God, in better courfes, and contrary to thefe of falfe teachers. I. By flying all thofe evil ways and manners of falfe teachers, ver.i 1. II. By follow- ing the contrary vermes and pious courfes, 1. Righte- oufnefs, 2. Godiinefs, 3. Faith, .4. £oue, $.Patiencei4 6. Meel?nefs, 7. Fighting the good fight of faith, 8. Lay ingholdofeternallife. To which he is incited, Partly from his calling thereto. Partly from his former good ProfefTion thereof, wherein he therefore fhould perfevere, ver. 11, 12. III. By the faithful, jpotlefs, and conftant discharge of his minifierial function in all the duties of it, commanded and prefcribedin this Epiftley whereunto he folemnly chargeth him. In which Charge, note, I. The manner of it, moft gravely and folemnely, viz. ( 1) Before God, who quicl{ens all things, and therefore can quicken thofe that fuffer for the faith. (2 ) Before Cbriji Jcfus, who before Pontius Pilate witneffeda good Con feffion, and therein gave us an example of confeffing the truth even to the death, ver. 13. 2. The matter of it, to keep this Commandement without fpot unrebuke- able, ver. 14. 3. The Continuance of it, how long, un- tilthe appearingof our Lord Je/us Chrift ; thisrefpects not only Timothy but all Ministers, till ChrifU fecond coming to judgement ver. 14. This appearing of Chrift is Amplified, ( 1) By the time when it fhall be, W^. inChriftstime,v. 15. (2) By the glorious de- fcription of Chrift that fhall appear, ver. 15, 16. (3 ) By a Doxology to Chrift, ver. 16. 8. Finally, what charge Timothy it to give to them that are rich in this woild, viz. I. Forbidding them, I. To be high-minded. 2. Totruflintbe uncertainty of riches, ver. 17. II. Commanding them, 1. Totruft in the living God, becaufe be richly gives all things, ver. 17. a. To do good, to be rich in good woil^s tfcfc. ver. 18. becaufe in fo doing they lay up a good foun- dation offuture happinefs for thcmfclves, ver. 19. THE CONCLUSION ofthe^ whole Eptftle, which contains I. His final exhortation to Timothy, 1. To keep faithfully the Gofpel-doftrine committed to him in truft. 2. To avoid profane vain bablings and oppofnion offcience, fcc. becaufe they caufe men to erre from the faith, v. 20, 21. II. //« Apojioltcal MJediflhn, v. 21, II. Timothy Chap.*. III. J 533 II. TIMOTHY. 5. q 2 Tim. 1. 6.8cc. r 2 Tim. i?. &c. f » Tim. 1. >3- 1 1 Tim. i. 14, fire. u 1 Tim. 2., x 2 Tim. 2. 3. arc. y 2 Tim. 2. M. r. 2 Tim. 2. '5. a 2 Tim. 2. 16.81c. b » Tim. 2. 22. Vc. c 2 T m. 3. U. &c. tluuuuu Sect. V. BMMMHHH MMi 2 i 5-i II. r i m o r h r. Chap. I. II. Chap. i. II. rfiTi m-4 14, Sect. V. Principal parts. In this II . Epiffe to Timothy are i.tbe Preface.2.Tbe fubitanceoftheEpiftle. $.Tbe conclufion. THE PREFACE to the Epiftle, contains I. The Tnfcftplion, denoting, i.The Perfon writing.delcri- bed, [ I 'J Ey his name, Paul. f_ 2 "] By his office, AnApoSleofJefm Chrift, which Office is Amplified, partly from thcDivine caufe thereof , of the will of God. Partly, Bv the matter of his Apofiolical Doctrine in rhac Office, vi^. The promife of life in Chrift J efm, Chap. I. vet: 1. 2. The Perfon written to, let forth [1 j By his name, Timothy. [2] By his fpiritual rela- tion to Paid, hii dearly beloved [on, ver.2. II. The SalutationM\cremzre, i.The Wettings wifhed and prayed for ; Grace, Mercy, Peace. 2. The fountain from whom they are defired, v'iz.Godthe Father, and Chriirjefus our Lord, ver. 2. III. The Introduction, or Entrance into the Epiflle. Wherein Paul C to win more benevolent obedience to what he wrote J affectionately teftifieshis dear fpiritual love to Timo- thy, 1. By the Signes of this love in Paul, vi^. [ijHisconfhnt remembrance of Timothy in his pray- ers v.7, f2~j His great defire to feehim,i\4. 2. By the grounds or caufes of Pauls love to timothy, vi^. [ 1 rrwor/;icmnderarTection to Paul, teftified with tears, 1/4. [2'J Timothies unfeigned faith, like that of his parents,!/. 4, 5. THE SUBSTANCE oftbeEp'ftlc is chiefly, 1 Hor- tatory and Condolatory. 2. Monitory. I. Hortatory and Condolatory ('divers Conflations being interwoven among the Exhortations.) He exhort; andencouragesTnnoihy chiefly to Conftant faitbfulnefsintbe difcharge and execution of hii Mhi- fterial Calling. And ro this end 1. To flir up pike fire under the afhes} andex- preffc that Minifterial Gift which he received by im- position of Pauls hands, as one of the d Prefbytery, t/.<5.This is urged from the narure of the Spirit which God gives hi; Miniffers, defcribed r. Negativelyjt is not a Spirit of fear, that we fhould fiuggifhly and co- wardly let our gifts lye idle. 2. Affirmatively, It is a Spirit of Power, of love and of a found mindc ; that a q d i n fl all heights and difficulties we fhould he thereby enabled and guided l'weetly to aft to the Churches edification, t/. 7. 2. Not to be afhamed of the Teftimony of our Lord, the Gofpel-, nor of Pauls fufferings for it: but rather to be willing himfelf to take part of the Gofpcls af- flictions^. 8. Hereto he encouraged) him, I. From Gods Power, engaged for his Miniffers in fuch fuf- ferings, v. 8. II. From the grearnefs of the benefit v:^. Eternal Salvation, preached in the Gofpel to the Gentiles, richly worth all manner of fuffcring for. This Salvation is defcribed, 1. Ey the actual application of it to us in Effectual Calling, v. 9. 2. By the Impullivc caufe of it, fet forth Negatively, not our works, Affirmatively, but God* eternal purpofe and Grace in Chrift, v.9. 2,.By the meritorious caufe of U,Cbnft abalifliing dea th, (fyc.v. 10. 4. By the in- flrumental caufe, manifefting, and bringing to light this Salvation in Chrift, vi^. the Gofpel, ver. 10. III. From his own example*, who, being the Apo- illeand preacher of this Gofpel to the Gentiles, and fuffcring for that caufe. yet is not afhamed of thefc fufferings. And this from hii own affurance, 1. Of Gods fairhfulncfs in his promifes, whom be hath believed. 2. Of Gods Power in keeping his Salvati- on for him, with which he hath betrufted him, vet: n, 12. 3. To hold faff the Platform of found words; which he heard of Paul. Confiding chiefly of two bran- ches, which comprehend the two chief Parts of Di- vinity, viz. 1. Faith, under which arc all tilings to be believed. 2. Love, under which are ail things to beobfervtd, vcr. 13. Chap. ~. 4. To keep constantly inviolable that excellent e eJo.Calv, Treafure of Gofpel Truth, Miniffrv and Minifterial in hie. Fife. endowments committed oftruft to him,-u. 14. This he inloc. Amplifies I. By directing him how to keep it. viz. By the holy Ghofi inhabiting in him, ver. 14. II. By warning him of the contrary known perfection, i.Ge- nerally Of all in Afia. 2. Specially, Of Phvgellus and Hermogenes, a/.i 5. From which .Defection he prays the Lord mercifully to preferve ihchoufeof Onejiphorws ; As one who [1] Often refrefhed Paul. [2] Was not afhamed of his chain, but diligently fought him out in Rome. [3] Miniftred unto him in many things, v. 16, 17,18. 5. Strenuouflyand couragioufly to communicate Gofpel-truth received from Paul, to other faithful Ministers that may teach and propagate it to others, Chap. II. t>er.i,2. 6. To endure hardnefs and perfections for the Gofpel and the Miniftry thereof, v. 3. This he urg- ethupon divers grounds, I. From the Nature and Obligation of his Calling; He hath as a good Soldier lifted himfelf under Chrift, and therefore neglect- ing private affairs, hemuft endeavour to pleafe his Commander in chief, v. 3.4, II. From the happy fruit and reward which he fiiall reap hereupon at laft, fet forth under a double Metaphor, 1. Of a man flriving for mafteries lawfully, who is therefore crowned, v.$, 2. Of anHmbandman labouring who firft partakes of the fruits, v. 6. Thefe he amplifies by wifhing him underftanding in all things upon due confideration thereof,!1. 7. III. From Pauls exem- plary fufferings for the truth of the Gofpel. Here 1. Some fpecial Gofpel-truths for which he fnffers, are inftanced in vi^. (i3ChrifhManhood,ofD,fi/r'vJC feveral forts of veffels^fortje To Mbmir, fcane ^dj^iyrruhe fhonour,w^- both .Elect SaiorfcTjnd rjfth'objs&vjudgeme'nc* •». poftates, Hereticks, ^o vcr. 2d. iPaJH^/^fl reding* of divejs? ' how a man may ap^rovtvbirnfelt'eji^fle'l of honour«-i|^nXJr ' w/ff. by purging bimfilf from tbefejfc. thefe lie^oth^ pT^iwans, and Apoftatical Teachers or their evil ways 'Tier. 2J..\ 7o. Caly. 10. To avoid diftempered ftrifes jMid contentions Conr. inloc in the courfe of his miniftry. And to tbjit end. J. To flee youthful lufls, i, e. impetuous- Jjnd^rFogant heats, to which youth is fubjeft , as the"*tindar that kindles thefe contentions, ver. 22. II. To follow the contrary vermes oppofirc to contcntioufncf'c, which /That the word is Jifea-fes,^%»* tdtvifi'*. .v., IcyAHly ' Chap. III. IV. II. T I M 0 T H T. 535 chap.3 g Scrip- tures Au- thority, Utility, and Per- fection. which are inftanced in, ver. 22. I If. To (hunfool- ifh and unlearned qucflions, asgcnlring ftrifes, ver. 23. Here 1. ThUfiriving is prohibited to him that ferves the Lord in the Minillry. 2. The contrary Gcntleneffe, Patience and Mceknefie in inftructing Oppofcrs is prefcribed to hiin, ver. 24. 25. And urged from the hopes of winning oppofcrs to repen- tance;whichite/'e.,n.'«a'i defcribed, Partly by rhe Au- thor of \t.God. Partly bv chc confequent effefts of ir, vi^. Acknowledging of the truth; and recovery out of the devils fnare, under whom they were utterly capti- vated, v. 25,26. II. Monitory, wherein the Apoflle Prophetically fore- warns Timothy of the dangerous Sedu.ers and Enemies of the Truth, that were even then arifing, andfl'ould much more in future times arife in the Church ; cha rg- inghim to turn away from fuch. Here we have 1. A dtfeovery ofthefe Seducers. 2. A Remedy again)} them and their Seducements. 1. Thefe Seducers are defcribed and difcovered to us. gtJf- Bv the time when they fhould fprintj up; In the Lift * days, viz. in ill thefe Gofpcl-days fince Chrift, for even in Timothies days there were fuch Seducers, fiomwhomhe mufl turn away, Ch. III. ver. 1. II. By the evil influences they fliould have upon their days wherein they appeared , rendring them perilous times, ver. r. III. By the notorious and prodigious a- bominations wherewith they fhould abound ; eighteen of them being enumerated, ver. 2, 3, 4. IV. By their fpecious hypocrifie, ("under w hich they cloak all theformerviltanTes} Here thefe hypocrites are de- lineated, i.By what they have; vi^. befides their forefaid corruptions ; 4 forme of godlinefs. 2 By what they want, vi^. The power of Godlineffe, ver. 5. V. By then AH infeducing. I. Sliely creeping into boufes ver. 6. 2. Craftily inveighing and captivating filly women; defcribed, Partly by their corrupt confei- tnces, laden with fms, (&c. Partly by their igno- rant minds; as fitting than for fuch feducements, ver, 6, 7. VI. By tbeir Oppofnionof the Truth; which is 1. Illuflratedby the fimiiitude oijannes and Jam- bres withftandingof Mofes in Egypt. 2. Evidenced by the Caufes of their Oppofing the Truth ; they being CO Men of corrupt min des (2) Reprobate (or void of judgment') concerning the Faith, ver. 8. %.Threatned, Fartlywhha ftop to their feducing proceedings ; Partly with a manifeftation of their folly to all, as it fell out tojannes and Jambres, v. 9. 2. The'remedy againft thefe Seducers and their Se- ducements is prefcribed to Timothy, vi\. I. A careful imitating of Pauls Exemplary DoZirine and Converfation Here are fet forth, 1. Timothies full knowledge of them. 2. The Doftrine and vertues wherein Timo- thy fhould follow him, efpecially in fuffering Perse- cutions for the Gofpel. 3. The Lords delivering him out of them all; for his encouragement, ver. 10. 11. 4. The inevitable lot of Perfection to all the godly : therefore godly Minifters fhould not think much at it in themfelves, ver. 12. II. A due conside- ration of the vile Condition of Seducers, which fhall waxe worfe and worfe, 1 Deceiving. 2 Being de- ceived ; may arme againft them, ver. 13. III. .4 Conftant continuance in the Gofpel truths, which he had learned and been allured of,ver. 14. This is preffed udon him, 1. From the Authority of Paul of whom he learned them.ver. 14. 2 From his long acquain- tance with the Scriptures, from a child, which are able to make him favingly wife, through Faith, ver 15, 3. From the g SCRIPTURE'S CO Di- vine Authority, ver. id. (2) Manifold utility. For Doftrine, of Truth ; For convincing- Rcfroof of Er- rour ; For Correction of corrupt manners. For In- ilrultion 1 in righteoufneffe, ver. 16. C^Complcat Perfection, able perfectly to furnil'h theraan of God to all good works ver. 17. rv. A Diligent and faith- full preaching of the. word; whereby others may be pi elerved from feducements. Here 1. He moll lo- lemnly chargeth him before God and Jefus Chnft, Judge of quick an.) dead, to performe this duty, Ch. Chap.4, IV. ver. 1. 2. H- prefcribeth and defcribcth this diligent and faithfiVll preaching of the Word, in fc- veral parts of it, ver. 2, 3. 3. He preffcrh this di- ligent pieaching upon him ;(i) From the future Apo- ftacy of men from ftundDothine and the truth to fables: After their own lufts getting an heap of teachers, hav- ing itching ears. Therefore he muft make advan- tage of the prefent opportunity, ver.- 3. 4. (2) From the inftanr approach off auls death, ("by whom Tf- mothy was guided and encouraged in his Miniftry hi- therto.) ver. 5, 6. Againft his death he comforts both himfclfand Timothy, partlyby the nature of his Dearh, His Offering of himfelf up lor fealiqg of the truth, and Hti Departure, ver. 6. Partly from his fincere and full discharge of his Apoftohcal function, metaphorically defcribed, ver. 7. Partly from the glorious Crown of Righteoufneffe, refervedfot him by Cbrift the righteous Judge, ami for all that love hit ap- pearing^. 8. THE CONCLUSION of this Epifile ; where- III. in. 1 He earneftly defires Timothy, I. to comeflmtly to him before his death, and to bring Mm \ with him. And this i.Becaufe Demos had forfaken him through worldlineile. 2. Becaufe he had fent upon publick fervice, Crefcens to Gatatia, Titus to Dalmatia, and Tychicm to Epbefut. 3. Becaufe only Luke was with him, ver. 9. to 13. //. To bring with him at hit com- ingtheCloali, and Books, but efpecially the Parch- ments which he left at Treat, v. 13. 2. He warns him againft Alexander the Copper- fmith, who did him much evil, greatly withftand- inghis preachings, upon whom he imprecates a re- ward according to his works,v.i4, 15. 3. He gives him a brief Narrative of hhfirfl Anfwer vi^. before Nero, I. How no man ftood with him,buc all deferted him ; praying that this may not be laid to their charge, ver. 16. II. How yet the Lord ftood with him, 1. Strengthening him, to make the preaching fully known to the Gentiles. 2. Deliver- ing him out of the Lyons mouth, v\. Nero's devour- ing wrath, ver. 17. Upon which experience he takes occafion, P*rr(y to allure himfelf of the Lords Protection from all evil, and of his Prefervation of him to his heavenly Kingdome, Partly to glorifie the Lord,ii. 18. 4. He defires Timothy to falute divers Perfons, v. 19. 5. He fignifies to him, Erattut his abod ; at Co- rinth, and Trophimm his being left fick at Miletum> v. 20. 6. He importunes him to come before winter, v.21. 7. He fends him falutations from all the brethren, v. 21. 8. Finally, he clofeth up his Epiftle with a vale- dictory prayer, 1. For Timothy. 2. For the brethren with him, v. 22. Titus 5v TITUS. a Tit. 1.1,4. b Piicat. lexicon in ' o ion Tmim Qusren- remfive bcnum, fed melius mutatum. .Wier. <& Nomin. Hebr. ad Cor. II Tom. 3. cGal. 2.3- d Tir.i.4. e: Cor 8.13 f 2 Cor.2.13. gGaU. > . h 2 Cor J.6. 1 1 Cor. 8.6. 3 Tim 4. 'O. k 2 ( or. 8. 16, 17* lsee Dr. Tho. Taylor his Com- ment on Thus, in Occafion of the fipiftle, p 1 Camb. l"<5i9 D. Pjreus in adverf. m Ep. aii Tr. mTir. I.J. nHift. re clef. Magtf. CehM.l. *. c.io.Tuu'. D. P.ircus in A.-tvetT. in ip. ad Tir. 0 Hift.Kc- elctMagd. quo tupr. p Jo Calv. A-£. in Ep. ad Tit. Seer. I. Hame an A Penman. Tffe Epifile o/Paul to TITUS. ] So intituled from the name of the a Perfon to whom Paw/ wrote. Titus \i evidently a Greek name, either derived b from ( jit<& ) Titos ; A little Bird, or Dove \ ( as Jonah in Hebrew hath his name from a Dove ) or ra- ther from (iia) T'o. u e.To hinour, efleem, &c. thence 77V©* fitos, Honoured, whence Titus is named ; a fit name tor him, that was truly Honoured both by God alii man. Tim washy Nation a c Grecian,a Gentile, and uh- circumcifed probably till his death ; yet effectually converred by Paul to the faith, hence call»d hhd natural fon after the common faitb.Yea he calls him his e Partner and fellow helper conce rning f/;eCorinthians, and hh f brother, having enjoyed him as a g com- panion in his travels, Ah comfort in hit (01 rows, and having ufed him as a Legate or Meilenger unro di- vers i Churches, andbettufted him with the ^Col- lections for the poore Stints in Judea. Paul having planted a Church in the Hie of Creta, ("now called/ Candy, fituate upon the JFgean fea,oppofite ro Morca or Pcloponnefus fouthwards,at this day fubjeft to the Venetians,") he left Turn there behind him to finifh the work, m appointing him to fet in order things that were wanting, and to ordain Elders in every city. And in that Iftand of Crete, there were C as thenCfnta- riators and others note, ) an hundred cities. So that there was ample matter and opportunity for enlarging the Church of drift. And there it is thought oTnus died and was buried. Sect. II. Occafion and Scope. Paul having left Titus in Creff, to order things wanting, &c. in the Church now planted there, and p preceiving that in his abfence, many ambitioufly afpircd to the Paftorall office ; and falfe teachers, erroneous in judgement , and fcandalous in life, crept in, fecking Partly to deftroy the faith, by mingling Chrift and Mofes together, Partly todi- fturbe Church Government planted, and Partly to disjoyne the practice from the Profcllion of Piety. Paul therefore folicitous for die Church, writes this Epifile to Titus from Nicopolif , 1. To ftrcngthen and gain Authority to his Miniftry there, againft all conremp:. 2. To direct him in this Epiftle, ("which is of the like Argument with the I. and 11. Ep. to Ti- ff Tit. I. 5. motby, J fj O H°vv t0 1 0l"dcr and ftablifh things &c. wanting in th^ Church ; cfpccially indue ordaining of well qualified Eifhops or Presbyters, of whom fee >- Tir. I. $• the fence of the ApofHcr Paul, as a'foof f Hterom. 6. 7. (~2 J How to fuppreffe falfe teachers and feducers, t /"Idem eft that obtruded upon them circumcifion, Jcvvifh fables, and Commjndcmentsof men, to the fubverting of Prefbyter m.my. (7, ) How to demean himfelf both in m found- qui 1 tile of Doctrin.-, and exemplarineffe of On put, viifnion towards all (brts of Perfons in the Seance- Church, quam DiaboIiinflinftu,ftudiain religione ficrcnr, &diccreturin po- pulis, Ego fum Pauli, Ego Apoll), Ego autem Ceph& ; communf Presbyterorum confilio Ecclefia? gubernabantur Poftquam vero unufquifque eos quos bapcizaverat , fuos putabant effe, non Chrifti, in roto orbe decretum eft ut unus de Presbyteris Electus fuperponeretur ceteris, adquem omnis Ecclcfix cura pertineret, &fchifmatum feminatollerentur. putat aliquisnon Scriptura- rum, fed noftram effe fententiam, Epifcopum & Presbyterum unum effe, & aliud statis,aliud effe nomenofficii,reIegat Apoftoli ad Philippenefes verba, dicentis Haec propterea ut oftende- remus,apud veteres eofdem fuiffe Presbyteros quos &Epifcopos, Paulatim veroutdiffenfionum plantaria evellerentur; ad unum omnem follicitudinem effe delatam. Sicut ergo Presbyter i fciunt feexEcdefitconfuetudineei qui fibi prxpofitus fuerit effe fub)etlos: it a Epifcopi noverint fe magis confuetudine, quam Difpofuionis do- minicetveritate, Presbyters* effema'pres; &in Communi debere Ecclefiam regere. Hier. Com, plenior in Ep. ad Tit. c. 1. v. 5. Tom. 9. t Tit. 1. 9,10, 11. &c. «Tit.2.i. &c.and 3. 1. &c. Seft. III. Principal Part^ or Analy- tical Explanation. In this Epijtle to Titus (of like nature with the two Epifiles ;to Timothy, efpecially the former J arecon- fiderable, 1. The Preface. 2. The Matter, or Sub- ftance of the Epifile. 3. TheConclufton. THE PREFACE contains 1. The Infcription. 2. Vie Salutation, 1. The Infcription Expreffeth I. The Perfon writing this Epifile ; Paul. Defcribed by his Office in the Church i 1. More Generally, x A firvant of God. 2. Moce Specially and Particularly, And an Apojlle of Jefm chrift. This his Apojjlef>ip he commends by the Harmonious concord betwixt it, and the Com- mon Faith of all theEle&in all ages, as preaching no other Doctrine than what the Elect had profefled, According to the Faith of Gods Elett. This Faith he Exegetically explains, (iJBythe Nature of it, An acknowledging 0] the Tiuth which if after Godlinefs, Chap. Lver.i. C*J By the end of it, In hope of E- ternallife. This Hope of eternal life he defcribes, Partlyby the ground of it, Godsfaithfuland ancient Promife, which God that cannot lye, promifed before the world began. (Greek, before Times of ages, J v. 2. Partlyby the Inftrumenral Means difcovering it to k men in due time, vi^. The preaching of his Word; But hath in due times manijefted hit Word through preaching. Thhpreaching of Gods Word he Amplifies by the Divine Commiftion and Command thereunto given Paul himfelf particularly ; which it committed unto men, according to the commandment 0/ God our 5.i- viour, v. 3. II. The Perfon written to. Turn ; defcri- bed by his Spiritual Relation to Paul who converted him to the faith •, To Titw mine own Son according to the common faith, v, 4. 2. The Salutation, wherein arc I. The blciTings prayed for in Titus behalf. 2. The fountain whence they flow, v. 4. THE SUBJECT MATTER, or SUBSTANCE of the Epiftlc, Here I. Paul Declareth for what ends he left Titus in Creet, vi\. I. Tofet in order the things that were wanting, in thefe new plained Churches. 2. To ordain Pi esbyters ( or Elder t) in every City ; bo;h to be done, As Paul had appointed, v. 5. II. Paul I. x Tenen- dum etiam memoria eft, quod alibi dixi Servi no- men hie aliud fona- re quam commu- ncm fub- jectionem, qualiter fervi Dei vocantur omnes fi- deles : fed accipi pro miniltro, cuicertum aliquod munus in- junctum cft.kc./o. Calv. Com. in lit. 1. 1. Chjp. 1. II. chap.n. in. r i r v s. V7 y TheQua- lifications requlfne in Presby- ters, or B'fiops. II. Paul direlteth Titus in reference to thefe ends. i. Touching Ordination. 2. Touching the faithful Ex- ecution of hif Minilhrial Office. I. Touching Ordination, what y Qualifications are requifite in the Perfons that are to be ordained Bi- fl)ops, or Presbyters (^whom he here makes one and the fame. J and this 1. In life. 2. In Dollrine. 1. Inlife, The Qualifications of a Bijfoop or Elder, are laid down, I. More Generally-, if any be blame- leffe. II. More Particularly; His Particular Qualifi- cations arc either Relative or Abfilutc. 1. Relative, in refpeft of his Famiiy-Relarions ftj To Wife, Conjugal Chaftity; The Husband of oneWife. C2JTo childr en. Religious and inoffenfive education of them, having faithful children, and tliefe, Neither intem- perate, not accu fed of Riot. Nordifobedienr, Or un- ruly, ver. 6. Tliefe Qualifications are urged from the Nature of his Office, Partly in that he is a Bifliop or Overfeer to others. Partly in that he is the Steward of God, ver.']. 2. Abfolute, his Abfolute Qualificati- ons are Propounded Negatively and Pofitively ; Ne- gatively, flewing what a one he mull not be, viz. fO Not f elf -willed. C2J Notfoon angry. (3 J Not given to wine. (4) No firiker. Q<,J N)t given to pithy lucre, ver. 7. Pofitively, fhewing what a one he muft be, viz. [1'] A lover of Hofpitaliry. [2') A lover of good men; or good things. [z,\Sober. [_4~}Jnft. [5] Holy. [6] Temperate, v. 8. 2. In hi* Dollrine; His Qualification is Defcribed by the Matter, End and Ground thereof. I. By the Matter, that he Hold fafl the fahhfulWord, in Do- llrine. II. By the End, that he may be able by found Dollrine, 1. To exhort, vi\. the flock. 2. To con- vince Gainfayers, ver. 9. III. By the Grounds or Reafons why he muft. be thus Qualified to thefe ends vi%. both in refpeft of the falfe-te ackers in Crete: and in refpeft of the people of Crete. 1. The falfe-teach- ers in Crete, ("to be convinced, whofe mouthes muft be flopped,^ Hedefcribes, ft) By their multitude, Many. (2) By their Adjunfts or Manners, vir^. *Unruly, Vain talkers, Deceivers, effect ally they of the 1 Circumcifton, ver. 10, f 3J By their pra&ice, teaching things which they ought not for filthy lucre fake. f 4) By the pernicious effect of this their Practice, Subverting whole houfes, ver. It. 2. The people in Crete, to We reproved and exhorted, are Defcribed By their corruptions reftified by one of their own Pro- phets, vi^. Epimenides the Cretian Poet, ver. 12. Whiah teftimony the Apoftle, Partly Ratifies, Thk witnejl is true. Partly Improves, hence inferring a Duty of reproving them, Wherefore rebuke themfloarp- ly, Gr. cuttingly, This Rebuke is Amplified by the end thereof, that they may be found in the faith, ver. 13. Which/o«n1* More particularly, f'l ) To [peak evil oj no man, (2) To be no brawlers. (t,J To be lentle tyewingall Mcekpeffe to all men, v. 2. If. Vie fe duties are urged by divers Arguments, 1. From their prefent Chr/Slian condition, far differing Jfom their for mei carnal ftate. Both their flares are defcribed ; Their former carnal condirion in which chey were, (~ij Foelifli, (2 J Difobedient, (SJ Deceived, (4) Serving divers lufls and pie a- X XXX XX furts 533 PHILEMON. faxes. C$J Living in malice and envy. CO Hate- ful. ClJ Hating one another, v. 3. Their prefent Chriftian condition of falvation into which they are happily brought ; whereof note [_x'\ The aiH/>j, Effi- cient, God. Impulfive , laid down, Negatively, Not worlds of righteoufneffe which we have done. Affir- matively, Godskjndneffe, love to men, mercy. (VjThe ,, 7 Manner-, Externally, By a Baptifm the vifible Seal r!Th of Salvation, by tbe wafting of Regeneration. Inter- Caiv.io. na]J^ ^ the Spirit the invifible worker of grace and yijcator.u. falvan-on by ihe having of the Holy Ghofi abundantly " f\,edonus'tbraugbCbrift,v.w,6. [3J The end ; viz. Juftification by his grace. Adoption and Heireftoip of eternal life,!'. 7. 2. From the fwgular excellency ofthif DoUrine. That believers maintain good works, This is a faithful faying That they that have believed in God, might be careful to maintain good worlds, ver.8. Here tit us is directed, [i] To urge and affirm thefe things conjiantly ; becaufe they are good and profit able to men, ver. 8. [ 2 J To avoid contrariwife, fooli(l> que. ftions and genealogies, and contentions, zndftrivings a- bout the Law ; becaufe they are unprofitable andvain, v. 9. [i) to re)ett an Hereticl^, after the fir ft or Se- cond admonition. Partly becaufe fucb an one it fubvert- Diod. &c, expound tin's place. ed, or turned from the foundation. Partly becaufe fucb a one fmneth againft his own conference, verfe* 10, 11. THE CONCLUSION of the Epiftle, contains Hi. !• Several directions, I. Touching Titus his coming to Paul to Nicopol'u, whence he ftiall fend Artcmas or tycbicus, to fupply inhisabfenc- v. 12. 2. Touch- ing Zenas and Apollos, that Titus bring them on their journey, and fupply them with necefiaries, ver. 13. 3- Touching the Cretians Charitablenefs , for good "fes, left they be unfruitful, ver. 14. If. Salutati- ons. III. the Apoftolical Valediilhn, or Farwel- Prayer for them, Grace be with you all, Amen, i>erfe 15. thus of Pauls Epiftles written to particular Perfons about Ecclefiaftical affairs. Now of his Epiftle writ- ten to a particular Perfon, yea to ab Church, about £ Philem. 1 Oeconomical or Houfhold affairs, viz. Hit Epiftle to i, 2. Philemon. PHILEMON. Seer. I. Name. a Pi item. P'U \ He Epiftle of Paul to Philemon."] So called j.2. becaufe a peculiarly and in the firft place b Philemo- directed to him by Paul. ni, Mire do- JL. PHIL E MON,as6 fome think,founds nato,ve\ like an Hebrew name, and fignifies, ei- ccrre Os ther MarveUoufly beftowed, or the mouth of bread, _ fo panis e - denoting his beneficence and bounty, c releiving rum. Hier. them with bread, 8rc. that were poor and needy. denorrtin. d Others rather taking this Etymon to be uncertain, Hebr.de count Philemon a Greek name, fignifying kjfflnii Philem. from ((piMfjutJ Philema,i.e. Akjffe, So intimating Tom. 5. In- hiskindnehe. tcrpreta- tur autem fecundum Judxos,PauIus>l^«j7>-rtfi///j;Timotheus,Be- Hc'/icw.-Plii'enion,^rc donat us: five Os panis: ab Ore,non ab Of(e. Apphia. continens, aut libertas : Archippus, Longitudo operis ; One- fimus, refpondens-, Epaphras, Frugifer , Scvidens, five fuccre- (cens ; Marcus, fublimis mandato ; Ariftarchus, Mons operis ampli- oris; Di-mas,filens ; Lucas, ipfe confurgens. CJuae fi nomina juxta intcrprerationem fuam volueritis inrelligere, non eft difficile : AdmirabilemSc Beneficum prscipue ad eum fcribere,cui univerfa conceffaiunt vitia, & 0* cjuspateat ad cceleftem panem. Dein- tfc id continent em P. liber am 2c ad longitudinem operis, quod nun- quama f'antto labore defiftat. Scribcrc autem pro eoquiTte- fponde.it rcftimonio fuo, nee non ei cui fpecialiter Epiftola dedi- oitur, falUtarijb ubertatecrefcente. Et eum qui factusfit, per mandata fublimior illo : qui per majora opera in montem ufque fuc- creverii ab toquoquequi pofuit cuftodiam ori fuo, & oftium mu- nituiti bbiis fuis, qui idcirco foriiran//7«ir , quia ad modicum Apo- ftolum dcrcWquerat.Et ad cxcrermnn ab eo qui per fc ipfe confur- gens, quotidfc augeatur, proccflufquc habcat, dum ejus Evange- lioorbis impletur, & toties erefcic quoties auditus Sclcftusx- dificat. Hu-r.Com.plcnior in Epift.adFbilem.in fin. Tom.g. c Phile- mon 7 . <1 Phil.Pareus infroxm. in Ep. ad Philem Sect. V. Pafor , Lexic in N. teft. This is note that ancient Comick Poet called pbi- e PhiLPa- lemon, which Paul feems to have read, by fome f ex- reus in pro- preffions in his Epiftles : The fragments of which Po- ccm.in Ep. etare extant, collected by Hen. Stephen. But this ad Philem. Philemon is fuppofed by g tloeophylaft, to be by Coun- Sect. V. trey a Phrygian, and in particular by Hierome to be a (As in hColoffian, and oneoftheMinifters of the Church at 1 Tim. 2. 12 Coloffe, an eminent Town in Phrygia. Paul here 8c5.23.Tic. calls him i fellow-labourer, viz. in preaching cheGof- 2, 3. pel, and a k. Partner. He is called a Bifliop by An- g Allied, felme, an Evangelift by Hierome : As X.Gerhard hath Fr&cog.l.2. obferved. And elfewhere faith Hierome, m Paul r.124. and Timothy write to Philemon, Dearly beloved, and h Hieron. a fellow- labourer : who therefore is called dearly belov- Com.plenior ed, becaufe he was exercifed in the fame work ofCbriH. in Philem. And'here is mentioned of the n Church in his Houfe. Tom.c;.Di- Probably Philemon was converted, or much edified od.Arg.of by Pauls Mmiftry, from that intimation: o Albeit I Ep. to Phi- do not fay unto thee how thou owefi unto $hfr> even thine lem. own f elf be fides. Was dear to Paul; tit calls him p / Philem. 1 brother, and his 7 Dearly beloved. Hciscommend- ^Philem. cd for his r Faith inChrift, and bountiful lovete all the 17. compare Saints. Though rich, yet is fufpefted to be fome- Philem. 1. what too covetous, from that expreffion, flfhe hath 2. with wrongedtbee, or oweth thee ought, put that on mine ac- Col.4.17. count. IVaulhave written it with mine own hand, I I Jo.Gerh. will repay it. We finde no mention of him in Scrip- loc.Com. ture, but only in this Epiftle. LdeScript. S.icc.9. Seft. 269. in Exeg. m Scribunt igitur Paulus & Timothcus Phi- lemoni chariffi mo fo cooper ■ atari ; qui IdVo chariffimm diftu:- eft quod in eodem Chrifti opere verfctur. Hie . Com. plenior.in Ep. ad Pbikm.ver.\.Tn?n.g. n Philem. 2. 0 Philem. ip.p Philem. 7. 20. flPhilem.i. rPI)iIem.$.7.f Philcm.18.19. Sed. II. PHILEMON. 539 Se&. II. Occafion. Onefimus fervantro Philemon, had much wronged him in purloyning his goods, (k is probably thought he Hole fome money from him,) and fo ran away from himtoftowc, where f Providence fo ordered things,; hearing Paul preach he was convcrted,gave good evidence of his true Repentance and Faith,and miniltredtoF^H/inprifon. But Paul undemand- ing the caufe of his departing from his Mafter, fends Onefimus back again to his Mafter with this Epiftle, written upon that Occafion, perfwading him to for- give the injury he had done unto him, to be reconci- led to him, and entertain him again into his fer- vice. Sed. III. Scope. Pauls Scope in this Epiftle, it to reconcile Onefimus fnow converted to Chrifi by ?ivhf reaching,) to Phile- mon his Mafter, whom he had much wronged former- ly, in purloyning his goods, ( being unconverted, J and bad thereupon run away from him, deferting hisfer- vice. Se&. IV. Principal Parts, or Analytical Explanation. In this moft Elegant and Pathetical Epiftle to t Sed mihi Philemon (in every word whereof, as t Hierome well videntur: obferved, there is fo much force and wifedom,~) Co, i- dum der :. The Preface, a. The Subftance of the Epiftle. Epiftolam ^.TheConclufion. fimplicita- tisarguunt, fuam imperitiam prodere : non intdligentes quid in fingulis fermonibus virtutisacfapientise lateat. Hier, prooem. in Epift. ad Philem. Tom. 9. I. THE PREFACE contains I. The Infer ipt ion, De- noting 1. Theperfons writing, viz. 1 Paul, defcrib- ed by his prefent fufTering condition, 1 A Prifoner of Jefus Chrift. 2 Timothy, defcribed by his fpiritual Relation to Paul, Our Brother. 2 The parties written to, vi^. 1 To Philemon efpecially, Defcribed partly by his dearnefs to Paul, Our dearly beloved. Partly by his fellowfhip with Paul in the Miniftry, and fel- low-labourer, Philem, verf. 1. 2 To Appbia, whom Paul ftiles, beloved. 2. To Archippus, defcribed by hisCo-partnerftip with Pn//i£hiin what was meet, though in Chrift he had power fo to do, ver. 8. 2. But rather by way of befeeching, and that becaufe of the love he bears to Philemon, ver. 9. III. The Motives or Arguments, f every word al moft being an Argument, ) wherewith f,j«/empha- tically urgcth his requeft, are drawn, I. From the Per fin requeuing or be fie bing, being fitch an one, asi. Paul the aged; befeeching h m by his grey hairs, 2. Paul a Prifoner of Jefus Chi ift, befeeching him by his Chains for Chrift, ver. 9, II. From the Perfon in- treated for, Onefimus ; To be received again, r. Be- caufehe is Pauls Convert-fon, and begotten in his bondsy ver. 1 . 2. Becaufe though in times paft he was un- profitable to Philemon, yet now he will be profitable both to Philemon 'and Paul, ver. u. 3. Becaufe he is moft dear to Paul, even his own bowtls. ver. 12, 4. Becaufe his fervice was now fo valuable, that Paul had a defire to have retained him, to have miniftred to himfelf in his bonds in Philemons ftead, but that he would do nothing without his confent, and he fhews why ; That Philemons benefit fl)ould not be as it were of neceffuy, but willingly ver.i 3, 14. 5. Becaufe providence feemed fo to order and over-rule his de- parture, ( making it an occafion or opportunity of his Converfion by Paul ) as if God did thereby pre- pare and intend him for his fervice for ever, ver. 15. 6. Becaufe he went away a Servant, but returns a brother beloved, hoth to Paul and Philemon, tempo- rally and fpiritually, ver. 16. HI; From the mutual dearnefs, intereft and obligation- betwixt Paul intreat- ing, and Philemon intreated, They ere partners3 and therefore wifhes him to re :.ive Onefimus as him- felf, ver. 17. 2. Paul engage5 himfelf to Philemon, repay .-.II the dammage and injury he hath fuftained by Onefimus, ver. 18, 19. 3. Philemon himfelf is much more in Pauls debt, than all this amounts to; albeit I do not fay to thee, how thou oweft unto me even thine own felf befides, probably being converted by Paul, ver. 19. 4. Hereby Philemon fhall rejoyce Paul, and refrefh his bowels in the Lord,ver. 20. 5. Finally, Paul wrote in confidence of Philemons obedience, Rowing he would do more than was defired, ver. 2 1. THE CONCLUSION of t he Epiftle. contains r. Iff, Pauls requeft to Philemon, to prepare him a lodging, hoping through their prayers to be given unto them, ver. 22. 2. Salutations from divers brethren to Philemon, ver. 23, 24. 3. The Apoftolical Valediclion, or fare- well-Benediftion to them whom he wrote unto, ver. 25. Hitherto of the Epidles written to the Believing Gen- tiles, whether whole Churches, or particular Perfons, and all by Paul: Niw of the Epiftles written to the Believing Jews by fever alApoftles. HEBREWS. 54° HEBREWS. T in Procem in Er« ad Hebr. S&ft.II. c Gen. 14 13 Se&. I. Name. He Epiftle of Paul the Apoilleto the HEBREWS.] So intituled in the Greeks Copies, from the Pen- man writing it, Paul: and the Parties to whom he wrote, The Hebrews. The Syriacl^verfion hath it. The Ep file to the Hebrews. HE BREWS, viz. Jews, fo denominated ; Not ^Mention- from Heber, Seluhs fon, Sems grandchild : Butra- ed in Gen. ther from b Abram, the father of the faithful. And 10. 24. that not from the name Abram, or Abraham, ( as it iD.Pareus were Abrah&ans, as fome think, becaufe Abrahams Pofreriiy were beloved of God, J which is written with f fcO whereas Hebrews is written originally with (J/ Jut. ''"Qy Hbhibri : Eut from the Epi- thet given firft to Abram, viz. c Abram the Hebrew, Abram being called [^"Oy Hbhibri, i. e. the He- brew; from "Qy Hbhabar, fignifyingTb paffe ov:r, ^/Compare or paffe through.: becaufe from Mesopotamia he paffed Gen.12. 1, over Euphrates into Canaan, and fo dpaffed through 2 ,'»'/ tbcl.md. So that Abram the Hebrew, founds as much aiAbramthe Paffenger, or the Paffer through. Hence >lir.tmjpoflerity are called Hebrews, which name feems femwhat more worthy than the name Jews, becaufe the name Jews came but from Judah,Jacobs fonne,the Kingly flock. To Hebrews by nation, but now become Chriftians by Profeffion, This Epiftle was written, e Some think the Apoltle wrote onely to thofe Hebrews tha; dwelt in Jerufilem and Julea ; for whom Paul had made many Collections among the Gentiles in Afia,Achaia, &c. As j James. Cepbrvs and John had requeued him, whom he fomcimes rtiles g the poor, fomtimesArAe Saints, femtime? / the poor Saints at Jerufalem To tl;efe Hebrews only this Epiftle is thought to be writ- ten by the Apoftle, bi_caufe in the latter end thereof he k promifeth to fee them.- But Peter feems remark- ablv to teftifie that this Epiftle was written to the / Difperfed Hebrews, who believed in Chrift. Why might not the Epiftle be written to them all f ( clptcial- 1%0 5. with Aft. 7-2,3, 4. eDPareus in Procem. in Ep. ad Hebr. Seft, II. Jo. Diod. Arg.of the Epiftle to the Hebrews. /Gal. 2, 0, 10. . g Gal. 2. lo. /; 1 Cor. 1 5. I. /Rom. 15. 25. £.Heb. 13. 2?. /Comp.ire 2 Per. 3. 15-&3.I, 2. with 1 Per. 1. 1, 2. m Eufeb. Hift. Ecclcf. I. 2.C. 3. & vita l'err I'udicii. I Sect. II. Vcnmm of this Epiftle, Paul. Penman of this Epiftle is not fo infallibly agreed upon, by learned men. Some of old m afcribed it to Luke, or Barnabas or Clement, or fome uncertain Author. Somen to fi.] et-5- wrote to the Hebrews, or its loft. That it fhould be loll is unlikely, when Gods Provi- dence hath preferved luch a fmali Epiftle, and of private concernment, as his Epiftle to Phi- lemon, for the ufe of the Church : but doubt- lefTe HEBREWS. 54' di Pet.i. 3, 4 t »Pet.r.i<. i7.'«. /Heb.i.i. co cap io.'9 «xPec...5. toi^.inJ 5-1. to 15. h Heb.l.l.'o 5 and }'.!,< to the end and 4 throughout and 6.1 '> '*• and to.iy. to Chap. 1) Jo. i 2 Pet. a »o, »l. *H:b.c * Heb o\ 4, n I. Tim.Seft. iHeb.to.34. a.d "5. 13. * Eph.rf.io. Phil.1.7. ij, Co).4.$,i8. I Tim.!?. Phil.? .0.13 Ieffe what Paul vvrore to the Hebrews was more large and full, and touching the myftcryof falvation by Chrift crucifyed, as mod nccelTa- ry to them, who fluck too much to the Levi- tical Priejihood, as if ir fhould beperpetuatc,d ; and (tumbled at Chrift crucified : and this is the Argument of this Epiftle. 2. That Paul wrote to them of the fume things that Peter wore. Now herein Peter 'sEpift!e,and this to the Hebrews agree ; as 1 Peter writes, cXTnat by ChriQ are given tow all things per- taining to Life and Godlineffe, That JefusChrift is e the Son of God in whom the father if well pie afed with its, of whom the Prophets fpokf- So thefe things are largely handled /in this Epi- ftle to the Hebrews., 2. Peter exhorts them to gfaith and holinefle. So the Epiftle to the Hebrews' largely inciteth, h to faith and holi- neffe. 3. Peter fhews the / danger of A- poftacy. So the Epiftle to the ^Hebrews. 3. That Paul wrote wife ly ; now much wifdome ap- pears, both in Words, Matter, and Method of this Epiftle to the Hebrews. 4. That hereinQviz,. in Pauls Epiftles,J arefome things hard to be underftood. As touching / Predeftination , Eleftion , and Reprobation. Touching m Antichrift and his Revealing, and divers other intricate points, So this Epiftle to the Hebrews hath its remarkable difficulties, as touching nApoflates, and the Sin againjt the ' HolyGboJt,8cc. III. Pauls zeal and affection was great to the 0 Hebrews: And can we think he fhould never write to them that were fo exceeding dear to him? And what could h ; write more proper and neceflary for them, then touching the abrogation of the Levitical Priefi- hood, and the furpaffing excellency of Chrifts Per- fon and Office,efpeciaIIy of histrue fpi ritual and eter- nal Pricfthood, whereof the Levitical was but a dim fhadow, which this Epiftle treats of, above any 0- ther ? IV. Mention is here made of p Timothy his brother, and that heis/?r at liberty. Now elfewere Paulcalls Timothy q his brother; And in what account Timothy, C Pauls Companion) was with Paul, hath /-before been evidenced. V. The Authour of this Epiftle mentions his/ bonds. And thisis Pauls manner in his other Epi- ftles, which were written after he came into bonds for Chrift and theGofpel,tomake fomer mention or other of his Bonds. VI. The character of the ftile and language in this Epiftle, feems fo plainly to be the fame with Pauls in his other Epiftles, that they indigitate Paul to be the Penman. Well confider and parellel the enfu- ing places. Heb.1,2,3. — Heb.5, 12,13. Heb.9.15 Heb. 16.34. — 1,9. 10. Heb.10.34.— Heb. 10.36. — Heb.ii. 11, 12.. Heb, 1 2. 1. Heb. 1 3.7. Heb. 1 3. 9. Heb.i3.15, 16. Heb.13 17. — Heb. 13,18.— Heb.13.20,21 16.20.2 Cor -with Col. 1. 14,15, 16,17. — with iCor.3.1,1!. w?f/;Rom«3. 25. — with Phil, 1. 13. and Philem. verfe ynu all, Amen: is the valedictory clofcofthii Epiftle, x Grace be with you all, Amen. rhefc Arguments may ftronply perfwade tl at the Apoftle P.nitwas Penman o( this Ep'fllc, and con- fcqucntly rliat this Epi/lle is of Apofldkal, yea, of Divine Authority, a< well as his other Epiftles. Nor arc the objections ufually brought to the contrary, of fnch difficulty, biir that they may eafily receive facis- faftory Anfwers , and areanfwered by Beza, Pare- ns, Pifcator, in tbeii Prologue before this Ep;ji!e, and pothers. xHeb. 1 3.ic y Jo.Gerh. KiThef.?. 17,18. -with 1 Theff. 2. 1 4. -wif/jGaI.3.22. with Rom. 4. 18,19. — with 1. Cor.9.24. with Phil. 2,25,29. with Ej>h. 4.14. with Rom. 12. 1, 2. -with iThef. 5.12,13. -^.with 2 Cor. 1.1 1,12. Acts 23.1,24,26. with 1 Thef5.23.R0m.14.23. and .13 . 13.PI11I.4.9. VII. Finally that which the Apoftle himfelf counts asir were the Character and Seal of all his Epiftles his Token, 11 The grace of our Lnd Jefm Chrift be with ( au'oJ. Ssrip.Ecd Tic.P.liss Tom.', When and Whence this Epiftle was written, fee in '« Com.r the Chronological Table, before Epiftle to R.- de SicSnp. manes. ,__ J77. &c. in E>e- Scff. III. Language, in which this E- B pi file was written. That it was written in Hebrew, by Paulan He- brew, to the Hebrews, and fo r ranllared into Greek by Luke or Barnabas, Z fame thinly; Hierome not a- x Eu'eS. bly inclined to this opinion, faying, ' a The Epiftle to Hnt.tccl. 'the Hebrews is not thought to be Pauls, becaufe '•?. c 3'. ' of the difference of ftile and fpeech, but either C^™*A,e*' '' Barnabas' s according to Tertullian; or Lutfe's the J"£ c ' Evangelifts according to fome •, or Clement's, after *B.*Hicr, ' Eifhop of the Roman Church, whom they report to have ordered and adorned Pauls fentences in his own Language. Or certainly becaufe Paul wrote ' to the Hebrews, and by reafon of the Jews envy a- 'gainfthim, in the beginning of the Salutation cue ' off his name. He wrote as an Hebrew totheHe- ' brews in Hebrew, i. e. molt fkilfully in his own ' tongue, that thofe things that were eloquently writ- ' ten in Hebrew,might more eloquently be tranflated ' into Greek. And this istheciufe, why it feems to ' differ from the reft of Pauls Epiftles. But b others ' rather are of opinion that Paul wrote this Epiftle ' at firft in Greek ; which may be probably believed c uponthefeenfuing grounds. 1. The ftile and phrafe of this Epiftle, feems ra- &1,|'J-la _ • ^-1 m r 11 101. TOfll. I. to Grecize, f and to conuft of pure and elegant Qenevx Greek, as c £«/eif"w jnoteth out oiOrigen,J then to 1613. Jo. Hebraize, there being fewer Hebraifms in this Epi- Gethjoc. ftle, then in Pauls other Epiftles. But there Com., de would have been more, had it been writ in He- c"^'s^' brew. i78.,"n 1 xja , 2.ThepIacesalledgedoutof the Old Teftament cH/febhift. are not ailedged according to the Hebrew Original Eccief.i.*. Cip.'9. rfHeb.y.i.i* b Fran. Jim. in Parallel. 1. 3. in op, 9 Ep.ad Hebr. but the Greek Verfionofthe Septuagint. 3 The Hebrew names are interpreted, zsdMel- chifedec , King of Righteoufnefs , and Salem, Peace. 4. Moft Jews then underftood the Greek Tongue, efpecially thofe that lived in Afia Minor, and there- fore there was no inconvenience in writing to them ia Greek. 5. Peter and James wrote their Epiftles to the difperfed Jews in Greek, and Paul wrote all his other Epiftles to the Gentiles in Greek •, why then fhould we imagine this to be wrirten in Hebrew ? 6. To think that Paul wrote in Hebrew to the Hebrews, is an opinion attended with divers in com- modities, (~ as that learned and acute e Juniushzih «Fran Jun well obferved, J epfecially with thefe two, 1.' That I.J. ParaJ.fa 'at that time Paul could not determine with himfelf c1f^p-zd< 'in what Dialeft he fhould write to the Hebrews, "^', ^.fj,', ' which all the Hebrews might underftand. Forthere oeneV.itfij ' was then pure Hebrew. Language in the Scriptures, 'but not in popular ufe. Among the people there ' were many Dialects, Chaldee, Syriack,, Jerufalem, ' Samaritane, and others: which alio by reafon of ' the places, where the Jews were difperfed, at that 'time fuffered many alterations and corruptions ; ' whence it came to pafs, that neither the Hebrew 'tongue was underftood of many, nor this or that ' Dialeft of thefe or thofe. Had Paul therefore wric Y y y y y y ' i» U2 HEBREWS. Chap. I. II. e Vid A:'-a n if in S,i- nopfi. /Heb.l.i. fHeb.t.*. tbr end /■ Heb.i. », I iHeh.i.11. ibt tnd. ^Hcb j. ' to /Hcb.3 •. t. liar. 5. i. m Hel en n Kel.s. 7 o llf . J.I ' in Hebrew, he bad thereby taught none but the 'learned Hebrews-, had he writ in any of the other 1 Dialed, he had only taught Tome, not all. 2. ' That by this Forme of writing in Hebrew, he had oncly taught his own Nation; and this Argument 'thus written by him, the good f which among ' :he Jews were few, J would have accepted: but ' the impious ones f which were many, J would 'more audacioufly have mocked Pauls Doctrine, ' and more ma hcioufly have traduced itto unskilful ' ones and H rangers; unltfs he had written in chat ' tongue, which migh-r both haveinflructed his own 'people, and alfo, unto others have approved and c affertcd his fakhfulnefs againft their virulent ca- ' lumnies. Now hence contrariwife the commodities and ad- vantages acducing by his writing to them in Greek, are evidenr. For, i. This hit writing might be «n- detfto«d of all the Jews , in what places foever they were Qand tbey were chiefly in Afia minor, at by the beginning of Perers firft Epftte, and of the Revelation M confirm- ed. J as ufing the popular language oj the places where- in they lived. 2. Itflmli alfo be underftood of all the Gentiles, for whom alfo confequently the Apoftle would frovide by this writing. For why did he write to the Romans inGreek,, but for this cauje * therefore by the like ground he wrote to the Hebrews in Greek. For though then the Rymaneshadthe Empire, yet the Greek. Language remainedin mofi parts of the World. 7. The Ancient Writers teflifie not that they have fcen any Original Hebrew Copy of thisEpi- ftle. Se&, IV. Occasion. The Oscafion of the Apoflles writing tothe He- brews, feerostobe the infirmity and affliction of the believing Hebrews. For the whole current of this •Epiftle fecHK to intimate, That though they had en- rertaincd Chrift, yet they adhered too much to Mo- /erand theLevitica! Pricfthood, and perhaps fome of them had fome hefitancy about Chrift, whether he were the promifed Meffuh : and yet for their entertaining of Chrift fo far as they did, they fecm not only to be reproached by their Countrymen, as Apoftatesfrom the Law, but were greatly perlecuted for Chrift*; the Apoftle undemanding this their ftace, e wrote to inftruct and fupport them here- in. Sell. V. Scope. Order, and fop able tofavetotheuttermoft all that pWeb.7. *$. come unto God by him. Tj] In q Heavcnlinefs, jHeh.g.i,a Spiritualnefs, and Truthof his Office. [$] InEs- rhcb8<$ cellency of r Covetiant, vi^. the i. Covenant, &.c. whereof he is Mediatour; [6~] In Cx^d'cncy of f Tabernacle, his own bod)-, and of his Muiiftry /"Heb.9.1. u therein; Q7] *n Efficacy of hist own Sacrifice of •*««**. himfelffor purging of nin, and perfe&ingus foT eVer. ' Hch' ,0-u IT. To exhott them hereupon. 1. To corftancy in the °'9' u Faith and Confeffnn of this DoZlrim of Chrift, from „ Heb)l0 if the Peril cf Apoft. icy. and the exemplary x cloud of ,,, tbt'tnd. faithful witncflesof ol''.2. To .1 fait able framing of their % Heb. 11. Converfation,agreeable to this Gvfpil Do&iine of Chrift. throughout, [il By patienty bearing the Crofs without fainting. [2 "J By following ^ Peace with men, andHolinefs towards God- [?"J By a Brotherly-love. [4] By b Marriage-chaftity. [5] By true c Contentment. |"6J By following the d faith and conftancy of their 1 4. >« the Teachers. ['7] By e Beneficence. And [8] By "ui- due /lubmiffion and obedience unto, their Church- Governours, ihahave the rule over them. The Apoflles Scope in this Epiftle, is fin order to the Confirmation and Conflation of the weal; and afftifttd Chrtthu. Hebrews.) 1. To irfotm them, f rhat the Gofpel under the NtwTefhinentby Je- fus Chrift, farre excellech the Miniftry of the Law under the Old Teftamenrby the Prophets : Jefus Chrift incomparably furpaffing all the Minifters of Hie Old Ttftameni in Perfon and OtVn:e. In Perfon, >o being both g Eternal God, even above Angels, and therefore his h Gofpel more to be attended to than ' the Law fpoken by Angels : and alfo /' True man, like ro us in all things, (Tm only excepred ,) and therefore the only true Meffiah, promifed in the Old Tcfta- nt, and exhibfred in the New. In office, being 1. The Chi rches only King -, 2. The chief k. Prophet 7. and Apoftle, more faithful in the Church than even "' Atfo/i himfelf, whom therefore they muft /believe and obey, left by unbelief they lofe the fpfrhual and eternal, x-Jfracl did the temporal Kelt of Canaan. ' 3. The great High-Pritfi ; farrc furpjlhng^dt on the Leyicical High-Priefr, | 1 | In mCall unto his Office I 1 In eminency of n his Sacrifice: ( 3] In Order i". of IVicfihood, being of 0 Melchi^edecfrs everlafting and 13, &c . y Heb.i*.*. to 14. ■l Heb. 12. Se&. VI. Principal Parts. b tfeb.13.4. c Htb.15.5 6 d Heb. 13,7. &C e Heb.ii.16. /«eb..3.>7, &t. In this Divine, Elegant and fweet Epiftle to the He- brews, CVK' Thofe Believing Jews, who were with much difficulty won from Levitical Observances unro the Simplicity and Spirituality of the Gofpel: and were in great danger of Departing from the Gofpel Faith, through manifold Tribulations and per- fecutionsQ The Apoftle 1. Qoflrinally informs them. 2. PraZtically Exhorts them. 3. Andfo finally concludes his whole Epiftle. HE DOCTRINALLY INFORMES the believing j# Hebrews, That the Gofpel- Afiniftry under the New Te- liament, wherein God hath fpoken to us by Jefus Chrift his Son, God and man, fane fupajfeth and excelleth the Miniftryojthe Law, under the Old Testament, wherein Godfpoke to the Fathersfever.il times and wayes only by the Prophets, Ch. I. v. 1,2. This h clears, i.By fj|iap4 ,, the tranfeendent Dignity of Chrifls Pcf.\ :. By the furpaffing Excellency of Chrifts Office. I. The Tranfcendent Dignity and r \>jv cfChrifls perfon is declared and evidenced, in r; p.ct of his rwo natures in thar one perfon, 1. His Divinity, or Godhead. 2. Hit Humanity, or Manhood, L Chrifts ghriousgGodheadhi. Evidenced. 2. Ap- g chrifts Pl)eci Godhead. 1. Chrifts Godhead is Evidenced Abfolutcly and Comparatively, l.Abfolutelj, Chrifts Godhead is e- videnced ; in that, 1. He if heir of all things. 2. He made the worlds, ver. 2. 3 He is the brightneffe of the Fathers glory, andexpreffe charatler of hit perfon. 4 He fuft.iineth all things by the wordofhispower.$. He by himfelf expiated, or purged our fins. 6. He (its on the right hand of God, ver. 5. U. Comparatively Chrifts Godhead is evidenced by his infinite Superi- ority to the Angels, In as much As '1. Heis thcE- ternal Son of God, and fo hath a more excellent name th,.n they, ver. 4.5. 2. Divine worfliipis due to him, even f. om all the Angels, ver. 6. 3. All the Angels are but his fcrvants, ver. 7. 4. He is eternall God, and King over all, Annointed with the fpirit, as man, to this office above all his fellows, ver. 8,9. 5. He is the Eternall unchangeable Creator of Heaven and Earth, ver. 10, 11, 12. 6. He fits at Gods righc hand, in fuprcme Authority, ver. 13. 7. Angels Miniftcr to him and to his Elect, v 14. 2. Chrifts Godhead is Applyed, by the Apoflles inferring thence, That feeing Chrifts perfon is fo ex- cdlcnr, therefore his Gofpel-Doftrine is the more hfed.dily to be believed and ftedfaflly retained, Ch. cnap# a. U.ver.i. This exhortation is further urged. I. Be- caufe the Neglect of Chrifts Doftrine is dangerous j which is proved by an Argument from the lelTer to* the greater, the neglect of JHofes Dotirine ("fpoken but by AngelsJ was juftly punrflied, ver. 2. How much Chap. HI. IV. HEBREWS. 543 much more Hull rhenegleft of the Gofpel-Dotlrine, (that reveales (b great Salvation, Spoken by the Lord, and confirmed both by the Apoflles teftimony, and the Holy-Ghofb gifts J be fcvcrcly plagued, ver. 3, 4. I. Becaufe God hath not put the world to come, herefpokfn of Cv)^. ^le world as Reftored to man by ChriftJ in Subjection to Angels, ver. 5. But unro Chrift, which is proved by the Teftimony of David. This Testimony is, 1. Propounded, viz. That God fo vifited man, vi^. in Chrift, made a little lower than Angels, thathecrovvned him with glory and hon- our, putting all things without exception in fubjecti- on under him, ver. 6, 7, 8. 2. Ayplyed to Chrift, Partly by way of Conceffion, That we fee not yet all r/wigy compleatlypKr under him, ver. 8. Partlyby way ofexpofition,r&df Jefus made a little Cor, a Jittle whilej lower than 'Angls, for the fufering of Deatfy was crowned with Glory and Honour, vi\. At Gods right hand, v er. 9, Ob)eil. But why muft Je- fus fuffer Death? Anfa>. 1. Becaufefo it plea fed the grace of God. 2. He tafled death, not for himfelf, but for man, for every man, i.e. For every one of theEleft fons of God, ver. 9,10. 3. It became the Jufticeof God, toconfecratethe Captain of ourfal- vation through Death, that fo God might bring many fons unto Glory, vet. 10. b Chrifts UChvilYs true h Manhood is alfo evidenced and clear- Manhood, ed, (befides divers intimations thereof in the forme ■ pailages. ) by many caufes of hit Incarnation, laid down, wr. 1. That he that Sanctifieth, and they that areSan&ified in their nature by him might be all of one, and they his brethren, as was in the Old Tefta- ment fore-prophecied, ver. 11, 12, 13. 2. That partaking flefh and blood with u% he might dye, and by dying both deftroy the Devil that had the power of Death, as alfo deliver his own from bondage and fear of Death. ("As in the Law the right of Redempti- on belonged to the next kinfman,) ver. 14, 1$. That he thus partook. fcflJ an^ blood. He Partly prove shy Scriprure, teftifying he was to defcend of Abraham and his fled ; Partly amplifies by denying this privi- ledgetothe Angelical Nature, Chrift took, not hold of Ang ls,v.\6. 3. That being made like to his brethren in all things, he might be a merciful! and faithfull high-prieft for them, ver. 17. Which he further clears from Naturall Sympathy betwixt partners in afflictions, Chrift himfelf being more experimental- ly prepared tofuccourand fympathize with us in Temptations and affiiftionsjn chat himfelf hath fuffer - ed being tempted, ver. 1*8. » II. The furpaffing excellency of Chrifts Office, is afferted and proved 'm the three Principall Parts thereof, vi\. 1. Hk Kingftiip. 2. Hit Prophecy. 7,.Hts Prieflhood. i Chrifts I. The i Kingftnp of Chrift is but briefly and acciden- KingQiip. rally touched. As Ch. I. 2, 3,8, 13. II. 9. VII. 2. VIII. 1. k Chrifts 11. The Prophecy or Propketicall Office of Chrift, is Prophecy, preferred farre before that of Moj'es, whom there- fore the Chriftian Hebrews muft much more believe and obey, left as unbelieving \frael came fhort of the temporal!, they alio mine of the eternal reft. Here therefore the Dignity of Chrifts Prophetick office, is I. Afferted. i.Applyed. I. The dignity ofchi iff s Prophetickjffice efpetially, ii afferted. Here note,/ The Preface to this affertion',con- taitiing 1. Anirfinuative Compilation of the Chrifti- Hebrewrs. HJy Brethren, Partakers of the heavenly calling. 2 An Exhortation of them upon the former dignity ofhtsPerfon, to confider Chrift in his office, Chap. 3. wherefore confider chrift Jefus Ch. III. ver. r. II. Toe Grounds whereupon the dignity of Chrifts Prophe- cy is ajfcrted, viz. 1. He is the Apoftle and High prieft of ourProfeffion, ver. 1. 2. He is-as faithful in hismeffage, in changing the Levitical Ordinances and Priefthood , as Mifes was in his meffage in deli- vering the fame, ver. 2. 3. Hcii farre more honour- able than Mfes himfelf. (VJ Partly in as much as he being Go be umpli(ics,ihcw\ng how we maj approve our Iclves tobe-ciiriiiahoufe, vi\. by Stability and Conttancy of our Faith and Hcpe, ver. 6. 2. Tbif Dignity of Ch lifts Office is Applyed byvpry of Earneft Exhortation. The Apoftle Exhorts tj brews, Faithfully ro hearken to and obey Chrifts Doftrine, and conftaiitly to pcrfcvcrc in the Faith of the Gofpel, and that aga'oft all grounds or cccafions of Apoftacy, 1. From the Holy Ghofts Authority, who 1. Commands themro d 'a jro hear Chrifts voice. 2. Prohibits their hardning of their hearts, like erro- neous Ifrael in the wildernefs, under (he fevere penal- ty of being excluded from entring into Gods reft, ver. 7. to 12. If. From the benefit of enjoying com- munion with God and with Jefus Chrift ; Here 1. Vnbslief is declared to be the ground of Apoftacy f;o;n God, ver. 12. 2. The deceit f nine fs of fin is inti- mated-to be the caufc of hardning, To prevent which, they are to exhort one another, ver, 13. 3. Stedfaft perfeverance in the Faith, is com \ -id-t! fo them as the only means making them Pji takers of ver. 14. HI from the peril of being Gods reft Muouoh unbelief, a., the provolung a un- believing Ifraelrtes were. Here 1. This evclr.fion cf Ifrael islim:r~d, Notallthat ca'):eo:t of Egyjt, ver. 15, 16. 2. Tnis exclufion of feme is evidenced, Partly by the death of themurmurers in the Wilder- nefs,ver. 17. Partlyby the Oath of God againft their entring into his Reft, becaufe of their unbelief, ver. 18,19. 3- Upon this exclufion of Ifrael of old, the Chriftian Hebrews are charged to f< ->.r .'cli c hey alio through unbelief come fhort, and be fhut out of Gods promi'ed Reft, Ch. IV. ver. 1. And this for di- vers Reafons ; [ 1 ~] Becaufe the tender of this reft is made to us in the preaching of Chrifts Gofpel, as well as to Ifrael, ver. 2. [ 2 ] Becaufe, The Word preached, tendringthis reft to Ifrael, became un- fruitful to them through unbelief: fo it will to us, v. 2. T_3"J Becaufe, By Faith we enter into reft, as Ifrael contrariwife entred nor, through unbelief, ver. 3. Ob)ell. But what is that Reft which we are invited by Chrifts word to enter into? Anfw. This he refolves, by giving distribution of feveral Refls mentioned in Scripture, r. There's The Seventh-dayes Refi, where- in God refted from his works of Creation finifhed at the beginning , ver. 3, 4. But this reft is nt>t intend- ed here, Q 1 _] 6ecrfa/e,Thepromi;e of the reft is re- peated [23 Becaufe, long after the feventh-Day's reft, Anotherday is limited, ver. $,6,7. 2. There's Canaans reft given Ifrael by Joflwah; but that': not meant, becaufe after Jejus Q viz. Jofl)ua ) had given thempoffeffionofCdn^rfn, he fpeaksftillof anorher day of Reft, ver. 8. 3. There's therefore another Reft befides both thefe , and fhaddo-.ved out by them, efpecially by th. fevemh dajesReft', vt\. A Spiritual and Eternal Reft, remaining to the people of God, wherein they ceafe from their own works, u Q, 10. And this Reft all fhould labour to enter by Faith, taking heed they mifs not of it by unbelief, v. 11. IV. From the lively penetrating and fearching nature of G?.-/.; Word: And from the All-feeing e\e of God with whom we have to 00, whereby all the unbelief, hypocrific, and back-fliding Principles of our hearts aremoft accurately difcovered and laid naked ; fo that no unbeliever or back-flidcr, though but in hearr,may think to efcape his notice and judg- ment, ver. 12, 13. V. Finally, From Chrifts Prieft- hood, thefe Hebrews are encouraged to Perfeverance and ftedfaftnefs in their profeffion of Faith f taught thembyChrift their great Prophet.) Here 1. Chrift our Prieft is commended, as f 1 j Moft High, We have a great High Prieft. Q 2 ~] Moft glorious, that it pajfed into the Heavens, ver. 14. [~_ 3 3 Moft compani- onate over our infirmities, being in all points tempted as we are, yet without fin, verf. 15. 2. They are here Chap. 4. 54+ HEBREWS. ChapWI. Vlf here exhorted hereupon to come boldly to Chrifi as to a Throne of Grace, for obtaining all feafonable Grace and Alfifiance in the way to Heaven, yer). \6. And thus the Apofile p.-ffab from confederation of Cbrifts Prophecy, to bU Prieft hood, upon which betreat- eth mofi largely. /Chrifh in. The/ Priefihood, or Priefily Office of Chrifi; Prtefi-hood ThatChriftis our great High Priefi, mod faithful, merciful, and in all points compleat, he demonfira- tes, by comparing him vvjch, and preferring him before Aaron in all Priefily requifites and perfections To this end . i. The Requifites and Perfections of Aarons Prieslbood are reclined up. A Lexical HighPriefi. i. Was of kin to them for whom he was constituted, in things pertaining toGod. 2. Offered Gifts and Sa- crifices for fin. Ch.V-ver. i. 3- Could companionate finners, ignorant and out of the way , himjelf being compaffedwith infirmity, ver. 2. 4. Ought therefore to offer for his own fins, as well as the peoples, ver. 3. 5. Muft he called of God as Aaron, and not take the honour of that Office to himfelf, ver. 4. 2. Chrifts Priefily Perfections are Declared as Equal - lining, yea far excelling alltbofeperfctfingsoftbeLe- vitical High-Prielf, viz. 1. C7»i/r aflumed not the Glory of his Priefihood to himfelf, but was called thereto of God; As is proved by a double Tefiimony. 1. More obfeurely, mVid,Jo. D)' a fefiimony Synechdochally m allcdged , the P. feat, m word* wherein the Argument lies not being exprefi- Iqc.Et. cd< T^ou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee; Fran.Jun. As\ofme, &c. Th\% Asking implyeshis Priefihood. Parallel. v- 5- 2- More clearly, Thou art a Prieft, &c.v. 6. in he. 2- Chrift Offered up Sacrifices farre beyond the Levitital, vi%. Prayeis and Supplications, and him- felf by dying, ver."], &c. which are Amplified, 1. By the circumfiance of Time, when he offered up thefe Sacrifices, vi%. Inthedayes of his fie ft). So that he was able to Sympathize with us, ver.q. 2. By the Adiunds, Object and Succefsof his Prayers. (_ 1 ) The Adjuncts ofhh Prayers, with ftrong crying and tears. C 2 ) The 0b]e8 co whom he prayed, to him that was able to favebim from Death. C^JTIie fuccefs of his Prayer, He was heard, inthat he feared, v.j. 7,.By the eminencyof his Obedience, Though he were the Son of God (_ and fo without fin , J yet by his Actual fuffering the/e^met/experimental Obedience-, ver. 8. A-By the effect of hisfufferings,being made perfect,he became Author of Eternal Salvationto all that obey him, therefore he fufTered for them, nor for himfelf, v. 9. 6 By Gods Authorizing & calling him hereunto, xuo. 3. Chrifi was of MelchiZedec's everlafting Order, far furpaffmg Aaron's, v. ic. In the farther unfold- ing of this, 1 He Prefaceth.2 He Paralleleth Chrifi and Melchizedec together. "HE PREtACETH to the Chrifiian Hebrews to " ftir up rhciratrentfon tothisMyfiery of Chrifts be- " ing after MelchiZedec's Order. Herein I. He pro- pounded to fpeak much of Chrifi, as a Prieft of Mel- chizedcVs Order, of whom we have many things to fay, ver. 11. II. He intimateth the difficulty of their Doftrine, by reafon of their incapacity, bung Dull of hearing,!/. 1 1. Their Dulnefs he reprehenlbrily evidenccth, I. In the Hypothefis, declaring, Partly, what they might and ought have been for their long time of learning, forthetime ye ought to be Teachers. Partly, what they were notwithfianding, vi^. Sucli as needed to be taught thefirfi Principles of Gods Ora- cles,, needing mill^not ftrong meat, ver.\2. 2. In the Thcfis Dcfcribing ( 1) Who are babes, vi^. they that life mil{\. and are unskilful in the word of right eoufneffe, v.i 3. (ij Who are riper Chrifiians, grown men, vt\. Partly, they who can digefi firong meat, more perfect Doctrines, Partly, they who by ufe have their fpiritual Senfes exercifed to dijeern Good and Evil,V.l^ III. He earntftly exhorts them hereupon to Go on with him to perfection, and fiedfafily to Perlcvere to the end. And th'H by divers Arguments; i.Frem the abfurdity of flicking fiill in Principles^ and /..;- ing again the foundation, which is but once to be laid Here he recites divers n Fundamentals of Reli^on, V!Z.' ClJ Repentance from dead works. (2) Faith towards God. (3} The Doilrine of Baprifms. (4) Laying on of hands. ($} Refuireclion of the dead. (6) The Lift judgement. Cb. V\. v. 1.2, 2. From his own Refolution to lead them on to perfection of knowledge, &c. if God permit, v. 3. 3. f'row the great peril of utter Apoilacy, thato Sin agahM the HAy-Ghoft, viz.. impoffibility '{renewing them again by repentance. Here ('ijThofe that are in danger of Apofiatizing, aredefcribed by five Perfections, yet all fuchas are incident to Hypocrites and Tempora- rybelicvers, v. 4, $, 6. (2) Their impoffibility of being renewed again to Repentance that thus Apo- fiatize, is confirmed, Partly from the haynoufneffe of their fin, feeing they arucifie tothemfdves the Son of God affefj}, and put him to an openfl>ame, v.6. Part- ly, from the jufiice of God, who, as heblefieth the ground that yeilds fruit according to the mean of fruitftilneffe.fo he rejecteth,curfeth and burnetii that which brings forth thorns and briars, v. 7,8. (Y) The Apofile ("lenifying former pafiages)tefiifies his bet- ter hopes of thefe Hebrews, then that they fhould thus fall away ; Partly, from Gods righteoufnePe to reward their goodnelTe. Partlyftom their fruits of grace pafi and prefent,i;er. 9,10. (a) The Apofile yet upon consideration of the premifes prefieth them diligently to preffe after full affurance ofhopetothe end,v. 1 1. 4. from the imitable examples of the Saints, who through faith and patience inheritedthe Promifes.te Abraham in particular after he had pati- ently endured; obtained the Promife, which Cod con- firmed to him by Oatb,t/.i2, 13, 14,15. 5.From the cer- tainty and immutability of Gods Promife (it'll tobe adhered unto,} being confirmed by Gods Oath. This is Amplified, (\~) By an Argument from the leffer to the greater, Mans Oath is certain and furc, much more Gods,v. 16. (Y) By the Nature of Gods Pro- mife and Oath, they are two immutable things, ■where- in its impoffible God ftiould lye. C$J By the end of this Oath, vi^.Tbat the heirs of Promife might have ftrong Confolation. 00% a Defcription of thefe heirs of promife, viz. who have fled for refuge tolayholdup- onthe hope fet before »#,!/. 16, 17, 18. 6. From the fure- neffe andfiedfafinefsof Hope, as the Souls Anchor, entring into that within the veile, viz.. Heaven it felf, ver. 19. Which firmneffe of Hope is evidenced (ij By Chrifis entring for us into Heaven as a forerunner. (2 J By Chrifis acting in Heaven for us, as an High- Priefi for ever after Melchizedec? Order v.20. "He PARALLELETH^ Chrifi and Melchizedec ,c together, And thence infers the excel'ency of "Chrifis Priefihood beyond Aarons. I. Chrifi and Melchizedec are compared together, Mclchizedec being defcribed, As I. King of Salem, and Prieft of the moft High God. 2. Blelfing Abraham, meeting him returning from the Slaughter of the Kings, Chap. VII. verf. 1. 3. Receiving Tenths of all thefpoyls from Abraham. 4. Being myfiically, C 1 ~) King of Right eoufneffe. ( 2 J King of Peace, ver. 2. ( 3 ) With- out Father, ( 4 J Without Mother, ( 5 J Without Dif- cent, f 6 J Without beginning of dayes, (7 ) Without end of life, as he fiands mentioned in Scripture. <;. Abiding a Pries} continually. Herein refembling the Son of God, Jefus Chrifi, t/er. 3. II. Hencetheex- cellency of Chrifis Melchixedec-like Prieftbood above Aarons is inferred and evidenced by divers Argu- ments, 1. From the excellency of Melchizedec, ( the Prieft ofGod and type ofChrift, above Abraham and all the Leviiical Prieils. Above Abraham, Partly in that Abraham himfelf paid him Tenths, whilftonly Abrahams Pofterity paid the Levitical Priefts Tenths upon which ground yet the Levitts were fuperiour to their brethren, verf. 4, 5, 6. Partly in that he blclled Abraham, the lefie being blefed of the bet- ter, i/fr. 6,7. Above all the Levitical Priefts. Partly, in that they receive Tithes, who yet die ; but he rcccivcth Tithes who livcth, ver. 9. Partly, inthat Levi n FunJ.t. mentals ot Chriftiari Religion 0 The Sin a gain ft the HAy Ghosl. See alfo afterwards upon Cb.X. Chap. 6. /■Chrifra Priefi af- ter Mel- chixedecs Order. Chap. 7, Chap. VIII. HEBREWS. 545 Chap. 8. Z.evJhimfelf,bcing in Abrahams loyncs when Mtlchi- 1 if dec met him, in Abraham [>i\d Tirhes ro Melchi- zedec, ver. 9,10, 2. from the infufficiency of the Levitical Priefthood, (and of the Ceremonial Law, flablifhcd by that Priefthood ) to bring any Perfons ! to true Perfection, whereupon they were cobeab- rogated, and togive place to Chrifts Melchizedec- like Priefthood, bringing to Perfection. That Per- feSion came not by Leiitical Priefthood, he proves, 1 Becaufe the Priefthood was changed frornthe order of Aaron to the order of Melchizedec, which needed not, had Aarons Priefthood been fufficicnt,i\ ji. And with the Priefthood the Ceremonial Law alfo was confqeuently exhangcd & abror,ared,iM2.7/!>M change of Priefthood and Law he evidenced), (\ J By the tran- flation of the Priefthood to another Tribe, Chrift. our High-Prieft Springing out cf Judah, which tribe af- forded no Levitical Priefts, ver. 13, 14. (2 ) By the reftimony touching another Prieil after Mdchi- fedecs Order, conftituted not by the law of a carnal] commandement, but by the power of an endleffe life, v. j 15,16,17. [j'J By the declaring the true caufc why the Ceremonial law was changed, viz.. the laws j weakneffeandunprofitablenefs, making nothing per- I feci, which U Amplified by the contrary perfection of Chrifts Priefthood, but the bringing in of a better] hope, did ; by the which we draw nigh to God, ver. 18, 19. 3 From the different manner of the constituti- on of thefe two Priefthoods ; the Levitical Priefts were marie without an oath. But Chrifts M-lchi^e- rfy till the coming of Chrift to judgment. Fori Chrift hath ordained a l'ublick Miniftry, j;/vinjj Pafiors ana" Tea- chers.for the per felling of the Saints, for the workjfthe Minify for the edifying of the body of Chrifl. Till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto aperfeil man, unto the rueajure of the ftature of the fulneffe of Chrifi ; which Per- fection will not be attained till the Judgement-day; therefore ri!l then the v\hole Church is to be inltru&ed by the publick Mi- niftry, Eph. 4. 11,12,13. And as Chrifi hath commanded his Minifters to reach and difpenfe his Sacraments, fo he hath pro- mi fed tnbewitb them always to the end of the world ; therefore his Miniftry fhall continue till then, teaching his Church, Mat. 28, 19, 20. Further ordinarily Faith comes by hearing ; but how fli all men he are without a Preacher ? or how fl)all they preach ex- cept they befent] Rom. 10. 14, 15, 16, 17. Therefore whofoever defpiferh rhepnblick Miniftry and inftruction thereby, tram- plcth upon a Gofpel-ordinance of the Lord Jefus Chrifi. 2. The whole Church of Chrifi, and every particular member in this life kjiow but inpa)t. Yea Paul himfelf knew but inpart, and con- fcfied himfelf imperfell, C though he had been in the third Hea- vens,)See 1 Cor. 13.9. 12. Phil. 3.10,12. 13. and therefore ail need confiant inftruction, efpecially by the publick Miniftry. And th.it man who is conceited of his own knowledge, he lenow- etb nothing )et as he ought to know, 1 Cor. 8. 2. Thus the publick Minillry's inftruction is full necefiary, both by reafon of Chrifis Jnflitution, and the Churches ImperfeUion in this world. III. Hk-nce,X/'M Kew-Covenant-Prom)fe oj illumination, that they fhall not reach one another, &c. cannot intend to fl>ut out private In- ftruH/'on, or the publick, Miniftry, becaufe (ince that Covenant was promifed, Chrifi hath ordained and appointed Both in hit NewTefta- merit. And this may further appear, 1. Partly, becaufe the true inrent of this P;omife is tofbew, that under the New-Co- venant God would give a more plentiful and perfect knowledge of himfelf and divine myfteries to his Covenant-people, than he did to his People under the Old-Teftament, in their Non-age and Minority. Hereupon faith Calvin, they pafsby that which is chiefly worthy confide ration. The Prophet doth not wholly deny that they fl> a II teach one another, but thefe are the words, They fhall rot teach, faying, Know the Lord. As if he had faid, fuck ignorance pjallnot pnffefs mens minds as heretofore, that they fltould not know who God is. Joh. Calv. Com. on Heb. 8. 1 1. 2. Partly, becaufe the Promife of the Principal caufeof illumina- tion of the Spirit of God, fhuts not out the Infiiumental caufe thereof, the Publick Miniftry, or private inftruction, but rather implies and includes them, asthemeans prefcribed tothat end by God. For ( faith Parens J as it followeth not, God feeds all, therefore there's no need of bread or husbandry ; for by thefe means God feeds : foit follows not, God teacheth all, therefore there's no needof the Word, for by the Word heard and preached, he teacheth all. D.ParcusCom.onHcb. 8. 11. t Chrifis Tabernacle and Mini- ftry there- in, beyond the Leviii- cal. Chap. 9. uJo.C.il. Com. in loc. /) I'.ircus in loc 6. Chrifis t Tabernacle and his Minifiry therein dif- charged under the New Covenant, or Teftamenr, far excels the Lcvitical Tabernacle; and the Mini- ftry therein under the firft Covenant, or Old Tefta- ment: Chrifi by his own blood and entring into Heaven it felf, having obtained eternal redemption for his Elect, and fulfilled whit was prefigured in thofe Types, and fo abrogated thofe Levitical fha- dowcSi For clearing this, I. The Levitical Taberna- cle, and miniflrarion therein, with the infirmity thereof, under rhe firft Covenant are defcribed, Ch. IX.v.i. &c\.The Levitical Tabernacle is defcribed by rhetwo chief parts thereof f~thc Court of the peo- ple; as not belonging to the Priefts, being omircd J vi\. C 0 tf}e Sanlhary with its facred Urenfils; The Candhftick- The Table, and Shew-bread,v.2 (2~)The Holicfi of all after the fccondvcyl, with its holv furni- ture; The Golden Altar of Incenfe, f'rarhcr than the u Golden cenfer.J The Ari\of the Covenant containing in it, the golden pot that had Manna, Aaron; Rod that budded, and the Tables of the Covenant.. Over the Ark the Cherubims of Glory ftiadowing the Mercy-feat, v.3,4,5. 2. The Levitical Miniflration in this Taber- nacle is defcribed alfo; Partly, what it was in the Sanctuary or firft Tabernacle, Toe Piiefts alwayes accomplifhedGodsfervice therein, v. 6. Partly, v. hat it wa: in the Holicft of all, the fecond Tabernacle, Tf)e High-Vrieft alone entredonce ayear, not with blood, for himfelf and the errours of the people, v.7. 3. The in- firmity or weakneflecf this Levitical miniflration is hence inferred, and that in divers refpects ; fi Jin that hereby the way into h'eaven, the Holieft of all was not manifefted, becaufe rhe High-Prieft entred in- to the Holy of Holies only once a year, v.8. (2 J In that the Tabernacle was but typical, a figure for the time then prefent. (3J In that the Tabernacle-gifts and Sacrifices were but carnal and external, perfect- ing none as pertaining to the Confcience. C4) In that they were but Temporary, till the Gofpel-riw of Reformation, ver. 9,10. II. ChriftsPriefthood and Miniftry is preferred far before the Levitical in many refpects. As, l.Chrftis an High-Prieil , of good things to come; and not ot fhadovvf. 2. Chrifi exercifed his Priefthood in a greater and more perfefl Taberna- cle, not made by men but by God. vi^. His own body, v.Ii, 3. Chrift offered not bloodof Goats and Calves, but his own blood. 4. Chrift entred into Heaven it felf, not into an earthly Sanctuary. 5-Chrift entred into this Holy-place once for all, not often. 6. Chrift obtained not txmporal, but eternal re- demption for us by his blood, v.i 2. That Chrifi ob- tained eternal redemption by his blood, is proved, By the Efficacy of Levitical Sacrifices purifying Ce- remonial unclcannefies,t/er.i3. Whence, from the letter to the greater, it followes; That Chrifis true Sacrifice of himfelf by dearh, purged) our confeiences from all fpiritual uncleannefie of fin,i/.i4. Why it was needful that Chrift fhould obtain redemption for us by his Death. He proves; (\J Becaufe it was ne- ceffary that by dying for purging the fins of the firft Teftament, Chrift ftiould confirm the New Tefta- ment, whereof he is Mediarour, i>. 15,16,17. 2. Be- caufe, as by the Levitical blood all typical things in the Law were Ceremonially purged, fo it was nccef- fary, That the things typified, the heavenly things themfelves, fhould be purified with better Sacrifices, even the blood of Chrift himfelf, v.iS. to 24. Better Sacrifices they muft be. Partly, becaufe the Sanctu- ary inro which Chrifi entred, was better, wr. Hea- ven ir felf, therefore the Sacrifices brought inro it muft be proportionable. Partly becaufe the end of his entring was better, vi^. not to come thither a- gain yearly, but conftantly to appear in Gods prefence for us, as our Advocate, v. 24. Nor yet to offer him- felf often, as the High-Prieft entred the Holy-place yearly with the bloodof others; for then Chrift floould have fuffered often fince the beginning of the world, which ivere abfurd to grant ; both becaufe its repugnant to the Story of Chrifts death, who hath once purged fin by facrificing himfelf, v. 25,26. And alfo becaufe its contrary to the common law of nature, touching mens onceDying, and after being brought to Judge- ment: fuitable whereunto Chrift was but once offe- red to bear the fin of many, till he appear again without fin at the judgment day for our Salvation, ver. 27,28. 7. Finally, Chrifis x. one facrifice of himfelf, once, offered is far more Efficacious, than rhe many Le- vitical Sacrifices often repeated year by year. This heevidenceth, two ways, I. By demonflraring thein- fufficiency of the Levitical Sacrifices offered year by year, to make the commers thereunto perfcct.which he doth by divers Rcafons, l.Becaufe the Law had but a flfadow of good things to come, not the very image of the things. Chap. X. v. i.2.Becaiife, had they purged and Per felled the worfliippcrs^/;^ would have ccajed to be offered, as nccdlcflc any more : but they did *Chrift's Onefacri- fice of him- felf once of- fered, fuffi- cirnt for ever. Chap. x. not ceafe, ver. 2^. 3. Becaufe in the reiteration of thefe Chap. XI HEBREW S. 547 y D. Pa- rem.ia he. thefc Sacrifices, there was a yearly re-'uered remem- brance and acknowledgment of f\n,v.2,.i,. Because ic is impoffiblc that fuch weak Sacrifices as the blood of Bulls and Goars,fhouId purge away fins in thefighr of God. v. 4. 5. Becaufeas Du , v. 15, &c. Here [1] The TeitJmonyjffelf is recited j efpecially for that claufe, And their fins and iniquities will I remem- ber no more, ver. i<5, 17. [2"] The inference hence is made, Now where remifftmofthefe if, there it no more offering for fin ; fo that this one offering of Chrift,the Mediator of this New Covenant, is for ever effectual and fufficienr, v. 18. Hitherto the Apoftle hath Doilrinalty informed in the Hebrews.That the Gofpel Miniftry under the New Teftament by Jefut Chrift, God- man, our great Prophet and High-Prieft, fane exceUeth the Le- vitical Miniftry under the Old Teftament. He PRACTICALLY EXHORTS the believing He- brews (as it were by way oj Application of all that hath been faid touching Chrift, but efpecially touching hit PriefthoodJ To divers Chrifti an duties inferred hereup- on. Principally. 1.T0 fincere and conftant Faith in Chrift. 2. To a Chriftian converfation.correfpon- dent to this Gofpel Doctrine of Chrift. 1. To fincere and conftant faith in Chrift. That feeing he is fuch an High-Prieft, they accept him by Faith, and conftantly perfevere therein. This Exhortati- on is I Propounded. 2. Vrged. I. He Propounds this Exhortation in three fuitable branches mutually depending upon each other, and prcilcd briefly with fome particular Arguments, vi^. l.To draw near^ y vi^. to Jefus Chrift. Here he fhewes them both How, and Why, they fhould draw neer. 1. How to draw near, viz. (~\J With atrue heart, C2J?n full-.tffurance of Faith, f%) Having their hearts fprinkledfiom an evil confeience, viz. by Ju- stification and rcmiflion of finnes through the fprink- ling of Chrifts blood. (j^jTheir bodies waflied with pure water, viz. Sanctified by the Spirit of Chrift 2. Why they fhould thus Draw nigh to God, ("OBe- caufe, they have boldneffe to enter into the holyeft, viz. Heaven ; not by the blood of beafts, but by the blood ofjejm ; and that not through the old way the vail. but through a New and living way, viz. Chi ills ffefi. C2J Becaufe they have an High- Prieft over the houfe ofGid, ver. 12,23. II. To hold f aft the profefftonof their Hope without wavering. This is urged from rhe fidelity of God in his Promifcs,t>.23. III. To main- tain Chriftian communion fas an help to their fted- faftnefieand perfeverancein faith._) And this Prtv.it- ly and Publicity. \. Privately in corfi doing one ano- ther, ttprovoketo lovcandgoid works^-2^. 2. Pu- blicity, in frequenting and not forfatyng their Affem- bling together, Cvi\. as ^ feme think v. iththc convert Gentiles whom the Jcwes were prone to defpife.) This ispreffed, ("OFrom theevil practice of fome, forfaking publick Aflemblies. (2) From the haften- ing of the day of Judgement.v. 24.22. IF Heurgeth thisexhortation to ftedfaflnefs in the faith of Chrift, S,rc. by clivers Arguments,^. 1. From the peril of Apoftacy from the Chrift- ian Faith, vi^. Eternal deftruction. Here I. The fin is defcribed, A finning wilfully after receiving the knowledge of the Truth. The Apoftle here intends the a Sin agahft the Holy Ghoft. II. The judgement againft this fin is thrcatned.. 1. Privitively, were re- maineth no more facrifice for fin,v.26. 2. Pofirively, moft dreadful ikftrtiction,v■ Jofeph, who at his Death by Faith, (1) Mentioned Ifraels future Departure out of Egypt. (2) Comman- ded that his bones fhould be buried inCanaan, v 22. III. From Mofes till the poffejfion of the Promifed Land; As, \. Mofes and his Parents, Hu Parents by Faith hid him three moneths after he was born contrary to Pharaohs command, ver. 23. Mofes himfclf by faith. (1) Refufedto be called the fonne of Pharaohs daughter, preferring the afflicted conditi- on of Gods People before thepleafures of fin for afea- fon, and all Egypt s treafures, having an eye to the future reward, ver. 24.ro 27. ( ' ij Forfoo\E;ypt notfearingtbe Kings wrath, eyeing the InvifibleGod, ver- 27. (3) Kept the Paffeover and Sprinkling of blood, that when Egypt s nrft-borne were deftroy- td, Ifraels might bepreftrved, ver. 28. 2, All If' rael who by faith, OjPaficd through theKcd-fca fafely, Amplified by die contrary event to theE- gypriam, ver. 29. (2} Compared Jericho feven times till the walls thereof fell down, ver. 3c. 3.R<»- hab, A Gentile, who by, faith, [YJ Received the Si>ies in peace;[ ^Thereupon pe> iflied nat with the m- believers, v. $r. cjofh.u.7. eJl,dg.<5. /Judg.,,. 34. f Dan 6. 22. q U-in. 5. r Kfa1.i8.tic 1 1 King,ij>. 2. i &c t 1 Kings & '6, 17, i8> &c. u 1 King, 23 lfa.38. * Judg. 15. '5. IV. Finally, From the Pcjfitfion of the promifed land till the time of the Maccabees, under Judges, Kings and Prophets, the faith of many is commended, Here; left he fhould be endlefs in particular inftan- ccs, he clofely heaps together, 1. The names of (ome eminent faithful ones, among Judges, K;ngs and Prophets, for the reft, ver. 32. 2. Theeminenc arts of their faith, and of the faith of others in their times, vi\. (_l J Subdued Kingdomes, as Joflmah c fubdued thirryone Canaanitifh Kings, and after him the Judges fubdued divers others, vi^. Thed'Cana- anitcs,eMidianites,/Philiftines,Ammonits,6 Moabites . and Aramites. (2 J Wrought Rigkteoufneffe, as i Sam- »nd 16. uel, and ItDavid. f 3 J Obtained Pi omifes, viz. The 2 f*n'-* '• performance of Promiles, not of that great Promife *J2ud» "• of Chrift, but of fome more fpecial and particular an\ 6 promifes, as of/the land of Canaan to Ifrael, of the i i Sa1n.1V.si m Kingdome to David, &c. f 4 J Stopped the mouths k ' Sam. 14. of Lyons, as did n Sampfon, 0 David, p Daniel, ver. 33. *£•$'• and C 5 J Quenched the violence of fire, as q Daniels three nwh':,*? companions, ( 6) Efcapedthe edge of the fword,as „d »j 14! r DaWefcaped the fword of Saul,f Elijah of Ahab m 1 sam. 5. t Eliff)a of the Syrians, (7 J Out of weakntffe were '»l.5.*<:. madefirong as « King He^eleiak, (8 ) Waxed valiant »J"dg.i4.< in fight, As many Judges and Kings, but efpeciallyx ° Sampfon, and David. Q 9 J Turned to flight the Armies of the Aliens, As ^ Gideon the Midianites, with three hundred men with lamps and pitchers, a Jonathan and his Armour-bearer the Philiftines, ver. 34.(1°) Women received their dead, raifedtolife again, as the b widow of Zarephath that entertained Elijah, and the c Shunamitr that lodged Elifl)a,C n J Others were tortured, not accepting deliverance ; The caufe whereof was, Their hope of a better Refurr eilion. As d divers by Antiochm in the dayes of the Macca- bees, ver. 35. (12) Finally, Others had Tryal of yt Sam. i'7, many cruel perfections, enumerated, ver. 36. ro 39. J^tf-cjo. Thus of the illuftration of faith in this indurtionof 2Judg-6-7. many particulars. ^''s C4J7AH illuftration it concluded whh I. A Com- V.&c. mendation of all the perfons inftanced in for their l> « Kings 17. faith; thereby they obtained a good report. 2. An Ampli- c ; Klngs 4. ficationof their praife they were thus faithful, yet fn2d^lac't' received not the Promife, viz. the accomplifhmcnt t Ar,.n" 7' of their promife, in the exhibition of the Meffiah. mentsfor This he confiimes by two reafons, fj 1 ) Becaufe God Pa****te hath referved the exhibition of the Meffiah, till the und'r tbc times of the New Teftament, having provided Come Cto's' better things for m. ( 2) Becaufe they without in ame. [3] By the happy event of his fuftering, his environment at Gods right hand, v. 2. 3. Chrifts fuffering is Amplified [ 1 J J\irr// by the Dignity of his perfon, Confider him that endured, &c. ft] Partly by the indignity and extremity of his fufterings, fuch contraditlionof fwnert, And to blood : whereas the Hebrews had not yet refilled to blo~d, fyc, v. 3, 4. III. From their fpiritual condi- tion Chap. XIIL H E % R E IV S. 549 tion and relation to God, as Sons to a Father, under whofe rebukes and chaftifements confequcntly they fhould not faint, i. Becaufe Scripture foprefcribes, ver. 5. 2. Becaufe the Lord cbaftifetb all hit forts' inlove,ver.6. 3- Becaufe, right filial enduring of chaftifements fhewes they arc dealt withal as Sons and not as Baftards, v. 6,7,8. 4. Becaufe chey f ub- mit to their Narural Fathers chaftifements, how much more fliould they fubmit to Gods ? fij They being Fathers of fief}) : God Father of Spirit s.^Thty correcting for their own pleafure, or paflion : God for our profit, vi^. Life and Holineffe, v.p, io. IV. vFrom the Nature of Affliction. 1.. Though for pre- fent not joyous, hut grievous, yet 2. For future ad- vantagious, yeilding the peaceable fruit of righteouf- tieffe,v.u. From all thefe Arguments he drawes an encouraging Conclufion, Exhorting them 1. To cou- rage and alacrity notwithstanding the Croffe, v. 12. 2. To uprightnefs, or evenneffe of courfe, for a- voidingof Apoftacy. 3. To healing of their former lament fie and defeftivenefle, v. 1 3. II. To peaceablenefTe withall men,i/.i4. /Motives in. Jo (7)HolinciTe towards God, which is pref- to Holinejl. fed i. From the neceflry of it, without which no man fl)allfee the Lord, v 14. II. From the evil of the op- pofice corruptions, which they ought diligently to avoid themfelves, and endeavour that others may dofoalfo, v/\. 1. Apoftacy, or failing of the grace of God. 2. Bitter root of Herefie or Scandal breaking out. ft) To their trouble. CO To the Defilement of many, ver. 15. 3. Fornication. 4. Profanenefs; exemplified by the inftanceof profane Efau, whofe profanenefle is defcribed fi J By one notorious Aft thereof, vi^. Contemning drift, in felling his Birth- right, a priviledge leading to Chrift, v. 16. (Y) By his punifhment fuitablc, loffeofthebleffing, not being able with his Tears to move Ifaac to repent about theblelfing, ver. 17. III. From their priviledged condition under the New Teftament farr beyond that of Saints and Believers of old under the Old Tefta- ment, therefore they fliould walk worthy of that priviledge in all fuitable Holinefs and Spititualnefs. Here, 1. He fets forth their Priviledge-State Nega- tively and affirmatively, Negatively, they are not now under the Old Teftaments Bondage, and Servile Difpenfation, in Communion with,(ij Mount Sinai, an earthly touchable Mount and burning with fire, (~2_) A terrible promulgation of the Law or Cove- nant. CiJ An aftonifhed people, and C4 J A Trem- bling Mofes,ver. 18. to 22. Affirmatively, but they now are under the New Teftament's more free and fpiritual Adminiftration, having communion with O) Spiritual MK/ir Sion, and City of the living God, the heavenly Jerufalem. C*J Myriads of Angels. (2J the General Affembly and Church of the Ftrft-born, which are enrolled in heaven. C4J God the Judge of all. C<,J Spirits ofjufi men made » perfeU in glory. CO 7ePw the Mediatour of the Neve Te(iament. (/^Fi- nally with the blood of (printing, fpeakjn* better things then the blood of Abel, vi^. not Accufations and cryes for vengeance :but Alblution, Pardon, Juftification, &c. from our fins, ver. 22. £3. IV. From the dan- ger ofdefpifingor rejecting Chrifts voice in theGof- el, which danger is 1. P>'eaken, for the eftablifhing of New heavens, and New earth,w^.the unfhaken Kingdome of Chrift-, From the receiving of whichKingdom he incites them To have grace for ferving God acceptably with reverence and godly fear ; threatning them , that othcrwife God will be to them a con fuming fire, v.27, 28, 29. IV. To conftancy in Brotherly -love, whereun;.o h_- Exhorts I. M ally , Ch. XIII. v. i.ft. Mire fpecially, to fomc particular branches of it; As r. Hojp't.iMiy towards ftrangers'. Urged, b hereby fame have unawares enter tail 'd Angels, ver. 2. 2. Sympathising with* them that arc in bonds and adverfity , As if fuffering with them,!/. 3. V. ToMarriage-chaftiry. i.From 'he honourable- neffe of marriage to all forts and degrees 2. From the l'urity of Marriage-ftate. 3. From Go. is judge- ment upon Whoremongers and Adulterer?, 11.4. VI. To Contentment with prefent enjoyments -, ("dehorting alfo from the contrary vice of coverouf- ncfs,J Urged i.From Gods fingular l'romife,Never to leave nor fcrfake um;y.$. 2. From the A'-furrl- ciency of this promifed pretence and help of the Lord agamftall fears and enemies, evidenced in Davids Tcftimony,Tt?r 6. VII. Finally, he exhorts them to the duevperfor- mance of certain Duties in reference to their Church Oovernour s and Teachers, whether (ij Already De- ceafed,o\ C 2) Tet living. I. In referet.ee to tlieirChurch-Governours and Teachers \g ] Deceafed, To remember them and fol- low their Faith This urged I. Fro:n the end of I converfation, vi\. Either, tharthev fealedtheJ they preached with their blood ("thinks [A'J Calvin-,) Or, that they pcrflfted found in the Faith to the Death,!/. 7. 2. From the conftant famenefs ofje- f"S Chrift our Mediator, the cheif Objeft and Foun- dation of faith; who for thefubftanceofhit Manif cita- tion is ftill the fame; TeSierday. under the Old Tefta- ment : To day under the new Teftament.- -At; ever, to the worlds end, and to al! eternity, i>.8. 2. In reference to their Church-governours and Teachers yet living, 1 Bad, or y.Giod. ( 1.] In reference to Bad Teachers, more Generally ; that ,they be not carried about with there a flrange Dotlrines. More Specially, that they mi not Legal Ceremonies as difference of meats ,&c. with theGofpel. This is urged, /. From the profit effeft of theGofpel, whofe grace fufficeth to ftablifh theHeart. . II. From thelinprofitablenefs of this Ce- remonial difference of Meat;, to them that have <.!:- ercifed themfelves therein, ver. 9. III. From the mifchief of feeking for rightcoufneiie by obferving Levitical Ceremonies: whereby they debarre them- felves from partaking of Chrift with us. This he Proves and Applyes, 1. He proves this by the Analogy betwixt the Type and Anti-type, f \) Tie Levin:.' I Type flood thus: The High-Prieft who ferved the Ta- bernacle, had no right to eat of the bodies of thofe beafts, whofe blood he brought once a year into the moft holy place for fin : and this, becaufe by the i Law their bodies were to be burnt without the Camp. (2) The Anti-Type thus ; even fo they that flill ferve the Tabernacle, and adhere to Levitical Ceremonies, have no right to eat of Chrift, who that he might fanftifie us with hit own blood, fuffered with- out the City gate, v.10,11.12. 2. He applyes this, in- ferring from Chrifts fuffering and facriiicing himfelf without the gate, thefe two confeftaries, vi^. (ij That we fhould go forth withckrift without the camp, b earing his reproach. And this, Partly becaufe here we have no continuing City; Partly becaufe we feel^ one to come, ver. 13^14- C2) That we fhould imitate Chrift in offering up to God fpiritual facrificesby Chrift, vi^. The Sacrifices of continual Thankfulnefs, v. 15. And of accep-ab!e bountifulnefs fVJ In reference to their good Church-govcrnours and Teachers, duties are exhorted to, M;re gene- rally and more particularly, I. More genei ally to them all, That they obey them, and fubmit themfelves unto them. Hereunto they are urged, i.Froi ility of their Office, they watch fir fruit. 2. Fnm the dif- ficulty of their fervice, As they that musi give an ac- count, 3.Fro?n the benefit of their obedience to therr, A aaaaaa An Chap. 13. '": Sic I). in 1 <-. (h) Primo I a.ns e< rum pi ■ . , a i i- , e- tit Dei), , idl- . o . - (_t>- ■"Snr. I im e- e-no- ,cum '■■', e '.-xi- cn- . Join. .in h\b.li.J. Levi:. \6. 55° HEBREWS. III. a Jam f. i b Compare i Per. i. 1,2, with i Vet. i. i, :. and c Zancb. Prolog, in i. Ep, aii Joan. p. 6. Th. Eez. Anno:, in 1. Joan. d Secundum fententiam hi' c etiam illudeft, quoJdi<3nm elt I Jo r,<:C in Ep. aa Parthoc. DileSiflimi, nunc filn Pet fumus, & C.Aug. Queft.Evah. ]. i.e. ;». Tom. 4 e Adsi. ?. fi John I. g i Joh.v.4- tou. An account with joy. 4. From the fad event of their disobedience, An account n>ith grief, unprofitable for them, ver. 17. II. More particularly to the Apo- ftlehimfelf, ihztthey would pray for him, I. Bccaufe h e hud a good Cotifcier.ee to God, in all things willing to I'vehoneftly, though he difiwaded them from Leviti- cal Ceremonies, ver. 18. 2.Tl)at he might thefooner bereftoredtothem, v. 19. HE CONCLUDES his whole EPISTLE. 1. With a Supplication to God for thefe Hebrews, In which note I. A Defcription of God to whom he prayes, 1. By his Attribute of Peace, The Godof Peace. 2. By his Aft of raifing Chrift from the dead.Chriftbeinghonourificallyftiled (lJTbeLord Jefrn, (2J The great Shepherd of the jheep.redezmed by the blood of the everlafting Covenant, ver 20. II. A Signification ofthe bleffing for which he prayes in their behalf, vi%> 1. Gods perfetling thern^ in every good wnrkjo do his will. 2. Gods working in them to this end. that which is well-pleafmg in his fight through Jefus Chrift. III. A Doxology to Chnft, v. 21. 2. With an Obteflation befeeching them to fuffer the word of exhortation by this fliorc Epiftle, verfe. 21. 3. With an Intimation, \. Of Timothies being ft at liberty. 2. Of his. intent to fee them fhortly with him, v. 23. 4. With Stlutatiins, v. 24. 5. With an ApoftolicalV alediHion, v.2$. thus ofthe Epiftle of the Jpoftle Paul to the believing Hebrewes. NOw follows feven other Epiftles, fome of them Evidently, and the reft of them Probably, writ- ten to Believing Hebrews,vi^.The Epiftle of a James The two b Epiftles of Peter ; The firft Epiftle of John feems probably written to 3II the Believing Hebrews, efpecia!Iy in Afia M'.no-. For 1. The Greek Title caIlsitaC.if/;o//^«e, or General Epiftle, as cZanchy and Beza think, Becaufe generally written to all the Jews, ('Though fome think ir was written to the d Parthians, among whom were many ofthe Jews ofthe old Captivity and difperfion often Tribes, whence Parthians, are thought to be nam'd in the firft place in that enumeration ofthe difperfed Jews in the e Afts. J 2. The very matter ofthe Epiftle, be- ing directed againft the blafphemous errours broach- ed among the Jews, especially thofe of Ebion and Co //?'/;<« againlt the _ Divinity of Chrift, feems to im- ply that it wa^ principally written to the Jewes. The fecond Epiftle of John, is to an/ Elell Lady, probably a believing Hebrew, of great wealth and worth, For he warns both g iicr and her children, ofthe Here- sies and Seducers that oppofed the perfon of Chrift, after the manner of his Epiftle. And he intimates his intention of h viflting them perfonally. Gains, to >> * Job.. 1 1 whom he wrote his Tloird Epiftle, is not obfeardy /intimated there to be a believing Jew, as Pifcator ' ? hh.i. a, notes. Finally, the Epittle ofjude feems written to i' 7' * !j- jV •the difperfed believing Jews. 1. In the Greek Ti- i„lc'e*t,,n tie, ir being called Catholick_ox General. 2. And for the matter ofic being of like nature with 2 Pet. fe- ven as an Abftr alt of part of it, J againft the Seducers ofthofe times, as the famenef; of words and phrafe import. Of thefe Epiftles Hierome uttererh this Eloev 7^».^, P..*., 1.1— 1..J- ...Al. r Pi."1 it a rare man that is not darkling in the reading of in ,■ them. s J APofio!l* feptem ,., n. , Epiftolas ediderant, cam myfticas, qnam luccinaas .- & brevis pariterac loneas: breves in verbis, longas in fentemiis; u: rarus fit qui non in earum Ictti- onecicutiet. Hieronymus Paulino Tom. }, Thefe * feven Epiftles are by fome called Catboli que, by fome Canonical. * D. Pa- rens in Proaem. in Ep. Jacob. J ac. Laurent. inTit. Ep. J acobi. Catholique or General, not in refpeft ofthe univer- fal concernment of the matters contained in them for fuch is the matter of Pauls Epiftles alfo : but in refpeft ofthe Parties to whom thefe Epiftles are written, vi\. Not to any particular Church, as the Epiftles to the Romanes, Corinth, Sec. Nor to particular perfons as the Epiftle to Timothy, Titus, Pbilemcn : But Generally to the believing Jewes, difperfed in fcveralCountreys. In this refpeft di- vers/Latin, efpecially m Greek Writers call them Catholique, Though properly the Second andThird Epiftle of John cannot be called Catholique, yet be- ing joyned to Johns Firft Epiftle, which is Catho- lique, by ufe they come to be fo called, though abu- sively. Epift. Jacob cap. 1. m Gr&c. Scholiaft. apitd Be^. Ep. Jacob. Eufeb. Wft. Eccl.lib. 2. cap.22.fub.finem. rofolym.Catetch. 17. Canonical, not that thefe feven Epiftles only or peculiarly among all others are Canonical and Au- thentique; for, that were to derogate from other Epiftles of Paul : but becaufe they contain n Ca- nons or Rules of Chriftian life. 0 Be^a thinks they were by miftake called Canonical, f" perhaps for Catholical,J for 1. Why fhould not alfo Pauls E\o\- ftlesbecalledCrfnonirvt/ .' 2. Greek Writers do not fo call them. 3. Latins have (though groundlefly J doubted of the Authority ofthe Epiftle of James, andfecondof Peter .'therefore its not probable they would call them Canonical. 1 Hieron. Catalog. Script. Ecclefuff. Tit Judas Tom 1. ea- rner ar.de Annot. ante Cyril. Hie- " G;rh. loc. Com. I. de Sacr. Scrip. C'P- 10. Sect '-9 • E D. Pareus in Prolegom in Eput. J»coL>i. fames. J A M E E S. 55* Scd. I. .Name and Penman. THe Catholique Eplfile of JAMES the ApMe. ] So ftiledin the a Greek Copies. Tremellim in his ameEp lac Tranflation of this Epiftle out of the Syriack, pre- fixes this Title before this Epiftle in reference to the iTresEpi- reft, viz. b The three Epiftles of the three Apoftles, (Vol* trium before whofe eyes our Lord transfigured himfelf, that is Apoftolo- 0y James and Peter and John. And Be^a adds the fl"or'umtC reafon, c For thefecondof Peter, the fecond and third oculos o/John, and the Epiftle of Jude, are not with the Sy- dominus no- ri accounted Canonical. fter fe Penman hereof was d James. James in Greek tranfi: :j and Latine is the fame with the Hebrew ?4co6jWliich eft, Jacobi fignifies e A Supplant er. & Petri & But what James this was, is not fo eafily deter- Joannis. mined. There were three of that name, (as fome Jun. Bib). /"learned Authors are of opinion) two of them Apo- Tacob ' ^les> ancl tne th'rd °ne °f the fevency Difciples, c Eeia. An- viz. i. James g thefon ofZebedee, brother to John, not. ante He was with Chrift at his /; transfiguration, He was Er.Jacub. called i James the greater, either in refpect. of his manner °f ipeakingj becaufe he was Coufin german ° n. to him, his mother being that u Mary, which was wA?si2. fifter to the blefled Virgin, called in the original i»*. Greek, x Mary of C kaphas, viz. either the daughter »Aflsi8. i. Oycleophas, or the wife of Cleophas, asourTranfla- CUudV"* tors PlK ft ,n Ita''c'< letters : perhaps following oMat.'io. 3. yBe^a, who thinks that Title, Mary oj Cleophas, 1 Ads ij. which is to be interpreted, Mary the wife o/Cleophas, t Jude 1. rather then Mary the daughter of 'C\eop\us,becaufe its Mat- 13. 55. mye ufHal to denominate women from their Hmbands. Hir ' * But as ^ Ludovicm de Dieu obferves •, Both are ufual. 4'0, For Anna the Propbeteffe4s called daughter of Phanuel, r Pifc. in Scl.ol. in Marc. 15.40. /Gal. 1.19 Mat. 13. 55. Mar 6.3. t \£id. Jo. Cer. Harmon, in Jo. >9 ,25. p. 18*. Genev. iS > B.i. Annot.in Joan. 5. z. Lud.iie DieuCom. 111 Jo. 1^. J 5. a Thus alfo Uiodat. An- no t. on Jo!-.« 19. ir.and Calv. in Com. in loc. like* thii bercer, b iiicr. aJ- ver.r. .'/el. vid. I. p. 10. ll, 8fc. Tom. 2. Bafil. 1555- c Thto^ior. Ep. ad Gal. cap.i. 1 Luc. 24- kMat.ro. 3, her Hmbands name not being mentioned, with whom yet /he h ad live d^even years. And the Arabic^ Verfion hath it, a the daughter of Cleophas. Now that this Alary o/CIeophas, was the Mother of this James, is not only the Opinion of b Hierome, ctheodoret, and other Writers both.ancient and Modern ; but it may be evinced by divers Arguments from the Text, vi\. Partly, Becaufe as d John, mentioning the women that flood by Chrifts Crofs, befides Mary Chr.fts Mother, reckons up his Mothers fifter Mary of Cleo- phas, and Mary Migdalene : So e Marl£(mh, A- mong the women holing on, were Mary Magdalene, WMary the Mother o/James the leffe, and of Jofes, <&c. f Matthew alfo to like pur pofe. Sothat,#fa- ry of Cleopbas,zt)d Mary the Mother of James was one and the fame, Partly, becaufe after Chrift death 0- ther Scriptures teftirie, That g Mary Magdalene and d Jotl- '9 Mary the Mather of Jofes beheld where he was laid. M 2** That h Mary Magdalene, and Mary the Mother of 5" James hadbought (pices that thty might come and fMxt.i7. annoint him. That i it was Mary Magdalene and Jo- •>(■. anna and M..iry the Mother of James, that report- •S Mark ,6- ed Chrifts Reiurrection to the Apoftles-, by which ir h Mar JP' is evident, that this Mary the Mother of fames was Mary of Cleophas, becaufe we read not of any other Mary, befides Chrifts Mother, and this Mary of Cleophas that accompaniediWfir^ Magdalene at Chrifts death, at his Sepulchre, &c relating his Refur- rection. Ob)ell. But bow can James be the fonof Mary, the Wife ofCltophas, when James is elfewhere called the k "kets'i. 13 (on of Alpheui? Anfw. To this it may beanfwered, /Hierad- either that this Alpheus had two names, fas the Jews verf- Hel. had, J and was called alfo Cleophas; Thus iHierome; ^ld- I,b- P- or that thism Mary had two Husbands, vi%. firft B»fil?i««|i Alphem, of whomftie had James and Jofes : after m Gerb. his death Cleophas,of whom fhe had Judas and Simon, Harm, in whencethey are all cahed fonsof Mary, bm James -J0" l9.*ft peculiarly rhe fonof Alphem, and Simon the fon of iQ^6v *j,a Cleophas, as n Eufebim hath it out of Hegefippw. This n g"^' James fon of Alphem, 0 is by Parens, Calvin, and Hift.Ec'cl.J. others, conceived to be Penman of this Epiftle.fJO It 3- c- '»• »n-d being moftfuitable to an Apoftle of unlimited Com- np '5 miffion to take care of all the Tribes difperfed. °n Proem"* C2J The matter of the Epiftle becoming an Apo- ep. ftohcal Spirit. Nor ("faith ParemJ doth any thing iacob.Secr. folidly contradict this opinion, who alfo anfwers/> n. Joan. Objections brought to the contrary. Therefore if ?*i* ^V the Epiftle be Apoftolical; k is queftionleffe of Di- j0 ?;{*"• vine Authority. 3. As for the Third James called m prolego.n Oblias, The juft, of the number of feventy Difciples, in Ep. J»- qHterome Angularly commends him from the tefti- coM- mony of Hegefippm-, That he was holyfiom his Mothers P ^ oPareu* Womb, drank, neither wine nor il rang drinl^, ate noflefli, '„ Ep, was never fhorn; nor anointed with oyntments, nor ufed Jacob.Secr, Bath. To him alone it was lawful to enter into the Ho- H.andin ly of Holyzs. He ufed no Woollen but Linnen Garments, Triuil(,n' alone entred into the Temple, and with bendedknees Jfjc' prayed for the People fo long, till his knees werefupfo- Georgj fed to have eontr ailed the bardnefs of Camels, (frc. sigvuart. thinks he was that James, the brother of the Lord, Tubing, whom Paul mentions in the Epiftle to the Galatians, ArSumenc* ("which opinion r Calvin diflikes,^) That after the t pT^oIam Jacobi. qB.Hier. in Cap. Scripr. Eccl.Tit. Jcobus Tom. 1. r Aciiue inter ctes columnes numerari unum ex difsipulis, etfupra decern ApoftoloS effsrri; mihi non eft probabile. Joan. Calv. Arg^mEp. Jac Apft'es C! 552 James. Chap. I. f '2 atio pta h 1 it Al:cra S-in.io Sen ori. p- 189.190 OX. >6-*4- Apofiles he was ordained Biftop of Jerufalem •, That Joiephus himfelf counts him tobeoj fuch holineffe and repute; that for hit cruel death, by the commandof A- nanus the P/ze/f, the City Jerufalem, was fuppofedto ' be delhoyed. ' And that he wrote thit Epiftle. In an Epiftle afcribed to Ignatius, but in Latin he is caJled f That venerable James, fu r named juft, whom they re- j :rt>dto be moft like to Jefits Chrift in face, life and manner of Convex f^mn, as if he were a twin-brother of the fame womb, whom they jay if one fee, they \ee Je- Hiftotum , himfelf according to all the lineaments of hk body. jC'7'v\'a Cat fto omit that fome queftion, whether there Eecl wagd.' Was fuch a James or no, ) it is moft unlikely that he cci i..l. *. fhould be Penman of this General Epiftle, that was c t x Tit. confined himfelf co a particular charge. J CO s Al.bc u . Sed. II. Occasion and Scope. 1 Jam. 1. 1, James taking notice, that t twelve Tribes diperfed, i. ire were under great temptations and trials of afflictions, and alio that divers grol's corruptions had prevailed over many of them, and that too many among them contented theinfelves with a fcuitlefs formal Profef- fion of uidi, wichouc the concurrent praftifeofho- linefs •, upon this Occafion he writes this Epiftle to them. His intent and Scope therein, being princi- pal! V to exhort them, I. To have a right judgement cf Temptations, whether outward tryals of the Crofs, that they are u all matters of joy, therefore to be born comfortably and patiently ; Or inward folicita- tions to fm, x thac God is not at all the Author of them, hut mans own original concupifcence. 2. To bey ready to hear, receive and do the word of God. 5. To avoid having Z refpeZl oj Perfons, for carnal and worldly differences of their ftare and conditi- on. 4. To joyn a^ooiwor^j,andan holy life totheir fii.h, without which faith is not living, butasadead carcafe without a foul, <;. Tbfhun b Cenforioufnefs of one another, andallorher cabulesof the Tongue, 6. To reform rfthcircorrupt worldly lufts, by efub- rnitting to God, refifting the Devil, true repentance and brotherly love, 7. To depend upon / Divine Providence for their lives and Actions. 8. To ufe I Riches aright. 9. To forbear all h rafljfn-eafmg what- foieye.r, by any kind of thing.- io. To improve/ their own and others Prayers againft all inward and outward affl llions. n. And diligently to reduce an kjtrring brother from hislinful way. U ] l n. !. :. x J im. 1. 13. 14. ire. y fann. 1. 19. to the end. z. lam. 2. 1. c; '■> a lam. 1. 14. &C b Jam. 3. 1. &c. c Ja;n. 3- 3. ire d Jam. 4- '• &c. t Jam. 4. 7, to 13 /Jam. 4- i J. 3fc. g l-i.v.J.i. I I • ,.. 5- -■ i Jain. J. 1 3. Chap. i. II. T> Pareua n loc. ScJf. III. Principal Tarts. In this General Epillle of James, confider r. Ifee •. 2. the Sub)i&- Matter of the Epiftle. THE PREFACE contains, I. 7fa Inscription, de- noting i. The Perfon writing, vir. James afcrvant of Gad, and of the Lord J ejus Chrift. i. The Parties' written to, vi{. The twelve Tribes which arefcatter- ed abroad. IT. The Salutation, Gieeting, Ch.I.v.l. THE SUBJECT-MATTER of the Epiftle, is Hortatory ("here and there fome few Doftri- rrals being inferred J James Exhorts the twelve Tribes difperfed, L To a right apprehenfi',n and judgement of tempt a- t'lons, l Outward. 2. Inward. I. Outward Temptations or Trials of the Crofs, he Exhorts them to Account all matter only of re- joycing, Count it all joy, > divers Arguments, vi^. I. Becaufe Thefe affiitt'ons are Tryals oj FaJth, ver.g. II. Becaufe, TheleTry- (j Patience, vcr. 3. Which Patience fhould have its per feS work in them and upon them, J. In the / Integrity and Sincerity of it, That ye may be per felt and entire. 2. In the conftancy of it to the end, wanting nothing, (Gr, Deficient in none,\.e. in no Temptation Patience failing.) ver. 4. III. Be- caufe, Thus to account of Temptations is a point of Divine Wifdom ; which wifdom they that lack are di- rected to leek it by Prayer. Here he fiiewes, i.Of whom they are to ask it, vi^_. of God ; This is urged, CO Prom the Nature of God, He gives liberally to all that ask aright. He upbraids not lor often asking; yea, the oftner we come to him, the better-well- corae. C2J From the Promife of granting it, And it(l)all be given him, ver. 5. 2. How they are to ask, vi\. in Faith, nothing wavering, becaufe a wavering man (0 *s uncompofed, and unquiet in himfelfjike a wave of the fea, toffed of the wind,ver.6. f 2) Ob- tains nothing in Prayer of the Lord, ver. 7. (3) Is double-minded, andunftablein allhkwayes,\erk 8. IV.- Becaufe, the brother of low degree in temporals, yet k exalted in fpirituals, and therefore fliould re- pyce, ver. 9. This is illuftrated by aD oppofite ex- hortation to the Rich and great ones of the world, that they rejoyce not in their wealth or outward profperity, but rather in their low and humbled frame of Spirit, denying thefe things, being pre- pared for the Crofs. This is urged from the vanifh- ing inftability of wealth and all worldly glory, like the flower of Grafs withering at the Suns burning heat, ver. 10, 1 1. V. Becaufe, right enduring of Temptation renders a man blefled, in that after his Crofs he fliall receive the Crown of life promifed, ver. 12. II. Inward Tempt ations,o: Solicitations untofin, he Exhorts rhem not to afcribe them to God. And this he preffeth, I. From the Nature of God altoge- ther incapable hereof; 1. Paffively, be cannot be tempted with evil. 2. Actively, he temptethno man tofin.^tr. 13. II. From the true inward immedi- ate efficient caufe of thefe Temptations, vi^. A mans own It/ft, or original Concupifcence; The m£>\j- dual Motions of which concupifcence unto fin, are . 1. The Sollicitation of concupifcence (1) Drawing ed bv de a man away from God. f2~) Enticing him unto grCes- EviljW.ty 2. The Conception of /«if , by the con- fent of the Will. 3. The Birth, or bringing forth of fin conceived, vi%. bringing fin into Aft. 4. The fjniflnng of fin by the n habitual courfe in it. Sin when it k fini/lted. 5. The Produilion of Death, as the due wages of all, very. 15. III. From the inconfiftency of this folliciting unto fin, with God and his waycs-Cand they erre that think othcrwifeof him, ver. 16. J For, 1. Generally, He is the Author of every good and per- feci gift, yea he is immutably the Authour of good, and therefore cannot be the caufeof evil, ver. 17. 2. Particularly and Specially, He is the Authour of that lingular Benefit of our Regeneration, which Re- generation isdelcribed by ( \~) The Impulfive caufe, of hk own will begat be us. (2 J The Inftrumental caufe, with the Word of Truth, faj The final caufe, That wefhouldbe a kjnde of firft fruits of hk creatures. Hence he inferreth, That they fhould lb hear and do this word as becomes thofe perfons that are regene- rated by it, ver. 1 9, 8:c. II. To a right ufe of the Wordy as becomes them that are regenerated by it, ver 19, Sec. Here he exhorts them. I. To a ready Dil'po- fition and forwardnefs unto Hearing, let every man befwifttohear. And in order thcrcuto. 1. To beflow tojpeab. againft what we hear. 2. To be flow to wrath, vi^. in refpeft of the convictions, corrections, or reproofs, &c. of the word heard, becaufe fuch wrath worlds not what k }u(l in Gods fight, ver. 19, 20. II. To a due recr iving or Entertaining of the Word heard. Here 1. He Direfts them how to receive the word, vi^. fi'J Penitently, laying apart all jilthinefs, and Superfluity of naugbtinefs, .oppofite to the Word. (VJ Meekly. [3') Believingly, having the Word en- graffedj viz. by Faith in our hearts. 2. He urges them hereunto, from the Excellency of the Word, able to five their foules, ver. 21. III. To a real practice of the Word thus heard, and received. Becaufe. 1. Meer Hearers, and not doers, deceive their own felves, vcr. 22. Which is Elegantly illuftra- ted m How Sin js com pie at- n Io. Olv. Coir, in loc Chap. II. III. James. ((pU0*\ttf tUv'opov, &C |77tt- eit incli- nato cot- pore vel capite, quafi conni- ventibus oculis rem in- tueri.Pa- reus in Com.in loc Chap. 2. ted by afimilicudc of a man, That beholding bit face in a Glafs, prefently forgets rob it manner of man be wis: fo he clue hears only fpeculatlvcly, nor practi- cally, ver. 25.24. 2. True doers of rhe Wordci trariwife, [ 1] More o intentively and accuratly It j^, into rhe inrrfnfecal nature of the Wordi called the perfect" Law of Liberty, becaufe by regenerating us, it brings us into the perfect liberty of the Cons of God. [YJ f7onf//iK?conflantiy in thar Divine knowledge by the Word, and are not like Hypocrites for a nafh. [%] Become bleffed in their Deed, ver.2 5. This right doing of the Word is Djfcribed, Negatively. It is not in greateft fhews of Religion, accompanied with an unbridled tongue, rendring all vain, ver.25. Affirmatively, pure nnd undefiled Religion indeed externally declares it felf, Partly, in Charity to the afflicted fatherlefs and widows. Partly, in felf-pre- fervation from the fpots of the world, vcr. 27. III. Toavoidrefpetlof Perfons. for their outward different conditions. This Exhortation is I. Pro- pounded,^. Il.ver.i. II Explained and Exempli- fied in a fuppofedcafeof a rich man Honoured, and a poor man Negle&ed in their Affemblics, ver. 2, 3. III. Vrgedupon divers grounds vi%. becaufe. 1. Thus to refpeft perfons, argues them of partiality, and pcrverfe judging, ver. 4. 2. Poor Saints are not ro be defpifed for their poverty, being [1] Elelled. [i~\ Rich in Faith, [2/) Heirs of the Kingdom pro- mised, ver.5, & ?• They nave no fucn cau^c t0 no" nourand prefer Rich men; In that fi] They op- prefs them, \ 2) They draw them before the Judg- ment-feats. [3] They blafpheme Cbrift s Name,where- by they are called, ver. 6, 7. 4. Hereby they are con- vinced nottobefulfillers but tranfgrei'ors of the Law of brotherly Iove,ver.8,$». Yea, though in all other points they keep the Law, yet failing in this one point, they break the whole Law, in as much as they offend againft the Authority of one and the fame Law-giver,v. 10,11. IV. Concluded. He concludes this Exhortation, cautioning them fo to (peal? and do without refpeft of Perfons, as thofe that are to be \udgedby the Law of liberty, the Gofpel. For 1. Un- merciful men to their brethren, fhall have judge- ment without mercy. 2. Merciful men on the con- trary fhall glory againft fear of judgement, and Mer- cy rejoyceth orgloryeth againft judgement , ver.13. IV. To'pynunto Faith, its proper Fruits, good -worlds; without which, Faith is butfalfe and dead, and not that Faith that faveth, or is profitable tofalvation, v.i4,&c. This heproveth, I. ByPanity of Reafon, thus ; As profeffions of love, without Performances, are wholly unprofitable: fo is Faith without works unprofitable and dead, v. 14. ro 18 II. By the Im- polfibility of Demonstrating and Evidencing truth of Faith without works, laid down Dialogue -wife, v. 18. III. By the example of the Devils, who have Faith without works, f for they believe thar there is one God, and thereupon tremble J yet for all this fhall not be faved: nor fhall men that have only Faith like that of Devils,v. 19. IV. By the examples of perfons juftifiedof old, vi^. by a dead, worklefs, fruitlefs faith, but by a faith bringing forth good works (which works jnftified their Faith before men, as their faith juflified the ir perfons before God.} Here two exam- ples are produced, vi^. 1. OJ Abraham by Faith offering up Ifaac, v. 20. to 25. 2. Of Rabab,by faith receiving the Spies, and fending them away in peace, v. 25. From all this he concludes. As the body with- out thefpirit,fo Faith without work_s is dead,H-. 26. V. To avoid the finful abufe of the Tongue and the occafions thereof. Here I. The abufe of the Tongue it dehorted. 2. R.emedies againft the abufe of the Tongue are Prefer ibed. I. The Abufe of the Tongue, is Dehorted, I. More Particularly. 2. More Generally. I. More Particularly, That they do not rafhly ,ma- 1 flen'y and fupereilioufly cenfure one anorhcr, My brethren ber.ot many Mailers. This he urged} I, From rhe peril of fuch Cenfares; They bring greater judgement, heavier Cenfurcs from God and man, Ch.III.v.i. ?. From all menscommon frailryand infirmity, In trany things we effend all, therefore all fliould rather watch over themlclves, than Cenfure others, v.2. 2. More Generally the abufe of the Tongue is De- ferred, andconturiwifc the right ufc is exhorted to, upon divers amfiderations. I. The inojf-jnjive uft of the Tongue it an excellent point of perjeclion. This heproveth, becaufe they that can bridle the Tongue, can bridl' the whole body, ver. 2. l-or clearing of this, He propounds two fimilitudts, and applies' them. 1. He propounds two pregnant Similitudes, VK' ["*] Of a little bit in an Horfes mouth, whereby we turn whar way we lift the horfes whole body, •ver. 3. [2] Of averyfmall Nelme, whereby the Governour turns about the greatcfl fhip, though dri- ven of fierce winds, whitherfcever he lifleth, ver. 4. 2. He applies thefefimilitudes to the prefent cafe of the Tongue, Even fo the Tongue, though but a little member, boafteth great things, vir^. p Effefteth great things; therefore he that can Rule hi? little Tongue can Rule the whole body, ver. 5. II. The finful a- bufe oj the Tongue it mojl grievous and intolerable. This is Evidenced, 1. By the mifebiewufnefi of an evil Tongue, fet on fire of Hell : (1) It is as a (ire; now a little fire kindleth a great Wood. ( '2) It is a world of iniquity. (2,) It hath fuch influence among the Members, that it defiletb the whole body. (4) And it fet son fire the courfe of nature, Gr. qThe wheel of Ge- neration, i.e. The whole courfe and revolution of our life from morning to evening, from year to year, from youth to Manhood, from Manhood ro old age, &c. ver. 5. 6. 2. By the unt ame ablenefs of an evil Tongue, wlrch untameablenefs is 1 Aggravated, as far worfe than that of all kinds of Beafts, Brids, Ser- pents and things in the Sea ; all which have been tam- ed by man, but the tongue can no man tame, ver. 7, 8. 2 Evidenced, Partly becaufe the tongue is an unruly evil. Partly becaufe itsjullof deadly poifon, ver. 8. 3. By the monftroufnefi of an evil tongue; the fame tongue blefftng God, and curfing men which are made after Gods fimilitude, which ought not to be, ver. 9. 10. That herein the tongue is monftrous and unnatural, he (hewesin three fimilitudes, viz,. CO Ofa Foun- tain that at the fame place fends not forth fweet and bitter, fait and frefh water. (~i) Of a Fig-tree, that bears not both Figs and Olive-berries , (■$) Of a Vine, that bears not both Grapes and Figs, verfe 11, 12. II. The Remedies againft both the former abufes of the Tongue are Prescribed and Vrged. I . Preferr- ed, viz. 1. Meelenefs of wifdome expreffed in their whole Converfation : an opinionati ve wifdome being one great caufe of the former diftempers ofthe Tongue, ver. 13. 2. Avoiding of bitter envy- ing, and contentioufneffe in their hearts, whereby the tongues cenforioufnefsand other abufes are bred and nourifhed, ver. 14. (fyc. II. Vrged by divers argu- ments. l.BecauJe, They that are envious and con- tentious in glorying in their Chriftianity, lye againft the Truth, ver 14. 2. Becnuje Envious and Conten- tious wifdom is not from God, but Earthly, Senfual Devilliflo, ver. 15. This he proves ; Partly, by the Devillifh effects of Envie and Strife, vi%_. (ijCon- fufton. C2) Every evil wot\, ver. 16. Partly, by the contrary Divine Properties and fruits of that wifdome which is from God, which is f rj Pure. [2I Peaceable. [3"] Gentle and eafie to be'intreated. 1 4] Full of mercy and good fruits, [j] Without parti- ality. And [6'\ Without Hypocrifie, ver. 17. 3. Be- caufe the fruit of righteoufnefs is fown in peace by them that makepeace, ver. 18. VlTo reform their corrupt worldly lulls, and the per- nicious fruits thereof. To this end, i.He dijfwader Bbbbbbb them 553 Chap. 3. pSoaiCo Jo. Calv. D. Parens. Jo. Pi feat or Jo-Diodate expound this place, q fr>nfor*,efpecially inordinate love of the world. 1. Becaufe ihefe lulls are Original caufes of Chin & Wars ""A brawling s amongthem,Chap.IV.v.i. 2.Be- 1 • 4* cauje the{-e iuliSi anfi tiie fightings thence arifing, are infatiable, meerly vain and unprofitable to them ,v.2. 3. Because thefe lulls hinder the obtaining of our Vrayers,v.54.B(?r/,Tempting to thefe evils.This is ur- ped,by apmmife of his flight therei'pon.v/y.III.True Repentancelaiddown in divers exprtffions: As in I. Drawing ni^h to God* To which is promifed Gods drawing nigh to them. 2. Cleanftng aad purifying themfelves, Outwardly, and Inwardly, v. 8. 3- Pe- nitential Mourning and godly Sorrow, v. 9. 4. Hum- bling tbemfelves in the fight of the Lord. Whereunto is promifed.The Lordslifting them up, v. 10. IV.Bro- therly love, to be evidenced, In not fpeakjng evil of one another. They are not to fpeak evil of their Brethren. 1. Becaufe that were to traduce and judge the Law, not to do the Law, v. 11. 2. Becaufe that were to invade the Prerogative of God, That One Law-giver able tofave and deflroy,v. 12. VII. To undertake Humane or Wordly Anions, as of Commerce, &c. Not with vain,peremptory ,Camal Confi- dence, but with dependance upon Gods Providence,?. 12.. 1. Becaufe, By reafon of the frailty of their Life, which is as a Vaniflihg Vapour, they cannot know what fl)nll be onthe Morrow, ,v.\&. 2. Becaufe, they ought to (ubmit their Lives and Actions to the Lords will, v. 1 5. 3, Becaufe its evil to re'joyce in thefe car- nal boaflings, ver. 16. 4. Becaufe, herein they fin a- gainft Knowledge, which aggravates their OrTence, ver. 17 ■ VIII. To ufe riches aright, Thk Exhortation is imply- edin hit Tbreatningof rich men for the abufe of their Rubes. Here 1. The threatning is propounded, wherin I.Their miferies coming upon them are intima- ted. 2. They are fummoned to weep andhowlefat c. thefe miferies, Ch. V.v. 1. II. The Caufe of this P' threatning is expounded, vi\. Their finful abufe of their Riches, divers ways, As 1. By their Covetous hoarding: which is \\'\ Aggravated, In that rather than they will employ rheir wealth to good ufcs,they keep up their hoard, till their Riches be corrupted, Their Garments Moath-eaten, Their Gold and Silver Cankered. [2] Threatned; That the rufi of their wealth (\>all~be a witnefs againft them. That itffiall eat their fl-fl> as fire. Tha t they have trcafuredupfor tbetaft days, ver. 2, 3. 2, By their opprcjfion, in frau- dulent delaying the hire of the l.iboureis which have reaped down their fields. This fin is aggravaredfY) In thatirs declared to be if Crying fin. (2 J In that fU rich the Lord of Hoafls hath already heard thiscry, v 4. mens 3. By their vluptuous Eficurifme and fenfna' luxury keeping v. 5. 4. By their cruelty in condemning and filling the back the jufl, he not refilling them, v. 6. Thefe righteous fo hire of bar- cruelly perfecuted by gracelefs rich men, he exhort- veft-lu- eth to Patience under their fufferings, till the Lords bomersbe coming, v.7. And this hepreffeth, (1) From the ex- ^Crying-Jin ample of the Husbandmans long patience for the much fruit of the earth, v 7,8. Qi^From the flattening of more their the Lords coming, who will avenge their wrongs, uithold- ver. 8« C?3 From the peril of vindictive impatient ingthe Grudging, or Groaning againfl their oppreftors, hire of the whereby they fhall expofe rhemfelvesrobecondem- Minifters, ned. This is amplified, by the Celerity of the Judges who labour approach,ie/>j/ir/;e Judg Sandeth before the door jt.g. in the Spi- ("4 ) From the Example of the Prophets Patience ritualHar- underaffiictions,v. 10. CsJ From the happinefs of veft of the them that endure. (6) From the exemplary Patience Gfpel,h& of Job, and the fweet end which the moft pitiful and Loud cry compaffionate Lord afforded him. ver. 11. ing Sin.The Sin of Eng- land at xhit Day. Divines mention four forts of Crying fins, viz.i. Wilful and deliberate Murder, Gen. 4.10. 2. That unnatural Sin of Sodomy, Gen. 18. 2d, 21. and 19. <,. and io. 34. &c. • Irbn. tt. 15. 16, 7. J> Ichn 1.40. Mat, 4.18. fl.Mar. 4. 18, 19, >o. * Mat. 4. 1 8. Mar. 14. 70. Aasi,7, 14. /"Mat. 8. 5 '4- « Mir. 17. a Mat. 8. J. 1 Cor. 9. j. r Ei-feh. Hifi.l. ?..c. to. Hill. Magd.Cenr, I.I. 2.C. IO. Tir.S. Pe- trus. v fohn. 1, 5 5- to 41. X Mat. 4. 18, ij, JO. Mark i. i£, 17. i>. a Mi t. 10. lj *. Mar. 3. «5- i Mar. 17. 1. &c. t.Mr. 17. »7. Se&. I. Name and Ten man. THe firft Catholic^ Epiftle of PETER the A- poltle.~] So called, /vm/) in reference to die dlfperfed Jews, to whom generally this EpifUe is direfted,(as was fore-noted ; J partly'm refpeft of a Peter theApoftle, Penman of it. P E T E R [ n£7? ©- ] a Greek name. Not the fropemame, but rather the b Surname of thisApo- ftle. His proper name was c Simon; an Hebrew name, \yt2W i, e. An Hearer. From yQltf To Near. Chrift furnamed him Peter; But When he fo fumamed him is doubted; whether when d Andrew fii-8 brought him to Chrift, or when Chrift called him and hit brother from their Fi flung, faying e follow me. Or when he was appointed ani Apoftle with the eleven. Or finally when he made that excellent g Confeffion of Chrift, that he was the Son of the living God. Anfw. This doubt we may thus refolve; This furname of Peter was Promifed, Impofed, Confirmed to him by Chrift. t. Promifedto bimby Chrift, when he was h firft called tobeChrifbDifciple. 2. Impojedor gi- ven to him by Chrift, when he called him to the/ ApoftIefhip,&c. 3. Confirmed to him by Chrift alfo, upon Pet ers firm and excellent Confeffion of Chrift, faying, k Thou art Peter •, as if he had faid, By this Confeffion thoufljeweft thy [elf to be a Peter indeed, as nt firft I promifed thee to be, and after denominated thee; becaufe thou haft confeffed me to be the true Rock, again)} which all thegates of Hellffiall not pre- vail. &c. For Peter in Greek, is the fame with/ Kephas or Kipha, inSyriack, both fignifie a Stone. Chrift gave him this name by Anticipation, in refe- rence to that firm and folid Confeffion of Faith touching Chrift, which Peter (hou Id, yea did make; and on which Faith confefied,as on m a Rock, Chrift did Promife to build his Church, &c Which was fulfilled, Peter preaching then firft Sermon,where- by both Jews and Gentiles were converted to Chrift, and the firft foundation of the Chriftian Church, after Chrift, was laid. Which was the Priviledge conferred by Chrift upon Peter, peculiarly above all the Apoftles. Peter was theo fon of Jona and /> brother of An- drew; by trade they were q Fiftiers in the fea of Ga- Llee; whence Chrift called them to be Fiftiers of men. By Country a r Galilean, probably a Citizen of Capernaum; for there was/ his houfe, and there he paid Tribute. By Relation a married man, as is teftified both by u Scriptures, and x Ecclefiaftical Writers.lt is likely he,as well as Andrew his brother was an Hearer of John Baptift, who fhewed to An- drew the true Mefliah, whereupon Andrew brought Peter alfo unto Chrift. After this ^Chrift called both Andrew and Peter, who followed him as his DifcipleS. After this Peter was made one of the a twelve Apoftles, and he ftill named the firft in or- der •, and with the reft he received power of preach- ing and working miracles. He beheld Chrifts glo- rious b tranffiguration on the Mount. He caught the c fifti, in whole mouth was the piece of money which he paid as Tribute for Chrift and himfclf. Hcmade that faithful d Confeffion of Chtift. He accompanied Chrift in his e Agony, wherein bit fiul was fortowful to the death, and his body fweat drops of blood falling down to the ground. He followed Chrift after his apprehenfion, into the/ High Priefts Palace, to fee the end,wher he of a felf-conrident Prefumer.bccame a cowardly denyer of Chrift;but afterwards penitent- ly lamented his fall with bitter tears. He at the wo- mans report of Chrifts Refurrection,£ ran to his Se- pulchre and entred in, &c. He at the h fea of Tibe- rius, did cafthimfelf into the fea to fwim to Jefus appearing on the ftiore; where Jefus charged him thrice to feed hit flieep and lambs, and foretelshim with what manner of death he fiould glorifie God. He vifibly beheld i Chrift afcending into heaven. Among others received the ^ gifts oj the holy Gboft at Pente- coft, and then pleached fo effectually, that three thoufand fouls were converted at that Sermon. This was a glorious draught of fpiritual fifties indeed. He was very laborious and fuccefTefuI in his Miniftry,and feems to have preached theGofpel at 1 Samaria, m Lydia, Joppa, C&farea and moft places of Pakftine; Acn Antioch, laoPontm, Galatia, Cappadocia,Afia and Bithynia, writing his Two Epiftlestothe difper- fed therein. In Babylon,p and (as Nicephorus thinks. J in q Alexandria,vihere afterwards he ordained^far^. He was by a r vifion of a great fheet ; Sec. inftructed touching the Calling and Converfion of the Gentiles. He was a member of that famous / Synod at Hierufa- lem, where he fhewed that the Mofaicall Ceremonies were abolifhed by Chrift, and that they were not to be impofed upon the Gentiles, and that all (T>oth Jews and Gentiles_) believing, were accepted and ju- ftified. He foretold future events, efpecial ly touch- ing t Antichrist, and the « Day of Judgement. He had the miraculousGifts of the Holy Ghoft, and efpecially after Chrifts Refurreftion wrought many Miracles; x Spake with Tongues; y Healed the Lame man at the beautiful gate of the Temple, with his word. Makes ^ Ananias and Sapphira fall down dead at his word, a Gives the Holy Ghoft to the believers at Samaria, by Impofition ofhands. b Recovers Mne- ittthat hadbeenfickof the Palfie eight years, Raif- eth c Tabytha from death to life. And at his preach- ing the word to Cor nelius, rfthe Holy Ghoft fell up- on all them that heard it. He fuffered many things for Chrift and his Goffel; was e Threatned by the Councel for preaching Chrift, was/Beafenby the Councel, and rejoyced that he was counted worthy to fuffer fhame for his name ; Was g imprifoned by Herod ("after he had murdered James, J who in- tended tokill him alfo, but an Angel brought him out of Prifon,the night before his intended execution, at the Churches inftant Prayers. And at laft as h H'terome and i Hegefippm report, He was crucified with his heels upwards and his head downwards, (as himfelfdefired,J becaufe he was unworthy to be cru- cified in the fame manner, as was the Son of God, his Lord. Finally, it is worthy observation that as Peter had his Notable Eminencies, fo he was not withrur his remarkable infirmities. I.Peter had his notable E- minencies, As i.He had fingular k. Courage, I Zeal, and m boldneffe for exprefling himfelf. Hereupon counted one of the three n Pillars of the Primitive Church. 2. He made that admirable oConfcflioncf Chrift. 3, He was p one of the three which Chrift took & Mar. >g. 13. Sic. e Ma-. 16 16, 37. /Mar. 16. 58 8rc. Mark 14. 54 &c. Z-uke 2*. J4 &c. John 18. g Mark 16. i. Luke 14 . 11, h John jr. 1. to 20. i ASi 1. 9. to, 5. It Ajs 2 ,r, *.«4.4'. / Aa$8. 14. &c. m A^S9. and o. n Gal. 2. ii. 0 1 Pet. i.i. 1. pPet. j. ,5. 1 Nicepfi. Hift. Eccl.t. •4.C.3*. r Atts 10.?, &c. f Kettle..? to 11. t a Pet. 2. aiPer.j, x AQs a. y ASs?. 2A9s V- «ASs8. b Aas 9. C Aft«9. d Aftsio. t AGs 4. 6. it. fh&s 5,19. 4°>4'. g Actsu. J, 4 &c. feHier. Ca> til. Script. Eccl.Tom. 1. Tir.S 1 ro on Per. JHegefip.l. 3.c.».de Excid. Ju- daic, apnd. Ma«d. H,f>. Cent. 1.1. ». c 10. s. Perrus. $Mar.2£ J'- 1 Mark 1 +, 19. 3 1. John >i. m Afls 1. '+• &c and 4.8. toil. "Gal. 2. 9. 0 M»r. \6, '6 lire. V Mar. I7# uirc. Ma.k 9. *• ire. f.ukep. 23. &■: -*- ' r. II. 15^ 1. y Ads 2. J. zOal 1.8. aiPet. 1.1. f. Aft< 2. 10 e 1 Pet' 1 . '8 jiPer. 1. 3. 4. xi Pet. 1. j di Per. 1.6. ire biPet-t. S. c i Pet . ». 10. &c. d 1 Per. 5. 12.2 Pet. 3, r. 1 1 Pet. 1.13. f 1 Pet. 1.14, &c. f 1 Pet. 5. 12 13. g n. 1 37. «. fcjac. I au- rctit. Com. in 1 Pet. 5- '5- i Ttcv. >4- 19. and irt . 19. and 17. 5. and 18. 2. !Oj2l. 4 Peiwrd.en. in loc Lorin. < .;ln. in 1 lvt. 5.15. / Kev. 17. J. and 18. 1.2. tn 1). Pareus in Co -v. in I Her. 5. Ij. II J > in Annot. on That therefore the Apoflle as a Jpiritual father, might confirme thefe hit children in faith, againSl all trouble and perfecution, he writes to them all this Epiflle ; Therein I. Affuring them, and x testifying to them, that the Faith or Dottrine of grace, wherein they flood, was the true grace of God, Forafmuchas They were I. Begotten again, y to a lively hope of the heaven- ly inheritance. 2. Preferved ^ unto this falvation. 3. Rejoycingin a hope thereof, notwithflanding all their prefent preffures. 4. Believing in b Chrifl, *nd loving him , though corporally unfeen. 5. And Partakers of the myftery of c falvation through Chrifl, by the Preaching of the Gofpel to them. II. d Exhort tag them, consequently •, 1. More general- ly to common Chriftian duties, viz. ( \) To conflant ? 1 Pet. r. e hope of falvation. (2) To an/holy life in order ,2,*c- thereunto. (3) Tog brotherly love. C<0 Toim- j *»?"'• J prove the h word for farther growth, as becomes re- j ', p'et< 2 ^ generate Perfons. C$) To be f built up more and foe, more in Chrifl, the chief Cornerflone. (6 J And i- 1 Pec. 2. to ^ converfe with the Gentiles as becomes Chrifti- anity. 2. More fpeci all) to the particular duties of fe- ver al Relations and Conditions, viz. CO Of/fubjefts to Magiflrates. (2) Of m fervants to their Maflers. (5) OfnHufbands and Wives. Ca) Of 9 Chriflian- Brethren to one another. f£) 0( p afflicted ones, in refpeft of their Perfecutions and Perfecutors. (6) Of q Prefbyters to their flocks. (7 J Of r the Younger to the Elder. (8) And of them/all a- gainfl Satans temptations, that he draw them not to Apoflacy. it. li'.Pecer- 2. 13.&O tn 1 Per. 2. 18. &C. »iPet. j.i. tog. • 1 Pet. 3.8. j) iPet.).9.ro S.i. q 1 Per. 5. i. &C. 11 pet. J. 5, &C. fi Per.?. 8. o i V't! 4.i< fuffer al a Chriftian, which intimates that this Epi j» Aftsii. *6. flic was written after Antiochhsd received the Faith, ./Acts 12. 1, for there the Difciples were ftrfl called p Cbriftians, 2- which was about the fame time that q James was rD.Paieui crowned with Marty rdome. And r Parens is of o- piuion that Fault Epiflle to the Hebrews, the Epi- Seft.1 iWcof James, and i^fer were all written to the fame Sett. V. Principal Parts, or Analy- tical Explication. In this I. General Epiflle of Peter, are chiefly con- fiderable I. The Preface. 2. The Subflance of the Epiflle. 5. The Conclusion. THE PREFACE to the Epiflle, contains, 1. The J. Infer iption. 2. The Salutation. 3. The Gratulation, or Gratulatory Introduction. 1. In The Infer iption note. I. The per/on writing, defcribed, U By his Surname, Peter, ft. By his Office, An Apoflle of Jefus Chrifl, Cbap.I.v.i. 1 1. The chap. Parties written to, the Chriftian Jews of the Difper- fion ; who are here Defcribed, 1. By their prefent Outward Temporal Condition in the world ; being Strangers fcattered throughout Ponttu, Galatia, &c> 2. By their prefent Inward Spiritual flateroGodj being Eleil. Of this their Election he declares, CO The Caufe or Fountain, Gods own Purpofc, Ac- cording to thefore1(nowledgeof'Godthe Father. [2) The The effeft, difcovering their Election through San- tfijication of the Spirit. Which Sanilificatinn is am- plified by the ends thereof, vi^. Partly^ The obe- dience Chap. II. I. P E '/ E R. 557 fo.Calv Com, iq l Pec. i.*. T w The Apoftles furnifhed with the Holy Ghoft from Hea- ven. 4. By the Angels defires to look into thefe things,v.i2. THE SUBSTANCE of the EPISTLE is chiefly Hortatory. Herein upon Confideration of the fore- mentioned Preface, he Exhorts them to divers Chriftian duties, 1. Afore General, concerning them as Christians. 2. More (fecial, appertaining to them as infuch orfucb particular Relations or Conditions. I- More Generally, he Exhorts them as Chriflians to the conftant Exerdfe andimprovement of the Regenerating and Sanftifying Grace of God, conferred upon them As, 1. To conftant hope offalvationby Chrift. Here are cxprefied 1. How they are to help on this their hope, vi^. ( \ ) Girding up the hynts of their minde. C 2 J Being fober. 2. What they are to hope for, vi%. }or the Grace that it to be brought to them at the Reve- lation of Jefus Chrifl, ver. 13. 2. To an Holy life, in order to the falvation hoped for. Here this HolyConverfation is Defcribed, and urged. I. Defcribed, asConfiftin? I. In the Renoun- cing of their former lufts, in their ignorance. 2. In their conformiry to their holy, heavenly Father, in all manner of Converfation. II. Vrged by divers Arguments. 1. Hereby they fhall teftifie themfelves to be Gods obedient children, ver. 14. 2. God that called them is holy : therefore fo ftoould they be holy, as Scripture chargeth them, ver. 15, 16. 3. The Father whom they call upon, will judge according to every mans wor\withtut refpett of perfons. 4. Their time in rhisworld is but a Time of their Sojourning) and there- fore to be p.ft'ed in f earner. 17. 5. They are redeem- fed validif- lima poten- tia. ad- verfusquam omncs Dia- boli machi- ne nihil poftinc. D. Parens in Com. ad 1 Pet. 1.5. II. ed from their vain converfation, not with corruptibly asftlver and Gold, but with the precious bi.odof Jefut Chrift, as of a Lamb without blemifh and (pot. ver. 18. ip. This Redeemer is further fei forth. As, f 1 j Fore-ordainedof God before the foundation of she world. f_ 2 J Manifefted in thefe lafl times, for them believing and hoping in God, through Chrift Railed from the Dead, and glorified, ver. 20, 21. 3. To unfeigned b-therly love. Here I. HeDireffs them how to love one another, vi^. 1. With a pure heart. 2. Fervently. II. He incites them thus to love one another. 1. From their Obedience to the Gof- pel-Truth ; defcribedf^ ij Bv the cjufeof this their obedience, vi*. the Spirit, C2J By the effect of their Obedience, purifying their foules thereby, ver. 22. 2. From their Regeneration whereby they arc- become fpirituall brethren, enabled to love one another. This their Regeneration he Amplifies, By the Inflrumentall mean, orfpiritual \ecd regenerating them ; Negatively, not of Corruptible feed. Affirmative- ly, but of the incorruptible Word of God. Here f 1 J He proves that the Word of rhe Lord is uncorruptible becaufe it abides forever, when all flefl) and all the Glory of man withereth, and fadcth, as the Scrip- ture teltifieth, ver. 23, 24, 2$. ( 2 J He declares what this Word of the Lord is, vi%. The Gofpel preached to them, ver. 25. 4. To improve the word to growth, as becomes them that are Regenerated by the word. ("This is inferred from the Regeneration fore-mentioned ; J I. In laying afide all corruptions contrary to the efficacy of the Word; As 1. All malice. 2. All Guile. 3, All Hypocrifies. 4. All Envies. 5. All Evil-Speakings. Chap. II. ver. 1. II. In earneft defires after the word. Here note 1. How they are to defire the word, As new born babes. 2. What they arc to defire in it, 77;? fin- cere mill^of the Word. 3. To what end, That they may grow thereby. 4. Upon what ground, viz. feeing therein they have experimentally tafted the Lords gracioufnejfe, v. 2. 3. 5. Tofpiritual Edification more and more in and upon Chrift the chief corner ftone. Here I. The Duty exhort- ed to, is Propounded; ye alfo as lively ftones (~ x J be ye built up a fpiritual houfe, An holy Priefthood, to offer up fpirituall Sacrifices, acceptable to God by Jefus Chrift. Wherein con fide r 1. The Materials of this building, the Regenerate ; ye as lively ftones. 2. The Structure or Fabrick ro be built with thefe Materials, vi^. C ! ) A Spiritual Houfe, not a material Temple. (2) An Holy Priefthood, to Minifter in this fpiritual Houfe. 3. Theendof this fpirituall Edification, To offer up fpirituall Sacrifices ; which Sacrifices are commended, as Acceptable to God in Chrift. j\. The Argumenos, whereby this duty is prefed, are An- nexed. They are thus to be built on Chrift. 1. Be- caufe, they are already come to Chrift as to a living ftone, &c. by Faith : therefore they fhould be further built up inhim. 2. Becaufe, Chrift is in himfelf the moft excellent Foundation to be built upon ; being ( 1 ~) A living ftone, ( 2~)Chofen of God, though difal- lowed of men.( 3 J Precious, or honourable, ver. 4, 5. Thefe three excellencies of Chrift the chief Corner- ftone, are proved by Teftimonies of Scripture, ver. 6. 3. Becaufe, to be built upon Chrift by Faith is ve- ry advantageous. For, ( 1 J They that believe onhim fl>allnot be confounded, ver. 6. (^JConfequently, to them that believe Chrift it precious, ox an honour, ver. 7. 4. B-'caufe, contrariwife to the difobedient, that believe not to be built upon him, Chrifl it a ftone of ftumbling, and a Rocl^of offence. Which he eviden- ceth (_ 1 J By the Teftimonies of Scripture, foretel- ling this judgment on fuch. ( 2 J By the nature of their fin deferving this judgment. They difallow Chrift, They (tumble at the Word, They aredifobedi- ent. CO Bv the Decree of God appointing rhem hereunto, ver. 7,8. 5. Becaufe thefe believing Jews ofthe difperfion, ("contrary to the other incredu- lous difobedient Jews} were dignified by God in Chrift with many fingular honours and priviledges, C c c c c c c for Chap. 2. verLum hoc, tam Indica- tive, quam Imperativi modi efle poteft. Nam arud Gra-cos, quoque arr.biguaeft terminacio. Jo. Calv. Com. in l Pet. 1.5. k8 i. r e r e r. Chap. Ilf. for this end, that they migblt fl>ew forth hi* vermes ' that called them, and fo offer up fpiritual Sacrifices-, in that they were, (ij A cbofen Generation. C2)A Royal Priefthood. (2, J An holy Nai/in. (4) A pecu- li.tr people. £5.) Called out ofdarknefs into hit marvel- lous light. (6 J Were not a people in times paft, but novo are the people ofOod. (nj Which had not obtained mercy, but novo have obtained mercy, v. 9, 10. 6. To Converfe Chrifrianly among the Gentiles.l-Vart- ] v in abftainingfiomfleflily luffs ; 1. Becaufe, they arc in this world bur as Strangers and Pilgrims. 2. Be- caufe, thefe lufts wane againjl the foul, ver. tt, II Partly in having their converfation honeft among the Gentiles; 1. That they may have no occafion to fpeal^againjl them as evil-doers. 2.ThatfAey may by their good workj, have caufe to glorifie God in the day of vifitation, v. 12. Hitherto of the Apoftles Exhortation to Duties more Generally concerning all, as Chriftians. II. More Specially he Exhorts them to certain duties ap- pertaining to them in refpetl of their particular Relati- ons, Callings or ConditionsSbcmng I How as Sub\et~ts they are to behave themfclves to- wards Magiftrates, viz. They are to fubmit themfelves to every Ordinance of man. Here I. He diftribures Magiftrates to be fubmirted to, into 1. Supream, As the King. 2. Subordinate, AsGovernoursfent by him. II. Heurgeth this fubmidion to both upon di- vers grounds, vitry 1. From Gods Inftiuning of Ma- gistracy, implied in that phrafe, For the Lords fake. 2. From rhe benefit of Magiftracy intended. [j]For thepuniffjment of evil-doers. [2] For the praife ojthem that do well, ver. 13. 14 3. From the benefit enfu- ingupon fuch fubmiffion to Magiftrates. For, (i_) Tbus,' they (hatt do well. (2 J Tlnss, they fhall by- rrell-doing, (as is the Will of God) put to filence the ig- norance of foolifl) men, ver. 15. ("3 J Tim, they fhall rightly improve their fpiritual freedom, Partly, whileft they ufe not their liberty for a cloak^of maliciouf- nefs ; Partly, whileft they herein, as the fervants of God, fulfil his will, ver. \6. III. He concludes this Exhortation with divers other fuitable directions, I. To honour all men. 2. To love the Brotherhood. 3. To fear God. 4. To honour the King. ver. 17. II. How as Servants they are to demean themjelves towards their Makers, WL.Tobe fub\ell to their Ma- flers with al! fear. Here, I. He diftribures Matters, ("to whom they arc thus to yield fubiection,J into two forts, w^. 1. The good and gentle. 2. Thefro- voards ver. 18. II. He tirgerh their fubjeftion to both, withal comforting Chriflian-fervants all inju- ries of froward perfecuting Mafters,and this upon di- ver? ground?. 1 . Recaufe it U thank-worthy and accept- able with Gs^Patiently to fuffer injuries,/:^ confeience towards God; whereas on the contrary, it would be no glory to them to be buffeted for their faults, ver. 19, 20. 2. Becaufe Chriftians are called to fuffering wrongs for well doing, ver. 21. 3. Becaufe Chrift hath given us a notable example of patient-fuffering for well-doing, when he Suffered for us, ver. 21. Which example of Chrift is notably Amplified .• fij By Chrifts innocency, no way defervingro fuffer in refpect of himfelf, ver. 22. (2 J By Chrifts patience under bis fufferings, nor avenging himfelf, but committing his caufe to him that judgeth rigbteoufly, ver. 23. ("3) By the excellent ends and benefits of Chrifts fnffc ring ; vi^. Kxpiation of our fins, bearing them nn his own body on the tree. Sanctiricacion of our hearts and lives, that we being dead unto fin, fhould live unto righteoufnefs. Loth which fruits are illuft ra- ti d by a double Metaphor, vi^. Offflfeafed Patients healedby Chrifts (tripes, ver. 24,25. Ojflray-flnrp brought home 1 • Cbrfft the Shejhtard and Biftop of our Souls, ver. 26. All which may oblige tliem to fol- low chriils example III. How as Wives and Husbands they flmld carry themjelves towards one another. I. Wives mould look to theditchargcof ihefe Duties, vi^. 1.T0 be injub- jeftion to their own Husbands. That fo they mav be won to obey that word, which inftrufts their Wives unto fuch purity and fear in their Converfation?, Cb. III. ver. 1,2. 2. To adorn themfelves : Not Chap. ^ outwardly in their bodies, with curious orcoftly Array, ver. 3. But inwardly in the hidden man of the heart with a meek, and quiet fpirit .1 or , [ ij This is not con uptibl?. [2] This is in the fight ofGodofgre., t price, ver. 4. £3 J This was the Adorning in ufe andfafhion with Holy Women of old, and of Sara in particular. Whofe daughters they fliall be, Partly whileft they do well, Partly whileft they depend up- on the Lord in their well-doing, not being aft aid with an) amazement through their hufbands contrary car- riages, ver. 5, 6. II. Husbands fhould dwell with their wives according to knowledge, giving conve- nient Honour to them. 1. Becauje. the wife is the weaker Veffel. 2. Becaufe, fhe is'joynt Ixeir with her hufband of the Grace of life. 3. Becaufe, othervvife their Prayers would be hindred, ver. 7. IV. How as Brethren they are to maintain and nour- rift) mutual love and dearnefs to one another, viz by being 1. Same minded. 2. Sympathising. %. Brother- living. 4. Pitiful; that is, To their infirmities, and to their Miferies. 5. Courteous, or fjas yCahin yfoCalv. rather thinks) Humble, for the Greek here hath two Com. in 1 readings, ver. 8. Pet. 3.8. V. How as diftreffed and affiiiled ones they flmdd demean themjelves towards their Oppreffours and Perfe- cutors, viz. 1. To forbear revenge, not rendring evil for cvil,or railing for railing : but contrariwife blefftng. 1. Be- caufe, they are called hereunto. 2. Becaufe hereby they fliallinherit a blefftng, ver. 9. This he confirms by a teftimony of David. Promifing life and good dayes to them that efchew evil and do good, and threat- ningrhem that do contrary, ver. 10, 11, 12. 3. Be- caufe, \f thus t bey follyv that which is good, fcarcea- ny are fo vile as to wrong them, ver. 13. 4. Becaufe though they fhould fuffer for Rigbteoufnefs, yet are they therein happy, ver. 14. 2. ToSaniTtfie the Lord in their hearts, relying on his proteftion,and not to be afraid of their Perfccutors ten our, nor to be troubled, ver. 14, 15. 3. To be ready alwayes to give an answer to every one that asketh them a. Reafon of the hope that k m tbem.i.e. To be ready ro make Confelfion of their Chrifti- an Faith before any, even their adverfaries, efpe- cially them that are in Authority. This muft be done 1. With Meekneffe. 2. With Fear, ver. IS- 4. Toadde to their Chriftian Confeffion, a good life, having a good Confeience. And this for many Reafons : 1. Becaufe, hereby they fhall fhame their their adverfaries thatfalfly accufe their good converfa- tion in Chrift, ver. 1 6. 2. Becaufe, if the Lords will be that they muft fuffer, it it better to fuffer for well do- ing then for ill doing, ver. 17. 3. Becaufe Chrift him- felfhath fuffer ed once for our Sins : Therefore they fhould not think much to be conform to Chrift in fuffering for well-doing : but fhould notwith- standing their fufferings have a good Confeience and ceafe from Jin, after Chrifts example. (Tbts feems evidently to be the intent of the whole context, from v. 18. to ch. 4. ver. 3. and well confidtred, ferves much to clear this moft intricate place pulling all Inter- preters.J Here for farther preffing and clearing of this Argument, Chrifts Suffering is 1. Amplified, 2 . Applied. I Chrifts fuffering is Amplified [ \] By the mnoccnev and righteoufnefs of Chrifts Perlon fuffering, thc)uft for the unjufr. |VJ By the intent or end of his fuffer- ing ; that he might bring us to God. f 3 | By the hap- py events orconfequents of his fuffering; vi^. His Refurrellion, Afenfion unto Heaven. Sejfion at Gods right band, and the Snb\cUion of all the Angels unto him. i. His Refmreflion. Though he was put to death inthedefh, viz. As man,: yet he was 'iuickj:cd, or railed again, by the (pun, vt^. by lu's Godhead, ver. 18. Chap. IV. I. PETER. 559 v, 18. Tliis efficacy of Chrifh Spirit or Diviniry, QuickningChfift. is further Amplified by die nor- % Hoc ad- able Quietening Effcacy and Activity thereof towards die Petrm, others, manifefted ( thinks ^ Calvin even ro the ut fciamus Dead ; By which he alfo went and preached to the fpi- vivificam rits inprif)n,8cc. Here noceC i J Wiuc Ciirifl by his illam, de fpirit did, W^. he w:nt and preached. ( 2 ) To whom, qua loquu- vi^. To the fpirit sin prifon; difobedient fometimes. tus eft,fpi- fl) When he thus preach'd , viz. Wiien once the Ion? ritus virtu- fuffering of God waited in the dayes of Noah, while tem,non the Ark_w\7. 5. Becaufe, The world hafteneth to an end, But the end of all things it at hand, whence he inferreth Exhor- tations to divers Chriftian duties ofa good life, vi%. f 1 ] To Sobriety, [2 J To Vigilancyunto Prayer, ver. 'j. r?jTo fervent charity, efpecially among themfelves, Becaufe charity (I) all cover a multitude of fins, verf. 8. [4 J To mutual Hofpitality without grudging, ver. 9. £ 5 1 To mutual communication of their fpiritual gifts to one another, according to their refpefti've callings in the Church, As good Stewards of the manifold Grace of God. And he particularly inftanceth in two more eminent, vi^. Preaching the Word, which their Paftors andTeacberszre to handle as the Oracles of God. And Ministration, viz. to the Saints miferies and wants, which Deacons are to dif- charge, As of the ability which God glveth ; That God in all things maybe glorified through Chrift, to whom heafcribespraife and dominion for ever, verf. 10, 11. $. Not to think ftrasge at the ftarpeft fiery tryals for Chi ift and ChrifHanity, as if fome ftrange thing happened to them, but rather ro rejoyce therein. i.Bec aufe ,Tbcfe fharp fufferings are for their Tryall,a*> gold is tryed by the fire, ver. 12. 2. Becaufe, here- by they become conform toChr-'ft. f 1 J N >w con- form ro him in his Crovie, je are fartakersofCbi fufferings. (2) Hereafter in his joy and Crown.nw/i Chrifts glory (lull be revealed, ver. 13. 3, Been in thus fuffering for Chrift, the Spirit of Glory and of God refteth upon then:. Though reviled on the Per fe- cutors part, yet he hGlorifiedoo fuch furTerers part, ver. 14. ^.Becauf.', to furTer ("not as evil doers, butJjsChrifrJans,'sno; matter of flume, but matter of praifetoGod, ver. 15. 5. Becaufe, ThisG^fpel- Time brings inavoi 'able chaftifements upon the Church ; for the time is come that judgement muft begin at the houfe of Gid ver. \6. 6.Becauje, confequent- ly the calamities of ungodly Perfecutors will be at la ft moft woful. This is inferred from the former moft Pathetically, (1) By way of Interrogation-, Ij it be- gin at w, what (lutl! be the end of them that obey not the Gofpel ? ver. 17. (2) B/ way of admiration ; If the Righteous fear rely be faved ("viz. mall not be freed in this life from judgements, afiiiftions, Sec.) Where fit all the ungodly and firmer appear'1. vCr. 18. Thefe Arguments he clofeth up with an Encouraging Ex- hortation to them that fuffer according to the will of God, To commit the ieeeping of their fouls to him in well- doing; Inafmuch as he is 1. M^ft willing to preferve them in all their fufferings, hdngj. litbful. 2. MoSl a quo fervi ver. 7. utebantur. 'Eyyjiy.- Cccy.a. Gra>ci vocabant. Eftimin Com. adiPet.$.$. Elegansau- tem eft Metaphora qua utitur, ac fi diccret, omni ex parte Ampleftimini Humilitatem, ficuti veftistotum corpus regit In- terea ftgnificat nullum pulchriorem effe ornatum, aut decen- tiorera, quamubinos fubmittimus, Jo.Ctlv.Ccm. in 1 Pet. 5. 5. Quo nihil dici potuit venuftius ''Eynfiy£cma. veftis humi- Iis& fcrvorum erat: qui cum breves tunicas, quas \mifjuJki vo- cant, geftarentfuper has'Eyxfi^iSfyitwtinduere folebanr; palJio- Ium viliftimum, fedCandidum,&c. Dan, Heinf. Exercitat.Sacr. in i Pet. 5. 5. virr. 50O II. PETER. VIII. Finally, He exhorts them all ftoutly to Refift the Devil andhi sfempt at ions ; efpecialhtbofefoUiciting them to Apoliacy by reafon of their Offerings. Here I. He directs them how to refift the Devil: vi^.- Ey being, i. Sober, 2.Vigilam, 3. Stedfaft in the Faith. I I. He incites them to this Refinance of the Devil,up- on Confidrration, 1. Of the Nature and Difpofition of tlie Devil, who is to he refifted : being fij An enemy your Adverfry the Devil. ( 2 J A cruel Enemy , As a roaring Lpn. C 3 ) An c Elegant- enemy indefatigable in his cruelty, He walketh about ly Cyprian cjeel^ngwhom be may devour. 2. Of the nature of defcrihes their afflictions wherewith Satan tempts and exer- Satansfub- cifes them : they are the common lot of all the Saints tiicy and in the whole world, who have their feveral fharesof devices, affliction to accomplifh therein , verfe. 8, 5. whereby III. He prayes for them, tothe God of all Grace who heendea- hath called us into hit eternal Glory, that after they vouisto hdye fuffered a while, he would per fell, ftablijl), deceive (irengthen.fettle them. Concluding his Prayer with a and to de- Dcxology to God,u.io,i 1. vcurus. . Awrfaiu'svauseft, & hoftis antiquus, cum quoprajliumgen- mus. Scy. mil'ia annorum jampene compleruur exquohomi- ncm Diaboljus impugnat. Si imparatum inveneri^militem Chrifti firudem, linon follicitum, ac toto corde vigilantem ; circumvnit nefcium, fallit incautum, decipit imperitum. Si vero qu« Dominica pr2Eceptacuflodiens,& former Chrifti vefti- giis adherens, contra eum fteterit; vincatur neceffe eft; quia Chriftus, quern confitemur, invictus eft. D. Cyprian de Exhort. Martyrum in Pr*f*t.St8, I. Andelfewhere more fully; Circuit illcnos fmgulos, & tanquam hoftis, claufos obfidens, muros explorat, Srtentatan fit pars aliqua murorum minus ftabilis, & minus fida, cujus aditu ad intcriora penetretur. Of- fert Oculis formas illkres, & faciles volunrares, ut vifu deftruat caftitatem. Aures per car.oram muficam tenrar, ut foni dulci- orisaudiru iolvat &molIiat Chriflianum vigorem : linguam con- vicio provocar. Manum injuriis laceffentibus ad petulantiam ca'dis inftigat. lit fraudatorcm fjciat, lucra opponir injufta.- lit animam pecunia capiat, inherit pernxiofa compendia .- Ho- noresterrenospromittit, ut ccelcftesadimat : Oftentac falfa, ut vera fubripiat: & cum latenter non poteft fallere, exerte at- queaperte minatur, tcrrorem turbidsperfecutionis intentans : ad debellandos Dei fervos inquietus femper £: Temper infeftus : in paceiubdolus, in Perfecutione violentus. Quamobrem fra- tres dilectilfimi contra omnesDiaboli ve! fallacesinfidi3s, vela- pertasminas ftared ebet inftructus animus &armatus, tarn pa- ratus femper ad repugnandum, quam eft ad impugnandum fem- per paratus inimicus. D. Cyprian, de Zelo & livere. lib. Sect.2. THE CONCLUSION of the EPISTLE QL contains I. An intimation by whom the Apoftle Be- ter fent this Epiftle to them of the Difperfion .• By Sylvamtt, whofe fidelity to them hecommends.II.A Summary Recapitulation of the Subftanceand Scope of his Epiftle, vi^. i.Teflifying that this if the true grace oj God wherein they ftand. 2. Exhorting them, v. 12. III. Salutations 1 Sent to them f\ J From the Church at Babylon, eleU with them. (2) From Marcus hit /on,- v. 13. 2. Enjoyned to them.Thac they greet one another withakjffe of charity, ver.14. IV. The Apoftolical valediction , or Fare-well- Prayer for them, Peace be with you all that are in Chrift Jefw, Amen.v. 14. II. P E T E R. Seel:. I. Name Penman and. Au- thority of this Epiftle. a I Pet. 3 i. in ic 14 Pet.?.i i:,ij '5. » T He II. Catholic^ Epiftle of PETER the Apo- ftle.^ The Apoftle himfelf calls this his a Second Epiftle. He writes it to the fame People to whom he wrote his firft, vi^.To the b believing Jews difperfed, and in ef- fect to the fame end. Some few Writers have doubted of the Authority of this Epiftle, fas alfo of that of James, of the fe- cond and third of John, and of the Epiftle oiJude,J as c Eufeb'w, and after him d Hierome intimates. H ft.Be/cl.1.3 Nor js jt found jn {he syriack.Verfion. Eut divers cogent Arguments pcrfwade us that this is an Apoftolical Epiftle, and written by Peter, As 1. Theinfcription mentions the fame PenwM/iof this Epiftle with the firft, vi^.e Simon Peter a fervant and an Apoftle of Jefw Chrift. He that wrote this E- 1. pi (He tcftifies, that he f muftfhortly put off this hii Ta- r.1.14 bei nacle%as our Lord Jcfuf Chrift bathfl>ewed him.How to whom did Chrift fhew this but tog Teter. 3. He that wrote this Epiftle, was with Chrift upon the Mount at his transfiguration, beheld his Majefty, and heard that voice of the father from Hea- ven, when he was with Chrift on the holy Mount, li thh m my beloved fon in whom lam well pleafed.Now r fcb. (!.: II Cr. in Cacal. C. Heel, tit. Simon Peer us, Tom.i. e 1 Pet .1 g I i'li. »i • 7,18.19. ha Pe >7.i«. .1.1*. there were only j three, viz. Peter, James and John, in the Mount with Chrift, at his transfiguration ; and therefore it muft be written by one of them three, fandby whomfoeverof them, it isof Apoftolical, yea of divine Authority-, } but unto James or John none ever yet afcribed it, nor is there any reafon fo to do, but many to the contrary ; therefore it muft needs be confefled to be written by Peter. 4. He that writes this Epiftle calls it his (^ Second Epiftle, and intimates he wrote them both to the fame per- fons,i/i^. the difperfed believing Jews. 5. He that wrote this Epiftle calls/ Paul his beloved brother, commends him, and approvesthe Authority of his Epiftles; which were too much for any but for an Apoftolical pen. 6. An holy Apoftolical fpirit breaths throughout this whole Epiftle, both in his exhortations to holy duties, monitions againftfalfc teachers and Apoftacy, and predictions of things to come. 7. The m ftile and Phrafe are Apoftolical and confonant enough to that of Peters firft Epiftle. 8. To all thefe maybe added the content ofnan- ticnt Writers, that count this Epiftle Canonical and Apoftolical. And 0 Beda wonders how any fhould doubt of the Authority of this Epiftle, when the Pen- man hath put his name in the beginning, and teftifies he wa s with the Lord in the holy Mount. So that this Epiftle is of unqueftionable Authority. Sett. II. i Mat.'T.,i» {•iPer. i.i. * 3.1,1. Compared with 1 Per. 1. 1. I2 Pc:.3.iJ. >6. mHift. EccleC Ma°d.Cenr, i.l.i.c.4.Tit. De Scriptu- ra N.Telt. n Concil. Laodicen. Can. 5y. Concil. Or- thagin. Can. '.Aih.inaf.Ui Synopfi.Ua- ni.ilL.lv. c.18. H(ii- fluri.Wje- ref 76. Aug- l.a.de Doft. Cluilt. C.8. o Beda in Co. 11. Chap. I. II. PETE R. 561 Seft. II. Time, when this Epiftle ww written. p 1 Pet.i. 1 3, '4. Peter wrote this Epiftle a little before his death; for he faith herein, p Ithinfyt meet as long as lam in this Tabernacle, tofliryouup by putting you in remem- brance, knowing that fiirtly I muft put off this my Ta- bernacle, even as our Lird Jefus Chrifl hathfloewed me. But at what time Peter did put off his Tabernacle, is hard particularly to determine -, And learned Writers are not agreed among themfelves about Se&. III. Occafion. 52 Pet. 1.14 The holy Apoftle Peter confidering, That q floort- ly he was to put off hit Tabernacle of the flefh, as the Lord Jefus Chrift fhe wed him. And knowing that a- r2 Pet.1.5 mong the fcattered tribes fomewere too negligent 8,9 10. ' ofr Progrefsin faith, and other accompanying ver- tues, and of making their Calling and Election fure, /2Pet.i.l2. and that thofe who were beft /"inftru&cd and cfta- blifhed herein, had need be put m remembrance and flirted up hereunto ; And fore-feeing by thefpirit of Prophecy, that as even then there were, and afterwards there would be much more in the Church f 2 Pet. 2. among them, r Heretical feducers and falfe teachers, 1, 2. Sec. of notorious ungodly manners, bringing in the moft impious and damnable Herefies, and walking in a mofi carnal, diilolute, unclean and offenfive courfe of life, to the fhame oftheChurch, yea, that inthe H2Pet. 5, Uft days, u Prophane fcoffers fhould arife , that 3. &c. fhould deride the fecond coming of C/;rift to judge- ment, The Apoftle hereupon takes Occafion to write this Epiftle. x 2 Per. 1. I2.&c.and 3.1. 2. y 2 Pet. 1. 2,3,4- % 2 Pet. 1. 5,8,io.&c. a 2 Pet. 2. 1. to the end of the Cbapt. b 2 Pet. 3. throughout. Se&. IV. Scope, The Scope, and intent therefore of the Apoftle in this Epiftle, hi. More generally, xtoftirreupthepurc minds of the fcattered Jews, by putting them in re- membrance, boxhofzhe Prophets words, and the A- poftles Commands, and this he aims at in both his E- piftles. 2. Mire Particularly, [i~] To encourage them from their large experience of Gods fpiritual bounty unto chem, y having given them all things per- tainingf) life andgodlinefl, hopefully to expeft from him a multiplication of Grace and Peace unto themfe'] Toincite them to z adde to Faith vertuefa other graces and to have thefe bleffings abounding in them, that fo they may makf their Calling and EleiTion fure, and never fal^ L3J To fore-warn and fore-arm them againft a falfe teachers, and Heretical Impoftors that mould rift up among them ; whofe damnable Hereftes he de- scribes; whofe deflmilion he threatens; and whofe curfed manners, and abominable properties he de- tects, characterizing them 10 the life, as unclean and impure livers, enemies to Dominions and Ma- giftrates, Riotous volup-uous Epicures, Scandalous Seducers, Covetous Prafticioners,and Empty proud Vainglorious boafters, who therefore muft carefully be abandoned. [4] Finally, to forecel rhem, and the Church of Chrift, b of Prophane Scoffers, that fhall deride and deny Cbrifls fecond coming to judge- ment, which having afierted and defcribed, asalfo the New-heavens and New earth afterwards expect- ed, he exhorts them to prepare theaifelves by all Holy converfation, Godlinejs and Vnblameablenefs for the coming of the Lord. Seft. V. Principal Parts. In this II. Epiftle of Peter are I. The Preface. 2, The Sebftance of the Epiftle. 3. The Conclu- fion. THE PRFFACE contains, 1. An Infcripthn. 2.A Salutation. I- An Infcripthn of the Epiftle, denoting 1. The perfon writing; who is here defcribed, [ i~] By his name and Surname, Simon Peter. [2] By "his Office, More Generally, A Servant. More fpecially, And an Apoftle of Jefus Chrifl. 2. The perfons written to, V,Z' The believing cjews fcattered up and down c For clea- the Roman Empire; Here defcribed efpccially by ring this their true faith which God had vouchfafed them ; compare To them that have obtained like precious faith with us, 2 Pet. t, I. &c t This their faith being amplified, fij by the and 3.1. worth andexcellencyofit, Precious Faith. C2) By with 1 Per. the famenefs of it, for nature and fubftance, with the I. 1. faith of all Gods people, yea of the Apoftles them- felves, like precious faith with in. (3) By the cauks ofir, Efficient; God andour Saviour Jefus Cbrfl.lm- pulfive, through the Righteoufnefs oj God and Chrifl, Ch. I. ver. 1. Chap. 1. 2. A Salutation ; where note, I. The Benefits which he wifheth to them, or prays for in their be- half, vi^. The multiplication of Grace and Peace. Grace and Peace be mule/plied unto you. II. The means whereby thofe benefits are to be multiplied to them; Through the knowledge, fij Of God; And C2J Of Jefus Chrifl our Lord, ver. 2. III. The ground whereupon he encourages them, to hope for further multiplication of thefe benefits upon themfelves this way, vi^. Their former experience of Gods grace and bounty to thfm herein, (/"who is ftili like himfelf in his acts of fpeciall grace and fa- vour, J According as hit Divine power bath given unto iff all things that pertain to Life and Godlinefs, &c. Which experience of theirs is Amplified, 1. By the plenty of Benefits conferred upon them, All things pertaining to Life and Godlinefs, viz. To fpiritual and eternal ("not natural^ life, and to godlinefs the foul thereof, fas d Calvin (peaks) 2 By theO- d Jo.Calv. riginal caufes of thefe benefits, vi^> Chrifh power Com. in 2 and Free-grace. His Divine Power bath given unto Pet. *• 3. us all things.^. By the inward and immediate means, whereby thefe benefits were conveved to them, vi^. Through the knowledge of him, (i.e. Jefus Chrift J that bath called us by Glory and Vertue, ("u e. e by his own e Jo. Diod. Glorious Vertue ; Or by his own Glory and Vertue, Annot.on asfome Greek Copies read it. Our Tranflation,«n- 2 Per. 1. 3. to Glory and Vertue, feems improper, and no: to the Joan. Cat. Apoftles fence, ver.7,. 4. By the outward inftru- Com. in 2 mental means, whereby thefe benefits are tendred Pet.-i, 3. andapp.'yed, v't7i.The Promifes; By which are given unto us the greatetf and precious Promifes, &c. Thefe promifes are defcribed, fi) Partly by their Foun- tair^whence they freely flow ; By which are given,Scc. flay i.e. By which Glory and Vertue of Chrift im- mediately forementioned. Or /# %y i.e By whom, fas fome Greek Copies read it, J that is, By which Chrifl. For Subftance they come both to one. (2) Partly by their Adjuncts, vfc. Greateft and Pre- cious Promifes. (3} Partly by their end why they are conferred on them, vi^. That by thefe you might be Partakers of the Divine Nature, having efcapedthe corruption that is inthe world through lifl, ver. 4. THESUBSTANCEofthe Epiftle, which II. is 1. Hortatory, 2. Monitory, 3. Prophetical. I. The Hortatory part of the Epiftle, He exhorts them to abound in Faith and other Graces, accompanying Faith. This Exhortation (inferred upon things forementi- oned, And befldes this; or, And for this fame thing.) is 1. Propounded. 2. Vrged. i.Propunded. In the propounding of this Exhor- tation; aote , I. The lingular diligence required D d d d d d d about 562 II. PETER. Ghap.IL about this duty, Giving all diligence, ver. 5. II. Tie Duty it felf, which is twofold. 1. To adde unto faithvertue, and other graces enumerated, as in a Gradation, fit companions of Faith, ver. 5,6, 7. 2. To endeavour that thefe things may not only be in them, but abound, ver. 8- 2. Vrgedby divers Arguments. They jfwuld give all diligence to have faith, and all thefe other graces abounding in them. I, Becaufe in fo doing, they fhall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of Chrifl. ver. 8. II. Becaufe he that lacks thefe thing s , 1. Is blind and cannot fee afar off. 2. Hath ingrate- fuUy forgot that he was purged from hit old fins, ver. 9. III. Becaufe thus, They fhall make their Calling and Eleilionfure, viz. by thefe fruits and effefts thereof. IV. Becaufe in doing theje things they jliall never fall, forafmuchas abounding in thefe graces is the leady way to Chrifts everlafling Kingdome j forfo an en- trance flail be miniSired unto you abundantly, <&c. ver. 10, 11. V. Becaufe it was no way unbecoming, but neccflary for the Apoftle Peter thus to exhort them, and put them in remembrance of thefe things, who therefore excufeth himfelffor fo doing, upon divers confiderations, vi\. 1. This is for their benefit, though th.y kj">w thefe things and are eflablifl>edin the prefent truth. Wherefore ( i. e. feeing this courfe is fomany ways heneficial to you ; ) I will not be negligent to put you alwayes in remembrance, &c. ver. 12. 2. Thus to ftir them up and put them in remembrance is the Apoflles duty, yea, I thinly it meet, &c. ver. 13. 3. The Apoflle was fhortlyro put off hit Tabernacle, as Chrifl had fliewed him, ver. 14. 4. The Apoflle defired and endeavoured that they might be able to have the fc things alwayes in remembrance after his de- ceafe,ve.T.\$. VI. Becaufe the Doftrineof the Gof- pel preached to them by the Apoflles, f~ wherein thefe duties are required, 3 was noc fabulous, but mofl certain and Divine. Here I. He declares the / Chriiii fum of the Gofpel, ("as f Calvin obferves, J vi^. C\J Potent i am The exhibition of Chrifl. (2) The power and effica- {& adven- cy of Chrifl exhibited. When we made known unto turn '] you the Power and Coming of our Lord Jefus Chrifl, ver. Non du- \6. 2. He Evidences to them, that this Gofpel was bium no cunningly devifed Fable, but a certain Divine Truth, quin his fi ) From the certainty of the Apoflles Teflimony, vocibus. who were, Partly, Eye-witneffes of Cbrills Majefty, Evangelii ver. 16. P S> Pe; that they may be fhunned, by divers infamous and tersOw- odious Properties in them, w^. They are raiier °* 1. Impure and Vnclean livers. That walk after f*Ve the tiefh in the luftofuncleanneffe, ver. 10. Teacher a 2. Enemies [to Magiftrates, Chill Dominions and Dignities. Here I. Their Anarchical Oppofition to Magiftracy is defcribed, 1. By their evill and finful! carriages againfl them, w>. [ 1 ] Ther -defpife Go- vernment, or Dominion. [ 2 j They are not afraid to fpeak.evihf Dignities. 2. By the root of thefe evill carriages,!/^. [ 1 ] Their Pride, Frefumpiuous(ox, Audacious ) are they. [ 2 ] Their wil'ltulncfle \ And felf-willed, or, felf-pleafers, ver. 10. II. This their Anti-Magiflraticall difpofition and demeanour is Aggravated, 1. By the contrary example, own An- gels themfelves Greater in Powo and might, who ("though Godimployes them to protect his Church and to withfland and punifh the tyranny and rage of wicked Rulers, yet J bring not in a Railing aauf.it im againft them before the Lord, that we can finde in all the Scripture, verf. n. 2. By their brutifhneffc herein, As wild-Beails fottifhiy runnc L-prn their own deftruction, being made to be taken and deflroyed: So thde, fpea^evill of things they underfland not, and f}>all utterly perifli in their own con- up i or. , t driving the tewardofunrighteoufhiffc. ver. 12,13. 3. Riotous Senfuulifti and voluptuous Epicures ; They that count it pleafure to riot in the day timc^ vcr. 13. 4. Scandalous Seducers if unflable Soules, with whom they feafi themfelves, eonang them at their Fea.'ts, Chap. III. ll. r e r e r. $63 Feafb, by their lafcivious Geftures, and whorifh looks, to uncleannefs. Spots andblimifl)es,fpnting themfelves with their own deceivin^s, while they fc aft with you; Having eyes full of adultery, ("Gr. 0) the adultreffe; or, of the Whore, J that cannot ceafe from fin, beguiling unftablefoulcs.v.iz, 14. $. Covetous Practitioners, plodding and contriv- ing in their hearts how to compafle money and wealth from others. An heart they have exercifed with Covetous Practices . This is Amplified, I. By the Curfed Condition into which they cad them- felves, by this and their other corruptions. Curfed children, ver. 14. II. By their Refemblance here- in to Balaam the falfe Prophet, who for gain was willing againft his confeience, to have Curfed Gods blefled people Ifrael, Which have forfaken the right •way, and are gone aftr ay following the way of Balaam fon ofBofor. Balaams erroneous way is Aggravated, 1. Ey the unrighteoufnefs of his courfe, intimated, viz. His endeavour to Curfe Gods people. 2. By the Root whence this unrighteoufnefs fprang,v,'^.His Covetoufnefle, He loved the wages of unrighteoufnefs. X. By the Madnefs of the Prophet herein, driving for lucre, to go againft Gods will. 4. By the Prodi- gious reproof of Balaams iniquity and madneiTe, by a Dumb Affefpeafyng with mans voice. He was unwor- thy of mans reproof, therefore is defervedly repro- ved by a foolHTi and defpicable AfTe, u 15,16. 6.&mpty.proud,vain-glorioUi Teacher s,fpea\ing great fwelling words of vanity. This vicious Property of their Big, vain, empty fpeakjng, is 1 Illuftrated. 2 Threatned. 2. Aggravated. I. Illustrated elegant* ly by a double fimilitude. 1. Of Wells without water. 2. Of Clouds. CVK' without rain J carried away with a Tempeft. II. Threatned; To whom the mitt ofdarkneffe is refervedfor ever. ver. 1 7. III. Aggra~ vated, by the pernicious effeft hereof upon divers of their Seduced hearers, allured hereby under fpeci- ous pretences of Liberty, unto uncleannefs and 0- ther lufts, to their deftrudtion. Here note Afore Particularly, 1. The Garb of thefe Seducers langu- age, or Teaching-, They ffeakjgreat fwelling words of h 7e Calv. vanity » as 0} Calvin faithjboafting aloud of the Spi- Comlin ' r'c' anc* Spirituals, &c. 2, The Subtiky of their 2 Pet 2 18. 05eec'1 10 Seduce, For when they fpeal^—they allure. 2. The Perfons Seduced hereby, Thofe that were clean efcapedjrom them who live in errottr , viz. Who had renounced Gentilifme, and imbraced Chriftia- nifme. 4. The Art, or Bait whereby they allure and deceive them. viz. By allowing them to live in their carnal lufts under fpecious pretences of Chriftian liberty from the Law; they allure through the lufts of thefiefh, through mncb wantonnefs — while they promife them liberty. Which pretended Liber- ty, rhe Apoftle evidences to be real bondage under corruption, inafmuchas they are overcome by cor- ruption, ver.18,19. 5. The miferable End of thefe that profefs and know Chrift, but are feduced again to Error and Corruption by fuch falfe teachers, -u.2o. Aggravated, in that, [r] SuchApoftates condition is farr worfe than that of ignorant unconverted Hea- thens, ver. si. [i\ The true Proverb is verified in them ; The Dog it turned to hk vomit again ; and the Sow that waswaflied, to her wallowing in the mire, ver. 22. Thus offfo Monitory Part of this Epiftle. III. In the Prophetical Part of thk Epiftle, Peter Prophecies of the fenfual Prophane feoffors in the lafl dayes, that fhall fcoffe at Chrifts Second coming to Judgement. Touching this Prophecy note i.The Preface toit. 2. The Subftance, or Matter of it. I. In the Preface to thk Prophecy, by way of Tran- fition from his former Matter, he declares the End and Srnpc which he aimed ar, in writing both hisf. andll. Epillles, vi^.To ftirre them up, and jut tl em inremeinbrance. That they be ft ill mindful of . .' Urine of the Prophets and Apoftles, Ch. III. v. 1, 2. Cha | II. In the Subftance, or Matter of the Prophecy. Petvr 1. Prophetically declares the Er> r. 2. Doftri- nally confutes it. 5. PraZitcally improves theC;: tation. 1. He Prophetically dccljrcs the Error of the (i fers in the laft dayes, about Chrifts coming; 1. De- fcribingthe Perfons thac fhall broach it, to be; 1 • Scoffers. [2] Walkers after their own lulls, vi 2. Indigfcating the point of their fcoffing Error, Spy- ing, where is the Promife of hit coming ? 2. Expreifing their mannerof reafoning againft Chrifts coming: The World and all things therein continue as they u fiomthe Creation; therefore it fhall continue ftill, and confequently Chrift fhall never come to judg- ment, v 4. 2. He Doftrinally refutes this Error: Shewing, 1. That.As God made Heaven and Earth, confifiing out of the water and in the water, by hii word: (whereof thefe Scoffers are willingly ignorant : J So he is able by the fame word again to deftroy them,i;.5.2.Thar, all things have not continued as they were from the Creation, becaufe the old world perifhed by water, v.6. 2. That the prefent Heavens and Earth arc refervedby Gods word, to be burnt up by fire ar the day of judgment, when ungodly men fhall be deftroy ed , ver. 7. 4. That, though the Lord feem to delay his coming long, yet no time is long to God, a thn«- f and years being but as one day, ice. Nor doth he deferre his coming out of flackneffe to per form hk Pro- mife, but out of long-fuffering, that his Eleft may have opportunity of Repentance, ver. 8, 9. 5. That Thedayofthe Lord fhall come Cl) Suddenly, Asa thief inthe night. (2 J Terribly, in refpeft of the whole frame of the Creation. The Heaven* fiallpaffe away with a great noife ; Tlie Elements ft) all melt with fervent heau Tl)e Earth, and the works therein ft/all be burnt pu, v. 20. 2. He Practically improves this Confutation, By Exhorting them upon confederation : Partly, of the certain, fudden and terrible coming of Chrift to judg- ment; Partly, of their hopes of new Heavens and a new Earth ; To certain fuitable Duties, vi^. 1. To be fmguhr perfons in all holy converfation andgodlinefs, ver. 11. 2. Toexpett with parience and holy de- firethecoming of the day of God. And this fi J Partly, becaufe then this world fhall terribly be dif- folved.w. 2. ("23 Partly, becaufe after this worlds Diffolution, they expeB according to Gods Promife. i > AVb> hea- New Heavens and a New Earth., wherein dwels right e- vens and oufneffe, ver. 13. 2. To be diligent that they maybe Hew found of him inpeace, without fpot, and blamelefs, as Earth. may become that New pure world ex peeled, v. 14. 4. To interpret and account the Lords delay in com- ing, to be for the better preparing of chem for Salva- tion,which he confirms by Pauls Teftimony, Both in his Epiftle written to thefe difperfed Jews. vi%, the Epiftle to the Hebrews : And in his other Epiftles writing of thefe things. In which Epiftles/ome things are hard to be underjiood, which unlearned and unft able men wreli, as they do other Scriptures, to their own de- ttru?fion,ver.i$, 16. THE CONCLUSION of the Epiftle contains I. Summary Exhortations, 1. To Stedfaftneffe againft all the Errors of the wicked. This is urged, from their Knowing of thefe things before. 2. To Growth in Grace and in the knowledge of Chrift. II. A Doxology to Chrift, To him be glory, both now and for ever. Amen. ver. 17, 18- Ii: I. John /'- d;gna cfl r/'/o/ Love, moft predominant and confpicuous all rjns dlfci- along this Epifile, as in his Gofpel and Revelation. puli fpiritu John was i the Difciple whom Jefus loved above all qui pra? his Difciples. He wot a meer compound offweeteft aliisidco love; in all his writings, breaths nothing in a man- a Chrifto ner but Ltve. Hence excellently k Calvin, Thit Epi- dileflus file is altogether worthy the Spirit of that Difciple, fuit,utip- which was therefore beloved of Chris! above the rcil, fum nobis that he might render him familiar unto Ht, and in familiarem this refpeft Hierome relates a moft remarkable ftory redderer. of John : faying, 1 Bleffed John the Evangeliil, when Jo.CJv. he abode at Ephefus even to extream old age, and was Argum.in hardly carried to the Church betwixt the hands of the l.Epi(\.Jo. Difciples, nor could weave up hit voice into many words , I Beams was wont topronounce nothing elfe at their pveral meet- Joannes ings together, but thit; Little Children love one ano- Evangcli- ther: At laii the Difciples and Brethren that were fta cumE- prefent, being tyred out becaufe they alw ayes heard the plief) mc- fime things , ftid, Mafter why dofl thou alwayes rarctur,uf- (peak this ? who gave an anfwer worthy 0} John , Bc- queadul- caufeit is the Lords command, and if ic alone be rtmam fe- done, it furrketh. neftutem f< vix inter difcipulorum manus ad Ecclefiam deferrerur, nee pollit in plura vocem verba contexere , nihil aliild per fingulas folebat profef re colle&as, nifi hoc; Filliolt diligite alterutrum. Tandem difcipuli & fratres qui ndcranr, ta?dio affecii, quiaea- dem femper audirenr, dixcrunt : Magifler, quarefemperhoc loqueris <> Qui rcfpondit,dignam Joanne fcnteniiam, Quia prx- ceptumdominicll, fafifolumfiat, fufficit. Hier. in Ep. add ah 6. 10. p. 200. Tow. p. Bafil. 1553. Of this John, hit life and death, hath formerly been fpok?n at large, on the Gofpel o/John, Seft. I. John therefore being the undoubted Penman of this Epiftle, it isofunqueftionable Authority, m Eu- m Eufeb. febirn, aud n Hierome xedide, that there never was Hid. Ec- doubt in the Church about the Author or Authority clef. 1. 3. c. of this Epiftle, but that it was generally received, and 18. &C.19. constantly approved by all. Auguftine faith, ojliis Epi- ;?Scripfit& file it Canonical, it recited among all Nations, it held by unamEpi- Authority of the whole world, it hath edified the whole ftolam, world. And elfewhere intending to expound this cujusexor- Epiftle to his People, he gives this reafon thereof ; diumeft: p Becaufe love it efpecially commended in thit Epifile, Qjtodfuit moftfweet to all that have a found fpiritual palate to ab initio, reliflj the bread of God, and moft memorable in the See. qirsab Holy Church of God, For he fpeakj many things, and univerfis almofl all thint 's of love, &c. fo that he counts it a Ecclefiafti- mofl fweetEpiftle and moft memorable in the Church of cis & eru- God. ditisvin's probatur. Hier. C at al. Script. Ecclef. Tit. Joannes. Tom. r. oCanonica eftifta Epiftola, peromnesgences/reciratur, orbis terra? Authoritate tenetur, orbem terrarum ipfa xdificavit./!^. Expnf. in I. Epift. Joan. Trail. 7. p. 627. C. Tom. 9. Baftl. p Prajfertim, quia in Epiftola fans dulct omnibus quibus fanum eft palatum cordis, ubi fapiat Panis Dei, & fatis memorabili in Sanfta Ecclefia Deimaxime charitas commendatur. Locuturus eft enim multa, & prope omnia de charitate. Qui habet in fe unde audiat, necefle eft gaudeat ad quod audit. Sic enim illi eric leftio ifta tanquam oleum inflamma,&c. Aug.Pr&fat. in Expofit. Ep. Joan. Tom. 9. Se&. III. When^ and Whence this Epi- ftle was written. John wrote his Gofpel at Ephefnt, as q Irenxui,and q fren.Ad- r Eufebint think. This Epiftle/eemr f in/ Zanchy's verf. H&- judgement,J to be written after his Gofpel. And he ref.l 7,.ci. wrote it when he was now old, as Hierome faith, and r Eu\eb. being old he departed not Jfom Afia,therefore its froba- Hiil. ble he wrote it at Ephefus. John lived after the 0- Eccl.I.$.c therApoftles, t and wrote after them all. 8. fZancb. Prolegom. in I. Joan. Ep. p. 6. de Secundo. t Poftremus Apoftolorum fcripfit, & mortuus eft. Zanch.ibid. de Term. Seer. IV. Occasion. The Occafion of Johns writing this Epiftle was chiefly threefold. I.John obferved that in his days there were many Heretical Teachers and Seducers which he calls u Anticbrifts, C and by a Prophetical Spirit « 1 John forcfaw, that afterwards there would atife many 2. 18, 19, more. J x Epiphaniut reckons up thefe Hafretical 22. £4. i, Anticbrifts in Johns days, andy Aug. out of Epipha- 2, 2.. X Epiph. inPanafd. 1. Tom. 2. v Auguft. de Hxref. I. p. 14. foc.Tom, 6' Bafil. 1559. r.ius I. John. 5»£. l.Simmant, To called from S/man AfWonfidered howneceffary it was to encourage tru : believers in Communion with God, Stedfaflnefsinthetrue faith, holinefs of life, Sincere brotherly-love, Growth in grace ; and to promote the afTurance ef their eternal life. Thefe things principally gave JohnOccafionof writing this Epiftlc by way of remedy. b See on John's Gofpel. Sett. 1. Se&. IV, Scope. The blcfTed Apoflle John, in this Epiflle princi- pally fcopes and levels at rhefe three ends. 1. To detect and. confute Heretical r ly come in the flefh already, is true/ man, and af- g^^J'J' fumed true fle.1i, againfl the Simonians, andallba- \ii0. gainft theCerdonians, Mankhees. Prifciltianifls and ffJob.v,? Valentinians, ("which by a Prophetical fpirit he fore- & 4- faw would follow,.) (z,)Tbat Jefus is the true g Chrifl, & y the promifed Mefjfab, againfl the Simonians, Jews \l £? '" and Na^arxans. ("4) That the h Father , Word h ! Joh. 5 » and HolyGhofl, are three true diftintt Perfonsof oneEfTence, againfl Sabellians, flancvin the true faith againfl all that feduced them, °]f" Ci' q Purity and HolinefTe of life, Sincere r brother-love, o'ljoh.r. j, Growth in /"faith and grace. And peculiarly to pro- 4,&c. mote their AlTurance of their interefl in eternal piJob.a, life. 24i*j,jtf, This Iafl End is clearly profeffed: t Thefe things "-S<: j. this Memorable, Sweet and precious Epillle, what a f°'fcc multitude of Marks, Signes or Difcoveries of Belie- t ' Jobij u " vers fpiritualftdte,zre here plainly & purpofely laid uACata-" down for this end, more then in any other fofhort 'o.^e of apiece of Scripture in the whole Bible. Which u pel:'vers Signs, ox Evidence site here reduced to feveral heads for'^'""5! and fet down for the help and comfort of the Rea- Life " "* ders, in fome of which, at leafl the weakeflChrifti- colleaed an, Tif fincere, Jmay find abundant foul-refrefhing, outofthis and heart eftablifhment. l; EP^ of John, I. Evidences, Signes or Difcoveries of> Gods love to Hi. 1. Chrifts being fent ro die for us, that we might by him, r John 5. i5.and 4.9,10. 2. Adoption, That we fhould be called the fonsofGod,i7o/>n2..r. 3 Our noc loving the world, nor the things of the world, inordinately, i/oAn 2.15, 16,17. 4. Our love to God, which is an crfett, or re- flexive beame of Gods love to us, 1 John 4. 19. II. Evidences or Signes of our Regeneration,Adop- tion, Sonft)ip. 1. That the world knoweth us not,i John 3.1. 2. True beleeving that Jefus is the Chrifl, 1 John$. r. 3. Not committing, or prattifing of fin,i John 3- 8, 9. Efpecially not that great fin of fins, The fin againfl the Holy Ghofl; So, The wicked one toucheth him not, 1 John 5. 18. 4. Overcoming erroneous heretical fpiritsand and their feducements, 1 John 4.1, 4. 5. Overcoming the world by faith, 1 John S-4-5- 6. Doing,or Prattifing of rightcoufnefs,i John 2.29.and 3.10. E e e e e e e -• T, ue 566 I. J 0 H N. Chap. I- 7. True love of the brethren ijohn 3. 10, 14. and^. 7. . 8. Hope C'fnot affu ranee in fome meaiurej that we /hall be conform to God and Chrift in his glorious appearing, 1 John 3. 2. 3. 9. In hope of glory, purifying our felvesas God is pure, 1 John 2.3. III. Evidences or Signes that we are of the truth, of the true number of Gods people. J. Having an unftion from the holy one teach- ing us all things, 1 John 2. 19,20.27. 2. The Teftimony of an upright heart or con- fcience touching our real and true love of the bre- thren,! John 3. 18,19,20,21. 3. Perfeverance with the faithful in Chrift and in the truth, 1 John 2. 19? 27. IV. Evidences or Signes of being in li'bt, not in darkpejfe : in life not in death* 1. Having the Son, vit. Aftual intereft inland enjoyment of Jefus Chrift, 1 John $.11, 12. 2. Loving, and not hating of our brother, 1 John 2. 9, 10, 1 1. and 3. 14, 1 5. V. Evidences, or Signes of our true knowledge of God, and of Jefus Chrift. 1. Real and fincere keeping of his Command- ments, 1 John 2. 3, 4. 2. Not finning, or denial of fin, ijohn 3.6. 3. Aright entertaining and hearkning to the true Apoftolical Doftrine, 1 John 4. 5,6. 4. Murual brotherly love, 1 John 4.7,8. VI. Evidences or Signes of our true love to God, and to JefwChrid. 1. When our love to God, flowes from Gods love to us. 1 John 4. 19. 2. The carting out of bafe fervile fear, ijohn 4. 18, 19. 3. Not loving the world, and things in the world, inordinately, exceffive!y,i John 2.15,16. 4. Keeping Gods Word and Commandments, and that cheerfully, 1 John 2.5. and 5.3. 5. Our true love to Gods children,for the hea- venly Fathers fake who begat them : Opening our bowels of compafiion to brethren in necd,i John 5.1. and 4,11,12, 20, 2i.and 3. 17. VII. Evidences or Signes of our Communion with God and with Jefm Chrift. 1. The Holy Spirit of God, and of Jefus Chrift given us, 1 J^ohn 3 24. and 4.13. 2. The true abiding of the ancient Primitive Truth and Doftrine of Chrift in us, 1 John 2. 22, 23,24. 3. True confeffing that Jefus is the Son of God, 1 John 4. 15. 4-Not doing,orpraftifing of fin, 1 John 3,6, 8. 5. Unfeigned love to God,and dwelling there- in,! John 4. \6. ^.Walking in light not indarknefs,i Jo. 1.5,6,7. 7. Walking as Chrift walked, 1 John 2.6. 8. Keeping his Word and Commandements, 1 Jehn2. 5.and 3. 23, 24. 9. True Erotherly-love, 1 John 4. 12. VIII. Finally, Evidences or Signes of true Bro- therly-love, cr unfeigned love of Gods children, 1 John 5. 1, 2. 1. True Spiritual knowing of God, 1 John 4.7,8. 2. Sincere loving of God,i John 5. 1,2. 3. Right keeping of Gods Commandements, I John 5. 2, 3. 4. Loving the Brethren peculiarly as they are begotten of God,&c. ijobn 5.1,2. 5. When wc love the brethren notcomplcmen- tally and verbally only, but really and finccrcly: Opening tender bowels of companion to them in need} yea if the cuulc require, hazarding our dear- eft lives for the children of God, 1 John 3. i6> '7, 18, 19. By thefe Evidences, Signes, or Cha rafters of our fpiritual Eftate, clearly laid down in this Excellent E- fiftle, thewe.ik.inj.iith may become Strong in Ajfurance, and the ftrong may become ftronger: yea all that truly believe inthe Name of the Son of God, ( if the fault be not their own, J may hereby come to know that they have eternal life. All which Evidences I have more fully opened and unfolded in a diftinft Tieatrfe, cntituled; x Believers Evidences for eternal life. Afubjetf which I hope, to gracious hearts willbe ahv.iyes mofl welcome and fe a finable, but efpecially in thefe fad affl'Zfing dayes, to help forward their Affurance for Heaven, when they can have little or no Ajfurance of any thing on earth. Seft. VI. Principal Parts, or Analyti- cal Explication* In this I. Epijlle of John, which is General, (/til- ed, An Hortatory Epiiile fhort and Excellent, by y y Epfftola Parent: A mofi fweet Epijlle and moft Memorable in Parsne- the holy Church of God, by ^ Augujtine : An Epijlle al~ tica , Bre- together worthy the fpirit of that D'tfciple, who was vis & therefore beloved above others by Chrift, that be might Infignis. render him familiar to Hi ; by a Calvin;) are confi- D. Parens derable thefe Principal Parts in reference to the in Adverf. Excellent ends fore-mentioned, vi\. I. The Proem, antei or Introduilion to the Epiftle. 2, TbeSubftanceof the Ep. Joan Epiftle itfelf. 3. The Conclufion, ? in Epiftola fatis Dulci & Satis memorabili in Sanfta Ecclcfia. Dei. Aug Pt&fat. in Expof. Ep. Joan. Tom. 9. a Ha?c Epiftola prorfus Digna eft ejus Difcipuli Spiritu, qui prx aliis ideo dileftus a Chrifto fuit, ut ipfum nobis familiarem redderet. Jo.Calv. Arg. Ep. Joan. THE PROEM, or INTRODUCTION , making I. Entrance into the Epiftle ; fhewes,i. What Subjeil- matter the Apoftle propounds principally to treat of in this Epiftle, viz. of the great Theam of the Gofpel ; Jefus Chritt theWord of Life. 1. Of Chrifts Perfon, God-man. [ 1 J Chrifts God-Head is intimated in thefe Phrafes ; That which was from the beginim, • The Word of Life The Life — That Eternal Life which was with the Father. [ 2 ] Chrifts Manhood, implyed in thefe expreflions -, which we have feen with our eyes, which we have ho^t Chap. r. upon, and our b hands have handled of the Word of Life . b Pribuic - For the life was manifefted, and we have fepalpan- feenit. And was manifefted unto us. 2. Or Chrifts dum,qui office, To be the Author of life to us, implyed in fepraebuic that Chrift is called The Wordoj Life ■, — The Life ; crucifigen- '- That Eternal Life which was with the Father, dum : and was manifefted unto us, Ck. I. ver. 1, 2. II. What crucifi- the Apoftle intends to clear touching Chrift, viz. 1. Not gendum any novelty, but That which was from the beginning, inimicis. 2. Not any uncertainty ,but that whereof the Apoflles palpan- were infallible witneffes; Which we have heard,which dum we have feen with our eyes, which our hands have amicis. handled, fee, ver. 1 , 2, 3. III. To what End or Pur- Medicus pofe he will treat of thefe things, viz. 1. Thar thofe to tame n whom he writes might have communion or fellowfhip omnium, with the Apoftles, which fellowfhip of the Apoftles &illorum is fweereft and Higheft, And truly our felhwftiip U with impieta- the Father and his Son Jefm Chrift, This Communion tis, & is even Heaven on Earth, ver. 3. 2. That having iftorum fuch fellowfhip, their c)oy might be full, andfo they incredu- at laft become eternally happy, ver. 4. Iitatis. Auguft. Trafi.z.inEpift.Joan.Tom.y. c Plenum Gaudium dick, In ipfa focietate, iniplaCharitate, In ipfaunitatc. Aug.Trah.i. in Ep, Joan. Tom. 9. THE SUBSTANCE of the Epiftle it fclf is, 1. Prallical. 2. Dotfrinal. I. The Prallical Part, is full of Holy and Heavenly Ex- Aor7e light ; as God is in the Iight;laid down, (1) More appellator Generally, Then we have felhwfiip one with another, & tenebra: i^tfr* wirh God and (Thrift, and they with us. f 2) in quonon More Particularly, And the blood of Jefm Chrift hit Son funt ullx. cleanfeth its from all fin, ver. 7. Quando II. Not to deny fin to be inthem,or to be done by them, dicit nullas J'* though they be regenerated, but rather penitentialy tenebras to confeffe it before God. 1. EeauCe.ifwefaywe have no fin, C 1 J We deceive our felves. (~ 2 J The truth k not in us, ver. 8. 2. Becaufe if we confeffe our fins, did it faithful and juft, ( 1 J To forgive us our fins, viz. in Jullifying us. f 2} To cleanfens from allun- righteoufnejfe,v\z. In both Juftifying and Sanctifying us, ver- 9. 3. Becaufe, If we fay we have not finned. viz. Actually } fj 1) We make God a lyar. ( 2 ) Hit liqua forde Word is not in w ver, 1 0. maculari. HI. To walk, innocently ,in avoidingfm fo fane as is, Hier. ad- poffib'.e, and yet if fin overtake them to repair by Faith vsrf.Pel.tg. unto Christ as a remedy againfl all fin. He encourages /. 2. p. 283 to come to Chrift for relief againft fin, from the two Tom. 2. chief Afts or Parts ofChriftsPriefthood, vi^. 1. His B^/1553. Interc (ficn m heaven with the Father for us ; which Chap. 2. 's Amplifiedh)- the Righteoufnefle of the Interceffor, eNon able toprtva;lc. If any man fine we have an Advo- dixit, ha- cate with (be Father, Jefus Chrift the righteous, Ch. II. betis,ncc ver.i. 2. His Sjtisfjftionfor, and Expiation of fin, mebabctis on earth, by his D^atii ; and this, (\ J Not only for dixit, nee the fins of Jeeves, to whom lie wrote; And he is the Propitiation for our fins, f 2 J But alfo for fins of Gentiles of every Nai ion through the world ; Andnot for ours onely, but dfo for the fins of the whole world, ver. 2. in Dei lumine reperiri oftendit omnia aliorum Iumina a- ipfum Chriftum babetis, dixit : fed& Cir//f«mpofuit,nonfe; Schabemus dixir, nonhabetis. Maluit fe ponerein numero peccatorum, uthaberet Advocatum Chri- flum : quatn ponere fe pro Chrifto Advocatum, & inveniri inter . damnandos fuperbos. Aug. Trail. 1. in Joan. Tom. 9. IV. To adde to their knowledge of Chrift true obedi- eme to his word and Commandments. 1. Becaufe, hereby we may know that we truly know Chrift, ver. /Fruftra 3> .2- Becaufe, to make / profeffion of knowing nobh in Chrift, without keeping his Commandements is Hy- eoplaudi- P°crifie, ver. 4. 3. Becaufe, the keeping of Chrifts mus, cu- Word by anyone, evidencethfj 1) That the love of jus man- Godistruely per felled in him. f 2 J That fuch are datanon 'n Cbrrft, and have communion with him, ver. 5. 4. farimus. Becaufe, irs the Duty of fuch as profefs communion Hier. ad- With Chrift, to walk as Chrift walked, ver. 6. verf.Jevin. V. To love the Brefb -en ; Touching this Duty, 1 He 1.2 p. 69, Prefaceth to it. 2 H: preffeth it. And ^Declares Tom.2.Ba- *>hy he fourgeth it, and :ther duties of holy life. I. He 1553. Prefaceth to it, mewing rhar. this Duty whereunto he exhorts them, is not any {Jew, but an Ancient Duty; being grounded no: on .1 New, but an Old Command- ment. This is 1. Afferteda nd proved, in that he writes no other Commandment to them, than what they had heard preached to rhem from the beginning, ver. j. 2. Correlledby a Concejfion, that this his Ex- hortation unto Brotherly-hvc, isinfomefort A New Commandment. Here ; Partly \ he explains how, or in what refped it is New,v]z. (i) In refi>:lt of Chrift who renews this Old Commandment, ("2 J "hire- fpett ofthemfdves who receive this Commandment as renewed by Chrift. Again a New Commandment 'I write unto you, which thing is true in him and inyou. Partly he proves this old Commandement to be new in thefe refpe&s; becaufe the dartye/J is paft, and the true Ight nowfliineth, viz. The brighc day of the Gofpcl fhincth, by the appearing of Chrift the Sun of rightcoufnefTe, ver. 8. II. He preffei k it by divers Arguments, vi^. 1. Becaufe he that hates his brother, is in darknefs, evenuntilnow, ver. 9. 2. Becaufe he that loveth his brother, thereby evidenceth himf'clf. CO To abide in the light. (2) Tobeinoffenfive, And there is no occafion offtumbling in bint, ver. 1 3. ("3) Be- caufe, he that hateth his brother, not only is in d.i>k- nejfe, but walketb indai\nef\e, andknoweth not whi- ther he goeth, ver. II, III. He declares why he fo much urgeth Broth'-, ly-love . and other Chriftian duties upon them. Which he doth by diftributing them in- to three Ranks, vi^. Little children. Fathers, and Toungmen. And by annexing reafons^ peculiar to thefe Ranks re fpeftively. He wrote- to thofc among them, that were 1. Little children, ("fuch chiefly rc- joycing in their Parents love and countenance : J CiJ Becaufe, their fins were forgiven them for his Names fake. (2) Becaufe ,they have known the Father. 2. Fathers((uch chiefly delighting in the commemo- ration of ancient things -, ) Eecaufe they have known him that isjrom the beginning. 1 . T^une.-men, ( fuch chiefly glorying in their ftrength, activity and va- lour;.) Becaufe-, fij They are ft rang. C2J The Word of God abideth in them; whereby rhey are ftrc-Dgthened, (3} They have overcome the wirf^done, ver. 13,14. Filiis Nativicas, inPatriSus Antiquiras. in Juvenibus Aug. Trail. 2. in Ep. Joan. Tom. 9. ^Filii funr, patresfunr, i;:v,nes funt. Filii, quianaf- cunrur: Pat res, quia Frin- cipium agnofcunt. Juvenes quare ? quia vici- ftis malig- num. In Fortitudo. h Duo fu nc amo-es, VI. To take heed of the inordinate love of the wirld, and of the things in the world. Thisisurged, I. From the inconfiftency of the love of God and ii;e world ,in the fame heart, at the fame time, with intenfe de- grees. If any man h love the world, Sec. ver. 15. 2. From the Nature of all things in the world. All things in this world, that can invite to the love of muii them, are reducible to one of thefe three heads;W^. Dei. Si (1) The luft of the fleflr, to which refer all carnal cor- mundia- poral delights and pleafures. (2.) The luft of the eye; trior h.ibi- to which reckon all vifible porfeffbns, and riches of ter non. outward ftate. C$J The pride of life; to which eft qua recount, all Honours and high-rooms in the world, iiirret Yet all thefe are terrene and earthly, not divine amor and heavenly : not of the Father, but of the world, Dei ; re- ver. 16. 3. From the vanity of the world, And the cs die world paffeth away and the luft thereof, Wh'ch amor is Amplified by the contrary perpetuity of him mundf, that doth the Will of God, who abideth for ever, &h3biter ver. 17. amor Dei, Melior accipiat locum. Augujl. Trail. 2. in Epift. Joan. Tom. p. VII. To beware of the dangerous Antichrifts and He- retical Seducers that fhould come in the laft times, yea were already come in Johns dayes, efpecially thofethat denyed Chrift, either in Perfon or Office; as Simonians, Bofilidians, Carpocratians, Cer/nthi- ans, Hebionites, &c. Againft which he arms them, andencourageth them to perfevere in the truth bv divers considerations. As 1. That it is the laft time, forafmuch as divers Antichrifts are already come, which are fore-runners of that great An- tichrift, foretold by the ApDftles to come in the laft dayes, verf. 18. 2. That, thefe Antichrifts feparated, and went out fiom the Church of Chrift, and from the truth : becaufe they were not of Chrifts true Church, for true believers continue, verfe 19. 3. That, thofetowhom John writes, had an Vncli- 01 from the holy One, and knew all things, viz, had the Annointing of the illuminating and fanftify- ing Spirit from Chrift, teaching them all things ne- ceffary to their falvation and prefervation from fe- ducers, ver.20. This he Amplifies fhewing hereup- on why he wrote to them ; not fo much to inform them of the truth which they knew not, as to Con- firm them in the truth which they knew, ver. 21. ^.That, if there be any heretical lyar, he is that lyar e.68 I. John. Chap. III.IV. I var that denyes ]efm to be the Cbrift ; who U a lyar, but he th.it ienyeth that Jefw is the Chrifl * v.22. 5. That, whofcever denieth the Father and the Son is Anti- chrifl, ver. 22. 6. That, whofoever denyeth the Son, denyeth the Father a!fo, ver. 23. 7. that, rheir abiding in the true faith of the Father and the Son, according to the Doctrine which they had heard of the Apoflles from the beginning, Q where- unto lie exhorts them,^ would bring chetn to eter- nal life, promifedto them, ver. 24, 25. 8. That, though he hath write thofe things to them, concerning thofe that feduce them : yetforafmuchas the Annoint- ing, (\\z. Chrifb Spirit J abideth in them, andtea- cheththem ail neceflaries to falvation, &c. Heen- couragech them that they fhall perfevere and abide in him, ver. 26, 27. 9. Finally, That, if they per- fevering in his truth abide in him, they fhall have confidence to look Chrifl in the face, and not be a- fhamed before him at his coming, v 23. VIII. Sincerely to prailife righteoufnefs, and aban- don the pracl'tfing of fin; (contrary to the curfed and devillifh doftrine of the Carpocratians, who taught men to fin )This is urged by many cogent Arguments. As. 1. Becaufe, thetrue praftice of righteoufnefs, evi- denceth him that fo pra&ifeth to be born of God, who is righteous, v. 29. 2. Becaufe, the heavenly Father hath vouchfafed us no vulgar favour in adopting us to be his children, which lingular mercy fbould kindle in usanearneft indeavour to be conform unto him in purity. That this Argument may be the more prevalent ■, He Amplifies the great benefit of Son-flJp. 1. By the fingular and ad- mirable love of the Father in adopting uf. Behold Mhat manner of love the Father hath beftowed upon us, that we fliould be called the fins of God. 2. By the worlds contempt or difregard of this their Priviled- ged-flare of adoption. Againfl which he comforts them, from confideration of the true caufe thereof, viZs Their ignorance of the Father adopting ; There- fore the wot Id fiiowethws not, becaufe it knew him not Chap. 3. Chap. U.ier.i. 3. By the unfpeakable glory that at his appearing fhall certainly be conferred on them becaufe they are the Sons of God; which glory fhall chiefly confifl, (2) In conformity to him, we fl>all J Ergo vi- be like him. C*J In perfeft i vifionof him; for iuri lumus we (liallfeehim as he is, ver. 2. 4. By the property quaridam and difpofition of all that have this hope of glory, to vifiontm, purine 'themfelves as he is pure, viz. in fometrue quamnec fpiritual refcmblance, though not in equality of pu- ocultavi- rity, ver. 3. dit, &c vifionem prxcellentem omnes pulchritudines terrenas, Auri, Argenti, ncmorum atque camporum, pulchritudinem maris tic, is, pulchritudinem Solis & Luna:, pulchritudinem fle'Iarum, pulchritudinem Angelorum: Omnia fuperantem, qua ex ipfo pulchra fun: omnia. Quid ergo nos erimus, quando videbimus? Aug,Traif. 4. in Ep.Joan. Tom. 9. 3. Becanfe, the Commiffion ofifm is thetranfgreffi- on of the Law : which therefore believers fliould fliun, ver. 4. 4. Becaufe, Chrifl in whom was no fin, was mani- fefted to take away fin,a^. by his death, &c. there- fore Chrifiians may not continue in fin, v. 5. $.Becaufe,\\hofoe.ver have Communion with Chrifl and abide in him, fin not ; But they that fin, have not feen him,nor known him,v. 7. 6. Becaufe, he that truly doth right eoufneffe is righ- reopi, f whatfocver feducers fuggeft to the contrary.} This he proves from Chrifb example, 11.7. 7 Becaufe, he that committetb fin is ofithe Devil. This is proved ; I. Worn the devils finful nature -.for the devil Jmneth jiom the beginning.- 2. From the end of rhrifls manifeftation, which was ; That he might Jeffrey the work} 0/ the devil, viz. Sins. Therefore thev that commit fin cannot be of Chrifl, but oftlie devil, v. 8. 8. Becaufe, Regenerate Perfons do nor commit fin, nor k can they fm, (viz. as carnal unregenerate Per- k How they fons do, becaufe they are born of God, and have a feed, that are repugnant to fin, remaining in them, ver. 9. bom of G :d,do not, cannot commit fin, See cleared at large in many particulars, in my Believers Evidences, &c. chap. 2.Sed..lU.p.2gi.to 127. Qui inGeneratione domini perfeveranr, peccare nonpoffunr. Qusenim communicatio luci & tenebris? Chriflo & Eelial? Quomodo dies& nox mifceri nonqueant : fie necjuflitia &ini- quitas, peccat urn & bona opera, Chriflus & Antichriflus. Si lulceperimusChriflumin hofpitio noflri pectoris; illico fuga- musdiabolum: Si peccaverimus, & per peccari januamingref- fusfueritdiabolus. protinus Chriflus recedh. Hier. adverf. Jo- vinian.l.2.p.6^.Tom.2. Brtj/J. 1553. 9. Becaufe, the manifeft character, diflinguifliing the children of the devil from the children of God, is 1. More generally, the not doing of righteoufnefs. 2. More particularly,ihe noi loving of their brethren. C Andfo paffeth again to exhort to brother-love. J v. 10. IX. To unfeigned brotherly-love. Hereunto he ex- horts them by many prevalent Arguments, viz.. 1. From Gods meffage or command, preached to thematfirft by the Apoflle, to love one another, v.i\.2.From Cains contrary evil exampleof hating and flaying his brother for his righteoufnefs, where- by he evidenced himfelf to be of that wickjdonethe devil, ver. 12. Whence he comforts the Regene- rate againfl the worlds hatred of them, becaufe thus it was of old, v. 13. 3. From the benefit of brother- love, whereby we know that we have paffedjfom death to life, ver. 14 4. From the mifchief of ha- ting, or not loving the brethren, viz,. f"0 Such a man abideth in death. (2 J Is a\ Murderer. And /Cum e- (3) Confequently hath not eternal life abiding in him, nim homi- ver. 14, 15. 5. From Chrifls own example, Chrifl cidium fo loved us as to lay down his life for us : fo fhould cx odio we love the brethren, as in fome m cafes to hazard fape naf- our lives for the brethren, vcr.i6. 6. From the im- catur,qui- polfibilityof having Gods love to dwell in them, f/cunque o- having thefe worlds goods, they (hut up their Bowels dit,etiam- from their Brethren in need. Therefore they fliould fj nee dum Jove them not in word and in tongue, but in deed andin gladio truth, ver. 17, 18. 7. From the excellent effeftsor percuffe- benefits which will redound to them, from upright rit : Ani- and real loving of the brethren, viz,. (0 Hereby they mo tamen fliall know that they are of the truth, viz.' of the true homicida number of Gods People. (2) Hereby they Ilia II have efl. Hier. aflured confidence ol heart and conscience towards adCaftori- God: vvhobeing greater then confciencC, will much nam Ma- more condemn if confeitnee condemn, ver. 19, 20, terteram. 21. 3. Hereby that n confidence in God,iscrowned p.;io.7om. with his hearing of their Prayers;becaufe in fo doing 1. Bajil. they keep his Commandements, and do thofe things that 15,3. are pleafmg in his fight, ver. 22. His Commande- m See in ment being ; Partly, that we fliould believe on the what Name of bis Son Je\us Chrifl. Partly," that we fliould Cafes, in love one another, ver. 1 3. The keeping of his Com- my Belei- mandement being a fruit of our communion with versEvi- with God dwelling in us, which abiding of God in us, dences. Ch. is allured to us by his Spirit/ver. 24. 8.Seft. V. p. 232. &c. n Cor cum manibus levat, qui crationem fuam opcribus ro- borat. Nam quifquis orat, fed operari diffimulat: cor levat, & manus non levat. Quifquis vero operatur & non orat,manus levat & cor non levat. Juxta ergo Joannis vocem, tunc cor fiduciam inoratione accipit, cum fibi vita,' pravitas nulla con- tradicit, & bonorum operum ratio orationi concinit. Hier. in Lament. Hierem. $.p. ^6j.A.Tom.$. Bafil. 1553. X. To beware of heretical Seducers, and of beleiv- ing every Spirit, ("viz. every teacher that pretends thefpirit,J but to try the Spirits, whether they be of God. Here, I. He confirms this Kxhortation ; be- caufe manyfalfe Prophets are gone out into the world, Chap. IV. ver 1. II. He directs tlicm how to try Chap. 4. and elifcovcr the Spirits, viz.. 1. Affirmatively, Eve- ry fpir it that covfeffeth thatjefm Chrifl k come in the Chan.V. If. J O H N. 569 J1ejf)i(ofGodyV.2. 2. Negatively, Every fpirit that confejfetb not that Jefut Chrift it come in the ftefl), it not of Gad. This he brands as the fpirit of Amichift Part- ly, fore-prophcfied of by the Apoftles, that it ftould come into the world. Partly, in fome degree was even now already in the world, ver. 3. III. Hecomfort- cth them, i.Againft the danger of their being over- come by the feduccrs ; yea that they have overcome thefe feducers already; Partly, becaufe they are of God. Partly, becaufc Greater it God in them than Sa- tan in thefe Seducers, vet. 4. 2. Againft the Preva- lency of thefe Seducers Doctrine in the world. 0 JI* is only the world that heareth them. (2) The world therefore heareth them ; Partly, becaufc thefe fedu- cers are of the world. Partly, becaufe they therefore fpeakjf the world; that is, agreeably to the corrupt humour and difpofkiors of the world, ver. 5. 3. A- gainft the contempt or negleft of the Apoftolical Doftrine in the world, by fhewing [ 1] That the A- poflles/jre of God, though the world hear them nor. [2] That he that knoweth God, heareth the Apoflles (3) That he that if not of God, heareththem not ; none but fuchdefpife their Doctrine, v. 6. IV. He con- cludes this whole exhortation with this intimation, Hereby kjnowwe the Spirit of truth, and the fpirit of er- 1 row, ver. 6. XI. Finally, He exhorts again to Brotherly- love , by divers Arguments. As, * • -' I. Becaufe, God is the Authour of it ; Love ii of God, v. 7. 2. Becaufe, this love of the brethren, is a Sign 1. Of Regeneration ; Every one that lovetb if born of God. 2. Of true knowledge of God, and kjioweth God, ver. 7. This is illuftrated by its contrary. He that loveth not, kjioweth not God; and he confirms it by a reafon from Gods nature ', for God if love, v.8. $.Becaufe,God hath taught us by his own example to love one another in fending his Son into the world forusjln this fending confider, 1. Who did fend, God. 2. Who was fent, bit only begotten Son. 3.Whi- ther he wasfent, into the world ; therein to be Born meanly, Live affliftedly, and Die cruelly for us„4.For what end he was thus fent, vif. f 0 To be the Propi- tiation, for our fins. ("2) That we might live through him. 5. What's the lingular moving caufe of all this; Herein if love, not that we loved God, but that he loved Hi. Therefore ifGodfo loved us, we ought al- fo to love one another, ver. 9,10,11. 4. Becaufe, if we love one another, ("though cor- porally, no man hath feenGodat anytime, yet J fpi- ritually we fee and know thatGod dwellethin us,and we in him, perfectly and fmcerely loving him, 1 Part- ly, by this fruit of the fpirir in us, brotherly-love, v. 12,13. 2. Partly, by Confeftion that Jefus is the Son of God, fent to be theSaviourof theworld,as the Apoftles knew and teftified, wr. 14,15. 3. Partly, o Qitia de- by dwelling in this brotherly-love,in as much a (oj us dileUio God if love, ver. 16. eft.] O^uid ampliusdici potuir,fratres ? Si nihil de laude dile&ionis dice- returper omnes iftas paginas hujus Epiftolx, fi nihil omnino percsteraspaginas Scripturarum, &hoc folum unum audire- mus de voce Spiritus Da.Pjtia Dent deUtlio eft : jam videt?, quia facere contra dilcdionem, faccre contra Deum eft, Aug. Trail.'], in Ep.Joan.Tom.9. And and again elfcwhere ; Nefcio utrum magnificentius nobis charitascommendari poffit, quam ut diceretur, Dew charitas eft. Brevis Laus, & magna Laus: brevis in Sermone, & magna intellects. Quam cito dicitur, Dent diletlio eft. Et hoc breve eft. Si numeresunum eft: Si appendas, quantum eft ? Deufdi- letlio eft,<& qui manet in dileilione, in Deomanet, & Dent initio manet.Sh tibi domus Dttis,efto domus Dei : mane in Deo,& ma- neat in te Deus. Maneat inte Dcus ut te contineat, maneasin Deo ne cadas: quomodo cadet, quern continet Deus. Aug. Tratt. 9. in Ep. Joan.Tom.y, 5. becauje, by this brother If-love, ( if fincere ancf perfect, ") we fhall be enabled to appear with con- fidence and boldneffe in the day of judgment. This is confirmed, 1. From our conformiry to, and r>> femblance of God, C who is love,)1))' this fincere brorherly-lovc; Becaufe at he if, fo are we in this wo> Id, ver. 17. 2. bromthe nature of fincere and perfect love, inconfiltcnt with flavi.1i tormenting fear ; there is no fear in love, but pcrfetf Ine caftetb outfeare, becaufe feat e hath torment, &c. ver. i3. 6. Becaufe, we cannoc evidence our true love to God, ('which originally arifeth from Gods loving us firft. J if we be without true brotherly-love. If a man fay he hveth God and hatetb hit brother, he u a lyar ; This is confirmed, 1. By the impoffibility of loving God whom we have not jeen, if we love not our brother whom we have feen f Seeing and Knowing being the ground of Loving J ver. 10,20. 2. By Gods joynt command to love both, And this Comand- ment have we from him, that he who loveth God, love his brother alfo, ver. 21. 3. Ey the near relation be- twixt God and the brethren, who (believing (p) that Jefw if the Chrift , J are born of God. W hence every one that loves him that begat, viz. God, loves him al- fo that it begotten of him, viz. the Regenerate child for the Fathers fake, Chap. V. ver. 1. 4. By the dependance of our love to the children of God, upon our true love to God, the caufe of brotherly love. By tbit we know that we love the children of GocT, when we love God and keep hit commandements, ver. 2. This love of God is Amplified by the peculiar fignes or difcoveries thereof, vi^. ( 1 ) Keeping hit Command- ments. CO ATof counting hit Commandemens grievous, ver. 3. That the Regenerate, the true lovers of God count not his Commandements grievous, he proves ; becaufe the Regenerate do by true faith in Chrift conquer the world, which hinders rheir cheerfull keeping of Gods Commandements, ver. 4, 5. (So he paffethto the DoZfrinall part of the Epiftle concerning Chrift. ) credunt, pejores funtquam Dxmones. Aug. Trail. 1. Joan. Tom. 9. Chap. i. pSratim fidei conjunxif dileftio- nem.quia fine di- leftione fides inaniseft ; cum Di- 1 eel ion e, fides Chriftiani: Sine di- leftione, fides Dx- monis, Quiau- tem non 10. in Ep' Pifcat. Anal, in IT. The Doflrinall part of this Epiftle, declares that Jefus is the Chrift, true God and man that fhould. come into the world. This is fi J Proved(2) Ap- plyed. I. ThU Truth U Proved by many Teftimoniesv]z. 1. Of the Law, under the Old Teftament, Typically prefiguring Chrift, Tbit if he that came by water and blood, even Jefus Chrift, not by water only, but by water « ^ and blood. This points at, and alludes to f q J the ^ ? J?"' type and Antitype. The Type is Summarily reduced to j"v' Com° two heads, w^. water i.e. The Ceremoniall warnings , ""' by water, and Blood, i. e. The blood of Expiatory 5 Sacrifices. The Anti-type Chrift, Anfwers to both thefe branches of the Type, And that two wayes -, , Partly Symbolically, in givinga vifible figne of the p' Uav; fulfilling of thofe Types in him upon thcCrofe, ( r ) fi6**?1* water and blood myfterioufly coming out of his fide. 1 ver>' in Partly really, in vouchfafing us compleat fpirirnal ocj , purifying from fin ; From guilt of fin, by his blood, r fully expiating and fatisfying for it. From filth and power of fin, by his Spirit as by clean water, purify- ing us and fanftifying us,a;er.6'. 2. Of the Spirit , which inwardly teftifies of Chrift, giving usfpiritual fenfe, and experience of Chrifts efficacy in juftifving and fanftifying. And it is the (pirit that bearetb wit- neffe, becaufe the fpirit it truth, ver. 6. 3. Of three that bear Record in Heaven, that Jefus is the Chrift &c. viz. The three perfons which are one in Eflence' and therefore consequently, confent in one Tefti* mony. f This they did divers wayes and times, bu" in Chrifts baptifme joyntlyC/J The Father byhic/Voce s Pater. Gnatusflumine: flamen, ave — vid.Chem. Harm,inMntth.->r \6, 17. Fffff.ff vofce 34- 573 II. J 0 H N. voice from Heaven, Tne word by his Eaptifme with wafer, The H,ly-Ghft, by dcfccnding and lighting i Hnnc upcn him in a bodily fhape like a Dove. ) ( t) Far verfum there tire three that bear record in heaven: the Father veuis in- fit' KW, «ndf f/;e /fo/y Ghoft ; and thefe three are one, rcrp<-es ver. 7. 4. Of three that beareth witneffe on earth; C « j T/;e Sp/i/'r and qi'i-m ri ;/t" r/ji ee ^ree /n one, ver. 8. fe-quurus eft Lutherus : Syriaca verfio etiam non habet; Ntc lcgerunt eumCyrillus, Auguft.ScBeda; fed legerunt Hieromm, Cyprian. deSfmpl.Prslatorum, & Fulgentius in Epilogo libelli contra O'liectiones Arianorum, Habet: cum &: Comp'utenfis & Hifpanica Ed'no. E'contcxrus feries omnino rtquirit. Eft enim ratioa tcftibus civinisducTa, prolans Jefum ei'e Meffiam. Nequecon- franri ZvyKHcnt tcftium caleftium & terreftrium, dequa ver. 0. P. P. . em .71 Adverf. in 1 Joan. 5.7. u In rhe intcrpreta'ion cf thefe three Wirnefies on Earth, Interpreters vary Parens thus; The Spirit, i.e. Tie plenteous effufion of the Holy Ghoft proper to the New Tefta- inent, according to that of Joel. 2. The Water, i.e. Regenera- tion, flonirlcd by wafhint>sof old The Blood, i.e. The work of Redemption; and imputation of Chrifts righteoufnelTe •, thefe teftifie that Chrift is the Meffiah Pifcator thus-, The S, it it, i. e. The Gofpel, fo called 2 Cor. 3. 6. The Water and the Blyod, \. e. The Water and Blood that if.ueriowt of Chrifts fide or.theCrofe, fhadowingcut the efficacy of Chrifts death, Pre- ed of old by lega'l Wafh ngs and Expiations. Or, The Sphir, i. e. The Goipel ; The Water and the Blood, i.e. The two vifjble Seals of the New Tefiament, Baptifme and the Lords Supper. • All teftifying Chrift to be the Meffiah See aTo Joan, Diodates Annot. on 1 John 5. 8. fuggefting divers oilier interpretations. II. This truth thus Proved is Appdye d, byway <■/ Ex- hortation. John exhorts them ro give credic to thele tcfiimonics touching Jefus being the Chrift, and that for divers Reafons; 1, Becaufe this Tcftiinony of rhe Father touching his Son is Divine, farre tranf- cending the Authority and credit of all Humane te- Aimonies, ver. 9. 2. Becaufe , He that believes on the Son hath the witntffeinhimfeif, viz. the Spirit and his ownconlcience teftif\ ing that Jehu is the Chrift, ver. 10. 3. Becaufe He that btlieves nj Old, [ 1 -\ Makes God a Lyer, in not believing his reord} that he bath given us eternal life in his Son, ver. to. 11, \_2 jTeftines he hath not the Son, nor life by him, as contrariwife he that believes hath, ver. 12. 4. Becaufe they that believe on the name of the Son of God, have great advantages thereby, (Tor promot- ing of which faith, and benefits thereof, John wrote this Epiftle ) Ht%. [_ 1 "jHaveeternall life, f 2 ] May know that they have eternall life. [ 3 "| May make progreffe in believing, ver. ig.[4] Have confidence of Gods Audience, and granting of all their Prayers, prefented according to his \vill,i;er. 14, 15. Which Prcvalency of Believers Prayers, lie more Particu- larly Amplifies, fliewing ; Partly, For whom they may pray and fpeed, vi^. for them that fin not unto Death, and (hall obtain life for fuch ver. 16. Partis, for whom they may not pray, nor fhall fpeed, vi\. Not for them that fume unto Death; that is, who fin Qx) The Sinne againft the Holy Ghoft, ver. 16, 17. xTbepn Which finne unto Death, The world that lyetb in againft the wickedneffe may comniit ; but they that are born of H4y Ghoft. God fhall not commit ; in that 1 They by inward what it Grace keep themfelves, and that wicked one touchetb is, and them not, 2 They are of God^ ^Tbey know and under- who are Sand the Son of God who is tome in the ft Jh, and ai e in in danger him, who is the true God,ar.d that Etenialllife, vcr.i8, of com- '9> 20, mitt ing it . See large- ly cleared in my Believers Evidences Ch. 2. Sect. 3. p 60, to 127. THE CONCLUSION of the whole Epiftle, with a III. ferious Monition or Caution againft all idolatry and fuperftition, which is moft inconftcnt with Chrifiia- nity ; Little children, keep your felves from Liols. Amen, ver. 2i II. J O H N. 2 Joh. 1. ia I'll. r. r ?. ', Seft. I. Kiwe. THe fecond tpiftle o/JOH N the Apoftle'} This Epiftle of John is nor, as the firft, C.itbiliik or Generall,bm Particular; being written to Particular perfons, vi^. a To an Elett Lady and her children- Who flie was, is not known ; Some think tliatE- 1. E C T was her proper name, hut thats improbable, for then John would not have faid, To the Elect" Lady : but.To the Lady ELECT. Some turn this into an Allegory, and fay that by the Eleft Lady John intended the whole Chriftian Church: but this is mod unlikely; and plainlyre- pugnant to rhi< Fpift.'e it felf. Per 1. To write to rhe whole Chriftian Church, undc r ihe notion e f an Eleii Lady, is fo unulual, that we find no Irrh thing done in all the New Teftzmcnt. 2. This Epiftle not oncly mentions ihhbLadj and her childr'tY, Em alio fends her fatVraridn! 11 tm th.e c child) e « / lei Eleft Sifter. 2. The Apoftle fpcaks of his intention, d to come and fee her, and fpeakf'ce to face. Which d2 Joh, 12. c.innot be underftood of the whole Chriftian Church, e Vld. Be^ She is e thought to be fome eminent religious Matron Annot. in of great eftate, who much relieved and fupported U.Jo.P'f- t he members of the Church in her days. cat. in II. Joan. Sett. II. Ten man. Some think the Pei.maJtof this EpiflJe, was ano- ther Jc/vi then the Apoftle; (Evfebiui reports it out fEufeb. of PapitH, the difcipleof Jchn the Presbyter : (hat Hift.Eccl. htfdes John the Apoftle, the beloved difciplc, there l,?,.c.$$. was another of that name, v\\. John the P-resbyter. g Htcron. That they both lived in Afa. ana thai cathcj them had C.atal. a SffufchcT nl Y.yYcfai-fivdihat itsici) jrctable John Script, the Pieshyttr, Jaw ad wrcteike Kaelatiilk. ( Eut Eccl.Vt. this laf! 1 fhall eviderce to le ;; 111 /l;:l < v It 1 I re me Joatiiies, roth« Revelation, J And g hiei cm ; <""* r*kjn& heji of Seducers and Anti-cbrifts, are prefted at in ihejirft Epiftle of John. So that this is Johns genuine language. And almoft in tile \\fame wnds and manner of phrafe, if well compared together, ?• The i Salutation is plainly Apoftolica!. And notably rehfhed of John's Spirit.' 4. Both k ancient and /modern Writers ac- thefecare- count this Epiftle Canonical, and afenbe it unco John fully tog?- the Apoflle. So that this Epiftle, being written by ther vi^ . John the Apoflle is of unqueftionabl Authority. whbi John 5 and ' JoI3n 2- 2* whb 2 Jc]m %' , and ,. John 4. h 2, 3- with 2 Joh.7. —and , John 5. a, 2 with 2 John 6. &c. i 2 John. 1,2,?. k Concil Carthag. 5. Can Al Concil. Laodk. inc. ult. Aug. de DoX. Ch„fl.l2. c. 8. Sent.Epifc- Condi. Carthag. apudCypr. Sent. 8t.p. 449, Ed. !">9?- Oecum I Proxm. in. 2. Ep. Joan. I Beda Fi)c Be^. &c. na. Joan. Ep. Setl. III. Occafion. b Among others paffages compare m Au;. de H*r. I. p. 1 4. Tom. 6. Bafit.i<>6$ Epiphan. H&ref. 24. Compare 2 John. 7. Sett. IV. Scope. The chief Sc^e and intent thereof of John in this brief Epiftle, h; To incite the eleft Ladv and her n2joh. 4. children, (whom he commends, for n walkjngin the 0 2 John 7. truth, J to per fever e in the o truth, and carefully to to 12. fhun all heretical Seducers that bftng not Chrifts p 2 Job. 6. Doclrine. As alfo to a done the truth with p love and good works. Some think that John's familiar Chnftian acquaint- ance with this Etecl Lady, gave him Occafion of writ- ing this Epiftle. Others rather think it was written againft the Antichriftian herefie of m Bafilides and bis follower?, who taught that Chrift was not a true man but a phantafme, and therefore that he neither did, mr fuffer'd thofe things which he U f. ad to do and fuffer. Why may not both well ftand together ? John took Occafion, Partly from his Chriftian acquaintance with this pious Lady ; Partly from the wicked he- refies of Bolides and others in thofe times, denying hfw to be the Chrift: to write this Epiftle to caution believers againft them. Seft. V. Vrindpa.1 Purls. In this II. Epiftle of John, (which is very fhorc, J arc confiderable, 1. The Preface. 2. The Subftance of the Epiftle. ^.TheCondufton. THE PREFACE contains, I. the Infcripthn, ex- preffing, 1. The Perfon writing, Jbe Elder. 2. The Pcrfons written to, Vnto the Elell Lady and her chil- dren. 2,. A teftification of the Apoftlcs, and others fincere love to the Lady and her children. And this for the common D«r/; or faith, which is, and ever fhall be in them all. 2 John ver. 1,2. II. TheS<»/«- tatiin, or pious Prayer 01* the Apoftle for them, wherein note, I. The blcffi.igs prayed for in their behalf, Grace, Mercy, and Peace. 2. The Foun- tain whence they arc to How ; From God the Father, and from the Lord Jefm Chrfl, the Son of the Father. 3. The Adjur.fts or companions of thofe blcffings wi- fhed for ; In Truth and Love,v. 2,. THE SUBSTANCE of the Epiftle; wherein the jr. Apoftle I. Congratulates with the Lady, that fome of her children walktth in the truth, as they hid recei- ved commandment from the Father, vcr. 4. IT. Ex- horts to conftancy in the ancient Doftrinc, or com- mandment of Brotherly-hve, Obedience and Truth, ver. 5,6. III. Warns them againft Seducers, de- nying Chrifts Incarnation: 1. Shewing the danger of them; in that, (~i) They are Many. (2) They are Deceivers. ( 2. J They are Antichnfts, v. 7. C a_) If they look not tothemfelves againft thefe Se- ducers, They will, Partly, lofe what they have al- ready wrought or gain'd, Partly, miffe their fu'l re- ward, ver. 8. jf*$J Wbofoever tranfgi effetb and abid- etbnotintbr Dotfrine of Chrifl, hath not God. But conrrariwife, he that abidetb in the Doll fine of Chrifl he hath both the Father and the Son, ver. 9. 2. For- bidding them all famiJiarity,andfeIlowfhipwith fuch Denyers of Cn rifts Doftrine, left they partake in their fins. (If there come any unto you, and bring not /Joannes this Dotirine, receive him not into your boufe, neither ApoftoIu6 bid hi m God fpeed. For he that bidd 'th him Godfpeed, in Epifto- ispartakjr of his evil deeds, ver.io, 1 1. la fua po- fuitdicens Siquis advos venit, fc Doclrinam Chrifli mn habet, &c. Quo- modo admitti rales temere in Domum Dei pollunt, qui in Do- mum noftratn privatamadmittiprohibeancor .■> Aut quo modo. cum eis fine Ecclefia: baptifmo communicare poftumus. Q-U'^us fi Ave tantum dixeremus, faftis eorum malis communicavimus ? Sentent. Epifcop. Concil. Carthag. apudCypr. Sent. 81. p. 449- Edit "593- THE CONCLUSION of the Epiftle. 1. With In- timation that he omits writing many other things, hoping to come to them, and fpeak to them by word of mouth, That their \oy may be full, ver. 12. 2. With Salutations from her Eleft Sifters Children, ver. 1 3. in. III. JOHN. 572 HI. JOHN. a 3john i. b Ad. 19. cAct. 20.4. d iCor. 1. n I4' e Rom. 1 6. 23. AJoh.5.6 . \ ideLor. Com. in 3. Ep. Joan. ver. 1. h 5john 6. 7,8. Se&. I. Name, and Venman. T He third Epiflle of JOHN i/;e ytyoff/e. ] This Epiflle is not General, but Particular ; written to Gains. Penman of this Epiftlealfo, as of the former, was John the Apoflle, and therefore it is Authentique and Canonical. Both thefe are evident by all the four reafons alledged, touching Johns Second Epijile. And the Words, Phrafes, and Method of thefe two Epiftlesharmonioufly agree, as an intentive Reader may well obferve. John direfts this Epiftle, a To the well-beloved Gains, but what Gains this was is not fo evident. Scripture mentions three perfons of this name, v/^. i- Gains of b Macedonia. 2. Gains ofc Derbe. 3. Gains of d Corinth. Whom Paul calls e Gains mine //off, andofthe whole Church, writ- ingfrom Corinth to the Romanes. This Gains was a man eminent for Hofpitality, efpecially to the Mini- fies and Members of the Church of Chrift. Per- haps this Gains of Corinth, was the Gains to whom here John alfowr ires ; For, i.He is fingularly com- mended here for his / charity and hofpitality. 2.The confentof writers fubferibes hereunto. Asg Lori- r.ns teftifies. However he was a very eminent man in the Church. When or where this EpifUe was written, is not cer- tainly known. Sect. II. Occasion. Its very probable by the fubjeft-matter of this E- pifiie, that John took Occafion of writing this Epiftle, from confederation of the bountiful nefie and hofpi- tablcneffe of Gains ; which John had occafion to im- prove towards fome b Minifters, that went to preach to the Gentiles gratis, who feem to have brought this Epiflle from John to Gains. Sett. III. Scope. 3 JohnS. ,7.8. 3 John 9. 10 3 Joh.12. <. His chief intent or Scope\x\ this Epiflle, is 1.T0 requefl Gains, according to hi* i wonted bounty and be- nevolence to the Saints, to bring for war don their Jour- ney certain Ministers that went to preach the Gcjpel to the Qentiles.2. To 6/vinrfDiotrcphes (> for his pride ,ma- licious calumnies and oppnfnion againjl the Apojlle and the brethren. 3. And to commend 1 Demetrius. Sett. IV. Trwcipall parts, or Analyti- call Exposition. In this III. Epiflle of ]OHN the Affile, are !. The Preface. 2. The Subjla nee oj the Epiflle. 3. The Con - clufion. THE PREFACE contains, I.The Infcnption, de- ferring 1. The Pcrfon writing, the Elder. 2. The Pcrfon written to ; by his name, and by his true dearneffe unto the Apoflle, Vnto the welbeloved Gaius, whom I love in the truth, 3. John v. 1. II. The Salutation, containing the Apoflles well-wifhing Prayer for him. Wherein note, 1 Theearneftnefs of the Apoflles wifh. Beloved, Iwifh above all things, 2. The bleffings wifhed or prayed for in his behalfe, vi^.[ I'jProffeiity, that thou maifi profper. [2J Health for enjoyment of that profperity, And be in health. [ 3 ] The Meafure or proportion of thefe blef- fings wifhed for , Even as thy Soul profpereth , verfe 2. THE SUBSTANCE of the Epiflle is i.Gratulato- II. ry. 2. Hortatory. I. Gratulatory, wherein the Apoftle fingularly commends Gains, I. For his Piety, which was in him and wherein he walked. The truth that is in thee, even as thou Cm J walleefl in the truth. This is m'Ev Jtot- i.Confirmedby the Teftimony of rhe Brethren. 2.Am- d-Hd,^. plified by John's exceeding great joy to hear that his ,„$~ 5 fpiricual children walk in the Truth, and Gains in *7tTj>„L,.. particular, ver. 3,4. II. Fir his Charity and Hofpi- &yUM- tality; fet forth, 1. Ey his fidelity in it. Beloved wsJ jZxi, thou doeft faithfully. 2. By the extent of it, f0 To the Brethren, vi\. the Brethren of the Miniftry, as '"Igr^" after appears. (2)' To grangers, petfecured and ""* ' fcattered, ver. $. 3. By the teftimony hercofgi- "" /„ » ven by them before the Church, ver. 6. Com.mloc. II. Hortatory, wherein he exhorts Gains to bring on their journey certaine Brethren, ^perhaps by them John wrote this Epiftle.) who went forth to preach unto the Gentiles. This requeft is (_i) Vrged. and (2) Amplified. 1. This Exhortation is Vrgedby divers Arguments. As, 1. Becaufe, This was a good and pious work. Whom if thou bring forward in their journey after a god- ly fort, thouflialt do well, ver. 6. 2. Becaufe thefe Brethren travelled to preach the Gofpel to the Gen- tiles, not for private gain, But for Chrifts glory, v. 7. 3. Becaufe, we ought therefore (n) to >eceive[uch. r\\\7to- 4. Becaufe, by receiving and aflifting fuch, we be- XauSa- come fellow-helpers to the Truth, ver. 8. vht>\ &v]i ' \ , n'Ava.- Xd.fjLGa.vc.Sm.1, vsrcc/^€<&a/ a>f x.j to CtzKclG ov/xi »o"h Xiwv tjoi/Jt.©' eij d-n&i/. UdJiPivH iPi f)& tx]is nfjutf , fjji cLv&aiVHv rii Jlotzi- vet ir'o-n T?of n(ta< ihSuoiv : &K*! civ%( &ht\i\-yciv ^ vJ\ct cof 0 'AGfcL&fjt. >y 0 Aar- Oeatmen. Com. in 3. Joan. ver. 8« 2. Thif Exhortation it Amplified, I. By the Ap -flics Intimation, that he wrote to the Church afeout this Mutter alfo, but fears it would be to fmall effeft by reafon of Diotrcpbes, &c. / wrote unto the Church, but D/otrephes, 8:c. Here 1. His faults arc recited, vi^. CiJ His Pride in the Church; wholovesto have the Preheminence among them. (2) His con- tempt of the Apoftle; receiveth m not, v. 9. ("33 His Malice againft the Apoftle; prating againjl ns with malicious words. (4) His not Receiving of the Bre- thren. (5 J His forbtddingthem that would. C^JHi* cajlmg them out of the Church, vi^.by Excommunicati- on. 2. He for thefe faults is thrcarncd by the Apoftle, V. 10. \\. By the Apoflles cautioning of Gaius, not to follow or imitate thisevil example of Diitrephes, or of any other : but that which is good. 1. Becaufe, he that dot b good, is of God. 2. Becaufe, he that doth evil hath not fee n God. III. By the Apoflles contrary commendation of Demetrius, As having a good report, 1. Gene- J V D E. 573 in, i. Generally, of allmen. 2. Really, of the truth it felf. 2. Peculiarly, of John, ver. 12. THECONCLUSION of the Epiftle contains 1. The Apoftles Apology for writing fo fhort an E- p'iftle to him •, becaufe he trufted flvrtly to fee bun, and tofpeakmouth to mouth, vCr. 13,14. 2. The A- poftolicall valediction, or farewell-prayer, Peace be to thee. 3. The Salutations [ij Sent to Gains ; Our friends falute thee. [VJImp'ofed on Gaius, Greet the friends byname, v. 14. J U D E. SeB. I. Name, and Tenman. THeCatholique (or General J Epiflle of the Apo- file JUDAS i] Thus denominated from a Jude the Penman who wrote it, and from the Perfonsto whom it was written, vix_, The fame to whom Pe- ter wrote his fecond Epiftle, they tor fubflance be- ing both the fame. Penman of it was Judas b the brother of James. Ju- das is Originally an Hebrew name, tn\. HliT 7e' hudah, which fignifieth JV<"/e : fromnin Hodah chjit is, He hath confeffed, he hath praifed. This eToh'iTd name was firft given to the fourth fon of Jacob by and 13.29 Leal}-> becaufe at his birth his mother c praifed the fMat.27.2'. Lord- From him the tribe of Judah was denomi- J ' ' ' nated. There were two Apoftles that had this t Aft 1.18 name) VK- i- Judas dlfcariot, thatehad the bag,, and betrayed Chrift. And afterwards in fome fore (repented, rejiored the thirty pieces, and hanged him- fclf. So that he g bur ft ajunder in the midfl, and all hie bowels gufloed out, andfo he went to his own place. 2. Judash the brother 0/ James, viz,. Of James the fon oj Atpheus ; Who. after the death of/ James the isVand^'i brother of John, was famous at Jerufalem ^ among i8.Ga\.2.g the Apoftles. Where he is conceived by / Be^a to 1 Bez. An- ^eeP ms chief abode, that he might teach the Jews jiot.in'lud.i rhat reforted thither out of all Nations, unto which Jews efpecially, Judas here feems principally to write, and therefore mentions James. This Judas is alfo called m Lebbeus, i.e. Hearty ; and furnamed Tbaddaus, which is in the Syriack the fame with Ju- das in Hebrew. Hierome writes thus of him ; n Si- mon the Canaanite, &c. He it is who in another E- vangelift is calledZclntes. For Chana is interpreted Zeal. Ecclefialiicallbiftory delivers that Thaddasus the Apoftle was fent to EdefTa, to Abagarus King of q John 14. Chofdroena, who by the Evangelift Luke is called, 22. 22 24, "Judas the brother of James; and elfewhere he is named Lebba?us •, which is interpreted p A little heart; And it is to be believed that he had three names; As Simon Peter and the fans of Zebedee, are named Boanarges from the firmnefs and greatnejs of their faith. Of this Judas h\$ Converficn, or peculiar calling to the Apoftlefhip, the Scripture fpeaks not particu- larly .* But onely of his being numbred with the twelve A poftles, and of his writing of this prefent Epiftle. We rend little of him in Scripture, bc- fidesthat queftion which he put to Chrift, a tor immediately after rhe Supper, q Lord how is it that Magd.cent. thou wilt manifefi thy felf to us, and not unto the Is/. 2.c. World? To which Chrift replyes ; If a man love 10. 7/r.Ju- me be will keep my words, and my father will love das Alfted him, and we will come unto him, and make our abode Prsecog. with him, <&c, This Judas is, r fupppfea to, preach Theol.1.2. theGofpel in Judta, Galilee, Samaria, IJumxa, c 124. a Jude !• fljude 1. c Gen. 29. 3$.Mat.2.6 dM&t. 10.4 i 25. h Luke 6. 1 6. Aft. I Q I5 /Aft. 1 2. 2 ^Aft.15, m Mat. 10. n Hier. in Com. in Mat. 10. 3. Tom. 0. 0 Aft. 1. 13. p Corcu- lum. &c. r Niceph. Hift.Eccl. I. 2. c. 40. and 44. Hift. Ecci. Arabia, Syria, and a long time in Mesopotamia. As alfo in Pontus, Mgypt, and at laft in Perfia, where the Magi flew him for his free and faithful re- provingof their fuperftitions. Of his Pofterity fee whit fEufebius reports out of Hegefippus, too long fEuftb. here to recite. H' ft* ^cc!. I.3.C.15. Seff. II. Authority of this Epiflle. The Authority of this Epiftle, ('though fufpefted heretofore by fome, and that upon very inconfide- rable grounds •, yetj is now t generally acknowledg- t Eufeb. ed co be Divine ; efpecially confidering that l. Judas Hift.Et cU. u the brother of James, one of the Apoftles, wrote it. 2.c.ia.Ni- 2. The matter of it, yea, and moft of the re ry ceph.Hifr. phrafes and words, are the fame with thofe of the Eccl.l.2.c. Second Epiflle of Peter, if they be diligently x com- 45. pared 'together, both which Epiftles breath forth « Jude r. nothing but Divine and Heavenly Doftrine. 3. Anti- 2Pet.i.2i. quity hath received this Epiftle as Authentique, and xScc the part of the Divine Canon. Eufebw faith, y The Parallel Books doubted of, but received by moft, are the Epiftles made in of James and Jude, the Second of Peter, the Second Phil.Parei and Third of John. Hierome faith \ Judas the bro- V ,jen. in tber of J ames wrote a fmall Epiftle, one of the Catho- Ep.Jud. lique Epiflles; and becaufe betakes a teftimony from the Seft. III. Book, of Enoch, which ii Apocryphal, itifrejetledbyyEufeb. many, but by Antiquity and ufe it challengetb Authori- Hift,EccI. ty, and is reckoned among the holy Scriptures. &Ter- l.g.c. 19. rulltan and b Cyprian Alledge thisEpiftle of Judas as z Hieron. part of holy Scripture. Oecumeniw comments upon Catalog. Judes whole Epiftle. cAuiuftine and others, who Scrip. Eccl. recite the Catalogue of the Books of Scriptures, rec- 77r. Judas kon Judes Epiftle among the reft. Tom. 1. scTertulJe habitu muliebri l.c. 3. b Ad Novatian. hareticum lib. adfeript. Cj- pr. Seft. 1 5. c Auguft. de DoB. Christian, lib. 2. cap. 8. jy 9-T.2,. Vid.etiamCe/ic/7. Laodicenf.Concil.Cartbag.Athanaf.inSynopf. Arguments or OV)eUions. to the contrary are invalid. Thefethe principal. Objett. J • this Epiftle recites Hiftories no where elfe tobe found in Scriptures, as d the contending of Michael d Jude 9. the Arch- Angel with the Devil, about the body of Mofes. Anjw. 1. Divers ftories are pointed at in New Teftament, which we find not in the Old Teftament. As that e Jannes and Jambres withftood A/o/b.That e 2 Tim. 3. at Mount Sinai, i Mofes faid, I exceedingly fear and 2. quake: Shall therefore thefe Epiftles Authority be /Hcb.12. lufpefted? 2. Thefe ftories (though formerly un- ' 2i. written, but happily derived by tradition from hand to hand, yet) now are written by guidance of the Spirit of God. And the writing of them rather allures us of the truth of rhefe Hiftories, then detrafts from the Authority of the Books wherein they are recor- i Deut,34. ded. 3. This ftory hath footfteps in g Deuteronomy. *>u-> 8* G gggggg Where- /-t J V D E. b Ut refert 'whereupon fome fay, hT>;e Angel would have buri- ' (/.,/: / , . ef Enochs Prophefie without approving that whole Book, or diverting this Epiftie of its Authority ; as well as the Amhor to the Hebrews, alledge fome pafjgcsoutof the Eook ofw Maccabees; or Paul feme fenrences out of n Heathen Authors and Poets? 3. Others., think this Prophefie of Enoch was rather Real than Ver£ Epiftle/) to be thofe abominable herefies, impieties and im- purities of the Simonians, N'tcolaitans,Gnofticlzs,&c. i abounding in thofe times, who held Sin to be indif- ferent, women and all things to be common, t&c By which curfed and abominable Seducers, the truth and wayesofGod were betrayed, and blafphemed, and the People of God endangered. To this purpofe faith k Oecumonim, He writes this Epiftle to them that mw believed. And this was the Occafion; certain men covertly coming-in, and teaching that fin was a thing in- different, and denying the Lord; he helditnecejfuyto write and confirme the Brethren. Sett. V. Scope. The Apoftles Scope in this Epiftle, is, To warn all the 1 faithful Hebrews in thofe times, of the curfed here- tick_s, ungodly Seducers that were m cunningly crept in among them; That they n contend carncftly for the true faith, agai nil all their damnable errcur s and ha c- fies, who turned the grace of God into lafcivicufnejlc, and denyed the on ly Lord God, and our Locdlefns Chrift; and for purity and hclineffe oj life, agaii ft a 11 their im- pure, Juilful, licentious and ungodly praifices, Frcm both which that he might drftwade believers (fft equ- ally, he brings in the dreadful rnilances of 0 Divine vcigcance for like impurities and irrpictics •, He live ly defcribes the /notorious cent ptiensof thefe .'•'crit'cers, Vncleamejfe , Contempt and revilirg of Magrfttates, Cwtlt) Covetwfrejfe, Epicurijme. Emp- tiiijjc. Barren promifcue by their Vocation, Tothecalled-ones. (2) Partly, by I. nChrifti fervum fe their San&ification, Santiified by God the Father. (3) Partly, by their Prefervation in this their holy ftate by Chrift. And Preserved in Jefus Chrifi. Ju ie ver. I //. The Salutation, wherein he prayes in their behalf for the Multiplication of 1. Mercy. 2. Peace. 3. Love unto them, v. 2. nomen hoc in omocs pios com- perit : Sed Apo- ftolatus fui refpeftu. Peculiariterenim cenfentur Chrifti fervi, quibus publicum aliquod munus injunxit. Joan Calvin. Comment, in Jude 1. II. y Verbum tiroifc-toi ■ Jinmu quo utitur,cb- liquam & furtivam infinuatio- nemnotat; qua Sata- nsminiftri incsutos decipitint. Jo. Catv. Com. in Jude 4. THE SUBSTANCE, or SUBJECT-MATTER of the Epiftle is comprehended i.Jh the main Pro- portion or Exhortation of the Epijile. 2. In the Argu- ments enforcing it. 3. In Hortatory Direilions in Order thereunto. 1. The main Proportion of the Epifik. In laying down whereoi he declares, I what he intends to treat of in this Epiftle, and that 1. Mire generally, of the Common Salvation and that with all diligence. Be- loved, when I gave all Diligence to write unto you of the Common Salvation. 2. More particularly, of their ear- ned contending for the Faith; Ir was neeifulfor me to write unto you , and exbirt you. That you flotuld earnefily contend for the Faith which was once delivered to the Saints. Heref i_)The true Faith is defcribed,7fo Faith once delivered to the Saints. (2J The zeal they fhou'd fhew for this Faith is declared, That yefloiuld earnefily contend, C Gr. x Contend-as-in-an-Agony J Cl) Theneceffiry of the Apoftles Exhortation of them hereunto, is intimated, It w, is need full for mt, &C- ver. 3, \l. What gave the Apoftle occafnn to write, to them about this Argument, viz. Divers wicked He- retical Seducers crept in among diem. For there are certain men, &c. Thefe are defcribed, 1. By their Subtilty, in y aeepini-in-unawares , at -by-health. 2. By their Impiety ■, Vngodly men. 3. By their He- refie, (~ 1 J Turning the Grace of God into Lafcivioufnefi. Abufing the Dottrineof Gods rich and free Grace, to the Patronizing and encouraging themfelves and others in all carnal lewdnefs,uncleanne(Te and beaft- ly lufts ; As Simonians, Carpocratians and others did. C 2) Denying the only Lord God, and our Lord Jefus Chrifi. 4. By their being fore-written, or preordained of God of old to this judgment, God having moft juftly decreed to leave them to rhefe Errours, and to give them up therein to their own Damnation ; Who were before of old ordained to this condemnation, v. 4. U.7/;e Arguments enforcing this Proportion and Exhor- tation upon them, viz. Toat they earnefily ontend for the Faith once delivered to the Saints. Taking heed of thefe fubrile, wicked,! jfcivious, blafphemousand reprobate Seducer;, are chiefly d.'awn from 1. The Dreadfull Examples of Gods ror ah upon lilee off:n lers of old. 2. Toe Horrid Cwrkptim of thefe Seducers. 3. TheTeftimonies of holy men agairfi them. I. From the Dreadfull examples of (his vengeance, infliffedin former rimes f r Wee impieties^ w'i ■ thejefeducers are guilty, andwhereunto they would al- lure others. A^ 1. For Vnbelief. For. which the Ifraclitcs were deftroyed, afterrh clout of the Land of Egypt, ver. 5. 2. For Apoftacy , For which even the Am Is arc referved in evcrlafting chains of darknefs unto the itu)^' rr.cnr of the great day, ver. 6. 3. For Prodigious luli and uncle annefs, for which Sodom, Gimorrah, and rbe Cities about them, are fet forth for an exam pic, fuflfering the ven- geance of eternal fire, v. 7. II. From the horrid corruptions of thefe Seducers. Which corruptions are 1. Defcribed. 2. Threat- tied. 1 Their Corruptions are lively and particularly delcribed, vi^. I. Luftful uncleannefs; L'leewife al- io, thefe filthy Dreamers defile the tlefJ}, v. 8. II. Con- tempt and Calumman'ng of Magiftrates; Defpife Do- minion, andfpe.tlejvil o\ Dign'u'ns, ver. 8. This is aggravatedby a eomparifon of the Greater with the Lei's. 1 . The Greater, viz. The example of Michael, who (1) Though the Arch-An^el, Moft lingular in Power and Knowledge. {2 J Difputing with the De- vil about the body of Mofes, viz. with the worft tfd- verfary, in a juft caufe- (sj Yet aurfi not bring in .1 railing Accufation againfi him, bur committed his caufetoGod, faving The Lord rebuke thee, ver. 9. 2.Thelejfer, viz.' Thefe Seducers (1) Revile,- or fpeak-evil. f 2J They [peak evil of thofe things which they know not. (z.J What they know naturally as brute beads, in thofe things they corrupt themfelves, ver. 10. III. Cruelty to their brethren, They have gone in the way of Cain. IV. CovetoufneF, adulte- rating the Truth for bafe Gain; And ran greedily af- ter the error of Balaam for reward. V. Seditioufnefs in difturbing the Order and Peace of the Church ; And perifhed in the gain-faying of Core, ver. II. VI.Epicurifme in their Love-Feafts; which is 1 De- fcribed ; when they feaji with you , feeding them- felves without fear. 2. Aggravated by the Scanda- loufnefs thereof ; Thefe are fpotsin your Love-Featis. VII. Vain -glorious emptinefie and Hypocrifiei Clouds they are without water,' carried about of winds. VIII. Utter Deadnefie and Barrenneffe to all good fpiritual fruit ; Trees whofe fruit withereth, without fruit, twice dead, plucked up by the roots, ver. 12. IX. Turbulency, and Reftlefs imperuoufneffe in their Courfe, at Iaft only detefting their own fhame and folly. Raging waves of the Sea, foaming out their own floame. X. Extream levity and inconftan- cy, Wandringllars,vcT. 13. 2. Their Corruptions arethreatned 1. More Ge- nerally with woe; Woe unto them, verfe ir. 2. More Particularly with Hells everlafting darknclTe ; To whom is referved the blacknejs of ' darknefs for ever, ver. 1 3 . III. From the teflmonies of the Holy men againfi them viz. of 1. Enoch. 2. The Apofiles, 1. The Teftimony of En >cb. And Enoch alfo, the feventh from Adam, prophefied of thefe, &c. HcFe (ij Enoch is defcribed. C2J This Prophecy is recited C%) This Prophecy is Applyedto the prefent Seducers. 1. Enoch whoprophecyedofthefe, is defcribed to be, the feventh from Adam. II. His prophecy of the Lords coming to judgement is recited ; Where- in befides the note of attention, Behold; Confider, 1. The Judge; Toe Lord cimeth, Sec. 2. The Glori- ous Train attending this Judge, Cometh with ten tboufands of his Saints, (* which Saints fhallalfobe ATeffors with him in judgemenr,) ver. 14. 3. The parties robe iudged, Generally, All. Specially,/!// that are un^idly among them. 4. The Proceffe, or Afts of judgement intended ; v\. (\) More Gene- rally, To execute judgment upon all. C2J More Spe- cially, to convince all that are ung>dly among them. So that thev (lull clearly fee they are moft iuftly damned for their fins. 5>Thc crimes for which thefe ungodly 5/ J V D E. ^ Dicas inetacos Tonirurva fonare : NamCom- ungodly ones fhal! be judged, are; fij All their ungodly deeds which they have ungodly committed. (2) All their hard (peeches, which ungodly (inner s have fpal>en againfthim, ver. 15. III. This Prophecy is accom- modated and applyed to thefe prefent Seducers,who are Evidenced to be guilty oiVngodly Deeds and Hard-words, in that they are 1. Murmurers, viz.a- gainft Divine dilpenfations. 2. Complainers, viz. a- gainft their own condition, againft others, never contented. 3. Walking after their own lufls. 4. Their mouth fpeaketh Great-fwelliiig-words. Defpifing the vulgar Dialed, They vaunt themfelves in lofty flrange Exotick Notions, whereby they pretend to rap up their deceived ones above the Heavens, as Calvin Zelfewhere noteth. 5. Having mens perfons in admiration, becaufe of advantage, viz. wirhbafe flatteries infmuating themfelves into the favour of rich and great ones for worldly gain, verfe 16. muni fer- mone fpreto, exoricum nefcio quod idioma fibi fingunt : pofl- quam vifi funt fuos difcipulos fupra calum rapere , repen- ts in belluinos errores procidunt. Calvin.Comment. in Jud.xz,. 2. The Tefiimoy of the Apoftles, f efpecially of Paul and Peter ; J But beloved, remember ye the words which wet ejpoken before of the ApoSles of our LordJefwChrift, That they told you there ffjould be mockers &c. In which Apoftolical Predicti- on Note, 1. The thing foretold ; That there fl)ouli be modeers, who flmld walk.after their own ungodly lufls. 2. The time when thefe fhould appear; Inthelafi time, ver. 17, 18. 3. The accommodation of the Apofiles Prediction, to the prefent Heretical Sedu- cers; defcribed CO Ev their Schifmaticalnefle, Thefe be they who [epar ate themfelves. (2) #v their meercarnalnefte, Senfuall f"Gr. Animall,') having not the Sphit , ver. 19. III. The Hortatory Directions fubjoyned by way of Re- medy, or Antidote againft thefe Seducers and their Se- ducements, are divers. As 1. That they Edipe themfelves on their moji Holy Faith. 2. That, they Pray in the Holy Ghofi, viz. by his aiTiftance,i/. 2-. 3. That, by both the former Courfes, they keep themfelves in the love of God, looking fir the mercy of our Lord Jef'ns Chrift unto eternal life. So perfevering in Truth and Godlmeffe, ver. 21. 4. That, they be follicitous and careful to deliver their brethren out of the fnares of thefe Seducers. Wherein they are Di- rected to deal differently with different perfons making a difference, viz. [1] To have compafftonof fome, dealing more tenderly with the weak, fimple, [educed ones, ver. 22. |VJ To fave others, viz. hardned ones, and feducers, pulling them out of the fire; Partly, with fear, convincing them of their Errours with Terrour, &c. Partly with extream deteftation of all partnerfhip with them iD their riefhly impurities, hating even the Garment fpotted with the JJejh. A Metaphor from Garments legal- ly unclean, which defiled fuch as touched them, ver. 25. THE CONCLUSION of the Epiftle Confifk of a Doxology, or giving Glory to God ; In which Doxo- logy I. He defenbes God, (whom he Glorifies and Praifes,; divers wayes fuitably to his fore-going Ex- hortations, and to the encouragement of the faith- fill, nr. 1. By his power; Now unto him that k Able Li J To leeep < you from falling; and [2] To prefent jou jaultlefs before the prejence of hit Glory, with exceeding )oy,ver.2$. 2. By his Wifdome , to the only wife God. 3.. By his faving Property ; Our Saviour. II. He- afenbes unto this God. 1 Glory. 2 Majefty or Great- neffe. 2. Dominion. 4. Power, or Authority: And alias due to him, N*w and for ever , Amen, verfe 2$' III. Hitherto cf all the Historical and Bpifiolicd Bookj of the New Tefiament. Now in the laji place the Prophetical Bool^comes to be conjidered. III. THE T%OTHETICAL BOOK, oftbe'J^p Teflament, viz. The Revelations. Secf. T. Name^ Nature of the Boo^ and Venman thereof. T HE PROPHETICAL EOOK of the New Ttftamenr, Prophetically foretelling what fliall be rhe future condition of thcChurch of Chrifl in all ancs to the end of the world is the REVELATION OF JOHN THE DIVINE. This may well be called a Prophe- tical Book,: For 1. The Holy Ghofl himfelf divers times fliles it a a Prophecy. 2. The nature of rhe Book is chiefly Prophetical, as the Scries of the Book implyes; and alfo fome paffages plainly tcdifie that it treats of b things which muftfliortly come topafi. And ofc things which P>all he hereafter. 1. Title ThbBook in Greek is called d ['A7rcx*- h.v\n lady!* t» 0eoAoj/«,] i.e. The Apccalyffe (or- Keviiation;J of John the Divine; whereby are in- digitated a Rev.1.3. & 22.7.10. 18, 19. ARcv.l.i. c Rev. 1. 19. ^Vid.BeZ. Annor.in N.T. in Tit.Apoc. REVELATION. 577 digitated to us both the nature of the B>ol^, and the Penman o( it. 2. Nature of the Booli, A Revelation.'] So called, becaufeit reveals and makes known unco us fecret hidden myftcries, and future events. Its true, this Revelation is not without mixture of much intricare- e Apoca- nefs and obfeurity. Hierome faith of it ; e The Re- lypiis Jo- vtlation of John hath as many myftcries as words, nay, annis tot I have [aid but a {mall matter, in resell of the merit habetSa- of the Volume; all Praife if too low for it; manifold cramenta, underflandings lie hid in even word. Being a Prophe- quotver- cy of future Occurrents till the end of the World, ba. Parum how can it chufe buc be extreamly difficult, and dixi pro hard to be underftood ? For, as Iren£W ufon ano- merito vo- rheroccafion hath obferved, f All Prophecies are &- luminis; nigmatical and ambiguous to men, tillthey be effeftcd: Laus om- but when the time is come, and the thing prophecied bath nis inferi- event, then the) have a more clear and certain expofni- oreft;in on. Now as Augutiine well noteth, g In this Bool^ in- verbis fin- tituled The Revelation, many things are frozen ob- gulismul- fcurely, that they may exercife the Readers mind: and tiplices fo-fime few there arein it, by the manifestation whereoj the tentintei- reft may be fearched out with labour; especially becaufe ligentia. he therefore repeats the fame things many wayes, as if Hieronim. he feemedto fpeal^other and other things; when yet Paulino, he may be found out to fpea\the fame things other- Tom. $. wife and otherwife. Yea I verily believe no mortal. f Irenaus creature on earth is able fully to underftand and pe- Adverf. netrateinto all the profound depths and myfteries H&ref.L$. ofthisBook, which hath foexercifed and puzled all c.43. Interpreters ; yet this I think,7f/o»?e things therein by g Et in help of Divine light may be cleared, though all cannot, hoc qui- he that writes ffjall be a gainer, and he that reads Jhajl dem libro, be no loofer. cujus no- men eft Apocalypfis,obfcure multa dicuntur,ut mentem legends exerceant : & pauca in eo funt, ex quorum manifeftatione in da- gentur cetera cum labore : maxime quia fie eadem mulcis modi's repetit, ut alia atque alia dicere videatur: cum aliter atque aliter rise ipfe dicere inveftigetur. Aug, de Civit.Dei lib. 2o.cap. 17. h Eufeb. jHiSt.Eccl. lib.l.c.2.2.. i Hier. Ca- tal. Script. Eccl.Th. Joannes <& Papias k Dionyf. Alexand. in lib. de Repromif- fionibut. /Joh.1.1, &c. m 1 Joh.i. i.&c. « Rev. 1. 1, 2. a Rev, 1. 1, 2. 3. Penman, or Inftrumental Author of it, vi^. John the Theolo?,ue, or Divine. What John this was fome queftion. h Eufebim mentions two John?, whofe monumens were to be feen at Ephefus, vi%. John the Evangelift, who wrote the Gofpel, and firft Epiftleof John, and John the Presbyter, who wrote thefecondand third Epiftleof John, and the Reve- lation. To him alfo i Hieron feems to incline, and k Dionyfim Alexandrinm. Bur that this is a great miftake;and that JOHN the Evangelift and Apoftle was Penman of this Revela- tion, may be cleared by thefe confederations. i.The Title attributes it to John the Dwne.This E- pitlut we read no where to be given to John the Pref- byter, but belongs to John the Apoille, and Evangelift \ KdCf Xfyynv] by way of peculiar emphafis, becaufe like an Eagle he foars aloft; writes more fublime/y of the Divinity ofjefm Chrifr, both in this Book (Jin which D. Parens hath obferved XLVIII. Argu- ments of Chrifts Divinity,) as alfo in his / Gofpel, and in his m firft Epiftle ; and the King of Spaines Bible of Mmanus his Edition, hath this Greek Title before the Revel ition , f ' 'A7wyJ,Kv^ii Word ofGod, and Tc- V Compart ftimony of] efus Chrift > Joh. 1.1,2. 3. The ftile much refembles that of John's Gjfcl '4- and and E fifties. As for inftancc ; It is peculiar to John ijoh.i. I. to ftile q Chrift the Word. In his Gofpel Chriftis anJ 5.9,10 ftiled r The Lamb* nf God: fo in the Revelation, H. with Chrift is called/r/;c Lambe, at leaft twenty eight Rev. 19. 13 times. q Compare 4. Thar John who wrore this P^evcl.ition, had it in Joh.1.1. the rifle Patmos made known unto him-, whow.ts 14. there for the Name of God,andTeftimony of Jefus Chrift. 1 Joh. 1. 1. And u hiftories mention no other John, bnt only and 5.7. John the Apoille tobein Palmos; banifhed thither W7f/;Rev. by Domitian the Emperor for the Gofpels fake, near 1.2. to the period of his reign; As X F«nrc/*«compi!tes, r Joh.1.29 about the ninety feventh : As y Helvicus, about the 36. 02. yearafterChrift. /Rcv.5 6, 5. To thefe might be added the harmonious con- 8,12,13. fent of ancient bathers and Writers, who unanimouf- and 7. 9, ly conclude, that John the Apoftle penned this Book 10,14,17. Dionyfim the Areopagite, z Pauls difciple; who wrote &c. about the fixtieth year afterChrift, in thofea writ- rRev. 1.9, ings afcribed to him, callerh the Apocalypfe a fecret io,. 146. C.Tom. 2.Bafit. 1553. Joannes & Apoftolus, & Evangelifta, & Propheta. Apofto- lus, quia fcripfit ad Ecclefias ut Magifter : Evangelifta, quia li- brum Evangelii condidit,quod exceptoMatthaeo, alii exduode- cim Apoftoli non fecerunt: Propheta; vidit enim in Pathmos infula, in qua fuerat a Domitiano principe ob Domini Martyri- um relegatus, Apocalyfininfinita fiuurorum myfteriacoDtinen- H h h h h h h tern 578 REVELATION. tern. Rcferc autem Tertullianus, quod a Nerone miffus in fer- ment is olei do'lum, purior & vegetior exiverit, quam intraveric. Hieton-advofJovM. i.pag. ^$.A.Tom.2.Bafil.i$$^. So that by all this," its plainly evident, that the Penmanof the Revelation was John the Apoftle, that wrote the Gofpel, and the Epiftles. The Interpretation of Jobifs name, together with g See on the particular defcription of him, hath been formerly Joh.Scct.i difpatched in the opening of his g Gofpel. Sect. II. Authority of the Revela- tion. The Authority of this Book. «s not Humane, but Di- vine. For, s. This Book was indited by Jefus Cbrift himfelf the faithful and true witneffe; who lent his Angel to reftifie the fame to John the Apoftle, and by him to the Churches, hthe Revelation of Jefus Chrift which God gave unto him, to pew unto his Jervants things which mitfrjhwtly come topafs ; andhefent andfignified it by his Angel unto his fervant John. And towards the clofe"of the Book he laith, i I Jefm have fent mine Angel to teflific unto you thefe things in the Churches. Note; This Revela tion was given by John the Apoftle, to the Churches ; by an Angel, to John by Jefus Chrift, to that Angel ; by God, to Jefus Chrift. How punctually then is the Divine Autho- rity othaftcned? 2. It was penned by John the Apoflle of Chrift, C who was divinely infpired and acted by the Holy Ghofh) as hath been formerly manifefted,andthere- foreit is of Divine Authority efpecially confidering that this blefcd Apoflle was commanded by Jefus Chrift to write this Book, k Saying, lam Alpha and Omega ; the firft and the laft; and what thou feed write in a Book; Wtite the things which thou fcRev.U. rRev. 22. 16. ^Rev. i. 1 1,19. See alfoRev.2. 1,8,12. 18. 31,7,14. &M, 1?. & 1 p. 9. &21.5. /Kev.i. 1, 19. & 21. 7,10,18, 19- rn Rev, 10. 7- » Rev. 11. J 5- 0 Rev. 1 9. 7,8. jplta.41.22 q Rev. 10. 9,10. with Ezek.2.8. &3-3- r Rev.7. 2, 3. with Ezek. 9. 4,6. J Rev. 4. 6, 7. 8. with Ezek. 1. $3 6. tRev.2 .8 with E'ze. 38. 2. & 39.I.&N u Rev. 2l. '5-. ! 49-3-&C. x Rev. 11. 4, with Itc 11,14. • Jer. 28.9. ^ pan. 12 4>9- a Rev. 11. and 12. and 1 .;. and baft fan, and the things which are, and the things which fl)allbe hereafter. 3. The nature of the Book imports the Divine Au- thority of ir. For, l. It is eminently / prophetical, fpeaking of things that (hall be hereafter •, and the Prophecies of this Book, are touching future events, in reference to the Church, to the end of the world ; until m the myfiery of God be finiftied ; till the n King- doms of this world, become our Lords and his Chrifts, and hi ft) all reign for ever and ever ; and till o the marriage of the Lamb become; and his Wife f the Church ) hath made her felf ready. So that neither ancient Writers not any other, but fuch as were in- fpired with a fpirit of prophecy from the all-know- ing God, could p foretell things to come. 2. In the prophetical expreffions of it, it is confonanr to other prophetical Eooks, and gives light to them : as to Daniel and Zevhariah, but efpecially to E^ekjel as in the particulars of <\ eating upthe Books oft feat- is People\ of j the four living Creatures; oi r d Magog ; of the u meafur'tng of the Temple and City ; o' x the two Olive Trees, ike. 3. Many things foretold in rhis Book prophetically, are fulfilled and come topjik actually,as Interpreters haveobferved '0 mar.y particulars, y Therefore this Book is of divine Authority. 4. Promife of z^ explaining how long the idolatrous and tyrannical kingdome of An- tichrifr. fhould lalt, was made to Daniel the Prophet-, which fome conceive to be fulfilled in thefe a A^oca- lypticalVijtons. And had not Chrift under the New Teftament, left his Church fome prophetical Re- cord for her comfomagainfl the horrid cruel- tv, idolatry and darknefle of the Antichriftian do- minion, (hewing when it mould have an end, and how happy at bit the Church fhouldhe, all her ene- mies being imperially made the footflool of the Ian!), flic were in a worfc condition then under ■ ! Teftament; which wereabfurd. 4. As the Holy G holt by Mofes, the jit ft Femian b Dcur. 4. 2. & 12. cRev.22. 18,19. of the Canon of the Old Testament warned the Jewes againft adding to, or diminifhing from the Word of, God; bTou jlhdl not adde unto the Word which I com- mand you, neither fliall youdiminifli from it. So by the Apoflle John, the laft Penman oj '.: Canon of the New Teftament, Jefus Chrift warneth all perfons that hear the words of this Prophecy ; c If any manfhall adde unto the\e things, God fhall adde unto him the plagues that are written in this Book.; And if any man ft)alltake away from the Words of the B-^k fthU Pto- phecy, God fliall take away his part out of the Book, of Life, and out of the Holy City, and from the things which are written intbit Book' By which fevere Commi- nation,thecomp!eat Perfection, integrity, and divine Authority of this Book is afferted by Chrift, againft all whom Chrift forcfaw, would either endeavour to infringe the Authority of it, or corrupt the purity of it. Hereby then the whole divine Canon is fealed up, as being now fully compleat, and divinely Au- thentical, after which we are to expect: no more Scripture from God. 5. The general current of beft Antiquity, fj ex- cept fome few particular Perfons, and divers of them guilty of fuch herefies as this Book condemns, ) hath embraced this Book, and accounted it of divine Au- thority. As thofe formerly cited, to prove John the Apoftle to be Penman of it ; and d many more that dCoacil might be enumerated. Ancyr. in 6. The Cavils and Ob)ellions, againft the divine Append. Authority of this Book, reckoned up by Erafmus 3-Concil. or others, how weak and unfatisfaftory they are, Carthag. may appear in fcveral e Writers, who have fufficient- Can.47. ly confuted them ; To whom I refer the Reader. Cyprian. de Exhort Mart. c.8. c. n.c. 12. & Teft. adverf. Judaos, I. 2. c.i.Sect.3.5.11. &c. Aug. de Doftr. Chriftian. 1. 2. c. 8. Tom 3. And the like Maybe feeninall thofe Ancient writers who have made Cata- logues of the Canonical Books of Holy Scripture. e Precipue vero vid. Bez. Proleg. in Apoc. Joannis, & Jo. Gere. Loc. Com.i. de Sac. Script, c. 10. Seft. 294. ufque ad nn. c.in Exeg. Sect. III. The Excellency of the Re- velation. The lingular Excellency of this Book., is moft confi- derable. For, I. The Conveyance of it at firft to the Church is ftngu- lar, viz. From /"God, to Jefus Chrift ; From Jefus f Rev. 1. 1. Chrift, to an Angel ; From the Angel to John, whom Jefus peculiarly loved aLove all his Apoftles and Difciples. And this to John, when in exile for Chrift: in the,g Ifle Pamos; and that not on a common day, £ Rev. 1.9. but h on the Lords day, the Queen ofdays;mc\ to John in f, Rev.i. Patmosonthe Lordsday, not in an ordinary butex- i0. traordinary compofure and elevation of his foule; jRev. 1. when i he was in thefpirit, caught up (~ as it were, J i0, and tranfported in an holy extafie or fpiritual rap- ture, that he might the more attend to thefe my- fteries Revealed, and have more immediate un-in- tcrruptedCommunion with JcfusChrilt theRevealer; what can all this import, but fame fingularly eminent treafure for the Church in this Book, whereby the Church in her deepeft tribulation may be C with John ) fpiritu- atly intranfed and ravifhed with many heavenly Coutem- plations, and fur pacing grounds oj )oy and confolati- on? 2, Theftile itftately andfublime, and may wonder- fully take the higheft notion ; The exprefhons quick, piercing and pathetical, and may pleafingly pene- trate the dulleft affection. The whole contexture is fofull of divine Majcfty, that it commands an aw- ful reverence in all gracious hearts that read it. 3. The matter of it if moft heavenly and fpiritual, and that in exceeding great variety; Notably de- fcribing the Divinity of Chrift ; his Offices and the benefits of them. Clearly pointing out Antichrists State, REVELATION. 57J k Beza. Annor. in N. Teft. in Prole- gom. in Apoc. /Jo.Oeco Seate, Tyrannv, Rife, Growth, Power, Ail s and Fall And moft lively dclir.caring the Churches condition, What it was in the primitive times after Chrift ; And what it fhould be afterwards rill the worlds end; How fad , yet fafe un der Antichrifh dominion ; How fwcet and happy after Antichrifts deftruftion ; How comfortable at the djy of judgment j And I low glo- rious in heaven with Jel'ns Chrift for evermore. What Saints would not thirft much, to real and hear* more to underftand ; bur mofl of all, to enjoy thefe things / Some of them are laid down moll my- ftically inabftrufe vifionsto exercife the judgments ofthe wifeft: Some more familiarly to faccourthe infirmity even of the weakeft. In fome places, the Lamb may wade : in others, the Elephant may fw'tm. Thofe prevent contempt: thefe anticipate dilcourag- ment. Joachtmus Abbas prefers this Prophecy be- fore the Prophecy of all other Prophets. Be^u faith, YThat thofe tb;ngs in other Prophets, which were no? fulfilled a jter Chrlftscomlng,theHoly Spi) it " ifi uped them altogethet in this precious E ' a alfo add'd others fo fare as was needful or ufefull for ' Church to know them. Oecolampud-ns c Jls this C aok, ]Tbe beft Parapbrafl of all the P jphets, Hurome faith, vnTbe Revelation contains infinite myjleries of lam. Prae- future things. And elfcpheref ashuh been already fat. in noted, )he teftifieth, that n The Revelation hath as Dan. many mtfleries, as words. Its but a little I fay, all m Apoca- praife is too low for the merit of this Volume, manifild lypfin in- underftandingslye hid in every word. finita futu- 4. The Bookjt felfis compleat, 0 capable of no Ad- rorum dition or Detraction, but upon fevereft penalties. myfteria 5. The Penman eminent, viz. John thac beloved continen- Difciple, rhat fweet compound of love. It was rem.Hier. Mofes his honour, who was p God peculiar favourite, adver,Jo- to be Penman of the firfl Book, of the Old Testament. via. 1. 1. p. And it was John's honour, who wasq Chrifl s peculiar 7,